^, 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


1.25 


U£  12.8     12.5 
J  2.2 


2.0 


■lUU 


U4  ijij; 

u  Kit 

Bi       It* 

14  u^ 


Photograidiic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


23  WBT  MAM  STUHT 

WIKini,N.V.  I49M 
(71*)  •73.4903 


A<if 


,<if 


K^ 


%^ 


5.  '6^ 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHM/ICMH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  instituta  for  Historical  IMicroreproductions  /  institut  Canadian  da  microraproductions  historiquas 


Tachnical  and  Bibliographic  Notas/Notaa  tachniquaa  at  bibliographiquaa 


Tha  Inttituta  haa  attamptad  to  obtain  tha  baat 
original  copy  availabia  for  filming.  Faaturaa  of  thia 
copy  which  may  ba  bibliographically  uniqua, 
which  may  altar  any  of  tha  imagaa  in  tha 
raproduction,  or  which  may  tignificantly  changa 
tha  uaual  mathod  of  filming,  ara  ehackad  balow. 


D 


D 


D 


■y 


D 

D 


D 


0 


Colourad  covart/ 
Couvartura  da  coulaur 


I      I    Covars  damagad/ 


Couvartura  andommagia 


Covars  rastorad  and/or  laminatad/ 
Couvartura  raataurte  at/ou  palliculAa 


I      I   Covar  titia  missing/ 


La  titre  da  couvartura  manqua 


I      I    Colourad  maps/ 


Cartas  gAographrquas  an  coulaur 

Colourad  ink  (i.a.  othar  than  blua  or  black)/ 
Encra  da  coulaur  (I.a.  autra  qua  blaua  ou  noira) 


Colourad  platas  and/or  illustrations/ 
Planchas  at/ou  illustrations  9n  coulaur 

Bound  with  othar  matarial/ 
Rail*  avac  d'autras  documants 

Tight  binding  may  causa  shadows  or  distortion 
along  intarior  margin/ 

La  re  Mure  sarrde  paut  causar  da  I'ombra  ou  da  la 
distortion  la  long  da  la  marga  int6riaure 

Blank  leaves  added  during  restoration  may 
appear  within  the  text.  Whenever  possible,  these 
have  been  omitted  from  filming/ 
II  se  peut  que  certaines  pages  blanches  ajouttos 
lors  d'une  restauration  apparaissent  dans  la  taxte, 
mais,  lorsque  cela  itait  possible,  ces  pages  n'ont 
pas  M  filmAes. 


L'Institut  a  microfilm*  la  mailiaur  exemplaira 
qu'il  lui  a  At*  possible  da  se  procurer.  Lea  details 
da  cat  axemplaira  qui  aont  peut-Atre  uniquea  du 
point  da  vua  bibliographiqua,  qui  peuvent  modifier 
une  image  raproduite,  ou  qui  peuvent  exiger  un» 
modification  dans  la  mAthode  normale  de  f ilmaga 
sont  indiquAs  ci-dessous. 


I     I   Coloured  pages/ 


D 


Additional  comments:/ 
Commentaires  supplAmentaires; 


Pagea  da  coulaur 

Pagea  damaged/ 
Pagej  endommagAas 

Pages  restored  and/oi 

Pages  restaurAas  et/ou  pelliculAes 

Pages  discoloured,  stained  or  foxet 
Pages  dAcolorAes.  tachatAes  ou  piquAas 

Pages  detached/ 
Pages  d*tach*es 

Showthroughy 
Transparence 

Quality  of  prir 

Qualiti  inigale  de  I'impression 

includes  supplementary  materii 
Comprend  du  materiel  supplAmentaire 

Only  edition  available/ 
Seule  Edition  disponible 


r~~~|  Pagea  damaged/ 

r~~|  Pages  restored  and/or  laminated/ 

r~7\  Pages  discoloured,  stained  or  foxed/ 

I     I  Pages  detached/ 

fy]  Showthrough/ 

r~7\  Quality  of  print  varies/ 

I      I  includes  supplementary  material/ 

I — I  Only  edition  available/ 


Pages  wholly  or  partially  obscured  by  errata 
slips,  tissues,  etc.,  have  been  refilmed  to 
ensure  the  best  possible  image/ 
Lea  pages  totalement  ou  partiellement 
obscurcies  par  un  feuillet  d'errata,  une  pelure, 
etc.,  ont  M  filmAes  A  nouveau  de  fa^on  d 
obtenir  la  meilleure  image  possible. 


Page*  241-252  ars  rapaatitd. 


This  item  is  filmed  at  the  reduction  ratio  checked  below/ 

Ce  document  est  film*  au  taux  de  reduction  indiqu*  ci-deaaoua. 

10X  14X  18X  22X 


26X 


30X 


y 


12X 


16X 


aox 


24X 


28X 


32X 


(•mplaira 
ir.  Lm  d*tailt 
•  unique*  du 
iuv«nt  modifiar 
int  axigar  una 
lala  da  f  ilmaga 


ad/ 
l«aa 

foxad/ 
u  piqudas 


«!/ 
lantaira 


irad  by  arrata 
af  ilmad  to 
/ 

llament 

ita.  una  pelure, 
da  fapon  d 
Mbla. 


OX 


32X 


Tha  copy  filmad  hara  haa  baan  raproducad  thanka 
to  tha  ganaroaity  of: 

Stminary  of  QtMbtc 
Library 

Tha  Imagaa  appearing  hara  ara  tha  baat  quality 
poaaibia  eonaidaring  tha  condition  and  lagibility 
of  tha  original  copy  and  in  kaaping  with  tha 
filming  contract  tpacificatlona. 


Original  copiaa  in  printad  papar  covara  ara  filmad 
beginning  with  tha  front  eovar  and  ending  on 
the  laat  page  with  a  printad  or  illuatratad  imprea- 
tion,  or  the  back  cover  when  appropriate.  All 
other  original  copiaa  ara  filmed  beginning  on  the 
f  irat  page  with  a  printed  or  illuatratad  imprea* 
•ion,  and  ending  on  the  laat  page  with  a  printed 
or  illustreted  impreaaion. 


The  last  recorded  frame  on  each  microfiche 
shall  contain  tha  symbol  -^  (meaning  "CON- 
TINUED"), or  the  symbol  y  (meaning  "END"), 
whichever  appliaa. 

IMapa.  platea.  charts,  etc..  may  be  filmed  at 
different  reduction  ratioa.  Thoaa  too  large  to  be 
entirely  included  in  one  espoaura  are  filmed 
beginning  in  the  upper  left  hand  corner,  left  to 
right  and  top  to  bottom,  aa  many  frames  aa 
required.  The  following  diegrams  illuatrate  the 
method: 


1  2  3 


L'exempleire  fiimA  fut  reproduit  grice  i  la 
ginAroait*  da: 

Mminsirtt  d«  QuMitc 
BiMioth4qu« 

Lea  images  suivantas  ont  At*  reproduitas  avac  la 
plua  grand  soin,  compte  tenu  de  le  condition  et 
de  la  nettet*  de  rexemplaira  film*,  at  9n 
conformity  cvec  lea  conditions  du  contrat  da 
filmage. 

Lea  axempiairea  originaux  dont  la  couvertura  9n 
papier  eat  imprim^e  sent  filmis  en  comment  ant 
par  le  premier  plot  et  en  terminent  soit  per  la 
darnlAre  pege  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'Impreaaion  ou  d'iiluatration,  soit  par  la  second 
plot,  selon  le  caa.  Tous  lea  autrea  axamplairas 
originaux  sent  filmte  wx  commen^ant  par  la 
premlAre  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impreeaion  ou  d'illustration  at  en  terminent  par 
la  derni4re  page  qui  comporte  une  telle 
empreinte. 

Un  dee  aymbolea  auivants  apparaltra  sur  la 
darnl4re  image  de  cheque  microfiche,  selon  le 
caa:  la  aymbole  -*-  signifie  "A  SUIVRE".  le 
symbole  V  signifie  "FIN". 

Les  cartea,  planches,  tebleaux.  etc..  peuvent  Atre 
filmia  i  dee  taux  de  rMuction  diffirenta. 
Loraqua  la  document  eat  trap  grand  pour  Atra 
reproduit  en  un  aeul  clichA,  il  eat  film*  i  partir 
da  Tangle  supArieur  geuche,  de  gauche  A  droita. 
et  de  heut  en  baa,  an  prenant  le  nombre 
d'imegea  nAcaaaaira.  Lea  diagrammas  suivants 
illustrant  la  mAthoda. 


1 

2 

3 

4 

S 

6 

.f* 


■W 


¥•• 


H, 


«■' 


::<! 


r. 


'  "HI  I*  HI  III  'Hmm\,>'::t^v 


•yiinu'i    - 


'••*m'e4t*%ifW»*-- 


f 
■  U 


„•»:»•  4- >**■■  tf*W>"f   .'WIUIWT*^  TM/t.*.-* 


vawi  ^7r>jii  w«»< '  ■ 


i' 


I 


X^iisL^ 


■-  'v^^i^«ji^*.tfiaks 


.*Y,**-»—--.T-'-  »UiA- 


«i!iliiS1r'i>  ',l.%'.«:»!:j*jj*.^^j;|ij 


I     *        --  •'^^ 


m^mi 


ff  *  1^  «   !■! 


rffm..0ig.imA:riiBLisHEP  by  s.A.HrreBELL  ]y?8i  south  sevento^  fg» 

l:nt,it\i  ,iia<riluiti  hi  .hi  it'  uiiifn'jishi  l/ifvetirltiH  Itf  tliiiiihiii  d-  Iktlhii  in  tlw  Hfrks  OlVUv  !•)'  Ilw  /.ii.Hitii  /fi.\i/i,i  ii'/',-niMtiniMi,i. 


'KIKSIA 


!2  X^< 


1 


rOKTrCAI.    iM.<ifWni' 


m 


— _-   A 


i*oK'ir<;Ai.    (uasui 


SAUim-JIA      M.ol  W'nv 


SA 


\ 


UOMK 


J 


KOMK     I  NU'irluuitiiiaii  i 


-i.. 


NAIM.I'.K 


't^ 


CUEKl'K     (NUuMrfWjui 


mmmmmmmmmmmmm 


( 


i  rEKSLV     (NU'it'lMumuaiD 


ARABIA 


rUlPOLI 


ITMS 


.V^ 


BIUMAII 


SIAM 


'•*•%:} 


LV. 


^v^  J 


ff^ifMk 


'r    ( 


w-  ,;\ 


//  •  :;<''^.^ 


CHINA 


•  —L^ 


<sr 


fflLADELPfflA-rUBLTSHED  BY  S.A.MITCHELL  ^T8i  SOUTH  SEVENTH  S!j 


',/.>/  iiiii'iitimt  lit  .Ui  t>/'ii'/iiftv,\-xht  ///<•  !•<'#//  /.V.V7/>i' ////////<///.(•  lUittiit  in  the  t'/i'dw  t'liiiv  I'l' llw lui.'dirti  />i.\f/iiif  ii/' /'ivii.ffliumi. 


i 


;.*f.'j 


rtMR.'^" 


JKSWI 


^r/ 


'J 

■f 

1 

^fun 

ill 

1 

\ 

1 

, 

« 

i 

i 

V 

J 

i 


/ 


i:t:.r. 


•»t7 


•'< 


( 


AN 

ACCOMPANIMENT 

ft 

MITCHELL'S 

MAP   OF    THE   WORLD, 

ON  MERCATOR'S  PROJECTION; 

CONTAININO 

AN   INDEX 

TO  THI 

VARIOUS  COUNTRIES,  CITIES,  TOWNS, 
REPRESENTED  ON   THE   MA 

AND  M  OONNICTED  THUKWITH, 

THAT  THE  POSITION  OF  ANY  PLACE  EXHIBITED 
MAY  BE  READILY  ASCERTAINED: 

AIMOt 

A  GENERAL  DESCRIPTION 
THE  FIVE  GREAT  DIVISIONS  OF  THE  GLOBE.  ,^  ^iri--^^^^. 

AMERICA,  EUROPE,  AFRICA,  ASIA,  AND  OCEANldiC 

WITH  THUB 

SEV^LEMPIRES.  KINGDOMS,  STATES.  TERRITORIES^  Ao. 


PHILADELPHIA: 
PUBUSHED  BY  S.  AUGUSTUS  MITCHELL, 

No.  8i  BOUTH  SEVENTH  STREET. 

1843. 


1 

i 


il 


■<, 


t 


Entered  according  to  the  act  of  conirreM,  in  the  year  1843,  by  S.  ADaosTve 
MiTOHBLL,  in  the  clerk  aoffice  of  the  diitrict  court  of  the  eaitem  district  of  Penn- 
pylvania. 


8TKRB0TTPED   BY    J.  F  <  f  AW. 


.PnitADKLTRIA. 


m^mtmtmjn-nm^wWMa 


a- 


PREFACE. 


Ok  t»i?  utility  and  importance  of  the  study  of  Gccj'raphy,  it  would  he 
ntwlle«(<  to  expatiate ;  every  person's  experience  must  *iow  thut  some  ac- 
^'.a.  H.u  ,,  with  It  Is  Indispensable  in  the  ordinary  bisincss  and  inter- 
course of  life.    It  enables  the  navigator,  the  merchant,  and  the  military 

'nmander,  to  carry  on  their  respective  operations;  and  enihracrn  a  vast 
variety  of  those  objects  which  are  most  Interesting  In  thi  isclvcs,  and 
with  which  It  concerns  man  most  to  be  acquainted.  It  is  evident,  that  at 
1  very  early  period  of  society,  the  necessity  of  cultivating  flii^  w^lence, 
must  In  a  measure  have  attracted  the  attention  of  manlcind  :  t  leir  curi- 
osity  to  know  something  of  the  country  they  Inhabited,  and  th»'  »H:e8sity 
of  marking.  In  some  manner,  the  boundaries  of  their  propert, ,  would 
unite  In  forming  the  outlines,  and  directing  their  attention  to  the  subject. 

In  modem  times,  and  especially  at  the  present  period,  the  peneru  *  inter- 
course of  knowledge  amongst  all  classes,  the  intimate  commerci  I  and 
political  relations  existing  between  civilized  communities,  and  the  u  ilver- 
sal  desire  of  all  enquiring  minds  to  become  acquainted  with  distant  oun- 
tries,  and  with  the  inhabitants,  condition,  and  productions  of  regions  d  iffer- 
ing  from  our  own,  unite  in  rendering  geographical  knowledge  IntereHtlng 
to  the  majority,  and  to  many  indispensable  in  qualifying  them  for  the  i  lur- 
suits  of  commerce  and  industry,  and  for  much  of  the  current  and  dally 
avocations  of  life. 

The  object  of  the  following  Accompaniment  is  not  to  give  extended  geo- 
graphical details,  but  rather  general  results,  so  that  it  may  present  in  con- 
nexion with  the  Map,  a  distinct  view  of  the  principal  geographical  fea- 
tures of  the  world,  and  serve,  generally,  as  a  work  of  reference.  In  its 
compilation,  the  principal  of  the  numerous  works  which  have  issued  from 
the  press  withui  the  last  few  years  on  geography,  travels,  statistics,  &c., 
have  been  co«.<sulted,  and  in  all  cases  the  most  recent  published  details  in 
the  latter  branch  of  science  are  given :  of  the  works  most  freely  resorted 
to,  the  principal  are,  Murray's  Encyclopedia  of  Geography,  Malte-Brun's 
and  Goodrich's  Universal  Geography,  Flint's  Geography  of  the  Western 
States  and  Territories,  Encyclopaedia  Americana,  Darby  and  Dwlght's 
United  Siates  ^^^azetteer.  Origin  and  History  of  Missions,  Missionary 
Gazetteer,  ElUk  s  Polynesian  Researches,  Transactions  of  the  Geographi- 
cal Society  of  London,  &c.  The  extent  of  the  Accompaniment  being 
necesnrily  limited,  a  comprehensive  and  minute  detail,  either  In  the  de- 
scription tA  couiitrl»*8,  cvr  in  the  statement  of  facts,  is  not  to  be  expected ; 
yet,  notwithstanding,  It  Is  believed  that  the  leading  features  in  the  general 
account  given  of  each  of  th**  great  divisions  of  the  earth  and  their  respec- 


t 


.t 


IV 


PREFACE. 


tive  subdivisions,  will  be  found  sufficiently  clear  and  distinct  as  to  give 
those  who  may  consult  it,  a  general  idea  of  the  present  geography  of  the 
world,  as  accurate  as  can  probably  be  gleaned  from  any  equal  number  of 
pages  extant  on  the  same  subject. 

In  treating  of  geography,  it  is  usual  to  arrange  and  describe  countries 
according  to  their  real  or  supposed  political  importance;  a  method  which 
is  rather  calculated  to  confuse  and  bewilder  the  mind  than  otherwise,  in 
consequence  of  the  necessity  of  referring  to  the  Map  in  an  irregular  man- 
ner. In  the  following  Accompaniment,  it  is  proposed  to  adopt  a  purely 
geographical  arrangement,  commencing  with  North  America,  which  lies 
at  the  north-west  corner  of  the  map,  and  passing  thence  to  the  other 
grand  divisions  of  the  globe,  taking  up  in  succession  South  America,  Eu- 
rope, Africa,  Asia,  and  finally,  the  fifth  grand  division,  or  Oceanica.  In 
this  way,  it  is  believed,  a  clear  and  distinct  representation  of  the  various 
portions  of  the  earth,  will  probably  be  more  vividly  impressed  on  the 
mind  than  by  any  other  method. 

The  Map  of  the  World  is  constructed  on  Mercator's  Projection,  and  is 
the  largest  and  most  comprehensive  work  of  the  kind  ever  published  in 
America.  It  is  engraved,  printed,  coloured,  and  mounted,  in  the  most  ele- 
gant manner.  In  its  geographical  details,  this  Map  represents  the  surface 
of  the  earth  as  it  really  exists,  according  to  the  best  authorities ;  the 
routes  and  tracks  of  the  most  celebrated  Travellers  and  Navigators,  from 
the  first  voyage  of  Columbus  to  that  of  Lieutenant  Wilkes,  are  distinctly 
exhibited,  and  all  the  recent  Geographical  and  Nautical  discoveries  in 
Africa,  America,  and  Australia,  and  in  the  Pacific,  Arctic,  and  Antartic 
Oceans,  are  accurately  represented, — among  the  latter  is  the  line  of  coast 
discovered  by  the  United  States'  Exploring  Expedition,  in  the  year  1840. 
Many  islands,  the  majority  of  which  were  discovered  by  American  navi- 
gators, are  also  now  inserted  for  the  first  time  in  a  general  map  of  the 
world.  The  Consulting  Index,  comprising  near  thirteen  thousand  items, 
will,  with  the  plan  adopted  for  its  use,  be  found  to  give  great  facility  in 
searching  for  the  position  of  the  various  countries,  cities,  towns,  islands, 
dec,  represented  on  the  Map. 

PaiLADBLPHiA,  Ma/  20, 1843. 


L 


t<l* 


CONTENTS. 


QiNsuLTiso  Indkz « .  •  •  -PagB    11 

GENERAL  View  or  the  World 117 


AMERICA 

North  America 

Russian  Possessions 

British  Possessions 

New  Britain • •  •  • 

Upper  Canada 

Lower  Canada I 

New  Brunswick 

Nova  Scotia. 

Cupe  Breton 

Prince  Edward's  Island 

Newfoundland 

Anticosti 

United  States 

Eastern  States 

Maine 

New  Hampshire 

Vermont 

Massachusetts 

Rhode  Island ■  • 

Connecticut 

Middle  States 

New  York 

New  Jersey 

Pennsylvania 

Delaware 

Maryland 

District  of  Columbia 

Southern  States 

Virginia 

North  Carolina 

South  Carolina 

Georgia 

Florida  Territory 

Alabama 

Mississippi 

Louisiana 

Western  States  and  Territories. 

Ohio 

Kentucky 

Tennessee 

Indiana 

Illinois 

Michigan 

Missouri . .    

Arkansas    

Wisconsin  Territory 

Western  Territory 

Missouri  Territory 

Oregon  Territory 

Texas .. 

Mexico 

Guatemala 


.119 
.  121 
.  128 
.129 
.  133 
.I'o'i 
.  136 
.138 
.  139 
.140 
.  140 
.140 
.  141 
.142 
.154 
.  155 
.  157 
.159 
.161 
.  165 
.  166 
.  168 
.169 
.  175 
.  177 
,  182 
.  184 
.186 
.  187 
.  188 
.  193 
.  195 
.197 
.200 
.201 
.203 
.  205 
.208 
.210 
.213 
.215 
.217 
.219 
.222 
.224 
.226 
.228 
.229 
.232 
.233 

235 
,237 

248 


1* 


West  Indies 251 

British  Islands 253 

Jamaica 253 

Barbadocs 254 

Antigua 254 

St  Christopher's 255 

Monscrrat,  vVc 255 

Nevis 255 

Barbuda 255 

AniTuilla. .  •  •  • •  •  •  255 

Virgin  Islands 255 

Dominica • 255 

St.  Vincent 255 

Grenada 255 

Tobago 255 

St.  Lucia 255 

Trinidad 255 

Bahama  Islands 256 

Bermudas 256 

Spanish  Islands >  •  •  256 

Cuba 256 

Porto  Rico 258 

French  Islands 259 

Martinico 259 

Guadaloupe •  •  • .  •  259 

Dutch,  Swedish,  and  Danish  Islands  259 

St.  Eustatia 259 

Saba 259 

St.  Martin 259 

Curacoa 259 

Santa  Cruz 260 

St.  Thomas 260 

St,  John's 260 

St.  Bartholomew 260 

Hayti 260 

South  America 262 

Colombia 269 

New  Grenada 273 

Venezuela 276 

Equador 277 

Gallapugos  Islands 279 

Guiana 279 

Demarara,  Berbice,  and  Essequibo  . .  279 

Surinam 280 

Cayenne 280 

Brazil 281 

Peru 288 

South  Peru ...  293 

Bolivia 295 

Chili 296 

Island  of  Chiloe 301 

Islands  of  Juan  Fernandez 301 

Buenos  Ayret 301 

Paraguay ^06 

Uruguay ^07 

Patagonia 308 

6 


:i 


.*^., 


r-/ 


^^m 


if- 


•  Pi 


I<  <■ 

I; 


I  ; 


Tl 


CONTENTS. 


EUROPE  

Sweden  and  Norway 

Norway < 

Lapland ■ 

Denmark 

Iceland,  dbe. 

Karoo  lalonda 

Holland 

Belgium ■ 

Kritisli  Islea 

England 

Isle  of  Man 

Jersey,  Guernaey,  Slc 

Wales 

Scotland 

Hcbridd 

Orkney  Islands 

Shetland  Islands 

Ireland 

France  

Corsica 

Spain 

Balearic  Isles 

Andorra 

Portugal 

Russia 

Poland 

Kingdom  of  Poland 

Cracow 

Germany 

Austria 

Hungary • 

Croatia 

Sclavonia > 

i  Transylvania 

Military  Frontier 

Dulmatia 

Galicia • 

Prussia 

Bavaria 

Saxony 

Hanover 

Wirtemberg 

Baden i . . . 

Hessian  States 

Hesse  Cassel 

Hesse  Darmstadt 

Hesse  Homburg 

Saxon  Slates 

Saxe  Weimar 

Saxe  Coburg  Gotlia 

Saxe  Meiningen  Hildburghausen 

Saxe  Altenburg 

Mecklenburg  ^hwerin 

Mecklenburg  Strelitz 

Brunswick 

Oldenburg 

Nassau 

Anhalt  Dessau 

Anhalt  Bemburg 

Anhalt  Cothen 

German  Principalities 

Schwartzburg  Rudolstadt 

Schwartzburg  Sondcrshausen. .  ■ . 


309 

315 

319 

320 

,331 

324 

325 

325 

329 

331 

333 

,337 

337 

,339 

,340 

,343 

.  343 

.343 

.345 

.348 

,351 

.353 

,356 

,358 

358 

,361 

,366 

,368 

,369 

,369 

,373 

376 

,378 

,378 

,378 

378 

379 

379 

380 

384 

385 

386 

387 

387 

388 

388 

,388 

,389 

,389 

389 

,389 

389 

389 

,389 

,390 

,390 

,390 

390 

,390 

390 

390 

390 

390 

390 


ReusH  Greitz 390 

Rcuss  Schlcitz 39U 

Lip|>e  Detmold 390 

Lippe  Schaucnburg 390 

Hohenzollern  Sigmaringen 391 

Hohcnzollcrn  Hechingen 391 

Waldeck  Pyrmont 391 

Lichstcnstem 391 

Kniphausen 391 

Hamburg 391 

Lubcck 391 

Bremen 391 

Frankfort 392 

Switzerland  .  .• 392 

Italy 394 

Sardinia 397 

Island  of  Sardinia 398 

Monaco '. 399 

Lombardo- Venetian  Kingdom 399 

Tuscany 401 

Parma 402 

Lucca 402 

Modena 403 

States  of  the  Church 403 

San  Marino 405 

Naples 405 

Sicily. 406 

Lipari  Islands 406 

Malta,  &c 407 

Ionian  Islands 408 

Turkey 409 

Greece 413 

Candia 416 

Cyclades 416 

Negropont 416 

N.  Sporades 416 

Hydra,  &c 416 

Tabular  view  of  the  European  States  418 

AFRICA 419 

Barbary 424 

Morocco 425 

Algiers 427 

Tunis 428 

Tripoli 429 

Barca 430 

Egypt 430 

Nubia 433 

Abyssinia 434 

Sahara,  or  Great  Desert 436 

Fezzan 436 

Tibesty 437 

Gadamis 437 

Tafilet,  Draha,  &c 437 

Tibboos  437 

Tuaricks 438 

Western  Africa 438 

Senegambia 438 

Foulahs 439 

JnlofTs 4.39 

Mandingoes 439 

Foota  Jalloo 440 

Soolimana 440 

Senegal 440 


ri 


CONTENTS. 


'^ 


VII 


Bambouk 441 

Gambia 441 

Sierra  Leone 441 

Guinea 442 

Liberia 442 

Grain  Coast 443 

Ivory  Coast 443 

Gold  Coast 443 

Slave  Coast 443 

Ashantee 443 

Dahomey 444 

Benin 444 

Warce 444 

Biafra,  &c 445 

Loango 445 

Congo,  Angola,  &c 445 

Cimbcbas,  &c 446 

Southern  Africa 446 

Hottenlote 447 

Cape  Colony 448 

Caffraria 449 

Becliuanas 450 

Eastern  Africa 450 

Inhambanc 451 

Sabia 451 

Sofala 451 

Mozambique 451 

Monomotapa 452 

Cazembe 452 

Moolooa 452 

Zanzibar  or  Zangnebar 452 

Quiloa 452 

Mombos 452 

Melinda 452 

Brava 453 

Magadoxa 453 

Ajan 453 

Berbora 453 

Adei  and  Hurnir 453 

Central  Africa 453 

Darfur 456 

Kordofan 456 

Bergoo 456 

Bahr  el  Ghazal 457 

Begharme 457 

Bornou 457 

Mandara,  Slc 457 

Houssa 458 

Kano 458 

Kashna 458 

Zegzeg 458 

Yaoorie 459 

Boussa,  &c 459 

Borgoo ■ 459 

Yarriba 459 

Nyfft 459 

Timbuctoo,  Ste. 4G0 

B.imbarra 460 

Masina,  Beroo,  Slc 460 

African  Islands 461 

Azores  Islands 461 

Madeira 461 

Canary  Islands 461 

Cape  Verde  Islands 462 


Fernando  Po,  &c 462 

Ascension 462 

8l  Helena 4C3 

Madagascar 463 

Imerina 4G3 

Mascarenha  Islands 463 

Bourbon  Island 463 

Mauritius,  or  Isle  of  France 464 

Seychelles,  &c 464 

Comoro  Islands 464 

Socotra 464 

ASIA 465 

Asiatic  Russia 472 

Siberia 472 

New  Siberia,  &c 475 

Kamtschatka 475 

Kurile  Islands 475 

Astrachan,  &c 475 

Caucasian  Russia 477 

Circassia 478 

Daghcstan 478 

Georgia 478  | 

Shirvan,  Erivan,  &e. 479 

Mingrelia,  &.c 479 

Abasia 479 

Turkey  in  Asia 480 

Archipelago 482 

Rhodes,  &c 482 

Syria 484 

Cyprus 486 

Adana 486 

Palestine 486 

Arabia 488 

Makulla 491 

Muscat 491 

Persia 491 

Afghanistan 495 

Beloochistan 498 

Kaflferistan 499 

Kaschgur 499 

India 499 

Hindoostan 500 

Lahore,  &.e 502 

Bootan  and  Nepaul 503 

Ceylon 510 

Laccadivc  and  Maldive  Islands 511 

Chin  India 511 

British  Territories 514 

Birmah 515 

Siam 516 

Malaya  or  Malacca 51S 

Sincapore 516 

Pulo  Pinang 516 

Nicobar  and  Andaman  Islands 517 

Anam 517 

Cochin  China 517 

Cambodia 517 

Tonquin 518 

T^siampa  .    518 

Laos 518 

Thibet 518 

Little  Thibet 520 

China 521 


f" 


■u. 


'■  :(^ 


•'■i:'- 


■'A 


VIU 


CONTENTS. 


Loo  Choo  ItUnda 527 

Formost 538 

Hainan 538 

Corea 538 

TsrUrv 538 

Mantchooria 531 

Monjrolia 531 

Soongaria 533 

Little  Bucharia  . .  > 534 

Independent  Tortary 534 

Great  Bucharia,  or  Bokhara 535 

Balkh 535 

Khokan 536 

Khiva 536 

Koondooz 536 

Kirgfuis 537 

Turcomania 537 

Japan 537 

OCEANICA 543 

Malaysia 547 

Sunda  Islands 547 

Sumatra 547 

Pulo  Lingin,  Banca,  Sec 547 

Java 547 

Bally,  Lombock,  Sumbawo,  &,c 548 

Borneo 548 

Sooloo  Archipelago 548 

Celebes 548 

Moluccas  or  Spice  Islands 548 

Phillippines    549 

Cocos  or  Keeling  Islands 549 

Australasia 549 

Australia 549 

Colony  of  Western  Australia 550 

Van  Diemen's  Land 550 

New  Zealand 550 

Papua,  or  New  Guinea 551 

Louisiade 551 


h  , 


New  Ireland 551 

New  Hanover,  &c 551 

New  Hebrides 551 

New  Caledonia 551 

Norfolk  Island 551 

Massacie  Islands 551 

Polvncsia 551 

Ladrone  or  Marian  lalands 553 

Caroline  Islands 553 


Pclow  Islands 552 

Central  Archipelago 552 

Sandwich  Islands 553 

Marquesas  or  Washington  Islands  . .  553 

Society  Islands 554 

Georgian  Islands 554 

Pearl  or  Paumotu  Islands 554 

Palliser  Islands 554 

Hervoy's  or  Cook's  Islands 554 

Austral  or  Raivaivai  Islands 555 

Friendly  Islands 555 

Navigator's  Islands 555 

Feejcc  Islands 555 

Tonga  Islands 555 

Habaai  Islands 555 

Pitcairn's  Island 555 

Easter  Inland 556 

Islands  in  the  Polar  Seas 556 

North  Polar  Islands 557 

North  Georgian  Islands 557 

Boothia  Felix 557 

Greenland 558 

Scoresby's  land 558 

Spitsbergen 558 

Nova  Zembla 559 

South  Polar  Islands 559 

Falkland  Islands 559 

South  Georgia 559 

South  Shetland 560 

South  Orkney 560 

Palmer's  Land 560 

Kerguelen's  Land 560 

TrisUn  d'Acunha 560 

Endcrby's  Land 560 

Graham's  Land •  • .  560 

OCEAN 560 

Pacific  Ocean 560 

Atlantic  Ocean 561 

Indian  Ocean < 561 

Arctic  Ocean « 561 

Antarctic  Ocean 561 

Mediterranean  Sea,  &c 561 

Baltic  Sea,  &c 562 

Extent  and  Population  of  the  World  563 

Christian  Missions 565 

Missionary  Stations 566 

Newly  discovered  Islands,  &.c 569 


ir 


,1 ; 


;!^* 


^^1 


1 


EXPLANATIONS  TO  THE  CONSULTING  INDEX. 


To  aicortain  the  poiition  on  the  Map  of  anyplace  mentioned  in  the  Index,  obocrve  the 
letters  annexed  to  it  in  the  fourth  column ;  then  find  the  corresponding  letters  on  t)io  top 
or  bottom  and  sides  of  the  Map;  from  these  letters  pass  the  eye  along  the  ranges  due 
north  or  south,  and  cast  or  west,  until  they  intersect :  in  the  square  in  which  they  meet, 
the  place  sought  for  will  be  found. 

It  will  be  observed,  that  every  page  of  the  Index  contains  two  ranges  of  four  columns 
each ;  the  first  of  these  shows  the  names  of  Places,  the  second  the  class  to  which  they 
respectively  belong,  as  Cities,  Towns,  &c. ;  the  third  column  points  out  the  Country  in 
which  places  are  situated ;  and  the  fourth,  the  reference  letters  that  correspond  with  those 
on  the  top  and  bottom  and  sides  of  the  Map,  and  by  means  of  which  the  position  of  cities 
and  towns  may  be  found.  For  example,  Aaik,  the  first  name  in  the  Index,  is  an  Island 
in  North  America,  the  Reference  letters  attached  to  which  are  A  b ;  on  examining  the 
Map,  A  will  be  found  near  the  lefl  corner  at  the  top,  and  b,  the  second  letter,  in  the  left 
hand  border  in  proceeding  downward  from  the  top  of  the  Map :  by  the  plan  mentioned 
above  the  square  containing  Aaik  will  be  found.  The  second  name  in  the  Index,  is  Aal- 
borg,  a  town  in  Denmark,  letters  M  c ;  this  will  be  found,  according  to  the  rule  stated, 
near  the  the  middle  of  the  Map,  and  about  one-third  of  the  breadth  from  the  top ;  and  by 
the  same  simple  means  every  place  mentioned  in  the  Consulting  Index  may  be  readily 
ascertained. 

The  figures  attached  to  a  few  of  the  names  in  the  first  column  of  the  Index,  signify 
that  those  places  ore  represented  on  the  Map  by  the  figures  attached  to  them ;  this  occurs 
only  in  the  cases  of  the  governments  of  European  Russia,  a  few  of  the  minor  German 
States,  and  in  two  or  three  provinces  in  Bolivia. 


ABBREVIATIONS. 


Archipeltgo. 

Bank 

Bight 

Blutr. 

Bluffs 

Canal 

Cape, 


Arc. 

Bk. 

:.::::llf 

Bis. 

Cnl. 

C. 

Channel Ch. 

City. Cy. 

ailF CL 

OifTs Cls. 

Coast Cst. 

Colony Col. 

Country Cty. 

Department Dep. 

Desert Des. 

District Dis. 

Division Div. 

Duchy  and  Dukedom . .  D. 

Electorate EL 

Empire Em. 

Entrance Eit 

Factory Fac. 

Falls FIs. 

Rord Fd. 

Foreland Fid. 


Fork Fk. 

Fort Ft. 

Government Gov. 

Grand  Duchy 6.  d. 

Group Gr. 

Gulf G. 

Harbour Har. 

Head Hd. 

Hill HI. 

Hills His. 

Hook Hk. 

House Ho. 

Inlet In. 

Island I. 

Islands Is. 

Isthmus IsL 

Kingdom Km. 

Lake L. 

Lakes Ls. 

Land Ld. 

Mountain Mt. 

Mountains Mts. 

Oasis Os. 

Peak Pk. 

People Pec. 

Penmsula Pen.  | 


Plains Pis. 

Point Pt 

Port ..   Po. 

Possessions Pos. 

Province Pro. 

Promontory Prm. 

Reef Rf. 

Reefs Rfs. 

Republic Rep. 

River R. 

Rock Rk. 

Rocks Rks. 

Ruins Rns. 

Settlement Set 

Shoal Sh. 

Shoals Shs. 

Sound So. 

State St. 

Station Sta. 

Steppe Ste. 

Strait  Str. 

Territory Ter. 

Town T. 

Tribe Tr. 

Village VU. 


10 


CONSULTING   INDEX 


NuMi  of  PUtJt. 


Aaik 

Aalborg 

Aamara 

Aaom 

Aaom 

Aarhus 

Aas • 

Abaco ' 

Abachai 

Abadeh 

Abahai 

^.bakainsk ... 

Abakan 

Abasia 

Abasia  ...... 

Abawi ■ 

Abb 

Abbakul 

Abbosabad  . .  • . 
Abbazacca  . . . . 
Abberjerhajjis  . 
Abbetibbe..... 
Abbetibbe... .. 
Abbetibbe ..... 
Abbetibbe .... 
Abbetibbea ... 
Abd  al  Curia  . 

Abdery 

Abee  Gurm  . . 
Abeliaghskaia 
Aberdeen  .... 
Abingdon .... 
Abingdon .... 
Abipones  .... 

Abo 

Aboahinan  ... 

Abomey 

Aboo 

Abothubbee  . . . 
Abou  Girgeh  . . 
Abou  Ibee  . . . . 

Aboukir , 

Aboutish 

Abrantes 

AbreO'jos  . . . . . 
Absheron  . . . . . 
Abu  Arish  . . . . 
Abu  Fatera  . . . 

Abuna 

Abu  Seniun  . . . 


I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Cty, 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

Ois. 

R. 

L. 

Ho. 

Tr. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

B. 

?• 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

B. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 


FtaUiOQ. 


lur. 
uu. 


North  America 

Denmark 

Barca 

Mantchooria  . . 
Mantchooria  . . 

Denmark 

Norway  ...... 

Bahamaa 

Monj^olia 

Persia 

Mongolia 

Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 

Abyssinia 

Arabia 

Africa 

Persia 

Africa 

Africa  ....... 

Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Arabian  Sea.. . 
Mantchooria  . . 
Little  Bucharia 
Asiatic  Russia 

Scotland 

Gallapagos .... 

Virginia 

South  America 

Russia 

Barbary 

Danomey 

Tibesty 

Arabia 

Egypt 

Arabia  .\ .   ... 

Egypt 

Egypt 

Portugal 

Malaysia 

Asiatic  Russia 

Arabia 

Arabia 

Peru.. 

Bergoo 


I   •  •       •  •  •  • 


I 


Ab 
Mc 
Ne 
Ud 
vd 
Mc 
Mb 
Gf 
Rd 
Pe 
Td 
Sc 
Sc 
Od 
Qc 

8' 

P 
Pa 

Mb 

P 

6 

Gd 

Gd 

Gd 

Gd 

Pff 
Ud 

Qd 
Va 
Lc 
Fh 
Ge 
Hk 
Nb 
Le 
Mh 
Nf 
Pf 
Of 
Of 
Oe 
Of 
Le 
Uf 
Pd 

2« 
Pf 

Hi 

Ng 


Abu  Shareb 

Abutua iCty 

Cty, 

T. 

C 


Abyssinia 
Acaponeto  . . 
Acapulco  . . . 

Acari 

Acariay  . ... 
Accarah  . . . . 
Achaguaa. . . 

Acheeu 

Achcen 

Achil 

Achiuskaye 

Achita 

Acoma  .... 
Acquire  . . . 

Acra 

Acre 

Acton 

Adach 

Adair 

Adamowa. . 
Adamowa. . 
Adams  .... 
Adans  .... 

Adana 

Addington  . 

Addon 

Adel 

Adcla 

Adelaide. . . 
Adelaide. . . 
Adelaide.. . 

Aden 

Aden 

Adjidt 

Awniralty .. 
Admiralty  . 
Admiralty  . 
Admiralty  . 
Admiralty  . 
Admiralty  . 
Admiralty  . 
Admiralty  . 

Adoo 

Adowa  .... 
Adramyti  .. 
Adrianople . 
Adriatic  . . . 
Adventure  . 


R. 
T. 
T. 
Km. 

?'• 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

T. 

T. 

Ha 

L 

C. 

Cty. 

T, 

Br. 

Pk. 

T. 

C. 

L 

Km 

1. 

Bay 

Bk. 

L 

G. 

T. 

R. 

Bay 

G. 

L 

L 

I. 

In. 

Rks 

So, 

Cst 

T. 

T. 

Sea 
I. 


Bergoo  

Aflrica 

Africa 

Mexico 

Mexico 

South  Peru  . . 

Brazil 

Ashantee  .... 
Venezuela.... 

Sumatra 

Sumatra 

Ireland 

Asiatic  Russia 

Japan  

Mexico 

Patagonia  . . . 

Arabia 

Syria 

Brit.  America 
North  America 
Brit  America 

Soudan  

Soudan  

Ceylon 

Ceylon 

Asiatic  Turkey 
North  America 

Asia 

Africa 

Australasia... . 
Brit.  America 
Indian  Ocean  . 
S.  Pacific  Oc... 

Africa 

Arabia 

Barbary  

New  Zealand. . 
New  Holland. . 
Australasia... . 
North  America 
Nova  Zembla 
Brit.  America 
Australasia... 
Patagonia.... 

Guinea 

Abyssinia.... 
Asiatic  Turkey 
Turkey  . . 
Europe. . . 
Polynesia. 


lUt 


Ng 

?f 

Fg 
Hj 

Mh 

Hh 

Sh 

Sh 

Lc 

Qc 

Ve 

Ee 

H  n 

Of 

Oe 

Ec 

Ac 

Ha 

Mh 

Mh 

Rh 

Rh 

Oe 

Dc 

Qi 

Og 

^J 
Fa 

Pi 

Ho 

Me 

Xm 

vl 

Dc 

Pa 

Ga 

Wl 

Hn 

Lh 

Og 

Ne 
Nd 
Nd 
Cj 


I 


I '.I 

>   *  r 


,1: 


>r,l 


■•  if 


11 


J. 


# 


13 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


Ady 

Adzerbijan 

Acng 

Affdgay 

Affnoo 

Afffhaniatan . . . . 

Aiognak 

African 

f  gadecr 

Agan 

Agardam    

Agaree 

Agattu 

Agdass 

Agda«i 

Agfen 

Aggerbuua 

Aggidiba 

Aggrochiawik . . 

Agnades 

Agomisca 

Agra 

Agra 

Agrahaskoi  . . . . 

Agram 

Aguacalo 

A(ruadilla 

Aguatulco 

Agulogak 

Agwiaseowik.. . 

Ahkaf. 

Ahmedabad  . . . . 
Ahmodapore  . . . 
Ahmcdanagur . . 

Ai 

Aiakit 

Aidak 

Aidat 

Ailsa •  • 

Ailtt 

Aim 

Aimis 

Ainad 

Ainoor 

Aion   

Aitkens 

Aitutake 

Aizu 

Ajaccio 

Ajan    

Ajmere 

Ajon   

Akaba 

Akalzike 

Akarman 

Akchinskaya . . 

Akka 

Akkably 

IAk  Kourgan  . . . 
Akkum 


I. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Cty. 

la 

I. 

T. 

R. 

C. 

T. 

I. 

Cty. 

T. 

T. 

Div. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

I. 

Pr. 

Cy. 

C, 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

C. 

Oes, 

T. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

L. 

T. 

Sta. 

I. 

Rk. 

I. 

Cy. 

T. 

T. 

Cty, 

Cy. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 


Indian  Ocean 

P«raia 

Binnali 

Soudan 

Africa 

Asia 

North  America 
Indian  Ocean 

Morocco 

Aiiiatio  RiMHia 
Asiatic  Russia 

Africa 

Aleout.  Arc. . . . 

Africa 

Africa 

Franco  

Norway 

Soudan 

Brit.  America 

Africa 

Brit.  America 
Hindcustan  .  ■ . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia 

Austria 

Mexico 

Porto  Rico .... 

Mexico 

Nortli  America 
Brit.  America 

Arabia 

Hindoostan  • . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 
Caspian  Sea  • . . 

Japan 

Scoresby's  I-d. 

Polynt-gia 

Asiatic  Russia 

Russia 

Arabia 

Nubia 

Asiatic  Russia 
Atlantic  Oceu/ii 
Polyncsiii 


Qi 
Pe 

^g 
Mg 

Qe 

Be 

Pi 

Lo 

Qb 

Va 

Mf 

Xc 

Mg 

Mg 

Md 

M  b 

Mh 

G  b 

Mg 

»c 

Rf 

Rf 

Pd 

Nd 

Ee 

Hg 

Ff 

Be 

Gb 
iPf 
Qf 
Qf 
Rg 
Pc 
Ua 
Pe 
Vd 
K  a 

Xg 

Uc 

Nb 

Pjf 
Og 
Xb 
Lc 


fi 


J 


France ;M  d 


Japan  

Corsica 

Africa 

Hindoostan  .. . 

Negrcs 

Aril  bia 

Asiatic  Russia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia 

Suse 

Africa 

Tartary , 

Little  Thibet . , 


Ve 

Md 

Ph 

Qf 
Uh 
Of 
Od 
Od 
Tc 
Lf 
Mf 
Qd 
Re 


NiBM  of  ftMB, 


Akian... 
Aklanak. 


Akiu 

Aksu 

Akul 

Akum 

Akyab 

Akyub  

Ala 

Alabama 

Alabama  .... 

Alacrani 

Aladi 

Alagoua 

Aluid 

Aluika 

Alak  Una .... 
Alnk  Una..  • . 

Aland 

Alunich 

Alapa 

Alapayov  .... 
Atatuniaha   . . 

Alatyre 

Alavo 

Aiazitersk .... 

Alazeia 

Alazcia 

Albacli 

Albania 

Albany 

Albiiny 

Albany 

Albany 

Albany 

Alliany 

AI  Bareton. .. 

Albosin 

Albatross  . . . . 
Albemarle  . . . 
Albemarle  . . . 

Albenga 

Albert  Dirkes 

Albion 

Albion 

Alboran 

Albreda 

Albuquerque  . 
Albuquerque  . 
Alcantara. . . . 
Alcantara .... 
Alcantara. . . . 

Alchow 

Alcobaco  . . . . 

Alcodia 

Aldabra 

Aldama 

Aldan 

Aldan  

Aldanskoi. .. . 


€!•■■ 


R. 
T. 

Akmetchet |C. 

Dia. 

T. 

L. 

I. 

Sta. 

I. 

T. 

St. 

R. 

Rk. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Mts 

R. 

T. 

Pr. 

Dis. 

T. 

R. 

Ft. 

Ho. 

T. 

T. 

Pt. 

I. 

So. 

T. 

B. 

Sea 

I. 

I. 

Ft. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Is. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

T. 


taltka. 


RW. 


Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 

Russia 

Littlr;  Bucharia 
Little  Bucharia 
Tartary  .... 
North  America 

Birmah 

Birniah 

Arabia 

United  States 

Alabama 

Mexico 

Bay  of  Bengal 

Brazil 

Kurilo  Isliinds 
Asiatic  Russia 
AsiKtic  Russia 
iisialic  Russia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Turkey 

Mexico 

Asiatic  Russia 

Georgia 

Russia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 
A<iiatic  Russia 

Africa 

Turkey 

Brit  America 
New  York  ... . 
New  Holland 
BriL  America 
Brit  America 
Brit.  America 

Barca 

Mantchooria  . . 
New  Zealand. . 
Gallapagos  ... . 
North  Carolina 

Sardinia 

Spitsbergen  . . . 
Australasia ... . 
Australasia .... 

Spain 

Scnegambia . . . 

Bolivia 

Mexico 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Spain 

Mantchooria  . . 

Brazil 

Soudan 

Indian  Ocean.. 
Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 


Wb 

Wb 

Od 

Qd 

Rd 

Qc 

Ac 

Sf 

Sf 

Of 

Gc 

Gc 

Gf 

Sh 

Ji 

Wc 

V  b 

Vb 

Vb 

Nb 

Oe 

l« 
Pc 

Ge 

Pc 

Nb 

Wb 

Vb 

Wb 

Lf 

Nd 

Gc 

H  d 

Tl 

Gc 

Gc 

Fc 

Ne 

Uc 

XI 

Fi 

Ge 

Md 

Ma 

Wi 

VI 

Le 

Kg 

li 
Ji 
Le 
Ud 

Lg 
Pi 
Vc 
Ub 

Ub 
Ub 


Al 

aI 
aI 

Al 

aI 

Al 

aI 

Al 

aI 
aI 

Al 
Al 
Al 

aI 

Al 


IM. 

Uta. 

UHia 

Wb 

I88ia 

Wb 

■  •  f 

.Od 

hari 

aQd 

hari 

uRd 

.Qc 

cric 

a  A  c 

t  ■  • 

.Sf 

.  ■ . 

.Sf 

•  •  • 

.  Of 

tC8 

Gc 

.  .  . 

.Go 

,  , 

Gf 

ngal 

sh  ! 

•  •  • 

Ji 

nds 

Wc 

KNia 

Vb  1 

H8ia 

Vb 

HHia 

Vb 

.  ■  > . 

Nb 

rkey 

Oo 

... . 

f;''^ 

ma 

Pc 

.  • . . 

Ge 

, , 

Pc 

. . . 

Nb 

sm 

Wb 

sia 

Vb 

om 

Wb 

• . . 

Lf 

. . . 

Nd 

ca 

Gc 

• . . 

H  d 

d 

Tl 

:a 

Gc 

!a 

Gc 

!a 

Fc 

•  •  ■ 

Ne 

•  • 

Uc 

1.. 

XI 

>  •  • 

Fi 

na 

Se 

.. 

Md 

..] 

Ma 

. .  ^ 

kVi 

1 
•  • 

1^1 

..  ] 

Le 

..1 

^ff 

..J 

J 

..  J 

3e 

..  ] 

I 

..J 

i 

..  I 

i  e 

.1 

7d 

.J 

j 

.1 

'g 

..V 

i 

I   V 

c 

u 

rb 

u 

b 

u 

L 

CONSULTING  INDEX. 


13 


,a(r\uM,ke.      CUih 


ruiiMi. 


Aldcrnay 

Aldota 

Ali'iHkoi 

Aluksandrov... . 

Aitn^on 

Aleoutian 

Ali'outskaia  ■  •  • . 

Aleppo 

Alexander 

Alexander  Ut . . 

Alexander 

Alexander 

Alexander 

Alexandria. 
Alexondr' 

Alcxutidr 

Alexandrina. .. . 
Alcxandrov  . . . . 
Aloxandrovsk..  ■ 
Alexundrovskaia 
Alexeivskaya  • .  • 

Alfonsao 

Algiers 

Algiers 

Algoa 

Alhandra  

Aliaska 

Alicante 

Alimya 

Alipatak 

Aliutorskoi 

Al  Jesira 

Alkosal 

All'ihabad 

Allahabad 

AUahShehr.... 

Alias 

Alleghany 

Allegranza 

Allen's 

Allopie 

Allison's 

Allison's 

AUoudi 

AllSainU 

AUufiati 

Almagro 

Almaguer 

Almaheira 

Almeida 

Almeida 

Almeida 

Almeirin 

Almeria 

Almesego 

Almirante 

.\lmoden 

Almora 

Alojamonto 

Alola 

Alouara 

2 


I. 

K. 

T. 

T. 

Cy. 

Arc. 

Is. 

^y- 

Bay 

I. 

FU 

Ft 
Po. 

Cy. 
Cv. 

r. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

Ft. 

T. 

I. 

Cty. 

Bay 

T. 

Pen. 

7: 

I. 

T. 

Pr. 

L. 

Pr. 

Cy. 

T. 

Str. 

Mts. 

I. 

Rr. 

T. 

Bay 

In. 

I. 

Bay 

I. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Is. 

T. 

9: 

T. 
Is. 


R.r. 


Engliah  CI L  d 

AMiatic  KiiHitia.  V  c 
Asiatic  KuMsia.R  c 
Asiatic  KuMia.'O  d 

France 'M  d 

N.  Pacific  Oc. .  iX  c 
\leoutian  Arc 

Syria 

'rarlnry 

8.  Pacific  Oc. 
Oregon  Ter. .. 
Brit.  AinericE, 

BengUL'la 

Egypt 

D.  of  Columbia 

Louitiina 

New  S.  Wales. 

Russia 

RuBxia 

NorUi  America 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Indian  Ocean.. 

Africa 

Algiers 

Cape  Colony  . . 

Brazil 

North  America 

Spain 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit.  America  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Turkey 
Tartary  . . . 
Hindoostan 
HindooBtan 
Asiatic  Turkey 
Malaysia  .... 
United  States. . 
Canary  Islands 
N.  Pacific  Oc. . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Greenland  .... 
Brit.  America  . 

Abyssinia 

Brazil 

Polynesia 

Spain 

New  Grenada  . 

Malaysia 

Brazil 

Portugal 

Mozambique  . . 

Brazil 

Spain 

Brazil 

Indian  Ocean.. 

Spain 

Hindoostan  . . . 

ChUi 

Africa 

Australasia  . . . 


Xc 

iOe 

IPd 

Ga 

IDc 

Fc 

Mj 

Ne 

Ge 

Fe 

VI 

Oc 

Od 

Be 

Tc 

Pi 

Me 

Me 

Nl 

Ji 

Be 

Le 

Pb 

Hb 

Xb 

Oe 

Qd 

Rf 

Rf 

Ne 

Ti 

Ge 

Lf 

Af 

Rh 

la 

Fa 

L  e 
Gh 
Uh 

Jj 
Ld 

?/ 

Le 

li 

Pi 

Le 

Rf 

Hk 


Attn  do  Chaiti 

Aitnn 

Altvn 


f 


Numa  of  PUCM,  kt.      ( lu>. 

Alj» j.Mts. 

Alsapuhtu T. 

AUtahoujr jI. 

Alta-vi'la 1 1. 

Altuliiglie |L. 

Altentruard |T. 

Allenttkoi iFl. 

T. 

T. 

I* 

I. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Is. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Cv. 


rmiiM. 


R.(.    ! 
um. 


Aluik 

Alukt.i|;ul 

Alvaiudu 

Alviavuru 

AmalNira 

Amukirrima. . , . 

Amnkusu 

Amaiibuhy 

Amniiguclii  . . . 

Ainiirunte 

Aniarguru 

Amaroleite 

Amaf>ia 

Amassero 

Amatiquc 

Amatitlun 

Amazon 

Ambatamb 

Ambatonmango 

Ambloo 

Ambow 

Amboyna 

Ambriz 

Ambro 

Ambrym 

Ambuge 

Anegada  

Ameland 

Amcraglik 

America 

Amgha 

Amginskoi 

Amgouis 

Amguema 

Amhara 

Amherst 

Amherst 

Amherst 

Amherst 

Amiens 

Aminski ....... 

Amitioke 

Amlai 

Amol 

Amoo 

Amouliaghskaia 

Amour 

Amoy 

Amoy 

Amsterdam  . . . . 
Amsterdam  . . . . 


T. 

Bay 

T.^ 

R. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

C. 

I., 

T. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

Is. 

R. 

T. 

C. 

R. 

Cty, 

T. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

?r- 

I. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

G. 

R. 

?• 


Europe '  'i 

.Norway j 

Norway 'Mb 

West  Indies... ill g 

Tliib(!t iRe 

Norwny !N  b 

Asiatic  Kussia.  T  d 

Brazil I  i 

Illinois F  0 

.■\Mi)itie  RuMiia.  R  c 
Greenland  . . . .  ;J  b 

S<iongaria JQd 

Mexico *Fg 

Norway IN  d 

Asiatic  Russia. |T  b 
I  Eastern  Seu...iU  f 

Japon U  0 

Puruguuy Ik 

Japan U  e 

Brazil  . .    .....  I  j 

Polynesia A  j 

Brazil I  j 

Asiatic  Turkey  O  d 
Asiatic  Turkey  O  d 
(fuatemala  ... .  G  g 
Guatemala  .. .  .;G  g 
South  America  I  i 
Madagascar.  •.  F  k 
Madagascar...  P j 
Malaysia  ....    U  i 

Polynesia X  j 

Malaysia U  i 

C-ongo Mi 

Madagascar.. .  P  j 
Australasia... .  X  j 

Congo N  I 

I  West  Indies.. .  H  g 

jHolland M  c 

^Greenland  .  • . .  lb 

Polynesia B  h 

Asiatic  Russia,  {u  b 
Asiatic  Russia.  :U  b 
Asiatic  Russia .  | W  c 
Asiatic  Russia .  iX  b 

Abyssinia jO  g 

Birmah |S  g 

North  America  ill  d 


Corea 

Brit.  America  . 

France 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit  America  . 
North  America 

Persia 

TarUry 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Mantchooria  . . 

China 

China 

Holland 


Ue 
Gb 
Mc 
Qb 
Gb 
Ac 
Pe 
Pd 
Va 
Uc 
Tf 
Tf 
Mc 
Southern  Ocean  R  1 


I   . 


,1 


IV 


I 

i 


V 


It 


CONSCI.TINU  INDKX. 


Nunrtot  n>€m,k». 


,\in«1<T(iatn  ....  I. 

AiiitMlkiv }• 

AriiilMirikut!  ....  T. 

AiiiKlir ifea 

Aiimlir R. 

Aiciiiiriti'oi 'i\ 

Ari,ili T. 

AniiiiiJBii I. 

Aniikim T. 

Aniinuur T. 

Ariii|Mi T. 

Anaxuli |Tr. 

Anatolia |Pr. 

Anatian R. 


nMMk 

SpilMbcT(frn  . . . 
iAlcoiitiari  Arc. 
Aiiiutic  UiiMNiii 
AKiiitic  Kiixsi.'i 
Asinlii;  Kii^Hi.i 
Axiiilic  KiiMxia 
.\rabiii l<)o 


M* 

Xc 

Ab 
|.\l> 
iXb 


Mdiwt  m  rium,  ke. 


Aiiiixo 

Aiibnc 

Anchor 

Anchorit(!!« 

Anoliitu 

Ancnn.i 

Ancnttu 

Aiuliil^ula 

Ariduuiaii 

Andaman,  Enat . 
Andainuii,  lirciit 
Andaman,  Iiittlu 

AndencHH 

Andcro 

Anderson 

Andes 

Andes  of  Cuchao 

Andgan 

Andkoo 

Andocn 

Andom 

Andorra 

Andorra 

Andozero 

Andraida 

Andrcanovskio. 
Androssan  . .  ■  • 

Andujar 

Anemur 

Angad 

Angala 

Aniq^ali 

Angara,  Lower 
Angara,  Superior 

Angarka 

Angazicha  ... 

Angeja 

Angel 

Angers 

Anglesea 

Angola 

Angola 

Angora 

Angornow  ., .. 
Angostura  .... 

Angote , 

Angour 


R. 
R. 
I't 
Is. 
C. 


I'olyni'Hin V  g 

Ahi'itic  RuHshi  ()  d 
AHiiitic  RunmIii  I )  d 
AHiiitic  Russia    <>  d 

Arabia <'  e 

Aniatic  Turkey  O  e 

Hrazil |1  )> 

AbvMiiinia !0  g 

{Asiatic  Rusxia    i^  b  • 
! North  America  H  c 
JAuHtrulasia  . .  .A'  > 

I.VIcxico Il'j  t' 

j  Italy Md 

Bay  (freeniund  ....  J  b 
L.  iliuonos  Ayres  .  H  k 
Is.  I  Day  of  lkiif;al .  ^  g 
Is.  '  Kay  of  Ifcngal .  S  g 
I.  I  Hay  of  Bengal,  i^  g 
I.     I  Bay  of  Bengal.  S  g 

T.     Norway Na 

I.  lArchipelogo, . .  N  c 
C.  I  North  America  A  b 
Mts.'Soutli  America  H  j 

MtsJPern Hj 

T.    iTartary Q  d 

T.    iTartary Q  e 

I.      Norway N  b 

L.     Russia Ob 

Rep  Spain Md 

T.     Spain  . , M  d 

Russia Ob 

Tartary P  d 

Aleoutian  Arc.  X  c 
Brit.  America     H  a 

Spain >L  e 

Asiatic  Turkey  O  c 

Algiers IM  e 

Soudan iNg 


Angoxa 

Align 

Aiiirrn 

.Viigra 

Aiigru  dt'Sl,  Aiii' 

ItroNJa 

Angr.i  Juntas .. . 
Antfra  Pei|iiiii,i  , 

Aniiria's 

Angiiijaii 

Ant,niilla 

An};uilla 

Angiiilla 


CUb. 


talNn*. 


c. 

Is. 

Pk. 

T. 

T. 

Des. 

T. 

I. 

Pr. 

R. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

H. 

Cy. 

I. 

Cty. 

Cst. 

T. 

Dis. 
I. 


Mantchooria 
Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 
Indian  Ocean 

Brazil 

Africa 

France    

England 

Africa 

Africa 

Asiatic  Turkey 
Soudan . . . 
Venezuela 
Abyssinia. 
Polynesia 


Td 
So 
Tc 
Wb 

?/ 

Kg 

Ld 

Lc 

Ni 

Mi 

Oe 

Mg 

Hh 

Og 
Uh 


An'tlkrnlmrgaa 
AnhaltCothcn'^l 
Anhult  Dessau ao 

Aniioit 

Anikom 

Aniuy 

Aniwa 

Aniwa 

Anjier 

Ankapilly 

Ankcnus 

Ankobcr 

Ann 

Annaa 

Annabaloo 

Anna  do  Chaves 

Annadia 

Annamooka  ... . 

Annapa 

Annapolis 

Anna's 

Annatom 

Anne 

Annobon 

Annobon 

Ann's 

Annunciation. . . 
Annunciation.. . 
Annunciation. . . 

Anok 

Anonca 

Anquilla 

Anson 

Anson's 

Ansvig 

Antader 

Antalo 

Antas 

Antenego 

Anthony 

Antibes 

Anticosti 

Antigua 

Antioch 

Antipodes 

Antioquia 

Anton  Gils.  .. . 
Antonio  Viana. . 


Ui* 
Bay 
I. 
R. 

Bar 
Bay 
Bay 
Bk. 
I. 

(;. 

I. 

I. 

D. 

I). 

D. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

Boy 

C. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

1. 

T. 

r. 
I*. 
I. 

R. 
T. 
Bay 

C. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

C. 

I. 

Str. 

I. 

R. 

I. 

Bay 

Arc. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

R. 

Vil. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

?■ 

T. 

Bay 

Bk. 


Mo%(iiiibii|iiu 
Africa 

AzilflM  ...     . 

VbyHsinia .. . 


lur. 

I 

O  I 

IK  f 

:k  .■ 


Africa.  'M  k 

Africa ,N  k 

Africa iN  k 

Vsia Q.H 

PolyncMa |V  g 

Newt(iuii(iland.  I  d 
Went  liidii'K..  .lil  g 

Bahamas jG  t 

(icriiiany |.M  c 

Ctcrinaiiy I.M  c 

Mc 
M  c 
Vc 
Wb 


(fermuiiy 
Dcniiiark  •  •  • . 
Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 

Scghalien }V  d 

St'ghalien iV  d 

Java !T  i 

Hindoostan  ..  .!R  •,' 

Norway IN  b 

Abyssinia jO  h 

Massacliiuetts .  |H  d 

Polynesia iC  j 

Sumatra IS  h 

St.  Thomas's  I.'M  h 

Brazil jl  j 

Polynesia A  k 

Brazil jI  i 

xtovii  Scotia  ...  li  d 
1. "  /  Zealand. .  Xm 
Australasia...  .IX  k 
Enderl.y's  Ld.  |P  o 
Annobon  I.  . . .  M  i 
Southern  Ocean  M  i 

Polynesia A  g 

Asiatic  Russia  V  a 
Indian  Ocean  P  i 
Asiatic  Russia  V  a 
North  Americo  A  c 
Asiatic  Russia   X  b 

Bahamas 6  f 

New  Holland      Uj 

Polynesia W  f  j 

Norway M  b  I 

Russia  .......  O  d 

Abyssinia O  g 

Brazil Ik 

Mexico jEe 

Mozambique  • .  O  j 

France M  d 

North  AmericaiH  d 


West  Indies . . . 

Syria 

Australasia  .... 
New  Grenada  • 
Madagascar  .• . 
Southern  Ocean 


Hg 
Oe 
Xm 
Hh 

Pj 
Mj 


M. 

Ills. 

K!    .  .  O  1 

....iK  |- 

. . .  K  (• 

. . . .  .M  ». 

Mk 

.   .  .Nk 

. . .  N  k 

...IV  g 
nd.'ld 

1...  il  g 
...(it- 

. . .  .M  c 

...  AI  c 

...  Mci 

...  Mc 

sia    U  c  i 

»ia   Wb 

...Vd  , 

...  Vd  ! 

...It. 

...\H" 

...L\b 

...lOh 

t8.Hd 

...!cj  ; 

1  l.M  U  , 

;.  'A  ■ 

..li   ; 

...Hd 

I..Xm| 

..Xk  i 

1.   Po 

..iMi 

anM  i  1 

■•Ag! 
a   V  a  1 

Pi   1 

a    Va 

en  A  c 

I  Xb 

.Gf 

vi  1 

.  Wf 

.  Mb 

.Od 
•'Off 
.'li 

.  Ee 

•Oj 
.  Md 

aHd 

.Hg 
.Oe 

.  Xm 

.Hh 

;S^j 

CXJNSULTINli  INDEX. 


I  of  Pbm,  (U. 


Aiitrobiut 

Antwerp 

Aiixirty 

.\nziko 

An/iko 

Aoujfuri 

Apoclieria 

Apae 

Apako 

Apalachicola  . . . 

Apalachic 

Apullo 

Apiiluria 

A|N.-nrudu 

ApiukauuiniHh  . . 

ApllUHM 

A|)OHtleH,  Twelve 
Apoukinskoi  . . . 

Apparent 

Ap|)Ciiinc 

A]>|)olonia 

'Aptiley 

Apure 

Apuriinac 

Aquin 

Arabella 

Arabia 

Arabia  Dcscrta  ■ 
Arabia  Felix  .  ■ . 
Arabia  Pctrea  . . 

Arabian 

Araba  (of  the)  . . 

Aracaty 

Aracis 

Arad 

Arafat 

Araguay 

Aral 

Aranary 

Aranda 

Arunsaso 

Ararat 

Araschie 

Araucanos 

Ataxes 

Ai  -ia 

Areas    

Archo  igel 

Archangel 

Archangel 

Archidona 

Archipelago  . . . . 

Arcos 

Arctic 

Ardatov 

Ardebil 

Ardcn 

Ardcncaple 

Ardra 

Arccivo 

Arena 


(;. 

Cy. 

Pt. 

Cty 

iT. 

lUiB. 

!k. 
r. 

Iky 

I. 

T. 

L. 

L. 

Ih. 

C. 

Har 

Mtii. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

Cty. 

Div. 

Di7. 

Div. 

G. 

G. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

Mt. 

R. 

Sea 

R. 

T. 

Bay 

Mt. 

T. 

Tr. 

R. 

T. 

Is. 

Pr. 

Bay 

T. 

Sea 

T. 

So. 

T. 

T. 

Mt 

In. 

T. 

T. 

T. 


^■lllnn. 

Krit.  America 

lielKiuiii 

.North  Ainerica 

.Vt'riea 

Africa 

AHiutic  Rutwia 

.Mexico 

AuHtruluMiu  . . 
AHiutic  Ku88ia 

Florida 

Florida 

Polyni'Hia 

Indian  Ocean . . 

Denmark 

Brit.  America 

Sweden  

WiHcon»in  Ter. 
Adiatic  RuMitiu 
Brit.  America 

Italy 

Ashantcc 

New  S.Wales  . 

Venezuela 

Peru 

Hayti 

Brit.  America 

Asia 

Arabia 

Asia 

Arabia 

Arabia 

Egypt 

Brazil 

South  America 

Austria 

Arabia 

Brazil 

Tartary 

Brazil 

Spain 

Texas 

Asiatic  Turkey 

Barca 

Chili 

Asiatic  Russia 

Africa 

Mexico 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Equador 

Mediterran.  Sea 

Brazil 

Brit.  America  . 

Russia 

Persia 

New  S.Wales  . 
Scoresby's  Ld. 

Dahomey 

Porto  Rico .... 
Brit.  America 


Jj^  N»iii«  ..(  M*c«^  kt. 


II  a 
M  c 

V  a. 
M  I 
.N  i 

Xb 

Ee 

;st 

Gf 
(if 

Aj 

Ri 

M  e 

He 

M  b 

Fd 

Xb 

Ub 

Md 

Lh 

Wl 

Hh 

Hj 

Hg 

Ha 

Pf 

Of 

Og 

Oe 

Of 

Ne 

Ji 

li 

Nd 

Of 

li 

Pd 

Ih 

Ld 

Ff 

Oe 

Nf 

HI 

Pc 

Lf 

Ff 

Ob 

Ob 

Ob 

Gi 

Ne 

li 

Eb 

Oc 

P  e 

VI 

K  a 

Mh 


rialUiw. 


Arrndul T. 

Ari-nue I. 

Arentm I. 

Arcnsburg T. 

Are<|ui|>a D<p 

Art-i|uipa <'v. 

.\r«'7. !'! . 

Argha R. 

Arjfliis jT. 

Argonaut I. 

Argounskoi  ....  'i'. 

Ariunas Tr. 

Arguin '1'. 

Argiiin Jiay 

Ari  Atollon |I. 

rica 1 1 . 

Aric'at's I. 

Arid ;C. 

ArinlioH |R. 

Arispe j^'. 

Arjeplog [T. 

ArKunsus St. 

Arkansas T. 

Arkansas |R. 

Arkeeko T. 

Arlagnarioo  ....  Tr. 

Arlagnuk C. 

Arma 'T. 


Cty, 

f. 
Is. 
T. 
Ld. 
C. 
I. 
T. 
T. 
R. 
Pr. 
Arracan Cy. 


Armenia. . . . 
Armstrong's. 

Arna 

Arnar 

Arnctiford  . . 
Arnheims  .. . 
Arnheim . . . . 

Arno 

Aroan 

Arolapoxi . . . 
Arovango . . . 
Arracan  . . . . 


Arrackscheef  .. 

Arran 

Arrecife 

Arrelakskoi  . . . 

Arroo 

Arrowsmith  . . . 
Arrowsmith's. . 

Arsk  . .~ 

Arta 

Arthur's 

Arthur's 

Arthur's  Table. 

Artillcro 

Artillery 

Arubah 

Arvids 

Arzamass 

Arzobizpo 

Asa 

Asangara 


I. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Is. 
.iR, 
.Is. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

Mt. 

T. 

L. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

Is. 

Fd. 

T. 


[Norway 

'.Norway 

iMuluvMiu    . . . . 

'RtuHia 

South  I'rru  . . . 
.•<oiith  IVru  . . . 

Hru/.il 

AHiutic  iiiiHHiu 
.\Hiutic  'I'urkry 

Cuicu 

Axiutic  Itiishi.t 

l'X|U:idur 

Africa 

Africa 

I  Maldives 

I.'^utli  Peru . . . . 

Polynesia 

New  Holland. . 

Brazil 

Mexico 

Sweden 

I'nited  States . . 

Arkansas 

United  SUtes  . . 

Abyssinia 

Brit.  America 
Brit.  America 
New  Grenada  . 

Asia 

Polynesia 

Tibesty 

Iceland 

Norway 

New  Holland . . 
New  S.  Wales  . 

Polynesia 

Africa 

Mantchooria  . . 

Africa 

Birmah 

Birmah 

Polynesia 

Scotland 

Buenos  Ayres  . 
Asiatic  Russia 
Australasia... . 

Africa 

Polynesia 

Russia 

Greece 

Polynesia. . . . 

Polynesia 

Guiana 

Chili 

Brit.  America 
Beloochistan  . . 

•Sweden 

Russia 

Polynesia 

Iceland 

South  Peru  . . . 


U 


N  c 
\a 


to 


■V  i 
Sc. 

•IJ 

J  I 

V  b 

V  e 
Tc 
II  i 
Kf 
K  f 
Qh 

»ij 

Wh 
Ul 

'^{ 

Nb 
Fe 
Fc 
F« 

\ll 

Gb 
Hh 
Od 
A  k 
Nf 
Kb 
Mb 

li 

[15 

Nj 

Sf 
Sf 

L  0 

II 

Ub 

Vi 

N  k 

Xh 

Pc 

N  e 

VVg 

Ai 

Ih 

Hni 

Eb 

Qf 

Nb 

Oc 

Vf 

Kb 

Hj 


: 


\  A 


I 


.,1 


i 


*i 


^m 


Ki 


CONSILTINO  INUKX. 


A«>irn 

ANCCIIKioll  .  • . 

AHrcnaiuri .  • . 

Awhi 

ANliariKuu . . . 
AnIiiuikci)  . , . 
ANiiaiiti'L'  . . . 

ANhrart' 

Anlitola. ... 
Aniii  Minor 
Adiiiara.. . . 
ANkotKUiid  . 
Anltow  .... 
Aiioiida  .... 
Ai|iluiid»  ■ . 
AnMiiii  . . .  • 
Amican  .... 
AiiHi'urifiir  • 
AiiioM*  Kara 
AiiHi(<u .... 

AllHitlOO  .... 

Aminiboiu  . 

Astiiniboino 

Aiiaiiubotncs 

Auouan . . . 

Aiwuay .... 

AaBUinpcain 

Aiauinpcao. 

Auuinpcion 

AMumpcion 

Auumption 

Aa?  ra 

Aatur^a.. . . 
Aatorm  .... 

Aatovo 

Aatrabad.. . 
Aatrabad. . . 
Aatrachan . . 
Aatrachan  . 
Aatronotnical  Soc 
Atakembo . . 
Atbara  .... 
Atbara  .... 

Atclia 

Atchafalaya 
Atcliinak.. . 
Atchipov . . . 

Atfich  

Athabasca.. 
Athabaaca.. 
Athabasca . . 
Athabaoca.. 
Athens  .... 
Athens  .... 
Athlone... . 

Athol 

Athol 

Atico 

Atikan  .... 
Atkarsk  . . . 
Atlas 


T. 
Iky 

'r. 
r. 
I.. 


I^IM. 


Cty. 

T. 

I. 

'.?'■ 

T. 
K. 
T. 
I. 

;;!'• 

r. 
I. 
r. 

R. 

Set. 

K. 

Tr. 

T. 

Dcp 

r. 

T. 

I'- 

I. 
T. 

Ft. 

I. 

Pr. 

T. 

Pr. 

Cy. 

Is. 

I. 

Dis. 

T. 

I. 

Bay 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Dis. 

L. 

R. 

Ft. 

Cy. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Mts. 


Africa 

Mexico 

Irtoiithrrii  OcL'ui 

iSwc^di'ii 

lAbyHttiiiia 

lAb^aniniii. ... 

'(•JillK'U 

Pt-raia 

Ik'luochiMtun  . 
Aaiutiu  'I'lirkey 
Mcctitcrran.  Hca 

rtvvi  ill  II 

lirit.  America 

Africa 

Soutli  Shetland 
llindootitan  . . . 
Hrit.  Aiiitricu 
llindouatun  . . . 

Japan  

Atriou 

Guinea 

Urit.  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 

Ejypt 

Kquudor 

Brazit 

Brazil 

Paraguay 

Polynesia 

Indian  Ocean.. 

Persia 

Spain 

Oregon  Ter... . 
Indian  Ocean  . 

Persia 

Persia 

Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Ruasia. 
Brit.  America 

Polynesia 

Nubia 

Nubia 

North  America 

Louiaiana 

Aaiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia 

Egypt 

Brit.  America 
Brit  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 
Oregon  Ter. .. . 

Greece 

Georgia 

Ireland 

Brit.  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 
South  Peru  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia 

Russia 

Morocco 


m7 

l.i 

N  b 

Ok 

Lh 
Po 

Qf 

Oe 

Md 

Mc 

Ec 

Mg 

to 

8»- 

Vc 

Rt' 

Ue 

Mg 

Lh 

Fd 

Fd 

Fc 

Of 

Hi 

li 

Ji 

Ik 

Vg 
Pi 
Pe 
Ld 
Dd 

V 
Po 

Pe 

Pd 

Pd 

Fd 

Aj 

^« 
Og 

Ae 

Ff 

Sc 

Qb 

Of 

Ec 

Ec 

Ec 

Ec 

Ne 

Ge 

Lc 

Ha 

Fa 

Hj 
Wb 
Oc 
Le 


tc. 


Ctaa. 


I. 


I. 

Bay 

Cv. 
T. 
Cy. 
Cy. 


>k't. 
T. 
I. 
T. 


Alol  Ailiiinnii 
AlolNuliMMaduul. 

AtiMii i|. 

Aturku I. 

Ati)ii|iiiiNkiii  ....'('. 
AtuhwahpiMkaii .  R. 

Attiiaa Tr. 

Attiiaa Vil. 

Attock Cy. 

Attno I. 

Attriick R, 

Attuie T. 

Atui I. 

Auckland  . . . 
Auciitta  .... 
Audierno  . . . 
Augaburg  .. . 
Auguela  .... 
Augi|ata  .... 
Augiuta  .... 
Augusta  .... 

AuFua 

Aur 

Aurillac  .... 
Aurora  .... 
Aurungabad 
Aurungabod 
Auatral .... 
Auatralaaia. 
Auatrulia  • . 
Auatralia  del  Ea> 
piritu  Santo . 

Auatria 

Autridgo 

Aux  Cayoa  .... 
Auxerre  . .  i . . . 

Ava 

Avamaka 

Avanteoa 

Aveiro 

Aveiro 

Averclla 

Aves 

Avignon 

Avila 

Aviles 

AvinoiT 

Avistivable  .... 

Awa 

Awa 

Awadsi 

Awatska 

Axar 

Axum 

Ayacucho 

Ayacucho 

Ayas 

Aylmer 

Aypore 

Ayr 

Ayr,  North .... 


I. 

Pr. 

Cy. 

is. 

Div. 

I. 

I. 

Em. 
Bay 
T. 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

I. 

?-• 

T. 
C. 
I. 
C. 
T. 

r. 

Bay 

Fd. 

T. 

Dep 

T. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

Dis. 


Mahiivea 

.VlaiUivi'N 

Haiiiiwich  la. . . 

Kurile  la 

AKiutic  Riiaaia 
lirit.  Aiiit-ricu  . 
<  )r('g(iii  'IVr. .  ■ . 
Orrgon  'IVr. .. . 
iliiidiKMttiiii  . . . 
Aleiiut.  Arc... . 

Pcraiii 

Arabia 

Polynesia 

Auatralaaia . . . . 

Asia 

KtTguclcn'a  Ld 

liavuriu 

Barca  

Georgia 

Maino  

New  Holland 

Arabia 

Polyneaia 

France   

Auatralaaia... . 
HinduoHtan  . . . 
Hindooatan  . . . 

Polyneaia 

Oceanica 

AusUrilaaia.... 


(4I> 
Qt> 
11  f 
Vd 
Xb 
(i  c 
Uc 
l)c 
Qe 
Xc 
Pe 

".i 

Xn 

^8 

Qin 

Md 

Nf 

Ge 

Hd 

Tl 

Of 

Xh 

Md 

Vk 

Uk 


Australasia  . . . 

Europe 

Brit  America  i 

Hay  ti 

France 

Birmah 

Aaiatic  Ruasia 

Peru 

Brazil ,,, 

Portugal 

Cochin  China  . 
West  Indies.. . 

France 

Spain 

Spain 

North  America 
Oregon  Ter.  . . 

Japan 

Spain 

Japan  

Asiatic  Russia 

Iceland 

Abyssinia 

South  Peru... . 
South  Peru.... 

Arabia 

Brit  America  . 

Sumatra 

Scotland 

North  America 


X 

Nd 

Oa 

Hg 

Md 

Sf 

Rb 

Hi 

li 

Ld 

Tg 

Hg 

Md 

Ld 

Ld 

Be 

Dc 

Ve 

Ld 

Ue 

Wc 

Kb 

Hj 

SJ 

Eb 
Si 
Lc 
Hb 


■•t 

Uti. 

1 

... 

•.. 

.  HI' 

....IVd 

1 

■via 

Xb 

1 

ICU 

.  U  0 

r. .. 

.  l)c 

r... 

.  Do 

t  • 

Qe 

•  •  • 

.Xo 

•  •  t 

Po 

•  •  • 

Uk 

•  •  ■ 

Xn 

Ld 

.Win 
Md 

Nf 

•  •  1 

Ue 

•  •  I 

Hd 

d 

Tl 

... 

Of 
Xh 

•  • . 

Md 

... 

x.j 

. . . 

Hr 

• . . 

Kg 
Cfc 

Vk 

.... 

Uk 

... 

Nd 

:a  • 

Ga 

.  -Hr 

...Md 

Sf 

la 

•  • 

Rb 
Hi 
li 
Ld 

a  • 

Tr 

•• 

Md 
Ld 
Ld 

ical 

Be 

..] 

)c 

1 

^e 

..  ] 

[jd 

..I 

Ue 

a   \ 
..  ] 

..1 
..I 

!i 

..I 

•r 

.1 

:  > 

..8 

i 

..I 

iC 

a  I 

lb 

•  o.Nsi  LTiN<i  INUKX. 


NuM><tf  IWm.  •■.     0Kik 


Ayrio T, 

.\yU» T. 

AiaiiiiM'i: iT. 

A/.iiiii^a {('ty' 

Aziiiiia H'ty. 

AXOPH <  il". 

A/ov  Sea |(UI 

Azov 'T. 

Ai.u T. 

A/'i.  b IR. 


R.itiilj.i 

llnulH 

ilahiiliun 

Itabalia 

R<bl>u)(u  . . . .    . 

RitlM,Mri 

Kaltclllidop  . . . . 
Rub  el  Muiidub 

Ralwr 

liabiucora 

Bubinu 

liabino 

Haboobono  . . . , 

Bubuvaii 

Babylon 

Buoauria 

Back's 

Back'^ 

Back's 

Bnconda  

Biicrus 

Bucuachi  

Badafiry 

Badajos 

Badakslmn  . . . . 
Badukshan  . . . . 
Baddugaino 

Baden  

Badinska  . . 

Badoc 

Bacpendy  .. 
Bafila    


Buedoo 

Baffin's 

Baffin's 

Baffin's 

Baganga .... 
Bngatova  . . . 

Bagdad  

Bagoc 

Bagottim. . . . 
BagoudiHka  . 
Bahama  .... 
Bahama  .... 
Bahama,  Old 
Baliama  .... 

Bahar 

Baliar 

Baharootzees  . 
Bahawulpore  . 


7. 


DiH. 

K. 

I'. 

1'. 

Kay 

I. 

I. 

Str. 

1. 

T. 

Ft. 

MtN. 

R. 

Is. 

Rns 

R. 

Bay 

Pt 

In. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

G.D 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Cty. 

Bay 

i! 

Har 

T. 

Cy. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

Is. 

Ch. 

Ch. 

Bk. 

Pr. 

Cy. 

Tr. 

T. 


Urual Ill 

.Maiiii'liiMiriA  .  .1;  d 

M  M'lKlO L  •! 

Aincj L  »■ 

Alriou Ph 

\tliiiiti«'  Oi-iuii  K  p 

KiiHhia ()  d 

Ari.itic  Ku-isii  lod 


>i  .yti . . . 
Hqiiudor . 


Alrita 

(in  t'lilund  . . . 

PCTHIU 

Soudun 

Brit.  Amirica 
Malaysiiii  .... 
Poiyiieiiia  .  ■ .  • 

Africa 

Australasia  . . 

Mexico 

Brit.  America 
Brit.  America 

Tartury 

Malaysia  .... 

Arabia 

Brazil 

Brit.  America 
North  America 
Brit.  America  . 

Tripoli 

Nubia 

Mexico 

Dahomey 

Spain 

Tartury 

Tartary 

('eyion 

Germany 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Luzon 

Brazil 

Senegambia  .. . 

Soudan 

Greenland  .... 
Brit.  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 
Mindanao  I. 
Asiatic  Ru8t>ia. 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Africa 

Borneo  

Asiatic  Russia . 
West  Indies . . . 
West  Indies.. . 
West  Indies.. . 
West  Indies.. . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Africa 

Hindoostan  . . . 


'U 
Hi 

Nh 
lb 
Po 
N« 
Fa 
Ti 
Uh 


!!? 

U  1 

Ff 

Uc 

Dc 

Qd 

IJR 

Oe 

1,1 

Eb 

Ca 

Kb 

Me 

Or 

Eti 

Mh 

Lc 

Qe 

Qc 

Rh 

Md 

Vb 

Ur 

Jk 

Lr 

Mr 

la 

Gb 

Ha 

Uh 

Re 

Oe 

I'R 

Ti 

Ub 

Gf 

Gf 

Gf 

Gf 

Rf 

Rf 

Nk 

Qf 

fkhu Pr. 

Huliu    ...^.^.  ...lOy. 
ILiliia   de    TimJcmi 

SantiM 

Uulit.i   du   TimIiw 

.S.intcw Bay 

Bahia  (irande  .  .^Ray 
liuhia  Nucva  . . .  Ray 

Riihiiuida LK'm. 

lUliniii I. 

Ilahr  el  Abiai  . .  H. 
Ruhr  1 1  Ada....  R. 
BahrclGhazal..  DIm. 

Ruhr  Kulla R. 

RuhrMiri R. 

Raikal L. 

Buillit's R. 

Baillios R. 

Buja T. 

Buioor T. 

Baku T. 

Bake Fd. 

Baker I. 

BaKer's I. 

Baker's L 

Baker's L. 

Bakhtegan L. 

Ikkhmout T. 

Bakhta R. 

Dak  la  nova Ft. 

Bakou T. 

Bakrain T. 

Balabuc I. 

Balagouun Pt. 

Bulaklava T. 

Balambangan. . .  I. 

Balasore T. 

Balatov T. 

Balaugir R. 

Balbcc Cy. 

Balcash L. 

Bald I. 

Bald Hd. 

Balearic Is. 

Bale  of  Cotton  . .  Rk. 

Balfrush T. 

Balizo Ter. 

Balizc T. 

Balize R. 

Balkan Bay 

Balkan Mt. 

Baikh Cy. 

Balkoui T. 

Ball's  Pyramid. .  Rk. 

Bally L 

Balmala T. 

Balpinskoi T. 

Balsamao T. 

Balta ,...T. 

Baltic Sea 

Baltimore Cy. 


Rr4iiJ J  , 


Ray  Brazil, 


J 


nuciKwi  AyrPN  .  ifm 
Patagiiiiia  ....  II  ii 
Palugiiiii.i  ....  Hni 

Nubia Hg 

Ptrsiun  (iulf    .  P  f 

Africa Ior 

Alrieu 'Oh 

Nr 
Nh 
Nr 
Tc 
Da 
Fb 


d 
u 
Pd 
Kb 
Fa 
Fb 
Hm 
Fb 
P  f 
Russia O  d 


N 


t^uudan 

.Soudan 

Soudan  

Asiatic  RuHsia. 
Brit.  America  . 
Brit  America  . 

Austria 

C'abui g 

Asiatic  Russia 

Iceland 

Biit  America 
Brit.  America 
Patagonia  . . . 
Brit.  America 
Persia 


Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Arabia 

Malaysia 

Mindanao  .... 

Russia 

Malaysia  ...  . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Russia 

Little  Bucharia 

Syria 

Soongaria 

Australasia.. . . 
North  America 
Mcditcrran.  Sea 

Asia 

Persia 

North  America 
Balize 


H  h 
Tc 
Nd 

Pr 

Uh 
Uh 
Od 
Th 
Rf 
Oe 
Rd 
Oe 
Qd 
Tl 
Bb 
Lc 
R  h 
Pc 

t'R 
North  America  G  g 


Tartary 

Turkey 

Tartary 

Tartury 

Australasia ... 
Malaysia  .... 

Airica 

vfsiatic  Russia 

"razil 

Russia 

Europe 

Maryland .... 


Pe 

Nd 
Qe 
Pd 
Wl 
Ti 
Nf 
Pb 
H  i 
Od 
Nc 
Ge 


n;  ■ 


m 


!* 


1*1 


AJ 


Id 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


Nunn  of  Hieet,  he. 


Baltimore  .. 
Ualu)(o  ■  ■  ■  • 
Bamba  •  •  ■  • 
Bambarra.  • 
Bamberg  . . 
Bambom. . . 
Bambouk  . . 
Bambouk  . . 
Bamcean  ■  ■ 
Bammakoo . 
Bamoo  • .  •  • 
Bamplasoi  ■ . 
Bampton'B  . 
Bampton's  . 

Banan  

Banca  

Bancn  

Bancora  . . . 

Banda 

Banda 

Banda 

Banff 

Bangalore. . 
Bangassi.. . 
Bangay. ..  • 
Bangor  . . . . 
Banguey . . . 
Baniscrile  .. 
Bankok . . . . 
Bankote  . .  ■ 
Banks'  . . . . 
Banks'  . . . . 
Banks'  .... 
Banks*  .... 
Banks'  . . . . 
Banks'    . . . 
Banoss  . . . . 
Bansmate  .. 
Bantam . . . . 
Bantangan 
Bantry  . . . , 
Barabinsk . , 
Baracoa  . . . 
Barakak  .. . 
Baralass  . . 
Baranca  . . . 
Baronoff . . . 
Barataria  . 
Barbacoas. 
Barbadocs. 
Barbadocs. 
Barbalos  . . 
Barbarra. . 
Barbary  . . . 
Barbas  . . ,. 
Barbell  . . . . 
Barbuda  . .  ■ 
Barbados  . . 

Barca 

Barca  .... , 
Barcam.. . . 


ClaiL 


rotitioa. 


T. 

T. 

T. 

Cty. 

Cy. 

T. 

Cty. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Sh. 

Cty 

I. 

I. 

R. 

Sea 

I. 

Pt. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Cy. 

I. 

T. 

Cy. 

T. 
Bay 
I. 
I. 

Str. 

Sh. 

Pen 

R. 

R. 

T. 

C. 


Ste. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

Bay 

T. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

V- 
c. 

R. 

I. 

Tr. 

cty. 

Des. 

C. 


Ireland 

Samar 

Congo 

Africa 

Bavaria 

Cochin  China 
Sonegambia .  • 
Scnegambia  .. 

Tartary 

Africa 

Birmah 

Siam 

Australasia  . . 
Australasia.. . 

Soudan 

Malaysia  .  •  •  • 
Malaysia  .... 

Africa 

Malaysia  .... 
Malaysia  .  ■  • . 

Loango 

Scotland 

Hindoostan  . . 

Africa 

Malaysia  .  •  •  • 

Maine 

Malaysia  .... 
Senegambia  .. 

Siam 

Hindoostan  .  • 
Brit.  America 
Oregon  Ter... 
Australasia  . . 
Australasia  . . 
North  America 
New  Zealand. 
Hindoostan  . . 

Brazil 

Java 

Cochin  China . 

Ireland 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Cuba 

Fezzan  

Asiatic  Russia 

Chili 

Asiatic  Russia 
Louisiana .... 
New  Grenada 
Polynesia  .... 
West  Indies.. 

Brazil 

Liberia 

Africa 

Africa 

Africa 

West  Indies.. 

Peru 

Africa 

Barca 

Spitsbergen  . . 


Ref. 

177 

L'g 
Mi 

Mc 
Tg 

Lg 
Qc 

Lg 

Sf 

Sg 

Wj 

Wj 

Lg 

'Pi 

Uh 

Ni 

Ui 

Ui 

Ml 

Lc 

Rg 

Lg 

Ui 

Hd 

Th 

Lg 

^^ 
Qg 
Ga 
Dc 

Xj 

Vm 

Co 

Xm 

Rf 

li 

Ti 

L  c 

Re 

Hf 

Mf 

Ub 

Hk 

Wi 

Ff 

Gh 

Ah 

Ig 

l\ 
Me 
Kf 
Ni 
Hg 
Hi 
Ne 
Ne 
Na 


Namei  of  FIicm,  fee. 


Barccllo 

Barcelona 

Barcelorc 

Barclia 

Barclay 

Barcilly 

Barentz 

Bargasoutai  ... 

Bargousin 

Bargousin  .... 

Bari 

Barica 

Baring's 

Baring's 

Barlctta ' 

Barnaulc 

Barnegat 

Baroda 

Barolongs 

Barquisimeto  . . 

Barr 

Barra 

Barra 

Barrad 

Barra  de  Arena 

Barren 

Barren 

Barren 

Barren 

Barrier 

Barrier 

Barrima 

Barrinha 

Barripore 

Barrow 

Barrow 

Barrow 

Barrows 

Barrows 

Barrows 

Barrulo 

Barshli 

Barso 

Barsouk  . . . .    . 

Bartfeld 

Barvujoki 

Barwell 

Barzouga 

Basalt 

Baschkirs 

Bashee 

Bashia 

Basht 

Basikana 

Basil 

Basilan 

Basil  Hall 

Bas  Island  . . . . 
Basket  Pot .... 

Basle 

Basman 


CUa. 


FniUon. 


r. 

T. 
T. 
L. 

c. 

T. 

Is. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Pt. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

C. 

Is. 

I. 

Is. 

Is. 

Is. 

Rf. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

Pt 

Pt. 

I. 

I. 

Str. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

Des. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Mt. 

Tr. 

Is. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

Bay 

I. 

Bay 

Ho. 

R. 

7: 


Brazil . 


Rrf. 

leU. 

iTT 


Venezuela .... 
Hindoostan  .  •  • 

Mongolia 

Scoresby's  Ld.. 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Nova  Zcinbia 

Soongaria 

Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 

Naples 

Guatemala  .. . 
Australasia  . . 
Polynesia  .... 

Naples 

Asiatic  Russia 
New  Jersey  . . 
Hindoostan  . . 

Africa 

Venezuela  . . . 

France    

Scotland 

Scotland 

Arabia 

Mexico 

North  America 
Bay  of  Bengal . 
Madagascar. . . 
Australasia .... 
Australasia .... 
Australasia .... 

Guiana 

Brazil  ........ 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Brit.  America  . 
North  America 
Madagascar. . 
Australasia . . . 
Polynesia. ... 

Brit.  America 

Borneo 

Asiatic  Russia 

Russia 

Tartary 

Austria 

Asiatic  Russia 
Australasia... 

Russia 

Tripoli 

Russia 

Malaysia  .... 
Senegambia  .. 

Persia 

Russia 

Corea 

Malaysia  .... 
Brit.  America 
Brit  America 
Oregon  Ter... 
Switzerland  . . 
Beloochistan  . 


Hh 

Qg 
Sd 

Kb 

Rf 

Qa 

Rd 

Tc 

To 

Nd 

Gh 

Wk 

Xh 

Nd 

Re 

He 

Qf 

Nk 

Hg 
Md 
Lc 
Lc 

Og 
De 
Be 

Sg 
Oj 
Vm 
XI 

Eb 
Ba 
Ok 
Tk 
Ck 
Fa 
Th 
Pd 
Ob 
Pd 
Nd 
Qb 

Xj 
Ob 
Nf 
Pc 
Uf 

Lg 
Pe 

Pb 

Uc 

Uh 

Eb 

Ec 

Ed 

Md 

Pf 


; 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


Nuno  of  PUot,  he. 


Clui. 


Boas Sir. 

Bossa :Cove 

Bassas C, 

BasHas  de  India.  jRks 

Bassccn ,Cy. 

BasDcen T. 

Bastia Cy. 

Batabano T. 

Bataguigan T. 

Batanga Is- 

Batanta Is, 

Batavia Cy. 

Batcliian I- 

fiateinaii Bay 

Bates In. 

Batesville T. 

Bath Cy. 

Bath T. 

Bathurst T. 

BathurHt T. 

Bathurst T. 

Bathurst T. 

Bathurst C. 

Bathurst I. 

Bathurst I* 

Bathurst In. 

Batkali T. 

Batoch I. 

Baton  Rouge  . . .  T. 

Batapolas T. 

fiatoum T. 

Batraka C. 

Batta Pr. 

Battle R. 

Battle R. 

Batticaloe T. 

Battou T 

Batty  Malve I- 

Baude Pt 

Bausk T. 

Bautzen T. 

Bavaria Km, 

Baxo  do  Ambar.  Bk. 
Baxo  do  Patram  Bk. 
Baxos    de    Villa 

Lobes fiks 

Baxos  dos  Abrol- 

hos Bks 

Bayao T. 

Bayne I. 

Bayonne Cy. 

Bayru I. 

Bayxtatskoi  ....  T. 

Bazarouta C. 

Bazarouta Is. 

Bazun T. 

Beachy Hd. 

Beachy Hd. 

Beana T. 

Bear Is. 

Bear I. 


taiiioa. 


News. Wales  . 

Liberia 

Africa 

Indian  Ocean.. 

Birinah 

Hindooston  . . . 

Corsica 

Cuba 

Samar  Island . . 
Bay  of  Bengal. 

Malaysia 

Java 

Malaysia  ...  . 
New  S.  Wales . 
Oregon  Ter. . . . 

Arkansas 

England 

Texas 

Cape  Colony  . . 
N.  Brunswick  . 
Senegambia . . . 
New  S.  Wales , 
Brit  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 
New  Holland 
Brit  America  . 
Asiatic  Russia 

Mongolia 

Louisiana 

Mexico 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Barca 

Congo 

Missouri 

Brit.  America 

Ceylon 

Liberia 

Bky  of  Bengal 
New  Grenada 
Russia ... 

Saxony  

Germany  .... 
Indian  Ocean . 
Indian  Ocean . 


Ktl. 
Uu. 


Polynesia 


South  America 

Brazil 

Indian  Ocean  . 

France 

New  Grenada  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Mozambique  . . 

Africa 

Tripoli 

Patagonia  . . . . 

England 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Brit  America  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 


VI 
Lh 
Ph 
Ok 

Qg 

Md 

Gf 

Sg 
Vi 
Ti 
Ui 
Wl 
Dc 
Fe 
Lc 
Fe 
Nl 
Hd 

Kg 
VI 
Da 
Fa 

HJ 
£b 

Pd 

Sc 

Fe 

Ef 

Od 

Ne 

Mi 

Ed 

Ec 

Rh 

Lh 

Sh 

Gh 

Nc 

Me 

Md 

Pi 

Pi 

Ag 

V. 

Qm 
Ld 

S5 

Ok 

Ok 

Ne 

Hm 

Mc 

Rf 

Gc 

Wa 


Namct  of  PUcm,  tu. 


Claa. 


Bear 

Bear 

Bear's 

Bear  Gat 

Bear  Lake 

Beata 

Beauchene  Guyon 

Beaufort 

Beaufort 

Beautbrt 

Beaufort 

Beaufort 

Bcauvais 

Beaver 


Beaver 

Beaver 

Beaver 

Beaver 

Beaver 

Beaver  Indians 

Bcba 

Bebedcro 

Bechuana 

Bedekarfee .... 

Bedford 

Bedford 

Bednore 

Bedocd  

Bedouin  

Bedout  

Bceban  

Bcechey  

Beechey  

Beechey  

Boeder 

Bceder 

Becnjoor 

Beerjoor 

Begharmi 

Behring's 

Behring's 

Behring's 

Behring's 

Bella 

Beilaya 

Beikem 

Beique 

Bcitschclgorod . 

Beja 

Bejapoor 

Bejapoor 

Bcjapore 

Bukal 

Bela 

Bclanaish 

Beiaspore 

Belbeis 

Belcher's 

Bclem 

Beles 

Belfast 


rniUna. 


Mt 

So. 

C. 

Bay 

R 

I. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

C. 

C. 

Cy. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

L. 

Har 

Ho. 

Tr. 

I. 

L. 

Tr. 

T. 

Bay 

Ho. 

£!" 

C. 

I. 

His. 

L. 

Pt 

C. 

Pr. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Cty. 

Str. 

Bay 

Sea.: 

T. 

R. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

Dis 

Pr. 

Cy. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

Rns 

T. 

T. 

Is. 

T. 

T. 

T. 


1» 


lUl 
LM. 


Spitsbergen  . . . 
Greenland  .... 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Spitsbergen  . . . 
Brit  America  . 
West  Indies. . . 
Southern  Ocean 
Nortli  Carolina 
Cape  Colony  . . 
North  America 
Brit  America 
North  America 

France 

Pennsylvania. . 
Brit.  America  ■ 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Nova  Scotia . . . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Karskoe  Sea  . . 
Buenos  Ayres  . 

Africa 

Soudan  

Brit  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Brit  America  . 

Ajan 

Australasia... . 

Africa 

Brit  America  . 
North  America 
Brit  America  . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Malaysia 

Persia 

Soudan 

North  America 
North  America 
Asiatic  Russia 
North  America 
Beloochistan  . . 
Asiatic  Russia 

Mongolia 

West  Indies.. . 
Asiatic  Russia 

Nubia 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Soongaria 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Barca 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Egypt 

Brit  America  . 
Buenos  Ayres  . 

Syria 

Maine 


Na 
Id 
Va 
M  a 
Db 

II  g 
In 

Ge 

N  1 

Cb 

Fb 

Bb 

Md 

Gd 

Fc 

Ec 

Ec 

Hd 

Fc 

Eb 

Qa 

HI 

Nk 

Mg 

Fa* 

Fc 

Qg 
Eb 
Ph 

Tg 

Nf 
Eb 
Ca 
Ea 

Rg 

Rg 

Uj 
Pe 

Ng 
Ab 
Cc 
Xc 
Ac» 
Qf 
Pc 
Sc 

?» 

Sc 

^« 
If 

Rd 

Sc 

Ne 

Rf 

Oo 

Gc 

II 

Oc 

Hd 


l'% 


'■  ■■' 


\i 


'S.i 


■  V.  I: 


r      :i 


*      ;i| 


•20 


CONSULTING  INDKX. 


tiunm  of  ilam,  kc 


Belfast 

BclgHuni.  :   . . 

lii'lirradc 

Belgium 

Bolicbci 

Belis 

Bell 

Bell 

Bellury 

Belle 

B<;llc 

Belle  Isle 

Bellona 

Bellona 

Bellingshausen 

Ik'lluno 

B(!linontc 

Bcloi'lmn 

Beloiarskaya  • . 
Beloochistan . . . 

Belsham 

Beltyri 

Bulugcikose  . . . 
Belur  Tagh  . . . 

Bcrnarive 

Bumba 

Beinbaroughe. . 

Beinini 

Benares 

Bench  

Bencoolen 

Bcneoonat  . . . . 

Bcnda 

Bender  

Bundlocs 

Bencvente  .... 

Bengal 

Bengazi 

Bcngucla 

Beni 

Beniabbas 

Beni  Gvvarid  . . 

Benin  

Benin 

Benin 

Beniolecd 

Bcni^iihcd. . . . 
Beni  Shabcr. . . 

Bcnisouef 

Benjar  Massin  . 
Bcnjar  Massin  . 

Benowm 

Bcntak , 

Bcntinck 

Bcquia 

Dcra 

Bcrabzun  

Bcrar  

Bcrawa 

Bcrbice 

Berbice 


CUm 


T. 

r. 

km 

r. 

T. 
R. 

So. 
T. 
I. 
I. 

Str. 

I. 

Sh. 


I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Cty. 

C. 

Vr. 

T. 

Mts. 

R. 

Pr, 

R. 

Is. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Dis. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

S'- 

T. 

T. 

Cty. 

T. 

Bgt. 

T. 

Tr. 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 


PoiitHm. 


Rcf. 

LtlM. 


Ireland 

HindooHtnn  .  ■  ■ 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Europe 

Asiatic  Russia. 


Lc 

Nd 
Mo 
Pc 


Spitsbergen  . . . 
Sj)it8b(!rgen  . . . 
Hinduostan  . . . 

France 

Labrador 

Labrador 

Australasia  . . 
Australasia  . . . 

Polynesia 

Italy 

Brazil 

Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Asia 

Elephant  Island 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Little  Bucharia 
Madagascar 
Benguela  . . 

Africa 

Bahamas  . . 
Hindoostan 
Australasia . 
Sumatra  .. . 
Sumatra  . . . 
Africa  .... 
Russia  .... 
Gallapagos  . 

Brazil 

Hindoostan 

Barca 

Africa 

Bolivia  .... 
Tripoli .... 

Tripoli 

Guinea .... 

Guinea 

Guinea 

Tripoli 


Morocco L  c 

Ma 
Ma 

Rg 

Ld 

Ic 

Ic 

Wj 

Wk 

Bj 
Md 

Jj 

Ra 

So 

Qf 

lo 
Re 
Pd 
Qe 

Pj 

Nj 

Mj 

Gf 

Rf 

Xm 

Si 

Si 

Nh 

Nd 

Jt 

Rf 

Ne 
Mj 

Hj 

Me 

Me 

Mh 

Mh 

Mh 

Me 


Sahara M  f 


I. 

R. 

L. 

Pr. 

T. 

Col. 

R. 


Oe 
Of 
Ti 
Ti 

h« 

Qd 
Vj 
Hg 
R  c 

Fb 
Rf 
Oh 

Guiana Il  h 

Guiana {I  h 


Arabia 

Egypt 

Borneo  

Borneo 

Africa 

Tartary 

New  S.  Wales  . 
West  Indies. . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit.  America  . 
(lindoostun  . . . 
Africa 


Kama  of  PUra,  tc. 


Birbora  

Berbora 

Bcrdai 

Berdoa 

Bcrcchnigh  . . . 

Berendinskoi  . . 

Bcrens 

Bercns 

Beresouskoi . . . 

Beresov 

Bcresovskaya  .. 

Berg 

BergamoH 

Bergen 

Bergen 

Bergen  

Bergh's 

Bcrgoo  

Berigan 

Berkeley's  .... 

Berkeley  Ridge 

Berlin 

Berlingas 

Bcrmeja 

Bermudas 

Bernardin 

Berne  

Bernera 

Bernier 

Bernier 

Bernizet 

Beroo 

Beroo 

Bertela 

Berwick 

Besan^on 

Bescara 

Bescha 

Bcsliakhskoi.. . . 

Bessarabia  ..54. 

Bcssastad 

Besymiannoi  . . . 

Bctliany 

Bethelsdorf 

Bethlehem 

Betlen 

Bctlen 

Betra.par 

Beuduque  

Bcvcridge 

Beverley 

Bev;i 

Bcyrout 

Bhering's 

Bhooj 

Bhopal 

Bliukor 

Bhutnecr 

Bhurtpore 

Bia 

Biafra 


Cty 

T. 

T. 

Cty 

C. 

T. 

R. 

Ho. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Div. 

?■ 

Gr. 

T. 

So. 

Mts, 

Cy. 

Is. 

I. 

Is. 

C. 

|„ 

C. 
Is. 
Pk. 

Cty. 

Tr. 
T. 

T. 

Mts, 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

Sta. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Pr. 

Sh. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Sea. 

Cy. 
^- 

T. 
T. 
R. 

Cty. 


Poatlon. 


Lcu. 


Africa t  P  g 

Africa P  g 

Tibchty IN  f 

Africa IN  f 

Asiatic  Russia. |\'  a 
Asiatic  Russia. iT  b 
Brit.  America  JV  c  ! 
Brit.  America  .|F  c 
Asiatic  Russia. jX  b 
Asiatic  Russia. :Q  b 
Asiatic  Russia. |Q  c 
NovaZembla.  .Pa 
Asiatic  Turkey  N  e 


Norway 

Norway 

Malaysia  ... 

Polynesia .... 

Africa 

Barbary 

Falkland  Is.. .. 

New  S.  Wales  , 

Prussia 

Portugal 

Mexico 

Atlantic  Ocean 

New  Zealand., 

Switzerland  . . , 

Scotland 

New  Holland., 

Australasia... , 

Mantchooria  . , 

Africa 

Malaysia  .... 

Africa.. ..  . .. , 

Scotland 

France 

Barbary  

Soongaria 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Iceland 

Russia 

Africa 

Cape  Colony  . . 

Syria 

Mexico 

Buenos  Ayres  . 

Asia 

Congo 

Polynesia 

New  Holland.. 

Texas 

Syria 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Africa 


Mb 

Mb 

Si 

Wh 

Ng 

Me 

In 

VI 

Mc 

Le 

Ff 

He 

X  m 

Md 

Lc 

Tk 
Vd 

Lg 

Si 

Ph 

Lc 

Md 

M  e 

Rd 

Ub 

Nd 

Kb 

Pb 

Nk 

Nl 

Oe 

Ef 

Hk 

Qg 

Ni 

Aj 
TI 
Fe 
Oe 
Xc 
Qf 
Rf 
Qf 
Qf 
Rf 
Re 
Mh 


>i 


'I 


CONSUL!  iNG  INDEX. 


Nuum  n(  Fhco,  kc.       Cl»«. 


niiifra 

Uicaneer 

Bicliaquci) 

IJicluy 

F3iddlu 

Rulaya 

Hid 

I  Bieley 

i  Hicl;rorod 

i  Bielkov 

'  Hido 

I  Bicloi 

I  Biclovodsk 

Biclozer.sk 

Binlsk 

Big 

Bi<j 

Big 

Big  Horn 

Big  Lake 

Big  Stone 

Biisk 

Bijar 

Bilbao 

.  Ullinghausen  . 

biliiton 

Billiton 

Billiyard 

Bilmah 

Bilmah 

Bilmah 

Bilovskaya  . . . . 

Bineicova 

Binjebara 

Biot 

Bir 

Bird  

Bird 

Bird's 

Bird's 

Bird's % . 

Bird's 

Birdstail 

Bir  el  Malha  . . 

Biri 

Biris 

Birigo 

Biriousa 

Birmah 

Bir  Massaguen 

Birmingham  . . 
I  Birnie's 

Biroutchia 

Bir  Quillin . . . . 
Birsk 

Birterbuy 

Bisanig 

Biscay 

Biscoe's  Range 

Bishara  Tuib . . 
Bishlisik 


PMiliOB. 


Bgt 

Cy. 

R. 

T. 

L. 

R. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

L 

L. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

L. 

L. 

R. 

Ho. 

L. 

T. 

Is. 

Cy. 

C. 

I. 

Str. 

I. 

Cty. 

Des. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

I. 

Is. 

Is. 

Is. 

Is. 

Is. 

Ft. 

Sta. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

Em. 

Sta. 

T. 

I. 

C. 

Sta. 

Cy. 

Bay 

T. 

Bay 

T. 

Ft. 


Rr(. 

Uit. 


Country 

IlindouHtun  •  • . 

Chih 

RiiHsiu 

Missouri  Ter. 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia 

Russia 

Karskoe  Sea  . 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Brit.  America 
Brit  America 
Brit.  America 
Missouri  Ter. 
Brit  America 
Wisconsin  Ter, 
Asiatic  Russia 

Polynesia 

Spain 

Scghalicn 

Malaysia 

Malaysia 

Persian  Gulf . . 

Africa 

Africa 

Africa 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Fezzan 

Scoresby's  Ld. 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Polynesia 

Southern  Ocean 

Indian  Ocean 

N.  Pacific  Oc. 

Polynesia. ... 

Malaysia  .... 

Brit.  America 

Africa 

JNorway 

Benguela  .... 

Congo 

Asiatic  Russia 

Asia 

Africa 

England 

Polynesia. . . . 

Tartary 

Africa 

Russia 

Ireland 

Mexico 

Europe  ...  .1. 

S.  Pacific  Oc. 

Darfur 

Tartary 


NuDM  of  Plana,  kc 


M  h 

Of 

H  I 

()  c 

Ed 

Pc 

Oc 

Oc 

Oc 

Va 

Ob 

Ra 

Od 

Ob 

Nc 

Gc 

Gc 

Eb 

Ed 

Gc 

Fd 

Re 

Ld 

Vd 

Ti 

Ti 

Pf 

Mg 

Mg 

Mg 

Tb 

Sc 

Mf 

Ka 

Oe 

Jm 
Pi 
Bf 

Vg 
Tg 
Fc 

Ng 
Mb 

Nj 

Mi 

Sc 

Sf 

Mf 

Lc 

Ai 

Pd 

Mf 

Pc 

Lc 

Ee 

Ld 

Ho 

Ng 

Pd 


Clui. 


Bishop  and  Clerk  Is. 

Bishop's I. 

Biskaia T. 

Hissagos  ....    •  •  Is. 

Bisson C. 

Hi!<traia 

Bitter 

Bizerta  

Bjorneborg  ..  .5 
Bjorneborg  .... 

Black 

Black 

Black 

Black 

Black 

Black 

Black 

Black 

Black 

Black  

Black 

Black 

Black  

Black 

Black  Bear .... 

Blackfoot  Indians 

Blackfoot 

Black  Harutsh. 

Black  Hook  . . . 

Black  Mongols 

Blackwatcr  • . . . 

Blair's 

Blake 

Blanc 

Blanca 


rMUo*. 


R. 

R. 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

Sea 

R. 

K. 

R. 

Bay 

L. 

Mt 

Ld. 

Pt 

Pt. 

Pt. 

Hk. 

Bl. 

H. 

L 

Tr. 

R. 

Mt 

C. 

Tr. 

L. 

I. 


Blanco  

Blanco 

Blanco 

Blanco 

Blanco  

Blaney's 

Blaye < 

Bled  el  Jerid  . . 
Bled  Fillely  . . . 
Bligh's  Cap  . . . 
Bligh's  Lagoon 

Blois 

Blondela 

Blood  Indians  . 
Bloody  Farland 

Bloudnaia 

Blountvillo  .... 

Blue 

Blue 

Blue 

Blue 

Blue 

Bluefields 

Blue  Mud 

Blue  Nose  . . . . 
Boatiang 


Bay 

Mt, 

I. 

C. 

C. 

C. 

C. 

C. 

I. 

T. 

Dis. 

Dis. 

C. 

I. 

^'- 

Tr. 

Pt. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

Mts, 

Mts. 

Mts. 

His. 

R. 

Bay 

C. 

T. 


Australasia  . .  ■ 

Polynesi^i 

I  Asiatic  Russia 
Scncgambia  .. 
Brit  America 
Asiatic  Russia 
Cape  Colony  . . 

Tunis 

Russia 

Russia 

Europe 

Asiatic  Russia . 
Wisconsin  Ter, 
Missouri  Ter.  . 

Labrador 

Brit.  America  . 

Africa 

Greenland  . . . . 

China 

Arabia 

Nova  Zembia 
Greenland  . . . 
Brit.  America 
Missouri  Ter. 

Brit.  America 

Brit.  America 

Oregon  Ter... 

Africa 

Spitsbergen  . . 

Mongolia  .... 

Brit  America 

Brit.  America 

Brit  America 

Italy 

Venezuela.. . . 

Oregon  Ter... 

Morocco 

Africa 

Peru 

Patagonia  . . . 

Polynesia  .. . . 

France    

Barbary 

Barbary 


91 

lUf. 

wT« 

Xi 

Sc 

Kg 

Hb 

Tc 

Nl 

Me 

Nb 

Nb 

Od 

Sc 

iFd 

Fd 

lc 

£c 

Lf 

la 

Tf 

Pg 
Pa 
la 

Hg 
Ed 
Ec 
Ec 
Ed 
Nf 
M 


a 
Td 
Db 
Fa 
Gb 
Md 

Hg 
Dd 
Le 
Kf 
Gi 
Hm 
Xi 
Ld 
Lc 
Lc 
KerguelensLand  Q  m 


Polynesia 

France  

Mantchooria  . . 
Brit  America  . 

Ireland 

Asiatic  Russia 
Tennessee  . . . . 

Abyssinia 

Mongolia 

United  States . 
New  S.  Wales  ■ 
Brit.  America 
Guatemala  ... 
New  S.  Wales 

Russia 

Cambodia.. .. 


Ck 

Md 

Vd 

Ec 

Lc 

Wb 

Gc 

Og 
Re 
Ge 

VI 
Ea 
Gg 
Vj 
Ob 

Sg 


if 


!,■. 


'-ki 


», 


If 


c 


u 


■I 


I'    « 


2.2 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


Maaia  of  HUmi,  to. 


ItimTintU 

I  KiMvinta 

I  HiNiviHta 

lioltryHk 

i{(IC(|llll  .> 

I)<Mli'|va 

liofii'iro 

IJoc 

Uoen 

Doeton 

Hocyra 

I»<»g 

Ik)g!iHliua 

Kngaud  

l)()gdo 

lioghoutcliansk 
Bogorodidtok  .  • 

Koj^ohIov 

Bogota 

Buhcinia 

Bohol 

Bohuslav 

Boiole 

'Joja 

iiojador 

Boiador 

Bokliara 

Bokki 

Bolaclma 

Bolachna 

Bolclieretsk  . . . 
Bolcheretekoi .. 

Boli 

Boliano 

Bolinoi  Aniuy  . 

Bolivia 

Ik)livia 

Bologna 

Bololova 

Bolor 

Kolschei 

Bohcliarovakoe 
Bolvnnskoy  . ,. . 

Bomba 

Bombay 

Bombay 

Bombutok 

Bombetok 

Bonicny 

Bomincl 

Bona , 

Bona 

Bona 

Bonacca  

Bonn  venture.. . . 

Bnnuvista 

Bonavista 

Bonavista 

Bong 

Bongoiilina 

Bonliiim's 


r. 
r. 
r. 

T. 
T. 
Po, 
T. 
T. 

I. 
I. 

T. 
R. 

c. 

T. 

MU. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Cy. 

Pr. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

C. 

C. 

Cy. 

Dis. 

L. 

R. 

Hot 

T. 

T. 

Ft 

R. 

Rep 

Pt. 

Cy. 

T. 

Mts. 

L. 

T. 

C. 

G. 

Cy, 

Rks 

T. 

Bay 

T. 

I. 

C. 

C. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Bay 

C. 

I. 

Pr. 

T. 

Is. 


PniUoo. 


Brazil 

Brazil 

Bolivia 

Russia    

Soudan  

.Mexico 

Tonquin 

Iceland 

Australasia.. . . 

Meluysia 

TibcBty 

Russia 

Arabia 

Hindoostan  .  • . 

Mongolia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Russia 

New  Grenada  . 

Austria 

Malavsia 

Russia 

Celebes 

Venezuela .... 

Africa 

Luzon 

Great  Bucharia 

Abyssinia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Luzon 

Asiatic  Russia. 
South  America 

Texas 

Italy 

Asiatic  Russia 
Little  Bucharia 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

barca 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Malayan  Sea . . 
Madagascar.. . 
Madagascar. . . 

Russia    

Norway 

Tunis 

Madagascar  .. . 

Algiers 

Guatemala  .... 
Lower  Canada. 
Newfoundland . 
Newfouridiand. 
Cape  Verd  Is.  . 

Birinah 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Polynesia 


Her. 


Jj 

Ij 

»j 

Nc 

Mh 

Dc 

Tf 

Kb 

Vi 

Ui 

Nf 

Od 

Hg 

Qf 

Sd 

Sc 

Oc 

Pc 

H)i 

Mc 

Vg 
Od 
Ui 
H  h 
Lf 

Ug 
Qc 

Og 

Sa 

Sa 

Wc 

Wc 

Od 

Vg 

Wb 

gj 
Ff 

Md 

Qc 

Qe 

Od 

Qc 

Pb 

Ne 

Qg 

Th 
Pj 

Pj 
Ob 

Mc 

Me 

Pj 
Mc 

Gg 
Hd 
Id 
Id 

Kg 
Sf 
Pc 
Xb 


Nuna  of  PUcm,  kc. 


Bonifacio Str 

Bonin I. 

Bonjcm '1*. 

Ikinn T 

Bonne Bay 

Bont(;k-ou I. 

Bontokoo T. 

Bong T. 

Bong Bay 

Boo  Ali I. 

lioubiun I, 

BoJ)by I. 

Booby .Sh. 

Boogoonulinskoi   T. 

BooliL'ura R. 

Bt>ojnoord T. 

Bool 'I'. 

Boola T. 

Booloo T. 

Bootan Cty. 

Bootli So. 

Boothia I.st. 

Boothia G. 

Boothia  Felix.. .  Cty. 

Boquecns Tr. 

Borabora I. 

Borba T. 

Borbon T. 

Borda C. 

Borddji T. 

Bordeaux Cy. 

Bordoc I. 

Borea R. 

Borg T. 

Borga T. 

Borgar Fd 

Bor-ghai Bay 

Bor-ghai C. 

Borgholm T. 

Borgoo Cty. 

Borisov T. 

Borja T. 

Borja T. 

Borlasc  Warren.  C. 

Borneo I. 

Borneo Cy. 

Bornholm I. 

Bornou Cty. 

Bornou    Cy. 

Borolach R. 

Boronook T. 

Bororos Tr. 

Borotala L. 

Borotala R. 

Borovitchi T. 

Bortiiwick Bay 

Boscawen's  ....  I. 

Boshain T. 

Bosnia {Pr. 

Bosra T. 

Boston Cy. 


Flailiali. 

.Mcditcrraii.  Sea 

Polynesia 

Trijwli 

Russia 

Newfoundland. 
Scoresby's  Ld.. 
Aslmntec    .... 

Celebes 

Celebes 

Persian  Gulf. . 

Arabia 

Australasia  ... . 
Austrulusia.. . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Persia 

Celebes 

Celebes 

Cabul 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Brit.  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 

Africa 

Polynesia 

Brazil 

Mexico 

New  Holland. . 

Mongolia 

France 

Faroe  Islands  . 

Africa 

Iceland 

Russia 

Iceland 

Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 
Oeland 


Soudan  

Russia    

Mexico 

E(iuador 

Scoresby's  Ld.. 

Malaysia 

Borneo 

Baltic  Sea  . . . . 

Soudnn  

Soudan 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
South  America 

Soongnria 

Soonffaria 

Russia 

Brit.  America  . 
Polynesia. . . . 

A  "rica 

Turkey 

Syria 

Massachusetts . 


K«-r. 


M  d 
V  f 

\e 
Mc 
Id 
Ka 

Lh 

L!  i 
Ui 
Ff 
Pf 

^j  , 
VVkl 

Ub  i 

Vb  I 

Pc  I 

Ui 

Ti 

Qe 

Rf 

Ha 

Fb 

Fa 

Fa 

Nk 

Bj 
li 
Ff 

Uj 

Td 

Ld 

Lb 

Mh 

Kb 

Nb 

Kb 

Ua 

Ua 

Nc 

Mb 

Nc 

Ef 

Gi 

Ka 

Th 

Th 

Nc 

Mg 

Mg 

Vb 

Vb 

Ij 

Rd 

Rd 

Oc 

Hb 

Aj 
Oh 
Nd 
Oe 
Hd 


\    -f! 


— 

Rrf. 
U-t. 

ja 

M  d 

, 

Vf 

, 

Ne 

Mc 

J. 

Id 

,, 

Ka  ■ 

Lh 

, , 

U  i 

Ui 

♦  • 

Ff 

Vf 

Vj 
VVk! 

u. 

lib  ! 

u> 

Vb  1 

,   , 

Pe  ! 

^   , 

Ui 

Ti 

Qc 
Rf 

I  • 

Ha 

COiNSULTINli  INDEX. 


Nimei  nl  Pl"'^,  »«•     1  CI* 


itosioii I'r. 

Bosyt . JT- 

notiiin.iisikoi. . . .  '!'• 

Hatiiny |l3tty 

|{(»Ul  Tolmgo  .. .  I. 
Hotlinia <» 


I^tliniL 


liutistiiiciii  .•  ■ . 

Kotoniia 

Botovskaya  . . . 
RottoiiilcsH  Pit 

Butzcn • 

Bouchage  ....  ■ 
Boiiguiiivillc . . 
Bougainville. . 
]}oiigainviUc . . 
Bougainville . . 
Bougoutchar  . 

Bouillon 

Bouinsk 

Boujah 

Bouka 

Boukioup  .... 
Bouktarininsk 

Boulak 

Bouldyr    .... 
Boulogne  .... 

Bouloun 

Bounty 

Bouraika  .... 

Bourbon 

Bourbon 

Boure 

Boure 

Bourgas 

Bourgcs 

Bourirnan  .... 
Bournand  .... 

Bouro 

Bouro 

Bouryghatn  . . 

Boussa 

Boutactoi  .... 

Bouvet's 

Bouyan 

Bouyour 

Bouzim 

Bouzoulouk  . . 

Bovrov 

Bow 

Bowden  ...    . 

Bowen 

Bowen 

Bowen 

Bowen's 

Bowles 

Boyacca 

Boyanna 

^ypeba 

Brabant 

Bradfield 

^radore I  Har 


MU 
R. 
T. 
Bay 
T. 
I. 
C. 
Rfs. 
Str. 
I. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
I. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
I. 

Cy. 
Eat. 
s. 
C. 
I. 
Ft. 
Cty. 
T. 

Cy. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

L. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

C. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

C. 

C. 

Po. 

Po. 

I. 

C. 

Dep 

Bay 

K 

c. 
c, 


Ret. 
UU. 


N'lnwf  n(  (lira,  k«. 


England 

Syria 

ANiutic  Russia. 
New  S.  Wales  . 
Eastern  .Sea  ..  • 

Russia 

Madagascar  .■  • 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Ali-ica 

Austria 

Australasia..  • . 
New  Holland. . 
Australasia  . . 
Atistnilasia  . . . 
Australasia .... 

Russia 

Iklgiuni 

Russia 

Asiatic  Turkey 
Australasia .... 

Laos 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Persia 

Aleout.  Arc... . 

France  

Asiatic  Russia. 
Australasia.. . . 

Russia 

Indian  Ocean  . 

Bolivia 

Africa 

Africa 

Turkey 

France  

Africa 

Australasia .... 
Malaysia  ....'. 

Ashantee 

Asiatic  Russia . 

Soudan 

Asiatic  Russia 
Southern  Ocean 
Egypt... . 

Mongolia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Polynesia 

Brit.  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 
Nev,-  ? .  Wales . 
Brit.  America  . 

Polynesia 

Clarence  Island 
New  Grenada  . 
Madagascar.. . 

Brazil 

Isle  of  France. 
North  America 
Labrador  . 


Lc 

Oc 

Lib 

Wl 

L'f 

Nb  ! 

Pk  I 

Vb 

Tc 

Mj 
Md 
Wi 

Uj 
Vj 
Wi 
Wi 

Od 
Md 
Pc 

Ne 
Wi 

Sg 

Rd 

Pe 

Xc 

Mc 

Ua 

Xm 

Pb 

Pk 

Ik 

Lg 

Lg 
Nd 
Md 

Lg 

Wi 

Ui 

Lh 

Vb 

Mg 

Ub 

Mn 

Oe 

Td 

Sc 

Pc 

Oc 

Ci 

Fa 

6a 

Wk 

Ga 

Vf 

lo 

Hh 

J.) 
Pk 
Ca 
Ic 


CUa. 


Brady 

Braga  .  .  ■  ■ . 
Ilruganca  . 
Briigaiiza  . 
Bragatskiii 
BrahcHtndt 
Bruign  . ..  ■ 
Braini.'rd  ■  • 

Brak 

Braknaks  . 


:,■'• 

.  ("v. 

.it'. 

.IT. 
.  iSla. 

.;T. 

.R. 

.iTr. 


riallta. 


Branco ,R. 

Branco R. 

Brandenburg  . . .  |Cy. 

Brandlcy's Sh. 

Brandon Ho. 

Brandy Pt. 

Brandy-wine  . . .  Bay 

Brannuvik C'. 

Brasluw T. 

Bratton's R. 

Bratzlav T. 

Bruva Cty. 

Brava T. 

Brava I. 

Brazil Cty. 

Brazoria T. 

Brazos |R. 

Breaker Bay 

Brechin T. 

Breede Bay 

Brecmanger-land  I. 

Brce  Sund Bay 

Bremen .......  Cy. 

Breneau R. 

Brest Cy. 

Brett C. 

Brevig T. 

Brewer's L. 

Brewster C. 

Bridgetown  . . . .  T. 
Bridgewater . . . .  C. 
Bridgman's  ....  I. 

Bridport In. 

Briesda Vil. 

Brindici T. 

Brind's I. 

Brintford Bay 

Brisbane T. 

Brisbane R. 

Bristol Cy. 

Bii-lol jCh. 

BrLstol Bay 

Bristol C. 

Bristol  Chain . . .  Mts. 

Bristow's Is. 

Britannia Is. 

British Is. 

British Fob. 

British So. 

Britwine C. 

Broach T. 


.Michigan  .... 
Portugal ...    • 

Brazil 

Portugal 

.Asiatic  Russia 

Russia 

Hiirca 

Tennessee  . . . 

.Africa 

.Africa 

Bolivia 

Bolivia 

Prussia 

Austrulusio  .... 
Brit.  An. erica  . 
Brit.  America  . 
S|)itsbergen  . . . 

Iceland 

Russia 

Missouri  Ter.  . 

liusFia 

Africa 

Africa 

Cape  Verd  Is.  . 
South  America 

Tcxns 

Texas 

Patagonia  .... 
Scotland 

Iceland 

Norway 

Norway 

Germany 

Oregon  Ter... . 

France • 

New  Zealand., 

Norway 

Guatemala  ... 

Sr.oresby'sLd. 

Darbadoes  .... 

New  S.Wales  . 

South  Shetland 

Brit.  Aiijcrica  . 

Mexico 

Naples 

Polynesia 

Brit.  America  . 

New  S.  Wales  . 

New  S.  Wales  . 

England 

England 

North  America 

Sandwich  Ld.  . 

North  America 

Australasia  . . . 

Australasia.. .. 

Europe 

North  America 

Madagascar. . . 

Nova  Zembla. . 

Ilindoostan  . . . 


-'3 

-  I 

ntf.  1 
uu. 

77 

Ld 

I  i 

Ld 

Ub 

Nb 

Ne: 

(t  C  { 

Nl  I 

''g 

Hi 

Ij 
Mc 

Wi 

Fd 

(;c 

Na 
lb 

Nc 
Ed 
Od 
Oh 
Oh 

Kg 

I  i 

Ff 

Ff 

Hn 

Lc 

Kb 

Mb 

Mb 

Mc 

Ed 

Ld 

XI 

Na 

Gg 
Ka 

Ig 
VI 

lo 

Ea 

Ee 

Nd 

Xh 

Fa 

Wk 

Wk 

Lc 

Lc 

Be 

Kn 

Cb 

Wi 

Xk 

Lc 

Eb 

V 
Pa 

Qf 


,-.•1 


'■t: 


r  I 


<..; ! 


■i  • 


I.-1 


M 


■;      t 


»         \ 


^  y 


24 


CX)N8ULTING  INDEX. 


Nimo  'i(  rUcM,  fcc 


lirtMid  

Hrock'M 

lirwiic 

Hrody 

Hrm:r  Ruys  . . . . 

lirokcn 

Hrokcii 

BnmHon 

Krooklyn 

Brothers' 

Krothcr;*' 

KrothcrR* 

HrotlicrH* 

Drougliton 

nrouglituii's  .■  •' 

Urown 

Brown 

Brown 

Brown 

Brown 

Brown's 

Brown's 

Brown's 

Brown's 

Brown's  Range . 
Broyle  Head.. . . 

Bruce  

Bruges 

Brunei    

Brunn  

Brussels 

Brunswick  .  .16 
Brunswick  .... 
Brunswick  .... 
Brunswick  .... 
Brunswick  .... 
Brunswick  .... 

Bruny 

Brusa 

Brzest  Litov. . . 

Bubaker 

Bucaneers 

Bucarelli  

Buchan  

Buchanan 

Bucharest 

Bucharia 

Bucharia,  Great 

Suckland 

Buda 

Budda 

Buddown 

Buenaventura.. 
Buenaventura.. 
Buenaventura.. 
Buenavista  .... 
Buen  Ayre  .... 

IBueno  
Buenos  Ayres  . 
Buenos  Ayres  . 
||  Buenos  Ayres  . 


R. 

I. 

Bay 

T. 

C. 

R. 

Pt 

T. 

^'- 

I. 
I. 

Sh. 

C. 

Arc, 

C. 

C. 

c. 

Mt 
Mt. 


FoMlkin. 


I. 
I. 
Pt 

Is. 
C. 
Bay 

S: 

Cy. 
Cy. 
D. 

Bay 
Pen 
Ho. 
I. 

T. 

Arc. 

Po. 

I. 

R. 

Cy. 

Cty. 

Mts. 

£'• 

T. 

T. 

R. 

L. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

Rep. 

Pr. 

Cy. 


New  S.  Wales 
Polynesia . .  ■  • 
Brit  America 

Austria 

Scorusby's  Ld. 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Michigan  . . .  ■ 
New  York  . . . 

iJuva 

Brit.  America 
Malayan  Sea  . 
N.  Pacific  Oc. 
Brit  America 
Oregon  Ter. .. . 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Scoresby's  Ld. 
Brit.  America 
New  S.  Wales 
Polynesia. . . . 
Brit  America 
Greenland  . . . 
Mantchooria  . 
Polynesia .... 
Newfoundland 
Brit  America 

Belgium 

Brit  America 

Austria 

iBelgium 

Grcrmany .... 
Brunswick  ... 

Georgia 

New  Holland. 
Patagonia  . . . 
Brit  America 
V.  Diemen's  Ld. 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Poland 

Africa 

Australasia... . 
North  America 
Greenland  .... 
Brit  America  . 

Turkey 

Great  Bucharia 

Asia 

Brit  America  . 

Austria 

New  S.  Wales. 
Hindooetan  . . . 
New  Grenada  . 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Venezuela  . . .  • 

Chili.., 

South  America 
Buenos  Ayres  . 
Buenos  Ayres  . 


Rrf. 

Ul*. 

vT 

Bi 

Hb 

Nc 

Ka 

t'c  , 

Hb 

Gd 

Hd 

Ti 

Go 

Th 

Af 

Hb 

Dc 

Gb 

Da 

Ka 

Ea 

VI 

^j 
Fa 

la 

Vc 

Wg 

Id 

Ha 

Mc 

Fb 

Nd 

Mc 

Mc 

Mc 

Ge 

Uj 

Hn 

Go 

Vm 

Od 

Nc 

Lg 

V 
Dc 

la 

Fb 

Nd 

^^ 
Qe 

Cb 

Nd 

VI 

Rf 

Gh 

Ee 

Ee 

£e 

Hg 

Hm 

Hk 

HI 

II 


NuiMi  of  riaco,  *c. 


Bufia 

Hjlfalo 

BuH'alo 

Butfulo 

Buflalo 

Buffalo 

Bulfalo 

Butb 

Buffon 

Huikovskoy  ... 
Buitciiznrg  .... 

Bukke 

Bulgaria 

Bullen 

Bullen 

Bulloms 

Bull  Pound.... 

Bulug 

Bulugani 

Bunder  Cassim 

Bundmeer 

Bung  Bailak . . . 

Bunker's 

Bunpore 

Buntingville . . . 

Buraits 

Buralukh 

Burdia 

Burdwan 

Burgeo 

Burgos 

Burgur 

Burgowa 

Burhampore . . . 

Burkha 

Burlas 

Burlington  . . . . 

Burney 

Burnes 

Burnham 

Burnt 

Burntwood  . . . . 
Burrampooter., 

Burrishol 

Bushbora 

Busheer 

Bushman's . . . . 

Bushmen 

Bussorah 

Bustar 

Bustard 

Bustard 

Busvagon 

Bute 

Bute's  Three  . , 

Butna 

Butnan 

Butrarba 

Butterworth . . , 
Butt  of  Lewis., 
Button's 


Clu. 


T. 

Is. 
L. 


FmltiiM. 


Cyprus (i  e 


uu. 


New  York 
Brit.  America  ■ 
Bay  of  Bengal . 
Brit.  America  . 


Ha  iBrit  America 


Ho. 

T. 

C. 

C. 

T. 

Fd. 

Pr. 

Pt 

R. 

Tr. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Po. 

T. 

Sta. 

T. 

R. 

\l: 

Cy. 

T. 

T. 

Cy. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

C. 

Bay 

T. 

I. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

I. 

Tr. 

Cy. 

T. 

Bay 

R. 

I. 

I. 

Mts. 

Cty. 

T. 

T. 

Sta. 

C. 

I. 


Brit  America 

mdia 

New  S.  Wales 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Java 

Norway 

Turkey 

North  America 
Brit  America 

Africa 

Brit  America 
Seloochistan  . 
Mongolia .... 

Africa 

Persia 

Little  Thibet . 
Polynesia  .... 
Beloochistan.. 

Caflfraria 

Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 
Gulf  of  Siam 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Newfoundland. 

Spain 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Arabia 

Malaysia 

Vermont 

New  Holland.. 
North  America 

Samar 

Africa 

Brit.  America 

Asia 

Hindoostan  . . 

Barca 

Persia 

Brit  America 

Africa 

Asiatic  Turkey 
Hindoostan  . . , 
New  S.  Wales  . 
South  Carolina 
Malaysia  ...    . 

Scotland 

Oregon  Ter... , 

Africa 

Mindanao  .... 

Barca 

Caflroria 

Scotland 

Brit  America 


Gd 
Eb 

Sg 

Ec 

Ec 

Fc 

Ne 

VI 

Ua 

Ti 

Mc 

Nd 

Ca 

Fb 

Lb 

Ec 

Pf 

Sd 

Pg 
Pe 

Re 

Bj 
Pf 

Nl 
Tc 
Va 

Sg 
Rf 
Id 
Ld 
Rf 
Rf 
Rf 
Pf 

Ug 
Hd 
Tk 
Cc 
Ug 

Fc 
Sf 
Rf 
Ne 
Pf 
Ha 
Nk 
Pe 

Rg 
Wk 

He 
Ug 
Lc 
Ed 

Nj 
Uh 
Ne 
Nl 
Lc 
Hb 


i 

i 


it 


J 


Lite. 

Gd 
Eb 

Sg 
Ec 
Ec 
Fc 
Ne 
VI 
U» 
Ti 
Mc 
Nd 
caC  a 
Fb 
Lb 
Ec 
Pf 
Sd 

l« 
.  Pe 

.Re 

.  B 

.P 

.  N 
T 
V 

Sg 
.Rf 
.Id 
.Ld 
.Rf 
.Rf 
.Rf 
.Pf 
•  Ug 
.  Hd 
.Tk 
aCc 

Ug 

l« 

.Fc 

.Sf 
.Rf 
.Ne 
.Pf 
.  Ha 
.Nk 
jrPe 

Rg 
.  Wk 
I  Ho 

.Ug 
.  Lc 
.Ed 

•Nj 

.Uh 

^.Ne 

,.N1 

.Lc 

Hb 


.Namo  ill  rUca%  U.      On*. 


Ilu.iar 

Jlux'j 

Kyarn  Martin. . 
iiyuiii  .Martin. . 
Hyair  Martin . 

Byers'g 

Uyjfanbarry  . . . 

Hylot 

Byron 

Ityron 

Byron's 

By  .■on's 

Byron's 

Bytown 


'Jnballas 

(.'ubiisa 

(Jubcndii 

Cabcrabcra 

Cabos 

C'abcs 

Cabrera 

Cabul 

Cabul 

Cabul 

Cabunoskaya  .. . 

Cacado 

Cachar 

Cacheo 

Cachinoi 

Cachipour 

Cachoun  

Cachynochiversk 

Caconda 

Cacongo  

Cacongo  

Cacorou 

Cadiz 

Caen . 

Caernarvon 

CaflFa.. 

CafTraria 

Cafuanas 

Cagliari 

Caguan 

Canawba 

Cahite 

Cahors 

CaiiTa 

Cai'fbng 

Galling 

Caire 

Cairo 

Caisiguran 

Cata^.a 

Calabazo 

Calais 

Calamian 

Calaiir 

Calatayud 

Calayan 


K. 

Fd. 

C. 

I. 

I. 

Str. 

T. 

C. 

C. 

T. 

Bay 

I. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

G. 

I. 

Cty. 

Cy. 

R. 

T. 

C. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

Pt. 

T. 

T. 

Ft 

Cty 

T. 

T. 

Cy. 

Dis. 
Cty, 
Tr. 

'^: 

T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 

|y. 

k 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L 

T. 

T. 

L 


IlindooMtan  .  ■ 
(•rci'niand  . . . 
BriL  Aiiiirica 
Polynuoia  . .  •  • 
Brit  America 
Patagonia .  •  •  ■ 
IIind(X)btan  .  ■ 
Brit  America 


CONSLLTINt;  I.NDEX. 


Ret 


,^     |l        MumofrUcM,*'. 


Rf 

b 
(ia 

V 
r  a 

C.p 

Rf 

(;  b 


(Jc 

c 

Xi 

A  i 

Gd 


New  S.  Wulori  .  W  k 
Georgia  . . . 

Labrador 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Upper  Canada  . 

South  Peru Gj 

Africa N  i 

Loango Mi 

Africa N  j 

Xiibia O  f 

Tunis Mc 

Mcditcrran.  Sea  M  e 

Asia Q  e 

Cabul Q  e 

Cabul Qe 

Asiatic  Russia.  R  c 
-t  Thonp.as's  L  M  h 
Birmah....  ...Sf 

Sencgambii\ ...  Kg 
Asiatic  Russia.  R  c 

Brazil L  h 

Mongolia S  d 

Asiatic  Russia.  S  c 

Benguela N  j 

Africa N  i 

Loango Mi 

Africa L  h 

Spain L  e 

France L  d 

Wales Lc 

Abyssinia Oh 

Africa..   Nl 

Equador Hi 

Sardinia Me 

New  Grenada  .  H  h 

Alabama 6  e 

Brazil J  j 

France    M  d 

Syria O  e 

China To 

China T  f 

Polynesia V  h 

Egypt Oe 

Luzon U  g 

New  Grenada  .  H  g 

Venezuela Hh 

France M  c 

Malaysia U  g 

Socotra P 

Spain L 

Malaysia U  g 


i.'albonf :<««..  .t . 

( 'aica  

( -alca 

Calcasiu 

Calcutta 

Caldcieugh  . . . . 

Culdera 

Caldero 

Caldiera 

Culdwell 

(^aledon 

Cak'don 

Calcdon 

Caii 

Calicut 

California  ..  ■ .  < 
California,  Up. 
(.'alifornia  .. .  •  < 

Calimero 

Culingapatam .. 

Calinkina 

Culla|iocwah  .. 

Callao 

Calling 

Callow , 

Calm 

Calmar 

Calmez 

Calonas 

Calthorpe  .... 

Coltura 

Caluilwect  . . . 

Calvert's 

Calvi 

Camabas 

Camana 

Camapuan  . . . 
Camargo  .... 
Camaroncs  . . . 
Cambambe. .  ■ 

Cambay 

Cambay 

Cambodia  .. . . 
Cambodia  .... 
Cambodia .... 
Cambridge . . . 
Cambridge  . . 
Cambridge . . . 
Cambyna  .... 

Camden 

Camden  ...    . 

Camden 

Camel 

Cimenca 

Ci.  nenskoie  . . 
Camenya  .... 

Cameron 

Cameroons  . . . 
Cameroona  . . . 

Cameta 

Camma 


T. 

T. 

L. 

Cy. 

In. 

T. 

R. 

Pt 

'I'. 

T. 

Bay 

C. 

T. 

r. 

Ter. 
Ter, 
G. 
Pt. 


T. 

Tr. 

T. 

R. 

L 

Pt 

T. 

C. 

L 

Is. 

T. 

C. 

L 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Ft 

2- 

Cty 

S'- 

L 

T. 

G. 

L 

L 

T. 

Bay 

Mt 

T. 

T. 

I. 

C. 

Mts. 

R. 

T. 

Cty, 


Africa 

Borneo  

South  Pern  . . 
I^HiiHiiinA  .• .  ■ 
ilinduoMtnn  . . 
Patagonia  . . . 
Mindanao..  .  , 
Bu?noH  .\yren 
.Mozanibiquc  . .  1 

Siberia 

Cape  ( 'olony  . . 
New  S.  \Vale.4  . 
Brit  America  . 
New  Grenada  . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Oregon  Ter... . 

Peru 

Brit  America  . 

Polynexia 

New  Mexico  . . 

Sweden 

Nubia 

Polynesia 

Brit  America  . 

Ceylon 

Labrador 

Oregon  Ter... . 

Corsica 

Peru 

South  Peru  . . . 

Brazil 

Mexico 

Patagonia  .... 

Angola 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Asia 

Cambodia 

Cambodia 

China  Sea  . . . . 

England 

New  Holland. . 

Malaysia 

Patagonia 

South  Carolina . 
North  America 
New  Zealand. . 
Asiati9  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Guatemala  .. . . 

Africa 

Africa 

Brazil 

Africa 


ii5 

Kff. 

m7i 

Th 

"J 
Ff 

Rf 

II  m 

i;  h 

Ilk 

Oj 
,Lh 

Nl 

Vj 

Ga 

Gh 

Rg 
Ef 
Ee 
Ef 

Rg 

Rg, 

Tb  1 
Dd 

«j 
Fc 

Ak 

Sc 

Nc 

Of 

Wf 

Gb 

Rh 

lc 

Dc 

Md 

«j 

HJ 

Ef 
Hm 

Ni 
Qf 
Qf 
Tg 

Sg 
Mh 

Tg 
Lc 

Uj 
Ui 
Hn 

Ge 
Ca 
XI 
Sc 
Sc 
Ra 

Gg 
Mh 
Mh 


li 
Mi 


^f 


•  •>'  i 


»v| 


1 


V: 


i 

m 


'><! 


■V.' 


'ii 


'  ii 


I  H 


i      ? 


*     t- 


•^r, 


CONHtl/riNG  INDEX. 


,Ninu»  '<f  riun,  U. 


Cuiniiia 

C'ainoHJn 

ramp 

Caiiipana 

('aiii|il>cll 

(.'am|)lN!ll 

Campbell 

Citiiipliell 

Campbell 

Campliell 

Cone pbellV  . . . . , 
CampbcU'H  . . . . . 

Campci;liu 

Campo 

Campo  Maior .. . 
CampoB  Parexis. 

CamtooB 

Canabac 

Canada,  Up|ier. . 
Canada,  Lower 


R. 

T. 

liar 

I. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

C. 

Mt. 

Pt. 

I8. 
I8. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Pla. 

Buy 

I. 

Col, 

Col, 


t*nii(ifjn. 


Canadian IK* 


T. 

I. 

T. 

Ih. 

T. 

T. 

Bk. 

I. 

Cy. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

C. 

I. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

G. 

C. 

Canton Cy. 

Pen 

Bay 

T. 

T. 

CoL 

R. 

R. 

I. 

I. 

Ft 

R. 


Cananea .... 
Cananca .... 
Canunore  . . . 

Canary 

Cancobcllo  . . 
Candelaria  . . 
Candelaria  . . 

Cundia 

Cundia 

Candlcmaa  . . 

Candu  

Cane 

Canea 

Canee 

Canete 

Canga 

Cangoxima. . 
Caniapuscaw 
Cuninde  .... 
Cannaveral . . 
Canning . . 
Canning .... 
Cannon  Ball. 
Canouge  . . . . , 

Cansa 

Canso 

Canterbury.. 
Cantin 


Cautyre 
Canyketoke 
Caoonde  . . . 
Capangara  . 

Cape 

Capo 

Cape 

Cape  Breton 
Cape  Clear. 
Cape  Coast  Castle 
Cape  Fear 


Loanfjo 

brazil 

Asiatic  RiiMMia. 
Pata|(()iiiu  .  ■ '  ' 

Atrieu 

New  S.  WolcM  . 
Ilrit.  America  . 
New  Zi;aluud. . 
KerKUL'leiiV  Ld. 
North  America 
AustralaMia .... 
Brit.  America  . 

Mexico 

Africa 

Brazil 

Soutli  America 
Cape  Colony  . . 
Senegambia  . . . 
North  America 
North  An:crica 
Western  Ter.  . 

Bru7.il 

Brazil 

liindoostan  . . . 
Atlantic  Ocean 

Africa ^. . 

Bolivia 

Australasia  . . . 
Moditcrran.  Sea 

Candia 

Sandwich  Ld.  . 
Indian  Ocean  . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Candia 

Oregon  Ter.  . . 

Prru 

Aflrica 

Jap.in 

Brit.  America  . 

Brazil 

Florida 

Scoresby's  Ld.. 
North  America 
Missouri  Ter.  . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
North  America 
Nova  Scotia.. . 

England 

Morocco 

China 

Scotland 

Labrador 

Cazembe 

Africa 

Africa 

Brit  America  . 
Guatemala  .... 
North  America 

Ireland 

Africa 

North  Carolina 


Rrf. 

mT 

Ji 

Vr 

(>  m 

Nk 

Wl 

Hb 

X  III 

Um 

Cb 

Xn 

Db 

Vi- 

Mh 

Ji 

Ij 

Nl 

Kg 

G«i 

Hd 

Fe 

Ik 

Ik 

Kf 
Ni 
Ik 
Wi 

Ne 

Ne 
Kn 

Qi 
Rf 
Ne 
Ec 

Gj 

Ni 

Ue 

He 

Ji 

Gf 

Ka 

Ca 

Fd 

Rf 

Hd 

Hd 

Me 

Le 

Tf 

Lc 

Ic 

Nj 

Nj 

Nl 

Fc 

Gg 
Hd 
Lc 
Lh 
6e 


Nuim  (I  Kaa*,  lie. 

CnjN)  liaytien.. . 
t'upe  Town  . . . . 

Cu(H!  Vcrd 

Capilica 

('iipiiii 

Cufiot  River  . . . . 

Capper's 

Caprcmeera  . . . . 

Caprcra 

Capricorn 

Capua 

Cuijucta 

Caraccas 

Caraccas 

Caracu 

Carugha 

Caraghinskoi . . . 

Carah 

Caraibas 

Carakhanska  . . . 
Caramania  . . . . 
Caramavida  . . . . 

Caranaba 

Caravcia 

Caravellas 

Carawung 

Carbon 

Carbonaro 

CarcorelU 

Cardenas 

Cardigan 

Carenage 

Carey i . . . 

Carey 

Cariaco 

Caribbean 

Cariboeuf 

Caribs 

Carimata 

Carimon  Java.. . 

Carlisle 

Carlisle 

Carlisle 

Carlo 

Carlopago 

Carlsburg 

Carlscrona 

Carlsgummen . . . 

Carlsruhe 

Carlstadt 

Carlton 

Carmass 

Carmel 

Carmo 

Carmo 

Carnatic 

Car  Nicobar. .. . 

Caroline 

Caroline 

Caroline 

Caroui 


CUM. 


T. 

T. 

Ih. 

T. 

R. 

Ft 

I. 

T. 

I. 

C. 

Bay 

R. 

I. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

R. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

Pt 

C. 

C. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Is. 

Sta. 

T. 

Sea 

Mt 

Tr. 

Is. 

Is. 

Cy. 

T. 

So. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

9: 

Ho. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

I. 

I. 

Mt 

I. 

R. 


ruilwa. 


Hayti 

Cape  Colony  . . 

Africa 

.Mexico 

Brazil 

Brit  America  . 

Polyiicvia 

Africa 

Sardinia  

New  S.  Wales  . 

Naples 

Venezuela  ■ . . . 
Venezuela  . . . . 

Ecuador 

Brazil 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Syria 

Brazil 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Chili 

Asiatic  Russia. 
West  Indies . . . 

Brazil 

Java 

Algiers 

Sardinia  

Barna 

Cuba 

Wales 

St  Lucia 

Brit.  America  . 

Michigan 

Venezuela 

North  America 
Brit.  America  . 

Guiana 

Malaysia 

Malaysia 

England 

Jamaica 

Falkland  Is.. . . 

Russia 

Austria 

Austria 

Sweden 

Russia 

Baden 

Sweden 

Brit.  America  . 

Soudan 

Georgia 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Bay  of  Bengal. 

Polynesia 

New  Holland. . 

Polynesia 

Venezuela.... 


lur. 

jT7 

N  I 
K>: 

li 

be 

Wf 

Oj 

.\i  (I 

Wk 

M  (t 

Hi 

Hg 

("  i 

J  i 

Wc 

Wc 

Oe 

Ji 

Rb 

0  c 
II  m 
Tc 
Hg 

Jj 
Ti 
Me 
Me 

Nc 
Gf 
Lc 

Hg 

Ha 

Gd 

Hg 

Hg 

Ec 

Ih 

Ti 

Ti 

Lc 

Gg 

1  n 
Nb 
Nd 
Nd 
Nc 
Ob 
Md 
Mo 
Fc 
Mg 
Ge 

Ij 
Hh 

If 

Di 
TI 
Wh 
Hh 


i  t. 


N  I 

!•"« 
li 
Kc 
Wf 

.\1  (I 
VVk 
M  (I ! 
ili 

Htf 
(■'  i   I 

Ji    I 
VVcl 

VVc 
Oe 
Ji 
Ub 
■U  e  j 
II  in 
Tc 
Hg 

Jj 
Ti 
Me 
Me 
.No 
Gf 
Lc 
Hg 
,  Ha 
Gd 
Hg 
Hg 
,  £c 
,Ih 
Ti 
Ti 
Lc 
■  Gg 
.  I  n 
,Nb 
.Nd 
.Nd 
.No 
.Ob 
Md 
Mc 
.Fc 
■Mg 
.6e 

.  Hh 

Rg 

.Sh 

.  Bi 
.  TI 
.  Wh 
Hh 


CONSULTING  ItiVKX. 


Nanr-i  of  Hmm.  Ik. 

( 'arora 

( 'arori 

Carp 

(.'lirpatliiaii . . . . 
(JarpenUm  . . . 
Carpentaria  . . . 

( ^arriacou 

Carrington  . . . . 

Cartago 

Cartago 

Carthagcna. . . . 
Carthagena. . .. 

Cartier'a 

Carwar 

Carysfort  . . . . . 

Caa 

Casabinda. . . 

Cosala 

Ca.9amayor .... 

Caaar>n 

Casati 

Casbin • 

Casbobos 

Cascav'.o 

Cascade 

Caahan 

Caahee 

Cashgar  .... 

Cashgar 

Cashmere  ... . 
Cashmere  .... 
Casiquiare  . . . 

Caa  Nor 

Caspian... ... 

Cass 

Cassadgath... 
Cassange  .... 

Cassay 

Cassel 

Cassiquin .... 

Cassville 

Castahana  . . . 
Castel  Rosa  . . 

Castle 

Castlebar  .... 
Castlereagh  . . 
Caatlcreagh  . . 

Castries 

Castro 

Cat 

Cat 

Catamarca  .  - . 
Catamorca  . . . 
Catanduanes, . 
Catania. ..... 

Catanzaro ... . 

Cataquinas  .  . 
Catastrophe  . . 
Catharine's .  . 
Catharine's . . . 
Catieh 


^1*u<lik 


T. 

IR. 
ILs. 

MtH. 

Cty. 

G. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Po. 

Cy. 

^'- 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Pt 

T. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

Ft 

In. 

T. 

T. 

i'- 

Pr. 

S'- 

L. 

Sea 

L. 

L. 

Cty. 

Pr. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Tr. 

I. 

Pt 

T. 

C. 

R. 

Bay 

T. 

I. 

L. 

Pr. 

T. 

I. 

Cy. 

T. 

Tr. 

C. 

L 

Fid. 

T. 


VcneiueJa  ... 

Brazil 

Brit.  America 

Austria 

New  S.  Wales 
New  S.  Wales 
West  Indies.. 
New  S.  Wales 
Guatemala  .. . 
Guatemala  .. . 
New  Grenada 

Spain 

Malaysia  .... 
Hindoostan  . . 
Polynesia.. .. 
Little  Bucharia 
Buenos  Ayrcs 

Mexico 

Patagonia  . . . 

Tunis 

Africa 

Persia 

Polynesia .... 
New  Zealand. 
Oregon  Ter... 

Persia 

Beloochistan  . 
Little  Bucharia 
Little  Bucharia 
Hindoostan 
Hindoostan 
Venezuela  . 
Mongolia . . 

Asia 

Wisconsin  Ter. 
Brit  America  . 

Africa 

Birmah 

Hesse  Cassel . . 

Peru 

Wisconsin  Ter. 
Missouri  Ter.  . 
Asiatic  Turkey 
New  Zealand. . 

Ireland 

Brit  America  . 
New  S.  Wales  . 
Mantchooria  . . 

Chili 

Bahamas 

Brit.  America  . 
Buenos  Ayres  . 
Buenos  Ayres  . 

Malaysia 

Sicily 

Naples 

South  America 
New  S.  Wales . 

Polynesia 

Patagonia  .... 
Egypt 


Rrf. 
Leu. 

H'h 
il  i 

Kb 

N.' 

Vj 

Vj 

"K 

Wl 

Gh 

"g 

Og 

Le 

]{i 

Qg 

Ck 

Qd 

Hk 

Ef 

Hm 

Me 

Ni 

Pe 

Vh 

Xm 

Dc 

Pe 

Pf 

Qd 

Qd 

Qe 

Qe 

Hh 

Rd 

Pd 

Fd 

Eb 

^J 

Mc 

Hi 

Fd 

Ed 

Ne 

Xm 

Lc 

Ga 

VI 

Vc 

Hm 

Hf 

Fc 

Hk 

Hk 

Ug 

Ne 

Ne 

Hi 

VI 

Xh 

Hn 

Oe 


I  o<  nacM,  *(. 


ClM, 


C^at  Uke R. 

( 'at  Lake Ho. 

('atochn ('. 

atopaxi I  Mt. 

CutoH iBk. 

Cttlsku T. 

Cattaro T. 

Cattegat G. 

Cattum  Currafee  iT. 

Cauca I  Dcp 

CuHca |R. 

Caucasus iPr. 

Caucasus IVIts. 


PidUm. 


87 


Cavalis 1. 

Cavalla T. 

Cavally T. 

Cavalos Bay 

Caves I. 

Caviana I. 

Cavite Pt 

Cawnporc T. 

Cawoor T. 

Caxamarca T. 

Caxamarqnilla  •  ■  T. 
Caxatambo ...    .  T. 

Caxios T. 

Coxones I. 

Cayagan  Sooloo.  I. 

Caycara T. 

Caycas I. 

Cayenne Col. 

Cayenne T. 

Cayetano Vil. 

Cayman L. 

Cayor Cty. 

Cayrasu Bay 

Caytete T. 

Cayubabas L. 

Cayuni R. 

Cazembe Ter 

Cozembe T. 

Celebeon Sea 

Celebes I. 

Celestinl Mts. 

Central  America  Rep. 
Centurions  . ; . . .  Bk. 

Cephalonia I. 

Cera I. 

Ceram I. 

Ccri^'o I. 

Cerncz T. 

Cerralbo I. 

Cerro  Pasco  ...    T. 

Cerros I. 

Cessano T. 

Ceuta T. 

Ceverna R. 

Cevero  Vostochnoi  C. 
Cevero  Zepatnoi.  C. 

Ceylon I. 

Chab Ter. 


Brit.  America  .  f."  e 
Brit  Aintrica  .  F  u 

MfXirt. '(if 

Equador '(•  1 

AuNtruiahia..  ■  .'W  k 
Asiutic  Russia    S  c 

Austria jN  d 

Kuro|ic .M  c 

Africa M  h 

New  (ireniidu  .'(•  Ii 
New  (iniiada  .  II  li 
Asiatic  Rummiu  ( >  d 
Asiatic  Russia   O  d 

Barca N  e 

Turkey N  d 

Guinea '  Ij  li 

Africa L  f 

Australasia... .  W  i 
Brazil il  h 


Ji 


Mindanao  . . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Sumatra 

Peru 

Peru 

Peru 

Brazil 

Caribbean  Sea. 

Malaysia 

Venezuela  . . . . 
Bahamas  . . . . . 

Guiana 

Guiana 

Mexico 

Mexico 


Uh 

Qf 
Si 
Gi 
Gi 

V 

?iS 

Hh 
Hf 

:h 

Ih 
Ee 

Ff 
Africa: Kg 

J  if 

u 

Uli 
Ui 
Rd 
Gg 

Qi 
Ne 
Ui 
Ui 
Ne 
Nd 
Ef 

«j 
Ef 

Ne 

Ue 

Sb 

Sa 

Sa 

Rh 

Pe 


Brazil 

Brazil. .. . 

Peru 

Venezuela 
Africa.. . . 
Cazembe.. 
Malaysia  . 
Malaysia  . 
Soongaria. 
North  America 
Indian  Ocean  . 
Ionian  Isles. . . 
Australasia  . . . 

Malaysia 

Ionian  Isles  .. . 

Austria 

Mexico 

Peru 

Mexico 

Naples 

Morocco 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Asia 

Persia 


:  R 


>'", 


r.i'' 


)'  '  '■ 


r^ 


i      I, 

I  I 


I 


''  li 


',H 


CONSl  I,TIN(;  INDKX. 


Nainrt  til  l^um,  *c. 


CliiiliurKS 

( 'lia«.'.n» 

( 'liarapiiyait  .  .  .  . 
(  'ilUL'llct 

( 'h:i-clii)W 

('Iiiico 

(.'Iiactoolc 

diudrina 

(  'llUlfOH 

('liUKri-' 

Cim  llo 

l)hai(l>i 

C'iiuiik 

l'liai>ya 

Cliulu 

Cliulu|r!ikoi 

I'lmluur 

C^iiallahcngah  ..  • 

(^'lialons 

Chaiiiula 

('iiainar  Daban  . 
( ^liumeguabaii  . 

Chainela 

Chaiiiil 

Chaiiiil 

Clminir 

Chunika 

Champliiin 

Cliain|)on 

Chain  rain-niiig.. 

Chaiicay 

Chnnco  

Cliandcrnagore  . 

Changai 

Changamera  ■ .  • 
Chang-chow  .. . . 
Chang.chow . . . . 

Changina 

Chanina 

Chantrey 

Chao-chow 

Cliaoming 

Chapa  

Cliapada 

Chapala 

Cliapoo 

Chapunga 

Charabali 

Charalop 

Charamukotan  .. 
Charatzaiskaya  . 

Charcas 1. 

Chargaldshan . 
Charjooee .... 

Charles 

Charles 

Charles 

Charles 

Charles 

Charles 

Charleston  .... 


I^itvia. 


Hrf. 


Mu.  .SoDiiguria R  d 

T.     Chili iHm 

T.     IVru \iii 

T.   iiiiid<M>staii ...  u  r 

'1'.    |Miiii);oli>i .H  d 

i'r.  |liu<'iioH  Ay  re*  .Ik 
liayj.North  AiiicricuJK  b 
T.  ANJutin  ituHitiu.  jK  c 
I.      Indian  Ocean  .•  U 

U.    I.'liina 

K.     I.ittit!  Buchariu 

I,      I'lilynewia 

T.     Siiini 

T.  S<julli  Peru  . . . 
C.  AHiatic  RuMHia. 
Hay  lirit.  America  . 

UeM.  Africa 

Cv.    France    

T.     Mexico 

Alts.  Mongolia 

Tr.    Mexico 

T.     Mexico 

Dis.  Mongolia 

T.     Mongolia 

T.     Arabia 

T.     Thibet 

L.     United  States.. 

T.     Siom 

T.    Thibet 

T.     Peru 

T.    Chili 

T.     liindoostan  . . . 
Mte.  Mongolia  . 
Ter.  Africa .. .  ■ 
Cy.  China.... 

Mongolia . 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Brit.  America  . 

China 

Mongolia 

Chili 

Brazil 

Mexico 

China 

Mozambique  . . 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Little  Bucharia 

Kurile  Islands. 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Boli  -ia 

Ta.ia.y 

Great  Bucharia 

Brit.  America  . 

Gallapagos  . . . , 

Spitsbergen  . . . 

Labrador 

Virginia 

Enderby's  Ld. 

South  Carolina 


T. 

T. 

T. 

Mt. 

Cy. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

L. 

Cy. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L 

T. 

Dep 

L. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

C. 

C. 

Mt. 

toy. 


To 
Rd 

^i 

Sh 

Hj 

Xa 
Hd 
Nk 
Md 

Fg 
Rd 
Eo 
Ef 
Sd 
Sd 
O? 
Sf 
Hd 

Sg 
Re 

^\ 
HI 

Rf 

Sd 

Nj 

Te 

Se 

Vc 

Wo 

Fb 

Tf 

Sd 

HI 

V, 

Ue 

Oj 
Pd 
Rd 

So 

^j 
Qc 

Qe 

Gb 

Fi 

Ma 

Ic 

Ge 

Po 

Ge 


Nunn  n(  ItAfM,  he. 


CliurlfMton 

I  Charlottu 

j  Charlotte 

Cliurltitto 

I  (.'harlottc 

'  Charlotte 

(.'harluttc 

I  Charlotte 

j  Charlotte 

i  ('harlotto 

Charlotte's 

Charlotte's 

Charlton 

I  Charot 

I  ('hose's 

'Chatham 

Chatham 

Chatham 

Chatham 

Chatham 

Chatham 

C'hatirka 

Chattahoochee . . 

Chaugalaghnoy . 

Chaumont 

Chayboudirskaya 

Chazura 

Chcduba  

Chccsadawd  .... 

Cheisinaki 

Chekeung 

Chelekhof 

Chelekhof 

Chelenco 

Chelicut  .... 

Chelm 

Chelmsford . . 

Chelonikowa 

Chemokova  . 

Chenaub  .... 

Cheen  Mahomed 

Chensilesskaya 

Chepy  

Cheraf 

Cheraw 

Cherbaniani, . . . 

Cherbourg  . . . , 

Cherepe 

Cheribon 

Chernoosof . . . 

Cherokees  .... 

Cherry 

Chesapeake  . . . 

Chessboard .... 

Chester 

Chester 

Chesterfield  . . . 

Chesterfield  . . . 

Chesterfield  . . . 

Chesuncook  . . . 
Che-tsein 


r. 

T. 

r. 
('. 
('. 

Ilur 

Pt. 

Rk. 

Hk. 

Ft. 

I. 

lik. 

I. 

T. 

Is. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

C. 

Str. 

Bay 

R. 

R. 


I. 

T. 

Bay 

R. 

I. 

L. 

C. 

Pr. 

Str. 

L. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Bk. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

I. 

Bay 

Is. 

?!" 

In. 

Ho. 

Bk. 

L. 

Cy. 


iVNim. 


Virginia 

Norlii  Carolina 
I'r.  Kdward'H  1. 
Hnt.  Aiiiericii  . 
IhIc  oI' Georgia 

Florida 

Maiilchouria  . . 
Muliiyan  Scu  . . 
Malayan  Sea  . . 
North  America 

Polynesia 

PolyncMiii 

Brit.  Ami-ricu  • 
Mantchooria  . . 

Polynesia 

Gallapagos. .. . 
Patagonia  . . . . 
S.  Pacific  Oc... 
New  Holland. . 
North  America 

Florida 

Asiatic  Russia. 
United  States .. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Franco 

Russia 

Bolivia 

Bay  of  Bengal . 
Brit.  America  . 

Japan  

China 

North  America 
North  America 
Patagonia  .... 

Abyssinia 

Russia 

England 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Tartory 

Asiatic  Russia . 
Brit  America  . 
Asiatic  Turkey 
South  Carolina. 

Asia 

France  

Peru 

Java 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Western  Ter... 
Australasia.. .. 
United  States. . 
Australasia... . 

England 

Nova  Scot's  .. . 
Brit  Ame  ica  . 
Brit.  Ame  rica  . 
Australasia... . 

Maine 

China 


llrl. 


a  f 

(i  c 

Hd 

G  a 

Jn 

(if 

Vv 

Th 

Th 

Fd 

<:j 

Xj 

(i  e 

I'd 

Xi 

G  i 

Hn 

A  ni 

Tl 

Do 

Of 

Xb 

Ge 

Ua 

Md 

Pb 

?j 

Bb 

Ue 

Uf 

Bo 

Be 

Hm 

lOg 

No 

Mo 

Wb 

Vb 

Qe 

Pe 

Vb 

6c 

Nd 

Ge 

Ql 

L( 

6i 

Ti 

Wb 

Fe 

Xj 
Ge 
Vi 
Lc 
Hd 
Fb 
Fc 
Wj 
Hd 
Tf 


IU(. 

Uto. 

■■ 

til. 

iia 

(i  r  . 

»l 

Hd  1 

it  ■ 

Ga 

r'» 

Jn   i 

(if 

(U 

Th 

.  • 

Til 

ICQ 

Fd  : 

•  *  • 

<-*,i 

^j 

a  • 

(;  e  1 

^  ^ 

Td 

Xi   , 

Ui 

Hn 

!••  • 

Am 

ll.. 

Tl 

ica 

Dc 

•  •  • 

Of 

lia. 

Xb 

«.. 

Ge 

lia. 

Ua 

Md 

Pb 

•  •  • 

Hj 

ral. 

Sr 

:a  . 

Eb 

Ue 

•  •  t 

Uf 

ica 

Be 

ica 

Be 

Hm 

•  •  • 

Off 

•  •  « 

Nc 

•  •  • 

Me 

lia. 

Wb 

lia. 

Vb 

Qe 

•  •  • 

Pe 

lia. 

Vb 

!a  . 

6c 

key 

Nd 

na. 

Ge 

• .  • 

Qff 

•  •  • 

Ld 

6i 

Ti 

iia. 

Wb 

:..  . 

Fe 

•  • . 

Xj 

S.c 

Ge 

•  •  • 

Vi 

Lc 

Hd 

!a  . 

Fb 

!a  . 

Fc 

•  •  • 

w.i 

•  •  • 

Hd 

... 

Tf 

CXJN.HULTINO  INUKX. 


Hum*  <rf  n»MS  •«. 


(')ii  valaco. 
Clifv.iroH' . 
CIh'VvuI..  . 
(;iir>yf  .. . . 
Dliiapa  .  ■  • 
Oliiajta  •  •  • 
CliiRaifo  •  ■ 


CIM-I 

T. 

::'r 

rr. 
'hi. 
T. 


Chicken 'Bay 


Chidlry 

IJIiidky 

CI  Jdlpy 

(;tiieti 

( 'lii(r|;ro 

ChJhle 

I'hiliuuhua  . .  •  ■ 
Cliiliuiihua  .... 

Ciiikotaii 

Chilcotins 

Chiicotiii 

Chili 

Chilian 

Cbillicotho  .... 

Chiloo 

Chilok.. 

Chilpanzingo  . . 
Chilulan  Cuni  . 

Chimaro 

Chimborazo  . . . 

China 

Chinchilla 

Chinese  Empire 
Chinese  Turkes- 

tan 

ChiniaUkoy  . . . 

Chinkun 

Chinnoor 

Chin-taii 

Chinyang 

Chipewyan.... 
Chipewyans . . . 
Chippeway  .... 
Chippewaya  . . . 

ChiquitoB 

Chiricoto 

Chitpore 

Chitral 

Chitral 

Chittagong .... 
Chitteldroog  .. . 

Chittore 

Chiu 

Ch.  Kamennoi  . 
Choctawhatchie 
Choctaw  Land  . 

Choctaws 

Choiseuil 

Choiseuil  Port . 

Cliolom 

Chonos  

Choorwaur  .... 


In. 
C. 
C. 

Cy. 
8ta 
Pr. 

8t. 

r. 
I. 

Tr. 
Ft. 
Rep 

r. 

T. 
I. 

R. 

T. 

Tr. 

Po. 

ML 

Sea 

T. 

Cty. 

Cty. 
C. 
Vil. 
T. 

^i- 

Ft 

Tr. 

R. 

Tr. 

Dep 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R, 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Bay 

Dis. 

Tr. 

Bay 

T. 

R. 

Arc. 

T. 


ruiitio^ 

Aniatic  KuxMia. 
Aiiatii;  Kuitiin. 
Maiitchfmria  ■ . 

Tortary 

Ai'rii.a 

.Mexico 

.Mf'xiun 

llllinoiH 

Java 

liriL  Ainorica  . 
Hrit.  Anurica  . 
(in-cnland  . .. . 

Nllpica 

Nubia 

( 'hina 

;  Mexico 

j  Mexico 

Japan . .    

Oregon  Tcr... . 
Oregon  Tcr... . 
South  America 

Chili 

Ohio 

Chili 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Mexico 

Patagonia  .... 
New  Grenada  ■ 

Equador 

Asia . .    

Spain 

Asia 


Asia 

North  America 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Hindoostan  . . . 

China 

Mantchooria  . . 
Brit.  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Wisconsin  Tr.r. 
Wisconsin  Ter. 

Bolivia 

Mexico 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Katfcristan. .. . 

Kaschgur 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  < . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Uruguay  .... 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Florida  Tcr.... 
Western  Ter... 
Western  Ter... 
East  Island  . . . 
Madagascar. . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Patagonia 

Hindoostan  . . . 


IU(. 

.sT 

Va 
Vo 
d 
Nk 
Kg 
Fg 
Gd 
Ti 
Hb 
Hb 
i  b 
Md 
Of 
To 
Ef 
Ef 
Vd 
Dc 
Do 
HI 
HI 
Ge 
Hm 
To 

Fg 
Hm 

Hg 
Gi 

Tg 
Le 

8d 

Rd 
Be 
Ab 

Rg 
Uf 

Ud 
Ec 
Eb 
Fd 
Fd 

t'f 

Qf 
Qc 
Qe 

Sf 

Rg 
Rg 
II 

Pc 
Ge 
Fe 
Fe 
In 

Pj 
Xb 
Hm 
Qf 


Hum  »<  rum,  kt. 

Clioriklia 

( 'liorillon 

ChororacuH. . . . 

Clinriw 

ChoHlMitefl  . . . 

( 'houlwr 

Clinudau 

Choupatou  . . . . 
( 'hoiirskoi ...  . 
Cliow-ninian.. . 

Christian 

Christian 

Christiania  . . . . 
Christiansand. . 
(^hristip.nsand. . 
Christiansburg  . 
Christianstadt.. 
Christiansuiid.. 

Christie's 

Christinestad  . . 

Christmas 

Christmas 

Christmas 

Christmas 

Chrystal 

Chuapa  

Chudutina  . . . . 

Chule 

Chuluwan. ... 
Chumbull . . . . . 
Chumerah .... , 

Chunar 

Chun-ning  ... . 
Chuquisaca  . .  1 
Chuquisaca  . . . 

Church 

Church 

Churchill  ...  .■ 

Churchill 

Churchill 

Churchill 

Chuson  

Chutchcoskoie 
Chutilaukni  . . 
Chwangshan  . 

Cicacole 

Cilimiti 

Cillebar 

Cimbebas  .... 
Cincinnati  . . . 

Cinto 

Cintra 

Cinuchkinnia  . 

Circars 

Circassia 

Circular 

Cisaidskoi .... 
Ciudad  Real . . 
Civita  Vecchia 
Clagcnfurt  . . . 
Claniet 


lu*. 


T. 

r. 
r. 
I'l. 

Ir. 

r. 
It. 

T. 
T. 
T. 

I. 

c. 

Cv. 

liiv. 

T. 

Ft 

T. 

I. 

Bay 

T. 

1. 

I. 

I. 

So. 

Mts. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

^• 

Dep 

Cy. 

Mt 

Mt 

Dis. 

C. 

R. 

Ft 

I. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

Cty. 

^- 

Bay 

T. 

Pr. 

Cty, 


•J!) 


lUI. 
Irk 


I. 

Bay 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L. 


.\siatii'  UuDiiiS' 

IVru 

Bolivia 

Chih 

Mdiigiilia 

lli'liHK'lii'ttan  .  . 
Asiatie  KiiiMia. 

Tliiln-t 

\siiilii'  KuHsia. 
Miiitcliuoiia  .  . 
S.  PaeiHcOc... 
Brit  America  . 

Norway 

Norway 

Norway 

Africa 

Sweden 

Norway 

Brit.  America  . 

Russia 

Malaysia 

Polynesia 

Soutliern  Ocean 

Patagonia 

Borneo  

IChili. 

Asiatic  Russia. 
South  Peru.... 
Mozambique  .  ■ 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Siain , 

Hindoostan  . . 

China 

Bolivia 

Bolivia 

New  Guinea  . 
Scoresby's  Ld. 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Brit.  America 
Brit  America 

China 

Asiatic  Russia 
Patagonia  . . . 

Corea 

Hindoostan  . . 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Sumatra 

Africa 

Ohio 

New  Grenada 

Azanaga 

Asiatic  Russia 
Hindoostan  . . 
Asiatic  Russia 
Australasia  . . 

Russia 

Spain 

Tuscany 

Austria 

Oregon  Ter.  . 


S  l> 


'.it 

Ilk 
Se 
Uf 
Va 
Sc 
Vb 
(Id 
Gn 
Ha 
Me 
Me 
Me 
Lh 
Mc 
Mb 
Eb 
Nb 
Ti 
Bh 
Kn 
Hm 
Th 
HI 
Wb 

Hj 
Ok 
Rf 

Sg 
Rf 

Sf 

Hj 

H) 
Vi 
Ka 
Fb 
Fc 
Fc 
Fc 
Ue 
Tc 
Hm 
Ue 

Rg 

Nd 

Si 

Mj 

Gi 

Hg 

Kf 

Tc 

Rg 

Od 
Vi 
Pb 
Lc 
Md 
Md 
Ed 


H' 


!| 


.i» 


'«r 


'.* ''' 


i'S 


»,;■! 


m 


3» 


>■>' 


t'.<  I 


i 

h 


I 


3U 


conhliltim;  indkx. 


NUM  n(  fltCM,  t<.  CiM. 


I 
t 


rmtkoa. 


Clamet 

(Ian  William 
<'la|t|Mj'«  •  •  • 
( 'laruiK^u  .... 
( 'laruncv  .... 
( 'laroncL'  .... 
Clarence  ..  •• 
(JIarvnco  .... 
(llaronco  .... 
( 'larcnno  .... 
(y'larenue  .... 
( Clarence  .  . . 

(^ark'a 

(^lark'a 

(.'lark's 

Clark'a 

ClarkHton  . . . 
('lurkiiton  . . . 
ClarkHvillc  . . 
ClauHonbur  J . 

Clear 

Clear 

Clear  Water. 
Cleavcland  . . 
Clerke'n  .... 
CLrmont  . . . 
Clermont  Tonnare 
Cleveland  ...   . 

Clew 

Clicaa 

Clifton 

(ylinton 

Clinton  Coldon. 

Clippcrton 

Clinche 

Cloatcs 

ClodiuB 

Clonard 

Clostorbay  . . . 

Cloud 

Clowey 

Clowey 

Clyde  

Coahuila 

Coango  

Coanza 

Coava 

Cobal 

Cobbe 

Gobi 

Cobija 

Coblentz 

Coburg 

Coburg 

Coburg 

Coburg  

Cocasai  Douane 

Cocavi 

Cochabamba.  .2 
Cochabamba.. . 
Cochilla  Grande 


f{. 

r. 
I. 


I. 

T. 
MU 

T. 
C. 
C. 

Htr. 

MtH. 

1. 

Rf. 

Fk. 

Fk. 

Pt. 

Sta. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

L. 

L. 

T. 

Rka 

?• 

Bay 

Bay 

T. 

Pt. 

T. 

L. 

Rk. 

T. 

Pt. 

I. 

C. 

C. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

R. 

St. 

R. 

R. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

Des. 

T. 

Cy. 

?• 

Bay 

Pen. 

Sta. 

T. 

Dep 

T. 

Ml 


Uik 


;Ongon'IVr....  I)  d 
( 'iiin'  ( "olony  . .  N  I 

.MalayHia H  h 

Hril.  AnRTirn  .  F  b 
Hniitb  Hhetlnnd  I  o 
Fernando  i*o  . .  M  h 
Au«tralaiiitt  ■ . .  V  i 
New  Holland. .  T  i 
Brit.  America  .  F  a 
Brit.  America  ■  (>  a 
New  Holland..  U  j 
Brit.  America  .  G  a 

PolyncHia B  i 

PolyneHia B  i 

.MiaMuri  Ter.  .  E  d 
Oregon  Tcr....  Kd 
Mozambique  ..Ok 

Cafftaritt Nl 

Tenneaxeo  ....  Go 

Austria N  d 

Ireland L  c 

Brit.  America  .  E  c 
Brit  Amnrica  .  H  c 

Ohio G  d 

lale  of  Georgia  J  n 

Franco M  d 

Polynesia C  j 

New  S.  Wales  .  V  j 

Ireland L  c 

South  Peru  ...Hi 
Brit.  America  .  E  b 
Miasissippi. .. .  F  f 
Brit.  America  .  E  b 
S.  Pacific  Oc. .  E  g 
Asiatic  Russia.  Wc 
New  Holland..  Tk 

Polynesia Ag 

Corea U  e 

Iceland .......  Kb 

S.  Pacific  Oc...  Eg 
Brit  America  ■  E  b 
Brit  America  .  E  b 
Brit  America  .  H  a 

Mexico Ff 

Africa N  i 

Benguela Mi 

Africa lOi 

Benguela ...      If 
Darfur IM^ 


Mongolia .... 

Bolivia 

Prussia 

Sa.xc  Cfwburg  . . 
Upper  CiMtada 
Brit.  Aiiit/ica  . 
New  Holland.. 

Thibet 

Veni<?2uela  .... 

B«iir«m 

R^'-u 

Ur  ^paay 


If  d 
Rk 
Me 
M« 

<--  t 

I  . 

Se 

Hh 

Hj 

II 


ttuiim  nl  f\Mtm,  kr. 


( 'ochin 

Cochin  (.'hina. . . 

( 'ochrana 

('i>ckburn 

('(Mikburn 

C<ickburn 

Cockburn 

Covkburn 

('ocken 

Coco*  Nut 

('ocorto 

Cocon 

Cocoa 

(.'ocoa 

('ocospcra 

Cod 

Codaya  

Codcra 

('odinska 

Codoso 

Codringtcn 

Coon 

Coopang 

Coetivi 

Coffee  

Coffee's  Post.... 

Coffin 

Coffin 

Coffin's 

Coffin's 

Coffin's 

Cogevnicova. . . . 

Co^haica 

Coimbatore 

Coimbra 

Coires 

Coke  Mount . . . . 

Colan 

Colbcrg 

Colding 

Colicun 

Colima 

Colivanskoi 

Coll 

Collegia 

Collomandous  A. 

tollon 

Colnett 

Colnett 

Col'i'^no 

Colombia 

Colombo 

Ooloni 

C'olonno 

Color  ddo 

Colorado 

Colter  ^ 

Coluguupe 

Columbia 

Columbia    

Columbia      . . . . 


roiiMB. 


UK. 


r. 

Cty. 
C. 
I. 
1. 

c. 

V. 

Mt 

So. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

1. 

Is. 

T. 

C. 

L. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

Mt 

R. 

T. 

I. 

Ft. 

Sta. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

Bay 

Har 

T. 

T. 

T. 

?: 

Sta. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
I. 
T. 
\ 
I. 
C. 
C. 
Cy. 

2^ 
T. 

T. 

C. 

R. 

R. 

R. 

L. 

T. 
T. 


Ilindonatun  .  >  ■  Kg 

Asia 'I'  g 

JaiKin I '  u 

Brit  America  .  <i  u 
Polynesia....  Ck 
Brit  America  .  F  a 
Brit  America  .  <i  a 
Moiambi'juu  . .  ()  j 
Greenland  .  ■  ■  ■  lb 

Polynesia A  j 

Mongolia He 

Malaysia  ....    Si 
N.  Pacific  Oc.  .  Cli 
Bay  of  Bengal .  S  g 

Mexico E  0 

Massachusetts .  H  d 

Brazil Hi 

Venezuela  ....  H  g 
Asiatic  Russia  S  c 
Buenos  Ay  res  .  H  I 
Enderby's  I.d..  Po 
New  S.  Wales  .  V  j 

Timor V) 

Indian  Ocean  .  P  i 
Western  Ter.  .  F  o 
Western  Ter...  Fo 
Indian  Ocean  .  O  j 
North  America  H  d 

Polynesia D  I 

Now  8.  Wales  .  V  1 

Polynesia V  f 

Asiatic  Russia  S  c 
Asiatic  Russia  T  b 
Hindoostan  . . .  R  g 

Portugal L  e 

Brazil I  j 

CaflVariu N  1 

Peru Gi 

Prussia N  c 

Denmark M  c 

Asiatic  Russia.  T  b 

Mexico F  g 

Asiatic  Russia.  R  c 

Scotland L  c 

Brazil J  j 


Maldives 

Mexico 

N.  Caledonia . . 

Prussia 

South  America 

Ceylon 

Afirica 

Naples 

Buenos  Ayres  . 

Texas 

Oregon  Ter... . 
Patagonia  . . . . 
South  Carolina 

Alabama 

Arkansas 


Qh 
Ef 
Xk 
Mc 
Hh 
Rh 

Lg 

Ne 

HI 

Ff 

Ed 

Hm 

Ge 

Gfl 

F« 


m 


1 

.u. 

U'l*.    ll 

..Hg 

■  Tk 

..r. 

1  ■ 

(i  a 

, 

(^k 

1  . 

Fa 

1  . 

(i  a 

.  . 

«>j 

,  . 

lb 

«  . 

Aj 

Ht) 

, 

?i 

»!•»?  II 

Eo 

M  , 

Hd 

,  , 

Hi 

H« 

m 

8c 

!«   . 

HI 

d.. 

Po 

!■  . 

Vj 

U 

n  . 

Fi 

^  , 

Fo 

•  *  • 

Fe 

ti  . 

Oj 

ica 

Hd 

1 1  f 

Dl 

cs  . 

VI 

■  •  • 

Vf 

la 

So 

la 

Tb 

•  •  • 

Rfl[ 

•  t  • 

Le 

■  *  • 

I,j 

•  •  t 

Nl 

*  •  • 

Gi 

•  •  • 

Nc 

•  ■  ■ 

Mc 

ia. 

Tb 

•  •  • 

Fr 

ia. 

Uc 

Lc 

•• 

Jj 

... 

Qh 

Ef 

1. . 

Xk 

■  •  • 

Mc 

ica 

Hh 

■  t   • 

Rh 

Lr 

, 

Ne 

3S  . 

HI 

Ff 

•  •  • 

Ed 

Hm 

na 

VT  e 

Ge 

... 

F« 

t-ONML'LTING  INDEX. 


31 


(Viluiiibia  .... 
( 'oluinbia  ■ .  •  ■ 
( 'uluiiiliu  .... 
I  'oluinbrvtun . . 
('ollllllliu*.  .  ■ . 
4'oluiiibiiK. .  . . 

ColuillhlM  .... 

Coliiiiipi 

Coltillo 

(Vilviilo 

( '-omnnctiei . . . 
( 'o'nn  VBKua  . . 

Coiiihii 

Comfidah  .... 

Comtbrt 

('omfort 

Comfort 

('omilluh 

Comino 

Coinmitteo  . . . 

Coino 

('Omobu 

('oinol 

Comorin 

CV>inoro 

Comoro,  Groat 
CoinpoMtcila  •  ■ 

Comptah 

Compton 

Comprida .... 
Complroller'a . . . 

Conccicoo 

Conception .... 
Conception  .... 
Conception  .. . 
Conception  .... 

Conchos 

( '«il|(3ord 

Condamine  .... 
Condatchy  .... 
Condendaa  .... 

Conejos 

Confuao 

Congo  

Congo 

Congoon  

Congreas 

Conf 

Coninaltoi 

Conitz 

Connecticut  . . . 
Connecticut    . . 

Conolly 

Conomamas  . . . 

Constance 

(^instance 

Constantino  . . . 
Constantinople. 
Conthcoudsong . 
Contrarieties.. . 
,  Contway 


T. 
T. 
R. 
I. 

J?" 

T. 

I. 

C. 

Tr. 

T. 

fll 

T. 

C. 

(;. 

iky 

T. 

C. 

Is. 

L. 

I. 

T. 

C. 

Is. 

Is. 

^c- 

Rks 
T. 
Bay 
T. 

9- 

T. 

Bay 

R. 

S'- 

T. 
T. 
R. 
R. 

s?- 

fT. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

St 

R. 

Fl 

Mts. 

2 


9: 

I. 
L. 


Tsniicsaoo  . 

IVias 

Oregon  T«r. 
.M  cditi'rran.  .Soa 

Uvorgia < 

Ohio 

Mississippi. .. . 

I'ambodia 

Brit.  America  . 
New  Sfioaland. . 

Texas 

Guatemala  .... 
Brit  America  . 

Arabia 

Brit  America  . 
Greenland  .... 

Labrador 

Ilindoostan  . . . 

Hardinia 

Brit  America  . 

lUlv 

Malaysia 

Nubia 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Indian  Ocean .. 
Indian  Ocean.. 

Spain 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Indian  Ocean . . 

Brazil 

Brit  America  . 

Brazil 

Chili 

Paraguay  .... 
Venezuela  ■ 
Newfouri'lmMi. 

Mexico 

N.  VfuiMMihire . 
N«»t*i  ^«kules  . 

Cejrtoft   

8i«zil 

Itlexico 

Buenos  Ayrea  . 

[Africa 

ICongo 

Persia 

Polynesia 

Sardinia  

Asiatic  Russia. 

Prussia 

United  States.. 
United  States. . 
Brit.  America  . 

Peru 

Baden 

Europe 

Algiers 

Turkey  

Thibet 

Australasia... . 
Brit.  America  . 


Fl 
l)d 
Lo 
io 
lie 
lie 


XI 
Fe 
Gg 
Go 

!!{ 

lb 

Ho 

8f 

Md 

Go 

Md 

Ti 

Of 

Rh 

Oj 

Ld 

Rf 

Ri 

II 

Cb 

Ik 

HI 

Ik 

Hri 

Id 

Ff 

Hd 

Wk 

Rh 

Eo 

Ik 

Ni 

Mi 

Pf 

Vf 

Md 

Tb 

Nc 

Hd 

Hd 

Dc 

Hi 

Md 

Md 

Me 

Nd 


0 

Wi 
Eb 


CtmvfntiM 

( 'onwsy 

Conwaybiiro. . . . 

Conybearv 

Cook's 

Cook's 

Cook' 

Cook's 

tkjok's 

Cook's.. 

Coomnsaie 

Cooper 

Cooper's 

Coopischcgaw  . . 

(^rdoo 

Coosa 

Coosa  Combang. 

Coosy 

Copenhagen  .. . . 

Copiapo 

Copiapo 

Copimescaw .... 
Copland    Hutch- 

mson 

Copleston 

Copororo 

Copper 

Copper  Indians  . 
Coppermine  . . . . 

Coquin 

Cora 

Coral 

Coralline 

Corannaa 

Corantine 

Corbet's 

Corchounooakaya . 
Cordillera  Geral. 

Cordova 

Cordova 

Cordova 

Cordova 

Corea 

Corea 

Corean 

Corfu 

Corinth 

Corjados 

Cork 

Coin 

Corner 

Cornom 

Cornwallis 

Comwallis  . . . 
Cornwallis  . . . 
Comwallis  . . . 

Coro 

Corolcova  .... 
(/oromandel  . . 

Coron 

Coronados .... 


r. 

I'. 
r. 

Mt 


I. 

Htr. 
L. 
In. 
R. 

I. 

L. 

Pt 

R. 

I. 

R. 

Bay 
L. 

Bay 
Mt 
R. 
I. 

Tr. 

R. 

So. 

T. 

Sea 

I. 

Tr. 

R. 

In. 

T. 

Mts. 

Pr, 

Pt. 

Cty. 

Str. 

Arc. 

I. 

Cy 

Rks 

?• 

In. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Cst 

G. 

Is. 


Urstil 

New  K.  Wales  . 
Hnulh  Carolina 
Hril.  America  . 

Polynesia 

Polyiioaia 

New  /oaland . . 
Brit  Ainrrica  . 
North  America 
Itrit.  America  . 

Ashantco 

N.  Pacific  t)c. . 
Southern  Ocean 
Brit  America  . 
New  tiuinea  ■ . 

Alubaiiia 

Malaysia 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Denmark 

Chili 

Chili 

Brit  America  . 

Brit  America  . 
North  America 

Benguela 

Asiatic  Russia . 
Brit.  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Greenland  . . . . 

Soudan 

Australasia .... 

Asia 

Africa 

Guiana 

Brit  America  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Brazil 

Buenos  Ayres  . 

Spain 

Buenus  Ayres  . 
North  America 

Asia 

Corea 

Yellow  Sea  . . . 
Ionian  Isles.  • . 

Greece 

Indian  Ocean.. 
Ireland  ....... 

Guatemala  .... 

New  S.  Wales  . 
Gulf  of  Siam 
Brit.  America  . 

Polynesia 

S.  Pacific  Oc... 
South  Shetland 
Venezuela  •  •  • 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Greece 

Mexico 


Ik 

Vk 


n 

b 

k 

h 

Xmi 
Kb 
Hb 
Dc 
Lh 
Df 
Jn 
He 
Vi 
Go 
Ti 
Rf 
Mc 
Hk 
Hk 
He 

Db 

Cb 

Mi 

Xc 

Eb 

Eb 

I  b 

Lg 

Wj 

Qh 

Nk 

Ih 

Fb 

To 

\i, 

Lo 
HI 

Cb 
Uo 
Ue 
Uc 

No 

Ne 

li 
?f 

8h 
Fa 

Xg 
Am 
lo 

5» 
Tb 

Rg 

Ne 
Es 


i  Jl 


4:. 


, 


-.1 


ii 


'''.1 


*; 


J 


: 


ji  I 


■I 
1 


33 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


Nun.*  of  FlMM,  te. 


CUa 


tottlna. 


I. 

c. 
Pt 

R. 

R. 

R. 

Pr. 

T. 

C. 

C. 

C. 

C. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 


Coronation  . . 

Coronation  . . 

(kiroumilla  . 

Coroveodoi . . 

(k>rrcnte8  . . . 

Correntes  . . . 

Corricntcs.  ■ . 

Corricntes. . . 

Corrienteg. . . 

Corrientes. .. 

Corrientcs. . . 

Corricntes. . . 

Corrou 

Corsica 

Corte 

Corumba. . . . 

Corunna .... 

Corury 

Corvo 

Corvoeiro C. 

Cosenza Cy. 

Cosigirachui ....  T. 

Cosmoledo Is, 

Cospore T. 

Cossacs  of  the  Don  Tr. 

Cosseir T. 

CobU R. 

Costa  Rica St 

Costine Str. 

Cotagayta T. 

Coti Dis. 

Cottah T. 

Cottayam T. 

Couchny C. 

Coucou T. 

Coudrianskoe . . .  T. 
Coudroyskaia .. .  T. 

Cougalia T. 

Coulumb C. 

Coulunda R. 

Council Bis. 

Counien R. 

Courban  Tamir  .  R. 

Coureica R. 

Courland....2d.  Pr. 

Coutcha R. 

Coutreki T. 

Coutskoio T. 

CoHtts' In 

(vouzoun  Count ..  Des. 

C/ovell's Gr. 

Coventry Cy. 

Covinska T. 

Coxe*s Str. 

COTO I. 

Coy In. 

Crab Is. 

Cracow Rep 

Cracow Cy. 

Cradock T. 

Cradock R. 


South  Shetland 
New  Caledonia 


Chili 

I  Asiatic  Russia. 

Brazil 

Paraguay 

Buenos  Ayres  . 
Buenos  Ayrcs  . 
Buenos  Ayrcs  . 

Mexico 

Mozambique  . . 
New  Grenada  . 
Mantchooria 
Mediterran.  Sea 

Corsica 

Brazil 

Spain < 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Azores 

Africa 

Naples 

Mexico 

Indian  Ocean  . 

Birmah 

Russia 

./pt 

Guinea 

Guatemala  .... 
Nova  Zembla. . 
Buenos  Ayres  . 

Borneo , 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Nova  Zembla. . 

Mongolia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Africa 

New  Holland. . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Wisconsin  Ter. 
Mantchooria  . . 

Mongolia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Thibet 

Arabia 

Asiatic  Russia 
Brit.  America 

Tartary 

Psiynesia .... 

England 

Asiatic  Russia 
Orctfon  Ter..., 
ArcTiipcIugo. . , 

Patagonia 

Indian  Ocean  . 

Europe 

Cracow 

Cape  Colony  . , 
Africa 


Rcf. 


lo 
Xk 

Hh 

Wb 

il 

Ik 
HI 

II 

Ef 

Ok 

Gh 

Vd 

Md 

Md 

{.'a 

Rf 

Je 

Lf 

Ne 

Ef 

Pi 

Sf 

Od 

Of 

Lh 

S» 
Pa 

Hk 

Ti 

Pb 
Td 
Re 
Pc 

^j 
Re 

Fd 

Vc 

Sd 

Sb 

Nc 

Se 

Pf 

To 

Ha 

Qd 

Xh 

Lc 

Sc 

Dc 

Ne 

Hn 

Ok 

Nc 

Nc 

Nl 

Nl 


lofFUo^te. 


CUi 


IT. 

I. 

L. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

L. 

Tr. 

Tr. 

I. 

T. 

C. 

Pr. 

Cls. 

T. 

R. 

Pr. 

I. 

^^ 
T. 

Is. 

I. 

I. 

C. 


Cradoo 

Craig's 

Cranberry 

Cranganore  . . . 

Cranston 

Crato 

Crato 

Craufurd 

Cree 

Creeks 

Crees 

Crescent 

Cresswell 

Crestovskoie . . . 

Crillon 

Crimea 53 

Crimson 

Crixas 

Crixas 

Croatia 

Croker 

Croker's 

Ci<unstadt 

Crooked 

Crora 

Croaa 

Cross 

Cross 

Cross L. 

Cross So. 

Crown I, 

Crow  Wing  . . . .  R. 

Crozet's Is. 

Cruz C. 

Cruz C. 

Cuama R, 

Cuba I. 

Cubbabish  Arabs  Tr. 

Cubcabea T. 

Cucao T. 

Cucno T. 

Cuddalore T. 

Cuddapah T. 

Cuenca T. 

Cuenca Cy. 

Cuiaba T. 

Cuiaba R. 

Culebra I. 

Culican T. 

Cullen T. 

Culloo T. 

Culm Cy. 

Culpcper's I. 

Culver Pt. 

Cumana T. 

Cuniberica  .....  Bay 
Cumberland ....  Dis. 
Cumberland ....  Ld. 
Cumberland  ....  I. 
Cumberland ....  I. 
Cumberland Bay 


AalUoa. 


Benin 

Scoresby's  Ld. 
Oregon  Ter.  . 
Hindoostan  . . 
Greenland  . . . 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Brit.  America 
Brit.  America 
Western  Ter. . 
Brit  America 
Polynesia .... 
Brit.  America 
Asiatic  Russia 
Seghalien  .. ., 

Russia 

Brit  America 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Austria 

Polynesia  .... 
Brit  America 

Russia 

Bahamas  .... 
Nova  Zembla  . 

Russia 

Africa 

Nova  Zembla  . 
Brit.  America 
North  Anie'lca 
Eastern  Sea... 
Wisconsin  Ter 
Indian  Ocean  .< 

Cuba 

Mexico 

Mozambique  . . 
West  Indies.. . 

Nubia 

Darfur 

Chili 

Thibet 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Equador 

Spain 

Brazil 

Brazil 

West  Indies. . . 

Mexico 

Scotland 

Africa 

Prussia  ....    . . 

Gallapagos .... 

New  Holland  .. 

Venezuela 

Brazil 

Brit  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 
New  S.  Wales. 

Polynesia 

Isle  of  Georgia 


uu. 

Mh 
Ka 
Ee 

R« 

a 
Ji 
Hi 
Ga 
Eb 
Fc 
£c 
Dk 
Fa 
Tb 
Vd 
Od 
Ha 

Cj 

Ga 

Nc 

Hf 

Pa 

Ob 

Mj 

Pa 

Fc 

Cc 

Uf 

Fd 

Pm 

^^ 
De 

Oj 
Gf 

Og 
Ng 
Hm 

Sf 

Rf 
gT 

Le 

Ef 
Lc 

Lg 
Nc 
Fh 
Ui 

Hg 

Ik 
Fc 
Hb 

Vk 

J  n 


t 


— 

Rcf. 
UU. 

... 

iMh 

Ld. 

Ka 

Re 

•  •   • 

f! 

•  t  • 

Ji 

■  •  • 

Hi 

ca  • 

Ga 

ca  . 

Eb 

r. .. 

Fc 

ca  . 

Ec 

■ . . 

Dk 

ca  . 

Fa 

8ia. 

Tb 

•   r  • 

Vd 

*  »  • 

Od 

ca  . 

Ha 

•  »  • 

Ij 

•  •  • 

ij 

•  •  . 

Nd 

•  •  • 

ca  . 

Cj 
Ga 

•  •  ■ 

Nc 

•  •  * 

Hf 

a,. 

Pa 

•  •  » 

Ob 

•  ■   ■ 

Mj 

la.. 

Pa 

ca  . 

Fc 

•".ca 

Cc 

•  •  • 

Uf 

IVr. 

Fd 

n.. 

Pm 

•  •  • 

•  •  ■ 

De 

}    .  . 

Oj 

•  •  . 

Gf 

•  •  • 

•  •  • 

Um 

■  •  • 

Sf 

•  •  • 

Gi 

•  •  ■ 

Le 

•  •  • 

Ef 

•  >  • 

Lc 

•  • 

Lg 

Nc 

■  ■  • 

Fh 

1.. 

Ui 

... 

!•/ 

a  . 

Fc 

a  . 

Hb 

!8  . 

Vk 

9J 

[la 

Jn 

CONSl'LTIXG  INDEX. 


33 


Num  u(  rUcn,  kc. 


f 'uinberland  . . . . 
Cumberland  .. . . 
CiiinlnTland  .. . . 
Curnlicrland  .. . . 
CuiiilM:rIand  .. .  • 
CuinbriBhanin  . . 

Cunda 

Cundinamarca  .. 

Cuiicnc 

Cuiigies 

Cunhinga 

Cunningliam  .  ■  • 
Cunningham  . .  ■ 
Cuiinitigliam  . .  • 
Cunningham  .  ■  ■ 

Cupacas 

Cup-ciicc 

Cupico 

Curanaris 

Curuzao 

Curiamuria 

Curiamuria 

Curitiiba 

Curituba 

Current /. 

Curroyenos 

Curtis 

Curtis's 

Curucu  

Curuguatty  . . .  < 
Ciisu  Leuvu . . . 

Cutambela 

Cutato 

Cutato 

Cutch 

Cutch 

Cutchevelly  . . . . 
Culler  Ferguson 

Cuttack  

Cutwa 

Cuvier 

Cuvier 

Cuvo 

Cuxhaven 

Cuxuru 

Cuyo 

Cuzco 

Cuzco 

Cyldkciskoi  . . . . 

Cymska 

Cyprus ........ 

Cyrcnc 

Czersk 

Czugliak 


Daalosken  . 

Dabat 

Daben 

Dabo 

I  Dabrymple. 
Dacca 


Str. 

Bk. 

R. 

Ho. 

Mts. 

T. 

T. 

Dep 

R. 

Tr. 

Cty. 

C. 

Pt 

In. 

Mts. 

Tr. 

Cy. 

Pt. 

Tr. 

I. 

Is. 

G. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

Po. 

Is. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

Cty. 

R. 

Pr. 

G. 

T. 

I. 

?• 

I. 
C. 
R. 
T. 
T. 
I. 
Dep 

Sy 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Rns 

T. 

R. 

T, 

T. 

T. 

L. 

Po. 

Cy. 


rmitioa. 

Brit  America 
Au8trala!<ia  .  • 
United  States  . 
Brit.  America 
United  Slates. 

Sweden 

Bengucia  .... 
New  Grenada 

Atirica 

Equador 

Africa 

Brit.  America  . 
New  Holland . . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 

Mexico 

China 

New  Grenada  . 
South  America 
Caribbean  Sea 

Arabia 

Arabia 

Brazil 

Brazil '.  • 

Polynesia 

Bolivia 

New  S.  Wales  . 

Polynesia 

Brazil 

Paraguay 

Buenos  Ayres  . 

Benguela 

Africa 

Benguela 

Hindoostan  .  • . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Ceylon 

Brit  America  . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Brit  America  . 
New  Holland . . 

Benguela 

Germany 

Brazil 

Malaysia 


Ref. 
Ua. 

Hb 
VVk 

G  c 
Fc 
Ge 
Mc 

Nj 
Hh 

Nj 
Hi 

Nj 
Ga 

Uj 

Fa 

Ga 

Ee 

Tf 

Gh 

li 

Hg 

Pg 
Ik 
Ik 

Uh 

Hk 

Wk 

Al 

Hi 

Ik 

HI 

Mj 

Nj 

Nj 

Qf 

Gf 

Rh 

Fa 

Rf 

Rf 

Fb 

Tk 

Mj 

Mc 

Ij 

^S 
South  Peru  ..  .H  j 


South  Peru 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Mcditerran.  Sea 
Barca . . . 
Russia  . . 
Soongaria 


Sweden  .... 

Arabia 

Russia 

Africi 

V.  Diemen's  Fjd. 
Hindoostan  . 


?J 

Sc 
Oe 

Ne 
Nc 
Rd 

Nb 
Of 
Ob 

Lg 
Vm 
Sf 


Nimn  of  Hick,  Ac. 


Ducrcs  .... 
Dadaxi  . . .  ■ 
Uagana.. .  • 

Dagee 

Dagelet .... 
Dageou. .. • 
Daghestan  . 

iJago 

Dagwumba . 
Dahadiny . . 

Dahl 

Dahlonega  . 
Dahomey  . . 

Dahra 

Da  Ines  . . . 

Ddker 

Dala 

Dalai 

Dalcahue  . . 
Dalhousie . . 

DaU's 

Dalrymple  . 
Damar  . .  ■ . 
Damaras.. . 
Damaresq . . 
Damaun . . . 
Damascus. . 
Dambarasi  . 
Dumer  . . . . 

Damietta  . . 
Damloy . . . . 

Dampier's . . 
Dampier's . . 
Dampier's . . 
Dampier's . . 
Dana. ... . . 

Dancali .... 

Dande 

Dande 

Dandur. ... 
Danes'  . . . . 
D>:!nger .. .. 
Danger  .. . . 
Danger  .. .. 
Danger  .. . . 
Danger  . . . . 
Dangerous  . 
Dangerous  . 
Dangerous  . 
Danilloo  . . . 
Dantzic . . . . 
Danube. . . . 
Danville  . . . 
Daoaus . . . . 
Daouria  . . . 
Dapitan  . . . 
Da  Polvora. 

Darail 

Darbeta  . . . 

Darby 

Dar  Couka  , 


CUa. 


c. 

T. 
T. 
T. 
I. 
T. 
Pr. 


FniUoo. 


lur. 

UU. 


Brit.  America  .  H  b 
Asiatic  Russia.  U  b 
Sonegambia  ...Kg 

Cabul Q  c 

Corea U  e 

Bcrgoo N  g 

Asiatic  Russia    P  d 

I.      Russia N  c 

Cty.  Soodan M  h 

R.     Brit.  America  .  D  b 

R.     Sweden N  b 

T.     Georgia G  c 

Cty.  Guinea M  h 

T.     Arabia P  f 

T.    Chili ,Hk 

T.     Sencgambia  ..'Kg 

L.     Mongolia 'S  d 

T.     Mongolia T  d 

T.    Chili Hm 

T.     N.  Brunswick  .  H  d 
Bay  Newfoundland .  I  d 

C.     Seghalien Vd 

T.     Arabia P 

Tr.   Africa 

R.  New  S.  Wales 
T.     Hindoostan  . . 

Cy.  Syria 

T.     Motapa 

T.     Nubia 

T.     Egypt 

T.     Russia 

Ld.  New,  Holland. 
Str.  New  Guinea  . 
Australasia . . . 
Gr.  Australasia... 
I.  Malaysia  .... 
Dis.  Abyssinia .... 

T.     Congo 

R.     Congo 

T.  Bcloochistan  . 
I.  Spitsbergen  . . 
Pt.  Cape  Colony  . 
I.      Indian  Ocean 

R.     Africa 

Pt  New  S.  Wales 
Is.  Polynesia. . . . 
Rf.  Australasia... 
Rf.  Polynesia  .... 
Sh.    Polynesia.... 

I.      Russia 

Cy.   Prussia 

R.     Europe 

C.     Japan 

T.     Asiatic  Turkey 

Cty.  Asia 

T.  Mindanao  . .  ■ 
I.      Indian  Ocean 

T.     Arabia 

T.     Nubia 

C. 

Dis. 


f  '■■'li 


..i.1 


nE 

VI 
Qe 
Oe 

Nj 
Og 
Oe 
Oe 

Uj 
Vi 

Tk 

Vi 

UJ 

Og 

Mi 

Mi 

Qf 

Ma 

Nl 

Qi 

Mh 

Wk 

Ai 
Oh 
Ob 
Nc 
Nd 
Ue 
Ne 
Te 
Uh 
Ri 
Pf 

Og 
North  America  B  b 


Soudan. 


'Ai 


i-'A 


I  ,^^  '.  K'' 


CA 


iK 


■'r.i'. 


<t. 


K'l 


li:. 


t 


Nh 


£ 


t 


34 


CONSULTINO  INDEX. 


Nunctof  riM>m,ke. 


Darfur 

Uaricn 

Uuriun 

Darinskuya  .  •  • 

Dark 

Dur  Kinnana  .• 

Darkulla 

Darling 

Darlington  ,. . .. 
Dar  MaiiaBS  ..  •  < 
Dar  'Misse  Lad 
DdT  Misse  Lad  ■ 

Darnley ■ 

Daroca 

Dar  Runga . . . . . 
Dar  Tumurki .. . 

Daruigin 

Durvel 

Das  Contas  . . . . 

Das  Rolas 

Datilliboo 

Daumat 

Dauphin 

Dauphin 

Dauphin 

Davey • . 

David 

Davies  Gilbert  .. 

Davis's 

Davy's 

Day 

Dayfen f. 

Dead 

Dead 

Dead 

De  Algodones  . . 

Dean's 

Dease's 

Dease's 

Deas  Thompson 

Debai 

Debrera 

Debrctzin 

Deceit 

Deception  .  . . . . 

De  Creux 

Dedaius 

Dcde  Faudgnei  . 

Deer 

Deer  .  > 

Doer 

Deer  ........... 

Deer  Lake 

De  Gata 

Dehast  ......... 

Dehi  Nuu  ...... 

Deh  Koondee. . . 
Deh  Zungee  . . . . 

Deicfows 

Deikote 

Deir 


C\m. 


Cty. 

T. 

6. 

T. 

Hd. 

Dis. 

T. 

Dis. 

Dis. 

R. 

Bay 

T. 

Dis. 

Dis. 

C. 


R, 
I. 
T. 
T. 

Po. 

L. 

Ho. 

Po. 

Sh. 

Mt. 

In. 

So. 

R. 

Pt 

Sea 

Sea 

6. 

L 

L 

Bay 

R. 

Pt. 

T. 

T. 

8^- 

L 

C. 

Rks 

T. 

L. 

So. 

R. 

R. 

Ho. 

C. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

So. 

T. 

T. 


PniUao. 


Africa 

Georgia 

New  Grenada  . 
Asiatic  Russia 
Greenland  .... 

Africa 

Soudan  

New  S.  Wales  . 

England 

Nubia 

Bergoo  

Bergoo  

Brit.  America  . 

Spain 

Bergoo  

Bergoo 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Borneo 

Brazil 

Atlantic  Ocean 

Africa 

Arabia 

Madagascar.. . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
V.  Diemen'sLd. 

Africa 

Brit  America  . 

Labrador 

Scoresby's  Ld.. 
Oregon  Ten... 
News.  Wales. 

Russia 

Syria 

Tartary 

Mexico 

Polynesia 

Brit.  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 
Brit  America  . 

Arabia 

Africa 

Austria 

North  America 
South  Shetland 

Spain 

Africa 

Arabia 

Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 

Spain 

Tartary 

Great  Bucharia 

Cabul 

Tartary 

Spitsbergen 
Hindoostan 
Kordofan  . . 


an. 

Ub. 


N* 

G  e 

Gh 

Tc 

la 

O 

N 

VI 

Lo 

Og 

Ng 

Ng 

Db 

Ld 

Ng 

Ng 

Wc 

Th 

hi 

Pk 
Fc 
Fc 
Vm 

u 

Ic 

Ka 
Ea 

Vj 
Od 
Oe 
Pd 

Ee 

Cj 

Eb 

Eb 

Db 

Pf 

Lg 

Nd 

Bb 

Hh 

Md 

Oi 

Of 

Fc 

6b 

Fc 

Fb 

Fc 

Le 

Qe 

Qd 

Qe 

Qe 

Na 

Qf 

Og 


NuM*  of  Pluo,  fcc. 


De  ItaU 

De  Juen  ...    . 

DeKay 

De  la  Aguja  .. 

Delagoa 

Del  Ancd  .... 
De  Langle  . . . 
De  la  Vela  . . . 
Delaware  • . .  ■ 
Delaware  . .  •  • 
Del  Carbon . . . 
Del  Carmen  .. 
Del  Choco  . . . 
Delf  Haven  . . 

Delhi 

Delhi 

Deli 

Delibaba 

Dc  Limite  . . . 

Dolisle 

Deliverance  . . 
Deliverance  . . 
Deliverance  ■ . 
Do  Lobos  • . .  • 
De  los  Reyes  . 

De  Loss 

Del  Padre.... 
Del  Peregrino 

Del  Rey 

Delta 

Del  Toro 

Del  Valle  .... 
DeMadredeDios 

Demarara 

Demarcation  . . . 

DeMata 

Demavend 

Dembea 

Dembo 

Dcmbo  Kiala  .  • . 
Demyanska  .... 
Demyanska  .... 
De  Nahuelhuapi 

Denbigh 

Dender 

Deneschino  .... 

Dwial 

Deny's 

Denka 

Denmark 

D'Entrecastedux 

Dc  Palo 

De  Paxaros 

De  Penas  

Depeyster's  .... 

De  Piedras 

De  Piedras 

De   Principe    de 

Beira 

Dcr 


Dera  Ismaol  Khan 


Cha. 

rT 

Bay 

Bay 

Pt 

Bay 

Sta. 

Bay 

C. 

St. 

R. 

L. 

L 

Bay 

Po. 

Pr. 

Cy. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

C. 

Is. 

I. 

C. 

C. 

Pt 

Is. 

I. 

I. 

Pt. 

Dis. 

Bay 

L. 

Arc. 

Col. 

Pt 

C. 

Pk. 

L. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

L. 

C. 

R. 

T. 

Bay 

L^ 

Cty. 

Km. 

Pt 

C. 

L 

G. 

Gr. 

Pt 

Pt 

Ft. 
T. 
T. 


Piaitian. 


Chili 

Brazil 

New  Guinea  . . 

Peru 

Africa 

Nubia 

Mantchooria  . . 
New  Grenada  . 
United  States. . 
United  States. . 
Buenos  Ayrcs  . 

Mexico 

New  Grenada  . 
Greenland  .... 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Sumatra 

Asiatic  Turkey 
Buenos  Ayrcs  . 

Seghalien 

Australasia  . . . 
Australasia  . . . 

Louisiade 

Buenos  Ayres  . 

Bolivia 

Africa 

Mexico 

Polynesia 

Patagonia  .... 

Egypt 

New  Grenada  . 
Patagonia  .... 
Patagonia  .... 

Guiana 

Brit  America  . 

Luzon  

Persia 


inia .... 

Congo 

Congo 

Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 
Patagonia  ... 
North  America 
Africa... .... 

Russia 

NewHnUand. 
Indian  Ocean . 

Africa 

Europe 

New  Holland. 

Spain 

N.  Pacific  Oc. 
Patagonia. .. . 
Polynesia .... 

Brazil 

Patagonia  . . . 

Brazil 

Asiatic  Turkey 
Cabul 


ttit. 


HI 
Jk 
Vi 
G  i 
Ok 
O  f 
Vd 

Hg 

Go 

Ge 

II 

Ef 

Gh 

lb 

Rf 

Rf 

Sh 

Od 

HI 

Vc 

Hk 
Lh 
Ff 

Bj 

Hm 

Oe 

Gh 

Hk 

Hm 

Ih 

Cb 

^^ 
Pc 

o^ 

Ni 

Ni 

Qc 

Qc 

Hm 

Bb 

Og 

Sb 

Ui 

Pi 

Oh 

Mc 

Ti 

Le 

Cf 

Hm 

Xi 

Ji 

Hm 

Hj 
Oe 
Qc 


»r. 

Utt. 

....  1 

til 

•  •  •  •   • 

(k 

■a..^ 

Vi 

... .  < 

J  i 

( 

Jk 

....< 

D  f 

a  . .  ' 

Vd 

Ida. 

Hff 

es.. 

lie 

LC8.. 

Gt  e 

rc8  . 

U 

Ef 

Ida  . 

lih 

[b 

I  .. . 

Rf 

\  ... 

Rf 

Sh 

irkey 

Od 

res  . 

HI 

• .  •  • 

Vc 

I  .. . 

w,j 

X  ,. . 

Vi 

Wj 

rtea  . 

11 

Hk 

Lh 

■  •  •  • 

Ff 

t  •  •  * 

Bj 

Hm 

Oe 

ada  . 

Gh 

Ilk 

Hm 

Ih 

ica  . 

Cb 

Ur 

. .  * . 

Pe 

^? 

Ni 

.  •  •  • 

Ni 

isRia. 

Qc 

isatu . 

Qc 

•  •  •   • 

Hm 

lerica 

Bb 

•  •  •  •  ■ 

Op 

•  ■  •  •  • 

Sb 

ind. . 

Ui 

:an.. 

Pi 

.. .. . 

Oh 

Mc 

ind. . 

Ti 

Le 

Oc. 

Cf 

Hm 



Xi 



Ji 

••• 

Hm 

H,i 

urkej 

rOe 

Qe 

CONSULTING  INDKJf. 


35 


NwiM  nf  riiroa,  m. 


Dora  Gazco  Kliaii 

l)eraa 

Ikiiii'it 

Der  bund 

Dernu 

I)erpt  

Derr 

Deraon 

Dcrvazeli 

Desaguadcro  . . . 
De  Santa  Clara  . 

Des  Avcs 

Desbrowc 

Desconocida .... 

Dcscada 

Descngano 

Desert 

DcserUis 

Deserted 

Dos  Pranijais  . . . 

Desful... 

Deshkiii 

Desicrta 

Desire 

Des  Moii  '■ 
Desolada-    . 
Desolatio. 

Desolation 

Destruetion  .... 

Detkina 

DeTouro 

Detroit 

Deux  Fonts  .... 

Devil's 

Devil's 

Devil's  Thumb.. 

Dc  Vries 

De  Vries 

De  Witt  Clinton. 

Dc  Witt's 

Dexter's 

Dgerbinskoi .... 

Dhabi 

Dhalac 

Dhawalagiri. ... 

Dholporo 

Diamantino  .... 

Diamond 

Diana's 

Diarbekir 

Dibbah  

Dibbie 

Diedde 

Diego  Alvarez . . 
Diego  Garcia . . . 
Diego  Ramirez  . 

Diely 

Dieppe 

Dieu 

Digby 

Digby 


T. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

La. 

C. 

I. 

C. 

Ft 

L 

Bay 

I. 

I. 

Is. 

Fo. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Fa 

R. 

?t 

0. 

I. 

L 

R. 

Ft. 

R. 

C. 

Str. 

Bay 

Ft 

Ld. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Mt. 

T. 

T. 

Ft. 

Sh. 

??■ 

L. 

T. 

L 

I. 

Is. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

C. 


FwUoa. 


Sinde 

Egypt 

Asiatic  Russia 
HindoosUn  . . 

Barca 

Russia 

Niibia 

Mongolia .... 

Tartury 

Buenos  Ayres 

Mexico 

Venezuela  . .  ■ 
Scoresby's  Ld. 

Mexico 

West  Indies.  • 
Patagonia  . . . 
Indian  Ocean. 
Madcrias  .... 
Patagonia .... 
North  America 

Persia 

Russia    

Polynesia 

Patagonia  .... 
Wisconsin  Ter. 
Guatemala  .... 

Patagonia 

Indian  Otjan.. 
Oregon  Ter.. . . 

Russia 

Brazil 

Michigan 

Bavaria 

Wisconsin  Ter. 
Wisconsin  Ter. 
Greenland  . . . 
Kurile  Islands 

Java 

Brit  America 
New  Holland. 
Polynesia .... 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Arabia  . . . 
Red  Sea  . . . 
Hindoostan 
Hindoostan 
Brazil ..... 
Sumatra  ... 
Australasia . 
Asiatic  Turkey 
Arabia  .... 
Africa  .... 
Senegambia 
Southern  Ocean 
Indian  Ocean.. 
Patagonia  .... 

Timor 

France  

France  

Nova  Scotia .. . 
Kerguelen's  Ld. 


Qe 

Ne 

Pd 

Qe 

Ne 

No 

Of 

Td 

Qe 

Hi 

Be 

Hg 

Ka 

Ff 

Hg 

Hm 

Pm 

Ke 

Hm 

Co 

Fe 

Oc 

Wf 

Hm 

Fd 

G» 

Hn 

Qm 

Dd 

Sb 

Ji 

Gd 

Md 

Fd 

Fd 

la 

Vd 

Ti 

Db 

Tk 

Wf 

Tb 

Ff 

Og 

Rf 

Rf 

Ij 
Sh 

Wj 
Oe 
Ff 

Lit 

Kg 
Lm 

Qi 

Hn 

Ui 

Md 

Ld 

Hd 

Qm 


Clot 

Diggcs' I. 

Dijon Cy. 

Diknau  Erojot .   'It. 

Dil T. 

D'llheo Po. 

Diligence I. 

Dimitrovsk T. 

Dimon I. 

Dimokca Sta. 

Dinagepore T. 

Dinaporc T. 

Dindigul T. 

Dindory T. 

Dingle Bay 

Dinquitos T. 

Dirloudskoi  . . . .  C. 
Disappointment .  I. 
Disappointment .  I. 
Disappointment.  Bay 

Disco I. 

Disco Hk. 

Dittean T. 

Diu L 

Diu Hd. 

Dium C. 

DivRud R. 

Dixan T. 

Dixon's Ent 

Djar T. 

Djem R. 

DJisahah T. 

Djof Dis. 

D'Luiz R. 

Dnieper R. 

Dniester R. 

Dobbfl' C. 

Doce R. 

Doctrina T. 

Dofar T. 

Dofreiield Mts 

Dog L 

Dog L 

Dogdsa  R. 

Dog  Rib  Indians  Tr. 

Dolganova T. 

Dolgoi I. 

Dolmatov T. 

Dolonskoi T. 

Dolphin O. 

Dolphin Str. 

DulHfcad T. 

Douiboo Dis. 

Domboo T. 

Domel I. 

Domelans ,  T. 

Domet's C. 

Dom^es Tn 

Dommica I. 

Don R. 

Donna  Maria  ...  I. 
DonCoMacs.40.  Pr. 


<ca 


>MillM«. 

Brit.  Amc 
France  ..    . . 

Soliara 

Arabia    . .    . . 

Atrica 

Patagonia.. . . 

Russia 

Faroe  Islands 

Nubia 

Hindoostan  . . 
Hindoostan  . . 
Hindoostan  .. 
Hindoostan  .. 

Ireland 

ChiU 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Australasia 

Polynesia. . 

Patagonia.. 

Greenland  . 

Spitsbergen 

Hindoostan 

Hindoostan 

Hindoostan 

Japan 

Persia 

Abyssinia . . 
North  America 
Arabia  . 
Tartary 
Great  Bucharia 

Arabia > . 

Brazil 

Russia 

Russia ... 
Brit  America  . 

Brazil 

Buenos  Ayres  . 

Arabia 

Norway 

Greenland  .... 

Polynesia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit  America  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Falkland  Is.. .. 
Brit.  America  . 

Norway 

Aftica 

Africa 

Bay  of  Bengal. 

Borneo 

New  Holland. . 

Africa 

West  Indies.. . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
N.  Pacific  Oc. . 
Russia 


Rcf. 

uu. 


G  b 

Md 

Lf 

Ff 

Mk 

Hn 

Oc 

Lb 

Og 

Rf 

Rf 

Rg 

Rf 

Lc 

Hk 

Wc 

Xn 

Cj 

Hn 

lb 

Na 

Rf 

Qf 

Qf 

Ve 

Ff 

Og 
Dc 
Of 
Fd 
Qd 

Og 
Ik 
Oc 
Nd 
Gb 
Tj 
Hk 

Pg 
Mb 
Tb 

Cj 

Vb 

Dd 

Tb 

Tb 

Qo 

Re 

In 

Eb 

Mb 

Nf 

Nf 

S 

T 

Oi 

Oe 
Df 
Od 


,  ) 


I  J 


.ir, 


d. 


'■:<■ 


■■'■:"! 


t 


-I  ■'I 


■s.s-^ 


'1'^ 


I 

M  f 


m.    > 

] 


il 


1.   I 


I 


■; 


II 

11 


36 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


Namn  of  PIum,  %c. 


CU» 


takkia. 


i>on(la 

iJunilra  Huad  •• 

Uunegal 

DuncUk 

Uoiij^u 

IJoiigulu 

Dongola 

Uongula 

Dorijan 

Donkin 

Donmase 

Doniiai 

IXxibaunt 

Doobaunt 

Doorasatna . . .  • 

Dooshak 

Dorak 

Dorchester .... 
Dorchester .... 

Dornoch 

Doroiskoi 

Doroninsk  .... 

Dorre 

Dorset 

Dos  Forcados. . 
Dos  Monies  . . . 

Dos  Patos 

DoSul  ....... 

Dotaniea 

Douasso 

Double 

Double  Island  . 

Doubno 

Doubtcherskaya 

Doubtful 

Doubtful 

Douda 

Doudinskoi  . .. . 

Douditta 

Doughty 

Douglas  ...... 

Douglas 

Douglas 

Douives 

Doulagoulack. .. 

Ooulga 

Douma 

Douro 

Dove 

Dover 

Dover 

Dover 

Dow 

Dowlatnbad  . . . . 

Downes 

Drah 

Draha 

Draha 

Dragon's 

Dram 

Dranki 


Pt.    Celebes 

C.    [Ceylon 

T.    jlreland 

T.     Russia 

Cty.  Africa 

C»".  Nubia 

1       Africa 

LuLy  Nubia 

Dis.  Bcngucla  .... 

R.     Africa 

I.      Norway 

T.    Cambodia 

L.     firit.  America 
R.     Brit.  America 
T.     Asiatic  Turkey 
Des.!CabuI • 


T. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

G. 

R. 

R. 

L. 

L. 

Tr. 

T. 

Pt. 

PL 

T. 

T. 

Is. 

Har 

R. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

C. 

Har 

Bay 

R. 

T. 

Sta. 

R. 

Bay 

T. 

Pt. 

Str. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

Dis. 

R. 

Mth 

T. 

T. 


Persia 

Lower  Canada . 
Brit.  America  . 

Scotland 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Australasia . . . . 
Brit.  America  . 

Benin 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Missouri  Ter.  . 

Africa 

New  S.  Wales . 
New  S.  Wales  . 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Australasia.. . . 
New  Zealand. . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
North  America 
Lower  Canada. 
North  America 
Brit.  America  . 
Greenland  . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Nubia 

Kordosan 

Portugal 

Spitsl^rgen  . . . 

England 

New  Holland. . 

Europe  ( 

Red  Sea  

Hindoostan  . . . 
S.  Pacific  Oc... 

Barbary 

Suse 

Barbary 

New  Grenada  . 

Norway 

Asiatic  Russia. 


Ref. 
LoU. 

ijir 

Rh 
Lc 
Od 
Nh 
Og 

Ng 
Of 
Mj 
Nk 
Mb 

Fb 

Fb 

Oe 

Qe 

Pe 

Hd 

Gb 

Lc 

Td 

Tc 

Tk 

Gh 

Mh 

Tj 

II 

Ji 

Pd 

Lg 
Vj 
Wk 
Nc 
b 
Tl 
Xm 
Sb 
Rb 
Sa 
Dc 
Hd 
Be 
Fb 
la 
Ub 
Og 
Og 
Ld 
Na 
Mc 
Ui 
Mc 

Og 
Rf 
Gh 
Le 
Lf 
Lf 
Gh 
Mo 
Wc 


Nu>M  of  flwo,  fcc. 


Drave 

Dresden |C: 

Dresich 

Drewyer's 

D.  Rodurigucs  . . 

Droglicda 

Drumera 

Dronthcim 

Drontheim 

Drunimond 

Drummond 

Drummond's  . . . 
Druminondton . . 

Dry 

Dry 

Dry  Fork  . .  . . 
Dsake  Toupson  . 
Dsanlarkeng  . . . 

Dsatchou 

Dschabekan .... 

Dublin 

Dubuque . 

Ducburo 

Duche 

Ducies 

Duck 

Dudley  Diggs  . . 

Duff 

Duff's 

Duida 

Duillican 

Duke  of  Clarence 
Duke  of  Kent's. 
Duke  of  York's. 
Duke  of  York's. 
Duke  of  York's. 
Duke  of  York's. 

Dukla 

Dulce 

Dulce 

Dulwich 

Dumaran 

Dumfriei) 

Dunabui  g 

Duncan 

Duncan's 

Duncansby's  . . . 
Dundas 


CUa. 


Dundas 

Dundas 

Dundad 

Dundee 

Duneira  ...... 

Duneira 

Dungui 

Dunlop's  Range. 

Dunrora 

Dunvegan 

Duralde 

Durando 

Durango 


K. 

1': 

R. 

Bk. 

T. 

T. 

Div. 

t'- 

Pt. 

I. 

T. 

Bk. 

Fd. 

R. 

L. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

Cy. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

I. 

Ls. 

C. 

I. 

Gr. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Bay 

Arc. 

I. 

I. 

Bay 

1'. 

G. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

Hd. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

C. 

T. 

Bay 

Mts. 

R. 

Mts. 

T. 

Ho. 

T. 

Rf. 

St. 


<VaiUn. 


Austria 

Saxony  

Egypt 

Oregon  Tcr.  . . 
South  America 

Ireland 

Guinea 

Norway 

Norway. . .  .. . 

Michigan 

New  S.  Wales  . 

Polynesia 

Virginia  

Australasia... . 
Spitsbergen  . . . 

Mexico 

Thibet 

Thibet 

Thibet 

Mongolia ..... 

Ireland 

Wisconsin  Ter. 

Africa ■ 

Montchooria  . 
Polynesia. . . . 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Polynesia. . .. 
Australasia... 

Africa 

Luzon 

Polynesia  .... 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
North  America 
Polynesia .... 
Brit  America 

Austria 

Guatemala .. . 
Buenos  Ayres 
New  S.  Wales 
Malaysia  .... 

Scotland 

Russia 

S.  Pacific  Oc. 
S.  Pacific  Oc.. 

Scotland 

Africa.. .... 

Oregon  Ter... 
Polynesia  .... 

Brit  America 

Scotland 

Greenland  . . . 
Brit.  America 

Africa 

New  S.  Wales 

Soudan 

Brit  America 
Buenos  Ayres 
Australasia  .. 
Mexico 


Hit. 
Lei*. 


Nd 
Mc 
Ne 

Be 

Jj 
Lc 

Lh 

Mb' 

Mb 

Gd 

VI 

Xi 

Ge 

Vj 
Ma 
Fe 
Re 

Sf 
Se 
Sd 
Lc 
Fd 

Lg 
Vc 
Dk 
Fa 
Ha 
Ck 
Xi 
Ng 

I^ 
Ai 

Fb 

Eb 

Dc 

Ai 

Gb 

Nd 

Gh 

Ek 

Wi 

L  c 

Nc 

Eh 

Gi 

Lc 

Oi 

Dc 

Xi 

Ea 

Lc 

la 

Ha 

Ni 

Vi 

Mh 

Ec 

Hk 

Xk 

Ff 


/ 


1 


[^ 


■a 


Rr(. 
UU. 

Mc  j 
Ne 

Cc  1 

Jj 

Lc 

Lh 

Mb' 
Mb 
Gd  I 
VI  I 
Xi  I 
tie  ' 

Vj 

Ma 

Fe 

Re 

Sf 

Se 

Sd 

Lc 

Fd 

Vc 
Dk 
Fa 
Ha 
Ck 
Xi 
Ng 

Ai 

Fb 

Eb 

Do 

Ai 

Gb 

Nd 

Gh 

Ek 

Wi 

Lc 

Nc 
Eh 
Gi 
Lc 


... 

Oi 

Dc 

Xi 

:a  . 

Ea 

... 

Lc 

la 

ca  . 

Ha 

•  •  • 

Ni 

ea  . 

Vi 

•  •  • 

Mh 

ca  . 

Ec 

res  .  H  k 

...Xk 

•  ■  •  • 

Ff 

I 


CXJNSIILTING  INDEX. 


Smnofrtiiem.lu.     CU» 


Diirango 

Durazzo ■ 

Durhuiii 

IJurnford 

Durnford 

Durnford  Nobs. 

Uu  Roi 

Dusky 

Dusseldorf  .  •  ■ . 

Dutch ., 

Dutcheri .' 

Duvour's 

Dwabin 

Owi 

^wight 

l.K'ina 

D'vVoirs 

Dyer's 

Dyer's 

Dyjr 


Eagle 

Elagle  ........ 

Eagle 

Eanei  Nomauwe 
EardleyWihnot 

Earo 

East 

East 

EaEt 

East 

East 

East 

East 

East 

East 

East  Andaman's 
East  Bothnia  . . . 
East  Branch .. . . 

Easter 

Easter 

Elttstern 

Eastern  Grri^p. . 
East  GrecuWid  . 
East  India  Of. 's. 

East  Main 

East  Main    . . . . 

East  Main 

East  Mt  l^jtrn 

Easton 

I^astPena.... .. 

EJafttport 

East  Vctagen. .     . 

Ebeloi 

Eboe 

Ebon • .  • 

Ebro 

Ebsambal 

EclipM 

Eddy  Stjne  . . . . 
Edel's 


taiiiM. 


T. 

T. 

T. 

PU 

Ft 

C. 

I. 

Bay 

Cy. 

Sb. 

Tr. 

Is. 

T. 

L 

Sta. 

R. 

L 

I. 

C. 

Dis. 

L 

Is. 

HI. 

L 

C. 

R. 

Sea 

L 

L 

C. 

C. 

C. 

Ft. 

Ft. 

Ft 

Is. 

Dis. 

R. 

I. 

Cls. 

Sea 

Is. 

Cty. 

Cty 
Ho. 
R. 

Mt8. 

T. 

Is. 

T. 

I. 

L. 

Cy. 

Is. 

R. 

T. 

Is., 

I. 

Ld. 


Mexico 

I'urkcy 

England 

Africa 

Caffraria 

Madagascar  .. . 
Oregon  Ter. .. . 
New  Zealand . . 

Prussia 

Indian  Ocean . 
Mantchooria  . 
Australasia  . . 
Ashantee  .... 

Soudan  

Western  Ter. . 

Russia 

Polynesia  .... 
Cape  Colony  . 
Brit.  America 
Bergoo  


fUL 

uu. 


Indian  Ocean 
Indian  Ocean 
Brit.  America 
New  Zealand. 
Brit.  America 
Madagascar . . 
Spitsbergen  . . . 
Falkland  Is.... 

Malaysia 

Asiatic  Russia 
Madagascnr.. . 
New  Zealand . . 
Anticosti  Island 

Java 

New  Guinea  . . 
Bay  of  Bengal. 

Russia 

Brit.  America  . 

Polyneskd 

Africa 

Asia 

Australasia .... 
Greenland  .... 
Persian  Gulf . . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
New  Holland. . 
Pennsylvania. . 
Brit  America  . 

Maine 

Loffoden  Isles . 

Tartary 

Benin 

Polynesia 

Spain 

Nubia 

Australasia... . 
Australasia... . 
jNew  Holland .. 


Ff 
Nd 
Lc 
Oi 
Ok 

Dc 

X  ni 

Mc 

Oi 

Ud 

Vi 

Lh 

Ng 

Fe 

Ob 

Xi 

NI 

Hb 

NI 

Pi 

Qi 

Ec 

XI 

Fa 

Pj 

Na 
n 

Sj 
Ab 

Pj 

XI 

Hd 

Ti 

Vi 

Sff 

Nb 

Dc 

Ek 

Nk 

Uf 

Ul 

Ja 

Pf 

6c 

6c 

6c 

Tl 

Gd 

6c 

Hd 

Mb 

Qc 

Mh 

Xh 

Lh 

Of 

Tl 

Vm 

Tk 


Utam  ot  fUtm,  kc. 


rtvliaa. 


Eden T. 

Edenton T. 

Edfou ('y. 

Edpar Pt 

Eagccombe  . . . .  C. 
Edgccumbo  ....  I. 
Edgccumbe  ....  Bay 

Edina T. 

Edinburg Cy. 

Edir 1*. 

Edmonton Ho. 

Edsan R. 

Eclah Cty. 

Eclah Cy. 

Eelah R. 

Egatclie R. 

Egcdesminde  . . .  Dis. 

Egeroe I. 

Egg Har 

Egg R. 

Egga T. 

Egma G. 

Eglinton C. 

Egmont I. 

Egmont I. 

Egmont Is. 

Egmont C. 

Egmont Po. 

Egmont Mt 

Egoy Is. 

Eguan R. 

Egypt Cty, 

Ei T. 

Eia R. 

Eiford T. 

Eight  Degree. . .  Ch. 

Eimeo <.  I. 

Ejallfio T. 

Ekarma I. 

Ekasitach R. 

Ekaterinburg. . .  Cy. 
Ekaterinoslav  50  Pr. 
Ekaterinoslav . . .  Cy. 
Ekathcrinipol  . .  T. 
Ekatherinodar . .  T. 
Ekatherinograd.  T. 

Ekehtagh R. 

Ekesio T. 

Eknas T. 

Ekrostrov T. 

Elaghoui H. 

Elance R. 

El  Araich T. 

El  Ared Dia. 

ElArish T. 

Elas L. 

Elatom T. 

Elba I. 

Elbaaaon T. 

Elbe R. 

El  Biddah T. 


Svritt 

North  Carolina 

Egypt 

Falkland  Is.. . , 
North  America 
Austrulasiu  . . 
New  S.  Wales 

Liberia 

Scotland 

Asiatic  Turkey 
Brit  America  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Asia 

Soongoria 

Soongaria 

Asiatic  Russia . 
Greenland  .... 

Norway 

New  Jersey  . . . 
Brit  America  . 

Soudan 

Greece 

Brit  America  . 
Australasia  . . . 
Indian  Ocean.. 

Polynesia 

New  Zealand. . 
West  Indies.. . 
New  Zealand . . 

Polynesia 

Brit  America  . 

Africa 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia 

Norway 

Maldivis  Is.  . . 
Polynesia ..... 

Sweden 

Kurile  Islands. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia . 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Aaiatic  Russia. 

Sweden 

Russia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Oregon  Ter... . 

Morocco 

Arabia 

Egypt 

Sweden 

Russia 

Mediterran.  Sea 
Turkey  . . 
Germany . 
Arabia  . . . 


37 

tlH. 
Uk. 

o7 

Ge 

Qf 
In 
Cc 

n 

Lh 
Lc 
Oo 
Ec 
Ub 
Rd 
Qd 
Qd 
Wb 

b 
Mc 
He 
Fb 
Mh 
Ne 
Ha 

Qi 
Cj 
XI 
In 

XI 

Vg 

Gc 

Of 

Tb 

Od 

Mb 

Qh 

Bi 

Nb 

Wd 

Ub 

Pc 

Od 

Od 

Od 

Od 

Od 

Ub 

Nc 

Nb 

Ob 

Rb 

Ed 

Le 

Pf 

Oe 

Nb 

Oc 

Aid 

Nd 

Mc 

Pf 


U  hi 


m 


\i^:' 


"    i\ 


\h 


11 


f 

;r,".1 


i" 


t    jlj 


i   1 


38 


Nuaa  of  PbMa,k*< 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


Elbing 

El  Urakcn 

Elburutt  

El  Corn  boy  . . . . 
El  Coinpiiclo  • . . 

Eldborg 

Ele 

Elephant 

Elephant 

Elephant 

Elctz 

Elcuthcra 

Elovc 

Eleven 

El  Fezn 

EIFow 

Elfwedal  

ElGanka 

ElGuzie 

EIHamid 

El  Hammer . . . . 

Elim 

Elimone 

Eliza 

Elizabeth 

Elizabeth 

Elizabeth 

Elizabeth 

Elizabeth 

Elizabeth 

Elizabeth 

Elizabeth 

Elizabethgrad  . . 

Elizabeth's 

Elizabeth  ToKvn. 

ElJem 

El  Juncal 

El  Kaoul 

El  Kazar 

ElKhatiif 

Elk  Hom 

El  Lamdou  . . . . 
EI  Laughmoot .. 

Ellefaens 

EUice 

Ellice'a  Group . 

Ellichpore 

Elliott 

EUore 

El  Makkarif. . . 
El  Mensoria. . . 

Elmina 

Elmore 

Elmosseguem  . 

El  Obispo 

El  Paposo 

EI  Refugio.... 

£1  Shatt 

Elsineur 

Eluths 

Elvas 


nail  JOB. 


T. 
Tr. 
Mt 
I. 

C. 
T: 
R. 
I. 

Shs. 

T. 

I. 

C. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Sta. 

T. 

T. 

Rks 

I. 


C. 

Bay 

Pt. 

Har 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

cy. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Hur 

I. 

Is. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Ft. 

Is. 

Sta. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

Peo. 

T. 


PrusHia 

Africa 

I  Asiatic  Rukhiu. 
|Caribbcan  Sea. 

{Bolivia 

Iceland 

*t.^-lcliooria  . . 

I  Shetland 

j'Mbiquc  . . 

,  ..iw  Guinea  . . 

Russia 

Bahamas 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Indian  Ocean  . 

Tibcsty 

Fczzan 

Sweden 

Arabia 

Africa 

Barbary  

Atrica 

Cape  Colony  . . 
Africa..  .\.... 
Australasia... . 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

North  America 

Seghalien 

Africa 

Brit.  America  . 
Brit.  America . 

Russia 

Australasia  .. 
V.  Diemen's  Ld. 

Tunis 

Chili. 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Morocco 

Arabia 

Missouri  Ter.  . 

Soudan  

Fezzan 

Powel's  Group. 
Brit.  America  . 

Polynesia 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Mississippi. .. . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Nubia 

Morocco 

Ashantee 

Polynesia 

Sahara 

Chili 

Chili 

Mexico 

Algiers 

New  Zealand. . 

Mongolia 

Portugal 


Rif. 

n7 

Od 

«g 
Hk 
Kb 
Vd 
lo 

Vi 
Oc 
Gf 

Va 

Qi 

Nf 

Mf 

Mb 

Pf 

Kf 

Lf 

Mf 

Nl 

Lg 
Wk 

Ak 

Si 

Be 

Vc 

Nk 

Gb 

Fa 

Od 

Vi 

Vm 

Me 

Hk 

Xb 

Le 

Pf 

Fd 

Mf 

Jo 

Cb 

Xi 

Rf 

Ge 

Rg 

Og 
Le 

Lh 

Xh 

Mf 

Hk 

Hk 

Ff 

Me 

Mc 

Sd 

Le 


I  ol  FUoi,  fee.      CIm*. 


El  Wah  d  Bah. 

ryeh 

El  Wahr 

El  wend 

ElWinjga 

Ely...  

Elythia 

Emba 

Emba 

Embacca 

Embden 

Embomma   . . . . 

Emboque 

Emerald 

Emerald 

Emfras 

Emicale 

Emil 

Ems 

Emuaen 

Enangen 

Enara  . .  ■ 

Enara 

Enarea 

Encarnacion.. .. 

Encounter 

Encounter 

Endeavour 

Enderby's 

Enderby's 

Endcrmo 

Endian 

Endracht's  .    ... 

Endurman  

Enfonte  Perdu  .. 

Engano 

Engano 

Engano 

Engeloe 

England 

Engleiield 

English 

English 

English 

English 

English 

English  River  . . 

Engousa  

Enisei 

Enkasy 

Enkuysen 

Ennves 

Eno 

Enon 

Ensenada  de  San 
Borombon .... 

Ensene 

Enterprize 

Entre  Rios 

Enzelli 

Eooa 


Or. 

su. 

Mt 
T. 

Vf- 

G. 
R. 

r. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

Str. 

R. 

R. 

Pt 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Dis. 

I. 

Bay 

Pt 

R. 

Ld. 

I. 

Har 

T. 

Ld. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

C. 

C. 

I. 

Km. 

C. 

Ch. 

Sh. 

Har 

R. 

R. 

Dis. 

T. 

T. 

Dis. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 
T. 
Ft 
Pr. 
T. 
L 


rMiui». 


Egypt 

Africa 

Persia 

Fezzan 

England 

Egypt 

Tartary 

Tartory 

Angola 

Hanover 

Loango 

Changamcra  . 
Arabian  Gulf. 
Southern  Ocean 

Abyssinia 

Russia 

Soongaria 

Germany 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Sweden 

Russia 

Russia 

Abyssinia 

Polynesia 

New  S.  Wales  . 
Brit  America  . 
New  S.  Wales. 
Southern  Ocean 
Southern  Ocean 

Japan 

Persia 

New  Holland. 

Nubia 

Polynesia  .... 
Malaysia  . . .,. 

Hayti 

Luzon 

Norway 

Great  Britain  . 
Brit  America 

Europe 

Southern  Ocean 
Guatemala ... . 

Africa 

Brit.  America  . 
Brit  America  . 

Barbary 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Ashantee 

Iceland 

Norway 

Russia 

Cape  Colony  . . 

Buenos  Ayres  . 

Egypt 

Brit  America  . 
Buenos  Ayres  . 

Persia 

Polynesia 


N  f 

Mf 

I'e 

Mf 

Mc 

Of 

Pd 

Pd 

Ni 

Mc 

Mi 

Oj 
Of 
Wn 

Og 

Od 

Rd 

Mc 

Ab 

Nb 

Nb 

Nb 

Oh 

Dk 

VI 

Db 

V 
Po 

Xn 
Vd 
Pe 
Tk 
Og 
Aj 
Si 

Hg 

Ug 

Mb 

Lc 

iGb 

Lc 

Ki 

Gh 

Ok 

Fc 

Ec 

Me 

Sc 

Lh 

Kb 

Mc 

Ob 

Nl 

II 

Of 

Eb 

li 

Pe 

Ak 


1 

«#f, 

jeu. 

•  •  •   i 

...  y 

<<• 

...  1 

'o 

...I 
. . . ! 

Af 
Ac 

...  ( 

if 

...1 

»d 

...1 

Pd 

...1 

Vi 

... 

Me 

....1 

Vli 

a  ..< 

3j 

ilf..< 

[)f 

cean 

Wn 

. .. . 

Off 



t)d 

•   •  •  • 

Rd 

•  •  •  • 

Mc 

ssia. 

Ab 

• .  •  • 

Nb 

•  •  *  • 

Nb 

•  •  ■  • 

Nb 

•  •  •  * 

Oh 

•  •  •  t 

Dk 

ties  . 

VI 

ica  . 

Db 

lies. 

Vj 

>ccan 

Po 

)ccan 

Xn 

.... 

Vd 

• . . . 

Pe 

nd.. 

Tk 

.... 

Si 

.... 

Hff 

.... 

Vg 

.... 

Mb 

kin  .. 

Lc 

'ica  . 

6b 
Lc 

)ceaii 

Ki 

L.... 

6h 
Ok 

rica  . 

Fc 

nca 

Ec 

iMe 

i88ia 

Sc 
Lh 
Kb 
.Mc 
Ob 

ny. 

Nl 

^res 

.11 
.Of 

nca 

.Eb 

ytea 

•  •  •  • 

•  •  •  • 

.li 
.Pe 

.  Ak 

•        -'' 

CONSULTING  INDEX. 


39 


I  of  Fteca>,  kc. 


Epkromov  . 
Gpiphanc  . . 
Fpworth  . . . 
Equador . .  • 
Elquador . . . 
Erbinska  ■ . 
Eregup .... 

Erekli 

Erekli 

Erfurth 

Ergetu  .... 

Erghi 

Erie 

Erie 

Erivan 

Erivan 

Eriau 

Eroubeia 

Erromango 

Erronan 

Erzerum 

Erzi 

Escandon  

Eschchollz 

Eschholtz 

EskiShehr 

Esmeraldas  . .  ■ . 
Esmeraldas  . . . . 

Esneh  

Espenberg  

Esperance 

Espirito  Santo . . 
Espirito  Santo . . 
Espirito  Santo . . 
Esj'irito  Santo . . 

Esquimaux 

Eiquimauz 

Esquimaux 

Esquimaux 

Esseno 

Esaequebo 

Essequebo 

Esthonia...  .18. 

Esiremoz 

Esutia 

Eszek 

Etawney 

Etchin 

Ethiopian 

Etna 

Eton  Gel.. ... . . 

Eunice's 

Eupbrolea 

Eurocn 

Europa 

Eustis 

Evans 

Evening 

Evrasheehey  • . . 

Evora 

Evreux 


PMUna. 


■ft 


T. 

C. 

Pt 

Rep 

Dep 

T. 

I. 

Cy. 

Bay 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

&■ 

T. 
R. 
L 
L 

?: 

T. 

L 

Bay 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

Bay 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

Tr. 

L 

C. 

Vil. 

T. 

CoL 

R. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

R. 

Arc, 

ML 

T. 

I. 

R. 

C. 

Rks 

L. 

In. 

I. 

L 

T. 

T. 


Russia 

Cyprus 

Brit  America  . 
South  America 

Equador 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Polynesia 

Asiatic  Turkey 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Prussia 

Soongaria 

Mongolia 

Pennsylvania. . 
North  America 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Austria 

Asiatic  Russia . 
Australasia... . 
Australasia  . . . 
Asiatic  Turkey 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Mexico 

Polynesia 

North  America 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Equador 

Venezuela  .... 

Egypt 

North  America 
New  Holland. . 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Cuba 

Mexico 

Labrador 

Labrador 

Brit  America  . 
Scoresby's  Ld.. 

Africa 

Guiana 

Guiana 

Russia 

Brazil 

Mexico 

Austria 

Brit  America  . 

Mongolia 

Indian  Ocean.. 

Sicily 

Soongaria 

Polynesia . . . . . 

Asia 

Japan  

Indian  Ocean.. 
Missouri  Ter.  . 
Briw  America  . 

Polynesia 

North  America 

Portugal 

France  


Oc 

Oe 

Eb 

Hi 

G  i 

Ub 

Xh 

Od 

Od 

Mc 

Qd 

Td 

Gd 

Gd 

Od 

Od 

Nd 

Qb 

Xj 

Xj 

Od 

Oe 

Ff 

Xg 

Bb 

Oe 

Gh 

Hh 

Of 

Bh 

Ul 

J 

J 

Gf 

Gg 

He 

Ho 

Fb 

Ka 

Ni 

Ih 

Ih 

No 

Ji 

Fg 
Nd 
Fc 
8d 

?j 
e 

d 

Ak 

Pe 

Vd 

Ok 

Ed 

6b 

Uh 

Be 

Le 

Md 


:i 


I  of  ItMB,  *C. 


Evrert... 
Exeter... 
Exeter... 
Exmouth 
EzploiU . 
Eydal  . . . 
Eyoo  ... . 
Eyhu . . . 


C. 

Cy. 

Buy 

G. 

Bay 

T. 

C 


Clx 


Fadcfskoy  — 
Faden-Hutun  . 

Fudish 

Fudla 

Fagerhult .... 

Fahlun 

Fahucoo  

Faillce 

Fair 

Fairfield 

Fair  Foreland 
Fuirweather  .. 
Fairweather . . 
Fairweather . . 

Fairy 

Falaba 

Falalcp 

Falcon 

Falcon 

Falcon's  .... 

Faleme 

Falkland 

Fall  Indians . . 

Falls 

Falls 

Falmouth .... 

Faloo 

False 

False 

False  Cape  Horn 
False  Washita 

Falso 

Falster 

Famagusta .. . 

Family 

Fanado  

Fang-ming. . . 
Fang-tsiang . . 

Fanhoa 

Fanimboo. . . . 
Fanlingtao . . . 
Fanning's .... 
Fanshawe .... 

Fantee 

Faraday 

Farafanghanc 
Farahubad  . . . 

Farnlis 

Farallone  .... 

Farcol 

Farewell 

Farewell 


I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Pt 

I. 

Sta. 

C. 

C. 

C. 

Mt 

I. 

T. 

I. 

C. 

In. 

I. 

R. 

Is. 

T*. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

Bay 

Bay 

C.^ 

R. 

C. 

I. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I, 

I. 

C. 

Dis. 

C. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

Is. 

I. 

I. 

C. 


PnMM. 

Scoresby's  Ld.. 

England 

Brit.  Amrrica  ■ 
New  liulland. . 
Ncwibundland. 

Iccliind 

Soudun 

Prussia 


lur. 


Kb 
i.  c 
Mb 
Tk 
Id 
Kb 
M  h 
Nc 


Asiatic  Russia.  iV  a 


Corca 

Africa 

Arabia 

Sweden 

Sweden 

Polynesia. . . 

Borneo  

Scotland  .... 
Western  Ter, 
Spitsbergen  . 
Patagonia . . . 
North  America 
North  America 
Brit  America  . 
Senegambid  .. . 

Polynesia 

Algiers 

Patagonia 

Polynesia 

Senegarabia.. . 
Southern  Ocean 
Brit  America  . 
Oregon  Ter... . 
Oregon  Ter... . 

England 

Polynesia  .... 
New  Zealand. . 

Africa 

Patagonia  .... 
Western  Ter.  . 
Uruguay  .... 

Denmark 

Cyprus 

Brit  America  . 

Brazil 

Mantchooria  . . 

China 

Corea 

Africa 

Corea 

Polynesia 

Brit  America  . 

Ashantee 

South  Shetland 

Africa 

Persia 

Polynesia  ..... 

Mexico 

Asia 

Polynesia 

Greenland  .... 


Ud 
Oh 
Of 
Nc 
Nb 

I? 
Ti 

Lc 

Fe 

Ma 

Hn 

Cc 

Cc 

£b 

Lh 

Vg 

Lc 

Hn 

Bk 

Lg 

I  n 

Ec 

Ed 

Dd 

Le 

Wh 

XI 

Nl 

H  n 

Fe 

II 

Mc 

Oe 

Fc 

Jj 
Ud 

Te 

Ue 

Lg 
Ue 
Bh 
Ga 
Lh 
.»  o 
Pk 
Pe 
Vh 
De 
Qh 
Aj 
lc 


M 


'■J 


In; 

Hi 

1  :• 
i  ■  \ 


( 

v 


t'Tl 


:-> 


tm 


! ::  n 


:iA 


W?S«i^P^Wi 


4U 


CONSULTING  INtEX. 


Nuxa  tit  I'Uui,  *c. 


Kaf  owvll 

Fuibo 

Faro 

Fiiroo 

Farquhar  .... 

Farrcri 

Farroilep 

Fan 

Furtasli 

Fartaah 

Fatciiio 

FaUUio 

Fattaconda .. . 

Fattooha 

Fatuiva 

Favorite 

Faxe 

Fayal 

Fayette 

f  aycttcville  . . 
Fuyettcville  . . 

F'ear 

Foarnall 

Fedja 

Fedoticht^  .... 

Feejee 

Feid 

Feig 

Feb 

Feldkirch .... 
Foledy  Atollon 

Felix 

Felix 

Fellatas 

Fellfoot 

Felosicu 

Fenatica 

Fengue 

Fenuara 

Ferbanna 

Fermo 

Fernandina  . . . 
Fernando  Noron- 

ha 

Fernando  Po  . . . 

Ferrato 

Ferokabad  

Ferro 

Ferrol 

Ferrol 

Ferrol 

Fertit 

Fervinskoy  Noss 

Fethaland 

Fetigo 

Fetliir 

Fetuiiha 

Feysfirah  Arabs. 

Fez 

Fczzan 

Field 


C. 

T. 

T. 

Ii. 

C. 

T. 

I. 

Pr. 

T. 

C. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

Bay 

R. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

Bay 

Bay 

R. 

Ifl. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

Mt 

C. 

Peo. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Ifl. 

T. 


rwilwn. 


I. 
I. 

C. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

Dis. 

C. 

Pt 

Dis. 

I. 

I. 

Tr. 

Cty. 
R. 


New  Zealand 
Soncgambia . 
Portugal.  ■  ■ . 
Northern  Ocean 
New  Holland . . 

Africa 

Polynesia 

Persia 

Arabia 

Arabia 

Corca 

Polynesia 

Scncgambia  .. . 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Iceland 

Azores 

Oregon  Tor.  .. 
Noclh  Carolina 

Arkansas 

North  Carolina 
Brit.  America  . 

Nubia 

Asiatic  Russia 

Polynesia 

Arabia 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Austria 

Maldives 

Africa 

Brit  America  . 

Soudan  

Brit.  America  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Mexico 

Mantchooria  . . 

Polynesia 

Senegambia . 

Italy 

Cuba 


Hrt 

UU. 


Brazil 

Africa 

Sardinia  

Hindoostan  . . . 
Canary  Islands 

Peru 

Spain 

Peru 

Africa 

Nova  Zcmbla. . 

Scotland 

Africa 

Scotland 

Polynesia 

Africa 

Morocco 

Africa ■ 

New  S.  Wales . 


X  m 
Lg 
Le 

Lb 
Tk 

f? 

Ue 
Ve 
Lg 
Ci 

t^j 

Aj 

Kb 

Ke 

Ed 

Ge 

Fe 

Ge 

Fa 

Of 

VVb 

Xj 
Of 
Vh 

Vg 
Md 
Qh 

l« 
Fb 

Mg 

Ga 
Sa 
Ff 
Ud 

Md 
6f 


Ji 

Mh 

Me 

Rg 
Kf 

Gi 

Ld 

Gi 

Nh 

Ra 

Lo 

Nh 

Lc 

Ci 

Oh 

Le 

Nf 

VI 


Nana  fif  I'Una^  k€. 


Fierro 

Fighig 

Figurm 

Fifdcs 

Filek 

Filning-chow  .. 

Finistcrrc 

Finland 

Finldy 

Finley 

Fiomark 

Firando 

Fire 

Firouzabad .... 

First 

Firth  of  Forth  . 
First  Volriino .. 

Fish 

Fish 

Fisher 

Fisher's 

Fisher's 

Fisher's 

Fishing 

Fiskeroe 

Fister 

Fitats 

Fittre 

Fitzgerald 

Fiume 

Five , 

Five 

Fizen 

Flomboro 

Flannan , 

Flagstadoe  . . . . , 

Flat 

Flat 

Flat 

Flat 

Flat  Bow 

Flat  Bow 

Flat  Bows 

Flat  Heads 

Flat  Heads 

Flattery 

Flattery 

Flaxman 

Fleming 

Flinder's  Wreck 

Flint 

Flint's 

Flora 

Florence 

Florence 

Flores  

Flores  

Flores  

Flores  

Florida  ........ 

Florida 


C. 

T. 

Is. 

Str. 

T. 

Cy. 

C. 

Cty 

Ho. 

R. 

Div. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

Bay 

As 

R. 

Bay 

C. 

C. 

I. 

I. 

L. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

Bay 

T. 

Is. 

I«. 

T. 

Hd. 

I. 


AaiUn. 


1. 
I. 
I. 

c. 

PL 

L. 

Ho. 

Tr. 

Tt. 

Ho. 

C. 

C. 

Is. 

In. 

Rf. 

HI. 

L 

I. 

Cy. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

Ter. 

C. 


Algiers 

Barbary  

Asiatic  Russia. 
.South  Shetland 

Nubia 

China 

Spain 

Europe 

Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 

Norway 

Japan 

Iceland 

Persia 

Madagascar... 

Scotland 

Polynesia 

Africa. 

Greenland  . . . . 

Africa 

Brit  America  . 

Polynesia 

Russia 

Brit  America  . 

Russia 

Norway 

Japan 

Soudan 

Brit  America  . 

Austria 

Polynesia 

Malaysia 

Mantchooria  . . 

England 

Scotland 

Loffoden  Isles . 
Spitsbergen  . . 
Ba^  of  Bengal 
Asiatic  Russia 

Borneo 

Oregon  Ter.  .> 
Oregon  Ter... 
Oregon  Ter.  . 
Oregon  Ter... 
Oregon  Ter.  . 
Oregon  Ter.  . 
New  S.  Wales 
North  America 
Scoresby's  Ld. 
Australasia  .. 
Guiana  .^.... 
Polynesia.... 

Iceland 

Tuscany ..... 
Alabama  .... 
Mexico ...... 

Azores 

Uruguay  .... 

Bolivia 

United  States. 
Florida 


net 
u*. 

We 

Le 
Va 
lo 

8? 

Ld 

Nb 

Fc 

De 

Nb 

Ue 

Kb 

Pf 

Ok 

Le 

Vf 

Nk 

lb 

Ok 

Ea 

Vf 

Nb 

Fc 

Nb 

Mc 

Ve 

?» 
6a 

Md 

Xh 

Uh 

Vc 

Mc 
Le 

Mb 

Na 

S» 
Va 
Ti 
Ed 
Ed 
Ed 
Ed 
Ed 
Dd 

XJ 

Ca 
Ka 
Wk 
Ih 

Bi 

Kb 

Md 
Ge 
Fg 
J  e 
1 

Hj 
Gf 
6f 


■  1 

Rr(. 

Ui>. 

— «-—  • 

... 

Vie 

... 

Ne 

•ia. 

V  t 

wd 

lo 

...  < 

^1 
Uf 

.... 

... 

Ld 

... 

Nb 

ca  . 

Fc 

ca  . 

Dc 

•  •  « 

Nb 

f  •  • 

Ue 

Kb 

•  •  • 

Pf 

r... 

Ok 

•  #  •  • 

Lc 

•  •  t  • 

Vf 

•  •  •  • 

Nk 

•  •  •  • 

lb 

•  •  •  a 

Ok 

ca  . 

Ea 

•  •  •  • 

Vf 

•  •  •  • 

Nb 

ica  > 

fc 

•  •  »  » 

Nb 

•  •  »  * 

Mc 

•  »  •  * 

Ve 

•  *  •  • 

nr 

ica  . 

Ga 

•  •  •  • 

Md 

•  •  •  • 

Xh 

•  •  •  ■ 

Uh 

la  .. 

Vc 

■  •  *  • 

Mc 

•  •  »  • 

Le 

les. 

Mb 

.   •  *  • 

Na 

g.». 

2« 

isia. 

Va 

•  •  •  * 

Ti 

r... . 

Ed 

r.... 

Ed 

r.  .. 

Ed 

:... . 

Ed 

r.  .. 

Ed 

p.  .. 

Dd 

les . 

v,i 

inca 

Ca 

Ld. 

Ka 

•  »  • 

Wk 

•  •  •  • 

Ih 

•  •  .  • 

Bi 

•       •  » 

Kb 

t  •  •  • 

Md 

•  •  •  • 

6e 

»  •  •  • 

Fg 

■  •  •  • 

Je 

•  •  •  • 

11 

•  «  •  • 

Hi 

es.. 

Gf 

.... 

Gf 

"^ 


C-ON8LLT1NG  INDEX. 


41 


I  of  Phcn,  »«.      CU»  1 


Floridd 

Florida 

Flori* 

Fludst 

Foernund  . . . 
Foe  Fclounc. 

Fo^ro 

Fogo 

J-'oggy 

Foggy 

F°?»y 

Foiz 

Fokina 

Foldcried  . . . 
Fol(rer*H  .... 

Folingo 

Fond  du  Lac 
Fong.yang.  . 
Fonseca  .... 
Fontenoy  . . . 
Foota  Jallon. 
FootaToro.. 

Forbes 

Ford 

Foreland .... 

Forfar 

Forks  

Formentera. 
Formigas  . . . 
Formigas  . . . 
Formosa .... 
Formosa  .... 
Formosa  .... 
Formosa .... 
Formosa  .... 
Foro  Liua. . . 
Forrestiers  .. 

Forster 

Forster's .... 
Fortaventiira 

Foi  i,une 

Fortune 

Fortune 

Fortune 

Fort  Wayne 
Forty  Four 

gi-ee 

Foster's 

Foting 

Foul 

Foul 

Foul 

Foula 

Foubdougou  . 
Foul  weather. . 
Foul  wind  .... 

Fourda  

Four  Island  Point 
Fourth  . 
Foveaux 
Fowler's 


T.     Mexico, 
Rl's.  Florida  , 


Is. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

Is. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Ft, 

T. 

Cty. 

Cty. 

C. 

Fd. 

T. 

Ft 

I. 

Is. 

I. 

Ch. 

Str. 

H. 

I. 

C. 

Bay 

Mt 

Har 

I.. 

I. 

Ld 

Bay 

Bk. 

T. 


De. 


Malaysia 

Denmark 

Sweden  

Mantchooria  . . 
Ncwfoundlind. 
JCapc  Verd  lo.  . 
jNorth  America 
North  America 
North  America 

France 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Norway 

Polynesia 

Sweden 

I  Brit.  America  . 

China 

Guatemala  .... 

France 

Africa 

Africa 

Polynesia 

New  Holland .. 
Spitsbergen  . . . 

Scotland 

Oregon  Ter.  . . 

Spain 

Peru 

Azores 

Eastern  Sea. . . 
Eastern  Sea .. . 

Africa 

Eastern  Sea. . . 
Africa ....... 

Brit.  America 
Australasia ... . 

New  S.  Wales 
Brit.  America 
Canary  Isles  . 
Indian  Ocean 
Brit.  America 
Newfoundland 
Indian  Ocean . 
Indiana 


Is. 

Bay 

L 

Bay 

So. 

Pt 

I. 

T. 

C. 

C. 

T. 

Fac. 

I. 

Str. 

Bay 


IM. 
Um. 

77 

(i  f 

Uh 
Mc 
M  b 
Ld 
d 
Kg 
Ca 
Be 
Be 
Md 
Sb 
Mb 
Wg 
Nb 
Ec 
Te 

ll 

Ld 

Lg 
Vf 

Uj 

Ma 

Lc 

Dc 

Me 

pi 

Ke 

Uf 

Uf 

Mh 

Uf 

Mh 

Fb 

Tk 

VI 

Hb 

Lf 

Qm 

Hb 

Id 

Pi 

Gd 


S.  Pacific  Oc. 
Scorcsby'sLd.. 

Sweden 

Nubia , 

Spitsbergen  . . 

Africa 

Scotland 

Africa 

Oregon  Ter.. . 
New  Zealand. . 
Mantchooria  . 
Greenland  . . . 
Madagascar .. 
New  Zealand. 
Brit.  America 


Am 

Ka 
Mb 
Of 

Na 

L  c 

Lh 

Dd 

X  m 

Ud 

la 

Ok 

Xm 

Eb 


Cb«. 


Hay 

Is. 

R. 

Ch. 

'I'r. 

C. 

Cty, 


Fowler's 

Fox 

Fox 

Fox 

Foxes 

Foxnosa 

France 

Franco 

Francis 

Francis 

Franfuis 

Fragoso < 

Fragua  

Frankfort,  Free 

Frankfort 

Frankfort 

Franklin 

Franklin 

Franklin 

Franklin 

Franklin 

Franklin 

Frazer 

Frazer's 

Fredenburg  . . . 

Fredensburg.. . 

Frederick 

Frederick 

Fredericksburg 

Fredericksburg 

Fredericksburg 

Frederickshall . 

Fredericksham . 

Frederickstadt . 

Fredericksthal . 

Frederickton  . . 

Freel's |C 

Freestone |ls. 

Free  Town... 

Frecwill's .... 

Frejus 

Frem  antic  . . . 

Fremona 

French 

French    

Fresnillo 

Frqycinet'B . . . 

Friedland .... 

Friendly 

Fries]  and  .... 

Frigid 

Frio 

Frio 

Frisco 

Frisker-naer . . 

Frobisher's. .. 

Frooerne 

Froyen 

Frozen 

Frozen 

Fry 


UlK, 


I. 

C. 
R. 
T. 
R. 
Cy. 

Bay 

L. 

C. 

Ft 

Ft 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Ho. 

Rf. 

T. 

T. 

Ft 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Sta. 

;cy. 


New  Holland.  • 
North  .\incrica 
Hrit.  America  ■ 
Brit  America  ■ 
Wisconsin  Tor. 
Spitsbergen  .  •  ■ 

Europe 

Indian  Ocean  . 

Polynesia 

Kerguclcn's  Ld 
Upper  Canada  . 

Brazil 

New  Grenada  . 

Germany 

Kentucky. .. . , 

Prussia 

Missouri 

Pennsylvania. 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Oregon  Ter... 
Oregon  Ter... 

Guiana 

Aflrica 

Brit  America 
Australasia  .. 

Virginia 

Cape  Colony  . 

Africa 

Sweden 

Russia 

Norway 

Greenland  . . . 
N.  Brunswick 
Newfoundland. 
Labrador 

T.     Africa.. 

I.      Polynesia 

T.     France 

T.     New  Holland.. 

T.     Abyssinia 

I.      Polynesia 

Sh.   Atlantic  Ocean 

T.     Me.xico 

Har  New  Holland. . 

T.     Prussia 

Is.     Polynesia 

Pk.  Sandwich  Land 

C.     Brit  America  . 

C.     Africa 

C.     Brazil 

R.     Guinea 

Dis.  Greenland  .... 

Str.  Brit.  America  . 

I.      Norway 

I.      Norway 

Is.    Spitsbergen  . . . 

Str.  Brit.  America  . 

C.    iBrit.  America  . 


(I  I 

Ac 

Fc 

(;  b 

Fd 

Na 

Md 

Pj 
Hi 

Qm 
Gd 
li 
Hh 
Mc 
Ge 
Nc 
Fe 
Gd 
Db 
Fb 
Ga 
Db 
Dc 
Dc 
h 
Mh 
Gd 
Wk 
Go 
Nl 
Lh 
Mc 
Nb 
Mc 
Id 
Hd 
Id 
He 
Lh 
Uh 
Md 
Tl 
Og 
Bj 
Kh 
Ff 
Tk 
Nc 

Aj 
Kn 
Gb 

Mj 
Jk 

Lh 

lb 

Hb 

M  b 

Mb 

Na 

Gb 

Hb 


•>  r 


' » .  1 ,  ! 


■"I 


'( 


•ill'  I 


■A 


1 


It 


i  ' 


If   > 


li 


Wi 


'i 


4'2 


CONSL'LTING  INDI-IX. 


FiilMiot 

Fuerto 

FlllJH 

Fiitf  Inoc 

Fiili'diow 

Fuhk'-en 

Fiilila 

Fulda 

Fullurton 

Fulton 

Funclml 

Funchal 

Funda 

F'uiidy 

Funcn 

Funifaro 

Funil 

Funinff-chuw .  < 
Funt>cnow  . . . . 

Fura 

Furneauz 

Furneaux 

Furo 

Furrah 

Furrah 

Furruckabad  . . 

Fury 

Futtchpore  . . . . 


Gabida 

Gaboon 

(»aboon 

Gad 

Gadamis 

Gael  Hamkes  . 

Gaeta 

Gaffa 

Gago 

Gago 

Gagolski 

Gaih 

Gaines 

Galapagos  Kay 

Galutz 

Galega 

Galena 

Galeta 

Galicia 

Galissioniers  . . 

Galla 

Gollapagos  .... 

Gallatin's 

Gallego 

Gallegos 

Galleons 

Gallinas 

Gttllipoli 

Galloon 

Galveston 

Galway 

Galway 


Uis. 
i. 
I. 
I. 

^'' 
Pr. 

Cy. 

Cy. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

T. 
T. 
Cy. 

MU,. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Str. 

T. 

T, 

Cty. 

R. 

Fr. 

Cy. 

Bay 

T. 

T. 

Km. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Ft 

I. 

T. 

I. 

?'• 

Fr. 

Rk. 

Tr. 

Is. 

R. 

Is. 

R. 

Bk. 

Ft. 

T. 

Bay 

Bay 

T. 

Bay 


Magadoxa  . .  ■ 
New  ('Tfnada 
Malayvia  . .  ■  ■ 
Far(N)  Ivlands 

China 

China 

Brit.  America 
He)is«  Caiwrl . 
Brit  America  . 

Arkansas 

Madeira 

Denmark 

AfVica 

North  America 

Denmark 

Darfur 

Brazil 

China 

China 

Africa 

Australasia..- . 

Polynesia 

Brazil 

Cabul 

Cabul 

Hindoostan  .  ■  ■ 
Brit  America  . 
Hindoostan  .  ■ . 


Soudan 

Africa 

Africa 

Arabia 

Tripoli 

Scoresby's  Ld.. 

Italy 

Russia 

Africa 

Soudan  

Asiatic  Russia. 
Beloochistan  . . 

Georgia 

Bahamas 

Turkey 

Indian  Ocean.. 

Illinois 

Mediterran.  Sea 

Austria 

Atlantic  Ocean 

Africa 

S.  Pacific  Oc... 
Missouri  Ter.  . 
S.  Pacific  Oc... 
Patagonia  .... 
Atlantic  Ocean 
New  Grenada  . 

Turkey 

China 

Texas 

Ireland 

Ireland 


Ph 
Gh 

Tf 

Tf 

(ib 

Mc 

Gb 

Fe 

Ke 

Mc 

Mh 

Hd 

Mc 

If 

Vf 
Tc 

y 

Qe 
Qe 
Rf 
Gb 
Rf 

Mi 
Mh 

P? 
Me 

Ka 

Md 

Od 

Mg 

Mg 

Qb 

Pf 

6e 

Gf 

Nd 

Pj 
Fd 
Me 

Nd 

Ig 
On 
Eh 
Ed 
Gh 
Hh 

Ig 
Hg 

Nd 

F? 
Lc 
Lc 


Htmrn  of  Hum,  tt. 


Gamalty 

Gambia 

Gan)bia 

( .ambicr'a 

Gamble 

(•ambocs 

I  ( ianila  Carleby  . 

I  Gan 

!  Ganam 

I  (langcs 

'  (langporo 

Ganhwuy 

Ganjam 

(iannct 

Ganthcaume's  . 

Gapsel 

Garajuos 

Gardafui 

Garde 

Gardeia 

Gardiner 

Gardner's 

Gardner's 

Gardner's 

Gardner's 

Garjam 

Garnet's 

Gamier 

Garonne 

Garrett 

Garry 

Garry 

Garry 

Garry  Pelly  . . . 

Gartube 

Gaspar  Rico* . . 

Gaspe 

Gasper 

Gatel 

Gatineau 

Gatrone 

Gau  el  Kebir  . . 

Gauritz 

Gau  Shenkien  . 

Gavala 

Gavarea 

Gavenki 

Gaza 

Gaze 

Gdov 

Geba 

Gebel  el  Kumri 

Gebrakcn 

Geelvinks 

Creesh  

Geeza 

Gefle 

Geip 

Gelesninskaya . 

Gelle  Daniga  .. 

Gellivar 


^allta■. 


(;. 

Vol. 

R. 

I. 

Bay 

Tr. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

I. 

Bay 

T. 

I. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

Bay 

Bay 

R. 

I. 

C. 

Ft. 

L. 

Is. 

T. 

I. 

Bay 

Str. 

T. 

R. 

^- 

R. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

Pt 

T. 

T. 

Mts 

I. 

Bay 

9y- 

&• 
T. 
T. 
T. 


Jn|Min 

Africa 

Kcnrgonibia  .. 
Polynesia  .... 
Brit  America 

Africa 

Russia 

Mongolia  .  •  ■ . 
Asiatii-  Russia 
Hindoostan  .  ■ 
Hindotmton  . . 

China 

Hindoostan  . . 
New  Zealand. 
New  Holland. 

Russia 

Indian  Ocean.. 
AOica.. .  •  • 
Iceland ... 

Barbary 

Maine 

Polynesia 

Gallapagos  .... 
Australasia  • . . 
N.  Pacific  Oc. . 

Africa 

Azanaga 

Brit  America  . 

France 

Brit  America  . 
Brit.  Ami^rica  . 
Brit.  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 

Mongolia 

Polynesia 

Lower  Canada. 

Malaysia 

Mindanao 

Lower  Canada. 

Fezzan  

Egypt 

Cape  Colony  . . 

Egypj 

Cyprus 

Asiatic  Ruasia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Syria 

Brit  America  . 

Russia 

Senegambia  . . . 

Africa 

Japan  

New  Guinea  . . 

Abyssinia 

Egypt 

Sweden 

Africa 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Senegambia.  .* 
Sweden 


Vd 
Kg 

dK 

(>a 
Ni 
Nb 
Td 
Vc 
Rf 
Rf 
Tc 

Tk 

Nc 

V 

Me 

Hd 

An 

Fi 

Wi 

Af 

Mn 

Lf 

Fa 

Ld 

Fa 

Fa 

Fc 

Fb 

Cb 

Rd 

Xg 

Hd 

Ti 

Uh 

Gd 

Nf 

Of 

Nl 

Of 

Oc 

Wo 

Wc 

Oe 

Fb 

Nc 

ks 

Oh 
Vd 
Ui 

s« 

Oe 

Nb 
Nk 
Re 
L 

N 


i: 


^mmmmm 


CONHL'LTINU  lNl>iiX. 


I 


(fulova 

( itnatur 

(icm-va 

<  iuneva 

<icnil 

<  tf  nuik 

<iuographur'i  ■ 

(jvurifo 

GooTffo 

(teorgo 

( ieotgo 

Gi-ori;e 

(jJt'orgo 

GoorKo 

Goorgu 

Uoori^u 

UoorffC 

(tcorj^o 

OooTga  III.  •  • 
GcoTfrc  IV.'s  Co- 
ronation . .  • 

Georgetown  .• 
Georgetown  .• 
Georgetown  .• 
Georgetown  .• 

Georgia 

Georgia 

Georgia 

Geofgia 

Georgian  . . .  • 
Georgievtk .  •  • 

Gcrma 

Germany  .... 

Gerona 

Geuvetbn .... 

Ghad 

Ghandygha  . . 

Ghauta 

Ghelintchik  . . 
Gher^onge  . . . 

Gheria 

Gherri 

Ghezan 

Ghilan 

Ghillaka 

Ghimnies  .... 

Ghir 

Ghirisk 

Ghiznee 

Ghofan 

Ghoor 

Ghoraut 

Ghow 

Ghraat 

Ghroodwa  .   . 

Ghyda 

Giadronissi . . . 

Gibeh 

Gibraltar 

Gibraltar 

Gibraltar 


T. 

R. 

Cy. 

Bay 

T. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

R. 

L. 

Ft 

Ft 

I. 

I. 

Mt 

Arc. 

G. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

St 

ft. 

o. 

I. 

II. 

^^• 

Cty. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Mtd. 

T. 

7: 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

Tr. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Dis. 
Mt 
Pr. 
T. 

5?- 

R. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Str. 


Uto 


Rucaia  .  •  •  • 
Kordufan  . . 
Swita-rlttiid  . . . 
New  York.... 

Spain 

dinia 

New  Holland . . 

Tobago 

V.  Diemen'a  Ld. 
('ape  Colony  ■ . 
Kerguelen'M  Ld. 
Brit.  America  . 
New  S.  Walea  . 
Brit  America  . 
Oregon  Ter.  . . 
HouUiern  Ocean 
Indian  Oosan 
Enderby'a  Ld. 


Pb 

Og 

Md 

Gd 

Le 

Md 

Tl 

liK 

Vm 

Nl 

Qm 

He 

VI 

Be 

Dd 

q1 

Po 


Nortli  America  C  c 


Brit  America  . 
AfO'naion  I... . 
South  Carolina 

Guiana 

Bermuda 

United  States. . 
Aiiatic  Ruaaia 
Oregon  Ter... . 
Southern  Oocan 

Polyneaia 

Asiatic  Ruaaia. 

Fezzan 

Europe 

Spain 

Guatemala .... 

Africa 

Aaiatic  Russia. 
Hindooatan  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Hindooatan  . . . 
Hindoofltan  . . . 

Nubia 

Arabia 

Persia 

Montchooria  . . 

Barca 

Barbary 

Cabul 

Cubul 

Ashantee 

Persia 

Ta^ry 

Beloochistan  . . 

Fozzan 

Fezzan \... 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Candia 

Arabia 

Spain 

Venezuela 


firjam^- 


Eb 

LI 

Ge 

i' 

Ge 

Pd 

Dd, 

in 

Cj 

Od 

Mf 

Mc 

Md 

S? 

Vb 

Q 
O 

Sf 

s« 

Pe 
Uc 
Ne 
Le 
Qe 
Qe 
I.h 
Qe 
%^ 

Sf 
Nf 
Ra 
Ne 
Of 
Le 
Hh 
Le 


(«ibs<Mi  . 
Gibaoa  . 
Gidid  .. 
Giuavar. 
Gifl'ord 


C. 

Ft 

T. 

T. 

R. 


GitTord iMt 


Giganak 

Giycri 

(>iion 

Gila 

(;ilbcrt'a 

Gilbert'a  ... 

Gilcva , 

Gil|(it 

Gilion 

Gilliskaal  ... 

Gilolo 

Ginga 

Gingiro 

Girana 

Girgc 

Girgf  iiti .... 

Girlau 

Giama 

Giv«t 

GiaUk 

Gladatono . . . 
Glasgow  .... 
Glasgow  .. . . 

Glazov 

Gloceater  . . . 
Gioccster  . . . 

Glogau 

Glommen  .. . 
Gloriosa  .... 
Gloucester  . . 
Gloucester  . . 
Gloucester  . . 
Gloucester  . . 
Gloukhov  . . . 
Gluckstadt . . 
Gnadenthal . . 

Gnarp 

Gnaungrue. . 

Gnesen 

Gqi> 

GoaX^houng . 
Goabattee. . . 

Goat 

Gc^t  Pen  . . . 
Godavery  . . . 
Gofderich.. . . 

Godin 

Godt-haab... 
God's  Mercy, 
God's  Mercy 

Goj^a 

Goleonda  . . . 
Goleonda  . . . 

Gold 

Gnldingen . . . 


7 

5i' 

L 

Are. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

Pr. 

T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
C. 

^- 

T. 
C. 
C. 

^'- 

Is. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

Ho. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

5^- 

I. 

R. 

U. 

T. 

R. 

Stiu 

C. 

I. 

R, 

T. 

I. 

Cat 

T, 


Brit  America 
Miaauuri  Ter. 

Nubia 

Ndrway  

Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Asiatic  Ruaaia 

Algiers 

Spain 

Mexico 

Polyneaia 

Polynesia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Kaschgur 

Malaysia 

Sweden 

Malaysia 

Congo 

Africa 

Abyssinia 

Eg^pt 

Sicily 

Turkey  

Japan 

France    

Russia 

Scoresby's  Ld. 

Scotland 

Kentucky 

Russia 

Patagonia 

Now  S.  Wales  . 

Prussia 

Sweden 

Indian  Ocean  . 

England 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Brit  America  . 

Russia 

Denmark 

Cape  Colony  . . 

Sweden 

Birmah 

Prussia 

Hi/idoostan  . . . 

Birmah 

Hindoostan  . . . 
S.  Pacific  Oc.. . 
Wisconsin  Ter. 
Hindoostan  . . . 
U(M>cr  Canada  . 
Oicgon  Ter, . . . 
Greenland  . . . . 
Brjt  America  . 
Bfit.  America. . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan , . . . 

Polynesia 

Gpmea 

Russia 


43 


LM. 


r^'-^ 


K 

a 

a 

b 
Ub 
Mo 
Ld 
Ee 
Xh 
Xh 
Sb 
Qe 
Ti 
Mb 
Uh 
Ni 
Oh 

8? 

Me 
Nd 
Ye 
Mo 
Oo 
Ka 
Lc 
Go 
Pc 
Hn 
Vk 
No 
Mb 

L  c 

ci 
Go 
Oc 
Mc 

Nl 
Nb 
Sf 

Nc 

?« 

8? 
Gl 
Fd 

Gd 
Ed 
M» 
«b 
Gb 
Rf 

Dil 
Lh 

Nc 


•  I  ■' 


i'^ 


i 


■   'I! 


\    '«: 


i  h' 


!• 


■;'  V 


l)'- 


Ir, 

II;  f^' 


44 


CONBULTING  INDKX. 


lof  riMMiU 


(ialiud. 

(•oluvin 

(toloviiin 

( tolowutiiL'hffr. . 

(•oIm 

(tointieroon. . . . 

(■oiiiiTa 

(tomul 

(ionavo  

<  iondar 

(ronva  ....... 

(toniuh  .    

Gunxalov 

(•oob«r  

(toodciiuu^li. .. 

(fooduroo  

(ioodercx) 

(lood  Fortuno  . 
iiowi  ilopo. .. . 
(tood  Ifopo. . . . 
(iiood  Succesi. . 

Uoofa 

Gooniah 

Gounong^  Telia. 

(lOOS 

Guoty 

Goram 

Gordon 

Gordon's 

Gore 

Gorce 

(rorc'a  

Goro'R 

Gorsfona 


Cttm. 

tT" 

Mt. 

Bay 

C. 

T. 

T. 

1. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Cty. 

Mt. 

Uia. 

T. 

I. 

C. 

Bay 

C. 

r. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Mt. 

Biy 

Bay 

I. 

I. 

Bay 

I. 

Mt. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 


Gori  Karaumet 

( iorizia 

Gorodetz 

Gorodetzk 

Gorndisleho  . . . 

Goruiloi I. 

Goroo I. 

Ooroo I. 

Gorruckpore. .. .  T. 

Gortope T. 

Gosir T. 

Golha Cy. 

Gotiietn T. 

Gothliind Div 

Gothland I. 

Gotoijego T. 

Got.  Siinds I. 

Gottcnburg Cy. 

Gottingon T. 

Gotto I. 

Giiugh's I. 

Goulbum T. 

GoutlHirn R. 

Goulburirs I. 

Gouriev Cy. 

Gournion T, 

Gousinay,  North  C. 


tatlln*. 

faiti 

Nova  Znmbla. . 
North  Aiiarica 

Hvghalien 

Hoongarla 

Peraia 

Canary  lalua  . . 

Cabul 

Wcat  Indies. . . 

Abyniinia 

Abyiainia 

Aiialic  Turkey 

Toxaa 

Africa ...... 

Brit.  America 
Abyssinia. . .. 

Abyssinia .... 

Maluysia  .... 

Capo  Colony  . 

Japan 

Patagonia.. .  ■ 

Arobia 

Ilindoostan  . . 
Celubos 


Qe 
Hg 

Si! 

Od 
Ff 
Mg 

Cb 
Oh 
Oh 
Si 
N  I 
Vd 
fin 
Of 
Rf 
Uh 
Nubia Of 

Vi 
Po 

Eb 
Gb 

$1 

X  m 

Gh 

Pd 

Md 

Oc 

Ob 

Pc 

Ac 

Rf 
Re 

Mc 

No 

Mc 

No 

Mg 

No 

.Me 

Mc 

Ue 

L  m 

VI 

VI 

Uj 
Pd 
Mg 
Pa 


Hindooston 
Australasia  .  • . 
Enderby's  Ld. 
Brit.  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 
Sencgambia. . . 
North  America 
Now  Zealand. . 
New  Grenada  . 

Tartary 

Austria 

Russia 
Russia 
Russia 
North  America 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Thibet 

Arabia 

Saxe  Gotha  . . , 

Gothland 

Swed<;n 

Baltic  Sea  .... 

Soudan 

Daltir  Sea  ... . 

Sweden 

Hanover 

Japan  ........ 

Southern  Ocean 
New  S.  Wales  . 
New  S.  Wales  . 
Australasia... . 

Tartary 

Soudar. 

Nova  Zombin  .. 


urn. 


Vf 

Pa 

Be 

V 

R 

P 

K 


Gousinny,  Houth 
(jiov.  Farquhar's 

Gowcr's 

'  (ioyanna 

Goyax 

(f  oxxo 

(toxzo 

Graaf  Reynct  . . 
Gracias  a  Dios. . 

Graciosa 

Graciosa 

Gradiska 

(•radon 

(iraham  Moore'i 
Graham  Moore  . 

Graham's 

Graham's 

Grampus 

Granada   

Granada 

Granard 

Grand 


Grand 

Grand 

Grand  

Grand 

Grand 

Grand 

Grand  

Grand  Bassam 
Grand  Canary  . . 
Grande  


Grande .... 
Grande  .... 
Grande  ..... 
Grande  ..... 

Grande 

Grande  del  Norte 
Grand  Port.. 
Grand  Sesters 

Grane 

Granger's  .... 

Grant 

Grantlov 

Granville  .... 

Grass 

Gratiot 

Gratz 

Gravcsend  . . . 

Gray 

Gfay's 

Greasy 

Great 

Great 

Great 

Great 

Great 

Great 

Great 

Great 

Great  Aloui  . . 


V. 

lit. 

I. 

T. 

Pr. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

C. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

Bay 

C. 

T. 

Ld. 

I. 

^^: 

Mt 

R. 

R. 

R. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

L. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

R. 

R. 

R. 

L. 

L. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Ho. 

Har 

L. 

T. 

Ft 

Cy. 

T. 

Hk. 

Har 

L. 

Dcs. 

Bay 

Bay 

I. 
I. 
L. 

Key 
R. 


.Nova  /«inhla 
AimtraliiNia  . 
AustriiUvia.. 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Candia 

Mi'ditcrran.  H«!u 

a|)o  (Colony  . . 

Guatemala  .. . . 

Azores 

('anary  IsleH  . , 

Turkey 

NewH.Wnl<'H  . 
Brit.  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
('ape  Colony  . . 
South  Shetland 

Polynesia 

Spain 

Guatemala  .. . . 
New  S.Wales  . 
BuenoN  AyrcH  . 
Missouri  Ter.  . 

Michigan 

Paraguay 

Lower  Canada . 
Missouri  I'cr.  . 

Michigan 

N.  Brunswick  . 

Guinea 

Canary  Isles  . . 
Senegambia  .. . 
South  America 

Mexico 

Brazil 

Bolivia 

Buenos  Ayres  . 

Mexico 

Isle  of  France . 

Liberia 

Arabia 

Polynesia 

Brit  America  . 
North  America 
Brit.  America  . 

France  

Michigan 

Austria 

England 

Spitsbergen  . . . 
Oregon  Ter... . 
Brit  America  . 

Africa 

New  Guinea  . . 

Africa 

Austrulasia  . . . 
Australasia... . 
Spitsbergen  . . . 
Brit  America  . 
Australasia... . 
Asiatic  Russia. 


••I. 
uu. 


Pa 

w^ 

Wi 
J  i 

Ij 
Ne 
Mo 
Nl 

^•« 
Kc 
I,  f 
Nd 

Vj 
Fa 
[Ga 
Nt 
Ho 
Vf 
Lo 

;;f 

Hk 
Fc 
Gd 
k 
Od 
Fd 
Gd 
Hd 
Lh 
Kf 

L«r 

Ik 

Ef 

Ji 

Ik 

HI 

Ff 

Pk 

Lh 

Pf 

V 

F 

Ab 

Fc 

Md 

Gd 

Nd 

Mc 

Ma 

Dd 

Db 

Mf 

Vi 

Kf 

Vm 

Vj 

Na 

Db 

Ui 

Wb 


I 


Uu. 

FT 

Wi 
J  i 

Ij 

,  N  e 
•  Mo 
.  Nl 

.  Kc 

.  I.  r 

.Nd 
•Vj 
.  F» 


II 0 
Vf 
Lo 

Hk 
Fc 
G(i 
Ik 
Od 
Fd 
Gd 
Hd 
Lh 
Kf 
Lg 
Ik 
Ef 
Ji 
k 
HI 
Ff 
Pk 
Lh 
Pf 

Vg 

Fd 

Ab 

Fc 

Md 

Gd 

Nd 

Mc 

Ma 

Dd 

Db 

Mf 

Vi 

Kf 

Vm 

Vj 
Na 
Db 
Ui 


I 


.Wb 


ttlNMl'ITINO  INDKX. 


4^ 


|itaaiM<4  nw«,t«. 

(irrat  Altai  . ..  • 
(•rt-at  Aitii-riuttn 
(ircat  Aiiiliiiiian. 
(iriMtt  Kuliuiiit  •  • 

(•rtriit  Ik'ur 

(•rent  Ut-tr 

(ircat  UucImtU  ■ 
(•rent  i'ayiimn  .. 
(•rcat  ('oinoro  .  ■ 
(•root  l)()orn. .  •  • 
(iroat  Nutunu  .• 

<  treat  Fi«h 

(ireat  Fi«h 

Great  Fiiih 

(ifoat  Gangei... 
Groat  Indian  .  ■  • 
Groat   Kooropar' 

tachia 

Great  Nicobu  . . 
Groat  Ouzon.x  < 
Great  Tfurl  .... 
Groat  Portage  • . 
Groat  Saline .... 

Great  Suit 

Groat  Sandy .... 
Great  Slave  .... 
Groat  Swan  .... 
Great  Talba. . . 
Great  Volcano  • 
Great  Wardein 
Great  Whale  . . 

Greene 

Green 

Groen 

Green 

Green 

Green 

Green 

Green 

Green  Lake  . . . . 

Greenland 

Greenough 

Greensboro 

Greenville 

Greenville 

Greenville 

Greenwich 

Gregory 

Greiga 

Grenada 

Grenadines 

Grenna   

Grennae 

Grenoble 

Gret-chakovka. . 

Griazovits 

Griffin 

Griffith 

Griffith' 

Griffith's 

Grigan 


Ml. 

Uu*. 

I. 

I. 

L. 

Mt. 

Cty. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

I. 

R. 

K. 

Ray 

Dei. 


MiMigolia 

MiMoitri  'I'vr. 
Iky  oi  lii  iiKsl 
llaliaiiiaN  .... 
ilrit.  AiiK  ru-u 
Brit.  Aiui^rii-a 

Asia 

Went  Iiidii'N .. 
Indian  Otx-uii 
Cupu  (juluny  . 
.Malaysia  .... 
Brit.  Atncriiia 
Cu|M)  Culoiiy  . 

Africa 

Polynesia  .... 
Hindoostan  . . 


R. 

I. 

R. 

Bk. 

L. 

Fk. 

Dcs 

Dos 

L. 

Pt 

R. 

Is. 

T. 

R. 

Cty 

C. 

Bay 

R. 

L 

I. 

L 

I. 

Ho. 

Cty. 

Mt 

T. 

T. 

C. 

R. 

L 

C. 

C. 

I. 

la. 

Sta. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Pt 

C. 

Pt 

I. 

L 


rT 

Fe 
Hff 
(if 
Db 
Db 
Uo 
<*» 

S  I 
Th 
Fb 
Nl 
.Mj 

"J. 
Qf 


Asiatic  Russia. 
Bay  of  Bengal. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Persian  Gulf . . 
Wisconsin  Ter. 
Missouri  Ter.  . 

Persia 

Mongolia 

Brit.  America  . 
V.  Dicmcn's  Ld. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Polynesia 

Austria 

Brit  America  . 

Europe 

New  S. Wales. 
United  SUtes.. 
Capo  Colony  • . 
Australasia  . . . 

Labrador 

Polynesia  .... 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
North  America 
North  America 
North  Carolina 
South  Carolina. 
News.  Wales. 

Asia 

South  Shetland 
Oregon  Ter... . 

Cyprus 

West  Indies. . . 
West  Indies . . . 

Barca 

Denmark 

Franco 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

North  America 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Polynesia. . . . 


Wa 

8h 

Pd 

Pf 

Fd 

Fo 

Pe 

Re 

Eb 

Vm 

Vb 

55 

Oo 

Ne 

Wl 

Od 

Nl 

Wi 

Ho 

Ch 

Hb 

Eg 

Ja 

Cb 

Ge 

Oe 

V 


ia<n<MkS«- 


HI. 

Id 

Od 

Oc 

Hg 

Hg 

Ne 

Mc 

Md 

Pb 

Oc 

Cb 

Gb 

Ea 

Fa 

Vg 


T. 

c. 


.30. 


(iriliun 

<irim 

Grinible  . .  • 
(•riniingloii 
Griiiisoy  . . . 
(•riniatadt. . 
(•rii|iia  .... 
(•rissc'lhaiiin 

(frita 

(•riwhoe 
Grodno . 

(•rodiio 

Groenkloof . . . 
Groiuiezicba.. 
Groningcn  . . 
Group 

Grousnyklo  . 

Grows 

Guachipas  . . 

Guadalazara 

Guadalcana  . 

Ouadaloupe  . 

Guadakjuiver 

Guadalupe  . . 

Guadalupe  . . 

Guadel 

Guadiana  . . . 

Guadigmata  . 

Guafe 

Goahan 

Guaiteca. . . . 

GualaU 

Guanachuco. 

Guanacache .... 

Guanahani . . 

Guanaxuato  . 

Guanaxuato  . 

Guanchaco .. 

Guapindayes 

Guapi  Quilan 

Guapore  .... 

Guarda {T. 

GuardiaB i^i 

Guaria 


Is. 

f. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

!?• 

C. 

?• 

T. 
T. 
R. 

?• 

I. 

R. 

1. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

L 

I. 

i€i. 

Dis. 

T. 

Ls. 

Isu 

St 

!?• 

Tr. 

I. 

R. 


Guarmey 

Guascama  .... 
Guatemala  .... 
Guatemala  . . . . 
Guatemala  ■ . .  ■ 
Guat  maia  . . . . 

Guaviare 

Guaxam 

Guaxiniquilapa . 
Guayancco .... 
Guayaquil  .... 
Guayaquil  .... 
Guayaquil  . . . . 
Guaycurua. .. . 

Guaymas 

Guazacoaco  . . . 
Guazumiri  . . . . 


T. 
Ft 
Bep. 
St. 

Bay 

R. 

h 

T. 

la. 

Dcp 

2- 

Tr. 
L. 


Mvncgambia  . .  • 
V.Dirinnrsl.il. 
Brit  Aiiicricit  . 

Iisbradur 

IccUiid 

Iceland 

AlVica 

Sweden 

Veoeiuela  .... 

Dahomey 

Russia 

Russia 

Cape  Colony  . . 

Russia 

Holland 

Polynesia 

A    ittic  Russia. 

Guinea 

Buenos  Ayres  . 

Mexico 

Aust'alasia  . .  ■ 

Wosk  Indies..  ■ 
Spain 

Polynesia 

Mexico 

Beloochistan 

Portugal. .. 

Tripoli ...... 

Chili 

Pwlyasaia 

Patagonia  .... 

Africa 

Peru 

Buonoa  Ayres  . 

Bahamas 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Peru 

South  America 

ChiU 

Bolivia 

Portugal 

Polynesia 

oudan  

Peru 

New  Grenada  . 

North  America 

Guatemala  .. . . 

Guatemala  . . . . 

Guatemala . . . . 

New  Grenada  . 

Polynesia 

Mexico 

Patagonia 

Bquodor 

Equodor 

Equador 

South  America 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Bolivia 


Lot 

Vm 
F 


a 
II 
K 
K 
N 

Nc 
II  h 
Mh 
Ne 
No 
Nl 
Pb 
Mc 
Dl 
To 
Lh 
lik 

rf 

Wi 
Hg 
L  e 
Vf 
Ef 
Qf 
e 
Ko 
Hm 

Vg 

Hm 

Lf 

Gi 

HI 

Gf 

Ff 

Ff 

Gi 

li 

Hm 

Hj 

Ld 

Dk 

Mg 

u 

^« 
l« 

Gg 
Hh 

l« 
Fg 

6m 

Gi 

Gi 

Gi 

Ik 

Ef 

Ef 

Hj 


.i 


* 


c^ 


i'    V     I 


J 


1 

''ll 


(. 


■ ' !  it  'I 

M 


ui.-J| 


ly 


■  •■( 


V' 


'!^^ 


ii  r 


i  ill  i 


46 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


Nuwaof  nia*,lu. 


Guberlinsk  .. 
(lubriiicli  . . . 

(>iicl|ih 

Gucrtit  ...  . 
Guernsey  . . . 

Giiguan 

Guiana 

Guiclop 

Guilford  . . . . 

Gutnak 

Guinea 

Guinea 

Guiriri 

Guitivas  . . . . 

Guizara 

Gujerat 

Gull 

Gulakin 

Gumma 

Gumsoor. . .. 
Gundava .... 
Gunduck  . . . 
Gundwana . . 
Gundy's  .... 
Guntoor  .... 
Guraray  .... 

Gureru 

Guria 

Gurlen 

Gurrah 

Guruguea  .. . 
Gurumskach 
Gurumskach 
Gurupaluba  . 

Gurupu 

Gurupy 

Garwal 

Guysboro  ... 

Guzina 

Gwalior 

Gwuttur .... 

Gwydir 

GydroB 

Gydyr 


Ha 

Ha.... 

Haabai  . . . . . 
Haarlem  . . .  i 
Haarlem  . . . , 
Hadadid  . . . . 
Hadji  Caleb . 
Hadramaut.  ■ 
Hadramaut.. 
Hagedis  . . . . 

Hague 

Hagus 

Haher 

Hai.chow . . . 

Hainan 

Haitun 


ClHh 


T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

Cty 

T. 
Cy. 

g^ 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

gf- 

Pr. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Bay 

T. 

T. 

la. 

T. 

In. 

Sta. 

T. 

Pr. 

T 

rL 

Des. 
I. 


tattioa. 


Aaiatic  Russia 
Beloochistan  . . 
Upper  Canada  . 

France    

English  Chan. . 

Polynesia 

South  America 

Polynesia 

New  Holland . . 

Mongolia 

Africa 

Africa 

Brazil 

Mexico 

Barca 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Beloochistan  . . 

Tartary 

Little  Bucharia 
Hindooston  .. 
Beloochistan  . 
Hindoostan  .. 
Hindoostan  . . 
New  Zealand. 
Hindoostan  . . 

Equador 

Brazil 

Buenos  Ayres 
Tartary  .... 
Hindoostan  . . 

Brazil 

Little  Bucharia 
Little  Bucharia 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Hindoostan  .. 
Nova  Scotia  .. 

Russia 

Hindoostan  . . 
Beloochistan  . 
New  S.  Wales 
Asiatic  Turkey 
North  Aiuerica 


un. 


Africa 

Laos 

Polynesia. . . . 

HoUand  

New  Guinea  . 

Africa 

Tartary 

Arabia 

Arabia 

Malaysia  . . . . 

Holland 

Indian  Ocean . 

Africa 

China 

China  Sea  . . . 
China 


Pc 

Pf 

Gd 

Md 

Ld 

Vff 

Ih 

Vh 

Tl 

Re 

Lh 

Lh 

Ii 

Ef 

Nf 

Qf 

Qf 

Qd 

Rd 

Rg 
Qf 
Rf 
Rf 
Xm 

R? 

Hi 

Ii 

Hk 

Pd 

Rf 

Ji 

Re 

Rd 

Ii 

Ii 

Ii 

Re 

Hd 

Pb 

Rf 

Qf 

Vk 

Od 

Ca 

Sg 
Aj 
Mc 
Vi 

Nf 
Qd 

l« 
Pg 
Uh 
Mc 
Ok 
Mf 
Te 
Tg 
Uf 


ia<  Htm,k*. 


Hajar 

Hajar 

Hajatou ■ 

Hakluyt's 

Halcyon 

Haldanc's 

Hale 

Haifaia , 

Halfmoon 

Hali 

Halibut 

Halifax 

Halifax 

Halifax 

Halkett 

Hall 

Ilullanga 

Hallcit  Alleis .. . 

Hallowell 

Hall's 

Hall's 

Hall's 

Halmoe 

Halmstad 

Halou  Patou.. .. 

Hals 

Halsoe 

Hamad 

Hamadan 

Hamah 

Haman 

Hamburg 

Hamburg 

Hamelin's 

Hami 

Hamilton 

Hamilton 

Hamm 

Hammamet . . . . 

Hammau 

Hammerfest.... 

Hammet'a 

Hamskar 

Han-chong  . . . . . 

Han>chow 

Handech 

Handle 

Hang-chow 

Hango 

Hango 

Hankey  

Han  Kiang  . . . . 
Hannah  Bay  . . . 

Hanover 5. 

Hanover 

Hanover 

Haoechil 

Hapta 

Hara 

Harasher 

Haratel 


Clw. 


Pr. 

Cy. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

Is. 

T. 

I8. 

T. 

Is. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

Is. 

T. 

Dis. 

T. 

C. 

Is. 

Gr. 

In. 

Is. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Is. 

L. 

5^- 

T. 
Cy. 
Bay 
Har 

Bay 

Is. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

5?- 

T. 
T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Ha 

Km. 

?■ 

T. 
T. 
L. 

2- 


FOHtiou. 


Arabia 

Arabia 

Mantchooria  . . 
Baffin's  Bay... 

Polynesia 

Brit  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 

Nubia 

Spitsbergen  . . . 

Arabia 

North  America 
Nortlt  Carolina 
Nova  Scotia.. . 
New  S.  Wales  . 
Brit  America  . 
Wirtemburg  .  , 

Nubia 

Nubia 

Brit.  America  . 

Polynesia 

Corca 

Scoresby's  Ld. 

Norway 

Sweden 

Mongolia 

Iceland 

Norway 

Soudan  

Persia 

Syria 

Asiatic  Turkey 

Germany 

Spitsbergen  . . . 
New  Holland . . 

Mongolia 

Brit  America  . 
Atlantic  Ocean 

Prussia 

Tunis 

Algiers 

Norway. ..   .. . 

Australasia... . 

Sweden 

China 

Corea 

Nubia  ........ 

Arabia 

China 

Russia 

Matemba 

Cape  Colony  . . 

China 

Brit  America  . 

Germany 

Hanover 

Patagonia 

Mongolia 

Mongolia 

Mongolia 

Little  Bucharia 
Mongolia 


Ibf. 


Pf 
Of 
Ud 
Hu 

Wg 
Db 
Hb 

Og 
Na 

^> 
Be 

Ge 

Hd 

Vj 

Cb 

Md 

Og 

Og 

Ga 

Xh 

Ue 

Ka 

Mb 

Pdc 

Se 

Kb 

Mb 

^« 
Pe 

Oe 

Od 

Mc 

Ma 

Tk 

Sd 

Ha 

He 

Mc 

Me 

Me 

Na 

VI 

No 

Te 

Ue 

Of 
Tf 
No 

Nj 
Nl 
Te 
Gc 
Mc 
Mc 
Hn 
Td 
Sd 
Sd 
Rd 
Sd 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


47 


Naanof  Huai,  *<• 


llarbagi T. 

Harcash T. 

Hard  wick C. 

Hardy Pen. 

Hardy's I. 

Hare Bay 

Hare I. 

Hare  Indians  .. .  Tr. 

Hareiah T. 

Harlech T. 

Harmin T. 

Harmin C. 

Harmony Sta. 

Harper T. 

Harran T. 

Harriet C. 

Harrisburg Cy. 

Harrisbur^ T. 

Hartag's I. 

Hartebeeste  . . . .  R. 

Hartford Cy. 

Has T. 

Haser T. 

Hassela T. 

Hassi-farsil Sta. 

Hastings R. 

Hastings Arc. 

Hat I. 

Hatahool R. 

Hatchet L. 

Hatteras C. 

Hatton's  Headland  C. 

Havanna Cy. 

Havre Cy. 

Hawau I. 

Haweis Is. 

Hawkes Bay 

Hawkesbury  ...  I. 
Hawkinsville  . . .  T. 

Ha  wash R. 

Hay C. 

Hay C. 

Hay C. 

Hay R. 

Hay R. 

Hay-cock I. 

Hay>cock I. 

Haydon's I. 

Hayes R. 

Hays Pk. 

Haystack I. 

Hayti I. 

Hazey R. 

Hean Cy. 

Heame C. 

Heath Pt 

Heberawul Tr. 

Hebrides Is. 

Hebron Sta. 

Hechosoa T. 

Hecia Str. 


routna. 

N'li'iia 

Sooiigaria..  •  • 
Brit  America 
Patagonia .  •  •  • 
New  S.  Wales 
Newfoundland 
Greenland  . . . 
Brit.  America 

Arabia 

Wales 

Arabia 

Arabia 

Missouri 

Liberia 

Asiatic  Turkey 
Brit.  America 
Pennsylvania. 

Texas 

New  Holland. 

Africa 

Connecticut  .. . 

Arabia 

Arabia 

Sweden 

Africa 

New  S.  Wales  . 
Gulf  of  Siam  . 

Malaysia 

Montchooria  . . 

Brit.  America  . 

North  Carolina 

Brit  America  . 

Cuba 

France 

Polynesia .... 

Polynesia 

New  Zealand. . 

Oregon  Ter... 

Georgia 

Abyssinia. ... 

Brit  America 

Brit  America 

Brit  America 

Brit  America 

Brit  America 

Malaysia  .... 

Malaysia  .... 

Brit  America 

Brit  America 

News.  Wales 

Polynesia .... 

West  Indies.. 

Mongolia  .... 

Tonquin 

Brit  America 

Antinosti  Is. . . 

Africa 

Scotland 

Labrador  .... 

Mexico 

Brit  America 


Rrl 

UU. 

Og 

Qd 

Ga 

Hn 

Vj 

Ic 

I  of  rian*,  kc. 


la 

Eb 

Pg 
Lc 

Pg 

l« 
Fe 

Lh 

Oe 

Fb 

Gd 

Ff 

Tk 

Nk 

Hd 

Og 

Pg 

Nb 

Mf 

Wl 

Sh 

Th 

Uc 

Fc 

Gc 

Hb 

Gf 

Md 

Bg 
Vh 
XI 
Dc 
Ge 

2» 
Ea 

Ga 

Fb 

Ec 

Fc 

Uh 

Th 

Hb 

Fc 

Wk 

Vf 

?f 

Tf 
Eb 
Hd 
Ph 
Lo 
He 
Ef 
Gb 


T. 

r. 

Mt 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

Mt 

T. 

Sh. 

I. 

Is. 

Sd. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Mt 

T. 

T, 

I. 

I. 

R. 

Mt 

R. 

Ho. 

C. 

T. 

C. 

Pt 

Ho. 


Ilcde 

Ilcdemora . . . 
Hedgehog. . . 

Hcdjaz 

Hedra 

Ileibuck  ■  ■  ■ 

Hekla 

Helena 

Helen's 

Helicon's  ■  ■ 
Heligoland  . 

Helis 

Helmund  . . 
Helsingborg 
Helsingfors 
Helvellin . . . 

Hems 

Henderson  . 
Henderson  . 
Henderson's 
Henkon.. .. 
Henkon.. .. 
Henkonni  Sekim 

Henley 

Henlopen  . . 

Henning. . . 

Henry 

Henry 

Henry 

Henry R. 

Henry I. 

Henslow C. 

Herat Cy. 

Hercules Rk. 

Hereford Cy. 

Hergest's Rks 

Hermanstadt . . .  Cy. 

Hermit I. 

Hermit's Is. 

Hermoso T. 

Hermoso Mt 

Hern I. 

Hemosand I. 

Herschel I. 

Hervey's Is. 

Hervey's I. 

Hervey's Bay 

Hesn  Dharie  . . .  T. 

Hesse  Cassel  .8.  El. 

Hesse  Damutadt  9  G.D 

Ifttoo T. 

Hesne T. 

Hewett C. 

Heymaey I. 

Heywood  Range  Mts. 

Hey  wood's I. 

Hiau I. 

Hibemia Ft 

Hicka' Bay 

High L 

High L 


lUf. 
Ute. 


iSwcdcn Mb 

Sweden N  b 

Suitabergcn  ...  Ma 

iA.     S Of 

'I'unib :.M  e 

Tartary Q  e 

Iceland .Kb 

Arkansas F  e 

Polynesia U  h 

Polynesia X  f 

North  Sea  . . . .  M  c 
Spitsbergen  . . .  N  a 

Cabul Q  e 

Sweden Mc 

Russia N  b 

New  S.  Wales.  V  1 

Syria {O  e 

Kentucky G  e 

N.  Pacific  Oc.jDf 
Polynesia Dk 


Mantchooria 
Montchooria  . . 
Mantchooria  . . 
Brit  America  . 

Delaware 

Norway 

Virginia 

Brit.  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Oregon  Ter. .. . 
Scoresby's  Ld.. 
Solomon's  Arc. 

Cabul 

Peru 

England 

Polynesia 

Austria 

Patagonia  . . . . 
Australasia  . . . 

Mexico 

Buenos  Ayres  . 

Africa 

Sweden 

Brit  America  . 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

New  S.  V/ales  . 

Arabia 

Germany 

Germany  

Mantchooria  . . 

Norway 

Brit  America  . 

Iceland 

Brit  America  . 
South  Shetland 

Polynesia 

Brit.  America  . 
New  Zealand. . 

Polynesia 

Australasia.... 


Vc 

Uc 

Uc 

Gc 

Ge 

Mb 

Ge 

Fc 

Ec 

Ed 

Kb 

Wi 

Qe 

L  c 

Ci 

Nd 

Hn 

Vi 

Pg 
HI 

Kf 

Nb 

Cb 

B 

B 

Wk 

Of 

Mc 

Mc 

Ud 

Mb 

Ha 

Kb 

Eb 

lo 

Ci 

Fe 

XI 

Ok 

Vi 


t 


• . .',. 


m 


r.>.  I 


•■  i 


AL  i 


if  ! 


n 


ii.  J': 


i"! 


I,-  ■  i, 


'  I'l 


! 


! 
I 


48 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


io(  FUea,*e.      Citm. 


High 

H«(r«« 

Hill 

Ilillah 

Ilillil  Arabs  .... 

Hiiiimulch 

Ilinchinbrook  . , 

Hindia 

Hiiidoen 

Hindoo  Kooih . . 

Hiiidoostan 

Hingan>chow  .. . 

Hiiig.chow 

Hing.hoa 

Hinka 

Hin>kiang 

Hinloopen 

Flinskoi 

Hioring 

Hippa 

Hirsova 

Hisaar 

Hissar 

Hit 

Hitch 

Hitteren 

Hivasa 

Hoa>«how 

Hoai  Ho 

Hoa^king 

Hoang  Bai 

Hoang  Ho 

Hoateiang 

Hobart 

Hobhouse 

Hoohland 

Ho-chow 

Hocingaupuo  .. . 

Hodvida 

Hoden 

Hoei^how 

Hof 

Hog 

Hog 

Hog 

Hogan's 

Hopioleu 

Hoin.gnan 

HoipB 

Hola 

Holey 

Holin 

Holkham 

Holland 

HollamsBird... 

Holloway 

Holmen 

Holonan 

Holpotchi 

Holsteinburg  . . . 


I. 

I. 

R. 

Cy. 

Tr. 

MU. 

C. 

T. 

I. 

Mta. 

Cty. 

g: 

R. 

Str. 

C. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

^- 

T. 
T. 
I. 
I. 

S'- 

Cy. 

Sea 

R. 

T. 

T. 

In. 

I. 


^- 

Sta. 

s?- 

I. 
I. 
Pt 

Is. 

I. 

Cy. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

Bay 
Km. 
I. 
Bay 

Xa 

T. 
T. 


ttaitioa. 

Bay  of  Bengal 
Bnt.  Amuricd 
Brit  America 
Aaiatic  Turkey 
Azanaga.  • 

Asia 

North  America 
Hindoostan  .  ■ . 

Norway 

Cabul 

Aaia 

China 

China 

China 

Mantchooria  . . 

China 

Spitsbergen  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Denmark 

Oregon  Tor... . 

Turkey 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Tartary 

Arabia 

Russia 

Norway 

Polynesia 

China 

China 

China 

Asia 

China 

Mongolia 

V.  Diemen'sLd. 
Brit  America  . 
Russia 


China 

China , 

Arabia 

Africa 

China 

Iceland 

Malaysia 

Malaysia 

Sumatra 

Australasia  ■ . . 

Polynesia 

China 

Mexico 

Iceland 

Brit  America  . 

Mongolia 

North  America 

Europe 

Africa 

Scoresby's  Ld.. 

Norway 

Asiatic  Turkey 
Moagolia 


Bel 


SU.  Greenland 


Hb 
Fc 
Oc 
Lf 
Re 

c;  b 

Rf 

Nb 

Qe 

Rf 

Te 

Te 

Tf 

Ud 

Tf 

Na 

Xb 

Mc 

Dc 

Nd 

Rf 

Qe 

Oe 

Pb 

Mb 

Ci 

Te 

Te 

Te 

Ue 

Te 

Sd 

Vm 

Ga 

No 

Te 

Te 

Og 

Lg 

Tf 

Kb 

Ui 

Sh 

Ti 

Xj 
Wh 
Te 
F( 
Kb 
Fc 
Td 
Dc 
Mc 
Mk 
Ka 
Nb 
Oe 
Sd 
b 


■  of  Hacdgtc 


Holstein  &  Lau 

enbiirg 

Holt's 

Holum 

Holy 

Homant's 

Home 

Home 

Honan 

Honan 

Honda 

Hondb 

Hondon 

Honduras 

Honduras 

Honduras 

Honduras  Kays. 
Hong.tse  Hou  . . 

Hongven 

Honinoso 

Hood 

Hood 

Hood's 


Hood's 

Hood's 

Hood's 

Hooker 

Hoon 

Hoonan 

Hooper 

Hooper 

Hoopih 

Hoormara 

Hooflhu 

Hope 

Hope 

Hope 

Hope 

Hope 

Hopedale 

Hope's  Advance 
Hope's  Monument 

Hopewell 

Hopewell  Head 

Hopkins' 

Hopo-so 

Hoppner  

Horeb 

Horeul 

Hori 

Horn 

Horn 

Horn 

Horn 

Horn 

Horn 

Horne 

Horn  (False)  . . 

Horaburg 

Horse's  Head.. 


Cba. 


D. 

I. 

T. 

Mt 

T, 

C. 

Bay 

Pr. 

k 

T. 

I. 

St. 

G. 

C. 

Is. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

Mt 

I. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

Mt 

T. 

Pr. 

C. 

In. 

Pr. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

Pt 

Sta. 

C. 

Mt 

Ch. 

C. 

Po. 

T. 

C. 

Mt 

T. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

R. 

L. 

So. 

Mta. 

I. 

C. 

C. 

c. 


Germany .... 
Folvnesta. . .. 

Iceland 

Mongolia .... 

Russia 

Brit  America 
Brit  America 

China 

China 

Cuba 

New  Gi'enada 
Polynesia. . .. 
Guatemala . . . 
Nortli  America 
Guatemala .... 
Caribbean  Sea. 

China 

Corea 

Mongolia 

New  Guinea . . 
Oregon  Ter.  . . 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Gallapagos  ... . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 

Tripoli 

China 

Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 

China 

Beloochistan  . . 
Mantchooria  . . 
Spitsbergen  . . . 
South  Shetland 

Polynesia 

Polynesia. .... 
North  America 

Labrador 

Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Oregon  Ter.. . . 

China 

Brit  America 

Arabia 

Mantchooria  . 
Asiatic  Russia 
PatAgonia.. .  ■ 

Austria 

Brit  America 

Sweden 

Spitsbergen  . . 
Brit  America 
Polynesia. . ., . 
Terra  del  Fuego 
Brit  America 
Sreenlond  . . . 


lur. 


Mc 

Cj 

Kb 

Sd 

Ob 

Ga 

Hb 

Te 

Te 

Gf 

Hh 

Cj 

Gg 

^« 
Te 

Ud 

Sd 

Vi 

Dd 

Ci 

Ck 

Gi 

Eb 

Ec 

Nf 

Tf 

Hb 

Gb 

Te 

Qf 

Ud 

Na 

lo 

Xn 

Xi 

Ab 

He 

Hb 

Ga 

Gc 

Gc 

Dc 

Tg 

Ha 

Of 

Ud 

Od 

Hn 

Md 

Eb 

Nb 

Ma 

Eb 

Aj 
Hn 
Ga 
I» 


I 


Morn 

I  loHl' 

Hotli 
Hot/ 1 
ilutt 
Ilou- 

1I0U( 

IIuu| 
Hoiij 
Houi 
lloui 
Hou| 
Houi 
Houi 
Houi 
Hou! 
Hou! 
Uout 
Hout 
Hout 
ho 
How 
How 
How 
Hoy 
Hroli 
Hua( 
Hual 
Hual 
Hual 
Huai 
Huar 
Huar 
Huar 
Huar 
Huas 
Huas 
Hubc 
Huch 
Hude 
Hudi 
Huda 
Huds 
Huds 
Hue. 
Hueii 
Hues 
Hues 
Hugh 
Huiq 
Hull 
Hull 
Hum 
Hum 
Hum 
Hum 
Hum 
Hum 
Hum 
Humi 
Hune 


'fi 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


4!) 


I  nt  riim,  kc. 


Poriliaa. 


ilorso  Shoe |Bk.  Australasia  . . . 

Hoscasons ■  I.      South  Shetland 

Hothain C      Brit.  Aincrica  . 

Ilot/wossa It.    IMongolia    

Ilottcntota .Fee.  Africa 

Ilou-chow 'Cy. 


Iloudou 

Houghton 

Hoiigou 

Houiur 

Ilouiiiar 

Houpater 

Houraki 

Ilourha 

Hourlia  DouatK. 

Houssa 

Houssa 

Hout 

Houting 

Houtinana  AbroU 

hos 

Howe 

Howea  .... 
Howe's  Foreland' 

Hoy 

Hrolangs.. . . 

Huacho 

Huahinc .... 
Huakuha  . . . 
Huallaga  .  • 
Huainanga . . 
Huanuco.. .. 
Huarare  .... 

Huaras 

Huari 

Huasacuaico . 

Huasco 

Hubetta  ■ .  . 
Huehuetan  .. 
Hudeeana . . . 
Hudiksvall . . 

Hudson 

Hudson's  . . . 
Hudson's  . . . 

Hue 

Huekiun .... 

Huesca 

Hucscar  .... 
Hughes'  .... 

Huiqui 

Hull 

Hull 

Humaree  . . . 

Huinbe 

Humber  .... 
Humboldt . . . 

Hume 

Hummock  . . 
Humphrey  . . 
Humphrey  Davy's 
Hungary . . . 


L 

Pt. 

T. 

It. 

R. 

Cy. 

Bay 

R. 

Sto. 

Cty. 

T. 

Bay 

T. 


China 

Mongolia 

North  America 

Mongolia 

Mantchooria  . . 
Mantchooria  . . 

Mongolia 

New  Zealand. . 
Mantchooria  . . 

Thibet 

Soudan 

AbyHsinia 

Cape  Colony  . . 
Mongolia 


Rks 

C. 

Cty. 

C. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

I. 


I. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

Str. 

Cy. 

Cy. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

R. 

Cy. 

T. 

Tr. 

Cty. 

R. 

C. 

R. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

Cty. 


Australasia.. . . 
New  S,  Wales  . 

Africa 

Kerguclen's  Ld. 

Scotland 

Iceland 

Peru 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Peru 

South  Peru  . . . 

Peru 

Equador 

Peru 

Peru  

Mexico 

Chili 

Africa 

Mexico 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Sweden 

New  York  ... . 
Brit.  America  ■ 
Brit.  America 
Cochin  China 

China 

Spain 

Spain 

Palmer's  Land 

Mexico 

England 

Lower  Canada 
Mantchooria  . 

Africa 

England 

Scoresby's  Ld. 
New  S.  Wales 
Kurile  Islands 
Polynesia  .. . . 
Brit.  America 
Europe 


lUf. 

uu. 

Wk 

Ho 

Fa 

Rd 

Nk 

Ue 

Td 

Dc 

Sd 

Vd 

Vc 

Sd 

XI 

Ud 

Se 

Mg 

Og 

Nl 

ISe 


Tk 

Wl 

Ph 

Qm 

Lc 

Kb 

«j 
Bj 
Ci 
Gi 

Hj 
Gi 
Hi 

G  i 
Gi 

Fg 
Hk 
Oh 

Fg 
Rf 
Nb 
Hd 
Gc 
Hb 

Tg 

Te 

Md 

Le 

Ho 

Ef 

Lc 

Gd 

Uc 

Nj 
Lc 
Ka 
VI 
Wd 

V 
Fb 

Nd 


o(PUcn,tc.       CUh 


Hunstccn  . .  ■ . 

Hunter 

Hunter's 

Hunter's 

Huntington  .  ■ 
Huntington  . . 
Huntsville  .  • . 

Huon 

Huon 

Hurd 

Hurd 

Hurd's 

Hurdwar.. 

Hurnce 

Huron 

Hmricanaw  . . 
Hurrispore . . . 
Hurrund . . . . . 

Hurrur 

Hurry's ...... 

Huskisson  . . . 
Husscinabad.. 

Hustad 

Husum 

HuRzt 

Hutton'fl 

Hvaloe 

Hvidsalen ...  ■ 

Hycatu 

Hyderabad  . . 
Hydrabad ... 
Hydrabad . . . 

Hyeres 

Hyguarrassu 
Hyllestad  . . . 
Hyrj'usolmi . 

lakono  Sima 

lamba 

larniongha . . 
lartsovskoie . 

larvi  

Ibagua  

Ibarra  

Ibbe 

Ibbe 

Ibbetson'a  .. . 

Ibeit 

Ibera 

Ibex 

Ibitayas  . . . . 

Ibo 

Iho 

Ibrahim  . . . . 

Ibraila 

Ibrim 

lea 

lea 

Ice 

Ice 

Ice 


L. 
I. 

I. 

r. 
I. 

^y. 
I. 

8h. 
C. 

c;. 
I. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

€y. 

In. 

Mt 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

I. 

Bay 

T. 

T. 


roiUoa. 

litit  America  . 
Australasia ..  ■  • 
Australasia  . . 
V.  Uicmcii's  Ld 

Indiana 

Labrador 

Alabama 

Australasia  . . . 
Australasia ... 
Brit.  America 
Brit.  America 

Polynesia 

Hindoostan  . .  ■ 
Hindoostan  . . . 
North  America 
Brit.  America  . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Sinde 

Africa 

Scoresby's  Ld. . 
North  America 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Norway. ..   .. . 

Denmark 

Austria 

Corca 

Norway 

Greenland  . . . . 

Brazil 

Sindc 

Hindoostan  . .  . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

France  

Brazil 

Norway  ...... 

Russia 


He(. 

UU. 


I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Cty 

T. 

So. 

T. 

L. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

L 

So. 

Hav 


F  b 
XU 
Vm 
V  ni 
Gd 
I  c 

t;  e 

vvj 

Wj 
(ia 
Fa 
XI 
Rf 

Ug 
d 
Gc 

Sf 

Qf 

Oh 

Ka 

Cb 

Rf 

M  b 

Mc 

Nd 

Ue 

Na 

Jb 

Ji 

Qf 

Kg 

Rg 

Md 

J  i 
M  b 

Nb 


Japan 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

New  Grenada  . 

Equador 

Africa 

Africa 

Oregon  Tei . . . . 

Kordofan 

Buenos  Ayres  . 
Wisconsin  Ter, 
Bolivia  ...... 

Mozambique  . . 
Ibo  Island  . . . . 

Arabia 

Turkey 

Nubia 

Peru 

Ecuador 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Spitsbergen  . . . 
Nova  Zembla  .. 


Uc 

Ob 

Ub 

Sc 

Ob 

Gh 

Gh 

Nh 

Ng 

Dc 

Og 
Ik 

Fd 
Ik 
Oj 
Oj 
Of 
Nd 
Of 

Gj 

Hi 

Wtt 

Ma 

Ra 


^1 


'■-'M 


p..  \ 


H-  \ 


'  t 


M 


f ' 


n  I 


1 


\'i: 


! 


I  r 


i 


1'  ■  n 


50 


CUNSULTIMU  INDEX. 


Nmwt  n(  nu«s  4c 


! 


Ici-laiid  .... 
Ichaboc.. .  • 
Icinskoi  . . . 

Ico 

Icy 

Icy 

Icy 

Idanovo  . . . 
Idanovo  . . . 

Idro 

Idri 

Icceiska  . . . 
lercma  .... 
Icrema  • .  • . 

Igar 

Igatimy  . . . 
Igigliinsk . . 
Igighinsk . . 

Igil 

Iglau 

Iglcsiaa .... 
Ignacio .... 
Ignam  .... 
Ignaticva  .  ■ 
Ikarski .... 
Ikcaral .... 
Ikermiut. .. 
Ikimda .... 
Ikovska.. .. 
Iktiagik  . . . 

Ilek 

Ilctskaia2<a8chita 
Illias  do  Arco.. 

Ilhcos  

Ili 

Ilia 

Iliasova 

Ilima 

Illahabad 

lUiinani 

Illinois 

Illinois 

Illyrian 

Ilmen 

IIo 

Ilongotcs 

Iinandra 

Imba 

Imbachinskoi.. 

Imbro 

Itnerina 

Imniach 

Imuris 

Inaccessible . . . 
Inaccessible . . . 

Inagua 

Inbatskaya. . . . 
Independence . . 
Independence.. 
Independence.. 
India 


I. 
I. 

r. 

T 

c. 

L. 

Pt. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

G. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

T. 

T. 

L. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

Is. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

Mt 

St. 

R. 

Is. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Km 

T. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

r. 

I. 

T. 

R. 


TnUkm. 

Northern  Ocean 

Africa 

Asiatic  RusHia. 

Brazil 

North  America 
Brit.  America  • 
Nova  Zcnibla. . 
AHiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

•Sweden 

Fe/zan 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Paraguay  .... 
Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Mexico 

Austria 

.Sardinia 

Mexico 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Mongolia 

Greenland  .... 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
North  America 
Tartary  .. 
Tartary  . . 
Indinn  Ocean.. 

Brazil 

Soongaria 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asi'.ttc  Russia. 
North  America 

Persia 

Bolivia 

United  States .. 

Illinois 

Austria 

Russia 

South  Peru  . . . 

Luzon 

Russia 

Japan  

Asiatic  Russia. 
Archipelago. . . 
Madagascar  .. . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Mexico 

Southern  Ocean 
South  Shetland 

Bahamas 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Polynesia. . . ;. 
Polynesia  .   ... 

Missouri 

Russia 


Lei*. 

kT 

M  k 

U  b 

J  i 

Ba 

Eb 

Qa 

Sa 

Tb 

Mb 

Ml" 

Si. 

Tb 

Tb 

Uc 

Ik 

VVb 

Wb 

Gf 

Nd 

Me 

£e 

VVc 

Tc 

Pb 

Rd 

Jb 

Uc 

Qc 

Be 

Pc 

Pc 

Pi 

Jj 
Rd 

Sc 

Qc 

Be 

Pe 

Ik 

Gd 

Gd 

Nd 

Oc 

Hi 

Ug 
Ob 
Ve 
Ub 
Nd 

Pj 

Qb 

Ee 

Li 

Lo 

Hf 

Sb 

Ci 

$j 
Fe 

Nb 


Name*  of  flaca,  Ac. 

Claa. 

FdiiU-s. 

Bay 

L. 

St. 

Cy. 

In. 

1. 

R. 

L. 

Rf. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

0. 

New  Gcrgia.  • . 
Brit.  America  . 
United  StaU-s. . 

Indiana 

Florida  Ter.. . . 
North  America 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Tartary 

AuKiralasia  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Sumatra 

Asiatic  Turkey 
Little  Thilwt . . 
Asia  • 

iiulian 

Indiana 

Indianapolis  .... 
Indian  River  . . . 
indies,  West  . . . 

ndighirca 

ndirak 

indispensable  .. . 
'i;6orc 

!'   .laporo 

.idsc  ic 

Indus 

incboli 

[nfanta 

[nettle  ••••••••• 

Asiatic  Turkey 
Cape  Cok)ny  . . 

Africa 

Norway 

Mongolia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Africa 

Inhumbane .. . . 
Inhambane.. . . 
Inhambane... . 
Asiatic  Turkey 
Asiatic  Turkey 
North  America 
Brit.  America  . 

Austria 

Norway 

Russia 

Austria 

Brazil 

South  Peru  . . . 

Scotland 

New  S.  Wales. 

Australasia .. . . 
Oregon  Ten... 

Africa 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Scotland ...... 

Mediterran.  Sea 
Mediterran.  Sea 
Wisconsin  Ter. 

Paraguay 

England 

Brazil 

South  Peru... . 

Persia 

Asiatic  Turkey 
Asiatic  Russia- 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Great  Britain  .. 

Tartary 

Europe 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Ingenue 

I. 

L. 

R. 

Cty. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

Bay 

Vil. 

Bay 

R. 

I. 

T. 

Cy. 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

Str. 

Is. 

Pt. 

C. 

R. 

L. 

I. 

Sea 

Rep. 

Tr. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

Pr. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

R. 

Sea 

Gov 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

Ingoda 

[nhambane 

[nhambaac 

[nhambane 

[nhampura 

Iniehi 

[nichi 

inigrin 

[nmelick 

[nner  Vigten  . . . 
[nsara 

[nspruck 

^nsua 

[ntcrmedios  (the) 

[nverness 

investigator's .. . 
nveetigator's 

Group 

invisible 

[nyak 

ogen 

ogenskoi 

[ona 

Ionian 

onian  Isles  .... 
[owas 

pane 

pswich 

quape  

quique 

rak  Ajemi 

rak  Arabi 

rbit 

rbit 

reland 

rchiz 

rish 

rkoutsk 

rkoutsk 

rkoutsk 

rmenskoe 

JM. 


Wi 

Fe 

Gd 

Ge 

Gf 

Hg 

Vb 

Pd 

Wj 

Rf 

S  i 

Od 

Re 

Qf 

Od 

Nl 

Nk 

Na 

Se 

Tc 

Ok 

Ok 

Ok 

Ok 

Od 

Od 

Ab 

Ha 

Md 

Mb 

Oc 

xMd 

Ij 

L  c 
Vi 

Ui 
Dc 
Ok 
Qc 
Qc 
Lc 
Ne 
Ne 
Fd 
Ik 
Mc 
Jk 

SJ 
Pe 

Oe 

Pc 

Qc 

Lc 

Qd 

Lc 

Uc 

Sc 

Sc 

Re 


Bff. 
Uu. 


S  1 

Od 
Re 

Qf 
Od 
Nl 

Nk 

Na 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


Nama  •(  ntcii,  te.      (.Urn 


Se 

Tc 

Ok 

Ok 

Ok 

Ok 

Od 

Od 

Ab 

Ha 

Md 

Mb 

Oc 

Md 

Ij 

Hi 

Lc 

Vi 

Ui 

Dc 

Ok 

Qc 

Qc 

Lc 

Ne 

Ne 

Fd 

Ik 

Mc 

Jk 

Hj 

Pe 

Oe 

Pc 

Qc 

Lc 

Qd 

Lc 

Uc 

Sc 

So 

Re 

Iro ■ 

Iron 

Irrawaddy  . . 
Irrawaddj  . . 

I  rtygli 

Irwinton. .'.  .• 

Isa ' 

Isa 

Isaaco 

Isabal ' 

Isabella 

iHcliia 

Isclook 

Isgaour < 

Ishaun 

I'-kiinps  . . . . . 
Uiamabad.. . . 

Isiland 

Island  Head . . 
Ilaphanie  . .  • . 

Islay 

Isle  of  Man  . . 
Isle  of  Wight, 

Ismail 

Isnikmid.. . . . 

Isolette , 

Ispahan 

Issana 

Issete  

Issim 

Issim 

Issim 

Istabcl  Anton. 

Istino 

Itabagua 

Itagwira 

Itajuba 

Italy 

Itamaraca.. .. 

Itapicara 

Itapua 

Itasca  

Itati 

Itcha 

Itcha 

Ithaca 

Ithaca 

Itona 

Itu 

Itze-hadze .  • . . 

lunoksa  

lurieva 

Ivanouchkova 
Ivaschkin  . . . . 

Ivashno 

Ivi 

Ivica 

Iviniiut 

Ivo 

Ivory 

Ivuckloke  . . . . 


R. 

Mts. 

R. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

Sta. 

Fd. 

T. 

T. 

a 

I. 

Is. 

T. 

R. 

C. 

T. 

Dia. 

C. 

C. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

S'- 

R. 

T. 

R. 

Sto. 

T. 

Dep 

R. 

R. 

T. 

Cty. 

f. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

C. 

L 

I. 

R. 

Cst 

In. 


Mongolia 

Brit.  Aniot'ica  • 

Birinah 

Thibet 

Aoiatic  Russia. 

Alabama 

Tripoli 

Iceland 

Soudan 

(Guatemala  .... 
Brit  America  . 

Naples 

Polynesia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit.  America  . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Brit  America  . 
New  S.  Wales  . 
Asiatic  Turkey 
Scotland  .... 
England. . . . 
England .... 

Russia 

Asiatic  Turkey 

Arabia 

Persia 

Venezuela  .... 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Tartary 

Arabia 

New  Grenada  . 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Europe 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Paraguay 

Wisconsin  Tcr. 
Buenos  Ayres  . 

Mongolia 

Mongolia 

Ionian  Isles. . . 
New  York  .... 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Brit  America  . 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Algiers 

Mediterran.  Sea 
Greenland  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia 

Guinea 

Labrador  .... 


Sd 
Ha 

Sr 

Se 
Qc 
Ge 
Ne 
Kb 

GJT 

Ga 

Md 

Vh 

Od 

Xb 

Fb 

Sf 

Fc 

Wk 

Od 

Lc 

Lc 

Lc 

Nd 

Nd 

Pg 
Pe 
Hh 
Qc 
Qc 
Qc 
Qc 
Of 
Gh 
li 

li 

Md 
Ji 

Ij 
Ik 

Fd 

Ik 

Se 

Sd 

Ne 

Gd 

li 

Ik 

Dc 

Ob 

Tb 

Tc 

Wc 

Xb 

Lc 

Me 

Jb 

Qb 

Lh 

lc 


Nm 


■  of  Flint,  kc. 


Iza 

Izcr 

Izium 

Jacca  

Jack 

Jackson  

Jackson  

Jackson  

Jackson  

Jacksonville  .. . 
Jacksonville  .. . 
Jacksonville  .. . 

Jacoba  

Jacobina 

Jacob's  ....... 

Jacobshavcn . . . 

Jacome 

Jacques 

Jacunia 

Jacp 

Jaen 

Jaffa 

Jaffa 

Jaffcrabad 

.Tafnapatam.. .. 

Jaik 

Jakan  

Jakan  Ouvaian 

Jalapa 

Jalisco 

Jallinder 

Jallonkadoo  . . . 

Jalmal 

Jaloffs 

Jamaica 

Jambara 

Jambi 

James 

James 

James 

James 

James 

James 

Jameson 

Jameson 

Janari 

Jangada  

Janghur  

Jan  Maycn .... 

Jannah  

Japan  

Japan  

Japara 

Japomsk 

Jaquemel 

Jaquesila 

Jaquet 

Jaravinskoie... 

Jardine's 

Jari 


T.    'Maiitchooria  . 


CUa. 


r. 

T. 

T. 
Ho. 

^^: 

T. 

Po. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

Dis. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

Cy. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

C. 

C. 

T. 

St 

T. 

g'- 

Peo. 

I. 

Cty. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

C. 

Bay 

R. 

Pk. 

C. 

Ld. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Cty. 

Sea 

T. 

L. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

Is. 

R. 


Africa . 
RusHia 


Spain 

Brit  America 
Mississippi. . . 

.Missouri 

Arkansas  .... 
New  S.  Wales 

Florida 

Georgia 

Illinois 

Soudan  

Brazil 

Greenland  . . . 
Greenland  . . . 

Mexico 

Wisconsin  Ter. 

Bolivia 

Peru 

Spain 

Syria 

New  S.  Wales  . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Ceylon 

Tartary 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Africa 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Sencgambia  .. . 
West  Indies.. . 

Africa 

Sumatra 

St.  Helena 

Patagonia 

Scoresby's  Ld.. 
Brit.  America  . 

Virginia 

Western  Ter.  . 
Brit  America  . 
Scoresby's  Ld.. 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Northern  Ocean 

Dahomey 

Asia 

Asia 

Java 

Russia 

Hayti 

Mexico 

Atlantic  Ocean 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Polynesia 

Asiatic  Russia . 


IM. 

Utk 


V  i\ 

N  f 
Od 

Ld 
Fc 
Fc 
(;  o 
Fc 
Wi 
tie 
(i  o 
Fe 
Mh 

Jj 

la 

lb 

Ee 

Fd 

"J 

Gi 

Lc 

Oc 
VI 

Qf 
Rh 
Pc 

Xb 
Xb 

Fg 
Ff 
Re 

i^e 

Qa 
Lg 
«g 
Oj 

Si 

Lg 
Hn 

Ka 

Go 

Gc 

Ec 

Ha 

Ka 

Hi 

Qg 

La 

Mh 

Ve 

Uc 

Ti 

Ub 

S^ 
Ee 

Jd 

Tc 

Wf 

R  a 


• , 


%  i1 


52 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


Nuiiri  1.1  rUtn,  *(■ 


Jarjnkitiii 

Jam 

JarviH 

Jury 

JuHK 

Jauk 

JUHHU 

Juitsy 

Java 

Java 

Java 

Java 

Java  iluad  . . . . 

Javary 

Jayna  

JayHulincro..  . . 
Jean  ilamonB .. 
Jedbiirg  . . ,  . . . 

Jcddo  

Jeddurc 

Jcdo 

Jcendana  

Jcifurson 

JclTerson 

JeiTcrtion's  . . . . 


Jefferson's I 


K. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

C. 

T 

Cy. 

Sea 

T. 

I. 

Pt. 

C. 

R. 

T. 

Vy- 

Rk. 

r. 

Cy. 

Slar 

Dis. 

I. 

Mt 

Cy. 

R. 


IHailil 


Jcmlali 

Jena 

Jcnet 

Jcniken 

Jenne  

Jcno >  • 

.(oqucpa 

J>  i<-iiiie 

Jcrtiiovsk 

Jericoacoara. . . 

Jermaui 

Jersey 

Jervia  .....■•. 

Jervis 

Jervis 

Jcrvois  

Jerumenha. .. . 

Jerusalem 

Jcf<so 

Jesus 

Jesus  Maria  . . . 

Jeurire 

Jewnee 

Jeypoor 

Jidda 

Jidensalmi  . . . . 
Jiga-gouDggar  , 

Jigat 

Jilla 

Jillip 

Jindinskoi  . .  > . 

Joal 

Joannes 

Joaquiin 

Joazeiros 


T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 

Cy. 

T. 

Pt. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

C. 

I. 

C. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

T. 
I. 
R. 
T. 
T. 
T. 

T. 

T. 

Pt. 

T. 

T. 

Ft. 

T. 

I. 

Ft. 

T. 


Tiirtary 

Ati  ica  . . . .    ... 

Polyijciiia  .   ■  •  ■ 

Brazil 

PcrHia 

Persia 

Tartory 

Turkey 

Malaysia 

Africa 

Malaysia 

Bolivia 

Java 

Peru 

Mexico 

flindoostan  . . . 
Atlantic  Ocean 

Scotland 

Japan  

Nova  Sciitia . . . 

Afrio;. .    

Maltty.i.,   ..... 
Oregoi'  Tt...  . 

Missouri 

Missouri  Ti  r.  . 
N.  Facilio  tV 


Rcf. 

Qd" 

Bi 
Ih 


Hiufioostan 
Geroiatiy  . , .  - . 

Africa 

Suse 

Africa 

Austria 

Mexico 

Hayti 

Russia 

Brazil 

Brit.  America  . 
English  Chan.. 
New  S.  Wales  . 
Gallapagos  .... 
Australasia .. . . 
Brit.  America  . 

Brazil 

Syria 

Japan  

Polynesia 

Mexico 

Japan  

Beioochistan  . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Arabia 

Russia 

Thibet 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Arabia 

Magadoxa  .... 
Asiatic  Turkey 
Senegambia . . . 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Brazil 


Pf 

Pf 

Qd 

Nd 

Ti 

(»j 

Ti 

Hk 

Ti 

Hi 

Ff 

Qf 
Xe 
Lc 

Ve 
Hd 
iPh 
Ui 
.;nd 

.Ed 


Rf 

Mc 
Mf 
Lf 

Nd 

Fg 

Hg 

Pb 

Ji 

Gb 

Ld 

VI 

Fi 

Wi 

Fb 

Ji 

Oe 

Vd 

Xi 

De 

Vd 

Qf 

Rg 
Of 
Nb 
Sf 
Qf 
Pf 
Oh 
Td 

L  1 
Ih 
Jj 


tiunm  at  PlacM,  *(. 


Jobic 

Jo>:kmock 

Jodsunio 

Johanna  

Johannes  

John  dc  Nova  . . 
John  Martin's  . . 

JoliPHton's 

Jojo  Karta 

Joliba 

Jonb«i • 

Jones' 

Jones' > 

Jones' 

Jonesboru  

Jonga  

Joiikoping 

Joodpore ....... 

Joonaghur  

Joonccr 

Jopyco 

Jordon  ........ 

Jorii  it 

Jnros 

Josepiiiue 

Josyna 

•lowar 

Juan  de  Fuca . . . 
Juan  do  Lisboa  . 
Juan  Fernandez 

Juba 

Juban 

Juby 

Judge's  Clerk.. . 
Judge  (the)  .. ... 

Judith 

Judjang 

Juggernaut  . . . . 

Jujai , 

Jukkas 

Julia 

Julalabad 

Julian 

Julianas.haab .. . 
Julianas-haab.. . 

Julnapore 

Jumua 

Jungo  ......'... 

Junin  ......... 

Junin 

Jurien 

Juruay 

Jutay 

Jutland 

Jyepore 

Jykill 

Jylum 


Kaarta 

K.  Abakainskoe. 
Kabanaya 


ftulio^ 


I 

T. 

T. 

li. 

I. 

Is. 

I. 

Is. 

T. 

R. 

C. 

S«.>. 

Pk. 

Hrf. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

H. 

T. 

C. 

Bay 

Rk. 

T. 

Str. 

I. 

Is. 

R. 

T. 

C. 

Rf. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

iR. 

Sta. 

Dis. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Dep 

T. 

Bay 

R. 

R. 

Pr. 

T. 

L. 

R. 

Cty. 

T. 

T. 


Australasia  . . 

Sweden 

Japan  

Indian  Ocean 
Polynesia  .... 
Indian  Ocean 
Indian  (Jcean 


Rcf. 


Vi 
Nb 
IJo 

t»i 

I!  h 


Polynesia 'A  ^ 


Java 

AfricR 

Brit.  America  . 

Brit.  America  . 

Asiatic  }^ussia. 

New  S.  Waic*. 

fczas 

r\siattc  Russia. 

Sweden 

VlindooKtan  . . . 
Hindouttan  . .  ■ 
Hindoostan  . .  • 

Birmah 

Scoresby's  Ld.. 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Asiatic  Turkey 
Brit.  America  . 
Atlantic  Ocican 
Senegambia  .. . 
Oregon  Ter. . . . 
Indian  Ocean .. 
S.  Pacific  Oc... 

Africa 

Formosa 

Africa 

Southern  Ocean 
Southern  Ocean 
Missouri  Tei.  . 

Java 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Buenos  Ayres  . 

Sweden 

Russia 

Cabul 

Little  Thibet . . 
Greenland  .... 
Greenland  .... 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Russia 

Peru 

Peru 

New  Holland. . 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Denmark 

Hindoostan  • . . 
Brit.  America  . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Afirica 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 


H 

ii.  L' 
M   C 

G  ri. 

Vc 

VI 

Fe 

Tc 

.Mc 

Ui' 

Qf 

Qg 

Sf 
Ka 
Sf 
Od 
Fb 
Ke 

Lg 

Dd 

Pk 

Gl 

Oh 

Uf 

Lf 

Wn 

\Vn 

Ed 

Ti 

R 


5! 

Nb 
Pb 
Qe 
Qe 
lb 
lb 
Rf 
Rf 
Nb 
Hj 

^\ 
TI 

Hi 

Hi 

Mc 

Rf 

Fb 

Qe 

^« 

Se 

Qc 


1 


I 


.1 


CON8LLTING  ItiDKX. 


Ntrnm  cl  PIUM,  ta. 


rmUk 


Kubanklak | 

Kubardia 

Kabiji I 

Kabra 

Kucunda I 

Kacunda I 

Kadhiy 

Kudnikon  

Kue-chow 

KafTcriatan 

Kuffo 

Kafio 

Kagalag •  • 

Kaggalwalla.. .. 

Kabilcha 

Kaliurawa 

Kaia 

Kaibobo 

Kai-chow 

Kain 

Kain'a 

Kaipara 

Kaipoudra 

Kairwan 

Kajachaha 

Kajachsar 

Kajana 

Kakissigan 

Kaktana 

Kakua     

Kalaat  Eaten  . . . 

Kalabshe 

Kalar 

Kalatoa 

Kaleg 

Kalgan 

Kalgueir 

Kalhat 

Kalinga 

Kalisch 

Kalitva 

Kalix 

Kalix 

Kalka 

Knlkas 

Kalkatargher  .. . 

Kalkol 

Kalkoons 

Kalla 

Kallunga 

Kalmikova 

Kalmuks 

Kalmysk 

Kalouga...  .33. 
Kalouga . . . 
Kalpee  .... 
Kalpeni .... 

Kalsee 

Kalta 

Kama 

Kama 


L.     Tartary 

Dit.  Aaiatic  RuBsia. 

T.  Japan 

Cr.  Soudan 

'1 .  Hencgambia  .. . 
IT.  Soudan 

Ruasia 

Russia 

'Mantchooria  . . 

Soudan  

Tunis 

LitUo  Buchcri? 

Cabul ■ 

{Asiatic  Russia. 
Sandwich  Is. . . 
Soncgambia . . . 

iCeram 

r.  'china 

JTarlary 

iSouthern  Ocean 


R««. 


I  of  Hjcm,  ftc. 


R. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
R. 
R. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 

?• 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

Tr. 

£'• 

Is. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

Ste. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

R. 


Russia 

Tunis 

Bergoo  

Bergoo  

Russia    

Lower  Canada. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Sandwich  Is.. . 

Arabia 

Nubia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Malaysia 

Beloochistan.. . 

China 

Russia 

Arabia 

Malaysia 

Prussia 

Russia 

Sweden 

Sweden 

Mongolia 

Mongolia 

Mongolia 

Tartary 

Malaysia 

Russia 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Asia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Russia 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Asia 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Arabia 

Cabul 

Russia 


Pd 
Vo 

mIi 

Oc 

Oo 

Ud 

Uo 

Mg 

Me 

id 

Qe 
Ub 
Bf 
Lff 
Vi 
Se 
Qd 
n 
XI 
Pb 
Me 
Ng 

Hd 
Wc 

Bg 
Of 
Of 
Vc 
Ui 
Pf 
Td 
Pb 
Pf 
Uh 
No 
Oc 
Nb 
Nb 
Td 
Td 
Td 
Qd 
Ti 
Nb 
Re 
Pd 
Rd 
Pd 
Oc 
Oc 
Rf 

Qg 
Re 
Of 
Qe 
Pb 


tu* 


Kama 

Kamafat .... 
Kamalia .... 
Kamaranka  . 

Kamass 

Kambcak  . . . 
Kamchang . . 
Kamechlu. . . 

Karoel 

Karncn 

Kamcnaya  . . 
Kamcntetz  . . 

Kamini 

Kaminoi .... 
Kamisch .... 
Kamislov  . . . 
Kamourasca . 
Kainpatchai . 
Kampion  . . . 
Kampur  .... 

Kamtie 

Kanitschatka 
Kamtschatka 
Kamt8chatka,Up. 
Kamtschatka . 
Kamtschatka . 
Kamyshin  . . . 

Kan 

Kanadey 

Kanaga 

Kan«chow 

Kan.chow 

Kandahar 

Kandalaakaya  . . 
Kandalaskaya  . . 

Kandiz 

Kandy 

Kanem 

Kangaroo 

Kangelang 

Kangertlukaoak . 

Kangkao  

Kanin  Noss  . . . . 

Kanjuljak 

Kan  Kiane 

Kankiatchm. .. . 

Kankoevi 

Kankoukou  . . . . 
Kannazava . . .   . 

Kano 

Kansara 

Kanseli 

Kanskot 

Kansuh 

Kansuh 

Kanzas 

Kao>chow 

Kaon.chow 

Kaotoasi 

Kao-yeou-ehow  . 
Kapiteh 


rniboa. 


I. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Wta. 

T. 

Pt. 

L. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

?• 

T. 

Ls. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

!?• 

T. 

Pr 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Mt. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

Cy. 

Cy. 

T. 

G. 

T. 

Cy. 

Cty, 

I. 
C. 
T. 
C. 
R. 
R. 

§f 

R. 
T. 

^'- 

C. 
Pr. 

s^- 

R. 
Cy. 
Cy. 
Cy. 

Cy. 

I. 


R«r. 


Japan  

Siam 

\frica 

Scnrganibia. .  ■ 

Africa 

Asiatic  Ru.isia. 

Java 

Tartary. 

Tartary' 

\riiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Lower  Canada. 
Asiatic  Russia . 

China 

Iceland 

Asiatic  Turkey 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

North  America 

China 

China 

Cabul 

Russia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia . 

Ceylon 

Soudan 

New  S.  Wales. 

Malaysia 

Labrador 

Cambodia 

Russia 

Soongaria 

China 

China 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Japan 

Soudan  

Mongolia .... 

Arabia 

Asiatic  Russia 

China 

China 

Western  Ten. 

China 

China 

China 

China 

New  Zealand. 


Vo 

Sg 

I.h 

Nk 

R  b 

Ti 

Qe 

Pd 

Kc 

Ob 

Nd 

Wc 

Wb 

Pd 

Qc 

lid 

Ub 

Sc 

Kb 

Od 

Wc 

Wc 

Wc 

Wc 

Wc 

Pc 

Sc 

Pc 

Ac 

Tf 

Te 

Qe 

Ob 

Ob 

Pc 

Rh 

Ng 

VI 

Ti 

He 

Sh 

Ob 

Qd 

Tf 

Tf 

Re 

Uc 

Ve 

Mg 

Sc 

Pff 
Sc 

Sc 

Se 

Fc 

Tf 

Ue 

Sc 

Te 

XI 


5» 


*•  ;l 


■f  ;• 
«f  ■  * 


■J     M. 


■:'.,'■ 


I  ■; 


li 


Hi 


11 


ri 


ill 


il! 


Mil' 


54 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


NWIM  riT  nuM,  fcb 


Kapiti 

Kuril 

Kara 

Kiiruhogas  . . . 

Karagiieva  .  • . 

Karaj^ui 

Kiirali 

Karaiali 

Karak 

Karak 

Karakakua. . . 

Karak  isch  .  ■ . 

Kara  Koorum 

Karakum  • .  •  • 

KarakuMi . .  •  • 

Karakum  . .  • . 

Karang 

Kara  Scabauk 

Karasou 

Karatchcy  ... 

Karatcghin..*. 

Kurhanda 

Karchco 

Kardborinskoi  . 

Karefb 

Karempe  . .. .. 

Kargalik 

Kargapol  . .  ■ .  < 

Kanatain  ... .. 

Karin 

Karmc 

Karolskaia  •  • . . 

Karoma 

Karomskaia  ... 

Karoon 

Karopa 

Karowa 

Karri  Karri . . . 

Karrion 

Karskakovska  • 

Karskaya 

Karskoo 

Karsoune 

Kartcliina . . . . . 

Kartoon 

Karuga 

Kasachey 

Kascligur 

Kaschligir  . . . . 

Kaschau 

Kashin 

Kashna 

Kaskaskia  . . . . 
Kafikomenia. . . 

Kaslov 

Kasson 

Kastatnuni .. .. 

Katagoora 

Kotchintzi  .... 

Kateerlax 

Kater 


I. 
K. 
T. 
Hay 

T. 

V. 

T, 

T, 

T 

I. 

Bay 

T. 

Mts 

Cy. 

t;y. 

Dcs. 

L. 

T. 

R. 

T 

Cy. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

G. 

L. 

R. 

Cy. 

Cty. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

Sea 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

Cty, 

R.^ 

T. 

T. 

Cy. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Cty. 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

C. 


mitioa. 


(jrccniand  . . . 

RuMHia 

Mongolia  .... 

'I'a.tnry 

Afiiatic  RiMHia 
Asiatic  ituN»ia 

Arabia 

Little  Bucharia 

Syria 

PcrHian  Gulf 
Sandwich  Is. 
Little  Bucharia 

Thibet 

Mongolia 

Mongolia 

Tartury 

Mongolia 

Syria 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Tartary 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Great  Bucharia 
Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Turkey 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Russia 

Arabia 

Russia 

Norway 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Egypt 

Mongolia 

Soudan  

Africa 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Asia ■ 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Nubia 

Tartary 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Asia 

Mongolia . . 
Austria. . . . 


Russia 

Soudan 

Illinois 

Russia 

Russia 

Africa 

Asiatic  Turkey 

Soudan  

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit.  America  . 


R«f. 
Lrlt. 

jT 

Ub 

Td 

Pd 

Qc 

Wo 

Of 

Re 

Oo 

Pe 

Bg 

Ro 

Re 

Td 

Sd 

Qo 

Rd 

Oc 

Re 

Oc 

Qe 

Wb 

Qe 

Sc 

Od 

Od 

Nd 

Ob 

Of 

No 

Mc 

Re 

Va 

Va 

Of 

Sd 

Mh 

Nk 

Qf 

Ob 

Qb 

Qe 

Pc 

Wc 

^S 
Qd 

Wb 

Qe 

Sc 
Nd 
Oc 
Mg 

Ob 
Od 

Lg 
Od 

Re 

Ub 
Hb 


ItuM*  et  rUcM,  kc 


Kater C. 

Kutcr R. 

Kater jPt 

Katlierina L. 


.24. 


Katmandoo 
Katungwa  . 
Kauai . . . . , 
Kaua>Kaua 
Kautokcino 
Kavio  ..... 

Kaw 

Kawar  .... 
Kawas  .... 
Kawen  .... 

Kay 

Kayaye .... 

Kayee  

Kaycs 

Kaygorod . . 
Kaynsk.. .. 
Kay|jia .... 
Kazane .... 

Kcangse 

Keangsoo 

Kca*.a 

Keais 

Kcbskoi 

Kedio 

Keeheetsa 

Keeling 

Keclwa 

Keerchang 

Keerweer 

Keffing 

Kefoe 

Kegorhaven 

Kehl 

Kehoa 

Keil 

Kein-chow 

Kein-ning 

Keiskumma  .. .. 

Keith's 

Kejmy 

Kekoumoy 

Kcksglom 

Kelangtow 

Kelat 

Kelat 

Kelcgrave 

Kelrascott 

Kemar 

Kemi 3. 

Kemi 

Kemi 

Kemi 

Keminoom 

Kemitrask  ..... 

Kemmoo 

Kemp 

Kempendria  .. .. 


T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Is. 

R. 

Cty 

T. 

T. 

Ft. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Pr. 

Pr. 

Pr. 

Po. 

Pt 

T. 

Is. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

I. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

1. 

T. 


T. 
Pt 
T. 
T. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

?■ 

R. 


taiUoo. 


1 


lUf. 

Ml. 


Brit.  America  .  (>  a 
Scorciby's  La..JKa 
Brit.  America  .lE  b 
New  Holland..  Tl 

Nepaul R  f 

Soudan M  g 

Sandwich  Is. . .  B  i 
New  Zealand. .  X  1 

Norway N  b 

Australasia  ...  X  I 
Brit  America  .  F  o 

Libya N  f 

Hindoostan  . . .  Q  f 

Polynesia X  h 

Brit.  America  .  C  b 

Africa L  g 

Scnegambia.. .  Lg 
North  America  iC  e 


Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia . 

Russia 

China 

China 

New  Holland. . 
Brit.  America  . 
Aciatic  Russia. 
Beloochistan  . . 
Missouri  Tcr.  . 
Malaysia  ..... 

Africa 

Little  Bucharia 
New  S.  Wales. 

Malaysia 

Tonquin 

Russia 

Baden 

Tonquin 

Denmark 

China 

China 

CaiTraria 

Brit.  America  . 
Asiatic  Russia . 
Asiatic  Russia . 

Russia 

Formosa 

Beloochistan  . . 

Pt    ia 

Turkey 

New  Holland . . 
Celebes 


Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Africa 

Russia 

Africa 

S.  Pacific  Oc. . 
Asiatic  Russia. 


Pc 
Re 
Xb 
Pc 
Tf 
Te 

Uj 

Db 

Sc 

Qf 

Fd 

Sj 
Ol 

Qd 

Ui 

Sf 

Ob 

Md 

Tg 

Mo 

Ti 

Ti 

Nl 

Db 

Sc 

Xb 

Ob 

Uf 

Qf 

Pc 

Nd 
Tl 
Uh 
Nb 
Ob 
Nb 
Nb 

Lg 
Nb 

Lg 
Ho 
Tb 


CON.SI'LTING  INDEX. 


NuMt  o(  riMM,  kc 


Kcmnka 

Ki-nuiskaya  . . . . 
Kt'iilHiuloun  . .  ■  ■ 

Kcndiill 

Kcndiill 

Kendall 

Kendall 

Kcndrick's  .. ... 

Kcninare 

Kunn 

Kcnnvbcck 

Kennedy's 

Kcncli 

KcnniH 

Kcnogummisc . . 

Kenous  

Konpou 

Kent 

Kcntal 

Kent's  Group .. . 

Kentucky 

Kcppel 

Keppcl 

Keppol's 

Kcrdje 

Kcrc|^uz 

Kcret 

Kcrpuelen's  Ld- 

Kcnn 

Kerkeni 

Kcrkisich 

Kcrkook 

Kerlaja 

Kcrinady 

Kcrinan 

Kerman 

Kerman 

Kermanshah  . . . 

Kcrtnise , 

Kcrnuk ........ 

Kera 

Kerue 

Kcruh 

Keshanso 

Keshin 


Pnilion. 


Keshin 

Ke-sho 

Kesnoe 

Ket 

Ketching  .... 

Ketian 

Ketoy 

Ketshin 

Ketskoi 

Kewenaw  .... 
Kew-lung  Kiang 

Key  West 

Key  West 

Khaff 

Khaibar  ..... 
Khalanskoie . . 


T. 

In. 

T. 

T.    I 

C. 

C. 

la. 

I- 

R. 

I. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

C. 

R. 

Dia. 

It 

T. 

R. 

I. 

St. 

Bay 

L 

Dia. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Sta. 

Pr. 

Des. 

§:■ 

T. 

His. 

I, 

R. 

Bay 

Dis. 

Cy. 

Cy. 

T. 

R. 

Tr. 

T. 

I. 

Cy. 
T. 
Pt 
R. 

?■ 

T. 
T. 
T. 


Asiatic  Russia. 
North  America 
Asiatic  Russia. 

England 

Brit.  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 

Polynesia 

Ireland 

Persian  Gulf . . 

Maine  

Australasia  .  • . 

Egypt 

Japan  ..      .... 

Brit.  America  . 

Nubia 

Thibet 

Michigan 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Australasia .  ■ .  ■ 
United  States . . 
New  S.  Wales  . 
New  S.  Wales  . 
Sandwich  Is.. . 

Arabia 

Persia 

Russia 

Indian  Ocean.. 
Mantchooria  . . 
Meditcrran.  Sea 
Syria  .... 
Asiatic  Turkey 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Africa 

Persia 

Persia 

Persia 

Persia 

Arabia 

Soudan 

New  S.  Wales  . 
Australasia  . . 

Persia 

China 

Arabia 

Arabia 

Tonquin 

Tonquin 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Mantchooria  . . 
Little  Bucharia 
Kurile  Islands. 

China 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Michigan 

China 

Florida 

Florida 

Persia 

Arabia 

Asiatic  Russia. 


lur. 

Sc" 

Cb 

Tb 

Lo 

Kb 

Gb 

Cb 

Uf 

Lc 

Pf 

Hd 

Xi 

Of 

Ve 

He 

Of 

0 

Gd 

Ab 

VI 

Go 

Wk 

Wk 

Aj 

Pf 

Po 

Ob 

Qm 

Uc 

Me 

Oe 

Oc 

Xb 

Ng 

P? 

Pe 

Pe 

Pe 

Pf 

Ng 

Vj 
Wi 
Pe 
Ue 

Pg 
Pg 
Tf 

Sf 

Sc 

Vd 

Rd 

Wd 

Te 

Re 

Gd 

Sf 

Gf 

Gf 

Pe 

Of 

Sa 


Nuna  of  FIkm,  lie. 


Khalnyrca  . . 
Klmmabad 
Khamrinskoi 
Khandesh . . . 
Khantanskoio 

Khara 

Kharatologoi 
Kharasm.. .. 
Klmrasm.. .. 
Kharkov . . 
KharkoT . . 
Kharma  . . 
Kharusova 
Khassa  . . . 
Khatanga . 
Khatanska 
Khatanska 
Khatanskayt 


49. 


lUu 


R. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Cty. 

Des. 

Pr. 

9: 

T. 
T. 
R. 
T. 
R. 
G. 


naliim. 


Khccroo T. 


Kheressoun 
Kherson 
Kherson  . . .  . . 
Khikata  ... 

Khimni 

Khingan .  . . 
Khirmov .... 

Khiva 

Kliiva 

Khiva 

Khizarisk  ... 

Khodon 

Khoi 

Khojend  .... 
Khojusalu. .. 

Khokan 

Khokan  .... 
Kholdom.. .. 

Kholm 

Kholmogori . 

Khoper 

Khorasan . . . 

Khord 

Khotsim .... 
Khoutche . . . 
Khozd&r  .... 
Khusistan... 
Khvalynsk  . . 
Khyrpore  . . . 
Kiachta  .... 
Kia-Kiang  . . 

Kialing 

Kiama  ..... 
Kiantheen... 
Kiaokee  .... 

Kiat 

Ki-chow .... 
Kickapoos.. . 
Kiddeekiddee 

Kidd's 

Kidnapp-uif  . . 
Kiematur . . . 


52. 


IU(. 
UK. 


T. 
Pr. 

MU. 

R. 

Mts, 

R. 

Cty. 

Des. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

?-• 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Pr. 

T. 

Cy. 

Cy. 

^^• 
Dis. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Cy. 

R. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 

S; 

Sta. 
I. 
C. 
Bay 


Asiatic  Russia 

Tartnry 

Asiatic  Russia 
lliiidoostuii  • . 
Asiatic  Russia 
Mongolia  .... 
Mantchooria  . 

Tartary 

Tartary 

Russia 

Russia 

Soudan  

Asiatic  Russia. 

Turkey 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia . 
Hindooston  . . . 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Russia 

Russia 

Mantchooria 
Mantchooria 
Mongolia  . . . 
Russia 


Tartary 

Tartary 

Tartary 

Tartary 

Asiatic  Russia 

Persia 

Tartary 

Great  Bucharia 

Tartary 

Tartary 

Tartary 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Persia 

Russia 

Russia 

Little  Bucharia 
Beloochistan.. . 

Persia 

Russia 

Hinduostan  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

China 

China 

Soudan 

Laos 

Corea 

Tartary 

China 

Western  Ten . . 
New  Zealand . . 
Polynesia .... 
New  Zealand. . 
Brit  America  . 


X  h 
Qe 
Tb 
Rf 
Ka 
Td 
Td 
Pd 
Pd 
Od 
Oc 

Ng 
Wc 
Nd 
a 
Rb 
Rb 
Sa 
Rf 
Od 
Od 
Od 
Vd 
Vd 
Td 
Pb 
Pd 
Pd 
Pe 
Qd 
Tc 
Pe 
Qd 
Qc 
Qd 

Qd 
Qe 
Oc 
Ob 
Oc 
Pe 
Od 
Nd 
Rd 
Qf 

Pe 
Pc 

Qf 

Tc 

Tf 

Te 

Mh 

Sf 

Ue 

Pd 

Te 

Fa 

XI 

Vf 

XI 

He 


.■-.*i 


[. 


►( 


;i 


36 


NuBMof  ruta,**. 


iil- 


rbM. 


Ki(!Mi L" 

Kien 47.  Pr. 

Kitiiki-rUri I. 

Kikiai I. 

Kikicha R. 

KikkcrlariKNik. .  1. 

Kllalla T. 

KilaM(jutx>ucTakoi  T. 

Kildoiimkoi T. 

Kildwin I. 

Kilkajarvi T. 

Kiilttloo T. 

Killrcf R. 

Killioii L. 

Kilonga Uia. 

Kilonga T. 

Kilongo T. 

Kiltusova T. 

Kiinbilaks T. 

Kiin-him T. 

Kiiniklaya T. 

Kiinilo I. 

Kimilo I. 

Kiinmoncgard?.  Pr. 

Kin T. 

Kin  Ho R. 

Kinacslakaya. . .  T. 
Kincha  Kiaag  . .  R, 

Kin-ching Cy. 

Kin  chow Cy. 

Kin  citow T. 

Kuidcrlinsk  . . . .  G. 

Kinelin T, 

Kinerbek C. 

Kineshma T. 

King Ft. 

Kingan Cy. 

King   Charles* 

South Ld. 

King'Chow Cy. 

King  George  . . .  R. 
King  George's ..  Is. 
King  George's  . .  Ig. 
King  George's ..  I. 
King  Greorge's ..  So. 

Kinghcle T. 

King.ki.tao Cy. 

Kingleching. . . .  Cy. 

King's Bay 

King's C. 

King's I. 

King' I. 

King's I. 

Kingsmills Gr. 

Kingston Cy. 

Kingston T, 

King-tong Cy. 

King  William  . .  Sea 
King  William's.  C. 

King.yang Cy. 

Kinjan R. 


I>DWlia». 


CONHULTING  INDKX 

Ni 


Thibet 

Itusnia 

(irovnland  . . . . 

Ja|)iiri 

Awiatic  Russia. 
Greenland  . . . . 

Ireliiid 

AHiittic!  liussia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

RuNiiia 

iiuHiiia 

Ireland 

Africa 

Thibet 

Loango 

F^oangu 

Renguela 

AHiutie  Russia. 

RuHMiu 

Corea 

Russia  ....... 


Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Arabia 

China 

Asiatic  Russia 

Thibet 

China 

China 

Mantchooria  . 

Tartar  V 

Mantenooria  . 
Greenland  ... 

Russia 

Florida 

China 


Patagonia 

China 

Africa 

Polynesia 

Brit.  America  . 
South  Shetland 
New  Holland. . 

Loango 

Corca 

China 

SpitslKcrgcn  . . . 
Brit.  America  . 
North  America 
Australasia . . . . 
Bay  of  Bengal. 

Polynesia 

Jamaica 

Upper  Canada . 

China 

Brit.  America  . 
New  Guinea  . . 

China 

Asiatic  Russia. 


Re 
Od 
J  b 
I'  f 
lb 
Jb 
Lc 
Td 
Vh 
Ob 
Nb 
Lc 

Oj 
R  0 
Mi 
Mi 
Mj 
Sa 
Ob 
Ud 
Nb 
No 
Nb 
Nb 
Of 
Te 
Vb 
Se 
Tf 
Uf 
Ud 
Pd 
Ud 
Jb 
Oc 
Gi 
Tf 

Hn 
Te 
Ok 

Cj 

Gc 

lo 

Tl 

Mi 

Ue 

Tf 

Ma 

Gb 

Ab 

VI 

Sg 
XI 

Gg 

Gd 

Sf 

Fb 

VI 

Te 

Uc 


«f  r^ttm,  %r,      i  •»m. 


UA. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

h. 


Amiloa. 


Kinnaird's  . 
Kinsur.ov  . . 
Kintan  .... 
Kiobvig.. . . 
Kiulutiie  . . . 
Kiongchow  ... . 

Kiragassi Tr. 

Kircr.iifk Cy. 

Kirgius Cty. 

Kirin Pr, 

Kirin  Oula i'y. 

KirJBteh T. 

KirkShehr T. 

Kirkwall T. 

Kirkwall.. ......  Bay 

Kirlou. T. 

Kirrec T. 

KiMeligh  .■, Rk. 

Kishin I. 

Kiska I. 

Kiskina T. 

Kistnah R. 

Kistrandt T. 

Kitchko  .......  L. 

Kites Tr. 

Kitka L. 

Kitton I. 

Kittila T. 

Kittis T. 

Kiusiu I. 

Kiva Bay 

Kiyavalski T. 

Kiyavalski T. 

Kizal-agatch ....  G. 

Kizil  Coum Des. 

Kizliar T. 

Kizzil  Irmak  . . .  R. 

Klin T. 

Klutchcfskv  ....  Vol. 
Knielevinsk  . . . .  T. 

K.  Moilah T. 

K.  Nahal T. 

Knap's Bay 

Knee L. 

Knighton Bay 

Knight's I. 

Knight's I. 

Knight's In. 

Knisteneaux.  > . .  Tr. 
Knivaniemi  . . . .  T. 

Knob >  • . .  C. 

Knoxville Cy, 

Knoy's I. 

Koation T. 

Kodiachini?k..<  ■  T. 

Kodiok I. 

Kodinskoi T. 

Kocena T. 

Koei-chow Cy. 

Koci  Ho R. 

Koei-yang Cy. 


Hcotland 

Kusniii 

•Mongolia 

Norway 

RuAHJa 

Hainan 

.Asiatic  Rufitiia. 
Asiatic  Kussia. 

Tartuiy  . . 

Mantchooria  . . 
Mantcliooria  . . 

Russia 

Asiatic  Turkey 

Scotland 

Brit.  Antcrica  . 

Russia 

Benin 

Asiatic  Russia . 
Persian  Gulf . . 
Alcoutian  Arc 
Asiatic  Russia, 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Norway 

Russia 

Missouri  Tor.  . 

Russia 

Asia 

Russia 

Russia 

Japan  

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  RusHia 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Tartary 

Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Russia    ..... 

Arabia 

Arabia 

Brit.  America 
Brit.  America 
Scorcsby's  Ld. 
Australasia  . . 
Brit  America 
Oregon  Ter... 


Russia 

New  Holland. 
Tennessee  . . , 
Polynesia .... 
Cochin  China 

Russia 

North  America 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Africa 

China 

China 

China 


Hit. 
lot. 


Oc 

Hi! 

Nb 

N  b 

Tjr 

He 
c 

d 
Ud 
Oc 
Oo 
Le 
Hb 
Oc 
M  h 
Va 
Pf 
Xc 
Wc 

Na 
Ob 
Fd 
Nb 

Qg 

Nb 

Nb 

Uc 

Ob 

Qb 

Qb 

Pe 

Qd 

Pd 

Od 

Oc 

Wc 

Ob 

Ob 

Of 

Fb 

Fc 

Kb 

Xra 

Fb 

Do 

Ec 

Nb 

Ti 

Go 

Xh 

Is 
Pb 

Be 

Qb 

^S 
Te 

To 

Tf 


;f 


•'i;  .'.I 


Pe 

Qd 

Pd 

Od 

Oc 

Wc 

Ob 

Ob 

Of 

Fb 

Fo 

Kb 

Xm 

Fb 

Dc 

Ec 

Nb 

Ti 

Ge 

Xh 

Tff 

Pb 

Be 

Qb 

Lp 

Te 

To 

Tf 

■" 


Mntt  •>(  t^am,  Ik.      Clt» 


KiM:tu 

K<if 

K'olmt 

KuliiHtaa 

Kiiidero 

Knit; 

Koiloviik 

Koin 

Koirnin 

Kciisilin 

KokuhlaliiHiiket. 

Kokikli 

Kokiiii; 

Koko  Nor 

Kok» 

KokHah 

Kola 

K-.lii 

Koldagi ' 

Koleah 

Kolliyan 

Kolhyan 

Koliiiia 

Koliinitkoi 

Koliulchen  ,.,, . 

KoliuHchcs 

Koliva 

Kolno 

Kologriv 

KolokoUkovskoi. 

Kolomna 

Ko!p 

Kolpinskom  .. .. 

Kolpitcha 

Kolryn 

Kolvercia • 

Kolym  Joujan  .  < 
Kolzdralova  . . . . 
Komaggos  ... .. 

Kon 

Konang-nan . . . . 

Konbo 

Konda ........ 

Kondinskaya . . 

Kong 

Kong 

Kong 

Kongnan 

Kongsberg  . . .  . 
Kong-tchang  . . 

Konich 

Konig 

Konigsburg  . . . 
Koninschna  . . . 

Konkerc 

Konotop 

Konrat 

Konstuntingrad 
Konstantinov . . 
Konup 


T. 

r. 
r. 

T. 

Dii. 

L. 

Fd. 

T. 

U. 

Mta. 

C. 

A. 

L. 

^y. 

L. 

I. 

R. 

Boy 

T, 
T. 
Pr. 

?• 

T. 

I. 

Tr. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

C 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Sta. 

L. 

2" 

R. 
T. 

Cty. 

Mte, 

?f 
Cy. 
Cy. 
C. 

T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
R. 


t»*iom. 


(•UNSri.TIN<i  I.VDKX. 


•Viiittria 

Arabia 

Japan  

Cabul 

(Jabul 

Ru«Nia 

Norway 

RuMia 

Mantchooria  ■  ■ 

rhibt'l 

RuHMia 

Oregon  Tcr... . 

Turtary 

Cbina 

China 

AuHtralasia..  •  • 
Brit.  America  ■ 

RuHsia 

Ru8sia 

Darfur 

Algiers 

Asiatic  Rusxia. 
Asiatic  RuHsia. 
Asiatic  Russiu. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit.  America  • 
Russia 


lut     I 

I.M. 


Russia  . . . , 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Norway 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Cape  Colony  . . 
Russia  ....... 

China 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Soudan  

Soudan 

Africa 

China 

Norway  ...... 

China 

Asiatic  Turkey 
Brit.  America 
Prussia ...... 

Russia 

Mongolia  .... 

Russia 

Tartary 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia 
Africa 


No 
P» 

Ve 

Q« 

Qo 

Ob 

N« 

Pb 

Vc 

Ro 

Od 

Ed 

Qc 

Sf 

So 

Tk 

He 

Ob 

Ob 

Ng 

Mo 

Re 

Re 

Wb 

Wb 

Ab 

Cb 

Pb 

Nc 

Od 

Pb 

Oc 

Oc 

Pd 

Pd 

Nc 

Mb 

Qb 

Pb 

Ni 

Nb 

Sf 

Ob 

Qc 

Qc 

Mg 

Mg 

Lh 

Te 

Mc 

So 

Oe 

Gb 

Nc 

Pb 

Sd 

Oc 

Pd 

Od 

Ta 

Nk 


Konvingcr 

Koochan 

Kuoloj 

Kiioloobdea 

Kuom 

Kooma 

Kooinabud 

K(K)ndooi 

Koonor 

Kooniakary  . . . , 

Koonsha  

Koop 

Kooranko 

Koorccnar 

Kopani 

Kopaul 

Kopcn 

Kopi , 

KopysB 

Kordofan 

Koronnoe 

Krirgiis ■ 

Korgin 

Koriuks 

Korilvays 

Kornegallo  .... 

Korna 

Korolaikha  .... 

Koronas 

Korot 

Kortchin 

Korti 

Korumabad  . . . 

Kosheleff 

Koeima 

Koslov 

Kosogal 

KoBorra  ...... 

Kostanie 

Kostrom 

Kostroma  ...  14 

Kostroma 

Kosva  ........ 

Kotah 

Kotai 

Kotelnitch  .... 

Kotclnoi 

Koten 

Koten 

Kotska 

KottojourcB  . . . 
Kotzebue's .... 
Kouangsi ..... 
Kouangsin  .. .. 
Koubinskoe  . . . 
Koudarinska  •  • 

Koudon 

KoudoBgour. .. 
Koudouktoa .. 

KouO'hoa 

Koue-te 


T. 
I'. 
T. 
I. 

r. 

R. 

r. 

T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
I. 

T. 
T. 
T. 
T 
T. 
T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

Pt 

L 

T. 

L. 

T. 

Ft. 

T. 

Pr. 

S" 

T. 
T. 
T. 
I. 

DlB 

R. 
T. 
T. 

So. 

T. 
T. 
T. 
T, 
T. 

9,y' 

Cy. 


Norway 

Pfrnia 

licliMicliiNtan  .  . 
liiiidtMKtt'in  . . . 

Pernitt 

Asiatic  RuHNia. 

Persia 

Tartary 

Cabul 

Africa 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Polynesia 

Africa 

Hindooslan  . . . 

Tartury 

Hindoostan  . . . 
As'  ic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Africa 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Sonngaria 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Indian  Ocean .. 

Ceylon 

Asiatic  Turkey 

Russia 

Russia 

Siam 

Mantchooria  . 

Nubia 

Persia 

Asiatic  Russia 

Japan  

Russia 

Mongolia  .... 

Africa 

Oregon  Ter.. . 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Hindoostan  . . 

Siam 

Russia 

Asiatic  Rdsi^iii 
Little  Bu';))an 
Little  BiKharia 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Norway 

North  America 

China 

China 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Mongolia 

Mongolia 

China 

China 


Br«. 

mT. 

Pi> 
(Jf 

.S  f 
Pr 
Od 
Pr 

y«' 

tie 

d 
Wh 
Lh 
Rf 
Pd 

Rjf 

Sc 
Od 
Oc 

Og 
Sa 
Rd 
Ta 
Xb 
Ok 
Rh 
Pe 
Pb 
Nb 

s«r 

Ud 

Og 

Pe 

Wc 

Vd 

Oc 

Sc 

h« 
Ec 

Nd 

Oe 

Oc 

Pc 

Rf 

l« 
Pd 

Va 

Rd 

Rd 

So 

Nb 

Bb 

T  f 

Tf 

Oc 

Tc 

Tc 

Td 

Td 

Sf 

To 


■| 


H 


W. 


]>  i      1 


(ONSULTINC;  INDKX. 


i4  t\»im,  k*- 


riaMna. 


'I'. 
'I'. 

'■?: 

T. 
R. 


K>iuir'<l>'tcka<  •  > . 

KolllllMtll 

Koiikii 

Koiikiri 

KoiikoiidorcMou 

Koiiktoi 

Koiilurka iT. 

Koiiloiitulrinskoc  T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 
R. 
C. 
T. 


Uu. 


Koiiiiiffour 

Kouiiiiiiikovi  .  ■  ■ 
Kouiiff-akka. . . . 

Kounto 

Kuii|H,>nMk 

Kuiiruba 

Koureli 

Kourcii 

Kdurifan 

KoiiriMkiirki  ... . 

KouriHitm 

Kuurujogfina . . . . 

K(jurau 

KourHk 43. 

KourHk 

Kourtchoam ... . 
Kouskoguin  . . . . 

KouHinoi 

KouHnctzk 

KuUSHIO 

Kouatclmnka  .  •  ■ 

Koutaia 

Kou-tiio 

Koutchigaiska . . 

Kouwan 

Koii-yuon 

Kouza 

Kouznctsk 

Kovdo 

Kovdo 

Kovno 

Kowan 

Kracai 

KraEinoborak  . . .. 

KrasnoUlar 

Kfusnoy 

Krasnoyarsk  . . . 
Krasnoy-kholm  . 

Kraw 

Kremenichoug.. 

Krcstora 

Krcstovaya 

Krestovoy 

Krcstovoy 

Krcstovskoo  . . . . 

Krisei 

Kroiny 

Kronenborg  . . . . 

Kronotskoi 

Krook 

Kroo  Towns .... 

Krostzi 

Krumen 


R. 
R. 
T. 
Pr, 

S'- 

R. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

Bay 

T. 

Is. 

T. 

R. 

5f 
^- 

L. 
T. 
R. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 

cy. 

T. 

Ist. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

C. 

C. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Mt 

Cy. 

T. 
R. 


Soudai) 

'  Muti);nlia 

Moni;olia 

ANJiitic  KuMNia. 
ANiatio  UiiHNin. 
ANiiitic  UiiMNia. 

JUUHMlll 

Aaiatic  Ruasia. 

M(iii|;olia 

RuMxii 

'RuMHia 

I  Africa 

JAaiatic  Turkey 

iMariKnlia 

AHJatic  Riisaia. 
Asiatic  RtisNiu. 
Asiatic  RuHHia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

(tuiuna 

Russia 

Russia 

Mongolia 

North  America 

Russia 

Russia 

Cape  Colony  . . 

Russia 

Aiiiatic  Russia. 

Corca 

Asiatic  Russia. 

TarUry 

China 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Great  Bucharia 

Arabia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Asia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Aleoutian  Arc. 

Russia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Persia 

Liberia 

Russia 

Africa 


Knisrnati'rn  ... . 
KruM-natcni .. . . 
Kruicnstcrn  .. . . 
Kruicnstcrn's.. . 

Kua 

Kuban 

KudKorski 

Kueti.iun 

Kukar 

Kuku 

Kulbiih 

Kull 

Kullcespclin  ... . 

Kuino 

Kulon 

Kulon 

Kulukak 

Kumi 

Kunkuy 

Kunwiino 

Kuo|)io 8. 

Kuopio 

Kur 

Kurachco 

Kurant 

Kui'dlitan 

Kur^ha 

Kuriat 

Kurilo 

Kurilc 

Kumaul 

Kurnool 

Kurrcchone  . . . . 
Kurry  Kurry .. . 

Kurulon 

Kura 

Kusserkund  . . . . 

Kustrin 

Kutaiah 

Kutshuga 

Kutsinff 

Kuwadi 

Kwadelen 

Kwangse 

Kwangtung  . . . . 

Kweichow 

Kwettah 

Kwies 

Kwyhoo 

Kyberg 

Kylie 

Labezu 

Labiagei 

Labook  

Labrador 

Laby 

Labyrinth 

Labyrinth 

La  Cache  

La  Cala 


Cb«. 


Mt. 
I. 
R. 
R. 

r. 

MtN. 

T. 
T. 
T. 
[\ 
L. 
T. 
R. 
L. 
|C». 
I. 
R. 
T. 
Pr. 

k': 

T. 

Mt. 

Pr. 

L. 

T. 

L. 

la. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Dis, 

R. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

L 

Pr. 

Pr. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 


T. 
T. 

T. 
T. 
Bay 

T. 
Bay 

R. 
T. 


SoriU  AiiK'rica 
Hrit.  Ainrrica  • 
Nova  Zvinhk  .. 

l'oiyiie«ia 

Asiatic  Kusaia. 
Aniatic  RuMsia. 
Aiiiutic  Ruania. 

Mongolia 

Littlu  Bucharia 

liibya 

Arabia 

Brit.  America  . 
Oregon  'I'er. .. . 

Poland 

Mongolia 

Mongolia 

NortFi  America 
Kastcrn  H<;a  ..  ■ 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia . 

8indo 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Boongaria 

Arabia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Asia 

Hindooatan  . . . 
Ilindooatan  . . . 

Africa 

Soudan 

Mongolia 

Asiatic  Russia . 
Beloochistan.. . 

Prussia 

Asiatic  Turkey 
Asiatic  Russia 

China 

Japan  

Polynesia. . . . 

China 

China 

China 

Cabul 

Africa 

Africa 

Russia 

Celebes 


Mongolia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Borneo  

Brit.  America  . 
Scncgambia .. . 

Nubia 

Lower  Canada. 
Brit  America  . 
Tunis 


1 


a..  « 

iTiT 

Kb 

a 


P 

,'j 
Sc 

Ud 

Qb 

Si! 

Rd 
Nf 
P  f 
Fb 
V.d 
Nc 
Td 
I'd 
Be 
Vf 
X  b 
Nb 
Nb 
Nb 
•d 

*if 

Wc 

Oc 

Qd 

Pf 

Wc 

Wd 

Rf 

n{ 

M 
T 

Vb 

Qf 

No 

Nc 

To 

Sf 

Ue 

Xh 

i  f 

Tf 

Tf 

Qe 

Nk 

Oi 

Na 

Ti 


Sd 
Re 
Th 
He 

k« 

g§ 
Db 
Me 


Sd 
Re 
Th 
He 

gs 

Db 
Me 


CONSI  l,Tl.\<i  INUKX. 


H»mm<4r\fm,tm. 

(.•  Ciiudiiiia. . . . 

(•Jii<i;a<livot 

I.itulil.iii 

Liickir 

Lii  t  'oitc(;|ition  .. 
t.a  (.'rusiMi  l<aka. 

f.adiik 

Iiiiditk 

I.aduk 

(.luliiriarNka  •  • .  • 
l.adi!y  iioyc  I'ulo 

Ijiiilikiuli 

I<itd(>i;a 

I.ii  Dotiiiiiica  ..  • 

I.adroiiu 

Iiiidroiio 

t.iidy  Anno'i  . . . 

f.iidy  tircy 

Lady  Julia*!.. . . 
T.ady  Nulnon'i  ,. 

fiiittiycttu 

l.of^bu'H 

riagcna 

r.agoa 

r<a  Golcta 

Lnjfoon 

LilgOH 

Tia  <iozaIta 

La  (irango 

LaguillaM 

La  Uuayra 

Laj^ucdo 

Lagiillus 

Lagnllas 

Lajruniar 

Laguna 

Laguna 

Lahore 

Lahore 

Lahou  


Lahou  

Lahsa 

Lahsa 

Lalitie 

Lai-chow 

Lainio 

Lakcneig 

Lalcha 

Lalmamon  . . . . 

Lalsk 

Lama 

La  M agdalena . 

Lamas 

Lambay 

Lambayqua  . . , 

Lambuka  

Lamego 

La  Mira? 

Lamock 

Lamoel 

Lamoo 


r. 

It.  i 
■• 

Vil.  I 

Ft. 

l>i».i 

;;'■ 

r. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

1. 

I*. 

In. 

Hay 

C. 

I. 

Sh. 

T. 

Sh. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

L 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Bk. 

T. 

C. 

Bk. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

Cy. 

C. 

R. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

S'- 

SU. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

Sea 

L 

T. 

Sh. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

L 

Is. 

L 

T. 


Mexico 

Aiiia 

.\.-wS.\VttUii 
MuliiyDia  .... 

Mi'xico 

Brit.  Aiiifri(.'a 
Littif  TliilMit  . 
Littlu  Thibet . 
Littlu  TliilN!t . 
AMiuiio  RuMNia. 

RuNMia 

Syria 

ItuMHia 

S'nlyiiciiia. . . . 

('hit. 'I 

I'lilyiiuMia.  . . . 
Hrit.  Anievica 
.Mozainbi.iuo  . 
AuRtntiuMia  . . 
.\uiitralniiia... 

Indiana 

Auitrulraiu.. . 
Pico  Inland  . . 
Inhunibano... . 

Tunis 

PolynoHia 

Portugal 

Buenos  Ay  res  . 

Arkansas 

Indian  Ocean.. 

Venezuela 

Azonaga 

Indian  Ocean  . 
Cape  Colony  . . 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Equador 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Guinea 

Guinea 

Arabia 

Arabia 

Hindoostan  . . . 
China  ........ 

Sweden  < 

Africa 

Russia    

Abyssinia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Polynesia 

Peru... 

Malaysia 

Peru 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Brazil 

Polynesia 

China 

Polynesia 

Africa 


v7 

VI 
I'i 
Ko 
Kc 
Ko 
Re 
Re 
V  b 
Ob 
Oe 
Ob 

t;i 

Tf 

Vg 
(ia 
Ok 
VI 
Wl 
Gd 
Wj 
Ko 
Ok 
Mo 

Le 
HI 

Fe 
Nl 
Hg 
Kf 

Nl 
Nl 

Ij 

Hi 
Qe 
Qe 
Lh 
Lh 
Pf 
Pf 
Qf 
Ue 
Nb 
Lf 
Ob 

2» 

Pb 
Vo 

Cj 
Hi 

Gi 
Vb 
Hj 
Wf 
Tf 

)f« 
Oi 


I  o(  riM 


.••• 


I.aniov  ...... 

l.uin|M'diMa.  • . 
I.niiipiiiiiu. . . . 

Liiinpun 

Lain|ioiig  . .. . 
Laniuri'k  . . . . 

Luiiiuli 

Lancantur  ..  • . 
LaiicoNtor  .. . . 
LuncoMtur  .. . . 
fAn.cliow  .. .. 

Landu 

Landliill 

Lundfull 

LundHlx'rg  . . . 
Land'H  End  . . 

Luncpou  

Langanaos  . . . 

Langara 

Langara  

Langcness  . . . 

Langley 

Langoen 

Lan-IIo 

Lankao 

Lankcran  . .  ■ . 

Lannes • 

Lantchang  . . 
Lanzarota  .. . 

Laos 

Lapa 

La  Paz 

La  Paz 

Lapohova ... 
Lapdinska  . . . 
Lapitcha. ... 
Lapiuga  , ,. ., 
Lapland  .... 
La  Plata.... 

Laporte 

Laptuff 

La  Puebla  . . . 
La  Puebla  . . 
La  Purissima 
Laquaha  .... 

liar 

Laraat 

Larak 

Larch 

Lari 

Larissa 

Laristan  .... 
Laritchi  .... 
Larkcnting . . 
Larkhanu . . . 

Lurnica 

La  Roche . . . 
La  Rocbelle  .. 
La  Rouge ... 
La  Rouge . ... 
Larrey 


T.    i 

lUyl 
.  .;|)iii. 


..iTr. 

80. 
Rf. 

'1'. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

{'. 

li. 

C. 

Bay 

C. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

(J. 

T. 
I. 

Cty. 
Bay 
Dcp 

^f- 

T. 
R. 
T. 

T. 
T. 
T. 
St. 
T. 
T. 
I. 

Si'- 

L 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Str. 

^': 

Ft 
C. 


RiMsia 

.Mi'ililrrriiii.  St'M 
Ml iliti  rriiu.  .Sa 

I.iixiin 

Suniutrii 

PolyncKia 

.\iiiittir  liuania. 

Ktiglund 

Brit.  America  . 

I'olyni'Nia 

China 

Borneo  

Buy  of  Bengal. 
Patagonia  .... 

Pruaaia 

England 

Thiljct 

Iceland 

Patagonia 

Oregon  Tor.  . . 
Novu  Zi-nibia .  . 
Newfoundland . 
Lotru<ttii  ImIcm  . 
Mantchouria  . . 
Ruasia  ...... 

PerHJa 

New  8.  Wales . 

Laos 

Canary  Isles  . . 

Asia 

Bcnguela 

Bolivia 

Bolivia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Europe 

Now  Grenada  . 

Indiana 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Polynesia 

Persia 

Australasia  . . 
Persian  Gulf . . 
Brit.  America  . 

Soudan  

Turkey ■ 

Persia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Thibet 

Sinde 

Cyprus 

Isle  of  Georgia 

France    

Brit  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 
New  Holland. . 


A    4 
f    H 


lUI 
I'M. 

O  V 
Mi. 
M. 

Ik 

Hi 
Vil 
V  b 
I.  e 

(;  11 

v  k 

So 
I'h 

H« 

II  n 

Ne 

Lc 

Re 

Kb 

II  m 

Ue 

Pa 

I  d 

M  b 

Td 

Nb 

Pe 

VI 

«g 
Lf 

«g 
Mi 

"J 
»j 

Wb 

Qe 

V  b 

Pb 

Nb 

Gh 

Gd 

Wb 

l« 
Fg 
De 

^j. 
Pf 

Ui 

Pf 

lie 

Mg 

Nd 
Pf 
Rb 

Sf 

Qf 

Oe 
Jn 
Ld 
Ec 
Eg 
Tk 


\: 


-(•,.',« 


I 

,-•• 


-.  / 


■'    .■'. 


J 


Ii>     :!•,         ' 


60 


Nunaot  nun,  kc 


IjU8  Hniscas  . 

I/IH  JuiltilH  ,. 

Laskcr 

I<aH  Nuuvitas 

f.aS(jla 

La  Soledtid  .. 
Ijo.  Suufricro . 
Las  Pcniiclas 

LoKsa 

LuHtia 

Last  Hope  . . 

Lato 

fjatliaiii's  . . . 

Latoor 

Latouche  Treville 

Lattakoo 

Latta  Latta  . . 
Lauglilaii's  . . . 
Launceston  ■ . 

Laurie's 

Lausaunne  . . . 

Lava 

Laval 

Lavapie 

Lavcnto 

Lavra 

Lavras 

Lavritski 

LavrofF 

Lavvson 

Lax 

Laxare 

Lay 

Laybach  

Luysan 

Layschev  . .  ■ . 

Lcaotong  . ,, .. 

Leatong 

Leavenworth  . 

Leba 

Lebanon  

Lebda  

Lcbcginskaya  . 

Lcbetse 

Lebida 

Lebyagya  

Lecasova 

Ledo 

Leech  

Leeds 

Leegetan 

Leelund 

Leerdal 

Lee's  Foreland. 

Lceuwin 

Leeuwin's 

Leeward 

Leffouw 

Lefbuouekli  . . . 
Lefuga 


ClM. 


T. 
T. 
L 

r. 
I. 

T. 

Mt. 

T. 

Pr. 

Cy. 

In. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

I. 

L 

T. 

L 

T. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

C. 

Fd. 

I, 

Ft. 

T. 

L 

T. 

T. 

Pr, 

G. 

Ft. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Tr, 

T. 


rmiuuo. 


CON.SULT1NCJ  INDEX. 

Nuna  ot  I'UcK,  kt.      LIajh. 


T. 

T. 

C. 

L. 

T. 

L 

I. 

T. 

C. 

Ld. 

Is. 

T. 

T. 

I. 


Buenos  Ayres  . 

Mexico 

Polynesia 

Cuba 

Polynesia 

Mexico 

St.  Lucia 

Mexico 

Tliibct 

Thibet 

Patagonia  . . . . 

Polynesia 

Indian  Ocean  . 

Hindoostan  . . . 

New  Holland . . 

Africa 

Malaysia 

Australasia . . . . 

V.  Diemen's  Ld. 
.South  Shetland 
Switzerland  . . . 

Borneo 

France 

Chili 

Peru 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Brazil 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Nova  Zembla. . 
Greenland  .... 

Norway 

N.  Pacific  Oc. . 
North  America 

Austria 

N.  Pacific  Oc. 

Russia 

Laos 

Mantchooria  . . 
Muntchooria  . . 

Missouri 

Prussia 

Virginia 

Tripoli! 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Africa 

Tripoli 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Benguela 

Wisconsin  Ter. 

England 

Malaysia 

Denmark 

Norway 

Spitsbergen  . . . 
New  Holland . . 
New  Holland.. 
West  Indies .. . 

Timor 

Mantchooria 


HcC 
Leu. 


II 

Fe 
Xf 
Gf 
Ak 
Dc 

Ee 

Se 
Sf 
Hn 

Aj 
Oi 

Nik 

Ui 

Wi 

Vm 

Jo 

Md 

Th 

Ld 

HI 

Gi 

Uc 

Qb 

Pa 

la 

Nb 

Bf 

Bb 

Md 

Af 

Pc 

Sg 

Ud 

Ud 

Fe 

Nc 

Ge 

Me 

Ub 

Nf 

Me 

Qc 

Qb 

Mi 

Fd 

Lc 

Th 

Me 

Mb 

Na 

Tl 

Tl 

Hg 
Ui 
Ud 


Polynesia IC  k 


lA^giica Sta. 

Leghorn ,Cy. 

Lc  Grand ('. 

I^eh Vy. 

Leitic 'Bay 


ruMtioo. 


Leigc 


Cy. 


Lein-chow Cy 

i  Lein-ping-chow  .  Cy. 

I  Leipzig C'y. 

I  Leja T. 

!  Lekma L. 

I  Lekoe I. 

'.  Lelundo R. 

[  Lema I. 

'  Le  Maire St. 

j  Lemberg Cy. 

Lenilum T, 

LemnoH I. 

,  Lemus I. 

Lemvig T. 

Lena R. 

Lena  (of  the) .. .  G. 

Leng T. 

Lengerout T. 

Lengua  de  Baca  C. 

Leon Cy. 

Leon T. 

Leon R. 

Leona  Vicario  . .  Cy. 

Leoo-keoo Is. 

Leopold C. 

Leopoldstadt. . . .  T. 

Lepers I. 

LePuy T. 

Lerma T. 

Lerwick T. 

Lesan I. 

Leschenault  ....  C. 

Leschenault  ....  Pt. 

Le  Sparre T. 

Lcsseps C. 

Lesser  Slave ....  L. 

Less' r  Slave  Lake  Dis. 

Less'r  Slave  Lake  Ft. 

Lessee I. 

Lesueur Mts. 

Letes L. 

Letons Rk. 

Lcttee I. 

Lenba R. 

Leutschau T. 

Levanoe T. 

Levata Tr. 

LeVela 1. 

Lewis T. 

Lewis T. 

Lewis R. 

Lewis C. 

Lewisburg T. 

Lewthwaite's  .. .  Str. 
Lexington Cy.  j 


Africa 

TuNcaiiy 

New  Hullaiid- . 
Little  Thibet .. 
Greenland  .  — 

lielgiuni 

China 

China 

Saxony  

Syria 

Russia 

Norway 

Congo 

China 

Patagonia 

Austria 

Asiatic  Turkey 
Archipelago.. . 

Patagonia 

Norway 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Laos 

Persia 

Chili 

Spain 

Guatemala  .. . . 

Bolivia 

Mexico 

Eastern  Sea. . . 
Brit.  America  . 

Austria 

Australasia  . . . 

France  

Spain 

Scotland 

China 

New  Holland. . 
New  Holland  . 

France 

Mantchooria  . . 
Brit.  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 

Denmark 

New  Holland . . 

Russia 

Cape  Verd  Is.  . 

Malaysia 

Chih 

Austria 

Norway 

Africa 

ICaribbean  Sea. 

Scotland 

Illinois 

Oregon  Ter.. . . 
Greenland  .... 

Arkansas 

Powel's  Group. 
Kentucky 


Ui>. 

nT 

.VI  d 

UI 

Re 

lb 

Mc 

Tf 

Tf  j 

Mc 

Oe  j 

O  b  I 

Mb 

Mi 

Tf 

Hn 

Nd 

Oe 

Ne 

Hm 

Nb 

Ub 

Ua 

1^ 
Pe 

HI 

Ld 

Ff 
Uf 
Ga 

Nd 

Xj 

Md 

Ld 

Lc 

Uf 

Tl 

Ti 

Ld 

Vd 

Ec 

Ec 

Ec 

Mc 

Tl 

Ob 

Kg 

Ui 

HI 

Nd 

M  b 

Nf 

«g 
Lc 

Fd 

Ed 

la 

Fe 

lo 

Ge 


■I 


Li 
Li 
Li 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


61 


Ntmn  al  FUca*,  fee 


riritioa. 


1/exington T 

Fioydcn T. 

LeyiKJU Pt 

Leytc 

Liadwukoi .  • .  • 

Littga  

Liaghoff 

Liant 

Liord's 

Liatamkovi .  • . . 

Libau 

liiberia 

Liberty  

Liberty 

Libyan ' 

Licntenau. .... 

Lida 

Liddon's 

Lidkoping  ... 

Lie ' 

Light  

L'giep 

Ligor  

Likiang^. .... 
Lilabaroiaba  . . 
Lilletund  .... 
Lilly  Fountain 

Lima 

Lima 

Lima 

Limeri 

Limerick ICy. 

Limesoe ;L 


L 
T. 
R. 
L 

a 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Cty. 

T. 

T. 

Des, 

T. 

T. 

G. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

L 

T. 

Cv. 

t. 

T. 

Sta. 

Dep 

C 


Miasouri 

Holland 

Brit  America  . 

Malayiiia 

Aaiatic  Riusia. 

Ruaaia 

Asiatic  Russia  • 

Siam 

Brit.  America  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Russia IN  c 


Ut>. 

f7 

Mo 

G  b 

Vg 
Pc 
Pb 
Va 

Sg 
Dc 
Qc 


I  g<  rUcfa,  kc. 


Clli 


R, 


Limesol.. .. 
Limmens  . . 
Limoges  . . . 
Linapacan  . 
Linares. . . . 
Lincoln.... 
Lincoln.... 
Lincoln... . 
Lincoln's  . . 
Lindesay  . . 
Lindesnoes . 
Lindsay  . . • 
Lindsay  . . . 
Linds^al  . . 

Lindy 

Lingayen . . 
Ling-chow  . 
Ling-hein .. 
Lingin  . . . . 
Lingnang . . 
Lin-kiang . . 
Linoaa  . . . . 

Lintz 

Lintzin  . . . , 

Lion's 

Lipa 

Lipori 

Lipea 


T. 
Bgt, 

t: 

L 
T. 

?'• 

Fo. 

L 

R. 

C. 

C. 

C. 

'f. 

R. 

Bay 

Str. 

?• 

T. 

T. 

Bk. 

T. 

L 

T. 


Africa 

Texas 

Missouri 

Africa 

Greenland  .... 

Russia 

Brit.  America  . 

Sweden 

Thibet 

Asiatic  Russia 
Polynesia .... 
Malaysia  .... 

China 

Africa 

Norway 

Cape  Colony  . 

Peru 

Peru 

Sweden 

Chili 

Ireland 

Norway 

Cyprus 

New  S.  Wales 

France 

Malaysia  .... 

Mexico 

England 

China  Sea  . . . 
New  S.  Wales 
Polynesia .... 
New  S.  Wales 

Norway 

Brit  America 
Elephant  Island 
Sweden  . . 
Quiloa  . . . 
Luzon .... 
China  .... 
China  .... 
Malaysia  . 
China  .... 
China  .. . 
Mediterran.  Sea 

Austria 

Russia 

Atlantic  Ocean 

Bolivia 

Mediterran.  Sea 
{New  Grenada 


Lh 
Ff 
Fe 
Nf 
b 
Nc 
Ea 
Mc 
Re 
Ua 
Xh 
Sh 
Sf 
Nk 
Mc 
Nk 

Gj 

Gj 

Mb 

HI 

Lc 

Mb 

Oe 

Vj 
Md 

Tg 
Ff 
Lc 

Tg 

Vi 

Xi 

VI 

Mc 

Ga 

Id 

Nb 

Oj 

}l« 
Te 

Te 

Sh 

Sf 

Tf 

Me 

Md 

No 

Kc 

Hk 

Me 

Hh 


I. 
L. 
Des. 

MU. 

I. 

R. 

l" 

Bay 

L 
I. 


Lipetsk T. 

Lijtovcty T. 

Lipstadt T. 

Liptchuni T. 

Liptrap C. 

Lisbon Cy. 

Lisburne C. 

Lisianskoy's  Ld.  I. 

Lisle Cy. 

Lister's Pk. 

Liston Is. 

Lichtenfel T. 

Litkina T. 

Little. 

Little 

Little  

Little  Altai 

Little  Andaman . 
Little  r>'g  Horn. 
Little  Bucharia  . 
Little  Cayman .. 

Little  Fish 

Little  Ganges.. . 
Little  Inaqua  .. . 

Little  Key 

Little  Kooropar. 
tachia 

Little  Laut 

Little  Marten .. . 

Little  Missouri.. 

Little  Mistissinny 

Little  Ouzen .... 

Little  Portandick 

Little  Rock  .... 

Little  Seal 

Little  Sea  Otter. 

Little  Sioux  .... 

Little  Thibet . . . 

Little  Whale  . . 

Litza 

Liubim 

Liu-sima 

Livcnsk 

Liverpool 

Liverpool 

Liverpool 

I  Liverpool 

Liverpool  

Liverpool 

Liverpool 

Liverpool 

Livingston  .... 

Livingston's . . . 

Livingston's . . . 

Livonia 19 

Lizard 

Lizard. ...... 

Llanes 

Llanos 

Llera 

I  Lloyd's 


rtaittmi. 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

New  S.  Wales 

Portugal 

North  America 
N.  Pacific  Oc. 

France  

Now  S.  Wales 
Brit  America  . 
Greenland  .... 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit  America  . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Mongolia 

Bay  of  Bengal . 

Missouri 

Asia 

West  Indies. . . 

Benguela 

Polynesia 

Bahamas 

Australasia..  ■  ■ 


R. 

I. 

L. 

R. 

L. 

R. 

T. 

'^ 

I. 

R. 

Cty. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

Cat 

Bay 

R.^ 

C. 

L 

I. 

Pr. 

Pt 

I. 

T. 

Pis. 

T. 

Is. 


Asiatic  Russia 
Malaysia  ... 
Brit  America 

Missouri 

Brit  America  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Africa 

Arkansas 

Brit  America  . 
North  America 
Wisconsin  Ter. 

Asia 

Brit.  America 

Russia 

Russia 

Japan 

Russia 

England 

Nova  Scotia.. 
N.  Brunswick  . 
Senegambia  . .  ■ 
Brit  America  . 
Scoresby's  Ld.. 
Brit  America  . 
New  Holland . . 
New  Guinea  .  ■ 

Polynesia 

South  Shetland 

Russia 

England 

Australasia  .. 

Spain 

New  Grenada  . 

Mexico 

South  Shetland 


6 


Pm 


it','- 1* . 


] 


','• 


r; 


',  !. 


'.'  i 


''. 


'K 


'^:ri 


h 


n 


I 


lilt 


63 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


I  of  Plicu,  kt.       CbM 


Lloyd'H PiTO 

Loango Cty. 

I<oango Cy. 

Lobos T. 

Im\ios !Pt 

Lob<>8 iPt 

lA>bo8 I. 

Loboa    !• 

Iiobos !■ 

Lobos Is. 

Lobos Iti. 

Locker iC. 

lioch  Fine iL. 

Lock's II. 

Loclevskoi T. 

Lodajos Dis. 

Txxleeana '1'. 


Fd. 
T. 

I9. 

Po. 
T. 

Cy. 
r. 

T. 
R. 

Loheia fiy. 


Lodmundar 
Lofaugar  . . 
Loflfoden. . . 

Logan 

Logansport. 
Loggun.. .. 
Loghinova  • 

Logoe 

Logos 


LoHo. 

Loire 

Lokhan  

Lombardy  . . . . 

Loinblein 

Lombock 

Lombock 

Lorn  men  Berg 

LoinHclo 

London 

London 

London 

London 

London 

Londonderry  . . 
Londonderry  . . 

Londor 

Londou  

Long 

Long 

Long 

Long 

Long 

Long 

liong 

Lorigawan  . . . . 
Longciiamps  . . 
Long  Island . . . 
Long  Island . . . 
Long  Lake. , .. 

Longnan 

Jjonguerue  . . . . 

Looboo  

Loo-choo 


R 

R. 

T. 

Km 

I. 

St. 

I. 

Mt. 

T. 

Cy. 

T. 

T. 

Cst. 

Rk. 

Cy. 

Is. 

Mt. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

L. 

T. 

Rk. 

I. 

So. 

Ho. 

Cy. 

C. 

T. 

Is. 


Fnitni. 

South  Shetland 

Africa 

Loango 

Buenos  Ayres  . 
BuenoH  Ay  res  . 
Patagonia  . .  •  ■ 

Polynesia 

Uruguay  

Axanaga 

Peru 

•  Mexico 

iNew  Holland. . 
Scoresby's  Ld.. 
Brit.  America  . 
I  Asiatic  Russia. 

Azanaga 

{Hindoostan  . . . 

I  Iceland 

'Sweden 

iNorway 

Brit.  America  . 

(Indiana 

Soudan 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Changamera  . . 

Guinea 

'Arabia 

China 

France    

{Russia 

Italy 

Malaysia 

Malaysia 

Malaysia 

Spitsbergen  . . . 

Sweden 

England 

Upper  Canada . 
Guatemala ... . 
Greenland  . . . . 
Malayan  Sea . . 

Ireland 

Patagonia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Brit.  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Malaysia  .... 
Eastern  Sea. . . 
Australasia ... . 
Australasia . . . . 
Brit  America  . 

Celebes 

Atlantic  Ocean 
United  States. . 
United  States .. 
Brit  America  . 

China 

New  Guinea  . . 

Celebes 

Eastern  Sea .. . 


Ret. 

Lffc 

lo 

Mi 

Mi 

I  1 

HI 

Hm 

Vf 

M 

Kf 

Gl 

Ef 

Tk 

Iv  a 

Hb 

Re 

Lf 

R  e 

Kb 

Nb 

Mb 

Fa 

Gd 

Nff 

Qc 

Oj 

Mb 

Or 

Te 

Ld 

Pb 

Md 

Ui 

Ti 

Ti 

Na 

Nd 

Lc 

6d 

Gff 

la 

Th 

Lc 

Hn 

Vc 

Ob 

Hb 

Gc 

s,j 

Vf 

Vi 

Vi 

Gc 

Ui 

Jh 

Hd 

Hd 

Gc 

Se 

VI 

Ui 

Uf 

NuBci  of  naai,ft(. 

Iiookayanoy . . . . 

Ix>oker»4>n 

Lookout 

liookout 

Iiookout 

Lookout 

Lookout  

Loon 

Loon 

Loony  

I.<opatka 

Loper's 

Lopez 

Lop  Nor 

Loppen  

Loquez  

Lora 

Lord  Auckland's 
Lord  Howe's  . . . 
Lord  Howe's  . . . 
Lord  Howe's  . . . 
Lord  Mayor's .. . 
Lord  Nelson's  . . 
Lord  North's  . . . 

Loreto 

Loreto 

L'Orient 

Lorma 

Los  Coquillas  .. . 
Los  HermanoB .. 
Losinogorska .. . 
Los  Martires  . . . 
Los  Patillos  . . . . 

Losscn 

Lostange 

Lot's  Wife 

Loucheux 

Lougan 

Loughboro 

Louis 

Louis 

Louisa 

Louisburg 

Louisiade 

Louisiana 

Louis  Phillip  . . , 

Louisville 

Louisville 

Louit-chow 

Loumbov 

Louristan 

Lourondsong  . . . 

Loutzk 

Louza 

Love 

Love 

Lovcnorn 

Lovisa 

Low 

Low 

Low 


Ckii 


I. 

C, 

c. 
c. 
c. 
Pt 

R. 

L. 

R. 

C. 

I. 

C. 

L. 

I. 

Po. 

R. 

Gr. 

I. 

I. 

Gr. 


tut 


St 
I. 

k 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Is. 

R. 

I. 

I. 

Tr. 

Cy. 

In. 

C. 

Po. 

Rk. 

C. 

I. 

St 

c. 

Cy. 

C. 

Dis. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Bay 

Bay 

C. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

I. 


Russia 

Australasia  . . . 
Patagonia  .... 
Brit  America  . 
North  Carolina 
Oregon  Tor.  . . 
New  S.  Wales  . 
Wisconsin  Tcr. 
Brit  America  • 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Polynesia 

Africa 

Little  Bucharia 

Norway 

Madagascar .. . 

Cabul 

Southern  Ocean 
Australasia .... 

Polynesia 

Australasia  . . . 
Brit  America  . 

Patagonia 

Polynesia..,.. . 

Mexico 

Bolivia 

France 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Patagonia  .... 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Polynesia 

South  Peru  . . . 

Norway 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Brit  America  . 

China 

Oregon  Ter... . 
Kerguelen's  Ld 
Isle  of  France. 
Malaysia  ...  . 
Cape  Breton  I.. 
Australasia... . 
United  States. . 
Brit  America  . 

Kentucky 

Georgia 

China 

Russia 

Persia 

Thibet 

Russia 

Russia 

Greenland  .... 
Spitsbergen  . . . 

Seghalien 

Russia 

Polynesia 

South  Shetland 
Malaysia  ...   . 


Oc 
Xm 
Hm 
Gc 
Ge 
l)d 
Wk 
Fd 
Ec 

Qf 
Wc 
Xi 

Mi 
Rd 

Na 

I- 

Xn 
Wi 

Wi 
Fb 
Gn 
Uh 
Ef 

Hj 
Ld 

Ee 
Hm 
Re 
Vh 
Hk 
Mb 

Wf 
Db 
Te 
Do 
Qm 
Pk 
Th 
Hd 

Fe 

Fb 

Go 

Ge 

Tf 

Pb 

Pe 

Se 

No 

Pe 

lb 

Ma 

Vd  I 

Nb 

Aj 
Ho 
Ui 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


MUMtof  FlMiS*c-      CU«. 


Low Ill 

Low Is. 

Lowang I. 

Lowuhon Pr. 

Lowat T. 

Lowatto Mt 

Lowdeah L. 

Lowenstern  . . . .  C. 

Lower L. 

Lower  Ang^a ..  IL 
Lower  Canada  . .  Pr. 
Lower  Inbatakaya  T. 
Lower  Nippowan  Ha 
Lower  Oudinak .  T. 
Lower  Savage  . .  Is. 
Lower  Suae  ....  Dis. 
Lower  Tchoum- 

skaya T. 

Lowther I. 

Low  Woody ....  Is. 

Loxa T. 

Loxe Fd. 

Loyalty Is. 

Luan T. 

Luban I. 

Lubben T. 

Lubeck Cy. 

Lubeck I. 

Lublin Cy. 

Lubo T. 

Labo R. 

Lubolo Pr. 

Lubreck Sto. 

Lucaya I. 

Lucca D. 

Lucerne T. 

Lucknow Cy. 

Ludaraar Cty. 

Lucnburg .....  Cy. 

Lugartos T. 

Lugh  a  Summa .  L. 

Lugo T. 

Lui-chow Cy. 

Luidini T. 

Lukin Vil. 

I.uka T. 

Lulea  .      R. 

Lulea L. 

Lunenburg .....  T. 

Lupata Mts. 

Lutoo R. 

Liixan T. 

Luxemburg  .11.  6.D 
Luxembukg  ....  Cy. 

Luxor T. 

Luzon I. 

Lyana T. 

Lyarec T. 

Lycksele T. 

Lycomedis L. 

Lydias I. 


FohUoo. 

AustraJaaia...  ■ 

Xj 

Australasia... . 

Wk 

China 

Uf 

Birinah 

Sf 

Barbary 

Mo 

Barbary  

Le 

Tunis 

Me 

Seghalien 

V  c 

Oregon  Ter. .. . 

Ed 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Sc 

North  America 

Hd 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Sb 

Brit  America  . 

Fc 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Sc 

BriL  America  . 

Hb 

Sttse 

Lf 

Sb 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Brit  America  . 

Fa 

Polynesia 

Ch 

Equador 

lii 

Norway 

Na 

Australasia... . 

Xk 

Mindanao 

Uh 

Malaysia 

Uf? 

Prussia 

Mc 

Grermany 

Mc 

Malaysia 

Ti 

Poland 

Nc 

Mozambique  . . 

Oj 

Mozambique  . . 

o,j 

Benguela 

Nj 

Tripoli 

Ne 

Bahamas 

Gf 

Italy 

Md 

Switzerland  . . . 

Md 

HindooDtan  . . . 

Rf 

Africa 

Lg 

Hanover 

Mc 

Mexico 

Gf 

Abyssinia.. .. . 

Oh 

Spain 

Ld 

China 

Te 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Pb 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Ab 

Sweden 

Nb 

Sweden 

Nb 

Sweden  ..... 

Nb 

Nova  Scotia  .. . 

Hd 

Africa 

Oj 

Russia 

Ob 

Buenos  Ayres  . 

11 

Germany 

Md 

Belgium 

Md 

Egypt 

Of 

Malaysia 

Uff 

Barbary 

Me 

Beloochistan  . . 

Qf 

Sweden 

Nb 

Africa 

Nf    i 

Polynesia 

Xh    1 

Nuwi  of  FtecM,  kt. 


Lydra  

Lynchburg  ■ 

Lynn 

Lynn 

Lyon   

Lyons  

Lyons  

Lyons  

Lytin 


Maab 

Maadan 

Maasoe 

Maatsuykcr's  , 

Mabah 

Mabbrook. .. . 

Mabli 

Macaa 

Macahe 

Macao 

Macar 

Macartney  . . . 

Macas 

Macassar  .  ■ . . 
Macassar  . . . . 
Macassar  . . . . 
Macauley's... 

Macava 

Maccai 

Macclesfield .. 
Mocdougall  . . 

Maceyo 

Machias  ■ .  • . . 
Machides  . . . . 
Machides  . . . . 
Mochigosta  . . 
Machigma . . . 
Machiguinc  . . 
Machistan  . . . 
Machoura. . . . 
Mackenzie  . . . 
Mackenzie's  ■ 
Mackinaw  .  ■ . 
Mackintosh  . . 

Macon 

Macon 

Macouar 

Macuwar  . . . . 
Macquarie  . . . 
Macquarie  . . . 
Macquaries  . . 
Macquaries  . . 

Macri 

Macy's 

Madagascar  . . 
Madawasca  . . 

Madeira 

Madeira 

Madeiras  . . . . 

Maden 

Madina 


I. 
T. 

T. 

Cnl. 

C. 

Cy. 

G. 

Ch. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Is. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

?• 

C. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Str. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

Bk. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

Cty. 

R. 

T. 

ViL 

Bay 

L. 

T. 

Cy. 

Cy. 

Cy. 

Is. 

T. 

Har 

T. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

1. 

R. 

R. 

I. 

Is. 

T. 

T. 


63 


lUf. 
Uk. 


Folyiicriia 

Virginia 

En^rland 

Nortli  America 
Urit.  Anitrica  . 

France  

France 

Brit  Aiuurica  . 
Russia 

Greenland  .... 

Arabia 

Norway 

V.  Dicmen's  Ld. 

Soudan  

Africa 

Burca 

Hayti 

Brazil 

China 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Ciiina 

Equador 

Cambodia 

Celebes 

Malaysia 

Polynesia 

Venezuela  .... 
Mozambique  . . 
China  Sea  .... 
Brit  America  . 

Brazil 

Maine 

Africa 

Brazil 

Buenos  Ayres  . 
A  .iatic  Russia. 
I«ovaZembla  .. 
Brit  America  • 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit  America  . 
Scoresby's  Ld.. 

Michigan 

Brit.  America  . 

Georgia 

France  

Arabian  Gulf. . 

Nubia 

V.  Diemen's  Ld. 
V.  Diemen's  Ld. 
New  S.  Wales  . 
Southern  Ocean 
Asiatic  Turlu;y 

Polynesia 

Indian  Ocean  . 
Upper  Canada  . 

Brazil 

Atlantic  Ocean 
Atlantic  Ocean 
Asiatic  Turkey 
Sencgambia . . . 


G.' 
M.; 
Co 
Db 
.Md 
Md 
Gb 
Nd 

I 

lb 

O  f 

Na 

Vm 

Ng 

Mf 

Nc 

Hg 

Jj 

Tf 

Va 

Uc 

Gi 

Tg 

Ti 

Ti 

Ak 

Hh 

Oj 

Tg 

Fb 

Ji 

Hd 

Oh 

li 

Hk 

Ab 

Pa 

He 

Wc 

Db 

Ka 

Gd 

Hb 

Ge 

Md 

Of 

Of 

Vm 

Vm 

VI 

Wn 

Nc 

Ak 

P.i 

Gd 
Mi 
Ke 
lie 
Oe 


■n 


t 


\i!t. 


'ii\  •^d 


i.-:,   ji 

g 

'    If  *   '•% 

'  '    B        ,i 

;vf';! 

1 

w 


64 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


Nimn  or  rl>a^  kc. 


a  I. 


Madison 

M  adiHon 

MadjicoBcmali 

.Madras 

Madrid 

Madura 

Madura 

Madvcgo 

Maguduxa  ■  •  • 
Magaduza  . . . 

Magami 

MagatocfT. .  . 
Magdalen  .... 
Magdalena .. . 
Magdalcna . . . 
Magdalena . .  • 
Magdalena  . .  • 
Magdeburg  . . 
Magellan  .... 
Magellan's . . . 

Mageroo 

Mugliinskaya . 
Magnetic  .... 
Magnitnaia  . . 

Magnuse 

Magnuse 

Magoo 

Magus 

Mahugan  .... 
Mahanuddjr . . 

Mahe 

Mahe 

Mahe 

Mahee 

Mahirka  Preistang 

Mahmora 

Mahou 

Mahrah 

Mahrea  Arabs . . 

Mahuhish 

Mahunga ...... 

Maia 

Maiaoiti 

Maimatchin  .... 

Main 

Mainagua 

Maine 

Mainland 

Maison's 

Maitland 

Majambo 

Majoor 

Majorca 

Maju 

Majussa  ....... 

Makamie 

Makoko 

Makooana 

MakoRses 

Makova 

Makulla 


Clu*. 

rT 

T. 
I. 

Cy. 

^/: 

I. 

I. 

Cty. 

Cy. 

T. 

L. 

Is. 

Den 

Bay 

T. 

R. 

Cy. 

Str. 

Arc. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

L. 

T. 

Sh. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

Is. 

Bk. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

^^' 
Dis. 

Tr. 

T. 

Cty. 

R. 

I. 

Cy. 

R. 

I. 

St. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

Bay 

I. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

Cty. 

Tr. 

Tr. 

Tr. 

Dis. 


Fwlliua 

Missouri  Ter.  • 

Indiana 

Eatiterii  Sea..  • 
Hiii(liK>:>tan  . . . 

S)>ain 

Hindoostan  .  •  • 

Malaysia 

Asiatic  Russia . 

Africa 

Magadoxa  .... 

Japan 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit.  America  . 
New  Grenada  . 
Spitsbergen  . . . 
Buenos  Ayres  . 
Now  Grenada  . 

Prussia 

Patagonia  .... 

Polynesia 

Norway 

Asiatic  Russia. 
New  S.Wales  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 

Persia 

Polynesia 

Ceylon 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Indian  Ocean.. 
Indian  Ocean  . 
Indian  Ocean.. 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Morocco 

China 

Arabia 

Africa 

Russia 

Africa 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Polynesia 

Mongolia 

Asiatic  Russia . 

Polynesia 

United  States. . 

Shetland  Is 

Polynesia 

New  S.  Wales  . 
Madagascar. . . 

Polynesia 

Mediterran.  Sea 

Barbary  

Peru 

Soudan 

Africa 

Africa 

AiHca 

Africa 

Arabia 


Hrf. 


Ed 
Gd 
(J  { 

(,  d 

Rh 

Ti 

Wa 

Ph 

Ph 

Ve 

Va 

Hb 

Hg 

Ma 

II 

Hh 

Mc 

Hn 

Vf 

Na 

Tb 

Pc 
Eb 
Eb 
Pf 
Uf 
Rh 
Rf 
Pi 
Pi 
Pi 

Uc 
Le 

f 

Ng 

?z 

Ni 
Vc 

Pq 

Xb 

Vg 
Hd 
Lb 
Bh 
Wl 

'A 

Me 
Me 

Hj 
Mb 

Ni 

^i 

Nk 

Pg 


Nuim  nt  Fbca,  Hr. 


Makulla 

Mala 

Malabriga 

Malacca 

Malacca 

Malaga 

Malanca 

Malanta 

Malaskcrd 

Malayan 

Malaysia 

Malcolm 

Malabar 

Maiden 

Maldivas 

Maldonado 

Malebum 

Malenillo 

Malespina 

Maletivo 

Malfin 

Malliada 

Malheur 

Malik 

Malimba 

Malin 

Malines 

Malkin 

Mallar 

Mallicola 

Mallon 

Malloodo 

Mallooin 

Malmo 

Malone 

Maloppo 

Malpio 

Mais 

Malstrom 

Malta 

Malung 

Malwa 

Mamach 

Mamadysk 

Mamafale 

Mama  Inferior.. 

Mamala 

Mamnleek 

Man.as 

Mama  Superior . 
Mam  bookies.. .. 

Mamcheo 

Maminisca 

Maniore 

Mampoor 

Man 

Mana 

Manachan 

Manai 

Manambatou  . . . 
Manamboure  . . . 


CUm. 


roniUoa. 


i'. 
Pt. 
I. 

Cy. 
Str. 

^- 

I. 
1'. 
Sea 
Div, 
R. 
Cst 
I. 
Is. 
T. 
T. 
Bk. 
C. 
T. 
R. 
T. 
R. 
tks. 
R. 
Har 
T. 
T. 
L. 
I. 
I. 
T. 
I. 
T. 
T. 
R. 
I. 
R. 
I. 
I. 
T. 
Pr. 
T. 
T. 
I 

R. 
Ch. 
T. 
T. 
R. 
Tr. 
T. 
L. 
R. 
Cty. 

R. 
R. 
I. 

IC. 
R. 


Arabia 

New  Grenada  . 
Polynesia ..... 

Malaya 

Malaysia  ...    . 

Spain 

Brazil 

Australasia  . . . 

Turkey 

Asia 

Oceanica  . 

Brit  America 
Hindoostan  . . 

Polynesia 

Asia 

Uruguay  .... 
Hindoostan  . . , 
Bahamas  .... 

Japan 

Ceylon 

Buenos  Ayres 

Brazil 

Oregon  Ter... 

Asia 

Africa 

Ireland 

Belgium 

Asiatic  Russia 

Sweden 

Australasia... 
Polynesia .... 

Borneo  

Polynesia .... 

Sweden 

Asiatic  Russia 

Africa 

Now  Grenada 

Norway 

Loifodey  Is. .. 
Mediterran.  Sea 

Sweden 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Mozambique  . . 
Asiatic  Russia . 

Asia 

Soudan  

Equador 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Africa 

Siam 

Brit.  America  . 

Bolivia 

Africa 

Chili 

Guiana 

Madagascar  .. . 

Polynesia 

Madagascar. . . 
Madagascar..  • 


itet 
UtL 


l*g 
Gh 
Vf 
Sh 
Sh 
Le 

i 
Wi 
Oe 
Th 
Th 

b 
Qh 
Bi 
Qh 
II 
Rf 
Gf 
Vd 
Rh 
Hk 

Jj 
Ed 

Qh 

Mh 

Lc 

Mc 

Wc 

Nc 

Xj 

Ag 

Th 

Ag 

Md 

Wc 

Nk 

Gh 

Nb 

Mb 

Me 

Mb 

Rf 

Od 

Pc 

To 
Qh 

Me 
Hlf 
Tc 

Nk- 

Sg 
6c 

Hj 
Nj 
L  c 
Ih 
Pk 

?' 


i 


:i 


H 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


65 


NtBMOf  niC«,ftC 


CUa- 


ManantcngKn.. . 

Maiianzuri 

Mariaoo 

Manas 

Maiiannrovara  . . 

Man^tvolka 

Maiiby 

\  Maiicliuf  tcr  .... 

Mniichcster 

Maiicliester  .... 
Manchinecl  .... 

Manda 

Mandul 

Mandan 

Mandans 

Mandara 

Mandera 

Mandh-.-r 

^       .....^r 

IManding 
Mandinga 
Mandinsk 

Mandivee 

Mandrere 

Mandrouckha  . 

Manetaok 

Manfredonia.. . 
Mangalore  . .    . 

Mangaza 

Mangeea 

Mangeray 

Mangeray 

Manghttbey  . . . 
Manglares  .... 
Mangoulskoi  . . 

Mang's 

M  angiicra  ... 
Manguera  .  .*. . 

Manheim 

Maniana 

Manica 

Manica 

Manicouagan  .. 
ManiccHiagan . . 

Manilla 

Maninski 

Manipi 

Manisova 

Manitoba 

Manitou 

Manitou 

Manitouline  .. . 
Manitouline  .. . 

Manitsch 

Manivoul 

Manna 

Manna 

Manning 

Manning's  .... 
Manoel  Gonzalves 
Manoel  Gonzalves 

6^ 


IVaiUoa. 


c. 

T. 

Tt. 

T. 

L. 

I. 

I. 

Cy. 

T. 

Ho. 

Pt. 

T. 

T. 

Ft. 

Tr. 

Dis 

T. 

Dis 

Pt. 

Cty. 

Bay 

T. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

Sta. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

I. 

Sir. 

C. 

Pt 

T. 

Bks, 

I. 

L. 

Cy. 

Cty, 

Cty. 

T. 

R. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

I. 

L. 

Is. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Pt. 

Pt. 

Sh. 

T. 

I. 


R«f. 


N4IIMI  o#  FUeaii  kt. 


Madagascar. . .  P  k 
MudiiguMcar. . .  P  k 

Hruiil Hi 

Sooiigaria R  d 

ri.ibfit R  c 

Australasia  ...  U  i 
8cori  shy's  Ld..  K  b 

Engldnd L  c 

Mississippi. .. .  F  e 
Itrit  America  .  £  c 

Jamaica G  g 

Brazil Ik 

Norway Mo 

Wisconsin  Ter.  F  d 
Wisconsin  Ter.  F  b 

Soudan M  g 

\ubia Og 

Celebes U  i 

Celebes Ti 

Africa L  g 

New  Grenada  .  G  h 

Russia     Ob 

Hinduostan  . . .  Q  f 
Madagascar.  .  P  k 
Asiatic  Russia.  U  b 
Greenland  ...lb    I 

Naples N  d 

Hindoostan  . . .  Q  g 

Africa O  j 

Polynesia B  k 

Malaysia U  i 

Malaysia T  i 

Madagascar . . .  P  j 

Equador G  h 

Asiatic  Russia. 'T  d 
Vg 
Ui 
II 
Md 

Lg 
Ok 

Oj 
He 
He 

Ug 
Pb 


Polynesia .. .. . 
Malaysia  . .... 
Uruguay  .... 

Baden 

Africa 

Malapa 

Manica 

Lower  Canada 
Lower  Canada 
Phillipine  Is. . 
Asiatic  Russia 

Malaysia lU  i 

Brazil Ij  i 

Brit.  America  .  F  c 

Mongolia R  d 

Brit.  America  .  D  b 
Upper  Canada  .  G  d 
Ujjper  Canada .  G  d 
Asiatic  Russia.  O  d 
Madagascar.    •  P  j 

Sumatra Si 

Senegambia  ...  L  h 
North  America  C  a 
New  Georgia.  •  W  i 

Brazil J  i 

Brazil J  i 


Manofy 

.Manonoo  . . . . 
Manotoba  . . .  • 

Munsel 

Manstield  . . . . 
Mansfield  . . . . 
Mansiatre . . . . 
Mantalagoosc. 
Mantanzas  . . . 
Mantatees . . . . 
Mantchooria . . 
Mantchoos  . . . 

Mantua 

Manuigh 

Manzura 

Maoaca 

Muomo 

Mapez 

Mapima 

Mapoota 

Mara 

Mara. ...... 

Maracaybo  . . . 

Marucaybo    . 

Maracatos... 

Maragha 

Marampaya  . 

Maranca  .... 

Maranham  . . 

Maranham  . . 

Marapi 

Maratuba . .  ■ 

Maravi 

Maravi 

Maravi 

Marborry  . . . 

Marble 

Marburg .... 

Marburg. . .. 

Marcus 

Marcus 

Mardin 

Mareb 

Maretimo  . . . 

Maretskoe  . . 

Margaret's  . . 

Margaret's  . . 

Margarita. 


ci« 


ruUliCD. 


C. 

I. 

L. 

1. 

T. 

I. 

Bay 

L. 

T. 

Tr. 

Cty. 

Tr. 

Cy. 

I. 

R. 

L. 

T. 

Mt 

T. 

R. 

Dis. 

T. 

Cy. 

L. 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Pt. 

^- 

Is. 

T. 

L. 

Tr. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

I. 


T. 
T. 
I. 
T. 
Is. 
I. 
I. 
Maria IC. 


Mariaberg  ... 
Maria  Louisa. 

Marian 

Marianna .... 

Marias 

Marias 

Marias 

Marias 

Maria  V.  Diemen 

Mariban 

Marica 

Mariegalante  . 


lUf. 


Mt. 

C. 

Is. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

I. 

Bk. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

I. 


Mexico 

Mapoota 

Abyssinia .... 

Darfur 

Venezuela  .  . . 
Venezuela .... 

Africa 

Persia 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Malaysia    ... 

Africa 

Africa 

Africa 

Soudan  

Brit.  America 

Austria 

Hesse  Cassel  . 
Polynesia  .... 
Polynesia  .... 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Arabia  . . . 
Mfcditerran.  Sea 

Russia 

Polynesia  .... 

Polynesia  .... 

Venezuela  . . . 
Seghalien  .... 

Japhn. ..... 

Brit.  America 
Polynesia  .... 

Florida 

Missouri  Ter. 
Polynesia  .... 
V.  Diemen's  Ld. 

Africa 

New  Zealand . 

Persia 

Bra7.il  ....... 

West  Indies . . 


Madngascar. . .  P  k 

Polynesia A  j 

Brit.  America  .IF  c 
Brit.  America  .IG  b 

Ohio jG  d 

Brit.  America  .  G  b 
Madagarcar. . .  O  j 
Low'i  Canada.  G  d 

Cuba G  f 

An'ica N  k 

Asia U  d 

Mantchooria  . .  U  d 

Italy Md 

Asiatic  Russia.  V  a 

Motapa O  j 

Florida Gf 

Mongolia S  d 

Brazil 1  h 

Ff 
Ok 

Og 
Ng 
Hg 
Hh 

Og 

Pe 

Jk 

III 

J  i 

Ji 

Hi 

Th 

Oj 

Oj 

Oj 

Mg 

Fb 

NH 

Mc 

Wf 

Bh 

Oe 

Pg 
Me 

Ob 

k 

Vf 

Hg 

Vc 
Vd 
Fb 

Vg 
Ge 


Ed 
Bk 

Vm 

Kg 
XI 
Pe 
.1  k 
Hg 


.     A}      1 


%\ 


'■■  n 


1. 


( 

ti' 


■  I'  -I 


n 


il!." 


1 


!l"i. 


i. 


t'i 


ill 


I. ' '" 


I 


1?. 

*■  t 

I  •";/"> 

1 

J.  ■'» 

1 

1 
'?'" 

i 

L 

66 


CONSULTING  INDKX. 


Nuao  0/  naoii^  ke. 


Muricnburg  . . . .  T. 

Maricnwcrder  . .  T. 

Marietta  .... 

Miiriguana  .. 

Marikan  .... 

.Maringa .... 

Marion 

Murion 

Marion's .... 

Marioupoule . 

Markario  . . . 

Markaakap. . 

Markhinakoi 

Marmar  .... 

itlarme'..-  . . 

Marmora  ■ . . 

Marmorice  .. 

MarmjiKx:  . 

Muro 

"•'aroa 

>*r 

5     'jwyne  . . 

Miirquesat  . . 

Marseilli    , 
Marsh..l!'3  ■ . 

Martaban 

Marten 

Martha's 

Martha's 

Martha's  Vineyard 

Martin 

Martin 

Martin 

Martin 

Martinique 

Martin  Vas 

Martires 

Martyr 

Marvam 

Marville 

Mary  Anne  .... 
Mary  Bulcott's.. 
Mary  Jones  .... 

Maryland 

Maryland 

Mary's 

Mas-a-Fuero.. 
Mas-a-Tierra . 

Masbate 

Mascara 

Mascarenha . . 

Mascra 

Mashow 

Masingloe.. . . 
Massachusetts 
Massachu.sctts 

Massacre lis. 

Massangano . . . .  F. 
Massangzanee  • .  I  Bay 

Massi Cty. 

Massina iT. 


Claii. 


T. 
I. 
I. 
T. 

?• 

I. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Sta. 

R. 

Sea 

Bay 

T. 

Rk. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

Is. 

^, 

Bay 

L. 

R. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

L. 

Is. 

Mt& 

I. 

Rks 

R. 

C. 

T. 

Bay 

C 

I. 

Bay 

St 

Col. 

Bay 

I. 

I. 

I. 

Cy. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

1st. 

I. 


pDiitiM. 


Prussia 

Prussia 

Ohio 

Bahamas 

Kurile  Islands. 

Africa 

Missouri 

Asiatic  Russia . 
Indian  Ocean  . 

Russia 

Russia 

Missouri  Ter.  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Africa 

Brazil 

Europe 

Turkey 

Turkey 

N.  Pacific  Oc. . 
Venezuela  .... 

Austria 

Guiana 

Polynesia 

France t 

Polynesia 

Birmah 

Brit  America 
Missouri  Ter. 
Polynesia .  . . 
Massachusetts 
Brit.  America 
Brit.  America 
Brit.  America 
Brit  America 
West  Indies . . 
Southern  Ocean 

Mexico 

Brit.  America  . 

Brazil 

Falkland  Is.... 
Brit  America  . 

Polynesia 

Brit.  America  . 
United  States. . 

Liberia 

New  Zealand. . 
S.  Pacific  Oc... 
S.  Pacific  Oc. .. 

Malaysia 

Algiers 

Indian  Ocean.. 

Arabia 

Africa 

Luzon  Islands . 
Tjnited  States.. 

Polynesia 

Australasia .... 

Anglo 

Mozambique  . . 

Africa 

JAfrica 


Nc 
No 
Ge 
Hf 
Wd 

2J 
Fe 

Ab 

Om 

Od 

Ob 

Kd 

Ub 

Ng 
Hi 
Nd 
Ne 
No 
Af 
Hh 
Nd 
h 
Ci 
Md 
Xh 

l^ 
Eb 

Ed 

Dk 

Hd 

Eb 

Fc 

Fa 

6a 

Hg 

Kk 

Ee 

Ea 

Ji 

In 

Ha 

Ai 

Fa 

Ge 

Lh 

X 

Gl 

Gl 

Ug 
L  e 
Pk 

Qf 

Nk 

Ug 
Hd 
Xf 

Wi 
Ni 

Oi 

Lg 


NiBWi  nt  placM,  kt. 


Massuah 

Massy 

Mastovska  . . . 
.Masulipatam.. 
Matagorda  . . . 
Matagorda  . . . 
Matamoras . . . 

Matapan 

Matava 

Matca ....... 

I  MatcloU 

Matelots 

Matemba  . . . . 

Matcra 

Mathews's  ■ . . 

Matiev 

Matifo 

Matilda 

Matimo 

Matisma 

Matiuchkin  . . 
Matochkine  . . 

MatoU 

Matsmay  .... 
Matsmay  .... 
Matsmay  .... 
Mattabellas... 

Matthias 

Mattogrosso  .. 
Mattootce  . . . . 

Mattura 

Matty's 

Matumbagh . . 

Maturin 

Maturu 

Maturuas  .... 

Matwi 

Maty 

Matzol 

Maudarness  . 

Mauhes 

Maui 

Maule 

Maulmein .... 

Mnnmee 

Maj.uti 

Mauritius  .... 

Maurua 

Mauti 

Maximova  . . . 

Maxwell 

May 

Maya 

Mayaguez... . 

Mayara 

Mayaveran  .. .. 

Mayhew 

Mayo 

Mayobamba  . . . 

Mayorgo 

Mayotta 


T. 

Dis 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

T. 

T. 

C, 

I. 

I. 

Is. 

Rf: 

Cty. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

C. 

Bk. 

I. 

I. 

C. 

St 

Cty 

?■ 

St 

I. 

I. 

Pr. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Dep 

R. 

Tr. 

i! 
c. 
c. 

Tr. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

I. 


rwHoa. 


I. 

T. 

Bay 

C. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

L 


Nubia 

Ashantee  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Texas 

Texas  

Mexico 

Greece 

Kurile  Islands. 

Polynesia 

Polynesia. . . : . 

Polynesia 

Africa 

Naples 

Polynesia 

Russia 

Algiers 

Polyncbiu 

Mozambique  . . 

Japan  

Asiatic  Russia. 
Nova  Zembla. . 

Africa 

J«j>an 

Japan  

Japan  

Australasia ... . 
Australasia .... 

Brazil 

Australasia... . 

Ceylon 

Australasia... . 
Madagascar .. . 
Venezuela  •  •  •  • 

Brazil 

Brazil 

North  America 
Brit  America  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Iceland 

South  America 
Sandwich  Is.. . 

Chili 

Birmah 

Ohio 

Polynesia 

Indian  Ocean  . 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit  America  . 
New  Jersey  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Porto  Rico 

Barbary  

Hindoostan  . . . 
Mississippi. .. . 
Cape  Verd  Is.  . 

Peru 

Polynesia 

Indian  Ocean  . 


Rtf. 

o7 

Lh 
Qc 

Rg 
Ff 
Ff 
Fi 

Ne 
Wd 

Vh 
Ni 
Nd 
Xh 
Pb 
Mc 
Ck 

Oj 
Ve 

Xh 

Pa 

Ok 

Vd 

Vd 

Vd 

Ui 

Vi 

Ij 
Xi 
Rh 
Vi 

Oj 

Hh 

Hi 

Hi 

Ab 

Fb 

Ra 

Kb 

li 

Bf 

Hi 

Sg 
Gd 

SJ 

li 
Bj 
Bk 

Tb 
Ga 
He 
Vc 
Hg 
Lf 

Rg 

Ge 
Ka 
Gi 

pj 


k 
b 
a 
He 


I 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


NUW  of  rlMMite. 


Mayrchlat.. .. 

Mayro 

Mayai 

Maysville  .... 

Mayuinba .... 

Mayuniba. .. . 

Mayville 

Mazagan  ■ . . . 

Mazagao 

Mazamba  .... 

Mazaaderan  .. 

Mazanillo .... 

M  azapil 

Mazappa 

Mazatliin  .... 

Mazavamba  . . 

Mazeira 

Mazeira 

Mazerooney  . . 

Mazula 

Mazura  • 

McAskill's... 

McCarty'8.... 

McCluer's. .. . 

McCulloch  . . . 

McDonnel  . . . 

McDoual  .... 

McGillivray . . 

McGillivray . . 

Mclntire 

McKay's 

McKinley.... 

McKinley.... 

McLeod 

McTavish's  .. 

Mc  Vicar 

Meaksima  . . . 

Meangis 

Mccun  Selasae 

Mecatina  .... 

Mecca 

Mecklenburg 
Schwerin  .18. 

Mecklenburg 
Strelitz  ...19 

Mecon 

Medde 

Medicine 

Medielana 

Medina 

Medina 

Medinet  Sultan 
I   Mediterranean . 

j  Mediuro 

'  Medroosa 

Medwa 

Meeaday 

Meerpore 

Megna 

Mehadin 

Meherran 


O. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

Dii. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Pr, 

Pt 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Dig. 

G. 

Is. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Is. 

I. 

In. 

C. 

C. 

C. 

R. 

I. 

C. 

Pk. 

Bay 

R. 

Ft 

Bay 

6. 

I. 

Is. 

T. 

Har 

Cy 

6.D 

6.D 
R. 
T. 
R. 

Vil. 

??• 

T. 

Sea 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Cty. 


Tartary 

Peru 

Cuba 

Kentucky .... . 

Loango 

Loango • 

New  York ...  • 

Morocco 

Brazil ...... 

Africa 

Persia < 

New  Grenada 

Mexico 

Mozambique  . 

Mexico ■ 

Africa 

Arabia 

Arabia 

Guiana 

Congo 

Mozambique  . 
Polynesia .... 
Scnegambia . . 
Australasia  . . . 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Oregon  Ter.  . 
Brit  America 
Polynesia. ... 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Brit  Amer*''« 

Japan  

Malaysia  .... 
Abyssinia. . . . 
Labrador  .... 
Arabia 


Krt 


Germany . 


Germany  .... 

Laos 

Hindoostan  . . 
Missouri  Ter. 
Patagonia  ... 

Arabia 

New  Grenada 
Tripoli 


Polynesia  .. 
Fezzan .... 

Africa 

Birroah.... 

Sinde 

Hindoofltan 
Arabia  .... 
Africa  .... 


Pd 
Hi 
Uf 
6e 
Mi 
Mi 
Gd 
L« 
i 

Pe 

Gh 
Ff 

Oj 
Ef 

Oj 
Pf 

Qf 
h 
Mi 
Oj 
Wh 

Ui 

Ha 

Eb 

Fa 

Ed 

Db 

Gm 

Fb 

Db 

Fb 

Dc 

Eb 

Db 

*/  0 

Uh 

Og 
He 

Of 

Mc 

Mc 
1^ 

Ed 
Hm 
Of 
Hh 

Ne 
Ne 
Xh 
Nf 

^« 

Qf 
Sf 
Of 
Oh 


Nia«  Bt  n—m,  kt. 

Ctaa. 

Mei'ponte 

T. 

Mejdouchanky  . 
Mokdusk 

1. 

Uty. 

Mokran 

Pr. 

Mela 

Pa 
Pt. 

Melamo 

Melano 

I. 

Melghig 

L. 

Meliana 

T. 

Mclinda 

Cty. 

Melinda 

T. 

Melinque 

T. 

Melita 

T. 
T. 

Melkini 

MclliUa 

T. 

Mellipelli 

T. 

Mellish's 

I. 

Moilish's 

I. 

MoUish's 

Rft. 

Molo 

T. 
Bay 

Melville 

MelviUe 

Bav 

Melville 

C. 

Melville 

Pen. 

Melville 

,. 

MelviUe 

I. 

Melville 

So. 

Melville 

Vlt 

Melville 

Mto. 

Metnba  Koma  . . 

Pt. 

Memei 

5^- 

Memphis 

Menangkaboo  . . 

T. 

Mendawee 

r. 

Mende 

Cy. 

Mendeli 

T. 

Mendocino 

C. 

Mft^do/a 

Pr. 

Mendozu .      .... 

Cy. 

Meng 

T 

Mennomonies.. . 

T. 

Menorandre  .... 

R. 

Menuf 

T. 

Menzaleh 

I. 

Menzelinsk 

T. 

Meofak 

T. 

Mcoobonish  .... 

L. 

Mequinas 

Cy. 

Meraitclie 

T. 

Merawe 

T. 

Mercedes  . . . .    . 

T. 

Merchants' 

Bay 

Merchants' 

Is. 

Mcrchuoskin  . . . 

C. 

Mercury 

Bay 

Mercury 

I. 

Mergi<<!n  Ilotun . 

T. 

Mergui 

Arc 

Meriato 

Pt 

Moribowhey 

T. 

Merida 

T. 

rmtVim. 


67 


••I 


Brazil 

Nova  Zeaibla .. 

Africa 

Bcloochistan  . . 
Patagonia  .... 
Mozambique  . . 
Malaysia  ...    . 

Barbary  

Algiers 

Africa 

Africa 

Buenos  Ayrei  . 

Africa 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Morocco. . .'. . 

ChiH 

Australasia  .  • 
Polynesia .... 
Australasia... . 
Buenos  Ayres  . 
Now  S.  Wales  . 
Greenland  .... 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  Ameriua  . 
New  Holland . . 
Brit.  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 
Greenland  .... 
Mozambique  . . 

Pru.ssia 

Tenntasee  .... 
Sumatra  ...... 

Borneo  

France 

Persia 

Mexico 

Buenos  Ayres  . 
Buenos  Ayres  . 

Tonquin 

Wisconsin  Ter 
Madagascar. . . 

Egypt 

Egypt 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Arabia 

Brit.  America  . 
Morocco ..... 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Nubia 

Buenos  Ayres  . 
Brit  America  . 
jGreenland  .... 
,ARialic  Russia. 
New  Zealand . . 

Africa 

Mantchoorla  . . 
Bay  of  Bengal. 
New  Grenada  . 

Africa 

Mexico , 


Oh 

Qf 
Hm 

Oj 
Ui 
Me 

Mc 
Oi 
Oi 
HI 

Nk 
Qb 
Lc 
Hi 
Vi 
Xe 
Wi 
HI 

Vj 
Ha 
Ha 

Gb 

^j 
Ea 

l^b 

Db 

la 

Nc 
Go 
Sh 
Ti 
Md 
Fe 
Dd 
HI 
HI 
Sf 
Gd 
Ok 
Oe 
Oe 
Pc 
Of 
Gd 
Le 
O  e 
O 
H 

Hb 
a 
Va 
XI 
Mk 
Ud 

Is 

Nk 
Gf 


If,   'ff 

i    V 


■•  I 


¥^ 


..:r. 


■n 

H    , 


^<  :'i 


I! 


I  ■'    ;  ,r ' 


If  N  ^''' 


?  n 


HI: 
Mi 

1 

1  '!■!■ 

!' 

is  ' 

|. 

-■'J 

ijf 

1 

^f 

68 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


M  erida 

Murida 

Murinova 

MeriCan 

Murla  Earoo  . . . 
Mermantau  . . . . 

Mcrra 

Mcrrernenjowa  . 
Meru  al  Rud  . . , 

Mer  t 

Merve 

Meicala  ...... 

Meaeritz 

Mcshuril ■ 

Meajid  Ali . . . . . 
Mcajid  Huaaein 

Meakamy 

Mean ......... 

Meaaina 

Meatoota 

MuHiirata 

Meaurata 

Meta 

Meta 

Metclin 

Mcthye 

M  cthye 

Mctko 

Mctverskaya... 

Metz 

Mcwar 


T. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

I. 

L. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 


Muxia 

Mexico 

iMexico  ■ 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Me7.ari 

Mczcne 

Mezene 

Mezene 

Mezierea 

Mczraz 

Mglin 

Mhyahkin 

Miaco 

Miali 

Miamis 

Miana 

Miarrin 

Miaanija 

Michigan 

Michigan 

Michigan 

Michipicotton.. 
Michipicotton.. 
Michipicotton.. . 
Miehuucan  . . . . . 

Middeiaifl 

Middle 

i\I     lie 

Middle 


am. 


!?• 

T. 
T. 
L. 
T. 

??• 

T. 

C. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

L. 

L. 

Dia. 

T. 

Cy, 

Pr. 

R. 

Rep. 

St. 

G. 

T. 

Bay 

R. 

T. 

Dis. 

T. 

T. 

Cy. 

R. 

Tr. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

St 

Cy. 

L. 

Bay 

L. 

I. 

St 

T. 

L. 

I. 


I. 


tut. 


Venezuela  .... 

Spain 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

Arabia 

Polynoaia 

Louiaiana 

Syria 

Africa • 

Tartary 

Hindooatan  . . . 
Great  Buchoria 
Mexico .... 

Pruaaia 

Mozambique  . . 

Arabia 

Arabia 

Brit.  America  . 

Suae 

Sicily 

Fczzan 

Tripoli 

Tripoli 

Aaiatic  Rusaia. 
New  Grenada  . 
Archipelago. . . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 

Soudan  

Russia 

France 

Sinde 

Africa 

North  America 

Mexico 

North  America 
Mexico .... 
Oregon  Ter. 
Russia  .... 


Russia 

Russia  ....... 

France  

Soudan 

Russia 

Russia 

Japan  

Asiatic  Rusaia. 

Michigan 

Persia 

Brazil 

Russia 

United  Statea. . 

Indiana 

United  Statea . . 
Upper  Canada  . 
Upper  Canada  . 
Upper  Canada  • 

Mexico 

Bergoo  

Ijowcr  Canada. 
South  Shetland 
Australasia  . . . 


Hh 
Le 
Re 
Pf 

^\ 
Ff 

Oe 

Oi 

Qe 

Rf 

Qe 

Fg 

No 

Oj 

Oe 

Oe 

6c 

Lf 

Ne 

Nf 

Ne 

Ne 

Vc 

Hh 

Ne 

Ec 

Eg 

Ng 
Ob 
Md 
Qf 
Mi 
Ee 

Fg 
Gf 

Fg 

Dd 

Ob 

Ob 

Ob 

Md 

Ng 

Oc 

Oc 

Ve 

Tc 

6d 

Pe 

li 

Pb 


d 
d 
d 
d 
d 
d 
Fg 
Ng 
He 
lo 
Ul 


kc. 


Middloburg  . . . . 
Middle  Savage. . 

Middleton'a 

Middlclnn'a  . .  ■ . 
Middle  Vigten  . . 

Midia 

Midian 

Midroe 

Mier 

Miijertheyn  . . . . 

MiKhaloTa 

Mikulin 

Mikulin 

Milam 

Milan 

Mildred 

Milk 

Milkof. 

Mill 

Mille 

Milledgeville  . . 

Milisburg 

Mill's  Point  . . . 

Milne 

Mile 

Milovloyskik  . . 

Miltain 

Milwalky  .... 
Minaa  Creraea.. 
Miuchimadiva  . 
Minch  (the)  .. . 

Mindanao 

Minden 

Mindoro 

Mindoro 

Mineral  Point . 

Minerva 

Mingan 

Ming  Kiang .. . 
Mingrelia  ...... 

Minho 

Minicoy 

Miniet 

Minorca 

Minsk 31 

Minsk 

Mintow 

Mioaen 

Miquelon 

Mirador 

Miranda 

Mirepole 

Miri 

Mirim 

Mirimichi.. .    . 

Miscou 

Mi§ener'B 

Miasao 

Misaeiad 

MisHevri 

Misaiessy 


ClM. 


V^lltMk 


la. 

la. 

I. 

Str. 

1. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

Bay 

C. 

T. 

£'■ 

R. 
T. 
I. 
I. 

T. 

T. 

Ld. 

I. 

T. 

Mt 

T. 

Pr. 

Vol. 

T. 

Sea 

I. 

T. 

I. 

Vil. 

R. 

Cty. 

R. 

Rka 

T. 

I. 

Pr. 

T. 

L. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

L. 

Bay 

Bks. 
T. 
R. 
T. 

C. 


aw. 


Polynesia  .... 
Brit  America 
Australasia... 
Auatralaaia  • . 

Norway 

Turkey 

Arabia 

Algiera 

Mexico 

Africa 

Asiatic  Rua<ia. 

Russia 

Ruaaia 

Texea 

Italy 

Brit.  America  . 
Miaaouri  Ter.  . 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Brit.  America  . 

Polyncaia 

Creorgia 

Liberia 

Kentucky 

Scoresby'a  Ld. 
Archipelago .. . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Morocco 

Wisconsin  Ter. 

Brazil 

Patagonia 

Scotland 

Mindanao  .... 

Pruaaia 

Malayaia 

Malaysia 

Wisconsin  Ter 

Polynesia 

Lower  Canada. 

China 

Asia 

Portugal 

Asia 

Egypt 

Mediterran.  Sea 

Russia 

Russia     

Banca 

Norway 

Newfoundland 

Brazil 

Portugal ...    . 

Rusaia 

Venezuela .... 
Uruguay  ... 
N.  Brunswick 
Lower  Canada 

Asia 

Brazil . 

Africa. 

Turkey 

New  Holland  . 


Ak 

lib 

Wk 

Wk 

Mb 

Nd 

Of 

Me 

Ff 

P 

T 

Pb 

Pb 

Ff 

Md 

Fb 

Ed 

Wc 

Gb 

Xh 

Ge 

Lb 

Ge 

Ka 

Ne 

So 

Le 

Gd 

Jj 

Hm 

Lc 

Uh 

Mc 

Uh 

^« 
Ed 

S^c 

Se 

Od 

Ld 

Qh 

Of 

Md 

No 

No 

Ti 

Mb 

Id 

li 

Ld 

Oc 

Hh 

LI 

Hd 

Hd 

Ri 

Hi 

Ng 

Nd 


1   4  ]■ 


CONSULTING  INUKX. 


(>J 


Naima  of  Flwa,  he.      CiM 


Mi-mima T. 

MiNitinaby  ....  L. 
Mi^^intiippi  . . . .  R. 
iMi!<!iiMRau(fA  . . . .  L. 

MiiiiiiriNippi St. 

Mi-<!*iitKip|>i R. 

.MisHolniighi . . . .  T. 

MisKouri St. 

Misiiouri  .......  Ter. 

MiMouri R. 

.Mijt&ken Bay 

Mititcpoc T. 

Mitttu Cy. 

MitclieU's Gr. 

Mitclii Cy. 

.Mitiaro I. 

Mitoe L. 

Mitre I. 

Mittun T. 

Mitucheff I. 

Miyas R. 

M  izen lid. 

Mizimbatty  ....  I. 

Moa I. 

Moab T. 

Moan Bay 

Mobatae T. 

Mobile Cy. 

Mobile Biay 

Mnboti Cty, 

Mocambira T. 

Mocan^pielas  . . .  Tr. 

Mocaiangfo Cty. 

Moeha Cy. 

Mocha I. 

Mock T. 

Mocoa T. 

Mocomoco T. 

Mocroslobodska .  T. 

Modena D. 

Modena Cy. 

Modon T. 

Moe T. 

Moen  . . . , I. 

MofTen I. 

Mogarra T. 

Mogaiui T. 

Moggouok Bay 

Moghilev  . .  .33.  Pr. 

iMoglillev T. 

Mogholskaya . . .  T. 

Mogi R. 

Mogincale Is. 

Mogodore T. 

Mograffa  Arabs.  Tr 

Mograt I. 

Monang  Laung .  T. 

Mohawk R. 

Mohilla I. 

Mohin  T. 

Mohylev T. 


Japan 

Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Upixir  ('anada 
United  Stutuii. 
North  America 

Greece 

United  Htates.. 
United  StatcH. . 
Witwonsin  Ter. 
New  Zealand. . 

Mexico 

RusHia 

Polynesia  .... 

China 

Polynesia 

Thibet  . , 

Australasia... . 

Sinde 

Nova  Zembla. . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Ireland  ....... 

AfVica 

Malaysia  ....'. 

Syria 

Brit  America  . 

Africa 

Alabama 

Alabama 

Africa 

Brazil 

AA'ica. ....... 

Africa 

Arabia 

ChiU 

Norway 

New  Grenada  . 

Sumatra 

Asiatic  Russia . 

Italy 

Italy 

Greece  . . . 
Norway . . 
Denmark  . 
Spitsbergen  . . . 

Egypt 

Birmah 

Labrador  . .    . . 

Russia 

Russia 

siatic  Russia. 

irazil 

nzambique  . . 

urocco 

Africa 

Nubia , 

Laos 

New  York .... 
Indian  Ocean  . 
Mantchooria  . . 
Russia 


Bft 

L*U. 

Vv 

Gd 

Be 

Ud 

Ge 

lOr 

Nc 

Fe 

Fd 

Fo 

X  m 

fjr 

Nc 

Xi 

Te 

Bj 

He 

Xj 

Qf 

Pa 

Qc 

Lc 

Oj 

Ui 

o« 

6c 

Nk 

Qe 

Ge 

Ok 

li 

N] 

Ni 

0? 
HI 

Mb 

Hh 

SI 

Sc 

Md 

Md 

Ne 

Mb 

Mc 

Ma 

Ne 

8f 

Ic 

Oo 

Oc 

Tc 

Ik 

Oj 

Le 

f.f 

/8 

h 

Oj 

ua 

Nd 

.Moigolotskoi  . . 
Mojabra  ...... 

Moiaysk 

.Mokaniha 

Moknnrushy  . .  •) 
Moklijenskaya ..  T. 


G. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
I. 


AalikM. 


Mokur 
Miilcou  . . . 
Moldavia . 
Molineaux 
MollPr. . . , 
Mollcr..., 
Moluccas  . 
Molucquc  Atollon 

Moma < 

Monibns 

Mombas 

Motnbns 

Monipox 

Mona 

Mona 

Monado. 

Mona  Passage . . 

Moncao 

Monchaboo 

Mundcgo 

Monlia 

Mongalla 

Mongaro. ...... 

Mongeaboong.. . 
Mongearts  ..... 

Mongella 

Monge's 

Monghadjar .... 

Monica 

Monkey  Key  . . . 

Monk's 

Monmouth 

Monmouth 

Monneron 

Mono  Emugi ... 

Monpan 

Monroe ........ 

Monroe 

Monrovia 

Monselmines  . . . 

Monsol 

Montafar 

Montague 

Montague 

Montague 

Ainntague 

IVlontague 

Montalegre 

Montargis 

IVtimtauK 

MontnlovGz 

Miinie  f'liristo. . 
Montegu  ...,•«. 

Monterey 

Monterey 


J', 

T, 

Cty. 

Bay 

Bay 

I. 

Is. 

I. 

R. 

Cty. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Str. 

T. 

Cy. 

C. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

I. 

Pt 

Mt 

R. 

1. 

Is. 

C. 

I. 

I. 

Cty. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

Pt 

I. 

C. 

r. 
I. 

F<». 

T. 

T. 

Pt. 

T 

I. 

I 


Asiatic  Ruaaia. 

Barca 

UiiMiiu 

.Mozambique  . . 
Kurile  Islands. 

Russia 

Russia 

Mantchooria  . . 

Europe 

New  Zealand. . 
Nova  Zembla  .. 

Polynesia 

Malaysia 

Asia  . .    

Asiatic  Russia  ■ 

Africa 

Africa 

Africa 

Now  Grenada  . 

Birmah 

West  Indies . . . 

Celebes 

West  Indies.. . 

Brazil 

Birinuh 

Portugal ....... 

Indian  Ocean  . 

Africa 

Africa 

Borneo 

Africa. ....... 

Persian  Gulf . . 

Scghalien 

Tartary 

Paraguay 

S.  Pacific  Oc. . 
New  Grenada  . 
Patagonia  .... 

Malaysia 

Seghalien ..... 

Africa 

Laos 

Louisiana 

Michigan 

Liberia 

Afi-ica 

AfHca 

Luzon 

North  America 
Putttgonia .... 
SunUwicb  Ld. 
AiistruluHia.. . 

4im  Drilain  . 

Irnzlt 


'IflllCU     

(Oiig  Isiiind .. . 
Mcxjct..  ... 
iv|i)(literrati.  Bea 
Jumaica  ....    . 

Uleiico  ... 

Mexico 


iw. 


Va 

Nf 
Oc 

Wd 

Pb 

Na 

Vd 

Nd 

Xm 

Pa 

Cj 

Ui 

Qh 

Vb 

Oi 

Oi 

Oi 

Hh 

8f 

u 

Sf 
Ld 
Oi 
Oj 

?i 

Lf 

Pf 

Vd 

Pd 

Ik 

OI 

Hg 

Hn 

Uf 

Vd 

Oi 

Sf 

Fo 

Gd 

Lh 

Lf 

Ni 

Cc 

6m 

Kn 

Wl 

VVi 

I  i 

M  d 

lid 

Pf 

Md 

Ff 
De 


'\      * 


■  .    :  )'■ 


I 


■'  V  •     .V 


%    !-:i'; 


'i'-i  I' 


M   ' 


i-i 


if 


70 


CONHULTING  INDEX. 


irf  n« 


Minitcrcy 

Moiitcnik 

Montfivnrde  . . . . 

M<iiitcvit]eo 

Montgomery  • . . 
Montginncry'«  . . 

Montpclivr 

Monf  (>ellicr 

Montreal 

Montreal 

Montreal 

Montroddy 

MontroM 

Montroaa 

Montacrrat 

Monze 

Moocoowan  ■ . . . 

M(x>|f  roore 

Moolky 

Moolooa 

Moon  (of  the) . . 

Moondah 

Moore's ........ 

Muore'a 

Moorghab 

Moorghaub 

Moorja 

Moorshedabad . . 

Moose 

Moose 

Moose 

Moose 

Moose 

Moose  Head. . . . 
Moose  Lake  .... 
Moosh ......... 

Mopou 

Moquehua 

Motjuem 

Moquia 

Mora 

Mora 

Moraiie 

MoraJskoi 

Morant 

Morant  Kays . . . 
Mordwinov  .... 

Morea 

Morebat 

Moresby's 

Moretcn 

Moreton 

Moreton 

Moreyra 

Moriicini 

Morlaix 

Morley  .... 
Morley  .... 
Mornington 
Mornington  . 
Morocco . ,. . 


Bay  iMcxico 

Tr.  lArabia 

Polyn«!«ia  .... 

Uruguay  .... 

Alabama  .... 

Eastern  Sea.. 

Vermont 

France  

Ijower  Canada. 

UniUtd  SUtcs . 

Upper  Canada 

Hindoostan  . . 

Pennsylvania. 

Scotland 

West  Indies.. 

Beloochistan  . 

firit  America 

Africa 

Hindoostan  . . 

Africa 

Afl-ica  .. 

AfVica 

Polynesia. . . . 

Polynesia .... 

Tartary 

Persia 

Africa 

Hindoostan  .. 

Brit  America 

Brit  A'Jierica  . 

Wiscf>aRii»  'r«r. 

Orcjtim  Tftr.  . . 

Tlrjt,  ,\ip.v?rkd  . 

Mr.liie  ..,..,. 

Brit  /..ntc'jca  . 

Asiatic  £){Mia. 

Corea 

South  Peru  . . . 

Brazil 

Mexico 

Sweden 

Soudan  

Africa 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Jamaica  ...... 

Jamaica 

Seghalien ..... 

Greece 

Arabia 

New  Holland. . 

Russia  ...... 

New  S.  Wales  . 

Australasia  . . . 

Brazil 

Sandwich  Is.. . 

France 

Caifraria 

GailVaria 

New  S.  Wales  . 

Nubia 

Africa 


»M. 


k 

Gr. 
& 

!!• 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

C. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Cty 

Mts. 

R. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Cy. 

Du. 

R. 

R. 

L. 

L. 

L. 

Ft 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 

MU, 

T. 

Pt 

Is. 

Bay 

Pen 

T. 

Mts. 

T. 

Bay 

I. 

T. 

1. 

T. 

T. 

Pt. 

I. 

Po. 

Km. 


Do 

<)  0 

Wh 

11 

Go 

Uf 

Hd 

Md 

Hd 

Fd 

Gd 

Rg 
Gd 
Lc 
Hg 
Qf 
Ec 

^j 
Qi; 

Ni 

Nh 

Mh 

Xi 

Ve 

Qe 

Pe 

L^ 

Rf 

Gc 

Gc 

Pd 

E  0 

Fc 

Hd 

Fo 

Oe 

Ud 

Hj 

Mb 
Mg 
Nf 
Qb 

Gg 

Vd 

Ne 

P 

T 

Wc 

Wk 

Wk 

Hi 

Bf 

Ld 

Ni 

Ok 

Vj 

Og 

Le 


1,  *(. 


Cba 


Morocoo IC'y. 

Moro  llermoeo . .  €'. 


Morokai 

Moroinona 

MoroMmhna  .... 
MorowDnliDa  . . . . 

Morotoi 

Morpliil 

Morris 

Morris 

Morro  Carrctua  . 
Morro  du  MoxiU 

lones  

MnrroJorgo..    . 

Morropc 

Morro  Pooa  .... 

Mortuin 

Morty 

Morty 

Morual 

Moruas 

Morumbidgeo.. . 

Morundava 

Moschi 

Moscovy 

Moscow  ...  .35. 

Moscow 

Mosdok 

Mose 

Moshowa 

Moskenes 

Mosquitia 

Mosquito 

Mosquito 

Mosquito « 

Moss 

Moesel 

Moetagh 

Mostar 

Mosul 

Motao 

Motapa 

Moticlenskoi  . . . 

Mouat 

Mouja  

Mouhdt-ri 

Moukhtouiskoi.. 
Mouksinofka . . . 

Moulin 

Moulins 

Moulon 

Moultan 

Mouna 

Mounah  Kaah . . 
Mounah  Roa  . . . 
Mountnorris .... 

Moupti 

Moupty 

Moura.. ....... 

Mouren 

Mourinskoi . 


I. 

Uay 
T. 
R. 

I. 
I. 

fC. 
I. 
Pt 

Pt. 
Ft. 
T. 

ay. 

T. 

Str. 

I. 

I. 

Tr. 

R. 

Buy 

T. 

Mt 

Pr. 

'/■ 

I. 

R. 

I. 

Dis. 

Bay 

Gr. 

Pt. 

T. 

Bay 

I. 

T, 

?• 

Cty. 

C. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

S'- 

Mt 

Mt 

In. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

T. 


tmium. 


Morocco 

Mfxico 

SandwiL'li  Is. .  . 
MoMint)i({uo  ■ . 
Asiittii-  RuMiiii. 
Asiatic  Kuxsia. 
Sandwich  Is. . , 
Senogainbia  .. . 
Greenland  . . . . 

Folyneiiu 

Peru 


Bolivia 

Bolivia 

Pern 

Africa 

France  

Malaysia  ...    . 

Malaysia 

Polynesia 

New  Grenada  . 
New  8.  Wales  . 
MadogaHcar. . . 

Nubia 

Spitsbergen  . . . 

Ruswiu 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Australasia  . . . 

Africa 

Lolfoden  Is. .. . 
Guatemala  .. . . 
Brit  America  . 

Polynesia 

New  Grenada  . 

Norway 

Spitsbergen  . . . 
Asiatic  Rusoiu . 

Austria 

Asiatic  Turkey 

Corea 

Africa 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit.  America  . 

Soudan  

Mantchooria  . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
A.siatic  Russia. 
Aastralasia... . 

France 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia . 
Sandwich  Is. .. 
Sandwich  Is. . . 
Scoresby's  Ld.. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Soongaria 

Brazil 

Mantc'hnoria  . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 


Uo. 

i77 

i-:f 

\i  k 

Wo 

Wc 

fir 

Ha 
.Vi 

«j 

H  k 
Hk 

|Gi 
Nj 
Ld 
Uh 
iJh 

Vg 
Hh 
VI 
Ok 

Og 

Ma 

Oe 

Oc 

Od 

Ui 

Nk 

Mb 


U 

Xh 
Gh 
Mc 
Ma 
Ua 
Nd 
Oe 
Ue 

^fj 

Wc 

«a 

Lg 
Ud 
I'b 
Va 
Wj 
Md 
Ub 
Qe 
Ub 
Bg 
Bg 
Ka 
Vb 
Qd 
i 

Ud 
V  b 


■!•    i.  ' 


II 


1^  u 

Oe 

Ue 

Wc 

Ua 

Ud 

Tb 

Wj 

Md 

Ub 

Ue 

Ub 

Bg 

Bg 

,K« 

Vb 

Qd 

1 

.Ud 

.  rb 

CONHULTINU  INDKX. 


NuMt  t4  flMM,  »•. 


Mjuriknya T. 

Mourziik Cj. 

Mnutnoi Iky 

Moiiton Po. 

M..vixii    ITr. 

Mowco jl. 

Moxo |Dcp 

Gov 

T. 

Ch. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Bk. 

Ft 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

Bay 

T. 

C. 

Tr. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

In. 

I. 

Pa 

I. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Cy. 

Cty. 

R. 

&• 

T. 
HI. 
R. 
Bay 

In. 
I. 
I. 
I. 
R. 
Murusuru Cty, 


Mo/tiinbique.. 
Mo/ninbique... . 
Mo/Ainbi(|ue.< .. 
Mowmnbique..  •< 

Moiyr 

Mount  Carmel  .. 
Mount  Di-Hcrt..  < 
Mount  Meadow 

Muchima 

Muckio 

MucuixcB ■ 

Mucwaun[iore  . . 

Mud 

Mudago ' 

Mudee 

Mu  Galla < 

Mugford 

Mughess 

Mugna 

Muiron 

Muktar 

Mtilat 

Miilgrave    •  ■ .  • 

Mulgrave 

Mulgrave 

Mull 

Multnomah  . . . 
Mumbarack ... 

Mumilla 

Mundlah ...... 

Mungari 

Municli 


Mu  Nintigi  . 
Munnipore . . 
Munster  .... 
Muonlonifika 
Muonio. .... 

Murcia 

Mjrdock... . 
Murmur . . .  • 

Murot 

Murray ....  ^ 
Murray  Firth 
Murray  Maxwell 
Murray'a  ... 
Murray's  . . 
Murtara  .... 
Murucuru.. . 


Musa 
Musangani 


Muscat Cy, 


Muicle 
Muscus. 


IT. 
Dit. 


ttmkmm. 


Asiatic  Ruaaia. 

Feiian  

Asiatic  Russia. 
Nova  Scotia. .  • 

AOica 

Sandwich  Is.. . 

Bolivia 

Aflrica 

.Mozambiqua  . . 
Indian  Ooc-.i  . 
Moxainbiq  tie  . . 

Russia 

Illinois 

Maine 

Brit  America  . 

Benguela 

Sumatra 

AlVica 

Ilindooatan  . . . 
Greenland  .... 

Soudan  

Brit  America  . 

Africa 

Labrador 

Africa 

Buonofl  Ayres  . 
AustralaHia  . . . 

Tripoh 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

North  America 

Scotland 

Oregon  Ter... . 

Nubia 

Asiatic  Turkey 
Hindoostan  . . 

Africa 

Bavaria 

Africa 

Birmah 

Prussia 

Russia 

Sweden 

Spain 

Greenland  . . . 

Soudan 

Magadoxa  . . . 
NewS.Walea 

Scotland 

Brit  America 
Australasia ... 
Australasia . . . 

Russia 

Cazembo 

Africa 

Arabia 

Africa 

Arabia 

Missouri 

Bay  of  Bengal 


LMi. 

hT 

N  f 

Q* 
lid 

^i 

Bf 

i 

Nc 
Oe 
Hd 
Fb 
Mi 
Sh 

Rf 
b 

Ng 
Ed 

o» 

He 

Nf 
HI 
Tk 
Ne 
Uo 
Xh 
Xh 
Cc 
Lc 
Dd 

2« 
Pe 

Rf 

Ng 

Md 

Oi 

Sf 

Mc 

Nb 

Nb 

Le 

Ha 

Mg 

Ph 

VI 

Lc 

6b 

Wi 

Vi 

Od 

Nj 

^j 

Nj 
Pf 
Ed 
Sg 


titmm  III  riMMi  tt. 

Musfcia 

MuMgrsvcV .... 

Muskcd.   

Musk  Ux 

MuNoliiny 

Mussrndom  . .  ■ 

Mussir 

Mussy 

Mustachowan.. 

Mustavas 

Muatoong 

Mutra 

Muttra 

Mutuknni 
MuziniL 
MuzimbaM 
Myandung 
Myggones . . 

Myra 

Myrick 

Mysol 

Mysore 

Mysore 

Mysory 

MywooUs 


Nabajoa 

Nabdjoa 

Nabajoas  .... 

Nabel 

Nachack 

Nachtegal .... 
Nacimiento  . . 

Nackiloo 

Nacogdoches  . 
Nadanfoen  . . . 
Nadcachda  . . . 
Nadeshda .... 
Nadrama  .... 

Nagel 

Nagercoil .... 

Nagoja 

Nagore 

Nagpore 

Nagy  Bania... 

Nahney  

Nain 

Nain 

Nakasusuklok 
Nakaliivan  . . . 
Nuloes 


Nalym 

Nalymskoi 

Namaqua,  Great 
Namaqua,  Little 

Nambu 

Nambu 

Namoh.*  .....< 

Namroo 

Namur 

':  Namurick 


CiMi. 


I. 

Cy. 

L. 

Hiy 

(.;. 

I. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

T 


T. 

C. 

I. 

Pr. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

Tr. 

T. 

C. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

??■ 

Bay 

Str. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Sta. 

L 

T. 

Tr. 

R. 

T. 

Ld. 

Ld. 

T. 

C. 

L 

T. 

T. 

Is. 


Soudan  

Polynrsia 

Persia 

Ilrit.  America  . 

Arabia 

Arabia 

Kurile  Islands. 
Africa.. .   . .. . 

Brit  America  . 
Buenos  Ayres  . 
,Cabul  ........ 

jArabia 

'Hindoostan  . . . 

'  ilic  Russia, 
imbique  . . 
ca 

inah 

.  aroe  Inlands  . 
^Vsiatic  Turkey 

Africa 

Malaysia 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Australasia.. .  . 
Polynesia 


B*<. 


Mh 

Vh 

Pe 

Kb 

Pf 

Pf 

Wd 

Mf 

G  c 

Ilk 

Qf 

Pf 

Rf 

Wc 

'^^ 
Oj 


L 


Mexico 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Tunis 

Labrador 

Indian  Ocean .. 

Chili 

Persia 

Texas 

Mantchooria  . . 
Montchooria  . . 
Kurilo  Islands. 

Elarbary 

Russia 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Japan  

Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Austria 

Brit  America  . 

Persia 

Labrador 

Labrador 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Scnegambia . . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Africa.  ^. ,. . 

Africa 

Japan 

Japan  ...... 

China 

Little  Thibet . . 
Belgium .... 
Polynesia .. . 


g 
b 

Ne 

U  J 

Rg 
Rjf 
Vi 

Xj 

Ef 

Ee 

Ee 

Me 

He 

Pm 

HI 

Pf 

Fe 

Ud 

Vc 

Wd 

Me 

OL 

Rh 

Ve 

Qf 

Rf 

Nd 

Db 

Pe 

Ho 

Ho 

Pe 

L 

Q 

Qb 

Nk 

Nk 

Ve 

Vd 

Tf 

Re 

Mo 

Xh 


•  'T '  ■ 


N 


t 


1l 


11 


V  • 


I- 


■v%. 


^. 


o  <f*^^. 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


/. 


//^/i^ 

-^  <t^ 


4-^ 


4^ 
5r     4|^ 


^ 


1.0 


lii  Uii    1 2.2 

!^  IIILL4  11.6 


1.1 


-1 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


^V^ 
-^.V 


23  WIST  MAIN  STRUT 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  HStO 

(716)872-4503 


It 


\k 


79 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


I 


NtBM  of  nac«i  *«■ 


Nana 

Nari'Chaiif . . .  • 

Nancy 

Nandere 

Nangaiftki .... 

Nuigdtr 

Nan.kang 

Nu>kiaiig  .... 

Nankin 

Nanking 

Nan-ning 

Nano  Balundo . 

Nannyn 

Nan-tchang  . . . 

Nantei 

Nantucket  .... 

Nan>yang 

Nan-youg 

Naoaquiacaw  . . 
Naouc  Sanpoo . 
Napakiang .... 

Napemac 

Naparima  • .  • . 

Napaahiah 

NaphU 

Naplea 

Naplea 

Napo 

Napoli 

Narborough'a .. . 
Narbonne . . 
Narciiaa . . . 
Narcondam 
Nareenda . . 
Nareenda  .  • 
Nargan .... 
Naraol  .... 
Narrow. . . . 

Nanra 

Narym  .... 

Naaca 

NaahrUIe  . . 

Nasi 

Naaoon .. . . 

Naaaaa 17. 

Naiita 

Nantu 

Naaauek 

NaU 

Natal 

Natal 

Natal 

Natal 

Natal ,. 

Natal 

Natal,  Fint  . . 
NaUl,Laat... 
Nataahkwen.. 

Natehex 

Nacthitochee  . 
Nathuni 


L. 

Cy. 

5?- 

T. 
R. 

97- 
9^' 
9.^' 
9^' 

Pr. 
L. 

?• 

£f 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

I. 

Km. 

&• 

T. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

Bay 

I. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

?• 

a 

D. 

a 
I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Cat 

Fo. 

C. 

I. 

Ft 

Ft 

R. 

^• 

9: 


tuMm. 

^    1 
Re 

Thibet 

China 

Tf 

France 

Md 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Rk 

Japan  

Ue  1 

AaiaticRuaaia. 

Vc  ' 

'China 

Tf 

China 

Te 

Mantchooria  . . 

Ud 

China 

Te 

China 

Tf 

Benguela 

?fj 

Tartary 

Uc 

China 

Tf 

France  

Ld 

Massachuaetta . 

Hd 

China 

Te 

China 

Tf 

BriL  America  . 

He 

Thibet 

Re 

Loochoo  

Vf 

Luion 

Vg 

Trinidad  la.... 

Hg 

Brit  America  . 

Fb  I 

Caspian  Sea... 

Pe 

Italy 

M  d 

Naplea 

Md 

Equador 

Hi 

Greece 

Ne 

GallapagoB .... 

Fi 

France  

Md 

Polynesia 

Cj 

Bay  of  Bengal. 

s? 

Madagascar. . . 

li 

Madagascar. . . 

li 

Russia 

Nc 

Hindoostan  ... 

Rf  ; 

South  Shetland 

lo 

Russia    

Ne 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Re  ! 

Peru 

Ge 

Tennessee  .... 

Russia 

Nb 

Guinea 

Ih 

(Sermany 

Me 

Nova  2!embla. . 

Qa 

Bahamas 

Gf 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Qg 
Gfi 

New  Grenada  . 

Brazil 

Ji 

Sunutra 

Bh 

Africa 

01 

Africa 

Ok 

CaflVana 

Ok 

Indian  Ocean  . 

Pi 

CafiVaria 

Nl 

Caffraria 

Oi 

Labrador 

He 

Mississippi.... 

Fe 

Louisiana 

Fe 

Persia 

Pe 

22,  Hum  o(  riMHv  *(• 


Natividad 

Natividad 

Natki 

NatUvar 

Naturaliste 

Naturaliste 

Nausa 

Navacot 

Navarino 

Navarino 

Navasa 

Navia 

Navigators' 

Navineelavoo . . . 

Navnaa 

Navy  Board . . . . 

Nazio 

Nayanola 

Naystad 

Nazaret 

Nazareth 

Nazareth 

Nazareth 

Naze 

Neacote 

Necau 

Neches 

Necker 

Nederlandich . . . 

Nedjeran 

Nedsjed 

Needle 

Needles.*. 

Needveditza  . . . . 

Neembuco 

Neepigon 

Neepigon 

Negiipatam 

Negombo 

Negracka 

Negraia 

Negrete 

Negril 

Negrillo 

Negro 

Negro 

Negropont* 

Negros 

Nehaund 

Neishloi 

Neisse 

Nellore 

Nelson 

Nelson 

Nelson 

Nelson's 

Nelson's 

Nemiskaw 

Nemoy 

Nemtchicov  . . . . 
Neosho  ... 


Cba 


T. 

Pt 

Tr. 

T. 

C. 

Mt 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Is. 

I. 

Tr. 

In. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Bk. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

L 

Dis. 

Pr. 

Rk. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

Bay 

Ho. 

T. 

T. 

Fk. 

C. 

T. 

Pt 

L 

R. 

R. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Ois. 

R. 

Pt. 

Ch. 

Is. 

L. 

Tr. 

T. 

Sta. 


Brazil 

Mexico 

Mantchooria  . . 

Sweden 

New  HolUnd. . 
New  Holland.. 
Asiatic  Turkey 
Hindooatan  .• . 
Wisconsin  Ter. 

Greece 

West  Indies. 

Spain 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Pern 

Brit  America  . 
Archipelago .. . 

Mexico 

Russia 

Brazil 

Brazil . 

Africa 

Indian  Ocean.. 

Norway 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Barbary 

Texas 

N.  Pacific  Oc. . 

Polynesia 

Arabia 

Arabia 

Australasia  . . . 
Southern  Ocean 

Russia 

Paraguay .... 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Hindoostan  .. 

Ceylon 

Missouri  Ter. 

fiirmah 

Chili 

Jamaica 

Mexico 

Uruguay  .... 

Brazil 

Archipelago. . 
Malaysia  ...   . 

Persia 

Russia 

Prussia 

Hindooatan  ... 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit.  America . 
Australaaia.... 
South  Shetland 
Brit.  America  . 
Missouri  Ter.  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
WeatemTer... 


Rat 
Utt. 


Vc 
Nb 
Tl 
Tk 
Oe 
Rf 
Gd 
Ne 

Gg 
Ld 

^\ 

Hi 
6d 
Ne 

It 

Ik 

Ui 
Mi 

Qj 
Mc 

Rf 

Me 

Ff 

Bf 

Xi 

O 

P 

Vm 

Lj 

Od 

Ik 

Gd 

Gc 

5» 
Rh 

Fe 

%<{ 

11 

li 
Ne 

s» 

Pe 

Nb 

Nc 

s« 

Fc 

Fc 

Fc 

VI 

lo 

Ge 

Ed 

Qb 

Fe 


d 


CUNSUL'l'ING  INDEX. 


731 


I  at  r^Mim,  kt.      CiML 


Ncow I. 

Nepaul Cty, 

Nepihjcc R. 

Nepiiiita R. 

Nopiming L. 

Nepomaceno.. .  •  T. 

Ncra R. 

Neibtidtkh R. 

xVereklita T. 

Nerja T. 

Nerpa R. 

Nt-rpitchie L. 

Nertchinsk Pr. 

Ncrtchinsk T. 

NertchiitMkui  . . .  T. 

Ncrvoski T. 

NcWKS I. 

Nesseby T. 

Nesiiketonga  . . .  R. 

Nesviz T. 

Ncum R. 

NeusUdt T. 

Ncvel T. 

Nevers Cy. 

Nevil's Bay 

Nevis I. 

New I. 

New  Albany  . . .  T. 
New  Amsterdam  T. 
New  Archon^l .  Sta. 

Newark Cy. 

Newark I. 

New  Balade ....  I. 

Newbern T. 

New  Boston  .. . .  T. 
New  Britain. ...  I. 
New  Brunswick  Cty. 
New  Brunswick  Ho. 
Ncwburyport . . .  T. 
New  Caceres  . . .  T. 
New  Caledonia  .  Cty. 
New  Caledonia  .  I. 

Newcastle T. 

Newcastle T. 

Newcastle T. 

NewCoimbra.. .  T. 
New  Cornwall . .  Cty. 
New  Discovery  .  I. 
New  Dongola.. .  Cy. 
NewEchota....  T. 
Newfoundland . .  I. 
Newfoundland . .  Bk. 
New  Friealand. .  Dis. 
New  Georgfia   . .  CoL 
New  Greorgia ...  Is. 
New  Grenada .. .  Rep, 
New  Guinea... .  I. 
New  Hampshire  St 
New  Hanover  . .  Cty. 
New  Hanover  . .  I. 
New  Haven  . . . .  Cy, 


Rrl 


t: 


NuMof  Flam,  4c. 


Polynesia  .  . . .  X  j 
Hindoostan  . . .  R  f 
Brit  America  .He 
Asiatic  Russia.  T  a 
Upper  Canada  .  G  d 


Brazil 

Asiatic  Russia  • 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Russia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia . 
.Vsiatic  Russia. 

Norway 

Russia 

Missouri  Tcr.  . 

Russia 

North  Carolina 

Austria 

Russia 

France 

Brit  America  . 
West  Indies... 

Polynesia 

Indiana 

Guiana 

North  America 
Upper  Canada . 

Labrador 

N.  Pacific  Oc. . 
North  Carolina 

Illinois 

Australasia... . 
North  America 
Brit  America  . 
N.  Hampshire . 

Luzon 

North  America 
Australasia  • . . 
N.  Brunswick  . 
New  S.  Wales  . 

England 

Brazil 

Brit  America  . 

Polynesia 

Nubia 

Greorgia 

North  America 
Newfoundland. 
Spitsbergen  . . . 

Liberia 

Australasia... . 
South  America 
Australasia... . 
United  States. . 
Oregon  Ter.  .. 
Australasia  . . . 
Connecticut  .. . 


HI 

Vb 

Rf 

Oc 

Pv 

Tc 

Xb 

Tc 

Tc 

Tc 

Pb 

Nb 

Na 

Fo 

No 

Go 

Nd 

Nc 

Md 

Fb 

Hg 

l« 
Ge 

Lh 

Cc 

Gd 

Ho 

Eg 

gI 

Fd 
Wi 
Hd 
Gd 
Hd 

H^ 
Do 

Xk 

Hd 

Wl 

Lc 

L^c 
^« 

Ge 

Id 

Id 

Na 

Lh 

Wi 

Hh 

Vi 

Hd 

Dc 

Wi 

Hd 


New  Hebrides 
New  Hernhut 
New  Holland  . 
New  Hulsieinborg 
New  Ireland  . 
New  Jersey  ■ . 
New  Lattakoo 
New  Leon.. . . 
New  Macao . . 
New  Madrid  . 
Ncwmansville 
New  Mexico.. 
New  Nantucket.  1 1 
Newnhani C. 


Is.  .Australasia... 
Sta.  jGrecnIaiid  . . . 
Cty  .[Australia  . . . . 
Cty.'Drit  America 


Mtt. 
Uli. 


I 

St. 

r. 

St 
T. 
T. 
T. 
Ter. 


New  Norfolk  . . .  Cty. 
New  North  Wales  Cty. 

New  Oran |T. 

New  Orleans  . . .  |Cy. 

Newport |Cy. 

New  Providence  I. 

Newry IT. 

New  Santander  .  JT. 
New  Segovia  . . .  T. 
New  Segovia  .  ..iT. 
New  Shumachie  |T. 
New  Siberia....  I. 
New  Smyrna  . . .  T. 
New  South  Green- 
land   Cty. 

New  South  Wales  Cty. 
New  South  Wales  Cty. 
NewTcherkask.Cy. 
New  Work  ....  I. 

New  Year I. 

New  Year's ....  Har 

New  Year's I. 

New  York St 

New  York Cy. 

Neyoor T. 

Neyva T. 

Nezperces Ft 

Nezperccs Tr. 

Ngantong Cy. 

Nha.triang....    T. 

Niagara Falls 

Niaa C. 

Nicaragua  ....    St. 

Nicaragua T. 

Nicaragua L. 

Nice T. 

Nicholas  First . .  C. 

Nicholson's Sh. 

Nickol Bay 

Nicobar. Is. 

Nicolskoe T. 

Nicopol T. 

Nicosia C. 

Nicotera T. 

Nicoya G. 

Niegin T. 

Nieuwvelds  ....  Bgn 


Australasia 
UniU-d  States.. 

Africa. .    

Mexico 

Tonquiii 

Missouri 

Florida 

Mexico 

Polynesia 

North  America 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Buenos  Ay  res  . 

Louisiana 

Rhode  Island. . 

Bahamas 

Ireland 

Mexico 

Guatemala  .. . . 

Luzon 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Florida 


Southern  Ocean 
Brit  America  . 

Australia 

Russia 

Newfoundland. 
Australasia .... 
Staten  Island  .. 

Patagonia 

United  States. . 
New  York .... 
Hindoostan  . . . 
New  Grenada  . 
Oregon  Ter... . 
Oregon  Ter.. . . 

China 

Cochin  China  . 
Upper  Canada . 
Brit  America  . 
Guatemala .... 
Guatemala  .... 
Guatemrla  .... 

Sardinia 

Brit  America  . 

Polynesia 

New  Holland .. 
Bay  of  Bengal. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Turkey 

Cyprus 

^^aple8 . 

Guatemala .... 

Russia 

Cape  Colony  . . 


lb' 

Uk 
Fb 
Wi 
iid 
Na 
Ff 
Tf 
Go 
Gf 
Fe 
Ah 
Be 
Dc 
Fb 
Hk 
Ff 
Hd 
Of 
Lc 
F* 
Gg 
Ug 
Pd 
Va 
Gf 

lo 
Fc 
Vk 
Od 
Id 

Uj 
Hn 
Hn 
Gd 
Hd 
Rh 
Hh 
Ed 
Ed 
Te 

Tg 

(id 

ib 

Og 

^^ 
Gg 

Md 

Fa 

Ak 

Tk 

Sh 

Re 

Nd 

Oo 

Ne 

Gh 

Oc 

Ni 


M* 


m 


m 


t'^'i 


;^ 


I!  I 


74 


CX)N8Ui;riN6  INDEX. 


Nirtbo 

Ni{{uta 

Ni|f 

Niglitiiigale 

Niglitiiigulo 

Nigritia. .  ■  ■ 

Niihau  .... 

Nijoras .... 

Nikitinskaia 

NikiUk  .... 

NikolacT  .. . 

Nikolaevska 

Nikolak.... 

Nikolskaya . 

NiU 

Nile. 

Niles 

Nildimki  . . 

Nillandoiu  Atol- 
lon 

Nilmat 

Niman 

Ninigouta 

Ninatee 

Nine  Degree  . . . 

Ning 

Ninghai-wei. .. . 

Ningo 

Ning.po 

Ninjenican 

Ninna 

Nipartolik 

Nipashee 

Niphon 

Nirie  

Nishapore 

Nishney  Villnish 

Nisibeen 

Niamea 

Nisnedwitzk.. .. 

Niasa .....' 

Nissa 

Nitcheguon  .... 

Nitzi 

Niuchotak 

Niuk 

Niumen 

Nixon 

Nizabad 

Nizapatam 

Niznei    Novgo- 
rod  33.  Pr. 

Niznei  Novgorod  T. 

Noagong T. 

NoaRa I. 

Noalove T. 

Noel Is. 

Nogai R. 

Nogden C. 

Noir C. 

Nokinska T. 


T. 
T. 
It 
I. 
I. 
Cty. 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Is. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Ch, 

?■ 

T. 

?• 

R. 

Bay 

li. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

7: 

T. 
T. 
L. 
C. 
T. 
L. 
R. 
C. 
T. 
T. 


PnMlBA. 


Liberia 

Japan ...... 

Aflrica 

Tonquin .... 
Southern  Ocean 

AFrica 

Sandwich  Is.. . 

Mexico 

Asiatic  Kusttia. 

Russia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia . 

Malaysia 

Africa 

Michigan 

Asiatic  Russia. 


Asia 

Oregon  Ter.. 
Mantchooria 
Mantchooria 

Birmah 

Asia 


Lh 
Ve 
M 

T 

LI 

Mg 

Bf 

Ee 

Pc 

Qc 

Od 

Qc 

Pc 

Pd 

Vi 

Of 

Gd 

Qb 

Qh 
Dd 
Ud 
Ud 

Sf 
Qh 


Mongolia 'i  e 

Dahomey M  h 

China Uf 

Asiatic  Russia.  V  c 
Mantchooria  . .  U  c 
Brit.  America  .  H  c 
Brit  America  .  F  b 
Japan ........  V  e 

Polynesia X  j 

Persia P  e 

Asiatic  Russia.  U  b 
Asiatic  Turkey  O  e 
Md 
Oc 
Pc 
Nd 
He 
Ue 
Ob 
Ob 
Ue 
6m 
Pd 


France 

Russia 

Tartary 

Turkey 

Brit  America  . 

Japan  

Russia 

Russia 

Mantchooria  • . 
Patagonia  .... 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Hindoostan  . . . 


Russia 

Russia 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Australasia  . . . 
Madagascar. . . 
BdjT  of  Bengal. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Patagonia  . . . . 
Asiatic  Rtissia . 


Oc 
Oc 
Rf 
Vi 
Ok 

^b 

Vc 
Hn 
Ub 


Ihmm  of  rium,  kt.    <  Ch*. 


Noki.«ima  . . . . . 

Nolinsk 

Nombre  de  Dioa 

Nomou 

Noncowry 

Nonorjcv 

Noon 

Noon 

Noosa  Baron  . . . 

Nooahky 

Nootka 

Nordland 

Ncrdmaling  . . . . 

Nordvik 

Norfolk 

Norfolk 

Norfolk 

Norfolk 

Norfolk 

Norija 

Norkoping  ...'.. 

Norksalik 

Norman 

Noro 

Norn 

Norogame 

Norrland 

Norsio 

North 

North 

North 

North 

North 

North 

North 

North 

North 

Nortli 

North 

North 

North    

North 

North 

North 

North 

North 

North 

North 

North 

North 

Northam 

North  Arran.... 
North  Branch  . . 
North  Branch  . . 
North  Cape  .... 
North  Cape  .... 
North  Cape  Del- 

gada 

North  Carolina. . 
North  Devon  . . . 
North  East 


L 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Is. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

I. 

T. 

So. 

IDiv 

T. 

r 

So. 

Mt 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Ft 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Div. 

T. 

C. 

C. 

C. 

C. 

C. 

C. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

Sea 

R. 

R. 

Ch. 

Bay 

Bay 

Pt 

Bl. 

Fk. 

Fk. 

Fk 

T. 

Is. 

R. 

R. 

C. 

C. 

C. 

St 

Cty. 

Ld. 


Japui 

Russia 

Mexico. 

Afl-ica 

Bay  of  Bengal 

Russia 

Sum 

Suae 

Java 

Bcloocbistan  . 
Oregon  Ter... 

Norway 

Sweden 

Asiatic  Russia 

Virginia 

Australasia... 
Gallapagos  ... 
North  America 
V.  Diemen'sLd. 

Russia 

Sweden 

Greenland  .... 
Brit  America  . 
Mantchooria  . . 
Mantchooria  . . 

Mexico 

Sweden 

Sweden 

Isle  of  Greorgia 

Iceland 

Norway 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Brazil 

N.  S.  Greenland 
Oregon  Ter.  . . 
Indian  Ocean.. 

Malaysia 

Malaysia 

Polynesia 

Europe 

Brit  America  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Europe. 

Brit  America  . 

Seghalien 

Oregon  Ter. . . . 
Brit  America  ^ 
Missouri  Ter.  . 

Missouri 

Oregon  Ter.  . . 
New  Holland. . 

Ireland 

Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
New  Zealand.. 
N.  Caledonia . . 


NaT. 


Ajan 

United  States .. 
Brit  America  . 
Spitsbergen  ..'. 


Vc 
Pc 
Ff 

Sii 
Nc 

If 

Ti 

Qf 

Dd 

Nb 

Nb 

Ta 

Ge 

Xk 

Fi 

Cc 

Vm 

Pb 

Nc 

lb 

Db 

Ud 

Vd 

Ef 

Nb 

Nb 

Jn 

Kb 

Na 

Ab 

Ih 

lo 

Dc 

Oi 

ttV 

Vf 
Mc 
Gc 
Ub 
Lc 
Hb 
Vc 

Dr, 

Hb 

Fc 

Fd 

Ed 

Tl 

Lc 

Dc 

Ec 

XI 

Wk 

5' 
Ge 

Gd 

Na 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


75 


North  Eaat 

Northern  Trian^ 

North  Foreland. :c. 
North  Georgia  ..|Cty. 
North  Greenland  Ciy. 

North  Kyn C. 

Northiined L. 

North  Natunaa..'!. 
North  MiddletM9x|ay. 
North  Mountain  ;Cr. 
North  PoyuB....Tr. 
North  Roquepiz.  I. 
North  Shoal ....  I. 
North  Someraet .  Cty. 
North  Thames. .  R. 
North  Uiit I. 


Bay  Greenland 


c. 
I. 

Pa 
Ft 
C. 
Sa 
Cty. 
Dm. 
Norwich Cy. 


Northumberland 
Northnmberland 

North  West 

N6rth  West .  •  •  • 

North  West 

Norton 

Norway 
Norway 


Nose 

NosLabou 
Nosoroe  .. 
NossaSenhorade 

Porto  Cairo  . . 
Nossa  Senhora 

Desterro 

Nossa  Senhora 

do  Rosario . . . 

Not 

Notchek 

Notingham 

Noto 

Noto 

Notre  Dame.... 

Notway 

Nouba 

Nouboncoulagh  . 

Nook 

Noukan 

Noumen 

Nourses 

Noursoak 

Nora  da  Madre 

de  Dies 

Nora  Dereonvs . 
Nora  Redonda .. 
Nora  Scotia .... 
Noraya  Ladogo . 
Nora  Zembla . . . 
Nor.  Bicliza .... 
Norpforod  . .  .16. 

NoTi  Baxar 

Nor  Lepel 

Norocetakoie  . . . 


a 

Mta. 

T. 

T. 


Caribbean  Sea. 
K.  George's  Sd. 
Brit  America  . 
Greenland  .... 

Norway 

Brit  America  . 

Malaysia' 

Brit  America . 

Missouri 

Patagonia 

Indian  Oceaa.. 
Caribbean  Sea . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America . 

Scotli.nd 

New  S.  Wales. 
Australasia... . 
Isle  of  France. 

Africa 

New  Holland.. 
North  America 

Europe 

Brit  America . 
England. . ... . 

Egypt 

Arabia 

Asiatic  Russia. 


T. 

T. 

L. 

Bay 

I. 

T. 

C. 

Bay 

R. 

Dis. 

R. 

I. 

va. 

R. 
R. 
Is. 

T. 

T. 

Ft 

Cty. 

T. 

L 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

T. 


Brazil. 
Brazil 


Brazil.... 
Russia  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit  America 

Japan 

Japan 

Newfoundland. 
Brit  America  . 

Nubia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Greenland  .... 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Mantchooria  . . 

Africa 

Greenland 


g 
o 

Fd 
d 
Na 
Fb 
Th 
Fd 
Ed 
Hm 
Pi 
Gg 
Fd 
Fa 
Lc 
VI 
Wk 
Pk 

Tk 

Bb 

Mb 

Fc 

Mc 

Of 

P 

R 

Ji 

Ik 


Ik 
Ob 
Xb 
Gb 
Ve 
Vb 
Id 
Gc 
Of 
Ua 
Jb 
Ab 
Ud 
Mj 
.Jb 


Brazil 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Benguela 

NorUi  America 

Russia    

Arctic  Ocean. . 

Russia 

Russia 

Turkey 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 


Ih 

Qc 

Mj 

Hd 

Ob 

Pa 

Oc 

Oc 

Nd 

Nc 

Sc 


NuBM  9lH»em,lu. 


Claa. 


T. 
T. 
T. 

T. 

jT. 

;5^ 


Oahu 

Oak 

Oanna 

Oaxaca  . . . . . 
Oaxaca  . . . . . 

Oban 

Obderskoi.. 

Obe 

Oberaba  . . . 
Oboino  . .  . 
O'Brien'a  . . 
Obskaya  .• . 
Obsenratory . 

Obra 

Obrinsk  . . . 

Oby 

Oca 

Ocana 

Ocean 

Oceanskie.. 
Ochotsk  . . 


Norodrinsk  . . . .  T. 
Norogradok....|T. 
Noro  Khopersk). 
Novomoskorsk. . 
Novo  Troki  .... 
Novotzourokai- 

touevskoi  .... 
Nov.  Volhynskpi 

Now-chow C 

Nowogrod . . 

Noyakana |T. 

Noyen T. 

Nubia Cty 

Nubian Des. 

Nuheemabad  . . .  T. 

Nuiskoi T. 

Nukahivah L 

Nukhzia R. 

Nulchai C. 

Numez R. 

Nun R. 

Nunersoi... 

Nunniraek L 

Nura R. 

Nuremburg  ....  Cy. 

Nurmis T. 

Nuttletartic  ....  Bay 
Nuwee  Bunder..  T. 

Nuyt's Arc. 

Nuyt's Ld. 

Nuyt's Rfs. 

Nyamez T. 

Nybundan  ..... T. 

Ny  Carleby T, 

Nyflb Dia. 

Nykoping T. 

Nyland Pr, 

Nymphs Pt 

Nyons T. 


Russia 
Russia 
Russia 
Ruiisia 
Rus&ia 


R. 
I. 

St 

^• 

L. 

T. 

I. 

6. 

In. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

L 

Is. 

iPr. 


Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

China 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Corca 

Africa 

Nubia 

Persia 

Asiatic  Russia . 

Polynesia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Scnegambia . . . 

Africa 

Greenland  . . .  ■ 
North  America 

Tartory 

Bararia 

Russia 

Labrador 

Hindooetan  . . . 
Australasia... . 
New  Holland. . 
Austrulasia  . . . 

Turkey 

Persia 

Russia 

Soudan 

Sweden. 

Russia 

Patagonia  .... 
France  

Sandwich  Is. .. 
Brit  America  . 

Polynesia 

Mexico 

Mexico. ...... 

Scotland 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Bolivia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
South  Shetland 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit  America  . 

Russia 

Russia  ....... 

Malaysia  ...    . 

Brazil 

Mexico . 

Polynesia 

Nova  Zembh .. 
Asiatic  Russia. 


I 


u. 


m 


': 


r^  't 


I'm 


■f 


76 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


N>iiv«  of  riaMi,  ke. 


OclioUk  . . . 
OclioUk  .  • . 

Ochto 

Ocrucock  . . 
Ocroni  .... 

Odaib 

Oddo 

Oddy 

Odessa  .... 
Odcypore  . . 

Odia 

Odoli 

Odowari ... 
Oedenburg  . 
Oei-chow  . . 

Oeiras • 

Oeiras 

Ooland  ..... 

Oeno 

Oesel 

Ofoden 

Ogapock .... 
Ogden'a  .... 
Ogdenbburg . 

Oghao 

Ohatooah  . . . 

Ohia 

Ohio 

Ohio 

Ohila 

Oioun 

Oitama 

Oitz 

Ojem 

Ojoghina.... 

Oka 

Okhansk .... 

Oki 

Okinagan . . . 
Okinagan . . . 
Okinagan . . . 
Okinskoi  ... 

Okkak  

Okkak  

Okkakaio  . . . 
OkladnikoTo. 
Okosaki  .... 

Okosir 

Okota 

Okul 

Ola 

Olanche 
Old 

Old 

Old  Benguela..  ■ 
Old  Birnee  . . . . . 
Old  Caconda  . . . 
Old  Calabar  . . . . 

OldCroee 

Old  Dongola.... 
Oldenburg  .  .12. 


r 


Cy. 

Sea 

L. 

In. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

?-• 

I. 
T. 

^y- 

T. 

Cy. 

J? 

I. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

liar 

T. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

St. 

R. 

g" 

T. 

L. 

Pt 

R. 

R. 

T. 

L 

L. 

R. 

Ho. 

T. 

I. 

Sta. 

Bay 

li. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

Dis 

T. 

Ft. 

Ho. 

T. 

??• 

R. 
T. 

Cy. 


Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

North  Carolina 

Mexico 

Arabia 

Iceland 

Benin 

Russia 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Polynesia  .  . . . 
Mantchooria  . . 

Japan  

Austria 

China 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Baltic  Sea  .... 

Polynesia 

Baltic  Sea  . . . . 

Norway 

Guiana 

Africa 

New  York ... . 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

United  States. . 
United  States. . 

Africa 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Japan  

Japan  ... 
Japan  .. . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Japan 

Oregon  Ter.  . . 
Oregon  Ter... . 
Oregon  Ter.... 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Labrador 

Labrador 

Brit  America  . 

Russia 

Japan 

Japan 

Asiatic  Russia . 

Cabul 

Africa 

Guatemala .... 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 

Benguela 

Soudan  

Benguela 

Africa 

Sumatra .. . 
Nubia 


Wc 
Wc 

Ob 

Go 

Kf 

Oe 

Kb 

Mh 

Od 

Qf 

Xh 

Ud 

Ve 

Nd 

Te 

Ji 

li 

Nc 

Dk 

Nc 

Nb 

Ih 

Mk 

6d 

Aj 
Aa 

Cj 
Cd 
Gc 

Mj 
Ub 


G.D  Germany. 


V   - 

Ve 

Wl- 

fc. 

Pc 

Ue 

Ec 

Ed 

Dd 

Sc 

Ho 

Ho 

Ho 

Pb 

Ve 

Vd 

Vc 

«e 

Nh 

6d 

Dd 

6d 

Mj 

Mff 

Nj 

Mh 

Si 

Og 

Mc 

NuMiof  num,kt. 

Old  Porto  Seguro 
OldTiminskoi.. 

Old  Tripoli 

OlciU 

Olekmia 

Olekminsk 

Olem 

Olenei 

Olenoi 

Olensk 

Olensk 

Oleron 

Olgopol 

Olikoi 

(Hiphant's 

Olimaran 

Olinda 

Olinviro 

Olivin 

Olmutz 

Olomate 

Okinetz 10. 

Olonetz 

Ok)u  Koudouk  .. 
Olouto-roTskoi . . 
Olouto-rovskoi . . 
Olou  Tourghai. . 
Olug  Yulduz  . . . 

Olulorsky 

Olvispol 

Olympus 

tOmaguan 
Omabas 


Ombay 

Ombay 

Omboa 

Omecon  .... 
Omenak  . . . . 
Omerpore .. . 
Ommanney  . 

Omoa 

Omoko 

Omolon 

Omoloy 

Omon 

Omon 

Omona 

Omorigeskoi . 

Omsk 

Omskarka  . . 
Omulewka . . 

Ona 

Onango 

Onega 

Onega 

Onega 

Onega 

Onega 

Onemen  .... 
Ongole 


CUifc 

tT 

T. 
T. 
L. 
R. 

S." 

C. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

Is. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

I- 

C. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

R. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

Mt 

R. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Str. 

T. 

T. 

Dis. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

Pr. 

Sea 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

L 

T. 

C. 

G. 

L. 

R. 

Bay 

T. 


raMiM. 


Brazil 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Tripoli 

Mongolia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

France  

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Cape  Colony  . . 

Polynesia 

Brazil 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Austria 

Mexico 

Russia 

Russia 

Mongolia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Tartary 

Mongolia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Oregon  Ter.  .. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Equador 

Western  Ter.  . 
Malaysia 


Egypt 
Aaiatic  Russia 
Greenland  . . . 
Hindoostan  .. 
North  America 
Guatemala  .... 
Mantchooria  . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Arabia 

Asia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Afiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Polynesia 

Russia 


Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Hindoostan  . . . 


jT 

.Sc 

Me 

Sd 

Tc 

Ub 

Ta 

Qa 

Ob 

Ta 

Ta 

Ld 

Nd 

Wc 

Nl 

Vh 

Ji 

Wb 

Wc 

Nd 

Ef 

Ob 

Ob 

Td 

Xb 

Xb 

Qd 

Rd 

Xb 

Od 

Dd 

Re 

Hi 

Fd 

Ui 

Ui 

Of 

Vb 

la 

Rf 

Do 

Gg 
Vc 

Wb 
Ua 
Pf 
Qf 
Vb 
Re 
Qc 
Qb 
Vb 
Tc 
Ve 
Ob 
Ob 
Ob 
Ob 
Ob 
Xb 


L'  i! ' 

m 


CONSULTING  INUtlX. 


77 


NuNt<<flMn,ke. 

Onguo 

Unmaa 

Unnckotan . .  •  ■ 

Oho 

Onocuc? 

Onon 

Onooaibw 

Onore 

Ontario 

Ontang  Java.... 
Onvarianaei ... 

Ony 

Onia 

Ooch   

Oodor 

Oogda 

GogUt 

Oo^lit 

Oojein 

Ookatiaha 

Oolee 

Ooi<Ml 

Oomeroote  . . . . . 
Oonalaabka  .... 
Oonebmak  . . . . . 
Oorakantsha.. .. 

Oorookor 

Oortuag 

Oosi 

Oo-aima • . 

Opala 

Oparo 

Opeloasas 

Operniwick  . . . . 

Ophir 

Oporto 

Opotebka 

Oppeln 

Oquitao 

Oraiaon 

Gran 

Orange 

Orange 

Orange 

Orangeburg  . . . . 

Orangerie 

Orchilla 


Orebon  .'.. 
Oreava  .... 
Orebro  .... 
Oregon  . . . . 
Oregon .... 
Oregrund  . . 
Oreguatufl.. 
Oreguatus.. 

Orel 

Orel 

Oremjatcba 
Orenburg . . 
Orenburg . . 
Orense  .... 


R. 

C. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

L. 

Ih. 

C. 

PU 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Is. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

Mts. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Vol 

I. 

T. 

Sta. 

Mt 

I. 
T. 
I. 

a 

R. 

T. 

Har 

I. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Ter, 

R. 

T. 

Tr. 

R. 

Pr. 

T. 

R. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 


Mantcbooria  . . 
Asiatic  Ruaaia. 
Kuriio  laUnds. 

Polynesia 

Pulyncitia 

Asiatic  Rusaia. 

Polynesia 

Hindoostaii  ■  ■ . 
North  America 
Australasia  . . . 

Iceland 

New  Guinea  • . 

Congo 

HinSooston  . .  • 
Hiiidooalaa  . .  < 

Persia 

Brit.  America . 
BriU  America  . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Asiatic  Rusaia. 

Polynesia 

Polynesia. .... 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Nortb  America 
North  America 
Asiatic  Rusaia. 
Polynesia. 
Little  Bucbaria 

Japan 

Japan ^. 

Asiatic  Rusaia. 

Polynesia 

Louisiana 

Greenland  .... 
Sumatra.... .. 

Portugal 

Russia 

Prussia 

Mexico 

Australasia  . . . 

Algiers 

Muaysia 

Brazil 

Africa 

South  Carolina 
Australasia... . 

Venezuela 

Mongolia 

Turkey 

Sweden 

United  States. . 
Oregon  Ter.. . . 

Sw^en 

South  America 

Brazil 

Russia ^ 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Rusaia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Spain 


v7 

Ab 
Wd 

Ak 

li 

Td 

Aj 

Gd 
Wi 
Kb 
Ui 
Mi 
Qf 

Qf 
Pe 
G  b 
Gb 
Rf 
Ta 
Vh 
Wh 

Qf 
Ac 
Be 
Vb 
Uh 
Qd 
Ue 
Ve 
Wc 

Fe 

Aa 

Sb 

Ld 

Nc 

Nc 

Ee 

Wi 

Le 

Uf 

Lh 

Nc 

6e 

Wi 

H 

S 

Nd 

Nc 

Ed 

Dd 

Nb 

Li 

li 

Oc 

Oe 

Wb 

Pc 

Pc 

Ld 


Orfa 

Orfui 

Orfui 

Orgain  .... 

Orhey 

Ori 

Oriental  . . . 
OrinNoi... 
Orinoco .... 
Orinoco .... 
Oristagno . . 
Orissa ..... 
Orkney. .. . 
Orleans .... 
Orleans... . 
Orliansk . . . 

Orlov 

Orlov  Noss . 

Orlova 

Orlovoi .... 
Orlowka... 
Ormond  . . . 

Ormus 

Oroc 

OronHm.... 
Orontes.... 
Orodong... 
Oropesa  . . . 
Orskaia.... 
Ortegal . . . . 
Orteuburg  . 
Ortigas . . . . 

Orto 

Orton 

Ortoos 

Orua 

Oruru 

Osaca 

Osaca 

Osages  . . . . 
Osborne  . . . 
Osborne's . . 

Oscar 

Oscar 

Osen 

Osepus  . . . . 
Oserejnoy . . 
Oserma.... 

Osima 

Osima 

Osita.... .. 

Oska 

Osketanaio 
Osmandjik  < 

Osna 

Osnaburg  .. 
Osnaburg  .. 
Osnaburg  .. 
Osomo  . . . . 
Osomo  . . . . 
Ossa 


Cla 


T. 

C. 

1st 

R. 

T. 

L. 

a 

L. 

Dep 

R. 

T. 

Pr. 

I. 

I. 

??• 

T. 

C. 

R. 

C 

R. 

L 

I. 

L. 

T. 

R. 

L 

T. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

I. 

T. 

&■ 

Tr. 
C. 

Rr. 

Bay 

L^ 

T. 

T. 

T. 

ML 

I. 

I. 

Vil. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Cy. 

Ho. 

T. 

Vol. 

T. 


Asiatic  'I\irkcy 


Africa Pg 


Oc 


Patagonia 
Mongolia . . . 

RusMa 

Russia 

New  Britain 

China 

Venezuela  . . 
Venezuela  . . 


Hm 

Td 

Nd 

Nb 

Wi 

^o 

Hb 

Hh 


Sardinia iMe 

Hindoostan  •  •  .#  f 

Scotland pc 

Lower  Canada.  H  d 

France    M  d 

Asiatic  Russia.  T  c 

Russia JP  c 

Russia Ob 

Asiatic  Russia.  |X  b 

Russia Ob 

Asiatic  Russia.  ;X  b 
Brit  America  .  {G  b 
Persian  Gulf..  IP  f 
Sd 
Rd 
Oe 
Uh 

gj 
Pc 

Ld 

Nc 

Jj 

Sd 

Sd 
Te 

n^ 

Hj 

Ve 

Ve 

Fe 

Ga 

Ck 

Fb 

Xi 

Mb 

Pe 

Ob 

Wc 

Uf 

Vd 

Ee 

Td 

Gb 

Od 

Ob 

Ck 

Mc 

Fc 

Hm 

Hm 

Pc 


Mongolia 

Mongolia 

Syria 

Polynesia 

Bolivia 

Tartary 

Spain 

Prussia 

Brazil 

Mongolia 

Mongolia 

Mongolia 

Venezuela 

Bolivia 

Japan  

Japan 

Missouri 

Brit.  America  . 
Polynesia ..... 
Brit  America  . 

Polynesia 

Norway 

Persia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
E^astem  Sea. . . 
Japan  ........ 

Mexico 

Mongolia 

Brit  America  . 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Russia 

Polynesia .... 

Hanover 

Brit  America 

Chili 

Chili 

Russia 


7* 


78 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


Nian  or  riMM,  ta. 

Onuna 

O§taiihkov 

Ostond 

Osteroe 

Oiteniund 

Ostiaki 

Oitroonoi 

ODtrov 

Ostrovnoi 

Otiiffo 

Otaneite 

OlchakoT 

Otdia 

Oteewhy 

Otoes 

Otranto 

Otrar 

Otter 

Otter 

Otter 

Otter 

Otter  Tail 

Ottowa 

Ottowas 

Otway 

Oualin 

Ouba 

Oubinskoi 

Ou-chow 

Ou-chow 

Ouda 

Ouda 

Oude 

Oude 

Oudskoi 

Oue 

Ouei-ming 

Ouen-chow 

Oufa 

Oura 

Oufa 

Ougalaghmiout . 

Ougdcn 

Ouffene 

Ouian 

Ouicatai 

Ouinboucou .... 

Ouinskoie 

Ouistkouitoun  . . 

Oukakee 

Oukesiipa 

Ouki 

Ouki  Kitcha... . 

Oukinskoi 

Oiilenmouren  .. . 
OulouBwmmoudan 
OumetPorelaztos 
Ou-mong  ..... 

Ounas 

Oundo 

Ounja 


T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

Pa 

I. 

T. 

Ii. 

I. 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

L. 

Sh. 

Cr. 

L. 

T. 

Tr. 

C. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

?f 
g" 

Pr. 

9- 
?• 

9?- 

'I: 

Tr. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

C. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

&• 

L. 
T. 


taUlMk 


Spain 

Russia 

Belgium 

Faroe  lalanda  . 

Sweden 

Aaiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia    

Asiatic  Russia. 
Now  Zealand . . 

Polynesia 

Russia  ....... 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Missouri  Ter.  . 

Naples 

Tartary 

North  America 
Brit  America  . 
Indian  Ocean.. 
Wisconsin  Ter. 
Wisconsin  .... 

Illinois 

Michigan 

New  S.  Wales  . 
Mantchooria  . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

China 

Corea 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Brazil 

China 

China 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
North  America 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Norway 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Mongolia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Mongolia 

Brit  America  . 
GulfofTonquin 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

China 

Mantchooria  . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

China 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 


Rtf. 


Le 

Oo 

Mc 

Ld 

Mb 

Bb 

Xb 

Nc 

Wc 

Xm 

Cj 

Od 

Xh 

6J 

Fd 

Nd 

Qd 

Dc 

He 

01 

Fd 

Fd 

6d 

Gd 

VI 

Ud 

Re 

Re 

Tf 

Ue 

Vc 

Vc 

Rf 

Rf 

Vc 

Ik 

Sf 

Uf 

Pc 

Pc 

Pc 

Cb 

Rb 

Mc 

Wb 

Sd 

Tb 

Tc 

Td 

Go 

Tg 
Wo 
Tb 
Wc 
Se 
Uc 
Pc 
f 
Nb 
Ob 
Oc 


NuiM  vt  riacn,  tc. 


Oup. . . 

Ourak 

Oural.. 


T. 
I. 
R. 


Ouralsk T, 


Ourat 

Ourcan 

Ourdabad 

Ourens 

Ourpfa 

Ouriamskaia  . . . 

Ouriankaia 

Ourjoum 

Ouro 

Ourrokoop 

Oursou 

Oury's 

Ous 

Ousa 

Ousa 

Ouasmane 

Oust  CamenagoN 

skava  

Oustohclmskoe.. 
Ousteourovskaya 
Ouste  Sissolk . . . 

Oustiazua 

Ousting  Velikoy 
Oust  Motchensk 
Oust  Ouskaya  . . 
Oust  Tungouskoie 

Oust  Vaga 

Outchou 

Outchoumoutchin 
Outer  Vigten  . . . 
Outger  Reps... . 
Outshi  Fcrman  . 
Outshoehkoi  Noss 

Ouvalskoi 

Ouy 

Ouzene 

Ovah 

Ovando  

Oveido 

Ovens 

Ovidos 

Ovo 

Ovroutch 

Owari 

Owen 

Owhyee 

Owhyhee 

Owl 

Owlitteeweek... 

Oxford ICy 

Oxford C. 

Oxford C. 

Oxford |C. 

Oxford 

Oxnes 

Oxus 

Oyapock ... 


Ctea. 


T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

T. 


Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Tartary 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Mongolia 

Mantchooria  . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Brazil 

Mongolia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Mon^lia 

Russia 

N.  Pacific  Oc. . 

Polynesia 

Mantchooria  . . 
Australasia.... 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 


UK. 


T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Pr. 

Pr. 

Sf 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Bay 

Ii. 

R. 

I. 

R. 

I. 


Ho. 
I. 
R. 
T. 


Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Thibet 

Mongolia 

Norway 

Spitsbergen  . . . 
Little  Bucharia 
Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Madagascar. . . 

Congo 

Spain 

New  S.  Wales  . 

Brazil 

Archipelago. . . 

Russia 

Japan 

Brit  America  . 
Oregon  Ter.^. . 

Polynesia 

Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 

England 

New  Britain  . . 
Oregon  Ten... 
Falkland  Is.. . . 
Brit  Ameriqa  . 
Loffoden  Isles . 

Tartary 

Guiana 


So 
Vc 
Pc 
Pc 
Td 
Uc 
Pe 
i 
Td 
Re 
Sc 
Pc 
Af 
Vh 
Uc 

^j 
Sc 

Pb 

Pb 

Oc 

Re 

Pb 

Tc 

Pb 

Oc 

Pc 

Ob 

Qc 

Sa 

Ob 

Re 

Td 

Mb 

Na 

Qd 

Wc 

Pc 

Qo 

Pc 

Pj 
Ni 

Ld 

VI 
Ii 

Ne 
Nc 
Ve 
Fa 
Ed 

l« 
Fc 

Gb 

Lc 

Wi 

Dd 

Hn 

Fc 

Mb 

Pd 

Ih 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


79 


Vummtirtamt,ttt. 

Oyo 

Otark 

Oiee 

One 

Oxee 

Omo 

Oxerna 

Oxiernoio 

Oxigina 

Oziginsk 


R. 
Mta. 

T. 
R. 
R. 
R. 
R. 
T. 
R. 
T. 


Pa Cjr. 

Paarl T. 

Pacajea Tr. 

Pacaltsdorp  . . . .  T. 

Pacaxa R. 

Paochino T. 

Paohi T. 

Pachitea R. 

PacHong T. 

Padamo R. 

Padang T. 

Padaran O. 

Padaviri R. 

Poderborn Cy. 

Padgagana I. 

Padgorodna  . . . .  T. 

Padomiit T. 

Padoucah R. 

Padron C. 

Padstow T. 

Padua ...Cy. 

Padur T. 

Padypolo la. 

Pagahm  Mow  . .  T. 

Paganaane I. 

Piigoea Tr. 

Pagon I. 

Paha T. 

Pahang T. 

Paha>toni>kol .. .  R. 

Paichan T. 

Paidmatta Sta. 

Pailas L. 

Paimoni R. 

Paialey  . . .' T. 

Paitaire R. 

Pajane L. 

Pakhia R. 

Paknam T. 

Palamoa T. 

Palainow T. 

Palana R. 

Palaoa la. 

Palawan I. 

Pnica T. 

Palcati L. 

Palcipaa  .......  L. 

Palembang IT. 

Palencia T. 

Palenque T. 


Ruaaia 

United  SUtea. . 

Africa 

Africa 

AfricA 

Peraia 

Ak<Btio  Ruaaia. 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Asiatic  Ruaaia. 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 


Thibet 

Cape  Colony  . . 
South  America 
Cape  Colony  . . 

Brazil 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

Mongolia 

Peru 

Thibet 

Venezuela  .... 

Sumatra 

Cambodia 

BuenoB  Ayrea  . 

Pruaaia 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

Ruaaia 

Miaaouri  Ter.  . 

Contro 

England 

Italy 

Hindooatan  . . . 

Aaia 

Birmah 

Malayaia 

Senegambia  .. . 

Polyneaia 

Mongolia 

Malaya 

Thibet 

Mantchooria  . . 
New  Zealand. . 

Sweden 

Peru 

Scotland 

Mongolia 

Ruaaia 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

Siam 

Spain 

Hindooatan  .  ■ . 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

Polyneaia 

Malayaia  ...   . 

Bolivia 

Soongaria 

Buenoa  Ayrea  . 

Sumatra 

Spain 

Mexico 


■«c 

Uu. 


Pb 
Fc 
Oi 
Oi 
Oh 
Pe 
Ra 
Sc 
Vb 
Vb 

Sf 

Nl 

li 

Nl 

li 

Sc 

Sd 

Hi 

Sf 

Hh 

Si 

T 

H 

Mc 

Wb 

Qo 

No 

Fd 

Mi 

Lc 

Md 

Re 

Qh 

Sf 

Ui 

Se 

Sh 

Se 

Ud 

XI 

Nb 

Hi 

Lc 

Sd 

Nb 

Xb 

Sg 

Md 

Rf 

Wb 

Uh 

Th 

Hj 

Qd 

Hk 

Si 

Ld 

Fit 


Palermo Cy. 

Cty, 

T. 

T. 

Sta. 

Mt 

T. 

la. 

IC. 

la. 


Paleatine 

Palezkhua 

Palhaaaan 

Pallameottah . . . 

Pallaa 

Pallena 

Palliaera 

Palliaaer 

Palm 

Palma 

Palma 

Palma 

Palma 

Palma 

Palmareinha.... 

Palmaa 

Palmer 

Palmer 

Palmer'a 

Palmoro 

Palmeraton 

Palmyra 

Palmyra 

Palmyraa 

Paloloo 

Paloa 

Paloa 

Pake 

Palumbi 

Pama 

Pamer 

Pampaa 

Pampelona 

Pampelona 

Pamplico 

Panama 

Panama 

Panaroa 

Panchina 

Panctou  ....... 

Pandora  . : 

Pandora'ri 

Pandora'a 

Panga  

Pangany 

Pangootaron. . . . 

Paniany 

Panicheira 

Pannavia 

Panot 

Panovakaya  . . . . 

Panaa  

Pantar 

Pantelaina 

Pantura 

Panuco  

Pany 

Pao-king 

Pao>ning 

Paoo 


I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

C. 

C. 

Bay 

Pt 

Ld. 

C. 

I. 

Rna 

Pt 

la. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

I. 

I. 

Dia. 

Pis. 

Cv. 

T. 

So. 

Bay 

la. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

Ld. 

R. 

Pr. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

R. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

Sta. 

T. 

I. 


Sicily  .... 
Syria  .... 
dabul.... 

Mongolia 

Hindooatan  . . . 

Japan  

Cevlon 

Polyneaia 

New  Zealand. . 
Auatralaaia ... . 
Canary  lalea  . . 
Canary  lalea  . . 
Chili 

a«in 
exico ...... . 

Angola 

Liberia 

Brit.  America  . 
BriL  America  . 
Southern  Ocean 

Sardinia 

Polyneaia 

Syria 

Hindooatan  . . . 

Polyneaia 

Polyneaia 

Celebea 

Spain 

Thibet 

Barca 

Eaatem  Sea .. . 

Tartary 

Buenoa  Ayrea  . 

Spain 

New  Grenada  . 
Nortli  Carolina 
New  Grenada  . 
New  Grenada  . 

Chili 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 


ttt 


Me 
Oe 

Sd 
Rh 
Vd 
Rh 

Xm 

Vj 

Kf 

Kf 

Hh 

Me 

Ef 

Mi 

Lh 

Gb 

Ea 

He 

Me 

Bk 

Oe 

Rf 

Bh 

^' 
Ti 

Ld 

Sf 

Ne 

Uf 

Qe 

HI 

Ld 

Hh 

Ge 

Gh 

Gh 

Hk 

Re 


Thibet S  e 

Vi 

Xj 
Ni 
Oi 
Th 

Oj 
Mh 
Ob 
Tc 

Ul 
Me 

Rh 

Ff 

Ug 
Tf 

Te 

Xj 


Auatrulasia... . 
New  Guinea  . . 

Polyneaia 

Congo 

Africa 

Mulayaia 

Hindooatan  . . . 

Africa 

Africa 

Ruaaia 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
South  Peru  . . . 

Malaysia 

Mediterran.  Sea 
Ceylon  . ,. . 
Mexico... , 
Malayaia  . 
China  .... 
Chir.a ..... 
Polyneaia . 


,^•  tJ  ■ 


(•^ 


.'fVil 


m* 


i\ 


80 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


PMt»«how 

Pioting 

Papagajro 

Papaffayot  

Papakawa 

Papaaquiaro .... 

P»pey 

Papa  of  Pindea  . 

Papujr 

Paquaah 

Para 

Para 

Para 

Paracatu 

Paracela 

Pardo 

Paragua 

Paraguay 

Paraguay 

Paraguay 

Para  Hotun  .... 

Paraiba 

Paraiba 

Paraiba 

Paraiba>do.tul . . 
Paramaribo  .... 

Paramatta 

Parana 

Parana 

Parana 

Paranapruay  .... 
Paranaliyba  .... 
Parana  Panema. 

Pardo 

Parcce  Vela .... 

Parib}uaoa 

Parin 

Parinacota 

Paris 

Parita 

Parker's 

Parma 

Parma 

ParniatchouBon  . 

Parnaiba 

Paropaniison  . . . 

Parovskoie 

Parral.. 
Parry  . . 
Parry  . . 
Parry  . . 
Parry  . . 
Parry  . . 
Parry's  . 
Parry's  . 
Parry's  . 
Parry's  .. 
Partida  .. 
Paruro  .  • 

Pas 

Pasado  .. 


9.' 

o. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

MU 

T. 

L. 

Pr. 

Sf- 

T. 

Bk. 

R. 

R. 

Rep. 

R. 
T. 
Pr. 

2- 

R. 
R. 

S-' 

r: 
R. 
I. 

R. 
T. 
Mt 

&^- 

o. 
I. 

D. 

§?• 

R. 

Mts. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

C. 

C. 

So. 

Po. 

Gt. 

I. 

I. 

Bay 

T. 
Fd. 

. .  •  u. 


China 

China 

lOuatemak .. . . 

Brazil 

Senegambia. . . 

Mexico 

loeUnd 

Patagonia  .... 

Chili 

Brit.  America  . 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Brazil 

China  Sea  .... 

Brazil 

Venezuela  . . .  ■ 
South  America 

MalajTsia 

Bolivia 

Mongolia 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Guiana 

New  S.  Wales  . 
Buenos  Ayres . 
Buenos  Ayres  . 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Polynesia 

Lower  Canada. 
Mantchooria  . . 
South  Peru. . . . 

France 

New  Grenada  . 

Polynesia 

Italy 

Italy 

Thibet 

Brazil 

Persia 

Aaiiitic  Russia. 

Mexico 

Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Scoresby's  Ld.. 
Upper  Canada . 
Prit  America  . 

Polynesia 

Pnlyncdia .... 

PolyiiOHia 

Brit  America  . 
N.  Pacific  Oc. . 
South  Peru.. 

RusHiit 

Equador  .... 


To 
To 

?l 

Kb 
Hm 
HI 
Mo 
i 
li 
li 

'<' 

Hh 
k 

Th 
k 

Td 

Ji 

J 

Jk 

Ih 

Wl 

II 

II 

Ik 

Ik 

H 

Ik 
Vf 

Hd 

Td 

Hj 

Md 

Gh 

Xi 

Md 

Md 

Se 

Ji 

Qe 

Sc 

Ff 

Da 

Ha 

Ka 

Gd 

Fb 

Vf 

Bk 

^« 
Eb 

Eg 

hJ 

Na 
Gi 


Paso  del  Norta  ..  T. 

Paasandava T. 

Paasandava C. 

Passanee T. 

Passara T. 

Paasaro C. 

Passau T. 

Passe T. 

Paasier T. 

Passion Rks 

Pasto T. 

Pastol Bay 

Patabiica T. 

Patagonia Cty. 

Patalan T. 

Patanagoh T. 

Pataneo T. 

Patani .  C. 

PMani T. 

Patchacha R. 

Patchachiaakoi  .  C. 

Patchatka R. 

Patchusan I. 

Paternoster  ....  I. 

Paterson's I. 

Patience C. 

Patixa R. 

Patki T. 

Patna Cy. 

Patquashaguina.  L. 

Patrick Po. 

Patrocinio I. 

Patroechilka....  T. 

Patta T. 

Patterson's Or. 

Patton C. 

Patype R. 

Pau T. 

Paucartambo  . . .  T. 

Pauiang I. 

Paulista T. 

Paamoor T. 

Paunch T. 

Pavia Cy. 

Pawnee Vil. 

Pawnee  Picts. . .  Tr. 

Pawnees Tr. 

Payan T. 

Paylovsk T. 

PayU T. 

Puysandu T. 

Pays  del  Diablo.  Dis. 

Peace R. 

Peace  River ....  Ho. 

Peacock His. 

Peak L 

Puak L 

Peak Ch 

Peak Bay 

Peak R. 

Peak Mts. 


ClHi. 


Mexico 

Madagascar. .  ■ 
Madagascar... 
Bekwchistan  . . 

Borneo  

Sicily 

Bavaria 

Sumatra 

Borneo 

N.  Pacific  Oc. . 
New  Grenada  . 
North  America 

Peru 

South  America 

Java 

Birmah 

Africa 

Mdlaya 

Malaya 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia . 
Eastern  Sea. . . 

Malaysia 

Australasia... . 

Seghalien 

Brazil 

Java 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Upper  Canada . 

Scotland 

Polynesia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Melinda 

Polynesia 

New  S.  Wales. 

Brazil 

France 

Bolivia 

Malaysia 

Brazil 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Lombardy  .... 
Missouri  Ter.  . 

Mexico 

Missouri  Ter.  . 

Mongolia 

Russia 

Peru 

Uruguay  .... 
Buenos  Ayres  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 
Canary  Isles  . . 
Kurile  Islands. 

Japan  

Upper  Canada . 
jUpper  Canada . 
Azanaga 


lUf, 


Fc 

Pj 

iQf 

Th 

No 

Md 

Sh 

Ti 

Bb 

Gj 
Hm 

Ti 

Sh 

Sh 

Xb 

Xb 

Xb 

Uf 

Ti 

Xm 

Vd 

V. 

Ti 

Rf 

Gd 

Lc 

Xf 

Sc 

Oi 

Xh- 

VI 

Jj 
Ld 

"^ 

Th 

Jk 

S« 
Qe 

Md 

Fd 

Fc 

Fd 

Se 

Oc 

Gi 

LI 

II 

Ec 

Ec 

Eb 

Kf 

Wd 

Vd 

Gd 

Gd 

Lf 


\   . 


t-ON8i;LTING  INDEX 


81 


Petk 

Peaked  

Potrd 

i'oarl 

PmtI 

Pearl 

Pearotuah.  .. 

Pcchou  

Pcdder'i 

Pcdercncc. • • . 
Pederneirvt  .. 

Pedir 

Pedrat  

Pedraa  

Pedro  

Pedro  

Peebles 

Peedar  Kuner. . 

Ptel 

Peel 

Peel 

Peel 

Peel'a 

Peel's 

Pegbina 

Pegue  

Pel  Ho 

Peise 

Peitching .... 
Peiviaskanta  . 

Peking 

Pela 

Pelbv 

Pelchue 

Pelelew • 

Pelew 

Pelhampore  . . 

Pelican 

Pelican 

Pe-ling 

Peling* 

Pellew 

Pelly 

Pelovaia 

Pelzihi 


Pemba 

Pemba ■ 

Pemba 

Pemba 

Pembina ... 
Pembina ... 
Pembroke . . 
Pembroke . . , 
Pembroke . . . 
Pena  de  los  Picos 
Penantipode  .... 

Penas 

Penda 

Pendulum 

Penetangushene 
Pengina 


Mta. 

HI. 

Bay 

I. 

Is. 

Rf. 

I. 

R. 

Is. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

PL 

Ft 

C. 

Shs. 

I 

T. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

In. 

T. 

S.' 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Cy. 

SUk 

Ft 

T. 

I. 

Is. 

T. 

Pt 

L. 

Mts. 

I. 

Pt. 

L. 

R. 

R. 

Cty. 

Pr. 

I. 

T. 

Sot 

R. 

T. 

C. 

C. 

I. 

I. 

C. 

T. 

Is. 

T. 

R. 


Brit.  America  . 
Nuw  S.  Wales  . 
Nortli  America 

Polyiieitia 

Caribbean  Hea. 
N.  Pacific  Uc. . 

Polynesia 

Thibet 

Polynesia 

Franco  

Brazil 

Sumatra 

Loango 

Angola 

Arabia 

Caribbean  Sea . 
Falkland  Is.... 
Belooehistan.. . 
New  S.  Wales  . 
Brit  America  . 
New  S.  Wales. 
New  Holland. . 

Polynesia 

Patagonia  .... 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Birmah 

China 

Russia 

Corea 

Norway 

China 

Africa 

Brit  America  . 

Chili 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Africa 

Brit  America  . 

Thibet 

Malaysia 

North  America 
Brit  America  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Mongolia 

Africa 

Congo 

Indian  Ocean.. 

Congo 

Wisconsin  Ter. 
Wisconsin  Ter. 

Wales 

Brit  America  . 
Falkland  Is.. . . 

Polynesia 

Australasia  . . . 

Spain 

Russia 

Scores^'s  Ld. 
Upper  Canada . 
Asiatic  Russia. 


d7 

Wk 
Ba 

CI 

O 

Af 

Bk 

So 

Xh 

Ld 

II 

Sh 

Mi 

Ni 

P« 
Og 

I  n 

Qf 
Tl 
Db 
Tl 
Tl 
Vf 
Hn 
Tc 

I' 
Te 

Ob 

Ud 

Nb 

Te 

Nk 

Fc 

HI 

Uh 

Uh 

Qf 

Mk 

Fc 

Se 

Ui 

Cb 

Fb 

Rb 

Rd 

Nj 

Ni 

Oi 

Ni 

Fd 

Fd 

Lc 

Gb 

In 

Ve 

Xm 

Ld 

Ob, 

Ka 

Gd 

Wb 


Sc. 


Penginskoe  . . . .  ti. 

I  Penguin 'Pt 

I  Pemebe IT. 

I  Penjinsk ^a 

I  Pennsylvan CoL 

i  Pennsylf ania  . . .  8t 

I  Penobscot Bay 

I  Penrhyn Is. 

Peruhyn C. 

Ponsacola Cy. 


.37 


Pentecost 
Pentland... 
Penia ..... 

Penu 

Peoria 

Pepin 

Pera 

Pen  Head  . 

Pens 

Percival  . . . 
Perdido.... 
Pereoop.. .. 
Peregrine . . 
Perguicaa .. 
Pergvolak.. 

Perim 

Perigueux.. 
PerloTskoie 

Perme 12. 

Perme 

Pernagua . . . 
Pemapua . . . 
Pernaiba.... 
Pemambuco. 
Pernambuco. 

Peron 

Peros  BanhoB. 


Lm. 


C. 

Fr. 

Pr. 

?^- 

L. 
T. 
C. 
Is. 
C. 

a- 

I. 

^ 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

T. 
.Cy. 
.iPr. 
.Mt 
.L 


Perouae Str. 

Perpetua C. 

Perpignan Cy. 

Peri" Fid. 

Persepolis iRns 

ay. 

G. 

^: 

Rep 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Vil. 

L. 

Cy. 

C. 

T. 

I. 

G. 

T. 

R. 

C. 


Persia . 

Persian 

Perth . 

Perth 

Peru 

Peru 

Peru 

Pescadores .... 

Pescan 

Peschan 

Pesenmagnisa 
Peshawur .... 

Pest 

Pestelcina .... 
Petasaras  .... 
Petchelee  .... 

Petchon 

Petchora 

U  Petersburg  ... 


United  SUtes. . 

Maine 

Polynesia 

Brit  America  . 
Florida  Ter.... 

Russia 

Scotland 

Russia 

Russia 

Illinois 

Wisconsin  Ter. 

Malaya 

New  S.  Wales  . 

Brazil 

Falkland  Is.... 
Florida  Ter.... 

Russia 

Brit  America 

Brazil , 

North  America 
Red  Sea . . 

France  

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Russia 

Brazil 

Bnzil 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Bnzil 

New  Holland. . 
Indian  Ocean.. 

Japan  

Oregon  Ter... . 

France 

Russia 

Persia 

Asia 

Asia 

Scotland 

New  Holland.. 
South  America 

Polynesia 

Indiana 

Polynesia 

Naples 

North  America 
Patagonia  .... 

Cabul 

Austria 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Polynesia 

China 

Russia 

Russia 

Virginia 


AaiaUc  RuMia.  W  b 
Coronation  Is. .  I  o 

Portugal >Le 

Asiatic  Russia. iWc 

Liberia L  h 

Gd 

Hd 

Bi 

Gb 

Ge 

Ob 

Lc 

Oo 

Oc 

Gd 

Fd 

Sh 

J  I 

Hn 

Gd 

Od 

Gh 

Ji 

Be 

Og 

Md 

Tb 

Pc 

Pc 

Ji 

Ji 

Ji 

Ji 

Ji 

Tk 

Qi 

Vd 

Dd 

Mc 

Oa 

Pf 

Pe 

Pf 

Lc 

Tl 

Hi 

Vf 

Gd 

Xg 
Md 
Ab 
Hm 
Qe 
Nd 
Tb 

Te 

Nc 
Pb 
Ge 


r  -  .:■ 


tl 


m 


i: 


Pii 


i:M 


I 


m 


CONSULTING  INDfX 


Petor  Pint .... 

P.-tic 

Pi!titfl  Terro . . . 

Petitros 

Putoroa 

Pototlan    

Putowack 

Pemuui 

Pvtoum  Hotun   uv. 

Potrikaa T. 

Pelriu T. 

PtotruBaulaakaia.  T. 
PotrouvodHk  . .    Cv. 
Petropaiilovskoie  T. 
Petropnulovakoi*  T. 


Sh, 
C 


PetrovHk 
Polruvak . . . 
Pctrovik . . . 

Peym 

PeM 

Philadelphia 
Philudolphi^ 
Philip  Broke 
Philippopolia 

Phillip 

Phillip 

Phillipine  . . . 
Phillipolia... 

Phillips 

Phillipa 

Phillipa 

PhillipaUdt.. 

Phippa 

Phoenix. .. .'. 

Phugen 

Phuyen 

Piacina 

Piacinakoie . . 

Pialitza 

PiatniUkoie  . 

Piauhi 

Piauhi 

Piavo  

Pioada 

Pichai 

Pichano  .... 
Pickaninny  Baa. 

sam 

Piokeragill  . . 

Pico , 

Pioombas  . . . 

Picoa 

Pictou 

Pictured .... 
Piekougamia 

Pielis 

Pielis 

Pierre  au  Calumet 
Pigeon  . . 
Pih>kwan 
Pijin.... 


I.      aPacifioOc... 
T.    'Meiioo 

I.      Weat  Indies... 

T.     Chili 

Vol  Buenoa  Ayres  . 

T.     Mexico 

T.     Brit  America  . 

Atlantic  Ocean 

Mantchooria  . . 

Poland 

Siam 

Asiatic  Ruseia. 

Ruaaia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Ruaaia 

Ruaaia 

Little  Bucharia 

Russia 

Pennsylvania. . 

N.  Pacific  Oc. . 

Shannon  la. . . . 

Turkey 

Australasia  . . 

News.  Wales 

Malaysia  .... 

Aflrioa 

Polynesia .  . . 

Polynesia  .... 

Brit  America 

Sweden 


T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
R. 

?• 

C. 

T. 

I. 

Po. 

Is. 

Sta. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

C. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

R. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

T. 


Polynesia 

ICochin  China  . 
Cochin  China  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Russia 

Brazil 

Siam 

Buenos  Ayres 


{ 


Guinea. 


T. 

I.      Isle  of  Georgia 

I.      Azores 

R.     Brazil 

Pt    Peru 

T.     Nova  Scotia. 

Rks  Michigan 

R.     Lower  Canada. 

T.     Russia 

L.     Russia 

Ho.  Brit  America 

I.      Polynesia 

Har  China 

Mantchooria 


Ai 

J» 

Sa 

Sb 

Ob 

8c 

Ji 

Ji 

Ob 

Lh 
Jn 
Ke 

y, 

Hd 
Gd 
Hd 
Ob 
Ob 
Fc 
Vf 
Uf 
Vd 


lofrtaM^a*. 


Pika 

Pika 

Pike 

Pike* 

Pike's .... 

Pilar 

Pilaya.... 
Piloomayo 
Pilcomayo 
Pilemetz  .. 
Pilgrim... 
Pillan's... 

Pillar 

Pillar 

Pillau  .... 
PilouUi... 
Pilsvn  .... 

Pina 

Pinare  ,...• 
Pinchabos. 


L. 
Im. 
R. 
I. 

Pk. 
T. 
T. 
R. 
R. 
T. 
I. 
C. 
C. 
C. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
I. 
R. 
T. 
Pinches I. 


Pine 

Pine 

Pincga  

Pincga 

Pine's 

Pine's 

Piney 

Ping'hai .... 
Ping-Ieang . . 

Ping-lo 

Pingloso .... 
Ping.ting.... 

Ping-tou ICy. 

Ping>yucn Cy. 


Pt. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

9.^' 

9.^' 

Cy, 


Pinnacle 
Pino  .... 
Pinsk  . . . 
Pinyang . 
Pinzon's  . 
Pipestone 
Pipley... 
Piramidea 
Piranhas . 
Pirate  . . . 
Pirotibbi . 
Pirtan.... 
Pirtchina 

Pis 

Pisa 

Pisagua  . 
Pisania  .. 
Pisco. ... 


Pisiluk  . . 
Pissou. ..' 

Pit 

Pitongui . 
Pitcairn's 
Pitchen . . . 
Pitea 


I. 
T. 
T. 

T. 
R. 
R. 
Is. 
L. 
R. 
T. 
L 

9: 

T. 

T. 

Is. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

T. 


Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  • 
S.  Pacific  Uc.. . 
Missouri  Tcr.  . 

Brazil 

Bolivia 

Bolivia' 

Buenos  Ayrea  . 

Russia 

S.  Pacific  Oo... 
Soorcsby's  Ld.. 
Patagonia  .... 
V.  Diomen'aLd. 

Prussia 

Mongolia 

Austria 

Africa 

Brazil 

Peru 

Ecuador 

Brit  America  . 
Wisconsin  Ter. 

Russia 

Russia 

Australasia... . 

Cuba 

Australasia... . 
Corea 


China 

China 

China 

China 

China 

China 

North  America 

Mexico 

Russia 

China 

Brazil  ........ 

Brit  America  . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Mexico 

Brazil 

Tonquin 

Lower  Canada. 
Mantchooria  . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Polynesia 

Tuscany 

South  Peru... . 
Scncgainbia. . . 

Peru 

Southern  Ocenn 

Siam 

Liberia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Brazil 

Polynesia 

Mantchooria  . . 
Sweden 


a*i 

FT 

Dc 

Dc 

Kk 

lid 

!A 

Hk 
11  k 
Pb 
Fk 
Kb 
Hn 
Vm 
No 
Td 
Md 

t"|J 

Hi 
Ui 

Fd 

Ob 

Ob 

Xk 

Of 

Ui 

Ue 

To 

Tf 

Te 

Te 

Ue 

Tf 

Ab 

Ee 

No 

Te 

Ih 

Fo 

Rf 

Ee 

Ji 

Tf 

Ho 

Uc 

Rb 

Wg 

Md 

Lg 

Ho 

Sg 
Lh 
So 

Jj 
Dk 
Vc 
Nb 


CX>NSIILTU«U  INUiX 


t)3 


Pitoa 

Pitt 

I   It*    •••••••••       • 

Pitt 

PiU 

Pittaraki 

Pitt'i 

Pilft 

PitUburir 

Piun 

Plaalbetfr 

PlacenttA 

Plaoentia 

Plseentia 

Placentia 

Plakina 

Plantain 

PlanU 

Plaikot'a 

Plate  

Platte 

PlattenSee 

PlatUburg 

Play  Green 

Pleaaant 

Plettenberga .... 
Ploakie  Koahki  . 

PloUk 

Plymouth 

Po 

Pobideuna 

Pooantina 

Pocatka 

Po-chow 

Pocrovskoe 

Pocrovakoi 

Podcamennaia  .. 

Podolia 46. 

Podolsk 

Podor 

Podpouaknoi.... 
Podvolochnavo .. 

l°?«y 

Point 

Point 

Point  du  Galle  .. 
Pointed  Heart . . 

Poison 

Poitiers 

Poivre 

Pola 

Poland 

Polangen 

Polar 

Policastro 

Polimska 

Pollard 

Polouk 

Polomi 

Polonkir  Moren  • 
Polony 


CiMk 


I. 
I. 

Bk. 
R. 

T. 

Arc 

I. 

k- 

T. 
T. 
T. 

t' 

T. 

I. 

L. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

L. 

T. 

L. 

I. 

Bay 

f. 
T. 
R. 
T. 
R. 
R. 

Sf- 

T. 

R. 

Pr. 

T. 

Ft. 

T. 

T. 

Is. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

L. 

I. 

T. 

Is. 

T. 

Km. 

T. 

Sem 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

R. 


rolynesia. . .. 
[nman  Ocean 


Sweden 

Brit  America 
Pol 

Mexico 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Oregon  Ter. ... 
H.  Pacific  Oc... 
Pennsylvania. . 

Peru 

Africa 

Newfoundland. 

Snain 

Newfoundland. 
Guatemala  .... 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Senegambia  .. . 
Oregon  Ter.  . . 

Polynesia 

Indian  Ocean  . 
Missouri  Ter.  . 

Austria 

New  York  .... 
Brit  America  . 

Polynesia 

Cape  Colony  . . 

Russia 

Poland 

EIngland 

lUly 

Asiatic  Rnsaia. 

Brasil 

Asiatic  Russia. 

China 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Russia 

Senegambia .. . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Malaysia 

Little  Bucharia 
Brit  America  . 

Ceylon 

Oregon  Ter. .. . 
Senegambia. . . 

France  

Indian  Ocean  . 

Austria 

Russia 

Prussia 

Brit  America  . 

Naples 

Asiatic  Russia. 
N.  Padfic  Oc. . 

Russia 

Mantchooria  . . 

Mon([olia 

Asiatic  Russia. 


Nb 

Cb 

Xh 

Pi 

Ed 

^b 

Do 

Ho 

Od 

Oi 

Nk 

Id 

Ld 

Id 

S« 

To 

LI. 

Ed 

Xi 

Pi 

Fd 

Nd 

Hd 

Fc 

Xi 

Nl 

Pb 

No 

Lo 

Md 

Qc 

li 

Rb 

Te 

Re 

Ub 

Sb 

Nd 

Oc 

Re 

Tc 

Si 

Re 

Eb 

Rh 

Ed 

Kg 

Md 

Pi 

Md 

Nc 

Nc 

Ea 

Nd 

Qc 

Af 

Nc 

Vc 

Sd 

Qb 


NtaHl  af  riMMk  a*.      CUa. 

Poluuyski T. 

Polovninaia  . . . .  jR. 

PolUva te.  Pr. 

PolUva Cy. 

Polynesia Div 


Pomabamba 


IT. 


Asiatic  Ruiwia.  Q  b 
Asiatic  Rii»aia/L'  b 

Rumia O  d 

RitMia Od 

Oocanira ('  h 

Bolivia Ilk 


Pomba {Bay 


Pomba 

Porabo 

Pomcri 

Pomcroon 

Pomona 

Pona  Molubquo  . 

Ponco  

Pondang  

Pondichcrry. .. . 

Pond's 

Pond's 

Ponevioz 

Pong 

Pongos 

PonQen 

Ponou  .  

Ponta  Delgada. . 

Pontal 

Ponte  do  Lima.. 
Pontevedra  .... 

Pontiac 

Pontianah 

Pontianah 

Pontotoc 

Poodoga 

PooguT 

Poote 

Poolkee 

Poolop 

Poolout 

Poonah  

Poonar 

Poonga  

Poor  Bunder.. .. 

Pooree 

PooshtoKur  Ridge 

Pocto 

Poousong . . . 
Popadieskina 
Popayan .... 

Po|dar 

Popova  

Pora 

Porco 

Porcupine... 
Porcupine. . . 
Porcupuie... 

Pore 

Poreemo .... 

Porinta 

PorkhoT.... 

Poro s 

Poro  Hotun  . 
Poromuschir.... 


R 

R. 
I. 

I. 
T. 
I. 

?'■ 

In. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Dis. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

§f 

T. 

T. 

T. 

MU. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

&• 

T. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 


Moumbi<|u«  . . , 
Moumbiquo  . . 

Africa 

Indian  Ocean  . 

Guiana 

Scotland 

Asia 

Porto  Rico .... 

Malaysia 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Labrador 

Brit.  America  . 

Russia 

Mongolia 

Senegambia  .. . 
Mantchooria  . . 
Mantchooria  . . 
St.  Michael  I.  . 

Brasil 

Brazil 

Spain 

Michigan 

Borneo  

Borneo  

Mississippi. .. . 

Russia 

Hindoostan  . . . 

England 

Cabul 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Hiudooetan  . . . 
Hindoostan  .  • . 

Siam 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Little  Thibet . . 

China 

Thibet 

Asiatic  Russia. 
New  Grenada  . 
Brit  America  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Malaysia 

Bolivia 

Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Missouri  Ter. . 
New  Grenada  . 

Polynesia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Mantchooria  . . 
Mantchooria  . . 
Kurile  Islands. 


PI 

Ih 

Lc 

Qi 

Hg 

Vh 

Rf 

c 
Ga 
Nc 
Sd 
Lg 
Ud 
Uc 
Ko 

li 

Ld 
Gd 
Th 
Th 
Ge 
Ob 

Qf 
Lc 
Qe 
Wh 

Wh 

^% 
Rf 

8h 

Qf 

S« 
Re 

Ue 

Se 

Re 

Gh 

Fe 

Ra 

Si 

gJ 
Fc 

Go 

Ed 

Hh 

A 

T 

Nc 

Td 

Td 

W« 


8»v 


i 


i 


I  '  "< 


w. 


84 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


Nunm  of  riMM,  kc 


PorongfM 

Porpoise 

Ponangcr 

Porsken 

Port 

Portalef^re.. ... 
Portaleffre.. ... 
Portandick  .  ■ . . 
Port  au  Prince 
PortCasilda... 
Port  Cressoi^.... 
Port  Desire  . . . 

Portillo 

Port  La  Nasca. 


Ctaa. 


L. 

Pt 

Fd. 

T. 

Po. 

^: 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Pt 

T. 

Portland Is. 

Portland Cy. 

Portland Bay 

Portland Pt 

Portland Pt 

Portland Pt. 

Portland Can. 

Portlock's Har 

Port  Longo 

Port  Macquarie .  T. 
Port  Mahon  .. . .  T. 
PortNambu....T. 

Porto  Bello L 

Porto  Bello Cy. 

Porto  Bucarelli  .  Vil. 
Porto  Cabello. . .  T. 
Porto  Calvo  . . . .  T. 
Porto  Cordova  . .  Str. 
Porto  de  Ano 

Nuevo Bay 

Porto  de  Casma.  T. 
Porto  de  Coquiin< 

bo T. 

Porto  del  HuascoT. 
Porto  do  Moz...  T. 
Porto  Grande  .. .  T. 

Porto  Nipe T. 

Porto  Praya....  Cy. 

Porto  Rico L 

Porto  Santo  ....  I. 
Porto  Seguro  . . .  Cy. 
Porto  Vecchio  . .  T. 
Port  Rafael  . . . .  T. 

Port  Royal T. 

Port  San  Jago  . .  I. 
Portsmouth  . . . .  T. 
Portsmouth  . . . .  T. 

Port  Spain T. 

Portugal Cty. 

Posen Cy. 

Posoi R. 

Possession I. 

Possessioa I. 

Possession C. 

Possession Bay 

Possession Bay 

Possession Bay 


roriuob 


Buenos  Ayres  . 

Falkland! 

Norway 

Norway 

Newfoundland. 
Brazil 


Brazil 

Africa 

Mayti 

Cuba 

Liberia 

Patagonia  .  ■ . 

Cuba 

South  Peru. . . 

Iceland 

Maine 

New  S.  Wales 
Brit  America 

Jamaica 

V.  Diemen'sLd. 
Brit  America  . 
North  America 

New  S.  Wales  . 

Spain 

Japan 

Malaysia  . . . 
New  Grenada  . 

Mexico 

Venezuela  .... 

Brazil 

North  America 


Mexico . 
Peru... 


Chili 

Chili 

Brazil . . .  s. . 

Brazil 

Cuba 

St  Jago  .... 
West  Indies.. . 

Madeira 

Brazil 

Corsica 

Venezuela.. . 
Martinique.. 

Mexico 

England .... 
N.  Hampshire . 

Trinidad 

Europe 

Prussia 

China 

Africa 

Indian  Ocean.. 
South  Shetland 
Brit  America  . 
Isle  of  Greorgia 
Patagonia  .... 


HI 
In 
Na 

Nb 

Id 

Ik 

Jj 

K«f 

Hg 

Gf 

Lh 

Hm 

«? 

GJ 
Kb 

Hd 
VI 

Gc 

«g 
Vra 
Do 
Cc 

Wl 
Ld 
Ve 
Ti 
6h 
Ee 

J  1 
Dc 

Ef 
6i 

Hk 

Hk 

li 

li 

Gf 

Kg 

Hg 

Ke 

Jj 

Md 

Hh 

Fg 

Lc 

Hd 

Hg 

L  e 

No 

Tf 

Nk 

Pm 

Ho 

6a 

Jn 

Hn 


I  of  Fb<a,Ac 


lion 


Cltm. 


P< 

Post 

Potapovskaya.. . 

Potosi 

Potosi 

Potosi 

Potschinsk 

Potsdam 

Pottawatomies . . 

Potter's 

Poty 

Pouca  

Poughkeopsie.. . 

Poulisdus 

Pouljon 

Pour 

Pourhatou 

Pousoulan 

Poustoia 

Poustarotsk  .... 

Poustgcn 

Pouta  Oula 

Poverty 

Povienetz 

Povolgski 

Povrovska 

Powder 

Powell's 

Poxina 

Poyang  Hou .... 

Prada  

Pradcs 

Prague 

Prairie  du  Chien 

Praleika 

Praslin 

Proslin 

Pratas 

Praya  das  Pedras 
Praya  das  Neves 

Predpriati 

Pregnogorska... 

Preparis 

Presburg 

Pres.de  Carizal.. 

Presnovska 

Presque 

Presto 

Preston 

Priaman 

Pribuiloff 

Prilooki 

Primeau 

Prince  Edward  . 
Prince  Edward  . 
Prince  Greorge  .. 
Prince  Leopold's 
Prince  of  Wales 
Prince  of  Wales 
Prince  of  Wales 
Prince  of  Wales 


Mt 

T. 
T. 
Dep 

?: 

T. 

Cy. 

Tr. 

I. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

Is. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Gr. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

Cy. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Pt 

L 

C. 

C. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

^' 
Ft 

T. 

L 

R. 

C. 

T. 

Is. 

T. 

L. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

Is. 

Is. 

I. 

Arc. 

C. 


IM. 


Brit  America  . 
Mantchooria  .  ■ 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Bolivia 

Bolivia 

Missouri 

Russia 

Prussia 

Wisconsin  Ter. 
Southern  Ocean 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Thibet 

New  York .... 

Asia 

Mantchooria  . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Mantchooria  . . 
Asiatic  Russia . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Mantchooria  . . 
New  Zealand. . 

Russia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Oregon  Ter... . 
Southern  Ocean 


Ga 
Ud 
Tc 
Hk 

^j 
Fe 

Pb 

Mc 

Fd 

Kn 

Od 

Re 

Hd 

Qh 

Ud 

Rb 

Ud 

Ub 

Wb 

Wb 

Pb 

Ud 

XI 

Ob 

Oc 

Qo 

Ec 

lo 


Brazil ;J  j 


China 

Brazil 

France 

Austria 

Wisconsin  Ter. 

Russia 

Indian  Ocean.. 
New  Georgia.  > 
Eastern  Sea  .. . 

Africa 

Africa 

Polynesia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Bay  of  Bengal. 

Auetria 

Mexico 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Michigan 

Brazil 

New  Holland. . 

Sumatra 

North  America 

Russia 

Brit  America  . 
Indian  Ocean.. 
North  America 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
New  S.  Wales  . 
St  of  Malacca. 
North  America 
North  America 


Tf 

Jj 
Md 

Mc 

Fd 

Od 

Pi 

Wi 

Tf 

Mj 

Qc 

Sg 
Nd 
Ee 
Qc 
Gd 

Jj 
Tk 
i 

Ac 
Oc 
Ec 
Om 
Hd 
Fb 
Fa 

u 

Dc 
Ab 


CONSULTWG  INDEX. 


85 


NiBM  Of  riacM,  *& 


Prince  of  Wales' 
Foreland 

Prince  Regent's. 

Prince  Regent's. 

Prince  Regent's. 

Prince's 

Prince's 

Prince's 

Princess  AuKUsta 

Princess    Char- 
lotte's   

Princess    Char- 
lotte's   

Princess  of  Wales 

Princess  Royal  . 

Prince  William's 

Prince  William's 

Prince  William's 

Pr.Wm.  Henry's 

Principe  Regente 

Pripri 

Prisrend 

Pristina 

Probaschenija  . . 

Procoueivskaya  . 

Prome 

Propria 

Proakuroy 

Prostoy 

Prouzana 

Providence 

Providence 

Providence 

Providence 

Providence 

Providence 

Providence 

Providence  Wreck 

Providentia 

Prune 

Prussia 

Pruth 

Prypetz 

Pskov 20. 

Pskov  

Psyche  

Ptolemeita 

Puachun 

Pudiva 

Puelches 

Puerco 

Paesortok 

Paget 

Puget's 

Pulicat 

Pulmerola 

Pulo  Anna 

Polo  Baniack.. . 

Pulo  Dinting  . . . 

Pulo  Bouton .... 

Pulo  Brala 


C.  iN.  Caledonia  ■ 
Bay  Brit  America 

In.  Brit  America 

R.  New  Holland. 

I.  Africa 

I.  Malaysia  . . . 

I.  Southern  Ocean 

Sh.  Indian  Ocean.. 

Bay  New  S.  Wales  . 


Mon  Brit  America 
Is.  I  Polynesia  .. .. 
Is.  {Oregon  Ter.  . 
Ld.  Brit  America 
I.  Polynesia  .  ■ . 
So.    North  America 

I.      Polynesia 

T.     Brazil 

T.     Siam 

T.     Turkey 

T.     Turkey 

C.  Asiatic  Russia. 
T.     Asiatic  Russia. 

T.     Birmah 

T.     Brazil 

T.     Russia 

I.      Russia 

T.     Russia 

I.      Australasia  . . . 

I.      Malaysia 

Cy.  Rhode  Island.. 
C.     Brit  America  . 

Ch.  Bahamas 

Rks  Indian  Ocean.. 
L.  Brit  America  . 
Rk.  Eastern  Sea. . . 
Sh.  Australasia.... 
I.      Madagascar. . . 

Km.  Europe 

T.     Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Persian  Gulf . . 

Barca 

Chili 

Australasia.... 

Patagonia 

Mexico 

Greenland  . . . . 


R. 
Pr. 

?• 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Tr. 

R. 

C. 

C. 

So. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

I. 


Rtf. 


Xk 

Ha 

Fa 

Uj 

Mh 

Ti 

Kn 

Ol 

Vj 

6a 

Cj 

Dc 

Ca 

Aj 
Cb 

J  1 

Sg 
Nd 
Nd 
Ta 
Tc 

J  I 

Nd 

Pb 

No 

Vi 

Uh 

Hd 

Ec 

Gf 

Pi 

Eb 

Uf 

No 
Nd 

Nc 

No 

Nc 

Pf 

Ne 

HI 

Xk 

Hm 

Fe 

Jb 


North  America  C  c 


Oregon  Ter  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Naples 

Polynesia 

Malaysia 

Malaysia 

Str.  of  Malacca 
Malayan  Sea . . 


Dd 

Rg 

Md 

Uh 
Sh 
Sh 
Sh 
Th 


Naaa  a(  TlacMk  ftc 

Pulo  Brasso  .... 
Pulo  Camba .... 

PuloCapas 

PuloCaro 

PuloCondore .. . 

Pulo  Laut 

Pulo  Lingin  ... . 

Pulo  Lozin 

Pulo  Mankap .. . 
Pulo  Maricre  . . . 
Pulo  Mintaon.. . 

Pulo  Nyas 

Pulo  Ouro 

Pulo  Panjang.. . 
Pulo  Pinang. .. . 
Pulo  Rondo  .... 
Pulo  Sapata .... 

Pulo  Taya 

Pulo  Timon  ... . 

PuloUbi 

Pulo  Ubi,  False  . 

Pulo  Way 

Puna 

Punilla 

Punjaub 

Punjgoor 

Puno 

Puno 

Punta  de  Toro  .. 

Puolango 

Purcell 

Purdie's 

Purdy's 

Pureg 

Purgatory 

Purificaocao... . 

Pumeak 

Puru 

Purus 

Putten 

Puttusk 

Putu  Mayo 

Putzig 

Puula 

Puzulatka 

Pyhajocki 

Pyhea  

Pylstaarts 

Pyramid 

Pyrenees 

Pyrcneos 

Pytkova 


CiM. 


I. 
I. 
I. 

Is. 

I. 
I. 
I. 
I. 
I. 
I. 
I. 

Rk. 

I. 

I. 

il- 
I- 

!i. 
I. 
I. 
I. 
I. 
I. 

T. 


ftiilios* 


Malaysia  .... 

Malaysia  .... 

Malayan  Sea . 

Gulf  of  Siam 

Malayan  Sea . 

Malaysia  .  - .  ■ 

Malaysia  .  ■ . 

Malayan  Sea . 

Malaysia  .... 

Polynesia.... 

Malaysia  .... 

Malaysia  .... 

Asia 

Malaysia  .... 

Str.  of  Malacca 

Malaysia  .... 

Malayan  Sea . 

China  Sea  . . . 

Malayan  Sea . 

Gulf  of  Siam. 

Gulf  of  Siam. 

Malaysia  .... 

Equaidor 

ChiU 

Die.  Hindoostan  . . 
T.  illeloochistan.. 
Dep  South  Peru 


ii«i 


Quadra 

Qualan 

Quallah  Battoo 

Qualo 

Qualocn  . .     . . 
Quangtang 

Quarken 

Quarrellers. . . . 


Pt 

T. 

Bay 

Is. 

I. 

T. 

Bay 

T. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

L. 

Har 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Rk. 

Mts. 

Mtfl 

Mt 

I. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

Tr. 


South  Peru...  • 

ChiU 

Russia 

Brit  America  . 
New  Hdland.. 
Australasia... . 
Beloochistan  . . 

Patagonia 

Uruguay  

Hindoostan  . . . 

Russia 

Brazil 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Poland 

Equador 

Russia 

Russia    

Russia 

Russia 

New  Zealand. . 

Polynesia 

V.Diemen'sLd. 

Europe 

South  America 
Russia 


Sh 

Ui 

Sh 

Sh 

Th 

Ti 

Si 

Sh 

Ti 

Uh 

Si 

Sh 

Rh 

Sh 

Sh 

Sh 

Th 

Tg 

Sh 

Sh 

;sh 

Sh 
Gi 
HI 
Qe 
Qf 


Oregon  Ter.... 

Polynesia 

Sumatra 

Senegambia  •  • . 

Norway 

Birmah 

Sweden 

Brit.  America  . 


Si 

Nb 

Fa 

Ul 

Vi 

Pf 

Gm 

II 

Rf 

Nb 

Hi 

Qf 
Nc 
Hi 

Nc 
Nb 
Ob 
Nb 
XI 
Ak 
Vm 
Md 

Pb 

Dd 

Wh 
Sh 

Kg 

Nb 
f 
iNb 
Db 


:*     >■ 


,  ii'    t 


m 


»     (!■«> 


8 


86 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


Numof  nac*i,kc 


Cy. 


Cba. 


T. 
Pt 

Arc, 

MU. 

C 

Arc. 

I. 

So. 

Sa 

C. 

? 

St. 


Quebec .... 
Qucchuc&bi 

Qucda 

Quedal .... 
Queen  Adelaide's 
Queen  Adelaide*! 

Range 

Queen  Anne'^ 
QueenChorlotte's 
QueenCharlottc's 
QueenCharlotte's 
QueenCharlotteV 
Queen's  . . . 
Quei.ling  . . 
Quelpaert . . 
Querctaro .. 

Queretaro jCy. 

Querimba Cty. 

Is. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

ay. 

T. 

Sta. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

Pr. 

T. 

5?- 

R. 
I. 
R. 
T. 

T. 
T. 

?f 

T. 
Fk. 
C. 
T. 


Querimba . . . 
Quesnell's... 
Quibaxe  .... 

Quibdo 

Quibo 

Quickjock  . . 
Quickmeo.. . 

Quilca 

Quiliman  . . . 
Quillimane .. 

Quillota 

Quiloa 

Quiloa 

Quilon 

Quirabumby. 
Quimper.. .. 

Quina 

Quincey  .... 
Quindonga . . 
Quinffemba  . 
Quinnon .... 
Quintao  .... 
Qui  Parle... 
Quipungo .. . 
Quirpon  .... 
Quisimafugo 
Quissama ... 

Quiteve 

Quito 

Quitta 

Quizungo . . . 

Quoin 

Quorra 

Quorri 


Raab... 
Rabac . . 
Rabat  . . 
Rabba.. 
Racca . . . 
Raccoon 
Race  . . . . 
Rachov  .. 


Pailkm. 


Lower  Canada. 
Patagonia  .... 

Malaya 

Chili... 

Patagonia  .... 

Drit.  America  . 
Greenland  .... 
Australasia  . . . 
Oregon  Tcr... . 
New  Zealand. . 
Oregon  Ter.  . . 
Brit.  America  . 

China 

Corea 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Africa 

Mozambique  . . 
Oregon  Ter... . 

Matumba 

New  Grenada  . 
New  Grenada  . 

Sweden 

Birmah 

South  Peru. . . . 

Chili 

Mozambique  . . 

Chili 

Africa 

Quiloa 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Africa 

France  

Congo 

Illinois 

Matemba 

Congo 

Cochin  China  . 

Brazil 

Wisconsin  Ter. 

Africa 

Newfoundland. 

Africa 

Benguela 

Mozambique  . . 

Equador 

Dahomey 

Mozambique  . . 
Bay  of  Bengal. 

Africa 

Soudan 

Austria 

Arabia 

Morocco 

Soudan  

Asiatic  Turkey 
Wisconsin  Ter. 
Newfoundland. 
Poland 


hT 

Hm 
Sh 
Hm 
Hn 


Fb 
b 

Xj 

Dc 

Xm 

Dc 

6b 

Tf 

Ue 

Ff 

Ff 

Oj 

SJ 
Dc 

Ni 

Gh 

Gh 

Nb 
Sg 

HI 

Oj 
HI 

^i 

Oi 
Rh 

Nj 
Ld 
Ni 
Fe 

Ni 
Ni 

If 

Fd 

Nj 

Ic 

Oi 

Mi 

Oj 
Gi 
Mh 

Oj 


NaMa  o(  rUca,  >«• 


Sh 

Mg 

Mg 

Nd 

Of 

Le 

Mh 

Oe 

Fd 

Id 

Nc 

Racuach 

Radack  Chain 

Radama 

Kadama 

Radmanso  . . . 

Radoe 

Radom 

Radstock  .... 
Raffles    ..... 

Raft 

Rages 

Ragusa 

Raiatca 

Ruiny 

Rainy  Lake . . 
Raivaivai  . . . , 
Rajamundry .  • 
Rajemal  ....• 

Rajour , 

Rajpoor 

Rajpootana . . 
Rakkeriak  . . 

Raleigh 

Raleigh 

Raleigh's 

Ralick  Chain . . . 

Ralmanow 

Ramalt 

Ramas 

Rameda 

Ramgur 

Ramier 

Ramleah 

Rampoora 

Ramree 

Ranai 

Rancador 

Rancagua 

Ranea  

Rangamatty . . . . 

Rangazvak 

Pangheehoo  .... 

Rangoon 

Ranier 

Rankin's 

Raoul 

Raoutan 

Rapa 

Rapalovskoe. . . . 

Rappen 

Raratoa 

Rarotogna 

Ras  al  Gat 

Rasat 

Ras  Asooad  .... 

Ras  Awath 

Ras  Banna 

Ras  el  Ain 

Ras  el  Jidid .... 

Ras  Gilla 

Ras  Goree 


Cla» 


T. 

Is. 

Is. 

Mts. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

Bay 

Po. 

R. 

T. 

?'• 

L. 
Dis. 
I. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
Pr. 
C. 
•  Cy. 
ftft 
Pk. 
Is. 
C. 
T. 
C. 
C. 
T. 
I. 

Mt 
T. 
I. 
I. 
I. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
IT. 
|T. 

|I- 

|Mt 

In. 

I. 

Bay 

T. 

L. 

I. 

I. 

C. 

C. 

C. 

C. 

C. 

T. 

C. 

C. 

T. 


Mexico 

Polynesia 

Madagascar. . . 
Madagascar.. . 

Sweden 

Norway 

Poland 

Brit.  America  . 
New  Holland. . 
Brit  America  . 

Bolivia 

Austria 

Polynesia 

North  America 
Brit  America  . 

Polynesia 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Brit  America  ■ 
North  Carolina 
Brit  America  . 

Guiana 

Polynesia 

Seghalien 

Arabia 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Barca 

Hindoostan  . . . 
West  Indies.. . 

Arabia 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Birmob 

Sandwich  Is. . . 
Caribbean  Sea . 

Chili 

Sweden 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Madagascar. . . 
New  Zealand. . 

Birmah 

Oregon  Ter.  . . 
Brit  America  . 

Polynesia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Polynesia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Sweden 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Arabia 

Barcai 

Africa 

Ajan 

Africa 

Asiatic  Turkey 

Nubia 

Arabia 

Africa 


Ee 
Xh 
Pj 

Pj 

Nc 

Mb 
Nc 
Fa 

Uj 
Gc 

Hj 
Nd 

Bj 
Fd 
Fd 
Ck 

Rg 
Rf 
Qe 
Qg 
Qf 
Hb 
Ge 
Hb 
Hh 
Xh 
Vc 
Pf 

Qg 

Ne 
Rf 

Hj 
Of 
Rf 

Sg 
Bf 

«g 
HI 
Nb 
Sf 
Pk 
XI 

Sg 

Dd 

Fb 

Ak 

Xb 

Ck 

Qb 

Nb 

Bk 

Bj 

Qf 

Ne 

Ph 

Ph 

Pg 
Oe 
Of 
Pf 
Pg 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


Raa  Hafoon  .... 

Eu  Jillah 

Raa  Mabber .... 
Raa  Machereeb  . 
Raa  Muchaat. . . 
Raa  Reccan  .... 

Raasypour 

Raa  Tanhora  . . . 
RaaUlKhyle... 
Raa  Umbea  .... 

Rat 

Ratchin  Sopa . . . 

Rathbono 

Ratibor 

Ratisbon 

Raudaneaa 

Raukoke 

Raumo 

Ravee 

Raven 

Ravenna 

Rawa 

Rawa 

Rawan  Hrad  . . . 

Ray 

Raya 

Raynpora 

Raiatin 

Raznehina 

Re 

Real 

Realejo . 

Reaper 

Rearson 

Rebnesoe 

Recherche  (of  the; 

Recif 

Recreation  . 

Red 

Red 

Red 

Red 

Red 

Red 

Red 

Red 

Red 

Red  Deer . . 
Red  Head.. 
Red  Knife  . 
Red  Lake  .. 
Redondo ... 
Redondo ... 
Redoutkale. 
Red  River.. 
Red  Rock.. 
Red  Sand . . 

Rofun 

Rejan  

ftegiato 

Repievadsoe 


C. 
C. 
C. 
C. 
C. 
T. 
C. 
C. 

c. 

R. 
L. 
L 
T. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

la. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

C. 

R. 

T. 

C. 

R. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

L 

Arc. 

C. 

I. 

Sea 

Mta 

R. 

R. 

Fk. 

Fk. 

L. 

L. 

PL 

R. 

C. 

R. 

Ho. 

L 

ML 

T. 

Dig. 

L. 

Hb. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

I. 


^ 


N>i 


lol  nti-m,kc. 


Africa P 

....  I' 
....I 


Arabia 
Ajan .. 

Axabia 

Arabia 

Arabia 

Tartary 

Arabia 

Ajan 

Africa 

Oregon  Ter.  . . 

Thibet 

Scoreaby'a  lid. 

Pniasia 

Bavaria 

Iceland 

Kurile  Islanda. 

Russia 

Hindooetan  . . . 

Polynesia 

Italy 

Austria 

Poland 

Thibet  ....... 

Newfoundland. 

Java 

Hindooetan  • . . 

Barca 

Asiatic  Ruaaia. 

France  

firaul 

Guatemala .... 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Norway 

Australasia... . 
Cape  Colony  . . 

Polynesia 

Africa jOjr 

Madagascar  .. .  P  j 


i\ 
Pf 
Pf 
Pf 
Pe 
Pf 
Ph 

l« 

Ed 

Re 

Ka 

Nc 

Md 

Kb 

Wd 

Nb 

Qe 

Wh 

Md 

Nc 

Nc 

Re 

Id 

Ti 

Rf 

Ne 

Xb 

Ld 

^j 
Gjr 

Bi 

Bj 

Na 
Ul 
Nl 


United  States.. 
Wisconsin  Ter. 

Texas 

Missouri  Ter.  . 
Wisconsin  Ter. 
BriL  America  . 
New  Holland .? 
BriL  America  . 
Greenland  .... 
BriL  America  . 
BriL  America  . 
GallapagoB .... 
Patagonia  . .  •  ■ 
Asiatic  Russia. 
BriL  America  . 
BriL  America  . 

Brava 

Japan  

Cabul 

Brazil 

Norway ..... 


Fe 

Fd 

Fe 

Fd 

Fd 

Fc 

Tk 

Ec 

la 

Db 

Fc 

Eh 

Hm 

Od 

Fd 

|Eb 

Oh 

Vd 

Qf 

li 

Na 


Reid 

Reid 

Reikianoes . . . 
Rcikiaviig  .  • . 
Rein  Deer.... 
Rein  Deer.. . . 
Rein  Deer.. .. 

Reliance 

Remedios  .... 

Rcnncll 

Rennell 

Rennell's 

Rennell's 

Renncs 

Republican 

Repulse  

Repulse 

Requena 

Rerooa 

Resafa 

Rcsele 

Reshd 

Resolution 

Resolution 

Resolution 

Resolution 

Retimo 

Retino 

Rettenbenk 

Reunion 

Revel 18. 

Revel « . 

Revilla 

Revillagigedo . . . 
Revillagigedo.. . 

Revj 

Rewah 

Rey 

Rhio 

Rhode  Island  .. . 

Rhodes 

Rhone 

Rhybinsk 

Rhylsk 

Riaha 

Riatsk 

Riazane  ...  .35. 

Riazane 

Ribe 

Ribnoe  .  •  ■ 

Rica  de  Oro 

Rica  de  Plata. . . 

Ricarees 

Riceboro 

Rice  Trevor's. . . 
Richards*  .^.... 

Richards* 

Richardson 

Richardson's  . . . 

Riche 

Richmond 


CUa. 


R. 

Bay 

C. 

T. 

I. 

Is. 

Ld. 

FL 

T. 

Ml 

C. 

I. 

So. 

T. 

Fk. 

Bay 

Bay 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

?• 

I. 

I. 

FL 

L 

T. 

Dis. 

I. 

Pr. 

?f 

Is. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

L 

S. 

SL 

I. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

?• 

T. 

I. 

L 

Tr. 

T. 

I. 

Bay 

I. 

Ch. 

Bay 

C. 

Cy. 


PmiUoo. 

Oregon  Tor... . 
BriL  America  . 

Iceland 

Iceland 

Spitsbergen  . . . 
BriL  America  . 
Spitsbergen  • . 
BriL  America 
New  Grenada 
BriL  America 
BriL  America 
Australasia.... 
Oregon  Ter.  . 

France 

Missouri  Ter. 
BriL  America 
New  S.  Wales 
Spain 


Ed 
Hd 
Kb 
Kb 
Na 
Eb 
Ma 
Eb 
Hh 
Db 
Fa 

Dc 
Ld 
Fd 
Gb 
Vk 
|Le 

Polynesia C  j 

Oe 
Nb 
Pe 

Cj 

Hb 

Wm 

Eb 

Ne 

Gh 

la 

Pk 


Syria 

Sweden 

Persia 

Polynesia 

BriL  America  . 

Australasia...  ■ 

BriL  America  . 

Candia 

New  Grenada.. 

Greenland  . ... 

Indian  Ocean  . 

Russia IN  c 

Nc 

Ff 

Eg 

Dc 

Oc 

Rf 

Gh 

Sh 

Hd 

Ne 

Md 

Oc 

Oc 

Td 

Oc 

Oc 

Oc 

Mc 

Sa 

Xf 

Xe 

Fd 

Ge 

Hn 

Gb 

Db 

Cb 

Eb 

Vi 

Ge 


Russia 

Mexico 

N.  Pacific  Oc. . 
North  America 

Russia 

Hindooetan  . . . 
New  Grenada  . 

Malaysia 

United  States. . 
Mediterran.  Sea 

France 

Russia  .....'. 

Russia 

Mongolia  .... 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Denmark  .... 
Asiatic  Russia 
Polynesia. ... 
Polynesia .... 
Missouri  Ter. 

Georgia 

Patagonia  . . . 
BriL  America 
Brit.  America 
Brit.  America 
BriL  America 
New  Guinea  • 
Virginia 


'  1?    1  i  R»  (J 


'<: 


m 


^  iK, 


■a 


88 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


I  of  Flicm,ke. 


Richmond.. 
Richmond.. 
Ricovskaya. 
Ridan^ . . . . 

Rider 

Rietohitza. . 
Riezitzi .... 

Riga 

Riga 

Riffby  

Rif... 


6. 
T. 
T. 
Ib. 
T. 
T. 
T. 

^J: 

Bay 

&• 

I. 

Pr. 

T. 

C. 

Is. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Pr. 
Pr. 
Pr. 

idelaNuevaCy. 

I- 

T. 

R. 

R. 

R. 

Pa 

I. 

R. 

I. 

C. 

T. 

Say 

R. 

T. 

I. 

Rks 

C. 

Mt 

Rf. 

C. 


Riloy 

Rimatara 

Rimba 

Rimini 

Rimnik 

Rinde 

Rinkioping 

Rio 

Rio  Colorado  . . . 
Rio  de  la  Hacha 
Riode  la  Plata.. 
Rio  Grande  .... 
Rio  Grande  do 

Norte 

Rio  Grande  do  Sol 

Rioja 

Rioja 

Rio  Janeiro 

Rio  Janeiro  . . . 

Rio  Magdakna. 

Rio  Negro  .... 

Rio  Negro  .... 

Rio  Negro  .... 

Rio  Negro  .... 

Riou 

Riou's 

Riparoonee..... 

Ripon 

Rivers 

Rivoli 

Rizeh ■ 

R.  McLeod's  . . , 

Roanoke 

Rohello 

RoberU* 

Roberts' 

Robertson 

Robinson 

Robson's 

Rocailleux 

Roccas 

Rochefort 

Rochester 

Rochookoko .... 

Rock 

Rock 

Rock 

Rockingham  . . . 

Rocky 

Rocky 


Clui.1 


I 


FtKllloa. 


I. 

^: 

I. 

R. 

I. 

Ho. 

Bay 


I  Brit  America  • 
INcw  8.  Wales  . 
I  Asiatic  Russia. 
Maluyun  Sea . . 

JArabia 

jRussia 

{Russia 

iRussia 

'Russia 

I  Brit  America  . 

Darfiir 

^Brit.  America  . 

Polynesia 

iBenguela 

{Italy 

Segnalien 

Russia 

Denmark 

Japan  

Mexico 

New  Grenada  . 
South  America 
Mexico 


BnuU. 

Brazil . 

Buenos  Ayres  .  [H  k 
Hk 
J 


BtienOB  Ayres 

Brazil 

Brazil 

New  Grenada  . 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Buenos  Ayres  . 
New  Grenada.. 
North  America 
Polynesia .  • 
Gumea ...     . 
Brit  America 

Celebes 

New  S.  Wales 
Asiatic  Turkey 
Brit  America  . 
North  Carolina 

Br  k.il 

South  Shetland 

Polynesia 

Brit.  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Southern  Ocean 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Venezuela 

France   

New  York].... 
Ektstem  Sea. . . 

Illinois 

Oregon  Ter.  . . 
Brit  America  . 
New  S.  Wales  . 
Brit  America  . 
Polynesia .... 


JUL 
Uu. 


6c 

Wl 
Tc 
8h 

^« 
Oc 

Nc 

Nc 

Nc 

Fa 

Fa 
Bk 
Mj 

Md 
Vc 
Ob 
Mc 
Vd 
Ee 

?.' 

Ff 

Ji 
Ik 


11 
gf 

Hi 
HI 
Hh 
Co 
I 

Ih 
Fb 
Uh 
VI 
Od 
Eb 
Ge 
Jk 
lo 
Ci 
Ha 
Cb 
Ml 
Wa 
H 
L 
6d 
Uf 
Fd 
Do 
Fc 

Vj 
Go 

Xj 


V»mm  et  FImm,  tc. 


CIm. 


Rocky I. 

Rocky Bay 

Rocky Ls. 

Rocky Shs. 

Rocky Pt 

Rocky Mts. 

Rocky  Mountain  Ho. 
Rocky  Mountain  Ho. 
Rocky  Mountain 

Indiana Tr. 

Rodbar T. 

Rodda T. 

Rode Fd. 

Rodney T. 

Rodney €. 

Rodney IC. 

Roebuck Bay 

Roe  Buck Ld. 

Roes R. 

Roguaguado. . . .  L. 

Rokelle R. 

Rokol Bk. 

Rokoi Rk. 

Roma L 

Romaguas T. 

Romaine C. 

Roman T. 

Romandos T. 

RomohoT T. 

Romans C. 

Romanzoff C. 

RomanzofF C. 

Romanzoff I. 

Romanzoff Mt. 

Romanaov Po. 

Romberg C. 

Rome Cy. 

Rome T. 

Romeiros   dos 

Castilhanos. . .  I. 

Romel Po. 

Romelia Pr. 

Romen T. 

Romsdal T. 

Romsdal  .......  Is. 

Rona I. 

Ronda T. 

Ronde I. 

Ronehamn T. 

Rono^^ima I. 

Rooapooa R. 

Rooetam T. 

Roper C. 

Romov T. 

Rorstad T. 

Rosa Pt. 

Rosaretta Sh. 

Rosas T. 

Rosooe R. 

Rose I. 

Rose I. 


MUaysia  ..... 

Labrador 

Brit  America  . 

Malaysia 

New  Zealand . . 
North  America 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 

Brit  America  . 

Cabul 

Arabia 

Iceland 

Mississippi. . . . 
North  America 
New  Guinea  . . 
New  Holland. . 
Spitsbergen  . . . 
New  Holland. . 

Pern 

Senegambia... 
Atlantic  Ocean 
Atlantic  Ocean 
Malaysia .... 

Peru 

South  Carolina 

Turkey 

Bolivia 

Russia 

Florida 

Japan  

North  America 
Polynesia..'... 
North  America 

Mexico 

Mnotchooria  . . 

Italy 

New  York  .. . . 


Indian  Ocean..  Qk 
Greenland  ....  I  b 

Turkey N  d 

Russia O  c 

Norway Mb 

Norway Mb 

Scotland L  c 

Spain L  d 

Indian  Ocean..  P  j 

Gothland No 

Eastern  Sea  .. .  U  f 

Africa Nj 

Tartary P  e 

Brit  America  .  H  a 

Russia No 

Norway Mb 

Buenos  Ayres .  Hm 
Australasia... .  XI 

Spain M  d 

Brit  America  .  D  b 

Polynesia A  j 

North  AmericalC  o 


■•t 

LtU. 


c 
Eb 
Ti 
Xm 
Ec 
Dc 
Ec 

Dc 

Qe 

P 

K 

Fe 

Ab 

V^ 

Ma 

Lc 
Lc 
Ul 

!?j 

Ge 
Nd 

\}. 

G{ 

Vd 

Ab 

C 

C 

Ee 

Vc 

Md 

6d 


I 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


89 


IVUMitf  FtoCMi  fee» 


IMUw 


Ref. 


RoMitt T. 

Rosenoath Iii. 

RoTCtU Cjr. 

Rosier C. 

RcMlavle T. 

Rom Bay 

Ross Pt. 

Rossel I. 

Rosscrs Bk. 

Rossicna T. 

Rossocba R« 

Rost I. 

Rortak 'Cv. 

Roatock T. 

Rostov T. 

Rosvigf I. 

Rottee I. 

Rotterdam Cy. 

Rotumah I. 

Rouen Cy. 

Rouge C. 

Rouin Pr. 

Round !• 

Roundo I. 

Round  HiU I. 

Rouni !• 

Rovaniemi T. 

Rovlsoe !• 

Rovno T. 

Rowley' Sha. 

RoxburjF L 

Roxo C 

Roxo C. 

Royal Po. 

Royal Po. 

Royal Bay 

Royal So. 

Royal  Company's  I. 

Royale I. 

Ruao I. 

Ruatan  ...•>...  I.  ' 

Ruengas Tr. 

Rufus R. 

Rugen I. 

Rugenwalde ... .  T. 

Rum I. 

Rum R. 

Rum L. 

Rumby Mt. 

Rum  Key Is. 

Runaway C. 

Rungpore T. 

Running  Water .  R. 

Ruovesr T. 

Rupande Cty. 

-Rupert R 

Rupert  River  . . .  Dis. 
Rupert  River  . . .  Ho. 

Rupert's Cr. 

Rurutu I. 

Russia Cty. 


Dominica  I.. .  .|IIg 
Scorcsbv's  Ld..|K  a 

Egypt.'. pc 

Lower  Canada.  11  d 

Russia O  c 

Brit  America  .  G  a 
Brit  America  .  E  a 
Australasia  . ..  Wj 
Bay  of  Bengal.  S  g 

Russia    VV  b 

AHiatic  Russia.  N  o 
LofToden  Isles 

Arabia 

Mecklenburg  . 

Russia 

Norway 

Malaysia  ■ . . . 

Holland 

Polynesia .... 

France 

Arabia 

Asiatic  Turkey 

Polynesia 

Cape  Verd  Is. . 

Labrador 

Kurile  Islands. 

Russia 

Norway 

Russia 

Australasia...  • 

Polynesia 

Mexico 

Senegutnbia  .. . 

Jamaica 

South  Carolina. 
Isle  of  Georgia 
Indian  Ocean  . 
Southern  Ocean 
Wisconsin  Ter.  jG  d 

Polynesia Wg 

Gg 


Guatemala 


Mb 

Pf 

Mc 

Oc 

Mb 

Uj 
Mc 

Xj 
Md 

Qf 
Oc 

Xj 
Kg 

I  c 
Wd 

Nb 

Na 
Nc 

II 

Ff 
Kg 

«gr 

Ge 
Jn 
Qm 
Vn 


Africa '. .  O  i 

News. Wales.  VI 
Baltic  Sea  ....  M  c 

Prussia  -. jN  c 

Scotland |L  c 

Wisconsin  . . . .  iF  d 
Brit  America  .  E  b 

Africa JM  h 

Bahamas |G  f 


New  Zealand. 
Hindoostan  . . 
Missouri  Ter. 

Russia 

Africa 

Brit.  America 
Brit.  America 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Polynesia. . . . 
Europe 


XI 
iRf 

iFd 
Nb 
Nk 
Gc 
He 
Gc 
Fc 
Bk 
Oc 


Hum  of  t\um,  he. 


Russian 

Russian 

Russian  Lapland 

Rutland 

Rutlaum 

Rutschuck 

Ruthampore  ... . 

Rutui 

Ryk  Ysc 


Saade  . . . . 
Saatz..... 

Saba 

Sabannou 
Sabanqui 
Sahara  . . . 
Subart... 

Sabi 

Sabia.. .. 
Sabia.. .. 
Sabine... 
Sabine . . . 
Sabine.. . 
Sabine.. . 


ci». 

cT" 

Ter. 

Pr. 

Is. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Pt 

T. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

£'• 

c. 

Is. 
R. 
Pt 

Sabine's I. 

Sabinez T. 

Sabia T. 

Sable L 

Sable C. 

Sable C. 

Sable C. 

Sable Pt 

Saboon T. 

Sabounsky T. 

Sabrao I. 

Sacahuchen  . . . .  iT. 

Sacality R. 

Sachanine 'la. 

Sacharna  T. 

Sackett's  Har. . .  ;T. 
Sackwa IT. 


Japan  

Norti'  America 

Russia 

Bay  of  Bengal. 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Turkey 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Polynesia 

Spitsbergen  . . . 


IM 


Vc 
Bh 
Ob 

Rf 

Nd 
Rf 
Ck 

Na 


Sacramento 
Sacramento 

Sacs 

Sadadoo  • . . 

Saddle 

Saddle 

Saddle 

Sado 

Sadras , 


T. 

R. 

Tr. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

Pt 

I. 

T. 


Saegiek |Bay 

Safe 

Saifee 

Safsen 

Sagan  

Sagarawida  . 
Saginaw  .... 
Saginaw  .... 

Sagis 

Saguenay . . . 
Sahara 


Har 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

T. 

Bay 

R. 

R. 

Lies* 


Arabia 

Austria 

West  Indies . 

Borneo  

Mexico 

Brazil 

Tripoli 

Azunaga..., 

Africa 

Mozambique 
North  America  |B  b 
Greenland  ....Ha 

Louisiana F  f 

Brit.  America  .  C  b 
Brit  America 

Mexico 

Persia 

Nova  Scotia. . 

Nova  Scotia .. 

Florida 

Asiatic  Russia 

Tartary 

Africa 

Asiatic  Russia 

Malaysia  . . . 

Mexico !F  g 

Madagascar.  ..Ok 

Nova  Zembla. . 

Asiatic  Russia. 

New  York  .... 

Soudan  

Uruguay  .... 

Mexico 

Wisconsin  Ter. 

Sencgambia  .. . 

Malaysia 

Malayan  Sea . . 

Spitsbergen  . . . 

Japan 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Labrador 

Spitsbergen  . . . 

Morocco 

Sweden 

Prussia 

Jiva 

Michigan 

Michigan 

Tartary 

Lower  Canada. 

Africa 


Og 
Mc 

Me 
Lf 
Ok 
Ok 


Ea 
Ec 
Pe 
Hd 
Hd 
Gf 
Xb 
Pd 

Rb 
Ui 


Pb 

Pd 

Gd 

Mg 

II 

Ee 

Fd 

I'S 
Uh 
Th 
Ma 
Ve 

Rg 

He 

Ma 

Le 

M  b 

Nc 

Ti 

Gd 

Gd 

Pd 

Hd 

Lf 


8* 


if 


W^ 


R-'i' 


l^'^'i 


':  m 


i 

l^f: 

'r 

T.\  f'{ 

•  ■•  t 

*•  'V  i 

:, 

t4i 

■           I 

[14 

;*i 

iHk'i 

i: 

M 

iifll 

90 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


NuMiof  Pbea^fec 


CkA 


Sahul Sh. 

Said . . .  T. 

Saidabad T. 

Sailor's  Horn ...V. 

Saima L. 

St.  Aignan I. 

St  AleMandro  . .  I. 

St  Amaro |T, 

St  Amaro.. . 
St  Ambrosio 
St  Andreia  . 
St  Andrew  . 
St  Andrew's 
St  Andrew's 
St  Andrew's 
St  Andrew's 
St  Angfelo  . . 
St  Anisia  .. . 

St  Ann 

St  Anna .... 


T. 
I. 
I. 
,  C. 
T. 
I. 
Is. 
Bay 
T. 
C. 
L. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
I. 
T. 
Bay 
C. 

Falls 
I. 
T. 
C. 
C. 
I. 

Po. 
His. 
T. 
C. 


Utt. 


St  Anna 

St  Anna 

Si  Anna 

St  Anna 

St  Anne 

St  Anne's  . . . 
St  Anthony . . 
St  Anthony . . 
St  Antico .... 
St  Antoine. . . 
St  Antonio . . . 
St  Antonio... 
St  Antonio.. . 
St  Antonio.. . 
St  Antonio.. . 
St.  Antonio  Javita 
St  Augustin. 
St.  Augustin , 
St  Auguitine. . .  'Cy. 
St  Augustine. . .  C. 
St  Augustine. . .  R. 
St.  Augustine's  .  Bay 

St  Barbara T. 

St  Barbara C. 

St  Barnabe  ....  I. 
St  Bartholomea.  I. 
St  Bartholomew  I. 
St  Bartolome  .. .  Po. 
St  Bartolumeo ..  I. 
St  Benedicto  ...  I, 

St  Benito R. 

St  Bernardo. . . .  T. 

St  Bias C. 

St  Brandon  . .   .  Rks 

St  Brieux T. 

St  Carlos Cy. 

St  Carlos  do  Ja- 

cuhy T. 

St  Catharine  ...  I. 
St  Catharine  . . .  Pa 
St  Catherine  . . .  C. 


Malaysia U  j 

Syria O  e 

Great  Buchoria  Q  e 
Denmark  . . . .  |M  c 
Russia {N  b 

II 

ii 

Sa 
Oj 
JHd 

u 

Ge 
Ik 
Va 
Gd 

!j 
'1 

Qa 

O 

F 

Me 

Hd 

Gf 

II 

Kg 
Hm 
Hm 
Hh 


Australasia... . 

Polynesia 

Brazil 

Brazil 

S.  Pacific  Oc... 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Madagascar  .. . 
N.  Brunswick  . 
Caribbean  Sea. 

Polynesia 

Florida 

Uruguay  

Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit  America  . 

Bolivia 

Bolivia 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Lower  Canada. 
NovaZembla  .. 

Arabia 

Wisconsin  Ter. 

Sardinia 

Lower  Canada. 

Cuba 

Buenos  Ayres  . 
Cape  Verd  Is.  . 
Patagonia  .... 
Patagonia  .... 
Venezuela  .... 

Brazil 

Polynesia Y  f 


Florida 
Mindanao  . . . . 

Labrador 

Madagascar. . . 
Venezuela  . . . . 

Guinea 

Polynesia 

Australasia ... . 
West  Indies.. . 

Mexico 

Polynesia 

N.  Pacific  Oc. . 

Afi-ica 

Brazil , 

Florida 

Indian  Ocean 

France 

ChiU 


Brazil 

Brazil 

Guatemala . 
Loango.. .. 


Gf 

Uh 

Ic 

Ok 

Hh 

Ih 

Vi 

S? 

Ef 

Eg 
Mh 
Ji 
Gf 

Qj 
Ld 

Hm 

Ik 

k 

Gg 
Mi 


.        CiM. 

St.  Catherine  . . .  C. 

St  Charles T. 

St  Christopher. .  I. 
St.  Christopher..  I. 
St  Christoral .. .  T. 
St  Christoval ...  I. 

St  Clair C. 

St  Clairsville  . . .  T. 

St  Clara Rks 

St.  Clemente. . . .  Vol. 

St  Croix L 

St  Croix R. 

St.  Cyprian's  . . .  R. 

St  David's I. 

St  Denis    T. 

St  Diego C. 

St  Diego  de  Gua- 

mes T. 

St  Domingo....  Cy. 
St  Domingo .. . .  C. 

St.  Elena T. 

St  Elena Pt 

St  Elena Pt 

St  Elena Pt 

St  Elias Mt 

St  Elmo L 

St  Esprit I. 

St  Esprit Bk. 

St.  Estaca C. 

St  Eustatius  ...  I. 

St  Fadeia L 

St  Felipe T. 

St.  Felipe T. 

St  Felipe  de  Ben- 

guela Cy. 

St  Felix T. 

St  Felix C. 

St  Felix I. 

St.  Felix Is. 

St  Fernando  . . .  T. 
St  Fernando  . . .  T. 
St  Fernando  . . .  T. 
St  Fernando  . . .  T. 
St  Fernando  de 

laSelva |T. 

St  Foi jT. 

St  Francis 'c. 


St  Francis  . . . 
St  Francis  . . . 
St  Francis ... 
St  Francis .. . 
St  Francisco . 
St.  Francisco  . 
St  Francisco . 
St  Francisco . 
St  Francisco . 
St.  Francisco . 
St  Francisco  Boija  Cy. 
St  Francisco  de 

Atacama.. 
St.FranciscoBoIano 


C. 

I. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

I. 

I. 

R. 


Pt 


taitta. 


Uf. 


Brit  America  .  'F  a 
Missouri F  e 


Wi'st  Indies. 
Indian  Ocean  . 
New  Grenada.. 
Australasia... . 
Brit  America  . 

Ohio 

Madagascar.. . 
Patagonia  . . . . 
West  Indies. . . 
Wisconsin  Tcr. 

Azanaga 

Polynesia 

Bourbon  Isle  . . 
Patagonia 


Equador 

HayU 

Mexico 

Buenos  Ayres  . 

Spain 

Patagonia 

Equador 

Brit.  America  . 

Polynesia 

Malayan  Sea . . 
Malayan  Sea . . 

Spain 

West  Indies... 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Chili 

Buenos  Ayres  . 


Benguela .... 

Brazil .  ...... 

Madagascar. . . 

S.PacificOc... 

Pacific  Oc.  .< 

Venezuela 

Venezuela  . . . . 

Chili 

Equador 


Chili 

Guiana , 

Cape  Colony  . . 

Labrador 

Australasia  . . . 

Arkansas 

Lower  Canada. 

Brazil 

Benguela 

Ek]uador 

Mexico 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Uruguay 


He 

"Si 

Ga 

Pk 

Hm 

H 

F 

Kf 

Uh 

Pk 

Hn 

Hh 

II 

Le 

Hm 

Gi 

Cb 

Ck 

Th 

T 

L 

?«^ 

Sa 

HI 
Ik 

Ok 

Gk 

Gk 

Hh 

Hh 

HI 

Hi 

Hk 

Ih 
Nl 
c 
Ul 
Fe 
Hd 

Jj 
Mj 
Gh 
Ef 
k 


Bolivia 

New  Grenada 


Hk 

Gh 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


91 


St  Francisville..  T. 
St  Gijorye  .    . . .  T. 

St  G     fgo I. 

St.  (ieorge I. 

St  George Bay 

St  Georgo C. 

St  George C. 

St  George's  . . . .  T. 
St  George's  ....  Bky 
St  George's  . . . .  C. 
St  George's  . . . .  Ch. 
St  George's  . . . .  Ch. 
St  Creorgo's ....  I. 
St  George's  . . . .  R. 

St  Harion I. 

St.  Helena Bay 

St  Helena I. 

St  Helen' Mt 

St  Hermcnegildo  Pt 
St  Ignacio.....T. 

St.  Ildefonso Is. 

St  Ines C. 

St  Jago T. 

St.  Jago T. 

St.  Jago I. 

St  James C. 

St  James C. 

St  James Ft 

St.  James Ft. 

St  Joachim  . . . .  T.' 

St  Joao T. 

St  Joao  del  Rey  T. 
St  Joao  do  Falma  T. 
St  Joaquim  . . . .  T. 
St  Joaquim  . . . .  T. 
St  Joaquim  . . . .  R. 

St.  John C. 

St  John C. 

C. 

L. 


HH. 


Louisiana F  e 

BrazU J  j 

Brazil Jj 

Aiores K  e 

Patagonia  ....  H  m 

Russia O  d 

New  Zealand..  Wi 
New  Grenada  .  H  g 
Newfoundland .  I  d 
Newfoundland.  I  d 
Great  Britain  ..  !•  o 
Australasia... .  Wi 
North  America  A  c 
Patagonia  ....  H  m 
AsiaUc  Russia.  S  a 
Cape  Colony  . .  N  1 
Southern  Ocean  L  j 
Oregon  Ter.  . .  D  d 
Buenos  Ayres  .  1 1 

Equador H  i 

Patagonia  ....  JH  n 
Patagonia jHn 

Si 

Do 
Kg 
Do 
Hi 
Ik 
Jk 


St  John  .... 
St  John  .... 
St  John  ... 
St  John's . . 
St  John's . . 
St  John's  . . 
St  John's    . 

St  John's 

St  John's 

St  John's 

St  John's 

St  Jose 

St  Jose 

St  Jose  de  May- 

pure 

St  Jose  de  Mos- 

samedy 

StJosed'Gncoche 
St  Joseph . . . 
St.  Joseph  ■ . . 
St  Joseph. . 
St  Joseph. . 
St  Joseph . . 


R. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

Bay 

!• 

R. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Ft 

T. 

Ft 

I. 

L. 

Pt 


Peru 

St  Jago  

Cape  Verd  Is. . 

Cambodia 

Oregon  Ter.... 
Senegambia .. . 
Oregon  Ter.  . . 

Brazil 

Bracil 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Bolivia 

Bolivia 

Mexico 

Staten  Island.. 

Africa 

Newfoundland. 
Lower  Canada .  H  d 

Africa Kg 

N.  Brunswick  .|Hd 
Newfoundland 
Newfoundland 
Spitsbergen  . . 
West  Indies.. 
N.  Brunswick 
Michigan .... 
Australasia  . . 

Brazil 

Brazil 


Venezuela  . . 


Brazil 

Congo 

Florida 

Senegambia . . . 
Indian  Ocean.. 
Brit.  America  . 
{Florida 


Hh 

Ij 

Ni 

Gf 

Pi 

Fc 
Gf 


De 
Hn 
Mh 
Ic 


Id 

Ic 

M  a 

Hg 

Hd 

Gd 

Wi 

II 

Ik 


Ifiaw  o(  rtitm,  ac. 


St  Joseph's T. 

St.  Joseph's Pen. 

St  Juan  . . . 
St  Juan  . . . 

St  Juan  

St  Juan 

St  Juan 

St  Juan 

St  Juan  

St  Juan  

St  Juan  

St  Juan  

St  Juan  Baptista 
St  Juan  de  Jaebun 
St  Juan  de  Ulua 

St  Julien 

St  Julien 

StKiida 

St  Konstantinov 


ClHi. 


9?- 

Cy. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Po. 

R. 

R. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Po. 

I. 

T. 

StKovel T. 

St  Laurent  ....  I. 
St  Lawrence  . . .  Bay 
St  Lawrence  . . .  G. 
St  Lawrence ...  Is. 
St  Lawrence . . .  R. 

St  Lazaro C. 

St  Lorenza C. 

St  Lorenza R. 

St  Ijorenzo I. 

St.  Louis Cy. 

St  Louis Cv. 

St.  Loui |1\ 

St.  Louis C. 

St  Louis R. 

St  Lucas 'C. 

St.  Lucia 'Bay 

St  Lucia Bay 

St.  Lucia C. 

St  Lucia I. 

St.  Lucifi 1. 

St  Lucia R. 

St.  Luzia T. 

St  Luzia T. 

St.  Malocs T. 

St  Marcelino.. .  T. 
St  Mar^aritu ...  I. 
St.  Mariii  Maior  iT. 

St  Mark's T. 

St.  Martin 1. 

St  Martin \l. 

St  Martin's jPt 

St  Mary T. 


Michigan .... 
Patagonia. .. . 

Bolivia 

Porto  Rico... 
Guatemala  .. . 

Mexico 

New  Grenada 
Polynesia .... 
Guatemala  .. . 
Guatemala ... 

Bolivia 

New  Grenada 
Polynesia .... 
Buenos  Ayres 

Mexico 

France 

Pataffonia.. .. 

Scothnd 

Russia 

Russia 

Indian  Ocean  . 
Asiatic  Rusttia . 
North  America 
North  America 
North  America 

Mexico 

Eiquador 

Brazil 

Peru . . . 

Missouri 

Senegambia  .. . 

Hayti 

Labrador 

Wisconsin  Ter. 


|Od 
Hm 

tf 

Hh 

Vf 

««? 

Gh 
Ck 
Hk 

Fg 

Ld 

Hm 

Lc 

Nd 

Nc 

Pi 

Ab 

Hd 

Ab 

Ho 

Ef 

Gi 

Fe 

K? 

Hg 

Ic 

Fd 


Mexico 'Ef 


St.  Mary. 
St  Mary.. 
St  Mary.. 
St  Mary's 
St.  Mary's 
St  Mary's 
St  Mary's 
St  Mary's 
St  Mary's 


C, 
C. 
I. 

^y 
Bay 

C. 

C. 

I. 

Is. 


Borneo 

Madagascar. . 

Caffraria 

West  Indies .. 
Cape  Verd  Is. 
Caffraria  .... 

Brazil 

Brazil 

France 

Brazil 

Mexico. .'.... 
Bncnos  Ayres 

Florida 

Patagonia  . . . 
West  Indies.. 
Cape  Colony  . 
Bourbon  Isle 

Portugal 

Senegambia  .. 

Atores 

Georgia 

Ncw^undland. 

Africa 

Madagascar. .  • 
Madagascar.. . 
Labrador 


Th 
Pk 
Ok 
Hg 

Sf 

Jj 
Ld 

Hh 

Ef 

Ik 

Ge 

6n 

Hsr 

NT 

Pk 

Le 

^e 

kl  ^ 

Go 
Id 
Ok 
Ok 

Pj 
Ic 


V  i^ ' 


H"W%: 


i     i 


|..ti.i 


fi^j!  t; 


Sn4 


■      ':".  ?  ,. 


'*'     i 

-ft 


II 


m 


i  Td 


m 


93 

Mil 


CONSULTING  INDFX 


lOlPUMi,**. 


Cb» 


St  Matheo I. 

St  MathoM  . . . .  T. 

Ht  Mathios Bay 

St  MuUhew ....  I. 

.St.  Maura I. 

St  Maurice  . . . .  R. 

St  Michael C. 

St  Michael I. 

St  Michael's  . . .  Bay 

St  Michael's  . . .  Bk. 

St  Miguel T. 

St  Miguel T. 

St  Miguel T. 

St  Miguel T. 

St  Negia T. 

St.  Nicholas  . . . .  T. 

St  Nicolas I. 

St  Patrick's  Ild.C. 

St.  Paul T. 

St  Paul I. 

St.  Paul I. 

St.PauldeLoandoCy. 

St  Puulo  de  Oli- 
venco T. 

St.  Paul's C. 

St  Paul's C. 

St  Paul's I. 

St  Paul's L 

St  Paul's I. 

St.  Paul's I. 

St.  Paul's R. 

St  Pedro T. 

St  Pedro I. 

St.  Pedro I. 

St  Pedro R. 

St  Pedro  del  Rey  T. 

St  Pedro  de  No- 
lasco T. 

St  Pedro  de  Rio 
Grande 

St  Perta 

St  Peter 

St.  Peter's 

St  Peter's 

St  Peter's 

.St.  Petersburg  17  Pr. 
St.  Petersburg  . .  Cy. 

St  Phillip C. 

St  Pierre IT. 

at  Pierre I. 

St  Pierre I. 

St  Piotro    I. 

St.  Roman C. 

St.  Ruquo . . . 
St  Roquo . . . 
if!t.  Rosia  .... 
St  Salvudor  . 
St  Salvador  ■ 
St  Silvadur  . 
St  Salvador  • 
St.  ScbaHtian 


I'- 

L. 
T. 
Ft 
R. 


Polynesia .... 

Brazil 

Patagonia .... 
Bay  of  Bengal 
Ionian  Isles .. 
Lower  Canada 
Labrador  .... 

Azores 

Labrador  .... 
Indian  Ocean 
Guatemala . . . 

Equador 

Brazil 

Paraguay .... 

Equuior 

Hay  ti 

Cape  Verd  Is. 
V.  Diemen'sLd. 
Bourbon  Island 
Atlantic  Ocean 
North  America 
Angola  ... 


Brazil 

Patagonia  .... 

Dahomey  

North  America 
Polynesia .... 
Indian  Ocean .. 
G.  St  Lawrence 

AfKca 

Buenos  Avres  , 
Atlantic  Ocean 

Polynesia 

Gumea 

Brazil 


M. 


Ve 

Jj 

'Hm 

Sh 

Ne 

Hd 

Ic 

Ke 

0 

Pi 

G^ 

Hi 
k 
k 

Hi 

ng 

Kg 

Vm 

Pk 

Kh 

Be 

Mi 

Hi 

Hb 

Mh 

Ac 

Ej 

d 
Lh 
II 
Kh 
Aff 


Brazil . 


Brazil 

!N.  Pacific  Oc. . 

JLowcr  Canada. 

|G.  St.  Lawrence 

'Asiatic  Rusxia. 

Wisconsin  Ter. 

Russia 

Russia 

Falkland  I 

Martinique .... 

Polynesia 

Indian  Ocean.. 

Sardinia 

Venezuela 

C.     Brazil 

Ilk.  South  America 

Bk.  Polynesia 

I'y.  Brazil 

Congo 

Brazil 

iBahamas 

Spain 


9: 

I. 
T. 


li 

II 

Fg 
Hd 
Hd 
Qo 
Fd 
Nc 
Oc 
In 

Ag 

Pi 

Me 

H.g 
I 
Ji 

Ni 
k 
Gf 
Ld 


Ilia*  oinMm,ki. 


St  Sebastian  . . . 
St  Sebastian  . . . 
St  Sebastian  . . . 
St  Sebastian  . . . 
St  Sebastian  . . . 
St  Sebastian  . . . 
St  Sebastian  . . . 
St  Stephen's  . . . 

St  Susan's 

St  Thaddeus  . . . 
St  Thomas  .... 

St  Thomaa 

St  Thomas' .... 

St  Thome 

St  Thome 

StTomas 

St  Ubes 

StUist 

St  Vincent 

St  Vincent 

St  Vincent 

St  Vincent 

St  Vincent 

St.  Vincent 

St  Xavier 

St.  Xavier 

St  Ynes 

Saintes 

Saintes 

Sakharia 

Sakmarskaia  . . . 

SaktaUa 

Sal 

Sal 

Sal 

Sal 

Solacoila 

Saladillo 

Salado 

Salado 

Sulado 

Salaka 

Salamanca 

Salamanca 

Salamanca 

Salunga 

Salangoro 

Salas  y  Gomez. . 

Salatan 

Salaycr 

Saldanha 

Saldenha 

Salee 

Salem 

Sulem 

Salem 

Salem 

Salcngo. ... 
Salerno  .... 
Sale'Trou.. 
Salian 


CUa. 


I 

Is. 

T. 

Is. 

C. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

C. 

I. 

I'- 

T. 

C. 

c. 
c. 
I. 

Is. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

Is. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

L 

L. 

L. 

R, 

T. 

R. 

R. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

7: 

T. 

L 

T. 

I. 

Pt 

I. 


T. 
T. 

5?- 

T. 
T. 
Pt 

Cy. 

T. 
T. 


ftalUoa. 


C.     Spain ........ 

C.     IPatagonia  .... 

Mozambique  .  , 

Oregon  Ter.  . . 
Bay  Cape  Colony  . . 

Brazil > 

Chili 

Alabama 

Ba^  of  Bengal. 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Lower  Canada. 

West  Indies . . . 

Africa 

Buenos  Ayres  . 

Brazil 

Polynesia 

Portugal 

Scotluid 

Brazil 

Portugal 

Falkland  I 

Patagonia 

West  Indies.. . 

Cape  Verd  Is.  . 

Equador 

Patagonia 

Mexico 

France 

West  Indies. . . 

Asiatic  Turkey 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Africa 

Cape  Verd  Is.  . 

Soongaria 

Brit  America  . 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Soudan  

Buenos  Ayres  . 

Mexico 

Buenos  Ayres  . 

Chili 

|Nubia 

'Spain 

IMexico 

iMexico 

'Siam 

|Malaya 

S.  Pacific  Oc. . 

Borneo 

Malaysia 

Bay  Cape  Colony  . . 

Brazil 

Morocco 

Masscchusetts . 

New  Jersey  . . . 

Cape  Colony  . . 

Hindooston  . . . 

Equador 

Naples 

Ha^ti 

Asiatic  Russia. 


1 


Bat 
Utt. 


Md 

Hn 

Ok 

Dd 

Nl 

I  k 

Hm 

Ge 

»g 
Xb 
Hd 

mI 

Ik 

Jk 

Ve 

Le 

Lc 

Ik 

Le 

In 

Hn 

Hg 

Kg 

Hi 

Hm 

Ee 

Md 

S« 
Oe 

Pc 

Oh 

Kg 
Rd 
Fc 
Od 

if 

Ee 

Hk 

Hk 

Of 

Ld 

Ff 

Gg 
Sh 

Sh 

Ek 

Ti 

Ui 

Nl 

Ji 

Le 

Hd 

Ge 

Nl 

Rg 
Gl 
Md 

?« 
Pe 


CONSULTING  INDKX. 


93 


Salibabo 

Salidalon 

Saline 

Salisbury 

Salisbury 

Salkaow 

Salmon 

Salmon 

Saionica 

Saloor 

Salsette 

Salt 

Salta 

Salta 

Salten 

Salthidak 

Salt  Kay 

Salvages 

Salvatiem 

Salwatty 

Salwen 

Saliburg 

Samana 

Samana  Kay  . . . 

Samanco 

Samar 

Samarang 

Samarov.. 

Samarov 

Sambaa 

Sambas 

Sambelong 

Snmbio 

Sambro 

Sambuloi 

Sameil 

Bamercand 

Sam^nooda..*. 

Sami t  • 

Samina  Cora  •  •  • 

Samoa 

Samoilovo 

Samow 

Samoyeds 

Samsanna 

Samsoun 

Sana 

Sana 

San  Andrea  .... 
San  Antonia.  • . . 
San  Antonio.  • . . 
San  Antonio. . . . 
San  Augustin... 
San  Barbara. . . . 
San  Barbara. . . . 
San  Bernardi . . . 

San  Bias 

San  Buenaventura 
San  Buenaventura 
SanCataline... . 
San  Catherina  . . 


CiMi 


Is. 

T. 

L. 

I. 

Pt 

I. 

R. 

R. 

(?• 

I. 
L. 
Pr. 
T. 

Fd. 
I. 
I. 
Is. 

IT. 

I. 

R. 

s- 

I. 

T. 
I. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
Dii. 
T. 
I. 
T. 
C. 
C. 
T. 
Cy. 
ar 
T. 
T. 
I. 
T. 
I. 

Tr. 
I. 
T. 

9: 

VIL 

sr- 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Cy. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

Pr. 


Malaysia 

Norway 

Texas 

Brit.  America  . 
North  America 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Oregon  Tor... . 
Oregon  Tcr. .. . 

Turkey 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Asia 

Africa 

Buenos  Ayroa  . 
Buenos  Ayres  . 

Norway 

North  America 

Bahamas 

Atlantic  Ocean 

Brazil 

Australasia... . 

Birmah 

Austria. ...'... 

Hayti 

Bahamas 

Peru 

Malaysia  ...   . 

Java % 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiotic  Russia. 
Borneo ....... 

Malaysia 

Bay  of  Bengal. 

Russia 

Nova  Scotia .. . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Arabia 

Great  Bucharia 
North  America 

Africa 

Soudan. ,.^... 

Polynesia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Malaysia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Eastern  Sea .. . 
Asiatic  Turkey 
Arabia  .... 

Peru 

Mexico. ...< 

Texas 

Mexico. .... 
Mexico..... 

Texa , 

Mexico 

Mexico ..... 

Mexico 

Mexico ..... 
Mexico  .  ■ .  f  c 
Mexico .... 

Metxieo 

Brazil 


Uh 

Mb 

Fe 

Gb 

Dc 

Ta 

Ed 

Be 

Nd 

S« 

Nf 

Hk 

Hk 

Md 

Be 

Hf 

Ke 

li 

Ui 

Sf 

Md 

"? 
Hf 

Gi 

Vf 

Tf 

Pc 

Qb 

Th 

TI. 

Sh 

Nb 

Hd 

Ra 

Pf 

Qe 

Ac 

Mg 

So 

^\ 
Rb 

Uf 

Od 

Og 

Gi 

Ed 

Ff 

De 

Ff 

Ee 

Ee 

Ee 

Ee 

Ef 

Ee 

De 

Ee 

Ik 


NuMii/(  PtaMik  at. 

Sancian 

San  Clemente. .. 

Soncol 

Sancori 

Sand 

Sandalwood  .... 

Sandana  

Sanday  

Sanders' 

San  Diego 

San  Diego 

San  Diego 

Sandoe  

San  Domingos 

Soriano 

Sandomir 

Sandown 

Sandowey 

Sandusky  

Sandvig 

Sandwich 

Sandwich 

Sandwich 

Sandwich 

Sandwich 

Sandwich 

Sandwich 

Sandy 

Sandy  

Sandy.... 

Sandy 

Sandy  

Sandy  

Sandy  

Sandy  

Sandy  

Sandy 

Sandy  

Sandy 

Sandy 

San  Felipe 

San  Felipe 

San  Felipe  de 

Austin 

San  Fernando  . . 
San  Francisco . . 
San  Francisco . . 
San  Francisco . . 

Sanga 

Sanga 

San  Gabriel .... 

SangaUan  

Sangar  

Sangara 

San  Gertmdis  . . 

Sangexuga  

Sangoulina 

Sanguay  

Sangwin 

Sanho  

San  Isabel 


Cbw. 


I. 
I. 

T. 

I. 

His. 

I. 

C. 

L 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Pa 

I. 

T. 
T. 
Pt 
T. 

5r- 

T. 

C. 

Bay 

Har 

Ld. 

I. 

Is. 

Bay 

Bay 

PC. 

Des. 

Des. 

Hk. 

I. 

I. 

L 

Il- 
ls. 

L. 

iPt. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I- 

I- 
Bay 

Bay 

T. 

8t 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Vil. 


China 

Mexico 

Mindanao  ... 
OulforSiam. 
Brit  America 
Malaysia  .... 

Java 

Scotland 

Sandwich  Ld. 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Faroe  Islands 

Uruguay  .... 

Poland 

Japan  

Birmah 

Ohio 

Norway 

Upper  Canada 
New  S.  Wales 
Labrador  .... 

Africa 

Sbuthem  Ocean 
Australasia 
N.  Pacific  Oc 


I 


Tf 

Ee 

Uh 

S 

F 

Ui 

Ti 

Lo 

Kn 

Ee 

Ee 

Ee 

Lb 

II 

No 

Vo 

Sg 

6d 

Mb 

Gd 

I  o 

Mk 

Kn 

Xj 
Bf 


New  Zealand. .  X  1 


Michigan 
New  H.Wale«  . 
BlienoK  Ayi«s  . 

Mexico 

New  Jersey... . 
Indian  Ocean  . 
Australasia .. . . 

Polynesia 

Indian  Ocean.. 

Mexico 

Brit  America  . 
Massachusetts . 

Mexico 

Brazil 


Texas 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Sweden 

Japan  

Mexico 

Peru 

Japan  

Africa 

Mexico 

Brazil 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Malaysia 

Liberia 

Corea 

Mexico 


Gd 

Wk 

HI 

Ee 

Hd 

F^ 

Qi 
Ff 
Fc 
Hd 
Ff 
Hi 

Ff 
Ee 
Ef 
Ee 
De 
Nb 
Vd 
Ee 

6j 
Vd 
Lh 
Ef 

IK 

Uh 
Lh 
Ue 
Ee 


! 

4Sm|iS4^B 

i  !< 

1 

I- 

''•  •''Sk 

•^M 

t  *# 

•   i  k 

»'.i  ii 

*-n 

■{■^t' 

1 

1% 

-1  h 

? 

:i' 

»!.    *i 

I 

■'  n:i 

v/l 


5  rii 


I 


94 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


N MMi  III  r\tm,  kc 


ClMb 


^n  laaiaetla 
H.  Aniuy  . . 
San  Jago  . . 
San  Jafo  . . 
San  Jago  . . 
Man  Joao  daa  doaa 

Barraa . . . 
Son  Joao  . . . 
Han  Joao .. . 
SanJoa«dePimaa 
San  Juan  . . 
San  Juan  . . 
San  Juan  . . 
San  Juan  do  la 

Frontera  . . . 
Sanki  Sampoo 

Sun  Luis 

San  Luisx  • . . 
San  Luia  do  la 

PunU 

San  Luia  Obiapo 
San  LuiiPototi< 
San  Luia  Rey  . . 

San  Maria 

San  Marino  .... 
San  Miguel  .... 
San  Miguel  .... 
San  Miguel  .... 
San  Miguel  .... 
San  Miguel  .... 
San  Patrico  ■ . .  • 

San  Pau'o 

San  Paulo 

San  Podro 

San  Podro 

San  Pedro 

San  Pedro 

Sanpou 

San  Raphael.... 

San  Rosa 

San  Salvador  . . . 
Sandanding  .... 
Santa  Catalina. . 
Santa  Christiana 

Santa  Cruz 

Santa  Cruz 

Santa  Cruz 

Santa  Cruz 

Santa  Cruz 

Santa  Cruz 

Santa  Cruz 

Santa  Cru^ 

Santa  Cruz 

Santa  Cruz 

Santa  Cruz 

Santa  Cruz 

Santa  Cruz  de  la 

Sierra  .... 
Santa  Cruz  de  la 

Sierra  .... 
Santa  Fe.... 


T. 
R. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

8U. 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

T. 
R. 
Pr. 
T. 

T. 

T. 

St 

T. 

R. 

Rep. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

O. 

L 

T. 

Pr. 

??• 

T. 

L 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Is. 

?: 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

L 

I. 

Po. 

Dep 

T. 
Pr. 


Cuba 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Cuba 

Mexico 

Mexico 


Brazil 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Buenos  Ayres 

Mexico 

Cuba 


Buenos  Ayres 

Thibet 

Buenos  Ayres 
Mexico 


Buenos  Ayres 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Italy 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Texas 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Polynesia  ..... 

Mexico 

Corea , 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Cuba 

Africa 

Caribbean  Sea. 
Polynesia  .  . . . 

Morocco 

Venezuela 

Cape  Verd  Is.  . 
Canary  Isles  . . 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Luzon 

Mexico 

Africa 

Mexico 

Australasia  . . . 
Patagonia 


Bolivia . 


Bolivia  ...'... 
Buenos  Ayres 


UM. 


Of 

Wb 

Of 

Bf 

Ff 

li 

Ef 

Ef 

Ef 

HI 

Ee 

Of 

HI 
Ro 
HI 
Ff 

HI 

De 

Ff 

Ee 

Ee 

Md 

Ef 

Ee 

De 

Ef 

De 

Ff 

Ik 

Ik 

Ef 

Fjr 

Cf 

Ee 

Ue 

De 

Ef 

Of 

cr 

Le 
Hh 

if 
}] 

Nk 
Ee 

Xj 
Hm 

Hj 

^i 

HI 


Niaa  at  IImm,  t». 


SanU  Fe 

SanU  Fe  .... 

Santa  Fe 

SanU  Fe 

Santa>fou  .... 
Suiita  Maria. . 
Snnta  Maria. . 
Santu  Martha. 
Santandor .... 
Santarein  .... 
Santa  Rosa . . . 
Santa  Rosa. . . 

Santeo 

San  Teresa. . . 
San  Thomas.. 

Santiago 

Santiago 

Santiago 

Santiago 

Santiogo 

Santiago  del  Es- 

terro  .... 
Santillana . . 
Sontoce .... 
Santona.... 
Santorino  . . 

Santos 

Sanybel .... 
San  Ynes . . 

Saona  

Saonnes  . . . 
Sapagua  ... 
Sappero. . . . 
Saptin 


Cka. 


39 


Sapy .... 
Saragossa 
Saranga  . 
Sarano  . . 
Saransk  . 
Sarapoole 
Sarasoo.. 
Saratoga . 
Saratov .. 
Saratov .. 

Sarawan 

Sarayacu 

Sardinia 

Sardinia 

Saree 

Sarepta 

Sargasso 

Sarhou  Keim . . 

Sarigon 

Sariguan 

Same 

Sammas 

Sarpa  

Sartam  Ourei.. 

Sartarinov 

Sartor 


St. 

Cy. 

Cv. 

'l' 

T. 

I. 

C. 

!?• 

T. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

Pr. 

Cv. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
I. 

?• 

T. 

L 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Str. 

Cy. 

Is. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Pr. 

5^- 

T. 

Km 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Sea 

T. 

T. 

I. 

L 

Tr. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

I. 


Mexico 

Mexico 

Buenos  Ayres  . 

Chili 

China 

Chili 

Uruguay 

New  Grenada.. 

Spain 

Portugal 

Mexico 

N.  Pacific  Oc. . 
South  Carolina. 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Buenos  Ayres  . 

Chili 

Equador 

New  Grenada  . 
New  Grenada.. 

Buenos  Ayres 

Spain 

Brazil 

Spain 

Archipelago. . 

Brazil 

Florida 

Mexico 

Hay  ti 

Mozambique  . 
Buenos  Ayres . 

Russia 

Oregon  Ter... 
Sumbava  .... 
Malaysia  .... 

Spain 

Malaysia  .... 

Africa 

Russia 

Russia 

Tartary 

New  York ... 

Russia 

Russia 

Beloochistan  . 

Peru 

Italy 

Mediterran.  Sea 

Persia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Atlantic  Ocean 
Mantchooria  .. 

Cambodia 

Polynesia 

Africa 

South  America 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Riissia. 
Norway 


Fe 
Fe 

II 

HI 

Sf 

HI 

II 

1:5 

Lo 
E« 
Eg 
He 
Ef 
Ee 
Hk 
HI 
Oi 
Hh 
Gh 

Hk 
Ld 

Jj 

Ld 

No 

Ik 

Gf 

Ee 

«? 

Oj 

Hk 

Nb 

Ed 

Ti 

Ti 

hi 
Sf 

Po 

Qd 

Hd 

Pc 

Pc 

Qf 

Hi 

Md 

Md 

Fe 

Od 

J« 

Ud 

Tg 

Vg 

ff 
Oi 
Rb 
Qb 
Mb 


mfmmfmi 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


95 


SarytchcflT 

Sukatchawan  . 
Siakatchawan  . 

SiMari 

Matalia 

Satalia 

Satara 

Satiifaction .... 

Saugra  

SaultdeSt.Marj 
Saumarez . . 
Saunden.. . 
Saunden... 
Saundenon'a  Hope 

Sava 

Savai 

Savan  

Savannah  

Savannah  

Savanna  la  Mar. 

Save 

Savona  

Savonal 

Savoy  

Sawarcarna  .... 
SaxeCoburg.15. 
Saxe  6otha..l4. 
Saze  Weimar  13 

Saxony  

Saya  de  Malha.. 
Sayansk  . . . 

Sayanak  

Sayer  

Saypan  

Sbica 

Scanderoon 

Scarboro  

Searboro  

Scarborough'a  . . 

Scarbro 

Scarcies 

Scarpanto 

Scatari 

Scela  Balundo  . . 

Schamer 

Schank 

SchemnUz 

Schenectady.... 
Schetchmaa  .... 

Schewhap 

Schiacha 

Schiaahkotan . . . 

Schiatam    

Schirinki 

Schischanareff . . 

Schitka 

Schliaselburg  . . . 

Schoncck  

Schoogf 

Schoomagins  . . . 
Schouten's 


Pk. 

Oil. 

R. 

T. 

Cy. 

O. 

T. 

I. 

Bay 

Str. 

C. 

C. 

la. 

C. 

I. 

I. 

L. 

5f 

T. 
R. 
T. 
T. 

D. 

D. 

G.D 

Km. 

Bk. 

MU 

If. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Mt 

Sh. 

R. 

I. 

I. 

Pr. 

Mt 

I. 

T. 

9- 

L. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

Bay 

R. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Is. 

I. 


Nova  ZembU. 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 

Sardinia  

Aliatic  Turkey 
Aaiatic  Turkey 
Hindooatan  . . . 
Auatralaaia... . 

Arabia 

Upper  Canada  . 
Brit  America  . 
New  Zealand. . 
Falkland  la.... 
Greenland  .... 
Malaysia  ...   . 

Polynesia 

Brit  America  . 

Georgia 

Hayti 

Jamaica 

Austria 

Sardinia  

Persia 

Europe 

Missouri  Ter.  . 

Germany 

Germany 

Germany 

Germany 

Indian  Ocean.. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Bay  of  Bengal. 

Polynesia 

Arabia 

Syria 

England 

Tobago 

Polynesia 

Malaysia 

Sene^ambia. . . 
Archipelago .. . 
Cape  Breton  . .. 

Benguela 

Arabia 

Australasia  . . . 

Austria 

New  York.... 

Russia 

Oregon  Ter.  .. 

Barca 

Kurile  Islands. 

Thibet 

Kurile  Islands. 
North  America 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Prussia 

Polynesia 

North  America 
V.Diemen'sLd. 


L««. 


Pa 

Eo 

Ec 

Md 

Oc 

Oe 

Gd 
Ha 

Xm 
Hn 

a 

Fc 
Ge 

5« 

S5 

Md 

Ff 

Md 

Fd 

Mc 

Mc 

Me 

Mc 

?j 
So 

So 

Sh 

5f 

Oe 
Lc 
H 
X 

T 
L 

Ne 
Id 

Oe 

Wi 

Nd 

Hd 

Pb 

Ec 

Nf 

Wd 

Sf 

Wc 

Ab 

To 

Ob 

No 

Wh 

Be 

Vm 


I  <rf  V\um,  kc 


CIMI. 


Schouten's I. 

Schwerin Cy. 

Scilly Is. 

Hcilly Is. 

Scio I. 

Scopia T. 

Scoresby C. 

Scoresby's jSo. 

Scnresby's  Land  |Cty. 

Scotland Km. 

Scott's Bay 

Scott's lis. 

Scott's Rf. 

ScuUri T. 

Scutari T. 

Sdorovskoio  . . . .  T. 

SeafortW C. 

Sea  Horse Bk. 

Sea  Horse I. 

Sea  Horse I. 

Sea  Horse I. 

Sea  Horse Pt 

Seal C. 

Seal L. 

Seal Is. 

Seal R. 

Seal Is. 

Sea  Lions Is. 

Seals L 

Sea  of  Azov  .... 

Seam Pr. 

Scara Cy. 

Searle C. 

Sebaldine Is. 

Sebastian C. 

Sebastian  Lopes.  I. 
SebostianVascaino  Bay 


Sebenico T 

Sebez T. 

Sebha T. 

Sebha  Rous  . . . .  C. 

Se^how Cy. 

Sechura T. 

Seokou R. 

Second I. 

Second  Volcano .  I. 

Sedang T. 

Seddon €. 

Sedgwick Mt 

Sediaga R. 

St'g L. 

Segedden iT. 

Seger iDis. 

Seger Cy. 

Seghalien jCty. 

Seghalien Sea 

Seghalien    Oula 

Hotun .T. 

Sego Cy. 

Segunam Is. 

Seguro Pr.- 


Auxtralaaia . . . 
.Mi-rkjvnburg  i 

Knglund 

Polyncnia  .... 
Archipelago. . 

Turkey 

Brit  America 
Greenland  . . . 
Greenland  . . . 
Great  Britain 
Oregon  Ter.  . 
Oregon  Tor... 
Australasia  . . 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Turkey 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Scoresby's  Ld.. 

Malaysia 

Spitsbergen  . . . 
Spitsbergen  . . . 
Spitsbergen  . . . 
Brit  America  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit.  America  . 

Labrador 

Brit  America  . 
Nova  Scotia . . . 
Falkland  Is.. . . 
Spitsbergen  . . . 

Russia 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Brit  America  . 
Falkland  Is.... 
Madagascar. . . 

Polynesia 

Mexico 

Austria 

Russia 

Fozzan 

Algiers 

China 

Peru . . . 

Little  Thibet.. 
Madagascar. .  • 

Polynesia 

Borneo 

Greenland  . . . . 
Brit  America  . 

Russia 

Russlit 

Africa 

Arabia 

Arabia 

Asia 

Asia 


Mantchooria  . . 

Afnca 

North  America 
Brazil 


Vi 
Mc 
Ld 

BJ 

No 

Nd 

Fa 

Ka 

Ka 

Lc 

Dc 

Dc 

Uj 

Nd 

Nd 

Ra 

Ka 

Tg 

Na 

Na 

Na 

Gb 

Va 

He 

lc 

Fc 

Hd 

In 

Na 

Od 

Ji 

Ji 

Hb 

Hn 

w'f 

Ef 

Nd 

No 

Nf 

Me 

Tf 

Oi 

Re 

Ok 

Vf 

Th 

la 

Cb 

Pb 

Ob 

Mf 

I' 

Vc 
Vd 

Ud 

Ae 

IJJ 


i"  .* 


I'-'i  .■: 


*    -li 


I? 


r 


U6 


OONHULTINU  1NI>£X. 


•NuMof  nuii^te 


Hohoan  C'uni... 

.St'hwan 

H<iiiio 

S<-iiitnn 

HcjininoaM . . .  • 
Hi'iinineaM .... 

.Svklfl 

SoIIkm) 

Selcileh 

Heloma 

Hvlomskoi 

Solontai 

Hclontt 

Si'limc 

."^iliiiifa 

Solin(;a 

Hcliiif  iiuk  .... 

HciUch 

Si'lleiiipore    ... 

Scllwood 

Somancdha  . . . . 

Homar 

Hembewghew. . . 

Sembo 

Semenoffikoy . . . 

Hemenov 

Semeva 

Seniiarskoe 

Seminolei 

Semi  Oittrov ... . 
Semi  Palatine . . 
Semi  Polotakaya 
SemiBopoabnoi . . 

Semitsch 

Semlin 

Soiu 

Sena 

Se>nan 

Senegal 

Senegal 

Senegambia . . . . 

Se>ngan 

Seng  MiaoM.... 

Sennora 

Senien 

Senkemi 

Senlia 

Senna  

Senna  

Senn'aar 

Sennaar 

Sennerut 

Sena 

SenU 

Sentinel 

Separation 

Seppingfl 


am. 


tailm. 


I. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Ft 

C. 

SeppingB C. 

Serajevo T. 

Serampore C; 

Serar  "* 


Tr.   Patagonia 

T.     Sindt)  .... 

K.     France    .. 

Pr.   Cabul  .... 

C'y.   Barbary  . . 

R.     Barbary  .. 

T.     Arabia  . . . 

I.      Norway  . . 

T.     Aaialic  Turkey 

R,     Aaiatic  RuhmIu. 

L.     Asiatic  Rumia. 

R.     TarUry 

T.     Aaiatic  Turkey 

Sta.  AfVica 

R.     Mongolia 

R.     Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

Cy.   Aiiiatic  Ruaaia. 

R.     Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

T.     Ilindooatan  . . . 

Bay  Brit.  America  . 

T.     Brazil 

R.     Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

T.    Birroah 

T.    Congo 

I.      Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

T.     Ruaaia 

T.     Aaiatic  RiUHia. 

T.     Aaiatic  Rusaia. 

Tr.    Fbrida 

T.     Ruaaia 

T.     Aaiatio  Ruaaia. 

T.     Asiatic  Russia . 

I.      Aleoutian  Arc. . 

I.      Aleoutian  Arc. 

T.     Auatriu 

Gov.  Africa 

T.     Mozambique  . . 

Cy.  China 

Col.  Africa 

R.     Sonegambia  • . . 

Cty.  Africa 

Cy.  China 

Tr.   Chi-  I 

Bay  BoU.ia 

I.      Norway 

R.    Mantchooria  . 

T.     France 

Cy.  Persia 

T.     Ruaaia 

Dia.  Nubia 

Cy.  Nubia 

Gretnlani  ... 

Franre 

Buenoe  Ayr  la 
Bajrof  Ber^-aJ.j.\7 
Brit  Ameri'~%  'TJb 
Brit  Ameviua  .  &■'  n 
North  AinAiiidlA  b 
Turkey  .  , .  .  N  <1 
HindooetHP  .  ..Is.  ^ 
Hindooatai'.  . . .  R  g 


tui 


5r- 


II  m 

Qf 

Md 

Qe 

Lo 

Lo 

Of 

Mb 

Oo 

To 

Ta 

Qo 

Oe 

Of 

8d 

To 

Tc 

Vb 

Rf 

Db 

li 

Wb 

Sf 

Mi 

Ua 

Go 

Po 

Qb 

Gf 

Ob 

Re 

Re 

Xc 

Xc 

Nd 

tY 

Kg 

T? 
Tf 
Hk 

Nb 

Vc 

Md 

Pe 

No 

R« 
Og 

lb 

Md 

Hk 


uf  llua^  kt. 


Merchucha  . . . 

HcrdolMiJ 

Herdio  Kamvn 

Hereana 

Heruth 

Svrvth  

Scrgatch 

SerglMtisk  .... 

Sergit'V 

Surgippu  

Horgippo  dul  Rcy 
St'ringa|iatam 
Scriiigaimttuii 
Hcrinpulu  . . . 

Horilza 

Seriaika  .... 

Series 

Seruiatta .... 
Sctrnionoua  . . 

Seroa 

Scrougo  .... 

Serpa  

Serramobim  . 
Serranilla .... 

Serrcek 

Serro  Borborema 
SerroCubutam.. 
Serro  Estrondo . . 
Serro  Hibiapaba 

Serroor 

Serro  Tabatinga 
Serro  Tromba  . . 
Seruk 

Servia 

Seaters 

Se.tching  . . . 

Seteoel 

Setia 

Settee 

Settee 

Setting 

Senhelipar  . . 
Sev&noe  .... 
Sevastopol.. . 

Seven  

Seven  

Seven  

Seven  Stones 

Severn 

Severn 

Severn 

Severn 

Sevilla 

Seville 

Seychelle  . . . 
Seychelles  . . 
Psychelles  . . 
b>nbee  . . 
Sha^  '-ten  .. 
ShadifMrt  . . . 
Shadrm 


^: 


'  •  •  •  a  • 


C. 

T. 

C. 

Is. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Pr 

T. 

C 

S[ 

T. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

I. 

C. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

MU. 

MU. 

Mta. 

MU. 

T. 

Mu. 

Mta. 

T. 

Pr. 

R. 

t'- 

T. 

Dia. 

T. 

L. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

la. 

Is. 

Is. 

Rks 

Dis. 

Ft 

Ho. 

R. 

Pt 


r<atUi«. 


Is. 

Bk. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

T. 


Rusaia 

RusMia 

Aaiatic  Rmmia. 
Caribbean  Hea . 

Austria 

Turkey 

Russia 

Aniatic  Ruasia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Hindoostan  .  ■ . 
Australasia... . 
Senoganibiu  .. . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Polynesia 

Malaysia 

Greenland  .... 

Malaysia 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Caribbean  Sea. 

Peraia 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Hindooatan  • . . 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Syria 

Turkey 

Liberia 

China 

Polynesia 

Candia 

Africa 

Africa 

Brit  America  . 

Asia 

Norway 

Ruasia 

Ruaaia .' 

Polynesia 

liower  Canada. 
Jan  Mayen  la.. 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 

Cuba 

Spain 

Indian  Ocean.. 
Indian  Ocean.. 
Indian  Ocean.. 

Arabia 

Greenland  .... 
Hindooatan  . . . 
Aaiatic  Ruasia. 


Pb 

Ob 
Ab 

!^5 

Nd 

Po 

Pc 

Pc 

Jj 

V 

KE 

Ta 

Ui 

Jb 

Ui 

Rf 

li 

Ji 

?f 

Ji 
Ik 

n 
■I 

Oe 
Nd 
Lh 
Tf 
Wh 
Ne 
Mi 
Mi 
Fc 
Qh 
Mb 
Od 
Ob 
Wh 
Ho 
La 
Gc 
Go 
Fc 
Gc 
Gg 
L  e 
Pi 
Pi 
Pi 
Pf 
a 
Qe 
Qe 


CUNMULTINU  INDEX. 


lairiMM,**. 


Hlwhrood  . . 
Hhakn      .. 
MliF.l.urovo 
H'lallrjv..., 
Hhallow.... 

HhtlllAUWK 

Hiuunb*..., 
Hliamo..  •  • . 


••*•#••• 


•r 

T. 
T. 
I. 
Pt 
R. 
R. 
Dm. 
Hlwnagur T. 


Hhandar 
HlitngtlU  •  •  • 
Slmng.liae  . . 
Slmng  PucttP 
Sliungra  •  ■ . . 
Hliannoii .... 
Hliunnoii  ■  • . . 
Slianac  .... 
Shaiiiih'ii;  . . 
8I10.  u  .. 
Kliuniiiiig 


T. 
Tr. 

'Hi 

I  . 
K. 

r. 

r,. 
1. 
Pr. 
C. 


Shark'* J'ly 

Slianna 

Shurhua 

8liarra 

Sbarrock .... 

Shary 

8hut-iil  Arab . 

Bhavli 

Shawnee .... 
Shawnces . . . 
Shawpore . . . 

Shayuk 

Sheb 


'r, 

Tr. 

Tr. 

Mt. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

R. 

Sta. 

Shefar T. 


Sheffield  . . . 
Sheibon . . . 
Shelburne. . 

Sheliif 

Shelvock's  , 
Shendy  . . . . 
Shenkoarsk 
Shenae  . . . . 
Sherbro.... 
Sherbrook. . 
Sherdoff'a.. 
Sheri  Subz  , 
Shenhell 
Sht"  • ,.  '.i  . . 
Shelhawney 
Shetland . . . 
Shibam .... 
Shienne.... 
Shiennea... 
Shih-poo .  ■ . 
Shikupore . 
Shikanga  . . 
Shilkanokoi 
ShiUuki  ... 
Shinten.... 
Ship 


•  •  •  •  t  < 


Bay 

T. 

C. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

1. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

r. 
I. 

L. 
la. 
T. 
R. 
Tr. 

§r- 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

Ch. 


Upan 

I'eraia 

Arabia 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Auatralaaia  •  •  • 

Seghalion 

Brit.  America  . 

Molinda 

Mongolia 

Aaiatic  Ruwla. 

Japan 

Abynainia 

(!hiii.i I 

Mail'linoria  .. 

.  'rcM       

Ilrci-.i.'i 

I  North*  rn  Ocean 

China 

Siam 

{China 

China 

New  Holland . . 

Arabia 

Miasouri  Tcr.  . 

Mongolia 

Brit.  America  . 

Soudan  

Arabia 

Ruaaia 

Illinois 

Miaaouri  Ter.  . 
Hindooatan  . . . 
Little  Thibet . . 

Africa 

Arabia 

Brit.  America  . 

AfVica 

Nova  Scotia  .. . 

Algiers ,., 

Mexico 

Nubia 

jRuBsia 

China 

Senegambia .. . 
Nova  Scotia. . . 

Polynesia 

Great  Buchana 

Algiers 

Polynesia  . . .  ■ 
Brit  America 

Scotland 

Arabia  . .  ... 
Missouri  Ter. 
Missouri  T«r. 


Urn. 


Vd 
Pe 
|Uf 
Wb 

Xj 
Vc 
Fo 
Oi 
8d 
Va 
Vo 

Off 
Ue 

Vi 

L  c 
Ka 
Te 

l« 
To 

Ue 

Tk 

P«r 

Fd 
Sd 
Gc 


Sinde 

Africa 

Asiatic  Rusak. 

Afhea 

TonqwH 

Bahamas 


Qf 

Nk 

Vc 

Tf 
Gf 


Wf  if  rUr"    'c 


Hhip 

Shipako 

Shippcgan  . . . . 

Hhiras 

Hhire ........ 

8hirrcff. . . 

Hhirvan 

Hhoal 

Shoal  liavvn.. , 
Hhoal  Water... 


IT. 
I. 

H. 
Pr. 


97 


Mi. 


I.      Louisiana F  f 

Africa N  J 

N.  BriuM*  >ck  .  II  d 

PVirtia I'f 

\ff"'Jk O  j 

.South  !^lirtland  Hi  u 
Aaiatic  KukuKi 
Iky  New  K.  Walca 
R.     Ntw.S.\Valea 
L.    I  Brit  AmerK^a 


Shoban iSta.  IBarca 


I'd 
W  k 
Wl 
He 
No 


Shoomaeo iR. 

Tr. 
T. 


Hhoshonea. . . 
Shourlong.  .. 

Hhouya 

Showy 

Shrewsbury  . 
Shumla {Cy, 


Shun-te 

Shurali 

Shurukhs 

Shuater 

Siak 

Siak 

Sialutok 

Siam 

Siam 

Siam 

Siang-yang 

Siano 

Siao 

Siapia 

Siattoke 

Sibb 

Siberia 

Sibicia 

Sibillcta 

Sibungoo 

Sicaaica 

Sichoui 

Sicily 

Sickly 

Sicuana 

Sidby 

Sidmouth 

Sidney 

Sidney 

Sidney's 

Sidon 

Sidra 

Sienega 

Sienna 

Sierra  Aricua. .. 
Sierra  Chappada 
Sierra  de  Acho.. 
Sierra    de    las 

GruUas 

SierradelosMim- 

bros 

Siwtra  f jeonc  . . 
H)«rra  Madre  . . 


Birmah Hf 

Oregon  Ter...    Kd 
Thibet >  C 


Cv. 

•r. 

T. 

Cy. 

Dis. 

T. 

I. 

& 
T. 

G. 

??■ 

L 

R. 

I. 

T. 

Cty, 

T. 

T. 

Dis. 

T. 

T. 

L 

R. 

Cy. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

L 

Is. 

T. 

G. 

T. 

T. 


Russia 

Soudan 

England 

Turkey 

China 

Asiatic  Russia 

Persia 

Persia 

Sumatra 

Sumatra 

Greenland  . . . 

Aaia 

Siam 

Siam 

China 

Russia 

Malaysia  .... 

Brazil 

Brit  America 

Beloochistan  . 

Asia 

Barbary  

Mexico 

Borneo 

Bolivia 

Corea 

Mediterran.  Sea 

Oregon  Ter.  . 

South  Peru... 

Russia 

New  S.  Wales 

New  S.  Wales 

Polynesia. . . . 

Polynesia .... 

Syria 

Mediterran.  Sea 

New  Grenada.. 

Tuscany 

Mts.  Guinea 

Mts.  Brazil 


Mexico . 
Mexico , 


Mts. 

MU. 

Mts.  Mexico , 
Col.  .Africa.. 
Mts.  Mexico , 


Njr 

Lc 
Nd 
Te 
Pd 
Qo 
Pe 
Sh 
Sh 
Jb 

ll 

Te 
Ob 
Uh 
Hh 
Gb 
Qf 
Tb 
Lf 
Ee 
Ti 

"J 
Ud 
Me 
Ed 
Hj 
Nb 

Vj 

Wl 

Ai 

Ai 

Oe 

Ne 

Hg 

Md 

Ih 

V 
Ee 

Ee 

Ee 
Lh 
Ef 


r '  ■''■.' 


9 


K 


98 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


Namnof  PUcMite.     jClaa. 

Siorra  Vcrdc ....  llVito. 
Sierra  Vulcan. . .  Mu. 

Sievsk It. 

SifanB jTr. 

Siglunem C. 

Sihon R. 

Si  Kiang R. 

Siiiirlik L. 

Sikki .  T. 

Sikkim T. 

Sikni IT. 

Sikoke !l. 

Silan T. 

Sileda T. 

Silhet T. 

Silimpdi R. 

Silipica T. 

Silistria T. 

Silivria \T. 

Silla T. 

Silova R. 

Silver jl. 

Silver  Kays Sh. 

Siinari jVol. 

Simbirsk....  38.  iPr. 

Simbirsk ^T. 

Simeoe IL. 

Simimo  ......  JT. 


Simla 

Simo 

Simpang  .  • . . 
Simpheropol . 
Simpson  . . . . 
Simpson  . . . . 
SimpsonVi... 
Simpsuit's. . . 

Sinai 

Sinaloa 

Sinaloa 

Sincapore . . . 
Sincapore  . . . 
Sincapore... . 
Sindal 


T. 
R. 
T. 
T. 
Ft 
R. 
I. 
Is. 
Mt 
Cy. 
St. 
St 
T. 
I. 

Ch. 
Sinde Cty. 


Sinde 

Sinde  

Sines 

Si-ngan 

Sinhoa 

Sinia  

Siniaveiw .  % . . . 

Sinjar 

Sin.kae  

Sinkel 

Sinkess 

Sinnamari  . . . . , 

Sinope 

Siolka 

Sion 

Stout 

Sioux 


R. 
R. 
C. 

7: 

R. 

'p. 
T. 

?• 

I. 
T. 

Cy. 
Mt 
T. 

5?; 


rwMioib 


Mexico 

Buenos  Ayres . 

Russia 

Mongolia  . .  •  ■ 


Uli. 


Ed 
HI 

Oc 
Se 

Iceland Kb 

Tartary Q  d 

China T  f 

Tartary Q  d 

Arabia P  f 

Hindoostan  . . .  R  f 

Guiana 'I  li 

Japan U  e 

Mexico |G  f 

Sumatra Si 

Hindoostan  . . .  S  f 
Mantchooria  . .  'U  c 
Buenos  Ayres  .  H  k 

Turkey Nd 

Nd 

Lg 

Qb 

Xe 

Hf 

Hk 

Pc 

Pc 

Gd 


Turkey 

Africa 

Russia 

Polynesia. . .. 
Bahamas  .... 
Buenos  Ayres 

Russia 

Russia 

Upper  Canada 
(Vsiatic  Russia.  I W  a 
Hindoostan  ...'Re 

Russia N  b 

Sumatra Si 

Russia :0  d 

Brit  America  .  'D  b 
Brit  America  .  >D  c 

Polynesia 'Ah 

Polynesia 'X  h 

Arabia Of 

Mexico lEf 

Mexico lEf 


lof  piMii,ac 


Asia S  h 

Sincapore  I. .. .  S  h 

Asia ;S  h 

Asia Q  h 

Asia Q  f 

Sinde Q  f 

Kaschgur Q  e 

Portugal L  0 

China Te 

Cochin  China..  Tg 
Asiatic  Russia.  Q  b 

Se^halien V  d 

Asiatic  Turkey  O  o 

China lU  e 

Sumatra |S  h 

Malaysia  ...    .Si 

Guiana I  h 

Asiatic  Turkey  O  e 

Mongolia Td 

Switzerland  . . .  M  d 

Egypt Of 

Wisconsin  Ter.  F  d  i 


CItm. 


Sioux R. 

Sipalay T. 

Siparoonee R. 

Sir R. 

SiraKilla T. 

Sira  Mouren... .  fL 
Sira  Pouritou . . .  T. 

Sir  Bibys I. 

Sire Cy. 

Sir  Ed.  Pellews  .  6r. 

Sirct Bay 

Sir  G.  Clerk's...  I. 
SirG.Cockburn's  Bay 

Sirgoojah |T. 

Sirguntclii |T. 

Sirhind    IT. 

Sir  H.  Martin's  .  I. 

Sirohi Cy. 

Sisal T. 

Sisal Bk. 

Sisters .Is. 

Sisters jl. 

Sitchevsk T. 

Sitka lis. 

Sitka il. 

Sitoe C. 

Sitomlia JT. 

Siutei ;C. 

Siverna R. 

Siwah Cy. 

Siwas Cy. 

Sizoboli iT. 

Skagen T. 

Skagen C 

Skager  Rack  . . .  Str. 

Skalholt T. 

Skara T. 

Skaw C. 

Skedatskoi T. 

Skelleft R. 


Skeleflea. 


T. 


Skeoch Bay 

Skiddy's Gr. 

Skiddy's ;Sh. 

Skin  Lodge R. 

Skioerstad IT. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

2- 

Str. 


Skopin 

Skougsoe  .. ... 

Skvira • 

Sky 

Sla 

Slave 

Sleeve 

Sleswick 

Sligo 

Sline 

Slipper  Table.. 
Slobodskoya  ... 

Slonym 

Smoky 

Small 


T 

Hd. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

I. 


lur. 


Wisconsin  Ter. 

Negros 

Guiana 

Tartary 

Cabul 

Mantchooria  . . 

Mongolia 

Brit.  America  . 

Abyssinia 

Australasia .... 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit.  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Mongolia 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Polynesia 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Arabian  Sea.. . 
S.  Pacific  Oc. . 

Russia 

North  America 
North  America 
Spitsbergen  . . . 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Barca 

.Asiatic  Turkey 

Turkey 

Denmark 

Iceland 

Denmark 

Iceland 

Sweden 

Denmark 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Sweden 

Sweden 

Brii.  America  . 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Missouri  Ter.  . 

Norway 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Scotland 

Morocco 

Brit.  America  . 

Denmark 

Denmark  . . . . . 

Ireland 

Ireland 

Bay  of  Bengal. 

Russia 

Russia 

New  S.  Wales  . 
N.  Pacific  Oc. . 


Fd 

Uh 

Ih 

Qd 

Qc 

Ud 

Sd 

Fb 

Og 

Vj 

Wb 

Eb 

Fb 

Rf 

Se 

Re 

Ci 

Qf 
Gf 
Ff 

Pg 
Am 

Oc 

Cc 

Cc 

Ma 

Oc 

Vc 

Ub 

Nf 

Oe 

Nd 

Mc 

Kb 

Mc 

Kb 

Mc 

Mc 

Sc 

Nb 

Nb 

Gb 

Wh 

V.h 

Ed 

Mb 

Oc 

Nb 

Nd 

Lc 

Le 

Eb 

Mc 

Mc 

Lc 

Lc 

1^ 
Pc 

Nc 

Wl 

Af 


1 


§ 


r  ■  <.ii 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


Mumal  I1*Mi,te. 


Stnaloe 

Smith 

Smith 

Smith's 

Smith's 

Smith's 

Smith's 

Smoelen 

Smoke 

Smoky    Hill.... 
Smolensk . .  .26. 

Smolensk 

Smooth  Rock .. . 

Smyrna 

Smyth 

Smyth's 

Snake  

Snake  

Snapper 

Snares 

Sneeuw  Bergen . 

Snelling 

Sncttisham 

Snow....« 

Snowy 

Snowy^. 

SnugComerCove 

Soak 

Sobair 

Sobboo  .... 

Society 

Society  ..... 
Soekatoo .... 
Sockna ..... 
Socorro.... 
Socorro ..... 

Socotra 

Socovalo .... 
Sodankyla  . 
Soderfors  . . . 
Soderhamn. 
Sodiya  .... 

Socvig 

Sofala..    .. 
Sofala  .... 

Sofala 

Sofdo 

Soiin 

Sofostute. . . 
Sohagepore . 

Sohar 

Sohcrab. .... 
Sohnporo  . . . 
Soijam  .... 
Soiraovnov  . . 

Soin 

Soke  Asia  . . 
SoIander*8 . . . 

Solar 

Soldin 

Soleim 


Cla» 


R. 

C. 

Ft 

Bay 

So. 

Is. 

I. 

L 

C. 

Fk. 

Fr. 

I. 

Tr. 

R. 

I. 

Is. 

Mt 

Ft. 

Ft 

I. 

Mts. 

Mts. 

T. 

Dis. 

Sta. 

Is. 

Is. 

Cy. 

sr- 

L 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Cty. 

R. 

Bay 

T. 

Dis. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

T. 


Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit  America  . 
Missouri  Ter.  . 
Brit.  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Southern  Ocean 
Scoresby's  Ld.. 

Norway 

Africa 

Afissouri  Ter... 

Russia 

Russia 

Brit  America  . 
Asiatic  Turkey 
North  America 

Polynesia 

Oregon  Ter.  . . 
Oregon  Ter.. . . 
News.  Wales. 
Brit.  America  . 

Africa 

Wisconsin  Ter. 
North  America 
South  Shetland 
Oregon  Ter.  . . 
New  Zealand. . 
North  America 

Persia 

Barbary 

Bergoo 

Brit  America  . 

Polynesia 

Soudan 

Tripoli 

New  Grenada.. 
N.  Paci6c  Oc. . 
Arabian  Sea. .. 

Bcngucia 

Russia 

Sweden 

Sweden 

Hindoostan  . .  ■ 
Norway. ...... 

Africa 

Mozambique  . . 
Mozambique  . . 
Norway  ...... 

Celebes 

Africa 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Arabia 

Beloochistan  . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Mantchooria  . . 

Seghalien 

Polynesia 

Suse 

Australasia  . . . 
Malaysia  ...   . 

Prussia 

Norway 


Bel 


Ua 

6b 

Fo 

Db 

Ga 

Ho 

Ka 

Mb 

Ok 

Fe 

Oc 

Oc 

He 

Ne 

Ba 

Xj? 

Ed 
Ed 

Fa 

Nl 

Fd 

Dc 

Hd 

Ee 

Xm 

Cb 

Pe 

Le 

Ng 

Fb 

Bj 

Mg 

Nf 

Hh 

Eg 

Pi 
Mj 

Nb 
Nb 
Nb 
6f 
Mb 

^\ 
Ok 

Ok 

Mb 

Ui 

Me 

Rf 

Pf 

Qf 

Rf 

Vd 

Vd 

Vh 

Lf 

Xm 

Ui 

No 

Mb 


ftc. 


Clan. 


Solenoe Mt 

Sol  GaliUkaya ..  T. 

Solianoi T. 

Solihurask T. 

Solitary I. 

SoloKarta T. 

Solombo I. 

Solomon's Is. 

Solomon's Arc. 

Solomon's Fk. 

Solovelskoi Is. 

Solsogan T. 

Solt T. 

Sol  Vitchegodsk  T. 

Solway Fth. 

Somanlies 

Somlxjrcte T. 

Sombokbut T. 

Sombrero I. 

Somer Is. 

Sompil T. 

Sondre  Grande. .  I. 

Sondrevalle T. 

Songari R. 

Songari  Oula  . . .  R. 
Songa  Songa  ...  I. 

Songora T. 

Sonho T. 

Sonmeanee T. 

Sonmeanee Bay 

Sonora St 

Sonora T. 

Sonsonate T. 

Soohoy T. 

Sooka  Congo  . . .  T. 

Soolimana Cty. 

Sooloo Arc. 

Sooloo I. 

Boongaria Cty. 

Soot T. 

Soosoo T. 

Sophia Cy. 

Sophia  T. 

Soposhna T. 

Soposhna R> 

Sorat C. 

Sorata Mt 

Soratchie T. 

Sorell €. 

Sorelle R. 

Soroe I. 

Soroto T. 

Sorotoanga T. 

Sorsele T. 

Sosimola T. 

Sosnovctz I. 

Sosnovskoe T. 

Sosva R. 

Sothin T. 

Soto  de  la  Marina  T. 
Sou T. 


Tartary 

Russia 

Afiiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

jPolyncsia 

Java 

Malaysia 

Indian  Ocean.. 
Australasia . . . . 
Missouri  Ter.. 

Russia 

Luzon 

Austria 

Russia 

Scotland 


Peo.' Africa. 


99 


Bat 


Mexico 

Cambodia 

West  Indies. . . 
Atlantic  Ocean 

Thibet 

Polynesia 

Norway 

Mantchooria  . . 
Mantchooria  . . 
Indian  Ocean.. 

Malaya 

Congo i 

Beloochistan  . . 
Beloochistan.. . 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Guatemala  .... 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Congo 

Africa 

Malaysia 

Malaysia 

Asia 

Arabia 

Sumatra 

Turkey 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Tunis 

Bolivia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
V.  Dicmen's  Ld. 
Lower  Canada 
Norway  ..... 
Mongolia .... 
Mongolia  .... 

Sweden 

Russia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Mantchooria  . . 

Mexico 

Persia 


Re 
Oc 
Tc 
Pc 

Ti 
Ti 

Qi 
Wi 
Fo 
Ob 

Ug 
Nd 
Pb 
Lc 
Oh 
Ff 
Sg 
Hg 
He 
Sf 

Cj 

Mb 

Ud 

Ud 

Oi 

Sh 

Ml 

Qf 

Qf 

Ef 

Ef 

Gg 

Xb 

Mi 

Lh 

Uh 

Uh 

Rd 

Pf 

Sh 

Nd 

Oc 

Wc 

Wc 

Me 

Hj 

Tc 

Vm 

Hd 

Ni 

Sd 

Sd 

Nb 

Nb 

Ob 

Re 

Qb 

Ud 

Ff 

Pe 


,. '  r 


.!■"'. 


.tt^.  ,1 


■H 


-''ifiil 


•J  i^ 


I 


k 


tt     I 


II 


mm 


100 


NuM  of  Plun,  ke. 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


I'  i 


Souadou  Atollon  I. 

Houbotina T. 

Souc    T. 

Souchoff C. 

Suuchoy C. 

Sou-chow 'Cy. 

Soucliow Q 

Souchukale.. .. . 

Soudan  

Soudeiskoe 

Soudoe^da ^ 

Souiciiout 

SouUchow 

Soukhoroukovsko 

Soukouc  

Soukoum-kole  . . 
Souiima 


Cty 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Cy 

T. 

L. 


n»ttk>*. 


RH. 


Soulmene Bay 


Souloudenaia 
Soumostrov 
Soumv  .... 
Souiay  .... 
Soupou  .... 

Sour 

Sourabaya.. 

Soure 

Sourman... 
South 


South  ........ 

South 

South 

South 

South 

South 

South 

Southampton  .. 
Southampton  . . 
South  Arran. .. 
South  Branch.. 
South  Branch.. 
South  Branch .. 
South  Cape.. .. 
South  Carolina . 
South  East .... 
South  East .... 
South  Eadt .... 

Southern 

Southern  Alps . 
Southern  Australia 
Southern  Georgia 
Sotithern  Thule . 
South  Greenland 
South  Hook  .... 
South  Hook  .... 
South  Hook  .... 
South  Natunas. . 
South  Orkney  . . 

South  Peru 

South  Poyas .... 
South  River  .... 
South's 


T, 
T. 
T. 
L. 
L. 
T. 
T. 
T. 

Bay 

C. 

I& 

I. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

Fk. 

C. 

Is. 

Is. 

R. 

R. 

Ho. 

C. 

St 

Bay 

Ld. 

Ft 

Pa 

Mts. 

Cty. 

Cty. 

C. 

C. 

c. 
I. 

Is. 

Rep 

Tr. 

Ho. 

Bay 


Asia Qh 

Asiatic  Russia.  Qb 

Thibet 8  e 

NovaZembla..  Pb 
Nova  Zembla. .  P  a 

China To 

China U  e 

Asiatic  Russia.  |0  d 

Africa IM  g 

Asiatic  Russia.  *R  a 

Russia O  0 

Mongolia S  d 

China .Tf 

Asiatic  Russia.  Q  b 

Mongolia S  d 

Asiatic  Russia.  !0  d 

Liberia L  h 

Nova  Zembla  ..Pa 
Asiatic  Russia.  T  c 

Russia Ob 

Russia O  c 

Asiatic  Russia.  R  c 

Mongolia S  d 

Syria O  o 

Java T  i 

Brazil J  i 

Thibet S  e 

Greenland  ....lb 
Spitsbergen  ...Ma 
Falkland  Is....  I  n 

Polynesia V  f 

Polynesia V  f 

Polynesia V  e 

Australasia  . . .  X  j 
Missouri  Ter.  .  F  e 
Brit.  America  .  G  b 
Brit  America  .  6  b 

Ireland L  c 

Brit  America  .  D  c 
Brit  America  .  E  c 
Brit  America  .  E  o 
New  Caledonia  X  k 
United  States..  G  e 
Greenland  ....lb 
Spitsbergen  . . .  N  a 

Japan V  d 

New  Zealand. .  X  m 
Now  Zealand. .  X  m 
Australasia  ...  V  1 
Southern  Ocean  J  n 
Sandwich  Ld.  .  K  n 
Antarctic  Oc.  .  I  b 
Jan  Mayen  I...  La 
Spitsbergen  ...Ma 
Spitsbergen  . . .  N  a 

Malaysia T  h 

Southern  Ocean  I  o 
South  America  H  j 

Patagonia H  m 

Brit  America  .  G  c 
Brit.  America  .  E  b 


NuiM  of  FImh^  kr.. 

South  Shetland. 
South  South  West 
South  Waygat . 
South  West  . . . 
South  West  . . . 

Souworoff 

Souzel 

Sovel 

Soverek 

Sowallick 

Soyoti.. 

Spafariefa 

Spain 

Spanberg 

Spandau  

Spanish 

Spanish 

Spartan 

Spartivento. .. . 

Spask 

Spask  

Speaker's 

Speedwell 

Speight' 

Spencer 

Spencer 

Spencer's 

Spencer's 

Spice 

Spirido  Nova  .  • 

Spiti 

Spitsbergen  . . . 
Spitsbergen  (West) 

Split 

Split 

Spokain.. . 
Spokain... 
Springfield 
Springfield 

Spry 

Squally . . . 
Squillace. . 
Sredny  Kolymsk 


CUa. 


Is. 

Kay 

Str. 

C. 

Pt 

Is. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Mts. 

Tf. 

Bay 

T. 

T. 

Pks. 

I. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

Bk. 

C. 

T. 

C. 

C. 

Bay 

Is. 

T. 

Dis. 

I. 

Dis. 

C. 

Ft 

R. 

Ho. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Cy. 

9: 


FMilin. 


Sredny  Novgorod 
Sredny  Villuisk  . 
Sredny  Yanskoi. 

Sflida 

Staalbierg IC. 

Stadt.land C. 

Staetans Tr. 

Stag Bk. 

Stair C. 

Stall I. 

Staminberg  .   . .  C. 

Stanis T. 

Stannovoy Mts. 

Stanova T. 

Stapylton Bay 

Star Bk. 

Staraya  Russa  . .  T. 
Starbuck's Gr. 


Soutliem  Ocean 
Caribbean  Sea 
Spitsbergen  .. 
V.  Diemen'sLd. 
Lower  Canada. 

Polynesia 

Brazil 

GulfofTonquin 
Asiatic  Turkey 
Brit  America  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
North  America 

Europe 

Japan 

Prussia 

Jamaica 

Mexico 

Polynesia 

Naples 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Indian  Ocean .. 
Nova  Zembla. . 
Barbadqes  .... 
North  America 
Brit  America  . 

Africa 

New  S.  Wales  . 

Malaysia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Little  Thibet . . 
Arctic  Ocean. 
Spitsbergen . . 
Oregon  TeiT.  . 
Brit  America  . 
Oregon  Ter.  . 
Oregon  Ter. .  . 

Illinois 

Missouri 

Nova  Scotia .  . 
Australasia... . 

Naples 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Astatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Japan  

Iceland 

Norway 

Missouri  Ter... 
Indian  Ocean.. 
Brit  America  . 

Sweden 

Russia 

Austria 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit  America  . 
Indian  Ocean  . 

Russia 

Polynesia 


lo 

6g 
Na 
Vm 
Hd 

?i^ 

Tg 
Oe 
Ha 
Sc 
Bb 
Ld 
Vd 
Me 

S« 
En 

Wh 

Ne 

Oc 

Po 

Qi 
Pa 

Ig 

Cc 

Fa 

Mk 

VI 

Ui 

Ra 

Re 

Na 

Ma 

Dd 

Fc 

Ed 

Ed 

6e 

Fe 

Hd 

Wj 

Ne 

Wb 

Oc 

Ub 

Vb 

Ve 

Kb 

Mb 

Fd 

Pi 

Ha 

Nb 

Oa 

Nd 

Wb 

Qc 

Eb 

Ok 

Oc 

Bi 


<!l?fS' 


Bat 

Utfc 

O 

T     _ 

'g 

Na 

Vin 

Hd 

Bj 

»    1 

Tff 

Oe 

Ha 

Sc 

Bb 

jd 

Vd 

Mc 

Gg 

En 

Wh 

Ne 

Oc 

Pc 

Qi 

Pa 

Iff 

Cc 

Fa 

Mk 

VI 

Ui 

Ra 

Re 

Na 

Ma 

Dd 

Fc 

Ed 

Ed 

6e 

Fe 

Hd 

Wj 

Ne 

Wb 

Oc 

Ub 

Vb 

Ve 

Kb 

Mb 

Fd 

Pi 

Ha 

Nb 

Oa 

Nd 

Wb 

Qc 

Eb 

Ok 

Oc 

Bi 

CONSULTING  INDEX. 


101 


NiiMi  af  nmm,  te. 

Starbuck*g 

Stargard 

Staritza 

Stu'rucliantabkoc 
Starotzouroukai- 

iouevkoi 

Staroy 

Start 

Statcn 

SUtun 

Stuten 

States    of   the 

Church ...... 

Stats  Foreland  .. 

Staunton 

Stavan(;er 

Stavropoie 

Stavropolc 

Stavutii 

Steel 

Steep 

Stellenbosch .... 

StcnBcle 

Stephens 

Stephens 

Stephens 

Stephens. .:.... 

Stephens 

Stephenson 

Stettin 

Steubenville  .... 

Stevenson 

Stewart 

Stewart 

Steyer 

Stinking  Water. 

Stockholm 

Stockton 

Stolbovoy 

Stolpe 

Stone 

Stone  Wall .... 

Stony    

Stor 

Stora 

Stora 

Stordal 

Storko 

Storm 

Strait  of  Dover  . 
StraitofGibraltar 
Stralsund  . . 
Strasburg . . 
Streaky .... 
Strekatda  . . 
Strclitz  .... 
Strogonov. . 

Strom 

Strome  .... 
Strommen.. 
Strong's  .... 

9»     . 


ClMi.1 


nitiliaa. 


I. 

T. 
T. 
T, 

T. 

T. 

Pt. 

I. 

I. 

Hk. 


C. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

C. 

T. 

L. 

C. 

c. 
I. 
I. 

Fu. 
T. 

Sf- 

C. 

Is. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

Cr. 

Des. 

L. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

I. 

Bay 


T. 

s^- 

Bay 
R. 
T. 
Bay 

I. 

T. 

I. 


Polynesia 

Prussia. 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Livingston  . . . . 
Palugonia  . . . . 
Kurik:  Islands. 
Greenland  . . . . 


Italy 

Spitsbergen  . . . 

China 

Norway 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Norway 

Eastern  Sea. . . 
New  Holland. . 
Cape  Colony  . . 

Sweden 

New  Zealand . . 
North  America 
Oregon  Ter. .. 
Australasia... 
Falkland  Is... 

Illinois 

Prussia 

Ohio 

Scoresby's  Ld. 
Australasia... 
Australasia... 

Austria 

Missouri  Ter. 

Sweden 

Liberia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Prussia 

Brit  America  . 

Missouri 

Africa 

Sweden 

Algiers  

Sweden 

Norway 

Russia 

V.  Diemen's  Ld 
England 


B«( 


Prussia 

France  

New  Holland . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Mecklenburg ., 

Japan  

Sweden 

Faroe  Islands  . 

Norway 

Polynesia 


Bi 
Nc 

Oc 

Sb 

Td 

Oc 

Ho 

Hm 

Vd 

Jc 

Md 

Na 

Ue 

Mc 

Od 

Pc 

Mb 

Uf 

Tk 

Nl 

Nb 

Xm 

Bb 

Do 

Vi 

Hn 

Fd 

Mc 

Gd 

Ka 

Wi 

Vi 

Md 

Ed 

Nc 

Lh 

Va 

Nc 

Ec 

Ed 

Mf 

Mb 

Me 

Nb 

Mb 

Nb 

Vm 

Mc 

Le 

Mc 

Md 

Ul 

Ub 

Mc 

Vd 

Nb 

Lb 

Mb 

Wh 


Nminof  riHiiifte. 


Stuart 

Stuart 

Stuart's 

Slukka 

Sturgeon. ...... 

Sturgeon 

Stuttgord 

Suabo  Grande  . . 
Suadiva  Atollon. 

Suakem  

Subzawar 

Suocadena  . . . . . 

Success , 

Suchitepic  . .    .. 

Suchtclen 

Suckr.ng 

Sucuru 

Suderoe 

Sucnhoa  

Suez 

SuSren 

Sufkowallick . . 

Sugaree 

Sugar  Loaf.... 
Sugar  Loaf. . . . 

Suick 

Suifong 

Suigutoi 

Suipacha 

Sukkertop 

Sukkot  

Sulen 

Sulimania 

Sullapilla 

Sulphur 

Sulphur 

Sultania 

Sultin 

Sultus 

Sumasinta  .... 

Sumatra 

Sumbatikila . .  i 

Sumbava 

Sumbava 

Sumbhulpore  ■ . 

Sumschu 

Sun&van  

Sunda  

Sunday  

Sunday  

Sundsio 

Sundswald  .... 

Sunflower 

Suomussalmi . . 

Superior 

Surat 

Suriago 

Suriago 

Surinam 

Surinam 

Surinam 


Oka. 


R. 

L. 

I. 

T. 

L. 

L. 

2- 

I. 

^- 

T. 

Bk. 

T. 

Bay 

C. 

R. 


Oregon  Ter.  . . 
Brit.  America  . 
North  America 

ISusc 

Brit.  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Wirtemburg  . . 

Africa 

Asia  ......... 

Nubia 

Cabul 

Borneo  

Indian  Ocean  . 
Guatemala  .. .. 


Cy. 

T. 

Bay 

C. 

T. 

I. 

Pt 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Sta. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

Pt 

Des. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Str. 

Is. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

L. 

T. 
Is. 

Col. 

T. 

R. 


lUf. 


North  America 

Brazil 

Faroe  Islands  . 

China 

Egypt 

Mantchooria  . . 
Brit  America  . 

Liberia 

Australasia.. . . 
St.  Helena  .... 

Arabia 

Mantchooria  . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Bolivia 

Greenland  .... 

Nubia 

Norway 

Asiatic  Turkey 
Hindoostan  . . 
Polynesia .... 
Eastern  Sea. . 

Persia 

Africa 

Little  Bucharia 

Mexico 

Malaysia 

Africa 

Sumbava 

Malaysia 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Kurile  Islands. 

Persia 

Malaysia 

Malaysia 

Polynesia 

Sweden 

Sweden 

Mississippi. . . . 

Russia 

North  America 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Mindanao  .... 

Malaysia 

Guiana 

Guiana 

Guiana 


Dc 
Dc 
Bb 
Lf 
Fd 
Fd 
Md 

Oj 
Qh 

^j 
Qe 

Ti 

Pi 

Fg 

Vd 

Cb 

Ik 

Lb 

Td 

Oe 

Vd 

Ha 

Lh 

XI 

Lj 

Pf 

Ud 

Qb 

Hk 

lb 

Of 

Mb 

Oe 


Uf 
Pe 
Nf 
Rd 

Si 

Lh 

Ti 

Ti 

Rf 

Wc 

Pe 

Ti 

Si 

Ak 

Nb 

Nb 

Fe 

Nb 

Gd 

Qf 

Uh 

Vg 
lh 
lh 
lh 


':>[ 


1  *      ■' ; 


,>'■•' 


K  ■if'*  ■    * 
W  >4  '; 


^ 


i 


1:1 


>i 


I 


103 


CONSULTIHO  INDEX. 


Nu»<i(i1uM,4c. 


Surva 

Husa 

Suae 

SuaooB 

Sussex 

Sussex 

Sussex 

Sutle^e 

Sutton  Mill.... 
Sventziana  . . . . 

Sviask 

Sviatoi 

Sviatoi 

Sviatoi 

Svilainskoy . . . . 

Svinoe 

Svinoe 

Swains 

Swampy 

Swampy 

Swampy  Lake . 

Swan 

Swan 

Swan  River  . . . 
Swan  River  . . . 

Swan*8 

Swearah 

Sweden 

Sweden 

Swedes 

Sweini 

Swift's 

Switzerland  . .  < 

Syang  

Sydney  

Sylt 

Sylte  Vig 

Sylves 

Syracuse 

Syria 

Syrian 

Szecnuen 

Szegedin 

Szeredna 

Szisakit 


Tabalak  . . . 
Tabarca  . . . 
Tabasco  . . . 
Tobasco  . . . 
Tabacour  .. 
Tabntinga . . 
Table    .... 

Table 

Table 

Table 

Table 

•  Taboo 

Tabootaboo. 

Tabou 

Tabra 


T. 

T. 

Cty. 

Tr. 

I. 

L. 

Har 

R. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

C. 

C. 

T. 

L. 

I. 

I. 

Is. 

Pt. 

Ho. 

I. 

Ho. 

Dis. 

iCol. 

I. 

km. 

Div. 

Is. 

T. 

Bk 

Rep 

I. 

T. 

I. 

C. 

T. 

Cy. 

Cty. 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

St. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Bay 

Bay 

C. 

I. 

Mt 

T. 

I. 

Pt 

T. 


riaiUoa. 


Rif. 


Azanaga Lf 

Tunis Me 

Africa L  f 

Sonegambia . . .  L  h 
Brit  America  .  H  b 
Brit  America  .  E  b 
New  S.  Wales  .  W  i 
Hindoostan' . . .  Q  e 
Brit.  America  .  G  c 

Russia IN  c 

Russia P  c 

Russia P  b 

Asiatic  Russia.  IV  a 

Russia jo  b 

Asiatic  Russia.  U  b 

Russia {Ob 

Faroe  Islands.. |L  b 
S.  Pacific  Oc.  .  IF  n 
Caspian  Sea. . .  P  d 
Buenos  Ay  res  ..'HI 
Brit  America  .  jF  c 
Falkland  Is....  Hn 
Brit.  America  .  F  c 
Brit  America  .  F  c 
New  Holland..  Tl 
Caribbean  Sea.  G  g 

Morocco L  e 

Europe ..|Nb 

Sweden jM  b 

Polynesia V  h 

Darfiir N  g 

Indian  Ocean..  Q  i 

Europe M  d 

Polynesia |U  h 

Cape  Breton  I.  |Hd 

Denmark iMc 

Norway O  a 

Brazil jl  i 

Sicily 'N  e 

Asia O  e 

Birmah iS  g 

Te 
Nd 
Ub 


China 

Austria 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Mongolia 'S  c 

Asiatic  Russia.  V  b 
Tunis Me 


Fg 
Ud 
Hi 

Ic 

Nl 
XI 

Aj 
Vd 
Mg 

Polynesia '  A  j 

Guinea JL  h 

Soudan Im  h 


Mexico 

Mexico 

Mantchooria  . 

EJquador 

Labrador  .... 
Cape  Colony  . 
New  Zealand. 
Polynesia . . . . , 
Mantchooria  . 
Africa 


I  of  Phea,  kc 


Tabree: 

Tabua 

Tabuaemanu  . 

Tabuai 

Tabucana.. 

Tacai 

Tacanova .... 

Tacazze 

Tacoutche  Tesse 

Tadmor 

Tadsong 

Tafel  Berg 

Tafilelt 

Tafilelt 

Tagai 

Tagangrog 

Tagan  Tala 

Tagloe 

TagouUa 

Tagua 

Tagua 

Taguira 

Tagura 

Tagus 

Tahaa 

Tahiti 

Tahoora 

Tahuata 

Taiba 

Tai-chow 

Taigonos 

Taiinour 

Taimoura 

Taimourskaya .. 
Taimourskoi  . . . 

Tainotskoi 

Taipein 

Tai-ping 

Taiping 

Taissughan  .... 

Taitong 

Tait-sing 

Taiwan 

Tai-yuen 

Tajay 

Taka 

Taka 

Takang  Besseys 

Takhma 

Taki 

Tak-muo 

Takokaguin .... 

Takoo 

Takoo 

Taksul  

Takum  ...    .... 

Tala 

Talabo 

Talarho  Kara  . . 

Talavcra 

Talbot 


cu«. 

¥ 

I. 
I. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

R. 

Rns 

T. 

Mt 

T. 

R. 

I. 

Cy. 

Ste. 

Bky 

Cty. 

§?■ 

Tr. 

R. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

Cy. 

C. 

Prm 

R. 

Bay 

L. 

C. 

Cy. 

!&• 
g: 

Cy. 

Cy. 

T. 

Dis. 

T. 

L 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

5r- 

T. 
T. 
R. 
C. 
T. 
T. 
C. 


haitioa. 


Persia 

Brazil 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Guatemala ... . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Polynesia 

Nubia 

Oregon  Tcr.  .. 

Syria 

Thibet 

Spitsbergen  . . . 

Barbary 

Barbary  

Polynesia 

Russia 

Mongolia 

Mindanao 

North  America 

Africa 

Africa 

[Tripoli 

Mantchooria  . . 

Spain 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Sandwich  Is.. . 

Polynesia 

Syria 

China 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

China 

China 

China 

Tartary 

China 

China 

Formosa 

China 

Russia 

Nubia 

Japan  

Malaysia  ...  ■ 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Mongolia 

Cambodia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

China 

Caifraria  . .   . . 

.41gier8 

Russia 

Tartary 

Celebes 

Mongolia 

Spain 

New  Holland. . 


Her. 

pT 

Jj 

Bj 
Ck 
G 
T 

Xj 
Og 
Dc 
Oe 

Se 
'Na 
Lc 
Lc 

!Xk 
Od 
<Sd 
lUh 

lAc 
Ng 
jNg 
iMe 
Uc 
Le 

|Bj 

Ck 

Bf 

Ci 

Oe 

Te 

Wc 

Sa 

Sa 

Sa 

Sa 

Wb 

Uf 

Te 

Tf 

Pd 

Sd 

Se 

Uf 

Te 

Pc 

Og 
Ue 

?i 

Sd 

Th 

Ab 

Te 

01 

Me 

Nc 

Qd 

Ui 

Sd 

Lc 

Uj 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


103 


MiMi  of  rhoii,  ko. 

ClMb 

Talca 

T. 

Talcahtiana  . .  • . 

Bay 

vii! 

Talcotin 

TalootinB 

Tr. 

Tali 

??• 

Talig 

Talighan 

T. 

Tallahaasee  .... 

Cy. 

Talovka 

R. 

Talaam's 

I. 

Tama 

R. 

Tamalma 

T. 

Tamarida 

T. 

Tamatave 

T. 

Tamaulipas  .... 

St 

Tamaulipas 

r. 

Tambclan 

la. 

Tambcz 

T. 

Tambobamba.. . 

T. 

Tambookiea .... 

Tr. 

Tamboo  ....36. 

Pr. 

Tambov 

7: 

Tamcosa  ...... 

Tamhou 

R. 

Tamiagua 

L. 

Tampa 

I^y 

Tampico 

T. 

Tamuchy 

U. 

Tana 

1. 

Tana 

I. 

Tana 

R. 

Tana 

R. 

Tananarivou  .  • . 

Cy. 

Tanao>8ima  .... 

I. 

Tanasserim  .... 

T. 

Tandatr 

Tandal 

T. 

R. 

Tandeh 

T. 

Tanoga-sima  . . . 

I. 

Tanga 

T. 

Tangalle 

T. 

Tangia 

T. 

Tangier 

T. 

Tan|rrcra 

Uy. 

Tanjong  Dato  . . 

U. 

Tanjong  Sambar 

C. 

Tanjore 

Tankerfong  .... 

T. 

T. 

TankisBo 

R. 

Tanna 

I 

Tannas 

T. 

Tansey 

Tantalem 

R. 

I. 

Tantamane 

T. 

Toofl 

T 

Taotchuen 

T. 

Taoui 

R, 

Taouinska 

Bay 

Taouinskoi 

T. 

Tapajos 

R. 

Tapujos 

Tr. 

HI 

HI 

Dc 

Dc 

Sf 

Lf 

Qe 

Ga 

Wb 

Xh 

S» 

Nf 

Madagascar  •.  .|P  J 


Chili 

ChiU 

Oregon  Ter.  . . 
Oregon  Ter... , 
China  ........ 

Africa 

Tartary 

Florida 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Polynesia  .   . . . 

Thibet 

Africa 

Socotra 


kc 


CUa. 


Mexico 
Mexico 

Malaysia 

Peru 

South  Peru  . . . 

Caffraria 

Russia 

Russia 

Little  Bucharia 
Mantchooria  . . 

Mexico 

Florida 

Mexico 

Bolivia 

Norway 

North  America 
Russia  ....... 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Madagascar. . . 
Eastern  Sea .. . 

Siam 

Mindanao 

Buenos  Ayres  . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Japan  

Zanguebar .... 

Ceylon 

Arabia 

Morocco 

Africa 

Borneo 

Celebes 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Thibet 

Africa 

Australasia  . . . 

Sweden 

Missouri  Ter... 

Malaya 

Madagascar. . . 

Mexico 

Corea 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Brazil 

South  America 


Ff 
Ff 

Th 
Gi 

^\ 

Nl 

Oc 
Oc 
Rd 
Ud 
Ff 
Gf 
Ff 

Hj 

Na 
Ac 
Nb 
Vc 

Pj 
Uf 

Sg 

Uh 

II 

Rf 

,Uo 

Oi 

Rh 

Of 

Le 

Lh 

Th 

Ti 

Rg 

Sf 

Lg 

Xj 
Mb 
Ed 
Sh 

V 

Ee 

Ue 

Wb 

Wc 

Wb 

li 

li 


Tapi IT. 

Tapicatay R. 

Tapisa R. 

Tappanooly  . . . .  T. 

Taptee R. 

Taquari R. 

Taquari R. 

Tara |T. 

Tcra IR. 

Taracapa T. 

Taramandi L. 

Taranto T. 

Taranto G. 

Tarapol 'R. 

Taras T. 

Tarbo jT. 

Tarchinskoi ....  T. 

Tarei L. 

Tarei R. 

Taremdsong .. . .  T> 

Tarifo T. 

Tarija T. 

Taritzin T. 

Tarku T. 

Tarma T. 

Tama T. 

Tamopol T. 

Tarnow T. 

Tarnowitz T. 

Taroucyomdsou.  |L. 

Tarquin |l. 

Tarragona IT. 

Tarsus T. 

Tartary Cty, 


lUl 


Tartary . 
Tasenpol . . . 
Tashkent . . 
Tasmania. . 
Tnssisudon  ■ 


G. 
T. 
T. 
I. 


Corea 

Brazil 

Peru 

Sumatra 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
South  Peru. . . . 

Brazil 

Naples 

Naples 

Asiatic  Russia 

Tartary 

France 

Asiatic  Russia 
Mongolia .... 
Mongolia  .... 
Hindoostan  .. 
Cochin  China 

Bolivia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia 

Peru 

Sweden 

jRussia 

I  Austria 

Prussia 

Thibet 

Polynesia .... 

Spain 

Asiatic  Turkey 

Asia 

I  Mantchooria 

Russia 

iTartary 

{Australasia.. 


Taswell Is. 

...IL 


Cy.  Bootan 


Taswell's 

Tatee 

Tate's 

Tatong 

TatU 

Tattah 

Tauag 

Tauakeke 

Taudeny  ..>. ... 

Taunu 

Taura 

Taura 

Taurida 51 

Taurus IMts, 

Tavai  Poenamoo  I. 

Tavastehus T. 

Tavda R. 

Tavdinsk T. 

Tavolara I. 

Tavoy jl. 

Tavoy T. 


I. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

Pr. 


Polynesia  .. . 
Polynesia . . . 
Polynesia . . . 
Australasia  . 

Corea 

Suse 

Sinde 

North  America 

Celebes 

Africa 

Birmah 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Sandwich  Is. . . 

Russia 

Asiatic  Turkey 
New  Zealand.. 

Russia 

[Asiatic  Russia . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Sardinia  

Birmah 

{Birmah 


Ud 

li 

Hi 

Sh 
Qf 

H 

Qc 
Qc 
Hk 
k 
Nd 
Ne 
Wb 
Qd 
Md 
Tc 
Td 
Td 
Sf 

Tg 
Hk 
Od 
Pd 

®i 

Nb 

Nd 

Nc 

Nc 

Re 

Wg 

Md 

Oe 

Qd 

Vd 

Nc 

Qd 

Vm 

Rf 

ti 

Xi 

Uh 

Vi 

Ue 

Lf 

Qf 
Ac 
Ti 
Lf 

Sg 

Sc 

Bf 

Od 

Oe 

X  m 

Nb 

Qc 

Qc 

Md 

i» 

Sg 


ir.r  ■)■■■ 


yf 


'•a 


hJ*;- 


104 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


Tawally 

Tawee  Tawoe  . . 

T»y 

Tayf 

Tiizovskaya  . . . . 
Tazuvakaya  . . . . 

I'acoTskoo 

TohaooM 

Tchad 

Tchadobaka  . . . . 

Tohadobeta 

Tchagan 

Tchagma 

Tchahaia  •. 

Tchahan  Poulac 
Tchahasaan  . . . . 

Tchaitcng 

Tchalei 

Tchamnayomdou . 
Tchang'Cha  . . . . 
Tchang-chow.. . 
Tchangchow . . . 

Tchang-to 

Tchang-te 

Tchankour 

Tchantai 

Tchany 

Tchao-chow  ... . 
Tchao-king  . . . . 

Tchuon 

Tchaounskaia  . . 
Tchapogirska... 

Tctiaptou 

Tchara 

Tcharin  Nor  . . . 
Tchelyabinsk . . . 
Tchemuchevsko. 

Tchcinpol 

Tcherdyne 

Tcheremchovkoi 

Tohcremi 

Tchcrepovetz . . . 

Tcherkiisk 

Tcherikov 

Tcheriknva 

Tchcrnaia 

Tchernigov..44. 

Tchernigov 

Tchcnioi 

TchcrnontUkoi .. 
Tcheriioyarek 
Tcliertaila  . . . 
Tcheskaya . . . 
Tclictucu  .... 

Tchiju 

Tcliin.cliow  . . 
Tchiiig.cliow . 
Tchiiiglirnch  . 
Tching'hiang. 
Tching-kiang . 


I. 
Is. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

O. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

C. 

Pt. 

L. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

L. 

Cy. 

5f- 

Cy. 

'^ 

Is. 

L. 

Bay 

T. 

L. 

R. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T 

T. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

G. 

T. 

T. 

Cy. 
^• 

Cy. 


Malaysia 

Malaysia 

Scotland 

Arabia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Mnngolia 

Soudan 

Asiatic  Russia  > 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Mongolia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Mantchooria  . . 

Mongolia 

Mantchooria  . . 

Mongolia 

Mantchooria  ., 

Thibet 

China 

China 

Corea 

China 

China 

Thibet 

Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia. 

China 

China 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Mongolia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Thibet 

Asiatic  Russia . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Russia  ....... 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

North  America 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia • 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 

Russia 

Mantchooria  . 

Thibet 

China 

China 

Tartary 

Cliina 

iChina 


Ul 
Th 
Lc 
Of 
Rb 
Rb 
Rb 
Rb 
Se 

Ng 

8b 

Sc 

Td 

We 

Vc 

Td 

Ud 

Se 

Ud 

Se 

Tf 

Tf 

Ud 

Tf 

Te 

So 

Vc 

Re 

Tf 

Tf 

Xb 

Xb 

Tb 

Td 

Tc 

Se 

Qc 

Qb 

Uc 

Pb 

Re 

Ub 

Oc 

Od 

Oc 

Be 

Tc 

Oc 

Oc 

Re 

Re 

Pd 

Pe 

Pb 

Ud 

Sm 

Tc 

Tf 

Qd 

Sf 

Te 


Tching-ting . . 
Tohing.ton . . . 
Tohinnao  .. . . 

Tchinsk 

Tchinskaya  . . 
Tchinypou . . . 

Tchiraki 

Tchiriki 

Tchirindeakoi 


Tchir! 


.in. 


Cy. 
Cy. 

^- 

C. 

!?• 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Cy. 

C% 


Tchistopobyie.. . 

Tehitta . 

Tchi>yncn 

Tchoang 

TchollHotun... 

Tchona 

Tchongking .... 

Tchontori 

Tchori 

Tcbjrnaja 

Tchosan 

Tchougatchi... . 
Tchougatchi... . 
Tchougoulkhak 
Tchouktonia  .. 
Tchoulgue  .... 

Tchoulgue T. 

Tchoulkova  .  "" 
Tchouna. . . . 
Teh<iurinskoi 
Tchouskoi  . . 
Tchudskoe . . 
Tchuisova... 
Tchuktchi  .. 
Tchuktchi  .. 
Tchuktchi  . . 

Tchusa * 

Tci^chow |Cy, 

Tci-nan Cy 

Tcitchouam 

Toapy  

Tebes  .... 

Tcbur 

Tecolatlan  . 

Tedelcs 

Tecn-tsin  . . . 
Teenfung . . . 
Teerawitto . . 
Toctcnguy  . , 

Teez 

Tefelneh..., 

Tcfflis 

Tefle 

Tagazza  .... 

Tegerhy  .... 

Tegorarin. .....  Dis. 

TojTorarin iT, 


CiMb 


v.- 

R. 

?• 

R. 

i. 

T. 
Pen 
Tr. 
T. 
T. 
T. 


T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

R. 

Pr. 

C. 

C. 


T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Cy. 

1. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Sf- 

T. 

Cy. 


China 

China 

Chino ........ 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

China 

Mongolia 

Mantchooria  . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Abyssinia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

China i. 

China 

Mantchooria  . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

China 

Mongolia ..... 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Corea 

North  America 
Nortli  America 

Soongaria 

Rossia 

Mantchooria  . . 
Mantchooria  . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia . 

Russia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

China 

China 

Mongolia 

Polynesia 

Algiers 


Tegulct 

I  Tonama  .... 
I  Teheran  .... 

Tehuantepec 


T. 
Dis. 

T. 


Arabia 

Mexico 

Algiers 

Cliina 

Hainan 

New  Zealand . . 
Mantchooria  . . 
Bcloochistan  . . 

Morocco 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Brazil 

Africa 

Fezzan 

Barbary 

Barbary 

Ahystiinia 

An'  Win 

Pert^ia 

Mexico 


lur. 
urn. 

f7 

So 

Tf 

Wc 

Wc 

Sc 

Td 

Uc 

Tb 

Pc 

Tc 

Tf 

Se 

Ud 

Tb 

Tf 

Sd 

Re 

Xb 

Ue 

Cc 

Bb 

Rd 

Oc 

Ud 

Ud 

Sb 

Sc 

Ub 

Tc 

Nc 

Pc 

Xb 

Wa 

Ab 

Uc 

Te 

Te 

Sd 

Ek 

Me 

Of 

Ff 

Me 

Te 

Tg 
X  m 
Ud 

Qf 
Le 
Pd 
Hi 
Lf 
Nf 
Me 
Me 
Oh 

2« 
Pa 


IM. 

Lth. 

To 

)o 

rf 

Wc 

Wo 

>c 

I'd 

;c 

rb 

>ff 

>c 

Tc 

I'f 

ie 

Vd 

rb 

Tf 

Sd 

Re 

Xb 

Ue 

Cc 

Bb 

Rd 

Oc 

Ud 

Ud 

a  k 

CONSULTING  INDEX. 


105 


Nuawof  nu«|kc 

I  Tchuantepoc... 

Tohuel 

Toby 

Toiinoli 

Teiii-chow  . . . . 
i  Tejain 

Tujuaa  ....... 

Tujuco 

'iukiH 

Ttkrit 

Telak 

'I'eluv 

Telebinskoi  . . . 

Toleouts 

Telliai^uesa. . . . 

Tellicherry . . . . 

Tellin 

Telmin 

Telmsoe 

Telsh 

Tembo 

Tembo 

Tembo 

Temdogue  . . . . 

Temenak  

Temenos 

Teinesvor 

Temetam    . . . . 

Temiscaming.. 

Temiscaming.. 

Tempest 

Tenacai 

Tencii's 

Tendcnni  

Tenember 

Teneriffe 

Teneriffe 

Tenery 

Tenez 

Tenia 

Tcnkourguin . . 

Tennessee.. .. . 

Tennessee... .. 

Tensift , 

Tepaslo 

Tepic 

Tepoli 

Teramo 

Terange 

Terboo 

Terceira 

Tercero 

Tereboli 

Teree 

Tere&a 

Terek 

Terkiri 

Termez 

Terminos .... 

Ternay 


CbM. 

Bay 
L. 
T. 
T. 

5f 

Tr. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Cty 

R. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

L. 

Ho. 

ty 
T. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

L. 

Pt 

St. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

L. 

T. 

L. 

Bay 


IVatUMk 


Ref. 
Utt. 


Mexico F  g 

Patagonia H  m 

Tripoli Ma 

Naploi N  d 

China Tf 

Mantcliooria  . .  U  d 

Mexico F  e 

Brazil J  j 

Soonguria R  d 

Asiatic  Turkey  ,U  e 
Asiatic  RusHia.  W  b 
Asiatic  Russia.  F  d 
Asiatic  Russia.  T  c 
Asiatic  Russia.  R  c 

Africa M  f 

Hindoostan  . . .  R  g 

Russia N  c 

Mantchooria  . .  V  c 

Norway N  a 

Russia N  c 

.Africa Ok 

Tembe Ok 

Mozambique  . .  O  j 
Mantchooria  . .  U  d 
Greenland  ....lb 

Candia N  e 

Austria N  d 

Polynesia Wh 

Lower  Canada.  G  d 
Lower  Canada.  G  d 
Newfoundland.  I  d 

Mongolia S  d 

Australasia ....  W  i 

Africa N  h 

Australasia... .  U  i 
New  Grenada ..  H  h 
Canary  Isles  •  .jK  f. 

Paraguay Ik 

Algiers Me 

Tartary Q  c 

Asiatic  Russia.  A  b 


I  of  PlMM,  kC 


Ternenia [Bay 


United  States. 
United  States. 

Morocco 

Russia 

Mexico 

Paraguay .... 

Italy 

Australasia... 

Fezzan 

Azores 

Buenos  Ayres . 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Cabul 

Bay  of  Bengal 
Astatic  Russia 

Thibet 

Great  Bucharia 

Mexico 

Mantchooria 
Seghalien . . . 


Go 
Ge 
Le 

Nb 

Ff 

Ik 

Md 

Vi 

Nf 

Ke 

HI 

Od 

Qe 

Sh 

Pd 

Se 

Qe 

Fg 
Vd 
Vd 


Terodant Cv. 

Terracina T. 

Terre  Haute....  T. 
Torres  dus  Arsa- 

cides I. 

Teraekan R. 

Torsi R. 

Tcrwola T. 

Teschen T. 

Teshoo  Loomboo  Pr. 
Teshoo  Loomboo  Cy. 

Tessermint C. 

Tessowa jT. 

Tct T. 

Tete T. 

Teto T. 

Tetuan T. 

Tetuaroa I. 

Teulada C. 

Tevego T. 

Texada Ft. 

Texas Cty. 

Vig, 

I. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 


Morocco. 

lUly 

Indiana  . 


■•f. 


Texeiros 
Texel  . 
Texupa . 
Toyoa . . 
Teyven . 
Tezcuco 

Tezoiras iT. 

Thames |R. 

Tharatougha  . . .  T. 

Thaaoa 11. 

Thectinah IR. 

Theisa |R. 

Theopolia T. 


Theresienstadt. 
Theveholekveo . 
Theyeholekyet. 
Thian>chan  . . . 
Thian  Chan 


II. 

L. 
Mt. 

iMU. 


Thibet Cty. 

Tbier T. 

Tliieweyarayeth  L. 
Thineh T. 


Third 

Third  Volcano  .. 
Thirteen  low  . . . 

Thistle 

Tholiosary 

Thorn 

Thomas's  Kay  .. 

Thompson 

I'hompson 

Thcmpsfin'a . . . . 

TIjorn 

Thousand 

Thousand 

Thousand  (the)  . 
Three  Brothers'. 
Three  Kinga  . . . 
Three  Paps  . . . 


I 

I. 

Is. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

Ft. 

Har 

R. 

T. 

la. 

L. 

la. 

I. 

I. 

Mt. 


Australasia. 
Tartary  . . . 
Tartary  ... 
Russia  .... 
Austria. . . . 
Thibet  .... 

Thibet 

Greenland  .... 

Fezzan 

Morocco 

Benguela 

Mozambique  . . 

Morocco 

Polynesia 

Sardinia  

Paraguay 

Buenoa  Ayres  . 
North  America 
Atlantic  Ocean 

Holland 

Mexico 

Polynesia 

Corea 

Mexico 

Brazil 

England 

Asiatic  Ruaaia. 
Archipelago.. . 
Brit.  America  . 

Austria 

Cape  Colony  . . 

Austria 

Brit.  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 

Soongaria 

Mongolia 

Asia 

France 

Brit.  America  . 

Egypt 

Madagascar.. . 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

New  S.  Wales  . 

Russia 

Greenland  . . . . 
Caribbean  Sea. 
Oregon  Ter.  . . 
Brit.  America  . 
Oregon  Ter... . 

Pruasie 

Malaysia 

Brit.  America  . 
Spitsbergen  . . . 
Indian  Ocean.. 
Australasia... . 
Oregon  Ter... . 


Le 

Md 

Go 

Wi 
Qc 
Qd 
Nb 
Nb 
Re 
Rf 
b 
Nf 
Le 
Nj 

L  e 

Cj 

Me 

Ik 

HI 

Fe 

J? 
Mc 

Ue 

Mc 

Tb 

Nd 

Eb 

Nd 

Nl 

Nd 

Fb 

Fb 

Rd 

Rd 

Se 

Md 

Eb 

Oe 

Ok 

Vf 

Vh 

Vi 

Po 

la 

S« 
Dc 

Gb 

Dc 

Nc 
Ti 
Fd 
Na 
Qi 
XI 
Dd 


|t« 


t 


'.X'il 


^^^ 


.  v-i 


III .  i ,  f ' 


.T  ^-'^ 


i.  *i  •■' 


106 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


CIML 


1! 


9: 

T. 
T. 
I. 
I. 
L. 
T. 

Bay 


Three  PoinU  . . .  C. 
Three  Rivew  . . .  T. 
Three  Sistera  ...  la. 
Thrum  Cap  ....  I. 
I'hsoung'liiig . . .  MU. 

Thur«o T. 

Tiacka I. 

Tiaoyu-BU la. 

Tiara Mto. 

Tibboo  Bcrgoo. .  Tr. 
Tibboo  Racbade.  Tr. 

Tibbooa Tr. 

TibbooB Tr. 

Tiber R. 

libcsty Cty. 

Tiburon I. 

Tickcley T. 

Ticunaa Tr. 

Tidcr I. 

Tider'a la. 

Tidon T. 

Tidsi T. 

Tiepenna Pt 

Tieret T. 

Tierra  del  Fuego  la 

Tiete R. 

Tiev T. 

Tiger I. 

Tiger la. 

Tiger's I. 

Tiger'a I. 

Tiggerinduma . .  T. 

Tigidfa T. 

Tigil T. 

Tigil R. 

Tigre Pr. 

Tlgre R. 

Tigris R. 

Tikhvin T. 

Tilapa T. 

Tilear T. 

Tilla  dou  Madon  Is. 
Tiila  dou  Matia .  Is. 
Titlanchong ....  I. 

Tillen Hd. 

Tilsit T. 

Tim T. 

Tim R. 

Tima T. 

Timballier Bay 

Timbo T. 

Timbuctoo . . 

Time 

Timoka 

Timou 

Timor...... 

Timorlaoet . . 
Timpanagos . 
Tinareh  .... 

Tinehing  . . . 
Tindel 


Aahantee 

Lower  Canada. 
Australasia  .  •  • 
Polynesia  .  ■ . . 

Mongo!ia 

Scotland 

Polynesia 

Eastern  Sea.. . 

Seghalien 

Africa 

Africa 

Africa 

Senogambia  .. . 

Italy 

Aftica 

Mexico 

Hindoostan  • . . 

Eiouador 

Africa 

Brit.  America  . 

Celebes 

Morocco 

Russia 

Tripoli 

South  America 

Brazil 

Russia 

Australasia.... 

Malaysia 

China  Sea  .... 
Enstem  Sea. . . 

Africa 

Fezzan 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Abyssinia 

Equador 

Asiatic  Turkey 

Russia 

Mexico 

Madagascar  .. . 

Maldives 

Maldives 

Bay  of  Bengal. 

Ireland 

Prussia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Arabia 

Louisiana 

Scnegambia  • . . 

Africa 

Africa 

Florida 

Thibet 

Malaysia 

Australasia... . 

Mcjtico 

Nubia 

China 

Africa 


IM. 
Uto. 

Lh" 
Hd 

Ro 
Lc 

Cj 

Vf 

Vo 

Ng 

Ng 

Nf 

Lh 

Md 

Nf 

Ef 

R? 
Hi 

Kg 

Gc 

Vh 

Lo 

Ob 

Mo 

Hn 

Ik 

Oo 

Vi 

Ui 

Tg 

Tf 

Mf 

Mf 

Wc 

Wc 

Og 

Hi 

Oe 

Oc 

F 

O 

Qh 

Qh 

Sh 

Lc 

No 

Oc 

Rb 

Of 

Ff 

Lg 

Lg 
Lh 
Gf 
Sf 
Ui 

Uj 
Fd 
Of 
To 
Kg 


Hum  oT  riMH^  Sc. 


Ting.hao Cy, 

Tinhoaa I. 

Tinian I. 

Tinney Pt. 

Tintuma Des. 

Tiouk  Karssou..  G. 
Tiouk  Karagon .  C. 

Tiraspol T. 

Tiroymcg L. 

Tiriberskoi C. 

Tiroon Dis. 

Tirree I. 

Titicaca '  L. 

Titmeg h. 

Titoe Bay 

Tiumenc T. 

Tivoli T. 

Tiak L. 

Tlcmscn T. 

Tlinpiuskaya  . . .  T. 

Tobago Is. 

Tobin C. 

Tobol R. 

Tobolsk Got 

Tobolsk Pr. 

Tobolsk Cy. 

Tobuco T. 

Tocia T. 

Tocuyo T. 

Todos  los  Santoa  I. 
Todos  Santoj .. .  Bay 
Todos  Santos  .. .  Sta. 

Tokat T. 

Tokay T. 

Tokcr Pt 

Toktoi R. 

Tolaga Bay 

Toledo Cy. 

Toledo T. 

Tolo Bay 

Tnlten R. 

Tolu T. 

Tolu T. 

Toluco T. 

Tom R. 

Tomb I. 

Tomchina T. 

Tomio T. 

Tominee Bay 

Tomo T. 

Tom's L 

Tomsk Pr. 


ClUi 


FMilka. 


China 

Hainan 

Polynesia  .... 
Brit  America 

Africa 

Tartary 

Tartary 

Russia 

Brit  America 

Russia 

Borneo 

Scotlar' 

Bolivia 

Brit  America 
Patagonia  . .  ■ 
Asiatic  Russia.^ 

Italy 

Sweden 

Algiers 

Asiatic  Russia. 
West  Indies. . . 
Scoresby's  Ld.. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 


■*r. 
uu. 


Tf 

Tg 

Vg 

Eb 

Mg 

Pd 

Pd 

Nd 

Eb 

Ob 

Th 

Lc 

?i 

Hm 
Qc 
Md 
Nb 
Le 
Sb 

Hff 
Ka 
Qc 
Re 


Tom>ik  . . . 
Tonala  . . . 
Tonamaca 
ToRca  .... 
Tondano . . 
Tonder . . . 
Tondon . . . 
Tonga.... 
Tonga. . .. 


T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 

Cy. 
I. 

Is. 


Asiatic  Russia.  IQ  c 
Asiatic  Rusaia .  Q  c 

Mexico Ff 

Asiatic  Turkey  O  d 
Venezuela  ....  H  g 

Polynasia V  o 

Mexico E  0 

Mexico E  f 

Asiatic  Turkey  O  e 

Austria N  d 

Brit.  America  .Ob 
Asiatic  Russia.  W  b 
New  Zealand  ..XI 

Spain L  e 

Ohio Gd 

Celebes U  i 

Chili HI 

New  Grenada  .  G  h 
New  Grenada  .  G  li 

Mexico Fg 

Asiatic  Russia.  R  c 
Persian  Gulf . .  P  f 
Asiatic  Russia.  T  c 

Suse L  f 

Celebes U  i 

Venezuela  ....  H  h 
Brit.  America  .  |G  b 
Asiatic  Russia.  IS  a 
Asiatic  Russia. 'R  c 
Mexico ...;..  .F  g 

Mexico F  ff 

•  ■  -  ■  Sc 
Uh 
Mc 
Vd 
Ak 
Ak 


I  Asiatic  Russia. 

ICelebfs 

Denmark  . . . 
Mantchooria 
Polynesia . . . 
Polynesia.. . 


UU. 

tT 

Vg 

Eb 

Mff 

Pd 

Pd 

Nd 

Eb 

Ob 

Th 

Lc 

"J 
Fb 

Hm 

vQc 

Md 

.Nb 

.  L  e 

.Sb 

•Hg 

.  Ka 

,Qc 

Re 

mQc 

iQc 

Ff 

Od 

Hg 
,  Ve 
Ee 
Ef 
Oe 
Nd 
Db 
Wb 
XI 
Le 
6d 
Ui 
HI 
Gh 
Gil 

Re 
Pf 
To 
Lf 
Ui 
Flh 
Gb 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


•(iiM^te.   ;cii» 


•k- 


Tongalia . . . 
TongftUboo  . . .  ■  |I. 

Tong-chow Cy. 

Tongoi T. 

Tong-sha.1  • . . .   |L 
Tong-ting  Hou..  L. 

Toahien T. 

Tonquin Cty. 

Tonquin G. 

Toniberg jT. 

Tonyn lT. 

Tonyn ,C. 

Tooar Su. 

Toofoa I. 

Toda 34.  Pr. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

R. 

L. 

C. 

Tr. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Bar 

T. 

R. 


Toola 

Toomalooa . . . 
Toomanooan  . 
Toorsheez. . . . 

Tooai 

TooUwney . . . 

Tootonez 

Top 

Topham 

Topinanibas  .. 
Topolevia .... 
Toquedos  .... 

Tor 

Toraito 

Torapa 

Torda 

Torfane 

Torgi  Bazar .. 

Torna |Bay 

Tomea py. 

Tornea L. 

Tornea R. 

Tornea  (Upper) .  T. 

Toro T. 

Torom R. 

Toromanaa Tr. 

Toromlar L. 

Toronto Cv. 

Toropetz T. 

Torp  ...    1 T. 

T      enate T. 

'     res T. 

Torrea I. 

Torres Is. 

Torre Str. 

Torro T. 

Tortola L 

Tortoratillo T. 

Tortosa T. 

Tortuga I. 

Tortugas Is. 

Tortuga  Salada  .  I. 

Tory I. 

ToHtack R. 

Tot R. 

Totara Bay 


Soudan  

Polynesia 

China 

Mongolia 

China 

China 

Hainan 

Asia 

China  Sea  . . . . 

Norway 

Wales 

Seehalien 

Tibesty 

Polynesia 

Russia  .  . . .  ■ 
RusBi'>  . 

Polyi      

Polynesia 

Persia 

Japan  

Brit.  America  . 

Mexico 

Russia 

Scoresby's  Ld. 
South  America 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Peru 

Arabia 

Mongolia 

Siam 

Mexico 

Barca 

Soon^ia 

Russia 

Russia 

Sweden 

Sweden 

Sweden 

Spain 

'ALsiatic  Russia. 

Peru 

I  Asiatic  Russia. 
iUpper  Canada . 

Russia 

Sweden 

;Mezico 

Brazil 

Polynesia 

Australasia  . . . 
News.  Wales. 

Brava  

West  Indies. . . 

ChUi 

Spain 

Biahamas 

Florida 

Venezuela  .... 

Ireland 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Mantchooria  . . 
New  Zealand. . 


R<1 
Ulfc 


li 

Ue 
Rd 
Tf 
Tf 

"? 

Tg 
.Mc 
Lo 
Vd 
Nf 
Ak 
Co 
Oc 

Pe 

Ve 

Fc 

Ed 

Ob 

Ka 

li 

Pd 

Hi 

Of 

Sd 

Sh 

Ff 

Nf 

Rd 

Ob 

Nb 

Nb 

Nb 

Nb 

Ld 

Qb 

Hi 

Qb 

Gd 

Oc 

Nb 

Fe 

Ik 

Wh 

Xj 

Si 

Md 
Hf 
Gf 
Hg 
L  c 
Vb 
Uc 
Xm 


■  of  nMM,*<. 


ToUna 

Totnani  .... 
Totoman .... 

ToUka 

Totza 

Touchamska 
Toudsong ..  • 

Touer 

Tougianski . . 
Touglemsk.. 

Tou&oulan 

Toula 

Toukima 

Toulon 

Toulouse 

Touman 

'"oumani 

Toumateck 

Toumcn 

Toumct 

Tounge 

Tounffouinskoi.. 

Tuunkat 

Tour 

Toura 

Tourbede 

Touruhan 

Tourinsk 

Touroukhan ... . 
Touroukhansk.. 

Tours 

Toiuyga 

Tousea 

Toutsitchamsia- 

ing 

Tou-yuen 

Touzant 

Tovsa 

Towa 

Towerga 

Townsend 

Towson 

Tozer 

Tracy's 

Tra&lgar...'... 

Trail 

TraiU 

Trajeet 

Transfiguration . 
Trunsylvania..'. 
Tranquebar  . . . . 

Trap 

Trapani 

Traps 

Trasarts 

Travancore 

Travers ........ 

Traversay 

Traverse 

Trehisonde 

Tree 


T. 

|T. 

IT. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

IT. 

T. 

Mts. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

&• 

L. 


Russia 

Brit  America  . 

Formosa 

'Japan 

'Asiatic  Russia. 
I  Asiatic  Russia . 
jHindoostan  . . . 

Tartary 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Mongolia 

Russia 

France 

France    

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Mantchooria  . . 

Mongolia 

Missouri 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Tartary 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Mantchooria  . . 
Mantchooria  . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

France 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Thibet 


107 

Urn. 

(77 

Fo 

Vi 

Ve 

Pc 

So 

Sf 

Pd 

Qb 

Pb 

Ub 

Se 

Ob 

Md 

Md 

Qb 

Wb 

Ua 

Ud 

Td 

Ed 

8^ 

Qd 

Qc 

Qc 

Ud 

Ud 

Qc 

Rb 

Rb 

Md 

Sb 

Re 


T.    Thibet Se 

Cy.  China Tf 

T.    TripoU Me 

T.    Russia N  h 

I.      Australasia .. . .  U  i 

T.    Triiwli N  e 

C.    iNew  S.  Wales.  Wk 

Ft    Missouri Fe 

T.    Tunis Me 

I.      Polynesia X  i 

C.    ^Spain L  o 

pL  I  Brit  America  ,  D  a 
I.      Scoresby's  lA,.  Ka, 

T.    lAfrica M  g 

In.    Asiatic  Russia.  A  b 

Pr.    Austria N  d 

T.     Hindooston  . . .  R  g 
|Rk.  Kurile  Islands.  Wd 

IT..   Sicily Me 

mifi  .Australasia ..  t .  X  m 

Tr.  'Africa L 

T.  Hindoostan  . . .  R 
IL.  iWisconsin  Ter.  F  d 
iBay  Nova  Zembia  ..Pa 
Is.  Southern  Ocean  K  n 
iCj.  Asiatic  Turkey  O  d 
L      Polynesia V  f 


*  ■''. 


W  "  i 


)!»■  til 


I 


1 


1 1, 


• 


108 


CON8ULTWO  INDEX. 


Nuiw  of  rluM,  U. 


Trcei 

'I'rugoMoa 

Trcniouille 

Trent 

Trenton 

TrepuMiy • 

Trcptow 

Tros  Barrai ... 
Tros  Colunai . . 
Trot  Forcas ... 
TrcB  Mariai ... 
Trei  Muntoa... 
Troa  Montea... 
Troveniana  .... 

Trovea 

Triangloa 

Tribe 


la. 
I. 

T. 
R. 
II. 

[C. 

la. 

iC. 

Pen. 

la. 

T. 

fa. 

R. 


Tribulation C. 

T. 
T. 
C 


Trichinopoly 

Triego 

Trieale wjy. 

Trincala T. 

Trincomalee... .  T. 

Trinrano T. 

Trinidad T. 

Trinidad T. 

Trinidad T. 

Trinidad Bay 

Trinidad I. 

Trinidad I. 

Trinidad R. 

Trinity Bay 

Trinity Bay 

Trinity I. 

Trinity la. 

Tripaaore T. 

Tripoli !Cty. 

Tripoli €y. 

Tripoli Cy. 

Tripolizza Cy. 

Triatand'Acunha  I. 

Trocnen    I. 

Troilom I. 

Troitok T. 

TroiUka T. 

TroiUk T. 

Trombotaa R. 

Troue Pt. 

Trooathoek Pt 

Troppau T. 

Trouakoe T. 

Trout L. 

Trout R. 

Trout  Lake  ....  Ho. 

Troy Cy. 

Troyoa Vy. 

Truro T. 

Truxillo Dop 

Truxillo T. 

Truxillo T. 

Truxillo T. 


Celebea 

Auatralaaia... . 
Auatralaaia... . 

Austria 

New  Jency  . . . 
Newfoundland . 

Pruaaia 

Brazil 

PolyneHia 

Morocco 

Mexico 

Patagonia 

Patagonia  .... 

Polynesia 

Prussia 

Mexico 

Brit.  America  . 
NewS.Walea. 
Hindooatan  . . . 

Darflir 

Austria 

Ceylon 

Ceylon 

Malaya 

Cuba 

Bolivia 

Guatemala  .... 

Mexico 

West  Indiea. . . 
Southern  Ocean 

Texas 

Now  aWalea  . 
Newfoundland. 
Brit  America  . 
North  America 
Hindooatan  . . . 

Africa 

Tripoli 

Syria 

Greece 

Southern  Ocean 

Norway 

Polynesia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Ruaaia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Brazil 

Madagascar. . . 
Nova  Zembla .. 

Austria 

Asiatic  Ruaaia. 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Now  York .... 

France 

Nova  Scotia ... 

Peru 

Peru 

Guatemala  .. .. 
Venezuela  .... 


Uh 

Wj 

Tk 

Md 

Hd 

Id 

No 

II 

Wf 

Le 

Ef 

Gm 

Gm 

Ci 

Md 

Ff 

Do 

XJ 

ftsr 

Ng 

Md 

Rh 

Rh 

Sh 

Gf 

5J 
Qg 

Dd 

Hg 

Kk 

Ff 

u 

Gb 
Be 

Rg 
Me 
Me 
Oe 

Ne 
LI 
Mb 

Oc 
Sb 
Qc 
li 

Si 

Nd 

Qb 

Fc 

Db 

Fc 

Hd 

Md 

Hd 

61 

6i 


ViMiaf  r!Mii,a«. 


ClHI. 


Tryal Bay 

Tryal Rka 

Tsadda R. 

Taahai  Kiamon .  T. 

Taakildan IT. 

Tachahar  Nor  . .  L. 

Tachclya T. 

Tsohdotiska ....% 
Tschinkotan ....  I. 

Tschirikov C. 

Tschoudsong  . . .  T. 
Tschourkin  ...    ;C. 

Tschulin R. 

Tsebid |T. 

Tseoulka T. 

T.  Siampa Dis. 

Tsi.chow Cy. 

Tsifouy I. 

I'sin-chow T. 

Tsingfol  R. 

Pr. 
T. 
T. 
I. 


1 


Wl 

Tk 

Mh 

Ud 

Td 

Sd 

Pb 

8c 


Tsita. 

Tsitchicar.. .. 
Tsitchicar.. .. 
Tsotforkeng . . 
Tsung-ming .  • 
Tsun.;r 


Tsu-sima I. 

Tsypa R. 

Tuabei Sta. 

Tuaricka IPeo. 

Tuat iDis. 

Tubal L 

Tubbus T. 

Tubeldie T. 

Tucapel Vol. 

Tuck's |I. 

Tuck's Rk. 

Tuck's Rf. 

Tuclawi iDia. 

Tucopia I. 

Tucuman Pr. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Sta. 

T. 

T. 

Ls. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Sea 

Tr. 

R. 

R. 

Cty. 

5f 

R. 
T. 


Tucuman 

Tudela 

Tuggala 

Tuggert 

Tulang  Bawing. 

Tulbagh 

Tule(the) 

Tulncer 

Tumbul 

Tuna 

Tunbat 

TungHai 

Tungouses  . . . . . 

Tungouska 

Tunguragua  . . . 

Tunis 

Tunis 

Tunja 

Tumuyan 

Tupiza 


New  S.  Walea 
Australasia... 

Africa 

Mantchooria 
Mongolia  .... 
Mongolia  .... 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia 
Kurilo  Islands. iWd 

Japan 'U  e 

Thibet ,8  f 

Asiatic  Russia.  |V  a 
Asiatic  Russia.  R  c 

Barbary Me 

Asiatic  Russia.  Q  b 

Anam ^S  g 

China IT  e 

GulfofTonquinTg 

Corea U  e 

Mongolia R  d 

Thibet Re 

Mantchooria  . .  U  d 
Mantchooria  . .  U  d 

Thibet 8  f 

China U  e 

China Tf 

Corea U  e 

Asiatic  Russia.  Tc 

Africa M  f 

AiVica M  g 

Africa M  f 

Polynesia B  j 

Persia P« 

Darfur 

Chili 

Polynesia  .... 
Australasia... 
Polynesia  .... 

Africa 

Australasia... 
Buenos  Ayres 
Buenos  Ayres . 

Spain 

Kordofan  .... 

Africa 

Sumatra 

Cape  Colony  . 

Mexico 

Hindooatan  .. 

Africa 

Sweden IN 

Indian  Ocean..  :0  i 


N^ 

HI 

Wf 

Wl 

Xf 

Xj 
Hk 
Hk 
Ld 

Og 
Mf 

Si 

Nl 

Ee 

Qf 

O 


Asia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Ecuador 

Africa 

Tunia 

New  Grenada.. 
Buonofl  Ayres  . 
Buenos  Ayres . 


Ue 

Sb 

Sb 

Gi 

Me 

Me 

Hh 

HI 

Hk 


Nu 


I  0(  riMW,  kC. 


Turcoiiiaiiia 
Turfaii  .... 
Tiirl'an  .... 
Tur(;ui  .... 

Turin 

Turkc 

TiirkcHUn  . 

'rurkeiitan 

TurkfHtan    (Chi. 

now) 

Tiirkealaii  (U«bek) 

Turkey 

Turkey 

Turkey 

Turk'8 

'I'urnagain 

Turniiguin 

Turnagain 

Turon 

Turon 

Turtle 

Turtle 

Turtle 

Turtle 

Turtle 

Turtle  Dove  .... 

Tury 

Tuscaloosa 

Tuscany 

Tuscumbia 

Tuskui 

Tuspan 

TuBtepec 

Tustla 

Tutuilla 

Tuy 

Tuzla 

Tuzur 

Tver 21 . 

Tver 

Twelve  Apostles 

Twin 

Twins 

Two 

I'wo  Bays 

Twofold 

Two  Groups .... 

Two  Peaks 

Twunt 

Tydore 

Tyniskaya 

Typansan 

Tyre 

Tyrol 

Tyrun 

Tys 

Tzai 

Tzarevokoksnaiak 

Tzilima 

Tzokurin 

Tzug 

10 


CU»  riaWka. 


CON8L'LTINU  INDEX. 


Cly. 
Ui«. 

r. 

K. 
Cy. 

8ta. 

'Cty.  Asia  . . . 

T.    iTartary 


Tartary P  d 

Little  Kucliuriii|R  d 
Little  Mucliaria;Q  d 

Tartary (4  d 

Sardinia . .  • 
Ai>ica 


.Md 
Ng 
Wd 
Ud 


Dis.  Chineso  Euipiru 

Dis.j  Tartary 

Cty.  AMia 

Cty.  lIuroiMi 


Is. 

U. 

C. 

Pt. 

R. 

T. 

Ho. 

I. 

Is. 

Is. 

L. 

Pt. 

Rk. 

T. 

D. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

L. 

R. 

Pr. 

T. 

Is. 

R. 

Is. 


Malay  siu 

'Dahamas 

New  Zealand. . 

Brit.  America  . 

Brit.  Amirica  . 

Cochin  China  . 

Cochin  China  . 

Polynesia  .... 

Maliiyuia 

Australaf'ia  . . . 

Brit.  America  . 

Java 

Australasia... . 

Brazil 

Alabama 

Italy 

Alabama 

Little  Pucharia 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Polynesia 

Spain 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Mantchooria  . . 

Russia 

Russia 

Wisconsin  . . . . 

Wisconsin  . . . . 

Brit.  America  . 

Polynesia 

C.     iPatugonia 

Bay  New  S.  Wales  . 

Is.    iPolynesia 

Mts.  Brit  America  . 


T. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Pr. 

R. 

Fd. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

Des. 

L. 


Algiers 

Malaysia  .... 
Asiatic  Russia 
Eastern  Sea. . 

Syria 

Austria 

Little  Bucharia 
Norway  .... 

Tartary 

Russia 

Russia 

Mongolia  . . . 
Russia 


Rd 
Qd 
Oe 
Nd 
I'i 

II  r 

X  in 
Kb 
»c 

Ui 

li 

Ec 

Ti 

Tk 

Ji 

Ge 

Md 

Ge 

Qd 

Ff 

Fg 

^' 
Ld 

Oc 

Vc 

Oc 

Oc 

Fd 

Fd 

Gc 

Wh 

Hm 

VI 

^J 
Ec 

Le 

Uh 

Rb 

Uf 

Oe 

Md 

Rd 

Nb 

Qd 

Pc 

Pb 

Sd 

Ob 


of  rUcM,  kc.       (  Ua 


R. 

L. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

1. 

1. 

L. 


UaupoN ...    ■ 

rimi 

I'bal'iba  .... 
L'cuyali;  .... 

UdaJsui 

Udiuiwnilni. , 

Udirick 

Udomu 

Udoiiia R. 

L'dniiiu  ( 'russ  . . .  '1'. 

Ilclille T. 

I'itcnhage T. 

Ujun R. 

Ujanda Jt. 

Ulea fi. 

Uleu R. 

Ultaborg 3,  Pr. 

Ulealwrg T. 

Ulcntui R. 

Ulia R. 

Ulkan R. 

Ulm T.    . 

Umba T. 

Umbre R. 

Uinea T. 

Uinoa L. 

Umea R. 

Umcrapoora  ....  Cy. 
Ummesogier ....  T. 

Umgua R. 

Umritsir Cy. 

Unaub I. 

Underoot I. 

Ungava B. 

Unicorn Bay 

Union Rks 

Union Sta. 

Union Str. 

Unjigah R. 

Unmak I. 

Unst I. 

Upalta T. 

Upernavik Dis. 

Upernavik Sta. 

Upola I. 

Upper L. 

Upper  Abbctibbe  L. 
Upper  Canada  . .  Pr. 

Upper  Halix T. 

Upper  Irtysh  . . .  R. 
UpperKamtchatka  T. 
Upper  Nippewan  Ho. 
Upper  Oudinsk  .  T. 
Upper  Tornco  . .  T. 

Upright C. 

Upsa L. 

Upsa R. 

Upsal T. 

Upstart C. 

Urak R. 

Ural R. 


fMUna. 


KM 


IU(. 
Uu. 


Vcnciui'la  . . .  ■ 

Ittilivia 

iHrazil 

f>|iin(lor 

AMJatic  RuNNJa. 

Polyiif'Hia 

PolyneNin 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  RuMsia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
South  Peru.... 
CuiHi  C'ulony  . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

'Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Tartary 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Wirtcmburg  . . 

Russia 

Africa 

Sweden 

Sweden N  b 

Sweden N  b 

Birmah Sf 

Barca N  f 

Oregon  Ter.. 
Hindoostan  . 
Polynesia . . . 

Asia Q  g 

Brit.  America  . 
Spitsbergen  . . . 
Indian  Ocean  . 
Missouri  Ter... 
Brit  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 
North  America 

Scotland 

Buenos  Ay  res  . 
Greenland  .... 
Greenland  .... 

Polynesia 

Oregon  Ter... . 
Brit.  America  . 
North  America 

Sweden 

Mongolia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit.  America  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Sweden 

North  America 

Mongolia 

Mongolia  .... 

Sweden 

New  S.  Wales  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Tartary 


H  I 

"J 

k 

H  i 

I'  c 

R 

tr 

V  b 

Vc 
Vc 

Nl 

Uc 

Wb 

Nb 

Nb 

Nb 

Nb 

Qc 

Vc 

Vc 

Md 

Ob 

Ni 

Nb 


Dd 
Qc 
Vh 


He 

Na 
Ol 
Fe 
Eb 
Ec 
Ac 
Lc 
HI 
la 
la 

^j 
Ec 

Gd 

Gd 

Nb 

Rd 

Wc 

Ec 

Tc 

Nb 

Ca 

Sd 

Sd 

Nc 

Dj 
Vc 
Pd 


i;; 


■ 


!  ••• 


n . 


^•i^    .  . 


i  ..'»■  • 


n' 


m 


'.  K 


T! 


^A 


i- 


,)4 


'if 


i 


f 


&ai^i^.»  ^is4^^C>^i 


110 


fUNHLLTINO  INDEX. 


I  uf  llua,  kM. 


L'rul 

Uriiriima 

Uriitu|i|Ni 

(Irbiriu 

CJn'i. 

Vtgtkti  Dabu  ■ . . . 
Urifan  Daffa.. . . 

UrgtiL-iidj 

Ur^f  liiindab 

Urjungutiar  . . . . 

Urracait 

l;rrU 

Uruba 

Urucuya  

Uruguay 

Uruguay 

Uruiiiia 

Uruinia 

Urup 

Urupadi 

Uiibck  Turki'Htun 

UmcIoiis 

UhH 

Uhhu 

UHtica 

Uat  Mayo 

Ust.  Yanskoi  . . . 

Usuri 

Utica 

Utrecht 

Utwas 

Uyandina 


L'iMt. 


Mtn 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

MU 

MtH 

T. 

R. 

I.. 

I. 

lid. 

'!'. 

|{. 

Itep 

R. 

r. 
r.. 
I. 

R. 

ay. 

Riiy 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

7: 

R. 
R. 


toMm. 


Vacarapi R. 

Vacassar Bay 

Vach.... R. 

Vachourei T. 

Vada C. 

Valduy T. 

Valdes Pt, 

Valdivia T. 

Vulcnce T. 

Valencia Cy. 

Valencia T. 

Valencia T. 

Valentia I. 

Vulctta Cy. 

Vulinco G. 

Valk T. 

Valludolid Cy. 

Valladolid C\'. 

Valladolid T. 

Valladolid T. 

Valles T. 

Valley  Tgwns  . . 

Vallona T. 

ValpxraiBO Cy. 

Valsche C. 

Van L. 

Van  Buren ,T. 

Van-chow iT. 


Muro|N! 

Flijuiidor 

(■ri'ut  Itueliiiriu 
Vi'rii'zuiia  . .  • 

Mexico 

'I'artary 

Mongoliii 

TarUry 

Cabul 

Mongolia 

Polyneiiia 

Irennd 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Houth  America 

Uruguay 

Poritia 

Persia 

Kurilu  IslandH. 

Brazil 

I'artary 

Patagonia  . .    ■ 

Turtary 

AHliuntee 

Mediterran.  Sea 
AHiatic  RuHsia . 
Asiatic  Rusaia. 
Mantchooria  . . 
New  York  .. . . 

Holland 

Lf'ver  Canada. 
A»iatic  Russia. 


Mi^ 


Pc 
ii  i 

yd 

11  h 
Kf 
Qd 
Md 
Qd 
Qe 
Rd 
Vf 
I.  c 

•Jj 

{( 

I  I 

Pe 

Pc 

Wd 

1  i 

Qd 

Hn 

Qd 

Lh 

Mo 

Ub 

Va 

Ud 

Gd 

Mc 

Gd 

Vb 


Brazil 

Florida 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

i'unis 

Russia 

North  America 

Chili 

France 

Spain 

Brazil 

Venezuela  . . . . 

Ireland 

Malta 

Corsica 

Russia 

Spain 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Equador 

Mexico 

North  Carolina 

Turkey 

Chili.... 

New  Guinea  . . 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Missouri 

Hainan 


Ii 

G  f 

Rb 

Qb 

Me 

Oc 

Cb 

HI 

Md 

Le 

Ji 

Hg 

L  c 

Me 

Md 

Nc 

Ld 

Gf 

6i 

Ff 

Ge 

Nd 

HI 

Vi 

Oe 

Fe 

Tg 


Vancriuvrr 

Vuiicouvt'r's  . . .  • 
Vancouver'*  . . . . 

Vaiidalia 

VanDii-nicn'Hlid 
Van  Uii'incti'M  . . 
Van  Dicmotk's  . . 

Vunhcim 

Van  Keulen's  .. . 

Vannen 

Vunncs 

Vaii-sittart ...... 

Vunve  

Vnpna 

Varandei 

Varbot 

Varela 

Vurinas 

Varinns 

Viirna 

Vnroc 

Varoonda 

Vusil 

Vasquez 

Vasse 

Vassigan 

Vassikov 

Vaujaas 

Vuvov  

Vcisenstein 

Vekshina 

Vel 

Vela 

Vela-rcte 

Velusco 

Veldho 

Velika 

Velikaya  Looki . 

Velsk 

Velsk 

Venden  

Vcndonio 

Venezuela 

Venezuela 

Venice 

Vepcry 

Vera  Cruz 

Vera  Cruz 

Vera  Paz 

Vera  Paz 

V^rde 

Verde 

Verde 

Verde 

Verdun 

Vcrinejo 

Verkholenskoi  . . 
Verkho  Ouralsk 
Verkhotouriye . 
Vcrko  Yanskoi.< 
Verleegan  Hook 


IV: 

Ft. 

iHlr. 
(;y. 
Bay 

T. 

i. 

I. 

Fd. 

T. 

R. 

Pt. 

T. 

r. 

Cty. 

T. 

I. 

Pt. 

R. 

T. 

Pt. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Rks 

I. 

T. 

R. 

Bay 

T. 

7: 

T. 
T. 
Rep 
Dcp 

7- 

St. 

Cy. 

St. 

T. 

C. 

C. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

C. 


North  America 
( Ircgon  'Per.  . . 
Oregon  Ter.  . . 

lllinoiN 

AustrnluHiu ,. .  . 
New  Holland.. 

Japan  

China 

NuitNbcrgcn  . . . 

"lorway 

France  

Brit  America  . 

Norway 

Iceland 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Patagonia 

Venezuela  . . . . 

Equador 

Turkey 

Norway 

Africa 

Russia 

Polynesia 

New  Holland. . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Mantchooria  . . 

Polynesia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Polynesia 

Eostern  Sea. . . 

Texas 

Asiatic  Russia . 
Russia 


Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

France    ...... 

South  America 
Venezuela  . .  • . 

Italy 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Mexico 

Mexico 

'Guatemala  .. . . 
Guatemala  .  •  • . 
Sencgambia  .. . 
St.  Thomas's  I. 

Brazil 

New  Grenada  . 

France 

Buenos  Ay  res  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Blussia. 
Asiatic  Russia^ 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Spitsbergen  . . . 


IM. 

bT 

l)d 
l)d 

Ci- 
Vm 

Uc 

Te 

M  a 

Na 

Ld 

(ib 

M  b 

Kb 

Pb 

Vc 

Hn 

Hh 

Hi 

Nd 

Mb 

^j 
Pc 

Ak 

Ti 

Ro 

Oc 

Vc 

Aj 

Nc 

Qc 

Ob 

Vf 

Uf 

Ff 

Vb 

Pb 

Oc 

Ob 

Pc 

Nc 

Md 

Hh 

Hh 

Nd 

5^ 

l« 
Fg 

Gg 

ml 
Ik 

Gg 
Md 
Hk 
Tc 
Pc 

lib 

Na 


cunhlltim;  inuux. 


Ill 


ntmm  ft  r\mm,  I 


Varmeihs i 

Vormillion 

Varr.iillion 

Vorinout 

Verona 

Varro 

Vvrnilloa 

Vanhny  Kulvnuk 
Vorahny  Villuiak 

Veaonburg 

Voaiegonak 

Veaoul 

Vaator  Horn .... 

Voauviua 

Veazprin 

Vetloo|;a 

Ve»ay  

Voyroa     

Vhytogra 

Viana 

Viaama 

Viaaniki 

Viatka 13. 

Viatka 

Viborg 9. 

Vibotg 

Vichada 

Victowu 

Vickaburg 

Vicaa 

Victoria 

Victoria 

Vidai 

Vidal 

Vienna 

Vieaca 

Vigeroe 

Vigia 

Vigia 

Vigo 

Vigo 

Vi|[ten 

Vijima 

Viloabamba  .... 

Viikomir 

Villa  Bella 

Villa  Boa 

Villa  Boim 

Villach 

Villa  Clara 

Villa  de  C.Frio. 
Villa  del  Forte . . 
VilladolaPurifi. 


cacioB 

Villa  del  Fuerte. 
Villa  del  Principe 
Villa  do  Contaa 
Villa  do  Principe 
Villa  Guiana... . 
Villa  Maria  .... 


Day 
Ft 

St 

T. 

T. 

C. 

Mt 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Har 

C. 

Rk. 

§?• 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

la. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Cy. 

T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 


^Denyuela 

^Lnuiaiana 

Brit  America  . 
United  8Utoa .  ■ 

lUly 

Ruaaia 

France 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Aaiatio  Ruaaia. 

Ruaaia 

Ruaaia 

France 

Iceland 

Naplea 

Auatria 

Ruaaia 

Indiana 

Brazil 


Ruaaia 

Brazil 

Ruaaia 

Ruaaia 

Ruaaia 

Ruaaia 

Ruaaia 

Ruaaia 

New  Grenada  . 
Caribbean  Sea. 
Miaaiaaippi. .. . 

Brazil 

Afirica 

Brit  America  . 

Africa 

Atlantic  Ocean 

Auatria 

Texaa 

Norway 

Mexico 

Brazil 

Spain 

Ruaaia 

Norway 

Ruaaia 

Peru 

Ruaaia 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Auatria 

Cuba 

Brazil 

Brazil 


Mexico .. . 
Mexico . . . 

Cuba 

Brazil .... 
Brazil .... 
Venezuela . 
Brazil .... 


^\ 
Fi 

Kc 

lid 

.M<l 

Nc 

Md 

Wb 

Ub 

No 

Oc 

Md 

Kb 

Nd 

Nd 

Pc 

Ge 

li 

Ob 

i 

Oc 

Oc 

Pc 

Pc 

Nb 

Nb 

Hh 

S« 
Fe 

Ji 

Fa 
Ok 
Lc 

Nd 
Fe 
Mb 

r>' 

Ld 
Ob 
Mb 
Pb 

Hj 

Nc 

II 

Md 
Gf 
Jk 
Ji 

Ef 
Gf 

Bi 

Hh 


ttmmm  vt  n«aa,  4c. 

Vti*    fiatm    <U 

PriiM  via  . 
ViUa    Nova    lU 

Prince  xa 

Villa  Nova  del  Kay 

Villu  Nova 

Villuril 

Villu  Kica.. 

Villa  Kica 

Villaricn 

Villa  Salado  .... 

Villui 

Vincviinca 

Vingurla 

Virgin 

Virgin 

Virgin  Uurda  . . . 

Virginia 

Virgin'a 

Virgin'a 

Virlzcrv 

Viacuvna 

Viaclier'a 

Viaeu 

Viatula 

Vitchegda 

Vitebek S7. 

Vitcbak 

Vitim 

Vitimakaya 

Vitloria 

Vizugapatam  . . . 
Vizianagnain  . . . 
Vizicrabud  . .    . . 

Vladimir 32. 

Vladimir 

Vladimir 

Vofaen 

Voffenoe 

Voncmaire 

Voikoeki 

Voja 

Vojigoraka 

Voknavolotz . . . . 

Volcano 

Volcano 

Volcano 

Volga 

Volgrina 

Volnynia...  .45. 

Volkhov 

Volmar 

Vologda  ...   11. 

Vologda 

Volomki 

Volta 

Voltaa 

Voltri 

Volunteer 

Vornavin 


(!•■ 


Braiil 


T. 
T. 
T. 

'i: 

T. 

ViL 

R. 

Cy. 
•if 


Ih. 

Bka. 

I. 

St 

Bay 

c* 

L. 

C. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Pr. 

S'- 

T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
Pr. 

5^- 

Bay 

I. 

Bay 

T. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

la 

I. 

R. 

T. 

Pr. 

R. 

T. 

Pr. 

??• 

R. 

C. 
T. 
I. 

IT. 


Ilraail 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Nfw  Holland. 

Brazil 

Bucnoa  Ayrca 

Miili 

Mciico 

Aaiatic  Kuaaia. 

Indionr  

Hindooatan  . . 
Weat  Indica. . 
Newfoundland 
Weat  Indiea. . 
United  SUtoa . 

Mexico 

Patagonia .... 

Ruaaia 

Mexico 

Auatralaaia . . . 
Brazil 


i! 


Ruaaia 

Ruaaia 

Ruaaia 

Ruaaia 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

Spain 

Hindooatan  . . . 
Hindooatan  . . . 
Hindooatan  . . . 

Ruaaia 

Ruaaia 

Ruaaia 

Spitabergen  . . . 

Norway 

Madagaacar  .. . 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

Ruaaiu 

Ruaaia 

Ruaaia 

Japan  

Pciyneaia 

Polyneaia 

Ruaaia 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

Ruaaia 

Ruaaia 

Ruaaia  ....... 

Ruaaia 

Ruaaia 

Ruaaia 

Guinea 

Africa 

Sardinia 

Polyneaia 

Ruaaia 


Ik 

Ji 
I  i 

JJ 

•'J 

J 

I 

HI 

Ee 

Tb 

<;  V 
"k 

Id 
Hg 

Ge 
Ke 
Hn 

Nc 
Uc 
Wl 

"J 

Nc 
Pb 
Nc 
Oc 
Tc 
Te 
Ld 

5« 

Re 
Oc 
Oe 

No 
Na 
Mb 

Qb 

Ob 

Pb 

Nb 

Vd 

Vf 

Wf 

Oc 

Ra 

Nc 

Oc 

Nc 

Pb 

Oc 

Oc 

Mh 

Nk 

Nd 

Pf 

Pc 


4 
I. 


.         .     I 


..    '  i  . 


,.i(t 


<v1 


.••u"i 

'r    .    .     ' 


R-^ 


i 


W: 


III 


.:! 


H  ! 


V- 


112 


CONSULTING  INDKX. 


Nainn  "f  I1a»«,  *e. 


Vurotskuya 
Voroncz  . . 
Voroncz  .... 
Voroiiez  .... 
Voronia ....    ■ 
Voronov  ... 

Vorya 

Voxmtnsk . . . 
VoBticcunskoo 
Voulchang  . . 
Vou-ling  .... 

Vol 

Vyin 

Vyn 


41. 


Waago. 

Wabash 

Wadan 

VVaday  

VVadreag 

Wodsoc 

Wady  al  Kora  .  • 

VVady  Dak  he  . . 

;  Wady  el  Khargeh 

VVady   el  Lugh- 

Ihaman 

Wady  Farafreh . 
Wady  Kawar... 
Wady  Noon .... 
Wady  Zemzen  .. 

Wager 

Wajunga 

Wakash 

Wake's 

Wake's  Ledge . . 
Waldeck....23. 

Wales 

Walel 

Walgnind 

Walgumaa 

Walker 

Walker 

Walker's 

Wallace 

Wallachia 

Wallah  Wallah  . 

Wallis's 

Wallis's 

Walmsley 

Walpole 

Walsbak 

Walsingham.. . . 
Walter  Bathurst 

Walwich 

Wainba 

Wamkrore 

Wamwax 

Wangel 

Wapticacoos... . 

Wara 

Waranger 


r. 

Pr. 

Cy. 

T. 

R. 

C. 

R. 

Bay 

T. 

Cy. 

Cy. 

L. 

R. 

R. 

L 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Dis. 

T. 

T. 

Os. 

T. 

T. 

O. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Cty. 

Tr. 

L 

Bks. 

Cty. 

Cty. 

T. 

L 

L. 

0. 

C. 

Bay 

Bay 

Pr. 

R. 

L 

L 

L. 

L 

L 

C. 

c. 

Bay 

Dis. 

T. 

L 

R. 

R. 

Fd. 


rraition. 

Asiatic  Ku8»ia. 

RuHsia 

RuHHia 

Russia 

Russia 

RUSHM 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia 

China 

China 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Russia 

Faroe  Islands  . 
United  States. , 

Tripoli 

Africa 

Burbary 

Russia 

Arabia 

Egypt 

Egypt 

Fczzan • 

Egypt 

Africa 

Suse • 

Tripoli 

Brit.  America  . 

Africa 

Oregon  Ter. .. , 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Giermany 

Great  Britain  .. 

Africa 

Russia • 

Sweden 

Brit  America  • 
Greenland  .... 
Cape  Colony  . . 
Scoresby's  Ld. 

Turkey 

Oregon  Ter... , 

Polynesia 

Isle  of  Georgia 
Brit.  America  . 
Australasia... . 

Iceland 

Brit.  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 
Africa .....    •  < 

Africa 

Scnegambia  • . . 
Australasia .... 

Sweden 

Oregon  Ter.. . . 

Bergoo 

Russia 


Rif. 

U<». 

Wc 

Oc 

Oc 

Ob 

Ob 

Ob 

Qb 

Pb 

Re 

Te 

Te 

Ob 

Qb 

Pb 

Lb 

Gc 

Nf 

Ng 

Me 

Na 

Of 

Nf 

Nf 

Mf 

Nf 

Mg 

Lf 

Me 

Gb 

Ng 

Dd 

Xg 

Xg 

Mc 

Lc 

Lg 

Nb 

Nb 

Fc 

la 

Nl 

Ka 

Nd 

Ed 

A.j 

Jn 

Eb 

Xk 

Kb 

Hg 

Ga 

Mk 

Ni 

Kg 

Vi 

Nb 

Ed 

Ng 

Na 

ttuam  of  rhccs,  Ac. 

Warangol 

Warasdin 

Warberg 

Wardehuus  .... 

Wardoc 

Waree 

Wargala 

Wargula 

Wargela 

Warning 

Warreconnc  .... 

Warren 

Warren 

Warren 

Warrender 

Warrow 

Warsaw -. 

Warsaw 

Wasa 4. 

Wasa 

Wasahny 

Wash  (the) 

Washagamy ... . 
Washington  ... . 
Washington  ..... 
Washington  ... . 
Washington  .. .. 
Washington .... 
Washington  .. . . 
Washita  (False). 

Washoo 

Wasilieffe 

Wasilief&koy.. . 

Waskayow 

Waskur 

Wassaw 

Wasseen 

Wassela 

Wassiboo 

Wasteras 

Watchman's... . 

Waterford 

Watlings'  Kay . . 

Wawa 

Waygat 

Waygat 

Waygatch 

Waygatch 

Waygeeoo 

Webbo 

Webuck 

Weeks' 

Weeks' 

Wohisk 

Wei 

Weido 

Weide 

Wcihai-wei 

Weldychuck  . . . 

Wellesley's 

Wellington 


Glut. 


T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Cy. 

Dis. 

T. 

Sta. 

Mts. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

Pt. 

C. 

Cty. 

!?■ 

Pr. 
T. 
R. 

L. 

9- 

T. 

T. 

Is. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

C. 

I. 

L. 

R. 

Dis. 

Pks. 

Cty. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

Sta. 

I. 

Str. 

I. 

R. 

C. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

Pr. 

Bay 

R. 

T. 

L. 

Is. 

Ch. 


Hindoostan  . . . 

Austria 

Sweden 

Russia 

Russia 

Benin 

Barbary 

fiarbary  

Africa 

New  S.  Wales  . 
Wisconsin  Ter. 
Pennsylvania. . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 

Guiana 

Poland 


Pmitinn. 


Illinois 

Russia 

Russia 

Brit  America  . 

England 

Brit  America  . 
D.  of  Columbia 
Pennsylvania. . 

Arkansas 

Texas 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Western  Ter.. . 

Soudan 

Kurile  Islands. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit.  America  . 
Asiatic  Russia- 

Ashantee 

Africa 

Africa 

Africa 

Sweden 

Patagonia 

Ireland 

Bahamas 

Soudan  

Greenland  . . . . 
Greenland  . . . . 

Russia 

Russia 

Polynesia 

Africa 

Labrador 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Brit.  America  . 

Thibet 

Spitsbergen  . . . 
Greenland  . . . . 

China 

Brit  America  . 
Australasia... . 
Brit  America  . 


Ref. 
UU. 


Nd 

Mc 

Oa 

Oa 

Mh 

Me 

Me 

Mf 

Wk 

Fd 

Gd 

Fb 

Db 

Ga 

Ih 

Nc 

Fd 

Nb 

Nb 

He 

Mc 

He 

Ge 

Gd 

Fe 

Fe 

Cj 

Bh 

Fe 

Mh 

Wd 

Ua 

Fc 

Qb 

Lh 

Oi 

Lg 

Lg 

Nc 

Hm 

Lc 

Hf 

Mh 

la 

la 

Pb 

Pb 

Uh 

Oh 

lc 

Wf 

^» 
Gc 

Sf 

Ma 

lb 

Ue 

Eb 

V 

Fa 


] 


I 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


113 


Nuna  of  Raoo,  kc. 

Wellington. . .  • 

WelU' 

Wclsford 

Wencr 

VVcnerborg. . . . 

Wen  man's  .... 

Werner 

Wcscl 

Weser 

Wesley viUe... . 

WesseHs 

Wcssel's 

West 

West 

West 

West 

West 

West 

West  Bothnia  . 

West  Cape  Howe 

Western  . . . 

Western  . . . 

Western . . . 

Western  . . . 

Western . . , 

Western . ,  • 

Western  Austral- 
asia   

Western    Spits- 
bergen 

Westervelts  . . . 

West  Fork .... 

Westnianna . . . 

West  Mt.  Barren 

Weston 

West  Pens 

Westray 

West  Sleepers  . . 

West  Vaagen. . . 

Wetter 

Wettorn 

Wexford 

Wexio 

Weymouth 

Weywongy  .... 

Whaco  Indians  . 

Whale 

Whale 

Whale 

Whale 

Whale 

Whale 

Whale 

Whale  River  . . . 

Whale's 

Whale's 

Whaneekas  .... 

Wheeling 

Whidbey 

Whidbey 

White 


ci« 


I. 

Rf. 

\C. 

L. 

T. 

Is. 

JVlts. 

T. 

R. 

Sta. 

Is. 

I. 

C. 

C. 

I. 

Pt 

Rf. 

Fd. 

Ois. 

a 

Ter. 

Is. 

Is. 

I. 

Po. 

Ter. 

Cty. 

Dis. 

Gr. 

R. 

I. 

MU 

C. 

Is. 

I. 

Is. 

I. 
I. 

L. 
T. 
T. 

C. 

I. 

Tr. 

Bay 

Bay 

iSo. 

PL 

Is. 

R. 

Bk. 

Ho. 

Bay 

Hd. 

T. 

flia'r 
Is. 

Sea 


PoiitiM. 


Patagonia  . . . . 
Australasia.. .. 
Brit.  America  . 

Sweden 

Sweden  ...... 

Gailapagos  . . . . 

Scoresby's  Ld.. 

Prussia 

Germany 

Caifraria 

Australasia . . . . 
Australasia  . . . 
New  Zealand . . 
C-oronation  ., . . 
Falkland  Is.. . . 
Brit.  America  . 
South  Shetland 

Norway 

Sweden 

New  Holland . . 
United  States. . 
Atlantic  Ocean 

Scotland 

Australasia... . 
New  S.  Wales  , 
United  States. . 


RfC 


Australasia.  . . 

Spitsbergen  . . . 

Polynesia 

Oregon  Ter.  . . 

Iceland 

New  Holland .. 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 

Scotland 

Brit  America  . 
Loffoden  Isles . 
Malaysia  ...    . 

Sweden 

Ireland 

Sweden 

New  a  Wales  . 

Malaysia 

Texas 

Africa 

Kerguclen's  Ld. 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Greenland  .... 
Brit  America  . 
Newfoundland. 
Brit.  America  . 
iSpitsbergen  . . . 
Spitsbergen  . . . 

Africa 

Virginia 

Ongon  Ter.. . . 
Australasia  . . . 
Russia 


Hm 

Wj 
Gb 
Mc 
Mc 
Fh 
Ka 
Mc 
Mc 
Nl 

Vj 

Ui 

X  m 

lo 

In 

Hd 

lo 

Mb 

Nb 

Tl 

Fe 

Kc 

Lc 

Vm 

VI 

Fe 

Ul 

Ma 

Wh 

Ed 

Kb 

Tl 

Gh 

Fc 

Lc 

Gc 

Mb 

Ui 

Mc 

Lc 

Mc 

Vj 

Ui 

Fe 

Mk 

Qb 

Ha 

Gb 

lb 

He 

Id 

Gc 

Na 

Na 

Oi 

Ge 

Dd 

VI 

Ob 


Nu 


■  o(FlM«,*e. 


Clt>. 


William 

William 

William 

WiUiam 

William  .... 
William  IV.'s 
Williams' ... 
Willow  Lake 
Wilmington  . 

Wilna 29. 

Wilna 

Wilson's .... 
Wingoos.. .. 
Winchester.. 
Wincoop's  . . 
Wincoop's  . . 
Windalo .... 
Windau  .... 
Windsor .... 
Windward  . . 
Windward  . . 
Winebah .... 
Winnebago  . 
Winnebago  . 
Winnebagoea 


FtaiMoa. 


White Bay 

White C. 

White R. 

White R. 

White L. 

White L. 

White I. 

White Is. 

White Cr 

White Mts. 

White  Bear Bay 

While  Earth  . . .  R. 
White  Fish  . . . .  R. 
White  Fish  . . . .  L 
White  Fish  Lake  Ho. 

Whitehall T, 

White  Harutsh  .  Mts. 

Whitshed C. 

Whitsuntide. ...  I. 

WhitUe C. 

Wholdvahad. 
Whydah .... 
Whylootacke 

Wick 

Wicklow.. . . 

Wide 

Wideroe  .... 

Widin 

Wight 

Wiirst 

Wilberfbrce  , 

Wilcox 

Wild 

Wilkesbarre , 
Willersted  . , 
Willey's  .... 


Newfoundland. 
Brit  America  . 
AHiatic  Russia. 
Missouri 


LtU. 


L. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

T. 

I. 

C. 

C. 

Pt 

Is. 

T. 

L. 

I. 

C. 

Pt 

Mt 

Ft. 

Ft 

Ld. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

Pr. 

a- 

L. 


Pt 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Ch. 

Is. 

T. 

L. 

Ft 

Tr. 


I  c 
Ha 

Xb 
Fe 

Monsfolia S  d 

-■  "Fb 
Hk 
XI 
Fd 
VI 
Hb 
Fd 
Ec 
Ec 
Ec 
Hd 
Nf 
|Cb 

Xj 
He 
Fb 
Mh 

Bj 

Lc 

Lc 

Wk 

Lb 

Nd 

Lc 

Vc 

Ok 

la 

lb 

Gd 

Fb 

Kn 

Ti 

^\ 
Tl 

Lc 

Fd 

Fb 

Ed 

Db 

Ge 

No 

Nc 

VI 

Fc 

Ge 

Ti 

Ti 

Nb 

Nc 

Hd 

3' 

L 

Gd 
Gd 
Fd 


Brit  America 

Bolivia 

Australasia  .  • . 

Missouri 

New  S.  Wales  . 
Brit  America  . 
Wisconsin  Ter. 
Brit  America  . 
Brit.  AnK>rica  . 
Brit.  America  . 
New  York .... 

Africa 

North  America 
Australasia ...  ■ 

Labrador 

Brit  America  . 

Dahomey 

Polynesia 

Scotland 

Ireland 

New  S.  Wales  . 
Faroe  Islands  . 

Turkey 

England 

Seghalien 

Mozambique  . . 
Greenland  .... 
Greenland  ... 
Pennsylvania  ■ . 
Brit  America  . 
Southern  Ocean 

Celebes 

Mozambique  . . 
New  Holland . . 
Scotland ...... 

Brit  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 
Missouri  Ter.  . 
Brit  America  . 
North  Carolina 

Russia 

Russia 

News.  Wales. 
Brit  America  . 

Virginia 

Java 

Java 

Russia 

Russia 

Vermont 

Western  Ocean 
West  Indies.. . 

Ashantee 

Wisconsin  Ter. 
Wisconsin  Ter. 
Wisconsin  Ter. 


10  • 


|!l 

V 

(.  •  ■ 


<  -ii 


mm 

'    •;,■.**  •jfi  V" 


I'  s? 


'-'■,; 


lif 


I 


If 


114 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


t   ! 


Nunet  <>(  PUcn,  Ac. 

\Vinnc|X!ck.. . . 
VViiine|iouk .... 

Wiii.slow 

Wiiilor 

Winter 

Winter 

Wirtcmburg. . . 

Wisbadcn 

Wisby 

Wisconsin  .... 
Wisconsin  .... 

Withclms 

Wittangi 

Wittenberg  . . . 

Woahoo 

Wodio 

Wogadeen  .... 

Wolchich 

Wolchousky ... 
Wolcd  Abousscba 
Woled  Aly  Arabs 
Woled  Deleym.. 
Woled  Deleym.. 
Wolcd  Gormeh  . 
Woled  Hashem  . 

Wolf 

Wolf 

Wollaston 

Wollaston 

Wollaston 

Wolstenholme  . . 
Wolstcnholmc  . . 
Wolstenholme  . . 
Wolter  Thymens 
Woman's  ... 

Womba 

Wood 

Wood 

Wood 

Wood 

Woodall's.... 
Woodburg  . . . 
Woodbury  . . . 

Woodiu 

Woods 

Woody  Head  . 

Worth's 

Wrath 

Wuppcrthal . . 
Wurzburg.. . . 

Wyborg 

Wynn 

Wyragur  .... 

Xagua 

Xanacy  

Xarayes 

Xerez 

Xingu 

Xiqucxique. . . 
Xolotas 


CbM. 


R. 

L. 

I. 

L. 

I. 

His 

Km. 

T. 

T. 

Ter. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

?■ 

L. 

Tr. 

Mts. 

I. 

Tr. 

Tr. 

Tr. 

Sta. 

Tr. 

Tr. 

I. 

I. 

L. 

L. 

I. 

C. 

So. 

I. 

Fd. 

Is. 

T. 

Bay 

Bay 

T. 

C. 

Bk. 

Bay 

C. 

T. 

L. 

C. 

Is. 

C. 

Sta. 

Cy. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

Bay 

R. 

L. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 


rniUoD. 


Brit.  America 
Brit.  America 
Polynesia  . . . . . 
Brit.  America 
Brit.  America 

Russia 

Germany 

Nassau 

Gothland  .... 
United  States. 
Wisconsin  . .  ■ 
Nova  Zcmbla . 

Sweden  

Prussia 

Sandwich  Is.. 

Russia    

Africa 

Brit.  America 
Polynesia. . . . 
Africa 


Her. 


Barca 

Africa 

Africa 

Africa 

Africa 

Labrador 

Labrador 

Brit.  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 
Patagonia  . .  ■ . 
Brit.  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 
Spitsbergen  . . . 
Greenland  . .'. . 

Soudan  

Spitsbergen  . . . 
Jan  Mayen  I... 

Nubia 

Scoresby's  Ld. 
Atlantic  Ocean 
New  Guinea  . . 
New  Guinea  . . 

Soudan M  g 

Brit.  America  .  F  c 
New  Zealand..  Xl 

Polynesia |  W  h 

Scotland iLc 


Fc 
Fc 

Aj 

Eb 

Gb 

Ob 

Md 

Md 

Nc 

Fd 

Fd 

Pa 

Nb 

Mc 

Bf 

Ob 

Oh 

He 

Cj 

Lf 

Ne 

Lf 

Lf 

Lf 

Lf 

Ic 

He 

Fc 

Eb 

Hn 

Gb 

Ha 

Ha 

Na 

la 

Mg 

Ma 

La 

Og 
Ka 
Kd 

Vi 
Vi 


Cape  Colony  . . 

Bavaria 

Denmark 

Scoresbyi's  Ld.. 
Hindoostan  . . . 


Nl 

Md 

Mc 

Ka 

Rf 


Cuba 

Brazil 

Bolivia  .... 
Guatemala . 

Brazil 

Brazil |J  j 

Bolivia H  k 


Gf 

Ij 

Gg 
li 


Names  of  PUca,  kc. 

Xulla  BcBsey  . . . 
Xulla  Mangola.. 
Xulla  Tulyaboo  . 

Yablanoy 

Yachan 

Yackman 

Yacobstat 

Yaeootat 

Yacsa 

Yacuy 

Yaguari 

Yai-chow 

Yakoutcs 

Yakoutsk 

Yakoutsk 

Yall 

Yalnsness 

Yalo 

Ya-long 

Yaloutorovsk  . . . 

Yamayas 

Yambo 

Yamburg 

Yamskaya 

Yamskoi 

Yamychcvskoy  . 

Yana 

Yandy 

Yang.chow  . . . . 

Yangomez 

Yang-tse  Kiang 

Yanni 

Yao-chow 

Yao-ngan 

Yaoorie 

Yap 

Yapelhue 

Yaransk 

Yarboro 

Yarcou  Tsanpoo 

Yarensk 

Yari 

Yarkand 

Yarkand 

Yarmouth 

Yarmouth 

Yaroslavl  . .  .15. 

Yaroslavl 

Yarriba 

Yartobe 

Yasashna 

YathKyed 

Yazoo 

Y-cbow 

Yedinsk 

Yeh 

Yell 

Yell 

Yellow 

Yellow 


CIlM. 


I. 
I. 
I. 

MU. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Bay 

T. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

Tr. 

Pr. 

T. 

R. 

C. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

§- 

R. 
R. 
Cy. 

Cy. 

T. 
T. 
In. 
R. 
T. 
R. 

2- 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

Cty. 

T. 

R. 

L. 

R. 

7: 

T. 

So. 
I. 

Sea 
R. 


Fotilioo. 


Ref. 

Ulf. 


Malaysia U  i 

Malaysia U  i 

Malaysia U  i 


Asiatic  Russia. 

Corea 

Oregon  Ter.  . . 

Russia 

North  America 
Asiatic  Russia  • 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Hainan 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Montchooria  . . 

Iceland 

Mantchooria  . . 

China 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Mexico 

Arabia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Soudan 

China 

Uruguay  ..... 

China 

Mantchooria  . . 

China 

China 

Soudan  

Polynesia 

Chih 

Russia 

North  America 

Thibet 

Russia 

Brazil 

Little  Bucharia 
Little  Bucharia 
Nova  Scotia. . 

England 

Russia 

Russia 

Soudan 

Little  Thibet . 
Asiatic  Russia 
Brit.  America 
Mississippi. . . 

China 

Asiatic  Russia 

Birmah 

Scotland 

Scotland 

China 

Africa 


Vc 

Uc 

Dd 

Nc 

Cc 

Uc 

Ik 

Ik 

Tg 

Ub 

Ub 

Ub 

Ud 

Kb 

Ud 

Sf 

Qc 

Eo 

Of 

Nc 

Wb 

Wb 

Re 

Vb 

Mh 

Te 

II 

Ue 

Uc 

Tf 

Sf 

Mg 

Vh 

HI 

Pc 

Ca 

Re 

Pb 

Ik 

Qd 

Rd 

Hd 

Mc 

Oc 

Oc 

Mh 

Re 

Vb 

Fb 

Fb 

Te 

Vb 

Sg 
Lc 
Lc 
Ue 

Nk 


Rif. 
Lett. 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


NuM*  at  FUCM,  ke. 


Yellow 

Yellow 

Yellow  Knife... 
Yellow  Mongols 
Yellow  Stone  ... 

Yeniana 

Yemen 

Yen 

Yen  chow 

Yengi 

Yenisei 

Yenisei 

Yenisei 

Yen.ngan 

Yen.ping 

Yeou 

Yeppe 

Yezd 

Yezdikhast 

Yhirrita 

Yikarova 

Yligan 

Ylijaska 

Ymile 

Yobuty ....... 

Yo-chow 

Yong-chow  .... 
Yong>ning>chow 

Yon'ping 

Yopcz 

York 

York 

York 

York 

York 

York 

York 

York 

York 

York 

York  Minster  . . 

York's 

Yorobieva 

Youghall 

Youl 

Young  William's 
Yourin  .... 
Youxpell.  • . 

Yoze 

Ypilay  .... 
Yrcoo .  ... 
Yrcoulou  . . 
Yshoek .... 
Yucatan ... 
Yu>chow  . . . 
Yuen-chow 
Yuen  Kiang 
Yuen-yang. 

Yuma 

Yungepe  . . . 
Yung  Ling 


CUa. 


R. 

L 

R. 

Tr. 

R. 

T. 

Pr. 

Sta. 

^- 

6. 

T. 

R. 

Cy. 

Cy. 

R. 

Tr. 

5f 

R. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
R. 
T. 

9.y- 

Cy. 

Dis. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

C. 

C. 

Is. 

So. 

Ft 

I. 

Pen, 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Is. 

C. 

L. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Pt. 

Sta. 

Cy. 

I': 
f 

Mt's 


China 

Wisconsin  Tcr. 
Brit  America  . 

Mongolia 

Missouri  Tcr... 
Arabia 


Arabia 

Africa 

China 

Corea 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

China 

China 

Soudan  

Missouri  Ter... 

Persia 

Persia 

New  Grenada  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Mindanao 

Russia 

Mantchooria  . . 

Ashantce 

China 

China 

China 

China 

Mexico 

Brit.  America  . 

England 

New  Holland. . 

Virginia 

Brit  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 
New  S.  Wales  . 
Australasia... . 
New  Holland .. 
Brit.  America  . 
Patagonia  . . . . 
New  S.  Wales  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Ireland 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Brit  America  . 
Oregon  Ter.  . . 
Mantchooria  . . 

Paraguay 

Mantchooria  . . 
Mantchooria  . . 
Nova  Zembla. . 

Mexico 

China 

China 

China 

China  ........ 

Bahamas 

China 

Thibet 


IM. 
Leu. 


Te 
Fd 
Eb 
Se 
Fd 
Pf 

oe 

^« 

Te 

Ue 

Ra 

So 

So 

Te 

Tf 

Mg 

Ed 

Pe 

Pe 

Hh 

Sc 

Uh 

Nb 

Vc 

Lh 

Tf 

Tf 

Tf 

Te 

Fc 

Lc 

Tl 

Ge 

Ga 

Ha 

Vj 

Vj 

Uj 

Ec 

Hn 

VI 

Sc 

Lc 

Uh 

Wh 

Gb 

Ed 

Vd 

Ik 

Ud 

Vd 

Qa 

S« 
Te 

Tf 

Tf 

Te 

Gf 

Sf 

Se 


I  of  Flaca,  ftt. 


Yungning 

Yung-ning-chow 

Yu-nhing 

Yunnan 

Yunnan 

Yunshan 

Yun-tai-chan  . . . 

Yupee 

Yurlevelz 


Zab 

Zabara 

Zacatecas  . . . 
Zacatccas  . . . 
Zacatula  . . . . 
Zacatula  . . . . 

Zacheo  

Zachivcrsk  . 
Zagany  .. .. . 
Zaguanagas 

Zaire 

Zaitsova  ... 
Zaizan ..... 

Zak 

Zambeze  . . . 
Zambezi  ... 
Zanguebar  . 

Zante 

Zanzibar . . . 
Zanzibar  .. . 

Zaria 

Zarnsk  .... 
Zavara  . . .  • 
Z.-'.waja .... 
Zealand. .. . 

Zebato 

Zebce  

Zebid 

Zebu 

Zechoe  .... 


CUh. 


T. 
Cy. 

Pr. 
Cy. 
Pr. 

Pr. 
T. 


PoriSoB* 


Zeeriwin-zeriman 

Zeghawa 

Zeghen  

Zegzeg 

Zekhova  

Zclania 

Zemee 

Zcndcro 

Zerbi 

Zerib 

Zeyla 

Zhe-hol 

Zimba 

Zimbao 

Zimbuas 

Zimora 

Zinti 

Zirianea 

Zirmie 

Znaym 


Thibet 

China 

China 

China 

C^hina 

Birmah 

China 

Mantchooria 
Russia 


115 

lUL 
Ul*. 

sT 

Te 
Te 

Sf 
Sf 
Sf 
Te 
Ud 
Oc 


Dis, 

T. 

St 

Cy. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

L. 

R. 

R. 

R. 

Cty. 

Cty. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Pt. 

L. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

Sta. 

T. 

T. 

Dis. 

Bay 

C. 

T. 

Cty. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 


Barbary 

Arabia 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Mexico 

West  Indies . . 
Asiatic  Russia 

Soudan  

Mexico 

Congo 

Asiatic  Russia, 
Mongolia .... 

Africa 

Cazcmbe 

Mozambique  . 

Africa 

Ionian  Isles  .. 

Africa 

Indian  Ocean . 

Soudan 

Russia 

Mozambique  . 

Africa 

Denmark  .... 
New  Grenada 

Africa 

Arabia 

Malaysia 

Africa 

Sahara 

Darfur 

Fczzan  

Soudan  

Russia 

Nova  Zembla  .. 

Birmah 

Africa 

Tripoli 

Barbary 

Abyssinia 

Mantchooria  . . 

Africa 

Motapa 

South  America 

Russia 

Bolivia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Soudan  

Austria 


Me 
Pf 

Ff 
Ff 

l« 
Fg 

Hg 

Vb 

Mg 

Ee* 

Mi 

Sc 

Rd 

Nk 

Nj 

Oi 

Ne 

Oi 

Oi 

Mg 

Oc 

Ok 

Oh 

Me 

Gh 

Oh 

O? 

Ug 

Ni 

Lf 

Ng 

Nf 

Mg 

Pb 

Qa 

Sf 

Oh 

Me 

Me 

Og 
Td 

Oj 
Oj 
i 

Nc 
Hk 
Nc 
Mg 
Nd 


I  . 


H-'-  %■■■■■ 


;:fH 


■Im 


r" 


116 


00M8l)!.TINO  INDEX. 


IfaMiat 

Zou  ... 
Zow»  .. 

Zogang  I 
Zoobakie 
Zooloa  .. 
Zotina. . 
ZoubiaoT 
Zowan.. 
Ziwla... 
Zulia... 
Zamba  . 
Zumbaa. 
Zumbo  . 


T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

D»p 

T. 

T. 

T. 


STria 

Tripoli 

Soudan  

AfKca 

Caffiraria 

Aaiatic  Ruuia. 

Ruatia 

Tonia 

Fezzan 

Venezuela  .... 

Ben^uela 

Africa 

Chanjfanwra  •  • 


Oe 
Me 
Mg 

Oh 
Ok 
Sb 
Oc 
Me 
Nf 

nJ 

Oj 


!!■■■  of  riiMi^  a<. 


Zurich .... 
Zurpane  . . 
Zurrah  . . . 
Zuurebrak 
Zuyder  Zee 
Zvenigorod 
Zverinogolevil 
Zvomik  .... 
Zwartlintjea      . . 
Zwarten  Kock . . 
Zwellendam 

ZwoU 

Zytomir.... 


ikayaT, 


CiMb 


L. 
T. 
G. 
T. 


T. 
R. 
C. 
T. 
T. 
T. 


Switzerland  . . . 

Polvneaia 

Cabul 

Cape  Colony  . . 
German  Ocean 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Turkey 

Cape  Colony  . . 
Nora  Zembla .. 
Cape  Colony  . . 

Holland 

Roaaia 


Rat 

um. 

Md 

I' 
Pe 

Nl 

Mc 

Oc 
Qc 
Nd 
Nk 
Pa 
Nl 
Mc 
Nc 


END  OF  CO^tpyLTIKG  INDEX. 


I 


d 

i 

e 
1 
c 
c 
c 
fd 

rk 

a 

ri 

e 
e 


J 


•.m 


i%m 


1 1 


'm 


AMERICA. 


America  is  a  vast  continent  comprising  one  of  the  grand  divisions  of  the  globe ; 
it  contains  an  extent  of  territory  nearly  equal  to  half  of  the  other  three  conti- 
nental divisions,  constituting  about  three*tenths  of  the  dry  land  on  the  surface  of 
the  earth ;  it  is  washed  on  both  sides  by  vast  oceans,  on  the  east  by  the  Atlantic, 
and  on  the  west  by  the  Pacific.  It  ranges  from  north  to  south  through  125 
degrees  of  latitude,  and  in  its  widest  part  113  degrees  of  longitude,  >eing  in 
length  about  9000  miles,  and  in  average  breadth  about  2000 ;  the  extent  ^f  sur- 
face has  been  variously  estimated  at  from  17,303,000  to  14,622,000  square  miles, 
but  in  every  estimate  allowance  must  be  made  for  the  uncertainty  of  the  northern 
limits,  and  our  still  imperfect  acquaintance  with  some  of  the  coasts. 

America  comprehends  the  whole  of  the  tropical  and  temperate  climates,  with 
part  of  the  arctic  on  both  sides  of  ''.e  equator.  The  whole  of  the  continent  north 
of  latitude  55°  may  be  considered  as  a  fr,>zen  region.  In  Greenland  and  around 
Hudson's  Bay,  mercury  freezes  in  winter,  and  ice  and  snow  accumulate  on  the 
land  and  water  and  covers  a  great  part  of  the  country  throughout  the  year.  The 
winter  begins  in  August  and  continues  for  nine  mon'  'is.  lb  summer  the  heat  is 
as  great  as  in  New  England ;  it  continues  however  for  too  short  a  period  to  bring 
grain  to  maturity,  and  cultivation  is  very  little  practised.  Vegetation  is  too 
scanty  to  supply  the  inhabitants  with  any  considerable  part  of  Uieir  food,  they 
therefore  live  chiefly  on  seals  and  other  proiductions  of  the  sea. 

Between  55°  and  44°  north  the  climate  of  North  America  ii  still  severe.  In 
winter  the  cold  is  intense,  and  the  snow,  which  begins  to  fall  in  November,  remains 
till  May.  The  summer  advances  with  such  rapidity  that  the  season  of  spring  is 
hardly  known.  In  June  the  6elds  and  forests  are  covered  with  laxuriant.verdnre ; 
grain  is  abundant  and  in  somi)  portions  is  cultivated  with  success.  The  temper- 
ate portions  of  North  America  may  be  considered  as  extending  from  46*>  to  37** 
north  latitude.  These  regions  are  prolific  in  grass,  *he  various  descriptions  of 
grain,  and  a  variety  of  fruits  are  produced  in  great  abjndance.  From  ^°  north 
to  the  latitude  of  40  degrees  south  the  climate  is  hot,  and  the  products  constitute 
aome  of  the  most  valuable  articles  of  commerce,  being  chiefly  tobacco,  cotton, 
rice,  indigo,  coffee,  sugar,  and  the  various  tropical  fruits.  Beyond  latitude  40^ 
south  the  climate  again  bSscomes  cold,  and  atTierra  del  Fuego  it  is  severe;  at  the 
South  Shetland  Islands,  in  latitude  63°  and  64°  south,  the  climate  is  that  ot 
Greenland  and  Spitsbt^rgen ;  islands  of  ice  are  tossing  through  the  seas,  and  the 
land  is  peopled  only  by  those  animal  forms  peculiar  to  the  Antarctic  Cit'cle.  Na- 
ture in  this  continent  assumes  an  aspect  of  peculiar  magnifileence',  for  whether  w« 
consider  its  mountains,  its  rivers,  its  lakes,  its  forests,  or  its  plains,  America 
appears  to  be  distinguished  in  all  those  leadmg  featan  *«  by  a  grandeur  not  to  be 
found  in  *^^he  other  [nrts  of  the  globe.  This  continent  cootainlM  a  great  variety  of 
wild  animals,  and  since  its  discovery  the  species  usually  domesticated  in  Europe 
have  been  introduced  and  are  now  found  in  great  alnindance.  The  birds  are 
exceedingly  numerous,  and  are  said  to  be  more  beautiftal  in  their  plumage  than 
those  of  the  old  continent,  but  in  their  notes  less  melodious. 

ini 


.t:i 


'■  t 

f 

■', 

,  V     ,  ■'• 

M 

» 
I 

i. 

'       1 

•'i 

:Vl-\i 


i  'fi    '''■>■'' 


U        JJ 


-•■J 


ijf'    n-i*  ■.M''^'i 


120 


AMERICA. 


The  vegetable  kinf^om  is  in  the  highest  degree  rich  and  varied,  many  of  the 
trcRH  are  amongst  the  most  ornamental  snd  tiseful,  the  fruits  are  rich  and  in  great 
prufuHion,  the  plants  and  flowering  shrubs  exceedingly  diversified  and  beautiful, 
and  alinuHt  all  the  various  species  of  grain  necessary  to  sustain  life  are  cultivated 
and  afTurd  abundant  crops.  In  mineral  treaeurca  America  surpasses  all  the  other 
quarters  of  the  globe. 

South  America  and  Mexico  abound  particularly  in  the  precious  metals,  and 
such  amp]  supplies  have  been  carried  to  European  markets  that  their  value  has 
been  greatly  diminished  since  the  discovery  of  the  American  mines;  all  the  more 
common  metals,  minerals,  and  precious  stones,  are  found  in  great  profusion,  and 
many  of  them  furnish  the  materials  for  extensive  and  important  mnnufactures. 

The  inhabitant  of  this  continent  have  bpen  estimated  by  various  writers  at 
from  20  millions  to  50  millions,  but  are  probably  about  44  millions;  of  this  num- 
ber about  18  millions  are  supposed  to  be  whites,  10  millions  of  the  aboriginal 
race,  8  millions  of  negroes,  and  8  millions  of  the  mixed  race,  as  mulattoes,  zam- 
\yoea,  &c.  The  whites  are  chiefly  English  in  the  north,  and  Spaniards  in  the 
south,  with  some  French,  Portuguese,  German,  Dutch,  Danes,  Swedes,  &c.  The 
negroes  are  Africans,  whom  the  cupidity  of  the  European  races  has  dragged  into 
slavery,  or  descendants  of  the  earlier  victims  of  a  barbarous  traffic. 

The  aboriginal  population  consists  of  two  distinct  races,  the  Esquimaux,  inhob- 
iting  the  maritime  districts  of  the  Arctic  regions,  and  the  copper-coloured  Indians, 
who  are  spread  over  all  the  rest  of  the  continent;  their  origin  has  been  a  subject 
of  much  investigation,  but  the  total  absence  of  historical  records  among  the 
Indians  themselves,  renders  it  difficult  to  arrive  at  any  satisfactory  result.  It  has 
been  discovered  that  there  are  remarkable  resemblances  between  some  of  the 
languages  of  Asia  and  those  of  the  Indians,  and  hence  it  becomes  nearly  certain 
that  they  came  from  the  Asiatic  continent,  but  at  what  period  they  emigrated  it 
is  impossible  to  determine.  It  is  evident  tiiat  they  are  a  distinct  people,  being 
essentially  different  in  several  respects  from  any  of  the  existing  races  on  the 
ep°tirn  continent. 

i'he  natives  in  some  parts,  particularly  Mexico  and  Peru,  were  considerably  ad- 
vanced in  civilization.  Those  inhabiting  Mexico  were  denominated  Aztecs ;  their 
govornment  was  a  sort  of  feudal  monarchy,  in  which  the  nobles  and  priests  mono- 
polized the  power,  the  mass  of  the  people  being  mere  serfs  attached  to  the  soil. 
The  Aztecs  had  neither  tame  animals,  money,  nor  artificial  roads ;  but  they  were 
acquainted  with  the  arts  of  weaving  cloth,  hewing  stone,  carving  in  wood,  and  of 
modelling  in  soil  substances.  Their  method  of  picture  writing,  though  rude,  com- 
pared with  the  alphabets  of  the  nations  of  the  old  world,  was  superior  to  any 
thing  else  found  in  the  new,  and  enabled  them  to  transmit  intelligence  and  to  re- 
cord events  with  sufficient  distinctness.  Their  calendar  was  more  accurate  than 
that  of  the  Greeks  and  Romans,  and  evinced  a  degree  of  scientific  skill  that  has 
created  suspicions  of  a  foreign  origin. 

The  government  of  the  Peruvians,  or  Quichuas,  was  a  theocracy  of  the  most 
despotic  character ;  the  sacred  Incas,  descendants  of  the  sun,  were  at  once  tem- 
poral and  spiritual  sovereigns,  and  the  people,  or  children  of  the  earth,  were  kept 
m  a  state  of  complete  servitude,  living  according  to  minute  regulations  which  re- 
duced them  to  mere  machines,  labouring  in  common,  and  holding  no  property. 
The  Quichuas  employed  the  lama  as  a  beast  of  burden ;  constructed  roads  of  great 
extent  and  solidity ;  built  suspension-bridges  of  a  most  ingenious  kind ;  formed 
chisels  of  a  hard  alloy  of  copper  and  tin ;  understood  the  art  of  moving  large 
masses,  and  excelled  the  Aztecs  in  the  perfection  of  their  masonry,  but  were  in- 
ferior to  the  latter  in  their  mode  of  computing  time  and  in  th«ir  method  of  record- 
ing events. 

The  political  state  of  America  presents  some  striking  features  and  contrasts. 
The  native  tribes  who  still  survive,  are  partly  held  in  subjection  by  European 
Americans ;  but  the  greater  number  wander  over  their  extensive  wilds,  either  in 
rude  independence,  or  ruled  despotically  by  their  chiefs  and  caciques.  The  Eu- 
ropean colonists,  who  form  now  by  far  the  most  numerous  and  important  part  of 
the  population,  were  long  held  in  subjection  to  the  mother  countries,  th«j  chief  of 


le 

ed  i 
er 


NOR  I'll  A.MKRICA. 


\'2l 


which  were  Spain  and  Great  Britain ;  but  the  jjreator  part  of  them  have  now  ch- 
tablitihed  their  independence,  and  have  j^pneraily  adopted  the  republican  form  of 
(ITovemment. 

Another  political  clement  is  formed  by  ;lie  ne^oes,  who  arc  mostly  in  a  stntn 
of  slavery;  a  numerous  body  of  them,  ho\k'evor,  in  one  of  the  finest  West  Indian 
Islands,  have  emancipated  themselves  and  become  a  free  people ;  while  Great 
Bk'itain  has  recently  bestowed  restricted  liberty  on  *  large  numbers  by  whom 
her  islands  are  cultivated.  There  yet  remain  about  5  millions  of  black  slaves  in 
Brazil  and  the  United  States,  besides  a  coniiderable  number  in  the  other  European 
colonies. 

Many  of  the  indigenous  tribes  have  become,  at  least  in  name  and  outward 
forms,  converted  to  Christianity ;  but  a  great  number  still  cherish  the  crude  no 
tions  and  rude  ceremonials  of  their  native  taith.  The  European  Americans  have 
commonly  retained  the  religious  creed  of  their  mother  country,  so  that,  while  in 
the  French,  Spanish,  and  Portuguese  colonies,  the  Roman  Catholic  is  the  prevail- 
ing system,  those  countries  that  have  been  settled  by  English  colonists  are  chiefly 
of  the  Protestant  persuc^sions.  The  negroes  have  generally  been  instructed  in 
the  elements  of  Christianity.  The  whole  number  of  Roman  Catholics  may  be 
estimated  at  about  25^  millions,  of  Protestants  15  millions,  and  of  unconverted 
Indians  I^  millions:  on  this  estimate,  however,  the  negroes  are  considered  as  be- 
longing to  the  denomination  embraced  by  their  masters. 

No  part  of  the  world  presents  so  great  a  number  of  languages  spoken  by  so 
few  individuals,  as  the  American  continent.  It  is  estimated  that  more  than  438 
languages,  and  2000  dialects,  are  here  spoken  by  about  10  millions  of  indigenous 
natives,  and  conseq"cntly,  about  one  half  of  the  known  tongues  in  the  world  are 
spoken  by  about  one  eighth  of  the  population.  An  ahalogy  of  structure,  however, 
60  remarkable,  has  been  found  to  pervade  all  the  American  languages  os  far  as 
they  are  yet  known,  that  they  have  been  designated  polysynthetic,  a  term  descrip- 
tive of  their  remarkable  powers  of  composition.  No  class  of  languages  equals 
the  American  in  its  astonishing  capacity  for  expressing  several  ideas  and  modifi- 
cations of  ideas,  in  one  word ;  and  idioms  of  naked  savages  are  not  less  regular 
and  complicated  in  structure  than  rich  in  words.  From  the  country  of  the  Esqui- 
maux to  the  Straits  of  Magellan,  mother  tongues,  in  their  roots  have,  if  the  ex- 
pression may  be  allowed,  the  same  physiognomy.  It  is  in  consequence  of  this 
similarity  of  structure,  that  the  Indians  of  the  missions  could  learn  the  tongue  of 
a  different  tribe  much  more  easily  than  the  Spanish,  and  the  monks  had  once 
adopted  the  practice  of  communicating  with  a  great  number  of  hordes  through  the 
medium  of  one  of  the  native  languages. 


NORTH  AMERICA. 

North  America  comprises  that  portion  of  the  New  World  extending  from  S° 
to  70°  north  latitude,  and  from  55°  to  168°  v-sst  longitude.  The  area  of  this  vast 
region  is  about  7,200,000  square  miles,  exclusive  of  the  islands  lying  west  and 
north-west  of  Baffin's  Bay  and  Barrow's  Strait  Presenting  a  broad  front  to  the 
Arctic  Seas,  it  gradually  expands  in  width  to  about  50°  north  latitude,  when  it 
again  contracts  its  dimensions  until  it  terminates  in  the  IstJimus  of  Darien. 

Its  winding  outline  presents  a  great  extent  of  sea  coast,  which  is  estimated  to 
amount  to  about  0500  miles  on  the  eastern,  and  somewhat  more  on  the  western 
side,  exclusive  of  those  on  the  frozen  shores  of  the  northern  border. 

Mountain  ranges,  peculiarly  distinguished  by  their  magnitude  and  continuity, 
pervade  this  quarter  of  the  world.  Those  of  North  America  consist  of  two  great 
chains,  tiie  eastern  and  western ;  the  latter,  or  Rocky  Mountain  range,  known 
also  as  the  Chipewayan.  Passing  through  Guatemala  from  the  Isthmus  of  Darien, 
it  spreads  out,  in  Mexico,  into  extensive  table-lands,  crowned  by  lofly  volcanic 
peaks :  running  thence  through  the  western  regicms  of  the  United  States,  and  the 

11  Q 


;{ 


'I 


•11 


P^-'krJ' 


i-'Sr-m 


..&)i^-^^ 


4 


I J  J 


NOKTII  A.MKIilCA. 


HntiHli  (HMfWHoionii,  it  finally  linka  to  a  Invpl  on  the  ulioren  ut'tJie  I'ular  Sea,  wP8t- 
wnril  i)t'  thn  Mackonxic  River.  Ilx  extent  in  prubul>ly  not  Il'hh  tlian  TiUUO  iniloH, 
ami  in  its  (rcncral  courao  it  in  nearly  parallel  to  the  i'ucitiu  Ocean,  luru>in((  the 
^rrcnt  dividini^  ridge,  or  line  ot*  Bepnmtion,  between  the  eaalern  and  wutttern 
waters,  the  principal  of  which  have  their  ori(;in  in  itH  tupmni  declivitioo. 

The  only  other  extcnHive  range  in  the  Allegliany  ur  Appalachian,  which,  run- 
ning parallel  to  the  caHtorn  coant  of  the  United  Htiiteii,  thruWH  otT  iMinie  irregular 
and  rather  slightly  ronnecteti  branched  diverging  into  Canaila,  liubrador  niid  tlie 
vicinity  of  IludranV  Day.  This  consiHtH  principally  of  two  parallel  chains,  the 
Alleghany  and  the  Blue  Ridge.  These,  however,  arc  not  so  extensive  in  their 
runge,  nor  do  they  attain  the  elevation  of  the  great  western  chain. 

The  rivers  of  America  constitute  perhaps  her  grandest  natural  features,  or  at 
least  those  in  which  she  may  claim  the  most  decided  pro-eminence  over  the  other 
quarters  of  the  globe.  They  are  unequalled,  both  in  their  length  of  course  and 
in  the  vast  masses  which  they  pour  into  the  ocean.  The  principal  of  these  take 
their  rise  in  the  great  western  chain,  from  its  eastern  side,  whence,  being  swelled 
by  numerous  streams,  they  roll,  broad  and  specious,  ticroes  the  great  interior  plain, 
until  they  approach  the  eastern  range  of  mountains :  thence  they  derive  a  fresh 
and  copious  serius  of  tributaries,  till,  bearing,  as  it  were,  the  waters  of  half  a 
continent,  they  reach  the-  ocean.  Thus,  the  Missouri  (which,  notwithstanding  the 
error  which  has  given  the  name  of  the  Mississippi  to  the  united  channel,  is  un- 
doubtedly, in  a  physical  view,  the  main  stream)  takes  its  rise  in  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains, then  flows  eastward  into  the  great  central  valley,  where  it  is  joined  by  the 
Mississippi,  and  there  receives,  from  the  Alleghany  chain,  the  copious  tribute  of 
the  Ohio.  In  its  course  thence  southward,  it  receives  tributaries  both  from  the 
eastern  and  western  range. 

The  St.  Lawrence  and  Mississippi  proper  derive  their  ample  stores  not  from 
any  mountain  chain,  but  from  that  cold  watery  region  of  swamps  and  forests 
which  forms  the  northern  prolongation  of  the  great  central  plain.  The  Mackenzie 
and  Great  Fish  River  which  flows  through  the  north  into  the  Arctic  Sea,  have  a 
long  diversified  course,  but,  from  the  barren  regions  which  they  traverse,  are  of  no 
commercial  value. 

The  Lakes  of  North  America  are  .lumerous  and  important ;  they  are  not,  how- 
ever, mountain  lakes,  nor  formed  by  mountain  streams.  They  originate  in  those 
great  wooded  and  watery  plains  whence  the  Mississippi  and  the  St.  Lawrence 
take  their  rise.  The  chain  of  connected  lakes  on  the  upper  course  of  the  latter 
river,  Ontario,  Erie,  Huron,  Michigan  and  Superior,  form  the  largest  bodies  of 
fresh  water  in  the  world.  Communicating  with  the  sea  by  the  broad  channel  of 
the  St.  Lawrence,  and  in  a  country  whose  population  is  rapidly  increasing,  they 
are  becoming  of  the  greatest  importance  to  commerce.  Similar  lakes  extend  to 
the  northward  as  far  as  the  Arctic  Sea ;  the  Lake  of  the  Woods,  the  Athabasca, 
the  Great  Slave,  and  the  Great  Bear  Lake;  but  these,  unconnected  with  any 
other  sea,  and  frozen  for  the  greater  part»  of  the  year,  cannot  serve  any  commer- 
cial purpose. 

The  Plains  of  the  New  World  form  almost  as  great  and  remarkable  an  object 
as  its  mountains.  In  North  America,  of  those  more  especially  worthy  of  atten- 
tion, the  first  is  the  plain  along  the  Atlantic,  between  that  ocean  and  the  eastern 
range  of  mountains.  To  that  belongs  the  original  territory  of  the  United  States. 
It  is  a  region  of  natural  forests ;  of  mixed,  but  rather  poor  soil,  and  of  but  mode- 
rate fertility.  The  second  is  that  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  continent,  between 
the  Rocky  Mountains  and  the  Pacific  0''3an;  a  country  with  a  mild  and  humid 
atmosphere,  as  far  north  as  55°,  bnt  inhobpnable  beyond  that  latitude.  The  most 
extensive  is  the  great  central  valley  of  the  Mississippi,  rich  and  well  wooded  on 
the  easi.  side ;  hue,  but  not  unfertile  in  the  middle ;  dry,  sandy,  and  almost  a 
desert  on  the  west.  This  vast  plateau  is  prolonged  without  interruption,  from  the 
Gulf  cf  Mexico  to  the  shores  of  the  Polar  Sea,  so  that,  as  has  been  observed,  one 
of  its  borders  is  covered  with  the  palms  and  the  splendid  foliage  of  the  'tropics, 
while,  in  the  other,  the  last  buds  of  arctic  vegetation  expire.  The  area  df  this 
great  plain  is  estimated  at  3,240,000  square  miles. 


LTII 


I 


:l 


iiid 

(C 

ed 


NOKTII  A.MKKKA. 


|j:« 


It  wan  formerly  bplicvcd,  on  th««  aiitluirity  of  Itiiflim,  that  the  aniinalH  of  Amo- 
rica  wore  inf»!rior  in  nizc  to  tlioso  of  th«'  *»n»t«'rn  coiitinrnt.  The  rpworclHV'*  of 
mfMlern  naturalinL-*  liavo  not  only  rrfnted  thin  frmr,  but  havf  rHtnlilinheil  tint  furl, 
that  whern  any  difibrcncn  of  tiizo  rxint«  in  animab  of  tho  <wnio  cln.M,  thr  HU|)»'ri- 
ority  in  inottt  cus>  '  \h  on  the  American  Hide.  The  animal  kinffilom  of  \orth  Aiim*- 
rica  eml)rac(>H  a  considerable  variety  of  Hpccieti,  Homc  of  whicli  arv  not  toiinii  in 
other  partu  of  the  world. 

Of  tliu  Bear  K|iecie«  ihoBo  peculiar  to  North  America  are  thH  (irizz-ly,  llirrt-ii 
Ground,  and  Black  Beara.  The  f^roat  I'olar,  or  White  Bear,  is  found  ul«o  in  the 
Arctic  regions  of  Europe  and  Aaia.  In  North  America  it  inhabits  tho  rontinciit 
as  far  soiitii  aa  LHbrndor  and  Hudson's  Bay,  its  principal  residence  is  on  lit'ldn  of 
ice,  with  which  it  fn-qiiently  floats  ii  (rront  dintanco  from  liind.  Tliesc  liiijre  rmi 
tures  feed  mostly  on  aniiiiul  siibstancns,  and  as  they  swim  and  dive  vvoll,  tli«>y 
hunt  seals  and  other  murine  animals  with  great  success.  Tho  White  lii-nr  |n>- 
sesses  prodigious  strength,  and  often  attacks  sailors  who  visit  the  Arctic  seas.  It 
is  also  remarkable  for  its  attachment  to  its  yoimg,  and  is  of  a  dirty  or  yellowish 
white  colour.  The  Grizzly  Bear,  the  most  powerful  and  dangerous  animal  of  North 
America,  inhabiting  both  sides  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  is,  when  full  grown, 
reported  to  exceed  8(H)  pounds  in  weighty  and  its  strength  so  great  that  it  has  been 
known  to  drag  to  a  considerable  distance  a  bufl'alo  weighing  1«X)U  pounds;  tho 
cubs  of  this  species  can  climb  trees,  but  the  adult  animal  cannot :  the  hunter  may 
thus  escape,  but  the  infuriated  beast  will  sometimes  keep  watch  below,  and  tlius 
confine  his  enemy  for  many  hours.  This  is  a  carnivorous  species,  but  will  occa- 
sionally eat  vegetables.  The  Barren  Ground  Bear  receives  its  name  from  thu 
circumstance  oi  its  inhabiting  only  that  section  of  the  continent  called  tho  Barren 
Lands,  or  grounds  situated  north  of  60°;  this  is  a  formidable  animal,  and  is  much 
dreaded  by  the  Indians,  who  are  very  careful  to  avoid  burning  bones  in  their  en- 
campments,  or  any  thing  that  might  attract  its  notice.  It  frequents  the  eea  coast 
in  autumn  m  considerable  numbers,  for  the  purpose  of  feeding  on  fish.  In  size  it 
is  between  the  Grizzly  auJ  the  Black  Bear.  The  Black  Bear  of  North  America 
is  different  from  the  European  animal  o:  the  same  name.  It  has  a  milder  disposi- 
tion, and  lives  more  on  vegetables :  its  favourite  food  is  the  different  kinds  of  ber- 
ries, and  it  will  not,  except  from  necessity,  subsist  on  animal  substances.  The  Cin- 
namon Bear  of  the  traders,  and  found  in  the  vicinity  of  Hudson's  Bay,  is  consi- 
dered only  an  accidental  variety  of  thu  Black  Bear. 

Of  the  Deer  kind  there  are  several  species  not  found  in  the  old  continent.  The 
Moose  Deer  resemb'^s  the  Elk  of  Europe,  but  is  of  a  different  species ;  it  is  the 
largest  of  the  Deer  kind  found  in  America,  and  perhaps  in  the  world,  being  in 
height  to  the  shoulder  full  six  feet,  and  weighs  when  full  grown  from  KHK)  to 
12^  poundfl;  it  is  a  solitary  animal,  and  the  most  shy  and  wary  of  all  the  Deer 
species:  it  was  formerly  found  as  far  south  as  the  Ohio  River,  but  now  occurs 
most  frequently  in  the  countries  north  of  the  great  lakes  and  in  the  unsettled 
parts  of  Canada,  and  also  occasionally  in  tho  northern  sections  of  New  Hampshire, 
Maine,  &,c.  The  Wapiti  or  American  Elli  is  second  in  size  only  to  the  Moose, 
and  formerly  ranged  over  all  the  middle  parts  of  the  continent :  it  is  now  found 
only  in  the  remote  western  districts  of  the  United  States  and  Canada,  and  also 
v/est  of  the  Rocky  Mountains.  The  size  and  appearance  of  the  Elk  are  imposing ; 
his  air  denotes  confidence  of  great  strength,  while  his  towering  horns  exhibit 
weapons  capable  of  doing  much  injury  when  offensively  employed.  The  Elk  is 
shy  and  retiring,  and  has  very  acute  senses ;  the  flesh  is  highly  prized  as  food,  and 
the  horaa  when  in  a  soft  state  are  considered  a  delicacy.  The  Indians  make  bows 
of  the  perfect  horn,  which  are  highly  serviceable  from  their  elasticity ;  and  from 
their  skins  they  prepare  various  articles  of  dress,  and  apply  them  also  to  other 
purposes.  The  Caribou,  or  American  Reindeer,  is  a  different  species  from  the 
Reindeer  of  the  old  continent ;  it  is  found  in  all  the  high  northern  latitudes  of 
North  America,  and  has  never  been  domesticated  or  used  as  a  beast  of  draught 
by  the  natives,  being  considered  only  as  game;  there  are  two  species,  the  Wood- 
land and  the  Barren  Ground  Caribou.    The  Virginia  Deer  is  one  of  the  most  ele- 


I' 

I 


^    Mi 


k  •■} 


•f    i- 


r     ;  ' 


HI 


'A 


t 

IN 

I. 

t- 


I'.'l 


NMKIII  AMKItK  A. 


L'liiil  III'  llif  AiiKTicari  niiiiniilx  n(  itH  claiw;  it  liv<>H  in  lury  iKTilf,  niiil  im  t'»un<l 
(lur  H  rciiii'ult'ruWi'  |M)rlii,ii  oC .North  Aiiifrini;  it  im  ximl  to  (implny  (jrf'iit  enmity 
III  lilt'  Kattlffnakc,  vvliicli  it  (untrivog  tn  criioli  liy  lrn|Mn);  witli  iLm  toro-trft  con- 
jiiinnl  iin«l  <lrup|Mn)(  p<;r|N-niliciilurly  on  tlin  m!r|N>nt,  ImkiikIiii^  away  with  j^ruat 
litfhtni'KH,  ami  rt'|N:ntin(f  ttiiH  ittlack  until  hiii  oncmy  in  (l<>ittroyu«i. 

OiM!  H|M'cieH  of  Antt'ldp)',  thn  prontr-horneil,  in  p<>ciili'ir  to  America;  it  Ih  a 
(;ru(M*t'iil  ami  Hcct  aniinnl,  ho  hwiH  that  it  8(>i>nm  rather  to  Hy  than  leap  from  rock 
to  riK*k  in  tho  ru^rffil  n>|^iunM  which  it  inhabits;  they  live  in  omall  families,  ami 
lire  lliiiml  in  the  vuct  plum  of  the  Mistiouri  and  SnHkatcluiwun,  in  the  vicinity  of 
tliu  Kocky  MountainH. 

The  American  DiHon,  or  Biifliilo,  once  common  in  the  United  Statcii,  has  f^ra- 
iliirilty  dittappeiired  bt'tbrc  the  white  pupiilution ;  it  now  only  eximta  to  tho  west  of 
the  .MiHxiMHipm,  and  ruaiiiH  over  the  vuHt  {fruHny  plains  in  tho  vicinity  of  the  Ilocky 
MdiintainH;  hero  it  in  tbiind  in  imnien)<e  liordB,  umountin^if,  it  is  nnid,  oftentimes 
to  from  r)U(M)  to  KMMH)  hcud ;  tho  tleyh  is  tender  and  ^uicy,  and  the  tongue  and 
hump,  or  wit{f,  nre  in  particular  esteemed  irrcat  delicacies.  The  Musk  Ox  derives 
its  name  from  itx  llesh,  when  in  u  lean  state,  smelling  strongly  of  that  substance. 
It  is  truly  an  Arctic  animal,  b<>ing  tbund  only  in  the  barren  lands  beyond  tho 
(■reut  iJlavo  Lake,  and  as  fur  north  as  Melville  Island  in  75°.  In  size  the  Musk 
Ox  scarcely  equals  that  of  tho  small  Highland  cattle,  the  carcase  when  cleaned 
not  weighing  more  than  3  cwt. ;  it  assembles  in  hcrdn  and  flees  at  the  sight  of 
mon ;  it  is  much  hunted  both  by  the  Indians  and  Elsquimaux. 

Herds  of  wild  Horses  roam  over  the  great  plains  on  both  sides  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains,  and  like  those  existing  under  similar  circumstances  in  he  southern 
continent,  are  the  oH'spring  of  the  European  animal,  imported  soon  g  ter  the  first 
settlement  of  the  country.  They  are  found  from  Texas  to  the  plains  of  the  Sas- 
katchawan,  and  are  of  great  importance  to  the  Nomadic  Tribes,  who  train  them 
not  only  for  transporting  their  tents  and  faniilies  from  place  to  place,  but  also  for 
the  purposes  of  war,  the  chase,  and  of  foal ;  the  flesh  of  the  horse  being  thus 
mostly  used  by  the  Spokains  and  several  '^U'sr  tribes,  and  likewise  at  times  by  the 
residents  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  a  posts  on  the  Columbia  River  and  its 
branches.  A  few  individuals  of  the  Wild  Horse  purchased  by  citizens  of  the 
United  States  from  the  Indians,  have  been  found  remarkable  for  their  speed  and 
bottom. 

Of  the  Cat  kind  this  continent  contains  several  species,  all  equally  remarkable^ 
like  their  congeners  of  the  old  world,  for  the  beauty  and  diversity  of  their  colour, 
and  the  treachery  of  their  disposition.  The  cougar,  or  puma,  called  also  the  pan- 
ther, is  the  largest  and  most  formidable  of  its  class  found  in  North  America ;  it  is 
about  one-third  less  in  size  than  the  lion,  and  of  sufficient  strength  to  carry  a  man 
up  a  tree ;  though  now  rare  in  the  more  settled  parts  of  the  continent,  it  is  occa- 
sionally met  with  in  the  remote  districts  of  the  United  States.  It  preys  upon 
calves,  sheep,  &c.,  but  has  also  been  known  to  attack  man.  The  jaguar,  an  ani- 
mal of  the  cat  kind,  resembling  the  panther,  is  found,  though  rarely,  in  Mexico ; 
also  the  ocelet  and  tiger-cat. 

The  Rocky  Mountain  sheep  and  goat  inhabit  tho  same  range  of  mountains 
from  which  they  derive  their  name ;  the  latter  is  about  the  size  of  the  domestic 
sheep,  its  fleece  hanging  down  on  both  sides  like  that  '^'  the  merino  breed,  the 
hair  is  long  and  straight,  coarser  than  that  of  the  atmap,  ^t  finer  than  that  of  the 
domestic  goat ;  the  Rocky  Mountain  sheep  is  larger  thmm  any  domestic  sheep ;  the 
horns  of  the  ram  are  immense,  in  some  of  the  old  0mm  so  mwh  so  as  to  prevent 
the  animal's  feeding  on  level  ground.  The  hair  i»  tike  tiiat  of  the  reindeer,  at 
flrst  short,  fine  and  flexible,  but  as  the  winter  tdvanne*  it  (incomes  coarse,  dry  and 
brittle,  though  it  feels  soft ;  it  is  then  so  close  «8  to  beenne  rect ;  they  collect  in 
flocks  from  three  to  thirty,  the  young  rams  amd  fenut^  herdint'  together,  while 
the  old  rams  form  separate  flocks. 

The  principal  fur-bearing  animals  of  North  America  ...re  the  beiver,  musquash, 
or  muskrat,  pine-marten,  pekan,  or  fisher  the  Canada  lynx,  racco<  n,  and  stoat,  or 
ermine.  These  animals  are  all  diligentJv  hunted,  both  by  Indians  and  the  inha- 
bitants of  those  settled  parts  of  the  conti  ■    't  in  which  my  of  them  ar"  yet  found: 


MlltTil  AMKKUA. 


u: 


tfiHr  nkins  miikp  an  importnnt  itrm  nl"  oxp«irt  to  Kumpn,  pnrtimlnHy  fViim  Pnnmla  ; 
(«iin"'  i>\'  lliPM!  Bniiml>»  nr«*  rvnl<Mitly  iliH-rr^Hinj^  wiOi  ;,'r»'(it  ripulity.  The  w<'ll 
kri'twn  liravrr  i.-*  imw  ulin"^t  fxc  lii-iv(«|y  r(>nfin«'<l  tn  I'nnmln  iirnl  thf  iiortli-wcut 
•iL'tiiriM  fit' AiiuTica ;  vvi-n  ln-rr,  Imwrvtr,  Mn'ir  niiinln'r*  nn*  <lnily  (liminiHliini.'. 
Ill  tin*  yi'ar  I7in  tli«>  iiii|M)rtf<  nf  lnvtvor  nkiiiH  info  ihi*  portx  of  Idindnti  niui  Ki>> 
ilu'llo  fxft'f>(l»'il  iri<t,(KM»;  It)  \*<il  tln'  iiii|*iTt,  tli(iii(fli  t'riMM  fimr  tiimn  tlir  fxtmt 
III'  fur  Country  known  in  17 IH,  wnt  Ii-im  thim  .'S<V^H);  of  tho  inn)«in;ififi,  lulwi-on 
KNMXNI  nnil  filMMMMJ  f\i\iM*  nro  iinniiully  rTiK)rto(l  from  <'unn<ln,  nn<l  of  t)n-  |»in««. 
irinrtrn  1(M),(MH)  fkin*;  tlin  Ultcr  iiro  tini'd  lor  triinminf^ii,  nnd  will  dyi*  w  well  uh 
Ui  iinitntc  mhlt-'t*  nml  oMior  ex|»onHivp  fur»«,  hcnro  th»'y  linvp  nlwayii  Iwon  nn  im« 
|)orfrtnt  nrticle  of  coinnnT<*o.  Tim  ncn-otter  nlw  furniRlicH  n  [argv  amount  of 
vriliinltln  furn,  princi|iiilly  to  thfi  RuHpiiin!*  on  tho  north-west  poart. 

'I'ho  th)i  kind  cxIiiliitH  Hovorul  variptifH  not  fiMind  in  other  partfi  of  the  world ; 
of  those  the  Ncwfoiindlnnd  dojj  ix  rcmarkahle  for  its  naifncity,  great  bnik  and 
8trcn}fth.  Tlic  BiMjiiiinadx  i\o(i,  hIho  a  large  variety,  Ih  very  nxefnl  to  the  KM|iii- 
inaiix  and  the  trudfrw  in  dniw-nj;  their  furs  and  bappaj^'e.  The  North  Amerinm 
dop  is  used  in  the  IIudM>nN  Bay  countriea  both  an  a  beaptof  drntipht  and  in  the 
chase,  and  aim  for  fotxl,  its  flesh  be inp  esteemed  by  the  Canadian  voyapors,  or 
can(je-mon,  superior  to  nil  other. 

Foxes  and  wolves  abound  in  most  parts  of  the  central  and  northern  regions  of 
the  continent ;  of  tho  former  there  arc  the  urclic,  sooty,  cross,  black,  gray,  and 
red  fux,  and  of  the  latter,  the  Mexican,  the  pray,  red,  black,  dusky,  and  imrkinp, 
or  prairie-wolf.  Of  tho  o|)osRum,  found  from  Pennsylvania  to  Brazil,  there  are 
several  species,  of  wiiich  the  Virginia,  or  common  opossum,  is  well  known  in  the 
United  States;  also,  the  skunk,  iniirtnots  of  different  species,  oquirrvls,  hares,  and 
a  great  variety  of  other  smaller  animals. 

Tlie  wlialo  species  are  numerous  on  the  northern  coasts ;  the  most  useful  and 
remarkable  ar«  the  common  iiml  spermaceti  whale,  and  the  narwhale,  or  sca- 
unicorn.  The  common  seal  frequents  the  sea  coasts  perhaps  throughout  the 
world,  but  is  in  North  America  most  numerous  in  hiph  northern  latitudes,  and  is 
of  the  greatest  use  to  the  Esquimaux  and  other  inhabitants  of  those  frozen  repions, 
furnishmp  them  with  all  the  necessaries  of  life;  they  arc  of  various  kinds,  as  the 
hooded,  harp,  fetid,  ursine,  and  preat  seal. 

Most  of  the  Birds  of  North  America,  and  especially  those  of  tho  United  States, 
are  now  rendered  as  familiar  to  the  European  naturalist  as  those  of  his  own  coun- 
try ;  for  they  have  been  more  ably  and  more  fully  illustrated  than  those  of  any 
part  of  the  world.  Rapacious  birds  arc  h'  >r«  as  numerous  as  in  other  parts  of  the 
earth,  and  of  a  great  many  diflcrent  !>{K>4:ies,  including  eagles,  vultures,  hawks, 
falcons,  owls,  Alc.  The  wiiite-hoHi'.uui  "«■  hnld-lieaded  eagle  is  well  known  as  be- 
ing the  chosen  emblem  of  our  ovvi.  i<<",Hiblic.  It  is  common  to  both  continents ; 
but,  while  it  seems  almost  enttreU  CDinlined  to  the  arctic  repions  of  the  old  world, 
it  abounds  in  the  milder  repioiK>  i^t  tl%e  United  States,  in  the  new.  It  is  notori«)us 
for  its  lawless  habits;  robbiac  the  fish-hawk  of  his  hard-won  victim,  and  even 
compelling  the  vulture  to  di?«^>rgo  its  filthy  prey.  The  vultures  are  the  great 
Californian  vulture,  black  v«iit»re,  and  t  irkey  buzzard.  The  first  seems  to  be  con- 
fined to  California  and  the  aJiK>ming  r«*gion8  west  of  the  Rocky  Mountains :  tht-y  i 
build  their  nests  in  the  ni'mt  secret  parts  of  the  pine  forests:  they  measure  from ' 
four  to  four  and  a  half  feet  in  length.  Their  food  is  carrion  or  dead  fish,  and  they 
will  in  no  instance  attack  any  living  animal,  unless  it  be  wounded  and  unable  to 
walk.  In  searching  Utr  their  prey,  they  soar  to  a  great  heigiit;  and,  on  discover- 
ing a  wounded  deer  or  other  animal,  they  follow  its  track  until  it  sinks  disabled 
to  the  ground.  Althu«ffh  only  one  bird  may  be  first  in  possession,  it  is  soon  sur- 
rounded by  preat  numbvrg,  who  all  fail  upon  the  carcase,  and  devour  it  to  a  i^kele- 
ton  withvn  an  hour,  even  tiiough  it  be  a  horse  or  a  stag.  The  black  vulture  and 
turkey  buzzard  are  both  well  known  and  numerous  in  the  southern  States  of  our 
Union,  where,  notwithstanding  their  filthy  habits,  they  are  protected  by  law  and 
common  usage,  being  of  great  utility  in  devouring  putrid  animal  matter  which 
would  otherwise  be  highly  offensive  and  injurious. 

The  wild  turkey  is  peculiar  to  America:  it  is  a  fine  large  bird,  of  brilliant 

11* 


V   . 


11  :t^. 


'\i^'M 


Im 


^ 


I!'   . 

if 


126 


NORTH  AMERICA. 


blackish  plumage.  It  breeds  with  the  domestic  one ;  and  when  the  latter  is  reared 
near  the  range  of  the  former,  it  is  sure  to  be  enticed  into  the  woods  by  it.  Of 
this  bird,  Dr.  Franklin  observed,  it  would  have  been  a  much  fitter  emblem  of  our 
country  than  the  white-headed  eagle,  a  lazy,  cowardly,  tyrannical  bird,  living  on 
the  labours  of  others,  and  more  suited  to  represent  an  imperial  despotic  govern- 
ment than  the  republic  of  America. 

Of  the  duck  kind,  of  which  there  are  many  species,  the  best-known  is  the  can- 
vas-back. It  is  peculiar  to  America,  and  is  more  celebrated  than  any  other  for 
the  excellent  flavour  of  its  flesh :  they  are  found  mostly  in  Chesapeake  Bay  and 
the  neighbouring  rivers.  In  winter,  they  are  occasionally  so  numerous  as  to 
cover  the  water  to  the  extent  of  several  acres :  this  bird  is  an  expert  diver,  and 
lives  on  the  bulbous  root  of  a  water-grass  resembling  garden  celery  in  taste,  to 
which  is  attributed  its  peculiar  flavour :  they  dive  in  from  6  to  8  feet  of  water, 
and  are  frequently  attended  by  the  widgeon,  or  bald-pate  duck,  who  never  dives 
himself,  but  watches  the  rising  of  the  canvas-back,  and,  before  he  has  his  eyes 
well  opened,  snatches  the  delicious  morsel  from  his  mouth  and  makes  oflT:  on  this 
account,  the  two  specica  live  in  continual  contention. 

Perhaps  the  most  characteristic  of  American  birds  is  the  humming-bird,  re- 
markable alike  for  its  diminutive  size  and  the  brilliant  metallic  lustre  of  its  plu- 
mage :  they  are  most  numerous  in  South  America,  but  are  found  in  the  northern 
continent  as  far  north  as  45'^. 

Vast  flights  of  pigeons  migrate  periodically  to  diflferent  parts  of  the  continent, 
frequently  extending  for  many  miles  on  each  side,  darkening  the  entire  atmo- 
sphere, and  often  requiring  four  or  five  days  to  pass  over  a  particular  place. 

Of  the  birds  of  game,  the  principal  are  the  grouse,  pheasant,  partridge,  &c. 
The  species  of  grouse  are  more  numerous,  and  entirely  distinct  from  those  of  Eu- 
rope. The  largest  and  most  valuable  is  the  Cock  of  the  Plains.  Some  other  of 
the  peculiar  American  birds  are  the.  mocking-bird,  blue  jay,  and  whip-poor-will. 
Parrots  and  parroquets  abound  in  Mexico ;  and  in  the  United  States  there  is  one 
species  of  parrot. 

The  seas,  lakes,  and  rivers  of  North  America  swarm  with  a  great  variety  of 
delicious  fish.  The  cod,  so  well  known  in  commerce,  is  found  only  in  the  north- 
ern seas.  Their  great  rendezvous  is  on  the  Bank  of  Newfoundland  and  other 
sand-banks  that  lie  off"  the  coasts  of  the  northern  parts  of  the  United  States :  these 
situations  they  prefer  on  account  of  the  number  of  worms  produced  in  those  sandy 
bottoms,  which  tempt  them  to  resort  there  for  food.  Some  conception  may  be 
formed  of  their  amazing  fecundity,  from  the  fact  that  nearly  ten  millions  of  eggs 
have  been  counted  in  one  fish  of  a  moderate  size.  The  mackerel  and  alewife 
fisheries,  along  the  coasts  of  the  United  States,  also  give  employment  and  food 
to  great  numbers  of  persons.  The  siiad  is  taken  in  large  quantities  in  all  the 
rivers  of  the  Atlantic  States,  and  in  the  proper  season  is  highly  esteemed.  The 
salmon  is  also  found  in  the  northern  rivers  of  the  United  States  and  Canada,  on 
both  sides  of  the  continent,  and  is  especially  plentiful  in  Columbia  River.  The 
white-fish,or  titameg  of  the  traders,  is  cuught  in  all  the  great  lakes  from  Canada 
to  the  Arctic  Ocean.  It  is  a  delicious  article  of  food,  and  as  many  as  900  barrels 
have  been  taken  at  a  single  fishery  on  Ijake  Superior. 

The  Reptiles  of  America  are  numerous,  and,  like  the  generality  of  this  class  in 
other  parts  of  the  world,  the  majority  tire  apparently  useless,  and  some  dangerous. 
In  North  America,  the  alligator  does  not  occur  north  of  the  Carolinas  and  the 
Red  River  of  Louisiana.  In  severe  winters  he  buries  himself  in  the  mud,  and 
lies  in  a  torpid  state.  The  rattlesnakes  are  peculiar  to  the  New  World,  and  are 
particularly  formidable  on  account  of  the  deadly  venom  of  their  bite.  There  are 
four  or  five  species  of  this  reptile,  all  of  which  reach  the  length  of  five  or  six 
feet.  The  common  species  of  the  United  States  is  extremely  numerous  about  the 
sources  of  the  Columbia  River. 

There  are  several  kinds  of  land  tortoises,  but  they  are  all  of  a  moderate  size. 
Some  curious  salamanders  hiive  been  recently  discovered,  and  the  celebrated  siren 
is  an  inhabitant  of  the  muddy  lakes  of  Georgia  and  South  Carolina.     This  sin- 


NORTH  AMERICA. 


127 


gular  reptile  has  long  perplexed  naturalists,  some  thinking  it  a  tadpole  or  imper- 
fect frog ;  it  is  now,  however,  fiilly  ascertained  to  be  an  adult  animal. 

The  aboriginal  Americans  all  constitute,  at  the  present  day,  by  their  physical 
characters  not  less  than  by  their  languages,  a  race  different  from  those  known 
before  the  discovery  of  America,  and  preserve  throughout  this  vast  extent  of  coun- 
try and  variety  of  climates,  the  same  essential  characteristics.  They  have  a  cop- 
per colour,  resembling  that  of  rusty  iron  or  cinnamon,  coarse,  straight,  black  hair, 
high  cheek-bones,  and  sunken  eyes ;  it  has  been  affirmed  that  they  are  without 
beards,  but  it  is  well  ascertained  that  this  is  not  the  case  naturally,  but  that  most 
of  them  take  great  pains  to  pluck  them  out.  Almost  all  the  Indians  near  Mexico, 
and  those  on  the  north-west  coast,  wear  mustachios.  The  American  Indians  are 
generally  erect  and  of  line  forms,  with  few  instances  of  decrepitude  or  deformity ; 
they  have  cleaner  limbs,  not  so  muscular,  and  with  less  tendency  to  corpulence, 
than  the  whites.  As  a  race  they  have  countenances  that  are  generally  unjoyous, 
stern  and  ruminating;  it  is  with  them  either  gloomy  taciturnity  or  bacchanalian 
revel.  Their  impassible  fortitude  and  endurance  of  suffering,  their  contempt  of 
pain  and  death,  invest  their  character  with  a  kind  of  moral  grandeur.  It  is  to  be 
doubted,  however,  whether  some  part  of  his  vaunted  stoicism  be  not  the  result  of 
a  more  than  ordinary  degree  of  physical  insensibility.  Like  all  ignorant  people 
unable  to  trace  the  relation  between  results  and  causes,  they  are  beyond  all  other 
superstitious.  It  may  be  laid  down  as  an  universal  trait  of  Indian  character.  The 
warrior  who  braves  death  a  thousand  times,  and  in  every  form  in  the  fury  of  battle, 
carries  with  him  to  the  combat  a  little  charmed  bag  of  filthy  and  disgusting  ingre- 
dients, in  which  he  places  no  little  reliance  or  security  against  the  balls  and 
arrows  that  are  directed  against  him ;  all  savages  in  this  region  are  hospitable : 
even  the  enemy  whom  they  would  have  sought  and  slain  far  from  their  cabins, 
who  presents  himself  fearlessly  there,  claims  and  receives  their  hospitality.  They 
accord  to  the  cabin  hearth  the  honours  and  the  sanctity  of  an  asylum. 

Since  the  introduction  of  the  horse  by  Europeans,  many  of  the  Indian  tribes 
have  acquired  an  astonishing  degree  of  skill  in  the  management  of  that  noble  ani- 
mal ;  among  these  are  the  Pawnees,  the  Comanches,  the  Sioux,  the  Apaches, 
Shoshonees,  Enneshoors,  and  other  tribes :  some  of  ttiese  have  also  borrowed  the 
use  of  fire-arms  from  their  European  neighbours,  but  in  general  they  have  rejected 
the  arts  of  peace  and  civilization. 

Perhaps  there  is  no  tribe  among  the  American  Indians  so  degraded  that  it  has 
not  some  notion  of  a  higher  power  than  man,  and  in  general  they  seem  to  have 
entertained  the  idea  of  a  Great  Spirit  as  a  master  of  life,  in  short,  a  Creator,  and 
of  an  Evil  Spirit,  holding  divided  empire  with  him  over  nature;  many  of  them 
have  priests,  prophets,  and  sorcerers,  in  whose  supernatural  powers  they  trust, 
and  most,  if  not  all,  appear  to  believe  in  a  future  state ;  many  attempts  have  been 
made  by  benevolent  persons  to  convert  the  aboriginal  tribes  to  the  christian  reli- 
gion, to  teach  them  the  arts  of  peace  and  civilized  life,  and  to  train  them  to  habits 
of  industry ;  but  so  little  has  been  the  effect  of  those  efforts,  that  many  do  not 
hesitate  to  pronounce  it  impossible  to  engrafl  the  European  civilization  on  the 
Indian  character.  Some  doubtful  exceptions  to  this  general  failure  of  the  attempts 
to  effect  the  civilization  of  the  Indians  occur  in  the  United  States,  where  some  of 
the  Cherokees  and  other  tribes  hold  property,  cultivate  the  ground,  and  practise 
the  useful  arts. 

Tliere  are  some  circumstances  which  invest  tne  present  missionary  efforts  with 
stronger  probabilities  of  success  than  any  that  have  preceded  them.  The  number 
of  Indians  that  are  half-breeds,  or  mixtures  of  the  blood  of  the  whites,  is  great, 
and  continually  increasing.  These  generally  espouse,  either  from  conviction  or 
from  party  feeling,  the  cause  of  civilization  and  Christianity.  It  is  more  univer- 
sally believed  than  it  once  was,  that  Christianity  is  the  religion  of  social  and 
civilized  man.  Instead  of  relying-  much  on  the  hope  of  the  conversion  of  adult 
hunting  and  warrior  savages,  the  effort  is  cliiefiy  directed  towards  the  young. 
Schools,  the  loom,  the  anvil,  and  tht*  plough,  are  sent  to  them ;  amidst  the  comfort, 
stability  and  plenty  of  cultivation,  tl\ey  are  to  be  imbued  with  a  taste  for  civilized 


i  :y  il 


"  I 


,11,        .  - 

•*  I,    •  IT'.    1 

■'■■'i  ■  ■ '  i-iiSi 

■r|:  ^^., ■.(,!: /I 

' '  •  .■;  ■  ^-r- 


■^M-i:; 


.'; 


. ,« 


S'; 


» ji-' 


sir 


128 


RUSSIAN  POSSESSIONS  IN  NORTH  AMERICA. 


institutions,  arts,  industry,  and  religion ;  at  the  same  time  every  philanthropic  man 
will  wish  these  eflforts  of  benevolence  all  possible  success. 

North  America  is  politically  divided  into  the  Republics  of  the  United  States, 
Texas,  Mexico,  and  Guatemala,  which  occupy  the  central  and  southern  parts  of 
the  continent.  The  northern,  the  eastern,  and  central  parts,  contain  the  pos- 
sessions of  Great  Britain ;  and  the  extreme  north-western  section  those  claimed 
by  Russia.  The  following  estimates  of  the  areas  in  square  miles,  and  the  popu- 
lation of  the  respective  divisions  at  the  present  time,  is  probably  as  near  an  approxi- 
mation to  the  truth  as  circumstances  will  permit : 

Square  Milei.  Population. 

United  SUtes 2,300,000  15,500,000 

Texas 200,000  50,000 

Mexico 1,450,000 8,000,000 

Guatemala 200,000 2,000,000 

British  Possessions 2,360,000 1,360,000 

Russian  Possessions.. . .      650,000 50,000 


7,160,000 


26,960,000 


Of  the  population  the  white  inhabitants  are  supposed  to  amount  to  15^  millions; 
the  aborigines,  or  Indians,  to  5^  millions ;  and  5  millions  860  thousand  are  o(  ne- 
gro and  mixed  races. 


RUSSIAN  POSSESSIONS  IN  NORTH  AMERICA. 

That  part  of  North  America  claimed  by  Russia  is  a  territory  of  considerable 
extent,  and  comprises  the  north-western  portion  of  the  continent,  being  that  part 
of  it  adjacent  to  Asia;  it  is  bounded  north  by  the  Arctic  Ocean,  east  by  the  Brit- 
ish possessions,  from  which  it  is  separated  by  the  141°  of  longitude,  west  from 
Greenwich ;  south  by  the  Pacific  Ocean  and  the  Oregon  Territory ;  west  by 
Bhoring*s  Strait  and  the  Pacific  Ocean.  The  coast  seems  to  be  chiefly  alpine,  in 
some  parts  rising  into  snow-capped  summits,  of  which  the  most  remarkable  moun- 
tain is  St.  Ellas;  it  is  probably  a  volcanic  peak,  and  is  elevated  to  the  height  of 
17,8i)0  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  is  said  to  be  visible  50  leagues  from 
the  coast.  In  this  region  there  are  computed  to  be  1000  white  inhabitants,  who 
are  mostly  traders ;  the  savages  are  estimated  at  near  50,000 ;  they  barter  the 
furs  obtained  in  hunting  with  the  Russians,  for  fire-arms,  beads,  tobacco,  and  other 
articles.  The  Russians  have  a  number  of  factories,  or  trading  establishments,  on 
various  ports  of  the  coast:  the  principal  of  these  are  at  Sit';ha,  or  New  Arch- 
angel, Kodiak,  and  Oonalaska. 

The  Aleoutian  Islands  may  be  considered  as  belonging  to  this  region;  they 
form  a  long  and  numerous  group,  extending  westward  from  the  Peninsula  of  Ali- 
aska  to  Kamtschatka.  They  appear  to  be  a  continuation  of  the  lofly  volcanic 
ranges  which  traverse  the  opposite  regions  of  the  two  continents.  These  islands 
are  inhabited  by  a  race  sharing,  in  a  measure,  the  features  and  aspect  of  the  Mon- 
gols and  Ei^quimaux.  Considered  as  savages,  they  are  mild  in  their  manners  and 
deportment,  and  display  a  considerable  degree  of  industry  and  ingenuity :  they 
dwell  in  large  subterranean  mansions,  or  rather  villages,  partitioned  into  numerous 
apartments,  and  containing  from  .50  to  100,  or  even  1>50  inhabitants.  These  abodes, 
covered  with  turf,  are  almost  on  a  level  with  the  surrounding  country,  from  which 
they  are  scarcely  to  be  distinguished. 

Sitcha,  or  New  Archangel,  on  one  of  thn  islands  belonging  to  the  Archipelago 
of  George  III.  may  be  considere<l  the  capital  of  the  territories  of  Russia  on  this 
continent;  it  is  a  village  of  about  1(N)0  inhabitants,  the  houses  of  which,  includ- 
ing the  fortifications  and  public  buildings,  are  built  of  wo«k1,  and  are  neat  and  well 
kept.  The  management  of  the  trade  at  this  and  the  other  ports,  has  been  inju- 
diciously veslcd  by  the  Russian  government  in  an  exclusive  company,  resident  at 


f 


■R 


BRITISH  POSSKS8IO\S  IN  NORTH  AMERICA. 


1:J9 


Irkoutsk.  The  prand  object  of  their  trade  is  to  collect  the  skins  of  the  sea-otter 
and  other  animals,  for  the  market  of  Canton,  where  they  are  in  very  extensive 
demand.  The  annual  value  of  the  furs  drawn  by  Russia  from  her  North  Ameri- 
can possessions  has  been  estimated  at  $200,000. 


BRITISH  POSSESSIONS  IN  NORTH  AMERICA. 

The  possessions  of  Great  Britain  in  North  America  are  an  assemblage  of  vast 
ill-defined  and  straggling  territories,  the  remnant  of  that  mighty  empire  of  which 
the  great  revolution  deprived  her.  Even  in  their  present  dismembered  state,  how- 
ever, their  extent  and  capabilities  might,  and  probably  will,  enable  them  one  day 
to  surpass  some  of  the  greatest  of  the  now  existing  European  monarchies. 

This  country,  taken  in  its  full  extent,  is  bounded  north  by  the  Arctic  Sea,  east 
by  the  Atlantic  Ocean  and  Baffin's  Buy,  south  by  the  United  States  and  the  At- 
lantic Ocean,  and  west  by  the  American  possessions  of  Russia.  Its  area  is  equal 
to  about  that  of  the  United  States.  About  one  tenth  part  only  of  this  vast  terri- 
tory is  as  yet  settled  by  a  civilized  population.  The  actual  occupation  by  white 
settlers  extends  along  the  northern,  and,  in  the  lower  part  of  its  cotirse,  the  south- 
ern, bank  of  the  St.  Lawrence,  the  northern  shores  of  Lake  Ontario  and  Lake 
Erie,  and,  in  part,  the  eastern  coasts  of  Lake  Huron :  it  reaches,  though  only  in 
some  instances,  thirty  or  forty  miles  into  the  interior.  The  Company  which  en- 
joys the  exclusive  tra^e  of  Hudson's  Bay,  maintains  several  forts  on  its  western 
shore;  they  have  alsc  n^<iU  forts  on  the  leading  lakes  and  rivers  of  the  interior, 
called  Houses,  when.  '  .'e  secure  against  the  attack  of  the  Indians  scattered 

over  the  expanse  of  :  >-.  .r  folate  wilds,  and  can  form  a  store  of  the  articles  ne- 
cessary for  the  fur  truuc.  iteyond  this  occupancy  they  have  not  attempted  to  ex- 
ercise any  jurisdiction,  nor,  as  has  lately  appeared,  could  a  peaceable  colony  form 
itself  without  imminent  danger  from  these  rude  tenants  of  the  wild. 

The  climate  is  very  severe,  much  exceeding  what  is  felt  under  the  same  lati- 
tude in  the  old  continent  Lower  Canada  for  six  and  Upper  Canada  for  five 
months  of  the  year  have  a  mean  temperature  below  the  freezing  point,  and  are 
buried  in  perpetual  snow ;  yet  after  that  period  the  sun  breaks  out  with  such  force, 
that  large  crops  of  the  most  valuable  grain  can  be  raised  on  the  great  extent  of 
fertile  land  of  which  the  territory  consists.  Upper  Canada  is  finely  watered,  clad 
with  immense  forests  of  valuable  timber,  and  contains  about  ten  millions  of  acres 
capable  of  culture.  Nova  Scotia  and  New  Brunswick  are  well  wooded  countries, 
but  less  fertile ;  and  though  the  winters  are  less  severe,  the  heavy  fogs  that  pre- 
vail for  a  great  part  of  the  year  are  still  more  disagreeable  than  the  frosts  and 
snows  of  Canada. 

The  river  St.  Lawrence  is  the  principal  feature  of  this  region,  and  one  of  the 
noblest  river  channels  in  the  world.  It  is  difficult  to  say  where  it  begins.  It  has 
been  held  to  issue  from  Lake  Superior,  a  vast  body  of  water,  fed  by  about  fifty 
streams,  of  which  the  St.  Louis  and  Grand  Portage  Rivers  are  the  principal ;  but, 
in  fact,  the  lakes  are  merely  connected  by  sho.t  canals,  through  which  the  surplus 
waters  of  one  are  poured  into  the  other.  These  canals  bear  the  local  names  of 
St.  Clair,  Detroit,  Niagara,  &c.  The  last  is  distinguished  by  its  falls,  the  most 
magnificent  in  the  world.  From  Lake  Ontario  to  Montreal  the  river  is  broken  by 
a  succession  of  rocks,  cataracts,  and  rapids,  which  render  navigaUun  very  danger- 
ous. It  is  after  passing  Montreal  that  it  rolls  in  full  grandeur  in  a  deep  continu- 
ous channel,  conveying  large  ships  and  rafts  down  to  Quebec.  The  navigation  is 
blocked  up  for  half  the  year  by  the  ice,  which  even  in  spring  encumbers  it  for 
some  weeks  with  floating  fragments. 

The  other  rivers  of  Lower  Canada  are  its  tributaries.  On  the  north  are  the 
Utawas  and  the  Saguenay,  large  navigable  rivers  flowing  through  a  region  little 
known :  the  former  is  supposed  to  have  a  course  of  about  600  miles,  but  its  navi- 
gation is  much  interrupteo  by  rapids ;  the  latter  is  remarkable  for  its  great  depth 

R 


l*P 


U:./   ■■   -l 


^K'i 


1«1I ' 


''"A 


u 


i'.V 


,i-; 


.1  f 


IV'i 


I" 

ft.  u 


]30 


BRITISH  POSSESSIONS  IN  NORTH  AMERICA. 


tl 


K' 


i  ; 


;I1 

in 


and  width,  and  is  navigable  for  00  miles  to  its  fiills;  for  tiie  distance  of  about  50 
miles  it  has  the  appearance  of  a  long  mountain  lake.  The  St.  Maurice  is  also  a 
considerable  stream  from  the  north,  and  the  Montmorency,  which  falls  into  the  St 
Ijuwrence,  is  celebrated  for  its  beautiful  cataract,  which  pours  a  large  volume  of 
water  over  a  precipitous  ledge.  On  the  south  are  the  St  Francis ;  the  Chau- 
dicre,  with  a  fine  cascade  rushing  down  a  precipice  100  feet  in  height;  and  the 
Sorcllc  or  Richelieu,  the  outlet  of  Lake  Champlain. 

The  Thames,  flowing  into  Lake  St  Clair,  and  the  Ouse,  are  the  principal  rivers 
of  Upper  Canada.  The  St  John,  'ich  rises  in  Maine,  is  navigable  80  miles  by 
sea  vessels,  but  its  course  is  mucl'  ooken  by  falls  and  rapids.  The  Miromichi  is 
the  other  principal  river  of  New  Brunswick. 

Lakes,  in  Canada,  are  on  a  greater  scale  than  in  any  other  part  of  tiie  world  ; 
and  the  united  chain  forms  a  vast  inland  sea  of  fresh  water.  The  largest  of  these, 
and  the  largest  fresh-water  lake  in  the  world,  is  Lake  Superior,  which  is  420 
miles  in  length  by  170  in  breadth ;  having  a  circuit  of  1500  miles,  and  covering 
an  area  of  35,000  sqaare  miles.  It  discharges  its  waters  through  the  river  or 
Strait  of  St  Mary,  50  miles  long,  into  Lake  Huron,  which  likewise  receives  those 
of  Lake  Michigan.  Lake  Huron  is  280  miles  in  length,  and  00  in  breadth,  ex- 
clusive of  the  large  bay  on  the  north-eastern  shore,  called  Georgian  Bay,  which 
is  about  80  miles  in  length  by  50  in  breadth.  An  outlet,  called  the  river  St  Clair, 
expands,  after  a  course  of  40  miles,  into  a  lake  of  the  same  name,  24  miles  in 
length,  and  30  in  breadth,  which  again  contracts,  and  enters  Lake  Erie  under  the 
name  of  the  river  Detroit,  25  miles  in  length.  Lake  Erie,  the  next  link  in  this 
great  chain,  is  270  miles  in  length,  by  from  25  to  50  in  breadth.  The  ..ver  Nia- 
gara, 36  miles  long,  carries  its  surplus  waters  over  a  perpendicular  precipice  165 
feet  high,  into  Lake  Ontario,  which  is  about  190  miles  in  length,  by  40  in  breadth. 
The  surface  of  Lake  Superior  is  about  625  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea ;  its 
medium  depth  900  feet ;  the  descent  to  Lake  Huron  is  by  the  Sault  or  Fall  of  St. 
Mary  23  feet,  and  by  rapids  and  the  gradual  descent  of  the  river,  21  feet,  giving 
580  feet  for  Uie  elevation  of  the  surnice  of  Lake  Huron,  whose  depth  is  equal  to 
that  of  Lake  Superior.  Lake  Erie  is  much  shallower,  not  exceedmg  a  mean  of 
120  feet,  and  having  its  surface  560  feet  above  high  water,  while  I^ke  Ontario 
has  a  depth  of  500  feet,  and  its  surface  is  330  lower  than  that  of  Lake  Erie.  The 
waters  of  these  lakes  are  clear  and  potable,  and  they  abound  with  fish,  among 
which  are  trout,  weighing  from  75  to  100  pounds,  sturgeon,  white  fish,  pike,  boss, 
&c.  They  are  navigable  by  large  vessels,  and  a  great  number  of  steamboats  na- 
vigate iheir  waters.  Lake  Simcoe,  which  is  connected  with  Lake  Huron,  is 
already  bisturbed  by  tlie  plash  of  the  steamboat  Lake  Nepissing  is  a  considerable 
body  of  water,  which  a  rapid  and  broken  stream  unites  with  Lake  Huron.  In  the 
interior,  are  several  smaller  lakes,  of  which  the  principal  is  the  Lake  of  the 
Woods,  whose  winding  shores  are  300  miles  in  circumference.  Farther  to  the 
north-west  is  Lake  Winnipeek.  The  name  signifies  muddy,  and  is  descriptive  of 
its  waters.  There  is  a  water  communication  with  Lake  Superior  by  the  rivers 
Winnipeek  and  La  Pluie.  Still  farther  tu  the  north-west,  a  number  of  lakes  ex- 
tend nearly  in  a  line,  at  various  distances  from  each  other,  connected  by  a  water 
communication,  except  in  two  or  three  cases,  where  portages  or  carrying-places 
intervene.  This  is  the  principal  navigable  route  to  the  waters  of  the  Arctic  Sea, 
and  is  much  frequented  by  the  fur  traders  during  the  short  period  of  summer  in 
these  regions. 

The  principal  divisions  of  British  America  are  New  Britain,  with  the  provinces 
of  Upper  Canada,  Lower  Canada,  New  Brunswick,  Nova  Scotia,  Prince  Edward's 
Island,  and  Newfoundland. 

The  constitution  of  government  for  the  provinces  has  been  modelled  on  that  of 
the  mother  country.  E^ch  province  has  a  governor  and  a  legislative  council  ap- 
pointed by  the  crown,  and  a  house  of  commons  or  representatives  chosen  by  the 
inhabitants,  upon  moderate  qualifications.  The  government  of  Canada  was  ad- 
ministered by  a  governor  and  council  appointed  by  the  crown,  until  1791,  when 
the  constitutional  act  divided  the  country  into  two  provinces,  and  established  a 
constitutional  government  for  each.     In  Lower  Canada,  the  legislative  council  is 


ex- 


Its 


BRITISH  POSSESSIONS  IN  NORTH  AMERICA. 


131 


appointed  for  life,  and  coiuists  of  34  members;  and  the  hnu.><e  of  ospembly,  elected 
for  four  years,  ia  composed  of  68  members.  In  Upper  Canada,  the  chtcf  execu- 
tive officer  is  styled  lieutenant-governor:  the  leffislative  council  consists  of  17 
members,  and  the  house  of  assembly  of  50.  Bills  passed  by  the  two  houses  be- 
come a  law  when  agreed  to  by  the  governor;  though,  in  certain  cases,  the  royal 
sanction  is  required,  and  in  others  reference  must  be  had  to  the  imperial  parlia- 
ment. The  supreme  legislative  authority  '■*  vested  therefore  in  the  king  and  tlie 
two  houses  of  the  British  Parliament,  limited,  however,  '^y  Uieir  own  acts.  The 
act  31  CHeo.  III.  ch.  13,  declares  that  no  taxes  shall  be  imposed  on  the  colonics 
but  for  the  regulation  of  trade,  and  that  the  proceeds  of  such  taxes  shall  bo  ap- 
plied for  the  use  of  the  province,  in  such  manner  as  shall  be  directed  by  any  laws 
made  by  his  Majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Legislative  Coun- 
cil, and  the  House  of  Assembly.  This  point  is  one  of  the  chief  causes  of  the  dis- 
satisfaction in  the  Canadas;  tne  colonists  demanding  the  exclusive  control  over 
the  money  raised  within  the  provinces.  In  Lower  Canada  trial  by  jury  is  univer- 
sal in  criminal  cases,  but  a  very  small  proportion  of  the  civil  cases  are  tried  in  [ 
this  manner.  Law  proceedings  are  in  French  and  English ;  and  it  is  not  unusual  { 
to  have  half  the  jury  English  and  the  other  half  French.  In  Upper  Canada  the 
laws  are  whcl  y  English,  as  is  also  the  case  in  the  other  provinces.  The  consti- 
tutions of  the  other  provinces  also  resemble  that  of  Upper  Canada. 

The  revenue  of  Lower  Canada  is  about  $800,000;  and  of  Upper  Canada 
$500,000.  These  sums  form  the  public  resources  of  the  provinces,  and  are  em- 
ployed in  che  current  expenses  of  the  provincial  governments.  Upper  Canada 
has  a  debt  of  between  three  and  four  millions,  contracted  for  public  work,  roads, 
canals,  die.  The  expenditure  of  the  British  government,  out  of  the  imperial  reve- 
nues, was  for  the  two  provinces,  in  1834,  £263,250 ;  of  which  £5898  was  for 
civil,  and  the  remainder  for  military  purposes ;  and  for  the  other  four  North  Ame- 
rican colonies,  for  the  same  year,  £162,312 ;  of  which  all  but  £20,435  was  for 
naval  and  military  purposes :  their  revenue,  during  the  same  period,  amounted  to 
£186,680. 

The  natural  resources  of  British  America  are  more  ample  than  would  be  infer- 
red from  its  dreary  aspect  and  the  vast  snows  under  which  it  is  buried.  Canada 
has  a  very  fertile  soil,  especially  in  its  upper  colony ;  and  though  it  be  free  from 
snow  only  during  five  months  of  the  year,  the  heat  of  that  period  is  sufficient  to 
ripen  the  most  valuable  kinds  of  grain.  The  vast  uncleared  tracts  are  covered 
with  excellent  timber.  Nova  Scotia  and  New  Brunswick  are  less  fertile,  yet  they 
contain  much  good  land,  and  are  well  timbered.  Newfoundland  has  on  its  shores 
the  most  valuable  cod-fishery  in  the  world.  Even  the  immense  northern  wastes 
are  covered  with  a  profusion  of  animals,  noted  for  their  rich  and  beautiful  furs, 
which  form  the  foundation  of  an  extensive  and  valuable  trade.  The  commerce 
of  British  America  is  of  vast  importance :  the  fur  trade,  the  original  object  for 
opening  an  intercourse  with  this  part  of  the  world,  was  carri^  on  in  the  first 
place,  chiefly  from  the  shores  of  Hudson's  Bay ;  but  it  was  there  injudiciously 
placed  in  the  hands  of  an  exclusive  company,  which  gjreatly  diminiabed  its  ac- 
tivity. 

Upwards  of  forty  years  ago  some  enterprising  merchants  of  Montreal  established 
the  North-west  Company,  who,  employing  numerous  and  active  agents,  carried 
on  their  business  with  spirit  and  enterprise.  The  eager  rivalry  of  the  two  com- 
panies, operating  in  regions  beyond  the  pale  of  law,  gave  birth  to  many  deeds  of 
fraud  and  violence :  within  these  few  years,  however,  an  union  has  healed  the 
deadly  enmity  between  th?m,  and,  by  acting  in  concert,  they  have  determined  to 
diminish  the  issue  of  ardent  spirits,  and  even  to  adopt  every  practical  means  for 
the  moral  and  religious  improvement  of  the  Indians.  The  fun  exported  from 
Quebec,  for  1831,  amounted  in  value  to  £211,000. 

The  timber  trade,  the  value  of  which  thirty  vears  ago  did  not  exceed  £32,000, 
has  now  surpassed  all  others  in  magnitude.  The  tim^r  is  obtained  from  the  im- 
mense forests  on  the  shores  of  the  great  interior  lakes.  The  trees  are  cut  down 
during  the  winter  by  American  axemen,  who  are  peculiarly  skilful ;  and  the  busi- 
ness is  attended  with  great  hardship,  both  from  the  work  itself,  and  the  incle- 


>,* 


If 

■..■  *    ' 

I' 

^ 


& 


I 


P: 


11 


132 


BRITISH  POSSESSIONS  IN  NORTH  AMERICA. 


money  of  the  seaiion.  The  trees,  when  felled,  arc  put  together  into  immense 
riifljK,  which  are  floated  down  the  St.  Lawrence  to  Quebec.  The  Canada  mer- 
chants lately  estimated  the  capital  invested  in  this  business  at  £1,250,000.  It  is 
fiJHtj  carried  on  to  a  great  extent  from  Nova  Scotia,  New  Brunswick,  and  even 
I'rum  Cape  Breton.  The  exports  to  all  quarters  amounted,  in  1831,  to  £1,(K18,000 
sterling:  other  articles,  the  produce  chiefly  of  agriculture,  amounted,  in  the  year 
!  iwn,  to  je65«,594. 

The  shipping  employed  between  England  and  her  American  cjlonies  was,  in 
1829,  inwards  1609,  of  4S1,124  tons :  outwr.rds  1652  shipn,  of  418,142  tons.  The 
value  of  the  imports  into  Britain,  i'  "^,  was  £1,088,622;  of  the  exports 
£2,064,126.  To  the  West  Indies  the  nics  export,  of  their  timber  and  agri- 
cultural staples,  to  a  considerable  amo  .  .nd  receive  in  return  the  well  known 
produce  of  these  Islands;  and  with  ihe  United  States  Canada  holds  a  great  inter- 
course across  Lake  Champlain,  sending  mostly  salt  and  peltries;  and  in  return 
taking  chiefly  tea,  tobacco,  and  other  luxuries,  clandestinely,  which  the  strict  colo- 
nial rules  would  require  her  to  receive  from  the  mother  country. 

The  fishery  is  pursued  upon  these  shores,  to  an  extent  not  surpassed  anywhere, 
else  upon  the  globe.  The  rich  supply  of  cod  in  the  Newfoundland  banks  is 
wholly  unparalleled :  although  all  the  nations  of  Europe  have  been  lading  cargoes 
of  fish  for  centuries,  no  sensible  diminution  of  them  has  been  felt.  The  English 
employ  about  40,000  tons  of  shipping,  and  3000  men,  in  this  fishery :  in  1831, 
they  exported  in  fish,  oil,  and  seal-skins,  to  the  amount  of  £834,182;  and  the 
Americana  and  French,  in  the  same  year,  exported,  the  latter,  to  upwards  of 
£257,250  in  value,  and  the  former,  to  the  amount  of  £425,000. 

The  interior  communications  of  Canada  are  almost  solely  by  the  river  St  Law- 
rence and  the  lakes,  which  open  a  very  extensive  navigation  into  the  country. 
It  is  seriously  obstructed,  however,  between  Montreal  and  Lake  Ontario,  where  a 
series  of  rapids  occur,  over  which  only  canoes  can  shoot,  and  all  heavy  goods 
must  be  landed  and  shipped.  Great  exertions  have  been  made  to  improve,  by 
canals,  the  interior  communications  of  Canada.  The  chief  object  has  been  to 
obviate  the  continual  series  of  obstructions  in  the  navigation  of  the  St.  Lawrence 
River,  above  Montreal.  One  canol  has  been  constructed  from  that  city  to  La 
Chine,  a  distance  of  eight  miles,  at  an  expense  of  £130,000:  another  is  the 
Greenville  canal,  eight  miles  long,  constructed  to  avoid  certain  obstructions  in  the 
navigation  of  the  Lower  Utawas  River.  The  principal  operation,  however,  is 
the  Rideau  canal,  reaching  from  the  Utawas  River  to  Kingston.  It  is  135  miles 
long,  connecting  together  a  chain  of  lakes,  which  admit  of  steam  navigation ;  and 
the  dimensions  are  such  as  to  allow  vessels  of  from  100  to  125  tons  to  pass.  The 
estimated  expense  was  £486,000.  The  enterprise  of  private  individuals  has  con- 
structed the  Welland  canal ;  which,  at  an  expense  of  £270,000,  has  united  the 
lakes  Ontario  and  Erie.  It  is  42  miles  long,  and  is  more  capacious  than  the  New 
York  canal :  it  will  allow  vessels  of  125  tons  to  pass  through.  The  Charably 
canal  opens  a  navigation,  by  the  Sorelle  River,  from  Lake  Champlain  to  the  Si 
Lawrence. 

Area  in  aquaro  miles.  Population. 

New  Britain 1,900,000 60,000 

UpperCanada 140,000 360,000 

LowerCanada 237,000 535,000 

New  Brunswick 27,000 100,000 

Nova  Scotia,  with  Cape  Breton       18,900  190,000 

Prince  Edward's  Island 2,100 35,000 

,,          Newfoundland 35,000 80,000 


Total 2,360,000 


1,360,000 


0 
0 

Ij 
o 

a 

i^ 
11 

1 

A 

Oi 

tl 
ai 
C 
E 
ei 
L 
fr 
o 
o: 
n 


u 


«i;. 


NEW  BRITAIN. 


% 


NEW   BRITAIN. 

Niw  BatTAiN  M  that  large  portion  of  Britiah  America  aituated  north  of  tho 
Canadaa  and  the  United  States,  and  stretchin^f  northward  to  the  dreary  and  deso- 
late ahores  of  tlie  Arctic  Sea.  It  compriaea  Labrador,  New  North  and  New 
South  Walea,  Prince  William'a  Land,  Boothia  Felix,  latelv  diacovered  by  Captain 
Roaa,  and  the  North  Georgia  lalands.    Hudaon'a  Bay  divides  the  country  into  two 

S'eat  divinooa:  on  the  eaat  is  Labrador  and  East  Main,  and  on  the  west  New 
orth  and  New  South  Wales ;  these  have  been  fiirther  aubdivided,  by  the  traders 
of  the  Hudaon'a  Bay  CkMQpany,  into  various  smaller  diatvicta,  which  are,  however, 
of  no  political  importance. 

The  free  of  the  country  is  generally  a  vast  plam,  intersected  with  numeroua 
lakes  and  rivera,  some  of  which  roll  into  the  unexplored  seas  of  the  north,  and 
others  into  Hudson's  Bay :  amouff  the  former  are  the  Mackenzie,  the  Copper  Mine, 
and  Thleweecho,  or  Great  Fish  River,  lately  explored  by  Captain  Back ;  and  into 
the  latter  ti><)  principal  are  Churchill,  Nelson,  Severn,  snd  AlbB*:y  Rivers.  The 
interior  streama  are  the  Saskatchawan,  Winnipeek,  and  Red  River,  flowing  into 
Lake  Winnipeek ;  and  the  Athabasca  and  Peace  Rivers,  emptying  into  Lake 
Athabasca:  these  may  properly  be  considered  head  branches  of  the  Mackenzie, 
as  their  waters  finally  reach  the  ocean  through  its  channel. 

The  lakes  are  exceedingly  numerous ;  some  are  extensive,  and  second  only  to 
the  great  Canadian  lakes,  and  affording,  during  the  brief  period  of  summer,  a  long 
and  almost  continuous  canoe  navigation  from  Lake  Superior  to  the  Arctic  Sea. 
Of  these  Winnipeek,  or  Muddy  Lake,  Athabasca  Lake,  Great  Slave,  and  Great 
Bear  Lakes,  are  the  principal :  they  are  situated  in  a  range  Iving  N.  W.  from 
each  other,  and  afibrd,  for  a  short  period,  an  almost  uninterrupted  navigation  from 
Lake  Superior  to  the  Arctic  Ocean.  Lake  Winnipeek  is  270  miles  long,  and 
from  15  to  16  l»oed :  it  receives  numerous  rivers  and  enjoys  a  considerable  extent 
of  canoe  navi|[ation.  Athabasca  Lake,  lying  between '500  and  600  miles  N.  W. 
of  Lake  Winnipeek,  is  in  length  about  200  miles,  with  a  breadth  of  from  16  to  18 
miles :  it  receives  several  large  streams,  and  is  c<»nected,  by  Slave  River,  with 
Great  Slave  Lake,  still  fiirther  to  the  N.  W.,  which  is  one  of  the  largest  bodies 
of  fresh  water  in  North  America,  excepting  Lakes  Superior  and  Huron,  and  per- 
haps Lake  Michigan.  From  Great  Slave  Lake  flows  Mackenzie's  River,  which, 
in  its  course  to  the  ocean,  receives,  from  the  eastward,  the  water  of  the  Great 
Bear  Lake:  it  is  about  200  miles  in  extent  each  way,  and  is  deeply  indented  by 
several  large  peninsulas. 

In  wiuter  such  is  the  severity  of  the  climate  in  this  region,  that  even  in  57°  the 
lakes  freeze  8  feet  thick;  brandy  and  mercury  cong^;  the  rocks  sometimes 
split  with  a  noise  like  that  of  the  heaviest  artillery,  scattering  the  fragments  to  a 
great  distance.  Tho  temperature  is  capricious  and  the  changes  sudden.  The  Au- 
rora BcH^hJis  sheds  a  light  sometimes  equal  to  that  of  the  full  moon.  The  vege- 
tation in  the  northern  parts  is  very  scanty,  but  adjoining  the  northern  boundary 
of  the  United  .States  there  are  some  fertile  spots  along  the  Red  River  of  Lake 
Winnipeek.  Lord  Selkirk  jpurchased  from  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  a  terri- 
tory of  116,000  acres,  and  formed  the  settlements  of  Pembma  and  Assiniboia : 
the  soil  haa  been  found  tolerably  fertile,  but  the  great  distance  from  a  market, 
being  2800  miles  fhan  New  Orleans,  and  1900  from  Buffiilo,  must  long  prevent  it 
from  rising  to  much  importance.  It  has  sirred  severely  from  contests  with  the 
Indians,  ranented  by  the  jealousy  of  the  fur-traders.  Moreover,  in  consequence 
of  the  recent  settleme^kt  of  the  boundary  line  with  the  United  States,  half  of  it 
has  been  included  within  their  territory. 

The  only  trads  in  these  regions  is  that  of  furs ;  to  &cilitate  which,  the  Hud- 
scm's  Bay  Company  have  established  forts  and  trading-houses  in  various  quarters, 
extendiag  from  Hudson's  Bay  west  into  the  territories  claimed  by  the  United 
Statec  On  the  shores  <^  the  Pacific  Ocoan,  and  to  the  north,  almost  to  the  Arc- 
tic Sea,  from  these  forts,  &c.,  agents  arc  sent  amongst  the  Indians  to  collect  furs. 


1!^ 


•!>#: 


' » -.  * 


)  .  I 


.:• 


,      »    .(  ■ 

■■■  '.*  • 

>  • "  i .? 

'•  ■;    .   •>  .: 

■.\"  ]'■■ 

'  ■  1.  •  •" 


.if.' '.I'll 


■].!§ 


n 


134 


NEW  BRITAIN. 


m  i\ 


in  cxchanpfc  for  such  European  comnioIiticB  aa  are  prized  by  them.     The  tura 
exjK)rtc>d,  in  VHyi,  from  Iludron'a  Bay  amounted  to  the  value  of  £110,000. 

Fiic  coasts  of  LAbrudor,  and  indeed  the  whole  of  the  northern  parta  of  this 
region,  from  Greenland  to  Bhcring'a  Strait,  ia  inhabited  by  the  Esquimaux,  a  race 
of  Miivaffea  who  auatain  existence  chiefly  by  feeding;  on  whales  and  seals,  except 
in  tlic  more  southern  parts  of  Labrador :  of  the  skins  of  the  latter  they  make 
their  lKj;iis  and  clothes,  and  of  his  sinews  they  make  thread.  They  travel  over 
the  snow  in  sled^fes  drawn  by  do^H,  of  which  they  have  a  very  hardy  and  saga- 
cious breed,  and  will  draw  u  considerable  load  60  miles  in  a  day.  Their  huts 
have  been  met  with  us  far  north  as  76°.  Little,  squat,  and  feeble,  the  complexion 
of  these  polar  men  has  little  of  the  copper  colour  of  the  other  American  abori- 
gines, and  is  rather  of  a  dirty,  reddish  yellow.  Their  summer  huts  are  circular, 
covered  with  deer-skins,  and  entered  by  creeping  on  the  belly.  Yet  these  iso- 
lated and  simple  beings  have  been  taught  by  necessity,  many  inventions,  which 
are  highly  creditable  to  their  ingenuity.  They  make  their  winter  habitations  of 
frozen  snow,  in  a  few  hours,  exceedingly  comfortable,  and  which  remain  durable 
till  melted  liy  the  heat  of  the  ensuing  summer.  Some  of  the  tribes  have  canoes, 
mtide  of  th<!  skin  of  the  sea-calf,  with  which  they  sail  with  amazing  swiftness. 
They  also  work  a  gray  and  porous  stone  into  neat  pitchers  and  kettles,  and  those 
in  the  vicinity  of  Bhering's  Strait  display  great  ingenuity  in  the  manufacture  of 
trinkets  and  utensils  of  the  fossil  ivory,  with  which  some  parts  of  those  regions 
abound. 

The  Esquimaux  met  with  by  Captain  Parry,  in  North  Georgia,  were  exceeding 
lively  and  cheerful,  more  ao  than  even  the  negro,  the  native  of  a  sunny  climate, 
and  of  a  region  producing  spontaneously  all  the  fruits  of  the  earth.  They  are  bo 
fond  of  dancing  that  it  seems  almost  their  natural  gait ;  and  they  are  always  ready 
to  return  raillery  or  mimicry.  They  are,  far  more  than  the  Indians,  a  social  and 
domestic  people.  This  is  apparent  in  their  good  treatment  to  females,  and  their 
care  and  affection  for  their  children.  Among  these  people,  on  the  coast  of  Labra- 
dor, the  Moravian  missionaries  have  established  several  settlements ;  Nain,  Okkak, 
Hopedale,  &c.,  and  have,  besides  teaching  them  many  useful  things,  built  a  ma- 
gazine, in  which  each  oi^  the  natives  might  deposite  his  useless  stores,  prevailing 
on  them  to  set  apart  a  tenth  for  widows  and  orphans.  This  is  the  true  way  to 
convert  a  savage  people,  by  showing  them  the  palpable  fruits  of  the  gospel. 

The  Indians  occupying  this  region  are  principally  the  Assiniboines,  Kniste- 
neaux,  or  Crees,  Chippewayans,  Beaver,  Hare,  Dog-rib,  Copper  Indians,  &,c.  The 
Assiniboines  are  a  tribe  of  Sioux ;  they  are  divid^  into  several  smaller  tribes,  as 
the  Black-foot,  Fall,  and  Blood  Indians,  &c.  They  rear  many  horses,  and  subsist 
chiefly  on  the  bufialo. 

The  Knisteneaux,  or  Crees,  inhabit  a  wide  extent  of  country  in  the  vicinity  of 
Lake  Athabasca :  they  were  once  numerous,  but  are  now  reduced  to  about  500  in 
number;  they  are  a  well-formed  race,  and  their  women  are  the  handsomest  of  all 
the  Indian  females ;  they  are  hospitable,  generous,  and  mild,  when  not  infuriated 
by  spirits ;  they  do  not,  however,  consider  chastity  a  virtue,  and  are  not  unkind  to 
their  women. 

The  Chippewayans  live  to  the  north  of  the  latter,  and  near  the  Great  Slave 
Lake :  their  appearance  is  singular,  with  high  projecting  cheek-bones,  broad  faces, 
and  wide  nostrils;  they  are  persevering,  incorrigible  beggars,  yet  not  dishonest, 
and  so  deeply  imbued  with  national  pride,  that,  while  they  give  to  other  nations 
their  proper  names,  they  call  themselves,  by  way  of  eminence,  the  people ; 
amongst  them  the  lot  of  the  female  is  grievous,  and  mothers  have  been  known  to 
destroy  their  female  oflspring  that  it  might  escape  the  same  servitude.  Aged  and 
sick  people  are  abandoned  to  perish.  They  are  said  to  be  the  same  people  as  the 
Chippev/ays  of  the  United  States,  and  are  much  reduced  in  numbers.  The  Cop- 
per, Hare,  and  Dog-rib  Indians,  occupy  the  country  north  of  Great  Bear  Lake ; 
they  much  resemble  the  Chippewayans,  but  are  of  a  more  friendly  and  amiable 
disposition ;  their  humanity  and  faithful  attachment  were  experienced  by  the  recent 
travellers  (Captain  Franklin,  &c.)  in  those  regions,  on  occasions  of  extreme  dis- 
tress. 


t'UTB  I 


UPPER  CANADA. 


135 


UPPER   CANADA. 

Uppkr  Canada,  commencingf  at  l<ake  St.  Francis,  above  Montreal,  extrnds 
alonff  the  whole  chain  of  the  great  lakes,  almoet  to  tlio  western  boundary  of  Iiuku 
Superior.  Until  1781  it  was  a  mere  district  attached  to  (Quebec,  at  which  peritNl 
a  number  of  American  loyalists  and  disbanded  soldiers  were  settled  in  it,  and  the 
name  of  Upper  Canada  bestowed.  Comparatively  but  a  small  part  of  this  province 
is  settled,  and  many  portions  of  it  are  yet  unexplored.  The  settlements  aru 
chiefly  along  the  rivers  St.  Lawrence  and  Utawas,  and  lakes  Erie  and  Ontario. 
The  soil  is  in  ^neral  excellent,  and  yields  abundant  crops  of  {[rain,  wheat,  Indiuii 
corn,  hops,  flax,  &,c. 

Cultivation,  in  Upper  Canada,  is  still  in  an  incipient  state,  but  is  rapidly  ad- 
vancinir  in  consequence  of  the  influx  of  British  settlers.  Government,  for  some 
time,  allowed  to  every  settler,  flfly  or  even  a  hundred  acres  of  land,  upon  pay- 
ment of  fees  amounting  to  about  a  shilling  per  acre ;  but  since  1827  the  lands 
have  been  disposed  of  by  public  auction.  Among  emigrants  possessed  of  capital, 
a  great  proportion  have  of  late  made  their  purchases  from  the  Canada  Company. 
This  body,  incorporated  in  1826,  bought  from  government,  tracts  of  land  equal  to 
2,300,000  acres,  for  which  they  engaged  to  pay  the  sum  of  £205,000,  by  sixteen 
annual  instalments.  These  lands  are  dispersed  through  every  part  of  Upper 
Canada;  but  the  largest  portion,  amounting  to  about  a  million  of  acres,  and  ex- 
tending about  sixty  miles  in  length,  is  along  the  eastern  shore  of  Lake  Huron. 
The  Company  found  towns  and  villages,  form  roads,  and  lay  out  the  ground  in 
convenient  lots,  and  have  agents  on  the  spot,  who  aflbrd  every  information  and  aid 
to  emigrants. 

The  climate  of  Upper  Canada  is  salubrraus,  and  epidemic  diseases  almost  un- 
known. The  winters  are  shorter  and  less  rigorous  than  in  the  lower  province  : 
the  spring  opens,  and  agricultural  labours  commence,  from  six  weeks  to  two 
months  earlier  than  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Quebec.  The  summer  heats  are  also 
more  moderate,  and  the  autumn  pleasant  and  favourable  for  securing  the  produce 
of  all  the  late  crops.  Population  is  advancing  with  great  rapidity :  it  has  hitherto 
been  confined  to  the  St.  Lawrence  and  the  snores  of  the  lakes,  but  is  now  becom- 
ing more  difihsed  over  the  interior.  New  towns  are  extending  in  the  fertile  for- 
est, some  of  which,  in  rapidity  of  increase,  vie  with  those  of  the  United  States. 
Great  extents  of  fertile  land  are  yet  unoccupied,  and  the  parent  country  is  fur- 
nishing every  freility  for  transporting  to  these  forests  her  surplus  population,  great 
numbere  of  whom,  however,  finally  make  their  way  to  the  United  States. 

Toronto  and  Kingston,  on  the  northern  shore  of  Lake  Ontario,  are  the  twp 
principal  towns  of  Upper  Canada.  Toronto,  formerly  York,  near  the  north-west 
end  of  the  lake,  owes  its  support  to  its  being  the  seat  of  government  and  of  the 
courts,  and  to  the  extensive  settlements  recently  formed  to  the  north  and  east  of 
it  Population  10,000.  Kingston,  near  the  north-east  point  of  the  lake,  has  a 
commodious  harbour,  and  is  a  neat  little  town  with  about  5000  inhabitanta  Some 
of  the  other  towns  on  Lake  Ontario  are  Cobourg,  Port  Hope,  and  Hamilton.  On 
the  Niagara  River  are  the  villages  of  Niagara,  Queenstown,  and  Ciiippewa. 
Sandwich,  in  the  western  part  of  the  province,  and  opposite  to  Detroit,  is  a 
thriving  little  town ;  as  is  also  London,  on  the  Thames,  with  a  population  of  2000 
inhabitants.  On  the  east  shore  of  Lake  Huron  is  the  neat  and  flourishing  town 
of  Goderieh,  with  a  good  harbour  at  the  mouth  of  the  Maitland  River;  and  at  the 
bottom  of  Lake  Manitouline,  or  Georgian  Bay,  is  Penetanguishene,  a  British  naval 
station,  from  which  a  steamboat  runs  occasionally  to  St.  Joseph's  Island,  at  the 
west  end  of  the  lake,  on  which  is  kept  a  small  detachment  of  British  troops. 

Upper  Canada  is  divided  into  11  districts,  which  are  subdivided  into  25  coun- 
ties. It  is  bounded  on  the  north-east  by  Lower  Canada,  north  by  New  Britain, 
west  and  south  by  the  United  States.  The  lines  of  division  arc,  from  Iiower 
Canada,  the  Utawas  River;  firom  New  Britain,  an  imaginary  line  separating  the 
waters  flowing  into  the  lakes  from  those  of  Hudson's  &y ;  and,  from  the  United 


i[*;.,i 


I 

.1 


?:i! 


i  ■■ 


'I" 


m, 


LOWKK  CANADA. 


I  SliitcH,  n  noiiiinnl  linn  cxtcn<lin(f  tlirouKli  ^''O  centre  of  Ijikes  Superior,  Huron, 
Krif  and  (Jntariu,  and  their  cona«ctin|f  iitreaini,  luid  tliencc  down  the  midtjle  of 
the  River  St  Lawrence  to  LaIco  St  Francia,  and  thence  north-west  and  north-east 
to  the  Utawas  River. 

In  this  province  is  exhibitcM]  one  of  the  most  sablime  and  maffiiificent  of  Na- 
turo'H  workfl,  by  the  Ninpnm  rivor.  The  nrcumulated  waters  flowing  firom  four 
I  threat  lakes  and  all  their  tributaries,  art*  precipitated  over  the  Falls  of  Niagara, 
!  the  ini^htiest  catarnrt  in  the  world.  The  whole  masu  is  poured  in  one  tre- 
mendous plunflre  of  l(V)  feet  in  height.  The  noiHC,  tumult,  and  rapidity  of  t.^is 
tailing  sea ;  the  rolling'  clouds  of  foam,  the  vast  volumes  of'  vapour  which  rise  into 
the  air,  tlie  brilliancy  and  variety  of  the  tints,  and  the  beautiflil  rainbows  which 
iKpan  the  uyss;  the  lotly  banks  and  immense  woods  which  surround  this  wonder- 
ful scene,  have  been  considered  by  experienced  travellers  as  eclipsing  every  simi- 
lar phenomenon.  The  noise  is  heard,  and  the  cloud  of  vapours  seen,  at  the  dis- 
tance of  several  miles.  The  fall  on  the  Canodian  side  is  63U  feet  wide,  of  a  semi- 
circular form;  that  on  the  American  side  only  :)1(>  feet  and  165  feet  in  height, 
being  six  or  seven  teet  higher  than  the  former.  The  one,  called  the  Crescent  or 
Homo-shoe  Fall,  descends  in  a  mighty  sea-green  wave ;  the  other,  broken  by  rocks 
into  foam,  resembles  a  sheet  of  molten  silver.  Travellers  descend,  with  the  cer- 
tainty of  being  drenched  to  the  skin,  but  without  danger,  to  the  foot  of  the  fall, 
and  even  beneath  it.  There  are  now  excellent  inns  on  both  sides  of  the  fidls, 
which  are  crowded  with  visitants  during  the  summer  nwBtha, 


LOWER    CANADA. 

Lowm  Canada  extends  along  the  River  St.  Lawrence,  on  both  sides,  fVom  its 
mouth  to  Lake  St  Francis,  a  short  distance  above  Montreal.  A  considerable  part 
of  the  province  extends  nominally  into  unexplored  regions  that  are  unoccupied  by 
white  mhabitants.  At  the  mouth  of  the  St  Lawrence  the  country  is  nigged  and 
mountainous,  and  the  climate  very  severe ;  but  the  upper  and  more  southerly  por- 
tions o(  the  province  are  well  watered,  fertile,  and  with  a  milder  climate  than  the 
lower  part  All  sections,  however,  have  the  winters  of  Sweden,  though  in  the 
latitude  of  France.  The  summers  are  warm  and  shwt,  and  the  transition  firom 
winter  to  summer  is  very  rapid,  leaving  scarcely  more  than  a  mooth  for  the  sea- 
son of  spring.  ~- 

More  than  three-fourths  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  country  are  of  French  de- 
scent, and  speak  the  French  language ;  they  are  all  Catholics,  and  much  attached 
to  their  priests :  the  remainder  are  mostly  natives  of  Great  Britain  and  their  de- 
scendants. Education  is  much  neglected,  and  the  mass  of  the  people  are  very  ig- 
norant and  illiterate.  The  Quelle  Mercury  lately  gravely  proposed  the  estab- 
lishment of  a  seminary  for  the  instruction  of  those  members  of  their  parliament 
who  could  neither  read  nor  write.  The  native  French  Canadians  are  called 
habitans.  Tjiey  are  gay,  satisfied  with  a  little,  and  strongly  attached  to  their  re- 
ligion and  native  country.  In  the  management  of  periogues  and  canoes  on  the 
lakes  and  long  rivers,  they  have  no  rivals.  They  are  also  remarkably  ingenious 
in  making  their  own  domestic  implements.  The  countenance  of  the  Canadian  is 
long  and  thin ;  his  complexion  sun-burnt  and  swarthy,  inclining  towards  that  of 
the  Indian ;  his  eyes  black  and  lively ;  with  lank  and  meagre  cheeks,  a  sharp  and 
prominent  chin,  and  such  eas^f,  and  polite  manners,  as  though  he  had  always  lived 
in  the  great  world,  rather  than  amid  thick  forests.  Their  intercourse  with  each 
other  is  to  the  last  degree  affectionate,  and  a  French  Canadian  village  constitutes 
one  &mily.  Their  cheerfulness,  whether  in  prosperity  or  adversity,  is  inexhausti- 
ble, and  more  valuable  to  them  than  all  the  boasted  attainments  of  philosophy. 

In  winter,  their  dress  is  that  of  the  Russians ;  their  social  intercourse  that  of 
the  age  of  Louis  XIV.  As  soon  as  the  penance  of  their  long  fast  is  ended,  their 
feasting  begins.  The  friends  and  relatives  assemble.  Turkeys,  pies,  and  all  tlie 
dainties  of  the  season,  decorate  the  board.    Coffee  is  introduced.    The  violin  is 


iron,  I 

I  of 
(•■It 

Na- 
four  I 


i.owi:r  canaha. 


J. 17 


hn&ril,  and  thoM  g*j  and  aimple  pcopiu  are  the  must  invotRrato  dancorH  in  tli'- 
World. 

Tliero  is  a  marked  difTercncc  between  thia  pmvinco  and  thn  United  Statnit  in 
tho  lialMta  of  the  puopie,  their  buiMinifH,  and  thuir  modeit  ot'  livin^f.  An  indivi- 
dual trom  the  latter  country,  who  happi>nit  to  be  in  Canada,  will  b«!  reminded  by 
every  (hiiif;  nboiit  him,  that  he  Ih  not  at  homu.  Ijuwer  Caimdn  m  diVKhnJ  into  I'onr 
diMtrict«,  which  nm  auUlivided  iutotO  coiintiea,  and  is  Mepnrated  iVom  thn  StateH 
ot'iS'ew  York  and  Vermont  by  th<!  W)"  of  north  latitude;  trom  New  llanin«hire 
mill  .Maine,  by  the  hiffhlanila  rur.iiini(  Itetween  the  rivem  which  How  into  tho  St. 
Lawrence,  and  thooc  eniptyintf  -~*o  the  .\tlantic  Ocean;  from  New  Uruniiwick 
by  thn  River  RiHtif{otiche ;  trom  New  Britain  by  the  rid^^e  neparatini;  tho  waters 
of  IludHon's  Bay  from  thotw  of  the  St.  l^awrencu ;  and  from  Upper  ('anada  by  tht.- 
Utawaa  River:  the  outline  of  the  province  in  about  t2t^50  miloa  in  extent. 

The  city  of  Quebec,  the  capital  of  Canada,  is  sin^^ularly  situated,  half  on  a 
plain  along  the  northern  bank  of  the  St  Ijiwrencc,  and  the  other  half  on  the  top 
of  a  oteep  perpendicoliir  nxk,  IVAi  feet  hi|fh.  These  are  called  the  Uppt^r  and 
Ijower  towns.  Quebec,  oa  u  military  station,  is  very  strong;  its  fortiticatioiiM  ren-'j 
der  it  almost  a  second  Gibraltar.  It  was  one  of  the  moat  brilliant  scenes  of  Brit- 
ish glory.  Near  it,  on  tho  plains  of  Abrahahi,  Wolfe,  at  the  cost  of  his  litb,  gained 
the  splendid  victory  which  annexed  Canada  to  the  British  empire.  The  popula- 
tion of  Quebec  is  about  '2.*),(MM) :  its  commerce  is  considerable,  as  all  the  vessels 
from  Britain  and  other  foreign  quartcni,  stop  there  and  unload  their  cargoes :  llliv! 
vessels  arrived  in  18;)5,  estimated  at  ,')23,U00  tons.  The  town  of  Three  Rivers, 
containing  about  3000  inhabitants,  is  situated  on  the  River  St.  Lawrence,  90  miles 
above  Quebec. 

The  commercial  capital  of  Canada  is  Montreal ;  it  ia  situated  immediately  below 
the  rapids,  at  a  point  where  the  ample  stream  of  the  Utawas  flows  into  the  St. 
Lawrence.  Most  of  the  business,  even  of  Quebec,  is  carried  on  by  branches 
from  the  Moniteal  houses.  It  derives  a  great  impulse  from  the  transactions  of 
the  Hudson's  Bay  Fur  Company ;  and  it  is  the  centre  of  the  commerce  with  the 
United  States,  carried  on  by  I^ake  Champluin  and  the  Hudson.  Vessels  of  000  or 
700  tons  can,  notwithstanding  some  difficulties,  come  up  to  Montreal ;  its  wharf 
presents  a  busy  scene, — the  tall  masts  of  merchantmen  from  the  Thames,  the 
Mersey,  and  the  Clyde,  with  the  steam-packets  which  ply  between  Quebec  and 
Montreal.  The  island  of  Montreal  is  about  thirty  miles  in  length,  and  seven  in 
j  breadth ;  it  is  of  alluvial  soil,  the  most  fertile  in  Jjower  Canada,  and  also  the  most 
highly  cultivated.  The  view  over  it,  of  fruitful  fields,  gay  country-lTouscs,  and 
the  streams  by  which  it  is  encircled,  is  one  of  the  most  pleasing  that  ran  be  ima- 
gined. The  interior  of  the  town  is  not  so  attractive.  It  is  substantially,  but 
gloomily,  built  of  dark  gray  limestone,  with  roofs  of  tin,  the  only  kind,  it  is  said, 
which  can  stand  the  intense  cold  of  winter;  while  the  windows  and  doors  are 
shut  in  with  massive  plates  of  iron.  The  streets,  though  tolerably  regular,  were 
inconveniently  narrow;  but  of  late  several  have  been  formed,  extending  the 
whole  length  of  the  town,  that  are  commodious  and  airy.  The  new  cathedral, 
opened  in  1829,  is  considered  one  of  the  handsomest  structures  in  America.  It  is 
255  feet  long,  i:)4  broad,  220  feet  high  in  its  principal  front;  and  it  is  capable  of 
coritnining  10,000  persons.  Two  Catholic  seminaries,  the  English  church,  and 
the  general  hospital,  are  also  handsome  structures.     The  population  amounts  to 

:«),ooo. 

The  village  of  La  Prairie,  on  the  scjuth  bank  of  the  river,  is  the  medium  of  com- 
munication between  Montreal  and  the  United  States.     Dorchester,  on  the  Sorelle,  \ 
is  a  considerable  village. 

Ia  Chine,  above  the  rapids,  which  interrupt  the  navigation  above  Montreal,  is 
an  important  dep6t  for  tho  interior  trade.  A  number  of  townships  have  been 
formed  along  the  northern  bank  of  the  Utiiwas,  the  part  of  Lower  Canada  chiefly 
resorted  to  by  emigrants.  The  country  is  level  and  fertile,  but  its  progress  i? 
much  obstructed  by  the  number  of  old  unimproved  grants ;  so  that  the  population 
does  not  much  exceed  .5300.  Hull  and  Bytown  are  small  improving  towns  on  the 
river ;  the  latter  on  the  south,  and  the  former  on  the  north  side. 


12* 


■t\ 


I  .a- 


;     * 


'' 


s 


'i 


j 


i:w 


NKW  nitl  NHWK'K. 


Th«>  tract  of  crxintry  lyinir  Ui  thi*  MHiili-raiit  of  tho  Ht.  LHwrcnco,  on  the  bor- 
ilfrM  of  Vvniionl,  N«-w  llarn|Mliin>,  :tn<i  Mniix*,  tini*  of  lKt«>  yvars  attractctl  many 
M-ttlnM,  to  whoni  it  in  known  under  tlin  nanin  of  the  (^uHtcrn  Townnhipa.  The 
laniin  here  aro  hold  in  tree  and  cointimn  mKChgi',  and  the  Knffliah  law  prevail*. 
The  population  of  the  towntihipa  in  now  ainut  TiOilNIO.  Htaniitead  and  Hherbrnoke 
are  the  principal  towns  of  thm  (inv  and  flourishinf;  reffion.  On  tho  Mouth  aide  of 
the  Ht.  liawrenco  Kiver  arc  the  neat  nnd  thriving  villages  of  St.  Thomaa  and 
KarnouraHka ;  tho  former  about  20  and  tho  latter  M>  milcti  below  Quebec  Ka- 
inoiiraska  ia  pleasantly  aituatml,  and  much  resorted  to  by  the  citizens  of  tho  capi- 
tal for  the  benefit  of  sea-bathing. 

Tho  district  of  Gaiipn  remains  to  complete  the  description  of  Lower  Canada, 
ft  is  on  the  Houth  side  of  tho  Ht.  Lawrence,  near  its  mouth,  bordering  on  New 
Urunswick.  It  is  a  country  of  irregular  and  sometimes  mountainous  Hurface,  con- 
tiiining  numerous  lakes,  and  watered  by  several  rivers,  of  which  the  Restigouchc 
i.s  the  principal.  Tho  territory  is  covered  with  dense  forests,  inhabited  by  TtNHI 
or  H<NH)  woodmen  and  fishermen,  and  exports  some  fish,  oil,  and  timber.  The 
C(xl-flshery  employs  18(M)  men,  and  produces  about  QU,OOU  quintals  of  fish,  and 
2(),0(M)  barrels  of  oil ;  and  about  4000  barrels  of  herrings,  and  2000  of  salmon  are 
Nliippcd  for  Quebec.  Douglas,  Bonaventure,  and  New  Carlisle,  are  small  villages 
of  tbrty  or  fitly  huts  each. 


NEW    BRUNSWICK. 


Nbw  Brunswiok  is  situated  to  the  east  of  the  State  of  Maine,  and  to  the  north- 
west of  Nova  Scotia,  from  which  it  is  separated  by  the  Bay  of  Fundy ;  on  the 
north  it  has  part  of  Lower  Canada,  the  boundary  between  the  two  being  the 
River  Restigouche.  It  has,  on  the  east,  a  winding  coast  along  the  Gulf  of  St. 
Lawrence,  indented  by  navigable  bays  and  inlets.  The  country,  towards  the  sea- 
coast  and  along  the  St.  John's  River,  is  level,  but  the  western  and  northern  parts 
are  somewhu^  mountainous. 

This  colony  is  still  almost  one  magnificent  unbroken  forest,  and  under  the  en- 
couragement afforded  by  the  mother  country,  almost  all  the  energies  of  the  inlia- 
bitanta  are  directed  to  the  lumber  trade.  The  borders  of  the  rivers,  where  culti- 
vated, are  fertile  in  grass  and  grain,  though  agriculture  is  not  yet  greatly  advanced. 
The  sea-coast  abruinds  in  cod  and  other  fish ;  the  River  St.  John's  is  thronged  with 
herring,  shad,  and  oalmon.  The  fisheries  are  a  source  of  considerable  wealth 
and  employment  to  the  inhabitants ;  the  produce  of  which  being,  with  timber,  the 
great  staples  of  export. 

The  town  of  St.  Johns,  on  a  fine  harbour  at  the  mouth  of  the  River  St.  John, 
is  the  most  considerable  place  in  New  Brunswick.  The  population  is  about 
10,000:  in  1820  the  exports  from  it  were  £210,000;  being  nearly  two-thirds  of 
the  amount  from  all  the  other  ports.  St.  Andrews,  at  the  head  of  Passamaquoddy 
Bay,  besides  its  timber  trade,  has  a  considerable  fishery,  and  contains  about  5000 
inhabitants.  Frederickton,  the  seat  of  government,  is  about  85  miles  up  the  St. 
John's  River,  which  being  navigable  for  vessels  of  50  tons,  is  the  seat  of  a  consi- 
derable inland  trade ;  the  population  is  1800 ;  it  is  rather  regularly  built  of  wood, 
with  government  offices,  several  churches,  and  a  college. 

The  River  Mirimichi  is  distinguished  by  the  extensive  forests  on  its  banks, 
whence  large  shipments  of  timber  are  mad'^,  at  the  port  of  that  name,  as  well  as 
those  of  Chatham,  Douglas,  and  Newcastle.  This  tract  of  country  wa^,  in  Octo- 
ber 1825,  the  scene  of  one  of  the  most  dreadful  conflagrations  on  record.  The 
flames,  kindled  by  accident  at  several  points  at  once,  were  impelled  by  a  violent 
wind,  and  fed  always  with  new  fuel,  till  they  spread  over  about,  100  miles  of  ter- 
ritory, involving  it  in  smoke  and  flame,  and  reducing  to  ashes  the  towns  of  Doug- 
las and  Newcastle;  nearly  200  persons  are  said  to  have  perished,  and  more  than 
2000  to  have  been  reduced  to  entire  destitution.  The  natural  advantages  of  the 
country,  however,  have  enabled  them  to  recover  with  surprising  rapidity.     New 


pii 
H  ^^ 


NOVA  M-«n'IA. 


131 


Rmnnwick  wta  oriffirwlly  Mttled  by  (tennan  tmofM  in  the  torvice  of  GrMt  Bri" 
Uin,  and  honce  iU  name.  It  wan  uicIu(1mI  in  Nova  Scotia  until  17^4.  Dalbotiite 
and  Rathurst,  on  Chaleur  Bay,  and  Livorpuul,  uo  tiw  caat  coaat  auuth  of  MiruDichi 
Buy,  are  nnaU  villagea. 


NOVA    SCOTIA. 

Nova  Scotia  waa  fint  aettled  by  the  French,  and  named  by  them  Acadia.  It 
was  granted  by  Jamea  I.  to  Sir  William  Alfxandcr,  a  Scottish  nobleman,  by  whom 
it  waa  called  Nova  Scotia ;  but  was  not  coiitiriiit'd  to  England  until  171i3.  It  in. 
eluded  New  Brunawick  until  1784,  when  it  wan  divided  into  two  provinces.  This 
colony  iH  a  large  peninsula,  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  nanow  strait  separating 
it  (Vom  Cape  Breton  and  Prince  (Mward's  Islands,  on  the  south-east  by  the  Atlan- 
tic Ocean,  and  on  the  north-west  by  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  which  penetrates  so  deep 
as  to  leave  only  an  isthmus  about  nine  miles  brued,  connecting  it  with  New 
Brunswick. 

Nova  Scotia  ia  about  280  milea  long,  and  from  00  to  100  broad,  comprising  about 
16,000  square  miles,  or  upwards  of  10,000,000  acres.  The  surface  of  the  coir-try 
is  moderately  uneven,  ana  in  some  places  hilly.  The  climate  is  cold,  but  hca'.  hy, 
and,  with  the  progress  of  cultivation,  is  gradually  ameliorating.  Spring  is  late 
and  irregular  in  its  approach ;  but  when  vegetation  commences,  it  is  very  rapid, 
and  in  a  few  days  changes  the  whole  face  of  nature.  On  the  coast  the  soil  is 
generally  poor,  but  in  the  interior  and  northern  parts  it  is  well  adapted  to  cultiv.- 
tlon.  Wheat  and  other  grains  are  raiaed  to  some  extent,  and  large  quantities  of 
the  finest  potatoes. 

The  population,  in  1832,  was,  including  Cape  Breton,  about  190,000.  The  in- 
habitants are  about  one-fourth  Acadians,  or  descendants  of  the  first  French  set- 
tlers ;  a  fourth  flrom  Scotland,  some  Germans,  1200  fVee  negroes,  and  some  of  the 
aboriginal  race  of  Indians,  who  still  adhere  to  their  roaming  and  hunting  habits ; 
the  remainder  of  the  population  are  mostly  fVom  different  parts  of  the  British  em- 
pire. The  principal  exports  to  Europe  are  timber  and  fish,  and  to  the  West  Indies 
and  the  neighbouring  States,  timber,  provisions,  coal  of  fine  quality,  gypsum  and 
freestone. 

The  administration  of  the  colony  is  vested  in  a  governor,  council,  and  house  of 
assembly.  There  are  colleges  at  Halifax,  Windsor,  and  Pictou ;  also  numerous 
schools,  partly  supported  by  government,  for  the  instruction  of  the  lower  classes. 
The  religious  denominations  are  Episcopalians,  Presbyterians,  Methodists,  Baptists 
and  Catholics. 

Halifax  is  the  capital,  situated  on  one  of  the  noblests  harbours  in  the  world, 
capable  of  containing  any  amount  of  shipping  of  any  burthen.  It  was  founded  in 
1740,  by  General  Cornwallis,  and  has  since  carried  on  almost  all  the  trade  of  the 
colony.  During  the  impulse  given  to  it  by  the  last  war,  the  population  amounted 
to  12,000,  but  is  now  only  9000.  The  most  extensive  dock-yard  in  Briiu  h  /.mer-  i 
ica  has  been  formed  here,  where  a  number  of  ships  of  the  line  and  arntt;'  \  essels 
are  always  lying,  either  stationed  here  or  for  repairs.  A  considerable  number  of 
troops  are  always  in  garrison,  who,  with  the  naval  officers,  give  it  the  air  of  a 
military  place.  Lunenburg,  the  chief  of  the  German  settlements',  ijontains  a  po- 
pulation of  about  2000  inhabitants,  and  has  a  brisk  trade.  Liverpool  also  carries 
on  a  considerable  trade ;  but  Shelbum,  which,  at  the  end  of  '.he  American  revo- 
lutionary war,  was  the  largest  place  in  Nova  Scotia,  has  sunk  to  a  mere  village. 
The  north-eastern  coast  has  Pictou,  firom  which,  and  the  neighbouring  bays  on 
this  coast,  is  shipped  the  largest  quantity  of  timber  and  coal.  On  a  river  falling 
into  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  is  Annapolis,  the  original  French  capital ;  but  since  the 
transference  of  the  government  to  Halifax,  it  has  sunk  into  a  mere  secondnry 
place.  The  trade  of  this  f^eaX  bay  is  now  carried  on  from  Yarmouth,  at  its  mo\ith, 
the  population  of  which,  since  1791,  has  risen  from  1300  to  4500.  Gypeum  is  the 
principal  export 


I' 


>    1 


,t 


r     .       . 

■I. 


M 


;  •■'* 


,1 


140 


PRINCE  EDWARD'S  ISLAND— NEWFOUNDLAND. 


Cape  Breton  is  a  large  island,  separated  from  Nova  Scotia  by  St.  George's  Gulf 
and  the  Gut  of  Canseau,  a  great  part  of  which  is  not  more  than  a  mile  broad.  The 
island  is  about  100  miles  in  length,  and  from  30  to  80  in  breadth.  It  is  penetrated 
by  an  arm  of  the  sea,  called  the  Bras  d'Or,  which  divides  it  nearly  into  two  equal 
portions,  and  is  throughout  navigable.  The  surface  is  diversified  by  hills,  none  of 
which  rise  above  1500  feet;  and  the  soil  is  fully  equal  to  that  of  the  neighbouring 
countries.  Only  the  coasts,  including  those  of  the  Bras  d'Or,  have  yet  been  cul- 
tivated ;  and  the  population  in  general  is  in  a  less  improved  state  than  in  the  other 
colonies.  The  climate  resembles  that  of  the  neighbouring  countries,  in  the  in- 
tensity of  the  cold  in  winter  and  of  the  heat  in  summer;  but  these  fellow  more 
irregularly,  and  a  fortnight's  thaw  occurs  often  in  the  midst  of  frost  and  snow. 
Yet  these  variations  are  not  disadvantageous  to  aj^riculture,  which,  however,  is 
still  in  its  infancy,  the  valuable  cod-fishery  attractmg  the  chief  industry  of  the 
people.  Cape  Breton,  therefore,  imports  wheat  flour,  though  it  affords  a  small 
surplus  of  oats  and  potatoes.  The  exports,  in  1828,  consisted  of  41,000  quintals 
of  dry,  and  18,000  barrels  of  pickled  fish.  About  fifty  vessels,  averaging  fifty  tons 
each,  are  annually  built  There  are  coal  mines  of  great  value.  Cape  Breton  has 
excellent  harbours,  and  commands,  in  a  great  measure,  the  navigation  of  the  St. 
Lawrence.  Of  the  population,  exceeding  25,000,  the  most  numerous  portion  con- 
sists of  Scottish  highlanders,  and  next  to  them  of  Acadians.  The  island  was,  in 
1820,  politically  united  to  Nova  Scotia,  and  sends  two  members  to  the  house  of 
assembly.  Louisburg,  which  the  French  carefully  fortified,  and  made  one  of  the 
principal  stations  in  their  "  New  France,"  is  now  entirely  deserted,  and  Sydney,  a 
village  of  1000  inhabitants,  is  all  the  capital  which  Cape  Breton  can  boast.  St. 
Peters,  on  the  south  coast,  and  Arechat,  a  small  fishing-town  on  Isle  Madame,  are 
the  other  principal  settlements. 

To  the  south-east  of  Nova  Scotia  lies  Sable  Island,  a  dangerous  sand-bank  in 
the  track  of  vessels  sailing  between  Europe  and  America. 


PRINCE    EDWARD'S    ISLAND. 

Prince  Edward's,  formerly  St  Johns,  is  a  fine  fertile  island  in  the  Gulf  of  St. 
Lawrence,  lying  nearly  parallel  to  the  coasts  of  Nova  Scotia  and  New  Brunswick. 
It  is  135  miles  long  and  34  broad.  It  is  deeply  indented  by  bays  and  inlets.  The 
area  is  computed  at  1,400,000  acres.  The  surface  of  the  island  is  level,  and  va- 
ried only  by  gentle  undulations.  It  has  shorter  winters  than  the  neiglibouring 
colonies,  and  is  exempt  from  those  extremes  of  heat  and  cold,  and  heavy  fogs, 
which  render  them  often  so  gloomy.  The  soil  is  good  and  well  adapted  to  agri- 
culture, especially  wheat  and  oats,  of  which  it  affords  a  surplus.  In  1768,  the 
island  contained  only  150  families.  The  population  is  now  35,000,  chiefly  Scotch 
highlanders,  and  some  Acadians,  and  English  from  Yorkshire.  Charlottetown  is 
the  capital,  with  a  population  of  3500.  There  are  several  other  small  towns  in 
the  island :  some  of  them  are  Georgetown,  Belfast,  Dartmouth,  Prince  Town,  &c. 


NEWFOUNDLAND. 


This  large  island  is  420  miles  long  and  300  broad,  situated  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Gulf  of  St  Lawrence,  and  is  the  most  eastern  part  of  North  America.  The  in- 
terior of  Newfoundland  has  never  been  thoroughly  explored.  It  presents  a  bold 
and  rocky  shore,  abounding  in  harbours.  The  soil  is  mostly  barren,  and  the  tim- 
ber scanty  and  stunted.  Some  tracts,  however,  are  supposed  to  be  well  fitted  for 
pasturage.  The  climate  is  severe,  and  the  country  is  frequently  visited  by  dreary 
fogs  and  storms  of  sleet  and  snow. 

This  island  owes  its  importance  to  its  cod-fisheries,  which  are  the  most  valuable 
in  the  world.  The  fish  are  taken  singly,  with  baited  hooks,  upon  the  banks,  which 
are  phallow  places,  probably  formed  by  the  deposites  of  sand  brought  down  from 


NEWFOUNDF^ANI). 


141 


the  tropics  by  the  gulf  stream,  which  also  bears  down  on  its  bosom  countless  mil- 
lions of  the  animal  on  which  the  fish  feed. 

The  Grand  Bank  of  Newfoundland,  situated  to  the  eastward  of  the  island,  is 
the  greatest  submarine  elevation  known.  It  is  from  500  to  600  miles  in  length, 
and  in  some  places  near  200  in  bronrlth.  Some  distance  farther  from  the  Grand 
Bank,  is  the  Outer  Bank,  or  Flemi^<tl  Cap,  about  00  miles  in  length,  by  fiO  wide ; 
and  to  the  westward  are  the  Green  and  VVhale  Banks.  These  are  the  great  ren- 
dezvous of  the  codfish,  and  form  the  fishing-ground  for  some  2500  to  3000  vessels, 
and  from  35,000  to  40,000  Americans,  English,  and  French,  chiefly,  however,  the 
first  and  last  The  banks  are  frequently  enveloped  in  dense  fogs  from  April  to 
December. 

So  early  was  the  value  of  the  Newfoundland  fisheries  discovered,  that  in  1517, 
only  twenty  years  after  the  first  voyage,  upwards  of  fifty  vessels,  of  different  na- 
tions, were  found  employed  in  it.  The  British  soon  took  the  most  active  part,  and 
formed  colonies  on  the  island.  Their  sovereignty  was  acknowledged  by  the  treaty 
of  Utrecht,  which  reserved,  however,  to  the  French,  the  right  of  fishing  on  the 
banks.  This  was  confirmed  in  1763,  when  the  small  islands  of  St  Pierre  and 
Miquelon  were  allowed  to  them  to  dry  their  fish.  The  Americans  have  the  right 
to  take  fish  at  any  three  miles  from  the  shore,  and  to  dry  them  on  any  of  the 
neighbouring  coasts  unoccupied  by  British  settlers.  The  fishing  season  begins  in 
April  and  ends  in  October :  the  business  is  lucrative,  dangerous,  and  an  admirable 
nursery  for  our  hardy  and  adventurous  seamen,  and  furnishes  one  of  the  consider- 
able elements  of  our  trade.  Many  English  and  French  vessels  are  here  in  com- 
pany. Every  part  of  the  process,  from  taking  the  hungry  animals  from  the  water, 
and  curing  the  fish  and  delivering  it  in  all  parts  of  the  world,  is  specific,  and  em- 
ploys its  specific  process.  The  English  and  French  dry  their  fish  on  the  islands. 
We  bring  great  portions  of  ours,  pickled,  to  our  own  ports,  and  dry  them  there, 
particularly  at  Marblehead,  Gloucester,  and  Beverly.  A  great  number  of  acres 
around  those  towns  are  covered  with  the  flakes  or  scaflblds  on  which  those  fish 
are  dried.  A  vessel  with  twelve  men  usually  takes  from  20,000  to  50,000  fish. 
The  whole  employment  not  only  rears  thousands  of  men  to  consider  the  sea  their 
hornet  and  storms  their  element,  but  many  other  thousands  are  employed  in  the 
business  to  which  this  gives  birth ;  and  our  share  of  the  business,  in  good  years, 
amounts  to  some  millions  of  dollars.  Nothing  can  be  more  unique  than  the  modes 
of  life  of  these  men,  whose  abode  is  on  the  sea.  They  are  hale,  healthy,  honest, 
intrepid,  and  of  reckless  cheerfulness  of  character. 

Newfoundland  contains  80,000  inhabitants,  almost  entirely  fishermen.  St 
Johns,  the  principal  place  in  the  island,  is  little  more  than  a  large  fishing  station, 
the  whole  shore  being  lined  with  wharves  and  stages  for  landing  and  drying  fish. 
It  is  defended  by  several  forts,  one  of  which.  Fort  Townsend,  is  the  residence  of 
the  governor.  The  houses  are  built  mostly  of  wood.  This  construction  exposed 
the  town  to  a  series  of  dreadfiil  conflagrations,  in  1816, 1817, 1818,  and  1837. 
The  stationary  population  of  St  Johns  is  estimated  at  11,000,  but  varies  according 
to  the  season  of  the  year. 

The  uninhabited  island  of  Anticosti,  in  the  Gulf  of  St  Lawrence,  and  the  coast 
of  Labrador,  are  dependencies  on  Newfoundland.  Near  its  southern  coast  arc  the 
little  islands  of  St  Pierre  and  Miquelon,  belonging  to  France,  and  inhabited  by 
fishermen. 


In  concluding  our  brief  account  of  the  British  possessions  in  North  America, 
we  may  remark  that  there  appears  no  disposition  on  the  part  of  the  parent  country 
to  neglect  or  abandon  them.  Great  Britain  expends  large  sums  in  constructing 
military  works  for  their  defence,  and  lends  her  aid  to  numerous  plans  of  settle- 
ment and  improvement 


!■ 


•<*  ' 


■   )■  :■  -» 


■I  ■■ 


.!  . 


It-     ■■ 


I  : 


I  m 


1    * 

t-i. 
h 

• 

1 

1 

U'- 


I 


■■  I 


143 


UNITED  STATES. 


UNITED   STATES. 

The  United  States  are  the  most  interesting  and  important  division  of  the 
western  continent  They  are  distinguished  for  the  excellence  of  their  govern* 
ment,  the  rapid  increase  of  the  population,  and  for  the  intelligence,  industry,  and 
enterprise  of  the  inhabitants.  They  occupy  the  most  valuable  and  productive 
portion  of  North  America,  and  rank  amongpst  the  most  powerful  commercial  and 
wealthy  nations  of  the  globe. 

The  United  States  are  situated  between  24°  20'  and  54°  40'  N.  latitude,  and 
longitude  17"  E.,  and  125°  W.  longitude,  extending  through  29  degrees  of  lati- 
tude and  58  degrees  of  longitude,  and  comprise  a  superficial  area  of  upwards  of 
2,300,000  square  miles.  The  frontier  line  has  a  length  of  10,000  miles,  of  which 
about  3600  are  sea^coast,  and  1200  lake-coast.  A  line  drawn  across  from  the  At- 
lantic to  the  Pacific,  through  the  centre,  is  about  2500  miles  in  length. 

So  vast  a  region  of  course  includes  a  great  variety  of  surface,  soil,  and  climate. 
It  abounds  in  navigable  rivers,  and  a  large  proportion  of  it  is  susceptible  of  culti- 
vation, and  is  of  a  quality  calculated  to  repay  the  labour  bestowed  upon  it,  more 
than  almost  any  other  region  of  the  same  extent  in  the  world :  but  a  small  portion 
of  its  Gur&ce  is  occupira  by  mountains,  which,  from  their  height  or  ruggedness, 
forbid  all  attempts  to  render  them  productive  in  the  means  of  subsistence  to  man. 
There  are  no  great  deserts,  and  few  barrens;  nothing  like  the  vast  sterile  plains 
which  exist  in  other  parts  of  the  world.  The  basins  of  the  rivers  are  exceed- 
ingly productive :  that  of  the  Mississippi,  including  the  Missouri,  'is  undoubtedly 
the  finest  valley  on  the  globe.  It  is  abundantly  watered  by  streams,  which  not 
only  give  fertility  to  their  borders,  but  are  ready  to  waft  the  gifls  of  the  soil  to  the 
ocean,  and  bring  back  to  the  inhabitants  the  products  of  all  other  climes.  The 
soil  returns  an  ample  harvest  for  all  that  is  planted  in  it,  and  the  climate  is  favour- 
able to  almost  every  production  of  the  earth  that  can  sustain  life  or  increase  its 
luxuries. 

Though  lying  within  Uie  temperate  zone,  the  United  States  embrace  a  great 
variety  of  climate.  In  the  northern  parts,  the  winters  are  long  and  severe ;  snow 
oflen  falls  to  the  depth  of  two  or  three  feet,  and  the  cold  is  so  piercing  as  to 
oblige  the  inhabitants  to  make  very  diligent  provision  against  it  Spring  returns 
here  in  April,  and  in  summer  the  heat  is  great  In  the  southern  parts  of  the 
country,  snow  is  seldom  seen,  ice  is  rarely  formed  in  the  rivers,  and  those  fruits 
which  shrink  from  a  northern  climate,  and  flourish  only  in  warm  regions,  are 
scattered  over  the  soil.  In  Georgia,  the  inhabitants  may  collect  the  figs  which 
grow  before  the  windows,  and  may  load  their  tables  with  oranges,  lemons,  and 
other  exquisite  fhiits  that  grow  in  their  gardens  and  groves,  while  in  parts  of 
Maine,  New  Hampshire,  and  Vermont,  even  peaches  will  not  flourish.  Between 
these  extremities,  as  in  Virginia,  Kentucky,  Missouri,  and  Illinois,  there  is  a  re- 
gion adapted  to  the  wine-grape,  which  thrives  best  in  places  removed  from  botli 
Die  torrid  and  fi-igid  zones. 

The  United  States  are  intersected  by  two  principal  and  two  subordinate  ranges 
of  mountains,  the  Rocky  and  Alleghany,  he  Ozark  and  Green  Mountains.  The 
Rocky  Mountain,  or  Chippewayan  range,  forms  the  great  dividing  ridge  of  North 
America,  separating  the  waters  which  flow  in  opposite  directions,  towards  the 
great  oceans  which  bound  the  opposite  sides  of  the  continent  They  are  situated 
at  a  medium  distance  of  about  600  miles  from  the  Pacific ;  the  highest  rise  above 
the  line  of  perpetual  congelation,  being  estimated  at  about  12,000  feet  in  height. 

The  Alleghany,  or  Appalachian  range,  runs  in  a  north-easterly  direction  from 
the  northern  part  of  Alabama  to  New- York,  stretching  along  in  uniform  ridges, 
at  the  distance  of  from  250  to  80  miles  from  the  sea-coast  and  following  its  gene- 
ral direction.  It  occupies  in  breadth  a  space  of  from  60  to  120  miles,  and  sepa- 
rates the  waters  which  run  into  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  from  those  which  flow  into 
the  Mississippi  and  its  tributaries.    The  highest  elevation  in  this  P"ige,  and  the 


UNITED  STATES. 


143 


moflt  prominent  in  the  Atlantic  States,  is  Black  Mountain,  in  the  western  part  of 
North  Carolina :  it  is  6476  feet  in  height 

The  Green  Mountains  extend  from  Connecticut,  through  Massachusetts  and 
Vermont,  to  Canada,  dividing^  the  Atlantic  rivers  from  those  of  Lake  Champlain 
and  the  St  Lawrence.  Some  of  the  peaks  of  this  range  attain  considerable  ele- 
vation. In  New  Hampshire  and  Maine,  arc  found  many  considerable  peaks,  which 
are  not  connected  with  any  systematic  range,  but  arc  scattered  in  dctuched 
groups.  The  White  Mountains,  in  New  Hampshire,  are  the  most  elevated  in 
New  England.  Mount  Katahdin,  or  Ktaadin,  near  the  centre  of  the  state  of 
Maine,  is  the  highest  in  that  state.  The  view  fVom  its  summit  is  fine  and  varied, 
and  extends  over  80  or  100  miles.  The  other  principal  heights  in  Maine  arc 
Waseataquoik  Mountain,  Mount  Abraham,  Mount  Bigclow,  Speckled  Mountain. 

The  Ozark  Mountains  extend  from  Texas,  through  the  western  part  of  Arkan- 
sas, into  the  lead-mine  region  of  Missouri.  Their  general  direction  is  nearly 
similar  to  that  of  the  Alleghany  range,  and  their  altitude  is  supposed  to  be  about 
2000  feet  above  the  sea. 

The  territory  of  the  United  States  is  washed  by  three  seas,  the  Atlantic  Ocean 
on  the  east,  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  on  the  south,  and  the  Pacific  Ocean  on  the  west. 
The  principal  bays  and  sounds  on  the  Atlantic  border,  are  Passamaquoddy  Bay, 
which  lies  between  the  state  of  Maine  and  the  British  province  of  New  Bruns- 
wick ;  Ma880.chu8etts  Bay,  between  Cape  Ann  and  Cape  Cod,  on  the  coast  of 
Massachusetts ;  Long  Island  Sound,  between  Long  Island  and  the  coast  of  Con- 
necticut ;  Delaware  Bay,  between  Cape  May  and  Cape  Henlopen,  which  sepa- 
rates New  Jersey  from  Delaware ;  Chesapeake  Bay,  which  communicates  with 
the  ocean  between  Cape  Charles  and  Cape  Henry,  and  extends  in  a  northern  di- 
rection for  20Q  miles,  through  the  states  of  Virginia  and  Maryland;  and  Albe- 
marle and  Pamplico  Sounds,  on  the  coast  of  North  Carolina.  In  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico,  the  principal  bays  are  Chatham  Bay,  near  the  southern  extremity  of  the 
peninsula  of  Florida;  Appalachie  Bay;  una  Mobile  Bay,  in  Alabama.  In  the 
Pacific,  the  Gulf  of  Georgia  is  the  most  important  inlet  on  the  western  coast  of 
the  United  States.  It  separates  Qudra  and  Vancouver's  Island  from  the  main 
land,  and  ia  about  120  miles  in  length  firom  north  to  south,  and  from  5  to  20  miles 
in  width. 

The  great  lakes  Superior,  Huron,  Erie,  and  Ontario,  not  being  altogether  in  the 
United  States,  have  been  described  elsewhere.  The  boundary  between  the  Bri- 
tish and  American  territories  passes  through  their  centre,  allotting  about  an  equal 
share  of  their  vast  waters  to  each  nation.  Lake  Michigan  is  wholly  within  the 
territory  of  the  United  States.  It  is  connected  with  Huron  by  the  Strait  of 
Michillimackinac,  and  is  about  320  miles  in  length,  and  irom  55  to  60  miles  wide, 
with  an  area  of  16,200  square  miles.  The  country  around  the  head  of  this  lake 
is  settling  rapidly ;  and  the  mildness  of  the  climate,  the  excellence  of  the  soil, 
and  the  probable  speedy  junction  of  its  waters  with  thoee  of  the  Mississippi,  will 
shortly  fill  this  portion  of  the  west  with  population  and  wealth.  By  the  St.  Clair 
River,  of  35  miles  course,  the  waters  of  Huron  rapidly  descend  to  the  St.  Clair,  a 
shallow  lake  about  90  miles  in  circuit  Detroit  River  connects  Lakes  St.  Clair  and 
Erie.  The  other  lakes  of  any  magnitude  in  the  United  States  are  Champlain  in 
New- York,  Winnipiseogee  in  New  Hampshire,  and  Moose  Head  in  Maine. 

Lake  Champlain  separates  the  States  of  New  York  and  Vermont,  and  is  in 
extent  140  miles  nearly  north  and  south.  It  is  connected  with  the  Hudson  river 
by  the  Champlain  canal,  and  with  the  St  Lawrence  river  by  the  Sorelle,  or  Riche- 
lieu. Large  and  elegant  steam-boats  ply  dally  between  Whitehall  and  St  John's, 
liOwer  Canada,  which  touch  at  the  principal  places,  and  numerous  travellers  are 
constantly  passing  and  repassing  this  route  during  the  season  of  navigation. 

Lake  Winnipiseogee  is  one  of  the  most  picturesque  sheets  of  water  in  New 
England.  It  is  very  irregular  in  form,  and  contains  a  number  of  islands,  some  of 
which  are  cultivated.  The  lake  is  about  22  miles  long,  and  fh>m  1  to  8  miles 
wide. 

Moose  Head  Lake  is  situated  in  the  central  parts  of  Maine.  It  is  of  an  irre- 
gular form,  about  38  miles  in  length,  and  from  2  to  12  wide.    The  main  branch 


t 


•  'If! 


"p''  ;  ■"■■ 


r  "■'}[■ 


'!,' 


•      '■! 


W. ' 


m 


IlI. 


■J  I  ■ 


3  7       I.       . .  i   w 


:■  r  I 


: 


III 


r 


|:| 


it 

(3 


144 


UNITED  STATES. 


of  Kennebeck  river  flows  from  it  Around  it,  at  vuiotu  distancesi  are  situated 
some  of  the  hi{^he»t  mountains  in  Maine. 

The  Rivers  which  water  the  territory  of  the  United  States  are  numerous,  and 
some  of  them  among  the  most  important  in  the  world.  No  portion  of  the  globe 
possesses  greater  facilities  for.  inland  navigation  and  trade,  or  is  more  generally 
intersected  with  large  and  navigable  streams.  They  may  be  divided  into  four 
great  classes :  1st.  The  streams  which  rise  on  th^t  east  side  of  t}.-e  Alleghany 
mountains,  and  flow  into  the  Atlantic  Ocean ;  2d.  Those  south  of  the  Alleghany 
range,  which  discharge  themselves  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico;  3d.  The  Mississippi 
and  its  wide  tributaries,  which  drain  the  waters  of  the  vast  valley  included  be- 
tween the  Rocky  and  Alleghany  ranges ;  and  4th.  The  rivers  which,  rising  on  the 
western  declivity  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  direct  their  course  to  the  Pacific 
Ocean. 

The  Penobscot  is  the  lari^st  river  that  has  it  >  roune  wholly  in  the  State  of 
Maine.  It  joins  the  Penobscot  Bay  between  the  i  wd''  v>f  Penobscot  and  Prospect 
It  is  navigable  for  vessels  of  considerable  burden  > « Biirtgor,  where  navigation  and 
the  tide  terminate.  Large  quantities  of  timber  are  exported  from  the  sea-ports 
on  the  river  and  bay.    The  course  of  this  river  is  neftr  300  miles. 

Kennebeck  River  is,  next  to  the  Penobscot,  the  largest  in  Maine.  It  is  the 
outlet  of  Moose  Head  lake,  the  most  considerable  in  the  State.  It  is  navigable 
for  vessels  of  150  tons  to  Hallowell,  40  miles  from  the  sea.  Its  whole  course  is 
about  230  miles. 

Connecticut  River^^  the  most  important  stream  in  New  England,  rises  in  the 
highlands  separating  the  United  States  from  Canada,  and  flows  into  Long  Island 
Sound,  after  a  course  of  upwards  of  400  miles.  It  is  navigable  to  Hartford  for 
large  steam-boats,  and  vessels  of  8  feet  draught ;  also  for  small  steam-boats  to 
Wells  river,  in  Vermont,  more  than  200  miles  above  Hartford.  The  head  waters 
of  this  river  are  elevated  1600  feet  above  Long  Island  Sound.  Its  banks  present 
to  the  eye  every  variety  of  scenery ; — magnificent  mountains  and  hills,  delightfiil 
valleys  and  meadows,  unsurpasp'^d  in  beauty  and  fertility,  and  many  of  the  most 
beautiful  towns  and  villages  in  New  England. 

The  Hudson  River  rises  west  of  Lake-Champlam  in  numerous  branches,  and 
pursuing  nearly  a  straight  southerly  course  of  about  320  miles,  unites  with  the 
Atlantic  below  the  city  of  New  York.  This  is  one  of  the  most  important  rivers 
in  the  United  States.  The  navigation  and  commerce  on  its  waters  are  very  great, 
and  annually  increasing.  By  means  of  the  Erie  and  Champlain  canals,  it  is  con- 
nected with  Lake  Erie  and  the  St.  Lawrence  river.  It  is  navigable  for  ships  of 
large  burden  to  Hudson  city,  and  for  the  largest  steam-boats  to  Albany  and  Troy. 

Delaware  River  rises  in  New  Yw>k,  and  flowing  south,  separates  Pennsylvania 
from  New  York  and  New  Jersey,  and  &lls  into  Delaware  bay^  after  a  course  of 
abou^  310  miles,  below  New  Castle.  It  is  navigable  for  vessels  of  the  greatest 
burden  to  Philadelphia,  and  for  small  craft  to  the  head  of  the  tide  at  Trenton, 
above  which  city  it  is  navigable  100  miles  for  boats  of  8  or  9  tons. 

Susquehaunah  River,  one  of  the  largest  in  Pennsylvania,  is  formed  by  its  north 
and  west  branches,  which  unite  at  Northumberland.  Its  north,  or  longest  branch, 
rises  in  Otsego  lake.  New  York,  from  whence  ta  its  mouth  is  about  4^  miles. 

The  Potomac  River  rises  in  two  branches  in  the  Alleghany  Mountains,  and 
forms,  during  its  course  to  Chesapeake  bay,  the  boundary  between  Virginia  and 
Maryland.  It  is  navigable  for  vessels  of  large  burthen  to  Washington  city.  Its 
junction  at  Harper's  Ferry  with  the  Shenandoah,  is  regarded  as  a  great  curiosity. 
Its  length  is  about  335  miles. 

James  River  pursues  a  course  of  upwards  of  400  miles,  and  unites  with  the 
south  pert  of  Chesapeake  Bay  at  Hampton  Roads.  It  is  navigable  for  sloops  to 
Richmond,  where  the  Great  Falls  formerly  presented  an  obstruction,  but  a  canal 
has  been  made  around  them,  and  the  river  is  now  navigable  for  batteaux  230 
miles  above  the  city. 

Savannah  River  separates  South  Carolina  from  Georgia,  and  enters  the  Atlantic 
17  miles  below  Savannah,  to  which  city  it  is  navigable  for  vessels  of  large  bur- 
den.   Steam-boats  ascend  the  river  to  Augusta  falls. 


\W 


■■■ 


UNITED  STATES. 


145 


Appalachicola,  which  (lituharges  itself  into  the  bay  of  the  same  name,  in  the  ■ 
Gulf  of  Mexico,  is  formed  by  the  union  of  the  Chattahoochee  and  Flint  rivers.  ( 
The  former  ia  navigated  to  Columbus  by  steam-boats :   on  its  head- waters  are  ,\ 
numerous  gold-miaes.     The  Apimlachicola  uml  Chattahoochee  united,  are  about ' 
425  miles  in  length. 

The  MoUile  River  is  formed  by  the  junction  of  the  Alabama  and  Tombeckbee 
rivers,  40  miles  above  Mobile.  The  head-waters  of  thn  Alabama  rise  in  the  gold- 
region  of  Geotvia,  not  &r  from  the  sources  of  the  Chattahoochee,  and  atler  a  south- 
west course  of  near  500  miles,  form  n  junction  with  the  Tombeckbee.  Steam- 
boats ascend  to  Montgomery,  a  distance,  by  the  meanders  of  the  rivers,  of  near 
300  miles. 

The  Mississippi  is  the  largest  river  of  North  America,  and  one  of  the  noblest 
in  tne  world — watering  a  more  fertile  region,  and  having  a  larger  course  of  unin- 
terrupted navigation,  than  any  other  known  stream.  Its  course — taken  in  con- 
nexion with  its  mighty  auxiliary,  the  Missouri'^-is  estimated  at  4490  miles  in 
length.  The  space  drained  by  its  waters  is  supposed  to  exceed  1,300,000  square 
miles,  being  upwards  of  tvvo-thirds  of  the  whole  territory  of  the  United  States,  or 
about  one  twenty-eighth  part  of  the  terraqueous  surface  of  the  globe.  In  no  por- 
tion of  the  wr.'d  has  the  triumph  of  art  over  the  obstacles  of  nature  been  so  com- 
plete. The  introduction  of  steam-navigation  has  been  productive  of  immense 
advantages,  and  has  been  carried  to  a  greater  extent  than  on  any  other  river. 
Mississippi  proper  rises  west  of  Lake  Superior,  in  a  dreary  and  desolate  region, 
amidst  lakes  and  swamps,  and,  after  pursuing  a  south-east  course  of  about  600 
miles,  reaches  the  falls  of  St.  Anthony,  where  it  descends  perpendicularly  16  feet, 
and  where  are  58  feet  of  rapids.  Thence  it  flows  a  south-easterly,  and  then 
southerly  direction;  and  atler  forming  the  boundary  between  Missouri,  Arkansas 
Territory,  and  Louisiana,  on  the  west,  and  Illinois,  Kentucky,  Tennessee,  and 
Mississippi,  on  the  east,  discharges  its  waters,  through  many  mouths,  into  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico.  It  is  nearly  3000  miles  long,  and  is  navigable  for  steam-boats  to 
the  &ll8  of  St.  Anthony.  The  following  are  the  principal  tributaries  of  the  Mis- 
sissippi fh)m  the  west : — The  St.  Peter's,  which  joins  it  at  Fort  Snelling,  is  a 
stream  of  about  400  miles,  flowing  a  south-east  course.  The  Des  Moines,  a  river 
of  about  400  miles  in  length,  enters  the  Mississippi  about  130  miles  above  the 
Missouri. 

The  Missouri  enters  the  Mississippi  river  about  18  miles  above  St.  Louis,  after 
a  course  of  3217  miles.  Although  it  loses  its'  name  at  its  confluence  with  the 
latter,  it  is  much  the  longer  stream  of  the  two ;  but  the  Mississippi,  having  been 
first  discovered  and  explored,  has  retained  its  name  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  This 
error  being  now  past  remedy,  the  Missouri  must  be  considered  as  a  tributary  of 
the  Missi^ipi.  It  is  formed  of  numerous  branches,  which  rise  among  the  Rocky 
Mountains,  between  the  parallels  of  42°  and  48°  N.  Latitude.  The  most  remote 
are  the  Jeflbrson,  Madison,  and  Gallatin  rivers.  The  only  obstruction  that  occurs 
to  its  navigation  is  at  the  Great  Falls,  a  distance  of  2575  miles  from  the  Missis- 
sippi Here  the  river  descends  362  feet  in  18  miles :  the  descent  is  by  four  great 
pitches  or  cataracts,  of  98, 19,  49,  and  26  feet,  respectively.  The  width  of  the 
river  is  about  850  yards,  and  the  cataracts  are  considered  to  be,  next  to  those  of 
Niagara,  the  grandest  in  the  world.  About  100  miles  above,  is  the  place  called 
the  Gates  of  the  Rocky  Mountains.  This  river  was  lately  ascended  by  a  steam- 
vessel  SCO  miles  above  tue  Yellow  Stone,  a  distance  firom  the  mouth  of  the  Mis- 
sissippi of  3460  miles. 

The  largest  tributaries  of  the  Missouri  are,  the  Yellow  Stone,  of  1100  miles  in 
length,  the  Platte,  or  Shallow  river,  of  1600  miles  course,  and  the  Kanzas,  of 
1200  miles  in  length.  They  all  rise  in  the  Rocky  Mountains,  and  flow  through 
a  flat  prairie  country,  inhabited  by  a  widely  scattered  Indian  population. 

The  Arl^aneas  is,  after  the  Missouri,  the  most  considerable  tributary  of  the  Mis- 
siarippi  from  the  west  It  rises  in  the  Rocky  Mountains,  and  its  course  is  com- 
pute to  be  about  2000  miles.  It  enters  the  Mississippi  river  about  540  miles 
below  the  Mianuri.     Steam-boats  can  generally  ascend  this  river  to  the  mouth 

13  T 


If 


'  :  ■  «  "4 


m 


m 


•  i 


m 


;■!• 


■  t.'i-- 


I  > 


•■ii 
m 


IH 


146 


UNITED  STATE 


40 


of  the  Canadian,  its  larycrit  tribatary,  am't  occaaiontilly  */>  Cantonment  Gibsor. 
miles  from  the  Misaibdippi  river. 

The  Red  River  is  the  first  tributary  stream  of  any  uote  which  enters  the  Mis- 
sissippi, in  ascendingr  from  its  mouth.  It  has  a  course  of  about  1500  miles,  and 
flowH  through  immense  prairies  of  a  red  soil. 

The  principal  tributaries  of  the  Miseissippi  which  flow  into  it  from  the  east- 
ward are  as  follows : — 

Chippcway  River,  200  miles  in  length,  enters  the  Mississippi  at  the  lower  end 
of  Lake  Pepin. 

The  Wisconsin  River  joins  the  Mississippi  about  4  or  5  miles  below  the  town 
of  Prairie  du  Chien.  In  part  of  its  course  it  approaciics  so  near  the  Fox  River 
of  Green  Bay,  as  to  leave  a  portage  of  only  1^  miles.  It  is  one  of  the  great  natu- 
ral channels  of  communication  between  the  lakes  and  the  Mississippi, 

The  Illinois  River  enters  the  Mississippi  18  miles  above  the  Missouri,  after  a 
course  of  mo:e  than  400  miles.  It  is  near  a  quarter  of  a  mile  wide  at  iu>  mouth, 
and  has  a  icmarkably  smooth,  gentle  current. 

The  Ohio  River  is  the  largest  eastern  tributary  of  the  Mississippi  At  its 
junction,  and  for  10()  mlea  above,  it  is  as  large  as  the  parent  stream.  Tit  is  river, 
from  its  conimeHccmcui.,  affords  the  most  delightful  prospects.  Tributaries  of 
romantic  nnd  beautiful  character  come  in  almost  at  equal  distances,  ao  lateral 
canals.  The  Ohio  is  icriiied  by  the  union  of  the  Alleghany  and  Monongahcla 
rivers  at  Pittsburtj.  It  flows  in  a  south-westerly  direction  for  945  miles,  separa- 
ting the  States  of  Ohio,  Indiana,  an!  Illinois,  from  Virginia  and  Kentucky,  and 
falls  into  the  Mississippi  193  miles  Lif  i'.>w  the  Missouri.  Ittj  current  is  gentle, 
and  is  nowhere  broken  by  any  considerable  fiiils,  excevt  at  Louisville,  in  Ken- 
tucky, where  the  water  descends  22^  fcH  m  2  iniles.  This  obstruction  is  now 
obviated  by  the  liouisville  and  Portland  >-a  ml,  which  nffords  a  passage  to  steam- 
boats of  small  drufl,  at  all  seasons,  to  the  upper  parti:  of  the  river  at  Pittsburg. 

The  chief  tributaries  of  the  Ohio  are  the  Wabash,  a  fine  navigable  river,  which 
rises  in  the  north-east  part  of  Indiana.     It  is  in  length  about  450  miles. 

The  Cumberland  River  rises  in  the  mountains,  on  the  eastern  boundary  of 
Kentucky.  At  high  water,  it  is  navigable  for  boats  almost  to  its  source,  and  for 
steam-boats  to  Nashville  at  all  seasons. 

Tennes»»e  River  is  formed  by  the  union  of  several  large  branches,  which 
rising  In  the  nmuntainous  country  in  western  Virginia  and  North  Carolina,  unite 
in  one  in  the  vicinity  of  Knoxville,  enters  the  Ohio  46  miles  above  the  Mississippi, 
and  12  below  thn  Cumberland.  Its  entire  course  from  the  source  of  its  longest 
branch,  is  850  miles  distant  from  the  Ohio.  It  is  navigable  for  steam-boats,  in 
most  stages  of  the  <.v'iiter,  to  Florence,  at  the  foot  of  the  Muscle  Shoals.  This  is 
the  most  important  of  all  the  tribotaries  of  the  Ohio. 

The  Yazoo,  the  most  southern  of  the  principal  eastern  tributaries  of  the  Mis- 
sissippi, has  a  course  of  240  miles,  and  discharges  its  waters  into  the  Mississippi 
about  12  miles  above  the  Walnut  Hills. 

The  most  considerable  river  on  the  Pacific  side  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  is  the 
Columbia,  or  Oregon.  Its  head-waters  interlock  with  the  Arkansas,  Rio  del 
Norte,  &c. :  it  is  about  1400  miles  in  length,  its  principal  branches  are  Lewis's  or 
Saptin  river,  1000  miles  in  extent ;  Clark's  or  Flat  Head  river,  700  miles  long, 
M'Gillivray's,  Okinagan,  &c.  Fort  George  or  Astoria,  Fort  Vancouver,  and 
others,  on  those  waters,  are  trading  establishments  belonging  to  the  British  Hud- 
son's Bay  Company.  Vessels  of  <M0  tons  may  ascend  the  Columbia,  125  miles; 
and  large  sloops  may  go  up  to  the  head  of  tide,  183  miles  from  the  Cicean. 

Minerals  abound  in  the  United  States  in  great  variety  and  profusion.  Iron  is 
very  generally  diflfused,  and  is  very  abundant.  Lead,  limestone,  and  coal  both  of 
the  anthracite  and  bituminous  kind,  abound  in  quantities  supposed  to  be  inex- 
haustible, especially  of  the  former  4e8cription.  Gold  has  recently  been  found  to 
a  considerable  amount  in  Virginia,  North  and  South  Carolina,  Georgia,  Alabama, 
and  Tennessee.  The  most  valuable  mines  are  in  North  Carolina  and  Georgia. 
It  is  difficult  to  ascertain  the  amount  of  gold  found  in  the  United  States ;  but  the 
value  of  the  metal  sent  to  the  Mint,  from  1823  to  1836,  was  $4,377,500,  pro- 


I 


40 


UNITED  STATES. 


147 


faaUy  not  one  half  of  the  produce  for  that  period,  as  lar|fe  amountfl  of  it  are  sent 
to  Europe  uncoined.  The  lead-mines  of  Missouri,  Illinois  and  Wisconsin,  are 
said  to  be  the  richest  in  quality  in  the  world ;  and  the  quantity  of  that  metal  ex- 
tracted from  the  ore,  within  the  last  few  years,  has  been  so  great  as  to  exclude 
almost  entirely  the  foreign  article  from  our  markets.  The  annual  produce  of  the 
Missouri  mines  is  estimated  at  3  million,  and  of  the  IllinoiB  and  Wisconsin,  4  mil- 
lion pounds. 

Salt  springs  abound  in  many  parts  of  the  Union,  and  large  quantities  are  manu- 
factured in  New  York,  Western  Pennsylvania,  Western  Virginia,  Ohio,  and 
lUtuoid:  it  is  also  made  from  sea-water  In  some  purta  of  New  England.  The 
whole  amount  made  is  stated  to  be  about'  7  million  buphels. 

Th:  fJnited  States  form  a  federal  republic.  Ekich  of  the  States  is  independent, 
and  has  i,ne  exclusive  control  of  all  concerns  merely  local;  but  the  defence  of  the 
cotuih-y,  the  regulation  of  commerce,  and  all  the  general  concerns  of  the  confede- 
racy, are  committed,  by  the  constitution,  to  a  general  government. 

The  legislative  power  is  vested  in  a  CongrcDo,  consisting  of  a  Senate  and  House 
of  Representatives.  The  Senate  is  composed  of  2  members  from  each  State, 
rhosej.  '^very  two  years,  for  a  period  of  six  years,  so  that  one-third  of  the  Senate 
)>  renewed  biennially.  The  number  of  senators  is  at  present  52.  The  members 
!  of  the  House  of  Representatives  are  chosen  every  two  years,  each  State  being 
entitled  to  a  number  proportionate  to  its  population,  in  a  ratio,  in  the  States  which 
do  not  admit  of  slavery,  of  one  to  every  47,700  inhabitants ;  and  in  the  States 
where  there  are  slaves,  of  one  for  every  47,700  of  the  free  white  population,  and 
one  for  every  79,500  of  the  slaves.    The  number  of  representatives  is  now  240. 

The  judiciary  is  composed  of  a  Supreme  Court,  of  one  chief  and  six  associate 
judges;  of  33  District  CJourts,  of  one  judge  each,  except  that  six  of  the  States 
are  divided  into  two  districts  each ;  and  of  7  Circuit  Courts,  composed  of  the  judge 
of  the  district,  and  one  of  the  judges  of  the  Supreme  Court 

The  executive  power  is  vested  in  a  President,  who,  together  with  the  Vice- 
President,  is  chosen  for  four  years,  by  electors  from  all  the  States.  The  principal 
subordinate  officers  of  the  executive  department  are  the  Secretaries  of  State,  of 
the  Treasury,  of  War,  and  of  the  Navy,  the  Postmaster  General,  and  the  Attor- 
ney General.  The  President  must  be  a  native-bom  citizen,  or  have  been  a  citizen 
at  the  adoption  of  the  constitution,  of  35  years  of  age,  and  have  resided  in  the 
United  States  14  years.  The  present  constitution  of  the  United  States  was 
adopted  in  1789,  and  has  since  been  amended.  It  secures  to  the  people  the  grand 
principles  of  freedom,  liberty  of  conscience  in  matters  of  religion,  liberty  of  the 
press,  trial  by  jury,  and  the  right  of  choosing  and  being  chosen  to  office. 

The  principal  executive  officers  are  the  Secretaries  of  State,  at  War,  and  of 
the  Navy,  the  Postmaster  General,  and  the  Attorney  General.  They  are  remova- 
ble at  the  will  of  the  President,  and,  with  the  Vice-President,  form  the  cabinet. 
The  Department  of  State  was  created  in  1789.  The  Secretary  conducts  the  ne- 
gotiations with  foreign  powers,  and  corresponds  with  the  public  ministers  of  the 
United  States  abnMuT,  and  with  those  of  foreign  states  near  the  United  States.  He 
has  the  charge  of  the  United  States  seal,  preserves  the  originals  of  laws  and 
treaties,  and  of  the  public  correspondence  growing  out  of  the  intercourse  between 
the  United  States  and  foreign  nations ;  he  grants  passports  to  American  citizens 
visiting  foreign  countries,  has  the  control  of  the  patent  office,  and  preserves  the 
evidence  of  copy-rights.  There  are  attached  to  the  Department  of  State  a 
Diplomatic  Bureau,  a  Consular  Bureau,  a  Home  Bureau,  the  Archives,  and  the 
Patent  Office. 

The  Treasury  Department  was  created  in  1769.  The  Secretary  superintends 
the'  fiscal  concerns  of  the  government ;  he  is  required  to  report  to  Congress  annu- 
ally the  state  of  the  finances,  and  recommends  such  measures  as  he  thinks  proper 
for  improving  the  condition  of  the  revenue.  The  Treasury  Department  comprises 
the  offices  of  the  Secretary,  two  Controllers,  five  Auditors,  the  Register,  the 
Treasurer,  and  the  Solicitor  of  the  Treasury. 

As  there  is  at  present  no  direct  taxation  by  the  general  government,  the  reve- 


n 


^ 


.' '  t 


I,,  "t: 


•  ■:^  I 


'.'■,'1 


^•:- ■'■■''■ 


^t 


■'M 


f /■ 


:i- 


.  -i  .•Ai:l 


.;! 


i   .w' 


;  I  i 


I 


I 


I 


el! 


I     l\ 


ir 


¥1' 


?    Hi 

■i 


ii.'  ^ 


M« 


UNITED  STATI-X 


nue  is  cl)ie(ly  derived  from  iliitieii  on  imports,  the  raloa  of  public  lands,  bank'^ock, 
potit-offices,  lead-mines,  &.c.    The  revenue  on  imports  is  the  most  important. 

The  receipts  into  the  treasury  of  the  United  States  during  the  year  1896 
amotmted  to  47,091,896  dollars ;  those  from  duties,  22,033,1M ;  those  from  lands, 
'24,000,000,  and  the  residue  from  miscellaneous  sources.  The  expenditures  for  all 
objects  durinfif  the  year  are  estimated  at  32,000,000  dollars.  Balance  in  the  trea- 
Hury  on  the  Ist  January,  18^7,  41,72!),959  dollars,  which,  with  the  exception  of 
5,000,000  dollars,  are  to  be  transferred  to  the  several  States,  in  accordance  with 
the  act  regulating  the  depoeites  of  the  public  money.  The  second  great  source 
uf  revouue  is  the  national  domain,  or  public  lands,  which  consists  of  tracts  of  ter> 
ritory  ceded  to  the  general  government  bv  the  several  States ;  of  the  lands  in  the 
territonr  of  Louisiana,  purchased  from  France ;  and  those  in  Florida,  acquired  by 
treaty  Irom  Spain.  A  vast  portion  of  this  land  is  occupied  by  the  Indians,  who 
are  considered  as  proprietors  of  the  soil,  till  the  government  extinguish  their  title 
by  purchase.  A  General  Land  Office  at  Washmgton  directs  the  sale  of  these 
territories.  All  the  lands  are  surveyed  before  sale ;  they  are  divided  into  town- 
ships of  six  miles  square,  which  are  subdivided  into  sections  of  one  mile  square, 
containing  each  040  acres,  and  sold  in  sections,  half,  quarter,  and  half-quarter  sec- 
tions. Tne  minimum  price  is  fixed  by  law  at  a  dollar  and  a  quarter.  All  salm, 
are  made  for  cash.  Salt-springs  and  lead-mines  are  reserved,  but  may  be  sold  bv 
special  orders  from  the  ^^resident.  One  section  of  640  acres  is  reserved  in  each 
trwnship,  ak  a  fund  for  the  perpetual  support  of  schools.  Five  per  cent,  on  all 
sales  oi  land  are  reserved,  three-fiflhs  of  which  are  expended  by  Congress  in 
making  roads  leading  to  the  States  in  which  the  lands  are  situated,  and  two-fiflbs 
are  expended  by  the  States  for  the  promotion  of  learijin^.  In  the  year  1620,  the 
sales  <k  (he  public  lands  produced  1,167,225  dollars,  which  had  increased  in  1834 
to  6,099,981,  iu  1835  exceeded  12,000,000,  and  in  1836  had  increased  to  the  as- 
tonishing sum  of  84,000,000  dollars.  The  increase  of  ]»opuiation  in  the  Western 
States,  Uie  extensive  introduction  of  steam-vessels  on  the  rivers  and  lakes,  and 
the  increased  facilities  of  intercourse  and  transportation  by  rail-roads  and  canals, 
have  concurred  with  the  extraordinary  hyh  nrice  of  cotton  in  iMTodtfcing  this  won- 
derful result  The  whole  quantity  of  pnbih.  iands  sold  is  44,500,000  acres ;  quan- 
tity granted  for  various  purposes,  16,040,624  acres ;  unsold,  within  the  limits  of 
the  States  and  Territories,  at  the  end  of  1835,  220,000,000  acres;  beyond  those 
limits,  750,000,000;  whole  quantity  surveyed,  122,300,000:  total  cost  df  the  lands, 
68,438,824  dollars;  total  receipts  thus  far,  64,029,496  dollars. 

The  War  Department  was  created  in  1789 :  to  this  department  belong  the  di- 
rection and  government  of  the  army ;  the  erection  of  fortifications ;  the  execution 
of  topographical  surveys;  and  the  direction  of  Indian  Affairs.  Attached  to  it  are 
a  Requisition  Bureau,  a  Bounty-Land  Bureau,  a  Pension  office,  an  office  of  Indian 
Affaire,  an  Engineer  office,  a  Topographical  office,  an  Ordnance  office,  4cc. 

The  Army  of  the  United  States  consists  of  2  regiments  o(  dragoons,  4  of  artil- 
lery, and  7  of  infimtry,  containing,  at  the  commencement  of  1837,  an  aggregate 
amount  of  6283  men,  including  a  corps  of  Engineers,  Topographical  Engineers, 
and  Ordnance  department;  the  whole  being  under  the  commuid  of  a  Major  Gene- 
ral and  two  Brigadier  Generals.  The  expenditure  of  the  year  1836,  for  the  mili- 
tary service,  including  fortifications,  ordnance,  Indian  afloirs,  pensions,  arming  the 
militia,  and  internal  improvements,  was  20,322,083  dollars  and  19  cents. 

The  office  of  Secretary  of  the  Navy  was  created  in  1798 ;  and  there  is  a  Board 
of  Navy  Commissioners,  established  in  1815,  attached  to  the  department.  The 
navy,  though  on  a  small  scale,  acquired  great  reputation  during  the  three  years' 
war,  when  the  American  ships  successfully  encountered  those  of  the  mistress  of 
the  ocean.  Much  has  since  been  done,  both  in  enlarging  the  number  of  vessels, 
and  extending  and  constructing  suitabls  dock-yards;  but  the  naval  force  is  not 
considered  adequate  to  the  exigencies  of  the  countiy.  It  consists  of  53  vessels, 
of  which  there  are  13  ships  of  the  line,  16  frigates,  2  barques,  1  steam  frigate,  14 
sloops  of  war,  2  brigs,  and  5  schooners.  Of  the  above,  there  are  on  the  stocks,  5 
ships  of  the  line,  7  frigates,  2  barques,  1  steam  frigate,  and  1  schocmer :  total  16. 
In  ordinary,  7  ships  of  the  line,  4  frigates,  and  5  sloops  o(  war :  total  16.    In 


UNITED  STATES. 


149 


coniniiifNiion,  1  ahip  of  the  line,  3  fri^rates,  0  sloops  of  war,  2  brif^s,  nnd  4  schoon- 
ers; total  "il :  besides  materiali;  for  4  ships  of  the  line,  H  friiratcs,  and  6  sloops  of 
war.  The  naval  appropriation  tor  the  year  18i)7  was  5,167,'JOO  dollars,  and  for 
the  sui'veyifi^  and  exploring  expedition,  340,431  dollars.  There  are  seven  navy- 
yards  belonging  to  the  United  States,  viz.:  at  Portsmouth;  at  Charlestown,  in 
Boi>t(.n  Harbour;  at  Brooklyn,  on  VVallabout  Bay,  opposite  New-York;  at  Phila- 
delphia; at  Washington;  at  Gosport,  opposite  Norfolk,  Virgin-a;  and  at  Pensa- 
cr>la,  Florida.  There  are  graving  or  dry-docks  at  Charlestown  and  Gosport,  and 
a  third  is  constructing  at  Brooklyn. 

The  General  Post  Office  is  under  the  superintendence  of  a  Postmaster  General, 
who  ha«i  the  appointment  of  the  postmasters  throughout  the  country,  and  the 
power  uf  making  contracts  for  currying  the  mail.  The  post  routes  cover  an  ex- 
tent of  118,364  milcH,  on  which  the  mails  are  carried  27,576,620  miles  a  year. 
The  number  of  poet-offices  is  11,100;  the  revenue  of  the  department  for  the  year 
1835  was  3,308,455  dollars;  the  expenditure,  2,755,623  dollars,  75  cents. 

The  office  of  the  Mint  of  the  United  States  was  established  at  Philadelphia  in 
1702,  and  in  1835  an  act  was  passed  tor  establishing  a  branch  in  New  Orleans,  for 
the  coinage  of  gold  and  silver,  and  V  anches  at  Charlotte,  North  Carolina,  and 
Dahlonega,  Georgia,  for  the  coinage  of  gold ;  the  general  direction  being  under 
the  control  of  the  Director  of  the  Mint  at  Philadelphia.  The  coinage  is  executed 
by  machines  propelled  by  steam-power;  the  value  of  the  coinage  during  the  year 
1835  was  5,668,667  dollars,  comprisinjr  2,186,175  dollars  in  gold  coins,  3,444,003 
in  silver,  and  30,489  in  copper,  making  15,996,342  pieces  of  coin ;  and  in  the  year 
1836,  from  January  Ist  to  November  1st,  the  coinage  omounte )  to  6,496,440  dol- 
lars, of  which  the  gold  was  3,619,440,  and  silver  2,877,000  dollars. 

The  chief  agricultural  occupations  in  the  eastern  states  are  grazing  and  the 
dairy.  The  middle  states  are  principally  devoted  to  the  cultivition  of  wheat  and 
Indian  com ;  the  southern  to  that  of  tobacco,  cotton,  sugar,  and  rice ;  and  the 
western  to  Indian  corn  and  wheat  Slave  labour  is  chiefly  en<ployed  in  the  south- 
ern and  in  some  of  the  middle  and  western  states.  The  cotton  crop,  in  1836, 
was  estimated  at  480  million  pounds,  of  the  value  of  80  million  dollars.  Tobacco 
80,000  hogsheads,  of  the  value  of  6  million  dollars;  of  rice  to  the  amount  of  2^ 
million  dollars;  and  of  sugar  and  molasses,  of  the  former  100,000  hogsheads,  and 
of  the  latter  63,000  hogsheads.  The  amount  of  wheat,  rye,  Indian  corn,  &.c. 
raised  in  the  country,  it  is  impossible  to  estimate  with  any  degree  of  certainty, 
but  it  no  doubt  amounts  to  several  million  barrels. 

The  manufactures  of  the  United  States  are  considerable,  and  gradually  increas- 
ing. The  eastern  and  middle  stales,  which  are  most  abundantly  supplied  with 
water-power,  are  most  extensively  engaged  in  manufactures,  especially  of  cotton, 
woollen,  iron,  gloss,  paper,  wood,  otc.  In  1810,  the  value  of  manufactures  in  the 
United  States  was  estimated  at  $172,762,676.  The  present  annual  value  is  com- 
puted at  $350,000,000;  and  the  capital  invested  in  all  the  manufactories  of  the 
Union  is  estimated  at  more  than  1000  millions.  Most  of  the  American  manu- 
factures are  designed  for  home  consumption;  yet,  in  1834,  domestic  manu^tures 
wore  exported  to  the  amount  of  $8,567,590. 

The  manufactures  of  cotton  goods  amount  to  about  50  millions  of  dollars ; 
woollen  70  millions;  leather  and  its  manufactures  45  millions ;  hats,  caps,  bon- 
nets, &c.  15  millions ;  cabinet-ware  10  millions ;  cables  and  cordage,  paper  and 
?lass-waro,  each  6  millions;  soap  and  candles  nearly  12,  and  of  manufactured 
tobacco  and  refined  sugar,  each  about  2  millions  of  dollars.  In  1810  there  was 
above  20  million  gallons  of  spirituous  liquors  distilled  from  corn  and  rye,  and  up- 
wards of  5  million  from  molasses ;  and,  although  it  is  stated  that,  in  18!)5,  4000 
distilleries  had  been  stopped  by  the  progress  of  the  temperance  reform,  vast  quan- 
tities of  these  poisonous  liquors  are  still  prepared. 

The  commerr-  of  the  United  States  is,  next  to  that  of  Great  Britain,  the  largest 

in  the  world.     It  consists  principally  in  the  exchange  of  agricultural  produce,  for 

the  manufactures  of  other  countries,  and  the  productions  of  tropical  climates.    All 

vessels  engaged  in  the  foreign  trade  are  registered  by  the  collector  of  the  district !: 

to  which  they  belong,  and  those  employed  in  the  coasting  trade  and  fisheries  are  | 
_____ 


.c. 


;  _  J 


\: 


:!•.    I 


'■m 


i^^ 


t-l 


■  i  I:."  i 


'Is! 


:■  I 


1% 


I 


I 


I 


*  I 


(»" 


h'i 


;;   I 


■  'I 


150 


I'NITEI)  HTATF». 


enn>llMl  ind  licemicd  by  the  nmc  nfficnr.  At  the  commencement  of  tho  year 
lH.'lft  there  wan  of  reji^iiitcrei]  tonnnffc  KW.IIW,  inclndinjf  10H,(WO  Iouh  employed 
in  the  whale-fiiihery ;  the  enroile<l  ami  liconMHl  tonnn^fc  amounted  to  7<l,61>'^,  ond 
libhinjf-veaaela  llT.HfiO;  total  l,7.'iH,«07;  and,  during  the  year  ^KW,  there  waN  i 
built  in  the  United  Htatea,  rcffiatered  tonnn^je  ^lQ,^t■J2,  and  of  enrolled  tonnn);c 
H5,707;  total  11H,38():  the  number  uf  veaselM  built  amnunted  to  057,  inrludmu' 
hW  nteem-boata.  The  number  <A'  vetwelw  and  tunna^^e  entering  the  porln  of  the 
United  States,  durinff  the  year  1H35,  was  Wt'J&'i  veascla,  Mnountinjf  to  l,l)Wl,U(W 
tona ;  of  which  7023  vesaela,  and  l,:i52,6;>;j  tons  were  American,  and  4'^>  veH- 
oels,  df  641,310  tona,  forcijfn :  clcare<l,  during  the  same  period,  ll,r)ir>  venselH,  of 
2,031,341  tona;  of  which  7285  veaaels,  and  l,400,,'il7  tons,  wore  American,  and 
4230  vesscia,  of  030,824  tona,  were  ibreif^n.  The  value  of  the  imports  of  the 
year  IHI]6,  endiuff  on  the  JiOth  of  September,  is  estimated  at  ITiMl^O^W  dollars ; 
show  in);  an  increase,  compared  with  tho  nreccding  year,  of  2?<,644,2.'jH  dollars. 
The  exports,  during  the  same  period,  lyre  OHtimated  nt  121,78ft,(KH3  dollars ;  of 
which  101,105,000  aollan!  were  domestic  products,  and  the  residue  foreiffn ;  exlii- 
biting  an  ajfgrcgate  increase,  compared  wilh  the  preceding  year,  of  3.'),423  dol- 
lars, and  an  amount  exceeding  the  average  of  the  last,  three  ycara  by  5,820,150 
dollars. 

The  most  important  article  of  export  is  cotton ;  of  which  there  were  sent  tor 
Europo,  in  1835,  of  the  value  of  64,961,302  dollars  ;  of  tobacco  there  was  ox- 
ported  8,250,577  dollars;  of  flour,  wheat,  corn,  rye-nieal,  rice,  &x.  8,883,977  dol- 
lars; of  cod-fish  and  the  produce  of  the  fisheries,  2,174,524  dollars;  of  staves, 
shingles,  naval  stores,  oak  bark,  &c,  4,542,001  dollars ;  of  beef,  purh,  horses,  and 
mules,  and  other  agricultural  products,  2,901,896  dollars ;  of  cotton  ^oods,  2,8o8,6*r^l 
dollars;  the  other  principal  articles  of  export  are  skin^i  and  furs,  flax-seed,  soap 
and  candles,  manufkctures  of  leather,  of  iron,  df  household  furniture,  &.c.  &c. 

Most  of  the  fisheries  are  carried  on  from  the  New  England  states,  and  in  New 
England  ships.  The  whale-fishery  is  prosecuted  in  the  Atlantic  ocean,  chiefly 
south  of  the  line,  for  the  right  or  black  whale,  and  in  the  Southern,  Indian,  and 
Pacific  oceans,  for  the  spermaceti  whale.  In  the  year  1835, 108,060  tons  of  ship- 
ping were  employed  in  this  business ;  and  in  the  course  of  the  year  1835,  sper- 
maceti and  whale  oil  was  brought  home,  of  the  value  of  about  6,5(K),(XX)  dollars. 
Seal  oil  and  furs  are  also  obtained  in  the  Antarctic  seaf^  by  these  adventurous  sea- 
men. The  fishery  is  carried  on  chiefly  from  the  ports  of  Nantucket  and  New 
Bedford,  and  also,  but  on  a  less  scale,  from  New  London,  Sng  Harbour,  Warren, 
Bristol,  Hudson,  &c.  About  10,000  men  are  engaged  in  it,  and  the  seamen  are 
mid,  not  by  fixed  wages,  but  by  a  certain  share  in  the  profits  of  the  voyage. 
Those  in  the  Pacific  and  Southern  oceans  are<generally  absent  from  two  to  three 
years  at  a  time. 

The  cod-fishery-  is  pursued  on  the  banks  and  coasts  of  Newfoundland,  and  on 
the  Labrador  coasts.  It  employs  upwards  of  60,000  tons  of  small  crafl,  sonie  of 
which  make  several  trips  a  year :  those  on  the  coast-fisheries  generally  remain 
longer.  The  produce  of  this  jishery  may  be  estimated  at  from  1,200,000  to 
1,500,000  dollars  &  yw.  The  mackerel  fishery  employs  about  50,000  tuns  of 
shipping,  and  produces  about  2,000,000  doUurs  annually. 

No  part  of  the  world  presents  such  an  exiensive  river  commerce.  Steam  ves- 
sels, a  grand  improvement,  first  introduced  in  America,  ply  on  all  the  principal 
streams,  and  of  upwards  of  100,000  tons  of  this  species  of  craft  belonging  to  the 
United  States  in  1834,  almost  the  whole  was  on  the  interior  waters.  On  the  Mis- 
sissippi and  its  tributaries  alone,  an  extent  of  8000  miles  was  traversed  by  230 
steam-boats.  Neither  the  States  nor  individuals  have  been  slow  in  improving  and 
extending  these  natural  advantages;  and  the  spirit  with  which  they  have  under- 
taken, and  the  perseverance  they  have  shown  in  executing  the  most  magnificent 
plans,  have  shed  a  lustre  on  the  American  name.  The  great  land-locked  bays  of 
the  coast  have  been  connected  by  a  chain  of  canals,  affording  a  safe  internal 
water-route  from  Narragansett  Bay  to  Albemarle  Sound.  The  eastern  and  west- 
ern waters  have  been  united  by  several  channels,  which  either  turn  the  Allegha- 
nies  or  surmount  their  summits.    The  waters  of  the  lakes  and  the  Mississippi 


IJNITlin  !<TA'I1». 


151 


have  lm«n  cnnnoctsd  Ht  nrimii  pnintJ^  and  ttw  odirtaelM  in  thn  n«vi0lirioa  ft  the 
nu*tt  imiwrUnt  river*  hmve  b»»en  overeonw  by  r«>mnvin(f  th«-  bar*  or  Mffm  which 
I  ohstnictetl  ihcif  channela,  or  by  Hi<l«>-«titi4,  lorku,  antl  d«mi».  Tlir-  whole Vngth  of 
rhJH  iirtificial  navigation  i"  nut  ln«  than  ^t/WHt  mil(v;  '  '>f  which,  with  one  or 
two  tritlinfr  exceptiona,  ha^•  been  pxeeutml  in  the  ahort  ppnrf>  of  20  yean.  These 
(^eat  worka  hnvti  already  (fiTen  fVeah  life  to  manufnctiirea,  and  encourajfcd  the 
cslnblmhinont  of  new  ones;  invigomtrd,  and  in  many  places  created,  internal 
tradp ;  iimnioted  agriculture,  which  roquirca  a  cheap  and  eany  transportation  for 
tliR  bulky  articlea  which  it  consumes  and  produces;  and  developed,  in  an  aston« 
ishinf?  deffre«!,  the  mining  industry  of  the  country. 

The  Americans  have  equally  surpassed  all  othtir  people  in  the  number  and 
oxtent  of  their  raiUroads,  having,  in  less  thnn  ten  years,  constructed  nearly  IMO 
miles  of  these  artificial  levols,  over  which  carriagos  are  propelled  by  locomotive 
Bteam-engines  at  the  rate  of  from  20  to  30  miles  an  hour.  Althoiiffh  this  contri- 
vance is  less  adapted  than  canals  to  the  conveyance  of  bulky  articles,  yet  it  po«- 
sosses  some  advantaf^o!)  over  that  mode  of  transportation,  such  as  that  of  not  being 
interrupted  by  ice,  and  of  being  suited  to  certain  localities  in  which  artificial 
water-communicatiun  would  be  impracticable. 

To  the  State  Governments  is  committed  that  branch  of  legislation  which  relates 
to  the  regulation  of  local  concerns.  These  bodies  make  and  alter  the  laws  which 
regard  property  and  private  rights,  appoint  judges  and  civil  officers,  impoM  <cs 
for  Stute  purposes,  and  exercise  all  other  rights  and  poworH  not  v  nsted  in  the  Fede- 
ral Governmunt  by  positive  enactment,  They  are,  in  their  composition,  very 
similar  to  the  Federal  Government.  The  legislature  consists  always  of  two 
branches,  both  of  which  are  retuilied  by  the  same  electors;  and  these  electors 
may  be  said  to  comprise  the  whole  adult  white  population,  the  usual  qualifications 
being  citizenship,  with  one  or  two  yeara'  residence,  and  payment  of  taxes.  In 
North  Carolina,  representatives  are  chosen  b^  the  whole  resident  free  citizens  who 
pay  taxes,  but  senators  only  by  freeholders;  in  New  Jersey  and  Virginia,  the  right 
of  suffrage  for  both  houses  is  limited  to  persons  holding  a  small  amount  of  landed 
property ;  in  Maryland  the  senators  are  chosen  by  delegates  named  for  the  pur- 
pose by  the  people. 

In  all  the  States,  the  period  for  which  the  representatives  serve  is  either  one  or 
two  years.  The  elections  are  biennial  in  Delaware,  South  Carolina,  Tennessee, 
Louisiana,  Illinois,  Miseouri,  and  Arkansas,  and  annual  in  the  other  States. 

The  shortest  period  for  which  the  senators  serve,  in  any  State,  is  one  year,  and 
the  longest  five.  In  Maine,  New  Hampshire,  Massachusetts,  Rhode  Island,  Con- 
necticut, New  Jersey,  North  Carolina,  and  Georgia,  the  senators  hold  their  office 
for  one  year  only ;  in  Ohio,  Tennessee,  and  Michigan,  for  two  years;  in  Missis- 
sippi, Alabama,  and  Indiana,  for  three  years;  in  New  York,  Pennsylvttnia,  Dela- 
ware, Virginia,  South  Carolina,  Kentucky,  Louisiana,  Illinois,  Missouri,  and  Ar- 
kansas, for  four  years ;  and  iti  Maryland,  for  fhre  years.  Except  in  Maryland, 
when  the  Senate  of  any  State  serves  for  more  than  one  year,  it  is  Renewed  by 
parts  or  divisions,  one-third  of  the  members  going  out  annually  when  they  serve 
for  three  years,  and  one-fourth  when  they  serve  for  four.  In  some  cases,  how- 
ever, when  the  senators  serve  'for  four  years,  the  renewal  is  by  halves  every  two 
years. 

The  United  States  are  more  distinguished  for  the  geile'ral  difTusion  of  know-  \ 
ledge,  than  for  eminence  in  literature  or  science.  Th6  means  of  common  educn- 1 
tion  are  widely  extended,  and  there  are  numerous  seminaries  of  learning  throu^:!:- 
out  the  country,  though  there  are  no  literary  establishments  on  so  Ikrge  a  scale  as 
many  in  Europe.  As  a  general  government,  th^tlnited  States  hdve  done  but  little 
for  the  interests  of  public  instruction,  excepit  that  they  reserve  for  this  purpose 
one  section  in  every  township  of  their  new  lands,  besides  other  reservations  for 
colleges.  This  highly  important  subject  has,  perhaps,  been  better  attended  to,  by 
being  left  to  the  individual  States  and  to  private  citizens.  The  first  settlers  of 
New  England  paid  a  very  laudable  attention  to  this  important  subject.  As  early 
as  1628,  a  law  was  passed  for  the  instruction  of  every  child  in  the  colonies ;  and 


I 


i 


\' 


■i 


■  A 


,     ) 


;;■!• 


h 


%. 


■  ■  i  .J 


^  I 


,i 


'I 

i 


15'^ 


tJNITKI)  HTATF». 


in  1647,  •  Khriril  wa«  establMhiHl  by  Uw  in  I'vory  town  or  nrifrhbourhoni  of  AO 
faniilieii,  aiMi  a  M-hool  for  the  highpr  bnincheM,  for  (>very  KNI  rainilict). 

Thn  njmber  of  coHegei  in  the  Unitnl  Hutea  la  HH;  of  mmiical  ochools  2t);  of 
law  Hchoola  9;  of  thfHtloffical  spminarioa  lYl.  Tho  country  ilopa  nut  ynt,  liowcvt-r, 
furniith  the  acholar  with  thotw  facilitiea  for  n  finiMhtHJ  learned  cilucatiun  which  arr 
nfliirdiil  by  the  acicntitic  and  literary  t>HtaMii«hiii«>ntn  of  F<iirnp<>,  and  lira  want  of 
f(<»ni  libraries  iH  aonHibly  fult  by  every  oni>  wiiu  haM  atlempttii  much  learnt'd  n*- 
M.-arch.  The  larffeat  collection  of  bookv  in  tho  United  Htatea  dn«>t*  not  contain 
rj(l,(NN)  voluincH,  and  there  are  few  which  even  approach  that  number.  The  Phi- 
ladelphia liibrary  has  42,(N)(>  volumes;  the  Cnmbridife  Univcraitv  Library  about 
the  mine  number;  the  DoHton  Atheniciim  3(),UUU;  the  New- York  Dociety  Libmry 
22,(MM);  and  the  Library  of  ( 'oiiiurrei':^  2(MKK). 

Moat  of  the  Htatea  of  the  Union  have  made  some  leginlativo  provicioA  for  com* 
mon  Hchool  instruction,  and  in  some  States  (especially  in  Massachusetts,  Connec- 
ticut, New- York,  and  Virfifinia),  lar(fe  funds  are  set  apart  for  thia  purpose.  Pri- 
vate schools  and  academies  of  the  higher  order  are  quite  numerous,  especially  in 
New  Knifland;  so  that  few  grow  up  without  enjoying  the  me^ns  of  elementary 
instruction,  or,  if  they  desire  it,  or  a  more  extended  liberal  education.  In  the 
Habbath-schools  of  the  United  States,  which  are  doing  much  for  the  intellectual 
aa  well  as  moral  improvement  of  the  young,  about  600,000  children  are  weekly 
instructed  by  more  than  80,0(N)  teachers. 

There  is  no  established  church  in  the  United  States,  religion  being  left  to  the 
voluntary  choice  of  the  people.  No  sect  is  favoured  by  the  laws  beyond  another ; 
it  being  an  essential  principle  in  the  national  and  state  governments,  that  legisla- 
tion may  of  right  interfere  in  the  concerns  of  public  worship  only  so  far  as  to  pro- 
tect every  individual  in  the  unmolested  exercise  of  that  of  his  choice.  Nor  is  any 
legislative  provision  made  for  the  support  of  religion,  except  that,  in  Massachu- 
setts, the  legislature  is  enjoined  to  require,  and  in  New  Hampshire  is  empowered 
to  authorize,  the  several  towns  and  parishes  to  make  adequate  provision,  at  their 
own  expense,  for  the  support  of  Protestant  ministers.  The  same  was  the  case  in 
Connecticat,  until  1818,  when  it  was  abolished  by  the  new  constitution.  But  in 
all  the  other  States,  the  support  of  religion  is  leA  entirely  to  the  voluntary  zeal 
of  its  professors. 

The  numbers  of  established  churches,  or  congregations,  are  estimated  at  over 
15,000,  and  the  ministers  at  about  12,000.  The  Presbyterians,  including  Congre- 
gationalists,  are  the  most  numerous  denomination.  The  Baptists  are  estimated  as 
second  in  numerical  amount;  and  the  Methodists,  Episcopalians,  Roman  Catholics, 
Universalists,  Lutherans,  Christians,  German  Reformed,  and  Friends  or  Quokers, 
probably  rank  in  point  of  numbers  in  the  order  in  which  they  are  mentioned. 
Other  sects,  respectable  in  amount  of  numbers,  are  Unitarians,  Associate  and 
other  Methodists,  Freewill  Baptists,  Dutch  Reformed  Menonites,  Associate  ond 
Cumberland  Presbyterians,  Tunkers,  and  many  others.  In  fact,  almost  all  the 
sects  of  Christianity  are  represented  in  our  country. 

There  are  no  early  enumerations  of  the  population  on  which  much  reliance  can 
be  placed ;  but,  in  1753,  the  number  was  estimated  at  1,051,000.  A  regular  de- 
cennial census,  taken  since  1700,  gave,  at  that  period,  3,929,827;  in  1800, 
5,305,925;  in  1810,  7,2:)9,814;  in  1820,  9.638,131.  It  is  most  interei^ting  to  con- 
sider, a»  the  immensity  of  unoccupied  land  leaves  full  scope  for  this  power  of  mul- 
tiplication, how  vast  the  future  numbers  may  be  with  which  this  region  will  be 
peopled,  and  which  will  render  it  much  the  greatest  state  that  ever  existed  in  an- 
cient or  modern  times.  It  is  calculated,  upon  good  grounds,  that  in  a  century  it 
will  contain  160,000,000;  and  still,  being  only  half  as  populous  as  Britain  or 
France,  leave  ample  scope  for  future  increase.  The  Americans,  should  they  con- 
tinue united,  would  then  become  the  greatest  nation  in  the  world;  and  the  most 
powerful  states  of  Europe  would  rank  as  secondary  to  them. 

The  population,  exclusive  of  the  aboriginal  races  within  the  United  States' 
limits,  whose  numbers  are  not  comprised  in  the  above  statements,  consists  of  three 
classes:  whites,  free  coloured  persons,  and  slaves,  whoso  relative  proportions  at 
five  different  periods  are  here  given  : 


rioi 


*9tm. 


TNITF.n  HTATW. 


lU 


17W S.I7a.4«4  f.»7,W7   .Vi,4M 

IMN) 4,.K»t.4WI   miJiViX    10M,3t»3 

1N10 A,H«i;i,nn4  l,l»l^«4  lNi,446 

iwo 7.H«i,7io  i.:>:««^aH  waa;ia4 

1H30 lO^S'ili.JH   a,lMW.043   3I'J^»<J 

In  ri'ijarii  to  these  numberfi  it  ia  to  be  ohnprvrrf  that  in  the  reonu  of  1790,  are 
riDt  iiicludiMl  tho  inhabilantt)  of  the  .MicniMippi  and  Nmthwest  Torritori*%  erti- 
inntfd  at  aUmt  12,flOU;  and  that  b<!tworn  1>40(I  and  \*^W,  l^iiHiiana  waa  aciiuirmi 
with  about  SO,0(N)  inhabitnntii,  and  H(MHN)  Africani  were  brmi|fht  into  the  country. 
Tht!  tollowinif  staturnont  !<howtf  Ihu  rt'lntivn  rntn  dt  increaae  of  the  whole  popula* 
tioii,  and  of  each  of  tho  throe  clajweH,  in  the  two  periods  from  1810  to  18*^0,  and 
t'rum  1820  to  IKM). 

1810—1890.  1820-1830. 

Inoroaao  of  whole  population 33.3  per  cent 39.4  per  cent 

Whites 34     33.9 

Slaves 58.6 90.6 

Free  Blacks 34.8 37.4 

Blacks aSJ 3IJJ 


Maine 

N.  Humpihire 
Vcrinniil  .... 
Maiwachyi'la 
Kliudolfland. 
Oonneelieut  . 
New  Vork... 
Ni'w  Jeraey. . 
PnnniylTania 
[Via  ware. .. 
.Maryland.. . 
Virtinia.... 
N.  Carolina. 
H.  (Carolina . 

(itmrgia 

Aluhnina  . .. 
MimiHippi.. 
I.oiiiiiana  . . 
ToHiieiuee. . 
KeiHiieky... 

Uhio 

Indiana  .... 

Illinoii 

MiHouri.... 
D.  nfColum.. 
Florida  Ter. . 
Michigan . . . 
Arkaniai... 


Totil.        HifK 


UO,MO 

M,4ia 
37H,717 

(MMIO 
93H,U1 
»W,l!M 
ltM,l»U 

w,aiM| 

319,738 

74a,nnH 

303,731 
M».073| 

63,548 


ISH 
17 


IHS. 


Totel.       CIU 


3S,7Vt 
73,077 


aw 

9,7S0 

SI,3iM 

11,433 

3,737 

H.8H7 

103,036 

39:1,437 

100,373 

107,094 

39,904 


3.417 
11,630 


131,719 
lKt,709 
I34,4(U 
43:1,343 

WI.13S 
331.003 
3MI,7M 
311,949 
003,383 

04,373 
341,348103, 
HP0.300343, 
47H,10Ci{ 
343,391 
103,101 


8,830 


lOS.flOS 
330,038 

43,303 
4,873 


14,003 


381 

031 

90.343 

13,433 

1,70« 

0,133 

,033 

i,790 

33,390 

40,131 

30,404 


3,480 


13,3f>4 
40,343 


133 


d.344 


l*t& 


T«ai. 

338^ 
814,300 
II'TIS 
47.1.0^0 

77,(t3l 
9M,M3 
039,(MI) 
34n..M5 
810,001 

78.074 
380,340 
974,«32 
333,300 
413,113 
233,433 

40,333 

70,336 

301,787 

400,311 

330,760 

34,330 

13,389 

30,843 

34,033 


itIlTM. 


4.7(13 


Total*  ■  ■  ■  3.0»,837  679,897  5,305.9851893,041 7,a3»,gl4  l,ttl.3M|»,(M,13in;al8vl>»'  H.W0,O30l3.00B,O43 


103 

310 

1.V017 

10,831 

708 

4,177 

111,303 

303,318 

I<l6,:i03 
103,318 

17,088 

34,000 
44,835 
60,861 


937 

168 

3,011 

3,395 


34 


Tatal.    I 

998.398 
944,101 
333,704 

333,387' 

H3^,a8» 

373,308 

1,373,HI3 

3T7.37.T 

l,04l),4.'Wi 

73.7491 

407.330 

1,005,379 

038,899 

303.741 

.340,087 

<  137.MI 

)   75,448 

15:1,407 

493,811) 

504.317 

581,434 

147,178 

5S,3>I 

00,580 

33,03 


Total. 


48 

97 

10,088 

V  ;57 

4,509 

107,:hw 

«t5.I8ll 

«u5,or 

858,475 
149;6St( 
41,879 

33,814 
C9,mM 

m,\m 

130,738 

"'"iio 
wi 

10,333 
6,377 


8,890 
14,373| 


1,017 


999',M8 

i«i),3a8 

380,083 

aio,4iM 

97,100 

907,oa8 

t,9IH,008 

390.833 

1,348,833 

7il,74*» 

447,040 

l,ini.408 

737,987 

581,185 

510,833 

3aR,8a7 

iai,ti3t 

215,739 

081,904 

087.917 

037,903 

M3,03l 

187,488 

140,445 

39,834 

34,730 

30,039 

30.388 


14 
BS 

70 

2,334 

403 

3.898 

108,994 

409,737 

348,001 

313,401 

917,531 

117,849 

II5,A.^9 

109>8 

141,000 

108.913 


25,081 

0,119 

15,501 

4,570 


A^e«,  4-c.  of  the  different  CUusee  of  the  Population. 


racE  wnm  fotvlation. 


tJnderSyoariofage. 
or  5to   10 

lOto   15 

15to   90 

30to   30 

30IO   40 

40to   50 

50to   00 

60to   70 

TOto   60 

80to   90 

90  to  100 

ITpwarda  of  100 


Total*. 


973,080 

789.075 

069,734 

573,190 

956,487 

509.535 

307,840 

339,384 

135,082 

57,779 

18,900 

3,041 

301 


renulM. 


031,034 

730,074 

638,850 

596,254 

918,411 

585,531 

356,046 

233,.f04 

131,307 

58,330 

17.434 

2,593 

838 


5,355,1335,171,115 


coumuD  MMaanoN. 


Under  10 

Of  10 to   34.... 

94  to   36.... 

3610   55.... 

55  to  100. . . . 
Upward*  of  100 . 


Totals. 


Fne  Mthik  tit  r«Miei.  VrimUnm.  ftanato  K»t 


48,675 
43,079 
97,68» 
23,271 
11,800 
869 


47,329 
46,106 
38,841 
94,327 
T3,495 
860 


153,453  I    166,146 


353,498 

185,885 
118,880 
41,548 


1,012,893 


347,668 
308,770 
185,786 
111.887 
41.436 
076 


906,990 


Whites. 
Blacks . 


Totals. 


BliaA. 
3,07l« 
1,470 


mt  aMlDoiik 
....  8,363 
....     743 


6,106 


u 


^1 


•    4^ 


!.   ;    '^ 


•I     i' 


|.l 


i    » 


A. 
'i . 


^>\ 


.11. 


M 


''^^^m 

'i<\ 


'^' 


•'■'    c 


:  ■'.!  ..1 


[i^-i^ 


n 


:  r, 


t' 


154 


UNITED  STATES. 


The  whole  number  of  Aborigines  existing  at  present  within  the  territorial 
jurisdiction  of  the  United  States,  is  estimated  at  33;),464,  of  whom  about  8U,000 
reside  west  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  and  the  rcHidue  east  of  that  region.  Of  the 
Indians  residing  east  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  57,433  are  cast  <of  the  Mississippi 
river,  of  whom  48,918  are  under  treaty  stipulations  to  remove  westward  of  that 
stream,  45,69()  have  removed  from  the  east  to  the  west  Hide  of  the  Mississippi, 
and  are  settled  in  the  Western  or  Indian  territory,  assigned  to  them  by  the 
government  of  the  United  States;  and  143,750 ^re  indigenous  Indians,  nowise 
under  the  control  of  our  government:  of  these,  the  principal  are  the  Sioux,  Paw- 
nees, Comanches,  Mandans,  Minatarees,  Blackfeet,  and  Assiniboines.  The  most 
humane  exertions  have  constantly  been  in  operation,  on  the  part  of  the  general 
government,  to  preserve  the  race  from  extinction,  by  severe  provisions  to  prevent 
their  obtaining  ardent  spirits,  and  by  unwearied  efforts  to  train  them  to  the  arts 
and  agriculture,  and  to  impart  to  them  the  blessings  of  education  and  Christianity. 
Under  the  system  adopted  by  the  government,  agents  and  sub-agents,  interpreters 
and  mechanics,  are  employed  among  the  different  Indian  tri^s,  to  carry  these 
purposes  into  effect ;  and  the  President  is  authorized  to  cause  the  stores  of  the 
licensed  traders  to  be  searciied,  and  if  ardent  spirits  arc  found  among  the  articles 
for  sale,  the  whole  goods  are  forfeited  to  the  government. 

The  whole  numl^r  of  Indian  schools  established  among  them,  partly  by  chari- 
table associations  of  the  different  religious  denominations,  and  partly  by  pecuniary 
aid  from  the  government,  is  51.  The  sum  of  7840  dollars  was  allowed  in  1836, 
by  the  government,  for  the  maintenance  of  these  schools.  The  whole  number 
of  Indian  children  receiving  instruction  in  1836,  was  1381,  including  156  scholars 
at  the  Choctaw  Academy,  in  Kentucky,  the  expense  of  whose  education  is  de- 
rived from  funds  set  apart  by  the  Indians  themselves,  under  treaty  stipulations  for 
this  specific  object.  In  the  whole  number  of  scholars  are  included  two  students 
of  law  at  the  Choctaw  Academy,  also  one  at  Buffalo,  and  one  in  Vermont 

The  territory  of  the  confederacy  is  at  present  divided  into  twenty-six  States, 
two  Territories,  and  one  Federal  District,  which  contains  the  seat  of  government. 
This  does  not  include  the  extensive  tract  assigned  to  the  Indians,  called  the  West- 
em  Territory,  the  region  west  of  the  Missouri  and  north  of  the  Platte,  and  that 
west  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  in  which  there  is  no  white  population,  and  which 
has  received  no  political  organization  or  official  name.  The  States  are  divided 
for  municipal  purposes  into  small  sections,  styled  counties,  except  in  South 
Carolina,  where  they  are  called  districts,  and  in  Louisiana,  where  they  are  called 
parishes.  In  the  States  of  New  England,  in  New  York,  Pennsylvania,  New 
Jersey,  Ohio,  Indiana,  and  Michigan,  the  counties  are  subdivided  into  townships, 
otlen  called  towns,  and  in  Delaware  into  hundreds. 


THE  EASTERN,  OR  NEW  ENGLAND  STATES. 

New  England  comprises  the  six  States  situated  east  of  the  Hudson,  viz., 
Maine,  New  Hampshire,  Vermont,  Massachusetts,  Rhode  Island,  and  Connecticut. 
The  inhabitants  are  almost  exclusively  of  unmixed  English  origin,  and  though 
never  unified  as  a  political  whole,  they  have  at  different  periods  been  connected 
for  their  common  interests.  From  the  earliest  settlement  of  their  country,  they 
have  enjoyed  psculiar  advantages  for  literary  and  religious  instruction,  and, 
trained  to  habits  of  industry,  economy,  and-  enterprise,  by  the  circumstances  of 
their  peculiar  situation,  as  well  as  by  the  dangers  of  prolonged  wars,  they  pre- 
sent traits  of  character  which  are  considered  as  remarkable  abroad  as  they  are 
common  at  home. 

The  surface  of  the  country  is  infinitely  varied.  In  the  interior,  it  is  mountain- 
ous, with  fertile  valleys  between.  The  land  along  the  sea-shore  presents  in  gene- 
ral an  irregular  surface,  consisting  of  hills  and  ridges,  with  flats  of  ntoderate  ex- 
tent.   The  inland  portions  towards  the  mountains  present  an  almost  constant  suc- 


1  - 


J 


UNITED  STATES. 


155 


".ewion  of  short  hills  and  narrow  valleys.  There  are  no  f-xtcnsive  plains  through- 
out the  whole  of  New  England.  Much  of  the  soil  is  ^rind,  yet  in  general  it  re- 
quires diligent  cultivation,  and  compels  the  farmer  to  use  great  industry  to  pro- 
cure tolerable  crops;  and  although  it  well  repays  the  labour  of  the  husbandman, 
it  is  on  the  whole  less  fruitful  than  many  other  parts  of  the  United  States. 

Most  of  the  New  England  States  are  largely  engaged  in  manufactures.  The 
different  establishments  of  various  kinds  are  too  numerous  to  specify.  The  cotton 
factories,  in  particular,  employ  a  vast  number  of  hands  and  a  great  amount  of 
capital.  A  proof  of  the  result  of  these  great  establishments  may  be  found  in  the 
tact  that  twenty-five  years  ago  the  chief  cottons  of  the  United  States  were  im- 
ported from  India.  New  England  now  sends  her  manufactured  cottons  there,  and 
finds  the  trade  profitable.  Since  the  manufiicturing  system  has  prevailed,  this 
part  of  the  Union  has  rapidly  increased  in  population  and  business. 

The  New  Englanders  are  extensively  engaged  in  the  Bank  and  whale  fisheries. 
This  pursuit  employs  many  thousands  of  hands,  furnishes  one  of  the  roost  impor- 
tant it  lis  in  this  section  of  the  United  States,  and  trains  vast  numbers  of  the  most 
experienced  and  intrepid  mariners  in  the  world. 

An  active  commerce  is  carried  on  from  the  ports  of  New  England  with  all 
parts  of  the  world ;  their  ships  spread  their  sails  in  every  sea,  and  her  lumber 
manufactures  and  the  produce  of  her  fisheries  arc  extensively  exported.  Almost 
every  village  carries  on  some  handicraft,  and  the  farmer  often  employs  the  long 
winter  evenings  in  some  gainful  task.  Thus  are  produced  many  little  objects 
which  although  in  appearance  of  small  value,  yet  in  the  af^f^regate  constitute  a 
source  of  considerable  wealth  to  the  community,  and  are  produced  to  such  an  ex- 
tent as  almost  to  rival  in  value  the  products  of  the  large  manu&cturing  establish- 
menta 

From  the  first  settlement  of  the  country,  the  inhabitants  of  New  England  have 
been  a  religious  people.  Thr  entire  freedom  of  opinion  enjoyed  by  them  has  led 
to  a  diversity  of  religious  denominations.  In  almost  every  town  and  village  are 
several  places  of  public  worship  belonging  to  the  different  sects  common  in  the 
country,  among  which  are  Congregationalists,  Baptists,  Episcopalians,  Methodists, 
Unitarians,  &.c.  It  is  disreputable  for  a  man  to  have  no  religious  belief,  and  there 
are  few  who  do  not  give  their  support  to  some  one  mode  of  religious  worship. 
The  sabbath  is  strictly  observed,  and  the  people  generally  attend  public  worship 
twice  during  the  day. 

Education  is  more  universal  here  than  in  any  .part  of  the  world.  It  is  exceed 
ingly  hard  to  find  persons  of  mature  age  who  have  not  been  instructed  in  the 
common  branches  of  school  learning.  Institutions  of  learning  and  education  were 
established  at  an  early  period  by  the  first  settlers  of  New  England,  some  of  which 
at  the  present  day  are  the  most  respectable  and  eflScient  in  the  Union.  A  large 
part  of  the  distinguished  inen  of  the  United  States  have  been  educated  at  Har- 
vard and  Yale  colleges,  and  though  there  are  many  similar  institutions  in  other 
States,  still  many  students  from  the  south  and  west  are  annually  taught  in  the 
colleges  of  New  England. 

The  population  of  New  England  has  been  gradually  increasing.  In  1700  it 
was  about  120,000,  and  in  1755  was  estimated  at  345,000,  not  including  the  troops 
at  that  time  in  the  provinces.  Their  amount  in  1620  was  1,650,854 ;  in  1830, 
1,954,609.  and  is  now*  probably  above  2,300,000  souls. 


STATE    OF   MAINE. 

Maine  is  the  most  northern  and  eastern  of  the  United  States.  Previous  to  the 
year  1820,  it  formed  a  part  of  the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts,  at  which 
period  it  was  received  into  the  Union  as  an  independent  State.  Maine  is  in  length 
from  north  to  south  about  216  miles,  and  from  east  to  west  162 ;  the  area  is  differ- 
ently estimated  at  from  32,000  to  35,000  square  miles.  On  the  sea-coast,  the 
country  is  generally  level ;  at  some  distance  in  the  interior,  hilly ;  and  in  the  cen- 
tral parts  of  the  Staie  are  many  mountains  of  considerable  elevation. 


\ 


• 

■ 

» 

\ 

r 

i 

■'! 


'^■> 


t 


*,    V 


r/^- 


^"t- 


i 


'r-  I 


11;' 


liU 


156 


UNITED  OTATEa 


Tbo  principal  rivers  are  the  St.  Johns,  with  ita  branches,  the  Allagaah,  Wal- 
looetook,  and  the  Aroostook ;  with  the  Penobscot,  Kenncbeck,  Androscoggin,  Saco, 
I'leasant,  Damariacotta,  and  Union  rivers. 

The  sea-coast  of  Maine  is  remarkably  indented  with  bays  and  inlets,  which 
afford  great  facilities  for  navigation  and  conunerce.  The  principal  are  Casco,  Pe- 
nobscot, Frenchman's,  Englisbnan's,  Machia.s  aad  PH«8ainai)uoddy  bays. 

The  lakes  are  so  numerous,  that  it  is  estimated  one-sixth  of  the  surface  of  the 
State  consists  of  water,  and  indeed  they  form  one  of  the  characteristic  features 
of  the  country.  Some  of  them  are  remarkable  for  their  picturesque  beauties,  and 
many  of  them  will  no  doubt  be  useful  loediunis  of  communication  when  their 
vicinity  is  more  populous.  The  most  noted  are  Moosebead,  Urobogog,  Sebago, 
the  Schoodic  Lakes,  and  Lake  Chesuncook. 

The  soil  on  the  coast  is  various,  and  of  but  moderate  fertility :  in  the  interior, 
most  of  the  land  is  more  productive,  and  some  of  it,  especially  on  the  Kennebeck 
and  Penobscot  rivers,  is  fertile,  and  well  adapted  to  agriculture  and  grazing.  One 
of  the  roost  important  productions  of  this  State  is  white-pine  timber,  which  is 
found  chiefly  on  the  Upper  Kennebeck  and  Penobscot  rivers,  and  also  on  the 
AUagash.  As  there  is  no  other  tract  of  country  yielding  this  lumber  to  any  con- 
siderable extent  in  the  Atlantic  States,  the  lands  producing  it  have  lately  much 
advanced  in  price. 

The  value  of  the  lumber  cut  and  sawed  annually  is  estimated  at  $10,000,000 ; 
the  yearly  amount  of  the  wool  grown,  $2,000,000 ;  and  of  lime  manu&ctured  in 
the  State,  $1,000,000.  The  total  shipping  belonging  to  the  State  amounts  to 
225,329  tons,  and  about  50,000  tons  are  annually  built  The  value  of  imports  in 
the  year  1835  was  $883,380;  of  exports,  $1,050,367,  of  which  all  but  $14,416 
was  of  domestic  produce. 

The  constitution  roakes  it  the  duty  of  the  legislature  to  require  the  several 
towns  to  make  suitable  provision,  at  tbeir  own  expense,  for  the  support  of  public 
schools,  and  to  encourage  and  suitably  endow  academies,  colleges,  and  seminaries 
of  learning.  In  pursuance  of  this  provision,  each  town  is  required  by  law  to  raise 
annually  a  sum  equal  to  forty  cents  for  each  inhabitant,  which  is  distributed  among 
the  town  schools  in  the  ratio  of  the  number  of  scholars  in  each.  Further  grants 
are  also  made  by  the  S^'ite  in  aid  of  their  support. 

There  are  in  the  State  30  academies,  a  Baptist  college  at  Waterville,  a  Con- 
gregationalist  theological  seminary  in  Bangor,  a  Wesleyan  theological  seminary 
at  Readfield,  and  Bowdoin  College,  with  a  medical  school,  at  Brunswick.  The 
number  of  pupils  in  the  common  schools  is  about  15,000.  The  principal  religious 
denominations  arc  Baptists,  Congregationalists,  and  Methodists;  there  are  also 
Friends,  Universalists,  Roman  Catholics,  Epieeopalians,  &c. 

All  of  the  towns  are  in  the  southern  part  of  the  State,  in  which,  indeed,  nearly 
the  whole  of  the  population  is  concentrated.  There  are  some  settlements  on  the 
St  Johns,  in  the  northern  part,  which  is,  however,  at  present  under  British  juris- 
diction, and  through  which  there  is  a  road  leading  from  Frederickton,  in  New 
Brunswick,  to  the  River  St.  Lawrence.  The  central  part  is  almost  wholly  unin- 
habited, and  covered  with  primitive  forests,  which  are  visited  only  by  hunters  and 
lumberers.  A  rail-road  from  the  coast-section  of  this  State  to  Quebec  has  been 
proposed.  ?he  most  favourable  route  has  been  ascertained  to  be  from  Belfiist ; 
distance  277  miles,  cost  5,000,000  dollars.  Maine  is  divided  into  10  counties. 
POPULATION  AT  DIFFERENT  PERIODS. 

In  1765  20,788  increase. 

From  1765  to  1790  75.752 

1790  to  1800  55,179 

1800tol810  76,986 

1810  to  1820   69,630 

1820  to  1830  101,120 


1790 96,540 

1800  151.719 

1810  228,705 

1820  298,335 

183C  399,455 


Of  the  above  population  of  1830,  were,  white  males,  200,687 ;  white  females, 
197,591.  Of  which,  153  are  deaf  and  dumb ;  154  are  blind ;  and  foreigners,  not 
naturalized,  S526  Of  free  coloured  perwns,  there  are,  males,  600 ;  females,  571 : 
coloured  deaf  and  dumb,  16;  blind,  1. 


fl 


I 


UNITKD  STA  IPS. 


157 


The  city  of  Portland  is  Uie  largest  and  most  important  place  in  the  State.  It 
is  beautifully  situated  on  Casco  Bay,  is  well  laid  out  and  handsomely  built,  and 
haa  a  safe  and  capacioua  harbour,  which  is  defended  by  two  forts.  Upwards  of 
40,(KK)  tons  of  shipping  belong  to  the  port,  :ind  the  duties  collected  exceed 
!«!18(»,(KK)  a  year.  Here  are  six  banks,  si.xteen  churches,  a  court-house,  theatre,  t 
an  atheniRum,  with  a  public  library  ;  and  the  population,  which  in  1830  was  12,601, 
is  now  believed  to  exceed  16,000,  The  city  of  Baucror,  the  most  important  place 
on  the  Penobscot,  has  trebled  its  population  since  1830:  it  is  at  present  about 
8000.  From  300  millions  to  400  million  icet  of  lumber,  are  said  to  be  annually 
exported  from  this  place. 

Augusta,  the  capital  of  the  State,  occupies  both  sides  of  the  Kennebcck  river,  j 
50  miles  from  its  mouth  :  it  contains  a  handHome  State-House  of  granite,  and  an 
United  States  Arsenal,  Below  Augusta,  are  Hallowel,  and  Gardiner,  both  flourish- 
ing towns;  and  at  the  head'  of  ship  navigation,  and  about  15  miles  from  the  sea 
is  Bath,  noted  for  its  ship-building.  From  Thomaston  is  exported  large  quantities 
of  lime,  marble  and  granite.  Some  of  the  other  principal  towns  in  Maine,  are 
Eastport,  Machias,  Calais,  Orono,  Belfast,  Brunswick,  Saco,  and  York. 


STATE   OF  NEW  HAMPSHIRE. 

This  State  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  Lower  Canada ;  on  the  east,  by  Maine 
and  the  Atlantic  Ocean ;  south  by  Massachusetts  ;  and  west  by  Vermont.  It  is 
in  length,  from  north  to  south,  about  160  miles ;  and  from  east  to  west,  70  is 
about  the  average  breadth.  It  is,  in  area,  8,500  square  miles.  The  sea-coast  of 
this  State,  from  Piscataqua  Harbor  to  the  south  boundary,  is  but  18  miles  in 
extent 

The  country  on  the  coast  is  level :  in  the  interior,  the  surface  is  greatly  diversi- 
fied by  hills  and  valleys,  and  contains  several  mountains  of  considerable  height ; 
among  which  are  the  White  Mountains,  the  most  elevated  of  any  in  the  New 
England  States,  The  other  considerable  elevations  are,  Moosehillock,  Monad- 
nock,  Kearsarge,  Sunapee,  Ossipee,  &.c. 

The  White  Mountains  are  distinguished  by  the  names  of  Washington,  Frank- 
lin, Adams,  Jefferson,  Madison,  Monroe,  and  Pleasant.  Mount  Washington  is 
6,428  feet  in  height.  They  are  covered  with  snow  ten  months  in  the  year,  and 
are  often  seen  from  a  great  distance  at  sea,  and  frequently  before  any  intermediate 
land,  although  they  are  at  least  65  miles  in  the  nearest  direction  from  the  coast. 
The  wild  and  sublime  character  of  their  scenery,  causes  them  to  be  annually 
visited  by  numerous  travellers.  The  ascent  to  their  summits  is  attended  with 
considerable  &tigue,  but  has  been  surmounted  in  a  few  instances  by  ladic:^  The 
view  is  rendered  uncommonly  grand  and  picturesque,  by  the  magnitude  of  the 
elevation,  the  extent  and  variety  of  the  surrounding  scenery,  and  above  all,  by 
the  huge  and  desolate  piles  of  rocks  extending  to  a  great  distance  in  every  direc- 
tion. In  the  western  pass  of  these  mountains,  there  is  a  remarkable  gap  called 
the  Notch,  which  is  esteemed  one  of  the  grandest  natural  curiositit  -  in  the  United 
States.  To  an  admirer  of  the  wonders  of  nature,  the  passage  through  the  Notch, 
and  the  viewd  from  the  summit,  afford  a  rich  repast.  Though  inferior  to  the 
Andes  or  the  Alps  in  elevation,  yet  they  display  the  grandest  mountain  scenery, 
surpassing  evcrythii  /^j  of  the  kind  to  be  seen  elsewhere  in  this  country. 

The  principal  Rivers  of  New  England  have  their  origin,  either  wholly  or  in 
part,  in  this  State.  These  are,  the  Connecticut,  Merrimack,  Androscoggin,  Saco, 
and  Piscataqua.  The  other  most  considerable  streams  are,  the  Upper  and  Lower 
Amonooeuck,  Sugar  River,  Ashuelot,  Contoocook,  Magallaway,  and  Nashua.  The 
principal  Lakes  are  the  Winnipiseogee,  Umbogog,  Ossipee,  Sunapee,  Squam,  and 
Newfound  Lake. 

The  inhabitants  of  New  Hampshire  are  principally  engaged  in  agriculture : 
the  chief  products  are  Indian  corn,  wheat,  rye,  oats,  barley,  flax,  &c.  and  horses 
and  cattle,  beef,  pork,  butter,  cheese,  &c.  are  largely  exported.  There  are  some 
large  manufacturing  establishments,  chiefly  in  the  southern  part  of  the  State. 

14 


■   n 
i. 


.»■  :iV'K 


mA 


i  ■ . 


;.', 


'l 


\ 


,A 


*':; 


i  r 


i  U 


l|  ^'i 


138 


I  Nrri:i)  sta'ikk. 


In  IKW,  there  were  in  Now  Hampshire  (K)  cotton,  and  32  woollen  miila,  6(»9 
^riHt-millH,  952  saw-rnilJH,  19  oil-iniilB,  15  paper-miils,  234  fulling-mills,  and  236 
cardin^r-mills.  Manufacturer  are  also  carried  on  in  families  to  a  considerable 
extent,  and  some  vessels  are  employed  in  the  bank  and  shore  fisheries;  but  man/ 
of  the  inhabitants  l^ave  the  State  every  year  in  search  of  employment. 

The  mineral  resources  of  New  Hampshire  are  not  great.  Copper  is  fouml  at 
Franconia,  and  iron  is  abundant  in  Lisbon  and  Franconia ;  plumbago  or  black 
lead  also  occurs  in  several  places,  ptirticularly  at  Bristol.  A  fine-grained  granite, 
which  is  quarried  in  many  places,  afibrds  an  excellent  building  material.  The 
forest  affords  abundance  of  excellent  timber,  and  the  white  pine  sometimes  at- 
tains the  height  of  2U0  feet,  with  a  straight  trunk  six  feet  and  upwards  in 
diameter. 

About  eight  miles  from  the  coast  are  the  Isles  of  Shoals,  belonging  partly  to 
New  Hampshire  and  partly  to  Maine.  They  lie  between  Portsmouth  and  New- 
buryportf  and  are  hardly  more  than  a  cluster  of  rocks  rising  above  the  water. 
Tiie  inhabitants  are  about  one  hundred ;  they  live  solely  by  fishing,  and  in  con- 
nexion with  tiiose  of  the  shore  in  their  immediate  neighbourhood,  who  follow  the 
same  mode  of  life,  are  the  most  rude  and  uncivilized  beings  in  New  England, 
except  the  Indians.  Eflbrts  have  recently  been  made  to  improve  their  condition, 
and  they  have  now  a  meeting-house,  school,  &c. 

Common  schools  are  established  by  law  throughout  the  State,  and  are  support- 
ed in  part  by  town  taxes,  in  part  by  school  lands  or  funds  arising  froip  the  sale  of 
them,  and  belonging  to  the  towns,  and  in  part  also  by  the  proceeds  of  certain 
State  taxes ;  the  number  of  school-houses  in  the  State  somewhat  exceeds  1600 ; 
and  there  are  35  academies,  attended  by  about  1600  pupils.  Dartmouth  college, 
in  Hanover,  is  a  well  endowed  institution,  and  afibrds  instruction  in  the  common 
branches  taught  in  the  New  England  colleges.  The  principal  religijus  denomi- 
nations are  Congregationalists,  Baptists,  and  Methodists,  with  some  Friends, 
Presbyterians,  Episcopalians,  and  Roman  Catholics. 

POPULATION  AT  DIFFERENT  PERIODS. 


In  1701,  . . 

.  10,000 

In  1790,  . . . 

.  141,885 

INCREASE. 

1730,  , . 

.  12,000 

1800,  . . . 

.  183,858 

From  1790  to  1800,  ... 

.  41,973 

1749,  . . 

.  30,000 

1810,  . , . 

.  214,460 

1800  to  1810,  . . . 

.  30,602 

1767,  . . 

.  52,700 

1820,  . . . 

.  244,161 

1810  to  1820,  . . . 

.  39,701 

1775,  . . 

.  80,038 

1830,  . . . 

.  269,328 

1820  to  1830,  ... 

25,167 

Of  the  above  population  of  1880,  there  were,  white  Males,  131,184 ;  white 
Females,  137,537 ;  deaf  and  dumb,  135 ;  blind,  105 ;  aliens,  410.  Total,  whites, 
268,721.— Free  colored,  602;  deaf  and  dumb,  9. 

Portsmouth,  the  only  sea-port,  and  the  largest  town  in  the  State,  is  pleasantly 
situated  on  the  Piscataqua,  three  miles  from  the  sea.  It  has  one  of  the  finest 
harbours  in  the  world,  affording  40  feet  of  water  in  the  channel  at  low  tide,  and 
being  easily  accessible  to  vessels  of  the  largest  size,  and  completely  landlocked. 
It  is  protected  by  several  forts.  The  tides  rise  ten  feet.  The  town  stands  on  a 
peninsular  elevation,  sloping  towards  the  harbour,  and  is  well  built.  It  contains 
seven  churches,  seven  banking-houses,  the  county  buildings,  &c.,  and  is  well  sup- 
plied with  good  water  brought  from  the  neighbourhood.  Two  wooden  bridges 
have  been  built  across  the  Piscataqua,  one  of  which  is  1*750  feet  long.  There  is 
here  a  navy-yard  belonging  to  the  United  States,  situatbu  on  Navy  Island,  on  the 
east  side  of  the  river,  and  within  the  limits  of  Maine.  The  population  of  Porte- 
mouth  is  8082. 

Concord,  the  capital  of  the  State,  on  the  west  side  of  the  Merrimack  river,  is 
handsomely  built  on  two  principal  streets ;  has  the  State-House,  and  State  Prison 
of  granite,  besides  banks,  churches,  hotels,  &,c. ;  population  3727.  In  the  south- 
east part  of  the  State,  are  several  towns  largely  engaged  in  manufactures :  these 
are,  Dover,  Somersworth,  Newmarket,  and  Exeter,  which,  besides  if«  mills  and 
manufactures,  contains  Phillips's  Academy,  a  well  known  and  respectable  Semi- 
nary,    These  are  all  on  navigable  rivers,  furnishing  fine  mill-seats  and  constant 


■J 


■\^ 


)■■." 


600 

itlcj 

any  I 

I 

at 

ack 

ite, 

The 

at- 

in 


[TMTRD  STATES. 


1.VJ 


communication  with  the  sea.  Nashua,  near  the  south  line  of  tht'  State,  contniIl^s 
several  large  cotton  mills;  its  population  in  1836  was  rjOfi.^  havin^j  ratht-r  moro 
than  doubled  it  mnce  1830:  Hanover,  the  seat  of  Dartmouth  college,  Haverhill 
and  Lancaster,  are  towns  of  between  aXK)  and  3(XK)  inhabitants;  and  Amherst 
and  Keene  are  neat  thriving  towns  between  the  Merrimack  and  Cornecticiit  i 
rivers. 


STATE   OF   VERMONT. 


Vermont  is  bounded  N.  by  I^wer  Canada;  E.  by  New  Hnm[rf<hire;  K.  hy 
Massachusetts;  W.  by  New  York;  from  which  it  is  separated,  in  part,  by  Lake 
Champlain.  It  is  157  miles  in  length,  from  north  to  south;  9()  miles  in  brondfh 
on  the  northern,  and  40  on  the  southern  boundary;  and  contains  an  area  of  10,21".! 
square  miles,  or  6,535,680  acres. 

The  Green  Mountains,  from  which  the  state  derives  its  name,  on  account  of 
the  evergreens  with  which  they  are  covered,  occupy  a  large  part  of  the  State ; 
and  nK>st  of  its  surface  is  uneven.  The  range  pa-sses  through  its  whole  length, 
about  half-way  between  Lake  Champlain  and  the  Connecticut  river. 

From  these  mountains,  many  streams  take  their  rise :  the  most  important  are. 
Otter  creek,  Onion  river.  La  Moile,  and  Missisque,  which  empty  into  Lake.Cham- 
plain,  on  the  west ;  the  White,  Pasumpsic,  and  West  rivers,  which  flow  into  the 
Connecticut,  o»  ''  "    iist. 

The  scenery  of  this  State  is  romantic,  and  beautiful ;  the  air  pure,  and  health- 
ful ;  and  the  natives  industrious,  intelligent,  and  hospitable. 

The  eon  Ij  fertile;  and  all  sorts  of  grain,  suited  to  the  climate,  are  produced  in 
great  abundance.  Dark,  rich,  and  loamy,  it  is  admirably  calculated  to  '  stain 
drought ;  and  aflbrds  the  finest  pasturage  of  nny  State  in  the  Union.  Wool  is 
becoming  an  important  product  here.  Cattjj  of  various  kinds  are  raised,  with 
great  facility ;  and  nowhere  is  finer  beef  to  be  .^een,  than  is  fed  on  the  rich  white 
clover  pastures  of  Vermont.  The  butter  and  cnecse  are  universally  known  for 
their  excellence. 

Vermont  is  entirely  in  the  interior ;  yet,  by  the  system  of  internal  improve- 
ment, the  Champlain  Canal,  and  the  Lake,  vessels  and  steam-boats  have  brought 
her  territory  in  contiguity  with  the  sea.  Part  of  the  trade  goes  by  canal  to 
Albany,  and  part  down  the  Lake  to  Montreal:  much  of  that  which  formerly  went 
to  Boston  and  Hartford,  is  now  drawn  by  the  Champlain  Canal  to  New  York. 
This  canal  has  been  of  incalculable  advantage  to  the  State. 

Iron  occurs  in  great  abundance,  and  is  extensively  wrought  Sulphuret  of  iron, 
or  pyrites,  is  found  at  Strafford  and  Shrewsbury,  from  which  three  million  pounds 
of  copperas  are  annually  manufactured,  worth  from  60,000  to  75,000  dollurs. 
About  20  cotton-mills  produce  annually  three  and  a  half  million  yards  of  cloth, 
and  112,000  pounds  of  yarn.  Domestic  fabrics  of  linen  and  woollen  are  made  in 
almost  every  family. 

In  1836  the  Constitution  was  amended  by  the  establishment  of  two  houses, 
styled  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives,  The  Legislative  Houses,  the 
Governor,  Lieutenant-Governor,  and  Executive  Council,  are  chosen  annually  by 
the  people.  Each  town  has  a  right  to  send  one  Representative  to  the  General 
Assembly.  The  Judges  are  chosen  annually  by  that  body.  The  Council  of 
Censors  is  chosen  once  every  seven  years,  for  the  term  of  one  year,  by  popular 
vote.  It  is  their  duty  to  examine  whether  there  have  been  any  violations  of  the 
Constitution,  and  whether  the  Legislative  and  Executive  branches  have  done 
their  duty,  and  also  to  propose  any  alterations  in  the  Constitution. 

The  towns  are  divided  into  school  district?,  each  of  which  is  required  by  law 
to  support  a  school  at  least  three  months  during  the  year.  An  annual  tux  is 
levied  for  their  support,  and  the  rent  of  the  reserves  of  school  land  in  each  town- 
ship, called  here  the  school  rights,  is  also  distributed  among  the  districts  in  pro- 
portion to  the  number  of  children  in  each,  to  aid  in  the  same  purpose.  The  num- 
ber of  the  school  districts  is  1612.     There  are  30  academies  and  county  grammar 


■W' 


t. 


!    h^.;-'^f''i 


1^ 
1     .! 

,  ;     : 

1      ■ 

0 

*^1 


.Ji 


I 


M 


h 

■tit 

i". 


1    t 


'' 


IGO 


UNITKI)  STATES. 


hcIioiiIh,  lur  ttic  Hupport  uf  which  eimilar  reservntinnH  were  made;  ami  the  Uni- 
vcrsiry  of  Vermont,  at  Burlinfrton,  is  endowed  in  the  Bame  way.  Middlebury 
collu),'e  has  been  founded  by  private  funds.  These  institutions  are  attended  by 
nearly  2()U  students,  and  there  ia  n  Medical  School  connected  with  the  former. 
The  most  numerous  religious  denominations  are,  the  Congregationalists,  Baptists, 
and  Methodists ;  and  there  are  some  Episcopalians,  Christians,  Universalists,  and 
Roman  Catholics. 
The  Stute  is  divided  into  13  counties. 

POPULATION  AT  DIFFERENT  PERIODS. 


In  1790 8.5,539 

1800, 1.54,465 

1810, 217,895 

1820, 2.35,764 

1830, 280,657 


INCREASE. 

From  1790  to  1800 68,826 

1800  to  1810 63,430 

1810  to  1820, 17,869 

1820  to  1930, 24,888 


Of  the  above  population  of  18JiO,  there  were,  white  Males,  139,986 ;  white 
Females.  139,790;  deaf  and  dumb,  153;  blind,  51;  aliens,  3,364.  Total,  279,776. 
— Colouref:  Male:    4  ;«;  Females,  455.    Total,  881. 

The  capital  of  ilw  iitate  is  the  little  town  of  Montpelier,  situated  in  a  wild  and 
rugged  region,  nf  the  junction  of  the  north  and  south  branches  of  the  Onif  n 
River.  Here  rn  a  tiandsome  State-House  of  granite,  recently  erected,  togetlier 
with  the  t  ubiir  iyjildings  of  the  county.  The  population  of  the  town  is  1792. 
West  of  ti  -nountains  are  several  flourishing  towns,  which  enjoy  the  advantage 
of  an  easy  .  .mrmnication  with  Lake  Champlain,  and  through  it  with  the  Hudson 
and  St  L^witince.  St.  Albans  is  a  neatly  built  town  on  a  small  bay,  with  an 
active  and  incr<>n  '  trade,  and  containing  2375  inhabitants.  Further  south  is 
Burlington,  the  inrge^t  town  in  the  State,  and  the  principal  commercial  place  on 
the  lake.  It  is  pleasantly  situated  on  a  gently  rising  slope,  overlooking  the  lake, 
and  it  has  an  excellent  harbour.  Here  are  thr,  -iounty  buildings  and  the  Uni- 
versity of  Vermont,  and  at  the  falls  of  the  Onlun  River  there  are  some  manu- 
factories. The  population  is  3526.  The  city  of  Vergennes,  with  1000  inhabi- 
tants,- is  accessible  to  Lake  vessels,  and  the  American  squadron  on  the  Lake  was 
fitted  out  here  in  1814.  The  falls  in  the  river  afford  some  good  mill-seats.  Above 
Vergennes  is  Middlebury,  which  contains  some  mills,  and  a  college.  Marble  of 
a  good  quality  is  quarried  here.  Population,  3468.  Higher  up  the  river  is  Rut- 
land, containing  quarries  of  marble,  several  manufacturing  establishments,  and 
the  public  buildings  of  the  county,  with  2753  inhabitants.  On  the  same  side  of 
the  mountains,  in  the  southern  part  of  the  State,  is  Bennington,  in  the  neighbour- 
hood of  which  are  found  limestone,  marble,  and  iron.  Here  are  some  mills  and 
iron-works,  and  a  population  of  3419. 

Crossing  the  mountains,  and  entering  the  rich  valley  of  tht;  Connecticut,  we 
find  a  number  of  thriving  t-'wns  and  neat  villages,  lining  its  fertile  meadows.  By 
means  of  several  short  canals,  boats  are  eiiabled  to  ascend  the  river  above  New- 
bury ;  the  principal  of  these  cuts  is  at  Bellows'  Falls,  where  a  fall  of  fifty  feet  is 
overcome  by  nine  locks,  and  an  excavation  of  half  a  mile  in  length.  Brettleboro' 
is  a  busy  place  of  2141  inhabitants,  and  co  ttainin*'  some  manufactories.  A 
Lunatic  Asylum  is  about  to  be  erected  here.  W  indsor  is  a  neat  town  in  a  pictu- 
resque situation,  with  the  lofty  peaks  of  Ascutney  Mountain  towt -ag  above  it. 
A  small  stream,  which  runs  through  the  town,  serves  to  carry  the  machinery  of 
several  manufacturing  establishments,  and  there  is  a  State-Prison  built  of  granite 
and  conducted  on  the  Auburn  plan.  Population,  3134.  At  the  little  village  of 
Bellows'  Falls,  the  river  is  suddenly  contracted  from  300  to  16  or  20  feet  wide, 
and  rushes  with  great  impetuosity  through  a  narrow  chasm  cut  in  the  solid  rock, 
having  a  fall  of  nearly  50  feet  m  a  half  of  a  mile.  Woodstock,  with  3044  in- 
habitants, lies  a  little  ofT  from  the  river;  and  higher  up,  but  on  the  Connecticut, 
is  Norwich ;  civil  engineering  and  other  practical  sciences  receive  particular 
attention  in  the  institution  here,  styled  the  Norwich  University. 


land 


UNITED  STATI-X 


COMMONWEALTH  OP  MASSACIIUSKTTS. 

Thib  State  is  bounded  north  by  Vermont  and  New  Hampshire ;  east  by  the  At- 
lantic Ocean;  math  by  Khode  Island  and  Connecticut;  and  west  by  New  York. 
The  average  extent,  from  north  to  south,  is  7U  miles;  and  from  cast  to  wetit,  140: 
area,  BOCM)  square  miles.  The  Creen  Mountains  range  through  the  central  parts 
of  the  State,  from  north  to  south,  'i'hose  mountains,  in  their  whole  extent, 
abound  in  noble  clevntions,  dark  green  forests,  pleasant  and  sheltered  valleyc,  and 
an  intinite  variety  of  impressive  scenery.  The  highest  peaks  are  Saddle  Mt., 
Tafrhkonic,  Mt.  Torn,  Mt.  Holyoke,  &.c. 

Miusachusetts  has  no  largo  rivers  wholly  within  her  bounds.  The  Merrimack 
passes  out  of  New  Hampshire  into  the  northern  division  of  the  State,  emptying 
into  the  sea  at  NewburyporU  The  Connecticut,  in  traversing  it  from  north  to 
south,  nearly  bisects  the  State.  The  Housutonic,  Charles,  and  Ipswich,  Neponset, 
and  Taunton,  though  they  have  short  courses,  arc  pleasant  streams.  The  deep  i 
bay,  between  Cape  Ann  and  Cape  Cod,  which  has  given  name  to  the  State,  has 
caused  it  to  be  known  in  the  other  States  by  the  name  of  the  Bay  State.  Cape 
Ann  bounds  it  on  the  north,  and  Cape  Cod  nn  the  south. 

Agriculture  receives  here  great  attention,  and  is  conducted  with  a  superior 
degree  of  skill  and  intelligence.  Massachusetts  is  no  doubt  the  best  cultivated 
State  in  the  Union.  Both  the  Legislature  and  Agricultural  Societies  have  made 
great  eilbrts  to  encourage  a  skilful  and  thriRy  husbandry,  and  to  introduce  the 
best  foreign  breeds  of  sheep  and  cattle.  Commerce,  manufactures,  and  the  fish- 
eries, are,  however,  the  great  objects  of  pursuit 

The  shipping  belonging  to  this  State  amounts  to  about  480,000  tons;  being 
gre*  ter  than  that  of  any  other  State,  and  nearly  one-third  of  the  whole  tonnage 
of  the  country :  1522  vessels,  of  260,497  tons,  entered,  and  1459  vessels,  of  248,188 
tons,  cleared  at  the  different  ports  in  1835.  The  value  of  the  imports,  for  the 
same  year,  was  19,800,373  dollars;  of  exports,  10,143,790;  of  which  5,464,499 
were  of  domestic  produce.  There  is  also  an  active  and  extensive  coasting  trade 
carried  on  with  all  parts  of  the  Union :  *Jie  imports  being  chiefly  raw  pro<luce 
and  provisions,  and  the  exports  manufaiiured  articles.  The  herring,  or  alewive, 
and  mackerel  fisheries,  are  carried  on  along  shore;  the  cod-fishery  chiefly  pn  the 
great  banks,  and  the  Newfoundland  and  Labrador  coasts ;  the  whale-fishery  in  the 
South  Atlantic,  the  Pacific,  Indian,  and  Antarctic  Oceans.  Two  hundred  and 
ninety  vessels,  of  about  90,000  tons,  with  upwards  of  7000  men,  were  engaged  m 
the  whale-fjshery,  in  1834;  and,  during  the  year  1835,  there  was  brought  in 
sperm  oil,  whale  oil,  and  whalebone,  to  the  amount  of  five  million  dollars.  In 
1834  there  were  inspected  252,880  barrels  of  mackerel.  The  cod-fishery  is  also 
largely  prosecuted  from  almost  all  the  towns  on  the  coast,  and  yields  annually 
upwards  of  400,000  quintals  of  fish  and  6000  barrels  or  ^,'1,  ;'f  the  value  of  more 
than  one  million  dollars. 

In  Mossachusetts  there  is  a  larger  amount  of  capital  invested  in  manufactures 
than  in  any  other  State  in  the  Union :  \v  1831  there  were  250  cotton-mills,  con- 
suming 24,871,981  pounds  of  cotton,  and  prixlucing  79,231,000  yards  of  cloth  ;  at '. 
present  the  number  of  the  mills  exceeds  3il0;  also  125  woollen  mills,  nmnufiic- 
turing  broadcloths,  flannels,  satinets,  blank«ts,  carpets,  &c.  There  are  likewise 
numerous  carding-machines.  The  wool  used  in  household  manufactures  is  esti- 
mated at  about  8,000,000  dollars.  The  ^ilk  manufacture  has  been  successfully 
intro(Juced:  also  iron  manufactures,  including  nails,  machinery  of  all  sorts,  hollow 
ware,  cutlery,  &c.  The  making  of  boots  and  shoes  occupies  the  whole  popula- 
tion of  several  considerable  towns;  and  large  quantities  are  exported.  Other 
productions  of  manufacturing  industry  are  carried  on  in  families,  and  furnish  an 
impoitant  source  of  gain  to  the  rural  population.  The  braiding  and  plaiting  of 
straw  and  palm-leaf  hats  and  bonnets  is  a  branch  of  household  industry  which, 
though  but  lately  introduced,  already  employs  several  thousand  females.  Of  a 
similar  character,  but  locally  more  confined,  is  the  manufacture  of  brooms  from 
the  broom-corn,  about  one  million  being  annually  made.     Ship-building  is  exten- 

14*  V  ' 


'I] 


ri 


J 


Pi'- 

I 


V-':.,       ■■■■f 


i 


169 


UNITED  STATES. 


Hivcly  carried  on :  tho  Hhipping  built  in  18:W  amountinp  to  33,0(K)  tons.  And  salt 
JH  niHo  manufactured  from  oca-water,  chiefly  by  ralar  evaporation,  to  the  amount 
of  about  500,U0U  bushelH  a  year. 

Various  important  works  of  internal  improvement  have  been  executed,  which 
afTord  great  convenience  and  facility  to  travelling  and  transportation :  they  arc  tho 
MiddicHex  canal,  which  extends  from  Boston  to  Lowell,  20  milcH;  the  BiackHtonc 
canal,  from  Worcester  to  Providence,  Rhode  Island,  45  miles,  and  the  Hampshire 
and  Hampden  canal,  2U  miles  in  length,  is  a  continuation  of  the  Farmington  canal, 
from  ^)outhwick,  on  tho  Connecticut  line,  to  Northampton. 

Rail-roads  have  been  constructed  from  Boston  to  Lowell,  25  miles,  of  which  a 
continuation  to  Nashua,  15  miles,  and  a  branch  to  Andovcr,  are  now  in  progress; 
from  Boston  to  Providence,  42  miles,  with  a  branch  of  10  miles  to  Taunton ;  and 
from  Boston  to  Worcester,  43  miles.  The  Western  Rail- rood,  which  has  been 
begun,  will  extend  from  Worcester,  through  Springfield  and  West  Stockbridge,  to 
the  New  York  line,  118  miles,  where  it  will  be  connected  with  Albany,  Hudson, 
and  Troy,  by  roads  already  in  progress.  The  Eastern  Rail-road,  also  in  progress, 
is  to  run  from  Boston,  through  Salem  and  Newburyport,  to  the  New  Ilutiip^hirc 
line,  40  miles,  where  it  will  be  connected  with  the  Portsmouth  and  Portland 
Rail-road. 

Her  literary,  religious,  and  charitable  institutions  are  the  pride  of  Massachu- 
setts. Within  a  few  years  Boston  alone  has  expended  nearly  two  millions  of  dol- 
lars for  objects  of  that  character,  exclusive  of  an  annual  expenditure  of  about 
!$2()0,0U0,  for  the  support  of  public  and  private  schools.  There  are  also  66  aca- 
demies in  the  State,  which,  with  the  private  schools,  are  attended  by  25,000  scho- 
lars. Harvard  University,  at  Cambridge,  is  the  oldest  and  best  endowed  institu- 
tion in  the  country ;  it  has  a  library  of  40,000  volumes,  and  instruction  is  given 
by  JiO  teachers,  in  the  various  branches  of  a  liberal  education :  law,  theological, 
and  medical  schools,  are  cbnnected  with  it.  William's  College,  at  Williamstown, 
and  Amherst  College,  at  Amherst,  are  also  respectable  institutions. 

The  prevailing  religious  sect  is  the  Congregatioiialist;  the  Baptist!^  are  also 
numerous;  after  these  come  the  Methodists,  Universalists,  Episcopalians,  Chris- 
tians, Roman  Catholics,  and  Friends,  with  some  Presbyterians,  Swedenborgians  or 
New  Jerusalem  Church,  and  Shakers.    Massachusetts  is  divided  into  14  counties, 

POPULATION  AT  DIFFERENT  PERIODS. 

In  1701,70,000;  in  1749,  164,000;  in  1763,  241,024;  in  1765,  227,926;  in  1776, 
384,094  ;  in  1784,  357,510, 


In  1790  348,787 

1800  ........  422,845 

1810  472,040 

1820  523,287 

1830  610,408 


INCREASE 

From  1790  to  1800  .........  44,058 

1800  to  1810   49,195 

ISIOto  J820 51,247 

1820  to  1830 87,121 


Of  the  above  population  of  1830,  there  were,  white  males,  294,685;  white  fe- 
males, 308,674;  deaf  and  dumb,  256;  blind,  218;  aliens,  8787.  Total  whites, 
603,3.59.     Freecolouredmales,  3360;  females,  3685:  total,  7045.     Slaves,  4. 

Boston,  the  capital  of  Massachusetts,  and  the  principal  city  of  New  England,  is 
pleasantly  situated  upon  a  small  hilly  peninsula  on  Bijston  Bay,  with  a  safe  and 
commodious  harbour,  deep  enough  to  admit  the  largest  vessels,  capable  of  con- 
taining 5(X)  ships  at  once,  and  so  completely  landlocked  as  to  be  perfectly  secure. 
Several  forts,  erected  on  these  islands,  command  the  approaches  to  the  city.  Be- 
side the  main  peninsula,  the  city  comprises  another  peninsula,  called  South  Bos- 
ton, connected  with  the  former  by  two  free  bridges;  and  tiie  island  of  East  Huston, 
with  which  communication  is  kept  up  by  steam  ferry-boats.  Four  wooden  bridges 
also  connect  the  city  with  Charlestown  and  Cambridge;  a  solid  causeway  of  earth 
unites  it  to  Brookline,  and  a  narrow  neck  of  land  which  has  been  raised  and 
widened  by  artificial  constructions,  joins  it  to  Roxbnry. 

The  population,  which  in  1800  was  24,937;  in  1820,  43,298,  and  in  1830, 
64,392,  amounted  in  IS35  to  78,603,  including  1857  free  coloured  persons ;  but  if 
tlie  adjacent  towns  arc  included,  which  in  fact  form  so  many  suburbs  of  the  city, 


il 


II 


UNITED  STATFX 


lea 


the  population  exccvda  100,000.  The  Sute-houve,  f'rontinflf  a  fitifl  park  of  ?.') 
acres,  called  the  Common,  and  standiiiif  on  the  moat  elevated  part  of  the  city ;  the 
markct-houiie,  a  handetome  granite  oditice,  two  Htoriea  hifi;h,  530  foet  in  Iflnffth,  by 
•00  in  breadth;  the  court-hmise,  alio  of  (fmnite,  176  feet  lon^,  57  hifirh,  M  wide; 
the  city-hall  or  old  State-houiw,  and  FanfiiiUliall,  more  intrreutinp  from  historical 
sriociations  than  from  their  architj-ctural  merita;  and  thic  Ma!wiach\it'ettK  (ienpnil 
}{(wpital,  a  handnnme  granite  buildinj?,  Kin  feet  m  length ;  the  (n»titutimi  for  the 
Blind,  in  which  are  alwut  50  pupilu;  the  Boston  Athenirtum,  which  has  a  library 
of  y(),(XH)  volumes,  and  a  picture  gfallery ;  the  Medical  School  of  Harvard  Uni- 
versity ;  the  Eye  and  EJar  Infirmary ;  the  Houios  of  Industry,  Reformation,  and 
Correction,  alao  deserve  mention. 

The  bridges  and  wharves  are  remarkable  tor  their  prreat  length.  The  C«n«l 
bridge  is  2800  feet  long ;  the  West  Boston  Bridge,  ir780  feet,  and  some  of  the 
others  exceed  1500  feet.  The  wharves  have  been  (instructed  in  a  somewhat 
similar  manner.  Central  wharfi  1380  foet  long,  by  150  wide,  contains  54  larpc 
warehouses,  4  stories  high,  Long  wharf,  1800  long,  by  200  in  width,  has  76 
warehouses  equally  spacious,  Commercial  wharf  is  IKK)  feet,  by  100,  with  a 
range  of  84  granite  warehouses. 

As  a  commercial  city,  Boston  is  the  second  in  the  United  States,  in  the  amount 
of  its  business.  In  the  beginning  of  183.5,  the  shipping  belonging  to  the  port  was 
212,530  tons;  entered  in  1835,  194,420  tons;  cleared,  181,26:1  tons;  duties  paid, 
2,845,884  dollars;  annual  value  of  imports,  16,000,000;  of  exports,  10,fKK>,000 
dollars.  The  number  of  banking  institutions  is  28,  with  an  aggregate  capital  nf 
24,980,000  dollars;  of  insurance  companies,  30,  with  a  capital  of  about  9,tNMMI(M>. 
This  city  has  ever  been  distinguished  for  its  attention  to  education.  The  free 
schools  are,  the  Latin  school,  the  High  school,  nine  grammar  and  writing  schools, 
57  primary  schools,  and  one  African  school  for  blacks.  There  are  also  numerous 
private  schools  for  children  of  both  sexes.  The  American  Academy  of  Arts  and 
Sciences,  the  Historical  Society,  and  the  Natura.l  History  Society,  are  among  the 
learned  societies.    There  are  51  churches,  2  theatres,  an  Odeon,  &.c. 

Charlestown,  which  is  connected  with  Boston  by  three  bridges,  stands  on  a  lofty 
peninsula,  the  centre  of  which  is  occupied  by  Bunker  Hill.  Thou«rh  irregularly 
built,  it  commands  many  fine  views  of  the  harbour  and  the  surrounding  country. 
The  Bunker  Hill  Monument,  of  granite,  is  yet  unfinished.  It  will  form  an  obe<- 
lisk,  rising  to  the  height  of  220  feet  from  its  base,  which  is  50  feet  square.  The 
United  States'  Dock-yard,  comprising  a  number  of  store-liouses!,  arsenals,  maga- 
zines, barracks,  and  slips,  with  a  graving  or  dry-dock,  built  of  hewn  granite,  in 
the  most  solid  manner,  at  the  cost  of  077,000  tlollare,  covers  an  extent  of  alujut 
sixty  acres.  The  population  of  the  town  is  8787.  Adjoining  Charlettown  is 
Cambridge,  the  seat  of  Harvard  University,  with  6071  inhabitants.  At  Water- 
town,  adjoining  Cambridge,  there  is  an  United  States'  Arsenal. 

To  the  south-west  is  the  little  town  of  Brighton,  noted  for  its  cattle  market,  in 
which,  in  the  year  1835,  the  sales  of  cattio,  calves,  sheep,  anil  swine,  amount«'d 
to  1,878,032  dollars.  Lynn,  a  neat  and  thriving  town,  whose  inhabitants,  beside 
making  2,000,000  pair  of  shoes  annually,  carry  on  the  cod  and  whale  fisheries,  in- 
creased its  population  from  6138  in  1830,  to  9847  in  1836.  A  long  beach  nf 
smooth,  hard  sand,  terminates  in  the  rocky  little  peninsula  of  Nahtt;:*,  a  favourite 
watering-place  of  the  neighbouring  towns.  Miirblehead,  long  the  principal  seat 
of  the  cod  fishery,  has  of  late  turned  its  attention  partly  to  mechanical  industry, 
particularly  to  shoemaking,  which  occupies  the  winter  leisure  of  many  of  its 
imrdy  fishermen.  About  60  sail  of  small  fishing-vessels,  manned  by  about  500 
men  mid  boys,  are  owned  here.     Population,  5150. 

The  city  of  Salem,  with  13,886  inhabitants,  is  nntml  for  the  conimprcial  enter- 
prise and  industrious  spirit  of  its  citizens.  It  was  long  largely  fii|riiiri!(l  in  llie 
East  India  and  China  trade,  and  its  coasting  and  foreign  trade  is  hIIIF consider- 
able; but  it  labours  under  the  disadvantage  of  not  having  a  snffirifiit  ilcplh  ol 
water  for  the  largest  vessels.  The  inhahilnnlH  liave  lately  ent/aged  in  the  h  hiile 
fishery,  in  which  they  employ  15  ships,  of  linilO  tons;  the  whole  shipping  of  jtie 
port  amounts  to  31,877  tons.    The  city  is  neatly  huill,  iiml  it  contains  an  Allieim 


md 


!  '  t| 


*  >  .1 


I  ,,  ^ 


%z 


: ') 


:i' 


■ ' 


(/     ■ 


I     i' 


It 


a  "f 


'■    t 


If; 


RiRBBna 


D^t 


IMTKI)  STATFX 


urn,  a  iVIarinp  MuMjum,  a  valuable  collection  of  naturul  and  artiHcial  ciiri<ii<itl«>j>, 
belonffing  to  th«'  KuBt  India  Marine  Society,  which  ia  ctmt^nmcd  wholly  of  nantirnl 
men;  nt.io  bankinfir  institiitiuna,  with  a  capital  nt' about  two  millions  ofdollnrx; 
Hix  iri!<uranco  companiep,  with  a  capitAl  of  OntMNK)  dollani;  fiflrcn  churchry,  nn>! 
ttevcrai  charitable  inHtitutionn.  Th«  manufnrttiroN  arc  aluo  conHidcrivble.  neverly, 
connected  with  Salem  by  a  brid^re  IWK)  feet  in  len(jrth,  hnn  407Jt  inhnhitflntV, 
chiefly  occupied  in  commerce  and  the  fis-herioH;  nd  Danvcra  i«  n  bimy  town,  with 
a  population  of  42*28,  containinir  :)2  tanneries,  u  h  .'MNH)  vatM,  luid  n  rullinir  nnd 
Nlittini;  mill,  with  14  nail  machmes,  prorlucinj;  fMMMMXt  (mumJs  of  nnilti  annimliy  : 
r)(K),(H)i>  pair  of  »ho*!B  and  boots  are  alao  made  here  yearly.  CajM?  Anne,  the  north 
point  of  MaHi<achu80ttB  Bay,  in  occupied  by  the  (ishinfif-town  of  Gloucenter :  ton- 
naffo  owned  here,  14,528;  population,  7519,  A  few  miles  north  of  the  «'a[)e  ih 
the  handsome  town  of  Nowburyport,  situated  at  the  mouth  of  the  Merrimack.  It* 
foreign  commerce  was  formerly  more  extensive  than  it  is  at  present,  but  itx  trade 
is  still  important,  and  the  whale,  mackerel,  and  cod  fisheries,  ore  also  carried  on 
from  this  place :  tonnojifo,  21,585 ;  population,  6388. 

The  south  point  of  the  ^reat  bay  from  which  the  State  takes  its  name,  in  Cape 
Cod,  a  long  irregular  peninsula,  of  75  miles  in  length,  by  from  5  to  20  in  breadth. 
It  consists  chiefly  of  hills  of  white  sand,  mostly  destitute  of  vegetation.  The 
houses  are  in  some  places  built  upon  stakes  driven  into  the  ground,  with  open 
spaces  between,  for  the  sand  to  drift  through.  The  cape,  notwithstanding,  is  well 
inhabited,  and  supports  a  population  of  28,000,  the  majority  of  which  subsisln  by 
the  fisheries  and  the  coasting-trade.  South  of  Cape  Cod  is  the  island  of  Nan- 
tucket, containing  the  town  of  the  same  name,  with  7266  inhabitants,  all  crowded 
together  close  upon  the  harbour,  which  lies  on  the  northern  side.  The  island  is 
merely  a  sand-bank,  15  miles  in  length,  by  about  5  or  6  in  breadth,  slightly  ele- 
vated above  the  ocean.  There  are,  however,  some  productive  spots ;  and  about 
14,000  sheep  and  500  cows  are  raised,  which  feed  in  one  pasture,  the  land  being 
held  in  common.  The  inhabitants  are  distinguished  for  their  enterprise.  They 
have  about  75  ships  engaged  in  the  whale-fishery,  and  a  considerable  number  of 
small  vessels  in  the  coasting-trade :  64,515  tons  of  shipping  are  owned  here,  and 
2(X)0  men  and  boys  belonging  to  the  island  are  employed  in  navigation.  Martha's 
Vineyard  is  somewhat  longer  than  Nantucket,  and  contains  considerable  wo<xl- 
land.  The  inhabitants  are  mostly  pilots  v[,d  fi.-^hermen;  but  some  salt  and  woollen 
cloth  are  made.  Holmes'  Hole,  a  safj'  Rn'i  t^apacious  harbour,  on  the  northern 
coast,  is  an  imi.rortant  station  for  ehfps  wiiiwng  for  favourable  weather  to  pass 
Cape  Cod. 

Fifly-soven  miles  south  of  i3ostoii,  a.'itl  Hitimted  on  Buzzard's  Bay,  is  New  Bed- 
ford, the  great  scat  of  the  whale-fishery.  !t  is  a  handsomely  built  town,  and  has 
a  bafe  and  capacious  harbour.     The  population,  which  in  1830  amounted  to  7592, 

oroscnt  exceeds  11,000.  The  shipping  of  the  district,  which  includes  several 
•'  .ler  towns  on  the  bay,  is  76,849  tons :  nearly  the  whole  of  this  is  employed  in 
the  whale-fishery ;  and  in  1835,  84,966  barrels  of  sperm  and  49,764  of  whale  oil 
were  brought  in  here.  There  are  here  ten  large  establishments  in  which  sperma- 
ceti candles  are  made  and  oil  is  prepared;  four  banks,  with  a  capital  of  1,300,000 
dollars;  an  Insurance  office,  14  churches  and  chapels,  an  academy,  &c. 

In  this  State  there  are  nearly  40  millions  of  dollars  invested  in  manufacturing 
stock ;  of  which  6^  millions  are  employed  in  Lx>well  alone.  This  place,  which  is 
the  greatest  manufacturing  town  in  the  United  States,  has  beun  very  rapid  in  its 
growth,  and  may  be  considered  the  Manchester  of  America.  It  was  commenced 
in  1813,  but  its  principal  increase  dates  from  1822:  it  now  contains  20,000  inha- 
bitants. Its  various  cotton  and  woollen  factories  give  employment  to  near  7000 
operatives,  the  greater  part  of  whom  are  females.  About  12^  million  pounds  of 
cotton,  and  near  seven  hundred  thousand  pounds  of  wool,  are  expended  annually 
in  the  production  of  40  million  yards  of  cotton  and  woollen  goods  and  carpeting. 
The  supply  of  water-power,  f-oin  the  Merrimack,  is  convenient  and  unfailing. 
Lowell  also  contains  powder-mills,  flannel-works,  grist  and  saw-mills,  glass- 
works, &.C. 

Among  the  other  places  noted  for  manufactures,  are  Fall  River  villasre,  near 


.   LUL  ■ I'!'!.' !K 


Itio 


llie  moulh  ot  Taunton  Rivi-r;   Tminton,  on  the  river  of  fho  wime  name,  and  IW 
nult'H  m)M^!;-wt  1*1  frctin  Bcwton ;  NVnrcwti-r,  w*'."!  from  Bfwfon;  SprmtftirlH  and  North- 1 
ntn|)to!i,  )><.i.lt  un  Connecticut  Uivcr;  i'llt^tirld,  in  thn  western,  and  Adanw,  s\  the 
iiortli-v  v-Jliitn  part  of  the  SStato. 


STATE   OP   RHODE   ISLAND. 

RiioDR  Ihlamd  JH  *M)unded  north  and  t>a8t  hy  MaMachuMtt^  south  by  the  Atlan- 
tic  Uccnn,  and  weut  by  Connecticut.  Itx  nxtent,  from  north  to  tiouth,  is  about  4S 
iriiloH,  niid  from  eaiit  to  went,  4'i ;  area,  l.'VH)  gquarv  miles.  The  face  of  the  coun- 
try is  mofltly  level,  except  in  the  north-weHt,  part  of  which  is  hilly  and  rocky. 
The  soil  in  generally  better  adapt<Nl  to  gmiiig  than  tillage.  A  larire  proportion 
of  tlie  north-western  and  western  prt  of  the  State  has  a  thin  and  lean  soil,  but 
the  islands  and  country  bordering  on  NarraGfansc^tt  Bay  are  of  great  fertility,  and 
arc  celebrated  for  their  fine  cattle,  and  the  abundance  and  excelkn<  <f  their  but- 
ter and  cheese.    The  products  are  corn,  rye,  barley,  oats,  and  fx  -at. 

The  island  of  Rhode  Island  is  celebrated  for  its  beautif"  ^war- 

ance,  abounding  in  smooth  swells,  and  being  divided  with  ,  into 

wdl-tilled  fields.     The  (*llmato  much  resembles  that  of  Mas-s  '  'on- 

necticut  in  its  salubrity:  the  parts  of  the  State  adjacent  to  th*  Hired 

with  refreshing  breezes  in  summer,  and  its  winter  is  the  most  nttd  ot  any  of  the 
New  England  States. 

The  rivers  are  small,  with  courses  of  not  more  than  fitly  or  sixty  milos,  and 
diiM:hargiMg'  an  inconsiderable  quantity  of  water;  but  as  they  descend  from  two 
hundred  to  four  hundred  and  fifly  feet,  and  are  steady  in  their  supply  of  water, 
they  furnish  a  great  number  of  valuable  mill-seats;  and  they  have  been  exten- 
mu'.f  applied  to  manufacturing  purposes.  The  Pawtucket,  Pawtuxet,  and  Paw- 
catuck,  are  the  principal  streams. 

Home  iron  ore,  marble,  and  freestone,  are  fount',  and  anthracite  coal  occurs  in 
extensive  beds,  but,  although  it  has  been  pronounced  of  a  good  quality,  it  has  not 
been  much  worked.  The  inhabitants  have  occupied  themselves  with  commerce, 
the  fisheries,  and  manufactures,  rather  than  wit'i  agriculture.  In  1832,  there 
were  in  the  Stat©  119  cotton-mills,  22  woollen-mills,  5  bicachcrie?,  2  calico-print 
works,  10  iron-tbunderies,  liO  machine-shops,  40  tanneries,  &c.  Since  that  period 
the  number  has  been  much  increased :  there  is  a  silk  manufactory  in  Providence, 
and  lace  is  made  in  Newport. 

The  people  of  Rhode  Island  not  having  made  a  constitution  for  themselves,  the 
government  is  still  conducted  according  to  the  provisions  of  the  royal  charter  of 
1663.  The  ofHcial  style  is  the  State  of  Rhode  Island  and  Providence  Plantations. 
The  Governor  and  Lieutenant-Governor  are  chosen  annually  by  popular  vote. 
The  legislature,  styled  the  General  Assembly,  consists  of  two  houses,  a  Senate, 
chosen  annually,  and  a  House  of  Representatives,  chosen  semi-annually,  which 
meet  four  times  a  year.  The  judges  and  other  civil  officers  are  appointed  an- 
nually by  the  General  Assembly,  The  State  appropriates  10,000  dollars  a  year 
for  the  support  of  common  schools,  and  a  somewhat  larger  sum  is  raised  by  the 
towns  for  the  same  purpose,  in  addition  to  which,  considerable  sums  are  raised  by 
individual  subscription,  in  order  to  keep  the  free  schools  open  some  time  longer 
than  the  public  funds  would  admit  There  are  in  the  State  323  free  schools,  with 
upwards  of  I'^.OOO  pupils.  Brown  University,  at  Providence,  is  a  respectable 
institution  on  the  plan  of  the  other  New  England  colleges.  The  Baptists  and 
Congregationalists  are  the  most  numerous  sects:  the  Episcopalians  and  Methodists 
are  also  numerous,  and  there  are  some  Friends,  Roman  Catholics,  and  ITniver- 
salists. 

POPULATION  AT  DIFFERENT  PERIODS. 

In  1701, 10,000;  in  1730, 17,935;  in  1748,  34,128;  in  1755,  46,638;  in  l',74, 
59,678;  in  1783,  51,809. 


.'I  •■" 

M 

'  ;  If  •  ;   * 


■;,  )/>2«'' 


I 


■;  I'H- 


» 


-'• 


;.t 

I 


«  « 


•f;  .■ 


f? 


'4 
ii-  . 


l;f 


' '  I' 


ill 


^, 


^  ^ 

T^^^. 


o  "^->.;^. 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


11.25 


£121    12.5 


1^    I 


2.2 


1.4 


III 


1.6 


6" 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


23  WIST  MAIN  STUr 

WiBSTiR.N.Y.  UStO 

(716)872-4303 


.  c.^ 


'I 


9'    I? 


166 


UNITED  STATES. 


In  1790, 68,825 

1800 69,122 

1810 76,931 

1820, 83,059 

1830, 97,199 


Inereate. 


From  1790  to  1800 297 

1800  to  1310 7,809 

1810  to  1820 6,128 

1820  to  1830 14,140 


BlavM. 
948 
380 
108 

48 

14 


Of  the  above  population  of  1830,  there  were,  white  Males,  45,333 ;  white  Fe- 
males, 48,288 ;  deaf  and  dumb,  48;  blind,  57;  aliens,  lia3.  Total  whites,  93,621. 
—Free  coloured  Males,  1544;  Females,  2020.  Total,  3564.— Slaves,  Males,  3; 
Females,  11.    Total,  14. 

The  principal  city  of  Rhode  Island  is  Providence,  the  second  in  New  England 
in  point  of  population,  wealth,  and  commerce.  It  is  situated  at  the  head  of  Nar- 
ragansett  Bay,  and  is  accessible  to  the  largest  merchant  vessels :  it  carries  on  an 
active  coasting  and  foreign  trade.  The  population  of  the  city  increased  fl-oin 
16,833  in  1830,  to  10,277  in  1635.  Here  are  16  banks  with  a  capital  of  about 
five  million  dollars ;  also  a  number  of  cotton-mills,  bleacheries,  dye-houses,  ma- 
chine-shops, iron-founderies,  &c.  Among  the  public  buildings  are  the  State  House, 
the  Halls  of  Brown  University,  the  arcade,  a  handsome  granite  edifice,  fourteen 
churches,  &c.  Steam-boats,  of  the  largest  and  finest  class,  keep  up  a  daily  com- 
munication with  New  York,  during  the  greater  part  of  the  year ;  the  Blackstone 
canal,  and  Boston  and  Providence  rail-road,  terminate  here ;  and  a  continuation  of 
the  latter  to  Stonington  in  Connecticut,  is  now  in  progress.  Pawtucket  River, 
above  Providence,  is  the  seat  of  extensive  manufactures.  North  Providence,  on 
the  Massachusetts  border,  contains  the  manufacturing  village  of  Pawtucket,  oppo- 
site which  is  the  town  of  Pawtucket  in  that  State.  The  whole  manufacturing 
district  is  also  commonly  called  Pawtucket,  and  it  contains  20  cotton-mills,  beside 
machine-shops,  calico-printing  works,  iron-works,  &c.  There  is  a  population  of 
about  6000  souls  on  both  sides  of  the  river.  Above  this  the  Pawtucket  takes  the 
name  of  the  Blackstone,  and  furnishes  mill-seata  which  have  created  the  villagej 
of  Woonsocket  Falls,  also  situated  on  both  sides  of  the  river,  in  the  townships  of 
Smithfield  and  Cumberland.  There  are  also  manufacturing  eetablishmenta  in 
other  parta  of  Smithfield.  The  population  at  the  Falls  is  about  3000.  Warwick, 
on  the  Pawtuxet  River  and  Narragansctt  Bay,  is  a  manufacturing  and  fishing 
town,  with  5529  inhabitants. 

Bristol,  on  the  eastern  shore  of  the  bay,  is  a  busy  town,  with  3054  inhabitants 
actively  engaged  in  the  foreign  and  coasting  trade  and  whale  fishery.  Nearly  at 
the  south  end  of  the  Island  of  Rhode  Island  is  Newport,  once  one  of  the  principal 
towns  in  the  colonies,  and  still  a  favourite  summer  resort,  on  account  of  its  plea- 
sant situation,  the  refreshing  coolness  of  the  sea-breezes,  and  its  advantages  for 
sea-bathing.  The  harbour  is  one  of  the  finest  in  the  world,  being  safe,  capacious, 
and  easy  of  access,  and  is  defended  by  an  important  work  called  Fort  Adams ;  but 
trade  has  mostly  deserted  the  town,  and  now  centres  chiefly  in  Providence.  Po- 
pulation, 8010.  Prudence  and  Conanicut  Islands  in  the  Bay,  and  Block  Island,  at 
the  entrance  of  Long  Island  Sound,  belong  to  this  State.  The  latter,  although 
destitute  of  a  harbour,  has  nearly  2000  inhabitanto,  engaged  in  the  fisheries. 


STATE   OP  CONNECTICUT. 

This  State  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  Massachusetts,  south  by  Long  Island 
Sound,  east  by  Rhode  Island,  and  west  by  New  York.  It  is  90  miles  in  length, 
70  miles  in  breadth,  and  contains  4764  square  miles.  The  principal  rivers  are, 
the  Connecticut,  Housatonic,  Thames,  Farmington,  and  Naugatuck.  The  face 
of  the  country  is  generally  hilly,  and,  iii  the  north-western  parts,  mountainous. 
The  soil  is  good,  and  the  industrious  inhabitanto  have  not  neglected  ita  cultiva- 
tion. The  valley  of  Connecticut  River,  from  Middletown  to  the  northern  bound- 
ary of  the  State,  is  a  luxuriant  meadow,  chequered  by  patches  of  wheat,  corn, 
and  other  grain.     Some  other  parta  of  the  State  are  well  cultivated  and  fruitful, 


!■ 


,3; 


UNITED  STATE& 


167 


and  Bome  portions  are  beautiful,  as  well  from  the  gifts  of  nature  as  the  improvo- 
ments  of  art 

The  chief  productions  are  Indian  com,  rye,  wheat,  in  many  parts,  oats,  barley, 
buckwheat,  flax  in  larjre  quantities,  &c.  Orchards  are  numerous,  and  cider  ih 
made  for  exportation.  The  State  is,  however,  generally  better  odopted  to  grazing 
than  tillage,  and^its  fine  meadows  and  pastures  enable  the  farmer  to  feed  great 
numbers  of  neat  cattle,  horses,  and  sheep.  The  quantity  of  butter  and  cheese, 
annually  made,  is  great,  and  of  well-known  excellence. 

The  fisheries  are  carried  on  firom  several  of  the  ports ;  and  there  are  valuable 
shad  fisheries  on  the  rivers.  There  are  about  12,0U0  tons  of  shipping  from  this 
State  in  the  whale  fishery ;  and,  in  1834,  30,000  barrels  of  whale  and  sperm  oil 
were  brought  in.  The  coasting  trade  is  considerable,  but  most  of  the  foreign 
trade  is  carried  on  through  New  York. 

The  manufactures  of  Connecticut  are  considerable,  and  the  ingenuity  and  in- 
dustry of  the  people  in  this  respect  have  a  reputation  coextensive  with  the  Union. 
The  principal  articles  are  cotton  and  woollen  goods,  clocks,  combs,  and  buttons, 
tin  and  wooder  ware.  Implements,  and  utensils  of  various  descriptions  are 
among  the  products  of  manufacturing  industry.  In  1832,  there  were  in  the  State 
104  cotton-mills  and  80  woollen  factories.  The  annual  value  of  cotton  and 
woollen  goods,  iron  manufactures,  axes,  boots  and  shoes,  buttons  and  combe, 
paper,  coaches  and  wagons,  with  other  articles,  amounted  to  an  aggregate  of 
8,000,000  dollars. 

Common  schools  are  supported  by  the  proceeds  of  the  school  fund  belonging  to 
the  State,  which  are  distributed  among  the  school  districts  in  proportion  to  the 
number  of  children  in  each,  between  tiie  ages  of  four  and  sixteen  years.  The 
money  thus  distributed  is  applied  solely  to  paying  the  expense  of  instruction,  the 
other  charges  being  paid  by  the  districts.  The  number  of  children  of  the  above 
description  is  about  84,000.  The  school  fund  amounts  to  about  1,030,000  dollars, 
and  the  income  is  about  64,000  dollars.  There  are  also  upwards  of  30  academies 
and  high  schools  in  the  State ;  and  three  colleges — Yale  College  at  New  Haven, 
Washington  College  at  Hartford,  and  the  Weslevan  University,  at  Norwich. 
Yale  College  is  one  of  the  oldest  and  most  respectable,  and  the  most  frequented 
of  the  collegiate  institutions  in  the  country.  Attached  to  it  aro  a  theological 
department,  a  medical  institute,  and  a  law  school.  The  duties  of  instruction  are 
performed  by  twenty-seven  teachers. 

The  Congregationalists  are  the  most  numerous  religious  sect ;  after  them  rank 
the  Baptists,  Methodists,  and  Episcopalians;  and  there  are  some  Universalists, 
Roman  Catholics,  and  Shakers. 

The  Farmington  canal  extends  from  New  Haven  to  the  Massachusetts  line,  56 
miles ;  whence  it  is  continued  to  Northampton,  by  the  Hampshire  and  Hampden 
canal.  Enfield  canal,  5^  miles  in  length,  serves  to  overcome  a  fall  in  the  Con- 
necticut, and  supplies  valuable  mill-seats.  A  rail-road  is  in  progress  from  Provi- 
dence to  Stonington,  in  this  State,  45  miles  in  length ;  it  is  intended  to  be  con- 
nected by  a  steam  ferry-boat  with  the  termination  of  the  Long  Island  mil-road. 
Another  rail-rood  is  also  in  progress  between  New  Haven  and  Hartfori,  a  dis- 
tance of  40  miles. 

POPULATION  AT  DIFFERENT  PERIODS. 


In  1701, 

...     30,000 

In  1790, 

...  237,946  1 

INCREASE. 

1749, 

...  100,000 

1800, 

...  251,002 

From  1790  to  1800,  . . . 

.  13,056 

1756, 

...  130,611 

1810, 

...  261,942 

1800  to  1810,  . . . 

.  10,940 

1774, 

...  197.856 

1820, 

...  2754248 

1810  to  1820,  . . . 

.  13,306 

1782, 

...  209,150 

1830, 

...  297,665 

1820  to  1830,  ... 

.  22,417 

Of  the  above  population  of  1830,  there  were,  white  Males,  143,047 ;  white 
Females,  146,556;  of  which  are,  deaf  and  dumb,  294;  blind,  188;  aliens,  1481. 
Total,  whites,  269,603.— Free  coloured,  8047;  slaves,  25;  deaf  and  dumb,  6; 
blind,  7.     Total,  8076. 

New  Haven,  the  principal  city  of  the  State,  is  beautifully  situated  on  a  bay  of 
the  same  name.  The  harbour  is  safe  and  spacious,  but  it  is  shallow  and  gradually 


J*' 

1} 


■»... 


i 


1  ir.     t 


if.-     T' 


fH 


''■  -i    '•It", ■ 

!  .        .  .  1  < 

>  \  •   ■  ■    ■  t' 

♦'■•■.  I  ■■■•'■.  f  I?,- 


(• 


;;.■-,  if 


i    An 


.  f.'  '  •     'H  i 

■■:.  .-vr 

■■■-•  ! 


•£.t  • 


i\i 


;'.! 


168 


UNITED  STATES. 


fillinfir  up.  The  city  is  regularly  laid  out  and  neatly  built:  many  of  the  hoiiMs 
hdvu  iine  gardens;  some  of  the  principal  street)  are  bordered  by  rows  of  ahade 
trees,  and  the  principal  square  is  finely  ornamented  in  the  same  manner.  Among 
the  public  buildings  are  the  State-House,  the  9tate>Ho8pital,  the  Halls  of  Yale 
College,  ten  churches,  &c.  One  of  the  wharves  here  is  3943  feet  in  length.  The 
coasting  and  foreign  trade  of  New  Haven  is  considerable:  steam-boats  and 
packets  keep  up  a  regular  and  easy  communication  with  New  York ;  and  there 
are  some  extensive  manufactories,  particularly  in  fire-arms,  carriages,  dtc.  The 
population  is  10,678.  On  the  summit  of  West  Rock,  in  the  vicinity  of  the  city, 
is  a  small  cave,  in  which  Gofie  and  Wballey,  two  of  the  regicide  judges  of 
Charles  I.  were  concealed,  and  which  is  still  called  "  the  Judger  Cave.  Bridge- 
port, south-west  of  New  Haven,  is  a  busy,  thriving  town,  with  a  good  harbour  on 
the  Sound.  In  the  interior  are  Danbury  and  Litohfiekl,  with  some  manufac- 
tures. 

North-e.ist  from  New  Haven,  on  the  banks  of  the  Connecticut  River,  is  the 
city  of  Hartford ;  a  neat  and  pleasant  town,  with  considerable  coasting  trade.  It 
stands  in  a  fertile  and  highly  cultivated  district,  abounding  in  neat  and  flourishing 
villages,  which  enjoy  the  advantages  of  numerous  mill-scats  and  easy  communi- 
cation with  the  sea.  The  city  has  at  present  a  population  of  about  9000 ;  in 
1630,  it  contained  7076  inhabitants.  Steam-boats  run  daily  between  Hartford  and 
New  York,  and  several  small  steam-packets  and  tow-boats  are  employed  on  the 
river  above.  The  annual  amount  of  the  manufactures  of  Hartford  is  about 
1,000,000  dollars ;  the  principal  branches  are  printing  and  publishing,  shoe-ma- 
king, the  manu&cturing  of  saddlery,  cards,  and  wire,  wearing  apparel,  &c. 
Among  the  public  buildings  are  a  State-House,  City  Hall,  twelve  churches,  the 
Asylum  for  the  deaf  and  .Li^nb,  retreat  for  the  insane,  &c.  The  Asylum  for  the 
deaf  and  dumb,  the  first  institution  of  the  kind  established  in  America,  was  found- 
ed in  1816,  and  has  about  140  pupils,  who  receive  instruction  in  the  various 
branches  of  useful  learning,  and  acquire  a  knowledge  of  the  useful  arts.  Several 
of  the  New  England  States  have  made  apprc^riations  for  the  support  of  their 
indigent  dumb  here. 

The  city  of  Middletown,  a  few  miles  below  Hartford,  is  accessible  to  vessels 
drawing  ten  feet  of  water,  and  its  coasting  and  foreign  trade  is  considerable.  The 
situation  of  the  town  is  pleasant,  and  the  houses  and  public  buildings  neat.  Its 
manufactures  are  also  pretty  extensive,  comprising  cotton  and  woollen  goods,  fire- 
arms, paper,  machinery,  &c. :  population  of  the  city,  2965.  Saybrook,  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Connecticut  River,  was  the  first  spot  occupied  by  Europeans  in  Con- 
necticut, and  the  ground  was  regularly  laid  out  for  a  large  city ;  but  the  articipa- 
tions  of  its  founders  have  not  been  f«alised. 

At  the  mouth  of  the  Thames  stands  the  city  of  New  London :  it  is  thf         ri- 

1  commercial  place  in  Connecticut,  with  one  of  the  best  harbours  in  the  c«.  /. 
ts  trade  is  considerable;  upwards  of  40  ships  sail  from  this  place  to  the  v..iaie- 
fiahery ;  and  the  shore  fishery  is  also  actively  carried  on.  Population,  43.^.  Nor- 
wich, 13  miles  above  New  London,  is  a  flourishing  manufkcturiiif^  city,  situated  in 
a  beautiful  and  fertile  tract  The  water-power  is  here  ample,  ::4nd  is  already  ex- 
tensively employed  for  useful  purposes.  There  are  in  the  township  seventeen 
manufacturing  establishments,  eight  churches,  three  banks,  &c.  Population  of 
the  city,  3135 ;  of  the  township,  5161.  Stonington,  in  the  south-east  corner  of 
the  State,  has  twelve  vessels  in  the  seal-fishery,  and  carries  on  the  shore-fishery 
BuccesBfiilly. 


MIDDLE   STATES. 

Th>  Middlk  States  are  bounded  on  the  north  by  Canada,  the  River  St.  Law- 
rence, and  Lakes  Ontario  and  Erie;  south  by  Virginia;  east  by  the  Atlantic 
Ocean  and  New  England;  west  by  the  State  of  Ohio  and  Virginia.  As  a  region, 
the  Hiridlo  States  comprise  New  York,  New  Jersey,  Pennsylvania,  Maryland,  and 
Delawlire ;  it  extends,  fh>m  north  to  south,  about  490  miles,  and  from  east  to  west, 


li 


UNITED  STATES. 


169 


tiOti  miles,  with  an  area  of  115,000  square  miles,  and  occupies  one  of  the  finest 
parts  of  ths  Union. 

The  surface  presents  every  variety  of  mountain,  hill,  plain  and  valley.  The 
Appalachian,  or  Alleghany  Range,  extends  through  this  region,  from  south-west 
to  north-east,  in  several  parallel  ridges,  which  attains  in  Pennsylvania  its  widest 
limits;  none  of  these,  however,  reach  the  elevation  of  the  highest  summits  of  the 
Blue  Ridge  in  North  Carolina,  or  the  White  Mountains  in  New  Hampshire.  The 
Alleghany  is  generally  covered  with  forests,  and  contains  many  wild  solitudes, 
seldom  trodden  by  the  foot  of  man,  atTurdiiig  shelter  to  various  species  of  game. 

The  mo8t  prominent  rivers  of  the  Atlantic  sections  of  the  United  States  are  in 
this  region.  The  Hudson  and  Delaware  rank  amongst  the  most  important  and 
useful  of  our  navigable  streams ;  but  the  Susquehannah  is,  notwithstanding  its 
length,  but  little  available  without  the  aid  of  artificial  navigation. 

The  mineral  productions  are  various  and  valuable.  Bituminous  and  anthracite 
coal,  several  kinds  of  iron  ore,  salt,  lime,  e.xcellent  building  materials,  and  clays 
useful  in  the  arts,  are  among  the  treasures  in  which  it  abounds.  Mining  industry 
has  acquired  importance  from  the  activity  and  success  with  which  it  has  lately 
been  pushed ;  and  the  public  works  of  this  section  are  particularly  remarkable  for 
their  number  and  magnitude. 

In  general  the  soil  is  fertile,  and  particularly  favourable  to  the  production  of 
every  species  of  grain :  wheat  is  the  principal  object  of  culture ;  tobacco  is  exten- 
sively raised ;  also  Indian  com,  rye,  barley,  &.c.  The  fruits  common  to  the  tem- 
perate regions  are  abundant,  and  of  excellent  quality.  The  commerce  of  the 
Middle  States  is  extensive,  and  chiefly  carried  on  tl^rough  the  cities  of  New  York 
and  Philadelphia,  to  which  it  centres ;  the  trade,  however,  of  a  considerable  part 
of  Pennsylvania  and  Delaware  flows  to  Baltimore.  Manufacturing  indu&try  is 
carried  to  a  greater  extent,  in  proportion  to  the  population,  than  in  any  part  of  the 
United  States,  excepting  New  England ;  it  employs  a  vast  amount  of  capital  and 
labour,  and  affords  generally  a  competent  remuneration  to  thousands  of  both  sexes. 

The  Middle  States  were  originally  settled  by  people  of  various  countries,  hav- 
ing different  habits,  feelings,  and  opinions:  society,  therefore,  does  not  possess 
that  unifi)rm  character  which  admits  of  a  general  description.  The  people  have 
not  that  unity  of  feeling  and  interest  which  is  observed  in  the  New  England  and 
Southern  States ;  and  the  only  reason  for  their  being  classed  together  is  their 
contiguity :  they  seldom  unite  for  any  public  purpose,  and  there  seems  to  be  but 
little  sympathy  or  common  feeling,  which  prompts  them  to  act  in  concert  for  pub- 
lic af&irs.  The  great  body  is  of  British  descent,  but  in  New  York  and  Maryland 
there  are  many  Germans ;  and  in  Pennsylvania  they  are  so  numerous  as  to  con- 
stitute, in  some  respects,  a  separate  community,  retaining  their  own  language,  and 
being  often  ignorant  of  English.  In  New  York  and  New  Jersey  there  are  many 
descendants  of  the  original  Dutch  settlers  of  New  Amsterdam ;  and  in  some  sec- 
tions the  Dutch  language  is  partially  spoken. 

After  the  close  of  the  revolutionary  war,  the  emigration  from  the  New  England 
States  into  New  York  continued  to  set  so  strongly  for  many  years,  that  a  majo- 
rity of  the  present  population  of  that  State  are  natives  of  New  England,  or  their 
descendants.  There  is  also  a  large  body  of  New  England  emigrants  in  Pennsyl- 
vania. The  whole  population  of  the  five  Middle  States  is  a  little  upwards  of  four 
millions ;  in  which  number  are  180,500  slaves,  and  nearly  170,000  free  blacks. 


STATE  OP  NEW   YORK. 

This  great  State,  the  most  flourishing,  wealthy,  and  populous  in  the  Union, 
combining  with  almost  unequalled  natural  advantages  of  soil,  internal  navigation, 
and  easy  access  by  sea,  public  works  executed  on  a  scale  of  imperial  grandeur, 
exhibits  one  of  those  amazing  examples  of  growth  and  prosperity,  that  are  seen 
nowhere  on  the  globe  beyond  our  own  borders. 

New  York  is  the  most  northern  of  the  Middle  States,  and  is  bounded  'north  by 
Lake  Ontario,  the  St  Lawrence  River,  and  Lower  Canada ;  east  by  Vermont, 


16 


W 


.  is 


.^■'^1 


-;   .  I ! 


i".'i 


l-'ic:  J: 


'\'$- 


if' 
ri 


ri     It    .  •' 


i-it 


I 


170 


UNITED  STATES. 


MaHMchuoettfl,  and  Connecticut;  south  by  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  New  Jersey,  and 
Pcnn.'>ylvania;  and  west  by  Lake  Erie,  Pennsylvania,  and  the  Niagara  River. 
Len;;th,  316  miles ;  breadth,  304 :  containing  about  46,0(M)  sauare  miles. 

This  State  forms  a  portion  of  the  elevated  table-land  of  the  United  States, 
broken  in  some  places  by  mountainous  ridges  of  inconBider».ble  elevation,  and  con- 
taining  mme  remarkable  depressions,  which  form  the  basins  of  lakes,  or  the  chan- 
nuls  of  the  rivers. 

The  principal  rivers  are  the  Hudson,  St  Lawrence,  Delaware,  Susquehannah, 
Alleghany,  Genesee,  Niagara,  Oswego,  and  ihe  Mohawk.  A  part  of  the  lakes 
Erie,  Ontario,  and  Champlain,  are  in  this  State.  The  other  principal  lakes  are 
Lake  George,  Cayuga,  Seneca,  Oneida,  Oswegatchie,  Canandaigua,  &c. 

The  soil  in  the  maritime  part  of  the  State  is  sandy,  in  the  middle  beautifully 
undulating,  and  in  the  western  and  southern  division  remarkably  level,  rich,  and 
inclining  to  alluvial  formation. 

Iron  ore  is  found  in  inexhaustible  quantities  and  of  a  good  quality  in  the  north* 
pastern  part  of  the  State ;  it  occurs  also  in  some  of  the  centi«l,  eastern,  and  south- 
western counties.  Lead  is  found  in  some  parts;  also  gypsum,  in  the  central  coun- 
ties,  where  it  is  extensively  used  for  agricultural  purposes.  Limestone  likewise 
occurs.  Salt  is  procured  in  abundance  from  the  Onondaga  salt-springs,  in  the 
township  of  Salina ;  the  brine  is  conducted  to  Salina,  Syracuse,  and  other  neigh- 
bouring villtiges,  wiiere  the  salt  is  obtained  by  boiling,  by  solar  evaporation,  and 
by  artificial  evaporation,  45  gallons  of  water  yielding  a  bushel  of  salt ;  there  are 
here  1,516,299  superficial  feet  of  vats,  and  3423  kettles  and  pans;  the  quantity  of 
salt  made  in  1826  was  827,508  bushels;  in  1830,  1,435,446;  in  1835.  2,209,867. 
The  well-known  springs  of  Ballston  and  Saratoga  are  partly  saline,  partly  chaly- 
beate,  and  the  water  is  exported  in  considerable  quantities  not  only  to  other  States, 
but  to  foreij^n  countries.  In  the  western  part  of  the  State  there  are  burning 
springs,  yiolding  carburetted  hydrogen,  which  is  applied  to  economical  uses  in  the 
neighbouring  villages. 

Wheat  is  the  great  agricultural  staple  of  the  State,  and  flour  and  provisions  are 
largely  exported. 

The  manutactures  of  New  York  are  also  extensive  and  flourishing ;  the  aggre- 
gate value  of  manufactured  articles,  in  the  year  1835,  was  stated  to  be  60,669,067 
dollars ;  that  of  tbe  raw  materials  used,  amounted  to  the  sum  of  43,400,922  dollars. 
In  addition  to  these,  there  were  made  in  families,  cloth,  flannels,  and  other 
woollens,  and  cotton,  linen,  &c.,  of  the  aggregate  value  of  2,029,984  dollars.  The 
cotton  and  woollen  mills  produced  24,175,357  yards  of  cotton  cloth,  6,626,058  of 
woollen,  and  686,203  of  cotton  and  woollen. 

The  commerce  of  New  York  is  also  on  a  great  scale,  as,  beside  supplying  her 
own  wants  and  exporting  her  surplus  productions,  she  imports  a  large  share  of  the 
foreign  articles  consumed  in  the  neighbouring  Atlantic  States,  as  well  as  in  many 
of  the  Western  States,  to  which  her  natural  and  artificial  channels  of  communi- 
cation give  her  access;  and  her  great  commercial  emporium  is  the  outlet  for  the 
produce  of  the  same  regions.  Thus  in  1835,  the  value  of  the  importations  was 
88,191,305  dollars,  or  nearly  three-fiflhs  of  the  whole  imports  of  the  country ; 
while  that  of  the  exports  was  30,345,264  dollars,  or  more  than  one-fourtli  of  the 
whole  exports  of  the  United  States.  The  shipping  belonging  to  the  State  at  the 
end  of  1835  amounted  to  381,792  tons,  making  New  York  second  only  to  Massa- 
chusetts in  point  of  tonnage.  The  amount  of  toll  collected  on  the  State  canals 
increased  from  1,056,799  dollars  in  1830,  to  1,548,108  in  18:35,  notwithstanding 
several  very  great  reductions  of  the  rates  of  toll.  The  total  value  of  the  articles 
which  reached  tide- water,  is  estimated  to  have  exceeded  20,000,000  dollars. 
Forty-five  ships,  of  13,000  tons,  sailed  to  the  whale-fishery  in  the  same  year, 
chiefly  from  Sag  Harbour,  Hudson,  Newburgh,  and  Poughkeepsie. 

This  State  is  distinguished  for  its  magnificent  public  works,  constructed  for  the 
purpose  of  connecting  the  great  central  basin  of  the  lakes  and  the  St  Lawrence 
with  the  Atlantic ;  663  miles  of  canal  navigation  have  been  obtained,  at  the  cost 
of  13,497,568  dollars ;  and  goods  are  now  carried  by  water  from  New  York  to 
Chicago,  1400  miles ;  to  Florence,  Alabama,  1935  miles ;  to  Nashville,  Tennessee, 


«ai 


UNITED  STATES. 


171 


1850  mile*,  &c.  The  fn'^at  trunk  u  the  Erie  canal,  extendinfr  from  Buffalo  on 
Lake  Erie  to  the  Hudaon,  964  mile*.  Provioion  Una  recontly  been  made  for  en< 
larffing  thia  great  work,  the  longeat  of  the  kind  in  the  world,  by  increasing  the 
width  to  60,  and  the  depth  to  6  feet,  lengthening  the  locka  to  XOH  feet,  and  con- 
Htructing  a  double  aet  of  lifl-locka,  at  the  estimated  cost  of  above  lU,3(iO,(NN)  dol- 
lars. The  Champlain  canal  extends)  from  Lake  Champlain,  at  Whitehall,  tu  the 
junction  of  the  Erie  canal  with  the  Hudson,  64  miles,  with  a  navigable  fucder  of 
12  miles ;  lockage,  188  feet,  by  21  locks.  Other  branches  of  this  work,  pervad- 
ing different  parts  of  the  State,  are  the  Oswego  canal,  38  miles,  conrocting  the 
Erie  canal,  at  Salina,  with  Lake  Ontario ;  Cayuga  and  Seneca  canai,  2A  milcn, 
extending  ftom  Geneva  to  Montezuma  on  the  Erie  canal,  and  thus  continuinir  the 
navigation  through  those  two  lakes;  Crooked  Lake,  8  miles,  connecting  tltat  \nk>- 
with  Seneca  Lake;  Chemung  canal,  from  the  head  of  the  latter  to  the  River 
Chemung,  or  Tioga,  at  Elmira,  23  miles,  with  a  navigable  feeder  from  Puinteii 
Poet  to  Elmira,  of  16  miles;  Chenango  canal,  97  miles  in  length,  from  Binghnni- 
ton,  on  the  Chenango,  to  Utica.  Appropriations  were  made  by  the  Legislature  in 
the  session  of  1836,  for  the  construction  of  the  Black  River  canal,  75  miles  in 
length,  from  Rome  on  the  Erie  canal,  to  Carthage  on  Black  River;  and  the  Gene- 
see Valley  canal,  from  Rochester  to  Oiean,  on  the  Alleghany  River,  107  miles. 

Beside  tliese  works  constructed  by  the  State,  the  principal  canal  made  by  a  pri- 
vate company,  is  the  Delaware  and  Hudson,  extending  from  the  mouth  of  Round- 
out  Creek,  on  the  latter  River,  to  Port  JerVis  on  the  Delaware,  up  that  river  to 
the  mouth  of  the  Lackawaxen,  and  along  the  latter  to  Honesdale  in  Pennsylvania : 
total  length,  109  miles,  of  which  26  are  in  Pennsylvania.  From  Honesdale  a 
rail-road  runs  to  the  coal-mines  at  Carbondale,  a  distance  of  16  miles,  passing 
over  Mooeic  Mountain,  which  is  1580  feet  above  tide-water,  and  650  above  the 
coal-minea.  Two  great  projects,  which  will  undoubtedly  soon  be  executed,  de- 
serve to  be  mentioned  here :  tiiese  are  a  ship  canal  round  the  falls  of  Niagara,  and 
another  fhxn  Oswego,  by  the  Oswego  River,  Oneida  Lake,  and  the  Mohawk,  to 
the  Hudson,  thus  enablio^  vessels  from  the  upper  lakes  to  reach  New  York  with- 
out breaking  bulk. 

The  following  are  the  principal  rail-roads  already  completed : — the  Mohawk 
and  Hudson,  from  Albany  to  Schenectady,  15  miles,  continued  northwardly  by 
the  Schenectady  and  Saratoga  rail-road,  22  miles,  &nd  westward  by  the  Schenec- 
tady and  Ulica  rail-road,  77  miles ;  the  Auburn  and  Syracuse  rail-road,  26  miles ; 
the  Tonawanda  rail-road,  from  Rochester  to  Attica,  34  miles ;  the  Ithaca  and 
Owego,  29  miles  from  the  Susquehannah  to  Cayuga  lake ;  the  Rensellaer  and 
Saratoga  rail-road,  from  Troy  to  Ballston,  25  miles;  the  Brooklyn  and  Jamaica 
rail-road,  12  miles.  It  is  also  intended  to  connect  the  detached  links  between 
Albany  and  Buffitlo,  so  as,  to  form  an  unbroken  line  of  road  between  those  two 
places ;  and  rail-roads  are  now  in  progress  from  Hudson  and  Greenbush  to  West 
Stockbridge,  in  Massachusetts,  which  will  serve  to  connect  Boston,  by  the  Massa- 
chusetts western  rail-road,  with  Lake  Erie.  The  Long  Island  rail-road,  from 
Jamaica  to  Greenport ;  the  New  York  and  Erie  rail-road,  from  Tappan,  on  the 
Hudson,  to  Lake  Erie,  480  miles;  and  the  New  York  and  Albany  rail-road,  be- 
tween those  two  cities,  a  distance  of  160  miles,  are  in  progress.  The  latter 
passes  up  the  western  side  of  the  river,  partly  through  Connecticut  and  Ma  .sa- 
chusetts;  and  a  tunnel  under  the  Hudson  at  Albany,  has  been  projected. 

The  legislature  consists  of  two  houses,  the  Senate,  chosen  for  the  term  of  four 
years,  and  the  Assembly,  elected  annually ;  the  former  are  chosen  by  senat  rial 
districts,  and  the  latter  by  counties.  A  Governor  and  Lieutenant-Governor  are 
chosen  by  popular  election  for  the  term  of  two  years.  The  chancellor  and 
superior  judges  are  appointed  by  the  Govemqr  and  Senate,  and  hold  their  office 
during  good  behaviour,  or  until  the  age  of  60  years ;  the  inferior  judges  are  ap- 
point^ by  the  same  authorities,  for  the  term  of  five  years.  Every  white  male 
citizen  of  the  age  of  21  years,  who  has  resided  in  the  State  for  one  year  next 
preceding  the  election,  is  entitled  to  vote ;  but  coloured  persons  must  be  possessed 
of  a  clear  freehold  of  the  value  of  250  dollars,  in  order  to  be  qualified  electors. 
Ample  provision  is  made  for  common  education,  and  there  is  no  country  in  the 


y 


4         1 

t 

■ 

■fc 

'J 

-:.. ; 

■ 

i 


■  ■  f" 

v'':V. 

iu.;. 


:1 


t  I 


:'t 


.1 


"* 


y.'.'f 


:  ¥. 


•.■,1 


.'  <'i 


hi 

ft, 


173 


UNITED  HTATES. 


world  wliere  the  body  of  the  people  ia  better  taujfht,  than  in  New  York.  The 
Httttc  ItRH  a  Hchool  fund,  the  procee<ia  of  whfch  nro  distributed  among  the  town», 
on  condition  that  each  town  miae  by  tax  a  sum  equal  to  that  which  it  '■vceivex 
from  the  State ;  the  whole  of  these  auniB  ia  expended  aolely  in  the  payment  of 
teachers'  wages,  in  addition  to  which  the  erection  of  the  Hcnool-house,  and  other 
incidental  expenses,  are  at  the  charge  of  the  school  districts.  The  school  ftmd, 
at  the  close  of  1835,  amounted  to  1,875,1012  dollars.  The  number  of  school  dis- 
tricts at  that  time  wns  10,132 ;  of  which  returns  were  received  fhrni  0676,  con- 
tnining  541,401  pupils ;  the  sum  of  312,181  dollars  was  distributed  among  these 
districts  by  the  State,  under  the  name  of  public  money,  of  which  100,000  dollars 
was  received  from  the  common  school  fund,  103,760  was  raised  by  a  property  tax, 
and  the  remainder  was  derived  from  local  funds;  and  the  sum  of  419,878  dollars 
was  raised  by  the  school  districts.  Provision  has  also  been  made  at  the  public 
expense,  for  the  education  of  teachers,  by  the  establishment  of  a  deportment  in 
an  academy  of  each  of  the  eight  senatorial  districts,  with  the  suitable  books  and 
apparatus  for  that  purpose.  There  are  also  66  academies  and  high  schools,  among 
which  are  distributed  12,000  dollars  firom  the  literature  fund,  containing  5296 
students,  and  a  great  number  of  other  high  schools  and  seminaries  of  instruction. 
The  higher  seminaries  {ire  the  Univeraity  of  the  City  of  New  York,  and  Colum- 
bia College,  in  New  York  city ;  Union  College,  at  Schenectady ;  Hamilton  Col- 
lege, at  Clinton ;  and  Geneva  College,  with  a  medical  department,  at  Geneva. 
The  Episcopalians  have  a  Theological  Seminary  in  New  York;  the  Presby- 
terians, at  Auburn ;  the  Baptists,  at  Hamilton ;  and  the  Lutherans,  at  Hartwick. 
There  are  likewise  medical  schools  in  New  York  and  at  Fairfield. 

The  principal  religious  sects  are  the  Presbyterians,  including  Congregation- 
alists,  the  Methodists,  and  the  Baptists ;  the  Episcopalians  and  Dutch  Rerorroed 
are  also  numefoas,  with  some  Lutherans,  Roman  Catholics,  Friends,  &c. 

The  increase  of  the  population  of  this  State  has  been  very  rapid ;  in  the  20 
yean  from  1790  to  1810,  it  nearly  trebled  itself;  from  1810  to  1830,  it  doubled 
Itself,  and  in  the  five  yean  from  1830  to  1835,  the  increase  wia  13^  per  cent ; 
by  the  census  of  1835  the  population  was  2,174,517.  It  consists,  in  part,  of  the 
descendants  of  the  original  Dutch  settlers,  who  have  at  present,  however,  lost  in 
a  great  measure  their  national  characteristics,  and  the  descendants  of  the  Ger- 
man palatines,  who  removed  thither  in  the  beginning  of  the  last  century,  with 
aome  emigrants  from  Great  Britain  and  other  European  countries.  But  the  mass 
of  the  people  are  of  New  England  origin  or  descent,  and  tbey  are  favourably 
distinguished  for  enterprise,  intelligence,  and  virtue. 

New  York  is  divided  for  civil  purposes  into  57  counties,  containing  9  cities, 
and  797  townships,  with  122  incorporated  villages,  many  of  which  have  different 
names  from  the  townships  in  which  tliey  are  situated : 


POPULATION  AT  DIFFERENT  PERIODS. 


INCRKASB. 


In  1701, 
1731, 
1749, 
1771, 
1790, 


30,000 

50,395 

100,000 

163,338 

340,120 


In  1800, 
1810, 
1820, 
1825, 
1830, 


586,050 

959,049 

1,372,812 

1,616,458 

1,918,608 


From  1790  to  1800, . .  245,990 
1800 to  1810,  ..372,999 
1810  to  1820, . .  413,763 
1820 to  1830,  ..545,796 


SLAVBS. 

21,324 
20,613 
15,017 
10,088 
76 


Of  the  aboye  population  of  1830,  there  were,  white  Males,  951,516 ;  white 
Females,  916,670;  deaf  and  dumb,  842;  blind,  642;  aliens,  52,488.  Total, 
1,868,166.— Free  Coloured  Males,  21,4a5;  Females,  23,404.  Total,  44,869. 
Slaves— Males,  12;  Females,  64.    Total,  76. 

The  city  of  New- York  is  the  largest,  most  wealthy,  and  most  flourishing,  of  all 
American  cities ;  the  greatest  commercial  emporium  of  America,  and,  after  Lon- 
don, the  greatest  in  the  world. 

No  city  in  the  world  possesses  equal  advantages  fbr  foreign  commerce  and  in- 
land trade.  Two  long  lines  of  canals,  stretching  back  in  every  direction,  have 
increased  its  natural  advantages,  and  rendered  it  the  great  mart  of  an  almost  in 


UNITKD  8TATFA 


173 


fkfinite  extent  of  country,  while  ita  facilities  of  communication  with  all  parta  of 
the  world,  have  made  it  the  thorouf^hfare  uf  the  same  vast  rc);ion.  The  proffrew 
of  itfl  populntion  hna  never  been  paralleled;  in  170(),  it  was  83,1:11;  m  IHIO, 
06,.378;  in  1690,  2tK3,0U7,  and  in  183S,  270,060,  or,  including  Brooklyn,  upwards 
of  297.500. 

New- York  is  well  built  and  rej^larly  laid  out,  with  the  exception  of  the  older 
part,  in  which  the  streets  arc  crowded,  narrow,  and  crooked ;  but  thiii  now  forms 
only  a  aniall  portion  of  the  city.  It  is  chirtly  as  a  great  mart  of  foreij^n  and  in- 
lanil  commerce  that  New- York  is  most  advantageously  known.  The  shipping  be- 
longing to  the  port  in  the  beginning  of  1835,  amounted  to  3iK),222  tons;  entered 
during  the  year,  466,665  tons ;  cleared,  U66,:)80  tons :  whole  number  of  arrivals 
from  fi)reign  ports  in  1835,  2049.  There  are  16  regular  packets  plying  between 
this  place  and  Liverpool ;  16  packets  to  Havre ;  with  lines  to  London,  Vera  Cruz, 
Carthagena,  &c.  The  whole  number  of  passengers  arrived  here  firom  foreign 
countries,  in  the  five  years  from  1^31  to  1836,  was  205,500.  The  inland  and 
coasting-trade  is  also  immense.  There  are  here  2!)  banking  institutions,  with  a 
capital  of  18,861,200  dollars,  and  43  insurance  companies,  with  a  capital  of 
14,800,000  dollara  Among  the  public  buildings  are  tne  City  Hall,  a  handsome 
edifice  of  white  marble,  with  a  front  of  216  &et ;  the  Hall  of  the  University,  a 
splendid  building,  180  by  100  fuet;  the  Hall  of  Columbia  College;  the  Hospital; 
the  City  Lyceum;  150  churches;  Astor  House,  a  hotel,  of  Quincy  granite,  200 
feet  by  150  and  77  feet  high,  containing  390  rooms;  the  Almshouse  at  Bellevue, 
on  East  River;  the  Penitentiary,  on  BlockwelPa  Island,  in  the  same  river,  several 
miles  from  the  city ;  the  Custom  House,  an  elegant  building,  177  feet  long,  by  89 
feet  wide,  on  the  model  of  the  Parthenon ;  the  new  Exchange  alwut  to  be  erected 
in  place  of  the  one  destroyed  by  fire  in  1835,  die. 

The  benevolent  societies  are  numerous  and  well  supported.  They  comprise  an 
Hospital,  with  which  is  connected  a  Lunatic  Asylum  at  Bloomingdale ;  an  Hos- 

Eital  at  Bellevue,  for  the  sick  and  insane  poor,  connected  with  the  city  Alms- 
ouse ;  three  Dispensaries;  an  Institution  for  the  Blind;  one  for  the  Deaf  and 
Dumb ;  and  a  great  numbier  of  orphan  asylums,  relief  associations,  education, 
bible,  and  tract  societies,  &c.  Neither  is  New- York  behind  her  sister  cities  in  her 
literary  and  scientific  establishments.  Beside  the  educational  institutions  already 
mentioned,  the  Historical  Society ;  the  New-York  Society  Library,  with  25,000 
volumes;  the  Lyceum  of  Natural  History,  and  the  American  Lyceum,  have  pub- 
lished some  valuable  papers;  while  the  Mercantile  Library  Association,  and  the 
Apprentices'  Library,  show  that  the  merchants  and  mechanics  are  not  indiflerent 
to  the  intellectual  improvement  of  their  opprentices  and  clerka 

There  are  also  here  an  Academy  of  Fine  Arts  and  an  Academy  of  Design.  The 
American  Institute,  for  the  promotion  of  domestic  industry  by  the  distribution  of 
premiums  and  other  rewards,  holds  annual  fairs  for  the  exhibition  of  the  products 
of  American  industry. 

The  city  of  Brooklyn,  on  Long  Island,  opposite  to  New- York,  is  pleasantly  ~'> 
ated  on  a  rising  ground  which  commands  an  agreeable  view,  and  it  partaken  >:i 
the  commercial  activity  and  prosperity  of  its  neighbour.  Here  is  a  Navy-yard  of 
the  United  States,  on  Wallabout  Bay.  There  are  in  Brooklyn  a  handsome  city 
hall,  17  churches,  3  banks,  2  insurance  companies,  &c.  Steam  ferry-boats  are 
constantly  running  between  this  place  and  New- York,  and  a  rail-rood  extends  to 
Jamaica,  12  miles  of  which,  the  continuation  to  Greenport,  is  already  in  progress. 
Its  population  has  increased  from  15,394  in  1830,  to  24,529  in  1835.  About  50 
miles  above  the  city  of  New- York,  and  on  the  west  side  of  the  Hudson,  is  West 
Point,  a  celebrated  military  post  during  the  war  of  independence,  and  now  the 
seat  of  the  United  States  Military  Academy  for  the  education  of  officers  of  the 
army.  Newburgh,  10  miles  above  West  Point,  and  on  the  right  bank,  with  5000 
inhabitants,  and  Poughkeepsie,  14  iiiilns  hi<.'her,  on  the  left,  with  6281,  are  neat, 
thriving  villages,  with  considerable  trade,  und  several  ships  engaged  in  the  whale- 
fishery.  Near  the  head  of  ship  navigation,  117  miles  from  the  sea,  stands  the  city 
of  Hudson,  on  a  commanding  eminence  on  the  left  bank  of  the  river.  Its  trade! 
and  manufactures  are  extensive  and  increasing,  and  it  has  eleven  ships,  of  about 

'        15* 


m 


\ 


MM 


174 


UNITED  STATE8. 


4000  toriK,  «i  TSfred  in  the  whalc>fi«hery.  The  city  is  well  laid  out  and  prettily 
built,  and  the  t<r!ighbourhood  presenU*  many  charminff  proapect*.  The  population 
in  IWW  amounted  to  A9U2,  and  in  1H»0  to  Ofiai. 

On  the  western  bank  of  the  Hudson  River,  14A  miiea  above  New- York,  ia  the 
city  of  Albany,  the  capital,  and  in  point  of  size  the  second  city  of  the  State.  Its 
wealth  and  trade  have  been  ^oatly  incrnascd  by  the  opening  of  the  Erie  and 
('hamplain  canala,  which  terminate  in  a  largo  basin  in  the  city ;  and  its  situation 
renders  it  a  great  thoroughfkre,  not  only  for  tradera,  but  alao  for  travel  lera  on  the 
northern  route.  It  contains  sevcnil  handscmo  public  bnildinga,  amon^  which 
arc  the  old  State  Hall ;  the  new  State  Hall,  and  the  City  Hall,  both  of  white 
marble ;  the  Academy,  of  red  flreeatone ;  14  churches,  iic.  The  Albany  Institute, 
with  a  library,  and  cabinet  of  minerals,  coins,  and  casts;  the  Atheneum  has  a 
library  of  above  8000  volumes;  and  there  is  also  an  Academy  of  Fine  Arts  here. 
Reffular  steam'packets  leave  twice  u  day  for  New- York;  numerous  canal-packets 
ana  rail-rood  cars  are  conHtantly  departing  for  the  northern  and  western  routes; 
and  several  lines -of  stage-coaches  keep  up  a  communication  with  the  east.  The 
number  of  persons  who  annually  pass  through  the  city  has  been  estimated  at  up- 
wards of  600,000.  The  population  in  1820  was  12,(130;  in  1830,  24,200,  and  m 
1836,  28,109.  The  city  of  Troy,  six  miles  above  Albany,  is  situated  on  the  oppo- 
site side  of  the  river.  The  trade  and  manufactures  of  this  place  are  both  con- 
niderable.  The  city  is  regularly  laid  out  and  prettily  built.  The  population  in 
18230  was  11,405,  and  in  1835,  16,950,  having  increased  nearly  50  per  cent,  in 
five  years.  Nearly  north  from  Albany,  at  a  distance  of  29  and  36  miles  respect- 
ively, are  the  most  fWsquented  of  American  watering-places,  Ballston  Spa  and 
Saratoga.  At  the  eastern  end  of  Lake  Ontario,  at  tne  head  of  a  deep  be^,  is 
Sackers  Harbour,  an  important  naval  station  during  the  three  years'  war ;  and  on 
the  Black  River,  7  miles  from  its  mouth,  is  the  flourishing  village  of  Watertown, 
prettily  situated  and  neatly  built,  with  a  population  of  d<'XX)  inhabitants. 

Up  the  valley  of  the  Mohawk,  and  along  the  line  of  the  Grand  Canal  and  its 
branches,  are  a  number  of  cities  and  towns,  which  have  sprung  up,  as  if  by  en- 
chantment, in  the  bosom  of  a  wilderness.  Schenectady,  Utica,  Syracuse,  Os- 
wego, Auburn,  Ithaca,  Seneca,  Canandaigua,  Rochester,  Lockport,  and  Bufialo, 
are  the  principal.  The  city  of  SchenecUuiy,  situated  in  the  midst  of  a  fertile 
tract,  affording  numerous  mill-seats,  traversed  by  the  canal,  and  connected  by  rail- 
roads with  Albany,  Saratoga,  and  Utica,  has  an  extensive  and  increasing  trade, 
and  some  manufactures.  It  is  the  seat  of  Union  College,  one  of  the  principal 
collegiate  institutions  in  the  State.  The  population  increased  from  4268  in  1830, 
to  6272  in  1835. 

Upwards  of  ninety  miles  north-west  from  Albany,  on  the  Cirand  Canal,  is  the 
city  of  Utica.  In  1704,  the  spot  contained  only  4  or  5  log  houses,  in  the  midst  of 
a  wilderness :  in  1835,  the  city  had  a  population  of  10,183  souls,  13  cliurchei),  an 
academy,  a  State  and  county  Lyceum,  a  city  library,  a  Mechanic's  Asfociation, 
with  an  extenuive  trade,  and  numerous  manufactories  and  mills.  Utica  is  in  the 
valley  of  the  Saquoit,  which,  on  a  territory  of  ten  miles  square,  has  a  population 
of  atx)ut  30,000,  and  contains  numerous  cotton,  saw,  and  grist  mills,  with  UeacA- 
eries,  woollen  manufactories,  machine-shops,  &,c. 

Still  fiirther  west,  on  the  canal,  are  the  villages  of  Salina,  Syracuse,  Geddes, 
and  Liverpool,  the  seat  of  the  Onondaga  salt-eprings,  which  are  the  property  of 
the  State :  the  manufacturers  pay  a  duty  of  six  cents  a  bushel,  and  in  the  year 
1835  made  2,209,867  bushels,  much  of  which  is  sent  out  of  the  State.  The  works 
are  capable  of  producing  three  million  bushels  a  year.  Population  of  Syracuse  in 
183.5,  4105 ;  of  Salina,  2500.  From  Syracuse,  a  branch  canal  extends  to  Oswego, 
on  Lake  Ontario,  one  of  the  most  flourishing  villages  in  the  State:  the  river  of 
the  same  name  furnishes  an  inexhaustible  water-power,  which  is  very  extensively 
employed  for  useful  purposes;  and  an  excellent  harbour,  protected  by  piers,  con- 
structed by  the  general  government.  Since  the  opening  of  the  Welland  canal,  a 
considerable  portion  of  the  trade  of  the  upper  lakes,  as  well  as  that  of  Ijake  On* 
tario,  enters  at  Oswego,  and  large  quantities  of  wheat  are  brought  in  to  be  ground 


iSi 


!' 


isJ 


UNITED  tITATFX 


115 


hora.    The  population  of  the  vilki|^  nculy  d'  MbUd  between  li80  tnd  183.\ 
bavinij'  incre«Md  from  U117  to  40UU  iniwbitants. 

The  city  of  Rochoater,  lituated  on  the  (ieneeee,  leven  miles  fWan  fla  mouth, 
and  traveraed  by  the  Greet  Cenal,  ia  a  buay  ami  flourirfiinir  town.  The  river  baa 
heri)  a  fall  of  upwarda  of  9()  feet,  and  a  few  mi  leu  below,  it  deecenda  by  a  &II  of 
TA  feet  to  the  level  of  Ijike  Ontario :  the  whole  descent  from  Kucheeter  ia  3SA 
feet.  The  motive  power  thua  produced  ia  conatant  and  imnenae,  and  there  are 
now  in  the  city  21  larffe  flour-milla,  aeveral  cotton  and  woollen  manufactories,  and 
a  gmt  number  of  other  manufacturinff  putabliHhmenta..  The  aqueduct  over  the 
river  ia  a  tine  piece  of  work,  conaiatinfr  of  ten  archea  of  hewn  atone.  The  popti* 
lation  of  the  city  increaaed  fVom  1502  in  1H2U,  to  \fjm  in  189(),  and  14,404  in 
1835.  The  city  of  Buffalo,  at  the  weatern  tenninution  of  the  canal,  has  a  harbour 
m  Lake  Erie,  protected  by  a  long  pier.  The  city  ia  well  built  and  flnelv  aitu- 
ated,  overlooking  the  lake ;  and  it  containa  a  groat  number  of  large  warehouaea 
and  manufactories.  The  population  in  1830  waa  20U5;  in  1830,6321;  and  in 
1835,  15,661.  The  lake-trade  is  very  extensive.  In  1817,  there  were  but  25 
vcssela,  and  no  steam-boat,  on  Lake  Erie ;  and  in  1835  they  amounted  to  375 
sloops,  schooners,  and  brigs,  and  34  steam-boats,  most  of  which  exceeded  200 
tons  burthen ;  beaide  aeveral  ships,  &«.  Buffalo  contains,  in  addition  to  its  nu- 
merous churches,  a  handsome  exchange,  a  large  and  splendid  theatre,  die.  The 
village  of  Ithaca,  at  the  head  of  Cayuga  Lake,  increased  its  population  from  3324 
in  1830,  to  6000  in  1835.  By  the  Owego  rail-road  it  ia  connected  with  the  Sua- 
quehannah,  and  by  the  lake,  with  the  Eric  oanal  and  tide-water.  Ita  aituation 
highly  picturesque.    There  are  numerons  manufacturing  establishments  here. 


■ 


STATE   OP   NEW    JERSEY. 

The  State  of  New  Jeraev  is  bounded  north  by  New  York,  east  by  the  Atlantic 
Ocean  and  New  York,  south  by  Delaware  Bay,  and  west  by  Pennsylvania.  It  is 
138  miles  in  length,  and  60  miles  in  breadth ;  the  area  is  about  6600  square  miles. 
The  soil  of  this  State  is  not  naturally  well  adapted  to  agricultural  pursuits,  much 
of  the  land  being  either  sandy  or  marshy ;  yet  its  proximity  to  two  of  the  largest 
markets  in  the  United  States,  and  the  industry  of  the  inhabitants,  have  rendered 
it  exceedingly  productive  of  all  sorts  of  grain,  fruits,  and  vegetables,  common  to 
the  climate.  New  Jersey  is  intersected  by  many  navigable  rivers,  and  has  numer- 
ous streams  for  mills,  iron  works,  and  every  species  of  manufactures  requiring 
water-power.  The  principal  of  these  streams  are  the  Raritan,  Hackensack,  Pas- 
saic, Salem,  Tom,  Cohanzey,  and  Maurice  rivers. 

New  Jersey  abounds  in  valuable  iron  ores;  rich  veins  of  zinc  ore  occur  in  the 
northern  part  of  the  State;  copper  also  abounds,  and  has  been  extensively  worked. 
The  greater  part  of  the  sandy  tract  is  covered  with  extensive  pine  forests,  which 
have  afforded  supplies  of  fuel  for  the  numerous  furnaces  of  the  State,  and  the 
steam-boats  of  the  neighbouring  waters;  the  middle  section  is  the  most  highly 
improved  and  wealthy  part  of  the  State,  being  divided  into  small  farms  and 
kitchen-gardens,  which  are  carefully  cultivated,  and  which  find  a  ready  market  in 
the  numerous  manu&ctnring  towns  of  the  district,  and  in  tbe-great  cities  of  the 
adjacent  States.  The  norUiem  counties  contain  much  good  pasture  land,  with 
numerous  fine  fiirms.  The  apples  and  cider  of  the  north  are  as  noted  for  their 
superior  quality  as  the  peaches  of  the  south.  The  industry  of  the  inhabitants  is 
chiefly  devoted  to  agriculture,  commerce  being  insetly  carried  on  through  the 
ports  of  New  York  and  Pennsylvania ;  the  north-eastern  corner  is,  liowever,  the 
seat  of  flourishing  manufactures.  The  shad  and  oyster  fisheries  in  the  rivers  and 
great  estuaries  that  border  on  the  State,  n.Sbrd  a  prefitable  employment  to  mifny 
of  the  inhabitants.  The  value  of  the  iron  manufactures  was  estimated,  in  1830, 
at  about  1,000,000  dollars  annually ;  of  glass,  600,000;  of  cottons,  2,000,000;  of 
woollens.  250,000;  but  all  these  branclKs  tiave  very  arach  increased  since  that 
time.     Hats,  boots  and  shoes,  earrlages,  harness,  dtc,  are  also  largely  produced. 


«    t 


iM 


Il 


176 


UNITED  8TATEH. 


The  lyitem  of  eommon  tchool  inttruclion  hu  hitherto  hoen  defective ;  but,  in 
coitM^lunnce  of  the  recent  eflbrta  of  the  fVienda  of  education,  mewnirea  have  been 
commenced  which  proroiee  cheering  retulti.  The  Htate  poMewin  a  ■rh(N)l-(bn«l, 
which  commenced  in  1H16.  The  income  fVom  it,  which  ie  about  •^2,(NN),  u 
annually  diatributed,  in  amall  euRM,  to  auch  towna  aa  raiae  an  equal  anxMint  for 
the  aupport  of  achoola.  There  are  two  colleifea  in  New  Jentey ;  the  CoWfgo  of 
New  Jeney,  or  Naaaau  Hall,  at  Princeton,  ia  a  highly  reapectable  inntilulion ;  it 
haa  thirteen  inatructora,  upwarda  of  WO  atudenta,  a  library  of  8(NN)  volumoa,  &c. 
Rutffera  Collevo,  at  New  Brunawick,  waa  founded  by  the  Dutch  Reformed  Church, 
and  naa  a  theological  aeminary  connected  with  it.  The  Preabyteriana  have  aleo 
a  diatinguiahed  tneolofrical  achool  at  Princeton.  There  are  wveral  academiea  and 
high  acnoola  in  tho  State.  The  Preabyteriana  are  the  prevalent  aect ;  but  the 
Bbptiata,  Methodiata,  Dutch  Reformed,  Epiacopaliana,  and  Frienda,  are  numeroua, 
and  there  are  aome  Roman  Catholica,  UniverMliata,  &c. 

Several  important  canal  and  rail-road  routea  connect  the  eaatem  and  weatern 
watera,  or  unite  different  aectiona  of  the  State.  The  Morria  canal  extenda  ftvtn 
Jeraey  City  to  the  Delaware  oppoeite  ESaaton,  102  milea ;  inclined  planea  have 
been  in  part  uaed  inatead  of  locka,  and  the  boata  raiaed  and  lot  down  in  a  frame  or 
cradle,  moved  by  water-power.  The  Delaware  and  Raritan  canal,  uniting  the 
navigable  watera  of  the  nvera  flrom  which  it  takea  ita  name,  extenda  fVom  Borden- 
town,  through  Trenton,  to  New  Brunawick,  45  milea,  admitting  veaaela  of  100 
tona;  a  navigable  feeder,  23  milea  in  length,  extenda  from  BulPs  Island,  in  the 
Delaware,  to  Trenton.  The  Camdon  and  Amboy  rail-road  is  an  important  work 
on  the  great  line  of  travel  between  the  north  and  aouth,  61  miles  in  length.  The 
Paterson  and  Hudson  rail-road,  firom  Pateraon  to  Jersey  City,  oppoaile  New  York, 
is  14  miles  long;  the  New  Jeraey  rail-road  Extends  from  New  Brunswick,  through 
Newark,  to  the  last-mentioned  road,  a  few  milea  fW)m  the  Hudson ;  length,  28 
miles.    The  Camden  and  Woodbury  rail-road,  8  milea,  is  in  progress. 

The  city  of  Trenton,  on  the  east  bank  of  the  Delaware,  at  the  head  of  aloop 
navigation,  ia  the  capital  qf  the  State.  It  ia  Regularly  laid  out,  and  contains  the 
State-House,  State-Prison,  and  eight  churches.  A  wooden  bridge  1000  feet  in 
length  here  crosses  the  river,  just  below  the  falls,  and  the  Delaware  and  Raritan 
canal  passes  through  the  city.  The  falls  afford  extensive  water-power  for  manu- 
ftcturin|r  purposes,  and  there  are  ten  mills  and  manufactories  in  the  vicinity. 
Population,  3025.  Ten  miles  ftom  Trenton  is  the  village  of  Princeton,  the  seat 
of  New  Jersey  College,  and  celebrated  in  the  revolutionary  history  for  the  action 
of  January  3d,  1777. 

The  city  of  New  Brunswick,  at  the  head  of  sloop  navisfation  on  the  Raritan, 
and  at  the  termination  of  the  Delaware  and  Raritan  canal,  and  the  New  Jersey 
rail-road,  is  the  dep6t  of  the  produce  of  a  fertile  district,  and  a  place  of  considerable 
trade.  The  upper  streets  are  spacious  and  handsome,  and  command  a  fine  proo- 
pect.  Here  are  Rutgers  College,  and  a  theological  seminary  of  the  Dutch 
Reformed.    The  population  of  the  city  is  about  60(M). 

At  the  mouth  of  the  Raritan  stands  the  city  of  Amboy,  or  Perth  Amboy,  with  a 
good  harbour,  which  is,  however,  little  used.  Elizabethtown  is  a  pretty  and 
thriving  town  near  Newark  Bay,  with  3450  inhabitants;  it  contains  several  milln. 

The  city  of  Newark,  the  largest  and  most  important  town  in  New  Jersey, 
stands  on  the  Passaic,  three  miles  from  Newark  Bay,  and  has  easy  communication 
with  New  York  by  means  of  steam-boats  and  the  New  Jersey  rail-road;  the  Morris 
canal  also  passes  through  the  city.  Newark  is  prettily  situated  and  well  built, 
with  spacious  streets  and  handsome  houses,  many  of  which  are  ornamented  with 
fine  ahade  trees.  The  manufactures  are  extensive,  and  its  surplus  produce  sent 
off  is  estimated  to  amount  to  8,000,000  dollars  yearly.  Carriages,  shoes  and  boots, 
saddlery,  jewelry,  hats,  furniture,  die.,  are  among  the  articles  produced.  The 
population  in  1830  was  10,853,  in  1835  about  16,000.  Pateraon,  at  the  &lls  of 
the  Passaic,  which  aflbrd  an  immense  water-power,  and  are  extensively  applied 
to  economical  purposes,  is  one  of  the  principal  manufacturing  towns  in  the  country. 
Here  are  cotton-mills,  with  numerous  other  works,  such  as  paper-mills,  machine- 
shops,  button  factories,  iron  and  brass  founderies,  nail  tactorie.«,  woollen-mills,  &.c. 


11 


I- 1 


I'NITKD  HTATWI. 


177 


The  to^vn  contaiiM  ten  ehufthn,  and  the  po|Hilation  incnsMed  (Vom  7781,  in  1H3U, 
to  about  1*J,(NN),  in  1^)5. 

Rxlow  Trenton,  on  the  Delaware,  ia  Ronipntown,  pleaaantljr  aituated  on  ele- 
vatetl  froumi  orerlookini;  the  river,  and  atandinf  at  the  termination  of  tlio  I)ela- 
ware  and  Raritan  canal.  The  rity  of  httrUngUm,  bekm  Bordenlown,  ia  alio  a 
ncnt  littlo  town  prettily  »itiiatoil  tjn  the  hnnim  of  the  river,  with  '2670  inhabitnnta. 
Kteam-hoata  from  Philadelphia  tnurh  at  theiw  piacea  eeveral  timea  a  day  The 
city  of  Camden,  oppoaite  Philadelphia,  cnrrien  on  aome  branchea  of  manuihclurinff 
induatry ;  ten  atetm  li»rry-boata  are  conatantij  plyinf  between  the  two  citica. 
Pomiration,  3340. 

I     New  Jeracy  i«  divided  into  14  conntina,  which  are  aubdivided  into  130  town- 

I  ahipe*.   Owing  to  the  great  eniiirration,  the  population  increaaed  alowlv  until  ItfiO, 
but  itince  that  time  the  increaae  haa  been  more  rapid,  on  account  ot  the  growth 

I  of  RMmiftctnrea. 

'  POPULATION  AT  DIFFERENT  PERIODS. 


EuA  and  Wert  Jeraey,  in  1701, 15,000;  in  1749,  60,000. 


Id  1790, 164,139 

1800, 2211,149 

1810 945,563 

1820, 977,575 

1830, 330,893 


motiAM. 


From  1790  to  1800, 87,010 

1800  to  1810, 34,413 

1810  to  1890, 33,013 

1830  to  1830, 434248 

Of  the  foregoing  population  of  1830,  there  were,  white  Malaa,  153,529 ;  white 
Femalea,  147,737;  deaf  and  dumb,  307;  blind,  305:  aliena,  8865.  Total  wbitoa, 
300,966.    Free  coloured,  18,303  ;alavea,  3354,    Total  ooloored,  80,557. 


■LAVM. 

11,433 

19,493 

10,851 

7,557 

9,954 


COMMONWEALTH  OP  PENNSYtVANIA. 

Thi*  State,  which,  from  her  central  poaition,  her  dimenaiona,  her  natural  re- 
eourcea,  her  great  linea  of  communication,  and  her  population,  may  rank  aa  one 
of  the  moat  important  in  the  Union,  ia  bounded  on  tho  north  by  New  York  and 
Lake  Erie,  eaat  by  New  Jersey,  south-«aat  tnr  Delaware,  aouth  by  Maryland  and 
Virginia,  and  weat  by  part  of  Virginia  and  Ohia  Ita  greatest  length,  firom  eaat 
to  weat,  is  307  milea,  and  ita  breadth  157 ;  area,  46,000  aquare  miloa. 

The  principal  rivera  are  the  Delaware,  Schuylkill,  Lehigh,  Hiiaauchannah, 
Juniata,  Alleghany,  Monongahela,  and  Ohia  The  various  ridges  ot  the  Alle- 
ghany range  intersect  the  central  part*  of  this  State,  whose  general  direction  ia 
from  aoutlh-weat  to  north>east  The  valleys  between  many  ef  these  ridges  are 
often  of  a  rich  black  soil,  suited  well  to  the  various  kinds  of  grass  and  grain. 
Some  of  the  mountaina  admit  of  cultivation  almost  to  their  "SMnmits.  No  State 
in  the  Union  shows  to  the  passinjif  traveller  a  richer  agriculture  than  this.  It  is 
emphatically  a  grain  country,  raising  the  greatest  abundance  of  fine  wheat.  It 
produces  all  the  firuits  and  inductions  of  the  northern  and  middle  States,  and  is 
particularly  famous  for  the  great  size,  strength,  and  excellence,  of  ita  breed  of 
draught  horses. 

Penns]^lvania  spreads  a  wide  surface  in  the  Ohio  valley,  and  is  rapidly  ad- 
vancing in  wealth  and  population.  New  towns  and  villages  are  springmg  up  in 
every  direction.  The  State  abounds  in  all  the  elements  of  wealth  and  power. 
Public  opinion  has  given  it  a  strong  impulse  towards  mannfactures,  and  it  has 
a  gigantic  system  of  internal  improvements.  Its  inhabitants,  though  comjpo&ed  of 
all  nations,  are  distinguished  for  their  habits  of  order,  industry,  and  frugality. 
The  passing  stranger,  as  he  traverses  the  State,  is  struck  with  the  noble  roads 
and  pubKc  works,  with  the  well-cultivated  farms  and  their  commodious  and  im- 
perishable stone  houses,  and  often  still  larger  stone  bams.  An  agricultural  coun- 
try, alike  charming  and  rich,  spreads  under  his  eye. 

The  mineral  wealth  of  Pennsylvania  is  very  great,  and,  although  but  recently 


I     I 


t 


:,_, 


J. 


r '; 


^f'i: 


■t 


c 


;.;i; 


1' 


It    \t 


iii 


178 


UNITED  STATES. 


beffun  to  be  developed,  already  gives  an  earnest  of  future  importance.  Coal,  iron, 
and  salt,  occur  in  vast  quantities.  The  coal  of  Pennsylvania  is  of  two  kinds,  the 
Anthracite  and  Bituminous,  which  are  quite  distinct  in  their  qualities  end  locali* 
ties.  The  first  is  found  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  State,  between  the  Delaware 
and  Susquehannah- Rivers,  and  is  estimated  to  cover  an  extent  of  about  624,000 
acres.  In  1835,  the  quantity  sent  from  the  coal  region,  exclusive  of  that  shipped 
by  the  Susquehannah,  was  upwards  of  600,000  tons,  valued  at  more  than  3,000,000 
dollars.  The  bituminous  coal  is  found  in  the  western  parts  of  the  State :  it  is 
supposed  that  about  460,000  tons  are  annually  consumed  in  Pittsburgh,  and  at  the 
different  salt-works  on  the  Kiskiminetas,  &c.,  besides  what  is  sent  down  the 
river  Ohio  to  Cincinnati,  New  Orleans,  and  other  towns.  About  1,000,000  bushels 
of  salt  are  manufactured  yearly  at  the  works  on  the  Kiskiminetas,  Alleghany, 
and  Beaver. 

Iron  ore  of  an  excellent  quality  is  abundant  and  extensively  wrought  The 
iron-mines  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  State  were  explored  and  worked  at  an  early 
period  of  colonial  settlement,  and  had  become  an  interest  of  great  value  before 
the  Revolution.  Since  the  peace  of  1783,  with  much  fluctuation,  iron  has  at  all 
times  employed  a  vast  amount  of  capital  and  labour.  In  1832,  upwards  of  60 
furnaces,  anci  100  forges,  produced  near  90,000  tons  of  pig  iron,  blooms,  bar  iron, 
and  castings ;  and  no  doubt  the  amount  has  much  increased  since  that  time.  The 
manu&ctures  of  Pennsylvania  constitute  an  important  branch  of  its  industry ; 
they  include  cotton  and  woollen  .goods,  iron  ware  of  all  kinds,  manufiictures  of 
leather,  hats,  paper,  furniture,  porcelain,  &c.  In  the  year  1632,  there  were  67 
cotton  factories  in  the  State,  with  an  aggregate  capital  of  3,758,500  dollars,  and 
making  annually  21,332,667  yards  of  cloth.  The  total  value  of  manufactures, 
including  about  250  different  articles,  is  estimated  at  upwards  of  70,000,000 
dollars. 

The  foreign  commerce- of  Pennsylvania  is  in  part  carried  on  through  New 
York,  Baltimore,  and  New  Orleans ;  and  its  actual  amount  cannot  therefore  be 
fully  ascertained.  The  value  of  the  direct  imports  in  1834,  was  12,389,937  dol- 
lars ;  of  exports,  3,739,275  dollars ;  an  active  inland  trade  is  prosecuted  on  her 
canals,  on  Lake  Erie,  and  on  the  Ohio ;  and  her  coasting-trade  is  extensive  and 
valuable.  The  shipping  belonging  to  the  State,  in  1835,  amounted  to  78,993 
tons. 

Little  attention  has  been  paid  to  the  education  of  the  people  in  this  State,  and, 
notwithstanding  an  express  injunction  of  the  constitution,  no  attempt  was  made 
to  establish  a  general  system  of  popular  instruction,  until  1834,  when  an  act  was 
passed  for  that  purpose,  which  was  modified  in  1836.  This  act  authorizes  the 
towns  to  raise  money  for  the  support  of  common  schools,  and  provides  for  the  dis- 
tribution of  the  proceeds  of  the  State  school-fund  among  those  towns  which  shall 
adopt  the  school  system.  Ample  provision  has,  however,  been  made  for  the  gra- 
tuitous instruction  of  poor  children  in  the  county  of  Philadelphia,  in  which  about 
9500  annually  enjoy  its  benefits.  There  are  in  the  Stale  55  academies,  2  univer- 
sities, 8  colleges,  5  theological  seminaries,  and  2  medical  schools.  The  University 
of  Pennsylvania  is  in  Philadelphia,  and  the  medical  school  connected  with  it  is  the 
most  distinguished  and  most  fully  attended  in  the  United  Steles.  The  Western 
University  is  at  Pittsburgh.  Jeffen|pn  College,  at  Canonsburg,  which  has  a  medi- 
cal department  in  Philadelphia;  Dickinson  College,  at  Carlisle;  Alleghany  Col- 
lege, at  Meadville ;  Washington  College,  at  Washington ;  Pennsylvania  College, 
at  Gettysburg ;  Lafayette  College,  at  Easton ;  the  Manual  Labour  Collegiate  In- 
stitution, at  Bristol ;  and  Marshall  College,  at  Mercersburg,  are  now  in  operation. 
Girard  College,  endowed  with  a  fund  of  2,000,000  dollars,  by  Mr.  Girard,  and  in- 
tended for  the  support  and  education  of  destitute  orphans,  is  not  yet  organized. 

The  Methodists  and  Presbyterians  are  the  most  numerous  religious  sects.  The 
Lutherans,  Baptists,  German  Reformed,  and  Friends,  rank  next  in  point  of  num- 
bers; after  them,  come  Episcopalians  and  Roman  Catholics,  with  some  Moravians 
or  United  Brethren,  Dutch  Reformed,  Universalists,  &c. 

The  works  for  the  improvement  of  internal  intercommunication  have  been  ex- 
ecuted partly  by  the  State,  and  partly  by  individuals,  on  a  grand  scale.    Those  of 


Ui 


UNITED  STATES. 


179 


the  State  conaist  of  aevenl  diviaiona  eompoeed  of  rail-roads  and  canaia,  extending 
acroea  the  country  from  tide-water  to  the  Ohio,  and  branching  off  in  different  di- 
rectiona  to  almoet  every  aection  of  the  State.  The  grand  trunK  extends  from  Phi- 
ladelphia to  Pittsburgh,  a  distance,  by  thia  route,  of  400  miles. 

The  firat  division  of  the  work,  firom  Philadelphia  to  Columbia  on  the  Susque- 
liannah,  is  a  rail-road,  81  miles  in  length.  At  Ck>lumbia,  tlie  canal  begins,  and  is 
continued  up  the  Susquehannah  and  Juniata,  to  Holiday^burg,  172  miles.  The 
canal  is  40  feet  wide  at  top,  and  4  feet  deep.  The  Alleghany  ridge  is  then  sur- 
mounted by  the  Alleghany  Portage  Rail-road,  37  miles  in  length,  with  a  rise  and 
fall  of  2570  feet:  the  summit-level  is  2490  feet  above  the  sea.  At  Johnstown,  the 
route  is  again  continued  by  a  canal,  down  the  Kisklminetas  and  Alleghany,  to 
Pittsburgh,  104  miles.  A  branch  of  this  great  undertaking  is  the  Susquehannah 
canal,  extending  from  the  mouth  of  the  Juniata,  up  the  Susquehannah  and  the 
North  Branch,  to  the  mouth  of  the  Lackawanna,  115  miles:  a  second  lateral  divi- 
sion runs  up  the  West  Branch,  to  Dunnstown,  66  miles.  The  Delaware  branch 
extends  from  Bristol  to  ESaston,  60  miles :  the  Beaver  branch,  from  the  town  of  the 
name,  up  the  Big  Beaver  and  Shenango  rivers,  to  Newcastle,  affords  a  navigable 
channel  of  30  miles,  by  means  of  eight  miles  of  excavation,  and  seven  dams  in 
the  river.  The  French  Creek  branch  extends  up  that  river,  from  Franklin,  at  its 
mouth,  to  Meadville  and  Conneaut  Lake ;  total  length,  46  miles,  or,  with  the  lake, 
50  miles,  of  which  27  miles  is  by  excavation.  Appropriations  were  also  made  in 
the  spring  of  1836,  for  continuing  the  Susquehannah  branch  towards  the  State 
line ;  for  extending  the  West  Branch  division ;  for  continuing  the  canal  in  the 
western  part  of  the  State  toward  Erie ;  and  for  aKcrtJiining,  by  surveys,  the  prac- 
ticability of  connecting  the  West  Branch  with  the  Alleghany,  by  a  canal. 

The  principal  works  constructed  by  individuals  are  as  follows :  the  Lackawaxen 
canal,  extending  from  the  mouth  of  that  river,  on  the  Delaware,  to  Honesdale,  25 
miles,  whence  it  is  continued  by  a  rail-road  to  Carbondale  coal-mines,  16^  miles : 
the  cost  of  these  works  was  2,000,000  dollars.  The  Lehigh  canal  starts  from  the 
termination  of  the  Morris  and  Delaware  canals,  and  goes  to  White  Haven,  66 
miles:  the  Mauch  Chunk,  Room  Run,  and  Beaver  Meadow  rail-roads,  connect 
this  canal  with  the  firet  and  second  coal  basins.  The  Schuylkill  canal  connects 
Port  Carbon  with  Philadelphia,  by  a  succession  of  pools  and  canals ;  the  whole 
length  of  the  navigation  is  108  miles:  the  cost  of  this  work  was  2,500,000  dollars. 
About  50  miles  of  rail-road  branch  from  this  canal  to  various  collieries.  The 
Union  canal  connects  the  Schuylkill  at  Reading  with  the  Susquehannah  at  Mid 
dletown,  82  miles.  A  lateral  branch  to  Pine  Grove,  23  miles  up  the  Swatara,  is 
connected  by  a  rail-road  with  the  coal-mines.  The  Union  canal,  by  the  junction 
of  the  Grand  Trunk  and  the  Schuylkill  canals,  affords  uninterrupted  navigation 
from  Philadelphia  to  the  Lackawanna,  Dunnstown,  and  Holidaysburg.  The  Sus- 
quehannah canal,  from  Columbia  to  Port  Deposit,  40  miles,  connects  the  mf  in 
trunk  of  the  Pennsylvania  cana!  with  tide-water.  The  Nescopeck  canal,  in  pro- 
gress, will  connect  the  Lehigh  with  the  North  Branch  of  the  Susquehannah. 

The  principal  rail-roods,  ej(plusive  of  those  in  the  coal  region,  which  make  an 
aggregate  of  about  100  miles,  are  the  Philadelphia  and  Trenton  rail-road,  con- 
necting those  two  cities,  26^  miles;  the  Philadelphia  and  Norristown,  17  miles, 
which  is  to  be  continued  to  Reading ;  the  Central  rail-road  from  Pottsville  to  Sun* 
bury,  44^  miles,  with  a  branch  to  Danville.  The  Philadelphia  and  Delaware  rail- 
road, 17  miles,  is  a  part  of  the  line  of  rail-road  by  Wilmington  to  Baltimore,  now 
in  profrreea.  The  Oxford  rail-road,  from  Coutesville,  on  the  Columbia  rail-rood,  to 
Port  Deposit,  31  miles;  the  Lancaster  and  Harrisburg  rail-road,  37  miles;  the 
Cumberland  Valley  rail-road,  from  the  Susquehannah  opposite  Harrisburg,  to 
Chambersburg,  49  miles;  the  Wrightsville  and  Gettysburg  rail-road,  from  Colum- 
bia, through  York,  to  Gettysburg,  <S)  miles ;  the  Susquehannah  and  Little  Schuyl- 
kill rail-road,  from  Catawissa  toTamaqua;  the  Williamsport  and  Elmira  rail-road, 
from  the  West  Branch  to  the  Tioga,  70  miles ;  and  the  continuation  of  the  Balti- 
more and  Susquehannah,  from  the  Maryland  line,  through  York,  to  the  Susque- 
hannah, are  in  progress.  


I     .  %■ 


.  I«  I 


'h::^:%^ 


it     r 


't.  'I 


■•'^  ''. 


ii: 


'I'l 


I 'It 


ti^tm 


180 


UNITED  STATES. 


Pennsylvania  ia  divided  into  53  counties,  which  are  subdivided  into  townships 
and  cities.    The  whole  population  amounted  in  1830  to  1,:346,233. 


POPULATION  AT  DIFFERENT  PEaiOD& 


In  1701, 20,000 

1763, 380,000 

1790, 434,373 

1800, 602,545 

1810, 810,091 

1830, 1,049,313 

1830, 1,348,233 


INOaCABB. 

From  1701  to  1763 360,000 

1763  to  1780 154,373 

1790  to  1800 168,173 

1800  to  1810 207,.546 

1810  to  1820 233,222 

1820  to  1830 298,920 


SLAVES. 

3,737 
1,706 

795 

311 

403 


Of  the  above  population  of  1830,  there  were  white  males,  565,812 ;  white 
females,  644,088 ;  deaf  and  dumb,  758 ;  blind,  475 ;  aliens,  15,365 ;  total,  1,300,900. 
Free  coloured  males,  18,377;  females,  19,553;  total,  37,030.  Slaves,  males,  172; 
females,  231;  total,  403. 

The  city  of  Philadelphia,  the  principal  city  of  the  State,  and  one  of  the  most 
regularly  laid  out  and  handsomely  built  in  the  world,  stands  between  the  Dela- 
ware and  the  Schuylkill  Rivers,  about  5  miles  above  their  junction,  and  100  miles 
from  the  sea  by  the  course  of  the  former:  It  yields  to  none  in  the  Union  in  the 
wealth,  industry,  and  intelligence  of  its  citizens.  Philadelphia  has  the  advantage 
of  a  double  port,  connected  with  very  remote  sections ;  that  on  the  Schuylkill  is 
accessible  to  vessels  of  300  tons,  and  is  the  great  dep6t  for  the  coal  of  the  inte- 
rior ;  the  other,  on  the  Delaware,  admits  the  Uirgest  merchant-vessels  to  the  doors 
of  the  ware-houses,  and  is  spacious  and  secure. 

The  streets  are  broad  and  straight,  crossing  each  other  at  right  angles,  and 
dividing  the  city  into  numerous  squares,  some  of  which  have  b^n  reserved  for 
public  walks,  and  are  ornamented  with  fine  shade  and  flowering  trees.  The 
dwelling-houses  are  neat  and  commodious,  and  the  public  buildings,  generally  con- 
structed of  white  marble,  are  the  most  elegant  in  the  country.  Two  bridges 
cross  the  Schuylkill,  one  of  which  is  remarkable  for  its  arch  of  ^H  feet  span,  the 
longest  in  the  world.  Numerous  steam-boats  afford  constant  and  easy  communi- 
cation with  Baltimore  and  New  York,  and,  with  the  rail-roads  into  the  interior, 
render  this  city  the  great  thoroughfare  between  the  north  and  south,  and  the  east 
and  west 

Philadelphia  includes  the  City  Proper,  with  Southwark,  Moyamens.h;.',  and 
Passyunk,  on  the  south ;  and  Kensington,  Northern  Liberties,  Spring  Garden,  and 
Penn  Township,  on  the  north;  having  a  population  in  1790,  of  42,520;  in  1810, 
of  96,664;  and  in  1830,  of  167,811. 

The  manufactures  of  Philadelphia  are  various  and  extensive :  her  foreign  com- 
merce is  considerable :  the  arrivals  from  foreign  ports  in  1835  having  been  429 ; 
and  the  value  of  her  imports  being  between  10,000,000  and  12,000,000  dollars  a 
year :  her  inland  commerce  is  also  very  extensive,  and  rapidly  increasing,  in  con- 
sequence of  the  facilities  afforded  by  the  numerous  canals  and  rail-roads  that, 
centre  here,  affording  an  easy  commimication  with  all  sections  of  the  State,  and 
with  the  great  western  valley.  There  are  about  -600,000  barrels  of  flour,  and 
3600  hogsheads  of  tobacco  inspected,  and  upwards  of  800,000  bushels  of  grain 
measured  here  annually. 

The  shipping  belongmg  ^)  the  port  in  1835,  was  83,520  tons.  There  are  in  the 
city  16  banks,  with  a  capital  of  51,900,000  dollars.  Philadelphia  is  noted  for  the 
number  and  excellence  of  its  benevolent  institutions.  Among  these  are  the  Penn- 
sylvania Hospital,  the  Dispensary,  Wills'  Hospital  for  the  lame  and  blind ;  the 
institutions  for  the  deaf  and  dumb,  and  for  the  blind ;  the  Aims-House,  Magdalen 
Asylum,  Orphan  Asylums,  Ginurd  College  for  Orphans,  &.c.  The  Society  for  alle- 
viating the  miseries  of  public  prisons,  has  not  only  distinguished  itself  by  its  suc- 
cessful efforts  in  reforming  the  penal  code  of  the  State,  but  in  improving  the  con- 
ditions of  the  prisons :  the  discipline  adopted  by  the  influence  of  this  Society  con- 
9i8t8  in  solitary  confinement  with  labour ;  and  the  penitentiaries  of  Pennsylvania 
are  conducted  on  this  plan.  >  The  learned  institutions  of  Philadelphia  are  equally 
distinguished:  they  are  the  American  Philosophical  Society,  the  Academy  of 


UNITED  STATES. 


161 


\  Natural  Sciences,  the  Pennsylvania  Historical  Society,  and  the  Franklin  Institute ; 
nil  of  which  have  publiaiied  some  vi,^luable  volumes.  The  Medical  Schools  are 
also  much  frequented  and  highly  : 'obrated.  The  City  Library,  including  the 
I»{^nian  collection,  consists  oi  '  M  volumes.  There  is  also  an  Academy  of 
Fine  Arts  here.  Free  schools  at  ^.upported  at  the  public  charge,  and  educate 
about  9500  scholars  annually,  at  an  expense  of  about  5i3,000  dollars.  The  princi- 
pal public  buildings  are  the  United  States  Bank,  on  the  model  of  the  Parthenon, 
and  the  Pennsylvania  Bank,  of  the  Ionic  order,  both  elegant  specimens  of  classical 
architecture:  the  Mint,  a  handsome  building,  with  Ionic  porticoes  62  feet  long  on 
each  front;  the  Exchange,  05  feet  by  114,  containing  a  spacious  Hall,  News 
Room,  the  Post  Office,  &,c. ;  the  Girard  Bank,  the  Girard  College,  a  splendid  struc- 
ture, 111  feet  by  169,  with  a  colonnade  of  Grecian  Corinthian  columns,  entirely 
surrounding  it;  all  of  these  buildings  are  of  white  marble.  The  United  States 
Marine  Asylum,  capable  of  accommodating  400  men,  with  a  front  of  385  feet; 
the  Aims-House,  on  the  we.<>t  bank  of  the  Schuylkill,  consisting  of  four  distinct 
buildings,  with  nearly  400  rooms;  the  State-House,  interesting  from  its  having 
been  the  place  where  the  Declaration  of  Independence  was  adopted  and  promul- 
gated ;  the  United  States  Arsenal,  &c.,  also  deserve  mention.  There  are  here  100 
churches  and  places  of  public  worship,  including  2  synagogues.  The  State  peni- 
tentiary and  the  County  prison  are  not  less  remarkable  for  their  architectuVe,  than 
for  their  discipline.  The  County  Prison,  built  of  Quincy  Granite,  has  a  front  of 
310  feet  by  525  in  depth.  There  is  a  Navy- Yard  here,  but  ships  of  war  of  the 
largest  class  cannot  ascend  to  the  city  with  their  armament  The  inhabitants  are 
liberally  supplied  with  water  by  the  Fairmount  works,  constructed  at  an  expense 
of  432,500  dollars;  03  miles  of  pipe  convey  it  to  all  parts  of  the  city.  The  daily 
consumption  in  summer  is  about  4,000,000  gallons.  The  annual  rents  amount  to 
92,116  dollars,  and  the  annual  charge  to  14,000. 

Frankford  and  Germantown  are  flourishing  towns  in  the  vicinity  of  Philadel- 
phia. The  former  is  tha  seat  of  numerous  manufiicturiDg  establishments,  includ- 
ing several  cotton-mills,  calico-print  works,  and  bleacheries,  woollen-mills,  iron 
works,  &c.  Here  are  also  an  Arsenal  of  the  United  States,  and  a  Lunatic  Asy- 
lum, belonging  to  the  Friends.  Germantown  is  a  flourishing  and  pleasant  town, 
with  4311  inhabitants,  containing  a  bank,  some  manufactures,  &c.  The  other 
most  important  places  in  Pennsylvania  are  Lancaster  City,  Harrisburg,  Reading, 
Easton,  and  Pottsville,  in  the  eastern  section  of  the  State ;  in  the  western  are 
Pittsburgh,  Beaver,  &c. 

The  City  of  Lancaster,  62  miles  west  of  Philadelphia,  pleasantly  situated  in  the 
fertile  and  highly  cultivated  Conestoga  valley,  is  one  of  the  handsomest  in  the 
State :  the  streets  are  regular,  and  among  the  public  buildings  are  12  churches, 
an  academy,  &c.  Its  trade  is  extensive,  and  the  manufactures  various  and  consi- 
derable :  it  is  noted  for  the  superior  quality  of  its  rifles,  coaches,  rail-road  cars, 
stockings,  saddlery,  &c.  The  population  amounts  to  7704.  Lancaster  is  con- 
nected with  Philadelphia  and  Harrisburg  by  rail-roads,  and  with  the  Susquehan- 
nah,  below  Columbia,  by  a  canal 

Harrisburg,  the  capital  of  the  State,  stands  on  the  left  bank  of  the  Susque- 
hannah.  The  State-House  is  a  neat  and  commodious  building,  from  the  cupola 
of  which  is  one  of  the  finest  panoramic  views  in  the  United  States.  Here  are 
also  a  Court-House  and  a  number  of  churches.  Population,  in  1830,  4,312.  Be- 
yond the  Susquehonnah  are  the  thriving  towns  of  Carlisle  and  Chambersburg ;  the 
former  containing  3707,  and  the  latter  2783  inhabitants.  Carlisle  is  the  seat  of 
Dickinsoa  College. 

Reading,  about  50  miles  north-west  from  Philadelphia,  is  a  prosperous  town  on 
the  left  bank  of  the  Schuylkill,  and  at  the  termination  of  the  Union  Canal.  The 
town  is  regularly  built,  and  was  originally  settled  by  Germans :  several  newspa- 
pers are  still  printed  in  that  language,  though  English  is  generally  understood. 
Population,  5856. 

Easton,  at  the  confluence  of  the  Lehigh  and  the  Delaware,  and  the  termination 
of'  the  Morris  canal,  is  one  of  the  most  flourishing  inUnd  towns  in  the  State.  In 
its  immediate  neighbourhood  are  numerous  flour-mills,  oil-mills,  saw-mills,  &.c. 


u 


•  ii 


"I  '1 


.   '       .y         t  1 


■f,  .!;■'■ 


u-      > 


t 


i 


1.: 

''S 


M 


■y 

^^i4  i 


i«a 


UNITED  STATES. 


The  situation  ih  highly  picltircwiue,  and  it  contains  five  churches,  a  manual  labour 
colle(;iate  institution,  a  library  with  a  niineralogical  cabinet,  &x.  The  population 
in  1^3()  was  8700,  but  at  present  is  about  5000.  Pottsville  is  situated  in  a  wild 
district  on  the  Schuylkill,  in  the  midst  of  the  coal  region.  It  contains  many  hand- 
some dwellings,  and  its  popoulation,  which  in  1825  did  not  exceed  800,  amounted, 
in  18H5,  to  3iJ30.  Mauch  Chunk,  first  settled  in  1821,  is  also  built  on  very  broken 
ground  ;  hut,  in  addition  to  the  coal  trade,  it  enjoys  the  advantage  of  an  extensive 
water-power,  which  is  used  fur  manufacturing  purposes:  and  its  popdlation  at 
present  exceeds  2000.  Wilkesbarre  stands  in  the  delightful  valley  of  Wyoming, 
whose  rural  beauty,  and  peaceful  shades,  once  stained  with  blood  and  desolated 
with  fire,  have  been  consecrated  by  the  deathless  muse.  The  population  of 
Wilkesbarre  is  22a3. 

Pittsburgh,  the  principal  city  of  Western  Pennsylvania,  is  built  at  the  junction 
of  the  Monongohcla  and  the  Alleghany.  The  city  proper  includes  only  the  tract 
between  the  rivers ;  but,  as  the  little  towns  of  Birmingham,  Alleghanytown,  &c., 
really  form  a  port  of  Pittsburgh,  they  must  properly  be  included  in  its  description. 
Perhaps  its  site  is  unrivall«i  in  the  world,  commanding  a  navigation  of  about 
50,000  miles,  which  gives  it  access  to  the  most  fertile  region  on  the  face  of  the 
globe,  surrounded  by  inexhaustible  bdds  a(  the  most  useful  minerals.  Connected  by 
artificial  works  which  top  the  great  natural  barrier  on  the  east,  with  the  three 
principal  cities  of  the  Atlantic  Irarderon  one  side,  and  by  others  not  less  extensivf, 
with  those  trrent  inland  seas  that  already  bear  on  their  bosoms  the  trade  of  indus- 
trious millions,  Pittsburgh  is  doubtless  destined  to  become  one  of  the  most  important 
centres  of  population,  industry,  and  wealth,  in  the  United  States.  The  population 
of  the  place  m  1800  Avas  about  1600;  in  1820,  10,000;  in  1830,  18,000,  of  which 
the  city  proper  comprised  12,568;  and  in  1835  it  was  estimated  to  exceed  35,000. 
In  1835  there  were  here  120  steam-engines,  16  large  founderies  and  engine  Vic- 
tories, with  numerous  small  works;  rolling-mills,  cotton  establishments,  white 
lead  fiictories,  breweries,  saw  and  grist-mills,  glass  worbe,  with  brass  founderies, 
steel  manufactories,  tanneries,  salt  works,  paper-mills,  manufactories  of  cutlery  and 
agricultural  implements,  &.c.,  are  among  the  300  manufacturing  establishments  of 
Pittsburgh.  The  city  is  regularly  built,  but  the  clouds  of  smoke  in  which  it  is 
constantly  enveloped  give  it  rather  a  dingy  appearance.  Among  the  public 
establishments  here,  are  the  Alleghany  Arsenal,  Ixelonging  to  the  United  States, 
the  Western  Penitentiary  of  the  State,  the  Western  University,  a  Presbyterian 
and  a  Reformed  Theological  Seminary,  50  churches  and  places  of  worship,  55 
Sunday  schools,  60  common  and  12  select  schools,  &c.  A  steam-engipe  supplies 
the  city  with  1,500,000  gallons  of  water  daily. 

In  the  district  to  the  south  of  Pittsburgh,  Washington,  Brownsville,  and  Union, 
are  thriving  towns.  Canonsburg  is  the  seat  of  Jefierson  College.  Below  Pittsburgh, 
Beaver,  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  of  the  same  name,  is  a  thriving  town,  which  is 
indebteid  for  its  prosperity  to  the  great  water-power  afforded  by  the  falls  of  that 
stream.  Numerous  mills  and  manufacturing  establishments  have  recently  been 
erected  on  both  sirias  of  the  river  above  the  village,  and  the  whole  population  of 
the  neighbourhood  is  about  5000.  The  completion  of  the  connecting  links 
between  the  Ohio  and  Pennsylvania  canals  will  give  a  great  impulse  to  the  trade 
of  this  place. 

Erie,  on  the  lake  of  the  same  name,  is  important  on  account  of  its  harbour, 
which  is  protected  by  several  piers.  This  place  is  increasing  rapidly,  and  bids 
fair  to  become  of  considerable  commercial  importance. 


STATE    OP   DELAWARE. 

Thb*  boundaries  of  this  State  are, — on  the  north  Pennsylvania,  on  the  south 
Maryland,  on  the  east  Delaware  Bay  and  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  and  on  the  west 
Pennsylvania  and  Maryland. 

The  extent  from  north  to  south  is  90  miles ;  from  east  to  west  25  miles ;  area  in 
square  miles,  2120.     The  principal  streams,  besides  the  Delaware,  which  forms  a 


i 


UNITED  STATES. 


183 


part  of  its  boundary,  are  Brandy  wine  creek,  Christiana  crecic.  Duck  creek.  Mis- 
pillion  creek,  and  Indian,  Choptank,  and  Nanticoke  rivera. 

The  general  aspect  of  Delaware  is  that  of  an  extended  plain,  mostly  favourable 
for  cultivation. 

On  the  table-land  forming  the  dividing  ridge  between  the  Del"  ware  and  Chesa- 
peake Bays,  ia  a  chain  of  swamps,  from  which  the  waters  descend  in  one  directiua 
to  (yhesapeake,  and  in  the  other  to  Delaware  Bay.  The  up|>er  purt  of  tlic  State 
ia  generally  a  fine  tract  of  country,  and  well  adapted  to  the  growing  of  wheat,  und 
other  grains.  The  staple  commodity,  however,  is  wheat,  which  is  produced  of  a 
superior  quality.  The  flour  is  highly  esteemed  for  its  soilness,  and  is  preferred  in 
foreign  markets.  Brandywine  creek,  in  the  upper  part  of  the  State,  furnishes 
water-power  for  great  and  growing  manufacturing  establishments.  The  chief  arti- 
cles are  flour,  cottons,  woollens,  paper,  und  gunpowder.  Delaware  contains  but 
few  minerals ;  in  the  county  of  Sussex,  and  among  the  branciies  of  the  Nanticoke, 
are  large  quantities  of  bog  iron  ore,  well  adapted  for  casting ;  but  it  is  not  wrought 
to  any  extent  This  State  has  a  school-fund  of  $170,000.  There  are  academics 
at  Wilmington,  New  Castle,  Newark,  Smyrna,  Dover,  Milford,  Lewistown,  and 
Georgetown.  Schools  are  established  in  every  district  of  four  miles  square.  No 
district  is  entitled  to  any  share  of  the  fund  that  will  not  raise  by  taxation  a  sum 
equal  to  its  share  of  the  income  of  the  fund.  v 

The  foreign  commerce  of  Delaware  is  inconsiderable,  but  an  active  coasting- 
trade  is  carried  on.  There  were  in  the  State,  in  1833, 15  cotton-mills,  6  machine- 
shops,  2  founderies,  and  one  rolling-mill ;  2  woollen  manufactories ;  30  tanneries ; 
3  paper-mills;  2  powder-mills;  20  quercitron-mills;  72  flour-mills,  22  of  which  are 
nierchant-mills;  40  saw-mills,  &c.  The  Delaware  and  Chesapeake  canal  is  a 
highly  important  work,  from  its  connecting  those  two  great  estuaries  by  a  channel 
navi^ble  by  sea-vessels ;  it  is  10  feet  deep,  66  feet  wide,  and  nearly  14  miles  in 
length ;  it  has  two  tide  and  two  lift-locks,  and  was  constructed  at  an  expense  of 
2,200,000  dollars.  Here  is  also  a  rail-road  extending  across  the  State  from  New 
Castle  on  the  Delaware,  to  Frenchtown  on  Elk  river,  16i  miles  long ;  and  the 
Wilmington  and  Susquehannah  rail-road,  now  in  progress,  forms  a  link  in  the  route 
which  is  to  unite  Philadelphia  and  Baltimore. 

Delaware  is  divided  into  three  counties,  which  are  subdivided  into  hundreds. 


POPULATION  AT  DIFFERENT  PERIODa 


In  1790, 59,094 

1800, 64,273 

1810, 72,674 

'      1820, 72,749 

1830, 76,739 


INCREASE. 


From  1790  to  1800 5,179 

1800tol810 8,401 

1810  to  1820, 75 

1820  to  1830 3,990 


SLAVES. 

8,887 
6,153 
4,177 
4,509 
3,292 


Of  the  above  population  of  1830,  there  were,  white  Males,  28,845 ;  white  Fe- 
males, 28,756;  deaf  and  dumb,  35;  blind,  18;  aliens,  313.  Total  whites,  57,601. 
Free  coloured  Males,  7882;  Females,  7973.  Total,  15,855.  Slaves— Males, 
1806;  Females,  1486.    Total,  3292. 

The  city  of  Wilmington,  pleasantly  situated  near  the  junction  of  the  Brandy- 
wine  and  Christiana,  is  a  well-built,  growing  town,  and  the  most  important  in  the 
State.  It  contains  an  arsenal,  hospital,  13  churches,  &c.,  and  is  supplied  with 
water  by  water-works  on  the  Brandywine.  Its  trade  is  extensive,  and  it  sends 
several  ships  to  the  whale-flshery.  In  the  immediate  vicinity  there  ore  about  100 
mills  and  manufactories,  producing  flour,  paper,  iron-ware,  powder,  and  cotton  and 
woollen  goods ;  the  Brandywine  flour-mills  are  among  the  most  extensive  in  the 
United  States.  The  population,  which  in  1830  was  6628,  is  now  about  1(),0<M). 
New  Castle,  below  Wilmington,  is  a  little  village  at  the  termination  of  the  rail- 
road. Dover,  the  seat  of  government,  contains  the  State-House,  and  about  1500 ' 
inhabitants.  Lewistown  is  a  village  near  Cape  Henlopen,  in  front  of  which  has 
been  erected  the  Delaware  Breakwater.  The  work  consists  of  two  piers,  an  ice- 
breaker 1500  feet  in  length,  and  a  breakwater  3000  feet  long,  not  yet  fully  com-  j 
pleted ;  estimated  cost  2,216,950  dollars.  | 


}  ■} 


t--^*m 


.»  i 


i 


^^ 


:h. 


■3v 


Ur^^; 


J.- 


^r.i!' ■■ill' 


•1 


■ » 1 


■M  '.',... :ip>r! 

■  ;         1 

■•  ^f  :!■ 


m 


-}.j-^ 


m 


t'      '    -f   ■  ■>'' 
''■  T    I  ^^    MV 


ill 


184 


UNITED  STATES. 


STATE   OP   MARYLAND. 

Maryland  ia  bounded  north  by  Pennsylvania  and  Delaware ;  east  by  Delaware 
and  the  Atlantic ;  south-west  and  west  by  Vir^nia.  Length  196  miles,  and  12() 
miles  in  breadth ;  area  in  square  miles  10,960,  m  acres  7,009,000.  The  principal 
rivers  are  the  Potomac,  which  divides  it  from  Virjifinia,  the  Susqnehannah,  Pa- 
tapsco,  Pawtuxent,  Elk,  Sassafras,  Chester,  Choptanic,  Nanticoke,  and  Pocomoks. 

The  maritime  part  of  this  State  is  penetrated  far  into  the  interior  by  Chesa- 
peake Bay,  as  a  vast  river  dividing  it  into  two  distinct  portions,  called  the  eastern 
and  western  shores.  These  shores  include  a  level,  low,  and  alluvial  country, 
intersected  by  tide-water  rivers  and  creeks,  and  like  the  same  tracts  of  country 
farther  south  are  subject  to  intermittents.  The  genuine  white  wheat,  which  is 
supposed  to  he  peculiar  to  this  State,  is  raised  on  these  shores.  Above  the  tide- 
waters, the  land  becomes  agreeably  undulating.  Beyond  this  commences  the 
Alleghany  mountain,  with  its  numerous  ridges :  the  valleys  between  them  are  of 
a  loamy  and  rich  soil,  yielding  fine  wheat  and  all  the  productions  of  the  middle, 
together  with  some  of  those  of  the  southern  States.  The  national  road  passes 
through  the  wide  and  fertile  valleys  in  which  Frederick  and  Hagerstown  are 
situated,  being  broad  belts  of  the  same  admirable  soil  which  is  seen  in  Lancaster 
county,  Pennsylvania.  Among  these  mountains  and  hills  the  air  is  elastic,  the 
climate  salubrious,  and  the  waters  clear  and  transparent 

In  manufactures  and  commerce,  Maryland  sustains  a  very  respectable  rank ; 
numerous  woollen  and  cotton-mills,  copper  and  iron  rolling-mills  are  established 
in  and  near  Baltimore,  and  are  also  scattered  over  other  parts  of  the  State.  Flour 
and  tobacco  are  the  staple  productions :  the  exports  of  the  for^ier  are  very  great, 
and  of  the  latter  the  product  is  considerable  and  of  excellent  quality.  The 
herring  and  shad  fisheries  are  actively  carried  on,  and  yield  valuable  returns,  con- 
stituting an  important  article  of  trade,  as  well  as  of  home  consumption ;  the  com- 
merce of  Maryland  is  extensive,  and  her  ports  serve  as  the  outlets  of  large  tracts 
of  productive  country  in  Virginia,  Pennsylvania,  and  the  Western  States,  whose 
consumption  is  also  in  part  supplied  through  the  same  channels.  Her  imports 
from  foreign  countries  amounted  in  1835  to  5,647,153  dollars;  her  exports  to 
8,925,234  dollars;  and  her  coasting  trade  is  also  valuable.  The  shipping  belong- 
ing to  the  State  amounted  in  the  teginning  of  that  year  to  1017587  tons. 

There  is  a  free  school  furd  of  ^,000  dollars,  belonging  to  difierent  counties, 
and  appropriated  to  the  edi  tion  of  indigent  children,  and  the  proceeds  of  a 
small  school  fund  belonging  to  the  State,  are  also  applied  to  the  same  object  The 
State  also  grants  annually  a  sum  of  5000  dollars  to  the  University  of  Maryland, 
and  a  further  sum,  amounting  in  1835  to  18,600  dollars,  to  other  colleges,  acade- 
mies, and  schools.  The  colleges  are  St  John's  College,  at  Annapolis,  St  Mary's 
at  Baltimore,  Mount  St  Mary's  at  Emmittsburg,  and  Mount  Hope,  near  Baltimore. 
The  Academical  and  Medical  Departments  of  the  University  of  Maryland,  at 
Baltimore,  are  in  operation,  and  there  is  also  another  medical  school,  styled  the 
Washingtor  Medical  College,  in  the  same  city.  The  Roman  Catholics,  Episco- 
palians, anu  Methodists,  are  the  prevailing  sects;  and  the  Presbyterians,  Baptists, 
German  Reformed,  and  Friends,  are  pretty  numerons.  There  are  also  some 
Universalists,  Lutherans,  Swedenborgians,  Tunkers,  and  Menonists. 

The  canals  and  rail-roods  of  Maryland  are  on  a  gigantic  scale ;  the  Chesapeake 
and  Ohio  Canal  is  to  extend  from  Georgetown  to  Pittsburg,  340  miles;  it  is 
already  completed  to  above  Williamsport  105  miles,  and  is  in  progress  to  Cum- 
berland, 185  miles,  an  appropriation  of  3,000,000  dollars  having  recently  been 
made  by  the  State,  to  enable  the  Company  to  finish  this  section  of  the  work.  The 
cost  of  this  work,  thus  &r,  is  estimated  to  have  been  about  4,100,000  dollars.  The 
Legislature  of  the  State  has  also  appropriated  1,000,000  for  the  construction  of 
branches  to  Baltimore  and  Annapolis.  The  Susquehannah  Canal,  extending  fivm 
Columbia  to  Port  Deposit,  is  in  progress.  The  Baltimore  and  Ohio  rail-road  is 
completed  to  Harper's  Ferry,  80  miles,  where  it  is  connected  with  the  Winches- 
ter rail-road ;  the  work  is  now  going  on  towards  Cumberland,  and  on  approprio- 


IH. 


■■Kam^BsasaBiBsa 
UNITED  STATES. 


185 


tion  of  3,000,000  dollars  has  been  mnde  by  the  State  tu  aid  in  its  completion.  A 
branch  has  been  constnicted  to  \Vat<hin|;ton,  a  distance  of  ;W  miles*,  from  a  point 
about  12  miles  frotn  Baltinxirc.  Number  of  pa8!<et^;cr8  conveyed  on  llie  road  in 
IWi.'i,  97,7i>8 ;  tons  o<  inercliandise,  7*i,<Wl;  receipts,  20: VJOh  dol la rs  ;  expensoH, 
l-Vi.'.KKl  dollars;  there  are  1140  burden  cars,  and  44  paseen^rcr  cant,  with  seven 
l(  iiiiK)tivc  en^nes,  employed  on  the  road.  It  has  been  ascertained  by  surveys, 
to  be  practicable  to  carry  the  rail-road  over  the  Alleghany  Mountains,  at  an  eleva- 
tion of  2278  feet,  without  liaving'  recourse  to  the  use  of  inclined  planes.  The 
Baltimore  and  Philadelphia  rail-road  is  chiefly  in  this  State;  the  whole  distance 
is  92  miles;  from  Baltimore,  by  Havre  de  Grace,  to  the  Delaware  State  line,  TjiJ 
miles;  the  Susquehannah  will  be  crossed  by  a  steam  ferry-boat;  the  work  is 
nearly  completed.  The  Baltimore  and  Susquehannah  rail-road  extends  from 
Baltimore,  by  York,  to  the  Susquehannah,  75  miles,  and  is  also  opproachin;;  its 
completion.  A  rail-road  from  the  northern  part  of  the  Eastern  Shore  to  Poco- 
moke  Bay,  is  about  to  be  constructed,  and  the  State  has  voted  1,000,000  dollars 
towards  its  execution. 

Maryland  is  divided  into  nineteen  counties,  of  which  eight  are  on  the  Eastern, 
and  eleven  on  the  Western  £hore.  In  1820,  the  population  of  the  Eastern  Shore 
was  121,617;  in  1830,  it  had  sunk  to  119,472;  that  of  the  Western  Shore,  on 
the  other  hand,  had  increased  from  275,733,  to  327,568.  Of  the  whole  popula- 
tion, amounting  to  447,040,  155,932  were  blacks.  The  number  of  slaves  had 
lessened,  from  111,502  in  1810,  to  102,932  in  183a 

POPULATION  AT  DIFFERENT  PERIODS. 

In  1660, 12,000;  in  1676, 16,000;  in  1701,  25,000;  in  17a3,  36,000;  in  1749, 
85,000;  in  1755, 108,000;  in  1763, 70,000  whites. 


In  1790, 317,728 

1800, 345,824 

1810 380,546 

1820, 407,350 

1830, 446,913 


INCaKASB. 


SLAVES. 

103,036 
108,554 
111,502 

107,3'.»8 

102,878 


From  1790  to  1800. 26,096 

1800  to  1810 34,722 

1810  to  1820, 16,804 

1820  to  1830 3i),563 

Of  the  above  population  of  1830,  there  were,  white  Males,  147,315;  white 
Females,  143,778;  deaf  and  dumb,  131;  blind,  156.  Total,  whites,  291,0913. 
Free  Coloured  Males,  34,920;  Females,  28,022.  Total,  ,52,942.  Slaves- 
Males,  53,429;  Females,  49,449.    Total,  102,878. 

Baltimore,  the  principal  city  of  the  State,  and,  in  point  of  population,  the  third 
in  the  Union,  stands  on  an  arm  of  Patapsco  Bay,  about  14  miles  from  the  Chesa- 
peake, and  200  from  the  sea,  by  the  ship  channel.  The  harbour  is  capacious  and 
safe,  and  consists  of  an  inner  basin,  into  which  vessels  of  200  tons  can  enter,  and 
an  outer  harbour,  at  Fell's  Point,  accessible  to  the  largest  merchant-ships.  The 
entrance  is  commanded  and  defended  by  Fort  M'Henry.  Baltimore  posse.sscs 
nearly  the  whole  trade  of  Maryland,  that  of  part  of  Western  Virginia  and  Pennsyl- 
vania, and  the  Western  States,  and  its  inland  communication  has  been  extended 
and  facilitated,  by  the  construction  of  the  Baltimore  and  Ohio  rail-road.  Manu- 
factures of  cotton,  woollen,  paper,  powder,  alum,  chrome  yellow,  pottery,  &c., 
are  also  carried  on  in  the  city  and  neighbourhood.  Baltimore  is  the  greatest  flour 
market  in  the  world ;  the  quantity  of  flour  inspected  in  183.5,  amounted  to 
516,600  bbls.  and  21,333  half-barrels,  with  1405  hhds.  and  4301  barrels  of  Indian 
corn  meal,  and  4807  barrels  of  rye  flour.  Its  foreign  trade  has,  however,  some* 
what  declined ;  its  shipping  amounted,  in  1833,  to  59,870  tons.  The  number  of 
banks,  in  1834,  was  ten,  with  a  capital  of  about  7,000,000  dollars.  The  public 
buildings  are,  45  churches,  two  iiospitals,  a  penitentiary,  exchange,  the  college 
and  university  halls,  &&  The  Battle  Monument,  erected  in  memory  of  the  sriic- 
cessful  defence  of  the  city,  when  attacked  by  the  British,  in  1814,  is  an  elegant 
marble  obelisk,  35  feet  high,  on  which  are  inscibed  the  names  of  those  who  fell 
in  that  gallant  affair.  The  Washington  Monument  is  the  most  splendid  structure 
of  the  kind  in  the  country ;  it  is  a  Doric  column  of  white  marble,  with  a  circular 


To*" 


.•■'  tfl 


I  .  t 


•'  .v.! :  I 


!;'■       ■    -■'  i 


r^-i-^- 


!>,J 


i  4V  ■•: 


■i  ■ 


i    ■ 


vi!  vj.r 


1*1 

I'll 


I"  t 


If  •' ' 


', 


>  . 


m 


|::;. 


^ 


186 


UNITED  STATES. 


Ktaircaee  inside,  by  which  you  ascend  to  the  top;  the  column  is  140  foct  in  height, 
and  W  feet  in  diameter  at  bottom ;  it  stands  upon  a  base  33  feet  high,  and  is  sur- 
mounted by  a  colossal  statue  of  the  Father  of  his  Cmmtry.  The  Exchange  ia  a 
large  and  handsome  edifice,  366  feet  by  140 ;  the  Roman  Catholic  Cathedral  is, 
perhaps,  the  finest  church  in  the  country,  and  it  contains  some  good  paintings. 
The  citizens  of  Baltimore  are  not  more  distinguished  for  their  bold  and  persever- 
ing enterprise,  than  for  hospitality  and  agreeable  manners.  In  1765,  there  were 
not  more  than  fifty  houses  on  the  site  of  the  city ;  in  1800,  the  population  had 
increased  to  23,971 ;  in  1820,  to  62,738;  and  in  1830,  to  80,625. 

The  city  of  Annapolis,  agreeably  situated  on  the  Severn,  three  miles  from 
Chesapeake  Bay,  is  the  capital  of  the  State.  It  is  regularly  laid  out,  with  the 
streets  diverging  firom  the  State-House  and  the  Episcopal  church.  The  State- 
House  is  a  handsome  building,  in  which  the  Old  Congress  held  some  of  their  ses- 
sions, and  the  Senate  Chamber,  in  which  Washington  resigned  his  commission, 
has  been  preserved  unaltered;  here  is  likewise  the  Stute  library  of  10,000 
volumes.  Annapolis  is  also  the  seat  of  St.  John's  College.  The  channel  to  the 
city  is  narrow  and  difficult.  Population,  2623.  Frederick  city,  47  miles  west 
of  Baltimore,  is,  in  point  of  wealth,  elegance,  and  population,  the  second  city  in 
Maryland.  A  branch  of  the  Baltimore  and  Ohio  rail-road  terminates  here.  The 
population  of  this  flourishing  place  is  7255.  North-west  from  Frederick  city  and 
near  the  north  line  of  the  State,  is  Hagerstown,  a  well-built  and  flourishing 
town,  containing  the  usual  county  buildings,  several  churches  and  academies,  and 
a  population  of  3371  souls.  Williamsport,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Conococheague, 
is  a  flourishing  village,  on  the  route  of  the  Baltimore  and  Ohio  rail-road,  and  the 
Chesapeake  and  Ohio  Canal. 


DISTRICT  OP  COLUMBIA. 

This  is  a  territory  of  ten  miles  square,  under  the  immediate  government  of 
Congress,  It  is  divided  into  two  counties  and  three  cities,  the  counties  and  cities 
being  separate.  The  cities  are  Washington,  Alexandria,  and  Georgetown ;  the 
counties,  Washington  and  Alexandria.  This  district  lies  on  both  sides  of  the  Po- 
tomac, 120  miles  from  its  mouth,  between  Maryland  and  Virginia,  and  was  ceded 
to  the  general  government  by  those  States  in  1790.  The  seat  of  government  of 
the  United  States  was  established  within  its  limits  in  1800.  It  has  never  yet 
been  lepresented  in  Congress.  The  population  of  the  District  amounted,  in  1830, 
to  39,834,  of  which  6119  were  slaves,  and  6152  free  blacks. 

The  City  of  Washington  was  laid  out,  under  the  superintendence  of  the  great 
mar  whose  name  it  bears,  in  1791,  and  became  the  seat  of  government  in  1800. 
It  stands  in  the  centre  of  the  District,  upon  the  north  bonk  of  the  Potomac,  be- 
tween the  river  and  one  of  its  tributaries,  called  the  East  Branch.  The  actual 
city  occupies  a  spot  about  a  mile  and  a  half  above  the  junction  of  the  two  streams, 
although  the  original  plan  embraces  the  whole  extent  below.  The  plan  of  the 
city  combines  regularity  with  variety,  and  is  adapted  to  the  variations  of  the  sur- 
face, so  that  the  spaces  allotted  to  public  buildings  occupy  commanding  positions, 
and  the  monotonous  sameness  of  a  rectangular  design  is  avoided,  while  all  its  advan* 
tages  are  secured.  The  minor  streets  run  at  right  angles,  but  the  larger  avenues 
diverge  from  several  centres,  intersecting  the  streets  with  various  degrees  of  obli- 
quity, and  opening  spaces  for  extensive  squares.  The  smaller  streets  run  N.  and 
S.  E.  and  W.,  and  are  from  90  to  110  feet  wide.  The  grand  avenues  are  from 
130  to  160  feet  in  width,  and  are  planted  with  trees.  Several  of  the  largest  unite 
at  the  hill  on  which  the  capital  is  situated.  These  bear  the  names  of  the  several 
States  of  the  Union 

Washington  is  the  residence  of  the  President  of  the  United  States,  and  of  the 
other  chief  executive  officers  of  the  Federal  Government,  and  of  foreign  minis- 
ters to  the  United  States.  The  Congress  meets  here  annually  on  the  'first  Mon- 
day of  December ;  and  the  Supreme  Federal  Court  also  holds  its  annaal  sessions 
here. 


sne 


UNITED  STATES. 


187 


The  population  or  the  City  ii  18,827,  inclodinf  3129  free  blaclm,  and  2919 
■lavca;  but  durini;  the  seaaion  of  Congreaa  the  CHy  ia  thronged  with  viaitera  from 
all  paita  of  the  world.  The  buildinga  which  it  containa  are  in  three  diatinct 
parte ;  one  portion  being  in  the  neishtwurhood  of  the  Navy-Yard,  another  in  that 
of  the  Capitol,  and  another  in  the  Pcnnaylvanta  Avenue,  which  extends  from  the 
Capitol  to  the  Preaident's  Houae.  The  City  preeenta  the  appearance  cf  a  group 
of  villages ;  the  apacea  between  the  inhabited  parte  not  being  occupiod  or  marked 
out 

The  Capitol  ia  a  lavge  and  magnificent  building  of  white  freestone,  8S2  feet 
long,  in  the  shape  of  a  croae,  with  the  Representatives*  Hall  and  the  Senate  Cham- 
ber in  the  two  wings,  and  a  apacioua  rotunda  in  the  centre.  The  Representatives' 
Hall  ia  semicircular,  05  feet  in  length,  and  60  in  height,  lighted  firom  the  top,  and 
adorned  with  a  colonnade  of  pillars  of  breccia,  beautifully  polished ;  it  is  one  of 
the  most  elegant  halla  in  the  world.  The  Senate  Chamber  is  of  the  same  shape, 
and  74  feet  long.  The  Rotunda  is  96  feet  in  diameter,  and  is  96  feet  high  to  the 
top  of  the  dome  within.  It  is  all  of  marble,  and  the  floor  is  beautifully  paved ; 
the  whole  has  a  moat  grand  and  imposing  effect.  Several  pieces  of  aculpture  are 
placed  in  niches  in  the  walls,  representing  events  in  American  history.  The 
sound  of  a  single  voice  uttered  in  thia  apartment  is  echoed  from  the  dome  above 
with  a  rumbling  like  diatant  thunder.  The  NatHMMl  Library  ia  contained  in  the 
Capitol,  and  embraces  also  a  aeries  of  national  paintings  by  Trumbull. 

The  President's  House,  also  of  fireestone,  is  two  stories  high,  with  a  lofly  base- 
ment, and  it  haa  a  front  of  180  feet,  adorned  with  an  Ionic  portico;  it  is  surrounded 
by  extensive  grounds.  On  each  side  are  the  four  offices  of  the  executive  depart- 
menta;  the  War  Office  containa  a  gaiHcFy  of  ImKan  portraita,  and  the  State  Office 
several  interesting  original  papers,  as  ihe  Declaration  of  Independence,  Wash- 
ington's Commission,  dw.  There  are  alao  here  an  Araenal  and  a  Navy- Yard,  with 
a  City  Hall,  an  Hospital,  Penitentiary,  20  Ohorchea,  the  Halla  of  Columbia  Col- 
lege, ifec.    A  branch  of  the  Chesapeake  an^  Ohio  Canal  terminatea  in  the  City. 

Georgetown  is  about  three  milea  weat  of  the  Capitol,  and  ia  pleasantly  situated, 
commanding  a  prospect  of  the  river,  the  neighbouring  city,  and  the  diversified 
country  in  Uie  vicinity.  The  hojsea  are  chieffy  of  brick,  and  there  are  many  ele- 
gant villas  in  diflerent  parts.  The  Catholic  College  here  is  a  respectable  institu- 
tion. Georgetown  is  a  thriving  place,  and  has  considerable  commerce ;  but  the 
navigation  of  the  river  ia  obstructed  by  a  bar  just  below  the  town ;  here  is  also  a 
cannon  foundery.  The  Chesapeake  and  Ohio  Canal  reaches  the  Potomac  at  this 
place.  Population,  3441.  The  city  of  Alexandria,  six  miles  below  Washington, 
on  the  opposite  side  of  the  Potomuc,  which  is  here  a  mile  wide  and  from  30  to  60 
feet  deep,  carries  on  an  extensive  trade  in  flour,  tobacco,  &c.,  and  is  actively  en- 
gaged in  the  valuable  shad  and  herring  fisheries  of  the  river.  The  city  is  regu- 
larly laid  out,  and  prettily  aituated  at  the  foot  of  green  and  gently  swelling  hills: 
and  it  haa  a  good  harbour,  with  commodious  wharves,  accessible  to  the  largest  ship$> ; 
the  shipping  of  the  port  is  9600  tone.  Here  are  a  High  School,  a  girls'  boarding- 
school,  under  the  charge  of  the  Sisters  of  Charity,  an  Orphan  Asylum,  nine 
Churches,  several  tanneriea,  engine  manufactories,  founderies,  cotton-mills,  &c. ; 
populatira,  8263. 


SOUTHERN   STATES. 

The  States  ofVirginia,  North  Carolina,  'South  Carolina,  Georgia,  Florida  Ter- 
ritory, Alabama,  Mississippi,  and  Louisiana,  are  those  usually  termed  the  South- 
em  States :  the  whole  region  extends  firotn  the  Potdmac  to  the  Sabtrte  River :  its 
coasts  are  washed  by  the  Atlantic  Ocean  and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  and  it  is  in  area 
about  <^0,000  square  miles,  with  a  population  of  3,744,000  souls. 

The  tract  of  country  in  the  Southern  Stales  bordering  on  the  Atlantic,  is  a  low 
sandy  plain,  from  50  to  100  milea  broad,  and,  in  general,  covered  with  pine  fores'^. 
Beyond  this,  towards  the  Alleghanies,  it  becomes  elevated  and  hilly,  and  then 
mountainous.    Those  portions  of  Alabama,  Mississippi,  and  Louisiana,  which  bor- 


^  ''I 


,1 


^    » 


■.  I 


■"( 


tn 

I 


n. 


■  ^ 


V 

m 


f. 


i*.: 


f 


}  1 


.^'^r.';^. 


IHH 


UNITED  8TAT^M 


(ler  on  tho  Gulf  of  Mexico,  are  low  and  level.  In  the  interior  they  are  divervi- 
ried  and  in  wme  parta  mountainoua  The  low  countries  in  all  the  Southern  States 
are  moat.y  barren,  except  on  the  borders  of  rivers,  where  the  soil  ia  very  fertiln. 

The  inhabitunta  of  the  Southern  States  are  nearly  all  occupied  with  a^fricul- 
ture.  The  commerce,  which  ia  extensive,  is  princi[ieHy  in  the  hands  of  foreiirn- 
ers,  or  of  their  northern  countrymen,  and  carried  oa  in  northern  veMelo.  The 
great  staples  of  this  reffion  are  cotton,  rice,  suffar,  and  tobacco:  nearly  tho  whole 
of  the  cotton  crop  of  the  United  States  is  raised  here,  which,  with  rice  and  suffar, 
is  confined  to  its  southern  section :  in  the  northern  the  principal  productions  are 
tobacco,  wheat,  and  corn :  in  the  low  regions  of  the  Carolinas  pitch-pine  ^towh  in 
ffreat  perfection ;  and  tar,  pitch,  turpentme,  and  lumber,  are  the  staples  of  these 
districts.  Gold  is  almost  exclusively  confined  to  the  upper  and  middle  portions  of 
this  ref^ion,  and  is  now  so  extensively  found  as  to  have  become  an  object  of  national 
importance. 

The  population  is  chiefly  of  English  descent,  but  is  in  some  places  somewhat 
mixed.  There  are  many  descendants  of  the  French  and  Spanish,  particularly  in 
Louisiana  and  Florida.  In  Louisiana  the  French  language  is  extensively  spoken, 
and  the  laws  and  some  of  the  newspapers  arc  printed  both  in  that  tongue  and  in 
English. 

The  negroes,  who  form  about  two-fifths  of  the  population,  constitute  a  separate 
class,  and  are  moHtly  held  in  slavery.  The  Indians  are  still  numerous,  although 
the  Choctaws  have  been  recently  removed,  and  the  Creeks  are  now  emigrating,  to 
the  western  Territory.  The  Cherokees,  Chickasaws,  and  Seminoles,  however, 
■till  remain. 

The  inhabitants  of  the  Southern  States  are  seldom  collected  together  in  villages 
and  towns,  like  their  northern  countrymen,  but  live  in  a  scattered  manner  over 
the  country.  This  is  in  a  measure  owing  to  the  predominance  of  agriculture  over 
commercial  and  mechanical  occupations,  but  principally  to  the  circumstance  that 
the  bulk  of  the  labour  is  performed  by  slaves.  Instead  of  small  proprietors  tilling 
their  little  farm  with  their  own  hands,  we  here  find  extensive  plantations  culti- 
vated under  the  direction  of  the  owner  or  his  agent,  who  merely  attends  to  the 
pecuniary  affairs,  directs  the  operations  and  oversees  the  labourers.  This  state  of 
things  has  a  decided  influence  upon  the  manners  and  character  of  the  people,  yet 
there  are  individual  differences  so  great  that  no  general  description  will  apply 
equally  to  the  Virginian,  the  Carolinian,  and  the  Louisianian.  Generosity,  great 
hospitality,  a  high  sense  of  honour,  and  a  manly  independence  of  thought  and 
conduct,  are  among  the  favourable  traits  of  the  southern  character.  The  poorer 
class  of  whites  are  in  general  less  frugal,  and  industrious,  and  enjoy  fewer  advan- 
tages in  respect  to  education  and  religious  instruction  than  the  same  class  in  the 
Northern  States. 

The  rivers  of  the  Southern  States,  south  of  Chesapeake  Bay,  are  generally  dis- 
tinguished by  sluggish  currents,  and  sand-bars  at  their  mouths.  Although  there 
is  no  stream,  exclusively  belonging  to  this  section  of  the  Union,  that  can  be  ranked 
in  point  of  extent  with  the  great  rivers  of  the  country,  there  are  several  which, 
from  the  len^rth  of  their  course  and  the  volume  of  waters  which  they  flow,  would 
in  other  countries  be  considered  as  large  streams ;  and  there  are  not  a  few  which 
furnish  useful  navigable  channels.  The  population  of  the  Southern  States,  in 
1830,  was  3,744,U17;  of  whom,  1,556,517  were  slaves. 


COMMONWEALTH   OF  VIRGINIA. 

Natvre  has  bestowed  on  Virginia  advantage  of  position,  soil,  climate,  and  navi- 
gable rivors.  She  is  often  distinguished  by  the  title  of  the  Ancient  Dominion, 
protKilily  from  the  circumstance  of  her  having  been  the  first  settled  of  the  colonies. 

Tliit)  State  ia  bounded  on  the  north  by  Maryland,  Pennsylvania,  and  Ohio:  south 
by  North  Carolina  and  Tennessee;  cast  by  Maryland  and  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  and 
on  the  west  by  K«!ntucky  and  Ohio.  Extent  from  north  to  south,  220  miles;  from 
cast  to  west,  370  miles.    Area,  about  64,000  square  miles. 


UNITED  STATES. 


189 


Kvery  portion  of  VirifiniM  is  pnnctratcd  by  finn  riven  and  itrcanw,  lueflil  either 
hr  channolfl  of  navipition,  or  tor  mechanical  piirpoMa  The  principal  riven  are 
thf!  Potomac,  Hhenaniloah,  Jameti.  Rappahannock,  Mattapony,  Hamunky,  York, 
Rivannah,  Appomattox,  Elizabeth,  Nottoway,  Meherrin,  ntaunton,  Uhio,  Sandy, 
Great  Kanawha,  Little  Kanawha,  ami  the  Mononj^hela  and  ita  principal  branches. 

The  Allr^hany  nin|;c  of  moimtains,  with  it«  niimcroui  ridgm,  coven  tho  whole 
middle  aection  of  this  State,  and  ffivcs  it  a  ruggal  miriace.  The  country  cant  of 
the  motmtains  doecend*  i;radually  to  the  flat  and  aandy  alluvion  of  the  coast. 
The  district  west  of  tho  mountains  is  hilly.  The  soil  vanes  preatly,  being  sandy 
und  sterile  on  the  coast,  very  fertile  on  the  banks  of  rivera,  and  productive  in  the 
valleys  of  the  Alleghanies.  The  climate  is  equally  varied,  beini^  hot,  rooist,  and 
unhealthy  in  the  lower  alluvial  country,  and  cool  and  aaluhrioua  among  the  inoim* 
tains.  To  the  productions  common  to  the  northern  and  middle  sections  of  the 
Union,  this  State  adds  the  sweet  potato,  the  finest  tobacco,  and  in  the  southern 
parts  cotton  as  a  crop.  The  productions  of  the  north  and  the  south,  apples  and 
wheat,  cotton  and  tobacco,  meet  here  as  in  Tennessee  in  the  western  country. 
The  temperature,  soil,  and  circumstances,  are  supposed  to  be  favourable  in  the 
highest  degree  to  the  cultivation  of  the  grape  ana  the  silk  mulberry. 

The  mineral  wealth  of  Virginia  is  boundless;  gold,  copper,  lead,  iron,  coal,  salt, 
limestone,  marls,  gypsum,  magnesian,  copperas,  and  alum  eartha,  thermal,  chaly- 
beate, and  sulphuretted  springs,  excellent  marbles,  granites,  soa|hstones  and  sand- 
stones, &c.,  are  among  the  treasures  as  yet  for  the  most  part  lying  idle  in  the 
bowels  of  the  earth.  Mining  industry  has,  however,  recently  taken  a  start,  and 
will  doubtless  soon  afford  prontable  employment  to  many  of  the  inhabitants. 

Of  the  metallic  products  of  Virginia,  gold  is  at  present  the  moat  important  It 
is  found  on  both  sides  of  the  North  and  Rapid  Ann  Rivers,  of  the  North  and  South 
Anna  near  their  heads,  of  the  Rivanna  in  the  lower  part  of  its  course,  and  of  the 
James  River  above  and  below  the  mouth  of  the  Rivanna.  The  belt  of  country  in 
which  this  metal  exists,  extends  through  Spottsylvania,  and  some  neighbouring 
counties,  in  a  south-west  direction,  into  North  and  South  Carolina,  Georgia,  and 
Alabama.  In  this  State  the  gold  is  diffused  over  large  surfaces,  and  has  not  been 
found  sufficiently  in  mass,  except  in  a  few  places,  to  make  mining  profitable.  Se- 
veral companies,  in  different  parts  of  the  gold  region,  are  at  present  working 
mines,  some  of  which  promise  to  yield  a  handsome  remuneration. 

Vast  fields  of  coal  exist  in  Virginia,  both  of  the  bituminous  and  anthracite 
kinds ;  of.the  former  great  beds  have  been  found  spreading  over  an  extent  of  many 
miles,  in  which  the  seams  are  sometimes  30,  40,  and  even  60  feet  thick,  and  of 
excellent  quality.  Coal  has  been  mined  and  exported  in  considerable  quantities 
firom  the  vicinity  of  Richmond,  for  many  years  past  Iron  ore  exists  also  in  vast 
quantities,  in  various  parts;  in  some  places  it  is  found  between  immense  layera  of 
coal. 

Salt  springs  occur  at  various  places ;  at  some  of  which  wvrks  for  manufacturing 
the  water  into  salt  have  been  erected :  the  most  important  are  on  the  Great  Ka- 
nawha River,  in  the  vicinity  of  Charleston.  The  quantity  made  here  is  about 
3,000,000  bushels  annually ;  70  gallons  of  brine  yielding  1  bushel  of  salt  Vir- 
ginia contains  a  profusion  of  mineral  springs,  of  great  and  various  virtues,  many 
of  which  have  acquired  much  reputation  for  their  medicinal  properties,  and  some 
of  them  are  much  resorted  to. 

The  State  has  a  fund  for  internal  improvement  amounting  to  nearly  3,000,000 
dollars,  the  income  of  which,  exceeding  280,000  dollars,  is  applied,  under  the 
direction  of  a  Board  of  Public  Works,  to  aid  in  useful  undertaktngs  for  facilitating 
the  intercommunication  between  different  parts  of  the  State.  TIm  Dismal  Swamp 
Canal  unites  Deep  Creek  with  Joyce's  Creek,  and  thus  connects  Chesapeake  Bay 
with  Albemarle  Sound ;  it  is  6^  feet  deep,  40  wide,  and  23^  miles  long.  Short 
canals  have  been  constructed  round  the  fklls  of  the  Appomattox,  Dan,  Shenan- 
doah, and  Rappahannock.  But  the  greatest  work  undertaken  in  this  State  is  the 
James  and  Kanawha  Communication,  which  comprises  canals  and  dams  for  the 
improvement  of  the  James  River,  above  Richmond,  a  canal  connecting  its  head 
watera  with  the  New  River,  and  the  improvement  of  the  navigation  of  that  river 


I'JO 


UNITED  8TATJX 


to  Chartestoit    The  portion  of  the  work  between  Richmond 

■dvancod  Mtate,  and  the  continuation  above  that  point  i« 

ill. 


and  the  Kanawha 
and  Lynchburif  i*  in  an 

alflo  in  pro((reM.  Several  important  raiUraada  have  been  conatructcd.  The  I'c* 
teraburff  and  Roanoke  rail-road  extenda  from  Fetertburi;  to  Blakely  on  the  Roan- 
okc,  IM)  milca.  A  continuation  of  thia  work  ia  now  in  proffreia  to  Richmumi,  t£2 
miloa.  The  Richmond  and  Potomac  rail-road,  from  Richmomi  tlirou^fli  Frcdorick)*- 
buri;  to  the  I'otoniac,  75  milea,  alio  in  proffreaa,  will  complete  the  connexion 
between  the  I'otomac  and  Roanoke.  The  Winchester  ruii-ruad  extendi  from 
Winchester  to  Harper's  Ferry,  30  miles,  and  is  there  connected  with  the  Balti- 
more and  Ohio  rail-road.  The  Portsmouth  and  Roanoke  rail-road  extends  tVom 
Portsmouth,  opposite  Norfolk,  to  Weldon,  on  the  Roanoke,  77  miles. 

The  Literary  Fund  belonging  to  the  State  amounted,  in  1833,  to  1,001,857  dol- 
lars, and  the  revenue  from  the  same  to  78,340  dollars.  In  1817,  a  permanent 
appropriation  was  madeof  45,UU0dollara  a  year  for  the  instruction  of  poor  children, 
to  be  distributed  amonff  the  several  counties  and  towns  in  proportion  to  their  white 
population.  There  are  numerous  grammar  schools  and  acoidemies  in  the  State,  and 
m  many  fiimilies  the  children  are  instructed  by  domestic  tutors.  The  college  of 
William  and  Mary,  at  Williamsburg,  ia  the  oldest  in  the  United  States  ailer  Har- 
vard College ;  it  was  chartered  in  1601. 

The  Univeraity  of  Virginia,  established  at  Charlottesville,  is,  however,  the  most 
important  educational  institution  in  the  State ;  it  consists  of  nine  schools,  namely, 
of  Ancient  Languages,  Modern  Languages,  Mathematics,  Natural  Philosophy, 
Chemiutry  and  Moteria  Medica,  Medicine,  Anatomy  and  Surgery,  Moral  Philoso- 
phy, and  Law ;  and  each  student  attends  only  to  such  schools  as  he  chooses.  The 
Univeraity  went  into  operation  in  1820,  and  it  receives  15,000  dollara  a  year  from 
the  Slate ;  the  library  consists  of  10,500  volumes.  Washington  College  at  Lex- 
ington, Hampden-Sidney  College  in  Prince  Edward  County,  and  Randolph-Macon 
College  in  Mecklenburg,  are  respectable  institutions.  The  theological  schools 
are,  an  Episcopal  Seminary  in  Fairfax  County,  the  Union  Seminary  founded  by 
the  ^resbyteriana  in  Prince  Edward  County,  and  the  Virginia  Baptist  Seminary 
near  Richmond.  The  predominant  religious  sects  lire  Baptists,  Methodists,  Pres- 
byterians, and  Episcopalians.  The  Lutherans  and  Rpfonned  Baptists  aire  also 
numerous,  and  there  are  some  Roman  Catholics,  Friends^i,  and  Tunkers. 

POPULATION  AT  DIFFERENT  PERIODS. 

In  1643, 30,000;  in  1660,  30,000;  in  1703,  60,606;  in  1749,  85,000;  in  1763, 170,000; 
viz:  about  70,000  whites,  and  100,000  negroes. 


In  1790, 747,610 

1800, 8804200 

1810, 974,633 

1830, 1,065.366 

1830, 1,811,375 


INCaiASE. 


From  1790  to  1800 133,590 

1800  to  1810,  ....  94,433 

1810  to  1830 90,744 

1830  to  1830 146,009 


SLATRS. 

393,637 
346,968 
393,518 
435,153 
469,734 


INCRBASK. 

54,341 
45,550 
33,635 
44,571 

Of  the  above  populatiou  there  were,  white  Males,  347,887;  white  Females, 
346,383;  deaf  and  dumb,  422;  blind,  230;  aliens,  518.  Total  whites,  604,27) 
Free  coloured,  47,348;  slaves,  469,757;  coloured  deaf  ond  dumb,  132;  blind,  445. 
Total  coloured,  517,105. 

Richmond,  th?  capital  of  the  State,  and  its  principal  city,  stands  on  sev  .  .. 
eminences,  which  com.'^and  fine  views  of  the  surrounding  country,  and  i^ive  to  the 
city  an  air  of  singular  bt'auty.  Thu  western  division  occupies  a  high  plain  called 
Shockoe  Hill,  overlooking  tK9  lower  town,  and  containing  a  beautiful  square  of 
about  ten  acres,  which  ia  Kdok-ued  with  fine  shade  trees,  and  laid  out  in  gravelled 
walks;  here,  in  a  commanv.rg  situation,  stands  the  Capitol  or  State-House,  one 
of  the  most  elegant  Btiuctnrej  it  v.  United  States,  containing  a  statue  of  Wash- 
ington by  Houdon;  uad  oontigu»us  u>  't.  ii  i.he  City  Hall,  a  neat  edifice  of  the 
Doric  order.  The  otbf.r  publio  buildii.^o  are  the  Armoury,  Penitentiary,  16 
churches,  a  theatre,  &c  The  city  is  supplied  with  pure  water  from  three  reser- 
voirs, each  containing  1,000,000  gallons,  and  filled  by  two  pumps,  which  raiso  at 


yards 


UNITED  fTTATIX 


1.U 


the  rate  of  8()0,(NN)  irnlloM  in  the  24  huura.  Kichmunil  la  110  iiiiIvn  IVmii  IIiv 
mouth  of  the  rivor,  which  carries  Ift  feet  of  wntt^r  t^  within  n  ffw  milcR  of  tho 
city,  end  •flbrds  boat  navifption  for  'JSO  miles  above  th>>  tklk  TIipmj  advantaxc* 
enable  it  to  carry  an  extensive  trade,  both  mland  and  by  N*>a ;  the  annual  vaTuH 
of  the  exports  bt<u.^'  about  3,000,000  dollars,  in  addition  to  i  valunble  ctNUttintr 
trad"*.  Large  quantities  of  wheat,  flour,  tobacco,  itc,  v  bruu((hi  (h^  n  by  the 
J'-.-nes  River  canal.  The  fltlls  of  the  river  iiiiiiiodiatuly  mx'^"  the  city  all  ,d  an 
unlimited  water-power,  which  is  largely  applied  turn'inuractu.ui'.  MirpottcH;  ther» 
are  here  and  in  the  village  of  Manchester,  opposite  m  Kichinonii,  4  \iirgi'  Hour- 
mills  with  08  run  of  stones,  grinding  annually  about  7(HMHN)  bunhi^ls  of  whear,  -i 
cotton-mills,  tobacco  manufactories,  a  cannon  foundcry,  2  rulliii(f  and  alittin(;-niill8, 
paper-mills,  &«.  The  population  in  1890  was  10,000 ;  at  present,  including  that 
of  Manchester,  which  is  connected  with  it  by  a  bridge,  it  exceeds  20,'"^).  A 
rail-road  extends  firom  Manchester  to  the  coal-mines,  on  the  same  side  of  th,  river, 
18  miles,  which  y'eld  at  present  above  fiO,000  tons  of  coal  annually. 

The  priitcipr)  Mia-'><)rt  of  this  State  is  Norfolk,  which  is  situated  on  the  K<i/Jt- 
beth  River,  '•  gt'  '  ni  fi'  <  i  Hampton  Roads.  Its  harbour  is  deep  and  capaciouti, 
euy  of  nor  '  o,  and  pertisirly  secure;  the  Road,  an  expansion  of  James  River  just 
above  its  m<<iith,  nlTurds  the  flnest  anchorage  in  the  world,  and  is  capable  of  con- 
tainin/r  its  united  niivies.  The  entrance,  between  Old  Point  Comfort  and  a  mmi- 
bar  <  nM'  I  the  Rip  Kaptt,  is  rather  more  than  a  mile  in  width,  and  is  defended  by 
l\,u  Munroe  and  Fort  Calhoun.  The  ikvourable  situation  of  Norfolk,  in  regard 
to  the  sea,  an'l  'ts  connexion  with  the  interior  by  means  of  the  Dismal  Swamp 
canal  and  tlie  Portsmouth  and  Roanoke  rail-road,  have  made  it  the  chief  commer- 
cial depdt  of  Virginia,  and,  in  1835,  18,801  tons  of  shipping  belonged  to  the  port. 
The  town  ia  built  on  low  ground,  and  the  neighbourhood  is  marshy ;  the  principal 
streets  are  well  paved  and  clean,  but  the  othen  are  less  commodious  and  more 
irregular.  The  building  are  not  distinguished  for  elejg^nce,  but  some  improve- 
ments have  been  made  of  late  yean  in  this  respect.  There  are  eight  churches,  a 
marine  hospital,  a  theatre,  lyceum,  du;.,  and  a  population  of  0616.  At  Qoeport,  in 
Portsmouth,  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  river,  is  one  of  the  most  important  navy- 
yards  of  the  United  States,  containing  a  magnificent  dry-dock,  of  hewn  granite, 
constructed  at  a  cost  of  074,856  dollara.  Population  of  Portsmouth,  2000.  Suf- 
folk is  a  thriving  little  iown  to  the  south-west,  with  1200  inhabitants;  it  stands  on 
the  Nansemond  river,  and  is  accessible  to  vessels  of  100  tons. 

Peteraburg,  on  the  right  bank  of  the  Appomattox  river,  is  a  handsome  and  flou- 
rishing town,  with  8322  inhabitants,  combining  an  active  trade  in  cotton,  flour, 
and  tobacco,  with  manufacturing  industry.  Vessels  drawing  seven  feet  of  water 
come  up  to  the  town,  but  large  ships  unload  at  City  Point,  at  the  mouth  of  the  river. 
The  fiills  of  the  Appomattox  furnish  ample  water-power,  and  there  are  here  seve- 
ral cotton-mills,  merchant  flour-mills,  a  brass  and  iron  foundery,  tanneries,  cotton- 
seed oil-mills,  &c. 

North-west  fVom  Richmond,  and  on  the  Ravenna  river,  is  Charlottesville,  with 
about  1000  inhabitants.  It  is  pleasantly  situated  in  a  charming  valley,  and  derives 
its  interest  from  its  being  the  eeat  of  Virginia  University.  The  halls  of  this 
highly  respectable  and  valuable  institution  form  a  fine  collection  of  buildings. 
Three  miles  from  CharlottesviJite  is  Monticello,  the  seat  of  the  late  President  Jef- 
f>rs'..  The  mansion  occupies  a  lofty  summit  of  the  South- West  Mountain,  500 
feet  above  the  Rivanno,  and  commands  a  view  of  the  Blue  Ridge  on  the  west,  and 
of  the  low  country  as  far  as  the  eye  can  reiich  on  the  east.  A  simple  jBfranite 
obelisk  over  the  grave  of  Jefferson  bears  tiiis  inscription,  written  by  himself: 
Thomas  Jefferson,  Author  ^the  Declaration  of  Independence,  and  Founder  of 
the  University  of  Virginia  Newly  west  from  Richmond,  and  120  miles  distant, 
is  Lynchburg,  situated  on  ibe  sotHtiern  bank  of  James  River,  which  is  here  bold 
and  broken.  It  is  a  neat  and  Auiirishing  town,  carrying  on  an  active  trade,  and 
containing  some  manufactories.  The  water-power  afforded  by  the  river  is  par- 
tially employed  in  propelling  a  cotton-mill  with  2500  spindles,  and  several  saw 
and  flour-mills;  and  there  ire  h>  re  tannertes,  tobacco  mctories,  smitheries,  Slo, 
The  town  is  supplied  with  water  from  a  rwaervoir  containing  400,000  gallons,  fed 


;  .^ 


^ 


It- 


\^ 


.(^. 


i'  ■ 


1  .  I 


'.(' 


\l 


».  ! 


.   r 


!■(•• 


...  ii-W- 


»  ■ 

'  '1 


'i\ 


m 


193 


UNITED  STATES. 


by  a  double  fbrcing-pump,  and  placed  at  such  an  elevation  aa  to  throw  a  copious 
ctrcam  over  the  topa  of  the  houaes.  Lynchbur|(  ia  one  of  the  largest  tobacco  mar- 
kets in  the  world,  from  10,000  to  16,000  hhda.  having  been  inspected  here  annu- 
ally durini;  the  last  ten  years.  Population,  4630.  Danville,  on  the  Dan  river, 
wliicii  is  navigable  by  boats  some  distance  above,  is  a  flourishing  village,  with 
1000  inhabitants ;  its  position  oomroaods  some  trade,  and  there  are  some  manufac- 
tories here. 

The  Great  Valley  Section  consists  of  an  elevttad  taUe-laod  between  the  Blue ; 
Ridge  and  the  Alleghany  chain,  from  1200  to  1500  feet  above  the  aea.  It  is, 
however,  traversed  by  several  mountain  chains,  forming  numerous  subordinate 
valleys,  at  once  fertile  and  picturesque,  and  constituting  a  region  of  aingular 
wildness  and  beauty.  Its  rare  combination  of  great  agricultural  resources  with 
extraordinary  mineral  riches,  must  one  day  reiraer  it  the  seat  of  a  populous  and 
wealthy  community.  At  the  lower  end  of  the  valley  stands  the  town  of  Harper's 
Ferry,  celebrated  for  the  majestic  scenery  in  its  vicinity,  which  has  already  been 
described.  The  town  has  a  population  of  about  2000  inhabitants,  and  contains 
three  churches,  two  academies,  several  large  flour  and  saw-mills,  ah  Arsenal  of 
the  United  States,  containing  about  80,000  stands  of  arms,  and  an  Armoury  for 
the  manufacture  of  fire-arms.  A  rail-road  extends  from  this  place  to  Winchester, 
one  (^  the  most  flourishing  towns  in  the  State,  with  3620  inhabitants.  It  stands 
on  the  site  of  old  Fort  Loudoun,  in  the  midst  of  a  very  rich  and  highly  cultivated 
tract,  inhabited  by  an  industrious  and  thriving  population.  Winchester  is  the 
depdt  of  the  surrounding  country,  and  its  tfad6  and  manu&ctures  are  extensive. 

Fredericksburg  is  a  flourishing  town  at  the  head  of  navigation  on  the  Rappap 
bannock  River,  which  admits  vessels  of  140  tons  up  to  the  town.  Its  situation 
makes  it  the  dejpdt  of  a  well-cultivated  tract,  and  its  trade  is  considerable. 
Tobacco,  wheat,  flour,  maize,  gold,  dtc.,  are  the  principal  articles  of  exportation. 
Pof«ulaJtion«  2308.  Falmouth,  Port  Royal,  Ta|>pahannQck,  and  Urbonna,  are 
small  villa^fes  on  the  Rappahannock.  In  Westmoreland  county  on  the  Potomac, 
is  shown  the  spot  where  Washington  was  bom ;  the  house,  which  stood  on  Pope's 
creek,  tkuai  biilf  a  mile  from  the  river,  on  a  plantation  called  Wakefield,  is  now 
in  ruins.  A  simple  stone,  with  the  iiwcription.  Here,  on  the  11th  of  February, 
17^2,  Oeorge  Washington  was  born,  designates  the  consecrated  spot  Further 
dp  the  river,  eight  miles  from  Alexandria,  is  Mount  Vernon,  the  seat  and  the 
tomb  of  that  great  and  good  man.  The  mansion  house  is  a  simple  wooden  build- 
ing, two  stories  high,  with  a  plain  portico,  extending  the  whole  length,  and  com- 
manding a  view  of  the  river ;  the  tomb  is  merely  a  walled  excavation  in  the  bonk, 
with  a  brick  front  and  closed  by  an  iron  door. 

The  country  lying  between  the  James  and  Rappahannock,  is  a  fine  and  fruitful 
region.  The  towns  of  this  section  are  few  and  small,  as  the  trade  centres  in 
those  which  lie  below  the  lower  fhlls  of  the  riven.  Leesburg  is  a  neat  and 
thriving  town,  with  about  2000  inhabitants,  situated  in  a  productive  and  highly 
cultivated  district  Fairfax,  further  south,  is  a  flourishing  village,  and  further  on 
is  Barbouraville,  in  tho  vicinity  of  which  are  the  seat  and  tomb  of  the  late  Presi- 
dent Mi>dtqon. 

In  the  western  part  of  the  State  is  the  city  of  Wheeling,  surrounded  by  rich 
coal-beds  and  a  highly  fertile  country ;  and,  standing  at  the  head  of  steam-boat 
navigation  on  the  Ohio  during  the  season  of  low  water,  is  one  of  the  most 
flourishing  trading  towns  in  the  country.  The  population  increased  from  1567  in 
1820,  to  5222  in  1830,  and  in  1835  was  estimated  to  exceed  8000.  There  are 
20  steam-boats  owned  here,  26  steam-engines  are  in  operation,  and  a  great 
quantity  of  goods  is  forwarded  from  this  point  in  wagons  by  the  National  Road 
to  the  east,  and  by  keel-boats,  flat-boats,  and  steamers  down  the  river.  The 
nuBber  of  steam-boat  arrivals  here  in  1834  was  738.  Iron-founderies,  steam- 
eofpine  fiictories,  cotton  and  woollen-mills,  glass-bouses  and  cut-glass  works,  an 
ejitenaive  rolling  and  alitting-mill  and  nail-ftctory,  steam  flour-mills,  poper-mills, 
copperas,  white-lead,  and  uieet-lead  manufactories,  tobacco-manu&ctories,  tan- 
neries, smitheries,  &c.  are  among  the  manufiicturing  estabUshments,  in  which 
about  34,000  tons  of  coal  are  consumed  annually. 


are 
T 
em 
all  til 
ducts 
mere 
penti 
An 
The, 
Ridg( 
the  t 
part 
the  c 
piece 


tan- 


UNITED  STATES. 


193 


STATE    OF    NORTH    CAROLINA. 

NoKTH  Carouna  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  Virginia,  east  by  the  Atlantic 
Ocean,  south  by  South  Carolina,  and  west  by  Tennessee.  Length  362  miles,  and 
breadth  121  miles;  area,  43,800  square  miles.  The  country,  for  morn  than  60 
miles  from  the  coast,  is  a  low  plain,  with  many  swamps  and  inlets  from  the  sua. 
The  greater  portion  of  this  district,  except  along  the  water-courses,  is  a  vast  forest 
of  evergreens.  The  rich  lands  near  the  swamps  and  rivers  are  insalubrious. 
Having  passed  this  monotonous  region,  we  emerge  to  the  pleasant  and  mild  part.^ 
of  the  State,  at  the  base  of  the  Alle<rhanies,  from  whose  summits  the  eye  tra- 
verses an  immense  extent  of  beautiful  country  to  the  west,  and  vision  is  lost  in 
the  agreeable  succession  of  hill,  dale,  forest,  and  valley,  with  an  elastic  and  salu- 
brious atmosphere. 

In  the  western  part  of  the  State  the  Blue  Ridge,  which  forms  the  separating 
line  between  the  waters  of  the  Atlantic  and  the  Mississippi,  attains  an  elevation 
of  about  5500  feet.  The  western  boundary  of  the  State  is  formed  by  the  pro- 
longation of  the  same  ridge ;  its  different  parts  are  known  by  various  local  names, 
one  of  which,  the  Black  Mountain,  has  been  recently  ascertained  to  be  the  most 
lofly  in  the  United  States,  east  of  the  Rocky  Mountains ;  its  height  is  6476  feet, 
or  48  feet  more  elevated  than  Mt  Washington,  in  New  Hampshire :  another  sum- 
mit of  the  Blue  Ridge,  the  Roan  Mountains,  is  6038  feet  in  height,  forming  on  its 
top  a  broad  level  meadow,  of  considerable  extent.  The  tract  between  Uie  two 
ridges  is  an  elevated  table-land,  from  2000  to  2500  feet  above  the  sea. 

North  Carolina  abounds  in  con.siderable  rivers,  but  enjoys  few  facilities  for  navi- 
gation in  proportion  to  the  number  and  size  of  the  streams,  which  arc  shallow  or 
broken  in  their  course,  or  lose  themselves  in  lagoons  difficult  of  access,  or  are 
obstructed  by  bars.  The  Chowan,  which  is  formed  by  the  junction  of  the  Me- 
herrin  and  Nottoway,  flows  into  Albemarle  Sound,  and  admits  small  vessels  to 
Murfreesboro*.  The  Roanoke  also  empties  itself  into  the  same  shallow  basin. 
The  Tar  River  and  the  Neuse  both  flow  into  Pamplico  Sound :  the  first  is  navi- 
gable 90  miles,  to  Tarboro',  and  the  latter  to  Kingston.  Cape  Fear  River,  the 
principal  stream,  which  has  its  whole  course  within  the  State,  rising  on  the  north- 
ern border,  pursues  a  south-easterly  course  of  280  miles ;  and  at  Cape  Fear,  the 
Waecamaw,  the  Lumber,  and  Yadkin,  which  take  the  names  of  the  Little  and 
Great  Pedee,  and  the  Catawba,  which  rises  in  the  Blue  Ridge,  all  flow  into  South 
Carolina;  while  the  French,  Broad,  Little  Tennessee,  Hiwassee,  and  New  River, 
descend  in  an  opposite  direction  from  the  same  mountain. 

The  swamps  are  a  striking  feature  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  State.  The  Great 
Dismal  Swamp  lies  in  the  north-eastern  part  and  extends  into  Virginia.  It  is  30 
miles  in  length  and  10  in  breadth.  In  the  centre,  on  the  Virginia  side,  is  Lake 
Drummcnd,  15  miles  in  circuit ;  a  canal  is  carried  through  it  from  Norfolk  to  Al- 
bemarle Sound.  Between  Albemarle  and  Pamplico  Sound  is  another,  called  Alli- 
gator or  Little  Dismal  Swamp;  this  has  been  partly  drained,  by  means  of  a  canal, 
and  the  land  rendered  fit  for  the  cultivation  of  rice.  These  swamps  have  a  clay 
bottom,  over  which  lies  a  thick  stratum  of  vegetable  compost  The  drained  lands 
are  found  to  be  exceedingly  fertile. 

The  pine  forests  of  North  Carolina,  which  cover  nearly  the  whole  of  the  east- 
ern part  of  the  State,  yield  not  only  much  lumber  for  exportation,  but  also  nearly 
all  the  resinous  matter  used  in  ship-building  in  this  country.  The  resinous  pro- 
ducts are  turpentine,  spirits  of  turpentine,  rosin,  tar,  and  pitch ;  turpentine  is 
merely  the  sap  of  the  tree  obtained  by  making  an  incision  in  the  bark ;  the  tur- 
pentine flows  out  in  drops,  which  fall  into  a  box  placed  to  receive  them. 

Among  the  mineral  productions,  the  most  important  appear  to  be  gold  and  iron. 
The  gold  region  of  North  Carolina  embraces  the  section  on  both  sides  of  the  Blue 
Ridge,  and  extends  to  the  east  of  the  Yadkin.  The  deposite  or  surface  mines  are 
the  most  easily  worked,  but  the  vein  mines  are  the  most  durable.  In  almost  any 
part  of  this  district,  gold  may  be  found  in  greater  or  less  abundance  mixed  with 
the  soil.  It  exists  in  grains  or  masses  from  almost  imperceptible  particles,  to 
pieces  of  one  or  two  pounds  weight ;  one  of  the  largest  lumps  ever  found,  was 


17 


I   ■    1*  'I 

' « '  * 

.   :    ■  t 


■  1 1»  ■ 


0  ■'' 


4  iw'.:.}- 


I- 


i  M': 


■  >l 


i' 


^', 


%i 


''i'U. 


194 


UNITED  STATES. 


dug'  up  in  Caberras  county — it  was  worth  between  7  and  8000  dollars.  Lumps 
from  the  value  of  1  or  200  to  1000  dollars,  are  not  uncommon.  There  arc  innu- 
merable diggings  over  the  whole  country,  and  a  host  of  adventurers,  relinquishing 
all  other  employments,  are  digging  the  hill-sides  for  gold.  The  opening  of  the 
mines  indubitably  proves  that  they  were  known  in  past  ages ;  crucibles  and  other 
mining  instruments  have  been  repeatedly  discovered  under  circumstances  to  pre- 
clude the  possibility  of  their  having  been  led  there  by  descendants  of  the  Euro- 
pean races. 

The  great  diversity  of  climate  between  the  eastern  lowlands  and  the  western 
high  country,  produces  a  corresponding  diversity  in  the  agricultural  productions 
of  the  two  sections;  while  the  former  yields  cotton,  rice,  and  indigo,  the  more 
northern  grains  and  fraits  thrive  in  the  tatter,  which  yields  wheat,  Indian-corn, 
tobacco,  and  hemp.  The  cotton  crop  of  North  Carolina  is  about  30,000  bales. 
Manufactures  can  hardly  be  said  to  exist,  except  in  the  shape  of  household  indus- 
try ;  and  the  dangers  of  the  coast,  and  the  want  of  good  harbours,  carry  the  trade 
of  North  Carolina  chiefly  through  Virginia,  South  Carolina,  Georgia,  and  Ten- 
nessee. Nor  has  much  been  done  in  this  State  towards  extending  the  facilities 
for  transportation,  although  the  mo^t  important  productions  are  of  a  bulky  cha- 
racter, requiring  cheap  and  easy  modes  of  conveyance.  The  Dismal  Swamp  Ca- 
nal is  partly,  and  its  branch,  the  Northwest  Canal  wholly,  in  this  State.  The 
Clubfoot  and  Harlow  Canal  connects  the  Neuse  with  the  harbour  of  Beaufort,  and 
there  are  several  side-cuts  round  tho  falls  of  the  rivers.  The  Raleigh  and  Gaston 
rail-road,  from  the  former  place  to  the  Roanoke,  is  in  progress. 

The  University  of  North  Carolina,  at  Chapel  Hill,  about  30  miles  from  Raleigh, 
is  the  principal  educational  institution  in  the  State ;  there  is  a  pretty  large  num- 
ber of  academies,  but  no  system  of  general  education  has  been  adopted.  The 
Methodists  and  !^ptists  are  the  most  numerous  religious  sects,  and  there  are  also 
a  good  many  Presbyterians  and  Episcopalians,  with  some  Lutherans,  Moravians, 
Friends,  and  Roman  Catholics. 

The  State  is  divided  into  65  counties,  and  contains  a  population  of  737,987,  of 
which  472,846  are  whites,  19,540  free  blacks,  and  245,601  slaves. 

POPULATION  AT  DIFFERENT  PERIODS. 


In  1701,  5,000;  in  1749,  45,000;   in  1763,  95,000. 


In  1790, 393,951 

1800, 478,103 

1810, 555,500 

1820 638,829 

1830, 738,470 


INCREASE. 


SLATES. 
100,571 

133,296 
168,824 
205,017 
245,601 


INCREASE. 


33,275 
35,528 
36,193 

40,584 


From  1790  to  1800 84,152 

1800  to  1810 77,397 

1810  to  1820 83,329 

1820  to  1830 99  641 

Of  the  above  population  of  1830,  there  were,  white  Males,  235,954;  white  Fe- 
males, 236,889;  deaf  and  dumb,  230;  blind,  223;  aliens,  206:  total  whites, 
472,843.  Free  coloured  Males,  9,561 ;  Females,  9,982:  total,  19,543.  Slaves- 
Males,  124,313;  Females,  121,288:  total,  245,601. 

Raleigh,  the  capital  of  the  State,  not  far  from  the  west  bank  of  the  Neuse,  is  a 
thriving  town  with  1700  inhabitants.  A  fine  State-House  of  granite  is  now  erect- 
ing here,  in  place  of  the  one  destroyed  by  fire  in  1831,  when  Canova's  statue  of 
Washington  was  unfortunately  ruined.  Fayctteville  is  a  busy  and  flourishing 
town  at  the  head  of  boat  navigation  on  Cape  Foar  River,  with  2868  inhabitants. 
It  contains  an  United  States  Armoury.  Salem,  Salisbury,  and  Charlotte,  are 
small  towns  in  this  section.  The  last  mentioned  has  of  late  rapidly  increased  in 
population  and  importance  on  account  of  its  proximity  to  the  gold  mines,  and  has 
at  present  2000  inhabitants.    A  mint  for  the  coinage  of  gold  is  now  erecting  here. 

Beaufort,  the  only  port  of  North  Carolina  directly  upon  the  sea,  admits  vessels 
drawing  12  feet  of  water,  and  the  harbour  is  ^fe  and  commodious;  but  the  town 
is  inconsiderable.  Wilmington,  40  miles  from  the  sea  on  Cape  Fear  River,  is  the 
most  important  commercial  town  of  the  State,  and  it  carries  on  a  considerable 
trade  with  the  West  Indies.    The  population  is  about  3000.    Newbern,  on  the 


The 
warm, 
from  wl 
diseasef 
as  any 
it  is  ci 


UNITED  STATES. 


l'J5 


south  bank  of  the  River  Neuse,  80  miles  from  Pamplico  Sound,  is  a  place  of  some 
commerce,  although  large  vessels  cannot  come  up  to  the  town,  and  the  navigation 
is  tedious  and  difficult  for  smaller  cratl.  Newbern  is  pleasantly  situated  and  well 
built,  and,  with  a  population  of  3762  souls,  is  the  principal  town  in  the  State. 
Washington  and  Tarboro*  on  the  Pamplico  River,  Plymouth  and  Halifax  on  the 
Roanoke,  Eldenton  on  the  Chowan,  and  Elizabeth  on  the  Pasquotank,  are  email 
trading  towna 


STATE   OP   SOUTH  CAROLINA. 

The  State  of  South  Carolina  is  bounded  on  the  north  and  north-east  by  North 
Carolina,  south-east  by  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  and  south-west  by  Georgia,  irom 
which  it  is  separated  by  the  Savannah  river ;  it  is  in  length  186  miles,  by  KM)  in 
breadth,  the  area  being  about  30,000  square  uiles. 

The  rivers  of  South  Carolina  afford  some  considerable  navigable  facilities  for  i 
small  river  craft ;  but  in  ihe  lower  part  of  their  course  they  are  shallow,  and  - 
obstructed  by  bars.    The  principal  are  the  Waccamaw,  Pedee,  Black  river,  San- 
tee,   Cooper,  Ashley,  Stono,  Edisto,  Ashapo,  Combahee,  Coosaw,  Broad,  and 
Savannah. 

The  harbours  of  this  State  are  generally  of  little  value ;  but  the  coast  presents 
numerous  entrances,  which  are  accessible  to  small  vessels,  and  which  afford 
advantages  for  an  active  coasting  trade.  The  harbour  of  Charleston  is  obstructed 
at  the  entrance  by  a  dangerous  sand-bar,  and  that  of  Georgetown  will  only  admit 
small  vessels.  The  harbour  of  Beaufort  or  Port  Royal  is  the  best  in  the  State, 
and  is  sufficient  to  receive  a  navy,  but  is  little  frequented.  Stone  Inlet  has  nine 
or  ten  feet  of  water,  and  was  used  during  the  blockade  of  Charleston  in  1775.  St. 
Helena  Sound  is  the  most  spacious  opening  for  a  great  distance  along  the  coast, 
but,  although  about  three  miles  wide  and  ten  miles  long,  it  is  too  much  beset  with 
shoals  to  be  of  any  great  commercial  value. 

The  Bea>coast  is  bordered  with  a  fine  chain  of  islands,  between  which  and  the 
shore,  there  is  a  very  convenient  navigation.  The  main  land  is  by  nature  divided 
into  the  lower  and  upper  country.  The  low  country  extends  80  or  100  miles 
from  the  coast,  and  is  covered  with  extensive  forests  of  pitch-pine,  called  pine 
barrens,  interspersed  with  swamps  and  marshes  of  a  rich  soil :  beyond  this  is  the 
sand-hill  region,  60  miles  in  width,  the  sterile  hills  of  which  have  been  compared 
to  the  arrested  waves  of  the  sea  in  a  storm.  To  this  distance  the  broad  extent  of 
country  is  denominated  the  lower  country ;  beyond  it  we  approach  the  ridge  or 
upper  country,  the  Atlantic  ascent  of  which  is  precipitous.  From  the  summit 
stretches  a  fine  belt  of  table-land,  fertile  and  well  cultivated,  watered  by  rivers, 
and  irrigated  by  smaller  streams,  extending  from  the  Savannah  to  Broad  river. 
The  country  beyond  the  ridge  resembles  in  its  scenery  the  most  interesting  of  the  j 
northern  States.  The  traveller  is  gratified  by  the  pleasant  alternation  of  hill  and 
dale,  the  lively  verdure  of  the  hills  is  contrasted  with  the  deeper  tints  of  the 
extensive  forests  which  decorate  their  sides,  and  in  the  valleys  broad  rivers  roll 
their  streams  through  the  varied  beauties  of  luxuriant  and  cultivated  fields.  The 
ascent  hence  to  the  mountains  is  gradual  and  imperceptible.  A  number  of  moun- 
tains of  striking  forms,  here  swell  with  their  peaks  to  a  very  considerable  eleva- 
tion. Table  Mountain  is  the  most  conspicuous ;  its  summit  is  supposed  to  be  4000 
feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 

The  low  country  is  infested  with  many  of  the  diseases  which  spring  from  a 
warm,  moist,  and  unelastic  atmosphere.  Of  these,  the  most  frequent  are  fevers, 
from  which  the  inhabitants  suffer  more  than  from  any,  or  perhaps  from  all  other 
diseases  together.  The  districts  of  the  upper  country  enjoy  as  salubrious  a  climate 
as  any  part  of  the  United  States.  During  the  most  unhealthful  period  of  the  year, 
it  is  customary  for  the  wealthy  South  Carolinians  to  seek  relaxation  in  a  tour 


i:'- 


f   ■■>■'■:■'} 


I 


h  M : 


I'NITKU  STATES. 


1% 


throiijifli  the  northern  Stated,  or  in  a  Hojourn  at  somu  of  the  watering'places  in  the 
upland  country. 

The  staple  commodities  of  this  State  are  cotton  and  rice,  of  which  great  quan- 
tities are  annually  exported. 

The  cotton  crop  of  South  Carolina  is  about  66  millions  of  pounds,  of  which  a 
part  ia  the  much-prizctl  hng  staple,  or  sea  island  kind.  Rice,  tirst  introduced  in 
16U8,  is  raised  only  in  the  low  country,  where  the  immense  swamps  in  which  it 
ia  grown  may  be  easily  irrigated,  by  means  of  the  rise  of  the  tide  in  the  rivers. 
The  rice  exported  from  the  United  States,  chiefly  the  produce  of  South  Carolina, 
varies  from  120,000  to  175,000  tierces,  of  the  value  of  from  2,000,000  to  nearly 
3,000,000  dollars.  Indigo  was  for  some  time  one  of  the  staples  of  this  State ;  its 
cultivation  was  introduanl  tn  the  middle  of  the  last  century,  and  at  the  breaking 
out  of  the  revolutionary  war,  about  1,000,000  pounds  were  exported  annually ; 
but  toward  the  close  of  the  century  the  price  was  so  much  lowered  by  large 
importations  from  the  East  Indies  into  Englanxlr  that  it  gave  way  to  cotton,,  which 
is  raised  on  the  same  lands. 

There  are  no  manufactures  of  any  importance  in  South  Carolina,  but  the  com- 
merce  of  the  State  is  necessarily  extensive  *,  it  consists  in  the  exports  of  her  own 
raw  produce,  including  rice,  cotton,  tar,  pitch,  turpentine,  and  lumber,  and  of 
large  quantities  of  the  productions  of  Georgia  and  North  Carolina,^  and  in  the 
import  of  manufactured  artielest  wines,  tropical  fruits,  &.C.,  for  hone  consumption. 

The  region  in  which  gold  is  found  extends  through  this  Stale.  Although  the 
mines  are  abundant^  the  diggings  have  been  less  numerous  than  in  North  Carolina. 
Various  ochres,  used  in  painting,  are  found  near  Yorkville.  Marble,  limestone, 
iron  and  lead  ore,  potters*  clay,  fullers'  earth,  nitrous  earth,  talc,  and  most  of  the 
useful  fossils,  are  common. 

Free  schools  for  poor  children  have  been  established  throughout  the  State ;  and, 
in  the  beginning  of  1833»  8390  children  were  instructed,  in  817  schools,  at  a 
charge  of  37,000  dollars.  Thete  is  a  considerable  number  of  useful  and  resj^eta- 
ble  academies ;  the  Charleston  CoNege  in  Charleston,  and  the  College  of  South 
Carolina  at  Columbia,  are  valuable  institutions ;  the  latter  has  a  library  of  10,000 
volumes,  and  has  been  liberally  endowed  by  the  State.  There  are  three  medical 
schools  in  Charleston,  a  Presbyterian  Theological  Seminary  at  Columbia,  a 
Lutheran  Theological  Seminary  at  Lexington,  and  a  Baptist  Theological  Semi- 
nary at  the  High  Hills.  The  prevailing  religious  sects  are  Baptists,  Methodists, 
and  Presbyterians ;  there  are  also  many  Episcopalians  and  Lutherans,,  and  some 
Roman  CathoNcs. 

Several  useful  canals  have  been  constructed  in  this  State»  but  none  of  them  is 
of  great  extent ;  the  Santee  canal  extends  from  the  head  of  sloop  navigation  on 
Cooper's  River,  34  miles  from  Charleston,  to  the  river  Santee,  a  distance  of  22 
miles,  and  forms  the  channel  to  the  sea  for  large  quantities  of  the  produce  of  the 
upper  country.  The  Charleston  and  Augusta  rail-road,  extending  from  the  former 
city  to  Hamburg  on  the  Savannah,  opposite  Augusta,  135  miles  in  length,,  is  the 
longest  work  of  the  kind  yet  constructed.  Another  great  work  is  now  projected, 
and  the  necessary  reconnoissance  has  proved  its  practicability.  This  is  the 
Charleston  and  Cincinnati  rail-road,  which  will  pass  through  (Columbia,  up  the 
valley  of  the  Broad  River  into  North  Carolina,  surmount  the  Blue  Ridge  by 
inclined  planes,  and  follow  down  the  valley  of  the  French  Broad  River,  to  Knox- 
ville,  whence  it  will  be  continued  through  Lexington  to  the  Ohio  river ;  the  esti- 
mated cost  is  10,000,000  dollars;  whole  distance,  600  miles. 

South  Carolina  is  divided  into  29  districts,  which  are  subdivided  for  local  objects 
into  parishes.  Of  the  whole  population,  amounting  to  581,185,  the  whites  are 
257,884,  and  the  slaves  315,401 ;  there  are  also  7020  free  blacks;  the  blacks  are 
therefore  considerably  more  numerous  than  th;  whites,  and  as  they  are  unequally 
distributed,  their  numerical  superiority  is  still  greater  in  the  low  country,  where 
they  are  to  the  whites  as  three  to  one ;  in  the  hilly  country,  the  whites  are  rather 
the  most  numerous,  and  in  the  western  part  of  the  State  there  are  nearly  three 
whites  to  one  black. 


UNITED  STATFX 


197 


POPULATION  AT  DIFFERENT  PERIOI' ^ 

In  1701,  7000;  in  174!),  30,000;  in  1750,  64,000;  in  1765,  40,0(»0  whitc^  and  90,000 
coloured. 

INCREASE. 


In  1700, 249,073 

1800, 345,5!>0 

1810 415,115 

1820, 502,741 

1830, 581,458 


From  17!»0to  IHOO,  .. 

. .  ;k;,51h 

ISOOJolHKt,  .. 

..  6!J,r>24 

1810  to  1820,  .. 

. .   86.626 

•              1820  to  1830,  . . 

..  78,717 

flI.AVK!!. 

I(l7,()i»4 
146,151 
l!t6,365 
258,475 
315,365 


INCRrASK. 

3<l,057 

50.214 

:  62.110 

I  56,8'tO 


Of  the  above  population  of  1830,  there  were,  white  Males,  1:30,590 ;  white  Fe- 
males, 127,273;  deaf  and  dumb,  174;  blind,  102;  aliens,  489.  Total  whites, 
257,878.  Free  c(  loured  Males,  3o72;  Females,  4249.  Total,  7921.  Slaves- 
Males,  165,625;  Females,  160,040.     Total  slaves,  315,365^ 

Charleston,  the  principal  city  of  South  Carolina,  and  the  only  considerable  city 
in  the  Atlantic  States  south  of  the  Potomac,  stands  on  a  point  of  land  between 
the  Ashley  and  Cooper  Rivers,  six  miles  from  the  ocean.  The  city  is  rejrularly 
laid  out,  with  streets  running  east  and  west  from  Ashley  to  Cooper  River,  and 
others  intersecting  them  nearly  at  right  angles,  from  north  to  south.  It  is  also 
in  general  well  built.  Among  the  public  buildings  are  19  churches,  the  City  Hall, 
Exchange,  two  Arsenals,  Theatre,  College  Halls,  Aims-House,  Orphan  Asylum, 
&c. ;  the  City  Library  contains  about  15,000  volumes,  and  the  Orphan  Asylum 
supports  and  educates  1.50  destitute  children.  The  city  is  healthier  than  the 
surrounding  country,  and  the  planters  from  the  low  country,  and  many  opulent 
West  Indians,  spend  the  summer  here.  Its  cotnmerce  is  extensive,  comprising 
nearly  the  whole  of  that  of  the  State,  and  its  shipping  amounts  to  13,244  tons. 
The  population  increased  from  18,711,  in  1800,  to  30,2^  in  1830,  of  which  num- 
ber 12,928  were  whites;  including  the  Neck,  which  is  adorned  with  numerous 
plantations  in  a  high  state  of  cultivation,  the  population  may  be  stated  to  exceed 
40,000  souls.  The  approach  to  the  city  is  defended  by  Fort  Moultrie,  on  Sulli- 
van's Island,  at  the  mouth  of  the  harbour,  and  by  Castle  Pinckney  opposite  the 
extreme  point  of  the  city  within. 

Columbia,  the  capital  of  the  State,  is  pleasantly  situated  on  the  Congaree, 
below  the  junction  of  the  Saluda  and  Broad  Rivers.  It  is  regularly  laid  out 
with  very  wide  streets,  and  is  a  neatly  built  town  with  3310  inhabitants.  It  con- 
tains a  handsome  State-House,  a  Lunatic  Asylum,  the  Halls  of  South  Carolina 
College,  and  several  churches.  Granby  is  a  little  town  on  the  opposite  t>ide  of 
the  river.  Camden  is  a  place  of  some  trade,  situated  on  a  rising  ground  on  the 
Wateree,  with  about  1500  inhabitants. 

Beaufort,  to  the  south  of  Charleston,  is  a  little  town  on  Port  Royal  Inland, 
about  16  miles  from  the  sea,  with  a  fine  harbour,  which  is  little  used.  George- 
town, to  the  north  on  Winyaw  Bay,  being  the  depdt  of  an  extensive  and  well- 
cultivated  district,  has  considerable  trade,  but  is  not  accessible  to  vessels  drawing 
more  than  11  feet  of  water.  It  is,  however,  unhealthy,  and  during  the  autumn, 
many  of  the  inhabitants  resort  to  North  Island  at  the  mouth  of  the  bay.  Cheraw 
is  also  a  small  trading  town  on  the  Pedee  near  the  North  Carolina  line. 

In  the  middle  country,  Orangeburg,  Hamburg,  Camden,  and  Columbia,  are  the 
principal  towns.  Hamburg  derives  its  importance  from  its  being  the  inland 
terminus  of  the  rail-road  from  Charleston  to  the  Savannah  River. 


STATE   OF   GEORGIA. 

Georgia  is  bounded  north  by  Tennessee  and  North  Carolina,  north-east  by 
South  Carolina,  and  south-east  by  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  south  by  Florida,  and  west 
by  Alabama.  Length,  300  miles;  breadth,  200;  area,  58,000  square  miles.  The 
principal  rivers  cf  Georgia  are  the  Savannah,  (which  forms  the  boundary  between 

17* 


-I 

V  . 

J 

',  :r^ 

'^■'.'i  ^  >:  ih; 


VJfi 


UNITKD  STATES. 


it  and  South  Carolina,)  Alatainaha,  Ogeechee,  Satilla,  Ockmulgee,  Oconee,  St. 
Mary's,  Flint,  Chattahoochee,  Tallapoom,  ami  Coosa.  The  coost  of  Georgia,  for 
four  or  five  miles  inland,  is  a  salt  marsh,  mostly  uninhabited.  In  front  of  this, 
towards  the  sea,  there  is  a  chain  of  islands  of  a  gray,  rich  soil,  covered  in  their 
natural  state  with  pine,  hickory,  and  live-ook,  and  yielding  on  cultivation  the 
finest  quality  of  sea-island  cotton.  The  principal  ore  Waasaw,  Ossabaw,  St 
Catherine,  Sapelo,  St.  Simon's,  Jekyl,  and.  Cumberland.  Beyond  the  swamps 
which  line  the  coast,  commences  that  extensive  range  of  pine-barrens  closely  re- 
sembling those  of  South  Carolina ;  above  this  range  the  country  begins  to  be 
pleasantly  diversified  by  gentle  undulations.  This  region  is  bounded  on  the  west 
by  the  Blue  Ridge,  which  here  swells  into  elevations  1500  feet  in  height,  which 
thence  subside,  and  are  lost  in  the  sea.  Beyond  the  mountains  is  an  extensive 
and  rich  table-country,  with  a  black  soil  of  great  fertility. 

The  climate  of  Georgia  diflurs  but  little  from  that  of  South  Carolina.  The 
low-country  planters  have  their  sickly  season  and  summer  retreats  in  the  high 
pine  woods.  The  districts  central  to  the  rice-swamps,  in  the  Carolinas  and 
Georgia,  are  universally  insalubrious.  There  are  districts  in  this  State  that  ap- 
proach nearer  to  tropical  temperature  than  any  part  of  South  Carolina,  and  better 
adapted  to  the  sugar-cane,  olive,  and  sweet  orange.  The  hilly  and  western  parts 
are  as  healthy  as  any  in  America.  As  an  average  of  the  temperature,  winter 
may  be  said  to  commence  in  the  middle  cf  December,  and  terminate  in  the  mid- 
dle of  February.  The  climate  of  the  low-country  compares  very  nearly  with 
that  of  Louisiana. 

The  mineral  resources  of  Georgia  are  very  imperfbctly  known ;  copper  and 
iron  have  been  found,  but  the  roost  valuable  mineral  production,  hitherto,  has  been 
gold.  Although  first  found  here  but  a  few  years  ago,  a  large  quantity  has  already 
been  procured,  chiefly  from  deposits,  and  scarcely  any  attempts  have  been  made 
to  carry  on  systematic  mining  operations.  The  gold  occurs  in  the  northern  part 
of  the  State,  on  both  sides  of  Chattahoochee  as  far  north  as  the  Blue  Ridge,  and 
to  a  considerable,  but  not  well-ascertained  distance  on  the  south.  The  Indian 
Springs  of  Butts  county  are  sulphureous  waters,  and  are  much  resorted  to  for 
their  efficacy  in  cutaneous  and  rheumatic  complaints.  The  Madison  Springs, 
near  Athens,  are  chalybeate. 

The  great  agricultural  staples  of  Georgia  are  cotton  and  rice ;  the  cotton  crop 
of  the  year  1835  was  estimated  at  300,000  bales ;  the  export  of  rice  for  the  same 
year  amounted  to  about  25,000  casks.  The  other  exports  are  tar,  pitch,  turpen- 
tine, and  lumber — the  products  of  the  pine  forests. 

Georgia  is  well  supplied  with  useful  navigable  channels,  which  ure  highly 
necessary  for  the  transportation  of  its  bulky  staplea  A  canal  from  the  Savannah 
to  the  Ogeechee,  13  miles,  is  the  only  artificial  channel  of  navigation.  The 
Georgia  rail-road  from  Augusta  to  Athens,  114  miles,  with  branches  to  Greens- 
boro' and  Warrenton,  and  the  Central  rail-road  from  Savannah  to  Macon,  200 
miles,  are  now  in  progress.  The  Macon  and  Forsyth  rail-road,  25  miles,  is  a 
continuation  of  the  latter  work.  Surveys  have  also  been  made  preparatory  to 
the  construction  of  a  rail-road  from  Athens  to  the  Tennessee,  or  to  the  Mississippi, 
at  Memphis. 

The  State  has  an  academic  fund,  the  proceeds  of  which  are  distributed  annually 
among  the  academies;  the  sum  thus  divided  in  1834  was  18,710  dollars,  and 
there  is  a  considerable  number  of  respectable  academies.  There  is  also  a  poor 
school  fund,  the  income  of  which  is  divided  among  the  counties,  according  to 
their  respective  population,  but  no  geneml  system  of  common  education  has  l^en 
established ;  18,078  dollars  were  distributed  for  the  instruction  of  the  poor  in 
1834.  There  is  a  college  at  Athens,  styled  the  University  of  Georgia.  The 
Baptists  and  Methodists  are  numerous,  and  the  Episcopalians,  Presbyterians,  and 
Christians  number  many  adherents.  There  are  also  some  Roman  Catholics, 
Friends,  Lutherans,  &c. 

The  State  is  divided  into  90  counties ;  the  population  increased  from  340,987 
in  1820,  to  516,823  in  1830;  number  of  slaves  at  the  fom.  jr  period  149,656,  at 
the  latter  217,531 ;  there  are  but  few  free  blacks. 


UNITED  STATES. 


199 


POPULATION  AT  DIFFERENT  PERIODS. 


In  1749,  . 

..   6,000 

1790,  . . 

..  82,548 

1800,  . 

. .  162,686 

1810,  . 

. .  252.433 

1820, 

. . .  348,989 

1830,  . 

. .  316,567 

INCREASE. 


SLATES. 

2942P4 

59,699 

1054218 

149,656 

217,470 


INOEASE. 


30,435 
45,519 
44,438 
67,814 


From  1790  to  1800, 80,138 

1800  to  1810, 89,747 

1610  to  1820 88,456 

1820  to  1830, 165,578 

Of  the  above  population  of  1830,  there  were,  white  Male^,  153,236 ;  white  Fe- 
males, 143,378;  deaf  and  dumb,  147;  blind,  143;  aliens,  86:  total  whites, 
296,614.  Free  coloured  Males,  1256;  Females,  1227:  toul,  2483.  Slaves— ^ 
Males,  108,946;  Females,  106,524:  total,  217,470. 

The  city  of  Savannah  is  advantageously  situated  for  a  commercial  town,  being 
accessible  to  large  ships  from  the  sea,  and  communicating  with  the  interior  by  the 
noble  river  on  which  it  stands.  It  is  built  on  the  southern  side  of  the  Savannah, 
on  a  high  bank  rising  about  50  feet  above  the  water,  from  vhich  it  makes  a  fine 
appearance,  with  its  spacious  and  regular  atreett),  and  its  handsome  public  build- 
ings, mingling  pleasantly  with  the  groves  of  trees  which  surround  them  and 
adorn  the  squares  and  principal  streets.  The  site  was  formerly  unhealthy,  on 
account  of  the  surrounding  swamps,  but  this  evil  has  been  cured  by  judicious 
drainings,  and  by  the  substitution  of  the  dry  for  the  wet  culture  of  rice  around 
the  city.  In  1820  it  suffered  so  much  from  a  terrible  fire,  that  its  prosperity  re- 
ceived a  temporary  check,  and  the  population  (7423)  was  less  in  1830  than  it  had 
been  (7523)  in  1820 ;  but  it  has  recovered  from  this  shock,  and  is  at  present  one 
of  the  most  flourishing  cities  in  the  Southern  States,  its  population  having  in- 
creased to  11,000  in  1835.  Savannah  is  the  chief  commercial  dep6t  in  the  State, 
and  most  of  the  cotton  and  rice,  with  large  quantities  of  the  other  articles  of 
exportation,  pass  through  this  port.  In  1S05  the  exports  amounted  to  14,000,000 
dollars ;  20  steam-boats  of  a  large  class,  and  50  steam  tow-boats  are  employed  on 
the  river,  and  the  shipping  of  the  port  amounts  to  14,000  tons.  Among  the  public 
buildings  are  ten  churches,  an  Exchange,  City-Hall,  Hospital,  Theatre,  &c. 

The  city  of  Augusta,  the  great  interior  emporium  of  the  State,  stands  on  the 
Savannah,  at  the  head  of  steam-boat  navigation.  It  is  handsomely  built,  and  con- 
tains a  City-Hall,  seven  churches,  an  Hospital,  Arsenal,  Theatre,  &c. ;  a  bridge 
across  the  Savannah,  1200  feet  long,  connects  it  with  Hamburg.  The  population 
amounted,  in  1830,  to  6695,  but  had  increased  to  nearly  8000  in  1835.  Augusta 
is  the  depdt  of  an  extensive  tract  of  productive  and  populous  country,  and  is  con- 
nected with  the  sea  by  the  Charleston  and  Hamburg  rail-road,  and  the  Savannah 
river;  175,000  bales  of  cotton  were  brought  into  the  city  in  1835. 

Milledgeville,  the  capital  of  the  State,  is  pleasantly  situated  on  the  Oconee,  at 
the  head  of  steam-boat  navigation,  and  is  a  place  of  some  trade ;  the  population 
in  1835  exceeded  2000  inhabitants.  It  contains  the  State-House,  the  Peniten- 
tiary, on  the  Auburn  plan,  &c.  Athens,  a  thriving  little  town  above  Milledge- 
ville, is  the  seat  of  the  University  of  Georgia. 

Macon,  on  the  Ocmulgee,  consisted  in  1822  of  a  single  cabin  ;  in  1830  it  had 
a  population  of  2600  souls,  and  at  present  the  number  of  inhabitants  is  3500.  Its 
trade  is  extensive  and  growing,  and  there  is  a  great  number  of  saw  and  grist- 
mills in  the  vicinity ;  80,000  bales  of  cotton  were  shipped  from  Macon  in  1835, 
and  8  steam-boats  were  employed  on  the  Ocmulgee,  beside  numerous  tow-boats 
and  pole-boats. 

Columbus  is  situated  on  the  Chattahoochee,  just  below  the  falls,  and  430  miles 
from  the  sea.  The  town  was  first  laid  out  in  1828,  when  the  site  was  yet  cover- 
ed with  the  native  forest,  and  in  1835  it  contained  4000  inhabitants,  with  several 
churches,  newspapers,  &c.  Steam-boats  run  regularly  from  here  to  New  Orleans, 
and  40,000  bales  of  cotton  were  shipped  from  the  town  in  1835,  when  there  were 
no  less  than  12  steam-boats  employed  on  the  Chattahoochee.  Dahlonega,  in  the 
northern  part  of  the  State,  between  the  Chestatee  and  Etowa,  is  the  seat  of  one 
of  the  offices  of  the  United  States  Mint. 


.*' 


■^■f}% 


'■IV 


■  t.'.' 


.'f  !•)     y  ■■■:'%>  \i 

::  im 

■  ■  ll  =■''',■  •  V-- 


r* 


soo 


UNITED  STATES. 


Darien  is  a  neat  and  thriving  little  town,  with  an  active  trade  in  cotton,  and  in 
the  lumber  which  is  brought  down  the  river  in  large  quantities.  Its  population 
is  about  2500,  Brunswick,  with  a  fine  spacious  harbour,  is  situated  on  Turtle 
river  about  10  miles  nearly  due  west  from  the  opening  between  St.  Simon's  and 
Jokyll  islands.  A  rail-road  from  this  place  to  St.  Mark's,  on  Appalachee  Bay,  is 
contemplated.  St,  Mary's,  a  small  town  on  the  river  of  the  same  name,  just 
al)ove  its  entrance  into  Cumberland  Sound,  derives  importance  from  its  deep  nnd 
cummodious  harbour,  the  moat  southerly  on  the  coast  from  Georgia  to  Florida 
Point. 


FLORIDA  TERRITORY. 

Florida  is  bounded  north  by  Alabama  and  Georgia,  from  the  last  of  which  it  is 
separated  in  part  by  the  River  St.  Mary's ;  east  by  the  Atlantic  Ocean ;  south  and 
west  by  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  Formerly  the  name  of  Florida  wt  j  applied  to  the 
whole  country  bast  of  the  Mississippi,  and  bounded  on  the  north  as  follows:  By 
the  River  St.  Mary's,  from  the  sea  to  its  source ;  thence  west,  to  the  junction  of 
the  Flint  River  with  the  Appalachicola;  then  up  the  Appalachicola  to  the  parallel 
of  31°  north  latitude ;  then  due  west  along  that  parallel  to  the  Mississippi.  The 
River  Appalachicola  divided  this  country  into  East  and  West  Florida.  The  part 
lying  between  the  Mississippi  and  Pearl  River  is  now  included  in  the  State  of 
Louisiana ;  the  part  between  Pearl  River  and  the  Perdido,  belongs  to  the  States 
of  Mississippi  and  Alabama;  and  the  part  east  of  the  Perdido  is  tne  country  that 
is  now  called  Florida.  Its  mean  length,  from  north  to  south,  is  380  miles,  and  the 
mean  breadth  150,  the  area  being  57,750  square  miles. 

The  surface  of  Florida  is  in  general  level,  and  not  much  elevated  above  the  sea. 
It  is  intersected  by  numerous  ponds,  lakes,  and  rivers,  of  which  the  principal  are 
the  St.  John's,  Appalachicola,  Suwanee,  Ocklockony,  Choctawhatchie,  Escambia, 
and  Yellow- Water  Rivers.  The  southern  part  of  the  peninsula  is  a  mere  marsh, 
and  terminates  at  Cape  Sable  in  heaps  of  sharp  i-ocks,  interspersed  with  a  scat- 
tered growth  of  shrubby  pines. 

The  gulf  stream  setting  along  the  coast  has  here  worn  away  the  land,  forming 
those  islands,  keys  and  rocks,  known  by  the  general  name  of  the  Reefs,  and  by 
the  Spaniards  called  cayos,  between  which  and  the  main  land  is  a  navigable  chan- 
nel. Tliese  islands  contain  some  settlements  and  many  good  harbours.  One  of 
the  most  important  is  Key  West,  or  'J'hompson's  Island,  6  miles  long  and  two  in 
breadth,  on  which  is  the  town  of  Key  West,  a  naval  station,  and  the  seat  of  an 
admiralty  court:  the  harbour  is  good,  well  sheltered  and  commodious,  and  of  suffi- 
cient depth  of  water  to  admit  the  largest  vessels. 

The  eddies  which  set  towards  the  shore  from  the  gulf  stream  cause  many  ship- 
wrecks on  this  part  of  the  coast,  furnishing  employment  to  the  Bahama  wreckers. 
The  soil  of  Florida  is  in  some  parts,  especially  on  the  banks  of  the  rivers,  equal 
to  any  in  the  world;  in  other  parts,  it  is  indifferent;  and  there  are  large  tracts 
which  are  represented  to  be  of  little  value. 

Live-oak  timber,  one  of  the  most  valuable  products  of  Florida,  is  cut  and  ex- 
ported to  a  considerable  amount ;  also  cedar  logs,  boards,  staves,  hides,  tallow,  and 
bees- wax.  The  fig,  pomegranate,  orange,  and  date,  are  amrng  the  fruits;  cotton 
is  the  chief  agricultural  staple,  the  annual  crop  being  about  60,000  bales;  the 
sugar-cane  is  also  pretty  extensively  cultivated;  rice  is  raised  in  large  quantities; 
and  indigo  formerly  furnished  a  valuable  article  of  exportation,  but  is  now  only 
raised  for  family  use.  But  Florida  is  on  the  whole  better  suited  for  a  grazing 
country ;  and  its  vast  herds  of  cattle,  horses,  swine,  &c.,  find  a  boundless  extent 
of  range  in  its  finn  pastures. 

The  climuto,  from  October  to  June,  is  generally  salubrious;  but  the  months  of 
July,  August,  and  September,  are  extremely  hot  and  uncomfortable;  and  during 
this  season,  fevers  are  prevalent.  At  St.  Augustine,  however,  the  climate  is  de- 
lightful, and  this  pLce  is  the  resort  of  invalids.  The  population  in  1830  amounted 
to  !M,720;  the  different  classes  of  which  are  as  follows:  whites,  18,375;  free 
coloured,  844 ;  slaves,  15,501. 


INITED  STATES. 


301 


There  arc  about  3000  IndiKiw  in  the  peninsula  in  addition  to  the  population  aa 
above  stated.  They  are  known  under  the  name  of  Seminoies,  but  thev  belonff  to 
the  MuBco|;ee  or  Creek  Nation,  from  whom,  however,  they  have  long  been  politi- 
cally separated.  Gradually  driven  back  from  their  oriffinal  hunting-grounds  to 
the  great  morass  of  the  South,  they  were  induced  to  enter  into  a  treaty  to  aban- 
don the  Territory  and  rc.Dovu  to  the  weitt.  Preparations  were  made  for  their 
removal  in  1835,  but  they  showed  great  reluctance  to  go,  and  finally  commenced 
open  hostilities  under  an  able  chief,  named  Oseola. 

St.  Augustine,  the  oldest  town  in  the  United  States,  stands  at  the  junction  of 
two  small  creeks,  called  the  Matanzas  and  the  North  River.  It  is  regularly  built, 
but  the  streets  are  narrow;  the  houses  are  generally  two  stories  high,  surrounded 
with  balconies  and  piazzas,  and  built  of  a  shell-stone,  or  a  concretion  of  shelhi  and 
sand.  Many  of  them  are  deserted  and  in  ruins,  the  population  of  the  place  hav- 
ing been  reduced  from  between  4000  and  5000  to  about  2000,  mostly  Spaniards 
and  negroes.  The  nunnery,  now  used  as  barracks,  is  an  imposing  structure  in 
the  Spanish  style ;  there  s  a  monument  30  or  40  feet  high  in  the  public  square, 
commemorative  of  th''  ^  nish  Constitution ;  and  the  Castle  of  St.  Marks  is  a 
massive  and  noble  w<  ,  completed  ir  1716.  Although  the  country  is  poor,  ^et 
there  are  fine  gardens  in  and  around  the  town ;  the  beautiful  orange  groves,  which 
ornamented  the  neighbourhood  and  were  very  profitable  to  their  owners,  were 
mostly  destroyed  by  the  late  severe  cold.  To  the  north,  on  Amelia  Island,  is  the 
little  village  of  Fernandina,  during  the  embar^  and  late  war  an  important  dep6t 

Jacksonville,  on  the  St.  John's,  is  a  flouriihmg  town,  forming  the  depdt  of  the 
trade  of  the  surrounding  country ;  it  ia  also  a  considerable  thoroughfare,  and  the 
projected  East  Florida  rail-road  is  to  run  from  this  point  to  St.  Marks.  In  the 
middle  section  of  the  Territory,  are  St  Marks,  Tallahassee,  Quincy,  Marianna, 
Monticello,  and  Appalachicola.  St  Marks  is  the  shipping  port  of  a  populous  and 
productive  district,  and  is  a  growing  town,  with  a  good  harbour;  the  entrance 
affords  12  feet  of  water,  but  up  to  the  town,  8  miles  from  the  sea,  the  bay  carries 
only  9  feet  A  rail-road  connects  St  Marks  with  the  capital,  Tallahassee,  21 
miles.  A  work  of  the  same  kind,  190  miles  in  length,  is  contemplated  from  hence 
to  Brunswick,  Georgia.  Tallahassee  stands  on  an  eminence  in  a  fertile  district, 
and  contains  the  Capitol,  several  churches  and  banks,  with  about  1200  inhabitants. 
Appalachicola  is  a  flourishing  little  town,  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  of  the  same 
name.  About  50,000  bales  of  cotton  were  exported  from  Appalachicola  during 
the  year  1835. 

St  Joseph's,  on  the  bay  of  the  same  name,  is  also  a  place  of  growing  trade ;  the 
bay  aflbrds  25  to  33  feet  of  water,  and  is  well  sheltered  from  all  winds.  A  rail- 
road from  St  Joseph's  to  the  little  lake  or  lagoon  of  Wimico,  connects  the  town 
with  the  River  Appalachicola.  Pensacola,  on  the  bey  of  the  same  name,  is  im- 
portant 08  a  naval  station  of  the  United  States ;  it  is  accessible  to  small  vessels 
through  Santa  Rosa  Sound,  a  long,  shallow  lagoon,  sheltered  by  the  Island  of 
Santa  Rosa,  which  also  fronts  the  Bay  of  Pensacola,  and  through  the  main  chan- 
nel to  ships  of  war,  up  to  the  Navy-Yard,  about  six  miles  below  the  town.  The 
population  of  Pensacola  is  about  2000. 


STATE   OF   ALABAMA. 

The  State  of  Alabama  is  bounded  north  by  Tennessee,  east  by  Georgia,  south 
by  Florida,  and  west  by  the  State  of  Mississippi.  Length  280  miles ;  breadth  160 
miles ;  area  46,000  square  miles. 

The  principal  rivers  are  the  Alabama,  Tombeckbe,  Black  Warrior,  Cooua,  Tal- 
lapoosa* Tennessee,  Chattahoochee,  Perdido,  and  Cahawba. 

The  southern  part  of  the  country,  which  borders  on  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and 
West  Florida,  for  the  space  of  50  miles  wide,  is  low  and  level,  covered  with  pine, 
cypress,  &c. ;  in  the  middle  it  is  hilly,  with  some  tracts  of  open  land ;  the  northern 
part  is  somewhat  broken  and  mountainous,  and  the  country  generally  is  more  ele- 
vated above  the  sea,  than  most  other  parts  of  the  United  States  at  equal  distance 


2A 


!'  ' 

I! 


i  n 


■  t 


14 


> ....  i 


•'  wm 


aoQ 


UNITED  STATES. 


t'roin  tho  ocean.  The  Alleghany  mountaina  terminate  in  the  north-eaat  part.  The 
fureHt  trees  in  the  middle  and  northern  part  consist  of  black  and  white  oak,  hickory, 
l>oplar,  cedar,  chestnut,  pine,  mulberry,  Slc. 

Alabama  poflsesseB  great  diversity  of  soil,  climate,  natural,  vegetable,  and 
mineral  productiona  Occupying  the  valley  of  the  Mobile,  and  itd  tributary 
NtrcumH,  together  witt>  a  fine  body  of  land  on  both  sides  of  the  TcnncHsco  river, 
itf)  position  in  an  agricultural  and  commercial  point  of  view  is  highly  advan- 
tageous. A  considerable  portion  of  that  part  of  the  State  which  lies  between  the 
Alabama  and  Tombeckb<3,  of  that  part  watered  by  the  Coosa  and  Tallapoosa,  and 
of  that  on  the  Tennessee,  consists  of  very  excellent  land.  On  the  margin  of  many 
of  tho  rivers  there  is  a  considerable  quantity  of  cano-bottom  land,  of  great  fertility, 
generally  from  a  half  to  three-quarters  of  a  mile  wide.  On  the  outside  of  this,  is 
a  space  which  is  low,  wet,  and  intersected  by  stagnant  water.  Next  to  the  river 
swamp,  and  elevated  above  it  ten  or  fifteen  feet,  succeeds  an  extensive  body  of 
level  land  of  a  black,  rich  soil,  with  a  growth  of  hickory,  black  oak,  post  oak,  dog- 
wood, poplar,  &.C.  After  this  come  the  prairies,  which  are  wide-spreading  plains 
of  level,  or  gently  waving  land,  without  timber,  clothed  with  ^rass,  herbage,  and 
flowers,  and  exhibiting  in  the  month  of  May  the  most  enchantmg  scenery. 

The  sugar-cane  has  been  found  to  succeed  very  well  in  the  extreme  southern 
strip,  between  Florida  and  Mississippi,  and  indigo  was  formerly  raised  in  consider- 
able quantities ;  rice  also  grows  well  on  the  alluvial  bottom  near  the  Gulf;  but 
cotton,  which  thrives  throughout  the  State,  is  the  great  agricultural  staple.  The 
cotton  crop  at  present  exceeds  350,000  bales.  There  are  extensive  beds  of  bitu- 
minous coal  and  iron  ore  in  the  central  part  of  the  State,  both  of  which  are  of 
excellent  quality,  and  several  forges  are  in  operation  on  the  Cahawba.  Gold  is 
found  in  the  northern  section,  and  good  marble  has  been  obtained  from  the  central 
tract;  but  the  mineral  resources  of  Alabama  have  never  been  carefully  explored. 
The  value  of  the  exports  from  Alabama  in  1834  was  5,664,047  dollars. 

Alabama  has  a  sea-coast  of  only  60  miles,  which,  however,  contains  Mobile 
Bay,  one  of  the  deepest  basins  on  the  Gulf.  It  is  about  30  miles  long,  and  from 
3  to  18  broad,  and  the  main  entrance  has  15  feet  of  water  at  low  tide ;  but  vessels 
drawing  more  than  8  or  0  feet  cannot  approach  nearer  than  11  miles  fiom  the 
town  of  Mobile,  except  at  high  water.  Small  vessels  may  go  to  New  Orlt.ii.s  by 
an  inland  channel,  through  Pascagoula  Sound,  a  long,  shallow  lagoon,  lying 
between  a  range  of  low  sand  islands  and  the  mainland. 

Several  useful  works  have  already  been  constructed,  or  are  in  active  progress 
in  this  youthful  State.  The  Tuscumbia  and  Decatur  rail-road  extends  round  the 
Muscle  Shoals  of  the  Tennessee  river,  45  miles.  And  there  is  also  a  canal,  60 
feet  wide  and  6  feet  deep,  surmounting  the  same  obstruction.  The  Florida  and 
Georgia  rail-road,  from  Pensacola  to  Columbus,  210  miles ;  the  Montgomery  and 
Ct  attahoochee  rail-road,  from  Montgomery  to  West  Point,  Georgia,  85  miles,  and 
the  Wetumpka  and  Cooea  rail-road,  are  in  progress.  The  connexion  of  these 
works  with  the  valley  of  the  Tennessee  is  also  contemplated. 

The  growth  of  Alabama  has  been  extremely  rapid,  there  having  been  a  constant 
tide  of  immigration,  chieflv  of  planters  with  their  slaves,  from  the  Atlantic  States. 
In  1810  the  population  did  not  amount  to  10,000;  in  1820  it  was  127,901,  and  in 
1830  it  was  309,527,  including  117,549  slaves.  As  the  high  price  of  cotton,  and 
the  bringing  into  the  market  of  extensive  tracts  of  Indian  lands,  have  contributed 
to  keep  up  immigration  into  Alabama,  its  population  may  be  estimated  to  have 
exceeded  400,000  in  1835. 

The  constitution  enjoins  it  upon  the  General  Assembly  to  encourage  schools 
and  the  means  of  education  within  the  State ;  and  by  act  of  Congress  in  1819,  one 
section  of  640  acres  of  the  public  lands,  in  each  township,  was  reserved  for  the 
support  of  common  schools  in  the  township;  two  entire  townships,  or  46,080  acres, 
were  also  granted  to  the  State  for  the  support  of  a  beminary  of  learning,  the  pro- 
ceeds of  which  have  been  appropriated  to  the  endowment  of  the  University  of 
Alabama,  in  Tuscaloosa.  Lagrange  College,  at  New  Tuscaloosa,  on  the  Tennes- 
see, and  Spring  Hill  College,  near  Mobile,  are  also  useful  institutions,  and  there 
are  numerous  academies  in  the  State.    The  Methodists,  Baptists,  and  Presbyte- 


rians, are 
Catholics. 
Alabomi 


In  1820,  . . 
1897,  . . 
1830,  .. 

Of  the  I 
males,  89,{ 
Free  colon 
Females,  G 

The  cit] 
the  whole 
dry  and  el 
marshes;  t 
shells,  and 
good,  and 
annual  exp 
1830  was ; 
site  side  ci 
harbour  eai 
and  is  only 

Montgor 
about  200( 
navigation, 
siderable  b 
is  a  thrivin 

Tuscalo( 
of  the  Stat 
a  place  of  < 
sity,  the  co 

Florence 
Tennessee 
increasing 
the  Shoals, 
fertile  and 


The  Sfa 
bama,  sout 
sas.  It  is 
48,000  squ 

The  prii 
Tennessee 
the  wester 
the  course 

The  Ya 
Yazoo  rivi 
length  am 
part  of  it 
period  it 
an  excelle 
numerous 


m>' 


UNITED  8TATF». 


■iU3 


riaiu,  are  the  prevailing  aecta,  and  there  are  aoine  Epiacopaliaiu  and  Ruman 
Catholica. 

Alabama  it  divided  into  46  counties. 

POPULATION  AT  DIFTERENT  PERIODS. 
In  1810,  icH  thin  10,000 ;  in  IblG,  39,663 ;  in  lbl8,  70,549. 


INCaCABB. 

In  1820, 127,901 

jgg7   344  041 

1830,'  '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.  309^27  ||  Frolii  1820  to  1830, 


.181,626 


■lUVM. 

4I,H79 

93,1)08 

117,549 


I INCREAHC. 

5!,l',>9 
24,541 


Of  the  above  population  of  1830,  there  were,  white  Males,  100,846 ;  white  Fe- 
males, 80,560 ;  deaf  and  dumb,  69 ;  blind,  68 ;  aliens,  65.  Total  whites,  1U0,4(NI. 
Free  coloured  Males,  844 ;  Females,  728.  Total,  1572.  Slaves— Males,  50,170 ; 
Females,  58,370.    ToUl,  117,540. 

The  city  of  Mobile  is  a  flourishing  commercial  town,  being  the  depdt  for  nearly 
the  whole  State  of  Alabama  and  part  of  Georgia  and  Mississippi;  it  is  built  on  a 
dry  and  elevated  spot,  but  was  formerly  rendered  unhealthy  by  the  surrounding 
marshes;  these,  however,  have  been  drained,  and  the  streets  have  been  paved  with 
shells,  and  of  late  years  Mobile  has  not  suffered  from  diseases.  The  harbour  is 
good,  and  numerous  steam-boats  run  on  the  river  and  to  New  Orleans.  The 
annual  e.xport  of  cotton  fh)m  the  port  is  about  250,000  bales.  The  population  in 
1830  was  3194 ;  in  1635  it  was  estimated  to  exceed  6000.  Blakely,  on  the  oppo- 
site side  cf  the  bay,  on  a  high,  open,  and  healthy  site,  with  deeper  water  and  a 
harbour  easier  of  access  than  that  of  Mobile,  has  not  thriven  in  the  same  manner, 
and  is  only  a  little  village. 

Montgomery,  near  the  head  of  the  Alabama,  is  a  busy,  growing  place,  with 
about  2000  inhabitants.  Wetumpka,  on  the  Coosa,  at  the  head  of  steam-boat 
navigation,  was  cut  out  of  the  forest  in  1832,  and  in  1835  it  was  a  place  of  con- 
siderable business,  with  1200  inhabitants.  Gainesville,  on  the  Tombeckbe  river, 
is  a  thriving  place,  lately  settled. 

Tuscaloosa,  the  capital,  stands  in  a  rich  district,  on  a  fine  site,  near  the  centre 
of  the  State,  on  the  Black  Warrior  river,  and,  being  accessible  to  steam-boats,  is 
a  place  of  considerable  trade ;  it  contains  the  State-House,  the  halls  of  the  Univer- 
sity, the  county  buildings,  &c.    The  population  of  the  town  is  about  2000. 

Florence,  helow  Muscle  Shoals,  at  the  head  of  steam-boat  navigation  on  the 
Tennessee,  is  a  growing  place  of  about  2000  inhabitants,  with  a  prosperous  and 
increasing  trade.  Tuscumbia,  opposite  to  Florence,  is  also  a  thriving  town.  Above 
the  Shoals,  and  about  ten  miles  north  of  the  river,  is  Huntsville,  situated  in  a  very 
fertile  and  beautiful  region,  with  about  2500  inhabitants. 


STATE   OP   MISSISSIPPI. 

The  State  of  Mississippi  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  Tennessee,  east  by  Ala- 
bama, south  by  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  Louisiana,  west  by  Louisiana  and  Arkan- 
sas. It  is  about  300  miles  in  average  length,  and  160  m  breadth ;  area,  about 
48,000  square  miles. 

The  principal  rivers  are  the  Mississippi,  Pearl,  Pascagoula,  Yazoo,  Big  Black, 
Tennessee,  and  the  western  branches  of  the  Tombeckbe.  The  Mississippi  forms 
the  western  boundary  from  lat.  31°  to  35°  north ;  308  miles  in  a  right  line,  but  by 
the  course  of  the  river  near  700  miles. 

The  Yazoo  or  Mississippi  Swamp  is  an  extensive  tract  of  country  north  of  the 
Yazoo  river,  and  between  that  river  and  the  Mississippi,  about  175  miles  in 
length  and  50  in  breadth,  with  an  area  of  7000  square  miles.  A  considerable 
part  of  it  is  annually  overflowed  by  the  waters  of  the  Mississippi,  and  at  that 
period  it  assumes  the  appearance  of  a  vast  marine  forest.  Many  parts  of  it  have 
an  excellent  soil,  and  produce  large  ctops  of  cotton,  &c. ;  it  is  also  intersected  by 
numerous  creeks  and  bayous,  leading;  to  and  from  the  Mississippi  and  Yazoo  rivers. 


.^-'^t 


:  ,'^i' 


■'I 

ri 


^■1 
1/ 


If- 1^ 


•■■■    :  ••;'  ^ 

•                       •     • 

>'VA 


\1^',i' 


M 


n 


f: 


1304 


|i 


'I 


UNITKD  HTATra. 


NurntTuuii  moumii,  walli,  and  encloaiirea,  are  fuuml  in  it,  atteatinir  the  existence 
of  a  ctmaidcrablc  population  at  lome  furmer  poriutl.  The  Cold  Water  river,  the 
hcul  branch  of  the  Yazoo,  coinmunioatua  with  the  MiMiiMippi  by  a  bayuu  or  crvvk 
ctill<>d  the  Yazoo  Fbsh,  Uirough  which  boatu  of  coniidvrable  burthen  paaM  and 
rc'iwaH  durinff  pcrioila  of  hi((h  water.  It  in  pro|Mi«>d  to  clean  out  and  deepen  thin 
channel  aufficiently  to  admit  ateam-boata  of  larffe  bunlen. 

The  southern  part  of  the  Htate,  extending;  about  l(N)  miles  north  from  the  Gulf 
of  Mexico,  is  mostly  a  champaign  country,  with  occasional  hills  of  moderate  ele- 
vation, and  is  covered  with  fbrests  of  th*;  long-leaved  pine,  interspersed  with 
cyproHs  Hwamps,  o|ien  prairiex,  and  inundated  marshes.  A  considerable  portion 
of  this  part  is  susceptible  of  cultivation.  The  soil  is  generally  sandy,  sometimes 
gravelly  and  clayey.  It  is  capable  of  producing  cotton,  com,  indigo,  sugar,  gar- 
den vegetables,  plums,  cherries,  peaches,  figs,  sour  oranges,  and  grapes. 

In  proceeding  north,  the  face  of  the  country  becomes  more  elevoted  and  agree- 
ably diversified.  The  growth  of  timber  consists  of  poplar,  hickory,  oak,  black 
walnut,  sugar-maple,  buckeye,  elm,  hackberry,  &c.,  and  the  soil  is  exceedingly 
fertile,  prwiucing  abundant  crops  of  cotton,  corn,  sweet  potatoes,  indigo,  garden 
vegetables,  and  triiit.  Nearly  all  the  country  watered  by  the  Yazoo,  is  described 
as  incomparably  fertile  and  well  watered.  Its  climate,  and  the  value  of  its  pro- 
ductions, will  doubtless  cause  it  to  remain  an  important  part  of  the  Union. 

Tobacco  and  indigo  were  formerly  the  staples  of  Mississippi,  but  cotton,  at  pre- 
sent, is  the  chief  production  of  the  State,  and  it  absorbs  nearly  all  the  industry 
of  the  inhabitants,  to  the  exclusion  even  of  corn  and  cattle.  The  crop  is  about 
d(X),(M)0  bales.  Some  sugar  is  produced  in  the  southern  strip,  but  the  cane  does 
not  appear  to  thrive.  Some  works  of  magnitude  have  already  been  undertaken 
for  facilitating  the  transportation  of  the  bulky  staple  of  the  State.  The  Missis- 
sippi Rail-roiul,  which  is  to  extend  from  Natchez,  through  Jackson,  to  Canton  in 
Madi.'on  county,  a  distance  of  150  miles,  is  in  progress.  The  Woodville  and  St. 
Fraucisvil'b  Rail-road,  from  Woodville  to  the  Mississippi  in  Louisiana,  30  miles, 
is  completed.  The  Port  Gibson  and  Grand  Gulf  Rail-road,  8  miles  long,  connects 
the  former  plac  with  the  Mississippi.  The  Vicksburg  Rail-road,  from  that  town 
to  Clinton,  35  miles,  is  also  in  progress.  The  Jackson  and  Brandon  Rail-road  is 
8  miles  in  length. 

A  large  portion  of  this  State  was,  until  recently,  in  the  possession  of  the  Choc- 
taws  and  Cfhickasaws.  The  former  occupied  an  extensive  tract  on  the  eastern 
border,  between  the  head  waters  of  the  Pearl  and  Big  Black  Rivers,  and  the  Tom- 
beckbe ;  in  1CC3,  they  ceded  these  lands  to  the  United  States,  and  in  the  course 
of  the  three  succeeding  years  removed  to  the  Western  Territory ;  their  number 
is  15,000.  The  Chickaaaws  are  still  in  possession  of  a  part  of  the  country  between 
the  head  waters  of  the  Yazoo  and  Tennessee.  But  they  cease  to  form  a  distinct 
nation,  and  the^  have  ceded  their  lands  to  the  United  States  on  condition  that 
they  shall  receive  the  proceeds  of  the  sale.  If  they  remain  in  the  State,  they 
become  citizens  and  subject  to  its  laws;  those  who  choose  to  remove  provide  a 
home  for  themselves.  Their  number  is  about  5000.  The  same  provision  was 
made  by  Congress  for  the  support  of  schools  in  this  State,  as  was  made  in  Ala- 
bama ;  and  the  State  has  also  a  small  literary  fund,  devoted  to  the  same  purpose. 
There  are  in  the  State  several  academies  and  three  colleges ;  Jefferson  College  at 
Washington,  Mississippi  College  at  Clinton,  and  Oakland  College  at  Oakland. 

The  population  of  Mississippi  has  increased  with  astonishing  rapidity.  In  1810, 
the  population  of  the  Territory  of  Mississippi,  which  included  the  present  State 
of  that  name  and  Alabama,  was  40,352 ;  in  1820,  the  State  of  Mississippi  con- 
tained 75,448  inhabitants,  and  in  1830,  136,806,  of  whom  65,659  were  slaves. 
During  the  last  three  or  four  years  the  emigration  has  been  active  and  uninter- 
rupted, and  it  was  estimated,  in  1835,  that  the  population  of  the  State  exceeded 
326,000  souls.    Mississippi  is  divided  into  56  counties. 

POPULATION  AT  DIFFERENT  PERIODS. 


InieSO: 75,448 

1830. 136,806 


INCaEASK. 


From  1820  to  1830, 61,358 


SLAVU.  INCaSASE. 

32,814  I 
65,659  I  32,845 


Of  the  I 
males,  .'U,t 
Males,  2h>< 
tout,  ti.\(U 

Natchez 

Kast  bank 

distinct  pai 

built  on  a  i 

from  100  t 

boarding-hi 

bluff,  riaini 

class  of  cit 

shade-treea 

palmetto,  a 

ally  visited 

part  of  the 

have  loMt  it 

yet  it  carri 

come  up  to 

1836,  3r>,0C 

was  2790, 1 

Vicksbur 

the  Yazoo  ] 

siderable  ei 

is  :iurround( 

tract  of  ne\ 

solely  by  Ir 

present  prol 

vears.    Thi 

lantic  portc 

the  trade  o 

600  miles  t 

On  the 
finely  situal 
the  Peniteii 
bitants, 

Woodvi 
sippi,  is  a 
lage  of  Fo 
now  connec 
Port  Gib 
charming  t 
The  river  i 
rail-road  c( 
finely  situa 
its  name  fi 
inhabitants 
Gibson  has 
Grenada 
Aberdeen 
of  more  ths 


LouniAs 

on  the  east 
west,  by  th 


i'  'aaI 


■P 


I  NITKI)  Ml  ATFX 


»r 


<)f  the  above  population  <ii  KM),  r  .r*-  w^rc.  wlttla  Malf«.  .1^,460;  «hrAe  Kis 
ma  lea,  31,1177;  deal' and  dumb,  ^.  Muul. '<£*:  t/>ul  whiten,  7(M4H.  Fren  colourrHl 
Malet.  'i^ ;  Pemalua,  231 :  toUl,  511).  Hla»«»  Mui"*.  '4ii,m* ;  Kcmalea,  :tVV'MU : 
toul.  Wt,WM. 

Natchez,  the  larffeat  and  ni(i«<t  important  town  in  the  State,  la  ailuat«Nl  on  tho 
caMt  iMnk  of  tho  MixaiaHippi,  iUN)  iiiiI<>m  nbovu  iN«>w  Orlfani*.  It  cimHiaUi  of  two 
diatinct  parta;  thu  lower  town,  i-all<-«l  Natchez  under  the  Hill,  or  the  I,i«ndin|f,  ia 
built  on  a  deaid  level  on  tho  niartfn.  ut'  the  river,  about  hall'  a  mile  in  length,  and 
from  100  to  200  yarda  in  breadth,  und  in  occupitNi  hy  warchouaoa,  tipplintf-Hlio|w, 
boardinjf-houaea  for  the  boatmen,  &c,  \  the  upper  town  alanda  on  a  lollv  oank  or 
blufT,  riaing  abruptly  to  the  hei^rht  of  ."ItN)  feet,  and  in  the  roMidence  of  the  better 
claaa  of  citizena.  The  Btroctn  are  wide,  re^^ularly  dispotied,  and  adorred  with  fine 
shode-treea,  while  many  of  the  housun  arc  ciiiboaoniod  in  groves  oi  the  oran({e, 
palmetto,  and  other  trees,  and  ornamental  shrubfl.  Thia  place  has  been  occattion- 
ally  visited  by  the  yellow  fever  and  other  diaeaaea,  but  it  is  during  the  greater 
part  of  the  year  an  agreeable  and  healthful  residence,  and  seoma  of  late  veHrs  to 
have  loxt  its  character  for  insalubrity.  Natchez  is  300  miles  above  New  OrlcnnH, 
yet  it  carries  on  a  considerable  direct  trade  with  foreign  countries,  and  large  HliiiM 
come  up  to  the  town.  ltd  river  and  inland  trade  is,  however,  more  extensive.  In 
1835,  35,000  bales  of  cotton  were  shipped  from  the  port.  Its  population  in  1830 
was  2790,  but  at  present  it  is  probably  4500. 

Vicksburg,  100  miles  above  Natchez,  and  about  12  miles  below  the  mouth  of 
the  Yazoo  River,  Htiinds  in  a  picturesque  situation,  on  the  declivity  of  several  con- 
siderable eminences,  called  the  Walnut  Hills,  rising  abruptly  from  the  river.  It 
ia  Hurrounded  by  numerous  large  and  rich  plantations,  and  is  the  depdt  of  a  large 
tract  of  newly  settled  country,  which  a  few  years  since  was  owned  and  occupied 
solely  by  Indians.  In  18<')5  it  shipped  off  55,000  bales  of  cotton,  and  contains  at 
present  probably  3500  inhabitants,  having  doubled  its  numbers  within  the  last  2 

{'ears.  The  merchants  have  commenced  a  direct  intercourse  by  sea  wiih  the  At- 
antic  ports,  and  are  making  exertions  to  have  it  declared  a  port  of  entry.  All 
the  trade  of  the  Yazoo  country  centres  in  this  place.  Vicksburg  is  upwards  of 
500  miles  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  by  the  Mississippi  River. 

On  the  west  bank  of  Pearl  River  is  Jackson,  the  capital  of  the  State :  it  is 
finely  situated  in  a  plain  about  a  half  mile  square,  on  which  stand  the  State-House, 
the  Penitentiary,  and  some  other  public  buildings.  It  contains  about  1000  inha- 
bitants. 

Woodville,  in  the  south-western  part  of  the  State,  18  miles  from  the  Missis- 
sippi, is  a  very  pretty,  and  growing  village  with  1000  inhabitants.  The  little  vil- 
lage of  Fort  Adams  ia  considered  as  its  port  on  the  Mississippi,  but  Woodville  is 
now  connected  with  the  river  at  St  Francisville  by  a  rail-road. 

Port  Gibson,  or  Gibsonport,  is  a  flourishing  little  town,  prettily  situated  in  a 
charming  tract  of  country  on  the  Bayou  Pierre,  and  laid  out  with  great  regularity. 
The  river  is  navigable  for  steam-boats  to  this  place  in  time  of  high  water,  and  a 
rail-road  connects  it  with  Grand  Gulf,  its  port  on  the  Mississippi.  The  latter, 
finely  situated  on  a  natural  terrace,  receding  to  a  crescent  of  wooded  hills,  takes 
its  name  from  a  remarkable  eddy  in  the  river,  and  is  a  thriving  town  with  1000 
inhabitants ;  55,000  bales  of  cotton  were  shipped  from  this  place  in  1835.  Port 
Gibson  has  1200  inhabitants. 

Grenada  and  Manchester,  both  on  the  Yazoo,  are  thriving  places,  as  are  also 
Aberdeen  and  Columbus,  on  the  Tombeckbe :  the  latter  place  has  a  population 
of  more  than  2000,  and  an  extensive  commercial  business  is  transacted  hero. 


STATE   OP  LOUISIANA. 

LousRANA,  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  States  of  Arkansas  and  MiesissI  >pi ; 
on  the  east,  by  the  latter  State ;  on  the  south,  by  the  Gulf  of  Mexico ;  and  on  the 
west,  by  the  republic  of  Texas.  The  33d  degree  of  north  latitude  is  the  northern 


:.?f 


^^■> 


\ 


,^." 


Ji 


:i! 


' .  I  '  1 


,   I 

I  ' 


» 
■  ^ 


I  r 


<  i.) 


18 


m 

f    'i 


\lH:M 


m' 


306 


UNITED  STATES. 


boundary,  west  of  the  MifwiMippi  river ;  and  the  Slat  decree  on  the  east  of  that 
river ;  the  Pearl  River  is  its  extreme  eusturn  boundary,  and  the  Sabine  its  west- 
ern. It  ia  in  length  240  miles,  by  210  in  breadth ;  and  contains  48,220  square 
miles. 

Three-fourths  of  the  State  are  without  an  elevation  that  can  be  properly  called 
a  hill.  The  pine  woods  generally  have  a  surfuce  of  a  very  peculiar  character, 
rising  into  fine  swells,  with  table  surfaces  on  the  summit,  and  valleys  interveninjr 
from  30  to  40  feet  deep.  The  alluvial  soil  is  level,  and  the  swamps,  which  are 
the  only  inundated  alluvions,  are  dead  flats.  The  vast  prairies,  which  constitute 
a  large  portion  of  the  surfhce  of  the  State,  have,  in  a  remarkable  degree,  all  the 
distinctive  aspects  of  prairies.  To  the  eye  they  seem  as  level  as  the  still  surface 
of  a  lake.  They  are,  except  the  quaking  prairies,  higher  and  drier  than  the 
savannas  of  Florida. 

That  part  of  the  surface  of  the  State  periodically  overflowed  by  the  waters  of 
the  Mississippi,  was  found  to  contain,  from  a  survey  made  by  order  of  the  govern- 
ment of  the  United  States  in  1828,  on  extent  of  above  5,000,000  acres,  a  grent 
proportion  of  which  is  deemed  unfit  for  cultivation  in  its  present  condition.  This 
immense  alluvial  trac*  embraces  soil  of  various  descriptions,  which  by  proper 
draining  may  be  rendered  capable  of  producing  all  the  staple  commodities  of  this 
region. 

The  Mississippi,  after  having  formed  the  boundary  of  the  State  for  about  450 
miles,  enters  its  limits,  350  miles  from  the  sea  by  the  course  of  the  river  channel. 
Throughout  this  distance  of  800  miles,  its  western  bank  is  low,  and  flooded  in 
high  stages  of  the  river.  Outlets,  or  bayous,  receive  its  surplus  waters  during 
the  period  of  the  annual  inundation,  which  are  carried  ofl^  by  them  to  the  sea : 
the  principal  of  these  bayous  are  the  Atchalafaya,  Plaquemine,  La  Fourche,  &c. 
The  rivers  in  this  State,  in  addition  to  the  Mississippi,  are,  the  Red  River ;  the 
Washita,  flowing  into  the  Red  River ;  the  Teche,  Vermillion,  Mermentau,  and 
Calcasiu,  run  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  together  with  the  Pearl,  on  the  east,  and 
the  Sabine,  on  the  west.  The  Red  River  is  the  most  important,  and,  indeed, 
with  the  exception  of  two  or  three  insignificant  streams  on  the  eastern  side  above 
Baton  Rouge,  the  only  tributary  of  the  Mississippi  within  this  State.  Soon  after 
entering  Louisiana,  its  bed  is  choked  up  by  an  immense  accumulation  of  fallen 
timber,  called  The  Raft ;  and  the  water  is  here  dispersed  into  numerous  chan- 
nels, and  spread  over  wide  expanses.  The  Raft  extended  formerly  over  a  dis- 
tance of  160  miles ;  but  130  miles  of  it  have  been  removed  by  the  exertions  of 
the  general  government,  and  the  whole  mass  will  soon  be  cleared  away. 

On  the  banks  of  the  Mississippi,  La  Fourche,  the  Teche,  and  the  Vermillion, 
below  lat.  30°  12'  north,  wherever  the  soil  is  elevated  above  the  annual  inunda- 
tions, sugar  can  be  produced ;  and  the  lands  are  generally  devoted  to  this  crop. 
In  all  other  parts  of  the  State,  cotton  is  the  staple.  The  best  districts  for  cotton 
are  the  banks  of'  Red  River,  Washita,  Teche,  and  the  Mississippi.  Rice  is  more 
particularly  confined  to  the  banks  of  the  Mississippi,  where  irrigation  can  be 
easily  performed. — The  quantity  of  land  within  the  State  adapted  to  the  cultiva- 
tion of  the  three  staples,  has  been  estimated  as  follows:  sugar,  250,000  acres; 
rice,  250,000 ;  cotton,  2,400,000.  Some  of  the  sugar-planters  have  derived  a 
revenue  in  some  years  of  $600  from  the  labour  of  each  of  their  slaves ;  from 
$350  to  $450  is  the  ordinary  calculation.  The  cultivation  of  cotton  is  believed 
to  be  equally  profitable.  The  amount  of  sugar  has  gradually  increased  in  this 
State,  from  1783  to  the  present  time.  The  crop  of  sugar  is  now  from  70,000  to 
90,000  hhds. ;  and  of  cotton,  about  200,000  bales.  The  prairies  of  the  west 
afford  fine  pastures,  and  l-'ore  are  found  large  herds  of  cattle  and  horses.  Rice, 
maize,  tobacco,  and  indigo  are  also  produced.  In  the  eastern  part  of  the  State, 
between  the  Mississippi  and  Pearl  Rivers,  much  lumber  is  cut  for  exportation, 
and  some  tar,  pitch,  and  turpentine  are  prepared. 

There  are  valuable  school  lands  in  Louisiana,  reserved,  like  those  in  the  other 
new  States,  on  the  sale  of  the  Public  Lands,  and  there  are  three  colleges  ift  the 
State,  Louisiana  College  at  Jackson,  Franklin  College  at  Opelousas,  and  Jefl'erson 
College ;  in  1835,  the  Legislature  voted  an  allowance  of  15,000  dollars  a  ydar  to 


UNITED  STATES. 


2()7 


each  of  these  inntitutions,  and  some  attempts  have  been  made,  althoutrh  with  nut 
much  auccess,  to  provide  for  the  education  of  poor  children.  There  is  a  Mo<iical 
School  in  New  Orleans.  The  Roman  Catholics  form  the  majority  of  the  popula- 
tion ;  but  there  are  many  Methodists,  Baptists,  Presbyteriani),  and  Episcopalians. 

Several  rail-roada  are  constructing  in  the  State.  The  New  Orleans  and  Nash- 
ville rail-road  is  in  process  from  New  Orleans  to  the  Mississippi  State  line,  *<8 
miles.  This  vast  work,  when  finished,  will  no  doubt  bring  a  great  increase  of 
trade  to  New  Orleans :  it  will  be  upwards  of  500  miles  in  length.  The  Atchaia- 
faya  rail-road,  from  New  Orleans  to  that  river,  is  also  in  progress,  and  a  rail-road 
has  been  made  from  Alexandria  to  a  point  on  the  Bayou  Bceuf,  a  distance  of  .*H) 
miles.  The  Woodville  and  St.  Francisville  rail-road,  30  miles,  is  prmcipolly 
within  this  State.  The  New  Orleans  and  Teche  Canal,  extending  from  the  Mis- 
sissippi to  the  river  Teche,  is  in  progress.  Some  useful  works  of  less  extent 
have  also  been  executed.  Among  these  arc  the  Pontchartrain  rail-road,  4;^  inile»i, 
from  New  Orleans  to  the  lake  of  that  name,  and  the  Carrollton  rail-road,  from  the 
same  city,  6  miles  up  the  river;  a  rail-road  to  Lake  Borgne,  10  miles,  is  about  to 
be  constructed ;  this  last  work,  in  connexion  with  a  harbour  on  the  lake,  will 
afford  a  new  and  convenient  access  to  the  city,  from  the  sea.  There  are  also 
canals  from  New  Orleans  to  Lake  Pontchartrain. 

The  population  of  Louisiana  consists  in  p<irt  of  the  French  and  Spanish  colo- 
nists by  whom  it  was  occupied  at  the  time  of  the  cession,  but  it  comprises  also  a 
large  and  Increasing  number  of  immigrants  from  the  other  States.  The  French 
language  is  used  exclusively  by  a  considerable  proportion  of  the  population,  but 
the  Engliah  is  also  familiar  to  many  inhabitants  of  French  origin. 

The  subdivisions  bear  the  name  of  Parishes,  of  which  there  are  33. 


POPULATION  AT  DIFFERENT  PERIOD& 


In  1810,  ........  76,556 

1820 153,407 

1830 215,739 


INCREASE. 


From  1810  to  1820 76,851 

1820  to  1830 62,322 


SLATES.  INCaEABE. 

34,660 

69,064  34,404 

109,588  40,524 


Of  the  above  population  of  1830,  there  were,  white  Males,  40,794 ;  Females, 
39,397;  deaf  and  dumb,  45;  blind,  36;  aliens,  1,700:  total  whites,  69,441.— 
Free  coloured,  16,441 ;  Slaves,  109,586. 

New  Orleans,  the  third  commercial  mart  in  the  Union,  stands  on  the  left  bank 
of  the  Mississippi,  100  miles  from  the  sea  by  the  course  of  the  river,  and  four 
miles  fifom  Lake  Pontchartrain.  Steam-boats  and  small  vessels  come  up  to  the 
landing  on  the  latter,  where  an  artificial  harbour  has  been  formed,  and  whence  a 
rail-road  and  two  canals  extend  to  the  rear  of  the  city.  In  the  front  of  the  city 
on  the  river,  the  largest  merchant-ships  lie  close  up  to  the  levee  or  bank,  so  that 
no  wharves  are  necessary  to  enable  them  to  load  and  discharge.  The  river  is 
here  from  100  to  160  feet  deep,  and  a  half-mile  wide. 

New  Orleans  is  the  dep6t  of  the  whole  Mississippi  Valley,  and  must  increase  in 
importance  with  the  daily  gfowing  wealth  and  population  of  that  vast  region. 
Thousands  of  huge  arks  and  flat-boats  float  down  its  mighty  artery  for  thousands 
of  miles,  loaded  with  the  produce  of  New  York,  Pennsylvania,  and  Virginia,  as 
well  as  wiUi  that  of  the  more  western  States.  The  number  of  steam-boat  arrivals 
in  1835  was  1172 ;  and  from  1500  to  2000  flat-boats,  50  to  60  steamers,  and  a 
forest  of  the  masts  of  sea-vessels  may  be  seen  lying  at  once  along  its  levee. 

In  1835, 535,000  bales  of  cotton,  34,365  hhds.  of  tobacco,  47,015  hhds.  nnd  4832 
barrels  of  raw  sugar,  1,530,267  lbs.  of  crushed,  and  358,749  lbs.  of  clarified  sugar, 
18,507  hhds.  and  23,577  bbls.  of  molasses,  beside  large  quantities  of  flour,  salted 
provisions,  whiskey,  lead,  &c.,  were  exported;  in  which  year  the  shipping 
amounted  to  357,414  tons,  comprising  507  ships,  493  brigs,  and  604  sloops  and 
schooners ;  the  total  value  of  the  exports  for  the  year,  including  the  foreign  and 
coasting  trade,  was  about  40,000,000  dollars. 

The  city  stands  on  a  dead  level,  and  is  regularly  laid  out,  with  the  streets 
intersecting  each  other  at  right  angles;  as  the  surface  of  the  water  is  from  two  to 


\i 


.    ■  i: 


■  f  ■  *  »• 


>'  '     ■  l(.   1| 


l.'i 


^.u 


■•  ■  f 

•     .'■•I 


!■   ■  ,■ 


:  !■? 


;*  * 


■H  - 


i:! 


208 


UNITED  STATES. 


four  feet  above  the  level  of  the  city  at  high  wator,  and  even  in  low  Btages  of  water 
i  is  above  the  swam|M  in  the  rear,  a  levee,  or  cmbanknicnt,  from  four  to  eight  feet 
high,  huH  been  made  all  along  tlie  river  to  prevent  inundations;  a  breach  or  cre- 
vasse sometimes  occurs  in  this  dike,  but  it  is  rarely  permitted  to  do  much  damage 
before  it  is  closed.  Among  the  public  buildings  are  the  Roman  Catholic  Cathe- 
dral, a  massive  and  imposing  building  with  four  towers,  the  State-House,  Custom- 
llouse.  Exchange,  United  (States  Mint,  Ursuline  Convent,  several  theatres,  some 
of  which  are  splendid  structures,  the  College  of  Orleans,  the  Charity  Hospital,  in 
which  (KXK)  patients  have  been  received  in  a  single  year,  and  three  other  hospitals, 
the  Orphan  Asylum,  &c.  The  charitable  institutions  are  numerous  and  well  con- 
ducted. Population,  in  1810,  17,242;  in  1820,  27,176;  in  1830,  46,310;  and  in 
1835,  about  70,000,  exclusive  of  from  40,000  to  50,000  strangers  during  the 
winter. 

Donaldsonville,  for  some  time  the  capital  of  the  State,  is  a  village  with  about 
1000  inhabitants,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Lafourche  outlet.  Baton  Rouge,  130  miles, 
by  the  river,  above  New  Orleans,  is  a  pretty  village,  with  houses  in  the  French 
and  Spanish  style,  and  it  contains  a  military  post  and  an  arsenal  of  the  United 
States.  It  stands  on  the  first  highland  or  bluff  point  passed  in  ascending  the 
river,  but  although,  contrasted  with  the  dead  level  that  surrounds  it,  the  site  has 
the  appearance  of  being  quite  elevated,  it  is  only  25  feet  above  high  water.  The 
population  of  Baton  Rouge  is  about  1200.  St.  Francisville,  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Bayou  Sara,  is  a  neat,  busy,  and  thriving  village,  consisting  chiefly  of  one  street 

The  Balize,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Mississippi,  is  a  little  settlement  occupied  by  a 
few  pilots,  and  taking  its  name  from  the  Spanish  Baliza,  a  beacon.  The  ground 
is  marshy,  and  can  be  passed  from  house  to  house  only  on  timbers  or  planks  laid 
for  the  purpose.  Alexandria,  on  Red  River,  100  miles  from  the  Mississippi  by 
the  windings  of  the  stream,  is  a  pleasant  little  village  in  the  centre  of  a  rich  cot^ 
ton  region,  and  ships  large  quantities  of  that  staple  for  New  Orleans.  Natchi- 
toches, 80  miles  above,  is  the  frontier  town  of  the  United  States  towards  the 
Mexican  or  Texian  territories.  It  was  founded  in  1717,  and  the  population  is  a 
mixture  of  French,  Indians,  Spanish,  and  Americans.  It  was  formerly  the  centre 
of  the  trade  with  the  Mexican  interior  provinces,  receiving  bullion,  horses,  and 
mules,  and  sending  oiT manufactured  goods,  tobacco,  and  spirits.  St.  Martinsville, 
and  New  Iberia,  on  the  Teche,  and  Opelousas  or  St  Landre,  to  the  north,  are 
small  villages  containing  firom  300  to  500  inhabitants,  but  surrounded  by  a  fertile 
and  well  cultivated  country.  1 


WESTERN    STATES  AND   TERRITORIES. 


This  section  of  the  United  States  comprises  the  States  of  Ohio,  Kentucky, 
Tennessee,  Indiana,  Illinoisj  Michigan,  Missouri,  and  Arkansas,  the  organized 
Territory  of  Wisconsin,  together  with  the  nominal  Territories  of  Missouri  and 
Oregon,  and  the  Western  or  Indian  Territory,  assigned  by  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment for  the  residence  of  the  emigrant  Indian  tribes.  It  includes  the  whole  of 
that  vast  space  extending  from  the  western  base  of  the  Alleghany  Mountains  to 
the  Pacific  Ocean,  and  from  the  Red  River  of  Louisiana  and  the  42d  degree  of 
latitude  on  the  south  to  the  parallels  of  49°  and  54°  40'  on  the  north,  extending 
from  east  to  west  2300  miles,  and  from  north  to  south  1100  miles,  comprising  an 
area  of  1,683,000  square  miles. 

The  Chipewayan  or  Rocky  Mountain  range  are  the  most  important  mountains 
in  this  region.  They  are  but  imperfectly  known  to  us,  and  present  a  very  rugged 
and  sterile  appearance,  and  oppose  generally  a  formidable  barrier  to  an  intercourse 
between  the  countries  on  their  opposite  sides.  The  other  elevations  are  the  Ozark 
Mountains,  extending  from  Missouri  south-west  to  Mexico;  the  Black  Hills, 
between  the  Missouri  and  Yellow-Stone  rivers ;  and  between  the  former  river  and 
the  St  Peter's  river  a  low  ridge  intervenes,  known  as  the  Coteau  des  Prairies ; 
farther  to  the  eastward,  and  immediately  south  of  Lake  Superior,  the  Porcupine 


Is 


UNITKI)  STA1    S. 


209 


Mountains  extend,  sepnrating  the  rivers  of  Lake  Superior  from  those  of  the  MiM- 
sisflippi  and  liake  Mirhi^ran. 

The  imtnensie  prairieH  of  this  repion  constitute  the  mwt  remarkable  feature  of 
the  country.  These  are  level  piainH  stretcliinir  as  far  as  the  eye  can  reach,  totally 
destitute  of  trees,  and  covered  with  tall  grass  or  flowering  shrubs.  Some  have  an 
undulating  surface,  and  are  called  roiling  prairies;  these  are  the  most  extensive, 
and  are  the  favourite  resort  of  the  butfalo.  Here,  without  a  tree  or  a  stream  of 
water,  the  traveller  may  wander  for  days,  and  discover  nothing  but  a  grassy  ocean 
bo<mded  on  all  sides  by  the  horizon.  In  the  dry  season  the  Indians  set  tire  to  the 
grass;  and  the  wide  cunfliigralion  which  ensues,  otlen  surprises  the  bison,  deer, 
and  other  wild  animals,  who  are  unable  to  escape  from  the  flames,  and  are  burned 
to  death. 

Much  of  this  great  coimtry,  especially  the  northern  and  western  parts, 
remains  to  be  explored.  Of  the  region  west  of  the  Mississippi,  hardly  any  thing 
was  known  before  the  beginning  of  the  present  century,  when  the  government  of 
the  United  States  dispatched  Captains  Lewis  and  Clark  on  an  expedition  of  dis- 
covery. These  officers,  at  the  head  of  a  large  party,  well  equipped,  proceeded  up 
the  Missouri  in  boats  to  its  source,  crossed  the  Rocky  Mountains  to  the  Pacific 
Ocean,  and  returned  by  the  same  course.  The  southern  part  was  explored  by  an 
expedition  under  Lieut.  Pike;  and  at  a  later  period,  Major  Long  and  other  travel- 
lers have  visited  difl^erent  parts  of  the  country. 

But  the  great  physical  features  of  this  region  are  its  giant  rivers,  with  their 
hundred  arms  spreading  for  thousands  of  miles  through  every  corner  of  the  terri- 
toty,  and  bringing  its  most  remote  recesses,  in  the  very  heart  of  a  vast  continent, 
almost  into  contact  with  the  sea.  The  main  trunk  of  this  great  system  of  rivers 
has  been  already  described.  The  Ohio,  on  the  east,  and  the  Arkansas,  Red  River, 
and  Platte,  on  the  west,  are  the  greatest  of  the  subordinate  streams.  The  first, 
gathering  up  the  waters  of  one  of  the  most  fertile  regions  of  the  globe,  bears  upon 
its  gentle  current  the  products  of  a  highly  cultivated  country.  The  last  mentioned 
take  their  way  for  a  considerable  part  of  their  course  through  barren  tracts  of 
sand.  The  Arkansas,  however,  has  vast  tracts  of  productive  territory  for  many 
hundred  miles  in  the  lower  part  of  its  course.  The  Red  River  also  passes  through 
a  less  desert  region  than  the  Platte,  the  country  in  its  lower  part  being  highly 
fertile.  The  Alleghany  and  Monongahela,  rising  in  Pennsylvania  and  Virginia, 
unite  at  Pittsburgh,  and  take  the  name  of  Ohio.  From  Pittsburgh  to  the  Missis- 
sippi, the  river  has  a  course  of  950  miles,  receiving  numerous  navigable  streams, 
from  the  two  great  inclined  planes  between  which  it  runs. 

"The  great  rivers,  which  form  so  striking  a  natural  feature  of  this  region,  give 
to  the  mode  of  travelling  and  transportation  in  general,  a  peculiar  cast,  and  have 
created  a  peculiar  class  of  men,  called  boatmen.  Crafl  of  all  dsscriptions  are 
found  on  these  waters.  There  are  the  rude,  shapeless  masses,  that  denote  the 
infancy  of  navigation,  and  the  powerful  and  richly  adorned  steam-boat  which 
makes  its  perfection;  together  with  all  the  intermediate  forms  between  these 
extremes.  Since  the  use  of  steam-boats,  numbers  of  the  other  craft  have  disap- 
peared, and  the  number  of  ri  ver  boatmen  has  been  diminished  by  many  thousands.'' 
The  first  steam-boat  on  these  waters  was  built  at  Pittsburgh,  in  1811 ;  since  that 
time,  in  a  period  of  25  years,  about  600  have  been  built  at  difTerent  places,  some 
of  which  are  from  400  to  500  tons  burthen,  but  the  greater  number  are  from  90  to 
150,  200,  and  300  tons ;  there  are  at  present  not  far  from  300  steam-boats  on  the 
Mississippi  and  its  tributaries,  making  an  aggregate  of  about  60,000  tons. 

Lead,  iron,  coal,  salt,  and  lime  abound  in  the  Western  States;  and  probably  no 
res'ion  in  the  world  exhibits  such  a  combination  of  mineral  wealth  and  fertility  of 
soil,  united  with  such  rare  facilities  of  transportation.  Tobacco,  Indian  corn,  hemp, 
cotton,  salted  provi^oions,  flour,  whiskey,  hides  and  furs,  coarse  bagging,  and  lead, 
are  the  most  important  articles  of  export;  and  all  sorts  of  manufactured  goods  and 
colonial  produce  are  imported. 

The  character  of  the  Western  States  is  mixed,  but  the  predominant  traits  are 
those  of  Virginia,  and  of  New  England.  Kentucky  was  settled  from  Virginia  and 
North  Carolina;  while  Ohio  is  a  scion  of  New  England.     These  two  States  have 


i 


18* 


2B 


Ij^ 

■  '1\ 

'   ■ 

w 

•*^ ' ' 

:!■' 

'    \' 

::f,: 

'yd.        Ill 
i  , 


'■<  I 


■    V 
f 


.i':< 


ci 


.5.'  p.\i-- 


^< 


'^ 


•  *  i  /■ 


a  I 


^^ 


},  >'t 


r. 


I; 


*■•■■■  i ,     .  I  : 


i 


".W:^^: 


I  \ 

Ml 


I     * 


!l 


(i 


i. 


210 


UNITED  STATI-JS. 


in  turn  sent  their  population  farther  west.  But  there  is  much  sectional  character, 
much  of  the  opcnnetts  and  Ixjldncss  of  the  men  and  their  descendants,  who  con- 
tested every  inch  of  territory  with  savages,  whose  houses  were  garrisons,  and 
who  fought  at  the  threshold  tor  their  hearths  and  altars.  The  population  of  the 
western  States  and  Territories,  in  1830,  was  3,015,672;  of  whom  *Je,473  were 
slav>js.  The  intiabitants  of  this  section  have  since  greatly  increased,  and  arc  pro- 
bably not  less  than  4,000,000. 

The  negroes  constitute  a  considerable  part  of  the  population.  They  are  held 
as  slaves  in  all  the  States  but  Ohio,  Indiana,  and  Illinoia.  Many  Indians  yet 
remain  within  the  limits  of  the  western  States. 


STATE   OF   OHIO. 

This  enterprising  and  populous  State  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  Lake  Erie 
and  Michigan  Territory;  east  by  Pennsylvania  and  Virginia;  south  by  the  Ohio 
River,  which  separates  it  from  Western  Virginia  and  Kentucky ;  and  west  by  Indi- 
ana. Its  length  is  210  miles,  and  mean  breadth  200,  containing  about  40,000 
square  miles.  The  Ohio  River  forms  the  boundary  of  this  State,  on  the  south- 
east and  south,  tor  near  500  miles. 

The  rivers  which  flow  into  Lake  Erie  on  the  north,  are  Maumee,  Sandusky, 
Huron,  Vermillion,  Black,  Cuyahoga,  Grand,  and  Ashtabula ;  those  on  the  south 
flowing  into  the  Ohio,  are  the  Muskingum,  Hockhocking,  Little  and  Great  Mi- 
ami. The  Au-Glaize  and  St.  Mary's  in  the  western  part  cf  the  State,  arc  branches 
of  the  Maumee. 

The  interior  and  northern  parts  of  the  country,  bordering  on  Lake  Erie,  are 
generally  level,  and  in  some  places  marshy.  Nearly  one-third  of  the  eastern  and 
south-eastern  part  is  very  hilly  and  broken.  The  hills  are  exceedingly  numerous, 
but  they  seldom  rise  into  considerable  mountains.  Immediately  upon  the  banks 
of  the  Ohio,  and  several  of  its  tributaries,  are  numerous  tracts  of  interval  or  mea- 
dow-land, of  great  fertility.  In  ihe  interior,  on  both  sides  of  the  Scioto,  and  on 
the  Great  and  Little  Miami,  are  perhaps  the  most  extensive  bodies  of  level  and 
rich  land  in  the  State.  In  many  parts  there  are  large  prairies,  particularly  on  the 
head  waters  of  the  Muskingum  and  Scioto,  and  between  the  Scioto  and  the  two 
Miamis.  Some  of  these  prairies  are  low  and  marshy ;  other  prairies  arc  elevated, 
and  are  frequently  called  barrens;  not  always  on  account  of  their  sterility,  for 
they  are  often  fertile.  The  most  elevated  tracts  of  country  between  the  rivers, 
are  the  wettest  and  most  marshy  in  the  State ;  and  the  driest  land  is  that  which 
borders  on  the  various  streams  of  water. 

This  State  produces  abundantly  everything  which  grows  in  the  middle  States. 
Corn  grows  luxuriantly :  wheat  grows  finely ;  and  flour  is  exported  in  vast  quan- 
tities by  the  Ohio  and  Lake  Erie  to  southern  and  eastern  markets.  Many  steam- 
mills  have  been  erected,  especially  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Ohio  River,  for  the  ma- 
nufacturing of  flour.  Mills  for  the  same  purpose,  propelled  by  water,  are  to  be 
found  in  every  part  of  the  State.  Rye,  oats,  buckwheat,  &c.,  are  produced  abun- 
dantly ;  and  tolmcco  is  raised  co  the  amount  of  25,000  hogsheads  annually.  Horses, 
cattle,  and  hogs  are  here  raised  in  great  numbers,  and  driver,  ^.o  an  eastern  mar- 
ket ;  and  thousands  of  barrels  of  beef  and  pork  are  boated  from  all  the  towns  on 
the  navigable  streams,  for  the  southern  part  of  the  valley,  or  to  New  York. 

Coal  is  found  in  great  quantities  in  the  eastern  parts.  Iron  ore  has  been  disco- 
vered, and  wrought  pretty  extensively  in  several  places,  particularly  on  the  south 
of  Licking  River,  4  miles  wes.t  of  Zanesville,  on  Brush  Creek,  and  in  some  other 
places.  Salt-springs  are  found  on  some  of  the  eastern  waters  of  Muskingum,  iind 
on  Salt  Creek,  28  miles  south-east  of  Chillicothe,  where  there  are  considerable 
salt-works. 

The  manufactures  of  the  State  are  yet  in  their  in&noy,  but  are  rapidly  increas- 
ing in  importance.  The  local  position  of  Ohio  gives  it  great  facilities  for  trade; 
the  Ohio  River  aflbrds  direct  communication  with  all  the  country  in  the  valley  of 
the  Mississippi,  while  by  means  of  Lake  Erie  on  the  north  it  communicates  with 


>l  i< 

i! 


UNITED  STATFX. 


211 


Canftda  and  New  York.  The  northern  and  eastern  countiea  exfmrt  ^eat  quanti- 
ticH  of  a^rricultural  produce  to  Montreal  and  New  York,  and  since  the  construction 
of  the  Ohio  and  Pennsylvania  Canals,  many  of  the  productions  of  the  southern 
and  western  counties  also  find  their  way  to  New  York  and  Philadelphia ;  an  active 
export  trade  is  also  carried  on  down  the  river,  by  way  of  New  Orleans. 

A  system  of  general  education  has  been  or^ani}.cd,  but  is  not  in  efficient  opera- 
tion throughout  the  State.  In  addition  to  the  funds  arising  from  the  sale  of  school 
lands  appropriated  by  Congress,  a  State  tax  is  levied  to  aid  in  the  support  of  com- 
mon schools;  each  townehip  is  divided  into  school  districts,  and  those  districts 
which  support  a  school  for  three  months  in  a  year  are  entitled  to  receive  their 
quota  of  the  State's  money.  There  arc  about  W  respectable  academies  in  the 
State.  The  University  of  Ohio,  at  Athens;  Miami  University,  at  Oxford ;  Ken- 
yon  College,  at  (tambier,  with  a  theological  department ;  Western  Reserve  Col- 
lege, at  Hudson,  with  a  theological  department ;  Franklin  College,  at  New  Athens ; 
Granville  College,  at  Granville,  with  a  theological  department;  Marietta  College, 
at  Marietta ;  Willoughby  University,  at  Chagrin ;  and  Olwrlin  Institute,  at  New 
Elyria,  are  the  principal  educational  institutions.  The  Lane  Seminary,  at  Cin- 
cinnati; the  Lutheran  Theological  School  at  Columbus;  the  Medical  College  of 
Ohio  at  Cincinnati ;  the  Reformed  Medical  College  of  Ohio,  at  Worthington ;  and 
the  Law  School,  at  Cincinnati,  are  devoted  to  professional  studies.  The  predomi- 
nant religious  sects  are  the  Presbyterians,  Methodists,  and  Baptists.  The  Luther- 
ans, Episcopalians,  German  Reformed,  and  Friends,  are  also  numerous,  and  there 
are  some  Roman  Catholics,  Universalists,  Shakers,  and  adherents  of  the  New 
Jerusalem  Church. 

The  public  works  which  have  been  already  executed,  or  are  in  a  state  approach- 
ing to  completion,  are  of  a  magnitude  to  strike  us  with  surprise,  when  we  con- 
sider the  infant  character  of  the  State.  Two  great  works,  crossing  the  State  from 
north  to  south,  connect  the  waters  of  the  Ohio  with  those  of  the  great  lakes,  and 
through  them  with  the  Atlantic  Ocean.  The  Ohio  Canal  extends  from  Ports- 
mouth at  the  mouth  of  the  Scioto,  up  the  valley  of  that  river,  90  miles,  thence 
across  the  intermediate  district  to  the  Muskingum,  and  by  that  river  and  the 
Cuyahoga  to  Lake  Erie,  a  distance  of  310  miles,  with  navigable  feeders  of  24 
miles.  The  Miami  Canal,  extending  from  Cincinnati  up  the  Miami  and  down  the 
Auglaize  to  the  Wabash  and  Erie  Canal  at  Defiance,  190  miles,  is  not  yet  com- 
pleted. The  Wabash  and  Erie  Canal,  extending  from  Perrysburg,  on  the  Mau- 
mee,  to  the  Indiana  State  line,  whence  it  is  continued  to  the  Wabash  in  that 
State,  is  now  in  progress;  the  section  within  Ohio  io  80  miles  in  length.  These 
works  are  executed  by  the  State.  The  amount  of  tolls  received  on  the  Ohio 
Canal  in  1835,  was  185,317  dollars ;  on  that  section  of  the  Miami  Canal  then  in 
operation,  viz.  from  Dayton  to  Cincinnati,  52,232  dollars.  The  Maiioning,  or 
Pennsylvania  and  Ohio  Canal,  extending  from  Akron,  on  the  Ohio  Canal,  to  the 
Beaver  division  of  the  Pennsylvania  Canal,  85  miles ;  and  the  Sandy  and  Beaver 
Canal,  extending  from  Bolivar,  on  the  Ohio  Canal,  to  the  mouth  of  the  Beaver,  87 
miles,  are  not  yet  completed,  but  are  rapidly  going  on  in  the  hands  of  private 
con>.panie8.  The  Mad  River  Rail-road,  begun  in  September  1835,  will  extend 
from  Dayton,  at  the  mouth  of  Mad  River,  to  Sandusky  Bay,  153  miles.  A  rail- 
road from  Cleveland  to  Pittsburg  has  been  projected  and  authorised  by  law.  The 
Cumberland  or  National  Road  is  continued  from  Wheeling,  across  this  State 
through  Zanesville,  Columbus,  and  Springfield,  to  the  Indiana  line. 

In  competing  for  the  trade  of  the  great  West,  New  York,  Pennsylvania,  and 
Maryland  are  making  strenuour-i  erertions  to  connect  their  lines  of  communication 
with  the  canals  and  navigation  oi  Ohio;  this  being  a  central  point,  in  relation  to 
the  Western  trade. 

The  rapid  growth  of  the  population  of  Ohio  has  never  been  paralleled ;  in  42 
years  from  the  time  when  it  received  its  first  white  settlers,  the  number  of  its  in- 
habitants was  937,903.  Its  fertile  and  unoccupied  lands  attracted  immigrants  not 
only  from  the  other  States,  chiefly  the  Eastern  and  Middle,  but  large  bodies  of 
Swiss  and  Germans,  and  great  numbers  of  Britisii  emigrants,  have  settled  them- 
selves in  its  smiling  valleys  and  rich  plains. 


J 


;l 


'•I 


3 
I 


iV.' 


f       I.; 


'.      J^ 


l:« 


J:' 


■  ■•if'  ' 


}''  • 


-  i  -  i 


'  m 


iMm 


' '}  ■  "■;  ■•;.|u 


!J1^ 


UNITED  STATES. 


POPULATION  AT  DIFFERENT  PERIODS. 


In  1790 3,000 

1800 45,365 

1810, 230,760 

1820 581,431 

1830 937,903 


INCRKABX. 

From  1790  to  1800, 42,365 

1800  to  1810, ia'>,.395 

1810  to  1620, 350,674 

1820  to  1830 356,469 

Of  the  above  population  of  1830,  there  were,  wliite  Males,  470,790 ;  white 
Femalee,  448,303 ;  deaf  and  dumb,  446 ;  blind,  251 ;  aliens,  5524 :  Total,  white?, 
928,093.— Free  coloured  Males,  4826;  Females,  4760 :  total,  9586. 

The  city  of  Cincinnati,  the  principal  town  in  the  State,  and  the  largest  city  in 
the  west,  is  situated  on  the  firet  and  second  banks  of  the  Ohio  river.  The  streets 
are  drawn  with  ^reat  regularity  in  lines  parallel  and  at  right  angles  to  the  river. 
There  are  here  26  churches,  an  Hospital,  a  Lunatic  Asylum,  a  Theatre,  &c.,  and 
the  free  schools  of  the  city  are  numerous  and  on  an  excellent  footing.  The 
growth  of  Cincinnati  hus  been  astonishingly  rapid;  it  was  founded  in  1780,  and 
in  1800  it  had  a  population  of  750  souls ;  in  1820,  the  number  of  inhabitants  had 
increased  to  9642 ;  in  1830,  to  24,831,  and  in  1835  it  exceeded  31,000.  It  has 
become  the  seat  of  extensive  manufactures,  and  it  carries  on  an  active  trade  by 
the  river  and  canal.  In  1836,  the  number  was  upwards  of  50;  100  stear  engines, 
240  cotton-gins,  and  20  sugar-mills  were  made,  and  22  steam-boats  were  built,  in 
1835.  Brass  and  iron  founderies,  cotton-&ctories,  rolling  and  slitting-mills,  saw 
^nd  grist-mills,  and  chemical  laboratories,  are  among  the  manufacturing  establish- 
ments ;  the  value  of  manufactured  articles  produced  in  1835  was  estimated  at 
5,000,000  dollars.  There  were  in  that  year  2237  steam-boat  arrivals,  and  the 
value  of  the  exports  was  estimated  at  6,000,000  dollars ;  the  amount  of  toll  col- 
lected on  the  canal  at  Cincinnati  was  25,803  dollars.  Beef,  pork,  wheat  and 
flour,  whiskey,  with  various  manufactured  articles,  are  among  the  exports. 

Columbus,  the  capital  of  the  State,  is  pleasantly  situated  on  the  Scioto,  in  a 
rich  and  beautiful  district,  at  the  intersection  of  the  river  by  the  National  Road, 
and  a  branch  of  the  Ohio  Canal.  It  is  built  on  a  regular  plan,  with  a  pretty 
square  in  the  centre  of  the  town,  round  which  stand  some  of  the  principal  public 
buildings.  Here  are  the  State-House,  an  Asylum  for  the  Deaf  and  Dumb,  a  new 
Penitentiary,  conducted  on  the  Auburn  plan,  Court-Houses,  five  churches,  &c. 
Population,  in  1830,  2437;  in  1835,  4000. 

Chillicothe  stands  between  Paint  Creek  and  the  Scioto,  and  the  streets,  extend- 
ing across  the  neck  from  river  to  river,  are  intersected  at  right  angles  by  others 
running  parallel  to  the  Scioto.  Population,  in  1830,  2840;  in  1835  it  exceeded 
4000.  The  manufactures  of  the  place  are  pretty  extensive,  and  are  rapidly  in- 
creasing. Portsmouth,  at  the  southern  end  of  the  Ohio  Canal,  derives  importance 
from  its  situation ;  its  trade  is  considerable,  and  there  are  here  several  iron- 
founderies,  nail-factories,  saw  and  grist-mills,  &c.  Population,  in  1830, 1066 ;  at 
present  it  is  nearly  double  that  number. 

Zanesville  stands  at  the  head  of  steam-boat  navigation  on  the  Muskingum,  by 
which  and  the  Ohio  Canal  it  has  a  water  communication  with  New  Orleans  and 
New  York.  The  falls  in  the  river  have  made  Zanesville  the  seat  of  numerou!^ 
mills  avi  manufacturing  establishments,  including  flour-mills,  eaw-miils,  iron 
founderitd,  paper,  cotton,  and  oil-mills,  glass-works,  &c.  The  population  in  1830 
was  3094 ;  in  1835,  including  the  little  village  of  Putnam,  on  the  opposite  side 
of  the  river,  it  was  5200.  Two  bridges  cross  the  river  here,  and  the  town  con- 
tains 8  churches,  an  atheneum,  two  academies,  &c.  Marietta,  at  the  mouth  of 
the  Muskingum,  is  the  oldest  town  in  the  State ;  it  is  pleasantly  situated  partly 
on  a  lower  and  partly  on  an  upper  plain,  with  wide  stre'^its,  shaded  with  trees, 
green  squares,  and  neat  buildings.  There  are  numerous  nHMinds  and  embank' 
ments  in  and  around  the  town.  Ship-uuilding  was  formerly  carried  on  here,  and 
many  steam-boats  are  still  built;  several  saw-mills,  an  iron-foundery,  tanneries, 
die,  also  furnish  occupation  to  the  inhabitants,  whose  number  is  1200.  Steuben 
villc,  on  the  Ohio,  in  the  midst  of  a  rich  and  populous  district,  contains  a  number 
of  Woollen  and  cotton  manufactories,  iron  and  brass  founderies,  steam-engine  and 


rNITKI*  ST.VI'F-S 


MS 


machine  factoricD,  copperas  work^,  scvcml  tanncrioH,  and  mw  ami  floiir-mill^,  ii 
chemical  laboratory,  &r.,  with  a  population  of  'J{)M7  f^itl^.  Cleveland,  the  nuMt 
important  lake-port  of  Ohio,  stands  on  an  elovatrd  plain  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Cuyahojsra  River  and  of  the  (Jhio  Canal.  ItH  liarbour  haa  b«;en  secure*!  by  arti- 
Acial  piers,  and  is  commodious  and  easy  of  accoso.  The  ,  pulation  in  iHiiO  was 
1076  ;  in  1^3.">  it  amounted  to  42(H),  exclusive  of  the  little  villapc  of  Brooklyn  on 
the  opposite  side  of  the  river,  whicii  contained  KMK)  inhabitants.  The  number 
of  arrivals  in  lS:i')  were  8i)5  lake-vessels  and  080  steam-bo&ts,  amounting;  to  about 
270,000  tons.  The  amount  of  canal  tolls  paid  here  in  tue  same  year  was  72,718 
dollara. 

Huron,  a  thriving  little  town  further  west,  is  the  'Iep6t  of  a  very  rich  and 
flourishinjr  district,  and  Norv/alk,  in  its  rear,  situated  in  a  highly  fertile  country, 
contains  some  manufacturing  establishments.  Portland  or  Sandusky  city  is 
situated  on  a  fine  bay,  with  a  good  harbour,  and  is  a  busy  and  growing  place. 
These  villages  have  each  about  1000  inhabitants.  Perrysburg,  at  the  head  of 
steam-boat  navigation  on  the  Maumee,  is  prettily  situated  upon  a  high  bank  below 
the  falls  of  the  river ;  its  situation  combines  great  advantages  both  for  navigation 
and  manufactures,  and  the  completion  of  the  Wabash  and  Erie  Canal  will  give  it 
new  importance.  Toledo,  formerly  Fort  Lawrence,  is  a  flourishing  town,  further 
down  the  river,  with  2000  inhabitants. 

Dayton,  on  the  Miami,  at  the  junction  of  the  Mad  River  which  furnishes  a 
great  number  of  mill-seats,  is  a  rapidly  growing  town,  in  a  higl  W  productive 
region.  It  carries  on  an  active  trade  by  the  Miami  Canal,  and  it  contains  numer- 
ous saw  and  grist-mills,  eeveral  woollen  and  cotton  factories,  an  oil-mill,  and  other 
manufactories.    Population,  in  1830,  2954;  in  1835,  3800. 


COMMMOr;  HEALTH    OP    KENTUCKY. 

Kentucky  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  Ohio  river,  which  separates  it  from 
the  States  of  Ohio,  Indiana,  and  Illinois;  east  by  Virginia,  south  by  Tennessee, 
and  west  by  the  Mississippi,  which  separates  it  from  the  State  of  Missouri ;  the 
greatest  length  is  about  400  miles,  breadth  170,  area  40,500  square  miles. 

The  principal  rivers  of  Kentucky  are  the  Ohio,  which  flows  along  the  State 
637  miles,  following  its  windings;  tiie  Mississippi,  Tennessee,  Cumberland,  Ken- 
tucky, Green,  Licking,  Big  Sandy,  Salt,  and  Rolling. 

Cumberland  Mountains  form  the  south-east  boundary  of  this  State.  The  eastern 
counties,  bordering  on  Virginia,  are  mountainous  and  broken.  A  tract  from  5  to 
20  miles  wide,  along  the  iMinks  of  the  Ohio,  is  hilly  and  broken  land,  interspersed 
with  many  fertile  valleys.  Between  this  strip.  Green  river,  and  the  eastern  coun- 
ties, lies  what  has  been  called  the  garden  of  the  State.  This  is  the  most  populous 
part,  and  is  about  150  miles  long,  and  from  50  to  100  wide.  The  surface  of  this 
district  is  agreeably  undulating,  and  the  soil  black  and  friable,  producing  black 
walnut,  black  cherry,  honey  locust,  buckeye,  pawpaw,  sugar-tree,  mulberry,  elm, 
ash,  cotton-wood,  and  white  thorn.  The  whole  State,  below  the  mountains,  rests 
on  an  immense  bed  of  limestone,  usually  about  eight  feet  below  the  surface. 
There  are  everywhere  apertures  in  this  limestone,  through  which  the  waters  of 
the  rivers  sink  into  the  earth.  The  large  rivers  of  Kentucky,  for  this  reason,  are 
more  diminished  during  the  dry  season,  than  those  of  any  other  part  of  the  United 
States,  and  the  bUiall  streams  entirely  disappear.  The  banks  of  the  rivers  are 
natural  curiosities ;  the  rivers  having  generally  worn  very  deep  channels  in  the 
calcareous  rocks  over  which  they  flow.  The  precipices  formed  by  Kentucky  river 
are  in  many  places  awfully  sublime,  presenting  perpendicular  rocks  of  300  feet  of 
solid  limestone,  surmounted  with  a  steep  and  diflic.  \t  ascent,  four  times  as  high. 
In  i!'e  south-west  part  of  the  State,  between  Green  river  and  the  Cumberland, 
there  are  several  wonderful  caves. 

The  principal  productions  of  Kentucky  are  hemp,  tobacco,  wheat,  and  Indian 
com.  Salt  springs  are  numerous,  and  supply  not  only  this  State,  but  a  great  part 
of  Ohio  and  Tennessee,  with  this  mineral.    The  principal  manufacture.^  are  cloth. 


m 


at.  r.: 


'^ 


P 


yi:  'I 

isfKiF'/''!' ;■      ■ 


mn  -. 


!  jfv  '  ■;■'  -ji  ■'■■ 


■I' 


<  -3 


■  i;.v  ,,-j!r: 


ii-^r^-\ 


^ 


■. ''     '    -'i'i 


Il 


I.  .J 


ijjl 


'4H 


UNITED  STATFX 


Hpiritit,  cordnige,  nalt,  and  mapIe'Buear.  Hemp,  tobacco,  and  wheal,  are  the  prin- 
ci|ial  ex|H)rtii.  These  are  carried  down  the  Ohio  and  Mimimippi  to  Nnw  Orlcanii, 
Nnd  foroipn  poods  received  from  the  same  place  in  return.  Louisville,  on  the 
Ohio,  iH  the  centre  of  this  trade.  The  introduction  of  steam-boat  navigation  on 
the  Ohio  has  been  of  incalculable  benefit  to  the  commercial  and  mnnufocturin^ 
interests  of  Kentucky.  In  addition  to  the  important  commerce  with  New  Orlcann, 
by  the  channel  of  the  Mississippi  river,  Kentucky  has  intimate  commerciai  rela- 
ti'  IH  with  the  chief  cities  on  the  Atlantic  seaboard. 

The  Ohio  and  Mississippi  are  the  chief  theatres  of  Kentucky  commerce,  but 
the  New  York  and  Pennsylvania  canals  are  also  crowded  with  its  materials. 
Some  important  works  have  been  executed  for  the  purpose  of  extending  the  facili- 
ties of  transportation  afforded  by  the  natural  channels.  Of  these  the  most  mag- 
nificent is  the  Ix)ui8ville  and  Portland  canal,  passing  round  the  falls  of  the  Ohio; 
for,  although  only  a  mile  and  a  half  in  length,  it  is  200  feet  wide  at  the  surface 
and  50  feet  at  the  bottom,  and  from  the  peculiar  difficulties  encountered  in  its  con- 
struction, is  estimated  to  be  equivalent  to  about  75  miles  of  ordinary  canals;  it  has 
four  locks,  capable  of  admitting  steam-boats  of  the  largest  class,  and  a  total  lockage 
of  22  feet ;  it  is  constructed  in  the  most  solid  and  durable  manner,  and  the  cost  of 
construction  was  750,000  dollars.  The  Lexington  and  Ohio  rail-road  extends 
from  Lexington  to  Louisville,  90  miles.  In  18<&  a  board  of  commissioners  was 
created  for  the  purpose  of  improving  the  navigable  streams  of  the  State,  and 
establishing  a  permanent  system  of  internal  improvement. 

No  system  of  popular  education  has  been  adopted  by  this  ^U^te,  but  in  many  of 
the  counties  common  schools  are  supported.  There  are  also  several  respectable 
academies  and  six  colleges  in  the  State ;  these  are,  Transylvania  University,  at 
Lexington,  with  law  and  medical  departments,  the  oldest  collegiate  institution  in 
the  Western  States ;  Centre  College,  founded  by  the  Presbyterians  at  Danville ; 
Augusta  College,  instituted  by  the  Methodists;  St  Joseph^s  College,  a  Roman 
Catholic  establishment,  at  Bardstown ;  Cumberland  College,  at  Prmceton ;  and 
Georgetown  College,  in  the  town  of  the  name.  There  are  also  an  Episcopalian 
Theological  Seminary  at  Lexington,  a  Medical  College  at  Louisville,  and  a  Deaf 
and  Dumb  Asylum  at  Danville.  The  predominant  religious  sects  are  the  Baptists 
and  Methodists ;  the  Presbyterians  are  also  numerous,  and  there  is  a  considerable 
cumber  of  Roman  Catholics  and  Episcopalians. 

Kentucky  is  divided  into  83  counties. 


POPULATION  AT  DIFFERENT  PERIODS. 


In  1790 73,677 

1800, 220,959 

1810 406,511 

1820, 564,317 

1830, 688,844 


INCaEABB. 


SLA  VIS. 

12,430 

43,344 

80,561 

120,732 

165,350 


INCREASE. 


30,914 

37,217 
40,171 
44,618 


From  1790  to  1800,  . . .  .147,282 

1800  to  1810 185,552 

1810  to  1820 147,806 

1820  to  1830,  ....124,527 

Of  the  above  population  there  were,  white  Males,  268,024;  white  Females, 
250,654;  deaf  and  dumb,  283;  blind,  156;  aliens,  173.  Total  whites,  518,678. 
Free  coloured  Males,  2559;  Females,  2257.  Total,  481&  Slaves— Males,  82,t>'.31 ; 
Females,  83,119.     Total,  165,350. 

Lexington,  the  oldest  town  in  the  State,  and  for  many  years  the  seat  of  govern- 
ment, is  beautifully  situated  in  the  centre  of  the  rich  tract  above  described.  The 
streets  are  spacious,  well  paved,  and  regularly  laid  out,  and  the  houses  and  public 
buildings  are  remarkable  for  neatness  and  elegance.  Fine  shade  trees  border  and 
adorn  many  of  the  streets,  and  the  principal  mansion-ho.'ses  of  the  citizens  are 
surrounded  by  extensive  grounds  ornamented  with  noble  trees  and  luxuriant 
shrubbery.  The  halls  of  Transylvania  University,  the  State  Lunatic  Asylum, 
eleven  churches,  &c.,  are  among  the  public  buildmgs.  There  are  here  several 
large  cotton  and  woollen  manufactories,  machine-shope,  rope-works,  cotton-bag- 
ging factories,  &c.    In  1830  the  population  was  6104. 

Frankfort,  the  capital,  stands  on  the  right  bank  of  the  Kentucky  river,  in  a 
highly  picturesque  situation ;  the  site  of  the  town  is  an  al^wial  bottom,  above 


th^ 
laii 
va 


UNITED  STATES. 


US 


whicli  the  river  hills  riae  abruptly  to  the  height  of  upwanlH  of  2(NI  fcot,  pivinir  n  , 
bold,  wild  character  to  the  scenery,  which  contnuttit  Hnoly  with  the  quiet,  riirnl  i 
beauty  of  tho  town  it«elf.     Steam-boats  go  up  to  Frenktbrt,  (Mt  tniloi*  from  the 
mouth  of  the  river,  and  keel-boata  mut'h  higher.    The  Htatc-IIouHc  in  a  handmmc 
edifice,  built  of  white  marble  taken  from  tho  banks  of  the  river,  and  there  is  here* 
a  penitentiary,  conducted  on  the  Auburn  plan.     The  pop«ilation  is  IBHO. 

Louisville,  the  principal  city  of  Koiitucky,  and  i.)  point  of  wealth,  trade,  and 
population,  one  of  the  most  important  towns  bcyonJ  mountainti,  is  Hncly  situated 
on  an  extensive  and  gently  sloping  plain,  at  the  mouth  of  Beargrass  creek,  and 
above  the  falls  of  the  Ohio.  The  Loinsvillc  and  Portland  canal  enables  large 
steam-boaUj  to  reach  Louisville  at  all  stages  of  the  water.  Louisville  carries  on 
the  most  extensive  trade  of  any  of  the  western  towns,  many  thousands  of  flat-boats 
arriving  here  yearly  from  all  parts  of  tho  upper  Ohio,  aiid  Bteam-boat«  arriving 
and  departing  daily  in  every  direction.  The  population  of  Louisville,  which  in 
1600  amounted  to  600  souls,  had  increased  in  1835  to  10,066.  The  manufactures 
are  various  and  extensive,  comprising  cotton-yarn  and  stuffs,  iron,  cotton-bagging, 
cordage,  hats,  &.c.  The  town  is  well  built  and  regularly  laid  out,  with  spacioun, 
straight,  and  wcU-pavid  streets,  running  parallel  to  the  river,  intersected  by  others 
meeting  them  at  right  angles,  and  the  landing  is  convenient  for  boats.  There  is 
a  Nautical  Asylum  for  disabled  boatmen  at  Louisville.  Portland  is  a  growing  little 
village  at  the  lower  end  of  the  canal. 

Maysville  is  the  first  considerable  town  of  Kentucky  which  is  passed  in  descend- 
ing the  river  Ohio.  It  is  the  depdt  of  the  upper  part  of  the  State,  and  its  trade  is 
pretty  extensive ;  it  has  also  some  manufactures.  The  population  in  1830  was 
2040,  but  it  has  since  probably  doubled.  Maysville  occupies  a  narrow,  but  some- 
what elevated  bottoni,  at  the  mouth  of  Limestone  creek,  which  affords  a  harbour 
for  boats.  Newport  and  Covington  are  thriving  towns,  situated  on  the  opposite 
banks  of  the  Licking  river,  and  opposite  to  Cincinnati;  they  are  the  scats  of  some 
manufacturing  industry,  as  well  as  of  an  active  trade,  and  contained  together,  in 
1835,  about  4^00  inhabitants.  At  Newport  there  is  an  United  Sta'es  Arsenal. 
About  20  miles  south-west  is  the  celebrated  Big  Bone  Lick,  which  is  much  resort- 
ed to  by  invalids  in  the  warm  season. 


,!.; 


STATE  OP  TENNESSEE. 

Tennessee  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  Kentucky;  east  by  North  Carolina; 
south  b}^  Georgia,  Alabama,  and  Mississippi ;  and  west  bj^  Arkansas  Territory, 
from  which  it  is  separated  by  the  Mississippi  River.  It  is  430  miles  long,,  and 
104  broad,  and  contains  40,000  square  miles. 

The  principal  rivers  are  Mississippi,  Tennessee,  Cumberland,  Clinch,  Duck; 
Holston,  French-Broad,  Nolichucky,  Hiwassee,  Tollico,  Reelfoot,  Obion,  Forked 
Deer,  Wolf,  and  Elk  River. 

Tennessee  is  washed  by  the  great  river  Mississippi  on  the  west,  and  the  fine 
rivers  Tennessee  and  Cumberland  pass  through  it  in  very  serpentine  coursea 
West  Tennessee  lying  between  the  Mississippi  and  the  Tennessee  Rivers,  is  a 
level  or  slightly  undulating  plain:  east  of  this  section  is  Middle  Tennessee,  of  a 
moderately  hilly  surface.  The  eastern  part  of  the  State  adjoining  North  Carolina, 
is  known  by  the  name  of  East  Tennessee :  it  abourids  in  mountains,  many  of  them 
lofty,  and  presenting  scenery  peculiarly  grand  and  picti^resque.  Of  these  moun- 
tains the  Cumberland,  or  great  Laurel  Ridge,  is  the  i.iost  remarkable.  Stone, 
Iron,  Bald,  Smoky,  or  Unaka  mountains,  join  each  other,  and  form,  in  a  direction 
nearly  north-east  and  south-west,  the  eastern  boundary  of  the  State. 

The  soil  in  a  country  so  uneven  must  be  very  various.  The  western  part  ot 
the  State  has  a  black,  rich  soil ;  in  the  middle  are  great  quantities  of  excoUent 
land ;  in  the  eastern,  part  of  the  mountains  are  barren,  but  there  are  many  fertile 
valleys. 

The  climate  is  generally  healthful.  In  East  Tennessee,  the  heat  is  so  temper* 
ed  by  the  mountain  air  on  one  side,  and  by  refreshing  breezes  from  the  Gulf  of 


.» I 


jfl 


\''ii 


,1  ■  • 


■1  !.."•. 


■  V 


r  f '•.■■' 


'   ■   Un 


.'I* 


■A' 


J  'CI 


Ill 


i 


^1 


'ilC 


UNITKI)  HTATW. 


Mexico  on  tho  other,  that  thin  (wrt  of  the  Statu  huH  onn  of  the  moat  deflinible 
cliiniitttH  in  North  Ainurica.     The  middle  (mrt  rcncniblcH  Kentucky  in  climate. 

The  ^real  bunineHo  of  tho  Htate  in  affricultiirc.  The  Miil  produccH  abundantly 
cotton  and  tobacco,  which  are  tho  staple  commoditiea.  Tho  inhabitants  also  raiao 
n  plvntit'ul  supply  of  ffrain,  ffruss,  and  fruit.  They  export  cotton,  tobucco,  and 
Hour,  in  considerable  quantities;  also  aaltpetro,  and  many  other  articles.  The 
principal  commerce  is  carried  on  throuffh  the  TenncHMeo  and  Cumberland  Rivers, 
and  from  them  throu^jh  the  Ohio  anil  Mississippi  to  New  Orleans.  This  State 
iilso  supplies  Kentucky,  Ohio,  &.c.  with  cotton  for  inland  manufactures;  and  from 
VmbI  I'ennessee  considerable  numbers  of  cattle  are  sent  to  the  sea-porta  on  the 
Atlantic. 

The  most  valuable  mineral  products  of  Tennessee  are  iron,  ^Id,  coal,  ond  salt. 
Gold  is  found  in  the  south-oa«tern  section,  but  it  has  not  been  systematically  work* 
ed.  Iron  occurs  throughout  the  State  east  of  the  Tennessee ;  there  is  a  consider- 
able number  of  furnaces  in  East  Tennessee,  and  in  Mit'dle  Tennessee  alone  the 
number  of  furnaces,  in  1635,  was  27,  producing  about  27,0()0  tons  of  metal  annu- 
ally ;  there  are  also  several  rolling-mills  and  nail-factories  in  this  section.  Coal 
is  tbund  in  the  Cumberland  Mountains  of  excellent  quality  and  in  great  quan- 
tities ;  it  in  carried  from  Crab  Orchard  Mountain,  near  Emery's  River,  down  the 
Tennessee  to  New  Orleans,  a  distance  of  about  17(H)  miles.  Good  marble,  marl, 
buhr-Htone,  nitrous  earth,  and  other  useful  minerals  are  found,  and  there  are  some 
valuable  mineral  springs. 

Various  plans  have  been  proposed  for  connecting  different  parts  of  Tennessee 
with  the  sea-board  sections  of  the  Union ;  the  eastern  part  of  the  State  will  pro- 
bably soon  have  an  outlet  in  that  direction  by  means  of  the  projected  rail-road 
from  Kncxville  to  Charleston,  forming  part  of  the  great  Ohio  and  Charleston  rail- 
road. Surveys  have  been  made  by  which  the  practicability  has  been  ascertained 
of  a  passage  over  the  mountains,  both  from  North  Carolina  towards  Knoxville, 
and  from  Georgia  towards  the  Tennessee  river,  in  the  southern  part  of  the  State; 
another  great  work  is  in  actual  progress  from  New  Orleans  to  Nashville,  of  up- 
wards of  500  miles  in  e.xtent,  which  will  ensure  an  expeditious  transit  at  all  sea- 
sons between  the  extreme  and  intermediate  points,  and  several  other  local  works 
of  the  same  kind  are  in  conteiiplation. 

The  State  has  a  school  funu,  the  interest  of  which  is  distributed  to  such  school 
districts  as  provide  a  school-house,  but  little  has  yet  been  done  towards  the  estab- 
lishment of  a  common  school  system  throughout  the  State.  There  are  here 
several  respectable  academies,  and  five  collegiate  institutions:  Nashville  Uni- 
versity at  Nashville,  East  Tennessee  College  at  Knoxville,  Greenville  College  at 
Greenville,  Jackson  College  near  Columbia,  and  Washington  College  in  Wash- 
ington County ;  there  is  also  a  Theological  Seminary  at  Maryville.  The  Metho- 
dists and  Baptists  are  the  most  numerous  religious  bodies  in  Tennessee;  the 
Presbyterians  are  also  numerous,  and  there  are  some  Episcopalians,  Lutherans, 
Friends,  &c. 

Tennessee  is  divided  into  62  counties. 


POPULATION  AT  DIFFERENT  PERIODS. 


In  1800 105,602 

1810 261,727 

1820 420,813 

1830, 681,903 


INCREASE. 


From  1800  to  1810, 156,125 

1810  to  1820, 159,086 

1820  to  1830, 261,090 


SLAVES. 

13,584 

44,535 

80,107 

141,603 


INCREASE. 
30,951 

35,572 
61,496 

Of  the  above  population  of  183f^.  there  were,  white  Males,  275,068 ;  white  Fe- 
males, 260,680 ;  deaf  and  dumb,  :^08 ;  blind,  176 ;  aliens,  121 :  total  whites, 
535,748.  Free  coloured  Males,  2330;  Females,  2225:  total,  4555.  Slaves- 
Males,  70,216;  Females,  71,387:  total,  141,603. 

Nashville,  the  capital,  and  the  only  considerable  city  of  the  State,  is  pleasantly 
situated  on  the  southern  bank  of  the  Cumberland,  in  a  fertile  and  picturesque 
tract  The  site  is  elevated  and  uneven,  and  the  town  is  well  built,  containing, 
beside  some  elegant  dwelling-houses,  the  Court-House,  a  Lunatic  Asylum,  a  Pom- 


l'NITKr>  STATIX 


ai7 


tontiary  conductt-d  on  tin*  Aiilxirn  Hyntr>m,  tlw  Ilnlliiof  Nuhvillo  Univemify,  six 
cliiiri'li«'n,  &c.  Tht*  trnil«!  m  nrtivc  ntul  pn-tty  cxtiTiNivi',  uml  tUvrc  ore  hoiih' 
mnnutiirtnricK,  rotiipriHJn^j  Hcverol  bruHH  nml  iron-tlidnderirH,  ri)llirn,'-mill«,  tnn- 
nerirs,  dec.  Tho  pnpiilntion  incrcaBwl  from  .VWMJ,  in  KW,  to  nlwvo  7tNM)  in  l^V). 
('Inrkrtville,  h<'1»\v  Nablivillo,  is  a  tlirivin);  littlo  town.  Franklin,  to  tlio  Hoiitli  of 
Nu^hvillp,  in  a  Inmy  town  with  IfiOO  inliabitiint.**,  who  carry  on  mhuo  hrauchrti  ot' 
mochnnicnl  and  nii>nuthctiirin(;  indiiHtry  pretty  extonHivcly. 

Knuxville,  having  only  IfiOO  inhabitantv,  Htnnds  on  a  hilly  site,  un  th<>  tigUt 
bank  of  the  Holston  Rivur,  and  wnfl  for  mmc  time  the  Hcat  of  govemmetit,  and  a 
place  of  conBJderablc  trnde;  its  commercial  importance,  however,  han  of  Inte 
much  diminished.  It  contains  the  Halls  of  Kast  Tennensec  College,  a  iiMeful  and 
flouri8hin(:r  institution.  The  other  towns  of  this  section,  Iilr>untville,  Joncnlwro, 
Ro>,'crsville,  nnd  Mnryvillo,  are  little  villages  of  r»0()  or  fMK)  inhabitants. 

In  the  southern  part  of  the  State,  Winchester,  Fayetteville,  at  the  head  of 
nnvijcration  on  the  KIk  River,  nnd  Pulaski,  arc  thriving  little  towns;  the  last  men- 
tioned has  1200  inhabitants,  and  the  two  others  about  800  each.  Columbia,  on 
the  Duck  River,  is  one  of  the  most  flourishinnf  towns  in  the  State,  and  has  about 
1500  inhabitants;  it  is  the  sent  of  Jackson  College.  Murfrcesboro,  for  some  time 
the  capital  of  the  State,  in  pleasantly  situated  in  a  very  rich  and  highly  cultivated 
district,  nnd  it  has  a  population  of  1000.  Bolivar,  at  the  head  of  navigation,  on 
the  Hatchce,  a  very  growing  and  busy  town;  Randolph, on  the  second  Chicknsaw 
Bluff,  below  the  mouth  of  the  Big  Ilatcheo  River,  with  a  good  harbour  for  steam- 
boats in  all  stages  of  the  water,  and  conveniently  placed  for  the  outlet  of  a  pro- 
ductive region ;  and  Memphis,  at  the  fourth  Chicknsaw  Bluff,  with  one  of  the 
best  sites  for  a  commercial  emporium  on  the  Mississippi,  are  all  small  towns,  but 
of  growing  business  and  importance.  The  Chickasaw  Bluffs,  or  points  where  the 
river-hills  reach  the  river,  presenting  sites  above  the  reach  of  the  floods,  arc  four 
in  number ;  the  first,  being  below  the  mouth  of  the  Forked  Deer  River,  is  the  site 
of  Fulton ;  the  second  has  been  mentioned  as  that  of  Randolph ;  the  third,  18 
miles  below,  is  separated  from  the  main  channel  of  the  river  by  a  bayou  or  slough, 
which  is  only  navigable  in  times  of  h  igh  water ;  and  the  fourth  is  the  site  of 
Memphis.  The  next  similar  highland  below  is  at  Vicksburg,  365  miles  by  the 
course  of  the  river.  The  bluff  on  which  Memphis  stands  is  30  feet  above  the 
highest  floods,  and  its  base  is  washed  by  the  river  for  a  distance  of  three  milea, 
wiiile  a  bed  of  sand-stone,  the  only  known  stratum  of  rocks  below  the  Ohio,  juts 
into  the  stream  and  forms  a  convenient  landing.  From  the  Ohio  to  Vicksburg,  a 
distance  of  650  miles,  it  is  the  only  site  for  a  great  commercial  mart  on  eitner 
bank  of  the  Missie  -ppi. 


STATE   OP   INDIANA. 

The  State  of  Indiana  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  Michigan  and  Lake  Michigan ; 
east  by  Ohio ;  south  by  the  Ohio  River,  which  separates  it  from  Kentucky,  and 
west  by  Illinois,  from  which  it  is  separated  in  part  by  the  Wabash  River.  The 
mean  length  is  about  260,  and  mean  breadth  140  miles ;  area,  about  36,000  square 
miles. 

The  Ohio  River  flows  along  the  southern  extremity  of  this  State  for  upwards 
of  850  miles,  estimated  by  the  course  of  the  stream.  The  principal  river,  besides 
the  Ohio,  is  the  Wabash,  with  its  numerous  branches,  of  which  the  most  im- 
portant are  the  Salamanic  and  Mississinewa,  both  entering  on  its  southern  side  in 
the  upper  part  of  its  course ;  from  the  north  it  receives  the  Little,  the  Ee\,  and 
Tippecanoe  rivers ;  and  from  the  east  the  White  and  Patoka  rivers.  The  White 
River  is  a  valuable  channel  for  trade,  as  it  drains  the  central  part  of  (he  State, 
and  has  several  large  confluents,  of  which  its  east  and  west  forks  are  the  principal. 
In  the  north-west  part  of  the  State  are  the  Kankakee  and  Iroquois,  both  head 
wateni  of  the  Illinois  River ;  in  the  north  and  north-east  are  the  Rivers  St.  Joseph 
of  Lake  Michigan,  and  the  St  Joseph  of  Maumee ;  the  former  falls  into  Lake 
Michigan,  and  the  latter,  uniting  with  the  St.  Mary's  River  at  Fort  Wayne,  forms  I 


19 


2C 


Vi 


11 


■.IJ...J 

1  f'<  -1 
■  ■•  'i 


K    ! 


( 


!  '• 


^■i.'y|;' 


.  f 


'■'.'r:,    '  ■,i|'i,'. 


■;  '••  ::.'J 


i"i  ( 


i^ 


n 


1  ''  • 

■i      .: 


I 


•  r.  I 


ni  I 


■«\t« 


I  .-(', 


i4ir 


il 


:t 


in  :r 


'J\« 


UNITKI)  SIAIfX 


tli)>  Mniiiiioo,  which  flowH  in  n  iH)rth-«'a>4t>!rljr  direction  into  I^akn  Erie.  Tho 
MtP'iiiiiH  in  tho  wiuthcrn  (mrt  of  thi'  HbiU>,  Hr*:  th)^  Whito  Water,  a  tributary  of  the; 
Miiiiiii  Kivf'r,  nnd  l<aii^hi>ry,  liidiun,  ami  AixlerHon'H  cre<>k!« ;  alw),  Ui){  ami  Little 
Hill)-'  rivt-rit,  and  (irout  and  Littlu  l'i|{uun  cruvkK,  all  of  which  How  into  thu  Ohio 
Kiv«'r. 

TliiTK  aro  no  mountainx  in  Indiana ;  tho  country,  however,  io  moro  hilly  timn 
thi!  territory  of  lllinoiH,  particularly  lowardi*  Ohio  Kivcr.  A  ranf^e  uf  hillM,  culU'd 
tho  KiioIm,  extends  fVoin  the  tallN  of  the  Ohio  to  the  WalMHh,  in  a  Houlli-wet^t  direc- 
tion, which  in  many  placeH  produce  a  broken  and  uneven  Hurface.  North  of  thene 
hills  lie  the  Flat  \Voodit,  H\  miles  wide.  Bordering  on  all  the  principal  Htrenms, 
oxccpt  the  Ohio,  there  are  stripH  of  bottom  and  prairie  laiMl ;  both  to(fether,  from 
throe  to  six  miles  in  width.  Between  the  VVabnsh  and  Lake  Michif^n,  tho  coun- 
try is  mostly  champaign,  abuundini;  alternately  with  wood-lands,  prairies,  lakes, 
and  swamps. 

A  range  of  hills  run  parallel  with  the  Ohio,  from  the  mouth  of  the  Great  Mi- 
ami to  Blue  River,  alternately  approaching  to  within  a  few  rods,  and  receding  to 
the  distance  of  two  miles.  Immediately  below  Blue  River,  the  hills  disappear, 
and  there  is  presented  to  view  an  immense  tract  of  level  land,  covered  with  a 
heavy  growth  of  timber. 

Tho  agricultural  exports  are  beef,  pork,  cattle,  horses,  swine,  Indian-corn,  hemp, 
tobacco,  Sic. ;  ginseng,  bees'-wax,  feathers,  and  whiskey  are  also  exported,  but  we 
have  no  means  of  estimating  the  value  of  the  trade.  There  are  some  grist  and 
saw-mills,  a  few  iron  furnaces,  and  some  salt-works,  but  the  manufacturing  indus- 
try is  inconsiderable. 

The  mineral  resources  of  Indiana  have  been  little  attcndeo  to,  and  our  know- 
ledge of  some  of  them  is  but  imperfect.  Coal,  iron,  lime,  salt,  du:.,  are  known 
to  abound. 

The  Wabash  and  Erie  Canal,  from  Lafayette  to  Perrysburg  in  Ohio,  lies  chiefly 
in  this  State,  the  distance  from  Lafayette  to  the  Ohio  line  being  130  miles ;  a  con- 
siderable prtion  of  the  work  is  completed,  and  the  remainder  is  in  progress ;  it  is 
executed  by  the  State.  In  1836,  an  appropriation  of  1,300,000  dollars  was  made 
for  continuing  this  work  to  Terre  Haute,  90  miles,  and  thence  to  the  Central  Ca- 
nal, 40  miles;  at  the  same  time  3,500,000  dollars  were  appropriated  for  the  con- 
struction of  the  Central  or  White  River  Canal,  from  the  Wabash  and  Erie  Canal 
above  Loganport  through  Indianapolis,  down  the  White  River  and  Pigeon  Creek, 
to  Evansville,  on  the  Ohio,  290  miles ;  and  1,400,000  for  the  Whitewater  Canal, 
to  extend  through  Connersville,  down  the  valley  of  the  Whitewater,  to  Law- 
renceburg  on  the  Ohio,  70  miles ;  'further  appropriations  were  also  made  of  50,000 
dollars  to  aid  Illinois  in  removing  obstructions  to  the  nnvigation  of  the  Wabash ; 
of  1,300,000  for  the  making  of  the  Madison  and  Lafayette  Rail-road,  from  the 
Ohio  through  Indianapolis  to  the  Wabash,  160  miles ;  ot'  1,150,000  for  a  Mac- 
adamized road  from  New  Albany,  on  the  Ohio,  to  Vincennes,  and  of  1,300,000  for 
a  turnpike  or  rail-road  from  the  same  place  to  Crawfordsville,  near  the  Upper 
Wabash,  158  miles.  The  Lawrenceburg  and  Indianapolis  Rail-road  is  in  process 
of  construction  by  a  private  company,  which  has  received  assistance  from  the 
State;  length  90  miles.  The  National  Road  passes  from  the  Ohio  Ime  through 
Indianapolis,  but  is  not  yet  completed. 

The  current  of  immigration  has  flowed  stiKail 
years,  and  its  population  has  accordingly  inc--:) 
it  amounted  to  5641 ;  in  1810,  to  24,520 ;  in  1  -  ' 

and  in  an  official  document  it  was  estiunateti  at  the  close  of  1835  to  amount  to 
600,(X)0.  Most  of  the  inhabitants  ar<?  from  Cjibib.  nni  the  Middle  and  Northern 
States ;  but  there  are  many  immigrant  from  Kentucky  and  Virginia,  as  well  as 
from  foreign  countries. 

The  same  provision  has  been  made  1^  Cuxtrress  for  the  support  of  common, 
schools,  that  has  been  made  in  the  other  nev  States,  bi!t  no  efficient  system),  of 
general  education  has  yet  been  k^opted ;  the  Constitution  makes  it  "  the  duty  of 
the  General  Assembly,  as  soon  a*  .-.ircumstances  shall  permit,  to  provide  by  law 
for  a  general  system  of  educati.'^    ascending   n  a  regular  gradation,  from  town- 


into  Indiana  during  the  Inst  15 
with  great  rapidity;  in  1800, 
147  1 78 ;  in  1830,  to  341,582 ; 


I MTKU  S'lA  |>X 


till 


^hip  i«rhnf)ln  to  n  Htato  univmity,  wh<Tnn  tiiiiioti  nhull  bo  pmfi«,  iin<l  riiii.illy 
otM-n  tu  all."  Iruliiinn  ('nllrjifc  at  ItluDtiiiiiirtoii,  Snitli  llniiovrr  <'<)||i'l,m^  at  Suiilli 
lianovor,  and  WiiInimIi  (!oII(');c  at  CriiwIonlMvill)*,  are  UM>t(il  ln^tltlltl<lnl«.  Acmli-- 
mii'H  have  been  cxlnblixhed  in  ttftveral  of  tlic  cimntK^K.  Tlit*  MftliiNlixti*  nixl  Ha|)- 
tiata  are  tho  prcvailmif  reli|;ioua  aectjt;  t|ii>  I'ri-!«byt<*rinn8  and  Friundu  are  nuiii**- 
ruiiH,  and  there  iiri>  Konmn  <  atholicH,  KpixcD^mlianH,  d:c. 
Indiana  ia  divided  into  H5  countiva. 


POPULATION  AT  DIFFERENT  PERIODS. 


InlHOO 5,641 

IHIO, 24,5^0 

1820 147,178 

1830, 341,588 


iNcaKAiir. 


iijkvn. 
i:i3 

2:n 

1!M) 

1         0 


From  iHOOlo  1810 1H,H7!) 

IHIO  to  1M2(> \ti,VM 

1820  to  1H30, t!)4,404 

Of  the  above  population  of  1830,  there  were,  white  MuI«>h,  170,513;  FetnalcM, ' 
161,507;  deaf  and  dumb,  104;  blind,  72;  nlicuH,  2^0:  total  whites.  :K)H,020.  , 
Free  coloured  Males,  1792 ;  FomalcH,  1770 :  total,  :)502. 

Indianapoliff.  the  capital  of  the  State,  atandH  on  a  fine  plain  near  the  White  | 
River,  and  is  laid  out  with  much  taste  and  ref^ularity ;  the  spacious  streets  are ! 
lined  with  neat  houses,  and  the  public  buildinf^s  are  handsome  structures.    There 
are  Presbyteriau,  Methodist,  and  Baptist  Churches,  a  State- House,  Court-House, 
Governor  8  House,  &c.    The  inhabitants  are  about  MMI  in  number. 

Lawrenceburg,  on  the  Ohio,  just  below  the  mouth  of  tho  Whitewater,  carries 
on  an  extensive  trade,  but  its  site  is  so  low  that  it  is  subject  to  inundation  during 
very  high  «t«ge8  of  the  water.  Madison  is  a  flourishing  town,  pleasantly  situ- 
ated, 60  tiku  s  below  Lawrenceburg,  with  about  2000  inhabitants.  Vevov  is  a 
little  village,  settled  by  a  Swiss  colony,  with  about  1000  inhabitants.  Jcl^rson- 
ville,  opposite  Louisville,  is  «  thriving  town ;  it  contains  the  State  Prison.  New 
Albany,  below  the  &lls  of  the  Ohio,  is  the  largest  town  in  the  State,  and  contains 
about  3000  inhabitants. 

New  Harmony  on  the  Wabash  was  founded  by  the  German  sect  called  Har- 
monites,  under  the  direction  of  Rapp ;  in  1824,  it  was  bought  by  Owen  of  Lanark, 
who  attempted  to  put  in  operation  here  his  new  social  system ;  the  scheme  failed, 
and  his  followers  were  dispersed,  but  the  village  is  now  a  flourishing  place  in 
other  hands.  Vincennes,  higher  up  the  river,  is  an  old  French  settlement,  formed 
in  the  beginning  of  the  last  century  'X^e  population  in  1830  was  I5(X),  but  it  is 
new  rapidly  increasing.  Terre  HtkuU},  Lafayette,  and  Logansport  are  young,  but 
growing  (*r>ntres  of  trade.  Ri<'l.'stno*d,  on  the  National  Rond,  near  the  Ohio  Statr 
line,  is  also  a  prosperous  liMu,  i,.  .^n.  The  city  of  Michigan  has  lately  been 
founded  on  the  lake  of  that  imane.  nut  there  is  no  good  harbour  within  this  State, 
and  the  navigation  is  dangetwtas  on  account  of  the  exposure  to  the  winds  and  surf. 
The  whole  shore  of  the  i«jt»  is  lined  by  lolly,  bare  sand-hills,  rising  to  the  lieifrht 
of  two  hundred  feet,  witk  «  breadth  of  a  mile  and  upward,  in  the  rear  of  which  is 
a  belt  of  sandy  hillocks^  covered  with  white-oak  and  pine. 


STATE   OP   ILLINOIS, 

This  fertile  and  improving  State  is  bounded  north  by  Wisconsin  Terrritory,  east 
by  Michigan  and  Indiana,  south  by  Kentucky,  and  west  by  the  State  of  Missouri 
and  Wisconsin  Territory.  Its  medium  length  is  about  1150  miles,  &nd  medium 
breadth  about  170;  the  area  being  about  59,5(X)  square  miles. 

The  Mississippi,  Ohio,  and  Wabash,  form  about  two-thirds  of  the  whole  bound- 
ary of  this  State.  The  other  most  considerable  rivers  are  the  Illinois,  Kasknekia, 
Mnddy,  Saline,  Little  Wabash,  Mackinaw,  Crow  Meadow,  Rainy,  Vermillion, 
Spoon,  Rock,  Sangamon,  Embarras,  Fox,  Des  Plaines,  &c. 

The  southern  and  middle  parts  of  the  State  are  for  the  most  part  level.     The 


'r 


1 

i 


■  llf"' 


i  Jfl': 


.il'.    I 


/ 


ti;-v1 


i^.\' 


1 

["V  ■ 

r-  4 


*  1  '; 


1    . 


:.( 


Z>-f, 


'  •t-i 


t.- 

;■ 


(i- 


y; 


320 


UNITED  SJAIKS. 


nurlli-westcrn  section  is  a  hilly,  broken  country,  though  there  are  no  hiph  moun- 
tains. Tlic  climate  reHCtnbles  that  of  Indiana  and  Ohio.  The  soil  is  generally 
very  fertile,  and  yields  alwridant  harvests. 

Maize  is  the  staple  production  of  the  State,  and  the  average  produce  is  50 
bushels  to  the  acre.  Wheat  is  also  raised  in  large  quantities,  and  yields  fk>ar  of 
superior  quality ;  rye  is  much  u.sed  for  distillation.  Hemp,  tobacco,  aijd  cotton, 
which  is  mostly  consumed  in  household  manufactures,  but  is  also  exported,  the 
castor-oil  bean,  from  which  large  quantities  of  oil  are  made  for  exportation,  and 
the  common  grains,  arc  also  among  the  products.  Large  herds  of  cattle  are  kept 
with  little  trouble,  and  great  numbers  are  driven  out  of  the  State,  or  sent  down 
the  river  in  flat-boats.  Thousands  of  hogs  are  raised  with  little  attention  or 
expense,  and  pork  is  largely  exported. 

Coal,  salt,  and  lime,  iron,  lead,  and  copper,  are  among  the  known  mineral  pro- 
ductions of  Illinois,  but  its  biisom  has  not  yet  been  explored  for  its  hidden  treasures. 
Coal  is  very  abundant  in  many  quarters,  and  is  considerably  worked.  Lead  is 
found  in  the  north-western  corner  of  the  State  in  cxhaustless  quantities :  the  lead- 
diggings  extend  from  the  Wisconsin  to  the  neighbourhood  of  Rock  River,  and  on 
both  sides  of  the  Mississippi.  The  Indians  and  French  had  been  long  accustomed 
to  procure  the  ore,  but  it  was  not  until  1822  that  tlie  process  of  separating  the 
metal  was  begun  to  be  carried  on  here.  Since  that  time,  up  to  the  end  of  1835, 
70,420,357  pounds  of  lead  have  been  made  here,  and  upwards  of  13,000,000  pounds 
have  been  smelted  in  one  year ;  but  the  business  having  been  overdone,  the  pro- 
duct has  since  been  much  less.  In  1833  it  was  7,941,792  pounds;  in  1834^ 
7,971,579 ;  and  in  1835,  only  3,754,290 ;  this  statement  includes  the  produce  of 
Wisconsin  Territory  as  well  as  of  Illinois.  Some  salt  is  made  near  Shawnectown; 
near  Danville,  on  the  Little  Vermillion ;  and  near  Brownville,  on  Muddy  Creek. 
The  springs  are  owned  by  the  State,  and  leased  to  the  manufacturers. 

The  same  provision  lias  been  made  by  Congress  for  the  support  of  public  schools 
in  this  as  in  the  other  new  States,  by  the  appropriation  of  certain  proportions  of 
the  public  land  to  this  purpose.  But  the  scattered  state  of  the  population  has  as 
yet  prevented  a  general  system  of  public  education  from  being  carried  into  opera- 
tion. There  are  several  respectable  academies  in  the  State,  and  Illinois  College 
at  Jacksonville,  Shurtleif  College  at  Alton,  and  the  Alton  Theological  Seminary, 
at  the  same  place,  bid  fair  to  be  useful  institutions.  The  Methodists  and  Baptists 
are  the  most  numerous  religious  sects,  and  there  are  many  Presbyterians,.  Roman 
Catholics,  &,c. 

An  important  public  work  has  lately  been  commenced  in  this  State,  which  will 
effect  the  junction  of  the  Mississippi  and  Lake  Michigan :  the  Illinois  and  Chicago 
canal,  extending  from  Chicago  on  the  lake  to  a  point  below  the  rapids  of  the  Illi- 
nois, a  distance  of  about  100  miles,  is  in  progress,  forming  the  fourth  navigable  chan> 
nel  from  the  Mississippi  valley  to  the  great  lakes.  The  part  of  the  National  Road 
between  Terre  Haute  and  Vandalia,  is  not  yet  completed,  and  that  part  which  is 
to  extend  from  Vandalia  west  to  the  Mississippi,  is  not  yet  begun.  Several 
important  rail-roads  are  also  proposed,  which,  when  completed,  will  no  doubt 
greatly  increase  the  commercial  prosperity  of  the  State.  The  most  extensive 
work  of  the  kind  contemplated,  is  to  extend  from  Galena,  in  the  lead-mine  region, 
immediately  south  of  the  north  line  of  the  State,  to  the  mouth  of  the  Ohio.  It  will 
traverse  the  whole  length  of  Illinois  from  north  to  south,  and  be  upwards  of  400 
miles  in  length.  Another  will  extend  from  Peoria,  on  the  Illinois  river,  to  a  point 
on  the  Wabash,  connecting  the  two  rivers.  One  is  likewise  to  be  carried  from 
Mount  Carmel,  on  the  Wabash  river,  to  Alton,  on  the  Mississippi.  There  are  also 
several  others  of  minor  importance  proposed. 

The  population  of  Illinois  has  increased  with  the  same  amazing  rapidity  as  that 
of  the  neighbouring  States.  The  constitution  provides  that  neither  slavery  nor 
involuntary  servitude  shall  hereafter  be  introduced  into  the  State,  otherwise  than 
for  the  punishment  of  crimes;  and  as  negroes  coming  into  the  State  are  required 
to  give  bonds  with  security,  that  they  will  not  become  chargeable  as  paupers, 
there  are  few  blacks. 


■•-*■■: 


(<.i 


UNITED  STATfX 


221 


POPULATION  AT  DIFFERENT  PERIODS. 

InlBlO, 12,282 

iH2n, 5r);;Jii 

1H30, 157,575 


I  NCR  r.  ASK. 

From  IHIO  to  1820, 42,!>29 

l«20to  1H30 102,364 


Of  the  above  population  of  1830,  there  were,  white  Males,  82,202;  white  Fe- 
males, 72,974;  deaf  and  dumb,  64;  blind,  .'W;  aliens,  447:  total  whites,  155,176. 
Free  coloured  Males,  1190;  Females,  1209:  total  coloured,  2399.  Whole  popula- 
tion, 1.57,575, 

The  most  thriving  town  in  Illinois,  and  the  principal  depdt  of  the  State,  is  Chi- 
cago, on  Lake  Michigan,  at  the  mouth  of  a  small  river  of  the  same  name.  The 
canal  now  in  progress  from  this  place  to  the  Illinois  river,  when  completed  will 
bring  a  vast  increase  of  trade  to  Chicago,  and  probably  render  it  in  time  one  of  the 
principal  places  in  the  Western  States.  The  town  is  pleasantly  situated  on  a 
high  plain,  on  both  sides  of  the  river,  which  affords  easy  access  to  the  centre  of 
bu^jiness.  An  artificial  harbour  has  been  made  by  the  construction  of  piers,  which, 
extending  some  distance  into  the  lake,  prevent  the  accumulation  of  sand  on  the 
bar.  The  country  around  is  a  high,  dry,  and  fertile  prairie,  and  on  the  north 
branch  of  the  Chicago,  and  along  the  lake  shore,  are  extensive  bodies  of  fine  tim- 
ber. The  town  has  grown  up  within  four  or  five  years,  and  contains  at  present 
six  churches,  a  bank,  51  warehouses,  a  printing-office,  an  academy,  and  near  8000 
inhabitants.  In  1835  there  were  267  arrivals  of  brigs  and  schooners,  beside  seve- 
ral of  steam-boats. 

Vundalia,  the  capital  of  the  State,  is  a  small  town,  with  a  population  of  about 
500  inhabitants.  It  is  on  the  route  of  the  National  Road,  on  the  west  bank  of  the 
Kaskaskia  river,  about  80  miles  north-east  of  St.  I^ouis.  The  buildings,  public 
and  private,  are  respectable,  if  we  regard  the  few  years  which  have  elapsed  since 
the  site  was  a  wilderness.  It  is  proposed  to  remove  the  seat  of  the  State  govern- 
ment from  Vandalia  to  a  position  farther  north. 

The  most  commercial  place  in  this  State  on  the  Mississippi  river  is  Alton, 
situated  on  the  bluflB  at  the  northern  termination  of  the  American  Bottom,  two 
miles  and  a  half  above  the  mouth  of  the  Missouri,  and  eighteen  below  that  of  the 
Illinois.  It  is  the  western  depdt  of  the  produce  of  Illinois.  Possessing  a  fine,  com- 
modious harbour,  with  an  excellent  landing  for  steam-boats,  formed  by  a  level  rock 
of  a  convenient  height,  which  makes  a  naturll  wharf,  Alton  has  become  the  centre 
of  an  active  and  daily  growing  trade.  The  population  at  present  exceeds  2000. 
There  are  here  four  t^liurches,  a  lyceum,  2  printing-offices,  and  a  penitentiary ;  and 
the  picturesque  site  of  the  town  is  well  set  off  by  its  neat  houses,  surrounded  by 
tasteful  piazzas  and  gay  shrubbery.  Upper  Alton,  in  the  rear  of  Alton,  and  about 
three  miles  distant,  is  the  seat  of  Shurtleff  College  and  a  theological  seminary. 
Edwardsville  is  a  neat  and  thriving  village,  to  the  north  of  Alton. 

Peoria  is  beautifully  situated  at  the  foot  of  the  lake  of  that  name,  and  on  the 
Illinois  river.  It  contains  about  1000  inhabitants.  Ottawa,  above  the  rapids,  and 
at  the  western  termination  of  the  Illinois  and  Michigan  canal,  is  also  a  flourishing 
village,  with  deep  water  and  a  good  landing. 

Cahokia  and  Kaskaskia  are  old  French  villages  on  the  American  Bottom,  with 
not  more  than  500  to  600  inhabitants,  most  of  whom  are  French.  These  and 
similar  sites  are  found  unhealthy  for  new  settlers,  but  their  occupants  do  not  suffer 
in  this  respect.  "  The  villages  of  Kaskaskia,  Prairie  du  Rocher,  and  Cahokia, 
were  built  up  by  their  industry  in  places  where  Americans  probably  would  have 
perished."  This  bottom  is  remarkable  for  the  number  and  size  of  the  mounds, 
which  are  scattered  "like  gigantic  hay-cocks,"  over  its  sur&ce.  Seventy  of  these 
may  be  counted  on  the  Ekiwardsville  road, near  Cahokia;  and  the  principal  mound, 
which  is  surrounded  by  a  group  of  sixteen  or  eighteen  smaller  ones,  is  ninety  feet 
in  height,  with  a  base  of  600  yards  in  circumference.  Springfield,  near  the  centre 
of  the  State,  on  the  border  of  a  beautiful  prairie,  and  surrounded  by  one  of  the 
most  fertile  tracts  in  the  world,  and  Jacksonville,  further  west,  in  the  midst  of  a 
beautifully  undulating  and  now  cultivated  prairie,  are  busy,  flourishing  towns,  with 
about  2000  inhabitants  each.  Bloomington,  further  south,  is  also  a  growing  village. 


19' 


;■"■'»■ 


■K'lH 


-  ■■!  .■ 

^    1 

.     1 

H 

i'. 


if  i  ^^}\C-: 

,    ..■,■(    ■    I 


f  .•  ':.■■ 


■  \ 


'  -t  ■ 


iu:. 

It 
I  j;'  • 


■;;■  > 


/''■»,■■ 

.  i      :.      •....1 

1 

#^ 

'i/t- 

» 

"•■1 

i, .' 

1 

I' 


M 


I, 


■I 


222 


UNITED  STATES. 


On  the  MiBsiwippi,  above  the  IllinoiH,  Quincy  and  Rock  River  City,  at  the 
mouth  of  the  river  of  the  name,  are  favourably  situated.  On  the  rocky  extremity 
of  a  little  island,  about  three  miles  lon^  and  of  half  that  width,  at  the  mouth  of 
Rock  River,  stands  Fort  Armstrong,  a  United  States  military  post.  Higher  up,  a 
few  miles  from  the  mouth  uf  Fever  River,  which  is  navigable  for  steam-boats  to 
the  town,  is  Galena,  a  prosperoua  village  in  the  lead  district,  with  about  1200 
inhabitants. 


STATE    OF    MICHIGAN. 

The  country  to  which  the  name  of  Michigan  has  been  usually  applied  is  a  large 
peninsula,  with  its  base  resting  upon  the  States  of  Ohio  and  Indiana,  and  bounded 
on  the  east  and  north-east  by  Lake  Huron,  for  a  distance  of  250  miles,  and  having 
Lake  Michigan  for  its  western  boundary,  an  extent  of  260  miles.  It  is  in  length 
about  288,  and  in  breadth  at  the  widest  part  190  miles.  Its  area  being  38,000 
square  miles. 

Michigan,  however,  comprises  without  her  bounds  another  and  entirely  distinct 
peninsula,  forming  a  part  of  the  region  nominally  attached  to  her  while  under  a 
territorial  government,  and  added  permanently  to  her  territory  on  her  admission 
as  a  member  of  the  American  confederacy.  It  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  Lake 
Superior;  on  the  east  by  St.  Mary's  River;  on  the  south  by  Lakes  Huron  and 
Michigan ;  and  south-west  by  the  Mennomonie  and  Montreal  Rivers ;  the  latter 
emptying  into  Lake  Superior,  and  the  former  into  Green  Bay  :  it  is  in  length  from 
east  to  west,  about  320  miles ;  and  in  breadth  it  varies  from  160  to  30  or  40  miles ; 
the  area  is  probably  about  28,000  square  miles ;  making  the  area  of  the  whole 
State  about  66,000  miles. 

The  northern  peninsula  is  but  little  known,  having  been  explored  only  by 
hunters  and  trappers :  the  surface  is  said  to  be  more  irregular  than  that  of  the 
southern  section,  and  also  much  less  suited  for  agricultural  purposes,  but  it  will 
nevertheless  doubtlei^s  become  of  importance  on  account  of  the  large  bodies  of 
pine  timber  contained  in  various  parts;  and  also  from  the  valuable  fisheries  on  the 
shores  of  Lake  Superior,  white  fish  being  taken  in  great  abundance.  The  rivers 
are  numerous  and  flow  mostly  into  Lake  Superior ;  they  are  in  general  short  in 
their  length  of  course,  and  much  broken  by  falls  and  rapids.  The  shores  of  the 
lake  are  mostly  low,  and  but  little  indented  by  bays  and  harbours ;  and  as  the 
prevailing  winds  are  from  the  north-west,  and  sweep  with  great  fury  over  the 
wide  unsheltered  expanse  of  the  lake,  navigation  is  more  stormy  and  dangerous 
than  along  the  Canada  shore. 

The  Pictured  Rocks,  so  named  from  their  picturesque  appearance,  are  a  remark- 
able natural  curiosity.  They  form  a  perpendicular  wall,  extending  near  12  miles, 
and  are  300  feet  high,  presenting  a  great  variety  of  romantic  projections  and 
indentations,  having  the  appearance  of  landscapes,  buildings,  and  various  objects 
delineated  by  the  hand  of  man ;  among  the  features  that  attract  particular  admi- 
ration, are  the  cascade  La  Portaillo,  and  the  Doric  Arch.  The  cascade  consists 
of  a  considerable  stream  precipitated  from  the  height  of  about  70  feet,  by  a  single 
leap,  into  the  lake.  It  is  thrown  to  such  a  distance  that  a  boat  may  pass  dry 
between  it  and  the  rocks.  The  Doric  Rock,  or  Arch,  has  the  appearance  of  a 
work  of  art,  consisting  of  an  isolated  mass  of  sand-stone,  with  4  pillars,  supporting 
a  stratum  or  entablature  of  stone,  covered  with  soil,  and  giving  support  to  a  hand' 
some  growth  of  spruce  and  pine  trees,  some  of  which  are  50  or  60  feet  high. 

The  native  inhabitants  of  this  region  arc  some  bands  of  the  Chippeways,  on  the 
shores  of  Lake  Superior,  and  Mennomonies,  on  Green  Bay ;  the  whole  numbering 
only  about  1400  or  1500.  The  only  settlement  in  this  region  is  the  village  of  St. 
Mary's,  at  Fort  Brady  on  the  St.  Mary's  River ;  it  contains  a  population  of  800, 
principally  half-breeds  and  French.  St.  Mary's  River,  the  outlet  of  the  waters  of 
Lake  Superior,  is  about  50  miles  in  length,  with  a  fall  of  22  feet  in  half  a  mile, 
which  prevents  largo  vessels  from  entering  Lake  Superior,  although  canoes  and 
boats  of  small  draught  ascend  and  descend  tlie  rapids.     An  act  authorising  the 


UNITED  STATES. 


3U3 


construction  of  a  ship  canal  around  these  rapids  has  lately  passed  the  legislature 
of  Michifran. 

The  southern  peninsula,  or  Michigan  Proper,  is  generally  a  level  country  hav- 
ing no  elevation  that  can  properly  be  called  hills ;  the  centre  of  the  peninsula 
being  a  table-land,  elevated,  however,  but  a  few  feet  above  the  level  of  the  lakes. 
Along  the  shore  of  Lake  Huron  there  are  in  places  high  blufls :  along  the  east 
shore  of  lake  Michigan  are  immense  hills  of  pure  sand,  of  from  50  to  several 
hundred  ie«;t  in  height,  which  have  been  blown  up  by  the  almost  constant  western 
winds  sweeping  over  the  lake  and  the  sandy  margin  on  its  eastern  side. 

The  peninsula  abounds  in  rivers :  none  of  these  have  much  extent  of  course, 
and  but  few  of  them  are  navigable  to  any  considerable  distance  inland.  Grand 
River  is  the  largest :  it  empties  into  Lake  Michigan :  its  whole  course  is  about 
150  miles,  and  it  is  navigable  50  miles  from  the  lake  to  the  rapids  for  sloops  and 
steam-boats,  and  above  that  point  there  is  bufficient  depth  of  water  for  boats  50 
miles  farther.  The  St.  Joseph's  River  is  a  considerable  stream,  and  empties  into 
Lake  Michigan  at  the  south-west  angle  of  the  territory.  It  is,  like  Grand  Rive.", 
navigable  for  large  sloops  to  the  rapids,  and  above  them  has  a  still  farther  extent 
of  boat  navigation.  It  flows  through  a  ver^  fertile  region,  variegated  by  prairies 
and  high  forests;  the  country  on  this  river  is  not  surpassed,  in  point  of  beauty  and 
fertility,  by  any  in  the  Union.  Several  towns  and  villages  have  been  recently 
settled  on  this  river,  which  bid  fair  to  become  flourishing  end  prosperous  places. 
The  other  considerable  streams  which  flow  into  Lake  Michigan  are  the  Kalama- 
zoo, Grand,  Maskegon,  Pentwater,  Manistic,  and  Aux  Betises.  Those  which  flow 
into  Lake  Erie  are  the  Raisin  and  Huron  Rivers.  The  Clinton  is  the  only  consi- 
derable river  which  falls  into  Lake  St.  Clair.  The  Belle,  and  Black,  or  Dulude, 
fall  into  St.  Clair  River.  The  Saginaw,  a  considerable  and  important  river,  run- 
ning northward,  falls  into  Saginaw  Bay,  which  is  a  part  of  Lake  Huron.  Many 
other,  but  8m><it'  i^ams,  fall  into  the  same  lake,  such  as  the  Thunder  Bay, 
Sandy,  Aux  Ca  >     .J  Cheboeigon  Rivers. 

The  easterr.  ;-  ;  of  this  territory,  from  various  circumstances,  became  first 
settled.  Within  the  few  last  years  a  great  mass  of  emigrants  have  begun  to 
spread  themselves  over  this  fine  and  fertile  country.  Situated,  as  it  is,  between 
the  west,  the  south,  and  the  east,  with  greater  facilities  for  extensive  inland  water 
communication  than  any  other  country  on  the  globe,  with  a  fertile  soil,  of  which 
millions  of  acres  are  fit  for  the  plough,  with  a  healthful  climate,  and  with  a  con- 
currence of  circumstances,  inviting  northern  population,  the  inhabitants  are 
increasing,  and  wealth  accumulates  with  a  rapidity  that  may  vie  with  any  of  the 
neighbouring  States. 

Wheat,  Indian  corn,  oats,  barley,  buckwheat,  potatoes,  turnips,  peas,  apples, 
pears,  plumsr  cherries,  and  peaches  are  raised  easily  and  in  abundance.  It  is  a 
country  more  favourable  to  cultivated  grasses  than  the  western  country.  In  short, 
it  is  peculiarly  fitted  for  northern  farmers.  No  inland  country,  according  to  its 
age,  population,  and  circumstances,  has  a  greater  trade.  A  number  of  steam- 
boats and  lake  vessels  are  constantly  plying  in  this  trade,  which  is  with  Detroit, 
Chicago,  and  Ohia 

The  climate  of  this  region,  in  consequence  of  its  being  level  and  peninsular, 
and  surrounded  on  all  sides  but  the  south,  with  such  immense  bodies  of  water,  is 
more  temperate  and  mild  than  could  be  expected  from  its  latitude.  The  southern 
parts  have  mild  winters,  and  the  spring  opens  as  early  as  in  any  part  of  the  United 
States  in  the  same  latitude :  the  position  of  the  northern  parts  must  subject  it  to 
a  Canadian  temperature.  The  winter  commences  here  early  in  November,  and 
does  not  terminate  until  the  end  of  March. 

The  legislative  power  is  vested  in  a  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives, 
styled  the  Legislature ;  the  former  are  chosen  for  the  term  of  two  years,  and  tlip 
latter  annually.  The  Governor  and  Lieutenant-Governor  are  chosen  by  the 
people,  and  hold  office  for  the  term  of  two  years.  The  Judges  are  appointed  by 
the  Governor,  with  the  consent  of  the  Senate,  the  term  of  oflice  being  seven 
years.  Sufirage  is  universal.  The  constitution  provides  that  neither  slavery  nor 
involuntary  servitude  shall  ever  be  introduced  into  the  State,  except  for  the  pun- 


iifi. 


■■v,t.  ■      !  ■ 


i  .M' 


■^  ":. 


'f»'l,^'\h 


::-l-:''i 


■'■ 


;   >l 


394 


UNITED  STATES. 


iflhment  of  crimen;  and  that  no  lottery  shall  be  authorised  by  the  State,  nor  shall 
the  sale  of  lottery  tickets  be  allowed.  It  is  also  a  provision  of  the  constitution, 
that  the  Legislature  shall  encourage  by  all  suitable  means  ti^e  promotion  of  intel- 
lectual, scientific,  and  agricultural  improvement ;  shall  provide  for  a  system  of 
common  schools,  by  which  a  school  shall  be  kept  up  and  supported  in  each  school 
district  at  bant  three  months  in  every  year ;  and,  as  soon  as  the  circumstances  of 
the  State  will  permit,  shall  provide  for  the  establishment  of  libraries,  one  at  least 
in  each  township.  Measures  have  already  been  taken  by  the  Presbyterians  for 
the  establishment  of  a  college  at  Anne  Arbour,  by  the  Methodists  of  another  at 
Spring  Arbour,  and  by  the  Bn'^tists  of  a  third  in  Kalamazoo  county. 

The  State  is  divideid  into       counties. 

In  1810,  the  population  ^mounted  to  4762;  in  1820,  it  was  8806;  in  Jf^SO, 
exclusive  of  the  counties  now  belonging  to  Wisconsin,  28,004 ;  and  in  1634, 
87,273. 

The  city  of  Detroit,  the  principal  place  in  Michigan,  is  situated  on  a  rising 
plain  on  the  western  shore  of  Detroit  River,  which  unites  Lakes  Erie  and  St. 
Clair.  Few  places  can  be  more  admirably  situated  for  a  commercial  city,  and  few 
have  a  more  solid  promise  of  permanent  prosperity.  The  city  is  regularly  laid 
out  and  neatly  built,  and  during  the  last  five  or  six  years  its  business  and  popula- 
tion have  increased  commensurately  with  the  growth  of  the  fertile  country  in  its 
rear.  In  1830,  the  number  of  the  inhabits nts  was  2222;  in  1835,  it  was  esti- 
mated at  3000.  The  public  buildings  are  five  churches,  of  which  the  largest  and 
most  striking  is  the  Roman  Catholic  Cathedral,  a  State-House,  Academy,  and 
county  buildings.  Detmit  is  the  depdt  of  all  the  country  on  the  upper  lakes,  and 
there  are  sixteen  or  eighteen  large  steani-boats  plying  between  tbis  port  and  Chi- 
cago and  Buffalo. 

Among  the  email  towns  springing  up  in  Michigan,  are  Palmer,  on  St.  Clair 
River,  Anne  Arbour,  on  the  Huron,  with  about  l^M)  inhabitants ;  also,  Adrian 
and  Monroe,  on  the  River  Raisin ;  the  latter  is  about  2  miles  from  the  mouth  of 
the  river,  and  is  accessible  to  steam-boats.  It  contains  several  saw  and  grist-mills,  a 
woollen  manufactory,  and  an  iron  foundery.  The  rivers  afford  a  number  of  mill- 
seats,  with  a  plentiful  supply  of  water.  The  population,  in  1835,  was  about  2000. 
At  the  head  of  St.  Clair  River,  at  the  outlet  of  Lake  Huron,  on  a  commanding 
position,  stands  Fort  Gratiot,  a  United  States  military  post ;  Mackinaw  is  on  Michil- 
limackinac  Island  at  the  entrance  of  Lake  Michigan. 


STATE   OF  MISSOURI. 

This  State  is  bounded  north  by  Wisconsin  Territory ;  west  by  the  Western  or 
Indian  Territory ;  east  by  the  Mississippi  River,  which  separates  it  from  Illinois, 
Kentucky,  and  Tennessee;  and  south  by  the  State  of  Arkansas,  Its  length  is 
about  28U  miles,  and  medium  breadth  230,  the  area  being  about  65,000  square 
miles.  The  Mississippi  River  runs  460  miles  along  the  eastern  border  of  the 
State,  whilst  the  Missouri  flowing  for  200  ntiies  along  the  western  boundary,  and 
through  its  centre  for  350  miles,  enters  the  former  stream  a  short  distance  above 
St.  Louis.  The  western  line  of  this  State,  south  of  the  Missouri  River,  is  the 
meridian  which  passes  through  the  point  of  junction  of  the  Kansas  and  the  Mis- 
souri Rivers. 

Besides  the  great  rivers  Mississippi  and  Missouri,  this  State  is  watered  by  vari- 
ous others  of  considerable  magnitude.  The  largest  are  the  Osage,  Grand,  Salt, 
Chariton,  Gasconade,  Merrimac  or  Maramec,  Big  Black,  and  St.  Francis.  The 
Osage  is  a  large  river,  navigable  for  boats  660  mile.«.  Much  of  the  surface  in  the 
central  portion  of  the  section  south  of  the  Missouri  is  mountainous,  or  rather 
hilly,  being  traversed  in  different  directions  by  the  chains  of  the  Ozurk  Moun- 
tains, one  of  which  under  the  name  of  the  Iron  Mountain  divides  the  waters  of 
the  St.  Francis  and  White  Rivers  from  those  of  the  Maramec  and  Gasconade, 
and  another  forms  the  water-shed  between  the  Gasconade  and  Osage ;  but  these 
ridges  are  not  very  lofly.     Between  the  Osage  and  Missouri,  and  north  of  the 


UNITED  STATES. 


225 


latter,  the  country  is  undulating  and  a(?rceably  diver8ifie<i,  while  in  the  sout^-eaat 
between  the  Big  Black  Rivor  and  the  MissiKsippi,  the  whole  tract,  with  the  excep- 
tion of  a  narrow  strip  on  the  border  of  the  latter,  is  a  low,  inundated  morara, 
forming  a  portion  of  the  great  swamp  of  which  the  principal  part  ia  in  the  State 
of  Arkansas. 

The  lands  bordering  on  the  Missouri,  arc  exceedingly  rich.  They  consist  of  a 
stratum  of  black  alluvial  soil,  of  unknown  depth.  As  you  recede  from  the  banks 
of  the  rivers,  the  land  riaes,  passing  sometimes  gradually,  and  sometimes  abrupt- 
ly, into  elevated  barrens,  flinty  ridges,  and  rocky  cliffit.  A  portion  of  the  State 
is,  therefore,  unfit  for  cultivation ;  but  this  part  of  it,  however,  is  rich  in  mineral 
treasures.  The  land  is  either  very  fertile  or  very  poor;  it  is  either  bottom  land 
or  cliftj  either  prairie  or  barren :  there  is  very  little  of  an  intermediate  quality. 
The  climate  is  remarkably  serene  and  temperate,  and  very  favourable  to  health. 

Mie«orri  is  admirably  adapted  for  a  grazing  country,  and  vast  herds  of  cattle, 
horses ,  rind  swine  are  raised.  The  prairies  are  excellent  natural  pastures ;  "  the 
busine&d  of  rearing  cattle  is  almost  reduced  to  the  simple  operation  of  turning 
them  upon  these  prairies  and  letting  them  fatten  until  the  owners  think  proper  to 
claim  he  tribute  of  their  flesh."  Beef,  pork,  tallow,  hides,  and  live-stock  con- 
stitute important  articles  of  export.  Cotton  is  raised  in  the  southern  part  of  the 
State,  'av*.  not  in  considerable  quantities;  tobacco  is  more  extensively  grown,  and 
hemp,  wheat,  Indian-corn,  and  the  other  cereal  grains  are  cultivated  with  success. 
Maize,  flour,  lead,  furs,  bufl^alo-skins  and  tongues,  and  lumber,  constitute,  with  the 
articles  before  mentioned,  the  exports  of  Missouri. 

Tlie  most  remarkable  feature  in  Missouri  is  its  lead-mines,  which  are  estimated 
to  cover  an  area  of  about  3000  square  miles.  The  centre  of  the  lead-mine  dis- 
trict is  about  70  miles  south-west  from  St.  Louis,  and  the  principal  diggings  are 
included  in  an  extent  of  30  miles  in  one  direction  by  15  in  another.  The  lead- 
ore  is  found  in  detached  masses,  and  not  in  veins.  The  business  of  mining  is, 
consequently,  very  uncertain.  The  ore  is  of  that  species  called  galena,  and 
yields  from  75  to  80  per  cent  About  3,000,000  pounds  of  lead  are  annually 
made,  giving  employment  to  about  1200  hands.  In  this  region,  are  likewise 
found  copper,  zinc,  manganese,  antimony,  calamine,  cobalt,  &c.  These  lead- 
mines  were  wrought  by  the  French,  100  years  ago. 

Numerous  shot-factories  are  established  along  the  high  rocky  blufFs  of  the  Mis- 
sissippi, which  renders  the  erection  of  towers  unnecessary.  Iron  is  found  in  in- 
exhaustible quantities,  and  is  pretty  extensively  wrought.  Coal  also  abounds  par- 
ticularly along  the  Missouri,  and  aluminous  and  nitrous  earth,  marble,  shlt-springt>, 
sulphuretted  and  thermal  waters,  &c.,  occur.  There  are  'hree  colleges  in  the 
State :  St.  Louis  University  in  St.  Louis,  and  St.  Mary's  College  at  Perry ville, 
Catholic  institutions,  and  Marion  College  at  Palmyra.  The  Baptists  and  Metho- 
dists are  the  most  numerous  sects;  the  Presbyterians  and  Roman  Catholics  are 
also  pretty  numerous,  and  there  are  some  Episcopalians. 

Missouri  is  divided  into  52  counties.    The  population  is  as  follows : 

Total.  Slaves. 


.'.:     VI 


1810  (including  Arkansas) 

1820 

1830 

1832 


20,845 3,011 

66,586 104223 

140,455 25,091 

176,276 32,184 


Of  ihs  foregoing  population  of  1830,  there  were,  white  Males,  61,405 ;  white 
Females,  53,390;  deaf  and  dumb,  27;  blind,  27:  total  whites,  114,795.  Free 
coloured,  569;  Slaves,  25,091:  total,  140,455. 

St.  Louis  is  the  commercial  capital  of  Missouri,  and  the  largest  town  west  of 
the  Mississippi.  It  is  built  on  two  banks :  the  first,  not  much  raised  above  the 
level  of  the  river,  contains  two  narrow  streets  running  parallel  with  its  course, 
and  the  second  or  higher  bank,  which  spreads  out  into  a  wide  plain  in  the  rear, 
comprises  the  rest  of  the  city.  The  upper  part  is  well  laid  out  with  spacious  and 
regular  streets.  St.  Louis  was  founded  ia  1764,  but  it  continued  to  be  an  incon- 
siderable village  while  the  country  remained  in  the  hands  of  the  Spanish  and 


1 


2D 


* 


.'    .  t 


m 


ii|>;:V 

^4 -A'  -  r  ffi 


i 


W'j-M 


■'*r\.  ;'^:' 


i 


5   -ii 


m 
■1^ 


J; :  • 

f  ^ ' 

n 

396 


UNITED  STATES. 


French.  It  is  the  emporium  of  the  Upper  Miamuri  and  Mininippi,  and  must  in- 
creane  rapidly  in  importance  aa  the  vast  reffions  to  the  north  and  west  become 
occupied  by  industrious  cultivators.  The  lead  mines  in  its  vicinity  and  the  estab- 
lishinents  connected  with  the  Indian  agencies,  land  offices,  and  army  supplies, 
also  create  a  good  deal  of  business.  The  number  of  steam-boat  arrivals  in  1635, 
was  803,  tonnage  100,000.  The  population  is  now  chiefly  composed  of  Ameri- 
cans,  but  there  are  many  French,  with  some  Germans  and  Spaniards.  There  are 
four  or  five  Protestant  Churches  and  a  Roman  Catholic  Cathedral.  In  the  vicinity 
are  an  United  Stateti  Arsenal  and  Jeflerson  Barracks,  extensive  stone  buildings 
with  accommodations  for  600  or  700  men.  In  1830,  it  contained  5852  inhabi- 
tants, and,  in  1836,  upwards  of  10  000.  St  Louis  stands  nearly  in  the  centre  of 
the  Great  Valley,  on  the  right  r  of  the  Mississippi,  17  miles  below  the  mouth 
of  the  Missouri,  175  miles  abc^  >9  mouth  of  the  Ohio,  1350  miles  from  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico,  and  850  from  vVashington.  It  has  easy  water  communication 
with  the  country  at  the  foot  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  2600  miles  distant  by  the 
course  of  the  river,  on  one  side,  and  with  Quebec  and  New  York,  1800  to  2000 
miles,  on  the  other ;  and  with  New  Orleans,  1250  miles  to  the  south,  and  Fort 
Snelling,  860  miles  to  the  north. 

St.  Cnarles,  20  miles  above  the  mouth  of  the  Missouri,  and  the  same  distance 
north-west  tiom  St  Louis,  is  a  pleasant  village  containing  nearly  1500  inhabi- 
tants, of  whom  about  one-third  are  of  French  descent ;  it  consists  of  one  long 
street,  on  which  are  many  handsome  buildings.  St  Charles  was  for  a  number  of 
years  the  capital  of  the  State. 

Jefferson  City,  on  the  south  side  of  the  Missouri  river,  and  near  the  centre  of  the 
State,  is  the  capital  of  Missouri ;  it  contains  the  State-House,  and  a  Penitentiary ; 
its  site  is  not  a  fortunate  selection,  and  it  has  not  in  consequence  prospered. 
Higher  up  the  stream  are  the  villages  of  Franklin,  Booneville,  Keytesville,  Lex- 
ington, and  Liberty ;  this  is  the  most  western  settlement  in  the  United  States,  in 
which  a  newspaper  is  published,  being  1142  miles  from  Washington  City,  and 
324  west  of  St  Louis.  Westport  at  the  mouth  of  the  Kansas,  is  the  most  wester- 
ly village  in  the  Union.  Herculaneum,  30  miles  below  St  Louis,  is  a  small 
town,  which  contains  numerous  shot-works,  and  serves  as  one  of  the  ports  of  the 
lead  district  St  Genevieve  is  another  old  French  village,  built  on  a  high  alluvial 
bank  which  the  river  is  now  washing  away.  Cape  Girardeau,  situated  on  a  high 
bluff  in  the  midst  of  a  rich  district,  ie  tho  dep6t  of  the  southern  part  of  the  State. 
New  Madrid  is  an  inconsiderable  village,  on  a  high  alluvial  bank,  which,  like 
that  of  St  Genevieve,  has  been  mostly  carried  away  by  the  river.  The  village 
also  sufl!ered  firom  the  earthquake  of  1811. 


STATE   OF   ARKANSAS. 

Arkansas  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  Missouri,  east  b^  the  Mississippi  river, 
which  separates  it  from  Tennessee  and  the  State  of  Mississippi,  south  bv  Louisiana, 
and  west  by  the  Western  or  Indian  Territory  and  the  northern  part  of  Texas.  Its 
Miuthern  line  is  the  3dd  degree  of  north  latitude,  and  northern  36°  30'.  Its  length, 
from  north  to  south,  is  245  miles,  and  mean  breadth  about  212 ;  its  area  is  51,060 
square  miles. 

The  principal  river  is  the  Arkansas,  which  flows  down  from  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains. Its  course  is  nearly  through  the  centre  of  the  State  from  west  to  east ; 
and  it  affords  at  all  times  steam-boat  navigation  to  Little  Rock,  300  miles  from  the 
Mississippi,  and  occasionally  to  Cantonment  Gibson,  nearly  350  miles  higher  up ; 
the  other  important  streams  are  the  Red  River,  (which  flows  through  the  south- 
west angle  of  the  Stu^e,)  St  Francis,  White,  and  Washita  rivers. 

Arkansas  has  considerable  advantages  for  commerce ;  nearly  every  part  of  it  has 
a  direct  and  easy  communication  with  New  Orleans,  the  great  emporium  of  trade 
for  the  whole  Mississippi  valley. 

The  surface  of  the  country  exhibits  much  variety.  In  the  eastern  portion, 
along  the  Mississippi  river,  it  is  level,  and  oflen  overflown  by  that  noble  river  and 


UNITED  STATES. 


W7 


its  large  confluents,  which  have  their  course  through  this  territory.  In  the  central 
part  it  is  undulating  and  broken,  and  in  the  western  section  it  is  traversed  by  tlie 
Ozark  Mountains,  which  are  estimated  to  attain  an  altitude  of  from  'HWO  to  S4NX) 
feet  above  the  ocean.  The  other  considerable  elevations  are  the  Black  Hills, 
north  of  the  Arkansas,  and  the  Washita  Hills,  or  Mssserne  Mountains,  on  tht' 
head  waters  of  the  Washita  river.  The  soil  is  of  all  qualities,  from  the  most  pro- 
ductive to  the  most  sterile ;  much  of  it  is  of  the  latter  description.  It  has,  how< 
ever,  a  sufficient  amount  of  excellent  land  to  enable  it  to  become  a  rich  and 
populous  State.  The  column  of  emigration  has  begun  to  move  in  this  direction, 
and  it  hw  nearly  doubled  its  population  within  the  last  five  years. 

Of  the  products  of  Arkansas,  cotton  is  the  staple ;  corn  and  sweet  potatoes 
thrive  well;  wheat,  and  other  small  grains,  have  net  been  cuHivated  to  a  great 
extent;  peaches  are  remarkably  fine;  apples  do  nut  succeed,  except  on  the  ele- 
vated parts  of  the  State,  at  a  distance  from  the  Mississippi.  The  wild  fruits, 
grapes,  plums,  &c.,  are  abundant  Among  the  curiosities  of  this  country  may  be 
mentioned  the  vast  masses  of  sea-shells  that  are  found  dispersed  over  different 
tracts  of  it:  they  are  generally  found  in  points  remote  from  limestone,  and  answer 
a  valuable  purpose  to  the  inhabitants,  who  collect  ar.d  burn  thorn  for  lime. 

The  hot  or  warm  springs  are  among  the  most  interesting  curiosities  of  the  coun- 
try; they  are  in  great  numbers.  One  of  them  emits  a  vast  quantity  of  water: 
they  are  remarkably  limpid  and  pure,  and  are  used  by  the  people  who  resort  there 
for  health,  for  culinary  purposes.  They  have  been  analyzed,  and  exhibit  no  mine- 
ral properties  beyond  common  spring-water.  Their  efficacy,  then,  for  they  are 
undoubtedly  efficacious  to  many  invalids  that  resort  there,  results  from  the  shade 
of  adjacent  mountains,  and  from  the  cool  oxygenated  mountain  breeze,  the  conve- 
niences of  warm  and  tepid  bathing,  the  novelty  of  fVesh  mountain  scenery,  and 
the  necessity  of  temperance  imposed  by  the  poverty  of  the  country,  and  the  diffi- 
culty of  procuring  supplies.  During  the  spring  floods  of  the  Washita,  a  steam- 
boat can  approach  within  80  miles  of  them.  At  no  great  distance  is  a  strong 
sulphur-spring,  remarkable  for  its  coldness.  In  the  wild  and  mountain  scenery  of 
this  lonely  region,  there  is  much  of  grandeur  and  novelty  to  fix  the  curiosity  of 
the  lover  of  Nature. 

Arkansas  formed  a  part  of  Louisiana,  and  afterwards  of  Missouri  Territory,  until 
1819,  when  it  received  a  separate  territorial  government,  and  in  1836  it  became 
an  independent  State.  The  legislature,  styled  the  General  Assembly,  consists  of 
a  Senate  chosen  for  the  term  of  four  years,  and  a  House  of  Representatives  elected 
biennially ;  the  General  Assembly  meets  every  two  years.  The  Governor  holds 
office  for  the  term  of  four  years.  The  superior  Judges  are  appointed  by  the  Gene- 
ral Assembly,  those  of  the  Supreme  Court  holding  office  for  eight,  and  those  of  the 
Circuit  Courts  for  four  years.  Every  white  male  citizen  of  the  age  of  21  years, 
who  has  resided  within  the  State  during  the  six  months  preceding  the  election, 
has  the  right  of  sufflrage.  Votes  are  given  viva  voce.  In  the  prosecution  of  slaves 
for  crimes,  it  is  provided  that  they  shall  have  an  impartial  jury,  and  slaves  con- 
victed of  a  capital  offence  shall  suffer  the  same  degree  of  punishment  as  free 
whites,  and  no  other.  No  lotteries  can  be  established,  and  the  sale  of  lottery 
tickets  within  the  State  is  prohibited. 

Arkansas  is  divided  into  34  counties. 


POPULATION  AT  DIFFERENT  PERIODS. 


TOTAL. 


8LAVIS. 


InlSOO, 1,052 ^ 7 

1820, 14,273 1,617 

1830, 30,388 4,576 

1835, 58,134 9,629 

This  State  being  as  yet  but  thinly  settled,  the  towns  are  few  in  number,  and  of 
limited  population.  The  capital.  Little  Rock,  is  situated  on  the  Arkansas  river, 
about  300  miles  from  the  Mississippi.  It  was  intended  to  give  it  the  name  of 
Arkopolis ;  but  the  people  playfully  called  it  by  its  present  name  firom  the  numer^ 


r  J ' 


1-4  i 


I 


i 


"■'-'ill;'' 


^m^ 


]'  ''.■r!i^'n 


.I" .«. .  V 


■.p:--! 


■'•.•I  '-''I'i 


f  i-ni^ 


b  /!:-<,!' I 


:-i::;A:-iiilli 


■Ii:  ■It' 


!238 


UNITED  STATES. 


oiiH  niokM  finirxl  in  its  vicinity.  TIte  silo  is  on  a  lii^lt  tocky  bluff  on  the  ri|;ht 
liiiiik  of  thu  river;  houic  of  the  other  fiettlciiiciitM  arc,  on  tlio  Arkanm»,  IjOwiHburg, 
Scotin,  Ozark,  ami  Van  Buren;  Fayetttevillo,  in  thu  north-west  corner  of  the  State; 
Hiitt'HVillr,  on  White  River;  Urecnock,  lieluna,  and  Columbia,  on  the  MitwioHippi; 
Wnxliinttton,  in  the  routh-weHt  part  of  the  State  near  to,  and  Fulton  on.  Red  Riv«!r; 
tlics)!  nru  the  mont  important,  but  they  arc  all  as  yet  mere  villages.  Since  the 
o|M>ning  of  the  Great  Ilaft,  and  the  improvement  of  the  navigation  of  Red  River, 
thia  section  of  the  state  has  been  improving. 


WISCONSIN  TERRITORY. 

This  territory  was  erected  into  a  separate  (rovernment  in  1836,  and  for  two  years 
afterwards  included  Iowa  within  its  limits.  It  stretches  from  the  Mississippi  river 
on  the  west  to  I^ke  Michigan  on  the  east,  and  from  the  northern  boundary  of  the  j 
Union  to  the  States  of  Missouri  and  Illinois  on  the  south ;  it  is  in  length  near  000 
milr>s,  and  from  100  to  200  miles  in  breadth ;  containing  probably  an  area  of  100,- 
000  Hquarc  miles.  Population,  80,749.  A  large  portion  of  this  territory  is  but  im- 
perfectly known,  and  is  still  in  the  occupancy  of  the  Indians. 

The  principal  rivers  are  the  Mississippi  and  its  tributaries,  the  St.  Croix,  Chip- 
peway,  Wisconsin,  Rock  river,  &c. ;  the  St.  Louis,  Montreal,  and  other  streams, 
flowing  into  Lake  Superior;  the  Mennomonie  and  Fox  riveid  of  Green  Bay,  and 
others.  In  some  parts  of  the  territory  the  soil  is  very  fertile,  and  produces  larj^e 
crops  of  the  various  grains  common  to  this  section  of  the  Union.  In  the  vicinity 
of  Lake  Michigan  the  water-courses,  ponds,  and  marshes,  are  covered  with  wild 
rice,  which  constitutes  a  considerable  part  of  the  food  of  the  Indians. 

Wisconsin  is  rich  in  minerals:  lead  is  found  in  great  abundance,  and  also  copper 
and  iron.  The  lead  region  comprises  a  portion  of  the  richest  lead  deposits  in  the 
world :  it  extends  on  the  east  side  of  the  Mississippi  from  the  Wisconsin  to  the 
Rock  river,  and  on  the  west  it  connects  with  the  lead  region  of  Iowa.  Lead 
mining  is  carried  on  extensively,  as  well  as  that  of  copper. 

Fort  Winnebago,  a  United  States'  garrison,  stands  at  the  portage  between  the 
Wisconsin  and  Fox  rivers;  the  waters  of  the  two  streams  here  approach  so  close 
to  R.ich  other,  and  are  so  nearly  on  a  level,  that  boats,  in  wet  seasons,  have  been 
floated  from  one  to  the  other.  A  canal  is  in  progress  of  construction  for  the  pur- 
pose  of  connecting  these  rivers.  In  the  vicinity  of  Green  Bay  are  the  thriving 
villages  of  Green  Bay,  Navarino,  and  De  Pierre.  The  former  has  a  fine  harbour, 
and  IS  now  a  place  of  considerable  business. 

The  principal  settlements  on  the  Mississippi,  are  Prairie  du  Chien,  Cassville, 
&c. ;  the  former  is  about  five  miles  above  the  mouth  of  the  Wisconsin  river :  it  is 
situated  on  a  beautiful  prairie,  and  has  been  long  inhabited,  mostly  by  French  tra- 
ders and  their  descendants,  half-breeds,  &C:  Cassville  is  some  distance  south 
of  the  Wisconsin  river ;  Belmont,  Mineral  Point,  and  Dodgeville  are  at  various 
distances  east  of  the  Mississippi,  and  between  it  and  Lake  Michigan:  they  are 
situated  in  the  midst  of  a  rich  mining  district,  and  will  gradually  improve  as  the 
country  around  them  fills  up  with  population. 

Madison,  the  capital  of  Wisconsin,  is  situated  between  the  3d  and  4th  lakes  of 
the  chain  called  the  four  lakes,  and  on  a  branch  of  the  Rock  river.  It  was  laid  out 
in  1837,  and  now  contains  about  70  houses  and  400  inhabitants.  The  most  impor- 
tant public  building  is  the  capitol,  a  fine  stone  edifice  built  at  the  expense  of  the 
General  Government:  it  may  be  seen  from  a  distance  of  10  miles  in  every  di- 
rection. Milwaukie,  on  the  west  side  of  Lake  Michigan,  is  the  most  important 
town  in  the  territory  ;  it  is  a  place  of  considerable  trade,  and  has  the  best  harbour 
on  the  west  side  of  the  lake  between  Chicago  and  Green  Bay.  A  rail-road  is  about 
to  be  constructed  from  this  place,  westward  to  tl: ;  Mississippi  river^  and  a  canal  to 
Rock  River  has  been  lately  commenced. 

The  aborigines  in  Wisconsin  are  the  Chippeways,  Mennomonies,  and  Stock- 
bridge  Indians :  the  latter,  from  New  York,  are  settled  in  the  vicinity  of  Green 
Bay.  Among'  these  tribes,  the  American  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  has  a  number 
of  missionaries  in  different  parts  of  the  territory. 


'•n 


UNITKI)  8TATFA 


'm 


IOWA  TERRITORY.       ' 

Iowa  compriscfl  the  country  lying  bctwpcn  tho  Mimiisippi  tnd  Miraouri  rivpn 
on  tho  one  hand,  and  the  Statn  of  Mimoiiri  and  Britivh  America  on  the  other;  ''b 
prealeBt  length  is  not  lead  than  800  mile*,  varying  in  breadth  from  2^0  to  400,  with 
iin  area  of  at  leaat  2U0,(KN)  square  miles.  The  south-eastern  section  of  the  terri- 
tory is  the  only  part  yet  settled,  and  is  a  beautiful,  fertile,  healthful  region,  inter- 
sperHed  with  timber  land  and  prairie,  and  aboundingf  in  springs  and  mill-streams. 

The  principal  rivers  of  Iowa,  besides  the  VisHinsippi  and  MisMNiri,  which  bound 
it  on  the  east  and  west,  are  the  8t.  Peter*!),  Upper  Iowa,  Turkey,  Iowa,  and  Ues 
Moines:  these  ajl  flow  into  the  MistiiMippi;  the  James,  8ioux,  and  Little  Sioux, 
are  the  chief  tributaries  of  the  Missouri  in  this  region.  The  Red  river  of  the 
north,  whose  head  branches  interlock  with  the  St.  Peter's,  flows  into  the  British 
Territory,  and  empties  into  Lake  Winnipeg:  a  short  portage  of  a  mile  in  length, 
between  the  waters  of  this  stream  and  the  St.  Peter's,  is  the  only  impediment  to  a 
continuous  navigation  from  Hudson's  Bay  to  tho  Gulf  of  Mexica 

The  products  of  the  soil  are  the  same  as  those  of  the  neighbouring  states:  wheat, 
corn,  rye,  oats,  and  potatoes,  all  grow  with  great  luxuriance,  and  are  of  excellent 
quality.  The  mineral  region  of  Iowa  appears  to  be  connected  with  that  of  Wis- 
consin, and  is  equally  rich  in  metal.  The  limits  of  the  country  containing  the  lead 
ore  are  unknown,  but  it  probably  extends  hundreds  of  miles  towards,  and  into  the 
state  of  Missouri ;  besides  lead,  copper,  iron  and  coal  are  known  to  alwund. 

Few  portions  of  the  United  States  have  excited  so  much  attention  as  Iowa;  it  is 
settling  more  rapidly  than  any  other  part  of  the  western  country  with  enterprising 
and  industrious  inhabitants,  and  will  in  a  very  few  years  have  a  sufficient  population 
to  entitle  it  to  rank  as  a  state.  A  number  of  towns  have  been  laid  out ;  they  are 
all  yet  small :  a  few  of  those,  however,  situated  on  the  Mississippi,  are  increasing 
very  ftst 

Iowa  City,  the  capital  of  the  territory,  is  at  the  head  of  navigation  on  Iowa  river, 
and  70  miles  from  tne  Mississippi :  population  800 :  houses  150.  The  capitol  is  a 
handsome  edifice  built  in  the  Doric  style  of  architecture,  120  feet  by  60.  Burlington 
is  on  the  west  bank  of  the  Mississippi  river,  250  milep  above  St  Louis.  The  town 
is  regularly  laid  out,  and  contains  several  public  buildings;  the  stores  are  numerous 
and  the  business  is  very  considerable.  This  place  was  for  a  time  the  capital  of  the 
territory.  Dubuque  is  also  on  the  west  bank  of  the  Mississippi,  and  about  160  miles 
higher  up  that  stream  than  Burlington ;  it  is  the  commercial  capital  of  the  mining 
district  of  Iowa,  and  some  of  the  finest  lead  mines  in  the  United  States  are  in  its 
vicinity.  Among  its  churches  is  a  Roman  Catholic  cathedral  of  stone:  there  are 
various  public  buildings,  and  a  number  of  stores :  the  trade  of  the  town  is  impor- 
tant and  valuable.  Population  1600.  Peru,  Davenport,  Bloomington,  Fort  Mladi- 
son,  and  Mortrose,  are  the  other  principal  towns. 

Iowa  was  erected  into  a  separate  territorial  government  by  act  of  Congress  in 
June  189S;  the  commencement  of  the  government  dated  from  the  4th  of  the  suc- 
ceeding July.  The  population  in  1840  amounted  to  42,924.  The  principnl  Indian 
tribes  in  this  territory  are  the  Sioux,  Winnebagoes,  Sacs,  Foxes,  and  Assiniboins, 
with  a  few  Chippeways,  Ottowas,  and  Pottawatomies;  numbering  perhaps  alto- 
gether from  30,000  to  85,000  individuals. 

Fort  Snelling,  a  few  miles  below  the  Plaits  of  St  Anthony,  and  situated  on  the 
point  of  land  betwieeh  the  Mississippi  and  St  Peter's  rivers.  Is  the  most  remote 
military  post  in  this  quarter,  occupiea  by  the  troops  of  the  United  States. 


WESTERN  OR  INDIAN  TERRITORY. 

Thk  Western  or  Indian  Territory  is  the  country  Bssigiied  by  the  government 
I  of  the  United  States  fbr  the  future  residence  of  the  Indians^  many  of  whom  have 
I  emigrated  fhom  the  south-eastern  part  of  the  Union,  and  numbers  are  preparing 
I  to  take  up  their  residence  in  it    It  is  about  600  miles  in  extent  fVom  north  to  south 


Tar 


•  1 

■  ,  :  1^ 

* 

1*   •  i 

\  i- 

I' 

if' 
•t'l 

I' 


'  I 


Ij,; 


>, 


k  • 


li  ' 


h 


:   :  if 

I' 


1; 


•",  4- 


!230 


I'NITKI)  HTATI-X 


in  tfifl  PMtern,  and  in  the  wuMtorn  pnrt  Hbdui  :M)0;  arnl  from  eaiit  to  wmt,  im- 
rnodiatcly  iM-yoit.]  Arknnnas  it  in  about  .TJ);  but,  wcntward  of  the  centriil  anil 
northfrti  pnrtii  of  Miiwouri,  it  iH  full  6U)  milcH  in  breadth.  It  contains  an  arra  of 
about  240,(NN)  Mpiarc  inil«>N. 

A  Imlt  of  about  2(HI  iiiiifH  of  the  most  caBtern  part  of  this  region,  and  adjoinini; 
the  Stntoa  of  ArkananM  and  Miiwoiiri,  ia  Hupptmnd  to  bf>  favourable  for  Hettlcnient : 
the  Will  JH  affirmed  to  be  >j»'nemlly  very  fertile,  nnd  it  iH  watered  by  nurn* touh 
riveiH,  creeks,  and  rivnlctH,  none  of  which,  however,  are  Miitable  for  rnvifrution. 
The  eliicf  Htreaina  are  the  Red,  ArkanHBfs  Knnzax,  and  Flatte  Rivcni,  v/itii  their 
nunieroiid  trihutiirioM;  they  How  in  an  eastern  direction  from  the  Rocky  jMoun- 
tainn  towards  the  Mifwoiiri  mid  MiHHiHHJppi  Rivera,  of  which  they  arc  all  branches. 
The  u^ountry,  in  its  {^enenil  character,  is  high  and  undulating,  rather  level  than 
hilly ;  thouf^h  some  portions,  particularly  in  the  aouth-caatern  part<,  are  entuied 
to  the  latter  upfiellation,  where  it  is  traversed  by  aeveral  low  ranges  of  the 
Ozark  Mountains,  here  termed  the  Kiamcche  hills:  there  is  less  marshy  land  and 
stagnant  water  than  is  usual  in  the  Western  country. 

The  atiiKiHpherc  is  salubriouH,  and  the  climate  precipely  such  as  is  desired; 
being  aUiut  the  same  as  thiit  inhabited  by  the  Indians  to  the  east  of  the  Mis^ 
sippi.  It  contains  coal,  some  lead  and  iron  ore,  and  many  saline  springs,  "uitable 
for  manufacturing  salt.  The  most  serious  defect  is  a  want  of  timber,  but  it  is  one 
which  time  will  remedy,  as  has  been  demonstrated  by  the  rapid  growth  of  timber 
in  prairie  countries  which  have  been  settled ;  where  the  grazing  of  stock,  by 
diminishing  the  quantity  of  grass,  renders  the  annual  fires  less  destructive  to  the 
growth  of  wood :  the  prairies  are  covered  with  grass,  much  of  which  is  of  suit- 
able lentfth  for  the  scythe.  This  country  will  produce,  it  is  believed,  all  the 
varieties  of  grain,  vegetables,  and  agricultural  products,  which  are  raised  in  the 
States  of  the  same  latitude  east  of  the  Mississippi.  It  is  also  admirably  adapted 
for  the  raising  of  domestic  animals  of  every  description. 

At  the  close  of  the  year  1836,  the  population  of  the  Western  Territory  amount- 
ed to  67,921  Indians,  upwards  of  two-thirds  of  whom  have  emigrated  from  the 
States  east  of  the  Mississippi  River.  The  remainder  appertain  to  tribes  long 
resident  in  this  region.  The  numbers  belonging  to  each  class  and  tribe  respec- 
tively are  ih  follows : 


INDIGENOUS  TRIBES. 

Tribes.  Population. 

Pawnee 10,000 

Puncahs 800 

Omaha 1,400 

Otoes  and  Miasouries    ....     1,600 
Kansas 1,471 


Tribes.  Population. 

Quapaws 450 

Osages 5,510 


Total  21,231 


EMIGRANT  TRIBEa 


Tribe*.  Population. 

Chippewas,    Ottawas,    and 

Pottawatomies 1,712 

Choctaws 15,000 

Quapaws 476 

Creeks 17,894 

Seminoles 407 

Appalachicolas 265 

Cherokees 6,072 

Kickapoos  588 

Delawares 826 


Tribei.  Population. 

Shawanees 1,272 

Ottawas 200 

Weas 222 

PiankeshawB 162 

Peorias  and  Kaskaskias 132 

Senecas 251 

Senecas  and  Shawanees 211 


Total  45,690 


In  addition  to  the  above,  there  are  48,918 'Indians,  of  various  tribes,  now  east 
of  the  Mississippi,  under  treaty  stipulations  to  remove  west  of  that  stream :  many 
of  them  are  making  preparations  for  that  purpose ;  and  the  whole,  no  doubt,  will, 
in  a  few  years,  be  permanently  settled  in  the  territory  assigned  them. 

The  emigrant  Tribes  occupy  74,312  acres  of  land,  and  the  indigenous  about 
33,670  acres.    The  Choctaws,  Creeks,  Cherokees,  and  Shawanees,  are  the  most 


pallj 
Kiel 


UNITED  8r.\rFx 


m 


advanced  towanlii  civilization  of  any  of  the  Indian  tribe*  in  thii  quarter.  Tlcy 
have  (generally  ifoud  huuwii,  well-lenccd  and  well-tilled  HeldM,  and  own  hi)r.'«-i< 
and  cattle  tu  a  conatderable  extent:  they  have  alwi  native.- mechanics  and  hut- 
chantu  among  tliem,  of  whom  some  of  the  Cherokee*  have  frmn  r>,0(NI  to  ITmHN) 
dollars  capital.  They  likewiae  carry  on  spinning  and  weaving,  and  h«v(>  mhmo 
Miw  and  grmt-mills  and  cotton-gins.  About  rUH)  bales  of  cotton  were  rniMtd  by 
the  Choctaws,  in  IKV).  They  have  also  adopted  an  improved  systeni  of  (;ovt'rii- 
ment:  the  Choctaws  and  Creeks,  in  particular,  have  a  written  constitiitum ;  and 
the  former  has  introduced  the  trial  by  Jury. 

The  country  of  the  Choctav  j,  or  Choctawland,  the  most  southern  in  tliisTi-rri- 
tory,  is  situated  between  the  Red  River  on  the  south,  and  the  Canadian  Rivoi  and 
the  Arkansas  north :  it  is  320  miles  in  length,  and  from  65  to  110  in  breiidth.  It 
is  divided  into  three  districts,  each  of  which  has  its  own  chief,  for  whom  the 
Federal  Government  is  about  to  build  housus.  Fort  Towson,  a  military  post  bo- 
longing  to  the  United  States  on  the  Kiamechc,  is  within  the  limits  of  thiH  nation. 
The  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  has  six  stations,  and  there  are  also  two  Baptist 
and  one  Methodist  Mission. 

The  Creek  country  is  north  of  Choctawland  and  west  of  Neosho,  a  branch  of 
the  Arkansas :  it  is  about  two-thirds  the  area  of  Choctawland,  and  extends  to  the 
western  boundary  of  the  Western  Territory.  The  government  is  administered 
by  a  general  council  of  the  ndtion,  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  a  written 
constitution.  There  are  among  the  Creeks  two  Baptist  and  one  Methodist  Mis- 
sionary Station,  and  also  one  of  the  Board  of  Foreign  Missiono.  Several  of  tlio 
natives  are  missionaries.  The  Cherokee  country  is  north  and  east  of  the  Creek : 
the  eastern  part  extends  to  the  river  Arkansas,  and  also  to  the  west  boundary  of 
the  State  of  Arkansas;  this  tract  is  about  the  same  in  area  as  the  Creek  country. 
The  settlements  are  mostly  in  the  eastern  section.  They  manufacture  salt  from 
the  springs  on  the  Illinois  and  other  streams,  and  own  a  large  number  of  hordes 
and  cattle. 

Fort  Gibson,  on  the  Arkansas,  is  in  the  Cherokee  territory :  there  are  here 
three  missions  of  the  Board  of  Foreign  Missions,  with  18  missionaries  and  a  print- 
ing-press ;  together  with  a  Baptist  and  a  Methodist  Mission. 

The  Osages  are  indigenous  natives,  and  a  portion  of  them  have  yet  made  no 
improvement  in  the  arts  of  civilization :  some  of  them,  however,  particularly  a 
band  on  the  Neosho,  have  tolerable  houses,  own  some  cattle,  and  have  begun  to 
use  the  plough :  the  remainder  of  the  nation  have  not  altered  their  habits.  Their 
territory  extends  north  of  the  Cherokees,  with  a  width  of  50  miles  from  the 
Neosho  to  the  Mexican  frontier. 

Adjoining  the  south-west  corner  of  Missouri,  and  extending  to  the  Neosho,  are 
the  Quapaws,  the  united  band  of  Senecas  and  Shawanees,  and  the  band  of 
Senecaa  and  Mohawks.  Farther  north,  on  the  head- waters  of  the  Osage  Riv^r, 
are  the  small  bands  of  Piankeshaws,  Weas,  Koskios,  and  Ottawas;  all  of  these 
have  made  some  progress  towards  civilization,  and  have  some  Missionary  Stations 
among  them. 

On  the  south  bank  of  the  Kansas,  and  adjoining  the  State  of  Missouri,  are  the 
Shawanees :  they  are  among  the  most  improved  of  the  Indian  tribes.  The  Metho- 
dists and  Baptists  have  missions  among  them;  and  at  the  Shawanee  Station, 
under  the  care  of  the  latter,  there  is  a  printing-press,  from  which  have  been 
issued  school-books,  and  collections  of  sacred  poetry,  in  several  Indian  languages ; 
a  monthly  journal  is  also  printed  here  in  the  Shawanee  language,  and  the  valu- 
able Annual  Register  of  Mr.  M'Coy  is  also  from  this  press. 

On  the  north  side  of  the  Kansas  River  are  the  Delawares,  whose  condition  is 
similar  to  that  of  the  Shawanees :  among  them  are  a  Methodist  and  a  Baptist  Mis- 
sion. The  Kansas,  an  indigenous  tribe,  inhabit  both  sides  of  the  river  of  the 
same  name,  and  mostly  west  of  the  Shawanee  and  Delaware:  they  live  princi- 
pally by  the  chose,  and  are  the  poorest  of  all  the  tribes  hitherto  mentioned.  The 
Kickapoos  reside  on  the  Missouri,  to  the  north  of  the  Delaware  country.  There 
is  a  Methodist  Missionary  Station  in  their  country.     Fort  Leavenworth  is  in  the 


'  S 


f 


r^f 


t  ■ 


•'I 


■        1     ...        i  .',• 

li 


4 
t' 


,f 


i"i 


n 


i 


i% 


,.-4'  ' 


I 


m 


f 


»   i 


I 


93a 


tNITKU  HTATEJ*. 


thii 


KiRkii|Mio  territory.     Mo«t  of  tho  PnttawatamiM  hnvn  fixed  themnelvM  in 
tritct,  but  tilt!  landM  rcHvrved  fur  them  nro  un  the  Dttii-r  sido  of  the  Miitouri. 

'I'ht!  Otoct,  botwecn  the  Platto  nnd  the  Littio  Niunihaw,  the  Omahax,  between 
tho  I'lalto  and  the  Miaaouri,  the  Funcaha  Airther  north>west,  and  tho  Pawnees,  on 
tho  northern  aide  of  the  Platto  further  we^  are  indiffenoua  tribea,  who  retain 
thpjr  oriffinal  barbnrooR  habits  of  lifo,  with  little  or  no  chanife. 

In  the  deaert  regions  turthor  weat,  and  alonjf  tho  base  of  tho  Rocky  Mountains, 
aru  rovinf;  tribea  of  Uiccarecs,  Hhiennea,  Blackfeot,  Ukm  Ventre*,  and  Arepahan, 
who  pursue  the  trail  of  the  buffalo,  and  have  had  little  intercourse  with  the  whitea. 
Tho  ifreat  caravan  road  from  Misaouri  to  Santa  Fi  croaaea  the  eastern  part  o(  this 
section,  and  there  is  a  traders'  fort  near  the  head  of  the  Arkanaaa. 


MISSOURI   TERRITORY. 

This  territory  is  a  vast  wilderness,  thinly  inhabited  only  by  different  tribes  of 
Indians,  many  of  whom  appear  to  havo  no  fixed  residence,  but  follow  the  migra- 
tions of  tho  game  from  place  to  place.  Misaouri  territory  extends  from  north  to 
south  about  020,  and  firom  east  to  west  600  miles,  and  contains  an  area  of  probably 
300,000  square  miles ;  it  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  British  possessions,  south 
by  the  Western  or  Indian  Territory,  east  by  Wisconsin,  and  west  by  the  territory 
of  Oregon. 

The  greater  part  of  this  region  has  been  but  partiallv  explored,  and  is  imper- 
fectly known.  It  appears  to  consist  of  rast  prairies,  Jringed  along  the  lower 
courses  of  the  rivers  with  patches  of  wood  land.  A  large  portion  of  it  may  be 
likened  to  the  great  steppes  of  Central  Asia.  There  is,  however,  in  the  most  ste- 
rile parts  a  thin  award  of  grass  and  herbage :  countleea  droves  of  buflhlo,  elk,  and 
deer,  range  upon  these  vast  prairies.  They  will  perhaps,  at  some  future  period  of 
our  national  existence,  be  replaced  by  herds  or  domestic  cattle,  and  nooks  of 
sheep,  followed  b^  moving  bands  of  shepherds. 

To  the  west  of  these  plains,  the  Rocky  Mountains  rise  up  in  an  abrupt  manner, 
present  ng  a  steep  front  with  numerous  frowning  rocky  precipices,  and  having 
many  summits  covered  with  perpetual  snow.  The  oaly  elevation  in  the  great 
plain,  which  stretches  from  the  Missouri  River  to  the  Rocky  Mountains,  is  the 
Black  Hills,  a  spur  of  the  former  range,  extending  to  the  north-east  about  400 
miles,  and  separating  the  eastern  tributaries  of  the  Yellow  Stone  from  those  that 
run  westward  into  the  Missouri ;  the  character  and  elevation  of  this  ridge  are 
unknown,  but  its  height  is  believed  to  be  moderate. 

Tho  Missouri  is  tne  principal  stream,  which,  with  its  tributaries,  drains  the 
whole  of  this  region.  The  Yellow  Stone  is  the  largest  of  its  upper  tributaries, 
and  is  by  some  even  considered  the  main  stream :  it  rises  among  the  Rocky 
Mountains,  in  the  south-west  part  of  this  section,  and  flowing  generally  a  north- 
east course  enters  the  Missouri,  upwards  of  3000  miles  from  the  ocean.  Those 
tributaries  entering  on  the  west  side  of  the  Missouri,  are  the  Cannonball,  Weter- 
hoo,  ^ienne.  Running  Water  River,  and  others. 

Our  knowledge  of  this  country  is  mostly  derived  from  those  intrepid  travellers 
Lewis  and  Clark ;  in  their  journey  to  the  Pacific  Ocean,  they  passed  their  first 
winter  at  the  Mandan  towns,  1600  miles  above  St.  Louis,  from  November,  1804, 
until  the  following  April. 

The  Great  fVills  of  the  Missouri  present  a  spectacle  of  uncommon  grandeur. 
They  consist  of  a  succession  of  cat',  .acts,  the  whole  descent  of  which  is  960  feet. 
In  one  instance  the  entire  body  of  the  river  fiills  in  a  perpendicular  sheet  to  the 
depth  of  87  feet  The  place  where  the  Missouri  passes  from  the  mountains, 
called  the  Gates  of  the  Itocky  Mountains,  displays  a  stupendous  work  of  nature. 
The  river  is  compressed  to  the  width  of  450  feet,  between  perpendicular  rocks 
1200  feet  in  height ;  for  three  miles  thero  is  but  one  spot  where  a  man  can  find 
footing  between  the  water  and  the  mountainous  precipices.  About  100  miles  be- 
low the  great  falls  in  the  Missouri  there  are  immense  piles  of  rock,  SOO  feet  in 
height,  presenting  the  appearance  of  an  artificial  wall ;  they  are  nearly  perpen- 


I 


mmm* 


IINITKI*  HTATfX 


'iJA 


iliciiUr,  and  the  bcholilnr  can  dwcffrn,  ainul  the  variout  furms  which  thoy  oxhibit, 
the  Hlinpnn  of  ruinixl  caMtlei*  and  other  rditicea. 

Tht*  principnl  ab<)ri};initl  ract's  ar»  the  I'awnoeii,  tho  varioiia  tribes  of  Hioiix, 
Ricar<N>««,  MatulunM.  Hliickluot  Indiann,  &c. ;  moot  of  tltoin  ap|N>nr  to  be  nomadic 
ill  tlicir  hnbitM,  mid  liMin;;  in  ixxMnaoion  uf  an  ainplo  atore  of  Ituriwa,  roam  from 
place  to  place  ia  (|ue6t  uf  buffalo  and  other  fl^mo. 


OREGON    TERRITORY. 

The  country  extcndini;  wnvtward  from  the  Rocky  Monntaina  to  the  Pacific 
Ocean,  and  lyinfr  iMtwcen  42°  and  54°  40'  of  north  latitude,  ia  (generally  known 
by  tlio  name  of  the  Orcf^on  Territory,  and  ia  claimed  both  bv  the  United  HtutcH 
and  (Sreut  Britain.  On  the  north  and  the  eaHt,  as  far  8«>uth  aa  tho  4U°,  it  ia  bounded 
by  the  wuthern  part  of  the  British  potwcMtiionH,  and  aoiithward  of  tho  4i)°  by  tin) 
MiBtfouri  Territory;  south  by  the  Republic  of  Mexico;  and  weat  by  the  Pacific 
Ocean :  it  ia  in  fengfth  about  HtH)  miles,  with  an  averag^c  breadth  of  55U :  hrua, 
about  4riO,000  square  miles. 

The  Murface  of  the  country,  so  far  as  it  is  known,  is  broken  and  moui.ainouB; 
it  is  traversed  on  its  eastern  boundary  by  the  vast  ridgos  of  tho  Rocky  MuiintaitiH, 
many  of  the  elevated  peaks  of  which  rise  abovo  the  limits  of  perpetual  con((el»- 
tion.  Westward  of  the  mountains  the  country  descends  by  re^^ular  slopes,  in  fortn 
of  immense  terraces  or  descendini;  plains,  disposed  regularly  one  below  the  jther. 
At  the  distance  of  from  120  to  160  miles  from  the  Pacinc,  and  nearly  parallel 
with  the  coast,  a  range  of  mountains  extend,  which  have  as  yet  received  no  gene- 
ral designation ;  the  highest  peaks  have  been  named  Mount  Jefferson,  Mount 
Hood,  Mount  8t.  Helen's,  Mount  Regnier,  &.c. 

The  only  rivers  explored  in  this  territory  are  the  Columbia  or  Oregon,  and  its 
branches.  This  noble  stream  has  its  head  waters  near  those  of  the  Missouri,  and 
collects  its  tribute  for  a  wide  extent  along  the  western  dividing  ridges  of^  the 
R<K;ky  Mountains;  its  principal  tributaries  are  Lewis*,  Clark's  or  Flat  Head, 
M'Gillivray's,  Okinagan,  and  the  Multnomah  rivers.  The  Columbia  and  its 
branches  abound  in  the  finest  salmon,  which  seem  to  constitute  the  chief  article 
of  ttxHl  of  the  natives  west  of  the  Rocky  Mountains.  Seals  and  other  aquatic 
animals  are  taken  in  great  numbers,  and  the  skins  shipped  to  China,  which  consti- 
tutes one  of  the  chief  articles  of  trade  from  this  part  of  the  world.  Tho  country 
bordering  on  the  Columbia  and  its  branches,  is  represented  as  having  a  good  soil, 
and  is  covered  with  heavy  timber,  consisting  chiefly  of  various  species  of  fir; 
many  of  the  trees  being  of  enormous  height. 

The  only  other  river  of  any  note  is  Prazer's  or  Tacoutche  Tesse,  which  flows 
into  the  Gulf  of  Georgia.  On  the  head  waters  of  these  streams  the  Hudson's 
Bay  Company  has  some  trading-houses  or  forts.  There  are  several  lakes  in  this 
region ;  the  largest  are  the  Flat  Bow,  the  Upper  and  Lower  Lnker  ~:f  the  Colum- 
bia, the  Okinagan,  and  the  Kulluespelm  Lakes,  from  which  flowr  ",  e  ..;tsiderable 
branch  of  the  Columbia. 

To  this  region  the  United  States  have  acquired  a  title  by  the  Louisiana  treaty, 
by  the  discovery  of  the  principal  river,  and  by  interior  exploration.  It  is,  how- 
ever, contested  by  Great  Britain,  who  claims,  not  that  the  titi»;  is  in  her,  but  that 
the  region  is  unappropriated,  and  open  to  the  first  comer.  By  a  convention  con- 
cluded in  1828,  to  last  twelve  years,  it  was  agreed  betvveun  the  United  States  and 
Great  Britain  that  neither  government  should  take  possession  of  it,  or  occupy  it, 
to  the  exclusion  of  the  other,  during  the  period  of  the  convention,  which  cither 
party  might  renoun*""  upon  giving  twelve  months'  notice. 

This  territory  has  been  so  named  in  the  congressional  discussions  that  have 
taken  place  in  reference  to  the  country.  It  was  first  discovered  by  the  Spaniards, 
who,  however,  did  not  penetrate  into  the  interior.  In  1791  Captain  Gray,  of  the 
ship  Columbia,  of  Boston,  entered  the  greot  river  of  this  region,  and  from  him  it 
received  the  name  of  his  ship.  The  celebrated  navigator,  Capt.  Vancouver,  was 
then  at  Nootka  Sound,  and  the  discovery  was  very  frankly  and  fortunately  com- 


2£ 


20* 


< 


^  ■  '^ 


( 


»■ 

"1 

C- ; 

"f  . 

'.( 


• '  *  'I 


v.- 
v.. 


"''  M 


U 


V       f  b'-i 


,  I 


■*   --it'- 


y 


334 


UNITED  STATES. 


municated  to  him,  who  sent  one  of  his  principal  officers  to  examine  the  channel, 
and  in  his  narrative  admits  the  fact;  thus  placing  the  right  of  prior  discovery  in 
the  United  States,  beyond  dispute,  on  British  evidence.  In  1805,  Lewis  and 
Clark  were  sent  out  by  the  United  States'  Government,  for  the  express  purpose  of 
exploring  this  country :  they  navigated  the  Missouri  to  its  source,  and  crossing 
the  RocKy  Mountains,  descended  the  Columbia  River  to  the  Pacific  Ocean,  and 
spent  the  winter  on  its  shores ;  they  returned  by  the  same  river  to  the  mountains, 
and  most  of  the  exact  information  that  we  have  of  the  country  is  from  them. 

The  question  of  settling  this  territory  permanently,  has  been  more  than  once 
debated  in  Congress :  were  such  settlement  authorized,  and  rendered  secure  by 
the  r^uisite  military  establishments,  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  it  would  receive 
large  accessions  of  settlers.  Some  attempts  have  been  made  by  individuals  to 
induce  the  United  States'  Government  to  take  possession  formally  of  the  territory ; 
and  in  1810,  a  private  expedition,  at  the  expense  and  under  the  direction  of  John 
Jacob  Astor,  Esq.  of  New  York,  actually  formed  an  establishment,  and  named  the 
principal  depdt  Astoria.  This  colony  of  120  men,  went  out  well  provided  for  trade 
and  agriculture.  Two  years  after  the  first  settlement  of  Astoria,  they  had  estab- 
lished themselves  at  five,  other  places ;  these  posts,  however,  have  not  been  sus- 
tained :  soDe  have  been  abandoned,  and  others  have  passed  into  the  possession  of 
the  British  Hudson's  Bay  Company,  which  has  trading  establishments,  extending 
through  various  parts  of  this  region,  from  the  mountains  to  the  Pacific. 

The  climate  on  the  coast  of  the  Pacific  is  believed  to  be  milder  than  on  the 
same  parallels  of  latitude  on  the  Atlantic.  When  Lewis  and  Clark  left  this  coun- 
try in  March,  the  prairies  were  in  blossom,  and  the  forwardness  of  the  season 
seems  to  have  corresponded  with  that  of  North  Carolina,  at  the  same  period.  The 
winters  are  rainy,  and  among  the  mountains  the  cold  is  very  severe. 

On  the  coast  of  this  territory  are  the  countries,  denominated  by  British  navi- 
gators. New  Georgia,  and  New  Hanover ;  and  immediately  north  of  the  northern 
head  waters  of  the  Columbia,  and  west  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  is  New  Caledo- 
nia; the  climate  of  which  is  severe  in  winter  and  hot  in  summer;  the  soil  is  poor, 
but  the  fur-bearing  animals  are  numerous.  The  aboriginal  tribes  are  the  Chil- 
cotin,  Talcotins,  Attnas,  &c. ;  and  on  the  Columbia  and  its  branches,  are  the  Flat 
Heads,  Flat  Bows,  Pointed  Hearts,  Pierced  Noses,  &c. ;  also  the  Shoshone  or 
Snake  Indians,  who  are  the  most  numerous  and  powerful,  and  estimated  at  about 
15,000.  The  whole  of  the  native  tribes  in  this  territory  are  probably  about  80,000 
in  number. 

Many  portions  of  this  territory,  and  perhaps  the  greater  part,  is  well  adapted 
for  agricultural  purposes.  At  some  of  the  fiir-trading  establishments  belonging  to 
the  Hudson's  Bay  Company,  farming  has  been  commenced  on  a  small  scale,  and 
found  to  succeed  well.  At  Fort  Vancouver,  on  the  Columbia  River,  130  miles 
from  the  Pacific  Ocean,  3000  bushels  of  wheat  of  excellent  quality  were  raised 
in  1835:  and  apples,  pears,  peaches,  and  all  the  usual  kinds  of  garden  vegetables, 
grow  in  abundance.  At  Caldwell,  a  trading  station  on  the  north  fork  of  the  Co- 
lumbia, 160  miles  above  its  junction  with  the  main  river,  is  another  farm  in  suc- 
cessful operation:  also  a  grist-mill.  Several  Missionaries  arrived  here  lately 
from  the  United  States;  they  have  been  well  received  by  the  traders  and  Indians, 
and  have  every  prospect  before  them  of  being  unimpeded  in  their  labours  of  love 
and  benevolence. 


It  has  been  already  mentioned,  that  the  prairie  lands  are  quite  likely  to  be 
more  or  less  covered  with  timber,  in  time  to  come ;  and  there  are  also  the  othei 
requisites  for  human  sustenance  and  improvement.  As  emigration  presses  to  the 
west,  there  is  little  doubt  therefore  that  most  of  the  regions  we  have  just  been 
describing  will  come  to  be  peopled  by  numerous  and  thriving  communities. 


I 


ip^ 


REPUBLIC  OF  TEXAS. 


335 


REPUBLIC   OF    TEXAS. 

The  Republic  of  Texas,  w  .,ich  was,  until  lately,  an  integral  portion  of  Mexico, 
formed,  in  conjunction  with  Coahuila,  one  of  the  States  of  that  confederacy.  To 
the  people  of  the  United  States  this  infant  republic  is  peculiarly  interesting,  from 
the  circumstances  attending  its  struggle  with  the  parent  State,  the  gallantry  dis- 
played by  its  citizens  in  the  field,  its  immediate  contiguity  to  the  south-western 
parts  of  our  territory,  and  also  on  account  of  Anglo-Americans  forming  the  bulk 
of  its  rapidly  increasing  population. 

Previous  to  1621,  the  only  places  occupied  by  whites  were  the  Spanish  posts  of 
San  Antonio  de  Bexar,  Bahia,  or  Goliad,  and  Nacogdoches,  comprising  in  all  about 
3000  inhabitants.  Soon  after  that  time,  an  attempt  was  mode  to  establish  here 
the  independent  republic  of  Fredonia ;  but  the  Mexican  constitution  attached  the 
territory  to  the  province  of  Coahuila,  forming  of  the  united  provinces  a  State,  bear- 
ing the  names  of  both.  In  consequence  of  the  encouragement  held  out  to  settlers, 
there  was  a  great  influx  of  emigrants  into  the  territory  from  the  United  States, 
many  of  whom  carried  with  them  their  slaves.  In  1632,  the  people  of  Texas 
formed  for  themselves  a  separate  State  constitution,  and  endeavoured  to  obtain 
from  the  Mexican  Congress  a  sanction  of  their  proceedings,  and  an  admission  into 
the  confederacy  as  an  independent  State.  Meanwhile,  however,  the  mutual  dis- 
contents and  suspicions  of  the  colonists  and  government  were  increased  to  such  a 
degree,  that  resort  was  had  to  arms.  Texas  was  invaded  by  a  large  Mexican 
force,  headed  by  Santa  Anna,  the  President,  in  person.  At  first  the  overwhelming 
numerical  superiority  of  the  invaders  gave  them  some  advantages,  which  enabled 
them  to  exhibit  a  remarkable  ferocity  towards  their  prisoners,  several  hundreds  of 
whom  were  massacred  in  cold  blood.  But  this  state  of  things  was  soon  reversed ; 
and  at  the  battle  of  San  Jacinto  the  Mexican  army  was  utterly  and  irrecoverably 
routed,  leaving  their  President  a  prisoner  in  the  hands  of  the  Texans.  In  March, 
1836,  the  people  of  this  State  declared  themselves  free  and  independent,  and 
have  since  that  time  formed  a  constitution  and  government,  modelled  on  that  of 
the  United  States,  and  elected  a  chief  magistrate,  together  with  all  the  requisite 
ofiiciala  and  appointments  of  a  sovereign  and  independent  power. 

A  soil  of  great  fertility,  and  a  geographical  position  highly  favourable  to  com- 
mercial intercourse,  with  the  United  States  and  the  rest  of  the  world,  are  advan- 
tages which  doubtless  will,  at  no  distant  period,  render  Texas  opulent  and  powerful. 
A  sea-coast  of  350  miles  in  length  afibrds,  by  means  of  its  numerous  rivers,  com- 
munication at  a  number  of  points  with  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  which,  with  the  pro- 
bable employment  of  steam-navigation  on  those  streams  susceptible  of  it,  will 
speedily  enhance  the  value  of  the  soil  and  its  rich  productions.  The  face  of  the 
country  is  generally  level,  and  a  great  portion  of  it  consists  of  immense  prairies, 
the  soil  of  which  is  a  deep  black  mould,  mixed  with  sand ;  the  bottom  lands  on 
many  of  the  rivers,  are  of  a  rich  red  texture,  of  great  depth,  and  well  timbered 
with  cotton-wood,  walnut,  cedar,  &c.  Most  of  the  productions  of  tropical  cli- 
mates grow  here  in  great  perfection,  and  the  cotton  is  equal  to  the  finest  produced 
in  the  United  States:  the  other  products  are  sugar,  tobacco,  rice,  indigo,  wheat, 
&c.  This  region  is  one  of  the  finest  stock  countries  in  the  world :  cattle  are 
raised  in  great  abundance,  and  with  but  little  trouble. 

Texas  is  enclosed  by  the  Nueces,  the  Sabine,  the  Red  River,  and  the  great 
eastern  ridge  of  the  Rocky  Mountains;  but  should  its  independence  be  secured,  or 
should  it  he  attached  to  the  United  States,  it  is  not  diflicuU  to  foresee  that  its 
frontier  will  be  extended  to  the  del  Norte.  Within  the  limits  above  described,  it 
has  an  area  of  about  160,000  square  miles,  consisting  chiefly  of  a  level  or  slightly 
undulating  surface.  The  country  along  the  coast  is  low  but  free  from  swaibps, 
and  composed  of  good  arable  prairie,  interspersed  with  well-wooded  river  bof-oms, 
and  fine  pasture  lands.  Until  the  late  emigrations  from  the  United  States,  this 
section  was  filled  with  immense  droves  of  mustangs,  or  wild  horses,  and  wild 


'f. 

^ 

iFM 

V 

^  Jff^VI 

'< 

• 

■'  W 

'  ^w 

• 

*■  u' 

x\- 

'f  ■  <a 


irfi 


■■'!"■ 


,'  ii  >■■■  i  I  ., •    • ' 


X  \-  't 


:/.a 


*    r'' 


It 


:i  • 

J 

5 


1 1 


t 

!  '1 


1:1 


".  V 


. 


236 


REPUBLIC  OF  TEXAS. 


cattle ;  but  their  numbers  are  now  considerably  lessened.  In  the  south-west,  the 
country  is  elevated,  being  traversed  by  a  range  of  mountains,  extending  north- 
ward from  the  head  waters  of  the  Neuces,  and  westward  of  the  sources  of  the 
Brazos,  Colorado,  &x.  To  the  west  and  north  are  vast  prairies,  in  which  immense 
herds  of  buiTalo  supply  the  mounted  Comanches  with  abundance  of  game.  In  the 
north-east,  the  country  is  more  undulating  and  better  wooded. 

The  rivers  are  numerous,  but  the  majority  of  them  are  not  of  much  importance 
for  navigation,  being  in  the  dry  season  extremely  low,  and  during  the  floods  a 
good  deal  impeded  with  floating  timber.  The  Sabine,  Neches,  and  Trinidad 
Rivers,  are  respectively  350, 3(H),  and  41U  miles  in  length ;  they  are  all  navigable 
to  a  certain  extent  during  a  part  of  the  year.  The  River  Brazos  is  considered 
the  best  navigable  stream  in  Texas:  vessels  drawing  six  feet  water  can  navigate 
it  to  Brazoria ;  and  steam-boats  of  light  draught  to  San  Felipe  de  Austin,  9(>  miles 
higher:  the  tides  ascend  to  Orazimba.  At  its  mouth  the  River  Brazos  is  200 
yards  wide,  and  continues  about  the  same  to  San  Felipe.  The  lands  on  this  river 
and  on  all  the  streams  from  hence  to  the  Colonido,  inclusive,  are  the  richest  and 
deepest  in  Texas ;  and  are  considered  equal  in  fertility  to  any  in  the  world.  The 
San  Bernard  is  the  most  beautiful  stream  in  Texas ;  it  is  navigable  about  60  miles, 
and  has  from  4  to  5  feet  water  on  the  bar.  The  Rio  Colorado  rises  in  the  high 
prairies  east  of  the  Puerco  River,  and,  after  a  course  of  500  miles,  flows  into  Ma- 
tagorda Bay.  About  12  miles  above  its  mouth  the  navigation  is  obstructed  by  a 
raft  of  a  mile  in  extent :  beyond  this  light  vessels  may  ascend  it  200  miles.  The 
La  Baca,  Guadalupe,  San  Antonio,  and  R.  Nueces,  are  more  or  less  navigable 
part  of  the  year;  they  are,  however,  but  imperfectly  known. 

The  climate  of  Texas  is  mild  and  agreeable,  and,  as  the  country  is  free  from 
swamps,  and  the  wooded  tracts  are  quite  open  and  destitute  of  underwood,  is 
more  healthful  than  t'ue  corresponding  sections  of  the  United  States.  The  seasons 
are  two ;  the  dry,  from  April  to  September,  and  the  wet,  which  prevails  during 
the  rest  of  the  year :  the  cold  is  pretty  severe  for  a  short  time  in  December  and 
January. 

The  towns  are  mostly  small ;  the  principal  of  them  are  San  Augustine  and  Na- 
cogdoches, in  the  eastern  part  of  the  State,  and  both  situated  on  streams  flowing 
into  the  Neuces;  San  Felipe  de  Austin,  Columbia,  and  Brazoria,  on  the  Brazos 
River ;  Matagorda,  on  and  near  the  mouth  of  the  Colorado ;  together  with  San 
Antonio  de  ^xar,  and  Croliad,  on  the  San  Antonio;  Harrisburg,  on  Buifalo  Biiyou, 
near  to,  and  Lynchburg,  at  the  head  of  Galveston  Bay.  The  city  of  Houston, 
lately  laid  out  near  Harrisburg,  is  designated  as  the  future  capital  of  the  Republic ; 
at  present  the  seat  of  government  is  Columbia. 

The  commerce  of  this  youthful  State  is  already  sufficient  to  employ  to  advan- 
tage a  number  of  regular  trading  vessels  between  her  principal  sea-ports  and 
New  Orleans. 

The  population  of  Texas  is  estimated  at  about  60,000,  of  whom  probably  40,000 
are  Americans  from  the  United  States ;  4000  or  5000  negroes ;  3000  or  4000  Mexi- 
cans; and  probably  12,000  Indians,  of  various  tribes.  The  army  is  about  2500  in 
number,  ardent,  flUed  with  enthusiasm  for  the  cause  of  Texas,  and  highly  efficient 
as  a  military  body.  The  main  pecuniary  dependence  of  this  State  is  upon  the 
great  body  of  her  rich  and  fertile  lands,  for  the  survey  and  sale  of  which,  by  a 
method  similar  to  that  of  the  United  States,  measures  are  about  to  be  adopted. 

Since  the  termination  of  the  campaign  in  which  the  Mexican  President  was 
captured,  there  seems  to  be  no  reasonable  probability  that  Mexico,  (at  all  times  an 
inefficient  military  power,  and  of  late  years  exceedingly  distracted  by  intestine 
dissension,)  can  ever  re-annex  the  State  of  Texas  to  her  dominions.  This  per- 
suasion is  so  strong  amongst  the  south-western  inhabitants  of  the  United  States, 
that  emigration  to  Texas  has  recently  very  much  increased  from  that  quarter; 
numerous  families,  with  their  slaves  and  stock,  are  rapidly  augmenting  the 
population  of  the  infant  Republic.  Notwithstanding,  therefore,  the  somewhat 
uncertain  issue  of  all  military  enterprises,  we  may  reasonably  anticipate  that 
Texas  will  maintain  the  ground  she  has  won,  and  continue  to  assert  her  indepen- 
dence. 


MEXICO. 


•231 


MEXICO. 

Mexico  is  an  extensive  and  noble  territory,  forming  the  greater  part  of  that 
vast  tract  of  land  which  connects  together  Northern  and  Southern  America. 
!  Originally  a  native  empire,  afterwards  the  principal  of  the  Spanish  viceroyalties, 
it  is  now  a  great  independent  republic.  It  has  sometimes  been  considere<l  as 
extending  to  the  Isthmus  of  Panama,  which  was,  in  some  degree,  under  the  juris- 
diction  of  the  viceroy  of  Mexico ;  but  as  Guatemala,  to  the  southward  of  Mexico 
Proper,  was  always  a  separate  intendcncy,  and  has  now  erected  itself  into  an 
I  independent  republic,  it  must  receive  a  separate  notice.  Its  length  may  be  stated 
at  about  2500  miles ;  the  breadth  varies  from  125  miles  in  the  isthmus  of  Tehuan- 
tepec,  and  nearly  300  at  the  main  centre  of  the  republic,  between  Acapulco  and 
Vera  Cruz,  to  about  1250  on  the  parallel  of  35°  north  latitude,  and  nearly  850 
between  the  Rocky  Mountains  and  the  ocean  in  the  extreme  north.  The  whole 
sur&ce  may  be,  therefore,  described  as  lying  between  100°  and  125°  W.  long., 
and  15°  and  42°  N.  lat.,  with  an  area  of  1,4^,000  square  milea 

The  sur&ce  of  Mexico  is  elevated,  composing  part  of  that  vast  ridge  which 
runs  along  the  whole  continent  of  America  parallel  to  the  Pacific,  and  which  in 
the  south  is  called  the  Ande&  or  Cordilleras,  and  in  the  north  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains. In  the  middle  part  the  chain  presents  a  broad  table-land,  firom  6000  to  8000 
feet  in  height,  thus  equalling  Mont  St  Bernard,  and  others  of  the  most  remark- 
able summits  of  the  old  continent  This  table-land  is  not,  as  in  Quito  and  other 
parts  of  South  America,  an  interval  between  opposite  ridges,  but  is  the  very  high- 
est part  of  the  ridge  itself.  In  the  course  of  it,  indeed,  detached  mountains  occur, 
of  which  the  summits  rise  into  the  regions  of  perpetual  snow,  on  a  level  almost 
with  the  mightiest  of  the  Andes.  Such  are  the  volcanic  peaks  of  Orizava,  Popo- 
catepetl, and  Toluca.  But  these  are  merely  insulated  heights  or  chains,  running 
in  a  different  direction  from  the  general  ridge,  and  presenting  few  interruptions 
to  that  continuous  level,  as  smooth  almost  as  the  ocean,  which  extends,  for  up- 
wards of  1500  miles,  from  one  extremity  of  Mexico  to  the  other.  Hence  while 
the  communication  between  Mexico  and  the  eastern  and  western  sea-coasts  is 
extremely  difficult,  and,  with  slight  exceptions,  can  he  carried  on  only  by  mules, 
there  is  nothing  to  prevent  wheel-carriages  from  running  from  the  capital  to  Santa 
Fe  in  New  Mexico,  and  thence  to  St  Louis  on  the  Mississippi. 

The  rivers  of  Mexico  are  not  very  numerous,  nor,  in  general,  of  considerable 
magnitude.  The  principal  is  the  Rio  del  Norte  or  Bravo,  which,  rising  in  the 
northern  part  of  the  country,  flows,  by  a  south-easterly  course  of  about  1500 
miles,  chiefly  through  wild  and  savage  tracts  infested  by  the  Apaches  and  Ca- 
manches,  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  The  Sacramento,  and  Buenaventura  are 
rivers  of  Upper  California  of  which,  however,  our  knowledge  is  slight.  The  Co- 
lorado of  the  west  is  a  large  river,  but  its  course  is  through  countries  thinly 
peopled  and  little  known.  It  falls  into  the  Gulf  of  California,  after  receiving  the 
Gila,  a  considerable  stream. 

The  lakes  of  Mexico  are  numerous,  and  appear  to  be  the  remains  of  others,  of 
v^st  extent  which  formerly  covered  a  much  larger  proportion  of  this  lofly  p!-\in. 
The  valley  of  Mexico  is  covered  with  small  lakes,  which  occupy  nearly  a  fourth 
of  its  surfiice;  but  the  only  one  on  a  great  scale  is  that  of  Chapala,  in  Michoacan, 
which  is  estimated  to  contain  an  area  of  about  1300  square  miles. 

As  an  agricultural  country,  Mexico  has  been  celebrated  for  the  vast  variety  of 
productions  which  can  be  raised,  according  to  the  different  degrees  of  elevation 
of  its  great  tabular  mass  of  territory.  It  is  divided  into  warm  lands  (tierras  calien- 
tes),  temperate  lands  (tierras  templadas),  and  cold  lands  (tierras  frias).  The 
warm  lands,  however,  though  capable  of  yielding  in  profusion  all  the  productions 
of  the  torrid  zone,  are  subject  to  so  deadly  a  pestilence,  that  even  the  natives  pre- 
ferred to  inhabit  a  poorer  soil  on  the  higher  grounds ;  and  Europeans,  except  the 
few  fixed  by  commercial  avidity,  pass  through  it  in  trembling  haste,  as  if  death 
pursued  them.     The  cold  lands,  again,  are  nearly  devoid  of  vegetation,  exhibiting 


,'      >^^ 


u. 


*•    .i 

* .  ,1 

'■  •  ^i 
'  ■  ill 


'•  )\ 


VA 


V,   t 


.t  .i". 


,  •,  (i#i 


;  •  *!;..- 


■r*,l 


i;. 


W  >l 


m 

li 

1 

li 

1 

■ 

%     * 


»       1 

1,. 


I  ■ 


■":•.<!•' 


238 


MEXICO. 


on  a  few  Bcattcred  spots  the  planta  of  the  north.  It  is  only  on  the  "  temperate 
InndH,"  that  the  real  aiia  effective  vegetation  exists ;  and  there  the  finest  plants 
of  the  most  genial  temperate  climates  are  produced  in  higher  perfection  than  in 
most  other  parts  of  the  known  world.  The  Mexican  wheat  excels  that  of  all 
other  countries,  both  in  quality  and  abundance,  provided  that  by  nature  or  art  it 
has  been  supplied  during  growth  with  aufficier'.  moisture.  Sucii  is  the  aridity  of  , 
the  soil,  that  artificial  irrigation  is  usually  necessary.  Maize,  or  Indian  corn,  the 
proper  grain  of  America,  is  still  more  generally  cultivated,  and  forms  the  standing 
food  of  the  people.  Its  harvests  are  equally  profuse.  Barley  and  rye  grow  on 
the  colder  grounds,  the  first  forming  the  chief  food  of  horses.  Farther  down 
grows  the  banana,  which,  though  the  proper  for  :  of  the  torrid  zone,  grows  so  high, 
that  Humboldt  calculatee  50,000  square  miles  may  be  fit  for  it.  Of  all  vegetables 
it  yields  the  greatest  proportion  of  aliment  vi  Xu  t'rs  least  culture.  It  bears  fruit 
in  ten  months  after  planting,  and  then  recm.  cs  )nly  to  have  the  stalks  cut,  that 
new  shoots  may  spring  from  them,  and  to  be  dug  and  dressed  round  the  roots. 
The  amount  of  nutritive  substance  yielded  by  it,  is  to  that  of  wheat,  as  183  to  1, 
and  to  that  of  potatoes,  as  44  to  1.  The  manioc  root,  under  the  same  climate,  can 
be  made  to  prcxluce  abundance  of  palatable  and  wholesome  farina.  The  Mexicans 
set  much  value  also  on  the  maguey,  which  is  extensively  cultivated,  and  yields 
annually  about  150  quarts  of  a  sweet  juice,  easily  convertible  into  pulque,  the 
favourite  fermented  liquor  of  the  people.  Sugar,  coffee,  and  cotton,  are  all  pro- 
duced of  excellent  quality,  but  only  for  internal  use ;  and  cacao,  though  an  uni- 
versal beverage,  is  procured  by  importation.  Cochineal  is  almost  the  only  article 
collected  extensively  for  export  The  culture  is  laborious,  and  has  diminislied  of 
late,  but  the  price  has  not  increased,  substitutes  being  employed.  There  is  also 
indigo,  but  it  is  inferior  to  that  of  Guatemala.  Vanilla,  the  flavouring  material 
of  the  chocolate,  is  obtained  in  the  forests  of  Oaxaca  and  Vera  Cruz,  and  exported 
to  the  amount  of  80002.  or  10,0002.  value  annually. 

Manufactures  in  Mexico  are,  and  must  long  continue,  in  a  very  rude  state. 
There  are,  however,  considerable  fabrics  of  coarse  red  earthenware,  which  is  used 
in  all  the  operations  of  cookery ;  also  manufactures  of  coarse  woollens  and  cottons. 
The  amount  of  these,  in  good  times,  was  reckoned  at  7,000,000  dollars ;  but  de- 
clined during  the  troubles.  Working  in  gold  and  silver  has,  as  might  be  expected, 
been  a  favourite  occupation.  Services  of  plate,  worth  30,000  or  40,000  dollars, 
have  been  manufactured  at  Mexico,  which,  for  elegance  and  fine  workmanship, 
may  rival  the  best  of  the  kind  in  Europe.  Glass  has  also  made  great  progress. 
The  coaches  of  Mexico  have  h?.g  been  celebrated  both  for  good  construction  and 
beauty,  it  being  the  particular  ambition  of  all  who  possibly  can,  to  have  their  coach. 

The  commerce  of  Mexico  does  not  correspond  with  its  great  fame  for  wealth. 
The  exports  of  the  precious  metals  form  the  principal  article ;  next  to  this  is 
cochineal ;  to  which  may  be  added,  sugar,  flour,  indigo,  provisions,  vanilla,  sarsa- 
parilla,  jalap,  logwood,  and  pimento.  The  exports  at  Vera  Cruz  in  1824,  amounted 
to  12,082,000  dollars,  of  which  7,437,000  were  for  European  and  other  foreign 
ports ;  4,360,000  for  American  ports ;  and  284,000  for  other  Mexican  ports.  The 
imports,  consisting  chiefly  of  manufactured  goods,  wine,  brandy,  and  metals,  were 
from  Europe  1,468,000 ;  America,  3,022,000 ;  other  Mexican  ports,  202,000.  Un- 
der the  Spanish  regime.  Vera  Cruz  and  Acapulco  had  a  monopoly  of  the  trade ; 
but  since  the  revolution,  a  considerable  amount  has  centred  in  other  ports,  of 
which  the  chief  are,  in  the  northern  part  of  the  Gulf,  Tampico,  and  Soto  la  Ma- 
rina ;  Campeachy  and  Tabasco  in  the  south ;  San  Bias  and  Mazatlan  on  the  west- 
ern coast ;  and  Guaymas  in  the  Gulf  of  California.  The  value  of  exports  from 
the  United  States  to  Mexico  in  1834  was  4,000,000  dollars. 

The  mines,  however,  are  the  grand  objects  which  have  connected  the  idea  of 
unbounded  wealth  and  romantic  splendour  with  the  name  of  Mexico.  Gold  and 
silver,  by  a  natural  illusion,  have  always  shone  in  the  eyes  of  mankind  with  a 
lustre  beyond  that  of  any  other  metal.  Peru,  indeed,  offers  gold  in  greater  abun- 
dance ;  but  Mexico,  since  the  first  discovery,  has  produced  more  silver  than  all 
the  rest  of  the  world  united.  The  silver  ore  of  Mexico  is  far  from  rich ;  it  seldom 
yields  more  than  three  or  four  ounces  to  the  quintal  of  earth,  while  that  of  Saxony 


MEXICO. 


',•33 


yields  ten  or  even  tideen  ounces.  It  is  situated  alHo  very  deep  in  the  ground. 
The  quantity,  however,  is  in  many  cases  immense,  obtained  with  conipnrutivcly 
little  difficulty ;  for,  instead  of  being,  ss  usual,  placed  in  the  heart  of  dmary  and 
almo0'.  inaccessible  deserts,  the  minef.  occupy  the  very  best  situations  of  the  (]rrcat 
tabl'j  plain,  are  surrounded  with  brilliant  vegetation,  and  with  all  the  means  of 
comfortable  subsistence.  There  are  300U  mines  in  Mexico;  most  of  thctn,  how- 
ev'jr,  are  now  unproductive,  and  even  ruinous :  but  adventurers  have  been  encour- 
aged to  begin,  and  to  persevere  while  a  particle  of  their  capital  remained,  by  the 
enormous  promts  which  have,  in  a  few  instances,  been  realized. 

The  produce  of  the  mines  continued  increasing  till  the  commencement  of  the 
late  revolution.  From  1750  to  1759,  the  average  appeared  to  be  16,566,000  del- 
lars;  from  1771  to  1803,  it  was  19,688,000;  but  in  the  first  years  of  the  present 
century,  the  duties  levied  implied  an  amount  of  22,000,000 ;  and,  allowing  for 
contraband,  the  total  might  probably  be  25.000,000.  During  the  dreadful  convul- 
sions of  the  late  revolution,  the  amount  was  greatly  reduced,  the  water  having  in 
many  instances  been  allowed  to  rush  in,  the  machinery  destroyed,  and  the  work- 
men dispersed.  The  annual  average  produce  since  the  revolution  is  not  more 
than  12.(J00,000  dollars.  The  silver  coined  in  the  mint  of  Mexico,  which,  in  1810, 
amouniv-d  to  the  value  of  17,950,000  dollars,  had  fallen  in  1825  to  3,651,000. 

The  mint  of  Mexico  is  a  prodigious  establishment,  in  which  all  the  processes 
are  carried  on  with  the  greatest  activity.  It  is  capable  of  stamping  100,000  dol- 
lars within  the  hour.  So  rapid  an  operation  is  seldom  required ;  yet  there  have 
passed  through  it  probably  upwards  of  3,000,000,000  dollars. 

Owing  to  the  unsettled  state  of  the  country,  we  can  give  nothing  certain  as  to 
the  military  force  of  the  republic.  The  army  is  not  large,  and  recent  events  have 
proved  that  it  is  not  very  efficient  The  want  of  harbours  must  ever  prevent 
Mexico  from  being  a  great  maritime  power.  Little  confidence  can  be  placed  in 
any  statements  relative  to  the  finances.  The  annual  revenue  is  stated  to  be  about 
15,000,000  dollars. 

The  territory  of  the  republic,  consisting  of  the  old  viceroyalty  of  New  Spain, 
of  the  captaincy-general  of  Yucatan,  and  of  the  commandancy-general  of  the 
Internal  ProvMces,  was  divided  by  the  constitution  of  1824  into  nineteen  States, 
four  Territories,  and  the  Federal  district:  this  arrangement  was  subverted  by  the 
decree  of  1835,  which  provided  for  a  new  division  of  the  country  into  departments. 

The  population  of  the  Mexican  States  has  been  estimated,  by  diflferent  authors, 
at  from  5  to  10  millions,  but  appears  to  be  generally  reckoned  at  near  8  millions. 


States.  Area,  Sq.  Miles. 

Tabasco 14,676 

Vera  Cruz 27,660 

Oaxaca 33,650 

La  Puebla 18,440 

Mexico < 35,450 

Quereturo 7,500 

Federal  District 

Michoacan 22,466 

Jalisco 70,000 

Guanaxuato 8,000 

Zacatecas 19,950 

Durang.) 54,500 

Chihuahua 107,500 

San  Luis  Potosi 19,000 

Tamaulipas 35,100 

New  Leon 21,000 

Coahuila 33,600 

Sonera  and  Sinoloa 254,700 

Yucatan 79,500 

Chiapa 18,750 

Territory  of  New  Mexico 200,000 

Territory  of  Californias 425,000 

Territory  of  Colima 

Territory  of  Tlascala 


Population. 

75,000 

150,000 

660,000 

900,000 

1,500,000 

100,000 

200,000 

460,000 

870,000 

500,000 

200,000 

150,000 

190,000 

300,000 

150,000 

100,000 

60,000 

300,000 

570,000 

92,000 

60,000 

50,000 

10,000 

10,000 


Capital. 
Tabasco  (V.  Hermosa). 
Xalapa. 
Oaxaca. 
La  Puebla. 
TIalpan. 
Queretaro. 
Mexico. 
Valladolid. 
Guadalaxara. 
Guanaxuato. 
Zacatecas. 
Durango. 
Chihuahua. 
San  Luis  Potosi. 
Aguayo. 
Monterey. 
Monclova. 
Sinaloa. 
Merida. 

Chiapa.  '     ' 

Santa  Fa.   , 

Monterey.  .,1 

Colima. 
Tlascala. 


^    .    «     '  *  v.'- 

t 


f 


<  k 


.f 

i 

-.4 

■■':vry 

'                          !■-■'*• 

.1  t  • 

i                  •■■     t 

•            ■  -1    4 

|V, 

■    ■  ,     'i    '"'  . 

1  ,• 

*                  ,i 

J.  '■  M 
fvi 

'^1 

-'  ■ 

-.  ;■;  i 

'1    ;■ 

>>■ 

■■::   N 

m 


w 


'M 


m.  m 

•     ...'  .'.Vv.jfl 


i.''j^^B 

■  ''. 

^''i^^Hf 

[^■ff  * 

'IH 

H  ^ 

^'^H 

S.  r 

Si" ' 

Wt 

m-  ^ 

,  (I 


m  *: 


i8  ^ 


•i^- 


iiU) 


MEXICO 


Tlie  classefl  of  society  are  sinfifularlv  varied,  and  are  characterized  by  distinc- 
tions more  striking  than  those  observable  in  other  conntries.  They  are  four,  moce 
distinct  and  almost  more  alien  to  each  other  than  if  they  were  separate  people, 
actuated  by  the  strongest  sentiments  of  national  rivalry.  Those  classes  are,  ra- 
tivc  Spaniards,  Spaniards  bom  in  America,  the  mixed  castes,  and  the  Indians. 

The  native  Spaniards,  called  Chapetones,  did  not  exceed  70,000  or  80,000,  and 
the  greater  number  of  these  have  now  been  expelled ;  but,  prior  to  the  late  revo- 
lution, the  court  of  Madrid,  either  ti^rough  jealotiey  of  the  Americans,  or  through 
personal  interest,  bestowed  exclusively  upon  lliem  every  office  in  its  colonieii. 
They  deported  themselves  as  beings  of  a  decideclly  superior  order  to  the  Creole 
Spaniards,  who,  they  openly  asserted,  were  an  efl'^iminate  and  ignorant  race,  inca-  i 
pable  of  any  elevated  and  liberal  occupation.  They  are  now  fallen  from  their; 
high  estate.  They  are  stripped  of  all  their  honours?  and  dignities;  many  of  them 
reduced  to  extreme  poverty,  and  allowed  only  to  exist  under  strict  surveillunre  by 
a  government  to  whom  they  are  objects  of  perpetual  joalousy. 

The  Creolet),  or  Americans,  as  they  prefer  to  call  ihtjmselves,  »;ven  when  they 
were  depressed  beneath  the  preponderance  of  the  Europeans,  formed  a  privileged 
class  in  comparison  with  other  natives.  They  are  ibnd  of  splendour,  and  ileliorb! 
to  ride  on  horaes  richly  caparisoned.  Many  of  them,  d^'scended  firom  the  nrst 
conquerors,  or  enriched  by  speculation  in  the  mines,  enjoy  fortunes  almost  more 
than  princely.  F;frty  or  fitly  thoiisaiid  pounds  a  year  is  not  an  uncommon  income 
even  for  fiimilies  who  do  not  p)^:;ei!s  mines. 

The  entire  number  of  those  'lo^iomii^ated  whiter  in  Mexico,  is  about  1,500,000, 
of  whom  all  except  the  small  number  of  touropeat)?  above  mentioned  are  Creoles. 
Very  few  of  these,  however,  are  frftt  trotr*  a  mixture  of  Indian  blood.  The  charge 
of  ignorance  is  generally  advanced  at^aini-t  this  class;  and,  notwithstanding  some 
decided  exce})tions,  and  a  peculiar  f.ptitude,  which  most  of  them  are  said  to  dis- 
play in  learnmg  the  prinf^iplea  of  science,  cannot  be  wholly  denied.  The  causes, 
however,  which  have  produced  this  mental  degradation,  are  now  at  an  end ;  tmd 
though  beneficial  changes  are  not  to  be  tifiected  by  magic,  there  can  be  no  doubt 
thixl  the  permanent  advantage  of  a  free  governnlent  will  enable  t^e  Mexicans  to 
take  (.he  station  for  which  nature  has  destined  them. 

Th(  Indians,  descendants  of  the  original  possessors  of  Mexico,  still  survive,  to 
the  supposed  amount  of  nearly  4,000,000,  and  are,  consequently,  nearly  three 
times  as  numerous  as  the  white  race.  They  bear  the  general  features  of  those 
aborigines  v/ho  have  been  found  in  all  parts  of  North  and  South  America.  They 
have  the  fiar/:te  swarthy  or  copper  colour,  the  flat  and  smooth  hair,  small  beard, 
squat  body,  lon^  eye,  with  the  corner  ciirving  up  towards  the  temples,  prominent 
cheek-bones,  thick  lips,  and  an  expression  of  gentleness  in  the  mouth,  strongly 
contrasted  with  a  gloomy  and  severe  look.  Their  hair  is  coarse,  but  smooth,  and 
so  glossy  as  to  appear  in  a  constant  state  of  humidity.  They  share  with  the  rest 
of  their  countrymen,  and  with  most  races  of  very  swarthy  complexion,  an  exemp- 
tion from  almost  every  species  of  deformity. 

The  mixed  castes  form  a  very  numerotit  part  of  the  population  of  Mexico,  be- 
ing estimated  at  about  2,500,000.  They  are  either  mulattoes,  descended  from 
mixture  of  the  white  with  the  negro;  zamboes,  from  the  negro  and  Indian;  or 
mestizoes,  from  mixture  of  the  white  with  the  Indian.  The  latter,  in  consequence 
of  the  happily  small  number  of  negroed  introduced  irtto  Mexico,  compose  seven- 
eighths  of  its  mixed  population.  To  be  white,  was  formerly  in  Mexico  a  badge 
of  rank,  and  almost  a  title  of  nobility^  When  a  Mexican  considered  himself 
slighted  by  another,  he  would  ask,  "Am  t  not  as  white  as  yourself!"  From  a  re- 
finement of  vanity,  the  inhabitants  of  the  colonies  enriched  their  language  with 
terms  for  the  finest  shades  which  result  from  the  degeneration  of  the  primitive  co- 
lour. The  union  of  a  mestizo,  or  mulatto,  with  a  white,  produces  what  is  called 
a  quarteron ;  and  the  union  of  a  quarteron  with  a  white  produces  a  quinteron ; 
after  which,  the  next  generatran  is  accounted  white. 

The  Catholic  religion  was  introduced  into  Mexico  at  the  time  of  the  conquest, 
with  a  body  of  clergy,  both  secular  and  regular,  who  do  not  possess  the  exorbitant 
wealth  which  has  t>e«il  ascribed  to  them.    The  archbishop  of  Mexico,  and  the 


MKXICO. 


I'll 


m 


eight  bmhops  under  him,  Imve  not  among  tliom  more  tlian  60(),IMN>  dollars  a  year.  I 
Neither  iu  the  number  of  clergy  greater  than  correnponda  to  the  extent  and  popu-  | 
Intion  of  the  country.  They  do  not  exceed  1U,(MM);  or,  includin;;>  every  person  ! 
connected  with  the  church,  13,04)0  or  14,000.  A  number  of  the  lower  clergy,  i 
especially  in  the  Indian  villagea,  are  excefsively  poor,  their  income  not  exceediiig  i 
KM)  dollars  a  year.  The  intluence  and  revonuc-  of  the  church  also  have  cousidcr- 
ably  diminished  during  the  revolution. 

The  sciences  have  not  yet  shone  very  bright  in  this  part  of  the  western  henii- 
:  phere.  Few  governments,  however,  have  expt^ndcd  more  in  the  promotion  of 
phy.-'ical  science  than  that  of  Spain  in  America.  It  sent  three  botanical  ex|>€di- 
iiu  I  into  Mexico  and  other  parts  of  its  transatlantic  territory,  which  cost  400,(KK) 
'!5;i/i;  J.  Geometry  and  astronomy  have  made  considerable  progress  in  Mexico. 
\  1>  /lanical  garden  and  collections  of  minerals  were  formed  in  Mexico  on  a  great 
Kcale.  The  school  of  mines  produced  great  advantages  to  the  country,  and  the 
pupils  were  initiated  even  in  the  highest  u.uiichcs  of  mathematics.  These  lights, 
according  to  the  most  recent  accounts,  had  suffered  a  temporary  eclipse,  in  consv- 
!jii(  rtce  of  the  long  revolution ;  but  the  new  government  has  endeavoured  to  re- 
vive them. 

The  fine  arts  were  also  promoted  with  great  zeal  by  the  old  government,  which, 
at  an  expense  of  40,000  dollars,  transported  to  Mexico,  across  the  rocky  passes  of 
the  Cordilleras,  a  collection  of  casts  of  the  finest  antique  statues.  The  Academy 
of  the  Fine  Arts  possessed  an  income  of  25,000  dollars  a  year,  chiefly  supplied  by 
government ;  and  the  benefit  of  its  exertions  was  seen  in  the  beauty  of  the  public 
edifices  which  adorned  the  capital. 

The  amusements  are  chiefly  those  of  Old  Spain ;  bull-fights,  and  religious  pro- 
cessions.    The  theatre  is  still  far  inferior  to  that  of  the  mother-country. 

The  state  of  Mexico  comprises  the  Valley  of  Mexico,  a  fine  and  splendid  re- 
gion, variegated  by  extensive  lakes,  and  surrounded  by  some  of  the  lotliest  vol- 
canic peaks  of  the  new  world.  Its  circumference  is  about  200  miles,  and  it  forms 
the  very  centre  of  the  great  table-land  of  Anahuac,  elevated  from  6000  to  8000 
feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  In  the  centre  of  this  valley  stands  the  city  of 
Mexico,  long  considered  the  largest  city  of  America;  but  it  is  now  surpassed  by 
New- York,  Philadelphia,  and  perhaps  even  by  Rio  Janeiro.  Some  estimates 
have  raised  its  population  to  200,000;  but  it  probably  ranges  from  120,000  to 
140,000.  It  is  beyond  dispute  the  most  splendid.  "  Mexico  is  undoubtedly  one 
of  the  finest  cities  built  by  Europeans  in  either  hemisphere :  with  the  exception 
of  St.  Petersburg,  Berlin,  and  Philadelphia,  and  some  quarters  of  Westminster, 
there  does  not  exist  a  city  of  the  same  extent  which  can  be  compared  to  the  capi- 
tal of  New  Spain,  for  the  uniform  level  of  the  ground  on  which  it  stands,  for  the 
regularity  and  breadth  of  the  streets,  and  the  extent  of  the  squares  and  public 
places.  The  architecture  is  generally  of  a  very  pure  style,  and  there  are  even 
edifices  of  a  very  beautiful  structure."  The  palace  of  the  late  viceroys,  the 
cathedra],  built  in  what  is  termed  the  Gothic  style,  several  of  the  convents,  and 
some  private  palaces,  reared  upon  plans  furnished  by  the  pupils  of  the  Academy 
of  the  Fine  Arts,  are  of  great  extent  and  magnificence ;  yet,  upon  the  whole,  it 
is  rather  the  arrangement,  regularity,  and  general  effect  of  the  city,  which  render 
it  so  striking.  Nothing,  in  particular,  can  be  more  enchanting  than  the  view  of 
the  city  and  valley  from  the  surrounding  heights.  The  eye  sweeps  over  a  vast 
extent  of  cultivated  fields,  to  the  very  base  of  the  colossal  mountains  covered 
with  perpetual  snow.  The  city  appears  as  if  washed  by  the  waters  of  the  Lake 
of  Tezcuco,  which,  surrounded  by  villages  and  hamlets,  resembles  the  most  beau- 
tiful of  the  Swiss  lakes,  and  the  rich  cultivation  of  the  vicinity  forms  a  striking 
contrast  with  the  naked  mountains.  Among  these  rise  the  famous  volcano  Po- 
pocatepetl and  the  mountain  of  Iztaccihuatl,  of  which  the  first,  an  enormous  cone, 
burns  occasionally,  throwing  up  smoke  and  ashes,  in  the  midst  of  eternal  snows. 
The  police  of  the  city  is  excellent ;  most  of  the  streets  are  handsomely  paved, 
lighted,  and  cleansed.  The  markets  are  remarkably  well  supplied  with  animal 
and  vegetable  productions,  brought  by  crowds  of  canoes  along  the  Lake  of  Chalco 
and  the  canal  leading  to  it    These  canoes  are  often  guided  by  females,  who  at 


21 


2F 


.,.1        ,.  1 


'  ( 


.  I  ^ 


'f 


'2iJ 


iMEXlCO. 


Bi  -    * 


I 


H*5  i 


r  J 


I 


t!m  Hnmn  time  am  wenvinjf  cotton  in  llioir  simple  pcjittiblo  looms,  or  pluckinf;  fowls, 
uiid  Ihrowiti^  tlio  ffutlinrH  mto  llie  wiitor.  Mo^^t  of  tli«!  Howcra  ami  rwitH  have 
been  riimotl  m  chinampas,  or  tloulinff  pnrdonH.  Thoy  coiiHiHt  of  ralln  formwl  of 
rreilri,  root!<,  nmi  hiidhur*,  and  covered  with  black  Haliiiu  monld,  which,  bcin:^'  irri- 
((ated  by  the  water  of  the  lake,  bflconies  excocdinjjiy  fertile.  It  is  a  great  disad- 
vantage  to  Mexico,  however,  that  it  Htands  nearly  on  a  level  with  the  surrontidniir 
lake ;  which,  in  seasoim  of  heavy  rains,  overwhelms  it  with  destructive  inundations. 
'I'he  ctnistruction  of  a  ilrgutfm;  or  canal,  to  carry  off  the  waters  of  the  Lake  of 
Zurnpan^ro,  and  of  tiie  principal  river  by  which  it  is  fed,  has,  since  l(i29,  pre- 
vented any  very  dcsoiatin;^  HcknI.  The  dcsague,  though  not  conducted  with  skill 
and  judgment,  cost  r),(HMMHM>  ilollars,  and  is  one  of  the  most  stupendous  hydraulic 
works  ever  executed.  Were  it  filled  with  water,  the  largest  vessels  of  war  nn£;ht 
pa£8  by  it  through  the  range  of  mountains  which  bound  the  plain  of  Mexico.  The 
alarms,  however,  have  been  frequent,  and  cannot  well  cease,  while  the  level  of 
that  lak<!  is  twenty  feet  above  that  of  the  great  square  of  Mexico. 

Acapulco,  on  the  west  coa.st,  has  been  celebrated  in  an  extraordinary  degree  os 
almost  the  centre  of  the  wealth  of  America;  the  port  whence  the  rich  Spanish 
galleons  took  their  departure  to  spread  the  wealth  of  the  western  over  the  east- 
ern hemisphere.  It  is  one  of  the  most  magnilicent  harbours  in  the  world,  seeming 
as  if  it  were  excavated  by  art  out  of  a  vast  circuit  of  granite  rocks,  which  shut 
out  all  view  of  the  sea.  Yet  while  Vera  Cruz,  wi'  i  its  wretched  anchorage  amid 
sand-banks,  annually  received  from  400  to  500  vessels,  that  of  Acapulco  scarcely 
received  ten,  even  in  the  time  of  the  Manilla  galleon,  the  discontinuance  of  which 
reduced  it  to  a  state  of  insignificance.  It  is  said,  however,  of  late  to  have  consi- 
derably revived,  and  its  customs,  afler  falling  so  low  ns  10,000  dollars,  had  risen, 
in  1826,  to  4(K),(K)0. 

The  state  of  Puebla  stretches  nearly  across  the  continent,  and  over  the  high 
table-land.  It  has  few  mines,  but  contains  an  extensive  table  plain,  6000  feet 
high,  eminently  fertile  in  wheat,  maize,  and  fruit.  Popocatepetl,  the  lofliest 
mountain  in  Mexico,  exceeds  by  2000  feet  the  highest  in  Europe.  The  volcano 
has  for  several  centuries  thrown  up  only  smoke  and  ashes. 

La  Puebla,  or  Puebla  de  los  Angeles,  is  a  handsome  and  large  city.  It  is  en- 
tirely Spanish,  having  been  founded  since  the  conquest.  The  streets  are  straight, 
broad,  and  cross  each  other  at  right  angles,  dividing  the  whole  into  spacious 
squares.  They  are  well  paved,  and  have  broad  foot-paths.  The  liouses  are  large 
and  lofly,  the  walls  oflen  covered  with  paintings,  while  the  roof  is  ornamented 
with  glazed  tiles.  The  cathedral  is  a  vast  pile,  with  little  external  ornament: 
but  the  interior  is  rich  beyond  description.  The  high  altar  is  composed  of  the 
most  beautiful  marble  and  precious  stones:  its  numerous  and  lofly  columns,  with 
plinths  and  capitals  of  burnished  gold,  its  statues  and  other  ornaments,  have  an 
unequalled  effect.  In  manufactures  it  takes  the  lead  of  other  Mexican  cities : 
those  of  woollen  have  declined,  but  those  of  earthenware  and  glass  are  still  flour- 
ishing.    The  population  is  estimated  at  from  68,000  to  90,000. 

Cholula,  the  ancient  capital  of  a  great  independent  republic,  has  declined  into 
a  town,  containing  6000  souls.  The  pyramid  of  Cholula  is  the  work  of  art  which, 
next  to  the  pyramids  of  Egypt,  approaches  nearest  in  magnitude  and  vastness  to 
those  of  nature.  It  is  not  nearly  so  high  as  the  Great  Pyramid,  bei  t  only  172 
feet ;  but  the  length  is  nearly  double ;  1335  feet,  instead  of  728. 

Vera  Cruz  occupies  a  great  length  of  sea-coast  on  the  Gulf,  but  it  is  compara- 
tively narrow.  It  extends  inland  from  the  level  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  to  that 
of  the  great  central  table -land.  In  a  day's  journey  the  inhabitants  may  ascend 
from  regions  of  the  most  suffocating  heat  to  those  of  eternal  snow.  This  state  is 
capable  of  yielding  in  abundance  the  most  precious  productions;  and  within  a 
recent  period,  sugar,  tobacco,  and  cotton,  all  of  excellent  quality,  have  been  raised 
to  a  much  greater  extent:  but  the  horror  with  which  the  climate  is  viewed  both 
by  Europeans  and  Indians  is  such,  that  the  greater  part  of  it  remains  a  complete 
desert,  where  oflen,  for  many  leagues,  there  are  only  to  be  seen  two  or  three  Wts, 
with  herds  of  cattle,  half  wild,  straying  round  them. 

Vera  Cruz,  in  which  centres  almost  all  the  trade  of  Mexico,  is  well  and  hand- 


MEXICO. 


•,>i:« 


■omely  built  of  the  Nubinarine  material  called  madrepore,  which  in  klm  made  mto 
lime;  and  its  red  and  white  ciipolait,  towent,  and  battlementit,  have  a  B|>lendid 
effect  when  seen  from  the  water.  The  streetj)  nlw)  are  kept  extri'mely  neat  niid 
clean ;  yet  it  ia  connidered  the  moHt  dinf^reeablc  of  all  pinces  of  remdence.  'I'hix 
ariues  not  merely  from  the  peatilcnce  which  tnintn  the  nir;  t!ie  stirroiiiidini;  conn- 
try  is  covered  with  sand  blown  into  hillocks,  which,  reflecting?  the  rnys  of  the  .siiti, 
render  the  heat  more  oppressive.  There  is  not  a  f^arden  or  a  mill  now  within 
many  miles  of  it;  and  the  only  water  which  can  be  drunk  is  that  which  falln  from 
the  clouds.  The  markets  are  bail  for  every  article  except  tish,  of  which  iimiiy 
beautiful  species  are  here  caught.  The  place  appears  to  have  senwibly  declined 
since  the  dissolution  of  the  ties  which  connected  Mexico  with  the  mother-country. 
The  population  of  Vera  Cruz  is  about  7(MX).  The  castle  of  San  Juan  de  Ulloa. 
the  last  hold  of  Spain  in  the  New  World,  and  which  commands  the  entrance  of 
the  port,  is  of  immense  strength. 

The  fine  calzada  or  paved  road,  from  Vera  Cruz  into  the  interior,  runs  up  to  the 
handsome  town  of  Xaiapa  or  Jalapa,  ihe  capital  of  the  state.  The  Puente  del 
Rey  or  Royal  Bridge,  between  the  two  cities,  is  a  stupendous  work  of  solid  ma- 
sonry thrown  over  a  wild  and  steep  ravine.  Xaiapa  is  commodiously  situated  in 
a  delightful  district,  about  4(KN)  feet  above  the  sea.  It  has  r2,(HM)  inhabitants, 
and  was  formerly  the  residence  of  the  rich  Spanish  merchants  of  Vera  Cruz  dur- 
ing the  sickly  season.  The  neighbourhood  is  finely  wooded,  and  is  particularly 
remarkable  for  the  medical  article  jalap,  which  takes  its  name  from  the  city. 

On  the  coast,  to  the  south,  are  the  porta  of  Alvarado  and  Huasacualco,  the  for- 
mer of  which  became  the  principal  entrepd^  on  the  Gulf,  during  the  occupation 
of  San  Juan  de  UUoa  by  the  Spanish  forces ;  and  the  latter  derives  some  interest 
from  its  situation  at  the  termination  of  the  proposed  canal,  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico 
to  that  of  Tehuantepec. 

The  state  of  Queretaro,  detached  from  the  intendency  of  Mexico,  lies  to  the 
west  of  Vera  Cruz.  It  is  wholly  on  the  central  table-land,  and  contains  some  rich 
mines  of  silver,  but  the  inhabitants  are  chiefly  employed  in  agriculture.  Quere- 
taro, the  capital,  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful  and  delightfully  situated,  as  well  as 
one  of  the  most  industrious  and  wealthy  cities  of  Mexico.  The  streets  all  cross 
each  other  at  right  angles,  and  terminate  in  its  three  principal  squares.  Its  aque- 
duct, about  ten  miles  in  length,  with  its  bold  and  lofty  arches,  and  its  splendid 
churches  and  convents,  give  the  city  an  air  of  magnificence.  The  convent  of 
Santa  Clara  is  more  than  two  miles  in  circuit.  Population  40,000.  San  Juan 
del  Rio  is  remarkable  for  its  great  fair,  and  for  its  famous  sanctuary,  a  magnificent 
temple,  visited  by  great  numbers  of  pilgrims. 

Michoacan,  or  Valladolid,  is  an  extensive  state,  situated  to  the  north  and  west 
of  that  of  Mexico,  on  the  summit  and  western  declivity  of  the  table-land,  in  the 
unhealthy  tract  along  the  coast,  enjoys  a  fine  and  temperate  climate,  is  intersected 
with  hills  and  charming  valleys,  and  presents  the  appearance,  unusual  in  the  tor- 
rid zone,  of  extensive  and  well-watered  meadows.  This  territory  has  been  marked 
by  some  phenomena  of  the  most  striking  nature.  On  the  29th  of  September, 
1759,  from  the  centre  of  a  thousand  small  burning  cones,  was  thrown  up  the  vol- 
cano of  Jorullo,  a  mountain  of  scorise  and  ashes,  1700  feet  high.  In  an  extensive 
plain,  covered  with  the  most  beautiful  vegetation,  deep  subterraneous  noises, 
accompanied  by  frequent  earthquakes,  continued  for  the  space  of  fifty  or  sixty 
i  days.  On  the  night  of  the  28th  of  September,  the  sounds  recommenced  with 
such  fury,  that  all  the  inhabitants  fled  from  the  district.  A  large  tract  of  ground 
was  seen  to  rise  up  and  swell  like  an  inflated  bladder,  and  spectators  reported 
that,  throughout  this  space,  flames  were  seen  to  issue  forth,  and  fiagments  of  burn- 
ing rocks  weti.  thrown  up  to  prodigious  heights;  and  that,  through  a  thick  cloud 
of  ashes  illumined  by  the  volcanic  fire,  the  softened  surface  of  the  earth  appeared 
to  heave  like  an  agitated  sea.  The  plain  is  still  covered  with  numerous  small 
cones,  sending  forth  fi"om  their  crevices  a  vapour,  the  heat  of  which  often  rises  to 
95°.  From  among  these  rise  six  large  hills,  of  which  the  highest  is  Jorullo,  still 
burning,  and  throwing  up  immense  quantities  of  scorifir^  and  basaltic  lava.  The 
only  large  town  in  the  state  is  Valladolid,  with  25,000  inhabitants,  delightfully 


X-J 


.1 ' 


'     >h 


\.    '' 


.1:  „ 


.V'l!-. 


t 

'l   1 

;  h 

- 

■-■**, 

.  f  . 

i 

f    : 

^ 

H' 


iu-;f 


l.l>il 


'1" .  W 


m 


;        ■  :f7 


n  '■■<■' I 


m 

s 


u 


I 


*4* 


1  -^ 


St  I 


MKXICM). 


-  iniiit»;(l,  lilMMJ  r«(>t  nlKJvo  tho  neH,  where  snow  MHiintimeH  t'alld.  Thcro  aro  cnvornl 
iiiiiii'N,  but  none  of  tirHt-rnto  tiitirrniludo.  It  haH  wide,  clfun  BtrcalM,  n  iiin^niHncnt 
'  iMtliPitral,  anil  a  han«lM>ni<*  |>ln/,a. 

CJuuiiaxiialo  is  one  of  tho  Hiniilh'Ht  but  most  |NipulouH  of  all  tho  stateit.  It  owes 
Its  furnu  to  the  (rrcat  irtino  of  Vulonciana,  dlHcuveretl  lato  in  tho  iast  century, 
round  which  rose  one  of  Ihn  mont  splendid  cities  in  the  New  World.  Betwcii'n 
I7(i(i  and  1408,  tliin  mine  yi«idcd  hiIvoi-  to  the  omount  of  10r>,U0<MM)0  dollarH. 
Since  that  time  it  ImH  sulll;red  a  Hoverc  deterioration  from  the  eflectH  of  tho  revo- 
lutionary contoHt,  and  han  declined  also  in  conscfjuence  of  the  greater  depth  of 
the  workings,  and  the  increased  ditficulty  of  clearing  oti'  the  water. 

This  state  also  contains  the  celebrated  Baxio,  o  rich  plain,  highly  cultivated, 
and  producing  in  perfection  all  iIjc  fruits  of  Kurope  and  many  of  those  of  tropical 
countries.  The  Raxio  became  the  theatre  of  many  of  tliotie  horrible  events  that 
deluged  Mexico  in  blood  during  the  revolutionary  struggle.  The  capital,  situated 
in  the  midst  of  the  rich  mining  district,  is  built  on  very  uneven  ground,  and  the 
streets  aro  often  very  steep;  but  the  btaldingsare  in  gcneml  handsome,  and  some 
of  the  churches  arc  very  line;  tho  alliondiga,  or  public  granary,  an  immense 
quadrangular  edifice,  is  a  remarkable  object.  The  population  of  the  cily  and 
neighbourhood  has  been  reduced  froni  iM),Ui)(>  to  about  two-thirds  of  t  hat  number. 

Jalisco,  or  Guadalaxara,  is  an  extensive  stute,  which  haa  the  iin.iortant  advan- 
tage of  being  traversed  throughout  its  extent  by  the  river  of  Santiago,  tho  largest 
in  the  southern  part  of  Mexico.  It  ap^iears  that  within  the  last  thirty  years  very 
important  advantage  has  been  taken  oif  this  circumstance;  that  industry  hai^  made 
rapid  progress,  and  an  active  commercial  spirit  prevails.  The  capital,  Guada- 
laxara, which,  in  1798,  was  estimated  to  contain  19,500  inhabitants,  has  at  pre- 
sent 60,000.  It  is  regularly  laid  out,  with  wide,  straight  streets,  and  contains 
many  handsome  churches  and  convents.  The  mountain  of  Colima  in  this  Terri- 
tory, 9000  feet  high,  throws  out  smoke  and  ashes,  and  forms  the  western  extre- 
mity of  the  volcanic  chain  which  traverses  Mexico  from  east  to  west. 

The  silver  mines  of  Bolaiios  in  this  state  rank  among  the  richest  in  Mexica 
San  Bias,  at  the  mouth  of  the  river,  is  a  mere  roadstead ;  the  holding  ground  is 
bad,  and  the  road  is  much  exposed  to  westerly  winds.  It  is  perched  on  the  top 
of  a  cliff,  near  the  mouth  of  the  river,  and  during  a  certain  season  of  the  year,  it 
is  extremely  unhealthy,  though  not  in  so  deadly  a  degree  as  Vera  Cruz ;  and  at 
that  time  the  rain  falls  in  such  torrents  that  no  roof  can  exclude  it,  and  H  is  im- 
pt)S8ible  without  danger  to  go  out  into  the  streets.  At  the  commencement  of  this 
season,  therefore,  a  general  migration  takes  place ;  and  the  population  is  reduced 
in  a  few  days  from  3000  to  150,  at  which  it  remains  stationary  until  the  return  of 
the  dry  season. 

Tepic,  eighteen  leagues  from  Sau  Bias,  is  a  beautiful  town,  in  the  midst  of  a 
cultivated  plain,  and  its  streets,  regularly  laid  out,  are  enlivened  by  rows  of  trees, 
gardens,  and  terraces.  Thithet'  the  people  of  San  Bias  remove  during  the  sickly 
season,  at  which  time  the  population  of  Tepic  amounts  to  8000  or  10,000. 

Zacatecas,  north  and  east  of  Guadalaxara,  in  the  inland  centre  of  Mexico,  is  an 
arid  rocky  plain,  strongly  impregnated  with  carbonate  of  soda,  and  suffering  under 
the  inclemency  of  the  climate.  It  derives  its  wealth  and  distinction  solely  from 
mines,  of  which  the  most  important  in  Mexico,  next  to  that  of  Guanaxuato,  are 
hero  situated.  The  mine  of  Pavellon,  in  Sombrerete,  has  already  been  mentioned 
as  having  yielded  in  a  given  time  a  greater  produce  than  any  other  mine  known 
to  exist.  Zacatecas,  the  capital,  is  reckoned  by  Humboldt  to  contain  33,000  inha- 
bitants. The  mint,  which  is  the  second  in  point  of  importance  in  Mexico,  em- 
ploys 300  persons,  and  60,000  dollars  have  been  coined  here  in  twenty-four  hours. 
Tho  total  coinage  in  five  years,  from  1821  to  1826,  was  upwards  of  17,600,000 
dollars.  Aguas  Calientes,  which  derives  its  name  from  its  warm  springs,  is  a 
pretty  town,  in  a  fertile  district,  and  with  a  delightful  climate.  The  inhabitants, 
about  20,000  in  number,  carry  on  some  manufactures.  Fresnillo,  Sombrerete,  and 
Pinos,  are  mining  towns  with  from  12,000  to  16,000  inhabitants. 

Oaxaca  is  a  fine  state,  situated  near  the  borders  of  Guatemala.  The  beauty 
and  salubrity  of  the  climate,  the  fertility  of  the  soil,  and  the  richness  and  variety 


.•I  a 


.MKXICO. 


'^1.1 


nf  itri  prtKlurtiorirt,  r<'rwl«'r  it  on«!  of  the  immt  ilclitr'  '''nl  ciiuntricM  in  the  worhl. 
TIkw  Hilvantii^'t'M  wt-r*-  npim-cintcii  ut  an  «.'iirly  |it'i  ..  when  it  Ixx-nrni'  tho  (wnt 
,  Di*  uii  itilv'UK'cil  civili/.  itKui.  niixacii  liiiM  no  iiiiii)-!*  ot  ,iiiy  iiiiitoitiitii'v,  nii<l  lian, 
!  theri'i(>ri,',  nltrarf«(l  I»'sh  nt(*>ntii)ii  timii  tlif  iivir*'  iinrtherii  |xirt«  dI"  tlu'  tuble-lniul, 
tlioiiijfli  in  every  ollif-r  ro!«pt'Ct  icifi-rKir  to  it.  Ottxiicn,  tli«  cnpiliil,  ciillfd  Ant««- 
•jui'M  ut  the  time  of  thf  conquest,  ik  a  tlourmhintf  plnc(,' ;  in  171>'J,  it  hiiii  24,(MN) 
iiihiil»itanl!i,  untl  ulthonjrh  it  MiilfiTCii  scvcrrly  (hirinur  tl'«'  rnvohition,  itH  prcM-nt 
j»i)j)iilulioii  [a  nbout  -lOjCKHJ.  Tt-himntcpcc,  il.s  only  port,  in  not  a  po«)»l  one;  but  it 
irt  (if  conMi<lcrnb]t'  valm;  an  a.  channel  by  which  the  indipo  of  (Jiintcmula  \a  con- 
veytsd  to  Kuropo. 

The  iiltlo  Mtulc  of  'I'abanco,  to  the  north  of  Chiapa,  in  chiefly  covi-red  with  vttHt 
f  tresis,  wiiicli  contain  viiluiible  dyc-wiHKls;  the  cultivated  lands  yield  cacao,  to- 
bacco, pi'ppur,  coffee,  and  imii^o;  but  durini;  the  rainy  aeawm  a  lar(jc  [mrtion  of 
the  Klatc  18  undei  wattr,  and  the  only  metliixl  of  communication  \h  by  canocB.  It 
coritainn  no  larije  towns.  Tlie  capital  is  the  little  town  of  llcrrnosa.  Tabasco,  at 
the  mouth  of  liie  river  Tabasco,  is  remarkable  08  the  spot  upon  which  Cortcz 
landed  in  hiti  niemorabW>  expedition  to  Mexico. 

The  state  of  Yucatan,  coniprisinjj  the  pf^ninsula  of  that  name,  forms  the  east- 
ern evtremity  of  xMcxico.  It  is  a  vast  plain,  only  intersected  by  a  chair.  .,r  moun- 
tains, which  do  not  rise  above  4I)(N)  feet.  It  is  thus  excessively  hot;  yet,  from  its 
extreme  dryness,  it  is  by  no  means  so  unhealthy  as  most  of  the  low  lands  under 
this  burtiinif  zone.  The  heat  is  too  great  for  the  ripening  of  European  grain,  and 
the  only  articles  which  it  yields  for  subsistence  are  maize  and  roots.  This  was 
the  first  part  of  Mexico  in  which  the  Spaniards  landed,  and,  though  it  be  less  im- 
proved than  the  interior,  they  found,  to  their  surprise,  indications  that  civilization 
was  in  a  more  advanced  state  here  than  in  the  islands;  stone  houses,  pyramidal 
temples,  enclosed  tields,  and  a  clothed  and  civilized  people.  Having  no  mines, 
however,  it  owes  its  commercial  importance  solely  to  its  valuable  products,  log- 
wood and  mahogany.  Merido,  the  capital,  is  a  small  town.  Campeachy,  also  a 
small  town,  is,  however,  a  fortified  place,  and  is  important  on  account  of  its  har- 
bour, from  which  is  shipped  the  logwood  cut  in  the  vicinity.  On  the  other  side  of 
tiie  peninsula  the  British  possess  the  settlement  of  Honduras.  The  population 
consists  of  about  4000  persons,  of  whom  about  800  are  whites,  and  the  rest  In- 
dians, negroes,  and  mixed  breeds.  Balize,  the  capital  of  the  settlement,  is  a  well- 
built  town,  on  both  sides  of  the  river  of  the  same  name.  The  colony  was  founded 
Ibr  the  purpose  of  cutting  logwood  and  mahogany,  and  its  exports  in  1830  were 
of  the  value  of  1,500,000  dollars. 

Chiapa  formed  the  most  northerly  district  of  Guatemala;  but  the  greater  part 
of  it,  on  a  late  occasion,  separated  itself  from  Guatemala,  and  united  with  Mexico, 
The  soil  is  fertile,  and  capable  of  yielding,  in  profusion,  tropical  fruits  and  grain. 
Though  low,  yet  it  is  free  from  damp,  and  not  unhealthy. 

Chiapa  of  the  Spaniards,  called  alsoCiudad  Real,  though  ranking  as  the  capital, 
is  now  only  a  small  place  of  4000  inhabitants.  Chiapa  of  the  Indians  is  larger, 
and  carries  on  a  considerable  trade.  There  are  several  other  large  villages, 
chiefly  Indian.  Near  Palenque,  the  most  northern  of  these,  Don  Antonio  d "i  Rio 
traced,  in  1787,  the  remains  of  the  great  ancient  city  of  Culhuacan.  Fourt(  'r-ii 
large  buildings,  called  by  the  natives  the  Stone  Houses,  remain  nearly  entire;  'unl 
for  three  or  tour  leagues  either  way,  the  fragments  of  the  other  fallen  buildi.igs 
are  seen  extending  along  the  mountain.  They  are  of  a  rude  and  massive  cort- 
struction,  well  calculated  for  durability ;  and  the  principal  apartments  are  adorned 
with  numerous  flgures  in  relief,  representing  human  beings  of  strange  form,  and 
variously  habited  and  adorned. 

The  state  of  Tamaulipas  occupies  the  whole  coast  from  the  river  Panuco,  or 
Tampico,  to  the  Nueces.  It  is  difficult  of  access,  as  it  contains  few  harbours,  and 
a  continual  surf  breaks  along  the  whole  shore,  which,  during  the  prevalence  of 
the  Northers  from  November  to  March,  is  tremendously  increased.  The  Del 
Norte  traverses  the  northern  part  of  the  state,  and  the  Panuco,  or  Tampico,  the 
southern.  The  latter  abounds  in  shrimps,  which  are  boiled  in  salt  and  water, 
dried  and  packed  in  small  bales,  and  sent  to  all  parts  of  the  country.    Tampico  de 


21* 


ll' 


V    ■"    '.• 


■;J  ii 


.V'' 


i'^ 


i  ,h«*1 


t 

if.;, 

'     •  ':. 

\   '"l- 

'  '■ 

-■:  :'l 

il- 


/  ■' 


*; '  i-W"-\ 


)  .   . 


■  ,1 


i  :•-•'!,,  !    ''.■ 


m 


.-■tL-U.HH,-Ji.ul'I^J'--U4- 


i! 


'i-^m 


I'  > 


■visa 


'JUi 


MKXICO. 


Ihk  TntnniilipBd,  or  Npw  Tnmpiro,  near  tin-  rmmth  of  thn  rivf-r,  wn«  fonrnlnl  in 
iH'JI,  iiiiil  liuM  riipidly  iiicrt'iiMMl  on  account  of  lUi  commcrcml  ailvantaifo*,  wliicli 
ImvH  nltracU'd  lliitlitT  inhnhitanlM  ot'  Alliiiniru,  onci!  a  ulacv  of  muiiio  inipiirtiinr<>. 
'l'aui|Mco  huM  now  about  r)(NNI  inhabitnntH,  but  it  siinorH  uniior  a  want  of  ^mnnI 
wati'r.  The  river  m  aaviirable  for  Nnmll  vahmvIr,  N)  inilcit  to  I'aniico,  a  pliire  r>>lf>- 
bnitcil  in  the  liintnry  of  the  con(|iieHt,  ami  utill  rviniirkuble  for  the  rernaiiiH  of  ImiiM- 
iii^H,  weaponx,  anil  utenNilH  tbiind  in  ita  vicinity.  Further  north,  on  the  Hantander, 
iH  the  port  of  Htjto  la  Marina,  with  some  trade,  and  on  tho  Del  Norto  is  MataniornM. 

AHCi>ndin((  tho  tablt'-iaiKi  to  the  west  of  Tainaulipan,  wo  enter  tho  iitate  of  Snn 
liiiiM  I'otOHi,  whicli  contains  hoiiio  of  tho  richoHt  uilver  mines  of  Mexico.  The  in- 
linhitantri  are  described  an  industrious,  and  they  supply  the  states  of  Leon  nnd 
Ooiihuila  with  cloth,  hats,  wcarin^f  apparel,  Slc.  The  capital,  of  the  samo  name, 
is  a  neat  and  wclUbuilt  town,  containing;  a  mint,  and  many  handsome  churches 
an<l  convents,  and  it  carries  on  an  iictivu  trade  with  the  interior,  Includinff  tho 
suburbs,  it  is  said  to  have  a  population  of  r)(),()00.  Catorce,  whose  mines  are  sur- 
piiascd  in  riches  only  by  those  of  (iluanaxuato,  is  built  in  a  wild  and  ru^^fcd  rc^'ion, 
lit  the  foot  of  a  droury  mountain,  surrounded  by  huge  bare  rocks,  and  intersected 
by  deep  narrow  ravines, 

Tho  state  of  New  Leon,  lying  to  the  east  of  the  Sierra  Madre,  is  yet  suffieiently 
elevated  above  the  sea  to  enjoy  a  delightful  climate.  Monterey,  the  capital,  is  a 
well-built  town,  with  about  12,(NN)  inhabitants,  many  of  whom  are  wealthy  Span- 
iards. Linares  is  also  a  neat  town,  in  a  highly  cultivated  district,  and  has  a  po- 
pulation of  6000, 

West  and  north  of  New  Leon  is  the  state  of  Coahuila,  comprising  a  compara- 
tively narrow  tract  south  of  the  Nueces,  and  between  Tamaulipas  and  Chihuahua. 
Its  extreme  southern  part  lies  on  the  central  tablc-lund,  and  the  dreary  mountains 
and  barren  plains  in  the  vicinity  of  Saltillo  present  a  striking  contrast  to  the  fer- 
tile land  and  luxuriant  herbage  of  the  Tierra  Caliente  of  New  I^eon.  Leona  Vi- 
cario,  formerly  Saltillo,  the  capital,  is  a  neat  town,  with  12,000  inhabitants. 

Tho  whole  of  the  north-eastern  part  of  New  Spain  was  occupied  by  the  ex- 
tensive intendency  of  San  Luis  Potosi,  which  comprised  the  provinces  of  San 
Luis,  New  Santander,  New  Leon,  Coahuila,  and  Texas;  the  four  last-named  form- 
ing what  were  termed  the  Internal  Provinces  of  the  East.  Only  a  email  portion 
of  this  vast  tract  lying  on  its  western  border,  is  mountainous,  the  greater  part  be- 
ing low  and  level,  and  containing  extensive  prairies.  The  coast  is  deficient  in 
harbours,  and  is  lined  with  long,  low,  narrow  islands  of  sand,  forming  a  succession 
of  shallow  lagoons.  The  mouths  of  the  rivers  are  also  blocked  up  by  sand-bars. 
This  intendency  is  now  divided  into  four  states. 

Proceeding  again  into  the  interior,  we  find  the  central  table-land  occupied  by 
the  states  of  Durango  and  Chihuahua,  formerly  composing  the  intendency  of  New 
Biscay,  or  Durango.  "To  the  inhabitants  of  the  southern  and  central  provinces," 
says  Ward,  "everything  north  of  Zncatecas  is  terra  incognita,  and  the  traveller 
is  surprised,  after  passing  it,  to  find  an  improvement  in  the  muiiuers  and  charac- 
ter of  the  inhabitants.  Durango,  where  the  change  first  becomes  visible,  may  be 
considered  as  the  key  of  the  whole  north,  which  is  peopled  by  the  descendants  of 
a  race  of  settlers  from  the  most  industrious  provinces  of  Spain  (Biscay,  Navarre, 
and  Catalonia),  who  have  preserved  their  blood  uncontaminated  by  any  cro.'^s  with 
the  aborigines,  and  who  retain  most  of  the  habits  and  feelings  of  their  forefathers. 
They  have  much  loyalty  and  generous  frankness,  great  natural  politeness,  and 
considerable  activity  both  of  body  and  mind.  The  women,  instead  of  passing  their 
days  in  languor  and  idleness,  are  actively  employed  in  affairs  of  the  household, 
and  neatness  and  comfort  are  nowhere  so  great  and  general  as  in  the  north.  These 
characteristics  extend,  with  some  local  modifications,  to  the  inhabitants  of  the 
whole  country  formerly  denominated  the  Internal  Provinces  of  the  West,  and 
which  now  compose  the  states  of  Durango,  Chihuahua,  and  Sonora  and  Sinaloa, 
with  the  Territories  of  New  Mexico  and  the  Californias.  In  all  these  the  white 
population  predominates,  and  the  Indians  continue  unmixed,  residing  in  towns  and 
villages  of  their  own,  as  the  Yamayas  or  Mayas,  or  hovering,  like  the  Apaches, 
round  the  civilized  settlements,  and  subsisting  by  the  chase."     The  latter  are  the 


1 


mfmimvm 


MKXKO 


'ii: 


Jtl 


m(jMt  numcroua  of  Uiu  aboritfiiwl  triboi  in  thiit  ((iiartor.     Tluir  territory  la  (lcnt>> 
iiiinritiMl  .\|Mcli(<riii. 

Diirttiiifo  coiitaiiifl  Mitne  rich  mintw  of  ititv)>r,  vsliicli.  with  thn  iii;riciiltural  pro- 
tliici',  cHinpriHin^;  cattle,  inuleH  and  t)hi>t'p,  cotton,  cnfl)'!',  Hii(fnr  nn<l  in<li);o,  lorni 
tlio  wiMilth  of  tlin  inlmbitantD.  Tlio  copital,  of  thu  Huniu  natiu>,  ih  a  wrli-huilt 
town,  witli  a  mint,  in  which  the  nilvi^r  of  Iho  vicinity  m  coincil.  It  ctmtninH 
'J'),(MNI  inhnbitantM.  i'arral,  faniouM  for  itn  rich  Hilv<<r  niinvt),  hml  onco  a  |M>piilittion 
of  r>0,(l(M);  hat  the  minoH  aro  now  filli'il  with  wnti>r,  and  thtt  |«opiilntiun  iH  r)>(liici><i 
to  7(NH).  In  th«!  nuiKl>bourhoo(i  in  a  c*!h<hrntni  lump  of  mallenhlu  iron  and  nickel. 
The  miticti  of  (iiiariHamcy  and  natopilnH  art;  nlito  notod  for  thoir  ricluutHM. 

The  central  tablu-lund  may  bo  conNidori'd  oh  noarly  icrminalint;  in  (.'hihimhim, 
which  conHiHtH  in  part  of  dry,  unwoodcd  pluinH:  the  soil  in  hvro  iniprcpiutod  with 
carUmat'!  of  wxla  and  8altpi>trc.  Tho  capital,  of  thn  name  name,  ih  well  built,  and 
containii  Homo  rcstly  churchcu,  monaHterieM,  and  other  public  (<<lifice8;  but  the  |m> 
piilation  hoH  boon  reduced  from  THMMM)  to  one-third  of  that  numlMir.  The  rich 
minot)  nf  Santa  Julaliu,  in  lin  vicinity,  once  yielded  r),(KN),(NK)  dollarn  a  year.  In 
the  western  part  of  Chihuahua,  aro  the  Citsaii  GrandeH,  ur  ruiim  of  lar^e  Hqunro 
buildinifB,  whoae  aides  arc  accurately  ranged  north  and  south:  a  apaco  of  several 
lea^nicM  Ih  covered  with  these  remoins,  consisting  of  aciucducts  and  various  other 
structures. 

The  Honora  and  Sinaloa  ia  a  vast  tract  lying  between  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and 
the  Colorado  on  the  west,  and  the  Rocky  Alountaino  on  the  east.  The  southern 
part  only  contains  some  white  inb^Mtantii,  the  centre  and  north  being  occupied  l)y 
various  Indian  tribes,  amonj^  whcm  arc  the  Apaches,  Scris,  Yaquis,  >lo(|uis,  Mayas, 
&c.  Many  of  them  are  civilized  and  industrious.  The  southern  part  of  the  state 
belongs  to  the  Tierra  Caliente,  and  consists  of  a  vast  sandy  plain,  destitute  of 
vegetation,  except  in  the  rainy  Hcason  and  in  some  well-watered  spots.  Further 
north  the  climate  is  mild  and  agreeable,  and  thu  land  is  productive  and  comprises 
some  beautiful  valleys.  The  state  contains  rich  silver  mines ;  gold  is  obtained 
from  washings,  and  auriferous  copper  ore  abounds.  There  arc  also  pearl  tishnries. 
Wheat,  hides,  furs,  gold,  silver,  and  copper,  are  exported.  Guaymas  is  said  to  be 
the  best  harbour  of  Mexico,  but  the  town  is  unhealthy,  and  the  water  brackish. 
Pitic,  or  Petic,  in  the  interior,  ia  the  residence  of  the  wealthy  merchants,  and  is  a 
place  of  considerable  trade,  being  the  dep6t  of  articles  imported  into  Guaymas  for 
Upper  Sonora  and  New  Mexico.  The  town  is  irregularly  built,  but  it  contains 
many  good  houses,  and  about  &()00  inhabitants.  Alamos  is  a  place  of  about  6000 
inhabitants,  having  in  its  vicinity  some  of  the  richest  silver  mines  in  Mexico. 
Villa  del  Fuerte  is  the  capital  of  the  state.  Mnzatlan  has  a  good  harbour,  though 
exposed  to  the  south-west  winds. 

The  territory  of  New  Mexico  is  only  an  infant  settlement,  formed  on  the  Rio 
del  Norte,  in  a  fertile  territory,  but  having  a  climate  remarkably  cold,  considering 
the  latitude.  It  is  separated  from  Chihuahua  by  a  vast,  arid,  and  perilous  desert. 
The  settlers  have  a  still  harder  conflict  to  maintain  with  the  Indians,  a  few  of 
whom,  however,  have  attained  a  certain  degree  of  civilization.  A  great  number 
of  sheep  are  reared,  of  which  about  30,(NK)  are  sent  to  the  southward ;  and  there 
are  some  mines  of  valuable  copper.  Santa  Fe,  the  capital,  contains  about  5000 
inhabitants.     The  caravan  route  from  St.  Louis  terminates  here. 

Lower  California  is  a  long  peninsula  in  the  Pacific,  parallel  to  the  continent, 
from  which  it  is  separated  by  its  deep  gulf.  California  enjoys  the  most  beautiful 
sky  in  the  world ;  constantly  serene,  blue,  and  cloudless ;  or  if  any  clouds  for  a 
moment  appear,  they  display  the  most  brilliant  tints.  But  the  soil  is  sandy  and 
arid  like  the  shores  of  Provence,  and  only  a  few  favoured  spots  present  o  trace  of 
vegetation.  There  are  about  7000  or  8000  Spaniards  and  converted  Indians,  and 
4000  savages;  and  it  is  not  supposed  that  the  population  can  ever  be  much 
greater.  The  missions  have  been  pretty  much  broken  up  since  the  revolution. 
Loreto,  once  a  place  of  some  note,  now  contains  about  250  inhabitants. 

New  or  Upper  California  is  a  vast  tract  extending  north  from  Lower  California 
to  the  lat.  of  42°.  A  lofty  ridge  of  mountains  runs  along  its  western  side,  not  far 
from  the  sea,  forming  the  prolongation  of  the  mountains  of  the  peninsula,  and 


4«» 


^ 


..^■s 


■■it 


»■■'  i  I 


^ 


If, 


'i',:1 


>  ■  'V.u>.,; 


•  •  l:i 


\^ 


(*'... 


I 


♦  •  ^, 


Ptii 


■i     MA 


I  '.-ft     .  .'     '"'^ 


■»  1 


'I- 


ml  • 


24U 


GUATEMALA. 


cxtcndinf;  north  beyond  the  Columbia.  Along-  the  coaet  the  Spaniards  have  esta- 
blJNhed  some  missions,  and  formed  some  settlements  of  whites.  The  former  are 
now  rapidly  declining.  There  are  twenty-one  establishments,  containing  about 
7000  converts.  They  are  often  forced  to  join  the  missions,  but  they  are  kindly 
treated,  and  well  fed;  they  are,  however,  not  allowed  to  leave  the  settlen)cnts, 
and  the  surplus  of  their  labour  belongs  to  the  missionaries ;  the  missions  have 
about  ;)00,000  head  of  cattle.  The  climate  is  temperate  and  healthful,  tlie  land 
is  well  watered  and  well  wooded,  and  much  of  it  is  tolerably  productive.  The 
coast  has  some  excellent  harbours,  among  which  is  that  of  St.  Francisco,  which 
affords  perfect  security  to  ships  of  any  burthen,  with  plentiful  supplies  of  fresh 
beef,  vegetables,  wood,  and  fresh  water.  The  exports  are  hides,  tallow,  manteca, 
and  horses,  to  the  Sandwich  islands,  grain  to  the  Russian  establishments  at  Sitka 
and  Kodiak,  and  provisions  sold  to  whale-ships.  The  imports  are  salt,  deal-boards, 
furniture,  drygoods,  and  silks.  On  the  east  of  the  coast  chain  abovementioned, 
and  extending  to  the  Colorado  and  the  Rocky  Mountains,  is  a  vast  sandy  plain, 
about  100  miles  in  width  in  its  southern  part,  and  200  in  the  northern,  by  700  in 
length,  consisting  of  a  bare,  arid  surface,  with  some  isolated  mountains  inter- 
spersed here  and  there  over  its  dreary  bosom. 


GUATEMALA, 

OR  UNITED  STATES  OF  CENTRAL  AMERICA. 

The  republic  of  Guatemala,  or  Guatimala,  occupying  the  narrow  tract  between 
the  two  great  masses  of  the  continent,  has,  in  virtue  of  its  position,  assumed  the 
title  of  the  United  States  of  Central  America. 

Guatemala  is  bounded  on  the  south-east  by  the  republic  of  New  Grenada;  on 
the  north  and  nort'i-east  by  the  Mexican  States,  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  and  the  Ca- 
ribbean Sea ;  and  on  the  fouth  and  south-west  by  the  Pacific  Ocean.  Measured 
by  an  oblique  line  from  one  extremity  to  the  other,  it  may  be  1050  miles  in  length ; 
but  the  breadth,  from  sea  to  sea,  nowhere  exceeds  500,  and  in  some  places  is  only 
100  miles.  The  surface  has  been  estimated  at  200,000  square  miles,  which, 
though  it  appears  small  when  compared  with  the  other  American  states,  is  nearly 
double  the  whole  extent  of  the  British  Islands. 

The  surface  of  Guatemala  does  not  display  that  lofty  and  rugged  character 
which  generally  marks  the  neighbouring  portions  of  the  American  continent. 
The  chain  of  the  Andes,  which  raises  such  a  tremendous  snowy  barrier  through 
the  greater  part  of  the  continent,  sinks  in  the  isthmus  of  Panama  into  a  mere 
rocky  dike,  connecting  North  and  South  America.  Near  Nicaragua,  it  seems  to 
become  little  more  tlian  an  insensible  ridge,  sloping  down  to  the  shores  of  the 
opposite  oceans.  Proceeding  north-west,  it  soon  rises  and  presents  to  the  Pacific 
a  lofty  range,  in  which  are  twenty-one  volcanoes,  partly  burning  and  partly  extinct. 
The  loftiest,  called  the  volcano  of  Guatemala,  being  covered  with  snow  for  severol 
months  in  the  year,  cannot  be  much  less  than  10,000  feet  high.  Hence  Guate- 
mala, though  it  does  not  present  a  continuous  table-land,  like  Mexico,  has  high 
mountain  valleys,  enjoying  a  cool  and  agreeable  air,  and  producing  the  grain  and 
the  fruits  of  the  temperate  zone.  The  eastern  part,  swelling  somewhat  into  the 
fortii.  of  a  peninsula,  and  known  by  the  name  of  Mosquitia,  or  the  Mosquito  shore, 
consists  of  a  vast  and  savage  forest,  beat  by  the  burning  rays  of  the  sun,  and  occu- 
pied by  ruds  and  unsubdued  Indians. 

The  waters  which  descend  from  the  Andes  of  Guatemala  fall  into  one  or  other 
of  the  opposite  oceans,  and  do  not  swell  into  rivers  of  any  importance ;  but  there 
is  one  grand  aqueous  feature,  the  Lake  of  Nicaragua,  150  miles  in  length,  and  (""'O 
in  breadth,  and  having  almost  throughout  a  depth  of  ten  fathoms.  Numerous 
streams,  flowing  from  difTerent  quarters,  form  this  great  body  of  water,  which  has 
only  one  outlet  in  the  river  San  Juan,  which  flows  from  it  into  the  Atlantic.  The 
surface  of  the  lake  is  diversified  and  adorned  with  small  islands,  in  one  of  which 
is  a  volcanic  mountain.     It  communicates  by  a  navigable  channel  of  26  miles. 


I,f 


GUATKMALA. 


2VJ 


with  a  smaller  lake,  called  the  Lake  of  Leon,  which  may  almost  be  considered  as 
a  branch  of  it,  and  is  50  miles  loiiir  by  3U  broad. 

Tlie  productive  qualities  of  (iuatnmain  aro,  if  possible,  superior  even  to  those 
of  other  countries  in  the  fruitful  climates  of  America.  Like  Mexico,  it  yields  in 
different  regions,  and  at  small  distances  from  each  other,  all  the  varieties  of  fruit 
and  {>[rain  peculiar  to  the  tropical  and  temperate  zones.  Of  fruits,  several  of  the 
most  valuable  are  produced  in  the  highest  perfection.  The  indigo,  which  forms 
so  large  a  part  of  the  commerce  of  Mexico,  is  almost  entirely  Guatemalan.  The 
cacao  of  Soconusuo  is  said  to  be  the  very  finest  in  the  world,  though  it  is  culti- 
vated on  too  small  a  scale  to  enter  much  into  the  market  of  Europe.  Vanilla, 
however,  the  other  ingredient  of  chocolate,  is  procured  to  a  great  extent  from  this 
quarter.  Sugar,  cotton,  cochineal,  mahogany,  and  dye-woods,  are  also  exported. 
Tl  .e  are  manufactures  of  cotton  and  porcelain,  some  of  them  fine,  but  only  for 
internal  consumption;  and  the  fabrics  in  wrought  gold  and  silver  are  said  to  pos- 
sess great  merit.  As  to  commerce,  Guatemala  labours  under  the  disadvantage  of 
not  having  on  either  ocean  a  port  capable  of  receiving  large  ships ;  and  its  com- 
modities have  to  bear  a  heavy  land-carriage,  and  a  coasting  voyage,  before  they 
arrive  at  Vera  Cruz. 

Guatemala  abounds  in  mines,  particularly  of  silver ;  some  of  which  have  been 
undertaken  by  an  English  company,  in  the  expectation  of  their  proving  productive ; 
but  the  result  is  yet  uncertain. 

Canals  are  naturally  an  undertaking  beyond  the  infant  resources  of  Guatemala ; 
but  one  is  in  contemplation,  which,  if  executed,  will  be  the  greatest  and  most  im- 
portant work  of  this  kind  on  the  globe.  This  is  a  canal  to  connect  the  Atlantic 
and  Pacific,  navigable  for  the  largest  vessels,  so  as  to  enable  European  vessels  to 
reach  China  and  parts  of  India  by  an  easier  and  more  direct  course, — thus  causing 
an  important  revolution  in  the  commercial  world.  It  will,  probably,  be  under- 
taken from  the  Lake  of  Nicaragua,  which  communicates  with  the  Atlantic  by  the 
broad  channel  of  the  San  Juan,  and  is  separated  from  the  Pacific  by  an  interval 
of  from  sixteen  to  twenty  miles  in  breadth,  through  which  it  seems  certain  that  a 
good  level  could  be  found.  To  execute,  therefore,  a  canal  of  the  dimensions  of  the 
Caledonian,  is,  even  at  present,  completely  within  the  reach  of  human  skill  and 
resources.  It  is  an  undertaking  indeed,  which  does  not  belong  to  the  government 
within  whose  limits  it  is  placed;  and,  though  the  capitalists  of  North  America  or 
Europe  would  find  no  diflUculty  in  providing  the  funds,  the  political  atmosphere  of 
Central  America  is  scarcely  yet  so  settled,  that  they  might  look  forward  with  full 
confidence  to  compensation  for  the  large  advances  which  would  be  necessary. 

The  population  cannot  be  considered  as  well  ascertained.  It  does  not  fall  short 
of  2,000,000.  Abrut  one-half  of  the  whole  number  are  Indians,  one-firth  whites, 
and  three-tenths  mixed  races.    There  are  no  negroes  in  the  country. 

The  government  is  federal  republican  in  its  form,  being  modelled  on  that  of  the 
United  States.  A  federal  congress,  composed  of  a  senate  and  house  of  represent- 
atives, chosen  the  la':ter  by  the  people,  the  former  by  the  states,  and  a  president, 
also  chosen  by  the  popular  vote,  manage  the  general  concerns  of  the  confederacy. 
Each  state  has  its  respective  legislature  and  executive  chief  for  the  administra- 
tion of  its  domestic  affiiirs. 

The  territory  of  the  republic,  together  with  the  present  Mexican  state  Chiapas, 
formed  the  Spanish  captaincy-general  of  Guatemala  until  1821,  when  it  was  incor- 
porated with  Mexic'i.  On  the  fall  of  Iturbide,  in  1824,  it  separated  itself  from 
the  latter,  and  constituted  itself  an  independent  republic,  under  the  title  of  the 
Federal  Republic  of  Central  America.  The  confederacy  consists  of  five  states, 
and  a  federal  district,  as  follows. 

States.  Population.  Capital. 

Guatemala 800,000  Old  Guatemala. 

San  Salvador 350,000   San  Salvador. 

Honduras 250,000 Comayagua. 

Costa  Rica 150,000  San  Juan. 

Nicaragua 250,000  Leon. 

Federal  District,  New  Guatemala. 

'2G 


:    yi 


*^  if 


.n : 


J 

>. 

■  if 

i  . 

1, 

1 ' 

i   .■.■.'■' 

ul- 

4 
I 

-1  •■>    1 

1  t»; 

-r  '?* 


'  r.'l    -•'*.■■■•     ,-,■  I 


■,'::l  •■  '         •  I 


f'^. 


•    <.,:■ 


;H'|v:-(.i:: ';:.■! 


'"'M, 


■ .'  .  ■  f 


i  ■ 


i: 


y;n 


\^:' 


■4' 


■  ■  ! 


tJr: 


I ! 


if: 


It 


Hi- 


■|.. 


*      1 
1. 


'IW 


GUATEMALA. 


I : 


Guatemala  Proper  is  the  central  province,  comprisini?  the  ^eat  chain  of  volca- 
nic mountains,  and  the  slope  downwards  from  tliem  to  the  sea.  It  is  here  that 
the  great  variety  of  climate  and  productions  appears,  and  that  the  latter  are  in  the 
liiphost  perfection.  What  is  strictly  called  the  valley  of  Guatemala  consists  pro- 
perly of  nine  valleys,  of  varying  elevation,  enclosed  within  the  great  circuit  of 
vuicaiiic  mountains.  In  the  centre  of  this  range  of  valleys,  at  an  elevation  not 
precisely  known,  stands  the  old  city  of  Santiago  de  Guatemala.  It  was  erected 
first  in  1527,  at  the  foot  of  an  enormous  mountain,  called  the  Volcano  of  Water 
(de  Agua),  and  which  too  soon  justified  that  title ;  for,  a  few  years  afterwards,  an 
aqueous  eruption  burst  forth,  of  the  most  formidable  character,  which  overwhelmed 
the  whole  city,  and  buried  in  its  ruins  a  great  part  of  the  inhabitants.  Appalled 
by  this  disaster,  the  Spaniards  removed  the  city  to  another  situation  in  a  beautiful 
and  finely  watered  valley,  which  yielded  in  profusion  all  the  necessaries  and  luxu- 
ries of  life.  A  new  town,  also  called  Santiago  de  Guatemala,  was  here  erected. 
But  the  site,  with  all  its  felicities,  had  terrible  defects.  It  was  liable  to  dreadful 
shocks  of  earthquake  and  volcanic  eruptions,  which  rendered  the  existence  of  its 
inhabitants  constantly  insecure,  and  their  fate  often  tragical.  In  the  above  suc- 
cession of  calamities,  severe  attacks  of  pestilence  were  interspersed.  At  length, 
in  1775,  the  series  was  consummated  by  a  truly  appalling  earthquake,  the  shocks 
of  which,  continuing  at  intervals  from  June  to  December,  reduced  the  city  nearly 
to  a  heap  of  ruins.  The  Spanish  government,  on  being  advertised  of  this  disaster, 
sent  out  instructions  to  remove  to  another  site ;  but  this,  perhaps  well-meant, 
order,  being  executed  in  an  abrupt  and  despotic  manner,  only  aggravated  at  first 
the  miseries  of  the  unfortunate  city.  New  Guatemala  was  built  in  the  valley  of 
Mixco,  in  a  situation  not  so  fertile  and  beautiful,  but  extremely  healthy,  and  ex- 
empt from  the  dreadful  calamities  of  which  the  old  city  had  been  a  victim.  It 
was  reared  in  the  usual  regular  manner  and  with  numerous  squares ;  the  houses 
are  neat,  though  low,  to  mitigate  the  danger  of  earthquake ;  the  churches  and 
other  public  edifices  on  a  smaller  scale,  but  of  very  elegant  design.  The  citizens, 
supposed  to  amount  to  35,000,  ply,  with  very  considerable  diligence,  the  trades  of 
weaving,  pottery,  working  in  silver,  and  embroidery :  its  chief  articles  of  trade 
are  indigo  and  cacao.  Old  Guatemala  likewise  has  risen  from  its  ashes,  and  a 
great  proportion  of  its  exiles  have  gradually  found  their  way  back  to  their  former 
abode.  Having  attained  a  population  of  18,000,  it  has  been  reinvested,  not  with 
the  privileges  of  a  city,  but  those  of  a  town. 

San  Salvador,  to  the  south,  is  the  capital  of  the  state  of  the  same  name,  which 
contains  above  300,000  people,  and  forms  a  very  rich  tract,  yielding  most  of  the 
indigo  which  is  the  staple  of  the  kingdom.  The  capital,  in  a  fine  valley,  con- 
tained, in  1778,  a  population  of  12,000,  chiefly  employed  in  the  indigo  trade.  A 
variety  of  volcanic  movements  desolate  this  province,  while  they  present  curious 
phenomena  to  the  view  of  the  observer. 

The  state  of  Nicaragua  lies  to  the  south  of  the  preceding.  The  territory  is 
rich  in  all  the  tropical  fruits,  but  in  none  which  belong  to  the  temperate  climes. 
It  has,  however,  vast  savannahs  covered  with  numerous  herds  of  cattle,  which  are 
sent  even  to  the  market  of  the  capital.  But  the  most  prominent  object  in  this 
province  is  the  lake,  and  the  chief  interest  excited  by  it  is  the  projected  oceanic 
canal ',  both  of  which  have  been  already  mentioned.  Leon,  or  San  Leon  de  Ni- 
caragua,  is  a  place  of  about  20,000  inhabitants,  of  whom  about  1000  are  Spaniards, 
with  a  college,  which  in  1812  was  allowed  by  the  Cortes  to  be  converted  into  an 
university.  It  occupies  an  advantageous  position  on  the  northwestern  shore  of  the 
lake  of  the  same  name,  which  communicates  by  its  outlet  with  Lake  Nicaragua. 
Fourteen  leagues  distant  is  the  fine  harbour  of  Realejo  m  the  Pacific,  separated 
only  by  a  level  country  over  which  there  is  a  good  road,  Nicaragua,  on  the  lake 
of  the  same  name,  is  a  town  of  about  8000  inhabitants.  Its  port  is  San  Juan,  at 
the  mouth  of  the  navigable  outlet  of  the  lake. 

Costa  Rica,  or  the  Rich  Coast,  to  the  south  of  Nicaragua,  seems  named  ironi- 
cally, being  in  a  state  of  extreme  and  deplorable  poverty.  It  is  very  capable, 
however,  of  yielding  the  common  tropical  products;  but  the  inroads  of  the  Buc- 
caneers caused  a  desertion,  from  which  it  has  never  recovered.     Cartage,  how- 


I 


fVHi 


;a- 
lat 
the 
ro- 
of 
not 
ted 
ler 


THE  WEST  INDItX 


n 


ever,  in  the  heart  of  the  province,  has  a  population  of  '.^U.tMM)  persons,  of  whom 
600  arc,  or  were,  Spaniards. 

The  eastern  part  of  the  republic  consi.ts  of  the  state  of  HondisraH,  so  named 
from  the  peninsula  which  separates  it  from  Yucatan.  Tlic  wliuin  cuant  in  Hat, 
marshy,  iiot,  and  extremely  unhealthy,  though  some  parts  of  the  interior  rise  into 
hilly  and  temperate  tracts.  This  region  is  covered  witii  lliick  forests  conliiinm;^ 
the  valuable  trees  of  mahogany  and  logwood.  The  muhogaiiy  trees  arc  very 
thinly  scattered,  and  are  cut  down  by  gangs  of  negroes,  preceded  by  what  in  called 
the  tinder,  who  mounts  the  tops  of  the  highest  trees,  and  spies  out  whore  a  maho- 
gany tree  is  to  be  found.  The  chief  expense  is  in  the  conveyance  to  the  coast. 
Turtle  is  found  in  abundance  along  this  shore.  Gold  and  silver  mines  are  »iid  to 
exist  here,  but  none  have  ever  been  worked,  or  even  found.  Comayagua,  called 
also  Valladolid,  is  agreeably  situated  in  the  interior ;  but,  though  the  nominal  capi- 
tal, it  has  never  attained  any  great  importance.  Truxillo,  and  Cape  Gracias,  arc 
more  conspicuous  places,  but  now  also  much  decayed.  Omoa,  with  a  good  har- 
bour, has  some  trade.  The  cultivation  of  tobacco,  and  the  rearing  of  cattle,  form 
the  principal  occupations  of  the  inhabitants  of  Honduras. 


! 


THE    WEST    INDIES. 

The  West  Indies  consist  of  an  archipelago  of  large  and  fine  islands,  situated 
in  the  wide  interval  of  sea  between  North  and  South  America.  Their  rich  pro- 
ducts, their  high  cultivation,  and  the  very  singular  form  of  society  existing  in 
them,  have  rendered  them  in  modern  times  peculiarly  interesting. 

These  islands  extend  in  a  species  of  curved  line,  first  east,  and  then  south,  be- 
ginning near  the  southern  part  of  the  United  States,  and  terminating  at  the  coast 
of  South  America,  near  the  mouth  of  the  Orinoco.  On  the  east  and  north  they 
are  bounded  by  the  Atlantic ;  on  the  south,  the  Caribbean  sea  separates  them  from 
the  coast  of  Colombia ;  on  the  west,  the  broad  expanse  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  is 
interposed  between  them  and  that  part  of  the  continent.  The  largest  are  those 
which  extend  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  eastward;  Cuba,  Hayti,  Jamaica,  and 
Porto  Rico.  Those  which  run  from  north  to  south  are  smaller ;  but  many  of  them, 
as  Barbadoes,  Martinico,  Guadaloupe,  Trinidad,  are  very  important  from  their  fer- 
tility and  high  cultivation.  This  latter  part  of  the  group  is  frequently  called  the 
Windward  Islands,  from  being  exposed  to  the  direct  action  of  the  trade  winds, 
blowing  across  the  Atlantic;  they  are  named  also  the  Antilles,  and  frequently  the 
Caribbee  Islands,  from  the  name  of  the  people,  called  Caribs,  foune  «i.ere  by  the 
discoverers. 

Mountains  of  considerable  elevation  diversify  each  of  these  islnndf,,  causing 
them  to  resemble  the  elevated  remains  of  a  portion  of  the  continent,  which  some 
convulsion  has- overwhelmed.  Generally  speaking,  the  interior  is  composed  of  a 
range  or  group,  sometimes  of  little  more  than  a  single  mt.unlain,  the  slopes  of 
which,  and  the  plain  at  its  feet,  constitute  the  island.  The  most  elevated  peaks 
of  Cuba,  Hayti,  and  Jamaica,  exceed  8000  feet ;  while  the  highest  summits  of  the 
Windward  Islands  range  from  3000  to  4000  feet.  Most  of  these  eminences  have 
evidently  bee;',  the  seat  of  volcanic  action;  hut  this  appears  to  have  ceased  in  all 
of  them,  except  the  Soufi"iere  of  Guadaloupe,  which  still  exhibits  some  faint  indi- 
cations of  it. 

The  political  relations  of  all  these  islands  are  subordinate  to  those  of  the  mo- 
ther-country to  which  they  are  subjected.  In  those  belonging  to  Britain,  the 
white  proprietors  are  represented  in  houses  of  assembly,  which  exercise  some  o*" 
the  functions  of  the  British  parliament.  The  limits  between  the  two  jurisdictions, 
however,  have  not  been  very  precisely  defined ;  and  in  several  instances,  particu- 
larly that  of  the  treatment  of  the  slaves,  some  rather  serious  collisions  have 
taken  place.     Kayti  forms  an  independent  republic. 

An  uncommon  measure  of  wealth  and  prosperity  was  for  a  long  time  enjoyed 
by  these  islands.    They  flourished  especially  during  the  last  century,  when  they 


X 


-i 


\ 


:!•; 


<»    ■■;; 


i 


!/: 


I'.  \ 


m 


rt 


'?•    ■ 


'-■I 

i  ;' 


aiMnfuaigiiiariirn 


■  '■i 


f  ! 


11  •     ••- 


ii1  ^ 


I 


*: 


<t  . 


I 


1 1. 


I   J 


SfiS 


THE  WEST  INDII-:8. 


~i 


supplied  almost  exclueivcly  suffor,  coffee,  and  other  articles,  the  use  of  which  had 
become  {reiieral  over  the  civilized  world. 

The  export  of  sugar  to  Britain,  during  the  year  1832,  amounted  to  3,5H;j,18'i 
cwtN.,  whicii,  at  28«.  per  cwt.,  amounts  to  5,119,(X)(t/.,  and  the  duty,  at  iMa.,  was 
4,.'3.')'j,00(W.     The  exportation  of  ruin,  in  18:12,  amounted  to  4,753,789  gallons,  the 
value  of  which,  at  2s.  9d.  a  gallon,  would  be  753,644f.    Of  this  amount,  3,013,00(»  j 
I  gall(jns,  retained  in  Britain  for  home  consumption,  paid  a  duty  of  1,570,000/. 

Coffee  ranks  next  to  sugar  in  importance.  The  importation  into  Britain,  in 
1832,  amounted  to  24,600,(K)0  lbs.,  tiie  value  of  which,  at  (id.  a  pound,  may  be 
085,700/.  A  few  other  articles,  though  very  secondary  to  those  above  mentioned, 
are  produced  in  these  islands.  Cotton  was  formerly  considered  one  of  their  sta- 
j  pies.  In  1786,  the  produce  was  5,800,000  lbs. ;  and  in  1828,  it  was  almost  the 
very  same,  or  5,890,000.  In  1831  and  1832,  it  averaged  only  l,9r«0,000  lbs.  The 
United  States  have  supplanted  the  islands,  both  as  to  the  abundance  and  quality 
of  this  commodity.  Yet  the  cotton  of  the  latter,  though  inferior  to  the  best  Amer- 
ican, still  maintains  a  respectable  price  in  the  market.  Cacao,  the  principal  ma- 
terial of  chocolate,  has  also  much  declined,  chiefly  perhaps  on  account  of  that 
beverage  being  almost  entirely  disused  in  Britain.  The  ave  age  of  1631  and  1832 
was  1,050,000  lbs. 

Manufacturing  industry,  from  the  peculiar  state  of  society  in  these  islands, 
scarcely  exists,  even  in  its  humblest  fdrm,  for  domestic  use. 

Commerce,  on  the  contrary,  is  carried  on  to  a  much  greater  extent  than  in  any 
other  country  of  the  same  wealth  and  populousness.  Almost  every  product  of 
West  Indian  labour  is  destined  for  the  market  of  the  mother-country,  from  which, 
in  return,  these  islands  receive  all  their  clothing,  and  a  great  proportion  of  their 
daily  food.  They  supply  the  British  empire  with  nearly  all  the  sugar,  rum,  and 
coffee,  consumed  in  it. 

In  1832,  the  shipping  employed  in  the  trade  between  Britain  and  the  West  In- 
dies was  to  the  following  amount: — Inwards,  828  ships,  229,117  tons,  and  12,656 
men.  Outwards,  603  ships,  226,105  tons,  and  12,804  men.  The  value  of  the  im- 
ports in  1829  was  9,807,914/. ;  of  the  exports,  3,612,075/.  The  leading  articles 
of  import  were  sugar,  rum,  coffee,  cotton,  cacao,  molasses,  pimento,  ginger,  ma- 
hogany, logwood,  fustic,  indigo,  cochineal,  castor  oil,  sarsaparilla,  and  pepper. 

The  West  Indies  also  carry  on  an  extensive  intercourse  with  the  United  States 
and  the  British  colonies  in  North  America,  to  which  they  send  their  staple  pro- 
ductions, and  receive,  in  return,  grain,  provisions,  fish,  and  timber.  The  trade 
with  the  British  colonies  employed,  in  1831,  466  ships,  of  75,896  tons,  with  5074 
men,  outwards.  That  from  the  United  States,  in  the  same  year,  employed  58,625 
tons,  of  which  more  than  two-thirds  were  American. 

The  population  of  the  different  portions  of  the  West  Indies  has  been  ascertained 
with  varying  degrees  of  accuracy.  The  following  is  probably  a  near  approxima- 
tion of  the  whole : — 

Spanish  islands 1,009,000 

L.                              Hayti 800,000 

'                               British  islands 720,000 

French  islands 230,000 

Other  European  islands 100,000 


;,850,000 


Of  these  it  is  probable  not  above  500,000  are  Europeans ;  the  rest  are  of  negro 
origin,  and,  unless  in  Hayti,  the  greater  part  of  them  are  in  a  state  of  slavery. 

The  social  state  of  these  islands  is  peculiar  and  painful.  The  population  con- 
sists of  three  portions,  between  which  scarcely  any  sympathy  exists : — 1.  The 
whites;  2.  the  slaves;  3.  the  mixed  population  and  emancipated  negroes.  On  a 
subject  which  has  excited  so  much  interest,  and  given  rise  to  so  many  controver- 
sies, some  very  general  observations  will  be  sufficient. 

The  whites,  who  form  so  small  a  part  of  the  population,  are  the  masters,  in 
whom  all  the  power  and  property  centres.  They  consist  partly  of  proprietors  or 
planters  superintending  the  cultivation  of  their  own  lands,  partly  of  agents  and 


MEXICO. 


:.M1 


ei|;ht  bishops  under  him,  have  not  amon<7  them  more  than  fMNMXM)  dollars  a  year.  .| 
1  Neither  is  the  number  of  clergy  greater  than  corresponds  to  tlie  extent  and  popu-  | 
Intion  of  the  country.     They  do  not  exceed  10,(KK);  or,  including  every  jwrson 
connected  with  the  church,  13,(HK)  or  14,(HK).     A  number  of  the  lower  clergy, 
I  especially  in  the  Indiun  villages,  arc  excessively  poor,  their  income  not  exceeding 
^  100  dollars  a  year.     The  inrtuence  and  revenue  of  the  church  also  have  consider- 
ably diminished  during  tiie  revolution. 

The  sciences  have  not  yet  shone  very  bright  in  this  part  of  the  western  heiiii- 

sphere.     Few  governments,  however,  imve  expended  more  in  the  promotion  ol' 

physical  science  than  that  of  Spain  in  America.     It  sent  three  botanical  cx(M'di- 

tions  into  Mexico  and  other  parts  of  its  transatlantic  territory,  which  cost  400,tl'-'<' 

dollars.     Geometry  and  astronomy  have  made  considerable  progress  in  Mexico. 

A  botanical  garden  and  collections  of  minerals  were  formed  in  Mexico  on  r-.  gr>at 

(Hcale.     The  school  of  mines  produced  great  advantages  to  the  country,  and  the 

^  pupils  were  initiated  even  in  the  highest  branches  of  mathematics.    These  lights, 

I  according  to  the  most  recent  accounts,  had  suffered  a  temporary  eclipse,  in  cons'.'- 

I  (juence  of  the  long  revolution;  but  the  new  government  has  endeavoured  to  ve- 

vive  them. 

The  fine  arts  were  al^o  promoted  with  great  zeal  by  the  old  government,  which, 
at  an  expense  of  40,000  dollars,  transported  to  Mexico,  across  the  rocky  passes  of 
the  Cordill  ,  ..  collection  of  casts  of  the  finest  antique  statues.  The  Academy 
of  the  l  me  Arts  possessed  an  income  of  25,000  dollars  a  year,  chiefly  supplied  by 
government ;  and  the  benefit  of  its  exertions  was  seen  in  the  beauty  of  the  public 
edificea  which  adorned  the  capital. 

The  amusements  are  chiefly  those  of  Old  Spain;  bull-fights,  and  rf'.igio-js  pro- 
cessions.    The  theatre  is  still  far  inferior  ti  that  of  the  mother-country. 

The  state  of  Mexico  comprises  t'le  ^  alley  of  Mexico,  a  fine  and  splendid  re- 
gion, variegated  by  extensive  lakes,  and  sl  rrounded  by  some  of  the  loftiest  vol- 
canic peaks  of  the  new  world.  Its  circumference  is  about  200  miles,  and  it  forms 
the  very  centre  of  the  great  table-land  of  Anahuac,  elevated  from  6000  to  8000 
feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  In  the  centre  of  this  valley  stands  the  city  of 
Mexico,  long  considered  the  largest  city  of  America ;  but  it  is  now  surpassed  by 
New-York,  Philadelphia,  and  perhaps  even  by  Rio  Janeiro.  Some  estimates 
have  raised  its  population  to  200,000;  but  it  probably  ranges  from  120,000  to 
140,000.  It  is  beyond  dispute  the  most  splendid.  "  Mexico  is  undoubtedly  one 
of  the  finest  cities  built  by  Europeans  in  either  hemisphere :  with  the  exception 
of  St.  Petersburg,  Berlin,  and  Philadelphia,  and  some  quarters  of  Westminster, 
there  does  not  exist  a  city  of  the  same  extent  which  can  be  compared  to  the  capi- 
tal of  New  Spain,  for  the  uniform  level  of  the  ground  on  which  it  stands,  for  the 
regularity  and  breadth  of  the  streets,  and  the  extent  of  the  squares  and  public 
places.  The  architecture  is  generally  of  a  very  pure  style,  and  there  are  even 
edifices  of  a  very  beautiful  structure."  The  palace  of  the  late  viceroys,  the 
cathedral,  built  in  what  is  termed  the  Gothic  style,  several  of  the  convents,  and 
some  private  palaces,  reared  upon  plans  furnished  by  the  pupils  of  the  Academy 
of  the  Fine  Arts,  aro  of  great  extent  and  magnificence ;  yet,  upon  the  whole,  it 
is  rather  the  arrangement,  regularity,  and  general  effect  of  the  city,  which  render 
it  60  striking.  Nothing,  in  particular,  can  be  more  enchanting  than  the  view  of 
the  city  and  valley  from  the  surrounding  heights.  The  eye  sweeps  over  a  vast 
extent  of  cultivated  fields,  to  the  very  base  of  the  colossal  mountains  covered 
with  perpetual  snow.  The  city  appears  as  if  washed  by  the  WH.ters  of  th«  Lake 
of  Tezcuco,  which,  surround  3d  by  villages  and  hamlets,  resembles  the  most  beau- 
tiful of  the  Swiss  lakes,  and  the  rich  cultivation  of  the  vicinity  forms  a  striking 
contrast  with  the  naked  mountains.  Among  these  rise  the  famous  volcano  Po- 
pocatepetl and  the  mountain  of  Iztaccihuatl,  of  which  the  first,  an  enormous  cone, 
burns  occasionally,  throwing  up  smoke  and  ashes,  in  the  midst  of  eternal  snows. 
The  police  of  the  city  is  excellent ;  most  of  the  streets  are  handsomely  paved, 
lighted,  and  cleansed.  The  markets  are  remarkably  well  supplied  with  animal 
and  vegetable  productions,  brought  by  crowds  of  canoes  along  the  Lake  of  Chalco 
and  the  canal  leading  to  it.    These  canoes  are  often  guided  by  females,  who  at 


21 


2F 


r;i 


.r  M.    • 


31- ^« 


•  fH  r  ■ 

"    ''  ^  W 

i         '   ■  :  1  ■ ' 

.:      ..'..1 

'  '  1     .'.••» 

,    ■ ..    Ill 

t-fl 

.1 


»'..». 


.   I 
I 

■  i 

.  {' 
I 


. ;  i 


n 

■■J 'I 


It- 


'    ■1 


■  J 


1 1 


I-', 


P 


iHI 

m 

1  • 

.  'iflf^nji 

;( 

■T^^Vf  Inl 

) 

■) 

U 

^  '^^HhDJH 

n 

'Tfl^^KUlBM 

''• ! 

'jflB'  [jU 

fi 

iffBnf 

1 

t 

1 

i  '■ 
h 

m 

8 

:•  ► 

f  j  BHUtih^w 

\'^ 

1  mBBtII^Br 

P, 

|U|HRf|ilHll ' 

*■•[■ 

llMPgHII) 

mRh!]! 

1 

]f 

■J 


ai:.' 


MEXICO. 


the  same  time  are  weaving  cotton  in  llicir  uimplc  portable  loomH,  or  plucking  \hwU, 
i  and  throwing  the  feathers  into  the  water.  iMont  of  the  flowers  and  ruotn  have 
been  raised  in  chinampaa,  or  floating  gardens.  They  consist  of  rat\s  formed  of 
reeds,  roots,  and  bushes,  and  covered  with  black  saline  mould,  which,  bcin^;  irri- 
gated by  the  water  of  the  lake,  becomes  exceedingly  fertile.  It  is  a  great  disad- 
vantage to  Mexico,  however,  that  it  stands  nearly  on  a  level  with  the  surroundini.' 
lake ;  which,  in  seasons  of  heavy  rains,  overwhelms  it  with  destructive  inundations. 
,  The  construction  of  a  demfruu,  or  canal,  to  carry  ofl'  the  waters  of  the  liake  of 
Zumpango,  and  of  the  prmcipal  river  by  which  it  is  fed,  has,  since  1029,  pre- 
vented any  very  desolating  flood.  The  desaguc,  though  not  conducted  witii  skill 
and  judgment,  cost  5,(KM).UtH)  dollars,  and  is  one  of  the  most  stupendous  hydnulic 
works  ever  executed.  Were  it  filled  with  water,  the  largest  vessels  of  war  might 
pass  by  it  through  the  range  of  mountains  which  bound  the  plain  of  Mexico.  The 
alarms,  however,  have  been  frequent,  and  cannot  well  cease,  while  the  level  of 
that  lake  is  twenty  feet  above  that  of  the  great  square  of  Mexico. 

/toapulo.  on  'he  west  coast,  has  been  celebrated  in  an  extraordinary  degree  as 
almost  the  nuiiru  of  the  wealth  of  America;  the  port  whence  the  rich  Spanish 
galleons  took  their  departure  to  spread  the  wealth  of  the  western  over  the  east- 
ern hemisp'i  ro  It  is  one  of  the  most  magnificent  harbours  in  the  world,  seetiiing 
as  if  it  '.uTf  <  xjavated  by  art  out  of  a  vast  circuit  of  granite  rocks,  which  siiut 
out  Hi'  view  of  the  sea.  Yet  while  Vera  Cruz,  with  \*s  wretched  anchorage  amid 
sand  ■ .-,  Hunually  received  from  400  to  500  vessels,  that  of  Acapulco  scarcely 
recti'; .  .  ten,  even  in  the  lime  of  the  Manilla  galleon,  the  discontinuance  of  which 
reduced  it  to  r  state  of  insignificance.  It  is  said,  however,  of  late  to  have  consi- 
derably revi\  >:,  and  its  customs,  after  falling  so  low  as  10,000  dollars,  had  risen, 
in  1826,  to  400,000. 

The  state  of  Puebla  stretches  nearly  across  the  continent,  and  over  the  high 
table-land.  It  has  few  mines,  but  contains  an  extensive  table  plain,  6000  feet 
high,  eminently  fertile  in  wheat,  maize,  and  fruit.  Popocatepetl,  the  loftiest 
mountain  in  Mexico,  exceeds  by  2000  feet  the  highest  in  Europe.  The  volcano 
has  for  several  centuries  thrown  up  only  smoke  and  ashes. 

La  Puebla,  or  Puebla  de  los  Angeles,  is  a  handsome  and  large  city.  It  is  en- 
tirely Spanish,  having  been  founded  since  the  conquest.  The  streets  are  straight, 
broad,  and  cross  each  other  at  right  angles,  dividing  the  whole  into  spacious 
squares.  They  are  well  paved,  and  have  broad  foot-paths.  The  houses  are  large 
and  lofty,  the  walls  often  covered  with  paintings,  while  the  roof  is  ornamented 
with  glazed  tiles.  The  cathedral  is  a  vast  pile,  with  little  external  ornament: 
but  the  interior  is  rich  beyond  description.  The  high  a' tar  is  composed  of  the 
most  beautiful  marble  and  precious  stones:  its  numerous  and  lofty  columns,  with 
plinths  and  capitals  of  burnished  gold,  its  statues  and  ot'isr  ornaments,  have  an 
unequalled  effect,  la  manufactures  it  takes  the  lead  of  other  Mexican  cities : 
those  of  woollen  have  declined,  but  those  of  earthenware  and  glass  are  still  flour- 
ishing.   The  population  is  estimated  at  from  68,000  to  90,000. 

Cholula,  the  ancient  capital  of  a  great  independent  republic,  has  declined  into 
a  town,  containing  6000  souls.  The  pyr  :?  id  of  f'uolula  is  the  work  of  art  which, 
next  to  the  pyramids  of  Egypt,  approaches  nearest  in  magnitude  and  vastness  to 
those  of  nature.  It  is  not  nearly  so  high  as  the  Great  Pyra>  id,  being  only  172 
feet;  but  the  length  is  nearly  double;  l?Ai5  feet,  instead  of  7^. 

Vera  Cruz  occupies  a  great  length  of  sea-coast  on  the  Gulf,  but  it  is  compara- 
tively narrow.  It  extends  inland  from  the  level  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  to  that 
of  the  great  central  table-land.  In  a  day's  journey  the  inhabitants  may  ascend 
from  regions  of  the  most  suffocating  heat  to  those  of  eternal  snow.  This  state  is 
capable  of  yielding  in  abundance  the  most  precious  productions;  and  within  a 
recent  period,  sugar,  tobacco,  and  cotton,  all  of  excellent  quality,  have  been  raised 
to  a  much  greater  extent :  but  the  horror  with  which  the  climate  is  viewed  both 
by  Europeans  and  Indians  is  such,  that  the  greater  part  of  it  remains  a  complete 
desert,  where  often,  for  many  leagues,  there  are  only  to  be  seen  two  or  three  huts, 
with  herds  of  cattle,  half  wild,  straying  round  them. 

Vera  Cruz,  in  which  centres  almost  all  the  trade  of  Mexico,  is  well  and  hand- 


MEXICO. 


•Jl.-i 


Romely  built  of  the  Hubmarinc  material  called  madrcpnrc,  which  in  alim  niaiic  into 
lime;  and  its  red  and  white  ciipolaM,  towers,  and  battlements,  have  a  splendid 
effect  when  seen  from  the  water.  The  streets  also  are  kept  extremely  neat  and 
clean;  yet  it  is  considered  the  most  disagreeable  of  all  places  of  residence.  Thin 
arises  not  merely  from  the  pestilence  which  taints  the  air;  the  surroiindini;  coun- 
try is  covered  with  sand  blown  into  hillocks,  which,  reflecting?  the  rays  ot  the  sun, 
render  the  heat  more  oppressive.  There  is  not  a  {garden  or  a  mill  now  within 
many  miles  of  it;  and  the  only  water  which  can  be  drunk  is  that  which  falls  from 
the  clouds.  The  markets  are  bad  for  every  article  except  fish,  of  which  many 
beautiful  species  are  here  caught.  The  place  appears  to  have  sensibly  declinml 
since  the  dissolution  of  the  ties  which  connected  Mexico  with  the  mother-country. 
The  population  of  Vera  Cruz  is  about  70(X).  The  castle  of  San  Juan  do  Ulloti, 
the  last  hold  of  Spain  in  the  New  Wo<rld,  and  which  commands  the  entrance  of 
the  port,  is  of  immense  strength. 

The  fine  calzada  or  paved  road,  from  Vera  Cruz  into  the  interior,  runs  up  to  the 
handsome  town  of  Xalapa  or  Jalapa,  the  capital  of  the  state.  The  Puente  del 
Rey  or  Royal  Bridge,  between  the  two  cities,  is  a  stupendous  work  of  solid  ma- 
sonry thrown  over  a  wild  and  steep  ravine.  Xalapa  is  commodiously  situated  in 
a  delightful  district,  about  4000  feet  above  the  sea.  It  has  12,000  inhabitants, 
and  was  formerly  the  residence  of  the  rich  Spanish  merchants  of  Vera  Cruz  dur- 
ing the  sickly  season.  The  neighbourhood  is  finely  wooded,  and  is  particularly 
remarkable  for  the  medical  article  jalap,  which  takes  its  name  from  the  city. 

On  the  coast,  to  the  south,  are  the  ports  of  Alvarado  and  Huasacualco,  the  for- 
mer of  which  became  the  principal  entrepot  on  the  Gulf,  during  the  occupation 
of  San  Juan  de  Ulloa  by  the  Spanish  forces ;  and  the  latter  derives  some  interest 
from  its  situation  at  the  termination  of  the  proposed  canal,  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico 
to  that  of  Tehuantepec. 

The  state  of  Queretaro,  detached  from  the  intendency  of  Mexico,  lies  to  the 
west  of  Vera  Cruz.  It  is  wholly  on  the  central  table-land,  and  contains  some  rich 
mines  of  silver,  but  the  inhabitants  are  chiefly  employed  in  agriculture.  Quere- 
taro, the  capital,  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful  and  delightfully  situated,  as  well  us 
one  of  the  most  industrious  and  wealthy  cities  of  Mexico.  The  streets  all  cross 
each  other  at  right  angles,  and  terminate  in  its  three  principal  squares.  Its  aque- 
duct, about  ten  miles  in  length,  with  its  bold  and  lofty  arches,  and  its  splendid 
churches  and  convents,  give  the  city  an  air  of  magnificence.  The  convent  of 
Santa  Clara  is  more  than  two  miles  in  circuit.  Population  40,000.  San  Juan 
del  Rio  is  remarkable  for  its  great  fair,  and  for  its  famous  panctuary,  a  magnificent 
temple,  visited  by  great  numbers  of  pilgrims. 

Michoacan,  or  Valladolid,  is  an  extensive  state,  situated  to  the  north  and  west 
of  that  of  Mexico,  on  the  summit  and  western  dt^'-  ;ty  of  the  table-land,  in  the 
unhealthy  tract  along  the  coast,  enjoys  a  fine  and  temperate  climate,  is  intersected 
with  hills  and  charming  valleys,  and  preHt)nts  the  appearance,  unusual  in  the  tor- 
rid zone,  of  extensive  and  well-watered  meadows.  This  territory  has  be«n  marked 
by  some  phenomena  of  the  most  striking:  nature.  On  the  29th  of  September, 
1759,  from  the  centre  of  a  thousand  email  burning  cones,  was  thrown  up  the  vol- 
cano of  JoruUo,  a  mountain  of  scoria?  and  ashes,  1700  feet  high.  In  an  extensive 
plain,  covered  with  the  most  beautiful  vegetation,  deep  subterraneous  noises, 
accompanied  by  frequent  eartliquakes,  continued  for  the  space  of  fitly  or  sixty 
days.  On.  the  night  of  the  28th  of  September,  the  sounds  recommenced  with 
such  fury,  that  all  the  inhabitants  f^ed  from  the  district.  A  large  tract  of  ground 
was  seen  to  rise  up  and  swell  like  an  inflated  bladder,  anrl  spectators  reported 
that,  throughout  this  space,  flames  were  seen  to  issue  forth,  and  fragments  of  burn- 
ing rocks  were  thrown  up  to  prodigious  heights ;  and  that,  through  a  thick  cloud 
of  ashes  illumined  by  the  volcanic  fire,  tiie  sof\ened  surface  of  the  earth  appeared 
to  heave  like  an  agitated  sea.  The  plain  is  still  covered  with  num»rous  small 
cones,  sending  forth  from  their  crevices  a  vapour,  the  heat  of  which  often  rises  to 
95°.  From  among  these  rise  six  large  hills,  of  whioh  the  highest  is  JoruUo,  still 
burning,  and  throwing  up  immense  quantities  of  scorified  and  basaltic  lava.  The 
only  large  town  in  the  state  is  Valladolid,  with  2-5,000  inhabitants,  delightfully 


:)■  V. 


■  >  - 


% 


^    .  !- 


;l: 


M  i 


1' 

* 

-r,. 

U'  ■ 


1  > 


iv 


Ml 


MtlXlCU. 


:,) 


ituaUul,  ♦l.'MM)  feet  abovo  tho  Hoa,  wlieru  snow  sometimes  full;?.  TIiltc  ore  w'vernl 
iiiiricH,  liiit  iioiio  of  tir8t-raU!  iiiutrnilude.  It  liau  wide,  cloaii  utrcets,  a  mai;niticcnt 
c.'ttliedral,  and  n  handHomu  pla/A. 

Giiaiiaxuato  ia  one  of  the  HiaalloMt  but  most  populoun  of  all  tho  Htates.  It  owes 
Its  funic  to  the  great  mine  of  Vulcnciana,  discovered  lato  in  tho  last  century, 
niund  which  rose  one  of  the  inoF».  splendid  cities  in  the  New  World,  Between 
i7(i(i  and  180H,  tluH  mine  yielded  silver  to  the  amount  of  105,000,000  dollars. 
tSiiicu  that  time  it  has  sutfered  a  severe  deterioration  from  the  effects  of  the  rcvo- 
iiitio?inry  contest,  and  has  declined  also  in  consequence  of  the  gfrcater  depth  of 
the  working,  and  the  increased  difficulty  of  clearinjf  off  the  water. 

Tliis  state  also  contains  the  celebrated  Baxio,  a  rich  plain,  highly  cultivated, 
and  producin;^  in  perfection  all  the  fruits  of  Europe  and  many  of  those  of  tropical 
countries.  The  llaxio  became  the  theatre  of  many  of  those  horrible  events  that 
deluged  Mexico  in  blo<xl  during  the  revolutionary  struggle.  The  capital,  situated 
in  the  midst  of  the  rich  inining  district,  is  built  on  very  uneven  ground,  and  the 
streets  are  often  very  steep ;  but  the  buildings  are  in  general  handsome,  and  some 
of  the  churches  are  very  fine ;  the  alhondiga,  or  public  granary,  an  immense 
quadrangular  edifice,  is  u  remarkable  object.  The  population  of  the  city  and 
neighbourhood  has  been  reduced  from  90,000  to  about  two-thirds  of  that  number. 

Jalisco,  or  Guadalaxara,  is  an  extensive  state,  which  has  the  im^jurtant  advan- 
tage of  being  traversed  tiiroughout  its  extent  by  the  river  of  Santiago,  the  largest 
in  the  southern  part  of  Mexico.  It  appears  that  within  the  last  thirty  years  very 
important  advantage  has  been  taken  if  this  circumstance ;  that  industry  has  made 
rapid  progress,  and  an  active  commercial  spirit  prevails.  The  capital,  Guada- 
laxara, which,  in  1798,  was  estimated  to  contiin  19,500  inhabitants,  has  at  pre- 
sent 60,000.  It  is  regularly  laid  out,  with  wide,  straight  streets,  and  contains 
many  handsome  churches  and  convents.  The  mountain  of  Colima  in  this  Terri- 
tory, 9000  feet  high,  throws  out  smoke  and  ashes,  and  forms  the  western  extre- 
mity of  the  volcanic  chain  which  traverses  Mexico  from  east  to  west. 

The  silver  mines  of  Bolanos  in  this  state  rank  among  the  ricltest  in  Mexico. 
San  Bias,  at  the  mouth  of  the  river,  is  a  mere  roadstead ;  the  holding  ground  is 
bad,  and  the  road  is  much  exposed  to  westerly  winds.  It  is  perched  on  the  top 
of  a  cliff,  near  the  mouth  of  the  river,  and  during  a  certain  season  of  the  year,  it 
is  extremely  unhealthy,  though  not  in  so  deadly  a  degree  as  Vera  Cruz ;  and  at 
that  time  the  rain  falls  in  such  torrents  that  no  roof  can  exclude  it,  and  H  is  im- 
possible without  danger  to  go  out  into  the  streets.  At  the  commencement  of  this 
season,  therefore,  a  general  migration  takes  place ;  and  the  population  is  reduced 
in  a  few  days  from  3000  to  150,  at  which  it  remains  stationary  until  the  return  of 
the  dry  season. 

Tepic,  eighteen  leagues  from  Sau  Bias,  is  a  beautiful  town,  in  the  midst  of  a 
cultivated  plain,  and  its  streets,  regularly  laid  out,  are  enlivened  by  rows  of  trees, 
gardens,  and  terraces.  Thither  the  people  of  San  Bias  remove  during  the  eickly 
season,  at  which  time  the  population  of  Tepic  amounts  to  8000  or  10,000. 

Zacatecas,  north  and  east  of  Guadalaxara,  in  the  inland  centre  of  Mexico,  is  an 
arid  rocky  plain,  strongly  impregnated  with  carbonate  of  soda,  and  suffering  under 
the  inclemency  of  the  climate.  It  derives  its  wealth  and  distinction  solely  from 
mines,  of  which  the  most  important  in  Mexico,  next  to  that  of  Guanaxuato,  are 
hero  situated.  The  mine  of  Pavellon,  in  Sombrereto,  has  already  been  mentioned 
as  having  yielded  in  a  given  time  a  greater  produce  than  any  other  mine  known 
to  exist.  Zacatecas,  the  capital,  is  reckoned  by  Humboldt  to  contain  5W,000  inha- 
bitants. The  mint,  which  is  the  second  in  point  of  importance  in  Mexico,  em- 
ploys 300  persons,  and  60,000  dollars  have  been  coined  here  in  twenty-four  hours. 
The  total  coinage  in  five  years,  from  1821  to  1826,  was  upwards  of  17,500,000 
dollars.  Aguas  Calientes,  which  derives  its  name  from  its  warm  springs,  is  a 
pretty  town,  in  a  fertile  district,  and  with  a  delightful  climate.  The  inhabitants, 
about  20,000  in  number,  carry  on  some  manufactures.  Fresnillo,  Soiiibrerete,  and 
Pinos,  are  mining  towns  with  from  12,000  to  16,000  inhabitants. 

Oaxaca  is  a  fine  state,  situated  near  the  borders  of  Guatemala.  The  beauty 
and  salubrity  of  the  climate,  the  fertility  of  the  soU,  and  the  richness  and  variety 


vorni 
icont 


jminijtfii 


viKxica 


'2W> 


of  itn  prmluctions,  rpnili?r  it  ono  of  the  muHt  ilclirrhtftil  coiintrioB  in  tlic  world. 
Tlicno  arlviuituKiM  \v<'r»?  oppri'i'intwl  nr  itii  early  imtkxI,  when  it  lf<vam«'  thf!  srnt 
of  un  udviuiciMJ  civili/atiiin.  OnxHcu  liii.s  nu  iiiiii*-s  of  any  iMi|H<rtHncc,  nnd  lias, 
tlierelori',  uttructotl  loss  iittcntion  than  tho  more  northern  narU  of  tlio  tab!e<land, 
tliou^'li  ill  every  olhrr  reHjwct  infeiior  to  it.  Uuxnca^  the  eapitnl,  ess  lied  Ante- 
(|u<;ra  at  tht!  tinu;  of  tho  cotujueat,  m  a  <!wiriKhni^  place ;  in  IHK'.  i»  had  'Jl.lKH) 
inliahitant-s,  and  iiltlpntj^h  it  suHercd  Beverely  duiin;;  the  rcvohition,  itn  prenent 
population  is  about  4(VHM).  Tc}iup,iitej)ec,  its  only  port,  if*  not  a  pom!  one;  but  it 
is  of  eonsidf-nible  vuluo  as  a  cixinncl  by  which  the  indi^.'u  of  (iuateninla  is  con- 
veyed to  lluropc. 

The  little  state  of  TnboHco,  to  the  north  of  CJiinpa,  is  chiefly  covered  with  vaflt 
foresty*,  which  contain  valuable  dyc-woodH ;  tiie  cultivated  lands  yield  cacao,  to- 
bacco, pt'ppLT,  coll'ee,  and  indijfo;  but  dnriny;  the  rainy  seat'jri  a  larpe  pf)rtjon  of 
tho  state  18  under  water,  and  the  only  iMcth»xl  of  communication  is  by  canoes.  It 
contains  no  htfrc  town.s,  T!io  capitiil  is  the  liltlo  town  of  Flerniosa.  Tabasco,  at 
the  mouth  of  the  river  Talmsco,  is  remarkable  as  the  spot  upon  which  Cortez 
landed  in  his  me?norable  expedition  to  Mexico. 

The  stale  of  Yucatan,  comprisinf,'  the  peninsula  of  that  name,  ibrms  the  ea-t- 
ern  extremity  of  Mexico.  It  is  a  vast  plain,  only  internected  by  a  chain  of  monn- 
taina,  which  do  not  rise  above  41KM)  feel.  It  is  thus  exceseivcly  hot;  yet,  from  its 
extreme  dryness,  it  is  by  no  means  so  unhealthy  aa  moat  of  the  low  lands  under 
this  burning  zone,  'i'he  heat  is  ttw  great  for  the  ripenin^r  of  European  grain,  and 
the  only  articles  which  it  yields  for  subsistence  are  maize  and  roots.  This  was 
the  first  part  of  Mexico  in  which  the  Spaniards  landed,  and,  though  it  be  less  im- 
proved than  the  interior,  they  found,  to  their  surprise,  indications  that  civilization 
was  in  a  more  advanced  state  here  than  in  the  islands ;  stone  houses,  pyramidal 
temples,  enclosed  fields,  and  a  clothed  and  civilized  people.  Having  no  mines, 
however,  it  owes  its  commercial  importance  solely  to  its  valuable  products,  log- 
wood and  mahogany.  Merida,  the  capital,  is  a  small  town.  Campeachy,  als«.>  a 
small  town,  is,  however,  a  fortified  place,  and  is  important  on  account  of  its  har- 
bour, froifi  which  is  shipped  the  logwood  cut  in  the  vicinity.  On  the  other  side  of 
the  peninsula  the  British  possess  the  settlement  of  Honduras.  The  population 
consists  of  about  4000  persons,  of  whom  about  300  are  whites,  and  the  rest  In- 
dians, negroes,  and  mixed  breeds.  Ralize,  the  capital  of  the  settlement,  is  a  well- 
built  town,  on  both  sides  of  the  river  of  the  same  name.  The  colony  was  founded 
for  the  purpose  of  cutting  logwood  and  mahogany,  and  its  exports  in  1830  were 
of  the  value  of  1,500,000  dollars. 

Chiapa  formed  the  most  northerly  district  of  Guatemala;  but  the  greater  part 
of  it,  on  a  late  occasion,  separated  itself  from  Guatemala,  and  united  with  Mexico. 
The  soil  is  fertile,  and  capable  of  yielding,  in  profusion,  tropical  fruits  and  grain. 
Though  low,  yet  it  is  free  from  damp,  and  not  unhealthy. 

Chiapa  of  the  Spaniards,  called  also  Ciudad  Real,  though  ranking  as  the  capital, 
is  now  only  a  small  place  of  4000  inhabitants.  Chiapa  of  the  Indians  is  larger, 
and  carries  on  a  considerable  trade.  There  are  several  other  large  villages, 
chiefly  Indian.  Near  Palenque,  the  most  northern  of  these,  Don  Antonio  del  Rio 
traced,  in  1787,  the  remains  of  the  great  ancient  city  of  Culhuacan.  Fourteen 
large  buildings,  called  by  the  natives  the  Stone  Houses,  remain  nearly  entire;  and 
for  three  or  tour  leagues  either  way,  the  fragments  of  the  other  fallen  buildings 
are  seen  extending  along  the  mountain.  They  are  of  a  rude  and  rnaspive  con- 
Htniclion,  well  calculated  tor  durability ;  and  the  principal  apartments  are  adorned 
with  numerous  figures  in  relief,  representing  human  beings  of  strtinge  form,  and 
variously  habited  and  ndnrned. 

The  Ktate  of  Ta!nauli|ius  occupies  the  whole  coast  from  tho  rlv(!i'  Piiniioo,  or 
Tanipico,  to  the  Nueces.  It  is  difficult  of  access,  as  it  containn  few  harbours,  and 
a  continual  surf  breaks  along  the  wlinle  sliori',  which,  during  the  prevalence  of 
the  Northers  from  November  to  Mnrcli,  is  tremendously  inprmiTOd.  Thf  Pel 
Norte  traverses  the  northern  part  of  the  state,  and  the  Pntiuco,  or  'ranipji  n.  Hie 
southern.  The  latter  abounds  in  shrimps,  wliich  are  b<>ih'd  in  salt  and  wator, 
dried  and  packed  in  small  bales,  and  sent  to  all  part»  of  llie  roiuitry.    Tampico  de 

21* 


M 

B  K  •-'  1."  ^.^Hin^^i 

.  •,'■■" 

k   '  ! 

■  ■  '^iij 

<   .■■^'  ' 

I 

i  ■■  ■  i'  i 

> 

i  ■ 

if 

i    ■ 

» 

c 

t< 

.►■ 

r 

I 

■h 


.  "  t 

'V  , 

'  .1 

[i  ••  1 

f'  '      ! 

■in 


.f^' 


I 

'  'I 


1    .  ■    .  s 


■  I'll.' 


» 


It' 

It 


'  f  (•]  J ,' 


1; 


t  ■ 


I'  1  ■■. 


i 


B 


f. 


■1-. 


I  *■  -i- 


'JUi 


MKXICO. 


liiH  Tnmaiilipan,  or  New  Tninpico,  nt>nr  Ific  mouth  of  llir  riv»'r,  wnH  foun(!»'<I  in 
iN*J4,  iiiiil  haH  rapidly  incronMed  on  account  ot'  it.s  curninnrcial  a(lvanta|:;(f^',  whit  h 
liavc  altractnd  Ihitlipr  inhabilantH  of  Altoinira,  uiicn  a  tiliico  of'  huiik-  iii(p'jrtui\(-«<. 
j  'i'uiiipico  haa  now  about  r)(HH>  inhabitan'-*,  but  it  .suflorn  under  t  want  of  ^(xkI 
wntt'r.  The  river  m  i»avi(fablt'  for  Hniall  ^  ^Mels,  HO  miluB  to  I'unuco,  a  place  rele- 
i  bratcd  in  the  hiotory  of  the  conqucat,  and  >till  remarkable  for  the  romainn  of  hiiild- 
ihffH,  wea)K)nH,  and  utepHilH  tinind  in  ita  vicinity.  Further  north,  on  the  Santander, 
i»  the  port  of  Soto  la  Marina,  with  some  trade,  and  on  tlio  Del  Norte  is  Matiiinoros, 

Ascendinif  the  tahlc-land  to  the  west  of  TamanlipaB,  we  enter  the  Htoti?  of  Snn 
Luis  Potiwi,  which  contains  Bonie  of  the  richest  Hilver  rnineH  of  Mexico.  The  in- 
habitants arc  described  as  indiiHtrinud,  and  they  niipply  the  etatcH  of  I,oon  and 
Coahuila  with  cloth,  hats,  wearing  apprel,  &.c.  The  capital,  of  the  same  name, 
is  a  neat  and  well-built  town,  containing;  a  mint,  and  many  handsnmo  churches 
and  conventd,  and  it  carries  on  an  active  trade  with  the  interior.  Including;  the 
suburbs,  it  is  said  to  have  a  population  of  5U,()(H).  Catorce,  whose  mines  are  sur- 
passed in  riches  only  by  those  of  Guanaxuato,  is  built  in  a  wild  and  tugfjcd  rerrion, 
at  the  f(K)t  of  a  dreary  mountain,  surrounded  by  huge  bare  rocks,  and  intersected 
by  deep  narrow  ravines. 

The  state  of  New  Leon,  lying  to  the  east  of  the  Sierra  Madre,  is  yet  sufficiently 
elevated  above  the  sea  to  enjoy  a  delightful  climate.  Monterey,  the  capital,  is  a 
well-built  town,  with  about  12,0(M)  inhabitants,  many  of  whom  are  wealthy  Span- 
iards. Linares  is  also  a  neat  town,  in  a  highly  cultivated  district,  and  has  a  po- 
pulation of  (am. 

West  and  north  of  New  Leon  is  the  state  of  Coahuila,  comprising  a  compara- 
tively narrow  tract  south  of  the  Nueces,  and  between  Tamaulipas  ond  Chihuahua. 
It.j  extreme  southern  part  lies  on  the  central  table-land,  and  the  dreary  mountains 
a;id  barren  plains  in  the  vicinity  of  Saltillo  present  a  btriking  contrast  to  the  fer- 
tile land  and  luxuriant  herbage  of  the  Tierra  Caliente  of  New  Leon.  Lcona  Vi- 
cario,  formerly  Saltillo,  the  capital,  is  a  neat  town,  with  12,000  inhabit&nts. 

The  whole  of  the  north-eustern  part  of  New  Spain  was  occupied  by  the  ex- 
tensive intendency  of  San  Luis  PoU-ai,  which  comprised  the  provinces  of  San 
Luis,  New  Santander,  New  Leon.  CiKihwila,  and  Texas;  the  four  la.st-named  form- 
ing what  were  termed  the  IntCfu.il  Pr^inces  of  the  East.  Only  a  small  portion 
of  this  vast  tract  lying  on  its  -i.c  lero  'order,  is  mountainous,  the  greater  part  be- 
ing low  and  level,  and  sontaiiutii,'  extensive  prairies.  The  coost  is  deficient  in 
harbours,  nnd  is  lined  with  long,  h-x.  narrow  islands  of  sand,  forming  a  succession 
of  shallow  lagoons.  The  mouths  of  the  rivers  are  also  blocked  up  by  sand-bars. 
This  intendency  is  now  divided  into  four  states. 

Proceeding  again  into  the  interior,  we  find  the  central  table-land  occupied  by 
the  states  of  Durango  and  Chihuahua,  formerly  composing  the  intendency  of  New 
Biscay,  or  Durango.  "To  the  inhabitants  of  the  soutiiern  and  central  provinces," 
says  Ward,  "  everything  north  of  Zacatecas  is  terra  incognita,  and  the  traveller 
is  surprised,  ufler  passing  it,  to  find  an  improvement  in  the  manners  and  charac- 
ter of  tlie  inhabitants.  Durango,  where  the  change  first  becomes  visible,  may  be 
considered  as  the  key  of  the  whole  north,  which  is  piopled  by  the  descendants  of 
a  race  of  settlers  from  the  most  industrious  provinces  of  Spain  (Biscay,  Navarre, 
and  Catalonia),  who  have  preserved  their  blood  uncontaminated  by  any  cross  with 
the  aborigines,  and  who  retain  most  of  the  habits  and  feelings  of  their  forefathers. 
They  have  much  loyalty  and  generous  frankness,  great  natural  politeness,  and 
considerable  activity  both  of  body  and  mind.  The  women,  instead  of  passing  their 
days  in  languor  and  idleness,  are  actively  employed  in  affairs  of  the  household, 
and  neatness  and  comfort  are  nowhere  so  great  and  general  as  in  the  north.  These 
characteristics  extend,  with  some  local  modifications,  to  the  inhabitants  of  the 
whole  country  formerly  denominated  the  Internal  Provinces  of  the  West,  and 
which  now  compose  the  states  of  Durango,  Chihuahua,  and  Sonora  and  Sinaloa, 
with  the  Territories  of  New  Mexico  and  the  Californias.  In  all  these  the  white 
population  predominates,  and  the  Indians  continue  unmixed,  residing  in  towns  and 
villages  of  their  own,  as  the  Yamayas  or  Mayas,  or  hovering,  like  the  Apaches, 
round  the  civilized  settlements,  and  subsisting  by  the  chase."     The  latter  ore  the 


1 


MKXKO. 


117 


ttKMi  ntimcroui)  of  Uu;  aboriginal  tribes  in  th.M  i{uarU'r.     Their  territory  ia  dcmv 
iiiiii,.l«'(l  .\|Mch«>ria. 

l>uran;;u  uiiitninH  home  rich  miiion  of  Milvcr,  whicli,  with  the  Hi;riciiltuml  tiro- 
(idct;,  uoinpriuiii);  cattUs  nmilea  ami  iihoup,  cotton,  cotli***,  MigtLT  ami  iiidiiro,  form 
iho  w*Milth  of  the  inhabitants.  The  cnpitnl,  of  the  tuimu  naiiH'.  ih  a  w«!li-built 
town,  with  a  mint,  in  wliich  tlic  nilvor  of  the  vicinity  in  coiiii'<l.  It  contains 
'jri,(MH)  inhabitants.  Parral,  fainouH  for  iUi  rich  nilvor  niineH,  had  oiu  <■  a  |N>{)iilHtion 
of  ri4),(KH);  liiit  the  niineii  are  now  tilled  with  water,  and  the  population  in  rHiiced 
to  7(KH).  In  the  neij^hbourhotxl  iH  a  celebrated  lump  of  inalleahio  iron  and  nickel, 
mines  of  (iuarmamey  and  Bolopilnrt  are  almi  noted  for  their  lichneHH. 


Th 


le  Gulf  i)f  Mexico  and 
Tlie  Houthern 


The  central  table-land  may  be  crHixidered  ntt  nearly  terminatini;  in  Chihuahua, 
which  conitiHts  in  part  of  dry,  unwooded  plains:  the  nuil  is  here  impregnated  with 
carlxniatn  of  8oda  and  saltpetre.  The  ciipital,  of  the  same  name,  is  well  built,  and 
contains  Nome  costly  churchos,  monaNtcries,  and  other  public  edifices;  but  the  po- 
pulation has  been  reduced  from  r>0,(KK>  to  one-third  of  th»i'  umber.  The  rich 
niinet)  of  Santa  Julalia,  in  its  vicinity,  once  yielded  r),(KH  liar-;  a  year.     In 

the  western  jxirt  of  Chihuahua,  arc  the  Cusas  Gran-'  large  square 

buildings,  whose  sides  are  accurately  ranged  north  uii  '  of  several 

leagues  is  coven '<l  with  these  remains,  consisting  of  aiji  arious  other 

structures. 

The  Sonora  and  Sinaloa  is  a  vast  tract  lying  between 
the  Colorado  on  the  west,  and  the  Rocky  Mountaino  on  the  east, 
part  only  contains  some  white  inhabitants,  the  centre  and  north  being  iMicupiod  by 
various  Indian  trib«?8,  among  whom  are  the  Apaches,  Seris,  Yaquis,  MaidiH,  Mayas, 
&c.  Many  of  them  are  civilized  and  industrious.  The  southern  part  of  the  state 
l)t!long.s  to  the  Tierra  Caliente,  and  consists  of  a  vast  sandy  plain,  destitute  of 
vegetation,  except  in  the  rainy  season  and  in  some  well-watered  spot.^.  Further 
north  the  climate  is  mild  and  agreeable,  and  the  land  is  productive  and  comprises 
some  beautiful  valleys.  The  state  contii,  is  rich  silver  mines;  gold  is  obtained 
from  washings,  and  auriferous  copper  ore  abounds.  There  arc  also  pearl  fisheries. 
Wheat,  hides,  furs,  gold,  silver,  and  copper,  are  exported.  Guaymas  is  said  to  be 
the  best  harbour  of  Mexico,  but  the  town  is  unhealthy,  and  the  water  brackish. 
Pitic,  or  Petic,  in  the  interior,  is  the  residence  of  the  wealthy  merchants,  and  is  a 
place  of  consiilerable  trade,  being  the  depdt  of  articles  imported  into  Guaymas  for 
Upper  Bonora  and  New  Mexico.  The  town  is  irregularly  built,  but  it  contains 
many  good  houses,  and  about  80()0  inhabitants.  Alamos  is  a  place  ol'  about  6000 
inhabitants,  having  in  its  vicinity  some  of  the  richest  silver  mines  in  Mexico. 
Villa  del  Fuerte  is  the  capital  of  the  state.  Mazatlan  has  a  gowi  harbour,  though 
exposed  to  the  south-west  winds. 

The  territory  of  New  Mexico  is  only  an  infant  settlement,  formed  on  the  Rio 
del  Norte,  in  a  fertile  territory,  but  having  a  climate  remarkably  cold,  considering 
the  latitude.  It  is  separated  from  Chihuahua  by  a  vast,  arid,  and  perilous  desert. 
The  settlers  have  a  still  harder  conflict  to  maintain  with  the  Indians,  a  few  of 
whom,  however,  have  attained  a  certain  degree  of  civilization.  A  great  number 
of  sheep  are  reared,  of  which  about  30,0(K)  are  sent  to  the  southward ;  and  there 
are  Mme  mines  of  valuable  copper.  Santa  Fe,  the  capital,  contains  about  6000 
inhabitartts.     The  caravan  route  from  St.  Ijouis  terminates  here. 

Lower  California  is  a  long  peninsula  in  the  Pacific,  parallel  to  the  continent, 
from  which  it  is  separated  by  its  deep  gulf.  California  enjoys  the  most  beautiful 
sky  in  the  world ;  constantly  serene,  blue,  and  cloudless ;  or  if  any  clouds  for  a 
moment  appear,  they  display  the  most  brill ianl  tints.  But  the  soil  is  sandy  and 
arid  like  the  shores  of  Provence,  and  only  a  few  favoured  spots  present  a  trace  of 
vegetation.  There  are  about  7000  or  8000  Spaniards  and  converted  Indians,  and 
4000  savages ;  and  it  is  not  supposed  that  the  population  can  ever  be  much 
greater.  The  missions  have  been  pretty  much  broken  up  since  the  revolution. 
Loreto,  once  a  place  of  some  note,  now  contains  about  250  inhabitants. 

New  or  Upper  California  is  r.  vast  tract  extending  north  from  I.,ower  California 
to  the  lat,  of  42°.  A  lofty  ridge  of  mountains  runs  along  its  western  side,  not  far 
from  the  sea,  forming  the  prolongation  of  the  mountains  of  the  peninsula,  and 


•       J^ 


'i  r  ■  if- 


r 


-:4/ 


fe 


» ■ 


I  ■'  1 


m 


ft 


K^•' 


. '  -  I'M 


Ml 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


'-5 


^.y 


^ 


1.0 


I.I 


■"  tli   12.2 
£  iiL   12.0 


IL25  i  1.4 


I 


Hiotographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


23  WIST  MAIN  STRUT 

WfBSTH.N.Y.  14580 

(716)  •72-4903 


Sn 


'!1 


'J^^^^^^^^^H 

^^^^H 

's| 

■  '     h 

^^^^^^^^B. 

f^^ 

■.■;. 

Hiku 

{■■i 

/-■  •» 

If,':'*, , 

I  ,')«■. 


[  »    .    ■' 


34S 


GUATEMALA. 


e::tendinff  north  beyond  the  Columbia.  Alonff  the  coast  the  Spaniards  have  esta- 
blistied  Home  missions,  and  formed  some  settlements  of  whites.  The  former  are 
now  rapidly  declining.  There  are  twenty-one  establishments,  containing  about 
7000  converts.  They  are  often  forced  to  join  the  missions,  but  they  are  kindly 
treated,  and  well  fed;  they  are,  however,  not  allowed  to  leave  the  settlements, 
and  the  surplus  of  their  labour  belongs  to  the  missionaries;  the  missions  have 
about  300,000  head  of  cattle.  The  climate  ia  temperate  and  healthful,  the  land 
is  well  watered  and  well  wooded,  and  much  of  it  is  tolerably  productive.  The 
coast  has  some  excellent  harbours,  among  which  is  that  of  iSt.  Francisco,  which 
affords  perfect  security  to  ships  of  any  burthen,  with  plentiful  supplies  of  fresh 
beef,  vegetables,  wood,  and  fresh  water.  The  exports  are  hides,  tallow,  mantcca, 
and  horses,  to  the  Sandwich  islands,  grain  to  the  Russian  establishments  at  Sitka 
and  Kodiak,  and  provisions  sold  to  whale-ships.  The  imports  are  salt,  deal-boards, 
ftirniture,  drygoods,  and  silks.  On  the  east  of  the  coast  chain  abovementioned, 
and  extending  to  the  Colorado  and  the  Rocky  Mountains,  is  a  vast  sandy  plain, 
about  100  miles  in  width  in  its  southern  part,  nnd  200  in  the  northern,  by  700  in 
length,  consisting  of  a  bare,  arid  surface,  with  some  isolated  mountains  inter- 
spersed hero  and  there  over  its  dreary  bosom. 


'■i 


GUATEMALA, 

OR  UNITED  STATES   OF  CENTRAL  AMERICA. 

The  republic  of  Guatemala,  or  Guatimala,  occupying  the  narrow  tract  between 
the  two  great  masses  of  the  continent,  has,  in  virtue  of  its  position,  assumed  the 
title  of  the  United  States  of  Central  America.  • 

Guatemala  is  bounded  on  the  south-east  by  the  republic  of  New  Grenada ;  on 
the  north  and  north-east  by  the  Mexican  States,  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  and  the  Ca- 
ribbean Sea ;  and  on  the  pouth  and  south-west  by  the  Pacific  Ocean.  Measured 
by  an  oblique  line  from  one  extremity  to  the  other,  it  may  be  1050  miles  in  length ; 
but  the  breadth,  from  sea  to  sea,  nowhere  exceeds  500,  and  in  some  places  is  only 
100  miles.  The  surface  has  been  estimated  at  200,000  square  miles,  which, 
though  it  appears  small  when  compared  with  the  other  American  states,  is  nearly 
double  the  whole  extent  of  the  British  Islands. 

The  surface  of  Guatemala  does  not  display  that  lofty  and  rugged  character 
which  generally  marks  the  neighbouring  portions  of  the  American  continent 
The  chain  of  the  Andes,  which  raises  such  a  tremendous  snowy  barrier  through 
the  greater  part  of  the  continent,  sinks  in  the  isthmus  of  Panama  into  a  mere 
rocky  dike,  connecting  North  and  South  America.  Near  Nicaragua,  it  seems  to 
become  little  more  than  an  insensible  ridge,  sloping  down  to  the  shores  of  the 
opposite  oceans.  Proceeding  north-west,  it  soon  rises  and  presents  to  the  Pacific 
a  lofty  range,  in  which  are  twenty-one  volcanoes,  partly  burning  and  partly  extinct. 
The  loftiest,  called  the  volcano  of  Guatemala,  being  covered  with  snow  for  several 
months  in  the  year,  cannot  be  much  less  than  10,000  feet  high.  Hence  Guate- 
mala, though  it  does  not  present  a  continuous  table-land,  like  Mexico,  has  high 
mountain  valleys,  enjoying  a  cool  and  agreeable  air,  and  producing  the  grain  and 
the  fruits  of  the  temperate  zone.  The  eastern  part,  swelling  somewhat  into  the 
form  of  a  peninsula,  and  known  by  the  name  of  Mosquitia,  or  the  Mosquito  shore, 
consists  of  a  vast  and  savage  forest,  beat  by  the  burning  rays  of  the  sun,  and  occu- 
pied by  rude  and  unsubdued  Indians. 

The  waters  which  descend  from  the  Andeti  of  Guatemala  fall  into  one  or  other 
of  the  opposite  oceans,  and  do  not  swell  into  rivers  of  any  importance ;  but  there 
is  one  grand  aqueous  feature,  the  Lake  of  Nicaragua,  150  miles  in  length,  and  60 
in  breadth,  and  having  almost  throughout  a  depth  of  ten  fathoms.  Numerous 
streams,  flowing  from  diflTerent  quarters,  form  this  great  body  of  water,  which  has 
only  one  outlet  in  the  river  San  Juan,  which  flows  from  it  into  the  Atlantic.  The 
Burface  of  the  lake  is  diversified  and  adorned  with  small  islands,  in  one  of  which 
is  a  volcanic  mountain.     It  communicates  by  a  navigable  channel  of  26  miles, 


GUATK.VIALA. 


24\i 


with  a  smaller  lake,  called  the  I^ake  of  Leon,  which  may  almost  be  considered  as 
a  branch  of  it,  and  is  5()  miles  long  by  30  broad. 

The  productive  qualities  of  (inatomnla  are.  if  possible,  superior  even  to  those 
of  other  countries  in  the  fruitful  climates  of  America.  Like  Mexico,  it  yields  in 
different  ref^ions,  and  at  small  distances  from  euch  other,  all  the  varieties  of  fruit 
and  i^'rain  peculiar  to  the  tropical  and  temperate  zones.  Of  fruits,  several  of  the 
most  valuable  are  produce<l  in  the  highest  perfection.  The  indigo,  which  forms 
.so  large  a  part  of  the  commerce  of  Mexico,  is  almost  entirely  Guatemalan.  The 
cacao  of  Soconusco  is  said  to  be  tlic  very  finest  in  the  world,  though  it  is  culti- 
vated on  too  small  a  scale  to  enter  much  into  the  market  of  Europe.  Vrjnilla, 
however,  the  other  ingredient  of  chocolate,  is  procured  to  a  great  extent  from  this 
quarter.  Sugar,  cotton,  cochineal,  mahogany,  and  dye-woods,  are  also  exported. 
There  are  manufactures  of  cotton  and  porcelain,  some  of  them  fine,  but  only  for 
internal  consumption ;  and  the  fabrics  in  wrought  gold  and  silver  are  said  to  pos- 
sess great  merit.  As  to  commerce,  Guatemala  labours  under  tha  disadvantage  of 
not  having  on  either  ocean  a  port  capable  of  receiving  large  ships ;  and  its  com- 
modities have  to  bear  a  heavy  hind-carriage,  and  a  coasting  voyage,  before  they 
arrive  at  Vera  Cruz. 

Guatemala  abounds  in  mines,  particularly  of  silver ;  some  of  which  have  been 
undertaken  by  an  English  company,  in  the  expectation  of  their  proving  productive ; 
but  the  result  is  yet  uncertain. 

Canals  are  naturally  an  undertaking  beyond  the  infant  resources  of  Guatemala ; 
but  one  is  in  contemplation,  which,  if  executed,  w<ll  be  the  greatest  and  most  im- 
portant work  of  this  kind  on  the  globe..  This  is  a  canal  to  connect  the  Atlantic 
and  Pacific,  navigable  for  the  largest  vessels,  so  as  to  enable  European  vessels  to 
reach  China  and  parts  of  India  by  an  easier  and  more  direct  course, — thus  causing 
an  important  revolution  in  the  commercial  world.  It  will,  probably,  be  under- 
taken from  the  Lake  of  Nicaragua,  which  communicates  with  the  Atlantic  by  the 
broad  chann-jl  of  the  San  Juan,  and  is  separated  from  the  Pacific  by  an  interval 
of  firom  sixteen  to  twenty  miles  in  breadth,  through  which  it  seems  certain  that  a 
good  level  could  be  found.  To  execute,  therefore,  a  canal  of  the  dimensions  of  the 
Caledonian,  is,  even  at  present,  completely  within  the  reach  of  human  skill  and 
resources.  It  is  an  undertaking  indeed,  which  does  not  belong  to  the  government 
within  whose  limits  it  is  placed;  and,  though  the  capitalists  of  North  America  or 
Europe  would  find  no  difficulty  in  providing  the  funds,  the  political  atmosphere  of 
Central  America  is  scarcely  yet  so  settled,  that  they  might  look  forward  with  full 
confidence  to  compensation  for  the  large  advances  which  would  be  necessary. 

The  population  cannot  be  considered  as  well  ascertained.  It  docs  not  fall  short 
of  2,000,000.  About  one-half  of  the  whole  number  are  Indians,  one-fifth  whites, 
and  three-tenths  mixed  races.    There  arc  no  negroes  in  the  country. 

The  government  is  federal  republican  in  its  form,  being  modelled  on  that  of  the 
United  States.  A  federal  congress,  composed  of  a  senate  and  house  of  represent- 
atives, chosen  the  latter  by  the  people,  the  former  by  the  states,  and  a  president, 
also  chosen  by  the  popular  vote,  manage  the  general  concerns  of  the  confederacy. 
Each  state  has  its  respective  legislature  and  executive  chief  for  the  administra- 
tion of  its  domestic  afl&irs. 

The  territory  of  the  republic,  together  with  the  present  Mexican  state  Chiapas, 
formed  the  Spanish  captaincy-general  of  Guatemala  until  1821,  when  it  was  incor- 
porated with  Mexico.  On  the  fiill  of  Iturbide,  in  1824,  it  separated  itself  from 
the  latter,  and  constituted  itself  an  independent  republic,  under  the  title  of  the 
Federal  Republic  of  Central  America.  The  confederacy  consists  of  five  states, 
and  a  federal  district,  as  follows. 

States.  Population.  Capital. 

Guatemala 800,000  Old  Guatemala. 

San  Salvador 350,000   San  Salvador. 

Honduras 250,000  Comayagua. 

Costa  Rica 150,000  San  Juan. 

Nicaragua 350,000  Leon. 

Federal  District,  New  Guatemala.  ' 


.<>;■• 


i   « 


•j» .  ».j-i  < . 


'  *r  ' 


.==!'< 


'  • . '    '  1 


^'•■■1 


I 


m 

■J*  •5 

I.. 


♦>  ill 


450 


GUATEMALA. 


niiatpmala.  Proper  ia  the  central  province,  comprising  the  ^eat  chain  of  volca- 
nic  mountaina,  and  the  slope  downwards  from  them  to  the  sea.  It  is  here  that 
the  (Treat  variety  of  climate  and  productions  appears  and  that  the  latter  are  in  the 
highest  perfection.  What  is  strictly  called  the  valley  of  Guatemala  consists  pro- 
perly of  nine  valleys,  of  varying  elevation,  enclosed  within  the  great  circuit  of 
volcanic  mountains.  In  the  centre  of  this  range  of  vallcyR,  at  an  elevation  not 
precisely  known,  stands  the  old  city  of  Santiago  de  Guatemala.  It  was  erected 
Krst  in  1527,  at  the  foot  of  an  enormous  mountain,  called  the  Volcano  of  Water 
(de  Agua),  and  which  too  soon  justified  that  title ;  for,  a  few  years  afterwards,  an 
aqueous  eruption  burst  forth,  of  the  most  formidable  character,  which  overwhelmed 
tlie  whole  city,  and  buried  in  its  ruins  a  great  part  of  the  inhabitants.  Appnlled 
by  this  disaster,  the  Spaniards  removed  the  city  to  another  situation  in  a  beautiful 
and  finely  watered  valley,  which  yielded  in  profusion  all  the  necessaries  and  luxu- 
ries  of  life.  A  new  town,  also  called  Santiago  de  Guatemala,  was  here  erected. 
But  the  site,  with  all  its  felicities,  had  terrible  defects.  It  was  liable  to  dreadful 
shocks  of  earthquake  and  volcanic  eruptions,  which  rendered  the  existence  of  its 
inhabitants  constantly  insecure,  and  their  fate  often  tragical.  In  the  above  suc- 
cession of  calamities,  severe  attacks  of  pestilence  were  interspersed.  At  length, 
in  177.5,  the  series  was  consummated  by  a  truly  appalling  earthquake,  the  shocks 
of  which,  continuing  at  intervals  from  June  to  December,  reduced  the  city  nearly 
to  a  heap  of  ruins.  The  Spanish  government,  on  being  advertised  of  this  disaster, 
sent  out  instructions  to  remove  to  another  site ;  but  this,  perhaps  well-meant, 
order,  being  executed  in  an  abrupt  and  despotic  manner,  only  aggravated  at  first 
the  miseries  of  the  unfortunate  city.  New  Guatemala  was  built  in  the  valley  of 
Mixco,  in  a  situation  not  so  fertile  and  beautifiil,  but  extremely  healthy,  and  ex- 
empt from  the  dreadful  calamities  of  which  the  old  city  had  been  a  victim.  It 
was  reared  in  the  usual  regular  manner  and  with  numerous  squares ;  the  houses 
are  neat,  though  low,  to  mitigate  the  danger  of  earthquake ;  the  churches  and 
other  public  edifices  on  a  smaller  scale,  but  of  very  elegant  design.  The  citizens, 
supposed  to  amount  to  35,000,  ply,  with  very  considerable  diligence,  the  trades  of 
weaving,  pottery,  working  in  silver,  and  embroidery :  its  chief  articles  of  trade 
are  indigo  and  cacao.  Old  Guatemala  likewise  has  risen  fi'om  its  ashes,  and  a 
great  proportion  of  its  exiles  have  gradually  found  their  way  back  to  their  former 
abode.  Having  attained  a  population  of  18,000,  it  has  been  reinvested,  not  with 
the  privileges  of  a  city,  but  those  ef  a  town. 

San  Salvador,  to  the  south,  is  the  capital  of  the  state  of  the  same  name,  which 
contains  above  300,000  p^'  'o,  and  forms  a  very  rich  tract,  yielding  most  of  the 
indigo  which  is  the  str  r  the  kingdom.  The  capital,  in  a  fine  valley,  con- 
tained, in  1778,  a  popult  of  12,000,  chiefly  employed  in  the  indigo  trade.  A 
variety  of  volcanic  movements  desolate  this  province,  while  they  present  curious 
phenomena  to  the  view  of  the  observer. 

The  state  of  Nicaragua  lies  to  the  south  of  the  preceding.  The  territory  is 
rich  in  all  the  tropical  ftuits,  but  in  none  which  belong  to  the  temperate  climes. 
It  has,  however,  vast  savannahs  covered  with  numerous  herds  of  cattle,  which  are 
sent  even  to  the  market  of  the  capital.  But  the  most  prominent  object  in  this 
province  is  the  lake,  and  the  chief  interest  excited  by  it  is  the  projected  oceanic 
canal :  both  of  which  have  been  already  mentioned.  Leon,  or  San  Leon  de  Ni- 
caragua, is  a  place  of  about  20,000  inhabitants,  of  whom  about  1000  are  Spaniards, 
with  a  college,  which  in  1812  was  allowed  by  the  Cortes  to  be  converted  into  an 
university.  It  occupies  an  advantageous  position  on  the  northwestern  shore  of  the 
lake  of  the  same  name,  which  communicates  by  its  outlet  with  Lake  Nicaragua. 
Fourteen  leagues  distant  is  the  fine  harbour  of  Realejo  in  the  Pacific,  separated 
only  by  a  level  country  over  which  there  is  a  good  road.  Nicaragua,  on  the  lake 
of  the  same  name,  is  n  town  of  about  8000  inhabitants.  Its  port  is  San  Juan,  at 
the  mouth  of  the  navigable  outlet  of  the  lake. 

Costa  Rica,  or  the  Rich  Coast,  to  the  south  of  Nicaragua,  seems  named  ironi- 
cally, being  in  a  state  of  extreme  and  deplorable  poverty.  It  is  very  capable, 
however,  of  yielding  the  common  tropical  products ;  but  the  inroads  of  the  Buc* 
caneers  caused  a  desertion,  firom  which  it  has  never  recovered.     Cartago,  how- 


TH£  WEST  INDIEH. 


:i51 


ever,  in  the  heart  of  the  province,  hu  a  population  of  '2U,(H)0  persons,  of  whom 
600  are,  or  were,  Spaniards. 

The  eastern  part  of  the  republic  consists  of  the  state  of  HnnduraR,  so  named 
from  the  peninsula  which  separates  it  from  Vucatan.  The  whole  coast  is  flat, 
marshy,  hot,  and  extremely  unhealthy,  though  some  parts  of  the  interior  rise  into 
hilly  and  temperate  tracts.  This  ref^ion  is  covered  with  thick  forests  containing 
the  valuable  trees  of  mahogany  and  logwood.  The  mahogany  trees  arc  very 
thinly  scattered,  and  are  cut  down  by  gangs  of  negroes,  preceded  by  what  is  called 
the  hnder,  who  mounts  the  tope  of  the  highest  trees,  and  spies  out  whore  a  maho- 
gany  tree  is  to  be  tbund.  The  chief  expense  is  in  the  conveyance  to  the  coast. 
Turtle  is  found  in  abundance  along  this  shore.  Gold  and  silver  mines  are  said  to 
exist  here,  but  none  have  ever  been  worked,  or  even  found.  Comayagua,  called 
also  Valladolid,  is  agreeably  situated  in  the  interior;  but,  though  the  nominal  capi- 
tal, it  has  never  attained  any  great  importance.  Truxillo,  and  Cape  Gracias,  are 
more  conspicuous  places,  but  now  also  much  decayed.  Omoa,  witii  a  good  har- 
,bour,  has  some  trade.  The  cultivation  of  tobacco,  and  the  rearing  of  cattle,  form 
the  principal  occupations  of  the  inhabitants  of  Honduras. 


THE    WEST    INDIES. 

Thk  West  Indies  consist  of  an  archipelago  of  large  and  fine  islands,  situated 
in  the  wide  interval  of  sea  between  North  and  South  America.  Their  rich  pro- 
ducts, their  high  cultivation,  and  the  very  singular  form  of  society  existing  in 
them,  have  rendered  them  in  modern  times  peculiarly  interesting. 

These  islands  extend  in  a  species  of  curved  line,  first  east,  and  then  south,  be- 
ginning near  the  southern  part  of  the  United  States,  and  terminating  at  the  coast 
of  South  America,  near  the  mouth  of  the  Orinoco.  On  the  east  and  north  they 
are  bounded  by  the  Atlantic ;  on  the  south,  the  Caribbean  sea  separates  them  from 
the  coast  of  Colombia ;  on  the  west,  the  broad  expanse  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  is 
interposed  between  them  and  that  part  of  the  continent.  The  largest  are  those 
which  extend  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  eastward ;  Cuba,  Hayti,  Jamaica,  and 
Porto  Rico.  Those  which  run  from  north  to  south  are  smaller ;  but  many  of  them, 
as  Barbadoes,  Martinico,  Guadaloupe,  Trinidad,  are  very  important  from  their  fer- 
tility and  high  cultivation.  This  latter  part  of  the  group  is  frequently  called  the 
Windward  Islands,  from  being  exposed  to  the  direct  action  of  the  trade  winds, 
blowing  across  the  Atlantic;  they  are  named  also  the  Antilles,  and  frequently  the 
Caribbec  Islands,  from  the  name  of  the  people,  called  Caribs,  found  there  by  the 
discoverers. 

Mountains  of  considerable  elevation  diversify  each  of  these  islands,  causing 
them  to  resemble  the  elevated  remains  of  a  portion  of  the  continent,  which  some 
convulsion  has  overwhelmed.  Generally  speaking,  the  interior  is  composed  of  a 
range  or  group,  sometimes  of  little  more  than  a  single  mountain,  the  slopes  of 
which,  and  the  plain  at  its  feet,  constitute  the  island.  The  most  elevated  peaks 
of  Cuba,  Hayti,  and  Jamaica,  exceed  8000  feet;  while  the  highest  summits  of  the 
Windward  Islands  range  from  3000  to  4000  feet.  Meet  of  these  eminences  have 
evidently  been  the  seat  of  volcanic  action ;  but  this  appears  to  have  ceased  in  all 
of  them,  except  the  Soufriere  of  Guadaloupo,  which  still  exhibits  some  &int  indi- 
cations of  it. 

I'he  political  relations  of  all  these  islands  are  subordinate  to  those  of  the  mo- 
ther-country to  which  they  are  subjected.  In  those  belonging  to  Britain,  the 
white  proprietors  are  represented  in  houses  of  assembly,  which  exercise  some  of 
the  functions  of  the  British  parliament.  The  limits  between  the  two  jurisdictions, 
however,  have  not  been  very  precisely  defined ;  and  in  several  instances,  particu- 
larly that  of  the  treatment  of  the  slaves,  some  rather  serious  coUifflons  have 
takpn  place.     Hayti  forms  an  independent  republic. 

An  uncommon  measure  of  wealth  and  prosperity  was  for  a  long  time  enjoyed 
by  these  islands.     They  flourished  especially  during  the  last  century,  when  they 


i  y- 


%' 


'if 


.» 


■  *  J 


ml.^: 


■M 


■■»  -.•  .>i 


».. 


iff,  ■■   iiU  'A      -■*.■    ifc 


."!sr 


♦  i 


253 


THE  WE8T  INDIES. 


supplied  almost  exclusively  migfar,  cofiec,  and  oUier  articles,  the  use  of  which  had 
bocoine  ffcncral  over  the  civilized  world. 

The  export  of  suf^ar  to  BriUin,  during  the  year  1832,  amounted  to  3,>')85,188 
cwU*.,  which,  at  28«  per  cwt,  amounts  to  5,119,000/.,  and  the  duty,  at  24«.,  was 
4.:35'2,(KMI/.  The  exportation  of  rum,  in  1832,  amounted  to  4,753,789  gallons,  the 
value  of  which,  at  2«.  9<i.  a  firallon,  would  be  75:),644/.  Of  this  amount,  3,513,(KMI 
gallons,  retained  in  Britain  for  home  consumption,  paid  a  duty  of  1,570,000/. 

CufTee  ranks  next  to  sugar  in  importance.  The  importation  into  Britain,  in 
1832,  amounted  to  24,600,MN)  lbs.,  the  value  of  which,  at  6d.  a  pound,  may  be 
(i85,700/.  A  few  other  articles,  though  very  secondary  to  those  above  mentioned, 
arc  produced  in  these  islands.  Cotton  was  formerly  considered  one  of  their  sta- 
ples. In  1786,  the  produce  was  5,800,000  lbs. ;  and  in  1828,  it  was  almost  the 
very  same,  or  5,890,000.  In  1831  and  1832,  it  averaged  only  1,950,000  lbs.  The 
United  States  have  supplanted  the  islands,  botli  as  to  the  abundance  and  quality 
of  this  commodity.  Yet  the  cotton  of  the  latter,  though  inferior  to  the  best  Amer- 
ican, still  maintains  a  respectable  price  in  the  market.  Cacao,  the  principal  ma- 
terial of  chocolate,  has  also  much  declined,  chiefly  perhaps  on  account  of  that 
beverage  being  almost  entirely  disused  in  Britain.  The  average  of  1831  and  1632 
was  l,a'30,000  lbs. 

Manufacturing  industry,  from  the  peculiar  state  of  society  in  these  islands, 
scarcely  exists,  even  in  its  humblest  form,  for  domestic  use. 

Commerce,  on  the  contrary,  is  carried  on  to  a  much  greater  extent  than  in  any 
other  country  of  the  same  wealth  and  populousness.  Almost  every  product  of 
West  Indian  labour  is  destined  for  the  market  of  the  mother-country,  firom  which, 
in  return,  these  islands  receive  all  their  clothing,  and  a  great  proportion  of  their 
daily  food.  They  supply  the  British  empire  with  nearly  all  the  sugar,  rum,  and 
coffee,  consumed  in  it 

In  1832,  the  shipping  employed  in  the  trade  between  Britain  and  the  West  In- 
dies was  to  the  following  amount: — Inwards,  828  ships,  229,117  tons,  and  12,656 
men.  Outwards,  803  ships,  226,105  tons,  and  12,804  men.  The  value  of  the  im- 
ports in  1829  was  9,807,914/. ;  of  the  exports,  3,612,075/.  The  leading  articles 
of  import  were  sugar,  rum,  coffee,  cotton,  cacao,  molasses,  pimento,  ginger,  ma- 
ho^ny,  logwood,  fustic,  indigo,  cochineal,  castor  oil,  sarsaparilla,  and  pepper. 

The  West  Indies  also  carry  on  an  extensive  intercourse  with  the  United  States 
and  the  British  colonies  in  North  America,  to  which  they  send  their  staple  pro- 
ductions, and  receive,  in  return,  grain,  provisions,  fish,  and  timber.  The  trade 
with  the  British  colonies  employed,  in  1831,  486  ships,  of  75,896  tons,  with  5074 
men,  outwards.  That  from  the  United  States,  in  the  same  year,  employed  58,825 
tons,  of  which  more  than  two-thirds  were  American. 

The  population  of  the  different  portions  of  the  West  Indies  has  been  ascertained 
with  varying  degrees  of  accuracy.  The  following  is  probably  a  near  approxima- 
tion of  the  whole : — 

Spanish  islands 1,000,000 

llayti 800,000 

British  islands 720,000 

French  islands 230,000 

Other  European  islands 100,000 

2,850,000 

Of  these  it  is  probable  not  above  500,000  are  Ekiropeans ;  the  rest  are  of  negnro 
origin,  and,  unless  in  Hayti,  the  greater  part  of  them  ave  in  a  state  of  slavery. 

The  social  state  of  these  islands  is  peculiar  and  painful.  The  population  con- 
sists of  three  portions,  between  which  scarcely  any  sympathy  exists : — 1.  The 
whites ;  2.  the  slaves ;  3.  the  mixed  population  and  emancipated  negroes.  On  a 
subject  which  has  excited  so  much  interest,  and  given  rise  to  so  many  controver- 
sies, some  very  general  observations  will  be  sufiicient 

The  whites,  who  form  so  small  a  part  of  the  population,  are  the  masters,  in 
whom  all  the  power  and  property  centres.  They  consist  partly  of  proprietors  or 
planters  aupermtending  the  cultivation  of  their  own  lands,  partly  of  agents  and 


'A 


TIIK  WEST  INDIKS. 


sun 


ov^rsecre  employed  by  owncrH  renidinfr  in  Britain.  In  their  intercotirae  with  each 
other,  the  planters  are  peculiarly  frank,  li>N;niI,  and  hat«pitab!n.  They  arc  ntronf^ly 
animated  by  a  Hpirit  of  liberty,  and  even  ii  sense  ot  equality,  which  may  m.>em 
strangely  inconsistent  with  their  habitx  and  situation.  Yet  the  same  anomaly  has 
occurrc<l  in  Greece,  in  Rome,  and  in  the  United  States  of  America. 

The  slaves  form  the  most  numerous  part  of  the  population ;  but  their  situation 
hoa  been  the  subject  o^  so  much  controversy,  that  a  precise  estimate  of  it  would 
bo  difficult.  They  are  undoubtedly  in  a  worse  situation  than  the  serfs  of  Europe, 
who  were  merely  attached  to  the  soil,  and  obliged  to  deliver  a  certain  portion  of 
what  their  labour  had  drawn  from  it  Their  lot  is  harder  also  than  that  of  the 
Oriental  slave,  wiio,  employed  as  a  domestic  servant,  rises  otlen  to  the  rank  of  a 
favourite.  The  West  Indian  slave  is  ploced  continually  und«>r  the  insh  of  a  task- 
master, and  id  regarded  only  according  to  the  amount  of  labour  which  can  bo  ex- 
tracted  from  him.  It  is  impossible  not  to  look  forward  with  interest  and  hope  to 
t!ie  recent  arrangements  of  the  British  legislature,  by  w.iich  this  bondage  is  con- 
verted into  a  species  of  apprenticeship,  and  at  the  end  of  seven  years  is  to  be 
entirely  abolished;  while  the  planters  are  to  be  indemnified  by  having  distributed 
among  them  the  large  sum  of  20,000,000/.  sterling,  to  be  raised  by  small  addi- 
tional taxes  on  the  principal  articles  of  West  India  produce. 

A  considerable  part  of  the  negro  population  have  already  obtained  their  liberty, 
which  was  either  granted  by  masters  who  had  conceived  an  attachment  to  them, 
or  earned  by  the  industrious  employment  of  their  leisure  hours.  The  intercourse, 
also,  between  the  black  and  white  races  has  produced  a  number  of  mulattoes,  who 
are  never  enslaved. 

The  division  of  the  West  India  Islands,  as  they  appear  interesting  to  us,  is, 
according  to  the  nations  by  whom  they  are  occupied,  into  British,  Spanish,  French, 
Dutch,  to  which  are  to  be  added  a  few  Danish  and  Swedish,  and,  finally,  the  inde- 
pendent negro  republic  of  Hayti. 

The  British  possessions,  though  not  the  most  extensive  or  naturally  fruitful,  are, 
since  those  of  France  have  sunk  into  secondary  importance,  undoubtedly  the  best 
cultivated,  most  wealthy,  and  productive.  Perhaps  no  part  of  the  globe,  in  pro- 
portion to  its  extent,  yields  such  an  amount  of  valuable  commodities  for  exporta- 
tion. The  following  table  exhibits  the  population  and  commerce  of  each  of  these 
islands. 


Placei. 


Whites. 


Antigna 

Barlradoes 

Dominica 

Grenada 

Jamaica 

Montserrat 

Nevis 

St.  Christopher's  .... 

St.  Lucia 

St  Vincent 

Tobaro  

Tortola  and  Virgin  Is. 

Anguilla 

Trinidad 

Bahamas 

Bermudas 


1,370 

15,029 

791 

2,154 


Free  Col. 


37,152 


3,020 
4.326 

4,077 
2,450 


630    1 

814 

700 

2,000 

1.612 

3,000 

366 

2,828 

1,301 

2,824 

285 

1,195 

477 

1,296 

365 

327 

3,683 

16,302 

44240 

2,991 

4,181 

1,068 

Si^VM. 


29,537 

81,500 

15,392 

23,604 

322,421 

6,262 

9,142 

19,085 

13,348 

22,997 

12,091 

5,399 

2,388 

23,776 

9,705 

4,371 


General  Value  of 


Imp.  into 
Britain. 

146,657 

369,828 

27,478 

93,015 

2,761,483 

830 

25,223 

97,254 

51,505 

99,891 

51,568 

5,666 

361,077 
51,524 
24,817 


Exp.  IVnni 
Britain. 


£ 

123,101 

293,417 

24,583 

88,247 

1,684,726 

7,531 

21,456 

71,717 

37,681 

94,665 

49,326 

4,922 

252,851 
39,571 
22,490 


Jamaica  is  the  largest  and  most  'mluable  island  in  the  British  West  Indies. 
The  lofty  range  of  the  Blue  Mountains  in  the  interior,  covered  with  ancient  and 
majestic  forests,  gives  to  its  landscapep  a  grand  and  varied  aspect    From  these 


22 


•imt 


.;  ■    ''-I 


f 


is, 

[If  ' 


.,  i 


..        »H 


■   K, 


'■■  ) 


,"■  t 


'•^i 


>  ■ 

{  .  .' 

_  1 

i'- 

• 

t 

, 

m 

m 


■ .  ( 


ft  <., 


... '  .'■ .'. '■ 

.ft  ••  :m; 


I 


if 

It 


I 


f-. 


':]!": 


I-. 


',• 


iM'l 


■..<-  i 


*4' 


2.'>4 


THE  WE8T  INUIl!>i. 


H 


I  hei|Tlitfl  (IcMend  about  a  hundred  riven,  or  rather  rillfl,  which  dash  down  the 
Htet-pH  in  numerous  CHHcadcs,  and,  after  a  t<hort  course,  reach  the  sea.  From  thcao 
elfviitod  tracts  the  island  is  supplied  witli  the  vef^etabie  productions  of  a  tern* 
periitc  climate ;  and  the  (iuinea  grass,  which  has  prospered  remarkably,  enables 
the  planters  to  maintain  numerous  and  valuable  herds  of  cattle.  Yet  the  soil  is 
considenrd  to  be  by  no  means  universally  f^ood,  and  its  actual  fertility  is  ascribed 
in  a  grcut  measure  to  diligent  manuring  and  cultivation.  The  abumlancc  of  water 
must  always  be  a  main  source  of  fertility  in  tropical  countries.  The  rum  of  Ja- 
maica is  considcretl  superior  to  that  ot  any  of  the  other  districts ;  but  its  coffee 
ranks  second  to  that  of  ucrbicc.  Pimento,  the  plantations  of  which  are  extremely 
ornamental,  is  peculiar  to  this  island,  and  has  been  often  termed  Jamaica  pepper. 
Witii  her  natural  and  acquired  advantages,  however,  Jamaica  has  not  been  pre- 
served from  the  pestilential  influence  of  the  climate,  which  renders  it  extremely 
dangerous  to  European  constitutions. 

The  towns  of  Jamaica,  as  of  the  other  islands,  are  all  sea-ports,  and  supported 
by  commerce.  Spanish  Town,  or  Santiago  de  la  Vega,  the  most  ancient,  and  still 
the  seat  of  the  legislature  and  courts,  is  of  comparatively  little  importance,  and 
has  not  more  than  40(N)  or  50(K)  inhabitants.  Port  Royal,  poeeessed  of  a  secure 
and  spacious  harbour,  was,  in  the  end  of  the  seventeenth  century,  enriched  both 
by  the  trade  of  the  island,  and  the  contraband  traffic  with  the  Spanish  main.  It 
was  then,  with  the  exception  of  Mexico  and  Lima,  the  most  splendid  and  opulent 
city  in  the  New  World.  Suddenly  an  earthquake  swallowed  up  the  greater  part 
of  the  city  and  its  inhabitants.  Yet  the  advantages  of  its  situation  caused  it  to 
be  soon  rebuilt ;  and  ten  years  after,  when  it  had  ^en  burnt  to  the  ground,  it  was 
reared  again  from  its  ashes.  But  in  1722  it  was  assailed  by  a  hurricane,  the  most 
dreadful  ever  known,  even  in  these  latitudes.  The  sea  rose  seventeen  or  eighteen 
feet,  undermined  and  overthrew  a  gre  it  part  of  the  houses ;  the  shipping  in  the 
harbour  was  entirely  destroyed,  with  the  exception  of  a  few  large  vessels,  which 
had  only  their  masts  and  rigging  swept  away.  Port  Royal,  being  then  viewed  as 
a  fatal  spot,  was  abandoned  for  Kingston,  and  is  now  reduced  to  SKM)  or  300  houses. 
The  fortifications,  however,  which  are  very  strong,  are  still  kept  up,  and  the  navy- 
yard  is  maintained  there.  Kingston,  about  twenty  miles  N.E.,  is  now  the  princi- 
pal town  of  Jamaica.  Its  commerce,  though  not  equal  to  what  that  of  Port  Royal 
once  was,  is  great,  and  is  favoured  by  a  spacious  and  commodious  roadstead.  Its 
population  exceeds  30,000.  All  these  towns  are  on  the  south-eastern  coast,  which 
is  the  most  level  and  fertile,  and  most  favourable  for  trade.  Montego  Bay,  a  place 
with  about  4000  inhabitants,  carries  on  the  more  limited  commerce  of  the  northern 
coast.  Savanna  la  Mar,  in  the  west,  is  little  more  than  a  village;  it  has  a  good 
harbour,  and  a  little  trade.  The  Grand  and  Little  Cayman,  which  are  inhabited 
only  by  a  few  hundred  fishermen  and  pilots,  may  be  considered  as  appendages  to 
Jamaica. 

Barbadoes  was  the  earliest  settled  and  improved  of  all  the  English  possessions. 
Having  no  mountains  in  the  centre,  it  is  less  copiously  watered  than  the  other 
Antilles;  and,  being  farther  out  in  the  Atlantic,  i*?  peculiarly  exposed  to  the  gene- 
ral scourge  of  hurricane.  Its  soil,  though  deficient  in  depth,  being  composed 
chiefly  of  a  line  black  mould,  is  well  fitted  for  the  culture  of  sugar;  and  its  rich 
plantations,  diversified  by  the  gentle  hills  which  rise  in  the  interior,  present  a 
delightful  landscape.  Bridgetown,  the  capital,  is  one  of  the  gayest  and  hand- 
somest towns  and  one  of  the  strongest  military  posts,  in  the  West  Indies,  con- 
taining above  20,000  inhabitants.  It  Uw  an  excellent  harbour,  much  frequented, 
not  only  for  the  trade  of  the  island,  but  by  vessels  which,  in  consequence  of  its 
easterly  position,  reach  it  before  any  of  the  other  islands,  and  touch  there  for 
refreshment. 

Antigua,  St.  Christopher's,  and  several  others  now  to  be  mentioned,  form  what 
arc  called  the  Leeward  Islands,  which,  running  from  east  to  west,  are  supposed  to 
be  less  exposed  to  the  action  of  the  trade  wind.  All  the  Leeward  Islands  have 
one  governor,  who  resides  at  Antigua.  Hence  John's  Town,  its  capital,  admired 
for  its  agreeable  situation  and  the  regularity  of  its  buildings,  derives  a  considera- 
ble degree  of  importance,  and  is  a  favourite  resort     It  has  about  15,000  inhabit- 


•  '  ?T 


THE  W»»T  INDIES. 


i«*i 


•i6A 


ants.     English  Harbour,  on  the  aouthem  enaat,  with  a  royal  dock-yard,  is  an  im- 
portant naval  station. 

St.  Christopher's,  known  oAen  by  the  familiar  appellation  of  8t.  Kitt's,  was  first 
occupied  by  the  Knelish  in  1023 ;  and,  thoufrh  repeatedly  disputed  by  the  Hpn- 
niardfl  and  French,  has,  with  the  exception  of  some  short  intervuls,  remained  in 
the  possession  of  Britain.  The  interior,  risin^f  into  the  lolly  |)cak  of  Mount  Mi> 
sery,  is  peculiarly  rugged  and  mountainous,  but  the  plain  alonff  the  sea  !)iirpn!<Mefl 
in  richness  and  beauty  that  of  any  of  the  other  islands,  abounding  in  the  bluck 
mould  which  is  peculiarly  fitted  for  sunr.  Basseterre,  the  capital,  on  tho  south- 
west coast,  contains  6000  or  7000  inhabitants. 

The  other  Leeward  Islands  consist  of  Montserrat,  Nevis,  Barbuda,  Anffiiilln, 
and  the  Virgin  Islands.  The  first  is  agreeable  and  picturesque,  but  by  no  uioaiiH 
fertile.  Nevis  is  a  small,  but  beautiful  and  fertile  island,  consiating  of  (me  coiiicul 
mountain  above  twenty  miles  in  circuit  Charlestown  is  the  capital.  Barbuda 
and  Anguilla,  still  smaller,  are  also  fertile,  but  little  cultivated :  Anguilla  has  a 
valuable  salt-pond ;  the  tobacco  of  Barbuda  is  particularly  esteemed.  The  Virgin 
Islands  are,  upon  the  whole,  the  most  arid  and  least  productive  of  any  in  the  WrHt 
Indies.  They  are  numerous,  and  in  some  degree  shared  by  the  sponiartls  and 
Dutch ;  but  Tortola,  the  only  one  of  much  consideration,  Anegada,  and  Virgin 
Gorda,  belong  to  the  English. 

Dominica  is  a  large  island,  but  not  productive  altogether  in  proportion  to  its 
extent,  much  of  the  surface  being  mountainous  and  rugged.  Several  of  its  vol- 
canic summits  throw  out,  from  time  to  time,  burning  sulphur ;  but  they  do  not  act 
to  any  destructive  extent  It  is  interspersed,  however,  with  fertile  valleys ;  a 
large  quantity  of  coflfee  is  raised  on  the  sides  of  the  hills.  Roseau,  or  Charlotte- 
town,  the  capital,  is  by  no  means  so  flourishing  as  before  the  fire  of  1781 ;  it  is 
well  built,  but  many  of  the  bouses  are  unoccupied.  Its  population  may  amount 
to  5000. 

St  Vincent's  is  one  of  the  most  elevated  and  rugged  of  the  Antilles.  It  con- 
tains the  only  ven  active  volcano  in  these  islands,  which,  after  being  dormant  for 
a  century,  burst  forth  in  1812  with  tremendous  violence,  exhibiting  the  most  aw- 
ful phenomena.  Several  plantations  were  destroyed,  and  almost  all  those  on  the 
eastern  coast  were  covered  with  a  layer  of  ashes  ten  inches  deep.  The  peak  of 
Mome  (jarou  is  nearly  5000  feet  high.  Yet  the  intermediate  valleys,  being  fertile 
in  a  high  deeree,  render  St.  Vincent's,  on  the  whole,  a  very  productive  island.  It 
contains  small  remnants  of  'iie  native  Carib  race,  mingled  with  some  free  negroes, 
who  were  early  introduced,  and  have  adopted  many  of  the  Indian  usages.  Kings- 
ton, the  capitaff  has  been  supposed  to  contain  8000  inhabitants. 

Grenada  exhibits  a  consid'^able  variety  of  surface,  which,  on  the  whole,  how- 
ever, is  extremely  productw  ,  nnd  renders  it  an  important  acquisition.  The 
scenery,  though  not  so  grand  as  Ihat  of  some  of  the  others,  is  peculiarly  beautiful, 
and  has  been  compared  to  that  of  Italy.  St  George,  the  capital,  named  formerly 
Fort  Royal,  possesses  one  of  the  most  commodious  harbours  in  the  West  Indies, 
and  has  been  strongly  fortified.  The  Grenadines,  or  Grenadillos,  lying  between 
Grenada  and  St  Vincent,  produce  some  sugar  and  coflee. 

Tobago,  or  Tabago,  is  a  small  but  fertile  and  beautiful  island.  Notwithstanding 
its  souUierly  situation,  the  heat  is  tempered  by  breezes  from  the  surrounding 
ocean,  while  at  the  same  time  it  appears  to  be  out  of  the  track  of  those  hurricanes 
which  have  desolated  so  many  of  the  other  islands.  It  yields  the  fruits  and  other 
products  common  to  the  West  India  islands  with  those  of  the  bordering  Spanish 
main.    Scarborough,  a  town  of  about  3000  inhabitants,  is  its  capital. 

St  Lucia  was  ceded  to  Great  Britain  in  1815.  Its  high  peaks,  called  Pitons  by 
the  French,  and  sugar-loaves  by  the  English,  are  visible  at  some  distance  at  sea. 
The  soil  is  productive,  but  the  climate  is  unhealthy.  On  the  western  side  is  Port 
Castries,  or  Carenage,  one  of  the  best  harbours  in  these  islands.  The  town  lus  a 
populatbn  of  about  5000  souls. 

Trinidad,  separated  only  by  a  strait  from  the  coast  of  South  America,  where 
that  a>ainland  is  traversed  by  the  branches  of  the  Orinoco,  shares  in  a  great  mea- 
sure its  character.    It  is  covered  with  magnificent  forests,  and  presents  scenery 


r^i 


.  I. 


:!■ 


'  «      if,  'I 


,4 

I' 


t 


i\ 


,"'  t 


W  \ 

m 


■ » 


■   .! 


H 


■■J-'''' 


r..**. 
f*.: 


•J5« 


THE  W(XT  INDIt». 


I  w  ■:■: 


1'.. 


I,    •- 


h 


'f  ■ 


r 


peculiarly  f^rend  and  pictiir«^|Uf>.    Thu  JHland  Ih  unhealthy,  but  fruitful.    One  re- 

innrknhlu  object  in  Ihm  iitlaiul  im  u  lake  ofanphaltuni  three  milea  in  circuuit'crenco. 

,  ThiH  Hubatance,  bcinff  rendered  ductile  by  heat,  and  minified  with  ffrease  or  pitch, 

I  iH  employed  with  advantn^e  in  (^reaainff  the  bottom*  of  ahipa.     Trinidad  containn 

I  Htill  about  iMM)  native  Indiana.   I'urt  Spain  (Puerto  Eapafia)  la  a  conaiderable  town, 

wi'll  tbrtifie<l,  and  with  un  <>xc<!llent  harbour.   It  ia  built  rcffularly  and  handsomely, 

with  a  tine  uhadcd  wnik  and  xpaciouH  market;  and  the  churchea,  both  Proteatant 

I  nnd  Catholic,  are  very  richly  ornamented. 

Tho  Lucayoa,  or  nuliatna  iHlonda,  form  a  very  extended  and  numeroua  iproup, 
bcini;  Huccoasively  parallel,  firHt  to  Florida,  then  to  Cuba.and  part  of  Ilayti.  The 
Ifruup  compriaeH  about  GDO  iaieta  and  ialanda,  of  which  only  14  are  of  considerable 
size ;  the  rest  are  mere  rocks  and  isleta,  called  hero  keys,  or  kays,  from  the  Span- 
ish cayo.  The  Bahamas,  notwithstanding  their  favourable  situation,  have  never 
been  productive  in  tho  West  India  staples.  The  soil  is  in  general  arid  and  rocky ; 
and  even  those  islands  which  miffht  be  capable  of  improvement  have  been 
nejflectcd.  Between  tho  western  islands  and  the  coast  of  Florida  is  the  Bahama 
channel,  through  which  that  celebrated  current  called  the  Gulf  Stream,  from  tho 
Gulf  of  Mexico,  rushes  with  such  impetuosity  that  it  ia  perceptible  upon  the 
northern  coasts  of  Europe.  Its  force  renders  the  passage  extremely  dangerous, 
and  has  given  occasion  to  frequent  wrecks.  The  principal  islands  are  the  Great 
Bahama  and  Abaco,  on  the  Little  Bahama  Bank;  Eleuthera,  New  Providence, 
(iuanahani,  or  St.  Salvador,  or  Cat  Island,  remarkable  as  the  point  first  discovered 
by  Columbus;  Yuma,  and  Exuma,  on  the  Great  Bahama  Bank;  and  Mnyaguana, 
Inagua,  the  Caycos  and  Turks'  islands,  further  south.  The  difficulty  of  naviga- 
tion in  these  seas  is  increased  by  the  great  bank  of  Bahama,  interposed  between 
Cuba  and  these  islands.  Nassau,  in  the  island  of  New  Providence,  from  its  situa- 
tion upon  this  frequented  channel,  is  a  place  of  some  importance.  It  is  the  gene- 
ral seat  of  government,  and  contains  a  population  of  about  5000  persons. 

The  Bermudas,  situated  in  the  midst  of  the  Atlantic,  about  600  miles  east  from 
the  coast  of  North  America,  may,  for  want  of  a  more  appropriate  place,  be  de- 
scribed here.  About  400  are  numbered ;  but  most  of  these  are  mere  rocks,  and 
only  eight  possess  any  real  importance.  The  Bermudas  ore  peculiarly  fortunate ; 
being  exempted  from  the  scorching  heats  of  the  tropic,  enjoying  almost  a  con- 
tinued spring,  and  being  clothed  in  perpetual  verdure.  But  though  they  afford 
thus  an  agreeable  and  healthful  residence,  they  have  not  proved  productive  in  any 
of  those  commodities  which  can  become  the  staple  of  an  important  traffic.  Cot- 
ton has  been  tried,  but  without  any  great  success.  They  have  been  used  as  a  place 
of  deportation  for  criminals,  but  in  this  respect  are  now  superseded  by  the  Austra- 
lian settlements.  The  rocky  nature  of  the  coasts  renders  them  easily  defensible, 
but  unfavorable  to  navigation.  St  George,  the  seat  of  government,  on  an  island 
of  the  aame  name,  is  only  a  large  village. 

Sptmish  lalandf. 

The  western  colonies  of  Spain,  which  for  some  centuries  comprised  the  greater 
part  of  the  American  continent,  with  all  its  richest  and  most  splendid  regions,  are 
now  limited  to  the  two  islands  of  Cuba  and  Porto  Rica  Yet  these  are  so  con- 
siderable and  BO  fruitful,  that,  since  a  more  liberal  policy  has  been  adopted  towards 
them,  they  have  in  no  small  degree  compensated  for  her  immense  losses. 

Cuba,  the  finest  and  largest  of  the  West  India  islands,  is  about  780  miles  in 
length  by  52  in  mean  breadth,  and  has  a  superficial  area  of  43,500  square  miles, 
being  nearly  equal  in  extent  to  all  the  other  islands  taken  together.  It  is  tre- 
verse<>  throughout  its  whole  extent  by  chains  of  mountains,  whose  highest  peaks, 
Potrillo  and  Cobre,  attain  an  elevation  of  more  than  8500  feet;  and  tlu:  plains  be- 
neath are  copiously  watered,  and  rendered  fit  for  producing,  in  the  highest  perfec- 
tion, all  the  objects  of  tropical  culture.  The  situation  of  Cuba,  commanding  the 
entrance  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  the  communication  between  North  and  south 
America,  gives  it  a  high  commercial  and  political  importance ;  yet  Spain  long 
viewed  it  merely  as  the  key  of  her  great  possessions,  and  the  passage  by  which 
she  reached  them ;  and  this  great  island  did  not,  in  the  value  of  its  produce,  equal 


3 


IT 


TIIK  WWT  INUIfrX 


aw 


mnnv  nf  thr  nmnllowt  of  tho  Antillf**.  Rut  tliirinir  Ihn  laxt  thirty  yeans  >  rnnciir- 
renro  of  nmimxtancpa  hnn  rpn«li>r«l  it  thi>  rirhmt  of  th«  Fiiin>p<>Kn  colonim  in 
«ny  p«irl  of  tli«  g\obc.  Witliin  th«>  prriod  liwt  ii)f>ntion«><l,  and  ••Kprrmlly  aince  Ihc 
Roparatiun  of  the  continental  colonies  from  the  mother-cmintry<  a  more  liberal  and 
prolcctini;  policy  has  been  adopted;  the  porta  of  the  iiland  have  bern  thrown 
oprn;  (ttrnnifofM  and  emiirrnnta  have  bet-n  orirouraped  to  nettle  there;  and,  amid 
the  political  af^itntionH  of  the  mother-comifry,  the  pxpiilxion  of  the  Hpanmh  re»i- 
deritH  from  (liiipaniola,  the  cemion  of  lioniMiana  and  Florida  to  a  foreif^n  power, 
and  the  difWHtern  of  thoee,  who,  in  the  continental  statea  of  America,  adhereil  to 
Old  Hpain,  Cuba  has  beconio  a  (fpncral  place  of  refunfe.  Ita  prof^reas,  from  theau 
causes,  has  been  moat  extraordinary.  At  the  clone  of  the  laiit  century,  it  waa 
oblijjed  to  draw  from  the  rich  culoiiy  of  New  Spain  the  Muma  necesaary  for  the 
aupftort  of  ita  civil  adininiHtrntion  and  the  payment  of  it.««  (^rrisona;  of  late  years, 
it  haa  bficn  able  not  only  to  provide  tor  itn  own  cxi^encitm,  but  to  artbrd  important 
aid  to  Iho  mother-country  in  her  conteat  with  her  revolte<l  coloniea.  In  177H,  the 
revenue  of  the  island  amounted  to  HMri,:)r)H  dollars;  in  171)4,  to  1,196,018  dollars; 
and  in  1830,  to  no  less  than  8,972,r>4H  dollars,  a  sum  superior  to  the  revenue  of 
most  of  the  secondary  kinf^doms  of  Europe.  Nor  has  the  pro|;ress  of  its  popula* 
tion  been  less  remarkable ;  in  1775,  it  amounted  to  only  172,020 ;  in  1827,  it  had 
increaaed  to  704,487.  The  inhabitants  have  applied  themselves  with  surprisinff 
success  to  the  culture  of  the  j^reat  West  India  staples,  supar  and  coffee ;  between 
1760  and  1767,  the  exports  of  suf^r  amounted  to  only  r),570,(N)0  lbs. ;  in  1832, 
they  are  believed  to  have  exceeded  2.'tO,0()0,000  Iba.  In  1800,  there  were  only 
80  coffee  plantations  on  the  island ;  in  1827,  they  amounted  to  2067. 

Four  censuses  have  been  taken  of  the  population  of  Cuba,  giving  the  following 
general  results:  in  1775,  171,620  souls;  in  1701,  272,301 ;  in  1817,  503,033;  in 
1827,  704,487.  The  following  table  shows  the  character  of  the  population  at  the 
first  and  last  named  periods : — 

1773.  1887. 

Whites 96,440  311,051 

Free  MulattcxM 19,387  57,514 

Free  Blacks 11,520  48,980 

Slaves ._44,333  286,942 

Totals 171,620  704,487 

The  principal  articles  of  export  from  Cuba  are  sugar,  rum,  molasses,  coffee, 
wax,  tobacco,  and  cigars,  with  honey,  hides,  cotton,  fruits,  &c.  The  principal  im* 
ports  are  corn  and  grain  of  all  sorts,  lumber,  dried  fish,  and  salt  provisions,  chiefly 
from  the  United  States;  cotton  goods,  hardware,  and  various  other  manufactured 
articles,  such  as  hats,  shoes,  cabinet-ware,  carriages,  &.c.,  from  the  United  States 
and  6reat  Britain;  linens  from  Germany  and  Ireland;  silver  and  gold,  indigo  and 
cochineal,  from  the  Spanish-American  states;  wines,  spirits, &.C.,  from  France  and 
Spain,  with  such  other  articles  of  luxury  and  use  as  an  opulent  agricultural  com- 
munity,  in  a  tropical  climate,  requires.  The  total  value  of  the  imports  for  the 
year  1833,  amounted  to  no  less  than  $18,511,132;  of  exports,  to  $13,906,100. 
The  following  table  shows  the  extent  of  the  commercial  transactions  of  Cuba  with 
other  countries,  in  the  year  1833. 

Countries.                                Import*.  Eiporti.                           '■, 

Spain H013,730  2,713,525 

United  States 4,462  500  4,384,900                     I 

Great  Britain 1,625,172  911,000 

Spanish- American  States     1,371,325   19,680 


Hanse  Towns . 
France 


934,375 1,504,120 

927,980  531,300 


Havana,  or  the  Havannah,  the  capital  of  Cuba,  is  one  of  the  greatest  and  most 
flourishing  cities  of  the  New  World.  It  once  carried  on  the  whole,  and  still  re- 
tains more  than  two-thirds,  of  the  commerce  of  the  island.  The  harbour  is  ad- 
mirable, capable  of  containing  a  thousand  large  vessels,  and  allowing  them  to 
come  close  to  the  quay :  its  narrow  entrance  has  been  found  disastrous  when  fleets 


22' 


2H 


' '  f  ■ 

■ 

im. 

!fl 

1 

'H 

,    ■  ',  •  m 

i 

f 

\ 

•'       .    !V  f 

1     1 

:         'i '  1 

1 

1 

^': 

:■■■! 

i; 

•■  .'■. 

<  ii 

« 

•i'' 

'    •"''•! 

[I'i 

'.♦ 


^■■fe 


'.'i 


m 


\  <■ 


immmmmm 


'rm 


TIIK  W(>iT  INUIIX 


wero  tmvking  •heltnr  f>om  •  purauing  enoniy.  Thn  fortiflcatiuni,  ptrticiiliirly  tin* 
Mortt  Olid  I'lihU  ctHlloa,  arc  riMimrkably  Ntriiii(f.  Thu  city  prHwnU  a  iimtfiulin>nt 
«p|Mmranco  from  the  »«■,  iU  iiurnvruua  apirca  being  intvmunfjleti  wiUi  l<)l\y  ami 
luxuriant  trcoa.     Tho  churchna  aro  harultKimn  and  riclily  ornainvnted;  and  Mjvvrul 

[irivate  manaiona  arn  reckoned  to  be  worth  alMvu  (MMNKW.  each.  Tht>  interior, 
lowevor,  (or  tho  moat  part  conaiata  of  narrow,  ill-paved,  and  dirty  atreota,  crowduii 
with  merchandiae  and  wagona,  and  prcacnting  entirely  the  appearance  of  buay 
trade.  Yet  thu  alameda,  or  public  walk,  and  the  opera,  on  the  appearance  of  u 
favourite  performer,  exhibit  a  gay  and  even  aplcndid  aapcct.  The  recently  con- 
Htructcd  auburbs  aro  alao  built  in  a  aupcrior  atyle.  The  llavannah  haa  patriotic 
and  literary  aocictioa,  which  are  improving.  Hevon  joiirnala  are  published,  one 
of  them  in  Engliah.  Tho  population  by  the  cenaua  of  1427  waa  iri,0(M),  and  hoa 
aince  conaiderably  incroaaed. 

Matunsaa,  about  aixtv  milca  enat  uf  the  capital,  ia  pleaaantly  aituated  on  a  low 
plain  not  much  above  the  level  of  the  aeu,  and  ia  now  the  accond  commercial  town 
m  the  it<land.  Tho  harbour  ia  capacioUH,  eaay  of  ucceaa,  and  aheltcrod  from  all 
winda,  except  thoao  from  thu  north-caat,  which  arc  not  dangeroua  here.  Tho 
population  of  the  place  amounta  to  about  15,(KK).  In  1830  it  exported  upwarda 
of  .'j4),0(K),000  Iba.  of  augar,  and  nearly  8,000,00U  lbs.  of  coffee ;  220  veaaela  entered, 
and  304  left  ita  port  in  that  year.  As  tho  vicinity  ia  rapidly  becoming  aettled  and 
brought  under  cultivation,  its  importance  ia  daily  increaaing.  Trinidad  is  onu  of 
tlie  moat  populoua  and  thriving  placea  on  the  island,  aince  the  removal  of  tho 
roatrictiona  on  ita  trade.  It  ia  well  built,  and  atanding  on  the  southern  ahore,  it  ia 
beyond  the  influence  of  the  northers  which  are  experienced  on  the  other  side  of 
the  island.  Ita  harbour  ia  capacious,  but  exposed,  and  its  commerce  conaiderable. 
Population  12,500.  To  the  west  lies  Xagua,  a  small  town,  but  having  one  of  the 
best  harbours  in  the  world,  formed  by  the  magnificent  bay  of  the  same  name. 

Puerto  Principe,  situated  in  the  interior,  is  a  poor,  dirty,  and  ill-built  town,  in  a 
wet  spot,  which  in  many  places  is  only  passable  on  raised  footpaths.  Its  inland 
trade  is  considerable.  By  the  census  it  appears  to  have  a  population  of  49,000 
inhabitants.  The  little  town  of  Nuevitas,  lately  founded  on  a  bay  of  the  same 
name  on  the  northern  coast,  serves  as  its  port. 

In  the  eastern  part  of  the  island  is  Santiago  de  Cuba,  once  the  capital  of  Cuba. 
It  is  one  of  the  oldest  and  best  built  towns  of  the  colony,  and  contains  26,740 
inhabitants.  Bavamo  or  San  Salvador,  an  old  town  in  the  interior,  has  a  popula- 
tion of  7500  souls.  Its  port  is  the  thriving  little  commercial  town  of  Manzanillo, 
with  3000  inhabitants.  To  the  west  is  Holguin,  with  8000  inhabitants,  and  at  the 
eastern  extremity  of  the  island  is  Baracoa,  now  much  reduced,  but  remarkable  aa 
the  first  settlement  formed  by  the  Spaniards  on  this  beautiful  island. 

Porto  Rico,  or  Puerto  Rico,  the  smallest  of  the  Great  Antilles,  is  about  100 
miles  in  length  by  36  in  mean  breadth,  and  has  a  superficies  of  4000  square  miles. 
Although  inrorior  to  none  of  the  islands  in  fertility  and  general  importance,  it  was 
long  neglected  by  Spain,  and  until  the  beginning  of  the  present  century  its  wealth 
was  derived  entirely  from  its  woods  and  pasture:;.  Porto  Rico  is  traversed  by  a 
lofly  mountain  ridge,  which  in  the  eastern  part  rises  to  the  height  of  about  4000 
feet;  on  each  side  of  this  central  ridge  lie  ricii  and  beautiful  valleys,  well  wittered 
and  well  wooded,  below  which  stretch  the  fertile  plains  that  contftin  the  thriving 
agricultural  and  commercial  towns.  The  population  in  1830  was  323,838;  of  this 
number  only  34,240  were  slaves,  127,287  were  free  coloured  persons,  and  162,311 
whites.  The  law  makes  no  distinction  between  the  white  and  the  coloured  classes, 
and  the  whites  are  in  the  habit  of  intbrmivin^  freely  with  the  people  of  colour. 

The  exports  are  sugar  and  coffee,  with  cattle,  tobacco,  rum,  cotton,  Su. ;  the 
imports  are  the  same  as  those  of  Cuba.  The  annual  value  of  the  imports  is  about 
3,()00,000  dollars,  of  exports  4,000,000,  two-thirds  of  which  are  in  American  bot- 
toms ;  df  56,526  tons,  the  tonnage  arrived  in  1830,  29,906  was  American,  and 
15,16:)  Spanish. 

The  Capital,  Puerto  Rico,  or  San  Juan,  is  a  large,  neat,  and  well-built  town  on 
the  northern  coast,  with  a  deep,  safe,  and  capacious  harbour.  It  is  very  strongly 
fortified,  and  coniains  about  30,000  inhabitants.    The  other  towns  are  small; 


Tilt:  WKHT  INi)ll-»k 


!»<) 


Mayiifue  tml  Aguatiill*  on  tho  west  cnast,  I'oncu  and  Cliwvama  on  the  aouthern, 
onil  Faxanlo,  aro  tht;  [trincipal  purU.  TtiH  littli;  inland  of  Bieque,  or  Cnb  Uland, 
lying  oir  the  eaatern  coMt,  ia  ciaiinoti  by  Uruat  Dritain. 

French  l$land$. 

The  poaacaaioni  cf  rr.4nco  in  tho  West  Indiea,  provioui  to  tho  revolutionary 
war,  were  inoro  valuable  than  thoae  of  any  other  nation.  The  oxportii  from  St 
Domingo  alone  amounted  to  !125,(MH),UUO  dolliv*.  That  valuable  island  is  now 
entiruly  lout  to  her.  During  the  Intu  war  all  her  islands  were  capture<l,  and  whn 
ceased  to  exiat  aa  a  colonial  power.  At  the  peace,  Martinico  and  (fuadalou|M! 
were  restored. 

Martinico,  or  Martinique,  is  a  large  and  fine  island,  about  fiflv  miles  in  length 
and  sixteen  in  breadth.  The  surface  is  guiierally  broken  into  hillocks,  and  in  the 
centre  rise  three  lofly  mountains,  the  streams  descending  tVom  which  copiously 
water  the  island.  Tho  census  of  1827  was  101,005,  of  which  9087  were  w'nttM, 
10,786  free  coloured,  and  81,182  slaves.  The  annual  imports  from  Franco  amount 
to  about  12,000,000  francs ;  tho  exports  to  that  country,  to  30,000,000.  Furt 
Royal,  tho  capital  and  the  seat  of  the  courts  of  justice,  is  a  well-built  town,  with 
7000  inhabitants;  but  the  chief  trade  centres  in  St.  Pierre,  tho  largest  place  in 
Martinico  and  in  all  French  America.  Its  excellent  rood  has  rendered  it  an  entrt!- 
p4t  for  the  trade  of  the  mother-country  with  this  quarter  of  the  world.  It  has 
about  20,000  inhabitanU 

Guadaloupe  is  flrom  fitly  to  sixty  miles  long  and  twenty-five  brood.  It  consists, 
in  fact,  of  two  islands,  since  a  channel,  from  thirty  to  eighty  yards  broad,  crosdes 
the  narrow  isthmus  by  which  its  eastern  anl  western  portions  aro  united.  The 
western,  called  Basseterre,  notwithstanding  the  nr.me  (which  is  derived  from  its 
position  with  regard  to  the  trade-wind,)  contains  a  chain  of  lofty  and  rugged 
mountains,  one  of  which  displays  some  volcanic  phenomena,  emitting  volumes  of 
smoke,  with  occasional  sparks  of  fire.  However,  its  plains  aro  copiously  watered 
and  fruitAil.  The  eastern  division,  called  Grande  Terre,  is  more  flat,  and  labours 
under  a  deficiency  of  water.  In  1827  the  population  wos  135,516,  of  which 
17,237  were  whites,  16,705  free  coloured,  101,564  slaves.  Annual  value  of  the 
exports,  26,650,000  francs;  of  the  imports,  12,000,000.  Basseterre,  on  the  part 
of  the  island  bearing  that  name,  ranks  as  the  capital  *  but  having  a  bad  harlwur, 
is  supported  merely  by  the  residence  of  government,  and  ht  %  not  more  than  9000 
inhabitants.  Pointe-|[-Pitre,  on  the  eastern  side,  or  rather  a^  ^he  junction  of  the 
two,  carries  on  almost  all  the  trade,  and  has  a  population  of  e  Iwut  15,000.  The 
islands  of  Marie-Galante,  the  Saintes,  and  Deseada,  are  ap()endagea  to  Guada- 
loupe, of  little  importance. 

Dutch,  Swedith,  and  Danish  Manda. 

The  possessions  of  the  Dutch  in  the  West  Indies,  when  compared  with  their 
eastern  colonial  empire,  appear  exceedingly  limited.  Their  only  islands  are  St. 
Eustatia,  Saba,  and  Curacoa.  The  first  two  are  small  isles  lying  immediately 
north  of  St  Christopher's. 

St.  Eustatia  is  cultivated  with  great  care,  and  abounds  particularly  with  tobacco; 
also  in  cattle  and  poultry,  of  which  it  afibrds  a  surplus  to  the  neighbouring  islands. 
The  capital  is  well  fortified,  and  forms  a  species  of  entrepdt  both  of  regular  and 
contraband  trade.  The  population  of  the  island  is  estimated  at  20,000 ;  that  of 
the  town  at  6000.  Saba,  only  twelve  miles  in  circuit,  and  destitute  of  a  harbour, 
is  a  pleasant  island,  but  of  no  commercial  value.  The  Dutch  participate  with 
France  the  small  island  of  St.  Martin,  valuable  almost  solely  for  its  salt-works. 
Curacoa  is  a  larger  island,  far  to  the  west  of  the  others,  and  only  about  seventy 
miles  distant  from  the  Spanish  main.  It  is  about  thirty  miles  long,  and  ten  broad ; 
but  the  greater  part  of  its  surface  is  arid  and  unfertile,  and  its  importance  was 
chiefly  derived  from  the  contraband  trade  which  its  situation  enabled  it  to  carry 
on,  while  the  continent  was  exclusively  possessed  by  Spain,  and  studiously  shut 
against  the  vessels  of  other  countries.  Since  Colombia  became  independent,  and 
threw  open  her  ports  to  all  nations,  Curacoa  has  sunk  into  a  secondary  station. 


FFf 

1| 

• 

•■■fl 


|! 


r 


.M 


"\ 


l»  ■    ■   ■ 

■  ,r     , 

•  h  ■' 

•*.■■- 

\ 

,  't 

' 

■  t 

'■fC 

"t 

,'  t. 


'V 


ii-, 


*••  L 
V,' 


I'll  jl 


I 


1 «  -1 


'  1 

-r 


1.     ♦ 


'}  f  ^ 


*M 


a^ 


^i^ 


360 


THE  WEST  INDIES. 


■t^ 


Williamstadt,  ita  capital,  however,  with  a  fine  harbour,  has  still  a  considerable 
trade,  and  a  population  of  8000. 

The  Danes  have  three  small  islands  in  the  West  Indies.  St.  Croix,  or  Santa 
Cruz,  the  principal  one,  lies  to  the  south  of  th*:  Virgin  Islands:  it  has  a  surface 
of  eighty-one  square  miles,  and  a  population  of  about  34,000,  all  slaves,  except 
2500  whites  and  1200  free  coloured.  It  is  productive,  in  proportion  to  its  extent, 
in  the  usual  West  Indian  articles.  Christiansted,  the  capital,  has  5000  inhabi- 
tants. St.  Thomas,  one  of  the  Virgin  Islands,  is  of  little  importance,  unless  as  a 
favourable  station  for  introducing  into  the  other  islands  those  goods  which  the  great 
states  have  declared  contraband.  St.  Thomas,  the  capital,  with  an  active  trade  and 
3000  inhabitants,  contains  about  half  of  the  population  of  the  island.  St.  John's, 
another  of  the  same  group,  is  very  small,  and  only  noted  for  its  excellent  harbour. 

The  Swedes  have  only  one  small  island,  St.  Bartholomew,  situated  about  fifty 
miles  north  of  St.  Christopher's.  It  is  not  quite  twenty-five  square  miles  in  ex- 
tent, and  is  generally  described  as  fertile  and  well  cultivated,  though  an  eye- 
witness assures  us  that  neither  of  these  characters  can  apply  to  it.  Gustavia, 
the  capital,  acquired  considerable  wealth  during  the  war,  when  it  continued  long 
to  be  almost  the  only  neutral  port  in  these  seas. 

Hayti. 

Hayti,  now  an  independent  negro  republic,  forms  one  of  the  most  peculiar  and 
interesting  portions  of  the  New  World.  It  is  a  very  fine  island,  situated  betwet^n 
Jamaica  and  Porto  Rico,  about  450  miles  in  length,  and  110  in  breadth,  and  hav- 
ing an  area  of  28,000  square  miles.  In  the  centre  rises  the  lofty  range  of  the 
mountains  of  Cibaio,  of  which  the  peak  of  La  Serrania  rises  to  the  height  of  9000, 
and  that  of  La  Sella  to  7000  feet  These  mountains  are  covered  nearly  to  the 
summit  with  vegetation  and  noble  woods,  and  from  them  descend  numerous 
streams,  which,  uniting  in  four  large  rivers,  bestow  extreme  fertility  on  the  plains 
beneath.  The  principal  productions  of  the  island  are,  in  the  west  and  south, 
coflTee,  the  sugar-cane  (which  is  chiefly  employed  in  the  making  of  taffia,  the 
ordinary  rum  of  the  country),  and  cotton  i  in  the  north,  coflee,  the  splendid  sugar 
estates  about  the  Cape  having  been  mostly  abandoned  or  converted  to  other  uses ; 
in  the  east,  cattle  with  some  tobacco.  Mahogany  and  Campeachy  wood.  Lignum- 
vitie,  Braziletto,  honey,  wax,  and  fruits,  are  also  important  articles  of  production. 

The  French  revolution  caused  an  extraordinary  change  in  the  state  of  Hayti. 
In  1791  the  Assembly  caused  to  be  proclaimed  throughout  the  island  their  favour- 
ite doctrine,  that  all  men  were  free  and  equal.  This  proclamation  gave  rise,  in 
the  first  instance,  to  a  contest  between  the  white  and  the  free  coloured  population. 
But  while  these  parties  were  contending  for  the  application  of  the  principle,  the 
slaves  felt  that  it  applied  also  to  them.  They  rose  in  a  body,  massacred  or  drove 
out  the  other  two  classes,  and  became  entire  masters  of  French  St.  Domingo. 
This  revolution,  with  the  excesses  which  accompanied  it,  soon  ended,  like  other 
revolutions,  in  a  military  despotism,  which  was  established  in  1806  by  Dessalines, 
who  assumed  the  title  of  James  I.  He  was  succeeded  by  Christophe,  his  second 
in  command,  who  named  himself  Henry  I.,  hereditary  king  of  Hayti.  Mean- 
time, however,  the  republic  of  Hayti  was  established  in  another  part  of  the 
island,  under  the  presidency,  first  of  Petion,  and  then  of  Boyer.  Henry,  harassed 
by  attacks  from  this  and  other  quarters,  ended  his  life  by  suicide  in  1820.  Boyer 
then,  by  a  series  of  vigorous  operations,  not  only  extended  his  sway  over  all  the 
French  part  of  the  island,  but  annexed  to  it  also  that  belonging  to  Spain  (1822) ; 
so  that  the  whole  is  now  comprehended  in  the  republic  of  Hayti.  France  in 
1R03  made  strong  efforts  to  regain  this  valuable  island,  but  without  success.  At 
length,  on  the  17th  of  April,  1825,  a  treaty  was  concluded,  by  which  she  ac- 
knowledged the  independence  of  Hayti,  on  condition  of  receiving  the  large  sum 
of  150,000,000  francs,  to  be  paid  in  five  annual  instalments. 

An  independent  negro  state  was  thus  established  in  Hayti;  but  the  people 
have  not  derived  all  the  benefits  which  they  sanguinely  expected.  Released 
from  their  former  compulsory  toil,  they  have  not  yet  learned  to  subject  them- 
selves to  the  restraints  of  regular  industry.    The  firet  absolute  rulers  made  the 


\   ^- 


THE  WEST  INDIES. 


2tlt 


most  extraordinary  ciTorta  to  overcome  tlic  indolence  which  8oon  began  to  display 
itself.  The  Code  Rural  directed  that  the  labourer  should  fix  himself  on  a  certain 
estate,  which  he  was  never  afterwards  to  quit  without  a  passport  from  the  govern- 
ment. His  hours  of  labour  and  rest  were  fixed  by  statute.  The  whip,  at  first 
permitted,  was  ultimately  prohibited ;  but  as  every  military  officer  was  allowed 
to  chastise  with  a  thick  cane,  and  almost  every  proprietor  held  a  commission,  the 
labourer  was  not  much  relieved.  By  these  means,  the  produce  of  1S()6  was  raised 
to  about  a  third  of  that  of  1789.  But  such  violent  regulations  could  not  continue 
to  be  enforced  amid  the  succeeding  agitations,  and  under  a  republican  regime. 
Almost  all  traces  of  laborious  culture  were  soon  obliterated :  large  tracts,  which 
liiid  been  one  entire  sugar-garden,  presented  now  only  a  few  scattered  plantations. 
Tiic  export  of  sugar,  whicii  in  1800  had  been  47,516,531  lbs.,  amounted  in  1825 
to  2U20  lbs.  Coffee,  which  continued  to  be  a  staple  production,  was  also  much 
diminished.  The  only  indemnification  which  the  people  sought  was  in  the  easy 
task  of  cutting  down  the  forests  of  mahogany  and  campeachy  wood,  which  were 
found  of  greater  value  than  had  been  supposed.  Within  the  last  few  years,  a 
considerable  increase  has  taken  place  in  the  exports  of  coffee,  cotton,  mahogany, 
tobacco,  and  other  articles. 

The  population  of  Hayti  is  probably  not  less  than  800,000.  The  value  of  the 
exports,  in  1832,  was  ^,800,000;  of  imports,  $4,160,000;  entered,  350  ships  of 
48,398  tons;  left,  336  ships  of  46,146  tons;  the  number  of  American  vessels 
much  exceeding  those  trading  under  any  other  flag.  The  great  article  of  export 
was  coffee  to  the  amount  of  42,476,800  lbs.,  and  the  value  of  .f3,326,()00 ;  other 
articles  were  mahogany  and  campeachy  wood  of  the  value  of  )fMOO,000 ;  cotton, 
!ftl24.000 ;  tobacco,  $65,000,  &c.  The  imports  are  flour,  salt  provisions,  lumber, 
&c.,  from  the  United  States ;  cotton  goods  and  other  manufactured  articles,  from 
Great  Britain,  the  United  States,  France,  and  Germany ;  wines,  jewellery,  &c., 
from  France. 

The  government  of  Hayti  is  professedly  republican,  but  it  has  been  well  de- 
scribed as  practically  r.  military  democracy.  The  chief  executive  officer  is  the 
President,  who  holds  the  place  for  life.  There  is  a  Senate,  consisting  of  24  mem- 
bers, named  for  life  by  the  House  of  Representatives  from  a  list  of  candidates 
presented  by  the  President.  The  Representatives  are  chosen  for  the  term  of  six 
years  by  the  parishes,  but  the  body  of  the  people  takes  but  little  interest  in  the 
elections.  The  President  proposes  the  laws  and  financial  arrangements,  which 
are  acceded  to  with  little  discussion.  The  revenue  of  the  state  is  about 
$1,500,000 ;  the  expenditure  is  considerably  more.  The  army  amounts  to  45,000 
men.  The  religion  of  the  Haytians  is  Roman  Catholic,  but  there  is  little  atten- 
tion paid  to  the  subject,  and  the  state  of  morals  is  described  as  exceedingly  bad; 
other  religions  are  tolerated.  Whites  are  not  allowed  to  hold  landed  property,  or 
to  carry  arms. 

Port  au  Prince,  in  the  department  of  the  West,  is  the  capital,  and  the  chief 
seat  of  trade.  It  has  a  secure  and  excellent  roadstead,  but  the  country  around  is 
marshy,  and,  during  the  summer,  very  unhealthy.  The  city  is  built  mostly  of 
wood,  its  streets  unpaved,  and  containing  no  remarkable  edifices.  The  population 
may  be  from  12,000  to  15,000.  ■  Petit  Goave  and  Jaquemel  are  small  towns  in  the 
same  department,  with  good  harbours  and  some  trade.  Cape  Haytien,  tbrmerly 
Cape  Fran^ais  or  Cape  Henry,  in  the  department  of  the  North,  the  seat  of  the 
kingdom  established  by  Christophe,  is  better  built,  with  well-paved  streets,  and 
some  handsome  squares,  and  has  a  population  of  about  10,000.  Near  it  is  the 
citadel,  constructed  at  vast  expense  on  the  top  of  a  mountain,  as  a  place  of 
security  for  himself  and  his  treasures. 

Aux  Cayes  or  Les  Cayes,  is  a  neat  town,  with  a  flourishing  trade ;  but  it  was 
almost  destroyed  by  a  hurricane,  in  August,  1831.  Jeremie  is  a  place  of  con- 
siderable trade.  Gonaives  is  a  small  town  with  a  good  harbour.  St.  Domingo,  the 
capital  of  the  Spanish  part  of  the  island,  presents  the  remains  of  a  very  hand- 
some city ;  a  solid  and  spacious  cathedral,  a  large  arsenal,  houses  in  general  com- 
modious and  well  built;  but  it  has  been  long  in  a  state  of  decay,  and  is  not  sup- 
posed to  contain  now  above  10,000  inhabitants. 


!•  '.*« 


■f  ■ 


■;■  ^M 


IJ. 


V'^^:  : 


i: 


\c,:.y. 


'■'1 


iHi2 


SOUTH  AMERICA. 


SOUTH    AMERICA. 

South  Amkrica,  which  is  compm°d  between  the  12th  defrree  of  north  and  the 
56th  of  south  latitude,  and  which  spreads  in  breadth  from  36°  to  8P  W.  Jon.,  in 
inferior  in  dimensions  to  the  northern  portion  of  the  continent,  by  almost  1,000,000 
aquarc  miles.  Its  coast  is  also  less  indented  by  large  bays,  but  it  presents  the 
.same  tapering  form  to  the  south.  Its  greatest  breadth,  about  six  degrees  south  of 
the  equator,  is  3200  miles,  and  its  length  4500. 

In  this  vast  country,  rivers  roll  through  an  extent  of  4000  miles,  and  are  so 
broad  that  the  eye  cannot  reach  from  one  shore  to  the  other.  In  one  point,  are 
seen  mountain-summits  above  the  clouds,  white  with  snows  that  never  melt; 
while  their  bases  rear  the  banana  and  pine-apple.  In  a  day,  a  man  can  pass 
through  all  climates,  from  that  of  the  equator  to  that  of  Nova  Zembla.  In  some 
places,  volcanoes,  too  numerous  to  be  classed,  throw  out  smoke  and  flames.  Still, 
in  other  places,  are  vast  and  deep  forests  abounding  in  all  the  grand  flowering  and 
gigantic  vegetation  of  tropical  climates,  which  spreads  an  immense  extent,  that 
has  never  yet  resounded  with  the  woodman's  axe.  Nature  here  shows  herself 
alternately  in  unexampled  magnificence,  beauty,  sublimity,  power,  and  terror. 

South  America  may  be  divided  into  five  distinct  physical  regions.  1.  The  low 
country  on  the  shores  of  the  Pacific,  about  4000  miles  in  length,  and  from  50  to 
200  in  breadth :  the  two  extremities  of  this  district  are  fertile,  the  middle  a  sandy 
desert  2.  The  basin  of  the  Orinoco,  surrounded  by  the  Andes  and  their  branches, 
and  consisting  of  extensive  plains  nearly  destitute  of  wood,  but  covered  with  a 
high  herbage  during  a  part  of  the  year.  3.  The  basin  of  the  Amazon,  a  vast 
plain,  with  a  rich  soil  and  a  humid  climate,  and  exhibiting  a  surprising  luxuriance 
of  vegetation.  4.  The  great  southern  plain  of  the  Pampas ;  in  parts,  dry  and 
barren,  and  in  parts,  covered  with  a  strong  growth  of  weeds  and  wild  grass.  5. 
The  high  country  of  Brazil,  eastward  of  the  Parana  and  the  Araguay,  presenting 
alternate  ridges  and  valleys,  thickly  covered  with  wood  on  the  Atlantic  slope. 

The  most  extensive  in  range,  and,  with  one  exception,  the  lotliest  mountains  on 
the  globe,  extend  through  this  continent  from  its  northern  to  its  southern  extrem- 
ity, and  impart  to  it  a  character  of  unequalled  grandeur  and  magnificence.  The 
principal  chain  of  the  Andes  runs  from  north  to  south,  at  a  distance  from  the  shore 
of  the  Pacific  Ocean,  varying  from  one  to  two  hundred  miles,  and  appears  to  ex- 
tend through  the  isthmus  of  Darien,  and  to  be  connected  with  the  great  western 
chain  of  North  America.  The  elevation  of  the  Andes  is  by  no  means  uniform. 
In  some  places  it  rises  to  more  than  20,000  feet,  while  in  others  it  sinks  to  less 
than  one  half  that  height  The  whole  range  seems  to  rest  upon  volcanic  fires, 
and  numen'ia  peaks  are  constantly  burning.  These  mountains  send  off  several 
subordinate  ridges ;  the  principal  and  the  most  extensive  is  that  which  stretches 
along  the  northern  coast  of  the  continent  towards  the  island  of  Trinidad,  and  is 
known  as  the  chain  of  Venezuela :  its  highest  summits  are  usually  estimated  at 
from  14,000  to  15,000  feet  in  height  The  main  ridge  of  the  Andes  commences 
at  the  isthmus  of  Darien,  and,  in  its  progress  southward,  shoots  up,  under  the 
Equator,  into  the  lofly  summits  of  Chimborazo  and  Antisana,  while  it  spreads  ter- 
ror by  the  tremendous  volcanoes  of  Pinchincu  and  Catopaxi.  On  reaching  the 
elevated  regions  of  Bolivia,  it  forms  a  vast  mass,  amidst  whose  lofly  peaks  tower 
Mount  Sorata,  of  25,250,  and  Mount  Illimani,  of  24,350  feet  elevation,  surpassing 
in  height  all  the  other  peaks  of  this  great  chain,  and  second  only  to  the  most  ele- 
vated summits  of  the  Himmaleh  Mountains.  Passing  onward  between  Buenos 
Ayres  and  Chili,  the  Andes  preserve  this  elevation  very  little  diminished ;  but 
toward  the  most  southern  extreme,  they  fiill  gradually  to  less  than  one-fourth  of 
their  greatest  height  and  assume  an  aspect  dreary  and  desolate,  in  correspondence 
with  the  wintry  severity  of  the  climate.  The  principal  ridge  generally  rises  ab- 
ruptly, with  numerous  and  frightful  precipices,  hiding  its  lofly  summits  in  the 
clouds,  or  rising  with  awful  majesty  into  the  pure  regions  of  the  air  above  them. 


;■  'b 


t: 


SOUTH  AMERICA. 


263 


They  are  covered  with  perpetual  snow,  but  the  uniform  temperature  of  the  equa- 
torial and  tropical  regions  prevents  the  formation  of  glaciers. 

The  mountains  which  traverse  the  eastern  section  of  Brazil,  in  their  position 
and  relation  to  the  great  plains  of  the  continent,  present  a  striking  resemblance 
to  the  Appalachian  or  Alleghany  system  of  North  America.  Rising  south  of  the 
Amazon  River,  they  extend,  by  several  nearly  parallel  ranges,  to  the  Rio  do  la 
Plata,  beyond  which  they  finally  sink  into  the  vast  plains  of  the  Pampas.  The 
whole  of  these  eastern  ranges  are,  however,  low  in  elevation,  compared  with  the 
great  western  chain.  They  generally  reach  from  2()(H)  to  dO(H)  feet,  and  in  a  few 
cases  are  elevated  to  near  6000  feet,  and  are  not,  it  is  believed,  in  any  instance, 
the  seat  of  volcanic  action. 

The  rivers  of  South  America  have  undisputed  claims  to  rank  amongst  the 
greatest  on  the  globe,  whether  considered  in  their  vast  length  of  course,  depth 
and  breadth  of  stream,  or  in  their  capacity  for  an  extensive  and  continuous  inland 
navigation.  Of  these,  the  Amazon,  or  Maranon,  is  the  most  important  and  promi- 
nent. This  great  stream,  with  its  mighty  branches,  the  Madeira,  Caqueta,  Rio 
Negro,  &c.,  drain  an  extent  of  country  estimated  to  equal  nearly  the  whole  of 
Europe,  flowing  through  regions  which  will  no  doubt  one  day  be  the  finest  in  the 
world.  They  roll,  at  present,  through  savage  deserts  and  impenetrable  forests, 
which  have  never  felt  the  axe  or  the  plough.  The  immense  size  of  the  Amazon 
would  admit  of  a  ship  navigation  of  from  1000  to  2000  miles,  did  not  the  rapidity 
of  the  current  prevent;  but  it  will  no  doubt  at  some  future  period  yield  to  the 
power  of  steam.  The  boat  navigation  extends  about  2500  miles,  ti  the  Pongo  or 
rapids  at  Jaen,  where  the  river  passes  a  subordinate  chain  of  the  Andes.  The  Rio 
de  la  Plata,  or  Parana,  opens  to  the  ocean  with  an  estuary  of  150  miles  in  breadth. 
Its  ship  navigation  extends  to  Buenos  Ayres,  and  that  for  boats  1800  miles  farther. 
By  its  tributaries,  the  Paraguay,  Pilcomaya,  and  Ycrmejo,  navigation  is  carried 
through  a  great  range  of  country,  almost  to  their  sources.  The  Orinoco,  though 
not  equalling  either  the  Amazon  or  Rio  de  la  Plata,  is  nevertheless  an  important 
stream.  By  its  means,  and  that  of  its  tributary,  the  Meta,  vessels  of  suitable  bur- 
then may  ascend  from  the  ocean  almost  to  the  foot  of  the  Andes.  Its  entire  course 
is  not  far  short  of  1500  miles.  When  it  meets  the  sea,  its  green-coloured  waves 
strongly  contrast  with  the  blue  of  the  ocean.  The  aspect  of  the  outlet  of  this 
immense  stream,  convinced  Columbus  that  such  a  body  of  fresh  water  could  only 
issue  from  a  continent 

Here  it  was,  while  feeling  the  refreshing  land-breeze  charged  with  the  aromatic 
fragrance  of  a  boundless  wilderness  of  flowers,  and  contemplating  the  ethereal 
mildness  of  the  sky,  the  great  discoverer  imagined  himself  near  the  garden  of 
Eden,  and  that  the  Orinoco  was  one  of  the  four  great  rivers  mentioned  in  the 
Scriptures  as  issuing  from  Paradise.  Between  the  Orinoco  and  the  Amazon  there 
is  a  singular  communication  by  means  of  the  Casiquiare  River,  which  flows  alter- 
nately into  each  stream,  according  as  the  waters  of  either  prevail. 

The  southern  portion  of  this  continent  contains  an  animal  population  which  is 
in  a  measure  peculiar,  and  offers  a  large  variety  of  forms  and  characters,  which 
have  no  corresponding  types  among  the  productions  of  any  other  country.  Of 
the  carnivorous  animals,  the  jaguar,  the  cougar  or  puma,  the  ocelot,  and  mougar, 
are  the  chief  of  the  cat  family.  The  lama,  a  useful  animal,  of  the  camel  kind ; 
the  vicuna,  the  tapir,  the  peccary,  resemblinsf  the  domestic  hog,  the  capibarra,  the 
chinchilla,  a  kind  of  rat  that  furnishes  the  chinchilla  fur,  the  coypou,  resembling 
the  beaver  of  the  northern  continent,  the  sloth,  the  agouti,  the  ant-eaters,  the 
armadillo  and  Brazilian  porcupine,  and  monkeys  of  various  kinds. 

The  jaguar,  or  American  tiger,  is  a  formidable  animal,  and  is  in  size  between 
the  tiger  and  leopard  of  the  old  continent.  It  is  found  from  Guianr.  to  Paraguay, 
and  is  a  solitary  animal,  inhabiting  thick  virgin  forests.  They  attack  cows,  and 
even  bulls  of  four  years  old,  but  are  especially  enemies  to  horses.  It  will  seldom 
attack  man,  except  when  strongly  pressed  by  hunger:  instances,  however,  are 
known  of  persons  having  been  seized  and  carried  off  by  them.  The  cougar  is 
found  in  difl!ereiit  parts  of  South  America,  and  is  believed  to  be  the  same  animal  i 
as  the  North  American  panther. 


J  -r 


i.m 


t. 


:!-.W 


■  m 


r  11 


.1 


i  :. 


•2G4 


SOUTH  AMERICA. 


Thn  tapir,  or  anta,  is  of  the  size  of  a  small  cow,  but  without  horns,  and  with  a 
i«liort  naked  tail ;  the  legs  are  short  and  thick,  nnd  the  feet  have  small  black  hoofs. 
IIJH  skin  is  so  thick  and  hard  hj  to  be  almost  impenetrable  to  a  bullet;  for  which 
reason  the  Indians  make  shields  of  it  The  tapir  seldom  stirs  out  but  in  the  night, 
and  delights  in  the  water,  where  he  oflcner  lives  than  on  land.  He  is  chiefly  to 
be  found  in  marshes,  and  seldom  goes  far  from  the  borders  of  rivers  or  lakes.  He 
switiis  and  dives  with  singular  facility.  This  animal  is  commonly  found  in  Brazil, 
Paraguay,  Guiana,  and  in  all  the  extent  of  South  America,  from  the  extremity  of  ; 
Chili  to  Colombia. 

The  lama  resembles  a  very  small  camel,  is  gentle  and  confiding  in  its  manners; ! 
its  carriage  is  graceful  and  even  beautiful ;  they  abound  in  great  numbers  from 
Potosi  to  Caraccas,  and  make  the  chief  riches  of  the  Indians  and  Spaniards,  who 
rear  them.  Their  flesh  is  esteemed  excellent  food :  they  are  trained  to  carry  bur- 
dens, and  the  strongest  of  them  will  travel  with  from  100  to  150  pounds  weight 
on  their  backs ;  their  pace  is  slow,  but  they  are  Bure-foote<i,  and  ascend  and  de- 
scend precipices  and  craggy  rocks,  where  even  man  can  scarcely  accompany  i 
them.  They  are  mostly  employed  in  carrying  the  riches  of  the  mines  to  the 
large  towns  and  cities.  Bolivar  affirmed  that  above  three  hundred  thousand  of 
these  animals  were  employed  in  his  time.  Their  hair,  or  wool,  is  long,  sofl,  and 
elastic,  and  may  be  manufactured  into  excellent  clothing.  Two  or  three  pounds 
of  straw  will  suflice  the  lama  for  food  for  twenty -four  hours.  It  will  not  travel  at 
night ;  and  if  ofiended  will  spit  at  the  person  with  whom  it  is  angry,  whether  it 
be  a  stranger  or  the  person  who  feeds  it.  The  vicuna  is  smaller  than  the  lama, 
and  is  celebrated  for  the  superior  fineness  of  its  wool ;  it  inhabits  the  highest 
points  of  the  southern  Andes,  and  exhibits  great  liveliness.  The  chinchilla  is  a 
species  of  field  rat,  about  the  size  of  a  Guinea-pig,  and  is  held  in  great  estimation 
for  the  extreme  fineness  of  its  fur  or  wool ;  it  is  sufficiently  long  for  spinning. 
The  little  animal  is  about  6  inches  in  length,  and  lives  in  burrows  under  ground, 
in  the  open  parts  of  Chili  and  the  adjoining  regions  of  South  America.  The  Cay- 
pou  is  an  animal  closely  resembling  the  beaver  in  size,  quality  of  fur,  and  general 
organization,  but  its  tail,  instead  of  being  flat,  is  round,  and  it  does  not  form  the 
societies  nor  construct  the  residence  for  which  the  latter  species  is  so  well  known. 
It  seems  nevertheless  to  represent  this  species  in  the  rivers  and  lakes  of  South 
America,  from  whence  its  fur  is  brought  under  the  name  of  Racddnda.  The  sloth 
is  peculiar  to  South  America;  this  animal,  in  its  wild  state,  spends  all  its  life  in 
the  trees,  and  never  quits  them  but  through  force  or  accident,  and  lives  not  upon 
the  branches,  but  suspended  under  them ;  leaves  and  wild  fruits  constitute  its  food. 

Among  the  Mexicans  and  Peruvians  were  found  the  very  few  domestic  animals 
which  existed  in  America  previous  to  the  arrival  of  Columbus ;  and  even  they 
possessed  only  the  lama  and  vicuna,  and  a  small  species  of  lap-dog,  which  they 
called  alco,  and  which  is  believed  to  have  resembled  the  small  naked  variety  at 
present  found  in  Barbary  and  the  Levant.  The  lama  was  used  as  a  beast  of  bur- 
den, and  the  long  and  thick  fleece  of  the  vicuna  furnished  a  rich  and  fine  wool, 
which  was  manufactured  into  cloth  of  a  beautiful  texture;  the  flesh  of  both  spe- 
cies supplied  an  agreeable  and  wholesome  food. 

The  horse,  the  ass,  the  ox,  the  sheep,  the  goat,  and  the  pig,  were  all  strangers 
to  the  New  World,  and  were  brought  from  Europe,  at  an  early  period,  by  the  first 
settlers;  some  of  tliem  have  increased  prodigiously  in  every  part  of  America;  in 
many  places  they  have  even  regained  their  pristine  state  of  savage  freedom ;  innu- 
merable herds  of  wild  oxen  cover  the  rich  savannahs  of  Brazil,  Buenos  Ay  res,  and 
Colombia,  and  troops  of  horses,  equally  wild,  are  found  in  every  part  of  the  pam- 
pas, and  likewise  in  the  high  plains  on  the  banks  of  the  Arkansas,  in  North  Ame- 
rica. A  nominal  property  in  these  wild  herds  is  generally  claimed  by  particular 
individuals;  and  they  are  assembled  also  at  certain  periods,  to  be  marked  and 
counted,  but  in  all  other  respects  they  are  left  to  the  unrestrained  exercise  of 
their  natural  freedom.  The  horned  cattle  are  principally  valuable  for  their  hides 
and  tallow,  which  are  for  the  most  part  shipped  to  European  ports,  and  constitute 
two  of  the  principal  commodities  of  South  American  exportation.  The  custom 
of  hunting  cattle  for  this  purpose  is  becoming,  in  South  America,  a  particular 


•  Ji 


■V: 


in 


SOUTH  amp:rica. 


3t;.t 


trade,  and  a  native  is  never  coneidcreci  properly  educated  till  ho  can  throw  the 
lai«o,  or  use  the  knife,  with  skill  and  dexterity. 

In  the  pampas  there  are  numerous  tr(N)ps  of  wild  horses,  which,  though  of  less 
importance  tha:j  the  horned  cattle,  are  not  without  their  uses  to  the  inhabitants; 
in  tact,  they  furnish  the  only  means  of  crossinf^  these  extensive  plains,  and  conse- 
quently, of  communicating  with  the  neighbouring  countries.  The  traveller  and 
his  guide  set  otf  on  horseback,  driving  a  troop  of  these  animals  before  them :  when 
one  beast  is  exhausted,  another  is  secured  by  means  of  the  lasso;  the  saddle  is 
changed,  the  rider  mounts  and  continues  his  journev,  repeating  the  same  opera- 
tion as  often  as  requisite,  till  he  arrives  at  his  station  for  the  night;  here  he  obtains 
a  fresh  troop,  and  in  this  manner  will  travel,  for  many  days  in  succession,  at  tlie 
rate  of  100  or  120  miles  a  day. 

The  ass,  the  sheep,  the  goat,  and  the  hog,  likewise  introduced  into  America, 
both  north  and  south,  by  the  early  European  colonists,  have  not,  with  the  exception 
of  the  hog  in  the  United  States,  increased  in  the  same  proportion  as  the  horse  and 
ox.  The  ass  is  principally  employed  in  the  old  Spanish  and  Portuguese  settle- 
ments, for  the  purpose  of  breeding  mules,  which  are  universally  employed  in  trans- 
porting the  precious  metals,  and  possess  all  the  wonderful  sagacity  in  discovering 
and  avoiding  danger,  and  all  the  security  of  foot,  which  have,  in  ull  ages  of  the 
world,  rendered  this  animal  so  valuable  in  mountainous  countries. 

The  principal  birds  of  South  America  are  the  rhea,  or  American  ostrich,  the 
condor,  the  king  of  the  vultures,  the  black  vulture,  and  the  turkey-buzzard ;  and 
of  the  eagle  family  are  the  Brazilian  caracara  eagle,  the  harpy  eagle,  the  most 
ferocious  of  its  species,  the  Chilian  sea-eagle,  and  the  vulturine  caracara  eagle, 
bearing  a  strong  affinity  to  both  the  vulture  and  the  eagle ;  the  toucans,  various 
in  form,  and  of  superb  colouring ;  parrots,  of  great  variety  of  size  and  splendour 
of  plumage;  the  burrowing  owl,  blacksmith,  or  belUbird,  uttering  a  note  like 
the  blow  of  a  hammer  upon  an  anvil,  orioles,  or  hanging-birds,  chatterers,  mani- 
kins, humming-birds,  of  100  different  species,  from  the  size  of  a  wren  to  that  of  a 
humble-bee ;  they  are  more  numerous  in  the  tropical  regions  of  Brazil  and  Guiana 
than  in  the  othei  section  of  the  continent ;  a  few  species  are  also  found  in  North 
America. 

The  rhea,  or  American  ostrich,  is  smaller  than  the  African  species,  and  is  fur- 
ther distinguished  from  it  by  having  three  toes  completely  developed  on  each  foot ; 
it  is  found  chiefly  on  the  pampas,  or  plains,  of  Buenos  Ayres  and  Putagonia,  from 
the  Amazon  to  the  straits  of  Magellan.  This  bird  imparts  a  lively  interest  to  a 
ride  on  the  pampas.  They  are  seen  sometimes  in  coveys  of  twenty  or  thirty, 
gliding  elegantly  along  the  gentle  undulations  of  the  plain,  at  half  pistol-shot  dis- 
tance from  each  other,  like  skirmishers.  The  young  are  easily  domesticated,  and 
soon  become  attached  to  those  who  caress  them ;  but  they  are  troublesome  inmates, 
for,  stalking  about  the  house,  they  will,  when  full  grown,  swallow  coin,  shirt-pins, 
and  every  small  article  of  metal  within  reach.  Their  usual  food,  in  a  wild  state, 
is  seeds,  herbage,  and  insects ;  the  flesh  is  a  reddish  brown,  and,  if  young,  not  of 
bad  flavour.  A  great  many  eggs  are  laid  in  the  same  nest,  which  is  lined  with 
dry  grass.  Some  accounts  have  been  given  which  exonerate  the  ostrich  from 
being  the  most  stupid  bird  in  creation.  For  example,  the  hen  counts  her  eggs 
every  day.  This  has  been  proved  by  the  experiment  of  taking  an  egg  away,  or 
by  putting  one  in  addition.  In  either  case  she  destroys  the  whole,  by  crushing 
them  with  her  feet  Although  she  does  not  attend  to  secrecy  in  selecting  a  situa- 
tion for  her  nest,  she  will  forsake  it  if  the  eggs  have  been  handled.  It  is  also  said 
that  she  rolls  a  few  eggs  about  thirty  yards  distant  from  her  nest,  and  cracks  the 
shells,  which,  by  the  time  her  young  come  forth,  being  filled  with  maggots,  and 
covered  with  insects,  form  the  first  repast  of  her  infant  brood.  The  male  bird  in 
said  to  take  upon  himself  the  rearing  of  the  young,  and  to  attach  more  importance 
to  paternal  authority  than  to  the  ravours  of  his  mate.  If  two  cock-birds  meet, 
each  with  a  family,  they  fight  for  the  supremacy  over  both ;  for  which  reason  an 
ostrich  has  sometimes  under  his  tutelage  broods  of  different  ages. 

The  condor  is  of  the  vulture  species,  and  the  largest  of  terrestrial  birds ;  its 
vings  extend  from  9  to  14  feet;  it  is  peculiar  to  the  Andes,  and  seems  to  prefer 


23 


21 


'? 


'-i 


;?^i: 


IV  ' 


^■:-L- 


l\.-f 


-[ 


] 


1     •  • 

.'    • 

•  . 

'■* 

\   ■ 

■   t 

•    ■  " 

.    i,    :■  . 

•■■ .    ' 

i'     ' 

•<■'•! 

m 

I.   !■' 

■■i>i 


vLJ 


■    ■  *, , i 

« ■  A 
■  ■' \ 


.1     '  '« 


m 


n 


a 


iK,^. 


i,>) 


auG 


SOUTH  AMERICA. 


the  highest  puintH,  bordcrinf;  on  thu  limits  of  perpetual  snow.  AltlKMJffh  they 
never  attack  man,  yet  they  exhibit  no  tear  at  his  approach.  Their  food  and  habiiM 
arc  very  iiiinilar  to  thoec  of  the  bearded  vulture  of  Europe.  Two  condors  will 
dart  upon  a  deer,  or  even  a  heifer,  pursuing  or  woundinf^  it  for  a  lonff  time  with 
their  iKiaks  or  talons,  until  their  victim  sinks:  the"  they  immediately  seize  its 
tonjfue,  and  tear  out  its  eyes.  In  Quito  it  is  said  thui  iliu  mischief  done  to  rnttlo 
by  tht.'HO  formidable  birds  is  immense;  their  general  Ibod,  liowever,  is  carrion,  or 
dead  frtime.  The  skin  of  the  condor  is  so  thickly  clothed  with  down  and  feathers, 
that  it  is  capable  of  withstanding  musket-bulls,  when  not  closely  tired,  and  the 
bird  is  killed  with  great  ditiiculty.  The  king  of  the  vulture  ia  a  smaller  species 
than  the  condor;  its  wings,  from  tip  to  tip,  arc  about  six  feet:  it  is  remarkable  for 
the  variety  of  its  colours,  und  the  bright  tints  of  blue  and  vermilion  which  mark 
its  naked  head  and  neck ;  it  is  occasionally  seen  as  tar  north  as  Florida. 

The  toucans  are  onmivorous  in  their  habits,  feeding  both  upon  animal  and  vege- 
tnble  matter.  Their  enormous  bills  are  light,  and  being  vascular  within,  admit 
of  a  great  developcment  being  given  to  the  organs  of  smell ;  by  this  power  they 
discover  the  nests  und  eggs  of  other  birds,  which  they  arc  constantly  plundering. 

The  species  and  varieties  of  fish  arc  so  numerous  and  so  similar  m  all  quarters 
of  the  globe,  that  their  geographical  distribution  is  more  uniform  than  that  of  most 
other  cluti^es.  The  various  fresh-wnter  species  of  Europe  have  their  representa- 
tives in  tlie  rivers  and  lakes  of  the  New  VVorld,  and  the  marine  tribes  which  fre- 
quent the  shores  of  America  are  little  different  from  those  of  the  old  continent. 
The  species,  indeed,  may  be  distinct,  but  the  generic  form  and  characters  are 
invariably  the  same,  or  differ  only  in  trifling  circumstances.  One  of  the  most 
remarkable  fish  of  South  America  is  the  gymnotus,  or  electric  eel ;  it  possesses 
the  singular  property  of  stunning  its  prey  by  an  electrical  shock.  This  eel 
abounds  in  the  rivers  and  lakes  of  the  low-lands  of  Colombia,  and  is  about  six  feet 
in  length.  The  electrical  shock  is  conveyed,  either  through  the  hand  or  any  me- 
tallic conductor  which  touches  the  fish ;  even  the  angler  sometimes  receives  a 
shock  from  them,  conveyed  along  the  wetted  rod  and  fishing-line. 

The  most  formidable  reptiles  of  South  America  are  the  alligators  and  serpents : 
three  or  tour  species  of  the  former  inhabit  the  rivers  and  lakes :  of  the  latter  are 
the  boa  constrictor,  the  anaconda,  and  the  aboma ;  they  are  found  chiefly  in  the 
swamps  and  fens  of  the  tropical  parts  of  South  America :  the  latter  is  said  to  grow 
from  20  to  30  feet  in  length,  and  as  large  in  bulk  as  a  stout  man :  it  is  indifferent 
as  to  its  prey,  and  destroys,  when  hungry,  any  animal  that  comes  within  its  reach. 
The  negroes  consider  it  excellent  food.  Among  the  useful  reptiles  are  the  turtle, 
so  highly  prized  by  epicures,  and  the  guana  lizard,  by  many  considered  quite  as 
great  a  delicacy  as  the  turtle ;  its  flesh  is  white,  tender,  and  of  delicate  flavour : 
they  are  very  nimble,  and  are  hunted  by  dogs,  and,  when  not  wanted  for  immedi- 
ate use,  are  salted  and  barrelled:  they  are  found  both  on  the  continent  and  among 
the  West  Indian  Islands.  The  turtle  is  found  also  in  the  same  localities  as  the 
guana :  it  resorts  yearly  in  vast  numbers  to  the  islands  and  shores  of  the  Orinoco, 
and  also  to  the  shores  of  the  islands  in  the  West  Indies,  to  deposit  its  eggs,  which 
it  buries  by  thousands  in  the  sand,  and  which  are  eagerly  sought  after  by  the 
Indians  and  negroes,  who  annually  resort  to  these  haunts  of  the  turtle  for  the 
purpose  of  procuring  them. 

The  Bats  are  surprisingly  numerous  and  are  no  doubt  powerful  instruments  to 
keep  within  due  limits  the  myriads  of  flying  insects :  some,  however,  live  almost 
entirely  upon  fruits,  while  others,  like  the  deadly  Vampire  of  the  Elast,  enter  the 
cattle  stables,  and  the  houses  of  men,  and  suck  the  blood  of  both  :  as  their  bite  is 
usually  in  the  foot,  and  never  creates  pain  sufficiently  sharp  to  awaken  the  person 
attacked,  it  has  sometimes  proved  fatal  from  excessive  hemorrhage.  The  Vam- 
pires are  consequently  much  dreaded  by  the  inhabitants,  and  every  precaution  is 
taken  to  guard  against  their  attacks.  Horses  and  mules  are  frequently  so  much 
weakened  by  these  animals  during  the  night,  as  to  be  incapable  of  travelling. 

Of  the  insect  tribes  in  America,  the  mosquitoes,  though  of  the  most  diminutive 
size,  are  unquestionably  the  greatest  scourge  of  the  moist  tropical  countries,  and 
even  in  many  parts  included  in  the  temperate  zone.     Chigoes  is  another  insect 


SOUTH  AMERICA. 


aii" 


which  inhabits  the  same  localities,  and  is  scarcely  less  to  be  drcadctl  than  the 
Mosquito.  The  diamond  beetle  is  one  of  the  most  splendid  of  insects,  and  bet'urc 
Brazil  was  accessible  to  European  travellers,  was  su  rare  as  to  be  sold  at  a  very 
high  price.  Carnivorous  insects,  and  also  such  as  feed  upon  dead  animal  matter 
are  widely  dispersed.  Ants  are  the  universal  removers  of  ail  such  otfcnsive  sub- 
stances as  are  too  small  for  the  food  uf  Vultures,  and  the  diminutive  size  u\'  tliese 
little  agents  is  amply  compensated  by  the  inconceivable  myriads  of  tlicir  num- 
bers. The  Cochineal  is  nearly  the  only  insect  which  has  been  turned  to  gieut  \ 
commercial  account.  The  Honey-Boe  of  Europe  is  unknown,  but  there  are 
several  wild  species  of  this  family,  whose  honeycombs  are  formed  in  trees,  and 
much  sought  afler  by  the  natives. 

On  the  discovery  of  the  New  World,  it  was  found  by  the  Spaniards  in  posses- 
sion of  various  tribes  of  Indians,  generally  of  a  more  gentle  and  less  warlike 
character,  than  those  which  inhabited  North  America.  They  were  doubtless  tlie 
same  race,  but  the  influence  of  a  sofler  climate  had  probably  subdued  their  vigour 
and  courage.  With  the  cross  in  one  hand,  and  the  sword  in  the  other,  the  ruth- 
less invaders  took  possession  of  the  land.  Peru,  a  populous  empire  and  compara- 
tively civilized,  was  conquered  by  Pizarro,  afler  a  series  of  treacherous  and 
intrepid  acts,  scarcely  paralleled  in  the  history  of  mankind.  The  whole  of  South 
America  fell  into  the  hands  of  Europeans :  Spain  took  possession  of  the  Western 
and  Portugal  of  the  Eastern  portion.  Thus  it  was  arranged  into  two  great  politi- 
cal divisions. 

The  Indian  has  only  been  preserved  to  any  extent  in  the  New  World,  where 
he  has  mingled  with  the  white  man  and  adopted  his  habits,  or  where  impenetra- 
ble unwholesome  forests  or  cold  inhospitable  regions  have  protected,  or  where,  as 
in  the  case  of  the  Araucanos  of  Chili,  his  own  courage  has  saved  him  from  ex- 
termination. The  islands  of  the  West  Indies  present  the  singular  spectacle  of  a 
whole  race  of  people,  that  has  disappeared  within  the  limits  of  recent  and  au- 
thentic history :  their  place  is  occupied  by  the  white  man  of  Europe  as  the  master, 
and  the  black  of  Africa  as  the  slave. 

The  copper  or  bronze  hue  of  the  skin  is,  with  some  slight  exceptions,  common 
to  almost  all  the  natives  of  America,  upon  which  the  climate,  the  situation  or  the 
mode  of  living,  appear  not  to  exercise  the  smallest  influence.  Some  of  the  tribes 
in  Guiana  are  nearly  black,  though  easily  distinguished  from  the  negro.  The 
colour  of  the  natives  of  Brazil  and  California,  is  equally  deep,  although  the  latter 
inhabits  the  temperate  zone,  and  the  former  lives  near  the  tropics.  The  natives 
of  New  Spain  are  darker  than  the  Indians  of  Quito  and  New  Grenada,  who 
inhabit  a  precisely  analogous  climate.  Those  who,  in  the  torrid  zone,  inhabit  the 
most  elevated  table-land  of  the  Cordilleras  or  of  the  Andes,  have  a  complexion  as 
much  copper-coloured  as  those  who  cultivate  the  Banana  under  a  burning  sun, 
in  the  narrowest  and  deepest  valleys  of  the  equinoctial  regions.  The  Indians 
who  inhabit  the  mountains  are  clothed  and  were  so  long  before  the  conquest, 
while  the  Aborigines  that  wander  on  the  plains  of  South  America,  are  perfectly 
or  nearly  naked,  and  consequently  are  always  exposed  to  the  vertical  rays  of  the 
Sun.  These  facts  show  that  the  colour  of  the  American  depends  very  little  on 
the  local  situation  which  he  actually  occupies;  and  never  in  the  same  individual 
are  those  parts  of  the  body  that  are  constantly  covered  of  a  fairer  colour  than 
those  in  contact  with  the  air. 

In  the  warmer  sections  of  the  continent,  the  Aborigines  live  upon  fruits  or  roots  : 
in  less  genial  regions,  they  are  obliged  to  have  recourse  to  the  chase :  on  the  rivers 
or  along  the  shores  of  lakes,  or  on  the  sea-coasts,  Ihcy  depend  on  fish  as  their 
main  article  of  food.  In  an  emergency  the  Indians  do  not  scruple  to  feed  on  ser- 
pents, toads,  and  lizards,  and  on  the  larva  of  insects,  and  other  disgusting  objects. 
Some  roast  their  meat,  others  boil  it,  and  not  only  several  savage  tribes,  but  even 
the  civilized  Peruvians,  eat  their  flesh  raw.  The  Ottomacs,  a  tribe  near  th'i 
Orinoco,  eat  a  species  of  unctuous  clay,  and  the  same  practice  has  been  found  to 
prevail  among  some  tribes  in  Brazil,  and  on  the  borders  of  the  Arctic  Ocean.  A 
number  of  tribes  in  Brazil,  and  in  the  basin  of  the  Orinoco,  and  some  in  all  parts 
of  America,  indulge  in  the  horrid  banquet  of  human  flesh. 


*  U™ 

• 

4    ■ 

•  ■     ■   ■■■  1 

t    y                  ■    -    '■ 

'f.  •■ 


^i:^, 


■  r 


•i:.^- 


1-::: . 


:t:; 


m 


d:  ' 

< 

# 

"« 

ii.J 

IP 


'■>, 


\M 


m 


.>'-i 


•f 


% :. 


vr 


If 


■««i 


■via 


•JG8 


SOUTH  AMERICA. 


Amonffst  the  oborif^ines  thruuf^hout  the  continnnt,  with  some  raro  eruptions, 
tlie  woman  is  tho  Hlavo  of  the  man.  She  performs  all  the  menial  offices,  carries 
tlin  burdens,  cultivates  the  jirround,  and  in  many  cases  is  not  allowed  to  cat  or 
u\Hsak  in  the  presence  of  the  other  sex.  Polygamy  is  by  no  means  uncommon 
among  the  native  tribes ;  but  it  is  often  checked  by  the  difficulty  of  procuring  or 
supporting  more  than  one  wife,  and  some  nations  do  not  countenance  the  practice. 
Some  tribes  kill  their  prisoners ;  others  adopt  them  into  all  the  privileges  of  the 
tribe,  and  yet  others  employ  them  as  slaves,  in  which  capacity  they  are  turned 
over  to  the  women. 

Tho  governments  of  Spain  and  Portugal,  aided  by  the  devout  zeal  of  several 
religious  orders,  have  supported  missions  in  Mexico,  La  Plata,  Peru,  Brazil,  and 
New  Grenada,  for  more  than  two  centuries :  rooet  of  these  have  been  lately  aban- 
doned, in  consequence  of  the  recent  revolutions  in  those  countries,  and  seem  to 
have  left  no  traces  of  their  existence.  A  few  friars,  or  priests,  settled  among  the 
savages,  instructed  them  in  the  forms  of  the  Roman  Catholic  religion,  and  taught 
them  some  of  the  more  useful  arts ;  but  these  establishments  were  generally  mo- 
delled upon  the  plan  of  the  Peruvian  theocracy ;  the  converts  were  kept  under  a 
complete  state  of  tutelage ;  the  produce  of  their  labour  became  the  common  pro- 
perty of  the  community,  which  was  managed  by  their  religious  fathers,  and  no 
progress  was  made  in  establishing  an  independent,  self-sustaining  social  system. 

i^uth  America  contains  the  following  political  divisions.  The  republics  of  New 
Grenada,  Venezuela,  and  Equador,  or  Equator,  comprise  what  constituted,  until 
1831,  the  Republic  of  Colombia :  they  occupy  the  northern  part  of  the  continent. 
The  colonies  of  Guiana,  belonging  to  Great  Britain,  France,  and  Holland,  are  in 
the  north-east.  The  empire  of  Brazil,  the  most  extensive  and  populous  of  all  the 
South  American  states,  extends  over  the  central,  and  more  than  one-half  of  the 
eastern,  section  of  the  southern  continent.  West  of  Brazil  is  the  republic  of  Bo- 
livia (formerly  known  as  Upper  Peru),  and  those  of  Peru  and  South  Peru.  The 
regions  forming  the  territo^  of  these  states  were  once  all  comprehended  under  the 
general  name  of  Peru.  Southward  of  these,  and  along  the  western  coast,  ex- 
tends the  republic  of  Chili.  E]astward  of  Chili,  and  occupying  mostly  the  central 
parts  of  the  continent,  is  the  republic  of  Buenos  Ayres,  known  also  as  the  United 
I  Provinces  of  the  Rio  de  la  Plata,  and  likewise  as  the  Argentine  Republic.  Be- 
tween Buenos  Ayres  and  Brazil  is  situated  the  dictatorship  of  Paraguay,  and  the 
Republic  Oriental  de  I'Uruguay,  commonly  called  Uruguay :  it  was  also  formerly 
known  by  the  several  names  of  Montevideo,  the  Banda  Oriental,  and  the  Cispla- 
tine  Republic.  The  most  southern  part  of  South  America  is  Patagonia,  including 
Tierra  del  Fuego.  These  regions  are  entirely  occupied  by  native  tribes,  and  are 
vet^  little  known. 

The  estimates  of  the  areas  and  population  of  all  the  above-mentioned  territo- 
ries are  very  uncertain,  and  but  little  reliance  is  to  be  placed  on  them.  Authori- 
ties often  differ  very  much,  and  in  general  they  are  but  conjectural. 

Area  in  «quani  milei.  Population. 

New  Grenada 380,000 1,687,100 

Venezuela 425,000 900,000 

Equador 130,000 600,000 

Guiana 115,000 182,501 

Brazil 3,000,000 5,000,000 

Peru 280,000 700,000 

South  Peru 125,000 800,000 

Bolivia 400,000 1,716,000 

Buenos  Ayres 860,000 700,000        > 

Paraguay 88,000 150,000 

Uruguay 92,000 75,000     r 

A               Chill. .   172,000 1,500,000 

Patagonia 320,000 30,000 

Total 6,387,000 14,040,600 


H " 

!  V  '^  1,; 

1  \ 


».♦< 


j, 


COLOMBIA. 


3()» 


COLOiMBIA, 
OR,  NEW  GRENADA,  VENEZUELA,  AND  EQIJADOR  OR  EQUATOR. 

Colombia  is  tho  name  given  to  the  extensive  territory  of  an  independent  state, 
which  Umk  the  lead  amoni;  the  newly>turmed  republics  in  what  was  formerly 
Spanish  South  America.  Recent  chanifos  have  subdivided  it  into  three  portionH, 
I  which  have  assumed  tho  appellations  of  New  Grenada,  Venezuela,  and  the  E<jua- 
dor;  biit  it  is  still  convenient  to  give  its  piiysical  features  under  the  general  ap> 
pellation  of  Colombia. 

Colombia,  in  its  general  outline,  occupies  nearly  the  whole  north  and  north- 
western  part  of  South  America,  and  comprehends  the  two  governments  included 
by  the  Spaniards  under  the  names  of  the  viceroyalty  of  New  Grenada,  comprising 
Quito,  and  the  cnptaincy-general  of  tho  Caraccas,  or  V^enczuela,  including  Span- 
ish  Guiana.  It  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  great  gulf  of  the  Atlantic,  which 
is  enclosed  between  its  shore  and  the  long  chain  of  the  West  India  islands,  com- 
monly called  the  Caribbean  Sea.  On  this  side  also  a  narrow  land  boundary  con- 
nects it  with  Guatemala,  but  its  limits  on  that  side  are  unsettled. 

On  the  west  it  stretches  along  the  boundless  expanse  of  the  Pacific,  from  the 
vicinity  of  the  Gulf  of  Dulce  on  the  north,  to  the  River  Tumbez  on  the  south : 
thence  it  is  divided  from  Peru  by  an  irregular  south-easterly  line  extending  to  the 
Javari  River.  By  that  stream,  part  of  the  Amazon  River,  and  a  nominal  line  ex- 
tending first  north,  and  then  east,  it  is  separated  from  Brazil;  and  by  the  latter 
boundary,  continued  in  a  northerly  course  to  the  mouth  of  the  Orinoco,  it  is  di- 
vided from  Guiana.  The  outline  of  this  great  region  is  probably  not  less  than 
6500  miles.  It  is  in  extent  from  north  to  south  about  1400,  and  from  east  to  west 
1650  miles. 

The  surface  of  Colombia,  its  mountains  and  plains,  are  of  the  most  varied  char- 
acter, and  01'  the  most  majestic  scale,  presenting  forms  and  phenomena  the  most 
grand  and  awful  that  are  to  be  found  on  the  globe.  The  summits  of  the  Andes 
have  ceased,  indeed,  to  rank  as  the  very  loftiest  on  earth.  The  Himmaleh,  the 
mountain  boundary  of  Hindoostan,  is  not  only  higher,  but  presents,  perhaps,  a 
grander  continuity  of  unbroken  and  gigantin  steeps.  But,  ascending  from  the  low 
country  by  a  series  of  tabular  plains  and  broad  valleys,  it  presents  at  no  single 
point  any  very  astonishing  elevation.  It  has  nothing  to  resemble  those  solitary 
gigantic  cones,  which,  in  the  Colombian  Cordillera,  shoot  up  towards  the  sky,  and 
even  under  the  burning  influence  of  the  equator  remain  buried  to  a  great  depth  in 
perpetual  snow.  Chimborazo,  the  giant  of  the  west,  stands  yet  unsealed  by  mor- 
tal foot.  Humboldt  and  his  companions  made  extraordinary  exertions  to  reach  its 
summit,  and  arrived  at  about  2000  feet  from  that  point,  then  believed  to  be  the 
greatest  elevation  ever  attained  by  ma..i.  They  were  enveloped  in  thick  fogs,  and 
m  an  atmosphere  of  the  most  piercinv  cold ;  they  breathed  with  difficulty,  and 
blood  burst  from  the  eyes  and  lips.  The  form  of  the  mountain,  which  is  that  of  a 
truncated  cone,  appears  everywhere  sublime,  but  peculiarly  so  from  the  coast  of 
the  Pacific  at  nearly  200  miles  distance,  whence  it  resembles  an  enormous  semi- 
transparent  dome  defined  by  the  deep  azure  of  the  sky ;  dim,  yet  too  decided  in 
outline  to  be  mistaken  for  a  cloud.  The  height  is  21,440  feet.  Antisana,  though 
only  19,000  feet,  is  remarkable  for  having  a  village  on  its  side  at  the  height  of 
13,'5()0  feet,  once  believed  the  highest  inhabited  spot  on  the  globe. 

The  most  tremendous  volcanoes  in  the  world  are  those  which  burst  from  this 
mountain  range.  Cotopaxi  is  the  most  formidable  in  the  Andes,  and,  indeed,  on 
the  globe.  This  mountain  is  18,898  feet  high,  consequently  more  elevated  than 
Vesuvius  would  be  if  placed  on  the  top  of  Teneriffe.  In  the  course  of  the  last 
century,  it  had  five  great  eruptions,  and  one  in  1803.  In  some  of  these  it  has 
been  averred  that  Cotopaxi  was  heaid  at  the  distance  of  600  miles,  and  that  on 
the  coast  of  the  Pacific,  at  140  miles  (fistance,  it  sounded  like  thunder,  or  like  the 
discharge  of  a  continuous  battery  of  cannon.    From  this  and  the  other  South 


23* 


■■:.!^ 


-1  ;f 


U    -  • 


I 
t 


,..  , 


t    % 


1      h 


r-:i 


i-5- 


u. 


',  \-< 


•   ! 

■  -r.! 

■  -if,' 

1 

,•■■'•■ 

A 

'  -.fe*- 

; 

!i 

>1^ 

'■■'■¥ 

hi,. 

hi 

Ml 


.  4 


,th 


ii7U 


UJLOMIilA. 


it  ' 


American  cratcra  are  ejected  not  only  the  uaual  volcanic  ■uhatanccs,  but  torrenta 
of  hoilniff  water  and  mud,  otlcn  containinif  i^rcat  quantitiea  oCdead  fiHJioH.  Some- 
tiin«H,  aller  auccosMivo  oruptionn,  tho  untlennined  walh  of  the  moiiritnin  tiill  m, 
and  become  a  mass  of  tremRmluus  ruin.  Huch  win  the  fate  of  El  AlUi,  wliicli 
once  reared  itit  head  above  Chirnliorazo,  and  of  another  very  lofty  volcano,  which, 
in  169H,  fell  with  a  similar  craah. 

The  general  nngo  of  the  Andes,  aa  it  paases  through  Colombia,  is  divided  in 
the  north  into  three  prallel  chains,  of  which  tho  eastern  has  between  it  and  the 
middle  chain  tho  plam  of  Hanta  Fv  dc  Bogota,  and  some  others,  which  constitute 
the  moat  valuable  part  of  New  (irenada.  Farther  south,  these  chains  unite  into 
two,  of  which  the  moat  elevated,  comprising  all  the  highest  volcanic  summits,  is 
on  the  western  side,  facing  the  expanse  of  the  Pacific.  Between  it  and  the  par- 
nllol  chain  is  interposed  the  table  plain  of  Quito,  about  twenty  miles  in  breadth, 
and  of  the  most  surpassing  richness  and  beauty.  To  the  east  also  the  Andes 
throw  out  a  chain,  called  the  chain  of  Venezuela,  which  runs  parallel  to  the  sea 
along  the  coast  of  Caraccas,  as  for  as  Cumanri,  leaving  along  the  shore  a  plain  rich 
in  the  most  valuable  tropical  productions. 

The  Llanos  form  another  extensive  portion  of  the  Colombian  territory,  com- 
mencing where  the  mountain  ranges  terminate,  and  reaching  east  and  south  to 
tho  Orinoco.  They  consist  of  immense  flats,  covered  with  magnificent  forests  and 
vast  savannahs,  in  which  the  grass  often  grows  above  the  human  height,  covering 
from  view  both  man  and  horse.  A  great  extent  is  inundated  by  the  Orinoco  and 
its  largo  tributaries.  The  soil  is  fertile  in  the  extreme ;  but  the  unhealthiness  of 
the  climate  deters  settlers  who  are  not  urged  by  extreme  necessity. 

Among  its  rivers,  Colombia  may  rank  several,  the  greatest  both  of  the  Old  and 
the  New  World.  She  sets  one  toot,  as  it  were,  on  the  Amazon :  but  that  river, 
being  scarcely  accessible,  and  the  country  near  it  occupied  only  by  a  few  scattered 
missions  from  Peru,  cannot  be  considered,  in  any  practical  sense,  as  Colombian. 
The  same  observation  may  almost  apply  to  its  great  tributaries,  the  Napo,  the  lea, 
or  Putumavo,  and  the  Japura,  or  Caqueta,  which  descend  to  it  from  the  Andes  of 
Quito.  The  secondary  but  still  immense  stream  of  the  Orinoco  rises  in  the  south- 
ern part  of  the  mountains  of  Parime,  and,  winding  round  them,  flows  first  west, 
then  north,  till  it  takes  its  final  course  eastward  to  the  Atlantic.  It  enters  that 
ocean  by  a  delta  of  about  fifty  channels,  and  after  a  course  of  1380  miles. 

From  the  boundless  expanse  of  the  Llanos,  the  Orinoco  receives  several  mighty 
rivers  that  have  their  sources  in  the  Andes, — the  Guaviare,  the  Meta,  and  the 
Apure;  the  last  of  which,  flowing  through  the  plains  of  Venezuela,  and  drawing 
its  waters  from  the  coast  chain,  is  alone  very  important  in  a  commercial  view. 
These  shores  may  in  future  ages  become  the  magnificent  seats  of  empire,  but  at 
present  they  are  overgrown  with  forests  and  thickets,  peopled  only  by  wandering 
Caribs,  and  presenting  but  a  few  scattered  missions  and  settlements.  The  really 
useful  streams  are  those  of  smaller  dimensions,  which,  running  like  long  canals 
between  the  mountain  chains,  bring  down  the  products  of  those  high  valleys,  at 
present  the  only  cultivated  part  of  Colombia.  The  Magdalena,  the  largest  and 
most  commodious  of  these  streams,  has  a  course  of  more  than  500  miles  between 
the  eastern  and  middle  chain  of  the  Cordilleras,  aflbrding  to  the  plain  of  Santa  Fe 
a  communication  with  the  sea.  The  Cauca  runs  between  the  middle  and  western 
chain ;  and,  after  a  course  of  nearly  equal  length,  joins  the  Magdalena  before  it 
falls  into  the  sea  near  Carthagena.  The  Magdalena  is  throughout  navigable, 
though  the  voyage  is  rendered  painfiil  by  the  heat  and  the  myriads  of  insects. 
The  navigation  of  the  Cauca  is  by  no  means  so  good.  To  the  south,  the  still 
smaller  rivers  of  Esmeraldas  and  of  Guayaquil  aflTord  to  the  republic  of  the  Equa- 
dor  an  important  means  of  communicating  with  the  Pacific  Ocean. 

There  are  scarcely  any  lakes  of  importance.  We  must  except,  however,  that 
of  Maracaybo,  which,  though  it  communicates  with  the  sea,  yet,  unless  in  strong 
winds  blowing  from  thence,  preserves  its  waters  fresh  and  unmixed.  There  are 
also  dispersed  throughout  the  territory  various  little  collections  of  water  on  the 
declivities  of  hills,  and  others  formed  by  the  expansions  of  rivers. 

The  constitution  of  Colombia  was  formed  in  a  congress  assembled  at  Cucuta,  on 


on 


COi^tMBIA. 


'i7l 


tho  18lh  July,  1821.  Another  hul  be«'n  fVampd,  two  yrani  bot'urc,  at  Hanto  Tom*, 
but  onlv  for  the  province  of  Venezuela,  which,  atlur  nome  reiMatancn,  was  obliged 
to  yieltl  ita  claim  lo  tlio  auporior  powoi  and  population  of  New  (ircnada.  The 
biwia  Judiciouily  taken  waa  that  or  tho  Unit(>«l  Statca  of  North  America,  and  the 
alteration*  arc  even  Huch  as  to  fjivo  it  aoniewhnt  loot  of  a  deiiKicratic  ciiaracter. 
Thn  loijialativc  [mwcr  waa  veated  in  a  cunfrr<>M8,  conaiating  of  two  bodioa,  the 
Bvnatc  and  tho  houm  of  reproaentativoa.  The  executive  waa  vested  in  a  presi- 
dent and  vico-preaident,  the  former  of  whom  waa  elected  for  tour,  and  could  not 
continue  in  office  for  a  consecutive  period  of  more  than  ei(;ht  years.  Neither  he 
nor  any  of  tho  ministers  could  be  members  of  tlic  conffress.  Ilis  salary  was  tixed 
at  :M),(NNI  dollars,  and  that  of  the  vice-president  at  10,UUU  dollars  per  annum. 

The  conatitutiona  of  the  three  states  newly  formed  tVom  the  fraj^ments  of  Co- 
lombia, are,  with  aome  variations,  the  same  as  that  of  Cucuta.  Attempts  have 
been  made  to  unite  them  into  a  confudcracy,  which  should  manaf^e  their  foreiffn 
relations;  but  the  project  has  never  succeeded,  and  seems  now  to  tM3  abandoned. 

The  amount  of  the  foreign  debt  of  Colombia  was  in  1^124  nearly  3(MNN),UU0 
dollars,  since  which  time  no  interest  has  been  paid,  and  it  has  consefiuently  in- 
creased to  about  50,000,000.  It  has  been  recognised  by  tho  new  states  as  a  com- 
mon burden,  which  shall  be  distributed  on  equitable  principles  among  them,  and 
each  has  declared  its  readiness  to  meet  its  respective  responsibilities. 

The  territory  of  Colombia  is  chiefly  distinguished  by  its  vast  capacities  for  im- 
provement, which  are  developed  only  in  a  very  imperfect  degree.  The  soil  is  as 
various  as  the  states  that  compose  the  territory.  New  Grenada,  though  a  moim- 
tainous  country,  is  fertile  in  ail  kinds  of  grain  and  fruit,  and  such  are  the  natural 
resources  of  this  part  of  South  America,  that,  if  its  inhabitants  were  active  and 
industrious,  it  might  become  one  of  the  richest  and  most  important  countries  in 
the  world. 

Agriculture  in  this  country,  beyond  any  other  in  Spanish  America,  or  perhaps 
in  the  world,  is  capable  of  supplying  in  the  utmost  variety  the  richest  productions 
of  tho  vegetable  kingdom.  That  which  chiefly  distinguishes  it  is  the  cacao,  a 
fruit  at  once  palatable  and  nutritious,  which  in  the  country  yields  an  article  of 
food,  and  in  Europe  forms  the  basis  of  the  chocolate.  The  cacao  of  Caratcas  is 
generally  reckoned  the  best  in  the  world.  The  produce  is  in  value  nearly  5,000,000 
dollars.  The  tobacco  of  Caraccas  is  much  superior  to  that  of  Virginia,  yielding 
only  to  that  of  Cuba  and  the  Rio  Negro.  Quinquina,  or  Jesuit's  bark,  one  of  the 
most  valuable  articles  in  the  materia  medica,  is  now  the  produce  almost  exclu- 
sively of  Colombia.  CoflTee,  cotton,  and  sugar,  And  all  most  favourable  soils.  In- 
digo was  once  a  very  important  article,  being  exported  from  Caraccas,  in  the  most 
prosperous  times,  to  the  value  of  1,000,000  dollars ;  but  it  has  much  declined,  and 
IS  produced  now  only  in  the  plain  of  Varinas.  Wheat  and  other  European  grain 
And  favourable  situations,  especially  on  the  table-lands  of  Bogota ;  but  as  these 
have  not  the  extent  of  those  of  Mexico,  the  wheat  is  neither  so  good  nor  so  abun- 
dant; and  Colombia  cannot  dispense  with  a  large  import  of  American  flour.  The 
banana  grows  in  spontaneous  abundance.  The  agriculture  of  these  states  appears 
to  be  still  conducted  in  that  indolent  and  slovenly  manner  usual  where  land  is 
cheap  and  a  market  distant  The  government  has  lately  sought  to  promote  the 
clearing  of  waste  lands,  by  disposing  of  them  at  a  very  low  rate,  and  by  setting 
aside  two  millions  of  fanegas  for  foreigners  who  may  be  disposed  to  settle  and 
bring  them  under  cultivation. 

The  mir?;:  of  New  Grenada  have  been  a  subject  of  brilliant  and  perhaps  roman- 
tic expectations.  Humboldt  observes,  that  nothing  can  be  more  fallacious  than 
the  external  appearance  of  rocks  and  veins,  and  that,  till  regular  shafts  and  galle- 
ries have  been  formed,  no  certainty  can  be  attained.  The  only  important  product 
as  yet  is  gold,  obtained  by  washing  the  earth  and  sand  in  the  provinces  of  Chocd, 
Popayan,  and  Antioquia.  There  are  indications  of  various  minerals  in  difierent 
quarters.  The  silver  mines  of  Marquetores,  and  those  called  the  mountain  mines, 
and  the  higher  and  lower  mines  in  the  province  of  Pamplona,  are  said  by  Torrente 
to  be  so  rich  that  they  generally  yield  two  marks  of  silver  per  quintal :  there  are 
also  mines  of  copper  and  lead,  others  of  emeralds,  which  have  given  name  to  the 


,  f  -i 


IK 


..  •:! 


« 


•  *  ■ 

■'■■V 


■      1  ,K- 


I. 
I'l.I 


I'' 


-  .'  i-:-^ 


t    r    ■< 


Pi 

'Li  1 


S\ 


r 


i 


1  \ 


■;''■  '^*, 


1  ^-  •  . 


979 


C'Or^tMRIA. 


province  of  Muin,  and  the  valley  of  Tunja,  noted  ain  for  it4  aapphires  and  other 
pr(M;io«iN  «tnnM,  and  yicldini;  in  acMnn  pinceii  cinnabar  and  mercury.  In  th<>  nioiin' 
tains  of  Antio(|(iia  and  Uuamoro  there  are  dianiundH,  though  of  Nmnll  hizp,  hyn- 
cintha,  Ann  fpirneta  in  ifreat  abundance,  excellent  pearia  in  the  Kin  ,chn,  atne- 
thyata  in  Timaaco,  tiin|uoiaoa  in  the  diDtrirtii  of  I'ampinn".,  Huza,  mul  AnHeriiia. 
There  are  aJHo  rich  ininea  in  tho  district  of  Chord;  h<  some  of  the"*)  wtTo  ang- 
h'ctcd  in  the  nwre  general  m>arch  for  platina,  fVo  n  t^^^  year  H(N)  to  lH|o  wi<rn 
coined  in  Now  (Jronaila  'Z7,lVA),{m  dollant,  a»  i  from  IHIO  to  \i^Ji\,  ^(MNNMKNI,  or 
2,(NN),0()0  annually. 

In  Hanta  Martha  there  are  mines  of  ^Id,  silver,  and  precious  HtimoH,  an*!  Home 
rich  saU-works.  The  province  of  Quito  yields  go]d,  silver,  copper,  quicksilver, 
topazes,  amethysta,  emeralds,  rock-cryHtal,  and  very  fine  marble;  in  V«3n<-/'Uela  iti 
found  tin,  and  also  rock-crystal,  with  Inpis  lazuli,  not  much  interior  to  tlio  culo- 
brated  ultramarine.  The  copper  mines  yielde«l  in  one  year  L'MN)  «|uintals  of  '*x- 
ccllcnt  quality.  Time  only  can  discover  whether  tho  reat  will  poy  tl)»  t  pvnito 
of  working;.  Tho  aalt  mine  of  /ichnquim,  fflitterin(f  like  an  ii  nicn  .j  r-'-k  of 
crystal,  has  yielded  a  revenue  of  l.')(),(HK)  dollars  a  year.  It  i.>  not.  ''le  i^  oao; 
and  the  mineral  finds  a  ready  market  in  the  country.  The  pt* uris  ot  I'anam  i  and 
tho  Rio  Hacha,  notwithstanding^  their  ^eat  name,  do  not  yiolii  'nor''  than  l()0,OOU 
dollars  a  year. 

Manufkcturing  industry  can  scarcely  be  said  to  6^'i^r  The  leather  of  Carora, 
the  hammocks  of  Mar^ueaita  Island,  and  the  Ula^kct^  of  Tocuyo,  are  objects  of 
little  importance,  even  m  respect  to  internal  consumption. 

Commerce,  in  consequence  of  the  very  circumstance  last  muntloncd,  has  a  pccu- 
lior  activity.  Prom  the  total  want  of  maixifactures,  almost  the  whole  population 
must  bo  clothed  in  foreif^n  fabrics.  In  1831,  the  exports  firom  Caraccas  consisted 
of  coffee,  cacao,  and  indieo,  with  hides,  sarsaparilla,  and  sugar.  The  entire  value 
amounted  to  887,090  dollars.  The  imports  to  975,01^  doUani.  In  18:U,  there 
cleared  out  from  La  Guayra  90  vessels ;  burthen,  9470  tons ;  of  these  U  vessels 
and  909  tons  were  for  Eng^land ;  28  vessels  and  ^2  tons  for  the  United  States. 
Trade  is  understood  to  be  on  the  whole  in  a  prosperous  state.  The  internal  traffic 
will  one  day  probably  be  immense,  upon  the  Orinoco,  the  Apure,  the  Meta,  and  by 
the  Ca.s  ;i(iuiare,  with  tho  Rio  Negro  and  the  Amazons;  but  all  the  regions  wa- 
tererl  hy  these  mighty  rivers  are  ae  yet  little  better  than  deserts.  The  cataracts 
aI.so  of  Atorea  and  Maypures  prevent  navigation  fh>m  being  carried  much  above 
tho  lowest  bend  of  the  Orinoco. 

The  population  of  Colombia  cannot  be  computed  with  any  precision  ft'om  exist- 
ing data.  Venezuela,  in  1834,  according  to  official  statements,  had  900,000 ;  that 
of  New  Grenada  was  ascertained  by  a  census  of  that  year  to  be  1,687,100;  and 
the  republic  of  the  Equador  is  estimated  to  contain  about  600,000  souls,  making 
an  agOTegate  of  3,187,100.  The  following  table  shows  the  relative  proportion  of 
the  dinerent  races : — 

Venezuela.             New  Grenada.  Equador.                    Toial. 

Whites 900,000 1,058,000  157,000  1,415,000 

Indians 907,000 376,050  393,000 976,050 

Free  Coloured  . .  433,000  ^  6R  700  42,000     643,700 

Slav.H 60,000 B4,350 8,000  152,350 


Totals 900,000 


'y  ,:oo 600,000 3,187,100 


The  character  of  the  Colombians  is,  probably,  much  influenced  by  the  suddon 
transition  from  a  depressing  despotism  to  an  extreme  degree  of  liberty.  They  re- 
tain much  of  the  gravity,  temperance,  and  sobriety  of  the  Spaniards,  with  n  ^mtv 
of  their  pride,  suspicious  temper,  and  neglect  of  cleanliness.  A  courtesy  >  <iii«e- 
what  stately  and  studied  prevails  in  their  demeanour.  It  is  not  easy  to  gain  their 
confidence ;  but  when  that  is  once  obtained,  they  are  extremely  friendly  and  cor- 
dial. They  are  hospitable  to  foreigners,  whom,  from  national  pride,  however,  they 
regard  with  secret  jealousy. 

The  great  mass  of  the  Colombians  was  kept  in  the  most  profound  i|?n>r>runce 
during  the  three  centuries  of  Spanish  government.   Four-fiflhs  of  tho  inhabitants, 


' 


:{: 


KV.W  GKKNADA. 


V7J 


cumpruhonilinif  tho  liMliinn,  ulnvos,  artiMins  ttui  labour^ns  «iul  not  oven  lc«m  to 
r<*iul  or  write;  nntl  th<!  cliiliireii  uvimi  uftlio  more  opuI«>nt  claMM^a  wer«  only  tntit^ht 
I' «iliii(r,  writinif,  and  aritliiiiotic.  S^miip,  howvvur,  puniuod  thvir  i)tii(li<>a  in  th«> 
collcf/'i,  in  order  to  tit  tlKMnmilvea  for  the  only  cinploynifnta  to  winch  thu  crcoU'ii 
<  .Mjld  tii-pifi  (>iuN»  of  cleriryinen  and  iawyura.  Thore  wore  univeraitioa  or  col- 
1,  ^  -  iif  CarnccH.,  Bosjotti,  and  Qiiitu;  bill  tlio  wlioio  ityatem  of  wlucation  wnn  ox- 
trtMiir  (i'Mcclivc,  u.id  tho  arholnra  rcmainod  i|{norant  of  the  actual  atatu  of  nci- 
once  uiid  pi,  doaophy  in  Europe.  Of  latu  '  'tni,  groat  pmifrcaa  haa  been  made  in 
all  (he  dopartniL<nl<4  'f  knowludffu;  froo  ii>  rcaa  of  buoka  fruiu  all  quarters  t>i(> 
<>at»i.iiMtiiiiont  of  now>pa|i' Ti^  and  joiinialH,  au'l  Mio  lil)crty  of  tlie  proaa  which  now 
exmttt,  have  (greatly  tcndnl  '      tihtfhtcii  the  c>     inunitv. 

The  roiigion  in  as  yot  cxcl  inivt-jy  ihu  Human  "atholic,  and  it«  ceremoniea  are 
obvcrvod  with  tho  'ricteit  p  iictuality.  Tho  |>ariah  prioata  riilo  in  the  villajfOH 
with  almost  abaolu. '  awny;  ^iit  their  influence,  uniting  to^vthor  tho  ditfurent 
claMtca  and  aexea,  iu  msidered  un  the  whole  advantages,  h.  Many  of  tho  young 
men  who  have  had  ir<"ro  enlarged  nteann  of  information,  have  In'^'viii  todiocaru 
tho  Catholic  creed ;  but  a  general  scepticiam,  rather  than  any  rttioitiil  ayatom  of 
religion,  oeoma  to  have  taken  the  place  of  their  ancii  <t  ftitli 

The  races  are  oa  numeroua  and  n.^  variously  croasci  is  in  Ai'exico.  The  negro 
maintains  his  place  in  th«  b(  ile  of  humanity;  and  the  mulattoo^  I'aez  u  >d  Padilla 
have  ranked  among  the  fbrt'i.iost  of  tiie  heroes  who  adiioved  t  lO  nati<  <al  iude- 
peiidcncc. 

Of  the  native  Indian  tribes  within  this  territory,  the  Caribs  ar     '     rui  -\g  peo- 


ple. No  nation  in  the  world  is  stamped  with  •  deepo-  brand  of  ti 
name,  converted  into  cannibals,  -nng  applied  to  signify  devourer^ 
The  charge  appears  to  have  been  ^'reatly  exaggerated  by  the  Span  uj 


ty.  I 


'  very 
flesh. 


tainly  met  with  a  most  fierce  rettidtance,  and  sought  by  this  allega 
the  system  of  enslaving  and  exterminating  th?  savage  tribes.    Ti 


mil 

,  u  o  cer- 
to  justify 
won  sup- 
posed to  have  been  exterminated,  "lut  it  Has  been  lately  ascertaiitcv  iiat  there 
must  bo  still  about  40,000  of  pure  u  id  unmixed  blood.  They  are  a  u  *•  tall  race, 
whose  figures,  of  a  reddish  copper  i  dour,  with  their  picturesque  dran^^',  resem- 
ble antique  statues  of  bronze.  Tli  y  shave  great  part  of  the  fore  ui,  which 
gives  them  somewhat  the  appearai.ce  of  monks;  they  wear  only  a  'I  i^^i  the 
crown.  They  have  dork  intelligent  e  ves,  a  gravity  in  their  manners,  m,»i  ui  iheir 
features  an  expression  of  severity,  ann  even  of  sadness. 
The  amusements  of  Colombia  are  hiefly  borrowed  from  the  motli>  -ountry. 
Dancing  is  passionately  followed  ii  the  several,  forms  of  the  fanaa«  <;(>,  the 
bolero,  and  the  Spanish  country-dance.  Bull  and  cock  fighting  are  equal;  favour- 
ite sports,  and  tend  to  keep  alive  that  ferocity  which  is  the  main  blemuii  in  the 
moral  character  of  the  Spaniards. 


NEW   GRENADA. 


Thb  new  states  which  have  been  formed  by  the  division  of  the  former  republic 
of  Colombia  are,  Venezuela,  in  the  east;  New  Grenada,  in  the  north  and  centre; 
and  Equador  or  Equator,  in  the  south-west. 

New  Grenada,  comprising  the  ancient  viceroyalty  of  that  name,  extends  from 
2°  S.  to  12*  N.  lat,  and  from  68"  to  83<'  W.  long.,  over  an  area  of  380,000  square 
miles.  It  is  the  most  populous  and  powerful  jf  the  Colombian  republics;  its 
population  by  a  census  of  1835  was  1,687,100.  It  is  divided  into  hve  depart- 
ments, which  are  subdivided  into  eighteen  provinces. 


Department!. 

Isthmus 

Magdalena  . . . 

Boyaca  

Cundinainarca 


Cauca Popayan 

2K 


Capital*.  PopulHtion. 

Panam& 10,800 

Carthagcna 18,000 

Tunja 400 

Bogot& 30,000 


a.'i.OOO 


I 
I. 

t 


.»   I 


1.  ■ 


1 


I  •■  'J 


n 


I. 


I 


i    !l 


I 


'.1 


'.,'.11 


• 


-i^ 


Nik 


.'.  'V 


h^; 


274 


NEW  GRENADA. 


Bogota,  the  capital  of  New  Grenada,  is  situated  on  a  table  plain,  50  miles  by 
25,  and  8(K)0  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  This  pin  in,  though  under  the  line, 
hat)  the  climate  of  Britain,  and  even  of  Scotland,  thou^^ii  without  the  change  of 
seasons,  the  perpetual  temperature  being  that  of  spring  or  autumn,  and  the 
thermometer  seldom  falling  below  47°  or  rising  above  70°.  The  only  alternation 
is  formed  by  the  wet  Hcasons,  which  are  two :  the  first  comprehending  March, 
April,  and  May;  the  second,  September,  October,  and  November;  and  these, 
being  colder  than  the  others,  make  two  winters  and  two  summers.  The  surround- 
ing plain  is  excessively  fertile,  fine,  and  fruitful,  yielding  two  crops  in  the  year 
of  the  best  European  grain.  It  is  hemmed  in  by  lofty  mountains,  rugged  preci- 
pices, roaring  torrents,  and  frightful  abysses.  The  city  of  Bogota  itself  is  en- 
closed in  a  grand  mountain  circuit,  cliffs  of  1000  feet  rising  immediately  above  it. 
The  city  was  founded  in  1538,  by  Quesada,  and  rapidly  increased :  it  is  now  sup- 
posed to  contain  30,000  inhabitants.  Its  streets  and  squares  are  open  and  spa- 
cious, but  the  houses  are  generally  heavy  and  old-fashioned ;  and  even  the  late 
palace  of  the  viceroy  displays  little  magnificence.  The  beauty  of  the  city  rests 
wholly  on  its  ecclesiastical  edifices,  which  consist  of  twenty-six  churches  and 
twelve  convents.  Many  of  the  former  are  not  only  splendid,  but  built  with  some 
taste ;  and  their  numerous  spires,  amid  the  grandeur  of  the  surrounding  scenery, 
give  it  a  very  fine  appearance.  It  contains  an  university  and  archiepiscopal  see, 
and  carries  on  a  considerable  trade  in  cotton  goods,  hides,  and  grain. 

The  scenery  of  the  plain  of  Bogota  is  marked  by  many  striking  and  picturesque 
features.  Among  these  are  particularly  conspicuous  the  Fall  of  Tequendama  and 
the  natural  bridges  of  Icononzo.  The  first  is  formed  by  the  river  Bogota.  Its 
mass  of  waters,  previously  spread  to  a  considerable  breadth,  are  contracted  to 
forty  feet,  and  dashed  down  a  precipice  650  feet  high,  into  an  almost  fathomless 
abyss.  The  bridge  of  Icononzo  is  a  natural  arch  across  a  chasm  360  feet  deep, 
at  the  bottom  of  which  flows  a  rapid  torrent,  which  would  have  been  otherwise 
impassable. 

Honda,  the  port  of  Bogota,  is  situated  on  the  Magdalena  river,  about  55  miles 
N.  W.  from  the  capital :  it  has  considerable  trade,  with  a  population  of  about 
10,000  inhabitants.  The  town  has  some  good  buildings,  the  climate  is  hot  but 
not  unhealthy,  and  the  banks  of  the  river  are  infested  with  mosquitoes. 

Popayan  is  a  handsome  city,  built  more  regularly  and  elegantly  than  Santa  Fe, 
and  mhabited  by  many  opulent  merchants,  who  have  suffered  severely  by  the 
revolution.  Its  site,  on  the  river  Cauca,  is  picturesque;  the  climate  delicious, 
notwithstanding  the  frequent  rains  and  tempests.  It  enjoys  a  considerable  trade 
in  European  merchandise,  which  it  receives  from  Carthagena,  and  distributes  to 
Quito  and  other  neighbouring  districts,  together  with  the  products  of  its  fertile 
soil.  Above  it  rises  the  volcano  of  Purace,  continually  emitting  flames,  unless 
when  obstructed  by  the  substances  thrown  out  by  itself,  in  which  case  Indians  are 
employed  to  clear  it,  lest  the  subterraneous  flame  should  produce  earthquake. 
From  its  summit  a  river  descends  to  Popayan,  so  impregnated  with  acid  sub- 
stances, that  the  Spaniards  call  it  Vinagre.  Cali  is  a  clean  and  well-built  town, 
in  a  delightful  situation;  and  the  inhabitants  have  attained  considerable  pros- 
perity by  exporting  tobacco  and  other  produce  of  the  interior.  Lower  down  the 
river  is  Cartago,  in  a  situation  which  the  cold  blasts  from  the  snowy  mountains 
would  render  inclement,  were  it  not  sheltered  by  a  ridge  of  lower  hills.  The 
surrounding  country  contains  many  valuable  mines,  and  would  be  most  rich  in 
cacao,  coffee,  sugar,  and  all  tropical  productions,  if  cultivators  and  a  market  could 
be  found.  Pasto  is  a  considerable  town,  and  the  inhabitants  manufacture  a  pecu- 
liar species  of  cabinet-work  of  considerable  elegance.  It  is  surrounded  by  vol- 
canoes, and  is  accessible  only  through  rugged  and  narrow  passes.  Previous  to 
1834,  when  it  was  destroyed  by  an  earthquake,  its  population  amounted  to  10,000, 

Carthagena,  long  considered  by  the  Spaniards  as  the  bulwark  of  their  posses- 
sions in  America,  equally  noted  for  the  successful  attacks  of  Drake  and  the  buc- 
caneers, and  for  the  disastrous  failure  of  Vernon  in  1741,  has  lost  much  of  its 
former  importance.  The  fortifications  are  considerably  decayed,  yet  it  is  the 
chief  arsenal  of  the  republic.     The  packet-boats,  which  maintain  the  intercourse 


NEW  GRENADA. 


275 


with  Europe  and  the  United  States,  sail  to  and  from  Carthagena ;  and  it  absorbs 
most  of  the  commerce  of  the  Ma^dalena  and  its  tributaries.  It  stands  on  a  low, 
sandy  point  in  the  delta  of  the  former  river,  and  notwithntanding  there  are  mune 
handsome  churches  and  convents,  it  has  on  the  whole  a  gloomy  aspect.  Its  popu- 
lation is  supposed  to  amount  to  about  18,000.  Turbaco,  a  little  Indian  village  in 
the  vicinity,  to  which  the  wealthy  Carthaginians  retire  in  the  hot  season,  is  dis- 
tinguished by  the  curious  phenomenon  of  the  volcancitos  (little  volcanoes),  con- 
sisting of  about  20  cones,  firom  20  to  25  feet  high,  whence  inwue  constant  erup- 
tions of  gas,  sometimes  accompanied  with  mud  and  water.  Tolu,  in  a  rich  vege- 
table district  of  this  province,  is  noted  for  the  balsam  bearing  its  name.  Mompox, 
in  the  province  of  the  same  name,  derives  some  importance  from  its  population 
of  10,(X)0  souls.  OcaAa,  a  village  higher  up  in  the  same  province,  was  the  seat 
of  a  congress  in  1828.  Rio  Hacha  is  a  small  town  with  a  harbour,  and  once  the 
seat  of  a  pearl  fishery,  which  never  proved  very  successful.  Farther  west  is 
Santa  Martha,  situated  in  a  country  pervaded  by  a  detached  range  of  lofty  moun- 
tains. It  has  a  good  harbour,  is  strongly  fortified,  and  carries  on  considerable 
trade.     Its  population  is  about  6,000  souls. 

The  city  of  Tunja  was  the  Indian  capital  of  Cundinamarca,  and  continued, 
even  under  the  Spaniards,  to  be  a  rich  place,  till  it  was  superseded  by  Santa  Fe. 
Sogamozo  was  a  celebrated  place  of  Indian  pilgrimage,  and  contained  a  temple 
of  the  Sun.  The  town  of  Socorra  is  rudely  built,  but  contains  12.000  inhabitants, 
busily  employed  in  coarse  cotton  fabrics.  Pamplona  is  a  considerable  and  pleasant , 
town  in  a  lotly  situation.  Rosario  de  Cucuta,  farther  north,  is  remarkable  for  the 
session  of  the  constituent  congress  in  1821.  Casanare,  190  miles  N.  E.  from 
Bogota  on  the  river  of  the  same  name,  forms  the  medium  by  which  the  provinces 
on  the  Magdalena  communicate  with  the  Llanos  and  the  coast  of  Caraccas ; 
under  the  old  regime  the  influence  of  the  merchants  of  Carthagena  caused  it  to 
be  shut  up,  in  order  to  secure  their  own  monopoly  of  the  Santa  Fe  trade ;  but  as 
such  absurd  restrictions  are  now  abolished,  the  Casanare  may  become  an  impor- 
tant channel  of  commerce. 

Panama  and  Porto  Bello,  on  the  opposite  sides  of  the  isthmus,  bore  a  great 
name  in  America,  when  they  were  the  exclusive  channel  by  which  the  wealth  of 
Peru  was  conveyed  to  the  mother-country.  Now,  when  both  that  wealth  is 
diminished,  and  a  great  part  of  it  is  transported  round  Cape  Horn,  their  con- 
sequence has  much  declined.  Yet  Panama,  on  the  coast  of  the  Pacific,  is  still  a 
fortified  place,  and  carries  on  some  trade.  It  contains  a  beautiful  cathedral,  four 
monasteries,  now  deserted,  and  other  large  buildings,  and  maintains  a  population 
of  10,800.  Porto  Bello,  so  called  from  its  fine  harbour,  is  in  a  state  of  decay, 
iind  its  pestilential  climate  has  given  it  the  name  of  the  grave  of  Europeans.  It 
is  now  inhabited  only  by  a  few  negroes  and  mulattoes,  the  whole  population  not 
exceeding  1200.  Here  was  once  held  the  richest  fair  in  America,  but  its  trade 
is  now  chiefly  removed  to  Chagres,  a  miserable  little  town  with  1000  inhabitants. 

The  usual  routes  across  the  isthmus  are  from  Porto  Bello  and  Chagres  to 
Panama ;  but  the  harbour  of  Chagres  is  not  good,  and  does  not  admit  vessels  of 
more  than  twelve  feet  draft,  and  the  climate  of  Porto  Bello  is  so  fatal  that  no 
white  man  can  remain  there  more  than  a  few  weeks,  and  even  negroes  suffer 
from  its  effects. 

There  have  been,  from  time  to  time,  various  projects  for  the  construction  of  a 
canal,  or  a  rail-road,  so  as  to  unite  the  Atlntitic  and  Pacific  oceans,  at  this  narrow 
neck  of  land.  But  the  political  state  of  the  country  is  as  yet  somewhat  unsettled; 
and  hence  capitalists  are  deterred  from  advancing  the  necessary  funds.  At  some 
more  propitious  period,  when  aflTairs  shall  be  permanently  tranquillized,  doubtless 
such  a  communication  will  be  opened. 

Near  Cape  San  Bias  is  a  fishery  of  pearls  and  turtle ;  the  former  carried  on  by 
an  English  company  to  little  advantage,  the  latter  affording  profitable  employment 
to  about  120  individuals,  who  drive  a  trade  in  the  flesh,  oil,  and  shell  of  the 
turtles.  Chorrera,  ten  miles  from  Panama,  has  4000  inhabitants.  Santiago  is 
a  place  of  some  consequence,  with  5000  inhabitants.  Nata  in  the  same  pro- 
vince has  a  population  of  4000. 


>        *» 


:  ^  ■  fe 


v:r 


r; 


I    !■- 


11 


H;r 


J*- 1 


Itm- 


376 


VENEZUELA. 


r  VENEZUELA. 

The  republic  of  Venezuela,  consisting  of  the  former  captaincy-general  of 
Caraccas,  to  which  was  attached  the  extensive  tract  known  under  the  name  of 
Spanish  Guiana,  extends  from  the  Orinoco  to  the  Gulf  of  Venezuela.  It  stretches 
over  an  area  of  425,000  square  miles,  lying  between  60°  to  72°  W.  long.,  and  2° 
S.  and  12°  N.  lat  It  is  divided  into  four  departments,  which  are  subdivided  into 
12  provinces,  with  a  population  estimated  at  about  900,000. 

Dcpartmenti.  Capitals.  Population. 

Orinoco Varinaa 3,000 

Maturin Cumana 10,000 

Venezuela Caraccas 23,000 

Zulia Maracaybo 20,000 

Venezuela  bears  a  completely  opposite  aspect  to  the  two  former  divisions. 
While  they  consist  of  the  declivities  and  valleys  of  the  loftiest  Andes,  Venezuela 
forms  a  plain  of  immense  extent,  reaching  westward  to  and  beyond  the  Orinoco. 
This  region  is  divided  into  three  parts,  distinguished  by  the  most  marked  contrasts 
both  natural  and  social.  The  first  consists  of  the  forest  territory  beyond  the 
Orinoco.  It  exists  in  an  entirely  unsubdued  and  savage  state,  peopled  by  the 
Caribs  and  other  tribes,  who  roam  from  place  to  place,  and  wage  almost  continual 
war  with  each  other.  A  few  only  have  been  formed  by  the  missionaries  into  re- 
ductions, and  inured  to  the  habits  of  civilized  life.  The  second  part  consists  of 
the  Llanos ;  boundless  plains,  where  the  eye,  in  the  compass  of  a  wide  horizon, 
oflen  does  not  discover  an  eminence  of  six  feet  high.  Like  the  Pampas  of  La 
Plata,  they  are  covered  with  the  most  luxuriant  pastures,  on  which  it  is  estimated 
1,200,000  oxen,  180,000  horses,  and  90,000  mules  are  fed.  Some  of  the  great 
proprietors  possess  14,000  head  of  cattle.  The  export  of  the  hides  of  these  ani- 
mals forms  one  of  the  principal  branches  of  the  commerce  of  Venezuela.  The 
third  division,  consisting  of  a  coast  about  600  miles  long,  and  the  territory  imme- 
diately adjoining  to  it,  includes  all  that  exhibits  any  degree  of  culture  or  civiliza- 
tion. Here  the  West  India  products,  and  particularly  cacao  of  superior  quality, 
are  cultivated  to  a  considerable  extent ;  and  a  trade  is  carried  on,  which,  though 
interrupted  by  the  revolutionary  war  and  other  calamities,  is  likely,  in  periods  of 
tranquillity,  to  be  revived  and  extended. 

Caraccas,  situated  a  few  miles  from  the  coast,  has  always  been  the  capital  of 
Venezuela,  and  previous  to  1812  was  a  very  large  city,  containing  above  40,000 
inhabitants.  On  the  26th  of  March,  it  was  overthrown  by  one  of  ti\e  most  dread- 
ful earthquakes  recorded  in  either  hemisphere.  After  four  in  the  evening,  two 
successive  shocks  were  felt,  during  which  the  ground  was  in  continual  undulation, 
and  heaved  like  a  fluid  in  a  state  of  ebullition.  The  danger  was  then  thought  to 
be  over,  when  a  subterranean  noise  was  heard,  like  the  rolling  of  loud  thunder ; 
'it  was  followed  by  two  shocks,  one  perpendicular  and  one  undulatory,  so  tre- 
mendous, that  in  a  few  seconds  the  whole  city  was  in  ruins.  Several  of  the 
loftiest  churches  fell,  burying  3000  or  4000  of  the  inhabitants,  and  they  were  so 
completely  destroyed,  that  none  of  the  fragments  were  more  than  five  or  six  feet 
above  the  ground.  Nearly  10,000  persons  perished  on  the  spot,  besides  many  more 
who  died  afterwards,  in  consequence  of  wounds  and  privations.  The  agitation  of 
the  revolutionary  contest  obstructed  the  revival  of  Caraccas,  and  in  1830  it  did 
not  contain  above  23,000  inhabitants.  The  city  is  finely  situated,  in  a  valley  be- 
tween the  sea  and  the  lofty  mountain  of  the  Silla,  whose  two  peaks  rise  to  the 
height  of  nearly  9000  feet.  The  cathedral  is  spacious,  but  massive  and  heavy. 
Alta  Gracia,  its  most  elegant  church,  was  overthrown  by  the  earthquake.  There 
is  an  university,  on  a  very  large  scale,  though  the  objects  of  instruction  are  some- 
what obsolete. 

La  Guayra,  about  twelve  miles  from  Caraccas,  of  which  it  is  the  port,  notwith- 
standing its  unhealthy  climate  and  bad  harbour,  is  the  seat  of  a  very  considerable 


1,  ■ 


EQUADCa. 


277 


trade.     Similar  disasters  have  reduced  it  from  a  population  of  13,000  to  scarcely  I 
5U00;  but  it  is  now  reviving. 

Several  large  cities  occur  on  the  long  line  of  coast  which  extends  westwanl 
from  Caraccas.     Valencia  flourishes  in  consequence  of  the  fine  interior  territory, 
the  trade  of  which  is  conducted  through  it,  whence  it  is  supposed  to  maintain  a  ! 
population  of  about  15,000.    Its  port,  about  ten  leagues  distant,  called  Puerto  Ca- 1 
beilo,  has  an  admirable  harbour,  but  is  e.^.tremcly  unhealthy.  J 

Coro,  once  the  capital  of  Venezuela,  having  lost  that  distinction  and  a  great  | 
part  of  its  trade,  is  now  much  decayed.  Maracaybo,  happily  situated  at  the  junc- 
tion between  a  bay  and  a  large  lake  reaching  far  into  the  interior,  early  became  a 
great  city.  It  contains  many  descendants  of  the  early  conciuerors,  who  live  in 
proud  indolence:  the  rest  of  the  inhabitants  gain  wealth  by  traffic;  and  the  whole 
are  supposed  to  be  nearly  20,000.  Truxillo,  in  a  fine  country  near  the  head  of 
the  lake,  early  became  one  of  the  most  flourishing  cities  in  America ;  but  being, 
in  1678,  plundered  and  reduced  to  ashes  by  Gramont  the  buccaneer,  it  has  reco- 
vered only  in  so  far  as  to  be  a  t:/lerable  country  town,  though  presenting  monu- 
ments of  its  former  importance.  It  is  almost  rivalled  by  Merida,  a  neat  town  to 
the  west  of  it. 

Some  considerable  cities  occur  on  the  coast  to  the  east  of  Caraccas. 

Cumana  is  situated  on  an  extensive  and  fertile  plain  on  the  Gulf  of  Cariaco, 
bounded  by  a  curtain  of  rude  mountains  covered  by  luxuriant  forests.  Numerous 
herds  run  wild  on  its  savannahs,  and  in  the  plain  on  the  coast  very  fine  tobacco  is 
cultivated.  It  has  a  very  spacious  and  noble  harbour,  and  the  gulf  on  which  it  is 
situated  affords  good  anchorage.  Mules,  cattle,  and  provisions  are  exported  to  the 
West  Indies ;  but  there  is  no  longer  room  for  the  very  large  contraband  wltich 
prevailed  when  the  Spanish  Main  was  generally  closed  against  Britain.  The  in- 
habitants, formerly  reckoned  at  18,000,  do  not  probably  now  much  exceed  10,000. 
Cumana  has  suflered  dreadfully  by  earthquakes :  that  of  1766  laid  it  completely 
in  ruins;  hence  it  contains  no  lofly  or  important  edifice.  New  Barcelona,  to  the 
westward,  on  an  extensive  plain  overrun  by  wild  cattle,  carries  on  a  similar  trade, 
which  supports  a  population  of  about  5000. 

In  the  island  of  Margarita  is  the  little  town  of  Pampatar,  which  has  been  de- 
clared a  free  port 

The  great  plains  in  the  interior  of  Venezuela  and  on  the  Orinoco,  possessing 
neither  manufactures  nor  commerce,  cannot  contain  cities  of  any  magnitude.  Yet 
Varinas  was  reckoned  a  neat  and  handsome  place,  and,  notwithstanding  severe 
losses  during  the  revolutionary  war,  has  still  3000  inhabitants.  San  Fernando 
derives  some  importance  from  the  commerce  of  the  Apure,  on  which  it  is  situated. 
Angostura,  the  only  city  yet  founded  on  the  Orinoco,  notwithstanding  recent 
losses,  is  still  about  equal  to  Varinas,  and  is  the  seat  of  a  bishop  and  a  college.  It 
was  in  this  region  that  report  placed  the  fabulous  El  Dorado,  the  golden  kingdom 
of  Manoa,  which  was  the  object  of  so  many  expeditions  in  the  16th  century. 
Here,  it  was  asserted,  there  were  more  splendid  cities  and  greater  abundance  of 
gold,  than  even  the  wealthy  Peru  could  boast ;  and  as  late  as  1780,  a  large  party 
of  Spaoiards  perished  in  search  of  this  imaginary  region. 


REPUBLIC  OF  THE  EQUADOR,  or  EQUATOR. 

The  republic  of  the  Equador,  comprising  the  old  Spanish  presidency  of  Quito, 
which  was  annexed  to  the  viceroyalty  of  New  Grenada  in  1718,  extends  from  67° 
W.  Ion.  on  the  Amazon,  to  the  Pacific,  and  from  7°  S.  to  2^  N.  lat.  On  the  Pa- 
cific it  occupies  the  coast  from  the  Mira  to  the  Tumbez;  its  superficial  area  is 
about  130,000  square  miles.  The  republic  is  divided  into  three  departments, 
which  are  subdivided  into  eight  provinces,  and  has  a  population  of  about  600,000. 


24 


*      t 

« 


H 


..  { 


;J.ii 
i 


■     1' 


:"it 


;i 


\'-\ 


»j 


V 


•{■ 


:j,1 
r'-' 


m 


m 


'•J 


'■i 


K;,'> 


m ' 


376 


EQUADOU. 


Dnpartmontii.  Capitali.  Popiilatlnn. 

Eqiiador Quito 70,000 

Guayaquil Guayaquil 20,000 

AHBuay Cuenca 20,000 

The  department  of  the  Equador  forms  the  fineHt  table  plain  in  all  America.  It 
has  an  average  breadth  of  about  thirty  miles,  enclosed  between  two  parallel  rnnjroH 
of  the  loftiest  Andes.  In  soil  and  climate,  it  possesses  a  felicity  almost  approiir  i- 
ing  to  that  which  fable  has  ascribed  to  the  golden  age.  The  climate  ia  that  of  n 
perpetual  spring,  at  once  benign  and  equal,  and  even  during  the  tbnr  months  of 
rain,  the  mornings  and  evenings  are  clear  and  beautiful.  Vegetation  never  cease? ; 
the  country  is  called  the  evergreen  Q,uito;  the  trees  and  meadows  arc  crowned 
with  perpetual  verdure.  The  European  sees  with  astonishment  the  plough  and 
the  sickle  at  once  in  equal  activity ;  herbs  of  the  same  species  here  fading  through 
age,  there  beginning  to  bud ;  one  flower  drooping,  and  its  sister  unfoldii^g  its  beau- 
ties to  the  sun.  Standing  on  an  eminence,  the  spectator  views  the  tints  of  spring, 
summer,  and  autumn,  all  blended.  But  the  feature  which  renders  the  view  from 
Quito  the  most  enchanting,  perhaps,  that  the  eye  ever  beheld,  is  that  above  this 
beautiful  valley,  and  resting,  as  it  were,  on  its  verdant  hills,  there  rise  all  the 
loftiest  volcanic  cones  of  the  Andes.  From  one  point  of  view,  eleven  may  be  dis- 
covered, clud  in  perpetual  snow. 

The  productions  of  Quito  are  equally  various  as  at  Santa  Fe,  all  gradations  of 
climate  occurring  in  a  similar  proximity;  but  the  most  valuable  are  those  of  the 
temperate  climates ;  grain,  fruits,  and  rich  pasturage. 

Quito,  leaning,  as  it  were,  on  the  side  of  Pichincha,  more  than  9000  feet  above 
the  sea,  is  one  of  the  finest  and  largest  cities  in  the  New  World.  It  has  four 
streets,  broad,  handsome,  and  well  paved,  and  three  spacious  squares,  in  which  the 
principal  convents  and  dwelling-houses  are  situated ;  but  the  rest,  extending  up 
the  sides  of  Pichincha,  are  crooked  and  irregular.  The  churches  and  convents 
are  built  with  great  magnificence  and  even  some  taste.  The  most  elegant  is  the 
college  formerly  belonging  to  the  Jesuits,  finely  adorned  with  Corinthian  pillars, 
and  wreaths  of  flowers  executed  in  stone.  The  convent  of  San  Francisco  is  of 
vast  extent,  and  has  a  massive  yet  neat  &fade  of  the  Tuscan  order.  Quito  has 
two  universities,  which  are  numerously  attended  and  carefully  conducted ;  and  it 
is  considered  comparatively  as  a  sort  of  South  American  Athens.  The  inhabit- 
ants are  gay,  volatile,  hospitable,  and  courteous.  Quito  is  noted  for  its  viands, 
particularly  ices,  confectionary,  maize,  and  potato  cakes.  Vast  quantities  of  cheese 
are  consumed,  mixed  with  pumpkins,  gourds,  pulse,  and  other  vegetables.  The 
population  is  about  70,000,  of  which  only  one-sixth  are  whites,  the  mestizos  a 
third,  Indians  a  third,  and  the  rest  negroes. 

Latacunga,  50  miles  south  from  Quito,  is  a  place  of  some  importance,  with 
16,000  inhabitants.  Riobambo,  90  miles  south  of  Quito,  is  a  large  and  handsome 
town.  The  streets  are  wide  and  straight,  the  buildings  of  stone  and  mortar,  but 
low  on  account  of  earthquakes.  It  has  several  manufactories  of  cloth,  baizes,  &c. 
The  town  has  been  twice  (in  the  years  1698  and  1746)  almost  ruined  by  eruptions 
from  Mount  Chimborazo.     Population  20,000. 

Cuenca,  150  miles  south  of  Quito,  is  a  town  of  20,000  inhabitants.  The  streets 
are  straight  and  broad,  and  the  houses  mostly  built  of  adobes,  or  unbumt  bricks. 
The  environs  are  fertile  and  pleasant. 

Loxa  is  a  small  town,  with  a  population  of  8  or  9000  inhabitants:  in  its  vicinity 
is  produced  in  large  quantities  the  celebrated  quinine  bark,  or  cascarilla  de  Loja. 
It  is  south  of  Cuenca  about  80  miles. 

Otavalo  has  from  15  to  20,000  inhabitants,  with  some  manufactures  of  cotton 
goods:  the  country  in  its  vicinity  is  well  adapted  for  pasturage,  and  abounds  in 
cattle ;  lar^e  quantities  of  cheese  are  also  made  in  the  neighbourhood.  It  is  north- 
east of  Quito. 

Ibarra,  or  St.  Miguel  d'Ibarra,  is  a  neat  town,  with  a  large  and  handsome 
church,  also  a  college,  several  convents,  &,c.  Population  10  or  12,000.  Ibtirra  is 
situated  north-east  of  Quito  about  50  milds. 

Guayaquil,  on  the  bay  of  the  same  name,  founded  by  Pizarro  in  1533,  contains 


i 


GUIANA. 


879 


20,000  inhabitanUi,  and  is  one  of  the  most  HouriBhin^;  commercial  cities  in  South  I 
America.  Its  dockyard  is  particularly  extensive.  It  produccil  one  ship  of  7(M) 
tons:  very  commonly  vessels  of  300  or  400  tons  are  built  there :  but  it  is  chiefly 
noted  for  Khooners  of  150  to  200  tons.  The  houses  stand  in  fine  picturesque  con- 
fusion, along  the  sides  and  the  top  of  a  hill :  they  are  handsome  and  coinmudintis ; 
but  none  of  the  public  edifices  are  very  splendid.  The  animal  fund  is  not  of  very 
good  quality,  but  nowhere  does  there  exist  a  finer  fruit  market;  the  plantain  is 
supposed  to  be  more  esteemed  and  eaten  than  in  any  other  place.  Guayaquil,  like 
Egypt,  has  its  plagues.  The  air  swarms  with  mosquitoes  and  other  flies  still  morn 
tormenting ;  the  ground  teems  with  snakes,  centipedes,  and  other  rcptilef*,  whost; 
bite  causes  fever  and  inflammation.  There  is  a  cameleon  whose  scratch  is  Ik>- 
lieved  to  be  mortal,  a  belief  which  seems  quite  chimerical,  but  which  greatly  ha- 
rasses the  citizens.  The  ants  cannot  be  prevented  from  fiUint;  even  the  dishes : 
and  sometimes,  when  a  tart  is  cut  up,  they  are  seen  running  off  in  all  directions, 
leaving  the  interior  a  void.  Lastly,  the  shores  are  crowded  witli  alligators,  whose 
number  cannot,  by  the  utmost  exertion,  be  kept  within  any  tolerable  limits.  The 
beauty  of  the  ladies  of  Guayaquil  is  celebrated  throughout  all  America:  they  have 
complexions  as  fair  as  any  European,  with  blue  eyes  and  light  hair.  They  have 
also  an  agreeable  gaiety,  joined  to  a  propriety  of  conduct,  which  renders  the 
society  of  this  place  particularly  engaging. 

About  170  leagues  west  of  the  coast  is  the  fine  group  of  the  Galapagos  (Tor- 
toise) Islands,  deriving  their  name  firom  the  abundance  of  a  gigantic  species  of 
land  tortoise,  called  the  elephant  tortoise.  The  islands,  which  enjoy  a  delightful 
climate  and  a  fertile  soil,  have  recently  been  occupied  by  a  colony  from  Guayaquil. 


GUIANA. 

GviAH A  was  once  more  extensive  than  at  present ;  it  included  the  whole  of  that 
portion  of  South  America  lying  between  the  Orinoco  and  the  Amazon  Rivers,  of 
which  the  northern  part,  call^  Spanish  Guiana,  now  belongs  to  Venezuela,  and 
the  southern,  known  as  Portuguese  Guiana,  is  attached  to  the  Brazilian  province 
of  Para. 

The  region  at  present  styled  Guiana,  extends  along  the  coast  from  Cape  Bar- 
rima,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Orinoco,  to  the  Oyapock  River,  a  distance  of  about  750 
miles,  and  extending  in  the  interior,  to  the  mountains  at  the  source  of  the  Esse- 
quibo,  Surinam,  and  Marowyne,  or  Maroni  Rivers,  about  350  miles ;  comprising 
an  area  of  about  115,000  square  miles.  Along  the  sea-shore  the  country  presents 
the  appearance  of  an  t^^tensive  and  uniform  plain.  It  is  covered  generally  with 
thick  forests,  even  to  the  water^s  edge ;  and  the  coast  is  so  low  and  flat  that  nothing 
is  seen  at  first  but  the  trees,  which  appear  to  be  growing  out  of  the  sea.  The  soil 
is  surprisingly  fertile,  and  a  moist  luxuriant  vegetation  almost  everywhere  over- 
spreads the  country. 

This  region  is  at  present  divided  between  the  British,  Dutch,  and  French.  Brit- 
ish Guiana  extends  from  the  Orinoco  to  the  Corantine  River,  and  embraces  the 
three  colonies  of  Essequibo,  Demarara,  and  Berbice.  Dutch  Guiana,  or  Surinam, 
extends  from  the  Corantine  to  the  Marowyne;  and  Cayenne,  or  French  Guiana, 
is  included  between  the  Rivers  Marowyne  and  Oyapock.  British  Guiana  contains 
a  population  of  97,251  persons,  of  whom  3529  are  whites,  7521  free  persons  of 
colour,  and  86,201  slaves,  who  are  at  present,  in  common  with  the  enslaved  ne- 
groes in  the  British  West  Indies,  under  a  species  of  apprenticeship,  from  which 
they  will  be  liberated  af>,er  a  certain  period.  Surinam  has  a  population  of  about 
60,000,  of  whom  it  is  supposed  55,000  are  slaves.  The  inhabitants  of  Cayenne 
consist  of  3786  whites,  2206  fi-ee  negroes,  and  23,046  slaves;  total,  25,250; 
making  a  total,  for  the  population  of  Guiana,  of  182,501  inhabitants,  exclusive  of 
the  revolted  negroes  and  Indians  in  the  interior. 

Demerara,  Berbice,  and  Essequibo,  are  of  recent  acquisition,  having  belonged 
to  the  Dutch  till  the  last  war,  when  they  yielded  to  the  naval  supremacy  of  Bri- 


• 

m 

ft 

■   '•■  i 

>;'f-! 

'  \n 

' 

i 

>   -■■ 

, 

■ 

.."1 

1 

"J 

< 

) 

• 

t> 

.1 

1. 

••. 

t 
'ft 

1'     ', 

.  > 

I* 

1     i 

■J 

f 

' 

!■■. 

•                     , 

{  1 

>l 

• 

f,  '■ 


V-  ? 


iiV- 


.1-  1 


.■« 


ii 


I'} 

n. 


m 


,1 

f: ; 


■■■r", 


M 


li'i  . 

fP    ■ 

Ki.;': 
Hi*/  . 


'fi- 


v^ 

w 


■(J  f 


:.'M) 


GUIANA. 


tain,  nnd  were  confirmed  to  that  power  by  the  treaty  of*  1814.  They  extend  about 
4(N)  iiiilvH  alun;;  thu  count,  and  each  colony  ia  Hitualnd  nt  the  mouth  of  a  broad 
rivur,  bearint;  ita  own  name.  The  territory  is  low,  Hat,  alluvial,  and  in  many 
|mrtN  Hwampy ;  and  tiic  greater  portion,  when  it  came  into  the  posHcwion  of  Bri- 
tain, was  covered  with  Jtinsc  and  almoHt  impenetrable  forests.  Smce  that  time  a 
prodigious  improvement  lias  taken  place;  British  industry  has  cut  down  the  woods, 
and,  availing  itself  of  the  natural  fertility  of  the  soil,  has  rendered  this  one  of  the 
mo.it  productive  regions  in  the  New  VVorld.  Demerara  ranks,  as  to  produce, 
Hucond  only  to  Jamaica :  its  rum  is  inferior  only  to  hers ;  and  the  coffee  oi  Berbice 
ranks  above  that  of  any  of  the  islands.  Stabroek,  now  Georgetown,  is  built  on 
the  low  bank  of  tlie  river  Demerara.  The  houses  are  of  wood,  seldom  above  two 
8torics  high,  and,  with  a  view  to  coolness,  are  shaded  by  colonnaded  porticoes  and 
balconies,  and  by  prujcctmg  roofs;  and  Venetian  blinds  are  used  instead  of  plass 
windows.  Canals  are  conducted  on  each  side  of  the  town,  which  presents  a  busy 
scene,  every  road  being,  like  a  wharf,  strewed  with  casks  and  bales.  The  town 
contains  from  8U0U  to  10,000  inhabitants,  mostly  negroes,  with  a  considerable  pro- 
portion of  people  of  colour,  some  of  whom  have  attained  to  considerable  wealth. 
New  Amsterdam,  the  small  capital  of  Berbice,  is  agreeably  situated,  intersected 
by  canals,  and  with  a  considerable  spot  of  ground  attached  to  each  house. 

Agriculture  is  carried  on  in  British  Guiana  on  a  great  scale ;  many  of  the  plan- 
tations have  from  500  to  1500  labourers ;  and  i)50,000  have  been  often  laid  out  in 
the  embankments  and  buildings  of  a  new  estate,  before  any  returns  whatever  were 
received ;  the  profits,  however,  are  always  remunerating,  and  frequently  great. 

Surinam  constitutes  the  most  important  part  of  the  Dutch  western  possessions, 
Dutch  Guiana  formerly  included  Demerara,  Berbice,  and  Essequibo ;  but  Britain 
having  in  the  last  war  captured  these  three  districts,  her  capital  was  employed 
with  such  advantage  in  improving  them,  that  she  determined,  at  the  peace,  on 
retaining  them,  and  lefl  to  Holland  the  less  valuable  territory  of  Surinam  Proper. 
This  coast,  like  that  of  the  rest  of  Guiana,  is  flat  and  alluvial,  and  is  traversed  by 
several  broad  rivers,  coming  from  a  considerable  distance  in  the  interior.  That 
of  Surinam  has  a  channel  about  four  miles  wide,  but  shallow  and  rocky,  navigable 
only  for  boats.  The  Dutch,  since  they  regained  possession  of  it,  have  made  very 
considerable  efforts  for  its  improvement,  and  it  is  decidedly  rising  in  importance. 
Paramaribo,  at  the  mouth  of  the  river,  where  it  affords  excellent  anchorage  for 
vessels,  is  a  considerable  town,  well  built  of  wood,  and  arranged  in  regular  streets, 
adorned  with  fine  trees.  Its  commerce,  though  now  surpassed  by  that  carried  on 
in  English  Guiana,  is  considerable,  and  supports  a  population  of  18,000  or  20,000 
persons. 

Cayenne  extends  along  the  coast  of  Guiana,  from  the  Marowyne  to  the  Oyapock 
River,  a  distance  of  about  200  miles.  It  is  bounded  west  by  Surinam,  on  the 
south  and  east  by  Brazil,  and  on  the  north  by  the  Atlantic  Ocean.  It  is  an  allu- 
vial, swampy  region,  covered  with  majestic  forests.  The  tree6  astonish  Europeans, 
not  only  by  their  prodigious  size,  but  by  their  great  variety.  Fine  aromatics,  un- 
known to  the  other  regions  of  the  west,  have  been  cultivated  there  with  success. 
The  Cayenne-pepper  is  the  most  pungent  and  delicate  kind  of  that  spice ;  and  the 
clove,  long  exclusively  attached  to  the  Moluccas,  has  succ-eeded  so  well,  that  a 
part  of  the  consumption  of  Europe  is  supplied  from  Cayenne.  The  cutting  down 
of  these  noble  woods  would  afford  the  material  of  a  valuable  timber  trade,  and  the 
ground  thus  cleared  would  be  fit  for  sugar  and  every  kind  of  West  India  produce. 
Yet  the  tract  is  cultivated  in  only  a  few  scattered  patches,  not  exceeding  in  all 
10,000  acres.  Serious  obstacles  are  indeed  presented  by  the  pestilential  vapours 
exhaled  from  these  dark  woods  and  marshes.  In  a  settlement,  on  a  great  scale, 
attempted  at  Kourou,  in  1763,  no  less  than  13,000  persons  perished,  so  that  the 
deportation  to  Cayenne  of  deputies  obnoxious  to  the  ruling  party,  during  the  revo- 
lution, was  inflicted,  as  conveying  almost  a  sentence  of  death.  Yet  if  due  pre- 
cautions were  used  and  the  woods  cleared,  it  would  probably  be  as  healthy  as  any 
other  settlement  in  this  quarter.  The  population  of  Cayenne,  in  1830,  amounted 
to  25,2o0 ;  of  whom  19,260  were  slaves,  and  3786  whites.  The  annual  value  of 
the  exports  to  France  is  2,500,000  firancs,  of  imports  1,800,000. 


h 


UKAZIL 


itil 


Cnypiinc  Proper  consistfi  of  an  alluvial  island,  aboHt  eijyhtorn  milrs  lonp  and 
ten  Itrood,  formod  by  the  branches  of  the  river  of  that  name,  on  which  is  Cay- 
enne, the  cnpifal  of  the  colony,  a  small  town  neatly  bnilt  of  wtxxl,  with  a  spacioiM 
and  commodiods  road,  and  a  population  of  iJOOO.  Kourou,  Sinnamarco,  and  Oya- 
pock,  are  small  settlements  scattered  along  the  coast. 


EMPIRE    OF    BRAZIL. 

Brazil  is  a  very  extenBive  region,  which  occupies  nearly  the  whole  of  the 
eastern  tracts  of  South  America,  and,  after  being  long  held  as  a  Portuguese 
colony,  has  of  late,  by  peculiar  circumstances,  been  fu'Tied  into  a  separate  em- 
pire. It  extends  over  more  than  half  the  continent  of  South  America,  and  ia 
boundcf]  on  the  east  by  the  Atlantic,  whose  shores  describe  round  it  an  irregular 
arch,  broken  by  very  few  bays  or  inlets  of  any  consequence.  In  the  interior,  this 
empire  borders  on  every  side  upon  the  former  provinces  of  Spain ;  but  the  two 
nations,  in  the  course  of  300  years,  could  not  determine  on  the  boundary  lines  to 
be  drawn  through  the  interior  of  these  vast  deserts. 

The  dimensions  of  this  immense  range  of  territory  may  be  taken  from  about  4" 
N.  to  32°  S.  lat.,  and  from  about  35°  to  73°  W.  Ion.  This  will  give  about  2500 
miles  of  extreme  length,  and  about  the  same  in  extreme  breadth.  The  area  of 
the  whole  has  been  estimated  at  upwards  of  3,000,000  square  miles.  It  is  thus 
twenty-five  times  the  extent  of  the  British  Islands,  nearly  twice  that  of  Mexico, 
and  greater  by  a  fourth  than  the  entire  domain  of  the  United  States  from  the 
Atlantic  to  the  Pacific.  It  is  rather  more  than  half  of  all  South  America.  Of 
this  immense  space,  indeed,  not  above  a  fourth  can  be  considered  as  at  present  in 
an  effective  and  productive  state ;  and  that  part  is  scarcely  cultivated  and  peopled 
up  to  a  fourth  of  its  actual  capacity.  But  nearly  the  whole,  from  soil,  climate, 
and  communications,  is  capable  of  being  brought,  at  some  future  and  distant  pe- 
riod, into  full  improvement. 

The  Brazilian  ranges  of  mountains  are  of  great  extent,  but  reach,  by  no  means, 
to  that  stupendous  height  which  distinguishes  the  Andes  of  Colombia  and  Peru. 
The  principal  mass  of  these  mountains  lies  N.  W.  of  Rio  de  Janeiro,  towards  the 
sources  of  the  rivers  San  Francisco,  Parana,  and  Tocantines,  and  are  not  gene- 
rally higher  than  trom  2000  to  3000  feet;  only  a  few  detached  peaks  rising  to 
about  6000. 

Rivers,  the  greatest  in  Ame/ica  and  in  the  world,  flow  arornd  the  borders  or 
through  the  territories  of  Brazil.  Its  northern  part  is  watered  by  the  course  of 
the  Amazon,  its  western  by  the  Madeira  ana  the  Paraguay.  Within  its  territory 
flow,  tributary  to  the  Amazon,  the  Topayos,  the  Xingu,  and  the  Negro,  which, 
though  here  secondary,  may  rival  the  greatest  waters  of  the  other  continents. 
The  Tocantines  and  the  Parnaiba  flow  into  the  sea  on  the  northern  coast.  But  at 
present  the  most  useful  rivers  are  those  between  the  coast  chain  and  the  sea,  none 
of  which  can  attain  any  long  course.  Much  the  greatest  is  the  Rio  Francisco, 
which,  flowing  northward  along  the  back  of  these  mountains  to  their  termination, 
there  finds  its  way  to  the  Atlantic.  There  are  two  Rios  Grandes,  one  falling  into 
the  sea  north  of  Pemambuco,  the  other  (Rio  Grande  do  Sul)  in  the  extreme  south, 
watering  the  province  that  bears  its  name. 

Lakes  are  not  leading  features  in  Brazil :  but  in  the  southern  province  of  Rio 
Grande,  there  are  the  Patos  and  the  Mirim,  extensive  and  shallow,  communicating 
with  the  sea,  yet  chiefly  fresh,  and  forming  the  receptacle  of  all  the  streams 
which  come  down  from  the  interior.  Farther  inland,  the  Paraguay  and  Parana, ' 
by  their  superfluous  waters,  form  the  Lakes  Xarayez  and  Ibera,  which  spread,  in 
the  rainy  season,  over  a  prodigious  extent  of  ground. 

The  form  of  government  in  Brazil  is  an  hereditary  constitutional  monarchy. 
The  sovereign,  who  has  the  title  of  emperor,  has  the  power  of  making  peace  and 
war,  concluding  treaties  with  foreign  powers,  nominating  the  principal  oflicers  of 


24' 


2L 


vlf-  ■' 


ii^'i 


.!♦• 


^!'V: 


!.  ;■ 


h-it 


m 


! : 


>  ^  • 


\-k\ 


V] 

i 


^  i 


III 


!■,'■!.■ 


*4' 


,  1 


:<"'.. 


983 


BRAZIL. 


the  empire  and  of  tho  province8,  &.c.  The  Icj^ifilative  body  is  composed  of  Iwo 
hoiiseB  chuflcn  by  indirect  election,  that  is,  by  electors  chosen  for  this  purpose. 
The  scnatora  arc  elected  for  life;  the  deputies  or  reprcKentatives,  for  the  ivtin  of 
four  years.  Elach  nrovinco  has  also  its  local  assembly  and  governor,  for  adminis- 
terinif  provincial  anairs.  There  is,  however,  a  great  difficulty  in  enforcin)?  the 
mcafliires  of  any  general  and  central  administration  over  so  wide  an  extent  of 
country,  and  over  provinces  so  deeply  imbued  with  a  local  spirit.  The  northern 
districts,  in  particular,  have  made  vifrorous  attempts,  and  still  cherish  the  wish,  to 
form  a  separate  and  republican  (government,  on  the  model  of  those  now  estab- 
lished over  the  rest  of  America. 

The  revenue  of  Brazil  is  stated  at  about  15,000,000  dollars.  This  is  burdened 
with  a  debt  of  50,(MK),(MM)  dollars.  The  military  force  consists  of  30,0(K)  troops 
of  the  line,  with  .')0,000  militia ;  and  there  is  a  marine,  composed  of  3  ships  of 
the  line,  8  f  ^Tites,  and  25  smaller  vessels. 

The  natural  capacities  of  Brazil  are  fully  equal  to  those  of  any  region  in  the 
New  World.  The  soil  is  capable  of  yielding  profusely,  sugar,  cotton,  co'  *,  to- 
bacco, all  the  richest  tropical  productions ;  the  forests  arc  immense,  and  '  i  id  in 
tlie  most  valuable  timber ;  the  fields  are  covered  with  numberless  herds  „.  cattle ; 
and  the  most  precious  of  metals  are  found  near  the  surface  of  the  earth.  Its 
chief  defect  is,  that,  destitute  of  those  fine  elevated  table-lands,  which  cover  so 
much  of  Spanish  America,  it  affords  no  eligible  situation  for  European  colonists; 
and  the  labouring  classes  consist  almost  wholly  of  negro  slaves ;  a  circumstance 
adverse  to  its  prosperity,  and  necessarily  engendering  many  evils. 

Dense  and  impenetrable  forests  cover  a  great  part  of  the  interior  of  Brazil,  and 
exhibit  a  luxuriance  of  vegetation  almost  peculiar  to  the  central  regions  of  South 
America.  "  The  infinite  variety  of  tints  which  these  woods  display,  give  them 
an  aspect  wholly  different  from  those  of  Europe.  Each  of  the  lofty  sons  of  the 
forest  has  an  effect  distinct  from  that  of  the  rest.  The  brilliant  white  of  the  sil- 
ver tree,  the  brown  head  of  the  Mangoa,  the  purple  flowers  of  the  Brazil  wood, 
the  yellow  laburnums,  the  deep  red  fungus,  and  the  carmine-coloured  lichens, 
which  invest  the  trunks  and  the  bark,  all  mingle  in  brilliant  confusion,  forming 
groups  finely  contrasted  and  diversified.  The  gigantic  height  of  the  palms,  with 
their  varying  crowns,  give  to  these  forests  an  incomparable  majesty.  All  these 
are  interwoven  with  a  network  of  creeping  and  climbing  plants,  so  close  as  to 
form  round  the  large  trees  a  verdant  wall,  which  the  eye  is  unable  to  penetrate ; 
and  many  of  the  flowering  species,  that  climb  up  the  trunks,  spread  forth  and  pre- 
sent the  appearance  of  parterres  hanging  in  the  air.  These  woods  are  not  a  silent 
scene,  unless  during  the  deepest  heat  of  noon,  but  are  crowded  and  rendered  vocal 
by  the  greatest  variety  of  the  animal  tribes.  Birds  of  the  most  singular  forms 
and  most  superb  plumage  flutter  through  the  bushes.  The  toucan  rattles  his  large 
hollow  bill ;  the  busy  orioles  creep  out  of  their  long  pendent  nests ;  the  amorous 
thrush,  the  chattering  manikin,  the  full  tones  of  the  nightingale,  amuse  the 
hunter;  while  the  humming-birds,  rivalling,  in  lustre,  diamonds,  emeralds,  and 
sappliires,  hover  round  the  brightest  flowers.  Myriads  of  the  most  brilliant  bee- 
tles buzz  in  the  air ;  and  the  gayest  butterflies,  rivalling  in  splendour  the  colours 
of  the  rainbow,  flutter  from  flower  to  flower.  Meantime,  the  beautiful,  but  some- 
times dangerous,  race  of  lizards  and  serpents,  exceeding  in  splendour  the  enamel 
of  the  flowers,  glide  out  of  the  leaves  and  hollows  of  the  trees.  Troops  of 
squirrels  and  monkeys  leap  from  bough  to  bough,  and  large  bodies  of  ants,  issuing 
from  their  nests,  creep  along  the  ground."  It  concerns  us  here  to  remark,  that 
these  immen&e  forests  are  rich  in  timber  of  every  description  for  use  and  orna- 
ment, suited  either  for  carpentry,  shipbuilding,  dyeing,  or  furniture.  That  kind 
especially  called  Brazil  wooid  is  particularly  celebrated  for  the  beautiful  red  dye 
which  it  produces. 

Agriculture  is  exercised  in  Brazil  upon  valuable  products,  and  in  fertile  soils, 
but  in  a  very  slovenly  manner.  The  farmers,  till  of  late,  were  a  most  ignorant 
race,  not  believing  that  there  were  any  countries  in  the  world  except  Portugal 
and  Brazil,  nor  any,  except  the  last,  in  which  the  sugar-cane  grew.  They  have 
begun,  however,  to  hold  intercourse  with  the  world  in  general,  and  to  introduce 


■Vf" 


URAZIL 


i^3 


improved  processes  frmn  the  West  India  islands.  Land  is  so  abundant  that  they 
never  think  of  employing  manure,  but  break  up  a  fresh  spot  whenever  a  cultivated 
one  is  exhausted.  They  do  not  even  fftub  up  the  treen,  hut  plant  the  suj^r-cancs 
amonff  the  stumps,  the  luxuriant  s'  '^  from  which  cunnot  be  cleared  away  with- 
out ffreat  labour. 

Amoni;  the  objects  of  culture,  sufi^ar  has  Ion;;  been  prominent ;  the  rich  and 
moist  soils'  on  a  great  part  of  the  coast  beinff  particularly  suited  to  it  Cotton 
has  of  late  become  a  leading  article,  in  consequence  of  the  extensive  demand  in 
Britain.  The  best  is  that  of  Pernambuco.  Tobacco  is  cultivated,  along  with  the 
sugar,  for  home  use,  and  is  an  object  of  traffic  between  the  provinces.  Coffee  is 
only  of  recent  introduction ;  but  within  these  few  years  the  culture  has  been  so 
vastly  extended  as  to  render  it  the  most  important  object  of  Brazilian  commerce. 
For  food,  chiefly  to  the  negroes,  manioc  and  kidneybcans  arc  the  articles  most 
raised.  Maize  and  bananas  are  not  so  much  used  as  in  most  tropical  countries. 
Rice  is  largely  cultivated  only  in  Maranham. 

Cattle  multiply  to  an  immense  extent  in  all  the  provinces  of  Brazil,  but  more 
especially  in  the  south.  The  great  farms  contain  2000,  SMMH),  4000,  and  some- 
times even  40,000  head.  The  hulk  of  these  roam  at  large  in  a  wild  state,  with 
no  attendance  except  that  of  two  or  three  peons  or  herdsmen,  riding  constantly 
round  the  wide  pastures,  to  keep  them  within  the  bounds,  and  defend  them  against 
the  attacks  of  wild  beasts.  Once  a  year  only,  they  are  collected  within  an  en- 
closure, and  branded  with  the  mark  of  the  master.  Portions  of  these  roving 
herds  arc  fiom  time  to  time  caught  and  killed,  chiefly  for  the  hide,  though  the 
flesh  also  is  dried  in  a  peculiar  manner,  and  sent  to  the  northern  provinces.  A 
certain  number,  notwithstanding,  are  tamed,  to  supply  milk,  and  to  serve  for  meat, 
which  is  considered  more  delicate  than  that  of  the  wild  cattle. 

Mines,  however,  form  the  most  celebrated,  though  by  no  means  the  most  valua- 
ble, source  of  Brazilian  wealth. 

The  gold  of  Brazil  occurs,  like  that  of  Africa,  in  the  form  of  dust  brought 
down  by  streams  which  descend  from  the  hills,  and  from  which  it  is  separated  by 
agitation  in  water.  No  attempts  seem  yet  to  have  been  mude  to  penetrate  into 
the  interior  deposits  of  this  precious  metal.  The  produce  of  gold  has  greatly 
diminished,  and  on  the  whole  the  precious  metal  has  proved  to  Brazil  a  fetal  gifl. 
The  eager  search  and  hope  have  continued  after  the  amount  ceased  to  repay  the 
labour.  A  few  instances  of  wealth  suddenly  acquired  have  generated  a  dislike  of 
steady  and  regular  occupation;  and  the  rich  soil  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the 
mines,  and  from  which  the  most  solid  wealth  might  tiave  been  derived,  is  allowed 
to  lie  waste.  The  fifth,  claimed  by  the  king,  though  extensively  evaded,  presses 
heavily  on  this  branch  of  industry. 

The  diamonds  of  Brazil  are  a  source  of  wealth  still  more  brilliant,  yet  even 
less  productive.  The  principal  diamond  ground  is  in  a  circuit  of  sixteen  leagues 
round  Tejuco,  in  the  district  of  Serro  do  Frio.  The  trade  has  been  monopolised 
by  the  government ;  and,  as  usual  in  such  cases,  has  been  conducted  at  a  very 
great  expense.  Not  less  than  35,0002.  annually  is  said  to  be  expended  in  oflicers, 
negroes,  machinery,  and  instruments.  All  proprietors  resident  near  the  spot 
eagerly  proffer  their  negroes  at  a  very  low  rate;  to  which  proceeding  it  is  alleged 
that  sinister  motives  frequently  impel  them.  The  diamonds  of  Brazil  are  tbund 
in  a  situation  similar  to  that  of  the  gold,  among  portions  of  alluvial  earth.  Of 
all  the  depositories  of  diamonds,  the  most  celebrated  is  the  river  Jiquitonhnnha, 
which  flows  nearly  as  broad  as  the  Thames  at  Windsor.  The  diamonds  of  Brazil 
are  larger  than  those  of  India,  and  as  brilliant,  but  not  so  hard.  At  the  first  dis- 
covery of  the  mines,  they  sent  forth  no  less  than  a  thousand  ounces  of  diamonds, 
which  made  a  prodigious  impression  on  the  market ;  but  of  late  their  annual  pro- 
duce has  not  much  exceeded  22,000  carats. 

Of  other  mineral  products,  iron  and  copper  are  said  to  abound  in  the  interior 
province  of  Matto  Grosso ;  but  they  have  not  yet  been  worked.  There  are  also 
topazes  larger  than  those  of  Saxony  and  Siberia,  tourmalines,  and  rock  crystal. 

Manufactures  have  made  smaller  progress  in  Brazil  than  in  any  other  of  the 
South  American  colonies.    The  only  fabric  of  importance  is  that  of  gold  and 


^  M 


ii  A\ 


i; 


^'•Cii 


( 


f. 


*; 


f^^ 


''■■' 

if 


I 

-. 

:  ■ 

ir'w 


'k 

i-'s 

,■  1  ■: 

li 

U 

■■'i'r,; 

M 

i;     ■  '     « 

i-. 

•■ 

.51 

|»    .1: 

•'( 

V        * 

f'.- 

•  .     ■  ■  • 

E  J'  <! 

■■ 

J   -^ 

A 

*  !•  •s ;.  ' 

■^.^V   '. 

i '   * 

M-    ■ 

^4-:  .. 

•ii^-- 

.-■■■<    ■  t 

-;r"' 

r'lf;.^ 

■'•    !•>    \. 

'i¥-y 

''»      ii|    ri 

Hi-- 

t4<"^r 


I   - 

]■-* 

- 

\v 

■» 

3H4 


HRAZIL. 


■ilvcr,  which  u  caniotl  on  in  the  capiul  to  a  (froat  extent.    The  articles  wrought 
are  of  great  beauty,  and  arc  an  object  even  of  export 

Cuniiiiercc  flourishca  in  conwM|Ucnco  of  the  very  dependence  of  the  country 
u|)on  t'uroign  manufactures,  as  well  as  the  valuable  products  of  its  soil.  Kio 
Janeiro  ia  the  centre  of  trade  for  the  southern  constH,  which  send  to  it  proviflinnN 
for  iUt  own  conHumption,  ta  well  as  hiden,  tobacco,  sugar,  and  cotton  ;  vast  traitm 
of  loaded  mules  alao  como  and  go  to  the  interior  provinces,  eHuecially  S.  i'aulo 
and  Minas  Geraes.  Bahia  carries  on  most  of  her  trade,  and  I'ernambuco  and 
Maranham  nearly  all  of  theirs,  direct  with  Europe  and  the  United  States.  The 
southern  provinces  export  wheat,  hides,  horn,  hair,  and  tallow ;  the  middle,  gold 
and  precious  stones ;  and  the  northern,  cotton,  coffee,  sugar,  tobacco,  and  Brazil 
wood.  The  imports  arc  chiefly  wines,  brandy,  and  oil,  from  Portugal ;  cotton, 
woollens,  linens,  hardware,  and  other  manufactured  articles  from  (ireat  Britain ; 
and  flour,  salted  provisions,  naval  stores,  and  household  furniture,  from  the  United 
States.  The  to'cal  value  of  the  exports  is  about  25,U0(),0()0  dollars  a  year,  com- 
prising 100,000  tons  of  sugar,  4(),0(K)  tons  of  coffee,  180,(KK)  bags  of  cotton, 
500,0()0  hides,  &.c.  The  value  of  the  exports  from  the  United  States  into  Brazil 
is  about  2,000,000  dollars;  of  imports  from  Brazil,  nearly  5,(M)0,000.  Great 
Britain  imports  into  Brazil  nearly  20,000,000  dollars  worth  of  her  manufactures 
annually. 

The  population  of  Brazil  has  been  very  vaguely  estimated,  and  generally  much 
under  the  truth.  It  cannot  at  present  be  h!>a  than  5,000,000,  of  which  about  one- 
fifth  are  whites,  three-fitlhs  slaves,  and  thn  remainder  free  coloured  persons. 

The  great  predominance  of  the  negro  population  distinguishes  Brazil  unfavour- 
ably from  the  other  South  American  stater.  By  the  above  statement,  it  appears 
that  not  a  fourth  of  the  population  are  of  unmixed  white  race,  and  that  more  than 
half  the  entire  number  are  slaves.  The  continual  importation  of  these  negroes, 
the  numbers  who  peiished  in  the  voyage,  and  the  manner  in  which  they  were  ex- 
hibited in  open  market,  presented  scenes  equally  distressing  and  degrading  to 
humanity.  By  a  law  of  the  state,  however,  this  importation  was,  in  February, 
1830,  finally  to  cease.  The  existing  slaves  are  exposed,  of  course,  to  all  the 
capricious  and  brutal  treatment  of  their  masters ;  and  with  less  protection  from 
law  than  in  the  West  Ind.*;  ,  On  the  whole,  however,  their  actual  condition  is 
more  favourable.  Even  Uie  multitude  of  festivals  affords  a  relief  to  the  slave, 
and  gives  him  opportunities  of  doing  a  good  deal  for  himself.  Public  opinion  is 
against  the  master  who  obstructs  the  negro  in  endeavouring  to  procure  his  own 
emancipation,  and  refuses  a  reasonable  price  for  it  What  is  of  more  importance, 
as  soon  as  the  negro  or  mulatto  is  free,  he  labours  no  longer  under  that  proscrip- 
tion which  pursues  him  in  some  councries.  He  is  admissible  to  all  offices,  is 
equal  to  the  white  in  the  eye  of  the  law,  and  not  very  much  inferior  in  public 
opinion :  even  at  the  royal  levee,  negro  officers  have  been  seen  taking  in  their 
black  coarse  hands  the  fair  hands  of  the  queen,  and  applying  them  to  their  lips. 
And  it  is  supposed  that,  in  the  event  of  a  slave  insurrection,  all  the  class  of  free 
negroes  would  make  common  cause  with  the  whites. 

Religion  in  Brazil  is  almost  universally  the  Catholic.  It  was  provided,  how- 
ever, by  treaty  with  England,  that  British  subjects  at  Rio  might  erect  a  church 
without  a  bell  and  after  the  manner  of  a  private  dwelling.  The  clergy  are  sup- 
ported by  the  government,  which  formerly  made  a  composition  with  the  court  of 
Rome,  and  on  release  of  the  payment  of  tithes  contracted  to  give  a  stipend  of 
200  dollars  to  the  ecclesiastics.  This  is  at  present  an  insufficient  salary,  and  the 
clergy  would  live  in  poverty  were  not  many  of  them  skilful  cultivators.  This 
may  perhaps  be  the  reason  why  so  many  blacks  are  in  orders.  Had  the  tithes 
been  retained  the  clergy  would  now  be  the  most  opulent  class.  There  is  one 
archbishop  and  six  bishops,  who  are  paid  on  the  same  economical  scale,  and  their 
best  support  comes  from  fees  in  the  ecclesiastical  tribunals. 

Science,  literature,  and  art  have  scarcely  yet  any  existence  in  Brazil.  Some 
of  the  higher  classes,  and  of  the  officers  of  the  government,  are  well  informed, 
and  the  sea-port  towns  are  beginning  to  imbibe  the  spirit  and  knowledge  of 
Europe;  but  these  improvements  have  made  little  way  into  the  interior.   In  1808, 


IU(.\ZIL. 


I 


the  princf  rrpent  carrifil  out  a  immry  of  7'  'hK)  volun        wineh  i*    ,.i^n  ti>  iir 
|)iil)iir  ;  nnil  tlierr*  ix  n  iiniHriiin,  contaiiutif;  a  tiiif*  ri»H«>i  t  (iian«i>=    «,  ^'rvHi' 

of  (fuU\,  an<i  other  lirn/.ilian  iiuiiituIh,  but  not  ri<-h  in  ^  <  (her  r<  ««t.  Tlit' 
pinti  ot'  foundint;  an  univrroity  m  not  yet  execute«l ;  iimi  Ilnuiliai  trlio  aock 
a  fuuNheii  education  muMt  croiw  the  !<ca  to  (!oinibra. 

The  IndiaUH  in  Brazil  are  in  a  much  morn  unrivilinfd  nini  impr  iiffiif;  state 
than  in  tho  Hpaniwh  Hettlcmoiitit.  They  have  never  been  incorporate<l  in  any 
8hup(>  with  the  European  population,  but  have  alwnyri  retired  before  the  pro^reiw 
of  civiliHation  into  the  deptim  of  their  forehtH.  They  have  borrowed,  indeed,  from 
the  I'ortuffucHC  Bomc  Hcnnty  p«)rtion  of  rnimont.  Hut  they  have  never  attempted 
the  tutnin^;  of  nnimalH,  or  the  planting;  of  jrrnin ;  they  sulMiat  solely  on  the  bpon- 
tancouH  fruits  of  tho  eatth,  the  rrxAM  which  they  can  uif;  up,  and  the  (fame  brou((ht 
down  by  their  arrow,  which  they  shoot  with  marvellous  dexterity,  taking  an 
almost  unerring  aim  at  the  distance  of  forty  or  fitly  yards. 

The  provinces  of  Brazil,  IH  in  niunbcr,  arc  divided  into  smaller  divisions  called 
comarcas.  They  can  scarcely  as  yet  bo  exhibited  in  any  very  minute  local  and 
statiHtical  details.  In  taking  a  view  of  their  leading  features,  wo  may  divide 
them  into  the  provinces  of  the  southern  coast,  Rio  Janeiro,  St.  Catharine,  Rio 
Grande  do  Sul  and  Espiritu  Santo ;  those  of  the  northern  coast,  Bnhia,  Sergi|)pe, 
I'ernambuco,  Paraiba,  Rio  Grande  do  Norte,  Seara,  Piauhy  and  Maranham ;  the 
interior  provinces,  Minos  Gcracs,  San  Paulo,  Goyaz,  Matto  Grosso,  and  Parii. 

Rio  Janeiro,  the  capital  of  the  empire,  may  now,  perhaps,  rank  as  tho  largest 
and  most  flourishing  city  of  South  America.  It  lies  on  the  western  side  of  a 
noble  bay,  seventy  or  eighty  miles  in  circumference,  forming  one  of  the  most 
spacious'  and  secure  receptacles  for  shipping  in  the  world.  It  is  studded  with 
upwards  of  100  islands;  the  ships  of  all  nations  are  seen  passing  through  its 
channels,  and  innumerable  little  boats  flitting  about.  The  shore  rises  immediate- 
ly into  green  and  wooded  hills,  thickly  planted  with  villas  and  convents,  and 
liehind  which  lofty  mountains  shoot  up  their  heads  in  the  most  picturesque  and 
romantic  forma.  These  objects  compose  the  most  enchanting  scene  that  can  be 
imagined.  The  town  is  tolerably  well  built,  much  in  the  European  style,  the 
houses  being  three  or  four  stories  high,  though  the  streets  are  rather  narrow. 
Two  of  them  extend  the  whole  length,  with  new  and  broad  streets  striking  ofl* 
from  them;  and  there  are  several  very  handsome  squares.  The  town  is  well 
supplied  with  water,  by  excellent  aqueducts.  There  is  a  greater  stir  and  bustle 
than  is  usual  in  a  South  American  city,  though  the  crowd  of  half-naked  blacks 
and  mulattoes  ofTends  the  eye  of  the  newly  arrived  European.  The  population 
has  been  fixed  only  by  rude  conjecture.  Before  the  arrival  of  tho  court,  it  was 
supposed  to  fall  short  of  100,000 ;  but  that  event  caused  a  great  increase,  and  it 
has  even  been  estimated  as  high  as  150,000.  The  environs  of  Rio  do  Janeiro 
are  delightful  in  the  extreme,  the  valleys  and  sides  of  the  hills  being  covered 
with  trees,  shrubs,  and  creeping  plants  of  peculiar  beauty.  The  bay  of  Botta- 
fogo,  and  the  sides  of  the  rude  and  lofty  mountain  called  the  Corcovado,  are  the 
spots  most  particularly  celebrated.  The  king  has  a  rural  palace,  called  San 
Christovao,  of  light  and  pavilion-like  architecture,  and  which  from  its  site  has  a 
much  more  pleasing  effect  than  that  in  the  city.  We  have  already  noticed  the 
trade  of  Rio  Janeiro,  centring  in  itself  that  of*^  all  southern  Brazil.  The  cultiva- 
tion of  sugar,  coffee,  tobacco,  cotton,  and  other  tropical  products,  is  rapidly  ex- 
tending ;  but  the  greater  part  of  the  flour  made  use  of  is  brought  from  the 
United  States  and  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  The  trade  is  chiefly  in  the  hands  of 
the  British.  The  arsenal,  the  dockyara,  and  marine  establishments  are  on  a 
small  island  within  the  harbour. 

St.  Catharine  is  a  long  narrow  province,  which  is  chiefly  remarkable  for  the 
island  of  the  same  name.  It  has  a  fine  climate :  its  perpetual  verdure  and  its 
conical  rocky  hills  give  it  a  beautiful  aspect  from  the  sea.  The  town  of  Nosea 
Senhora,  or  St.  Catharine,  has  5000  or  6000  inhabitants,  many  of  whom  have 
chosen  it  merely  as  an  agreeable  residence.  The  coast  is  as  yet  thinly  peopled, 
though  it  contains  several  excellent  harbours,  as  Laguna,  and  San  Francisco,  on  a 


i.  ", 


'<    il 


iU 


> 
i 

f 

1 

t 
t 

•■ 

« 

V 

k 
t 

.ll 

*  V 
.9 

iV  1 


I-. 


Ml! 


I?   ' 


It 

V' 

1 1 


r  ■  •■ 


til  . . 

Ik  ■ 


''/■ 

l-!;^ 


♦  ti  <t 


<Jo(i 


HRAXIL. 


river  of  Uio  miiio  nanio,  which  will  increaao  in  iiiiportancu  when  a  rotd  i»  opened 
(tviir  til')  iiMunUinM  into  the  flno  plain  of  (JrcitAva. 

Iliii  Uramli!  do  Hul,  the  moHt  aoiithorn  province,  compriMM  ft  lonf;  extent  of  lev>>| 
und  alluvial  coant,  in  which  the  larf^o  lakcH  of  I'atua  and  Miriin  run  pnrnllnl  with 
til)-  !4i;(i.  The  plains  are  covered  with  vaiit  hordN  of  cattle,  which  aflord  hides  and 
cliarque,  or  bucf  dried  in  a  peculiar  manner,  iiiakin;;  a  co|>iouii  object  of  export. 
Soiiii'  of  the  fazondatt,  or  fariiiit,  compriHO  no  leiw  tlinn  UOU,(NIO  acreii.  The  chief 
town  in  Portalutfre,  with  12,(NN)  iiiliabitantM,  to  which  the  opiNirtunitieii  of  itM  trad*> 
have  attracted  even  Enf(liHh  oettlerH.  Ociii^  nituaied  at  the  head  of  the  lake,  itt* 
iitnritinie  intvrcourao  ia  carried  on  by  the  |)ort  of  tit.  I'odru,  or  Rio  Grande,  which 
in  alao  tlouriHhing. 

The  provincev  of  Eapiritu  Santo  and  Heffuro  extend  for  about  4(N)  miles  alonjit 
the  coaut  northward  from  Kio ;  but  though  the  Utter  was  the  point  Hrst  discovered, 
and  thou(;h  they  posHCss  ample  natural  advantaf^es,  they  have  remained  always  in 
a  coiniMirativcly  rude  and  unimproved  state.  The  Rio  l)oco  ia  the  principal  stream 
in  this  region ;  it  can  bo  ascended  only  in  canoes  propelled  by  poles.  It  is  in 
must  places  bordered  by  forests  so  tliicK  and  impenetrable,  as  seldom  to  leave 
ufround  on  which  a  house  could  stand.  Of  the  sea-ports,  the  most  important  is 
Victoria,  to  which  may  bo  added  thos^  boarin^r  the  names  of  the  provinces,  Espi- 
ritu  Santo,  and  Porto  Seguro;  as  also  Bcnevente  and  St.  Matthcos.  These  towns 
consist  ffenerallv  of  houses  one  story  hi|;li,  and  the  streets  are  stragglinii^,  unpaved, 
and  covered  with  vrass.  In  Porto  Seguro,  though  so  near  the  sea,  they  have  no 
other  raod  than  salted  fish,  which  renders  the  scurvy  very  prevalent. 

The  fine  province  of  fiahia  follows  north  from  the  two  rude  regions  already  de- 
scribed. It  is  the  most  flourishing  and  industrious  part  of  all  Brazil.  Besides 
being  originally  the  metropolitan  province,  it  was  long  occupied  by  the  Dutch, 
who  introduced  their  own  commercial  and  improving  habits. 

The  city  of  Bahia,  or  St.  Salvador,  is  situated  within  Cape  St.  Antonio,  the  cast- 
em  boundary  of  the  noble  bay  of  AH  Saints,  which  strikingly  resembles  that  of 
Rio  Janeiro.  Around  the  bay  the  sites  and  prospects  are  beautiful  in  the  extreme. 
Every  step  brings  to  view  some  magnificent  scene ;  the  woods,  the  steep  banks 
and  gently  sloping  lawns,  generally  opening  to  the  sea  or  the  lake  behind  the 
town,  have  a  peculiar  freshness  and  amenity.  With  these  attractions  the  interior 
does  not  correspond,  at  least  that  of  the  lower  town,  where  the  houses  are  high, 
the  streets  connned  and  narrow,  wretchedly  paved,  never  cleaned,  and  therefore 
disgustingly  dirty.  The  upper  town,  however,  placed  upon  the  side  of  a  hill 
which  rises  abruptly  behind,  though  not  well  built,  has  a  number  of  handsome 
private  houses  and  public  buildings.  The  cathedral  and  several  other  churches 
are  handsome  and  richly  ornamented ;  but  the  finest  of  them,  the  Ex-Jesuits' 
church,  built  entirely  of  marble  imported  from  Europe,  has  been  converted  into 
barracks.  Gaming,  the  resource  of  vacant  minds,  is  eagerly  followed  by  both 
sexes.  Intellectual  pursuits  seem  little  regarded ;  and  though  there  is  a  large 
library,  with  some  valuable  manuscripts  respecting  the  interior  of  America,  it  is 
allowed  to  lie  in  a  neglected  state.  The  police  is  Imd,  the  dagger  being  generally 
worn,  and  too  often  used :  the  deaths  by  assassination  are  estimated  at  2U0  in  the 
year ;  yet  St.  Salvador  is  esteemed  the  gayest  city  in  Brazil.  In  1832,  124  Brit- 
ish ships,  of  the  burden  of  27,119  tons,  cleared  out  from  Bahia.  Its  population 
amounts  to  120,000  souls. 

Of  the  other  towns  of  Bahia,  Cachoeira,  the  principal,  is  handsome  and  well 
built,  and  contains  nearly  16,000  inhabitants.  Jacobina,  more  in  the  interior,  was 
formerly  enriched  by  mines,  which  are  now  given  up.  Ilheos,  or  San  George,  a 
prettily  situated  port,  was  once  very  considerable,  but  is  now  of  little  importance. 

Pernambiico  is  the  next  province  to  Bahia,  with  the  intervention  of  the  small 
and  unimportant  one  of  Seregipe.  Pernambuco  ranks  decidedly  as  the  third  pro- 
vince in  the  empire,  being  comparatively  very  industrious,  and  having  experi- 
enced a  rapid  improvement  from  the  extension  of  the  growth  and  export  of  cotton. 
Whut  is  called  the  town  of  Pernambuco  is  a  compound  of  four  towns:  Olinda, 
seated  abo/e  on  a  range  of  rocky  hills,  and  the  most  ancient,  but  now  much  de- 
cayed ;  Recife,  built  on  a  sand-bank  level  with  the  water,  and  deriving  its  name 


li:^:Mf  ■•  iiH; 


BRAZIL 


«»7 


fVi»m  the  r««f  iipftnmiU'  in  It  Av'wiy  nicntiunr<i. — iho  m«(il  of  trvi**.  hi|fhly  flmir- 
lahinif,  tlKl  rmpuily  iiKre«flintf  Ht  Antonio,  or  thr  iiii(l«JN  town,  com|inHp<i  ol' larffe 
nm\  broii«l  MtrtHttit,  and  ''MiUininf;  the  gover^it'*  liniiM>,  iukI  two  pnnfi|«i|  i-huroltra; 
Ik^ly,  llim  ViHta,  iin  i>xtciuiv(>  ii|^r<*«««ble  mt^nirh,  whcrf  f/>'"  |'riiiri|>al  nifrrhants 
S#»«>  coinrnndioiiM  Knrdpnii.  PernBni!«ii''o  hnn  Huuri<*ti(^l  o.xtr»'mfly  iuii|  inrron^il 
rnpidlv,  rhit'rty  in  conaequcnco  of  the  Miguu ntt^l  ciiltum  of  coiton,  niid  thi*  niiipl«' 
inark<>t  for  it  in  Europe.  The  cutu^n  of  I'lTiininlMiro  ih  t-nui  to  lii>  tln»  li»'M  in  the 
north  of  Brazil.  The  population,  in  W21,  waa  oHtiinatiNi  at  7(l,(NN>.  Ali<tfouM  nml 
Macnyo,  Hmall  portii  aoutn  of  IVrnatnbiiro,  nrp  incrraNiii^'  in  tradn  mid  pupnliition. 

Tho  rivfir  Hl  Francisco,  iniicli  th<>  lar^ft-Mt  nf  any  which  b«<lonirH  wholly  to  nrti- 
zil,  enteri  the  tea  in  the  muthern  border  of  thiH  pruvinct>,  al\er  u  cuurxe  of  neurly 
\HM)  miles  throu|;h  tho  back  tcrritorieii  l)ehind  the  coaat  chain.  Tho  naviffation  in 
much  injured,  however,  tirt*t  by  a  succeaflion  of  falls,  and  then  by  slmllowH  ul  tho 
mouth  ot  tho  river,  which  render  it  scarcely  (mMaablc  even  for  boats.  Till  of  late, 
therefore,  its  bunks  wore  occupied  only  by  n  few  ncnttcred  fishermen  and  banditti. 
New  towns  and  villages  uro  rising,  and  CuUeifia,  Villa  Nova,  and  I'ropria,  an; 
becominfif  thriving  places. 

The  other  provinces  of  tho  northern  coost,  Fnraibn,  Rin  Orando  do  Norte,  Heara, 
Piauhy,  and  JVIarunhain,  extend  chiefly  from  cast  to  west  towards  tho  mouth  of 
the  Amazon.  Tiiey,  in  geneml,  present  an  aspt^ct  resnnbling  Fcrnambuco;  the 
coast  containing  many  fertile  and  improvable  districtn,  but  tho  interior  ■  '"<\ 
extensively  by  the  great  Sortam,  (prairio  region,)  whicii  reaches  as 
They  are  chiefly  employed  in  the  culture  of  cotton,  and  rest  their  ^r<'  r  ^  ' 

tho  increasing  demand  for  that  material.     Muranham,  ir.  particuia' 
isle,  formed  by  the  branches  of  great  rivers,  exports,  on  an  average,  ,$t 

besides  rice  and  hides,  ond  has  attained  a  population  variously  estiiuaLcd  at  from 
12,()00  to  as  high  as  ;M),000.  The  other  capitals  are  small.  Paraiba,  noteu  for 
the  abundance  of  Brazil-wood,  was  formerly  couHidered  of  more  importance  than 
now ;  however,  it  has  in  fact  continued  to  increase,  though  eclipsed  by  the  supc- 
rior  importance  of  Pernambuco.  Rio  Grande  is  covered  to  a  great  extent  with 
hills  of  fine  and  v/hite  sand,  and  is  fertile  in  sugar,  yet  thinly  inhabited ;  and  Na- 
tal, its  capital,  is  little  better  than  a  village.  Seara  has  a  pretty  brisk  trade  on  a 
small  scale. 

Piauhy  is  almoet  entirely  an  inland  province,  and  its  little  interior  capital,  Ooy- 
ros,  is  scarcely  at  all  known.  The  isle  of  Joannes,  situated  at  the  mouth  of  tl.u 
Amazon,  is  very  fertile ;  but  the  heats  would  be  insupportable  were  they  not  tem- 
pered by  the  sea-breezes.  A  great  part  of  its  surface  is  covered  with  woods,  ten- 
anted by  wandering  Indians.  The  interior  provinces  are  San  Paulo,  Minas  Go- 
roes,  Goyaz,  Matto  Grosso,  and  Para. 

San  Paulo  was  at  first  an  Indian  settlement,  formed  by  a  Jesuit  missionary  in 
1550 ;  but,  being  reinforced  by  numerous  refugees  and  adventurers,  a  mixed  race 
was  (brmed,  of  n  lawless  and  daring  character,  who  nake  a  great  figure  in  the 
early  history  of  Brazil.  These  Paulistas,  as  they  were  called,  set  the  Portuguese 
government  almost  at  defiance,  and  made  themselves  formidable  to  the  neighbour- 
ing provinces.  They  are  now  brought  down  to  the  character  of  tolerably  quiet 
subjects;  but  they  still  maintain,  throughout  Brazil,  the  reputation  of  hardy  frank- 
ness, undaunted  courage,  and  a  romantic  love  of  adventures  and  dangers.  Their 
features  are  strongly  marked  and  expresbive,  their  eyes  full  of  fire,  and  all  their 
motions  lively  and  vigorous.  They  are  the  strongest,  healthiest,  and  most  active 
inhabitants  of  Brazil ;  and  their  adventuroiif^  spirit  leads  them  to  migrate  through 
all  its  provinces.  A  good  deal  of  maize  is  cultivated,  sufficient  for  private  con- 
sumption ;  but  the  chief  wealth  of  the  inhabitants  consists  in  the  vast  herdn  of 
horses  and  cattle  with  which  the  plains  are  covered.  The  former  are  of  an  active 
and  valuable  breed ;  and  the  inhabitants  display  a  surprising  strength  and  activity 
in  pursuing  and  taming  them.  The  Paulistas  are  frank  and  jovial ;  but  the  infe- 
rences hence  made  to  their  disadvantage  are  said  to  be  unfair. 

Minas  Geraes,  the  most  central  province  in  Brazil,  is  distinguished  as  contain- 
ing the  principal  mines  >f  gold  and  diamonds.  In  passing  into  it  from  San  Paulo, 
a  decided  change  is  observable  in  the  aspect  of  nature.     The  country  is  often 


•   >i 


■    .:  II- 


It 

( 


i  •',■' 


'mi 


Vit. 


V  .ir. 


t 


f;-.  f 


i^-'y-M^^ 


V 

»  ■ 


Hi'      1 


(ir-   .. 

¥  ■ 

It:-'  - 


i 


,■5 


^V.|.: 


;i: 


2Hti 


PERU. 


extremely  fertile,  and  might  yield  the  most  valuable  productions,  were  not  the 
attention  of  the  inhabitants  drawn  off  by  the  glittering  but  often  useless  treasures 
found  in  the  bowels  of  the  earth.  S.  Joao  del  Rey  is  a  neat  little  town  of  white- 
washed, red-tiled  houses,  surrounded  by  a  singular  scene  of  round  hills  and  broken 
rockf,  with  tracts  entirely  sterile,  and  others  covered  with  the  most  luxuriant  ver- 
dure. Its  situation  is  so  agreeable  and  central,  that  an  intention  was  once  formed 
of  making  it  the  capital  of  Brazil.  Villa  Rica  may  be  regarded  as  the  El  Dorado 
of  Brazil,  from  its  highly  productive  gold  mines,  already  described.  The  place  is 
large,  its  inhabitants  being  variously  reported  from  8500  to  20,000.  Tejuco,  the 
capital  of  the  diamond  district  of  Serro  do  Frio,  is  6ituate<l  in  a  most  dreary  tract, 
where  all  the  necessaries  of  life  must  be  broii;,'ht  from  a  considerable  distance. 
It  is  well  built,  on  very  rugged  ground,  and  contains  6000  free  inhabitants,  and  as 
many  slaves  employed  in  searching  for  diamonds.  Villa  do  Principe,  in  a  fine 
country,  on  the  borders  of  the  diamond  district,  enjoys  a  more  solid  prosperity,  and 
contains  about  .5000  people. 

There  are  still  several  exterior  provinces  of  Brazil,  which  have  been  occupied 
by  the  Portuguese  only  at  a  few  detached  points,  while  by  far  the  greater  part 
remains  in  full  possession  of  the  unsubdued  Indians.  These  provinces  are,  Goyaz, 
Matto  Grosso,  and  Para. 

Goyaz  is  a  province,  or  rather  kingdom,  of  vast  extent,  watered  by  the  mighty 
streams  of  the  Tocantines  and  the  Araguay,  which  unite  in  their  progress  towards 
the  Amazons.  Gold  was  the  lure  which  attracted  settlers  into  this  desolate  and 
unfrequented  region  ;  and  in  the  country  round  Villa  Boa,  the  capital,  the  quan- 
tity produced  was  for  some  time  considerable,  though  now  it  is  much  diminished. 
Villa  Boa  contains  also  a  governor,  a  bishop,  and  about  6000  inhabitants. 

Matto  Grosso,  west  of  Goyaz,  is  a  still  vaster  region,  extending  far  into  the  inte- 
rior, and  bounded  only  by  the  Madeira  and  the  Upper  La  Plata.  The  principal 
settlement  is  at  Cuiaba,  in  the  south-western  district,  where  it  can  hold  communi- 
cation with  the  more  civilised  regions.  Here,  too,  gold  was  the  first  attraction, 
and  o'"nn  when  the  quantities  which  it  produced  began  to  diminish,  the  country 
was  found  so  fine  and  fertile,  that  its  cultivation  amply  indemnified  the  settlers. 
They  amounted,  in  1809,  to  30,000.  The  official  capital,  however,  is  Villa  Bella, 
on  the  Guapure,  one  of  the  principal  heads  of  the  Madeira;  a  neat  small  city, 
perhaps  the  most  advanced  point  which  the  Portuguese  hold  in  America. 

Para  forms  the  northern  section  of  this  vast  region.  The  greater  part  is,  if 
possible,  still  less  known  or  occupied  than  even  Matto  Grosso ;  but  there  is  a  dis- 
trict near  the  mouth  of  the  great  river,  which  is  not  only  very  fertile,  but  culti- 
vated to  a  considerable  extent.  It  is  well  fitted  for  sugar,  and,  since  the  cotton 
trade  rose  to  such  importance,  has  particularly  prospered,  yielding  a  description 
little  inferior  to  that  of  Bahia.  The  population  of  the  capital,  Para  or  Be'em, 
has  been  stated  at  20,000;  but  probably  this  includes  the  immediately  surround- 
ing district.  The  water  communications,  however,  of  this  city  with  the  interior 
are  eo  immense,  that  it  must  continue  to  advance  with  the  progressive  settlement 
of  the  provinces  of  Goyaz  and  Matto  Grosso. 


PERU. 

Peru,  of  all  the  regions  south  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  is  the  most  celebrated 
for  wealth  and  ancient  civilisation.  Its  very  name  is  proverbially  used  to  denote 
profuse  abundance  of  the  most  precious  metals.  The  following  general  descrip- 
tion will  apply  to  what  was  originally  Peru,  now  comprising  three  separate  re- 
publics, the  local  description  of  each  will  be  given  under  their  respective  heads. 

The  boundaries  of  Peru  are  on  the  west  the  Pacific,  forming  a  long  line  of 
coast  between  4"  and  25°  of  S.  laU,  which,  probably  exceeds  2000  miles  in  ex- 
tent On  the  north,  the  boundary  is  formed  by  a  winding  line  drawn  from  the 
Javari  in  a  northwesterly  direction  to  the  Pacific  Ocean  at  Tumbez.  On  the  east, 
Peru  is  separated  from  Brazil  by  lines  vaguely  drawn  through  barbarous  regions 


PKRl'. 


•>'.» 


j  which  cannot  very  prop«»rly  be  said  to  l)rlonp  cither  to  one  or  the  other.     On  tlio 

I  dculh,  the  jjcneral  boundary  is  formed  by  ii  l.ne  drawn  from  the  I'nmjjuay  in 
about  2*2°  S.  lat.  westerly,  to  the  Ande8,  thence  south  with  the  crest  of  the  moun- 

'tains  to  about  25°  south,  and  from  thence  westward  to  Uie  Pacific.     Peru  will 

'  thus  be  about  15(K»  miles  in  length,  and  7(M)  in  breadth. 

The  Burfiice  of  this  extensive  territory  is  of  the  boldest  an<l  most  varied  de- 
scription.    It  is  crossed,  and  in  a  preat  measure  covered,  by  the  Andes,  in  their 

'  i^reatest  e.\tent  and  loftiest  height.  Very  high  summits  occur  in  the  western 
chain  facing  the  Pacific,  and  are  seen  in  lofly  succession  from  the  cities  of  the 
coast.  The  last  is  in  8°  S.  lat.,  after  which  there  docs  not  occur  ono  for  3-")() 
miles.  But  the  mightiest  part  of  the  ninge  is  that  extending  over  Bolivia,  or 
Upper  Peru.  It  is  both  the  most  spacious  and  the  highest  of  all  the  branches  of 
the  Andes.  It  contains  the  stupendous  peaks  of  Sorata  and  Illimani,  the  highest 
in  the  New  World ;  and  which  rise,  the  former  to  the  height  of  2r),4(K)  and  the 

I  latter  of  24,35()  alxive  the  level  of  the  sea.  It  encloses  an  extensive  table-land,  i 
scarcely  anywhere  less  than  12,(M)0  feet  high,  and  peculiarly  distinguished  for  the 
great  altitude  at  which  full  cultivation,  large  towns,  and  even  cities,  are  situated. 
In  this  lotly  district  also  are  found  the  rich  mines  of  Potosi.  Between  the  Andes 
and  the  sea  extends  the  plain  of  Peru,  where  the  chief  Spanish  settlements  have 
been  formed.  It  is  from  50  to  KK)  miles  in  breadth,  partly  covered  with  branches 
from  the  Andes,  but  towards  the  sea  forming  a  flat  expanse  of  land,  often  white 
with  saline  incrustations,  and  absolutely  a  desert,  unless  where  one  of  the  broad 
streams,  or  rather  torrent*?,  from  the  mountains,  can  be  directed  over  it. 

The  interior  is  bordered,  and  partly  traversed,  by  the  greatest  rivers  in  the 
world.  The  Amazon  commences  its  unrivalled  course  among  the  Peruvian 
Andes,  and  with  its  giant  branches  collecting  the  water  of  a  thousand  floods,  rolls 
its  vast  and  mighty  volume  eastward  to  the  Ocean.     Peru  has  for  its  eastern 

I  boundary  part  of  the  courses  of  the  Madeira  and  the  Paraguay ;  but  these  belong 
more  properly  to  Brazil  and  Paraguay.  In  the  south  the  Pilcomayo  falls  into  the 
Paraguay,  having  passed  through  the  richest  mineral  region  in  the  world. 

Lakes  in  South  America  are  not  very  grand  or  characteristic  features;  yet 
Peru  contains  one  enclosed  in  its  greatest  table-land,  the  Lake  of  Titicaca,  which, 
though  twenty  times  the  size  of  the  Lake  of  Geneva,  cannot  come  into  any  com- 
petition with  the  mighty  inland  seas  of  Canada. 

Peru,  in  consequence  of  its  liberation,  was  formed  into  two  separate  republics : 
one,  consisting  of  Lower  Peru,  considered  now  as  Peru  proper ;  and  the  other  of 
Upper  Peru,  or  Bolivia,  to  which  may  be  added  by  the  division  of  the  former  the 
republic  of  South  Peru.  It  must  be  owned,  however,  that  our  information  re- 
specting the  organisation  and  present  state  of  these  republics  is  very  imperfect. 
The  revenue  of  Lower  Peru  is  said  to  amount  to  1,250,000/.,  its  debt  somewhat 
above  6,000,000/.,  and  its  army  at  7500.  The  revenue  of  Bolivia  is  stated  at 
only  460,000/.,  its  debt  750,000/. 

Agriculture  is  not  the  branch  on  which  the  wealth  of  Peru  in  any  great  degree 
rests.  The  plain  on  the  sea-coast  is  a  sandy  desert,  and  the  sides  of  the  moun- 
tains are  steep  and  broken  into  ravines;  while  the  parameras  or  table-lands  at  the 
summit  of  the  Cordillera  are  rendered  nearly  unfit  for  cultivation  by  the  extreme 
I  cold  and  the  perpetual  snow  which  covers  them;  so  that  it  is  almost  solely 
through  the  neglected  remains  of  the  Indian  terraces  and  irrigating  canals,  that 
any  of  the  elevated  tracts  are  rendered  very  productive.  Some  of  the  valleys, 
also,  and  of  the  lands  along  the  rivers,  are  extremely  fertile.  Maize  is  the  staple 
grain  and  chief  food  of  the  natives,  in  the  various  forms  of  bread,  puddings,  por- 
ridge, and  roasted  grain.  It  is  also  made  into  a  fermented  liquor  called  chica, 
which  is  agreeable  enough ;  but,  unfortunately  for  the  fastidious  taste  of  Eu- 
ropeans, the  Indian  women  consider  it  their  duty  carefully  to  chew  it,  as  a  means 
of  fermentation.  For  wheat,  Peru  is  dependent  upon  the  Chilian  province  of 
Concepcion.  The  sugar-cane  is  cultivated  with  decided  success,  though  not  on  a 
very  great  scale.  Fruits  of  every  climate,  from  the  successive  slopes  of  the 
Cordillera,  are  poured  down  into  the  markets  of  Lima.  The  neighbourhood  of 
Pisco  is  covered  with  vines,  from  the  grapes  of  which  are  made  150,000  gallons 


'I 


25 


2M 


1«     <^ 


«        i 

4    *• 


m 


-K' 


41' 


I 


f.,f 

"f 


;'  I 

■  '■  ■■■■:;•  i 


' '   fi 


m 
m 

f  f  '■ 

m 


<  > 


(•■,.,; 


'..   ^W 


■I'  ;,    ■  't-'f 


3U0 


PERU. 


of  excellent  brandy;  but  the  wine  of  Peru  poesesncs  no  merit.     Ipecacuanha,! 
balnaniH,  medicinal  plants,  and  valuable  dye-woo<lK  may  alao  be  mentioned.  | 

Miinufacturcs  are  in  a  t>till  less  advanced  otate.     In  the  nriountuin  diHtricts  arc  ; 
made  considerable  quantities  of  coarse  woollens,  blankets,  flannels,  baix.e,  and  i 
particularly  pnnchog,  n  loose  riding  cloak,  penerally  worn  throughout  Spanis^li  , 
America,  and  sometimes  made  of  great  fineness.     A  few  towns  on  the  coast  , 
manufacture  cottons.     Goatskins  are  made  into  g(xxl  cordovan.     The  Indiana  i 
execute  very  fine  filigree  work  in  gold  and  silver,  and  their  mata  and  other 
articles  of  furniture  made  from  grass  and   rushes  are  very  much  admired.     In 
general,  however,  the  Peruvians  kxik  to  Europe  for  a  supply  of  all  the  finer 
manufactures. 

The  mines  have  been  the  source  of  the  unrivalled  wealth  of  Peru.  These  are 
seated  in  the  inmost  depth  of  the  Andes,  approached  only  by  steep  and  perilous 
passes,  and  in  mountains  which  reach  the  limit  of  perpetual  snow.  The  silver 
mountain  of  Potosi,  in  Bolivia  or  Upper  Peru,  has  no  equal  in  the  world.  It 
rises  to  the  height  of  16,(KK)  feet,  is  eighteen  miles  in  circumference,  and  forms 
one  entire  mass  of  ore.  It  appears  from  the  city  dyed  all  over  with  metallic 
tints,  green,  orange,  yellow,  gray,  and  rose-colour.  Though  since  the  conquest 
upwards  of  1,GUU,0()0,U00  dollars  have  been  drawn  from  it,  the  mountain  is  still 
only  honey-combed,  as  it  were,  at  the  surface;  ore  still  lies  at  a  somewhat 
greater  depth,  and  is  in  some  places  overflowed  with  water.  Yet  it  has  sunk 
into  such  a  state  of  decay,  that  in  the  ten  years  ending  1829,  the  annual  produce 
is  not  believed  to  have  exceeded  330,000  dollars.  But  the  present  depressed 
state  of  the  mine  is  chiefly  owing  to  the  late  political  convulsions,  and  the  ex- 
haustion of  all  the  capital  that  was  formerly  employed.  The  mines  of  Pasco  arc 
situated  at  a  prodigious  height,  on  the  Andes,  more  than  13,000  feet  above  the 
sea.  They  arc  chiefly  in  the  mountain  of  Lauricocha,  forming  a  bed  of  brown 
ironstone,  about  three  miles  long  ard  one  and  a  half  broad ;  from  every  ton  of 
which  two  or  three  marks  of  silver  ere  extracted.  These  mines,  before  the 
revolution,  yielded  annually  131,0(K)  lbs.  troy  of  silver.  By  that  convulsion  their 
working  was  for  a  time  suspended,  but  has  been  lately  resumed.  There  are 
mines  also  at  Hualgayas  in  the  province  of  Truxillo,  and  Huanlaya  in  that  of 
Arequipa.  All  the  Peruvian  mines,  however,  are  so  much  declined,  that  their 
produce,  during  the  entire  period,  from  1819  to  1829,  was  under  4,500,000  dol- 
lars. The  gold  mines  are  found  chiefly  in  the  interior  district  of  Tarma,  border- 
ing on  the  Amazon.  The  mines  of  mercury  are  considered  equally  precious  with 
those  of  silver,  from  its  scarcity  and  its  necessity  in  amalgamation.  The  dis- 
covery, therefore,  of  the  mines  of  Guanca-Velica  was  of  the  greatest  importance, 
and  they  yielded  at  one  time  an  immense  amount.  They  are  at  present,  how- 
ever, almost  useless,  in  oonsequence  of  the  most  valuable  part  of  the  works  hav- 
ing fallen  in. 

Commerce,  during  the  late  crisis,  can  scarcely  be  said  to  have  had  an  existence 
in  Peru;  nevertheless  we  must  describe  what  has  been,  as  likely  to  exist  again, 
when  peace  and  security  revive.  The  export  trade  rests  almost  entirely  on  gold 
and  silver,  with  a  little  bark,  cacao,  cotton,  sugar,  copper  and  tin,  vicugna  wool, 
&c.  The  value  which,  before  1739,  scarcely  exceeded  2,000,000  dollars,  had 
risen  between  1785  and  1794  to  6,680,000.  Tiie  imports  consist  of  all  the  articles 
of  European  manufacture,  except  those  coarse  and  common  fabrics,  which  are 
produced  in  the  country  itself.  From  the  peculiar  state  of  society,  in  which 
European  habits  prevail  without  European  industry,  the  market  for  foreign  goods 
is  here,  as  in  the  other  American  states,  much  more  than  in  proportion  to  their 
wealth  and  population.  A  good  deal  of  Peruvian  produce  is  imported  at  second- 
hand from  Buenos  Ayres  and  Valparaiso. 

The  population  of  Peru,  according  to  enumerations  made  about  1803,  amount- 
ed to  1,076,000.  It  has  since  been  estimated  by  Humboldt  at  1,400,000,  by  the 
Patriots  in  1818,  at  1,700,000,  and  by  Malte  Brun,  in  1820,  at  1,500,000,  of  whom 

>,000  were  whites,  900,000  Indians,  820,000  Mestizos,  and  100,000  free  and 

4aved  negroes.  This  last  estimate  is  probably  as  near  the  truth  as  any  other, 
and  as  the  circumstances  of  the  country  have  been  unfavourable  to  any  increase  i 


FKRl, 


a;>i 


of  population  BJnce  that  period,  it  may  be  asfiumct]  as  aliout  the  amount  nt  tlio 
prefient  time.  Bolivia  has  been  estimated  to  contain  1,71H,(HK),  ot'whirh  ')ltMHK> 
are  Europeans  and  mixed  races,  4h6,0(I0  Indians,  and  22(MMH>  not  dislmjfiimluMl 
Thus  the  region  under  consideration  will  cont^iin  in  all  .'),vil(MMN)  inhabitants.        I 

The  character  of  the  Creoles,  or  native  Spaniard.^,  of  Peru,  is  painted  under 
colours  Fomewhat  less  flattering  than  that  of  the  same  class  in  almoMl  any  of  the  j 
other  states.  The  preponderance  of  the  European  Spaniards  appears  to  have  j 
been  more  overwhelming  than  elsewhere.  This  political  degradation,  with  tlie 
general  diffusion  of  wealth  and  facility  of  subsistence,  seems  to  have  lioen  the 
chief  cause  of  the  enervated  state  into  which  the  natives  of  Lima  had  sunk.  The 
male  inhabitants  are  described  as  almost  too  insignificant  a  race  to  be  worthy  of 
mention;  destitute  of  all  energy  both  mental  and  bodily;  so  that,  notwit!istandin<r 
the  extensive  trade,  there  are  not  above  two  or  three  mercantile  houses  carried 
on  by  native  Peruvians;  all  the  rest  are  conducted  by  foreigners,  many  of  whom 
are  from  Chili  and  Buenos  Ayres.  The  ladies  act  a  much  more  conspicuous  part ; 
though  not  always,  we  are  sorry  to  say,  altogether  to  their  credit.  From  their 
earliest  years  they  are  led  to  consider  themselves  as  the  objects  of  admiration  and 
homage;  and  a  system  of  the  most  decided  coquetry,  or  at  least  flirtation,  is  es- 
tablished. Gaming  prevails  also  among  both  sexes  to  a  destructive  extent;  and 
families  are  extremely  ill  managed.  Yet  the  Peruvians  are  courteous,  humane, 
hospitable,  and  generous.  In  the  country,  these  amiable  qualities  are  combineit 
with  equal  mirth,  but  a  much  greater  degree  of  simplicity. 

The  Indians,  or  native  Peruvians,  are  still,  over  all  Peru,  the  most  numerous 
class.  They  present  nothing  of  that  tierce  aspect,  and  that  untamed  and  fero- 
cious character,  which  render  the  Caribs,  the  Brazilians,  and  the  Indians  of  Cana- 
da, so  terrible  to  European  settlers.  They  have  amall  features,  little  feet,  well- 
turned  limbs ;  sleek,  coarse,  black  hair,  and  scarcely  any  beard. 

The  mixed  races  are  more  numerous  than  the  pure  Spaniards,  though  less  so 
than  the  Indians.  They  coneist  of  the  usual  multiplied  branches  from  the  three 
original  stocks  of  Europeans,  Indians,  and  Negroes.  The  mestizo  is  strong, 
swarthy,  with  little  beard,  laborious,  and  well  disposed ;  the  mulatto  is  less  robust, 
but  is  acute,  talkative,  imaginative,  fond  of  dress  and  parade.  The  zambo  (mu- 
latto and  negro)  is  violent,  morose,  and  stubborn,  prone  to  many  vices,  and  guilty 
of  more  robberies  and  murders  than  any  other  class,  only  excepting  the  Chinos 
(negro-Indian),  said  to  be  the  very  worst  mixed  breed  in  existence,  ugly,  lazy, 
stupid,  and  cruel. 

The  religion,  as  in  every  country  over  which  Spain  ever  reigned,  is  exclusively 
Catholic.  Lima  is  the  seat  of  an  archbishop,  who  had  for  suffragans  the  bishops 
of  Cuzco,  of  Panama,  two  in  Chili,  and  six  in  the  south  of  Colombia ;  but  this 
extensive  jurisdiction  must  now  be  curtailed.  Immense  wealth  has  been  accum)i- 
lated  by  several  of  the  convents,  from  pious  donations.  Some  of  the  clergy  are 
respectable,  but  a  great  proportion  of  the  friars  are  said  to  lead  very  dissolute 
lives,  and  to  promote,  rather  than  check,  the  general  licentiousness.  Although  no 
toleration  is  admitted,  yet  in  1812  the  inquisition  was  abolished. 

Literature  is  not  in  so  utterly  depressed  a  state  at  Lima  as  in  the  other  cities 
to  the  south  of  the  Isthmus  of  Darien.  Besides  several  colleges,  there  is  a 
highly  endowed  university,  founded  in  1549,  on  the  model  of  that  of^  Salamanca. 
The  professors  do  not  deliver  lectures ;  but  examinations  and  disputations  are 
maintained  with  considerable  diligence. 

ITie  amusements  consist  of  the  theatre,  which,  at  Lima,  is  tolerably  conduct- 
ed ;  bull-fights,  cock-fights,  and  religious  processions;  and  the  rage  for  public 
diversions,  as  already  observed,  is  extreme. 

The  extensive  region  which  once  bore  the  common  name  of  Peru  comprises  at 
present  three  independent  states;  the  republic  of  Peru,  the  republic  of  Bolivia, 
and  the  republic  of  South  Peru. 

The  republic  of  Pern,  though  much  reduced  by  the  defection  of  its  four  «outh- 
em  departments,  is  still  a  considerable  territory,  comprising  about  1000  miles  of 
sea-coast,  and  extending  into  the  interior,  on  the  tenth  degree  of  south  latitude, 
full  900  miles,  with  an  area  of  about  3.'M),000  pquare  miles,  and  a  population  of 


.    r 


*1». 


^.f 


. 


1^       '■ 


t 


>•'. 


!  ■  ifft ,  V ;  j ', ' 


h' 


\m 


h 


kui 


M:,  } 


t.i^ 


U'fJ 


I'Eur. 


prolxjbly  7tK>,(KM).     A  larpe  fwrtion  of  tlic  ea«t  part  of  ihi?  republic  is  iinsrtl'jd 
nnd  even  unexplored  by  Europeans,  being  still  in  the  |>oK'.es«iion  of  the  nlwrisriiic.^, 
'  of  whom  many  of  the  tribw  are  stated  to  be  exceedinf^ly  savage,  and  soine  of 
I  them  cannibals. 

I      The  republic  ia  divided  into  tiiree  departments,  which  are  subdivided  into  pro- 
vinces, 

T)upartin«nti.  Capitals. 

Truxilio,  or  Libertad Truxillo. 

Limn Lima. 

Jiinin Torma. 

Lima,  next  to  Mexico  the  most  splendid  city  of  Spanish  America,  is  situated 
about  six  miles  in  the  interior,  from  its  port  of  Callao.  It  is  of  a  form  nearly 
semicircular ;  two  miles  long,  and  one  and  a  half  broad ;  the  base  being  washed 
by  the  river  Limac.  It  is  surrounded  by  a  wall  of  brick  and  clay,  twelve  feet 
high,  but  capable  merely  of  serving  for  purposes  of  police.  The  houses  run  in 
straight  lines,  dividing  the  city  into  a  multitude  of  squared  of  various  fbnns  and 
dimensions.  The  plaza,  or  principol  square,  is,  as  in  other  Spanish  cities,  sur- 
rounded by  all  the  finest  edifices.  The  viceroy's  palace,  however,  is  an  old  plas- 
tered and  unsightly  structure,  of  a  reddish  colour,  the  lowest  story  of  which  is 
strangely  occupied  by  a  row  of  mean  shops,  above  which  is  a  gallery  open  to  the 
public.  The  apartments  now  employed  as  government  offices  display  some  ves- 
tiges of  decayed  magniticence.  The  cathedral  is  an  elegant  building,  with  a 
stone  front,  and  two  towers  of  considerable  height ;  and  the  interior,  particularly 
the  great  altar,  is,  or  at  least  was,  excessively  rich.  There  are  twenty-five  con- 
venlu  in  Lima,  with  churches  attached  to  them ;  and  fifleen  nunneries.  The  con- 
vent of  San  Francisco,  with  its  appendages,  is  the  most  extensive,  and  though 
not  so  rich,  is  more  elegant  than  the  cathedral.  An  immense  treasure  in  the  pre- 
cious metals  was  contained  in  these  establishments  \  but  during  the  revolution, 
great  part  has  been  abstracted,  though  the  base  materials  substituted  have  been 
carefully  gilded  over.  The  population  of  Lima  is  about  70,000,  of  whom  about 
2.3,000  are  Spaniards,  2500  clergy,  15,000  free  mulattoes,  15,000  slaves,  7200 
mestizos,  and  5200  Indians.  Callao,  communicating  with  Lima  by  a  very  fine 
road,  has  an  excellent  harbour  formed  by  two  islands.  The  forts  by  which  it  is 
defended  are  handsome  and  strong ;  and  Callao  itself  is  a  considerable  town,  with 
6000  inhabitants. 

In  proceeding  southward  from  Lima,  the  coast  becomes  very  desolate.  Pisco, 
though  bearing  the  name  of  a  city,  is,  in  fact,  only  a  poor  village.  Ob  islands 
near  it,  however,  are  vast  accumulations  of  the  excrement  of  birds,  forming  the 
richest  manure  that  is  anywhere  known.  The  vines  in  the  neighbourhood  pro- 
duce fruit,  from  which  is  made  a  large  quantity  of  good  brandy. 

On  the  coast  to  the  north  of  Lima  is  Truxillo,  a  handsome  little  town,  a  minia- 
ture of  Lima,  and  built  in  the  same  gay  style.  By  its  port  of  Guanchaco,  which 
has  a  tolerable  roadstead,  Truxilio  sends  the  produce  of  its  territory  to  Lima,  and 
receives  foreign  manufactured  goods  in  return.  It  contains  about  12,000  inhabit- 
ants. Sanna  is  the  seat  of  a  considerable  trade,  and  Lambayeque,  to  the  north  of 
Truxillo,  is  the  most  thriving  place  between  Lima  and  Guayaquil.  Piura,  still 
farther  north,  is  generally  accounted  the  most  ancient  city  in  South  America, 
though  it  is  not  exactly  on  the  site  of  the  city  founded  by  Pizarro.  Its  district  is 
noted  for  the  finest  breed  of  mules  in  Peru,  sometimes  selling  for  250  dollars 
each ;  also  for  a  very  fine  breed  of  goats,  from  whose  skins  they  manufacture  good 
cordovans ;  and  they  make  also  some  cotton  cloths,  though  not  on  so  great  a  scale 
as  at  Lambayeque.  Payta,  celebrated  for  the  successful  descent  of  Anson  in 
1741,  is  a  commodious  and  well-frequented  sea-port,  the  most  northerly  in  Peru. 
It  being  in  a  complete  desert  of  sand,  potable  water  is  brought  from  a  distance  of 
twelve  miles,  and  sold  at  a  high  price. 

The  northern  interior  of  Peru,  forming  part  of  the  departments  of  Junin  and 
Truxillo,  occupies  var.ous  levels  in  the  great  interior  table-land  of  the  Andes. 
They  present  that  variety  of  rich  and  valuable  produce,  which  generally  marks 


■i ,  ■in 


pro- ' 


S«HTH  I'MM 


ifXi 


the  American  table-lands.  Wheat,  Imrley,  caca(\  sugar,  arc  irrown  in  its  diffen-nl 
dta^en;  fine  cinchiMia  is  brou>;la  t'roin  the  eastward;  the  Hih'  Hoft  w<x>!  nt"  the 
alpaca  and  vicuna  is  collected.  There  is  u  ereal  deal  ot"  iimiuit°HCtnrin|;  indii>try 
in  these  iip|K!r  difitrictH;  the  \V(K)|  iy  made  into  [V)nchos  tlaniielM,  seri>es;  the  ^lat- 
skms  into  cordovans;  tlio  tallow  into  soap.  'I'he  mines,  which  were  formerly 
worked  to  a  considerahle  extent,  are  now  almost  all  almndoned.  (Jreiil  hospitality 
prevails;  any  rcHpeclahle  traveller,  on  arrivinj,'  at  a  town,  ha.s  only  to  yo  to  the 
best  house  in  if,  where  he  is  sure  to  he  entertained,  usually  without  charjre. 
There  are  several  pretty  larpe  towns  in  this  hijjii  district,  which  serve  as  market.- 
for  the  produce  of  the  neighbouring  country,  and  channels  by  which  they  receive 
European  commodities.  Thest.-  are,  Caxatumbo,  Iluaras,  and  Caxamarca;  each 
of  tlie  two  lust  containintr  7(KM)  inhahitaats.  Ca.\amarca  is,  above  all,  distin- 
guished as  having  contained  a  palace  of  the  ancient  Incas,  and  being  the  spot 
where  Atahualpa,  the  last  of  the  dynasty,  fell  by  the  .sword  of  Pizarro.  In  the 
neighbourhood  are  also  the  remains  of  a  vast  mass  of  building,  constructed  of 
ponderous  stones,  in  the  Peruvian  fashion,  and  cupuhlc  of  containing  r><M)0 
persons. 

The  district  of  Tarma,  in  Junin.,  is  chiefly  distinguished  for  containing  the 
richest  silver  mines  in  Lower  Peru,  among  which  those  of  Pasco  take  the  lead. 
The  town  of  Tarma  contains  about  o500  inhabitants,  liaving  a  considerable  manu- 
facture of  baize.  Huanuco,  north  of  Tarma,  is  distinguished  by  Peruvian  re- 
mains, and  still  more  by  containing  the  infant  rivulet,  which  swells  into  the  stream 
of  the  mighty  Amazon. 


SOUTH   PERU. 

The  republic  of  South  Peru  was  formed  by  declaration  of  independence  at 
Sicuana,  March  7th,  1836,  and  is  tor  the  present  placed  under  the  special  protec- 
tion of  Bolivia,  whose  president  has  been  chosen  supreme  protector  of  the  state. 
South  Peru  comprises  four  of  the  seven  departments  which  belonged  to  Peru,  and 
although  less  in  extent  than  the  northern  division,  is  undoubtedly  the  most  densely 
populated.  The  cause  of  the  separation  is  stated  to  be  the  continual  revolutions 
and  political  contentions,  of  which  Peru  has  been,  for  some  years,  the  victim,  and 
also,  in  a  degree,  the  contradictory  measures  pursued  by  that  state  and  Bolivia,  in 
their  commercial  relations  with  each  other.  The  sea-pert  of  Arica  is  the  most 
convenient  and  best  adapted  of  any  in  the  Pacific  Ocean,  for  carrying  on  the  com- 
mercial intercourse  of  Bolivia  with  the  rest  of  the  world.  Peru,  to  whom  it  be- 
longed, endeavoured,  by  the  exaction  of  heavy  transit  duties  on  all  goods  destined 
for  Bolivia,  passing  through  her  territories,  to  enrich  herself,  and  consequently 
embarrass  the  trade  of  the  latter  state,  which,  having  but  one  sea-port  on  her  coast, 
Cobija,  or  Puesto  de  la  Mar,  and  that  situated  in  a  desert  and  distant  part  of  her 
territory,  attempted,  by  the  abolition  of  duties  and  various  enactments  in  its  fa\;our, 
to  secure  to  it  all  the  advantages  of  a  free  port,  and  attract  to  it  the  trade  of  the 
republic :  these  measures  were,  however,  neutralized,  by  Peru  reducing  the  dutie? 
on  all  articles  of  commerce  arriving  at  Arica  for  Bolivia,  and  as  soon  as  the  cur- 
rent of  trade  was  well  turned  in  that  direction,  raised  the  imposts  to  their  former 
standard :  thus  harassing  the  commerce  of  her  sister  state.  The  division  of  Peru 
into  two  states,  the  most  contiguous  of  which  is  placed  entirely  under  the  pro- 
tection of  Bolivia,  will  doubtless  enable  the  government  of  the  latter  to  arrange 
its  commercial  affairs  more  satisfactory  than  heretofore. 

South  Peru  has  a  coast,  on  the  Pacific  Ocean,  of  about  700  miles  in  extent ; 
along  which  are  a  number  of  small  sea-ports,  including  those  called  Los  Puertos  j 
Intermedios,  or  the  Intermedios.  The  country  in  the  vicinity  of  the  coast  is  in 
many  places  a  desert  and  destitute  of  water,  and  can  be  traversed  only  with  the  | 
same  precautions  as  are  necessary  on  crossing  the  deserts  of  Africa.  Along  the 
banks  of  streams,  and  where  the  soil  can  be  irrigated,  vegetation  is  very  abun- 
dant; the  produce  is  mostly  sugar,  wine,  brandy,  and  oil. 

25* 


» 


i;t;, 


f, 


r-.f 


w'4 


i^'i 


u\ 


■  Mm 


■■.f) 


1 ' 


if 


''  'yM 


k 


LI' 


31M 


S(>l  Til  I'KltU. 


"1 


The  diviBions  of  this  nXnlc  are  the  departmrntfl  of  Arwiuipa,  Aynciicho,  Ciizco, 
and  Fiino,  which  are  subiiivided  into  provinccH;  and  the  population  iH  probably 
rather  more  than  one  half  of  what  is  assijrned  to  the  whole  of  Peru,  or  alxnit 

The  department  of  Aroqnipa  fillfl  the  space  between  the  ocean  and  the  Andes. 
It  is  one  of  the  most  fertile  provinces  in  Peru ;  rich  in  maize,  sugar,  and  vines, 
from  which  an  esteemed  rod  wine  is  made.     There  are  some  considerable  silver 
mines,  but  not  to  be  compared  to  those  on  the  other  side  of  the  mountains.     Aro- 
quipa  is  a  large  city,  considerably  in  the  interior,  in  an  agreeable  and  heaUhy  cli- : 
mate.     The  population  has  been  estimated  at  24,00<).     Arequipa  has  stood,  not- 
withstanding shocks  of  earthquakes  repeated  three  or  four  times  in  each  century. 
Near  it  is  a  great  volcano,  whence  arise  clouds  of  ashes,  which  reach  even  to  the  i 
ocean.     Islay,  its  sea-port,  is  only  d  village.     Arica  was  originally  a  port  of  con-  | 
siderable  importance :  but  since  the  earthquake  of  100'),  and  the  plunder  of  the  '• 
place,  in  1680,  by  the  pirate  Warren,  it  has  been  in  r.  great  measure  deserted,  and 
the  population  has  emigrated  to  Tacna,  which  is  a  thriving  town,  about  thirty 
miles  in  the  interior,  employing  extensive  droves  of  mules  to  carry  the  merchan- 
dise landed  at  Arica  into  the  provinces  beyond  the  Andes.     Moquehua,  another 
interior  place,  is  chiefly  noted  for  the  good  wine  produced  in  its  district.     In  the 
southern  part,  which  <s  a  sterile  desert,  are  the  silver  mines  of  Guantajaya. 

Iluamango  and  Guanca-Velica,  in  Ayacucho,  occupy  the  more  southern  valleys 
of  the  Andes.  The  former  has  many  districts  very  fertile  in  green  pasture,  and 
its  capital,  of  the  same  name,  is  a  great  and  very  handsome  city,  built  of  stone, 
and  adorned  with  magnificent  public  places  and  squares.  It  has  an  university  of 
royal  foundatioOi  richly  endowed,  and  contains  16,000  inhabitants.  Guanca- 
Velica  is  bleak  and  cold,  only  distinguished  for  the  rich  mines  of  mercury,  which 
once  rendered  it  a  flourishing  place,  but  are  now  so  much  declined  that  the  popu- 
lation is  reduced  to  5000.  The  little  village  of  Ayacucho,  which  gives  name  t. 
the  department,  was  the  theatre  of  the  victory  which  (1824)  delivered  South 
America  from  the  Spanish  yoke. 

Cuzco,  the  grand  metropolitan  seat  of  the  ancient  empire  of  Peru,  is  situated 
east  of  these  provinces,  and  somewhat  deep  in  the  interior.  The  Peruvian  fabrics 
of  woollens  and  of  cordovan  leather,  exist  still  on  a  more  extended  scale  than  in 
any  of  the  provinces  yet  mentioned.  The  imperial  city  of  Cuzco,  even  in  its 
fallen  state,  is  still  handsome,  and  even  splendid.  The  cathedral  is  described  as 
a  noble  pile.  The  Dominican  church  has  been  built  from  the  materials  of  the 
ancient  temple,  on  the  same  site,  and  the  altar  has  taken  place  of  the  image  of 
that  deity.  On  an  eminence  are  the  walls  of  the  fortress  of  the  Incas,  raised  to 
a  great  height,  and  built  of  truly  astonishing  masses  of  stone.  Cuzco  is  stated  to 
contain  32,000  inhabitants,  of  v,rhom  three-fourths  are  pure  Indians,  the  rest  mes- 
tizos, with  only  a  small  and  diminishing  proportion  of  Spaniards.  The  manufac- 
tures are  considerable.  Cuzco  threw  off  the  Spanish  yoke  earlier  than  Lima,  but 
the  city  was  soon  retaken  by  the  royalists,  and  remained  with  them  till  the  final 
extinction  of  their  power. 

To  the  south  of  Cuzco,  in  the  department  of  Puno,  is  the  town  of  the  same 
name,  containing  a  college  and  7000  inhabitants.  Coquito  is  much  decayed  since 
the  celebrated  insurrection  of  Tupac  Amaru,  at  the  end  of  the  last  century,  when 
it  had  a  population  of  30,000. 

The  surface  of  Puno  is  much  of  it  table-land,  elevated  10,000  feet  above  the 
level  of  the  sea.  The  climate  is  cold  as  compared  with  the  coast,  and  very 
healthy  :  its  productions  are  cattle,  in  great  abundance,  barley,  always  cut  green 
for  horses,  and  potatoes.  It  has  also  some  manufactories  of  woollen  cloths.  The 
lama,  the  vicuna,  and  the  Alpaca,  are  very  numerous :  the  latter  are  kept  in  flocks 
for  the  sake  of  their  wool :  they  are  a  species  similar  to  the  vicuna. 


mn.iviA. 


BOLIVIA, 


205, 


Thk  republic  of  Bolifin  was  oHtabliHhed  in  I'^i'i,  prcvioiia  to  which  time  tho 
territory  was  attached  to  the  viceroyalty  of  Rio  de  la  I'latn.     Jl  exlcmlH  tVoi"  'tH-'  i 
to  7P  >V.  lonjj.,  and  the  main  btxly  lies  betworn  11°  and  22-  S.  lat. ;  but  a  nar- : 
row  tonijiie  of  land  on  the  sea  projects  south  wards  as  far  as  2.")-'.     It  has  an  urea  i 
of  ab(uit  4(KMKK)  s(}uare  mihjs,  with  a  popnlat^ion  of  about  1,7(MMHM>.     Bolivia  I 
forms  an  extensive  territory,  situated  south  and  somewhat  east  of  I/jwnr  I'eni,  I 
with  wliich  it  assimilatea  in  a.s|)cct  and  pnjductions.     This  is  arnoiijr  the  least! 
known  roijions  of  the  globe,  yet  one  which   Is  natural  features  render  peculiarly  •• 
intereptin},'.     It  is  now  ascertained  to  contain  the  loftiest  mountain  ()eaks  in  the 
New  World,  yielding  in  hei(;ht  only  to  those  of  the  Ilimmaleh.     The  summit  of 
Sorata  was  tiuind  to  be  25,25U  feet  hi^'li ;  that  of  Illimani,  24,3ri();  so  that  Chim- 
borazo,  which  is  only  21,410,  must  hide  its  diminished  head.     The  very  elevated  , 
table-plain  from  which  these  colossal  summits  rise  appears  to  have  prevented  their 
extraordinary  elevation  from  becoming  sensible,  iW.  '.-.  was  determined  by  baro-i 
metrical  measurement.     This  table-plain,  thouf^h  not  the  most  elevated,  seems ! 
undoubtedly  the  most  fruitful  and  populous  on  the  globe.     It  yields  copious  liar-  j 
vests  of  rye,  maize,  barley,  and  even  wheat;  it  has  cities  alioVe  the  region  of  j 
the  clouds;  villages  which  would  overtop  the  white  pinnacles  of  the  Jungfra.i  | 
and  the  Schreckhorn ;  cottages  as  high  as  the  top  of  Mont  Blanc.     The  following  j 
are  among  the  most  remarkable  heights : — the  city  of  Potosi,  13,3r)()  feet  (its 
mines,  16,060);   )f  Oruro,  12,442;  of  La  Paz,  12,194;  of  Chuquibaca,  9332;  of 
Cochabamba,  8440. 

This  State  is  interesting  from  the  variety,  extent,  and  value  of  the  minerals  it 
affords.  Gold  is  found  in  considerable  quantity  on  the  mountainous  districts,  but 
hitherto  it  has  not  been  very  extensively  mined.  It  occurs  associated  with  anti- 
mony, silver,  and  other  minerals,  and  sometimes  in  masses  of  considerable  size : 
the  largest  mass  on  record  is  one  which  was  detached  by  means  of  lightning  from 
a  mountain  near  to  La  Paz,  and  for  which  11,269  dollars  were  paid.  But  by  fiir 
the  greater  part  of  the  gold  procured  in  Bolivia  is  obtained  by  washing  the  sands 
of  rivers:  the  most  productive  of  these  cavaderos,oT  gold-v  ashings,  is  that  of 
Tipuani.  Silver  has  hitherto  been  the  principal  metallic  pro<luction  of  Bolivia, 
and  has  conferred  on  it  its  great  celebrity.  In  the  rich  mountain  of  Potosi  alone, 
according  to  records  kept  at  Potosi,  of  the  quintas,  or  royal  duties,  from  the  year 
1745  to  the  year  1800,  no  less  than  823,950,509  dollars  were  coined  during  that 
period ;  and  if  to  this  be  added  the  amount  of  the  preceding  years,  not  included, 
and  that  obtained  in  a  clandestine  manner,  without  the  payment  of  the  customary 
dues,  not  less  than  1,647,901,018  dollars  have  been  obtained  from  this  source  alone 
in  the  space  of  255  years.  The  silver  mines  of  Portugalete,  in  the  province  of 
Chicas,  have  acquired  celebrity  on  account  of  the  richness  as  well  as  the  quantity 
of  their  ores,  which  yield  from  sixty  to  eighty  marks  of  silver  to  the  caxon,  while 
those  of  Potosi  only  aflbrd  about  ten  marks  from  the  same  quantity  of  ore.  At 
La  Plata,  Porco,  and  Lipes,  there  are  silver  mines,  esijecially  one  in  the  latter 
province,  celebrated  for  the  purity  of  its  ores,  which  were  formerly  in  groat  repute, 
but  since  eclipsed  by  the  more  important  ones  of  Potosi  and  of  other  places.  In 
Carangas  there  are  rich  silver  mines ;  and  formerly  those  of  Oruro  were  very  pro- 
ductive. 

Bolivia  is  divided  into  seven  departments : — Chuquisaca,  La  Paz,  Potosi,  Cocha- 
bamba, Santa  Cruz  de  la  Sierra,  Moxos  and  Chiquitos.  The  capital  is  Chuqui- 
saca, or  La  Plata,  so  named  from  the  silver  mines  in  its  vicinity.  It  is  a  hand- 
some city,  containing  about  12,000  inhabitants.  Notwithstanding  its  astoni-  '''ng 
elevation,  the  country  round  is  fertile  and  smiling.  There  is  an  university  nume- 
rously attended,  and  a  library,  said  to  be  one  of  the  best  in  South  America. 

La  Paz,  with  a  population  of  40,000,  is  the  chief  city  of  Bolivia,  and  is  sur- 
rounded by  the  most  interesting  objects  in  that  country.  A  few  miles  to  the  scuth 
is  Mt.  Illimani,  and  at  some  distance  to  the  north  rises  that  of  Sorata,  both  already 
described  as  the  highest  mountains  in  the  New  World.     At  some  distance  to  the 


ii 


-I''  ''I 


."',t 


''^1    V 


•  iv    , 


,1  I  •' 
■  (  :  " 


■■■;  f^:\ 


■■■  ( 


\  i'i\ 


'::  I- 


» 


I- J 

'■rl 


m 


m 


.• '  ■ 


\     I 


f\  I 


',  I 


ft;|-ij 


;  I  i!.     .  :     I    ' 


J  if  'h 


";^  • 


!2<>6 


(KIM. 


north-west  is  the  f^reat  lake  of  Titicaca,  atxiut  150  miles  long,  anil  the  largest  in 
South  America. 

I'otoMi  enjoya  the  greatest  fame  of  any  city  in  this  region,  but  retains  few  traces 
of  the  wealth  which  gained  for  it  this  celebrity.  It  is  probably  the  nuwt  elovutcd 
city  in  the  world,  being  13,00()  fe«t  above  the  sea,  and  consequently  higher  thnn 
the  Peak  of  Tenoriffe.  It  is  not  a  well-built  town ;  the  streeta  are  narrow  and 
irregular,  and  most  of  Uie  houses  indifferent.  It  has,  however,  a  colli^ge  and  n 
mint.  Ilcportfl  vary  greatly  both  as  to  its  post  and  present  population.  The 
assertion  that,  in  its  most  tfourishing  state,  it  ever  contained  100,U(M),  is  probably 
much  exaggerated.     It  now  contains  (KHN)  inhabitants. 

There  are  some  other  considerable  places  in  this  region.  Oruro  has  not  more 
than  4(MM)  or  fiCNK)  inhabitants;  but  the  mines  in  its  vicinity  weie  once  important. 
Cochahamba,  in  the  midst  of  a  fertile  though  mountainous  territory,  has  been  said 
to  contain  !3(),0()0  inhabitants.  Santa  Cruz  do  la  Sierra,  situated  amid  an  exten- 
Hivc  plain  in  the  eastward,  is  an  ill-built  town,  with  a  population  of  aliout  0(M)0. 
liarge  tracts  in  this  quarter  are  occupied  by  the  Moxos  and  Chiquitos,  Indian 
tribes  nearly  independent,  unless  so  far  as  the  missionaries  have  reclaimed  them 
from  their  savage  habits.  Tarija,  a  small  province  to  the  southward,  belonging  to 
the  territory  of  Buenos  Ayres,  has  voluntarily  united  itself  with  Bolivia.  This 
republic,  in  its  small  extent  of  coast,  has  only  one  port,  that  of  Cobija  or  Puerto 
dc  Lamar,  which  labours  under  a  deficiency  of  fresh  water ;  so  that  they  are 
obliged  at  present  to  receive  almost  all  their  foreign  commodtties  across  the  moun- 
tains, by  way  of  Arica. 


CHILI. 

Chili,  which  has  been  called  the  Italy  of  South  America,  consists  of  a  long 
narrow  band  of  territory  situated  between  the  Andes  and  the  Pacific  Ocean.  Its 
northern  boundary  is  farmed  by  the  desert  of  Atacama,  nearly  on  the  tropic  of 
Capricorn,  or  about  24**  south,  and  its  southern  the  Gulf  of  Guaiteca  or  Chiloe, 
including  the  island  of  that  name  in  about  44°  thus  embracing  a  length  of  20°  or 
1400  miles.  The  boundary  on  the  side  of  Buenos  Ayres  is  formed  by  a  line 
drawn  along  the  culminant  point  of  the  Andes,  and  through  their  eternal  snows. 
From  this  line  to  the  coast  of  the  Pacific  must  be  measured  the  breadth  of.  Chili, 
not  averaging  more  than  200  miles.  The  superficial  content  is  estimated  at 
172,000  square  miles;  from  which,  however,  must  be  taken  off  the  considerable 
portion  held  by  the  Araucanos. 

The  surface  of  Chili  consists  of  portions  the  most  strikingly  dissimilar,  but 
passing  into  each  other  by  regular  and  insensible  gradations.  Between  its  .moun- 
tain and  ocean  limit  is  a  transition  from  the  frozen  to  the  torrid  zone,  similar  to 
that  which  takes  place  in  Mexico  and  Colombia,  though  not  quite  so  abrupt.  The 
range  of  the  Chilian  Andes  seems  peculiarly  massive  and  unbroken ;  and  the  per- 
petual snow  which  covers  it  to  a  considerable  depth,  even  at  the  points  chosen  as 
of  most  easy  access,  cannot  well  consist  with  a  height  of  less  than  14,000  or 
15,000  feet.  The  sides  of  these  mountains  are  generally  fertile  and  beautiful ; 
foliage  and  verdure  with  rich  pastures  extend  even  to  the  border  of  the  perpetual 
snow,  and  many  of  the  upper  valleys  present  such  romantic  and  enchanting 
scenes,  that  Chili  has  been  called  the  garden  of  South  America. 

It  is,  however,  a  heavy  misfortune  to  the  Chilians,  that  the  ground  is  not  secure 
under  their  feet.  There  are  said  to  be  14  active  volcanoes  within  Chili,  beside 
several  that  occasionally  or  constantly  discharge  smoke.  Repeated  earthquakes 
have  laid  their  cities  in  ruins ;  and  from  time  to  time  shocks  are  felt,  which  even 
when  slight  are  rendered  dreadful  by  recollection  and  anticipation. 

There  is  no  river  in  Chili  deserving  the  name.  The  Maule  and  Biobfo  are 
navigable  for  a  short  distance.  Numberless  torrents  dash  down  from  the  steeps 
of  the  Cordillera,  but  with  such  rapidity  that  no  boat  can  navigate  their  channel, 
and  even  in  their  estuaries  the  stream  is  too  rapid  to  allow  vessels  to  find  in  them 


(IIII.I. 


!i".t7 


1 


a  WMMire  liiirl)niir.     In  return,  rv'-ry  (|iiarU'r  of  the  country  linH  tho  aclvanta|i(R  of 
j  boiiii;  nt  n  very  Mliort  (lif<t;iiii't!  f'rnni  the  non-coattt. 

The  |)oliticnl  Hyxtom  of  Chili  in  in  n  vucillntintr  nnii  uncertain  fltnte.  The  con- 
presH  was  to  be  composeil  of  (lopiities  rhnson  on  the  principle  of  direct  election, 
an<l  of  Olio  deputy  for  every  l."),(HM(  inhabitants.  A  consulerablo  diepoaition  Bcemn 
to  pruvnil  for  a  federal  form  of  iroverninent. 

The  tinnnceA  of  the  Republic  are  not  in  the  most  flourishin^f  condition :  the  in- 
come amounted  a  few  yearn  ago  to  1,;MH),(MHI  duUarH,  and  the  annual  expenditure 
to  l.JMKJ.JMH  dollars,  makinp  tlie  heavy  ileHcit  of  fiWWMH  dollars.  A  loan,  the 
capital  of  which  was  1,(KK),00(W.  Hterlinjr,  was  raised  in  f^ondon  in  li^2. 

Tho  army,  under  tho  pre.xsure  of  circumstances,  has  been  supported  on  a  larffe 
Hcale,  compared  with  tlie  population  and  resources  of  Chili.  That  country  sent 
into  Peru,  in  support  of  the  patriotic  cause,  no  less  than  7500  troops,  who  had 
been  well  disciplined,  and  v/ho  proved  brave  and  effective.  Besides  these,  alx)ut 
;}(KM)  remained  in  the  country.  The  militia  consists  chiefly  of  cavalry,  who  arc 
ill  disciplined,  but  brave,  and  admirable  riders. 

The  navy,  though  it  distinfruished  itself  under  Lord  Cochrane,  never  formed 
any  considerable  tbrce,  comprising  only  one  ship  of  sixty  guns,  two  or  three  of 
fitly,  with  some  corvettes  and  gun-brigs.  Being  old  ships  purchased  from  Britain, 
und  having  been  in  hard  service,  they  are  now  considerably  decayed,  and  the  pre- 
sent  state  of  the  Chilian  resources  will  probably  prevent  ;.iuch  being  done  to  re- 
pair them. 

Agriculture  is  carried  on  extensively,  though  with  very  rude  implements,  of 
the  same  form  with  those  that  were  introduced  300  years  ago.  The  plough  is 
only  a  piece  of  knee  timber,  shod  at  one  end  with  a  flat  plate  of  iron,  into  which 
a  long  pole  is  fixed  by  means  of  wedges.  Wheat  has  been  hitherto  the  chief 
object  of  agriculture ;  its  quality  is  fine,  though  small-grained.  Potatoes,  in  this 
their  native  soil,  grow  in  perfection ;  pumpkins,  lettuces,  and  cabbages  are  reared 
with  care  and  success ;  and  fruits,  with  but  very  little  culture,  are  produced  in 
profusion  and  of  sxcellent  quality.  A  good  deal  of  wine  is  made,  though  not  of 
the  first  excellence ;  the  flavour  of  the  best  somewhat  resembling  Malaga.  Tho 
greatest  extent  of  ground,  however,  is  laid  out  in  cattle  farms,  which  are  managed 
with  great  success.  The  horses  are  small,  but  beautiful,  and  of  fine  temper  and 
spirit,  so  that  they  are  preferred  to  those  of  Buenos  Ayres.  The  oxen  and  mules 
are  equal  to  any  in  the  world.  Agriculture,  as  in  Mexico,  is  much  impeded  by 
the  enormous  grants  which  were  made  to  individuals  at  the  time  of  the  conquest ; 
yet  it  is  stated,  that  in  many  districts  fine  land  may  be  obtained  at  the  rate  of  a 
dollar  for  two  acres. 

The  manufactures,  as  over  all  South  America,  consist  only  of  coarse  articles 
made  by  the  country  people  for  domestic  use,  with  the  simplest  instruments.  They 
bring  to  market  ponchos,  huts,  shoes,  coarse  shifts,  coarse  earthenware,  and  some- 
times jars  of  fine  clay. 

Mining  is  the  branch  of  industry  for  which  Chili  has  been  most  celebrated,  but 
it  is  not  the  source  of  her  most  substantial  wealth.  The  mines  occur  in  the  in- 
terior from  Coquimbo,  in  a  barren  tract  in  the  northern  part  of  the  country.  The 
rnetals  are  gold,  silver,  and  copper.  The  latter  is  by  far  the  most  abundant,  there 
being  many  hundred  mines  of  it ;  the  others  are  much  rarer,  and,  as  they  attract 
more  speculators,  generally  answer  much  worse :  hence,  the  common  saying  is, 
that  if  a  man  finds  a  copper  mine,  he  is  sure  to  gain ;  if  it  be  silver,  he  may  gain 
or  he  may  not ;  but  if  it  be  gold,  he  is  sure  to  lose.  At  present  the  average  pro- 
duce of  the  gold  and  silver  mines  may  be  estimated  at  about  850,000  dollars,  and 
that  of  copper  at  720,000  dollars. 

Commerce  in  Chili  labours  under  great  difliculties  from  its  extreme  remoteness ; 
since  it  is  separated  by  about  half  the  circumference  of  the  globe  from  the  civi- 
lised countries  of  Euro(/e,  Asia,  and  even  North  America.  The  principal  articles 
of  export  from  Chili  to  Great  Britain,  the  United  States,  and  India,  are  the  pre- 
cious metals  from  Valparaiso,  Coquimbo,  Huasco,  and  Copiapo.  From  the  latter 
ports  are  shipped  large  quantities  of  copper,  and  from  Valparaiso  of  hides.  The 
chief  exports  from  Concepcion  are  timber,  wheat,  flour,  and  fruits,  principally  to 

2N 


m 


...J,;" 


1  , 


i'..':  V 


fi 


m 


,- 

$::^ 

.,i 

hkk.L 

^ 

■■W*«P 


298 


(  IIII.I. 


piTii.  Chili  imports  flour,  cottons,  furniture,  tobnrco,  Ac,  from  tho  Ignited  .Stnton, 
iimtiiithcturr'd  articloH  of  all  doscriptionn  from  (Srcnt  nnbiin,  Hi\k>>,  winnM,  per- 
fiiiiii-ry,  &■<'.,  from  Frnncp,  spiccB,  tea,  su^ar,  cofl'fp,  Ac,  from  olhor  ronntri'-s. 
At  pp'wnt  the  annual  value  of  the  trade  with  (Sroat  Britain  in  nhmt  ri,<Ni(Ml<NI 
dollars,  and  of  that  with  the  Uniteil  tStatoH,  '2,ri(NMNN)  dollarM,  oxrluMivi?  of  the 
hUpplioH  to  the  whalcrH  and  other  shipe.  licnido  their  dealings  .\  ith  Kurope,  the 
('hilinuH  have  alro  a  ccnsidcrable  trade  with  I'cru,  to  whirli,  hh  already  mention- 
ed,  they  export  wheat,  flour,  &c. ;  they  have  also,  notwithKtnndin^  the  formidable 
ohKtAcles  op|x>8ed  by  the  Andes,  a  conBidcrnble  trade  with  BucnoH  Ayres. 

Fishing  i»  nefrlccted  by  the  Chiliann,  though  many  tino  spcciee  arc  found  in 
their  seai).     The  Hhcll-fish  arc  particularly  delicate. 

Tho  pnptilation  of  Chili,  is  more  involved  in  doubt  than  tlint  of  anv  State  of 
South  America,  but  is  believed  from  authentic  accounts  not  to  fall  short  of 
l,r>(MMMN). 

The  Hocial  state  of  Chili  differs  scarcely  by  a  shade  fVom  that  of  the  rest  of 
HpaniNh  America.  There  is  the  same  native  courteousness,  politeness,  kindncHs 
of  heart,  ignorance,  extravaf^ant  love  of  diversion,  abject  superstition,  and  pro- 
pensity to  <juarrelling[.  This  last  passion,  M'hich  amonf;  the  lower  orders  is  fed 
chiefly  by  a  resort  to  pulperfas,  is  alleged  to  bo  more  prominent  than  amonff  other 
AmericiuiB,  and  oflcner  productive  of  bloodshed.  The  ladies  oflen  can  neither 
write  nor  read;  but  travellers  join  in  praising  their  natural  talents,  and  the  un- 
studied grace  of  their  manners.  And  some  conceive  tho  general  deportment  of 
those  in  the  higher  ranks  to  be  almost  unexceptionable. 

Tiie  Catholic  religion  has  hitherto  reigned  in  Chili  with  the  same  supremacy 
as  in  the  other  states;  but  under  the  now  system,  the  convents  have  been  very 
sensibly  thinned,  no  one  being  allowed  to  take  the  vows  under  the  age  of  twenty- 
five  ;  and  manjr  of  tiie  religious  shows  and  processions  have  been  suppressed ;  a 
change  not  altogether  agreeable  to  the  body  of  the  people,  whom  it  has  deprived 
of  one  of  their  favourite  amusements.  The  Roman  Catholic  religion  continues 
the  exclusive  one,  though  numerous  heretics  are  allowed  to  live  in  the  ■•  ountry 
without  molestation.  The  Protestants  have  even  a  consecrated  burial-place, 
though  not  the  public  exercise  of  their  worship. 

Knowledge  in  Chili  is  beginning  to  disperse  the  general  ignorance  which  pre- 
vailed. It  is  believed  that  before  the  revolution,  there  was  not  a  printing-press 
in  the  country.  That  since  established  at  Santiai^o  has  been  chiefly  employed 
upon  gazettes  and  political  pamphlets.  The  government  once  proclaimed  the 
freedom  of  the  press ;  but  as  soon  as  an  unfortunate  writer,  taking  them  at  their 
word,  began  to  criticise  tlieir  measures,  he  was  instantly  seized  ani'  deported  to 
the  Isle  of  Juan  Fernandez.  The  people,  however,  soon  regained  the  freedom  of 
the  press,  which  they  now  enjoy  in  its  full  extent.  The  government  do  not  seem 
to  have  shown  the  same  eeal  as  elsewhere  for  the  promotion  of  knowledge,  though 
they  have  established  Lancasterian  schools  in  the  principal  towns ;  that  of  Santi- 
ago containing  400  boya.  The  only  fine  art  cultivated  with  any  ardour  by  the 
Chilians  is  music,  their  application  to  which  is  truly  indefatigable :  the  girls  being 
eet  down  to  it  almost  from  infancy,  and  having  constant  practice  at  their  evening 
parties.  The  importation  of  piano-fortes  is  said  to  be  truly  immense.  They  do 
not  pluy  with  consummate  science,  but  with  considerable  feeling  and  taste. 

The  habitations  of  the  lower  ranks  in  Chili  are  of  the  most  rude  and  primitive 
construction :  the  walls  merely  of  stakes  crossing  each  other,  and  fastened  with 
thon(r«,  or  hemp  twine;  the  roofs,  which  must  resist  the  rain,  composed  of 
branches  plastered  with  mud  and  covered  witS  palm  leaves. 

The  negro  population  of  Chili  has  never  bt>en  numerous,  and  the  slaves  have 
always  been  employed  for  domestic  purposes,  and  treated  with  much  kindness,  the 
laws  of  the  country  being  very  favourable  to  them.  In  1811,  a  law  was  enacted, 
declaring  free  aAer  that  periol  all  children  of  slaves  born  in  Chili;  and  in  1825, 
the  number  of  slaves  was  6<  far  diminished,  that  it  was  thought  expedient  to 
alnilish  slavery  altogether. 

Chili  corresponds  to  the  oM  Spanish  captain  generalship  of  the  same  name.  In 
J824,  it  was  divided  into  eight  provinces,  which  are  subdivided  into  districts. 


CHILI.  -^J» 

Priivinre*.  Chief  Tnwni.  PnpiilMlion 

SihliaKo HaiitniKo 50,IMI0 

AroiicuKua San  Kt'li|iu .ViMHI 

< '<H|iniiilMi Coquiinbo |ii,inm) 

<'<>!«' Iiii(;ua (.'iirico '.'.'HIU 

Miiiili'   (.'a  I II I  lie  net U,*mmi 

( '(iiic<-|icion CoiirriKion h.iKX) 

Viililivia Valiiivia li.lMlO 

t'liiliie H(u>  C'arlu* 

Santiago  seems  to  derive  its  pre-eminenco  from  its  fertile  uml  0(]fn>)>nbl«'  terri- 
tory, particularly  in  the  plain  of  Mayp6,  and  that  which  mirruuntlit  the  capitul ; 
from  its  mines  of  goM  and  silver,  a  more  brilliant,  though  really  not  so  vnluablf 
an  object  as  the  copper  mines  of  Coquimbo ;  and  from  the  rcHidunco  of  the  ^'o- 
vernmont 

Santiago,  the  capital,  is  situated  in  a  richly  wooded  plain,  nt  an  elevation  of 
2(iU()  feet  above  the  hco,  wiiich  renders  the  climate  agreeable  ami  saUibriouN.  Iih 
aspect  in  irregular  and  picture8<|ue.  The  dark  tints  of  the  Kg  and  olive,  with  the 
lighter  hues  of  the  mimosa,  mingled  with  steeples  und  houses,  prmluco  a  novel 
and  imposing  effect  The  houses  having  in  general  only  one  floor,  and  being  sur- 
rounded by  large  gardens,  the  town  appears  completely  overshadowed  w'  'i  foliage. 
Hach  house,  in  general,  stands  by  itself,  and,  being  strongly  barricaded  towards 
the  street,  forms  a  little  fortress.  They  are  one  or  two  stories  high,  and  built  of 
adobes  or  unburnt  brick.  The  streets,  however,  are  regularly  laid  out,  paved,  and 
furnished  with  footpaths;  the  cathedral,  several  of  the  churches,  and  the  direc- 
tor's palace,  may  be  reckoned  handsome,  though  thc^  do  not  exhibit  any  thing 
very  splendid  in  architecture.  The  Alameda,  a  mile  m  length,  and  planted  with 
a  double  row  of  trees,  is  one  of  the  finest  promenades  in  South  America.  The 
river  Maypocho  runs  through  the  city ;  but  being,  like  most  in  this  country,  dry 
at  one  season  and  swoln  to  an  overwhelming  torrent  at  another,  it  has  been  neces- 
sary to  erect  not  only  a  bridge,  but  a  wall  to  confine  the  violence  of  the  stream. 
The  vicinity  of  Santiago  presents  the  most  romantic  and  sublime  prospects:  on 
one  side  over  an  expanse  of  plain  bounded  by  the  distant  ocean,  on  the  other  over 
successive  mountain  ranges  crowned  by  the  awful  snowy  pinnacles  of  the  Andes. 

Valparaiso,  the  port  of  Santiago,  and  the  main  seat  of  Chilian  commerce,  is 
situated  on  a  long  narrow  strip  of  land  bordering  a  semicircular  bay,  over  which 
impend  on  all  sides  steep' cliffs  nearly  2000  feet  high,  and  sparingly  covered  with 
shrubs  and  stunted  grass.  One  street,  about  three  miles  long,  runs  along  the  sea, 
and  contains  the  houses  of  the  most  opulent  citizens ;  it  is  prolonged  by  the  Al- 
inendral,  or  Almond  Grove,  a  sort  of  detached  village,  which  forms  the  most 
agreeable  residence.  The  lower  ranks  are  huddled  into  the  quobradas,  or  ravines, 
among  the  hills  behind.  None  of  the  buildings  are  handsome;  even  the  gover- 
nor's iiouse  is  scarcely  tolerable ;  but  the  commercial  progress  of  the  town  is 
marked  by  the  many  new  and  handsome  warehouses  erected.  Originally  a  mere 
village,  it  acquired  some  importance  by  becoming  the  channel  for  conducting  the 
intercourse  with  Lima,  to  which  all  the  trade  of  Chili  was  then  confined.  All  the 
commerce  of  the  world  being  now  thrown  open  to  it,  and  numerous  settlers 
attracted  from  Europe,  it  has  acquired  a  population  of  14,000  or  15,000,  and 
assumed  almost  the  appearance  of  an  English  town.  During  the  summer,  which 
lusts  from  November  to  March,  the  bay  aflTonis  a  safe  and  pleasant  anchorage ; 
hut  in  winter,  especially  in  June  and  July,  precautions  are  required  against  the 
north  wind,  which  blows  often  with  peculiar  violence. 

Quillota  is  a  small  but  agreeable  town,  a  little  in  the  interior,  in  the  province 
of  AcoiicH<rua,  with  8000  inhabitants;  and  higher  up  are  the  towns  of  San  Felipe 
and  Sunta  Rosa,  each  having  about  5000  inhabitants,  and  containing  an  industrious 
and  thriving  agricultural  population. 

Coquimbo  is  the  most  northern  province  of  Chili ;  but,  instead  of  assuming  a 
gayer  aspect  as  it  approaches  the  brilliant  regions  of  the  tropic,  it  becomes  more 
and  more  sterile.  At  the  town  of  Coquimbo,  or  La  Serena,  even  the  brushwood 
which  covered  the  hills  round  Valparaiso  disappears,  and  its  place  is  only  supplied 


-•   .-fc.' 


t 


'I, 


I  • 


m 


ill-' 


tH 


i\  ■  % 


1* 


.IfHt 


<  llll.l. 


by  tli<>  prickly  ponr  bush,  ami  a  Mnnty  HprinkliiiK  olMiry  i,'niiw;  whil(<  at  IIiiahcu, 
i  (iiriluT  north,  tiuTc  ih  no  loinjcr  a  true*?  of  vopctntion.  It  ih  only  on  tin'  biitikn  of 
llii>  hlrcntnH  tlint  tlin  vvf  ih  (rratitkNi  with  vcriliin',  mitivatKin,  anti  |)niitiira);n.  Its 
iiii|ii)rtnnc<!  ariMCH  nololy  from  itH  mincH,  wliicli  incluil);  ^iM,  ailvcr,  and  co|ip4>r,  of 
wliicli  till'  latti.T  it*  tli«'  UHwt  productive.  Tlio  curnincrco  connected  with  the 
liiiirieH  [fiveH  Noinc  iinportancu  to  the  |)ort  of  ('(miuiiiiIm);  (lioii|;h  the  inliubitantM, 
iiiiiicciiMtotned  tu  any  vtried  trafRc,  retain  much  native  oimplicity,  kindnvw,  and 
hoxpitulity. 

Copinpo  is  in  the  heart  of  the  mininff  district,  of  which  it  may  bo  considered 
I  the  capital.  Thin  place  in  Kiibjert  to  the  drendftil  calamity  nf  hein^;  once  in  alNnit 
••very  twenty-three  yeont  completely  destroyed  by  eurtlicpinku.  That  of  lilj) 
hIkjok  it  entirely  to  pieces;  the  wrecks  of  its  Iiouhbh  and  churches  lyiiif;  scattered 
in  every  direction.  The  walls,  thouffh  three  or  four  feet  thick,  of  lar^o  Hun-<lried 
bricks,  seem  to  have  toppled  down,  somo  inwardn,  some  outwards,  like  so  many 
castles  of'  cards.  The  peo|>le  had  all  crowded  to  the  (^reat  church  of  Ia  Merce<l, 
which  they  were  jiidiciout^ly  advised  to  leave,  and  hud  scarcely  quitted  it  when  it 
tell  to  the  (ground,  and  would  have  buried  the  whole  population  had  they  remained. 
The  Cnpiipians,  in  IH'JI,  rebuilt  their  (itllen  city.  Copiapo  is  bounded  on  the 
north  by  the  desert  of  Atacamu,  which  separates  Chili  from  Bolivia,  and  is  consi- 
dered as  belonginf?  to  the  latter. 

Conceucion,  a  more  southern  province  of  Chili,  is  the  most  highly  endowed  with 
the  real  bounties  of  nature.  All  the  prain  and  fruits  of  the  finest  temperate  cli- 
mate arc  reared  in  such  abundance  as  to  make  this  the  granary  and  garden  of 
South  Anerica.  Wheat  of  excellent  quality  is  the  staple,  and  the  southern  mar- 
kets arc  '  hiefly  supplied  from  Concepcion;  to  which  may  be  added  barley,  maize, 
pulse,  anu  all  kind  of  vegetables.  It  yields  also  a  sweet  wine,  the  best  in  the 
New  World,  which  is  reckoned  equal  to  Frontignac,  and  for  which  the  demand  at 
Lima  is  almost  unlimited.  The  cattle  farms  are  also  numerous  and  valuable, 
yielding  a  large  export  of  jerked  beef.  The  town  of  Concepcion,  with  four  con- 
ventual churches,  a  nunnery,  a  cathedral  in  progress,  and  many  handsome  houses 
inhabited  by  some  of  the  old  Spanish  nobles,  might  almost  have  disputed  with 
Santiago  the  rank  of  capital  of  Chili.  The  houses,  like  those  of  Santiago,  were 
mostly  of  one  story,  built  of  mud  or  sun-dried  brick,  and  forming  regular  streets 
at  right  angles  to  each  other.  The  peopU^  were  peculiarly  kind  and  hospitable, 
and  their  gay  and  festive  habits  were  accompanied  with  comparatively  few  irregu- 
larities. But  it  suffered  with  peculiar  severity  from  the  late  contest ;  alternately 
occupied  by  the  Spaniards  and  the  patriots,  it  was  rudely  treated  by  both,  but  espe- 
cially the  former.  Afler  having  in  some  measure  recovered  from  the  calamities 
of  war,  the  town  was  entirely  destroyed  by  an  earthquake  in  1HB5.  Talcahuano, 
the  port  of  Concepcion,  is  a  small  town  of  obout  500  inhabitants,  on  a  large  bay, 
with  a  good  and  secure  anchorage.  Its  defences  have  the  reputation  of  being 
very  strong;  but  during  the  late  war  they  were  neglected;  wherefore,  being  of 
mud,  and  incapable  of  resisting  the  heavy  rains  of  the  country,  they  are  nearJw 
ruined. 

Valdivia  comprises  a  territory  of  about  130  by  about  120  miles  in  extent,  >w»- 
tered  by  three  rivers,  and  containing  several  plains  that  are  very  productive  « 
grain  and  cattle.  There  is  scarcely  any  European  culture;  but  the  misHinnartes 
have,  at  different  points,  succeeded  in  forming  the  Indians  into  peaceable  and  tole- 
rably industrious  little  communities.  The  town  of  Valdivia  is  situated  about  six- 
teen miles  above  its  port,  which  is  defended  by  strong  batteries,  and  :s  the  best 
an(i  most  capacious  harbour  of  Chili;  it  will  be  of  great  value  when  the  surround- 
ing country  becomes  more  populous  and  civilised.  Osomo,  built  about  forty  miles 
distant,  is  the  most  southern  town  in  the  New  Continent 

The  territory  of  the  Araucanoe,  or  Arauco,  is  an  extensive  district,  which  inter- 
pose- itself  between  the  Spanish  districts  of  Concepcion  and  Valdivia.  It  extends 
north  and  south  for  about  three  degrees  of  latitude,  reaching  inland  to  the  moun- 
tains. This  region,  celebrated  in  Spanish  stttry  arul  song,  is  described  as  really 
one  ot  the  finest  in  South  America.  The  Arau  :anoe,  having  adopted  the  rude 
agriculture  of  the  Spaniards,  raise  Indian  com  .n  abundance ;  they  grow  most 


:•-* 


niii.i. 


MH 


.    I 


nilmirnhic  piitiitnnt,  which  ar<*,  pMhnhly,  m(Ji|fi>noii4;  nnil  hnvr  n  pvxi  Mtork  (*t' 
liipr»»'N  and  hormil  CAtlk.  Tho  wholo  roiinlry  \*  divulfd  mtn  finir  diMrirff, 
[.'•(VfrtuHl  by  horwiitnry  nilors,  cmII»m1  Nn/iitu,  cnnti'ili-ratt'd  tKi/iilx-r  liir  ilu'ir  own 
IxMM'lit,  and  the  injury  uf  thnir  nci|;hb«iurK.  I'ltrtii-nlur  diHtririn  nrc  nili-d  by  miiIv 
(irdiriato  chiulii,  aluo  h«!riMlitnry,  cnlltul  ulmrnf.  Whon  wir  im  dfcluriMl,  ibf 
l<H|nin  I'locl  one  of  UipuiwIvph,  or  even  mmw  otiHT  ohii'f,  who  nHnuin<'n  th»-  Hiijirrnif 
command.  Thoy  hnve  appende<l  the  Kiir(i|>«>nn  tnn;<k)'t  to  their  own  ori)rinnl  nnnn 
of  the  bow,  arrow,  and  club.  When  they  H<<t  tiirtli  on  iin  ex|M'dition.  vncU  indi- 
vidual merely  carricn  a  small  hag  of  pnrrhod  ini'nl,  tnistinif  that  ere  lonj,'  he  will 
he  comfortably  quartered  on  the  territory  of  hia  enemn'f*.  Diirinjf  the  SpiiniHh 
dominion  every  new  jyovcrnor  of  Chili  (jcneriilly  endenvoured  to  diHiinmiinh  him- 
Helf  by  the  concjuoat  of  Arouco ;  and  hnvin^f  nHKcmhIed  an  nrmy,  he  uminlly  bent 
them  in  the  fleld;  but  ho  m\,n  found  hiiiiHelf  ohli|;ed,  by  a  continue*!  oeneH  of 
harasains  warfare,  to  auo  for  pence  from  a  proud  mce,  whom  nothing;  would  ever 
induce  to  make  the  lirat  ndvances  Though  r<'»i8tiii|?  all  atteinptH  at  concjiieHt, 
they  have  entered  into  a  treaty  with  the  republican  (government,  and  even  npreed 
to  a  epcciea  of  political  union,  though  a  lon^;  interval  must  clnpue  before  thin  can 
be  completclv  otTected. 

The  islanci  of  Chiloe  is  the  muthernmoftt  province  of  Chili:  it  in  in  lenfifth,  from 
north  to  auutii,  1'20  miles,  and  in  the  widest  part  about  (M)  miloH  broad  :  the  whole 
island  is  mountainous  and  covered  with  trecn.     The  climiite  in  rather  damp  and  i 
rainy,  but  notwithstanding  healthy.    The  inhabitants  are  in  appearance   like  \ 
northern  Europeans,  munly,  athletic,  robust,  and  frcRh  coloured.    Tiic  productions  i 
are  wheat,  barley,  potatoes,  and  most  kinds  of  European  ve£rctablos  and  fruits,  i 
The  island  swarms  with  hogs:  its  hams  are  celebrated,  and  are  exported  in  con- 1 
siderablo  quantities.     The  inhabitants  are  very  cheerful,  and  appear  to  be  the 
happiest  race  alive ;  their  amusements  are  singing  and  dancing.     Murder,  robbery, 
or  persons  being  in  debt,  are  never  heard  of.    The  principal  towns  are  St.  Carlos, 
the  capital,  Chacao,  Dalcahue,  and  Castro;  all  of  them  have  gcxxl  harbours,  in 
which  vessels  of  any  burthen  may  anchor  with  perfect  safety.    The  islands 
attached  to  Chiloe  arc  (j3  in  number,  of  which  'M  are  inhabited :  they  are  situated 
eastward,  and  between  it  and  the  coast  of  Patagonia,  and  are  denominated  the 
Archipelago  of  Chiloe. 

The  Idlands  of  Juan  Fernandez  may  be  considered  as  an  appendage  of  Chili. 
They  form  a  group  of  two  small  islands,  called  Mas-a-Tierra,  and  Mas-n-Fuero. 
The  principal  island  is  so  diversified  by  lofty  hills,  streams,  and  varied  vejrctation, 
that  It  has  been  described  as  one  of  the  most  enchanting  spots  on  the  globe.  It 
was  early  noted  as  being  the  solitary  residence  of  Alexander  Selkirk,  during  seve- 
ral years;  an  event  upon  which  Defoe  founded  his  celebrated  narrative  of  Robin- 
son Crusoo.  The  island  afterwards  afforded  to  Anson  the  means  of  recruiting  his 
shattered  squadron,  after  the  passage  of  Cape  Horn.  It  has  been  used  by  the  Chi- 
lians as  a  place  for  confining  convicts,  but  was  recently  granted  to  a  North  Ame- 
rican merchant,  who  proposes  to  make  it  a  depdt  tor  supplying  trading  and  whal- 
ing vessels  with  provisions. 


REPUBLIC  OF   BUENOS   AYRES. 
(LA  PLATA,  OR  ARGENTINE  REPUBUC.) 

Buenos  Atris,  or  La  Plata,  is  the  name  given  to  an  extensive  region  of  South 
America,  and  which,  under  Spanish  dominion,  formed  one  of  the  principal  vice- 
royalties.  It  had  then  annexed  to  it  Upper  Peru,  includinj^  the  mines  of  Potosi ; 
but  this  country  has,  by  recent  events,  been  severed  from  it,  and  forms  now  an 
independent  republic  under  the  name  of  Bolivia.  The  remaining  territory  con- 
sists chiefly  of  detached  cities,  with  surrounding  cultivated  tracts,  which  form,  as 
it  were,  oases  in  a  vast  expanse  of  uninhabited  plain.  Buenos  Ayres,  the  prin- 
cipal city,  and  commanding  the  navigation  of  the  river,  has  endeavoured  to  form 
the  whole  into  a  republic,  of  which  she  herself  shall  be  the  capital,  or  at  lenst  the 

3^IHBHH^BIBHHIHBHBSii^BHBHB^^BBBBBISBSi^^SB^^B^SBiBSiBSiS5S5BB55^B^BBHBi^HH 

26 


a 


•  I. 


i\'-\> 


.•i. 


i 

f     .      ■- 


:!'' 


m 


I 


l. ' 


V! 


>"^., 


. 


If 

^  •  11 

I,-'-'  'A 


I        ''■ 


i  U-1 


w 


1     « 

■■i 


h 


•  r-i 


•fi" 


303 


UU ENOS  AYRES. 


federal  head  ;  but  there  reigns  throuj^h  the  different  districts,  a  strong  provincial 
spirit,  which  has  hitherto  rendered  this  union  imperfect  and  precarious. 

Buenos  Ayres  may,  in  a  very  general  view,  be  considered  as  occupying  nearly 
the  whole  breadth  of  America,  south  from  the  tropic  of  Capricorn,  leaving  only 
the  narrow  strip  of  Chili  on  the  west,  and  on  the  east  a  section  cut  out  of  it  by 
Brazil.  On  the  north  the  Pilcomayo,  while  it  runs  from  west  to  east,  forms  tl)e 
natural  boundary  from  Upper  Peru ;  but  alter  its  great  bend  to  the  south,  the  line 
must  be  considered  as  continued  eastward,  cutting  the  Paraguay  Ilivcr,  and  on- 
wards to  the  Parantt.  On  the  east,  the  boundary  of  Brazil  may  be  considered  as 
fixed  by  the  Parani'i  and  the  Uruguay,  though  the  districts  immediately  west  of 
these  streams  have  not,  since  the  revolution,  been  actually  possessed  by  Buenos 
Ayres ;  and  south  of  the  Plata,  the  Atlantic  is  the  clear  boundary.  On  the  south, 
the  Rio  Negro  terminates  the  settlements  in  this  quarter.  On  the  west,  the  uni- 
form boundary  is  Chili,  separated  by  the  lofly  summits  of  the  Andes.  The  con- 
tents of  this  very  extensive  territory  are  calculated  at  about  860,000  square 
miles. 

The  surface  of  this  territory  consists  of  a  plain  the  most  extensive  and  uniform, 
perhaps,  on  the  face  of  the  earth,  bounded  only  by  the  eastern  slope  of  the  Andes. 
The  Pampas,  west  from  Buenos  Ayres,  form  an  uninteresting  level  of  more  than 
l(MK)  miles  across.  This  plain  is  divided  into  three  successive  portions :  the  first 
covered  with  thick  clover  and  flowering  thistles,  that  rise  sometimes  to  the  height 
of  ten  or  eleven  feet ;  then  450  miles  of  long  grass,  without  a  weed ;  lastly,  a 
fbrest  of  low  evergreen  trees  and  shrubs,  standing  so  wide,  that  a  horse  can  gallop 
through  them.  At  the  end  of  this  ocean  plain,  the  Andes  shoot  up  abruptly  their 
wall  of  unbroken  rock,  covered  with  eternal  snow,  which  to  the  traveller  from  the 
east  appears  to  present  an  impenetrable  barrier.  The  banks  of  the  Plata  consist 
also  of  immense  plains,  though  not  quite  so  level,  nor  covered  with  such  varied 
vegetation. 

Of  the  rivers  of  this  region,  the  chief  is  the  Rio  de  La  Plata,  which  enters  the 
Ocean  with  a  breadth  of  150  miles,  and  is  navigable  for  vessels  of  the  greatest 
burthen  to  the  city  of  Buenos  Ayres,  and  was  formerly  so  for  ships  of  consider- 
able size  to  Assumpcion,  1000  miles  in  the  interior;  but  this  is  now  impracticable, 
owing  to  accumulations  of  sand  which  have  obstructed  the  course  of  the  channel. 
The  La  Plata  is  properly  a  continuation  of  the  river  Paraguay,  which,  flowing 
south  from  the  centre  of  the  continent,  after  passing  the  marshy  Lake  of  Parayes, 
receives  from  the  centre  and  border  of  Bolivia,  the  Pilcomaya  and  Vermejo,  both 
navigable.  At  Corrientes,  900  miles  from  the  sea.  the  Paraguay  is  joined  by  the 
Parana,  which  robs  the  former  of  its  name ;  flowing  onwards  the  united  current 
receives  from  the  west  the  Salado,  and  from  the  north  the  Uruguay,  when  the 
collected  waters  of  this  great  stream,  now  30  miles  in  width  and  completely  fresh, 
are  finally  merged  in  the  Rio  de  La  Plata,  and  mingle  with  the  Ocean  afler  a 
course  of  about  2200  miles.  Large  rivers,  the  Saladillo,  and  the  Colorado,  run 
across  the  Pampas,  and  are  supposed  to  reach  the  Atlantic.  The  latter  rises  in 
the  Cordillera  east  of  Coquimbo,  and  has  a  course  of  1000  miles,  during  which  it 
forms  numerous  lakes;  but  it  has  not  yet  attained  any  commercial  importance; 
and  another,  the  Rio  Negro,  forms  the  extreme  southern  boundary. 

There  are  several  lakes,  as  that  of  Ibera  in  the  Entre  Rios,  fully  80  miles  in 
length;  some  round  Mendoza,  formed  by  the  streams  descending  from  the  Andes; 
and  others  ferther  in  the  interior ;  but  none  of  these  can  be  said  to  correspond  in 
grandeur  to  the  other  features  of  this  region. 

The  constitution  of  Buenos  Ayres  is  that  of  a  representative  republic.  The 
legislative  power  is  exercised  by  two  chambers,  the  representatives  and  the  sena- 
tors ;  the  former  consisting  of  forty-one  deputies  elected  by  the  direct  suffrages  of 
the  provinces,  and  renewed  by  half  their  number  every  two  years;  the  senate  is 
formed  by  two  deputies  for  each  province,  making  thirty  in  all,  who  are  renewed 
by  one-third  at  a  time :  they  are  elected  by  eleven  members-  of  each  province. 
The  executive  power  is  exercised  by  a  citizen  holding  tne  title  of  president, 
elected  in  the  same  manner  as  the  senators,  and  holding  his  office  for  five  years. 
He  is  re-eligible,  and  his  powers  are  very  extensive. 


J    ■   -1' 


BUENOS  AYRES. 


303 


The  revenue  of  the  republic,  consisting  of  customs,  excise,  and  direct  tax,  is 
estimated  at  about  3,(KN),(NN)  dollars  a  year ;  and  there  is  a  debt  of  4,5()<),(NH)  dol- 
lars. The  provinces,  since  the  breaking  up  of  the  congress  in  1819,  have  rr- 
mained  in  a  state  of  separation ;  though  they  have  assisted  Bucnoa  Ayrcs  in  her 
war  with  Brazil.  In  Paraguay,  Dr.  Francia  continues  to  excrcixe  a  most  abnoluto 
and  tyrannical  sway  over  the  ignorant  natives,  for  the  reports  of  his  death  seem 
to  be  premature.     The  Banda  Oriental  has  formed  a  separate  republic. 

The  agricultural  produce  consists  almost  entirely  in  the  vast  herds  of  horses 
and  horned  cattle  which  cover  those  boundless  plains,  clothed  with  rich  herbiige, 
which  constituto  the  Pampas.  The  gaucho,  or  farmer,  has  no  care  in  rearing  ur 
feeding;  he  has  only  to  throw  over  them  the  lasso,  or  long  leathern  noose,  to  kill 
or  drive  them  into  Buenos  Ayres,  and  in  the  case  of  horses,  to  break  tlieni,  and 
put  a  mark  on  them  by  which  they  may  be  known.  Beef  can  scarcely  be  snid  to 
I  bear  any  price,  since  a  cow  may  be  had  for  twenty  shillings,  and  the  hide  is  worth 
more  than  half  that  sum.  Wheat  and  barley,  for  which  the  soil  is  perfectly 
adapted,  are  cultivated  in  a  slovenly  way  immediately  round  Buenos  Ayres,  the 
grain  being  threshed  by  making  cattle  gallop  over  it.  Notwithstanding  the  en- 
couragement given  to  agriculture  by  the  government,  there  was  still  a  necessity, 
in  18§3,  to  import  70,0(M)  barrels  of  American  flour.  The  milk  is  not  made  into 
cheese  or  butter ;  and  garden  vegetables  are  no  object  of  culture,  the  gaucho 
considering  them  as  food  fit  only  for  beasts.  In  this  naked  and  exposed  country 
there  is  a  great  want  of  timber  for  fuel ;  the  peach  tree  has  been  found  to  grow, 
and  answer  the  purpose  of  fuel  better  than  any  other.  Paraguay  produces  its 
herb,  or  mate,  of  which  the  infusion,  like  that  of  ten,  is  prized  over  all  the  most 
southern  countries  of  America.  Quantities  of  this  commodity  have  been  sent 
down  the  river  to  the  value  of  1,000,000  dollars  in  the  year;  but  Dr.  Francia,  of 
Paraguay,  prohibited  its  exportation. 

There  is  scarcely  any  manufacture,  except  that  of  ponchos,  or  riding  cloaks, 
which  are  universally  worn,  and  from  habit  are  made  better  than  those  hitherto 
supplied  by  the  Manchester  manufacturers,  who  are  exerting  themselves,  how- 
ever, to  improve  the  fiibric  of  this  article.  The  indolence,  which  the  South 
Americans  inherit  from  the  Spaniards,  will,  probably,  long  prevent  them  from 
becoming  a  manufacturing  people. 

The  commerce  of  Buenos  Ayres  is  large,  compared  with  the  population  and 
general  wealth  of  the  state.  The  country  is  dependent  on  foreign  supplies  for 
almost  every  article,  both  of  manufactured  goods  and  colonial  produce,  and  even 
for  a  little  grain ;  in  return  for  which  it  gives  the  refuse  of  its  cattle,  hides, 
horns,  hair,  and  tallow.  The  value  of  the  commercial  transactions  of  the  United 
States  with  the  Argentine  Republic  is  about  2,500,000  dollars.  The  trade  with 
Great  Britain  has  increased  considerably.  A  very  considerable  inland  trade  is 
also  carried  on  by  enormous  wagons,  which  are  driven  across  the  Pampas  to 
Mendoza,  and  other  towns  at  the  foot  of  the  Cordillera.  They  carry  some  manu- 
factures and  colonial  goods,  and  bring  back  wine,  brandy,  and  mineral  produce. 
The  intercourse  with  the  countries  up  the  river  is,  at  present,  obstructed  by 
political  causes. 

The  population  of  the  territory  of  Buenos  Ayres  bears,  undoubtedly,  a  very 
small  proportion  to  its  vast  extent.  It  is  by  no  means  well  ascertained,  but  is 
generally  supposed  not  to  exceed  700,000. 

Society,  over  all  Spanish  America,  wears  a  very  uniform  aspect.  The  Creoles, 
now  everywhere  the  ruling  class,  are  acute,  polite,  courteous,  indolent,  unenter- 
prising, passionately  fond  of  diversion,  especially  in  the  forms  of  dancing  and 
gaming.  Every  lady  holds  her  tertulia,  or  evening  party,  to  which  even  the  pas- 
sing stranger  will  sometimes  be  invited.  They  are  less  charged  with  intrigue, 
however,  than  in  some  other  great  cities  of  South  America ;  the  conduct  of  the 
young  ladies  is  very  strictly  watched,  and  they  are  married  at  thirteen  or  four- 
teen. The  lower  ranks  pass  through  the  streets  in  a  very  orderly  manner ;  but 
they  are  too  much  addicted  to  frequenting  pulperias,  or  drinking-houses,  where 
gaming  sometimes  gives  rise  to  deadly  quarrels.  Horses  being  easily  procured 
at  Buenos  Ayres,  it  is  an  object  of  pride  to  keep  a  number  of  fine  quality,  on  the 


p    .  t  ■'■11 


>.  ', 


ii"  •  "i 


i.  ^ 


''t      "^k";i 


1 .4." 


r  I    "  -r' 


M 


'■  ii 


f^ 


^ 


r, :  ■ 


fr-:- 


i-  •  d 


r 


•-ii^ 


:(• 


(yp-'  < 


:   .^*^^i 


n;] 


Ml 


f  r  ■ 


m 


I- 


:"'! 


304 


HUEN(JS  AYRF>5. 


equipment  of  which  tlie  inhabitants  oi\en  bestow  more  care  than  on  tlie  due 
clothinj;  of  their  own  persons.  Every  one  lias  a  horse ;  even  the  begf^r  begs  on 
horseback. 

The  Gauchos,  who  inhabit  the  wide  surface  of  the  Pampas,  and  appropriate  the 
numbcrlcHH  herds  that  roam  over  them,  are  a  very  singular  race.  The  gaucho  is 
at  once  tlic  most  active  and  the  most  indolent  of  mortals.  He  will  scour  the 
country  whole  days  at  full  gallop,  breaking  wild  horses,  or  chasing  the  jaguar  or 
the  ostrich ;  but  once  alighted  and  seated  on  the  skeleton  of  a  iioise's  head,  nothing 
can  induce  him  to  move.  He  considers  it  a  degradation  to  :jet  his  foot  to  the 
ground ;  so  that,  notwithstanding  a  general  vigour  almost  preternatural,  the  lower 
limbs  are  weak  aitd  bent,  and  he  is  incapable  of  walking  to  any  distance.  His 
dwelling  is  a  mud  cottage,  with  one  apartment,  and  so  swarming  with  insects, 
that  in  summer  the  whole  family,  wrapped  in  skins,  sleep  in  the  open  air.  All 
round  is  a  desert,  wiih  the  exception  of  the  corral  or  circular  spot,  enclosed  by 
stakes,  into  whicli  the  cattle  are  driven.  Neither  grain  nor  vegetables  are  culti- 
vated, nor  is  the  cow  made  to  yield  milk.  Beef  is  the  only  food ;  and  it  is  roasted, 
or  rather  twisted,  on  large  spits  stuck  in  the  floor,  in  a  slanting  direction,  so  as  to 
overhang  the  fire,  a  twist  being  from  time  to  time  given,  to  expose  all  sides  of  the 
meat  in  succession,  and  slices  are  cut  by  the  surrounding  family :  the  juices,  of 
course,  fall  into  the  fire,  and  are  lost.  A  certain  proportion  become  robbers,  for 
which  vocation  these  desolate  plains  afford  scope. 

The  Indians  of  the  Pampas,  a  savage  and  terrible  race,  driven  before  the  Gauchos, 
have  in  no  degi'cc  coalesced  with  them,  but  continue  in  a  state  of  deadly  and 
raging  hostility.  Whoever  encounters  them  in  these  wilds  must  expect  death  in 
its  moat  terrible  form.s  for  his  immediate  lot ;  and  the  travellers,  meeting  each 
other,  ask  with  trembling  voice,  if  any  Indians  have  been  seeo  on  the  route. 
They  appear  of  the  genuine  Arauco  breed ;  are  nobly  mounted,  having  each  two 
or  three  horses,  so  that,  when  one  is  exhausted,  the  rider  leaps  on  ui  ' '•-.  They 
delight  in  midnight  expedition  and  surprise.  On  reaching  the  hut  :^  jnfortu- 
nate  Graucho,  these  marauders  set  fire  to  the  roof,  when  the  fon^Jv.  ".->,  at  the 
same  time,  hear  the  wild  cry  which  announces  their  doom,  must  rush  to  the  door, 
and  are  instantly  killed,  without  any  distinction,  except  of  the  young  girls,  who 
are  placed  on  horseback,  and  carried  off  to  serve  as  wives,  in  which  capacity  they 
are  well  treated.  A  large  body  were  lately  in  a  state  of  regular  war  with  the 
colonists,  but  they  have  been  defeated;  and  driven  beyond  the  Colorada 

The  Catholic  religion  prevails  exclusively  in  these  States,  as  over  all  South 
America ;  but  the  splendour  of  the  churches,  and  the  endowments  of  the  clergy, 
appear  to  be  greater  here,  compared  at  least  with  the  means  of  supporting  them, 
than  in  any  other  province.  There  prevails,  also,  a  particular  laxity  in  the  con- 
duct of  the  clergy.  A  late  traveller,  one  Sunday  evening,  in  passing  the  arena 
for  cock-fighting,  saw  a  number  of  clergymen,  each  with  a  fighting-cock  under 
his  arm.  The  government  at  Buenos  Ayres  has  shown  a  considerable  activity  in 
reiorming  the  abuses  of  the  church,  having  suppressed  a  number  of  convents,  and 
at  one  time  prohibited  any  accession  to  the  number  of  monks  and  nuns ;  but  the 
influence  of  these  communities  is  still  very  strong  in  the  interior  provinces,  to 
which  this  conduct  of  Buenos  Ayres  has  rather  served  as  a  ground  of  disunion. 

Knowledge,  as  in  the  other  new  States,  is  encouraged  by  the  government,  with- 
out having  yet  made  any  very  deep  impression  on  the  body  of  tl^  people.  Several 
large  schools  have  been  established  on  the  plan  of  mutual  instruction,  and  an  uni- 
versity has  even  been  founded,  without  permission  from  the  pope;  but  it  is  little 
more  than  a  classical  school. 


Provinco?.  Capitals. 

Tucuman Tucuman. . . 

Salta 

Corrientes 
Rioja  .... 
Catamarca 
Santiago 


FopulatioD. 
. .  j  5,000 


Salta 3,000 

Corrientes 5,000 

Rioja  de  la  Nueva  3,000 

Catamarca 1,200 

Santiago  del  Estero 8,000 

San  Juan San  Juan  de  la  Frontera 10,000 


/  4 


M      ■ 
\*r    - 


t    It      f 


BLENOS  AYRl^X 


305 


Frovince*.  CaprtaU.  population. 

Cordova Cordova 1  (),(K)0 

Santa  Fe Santi  F* 4,(M)0 

Enlrc  Rica Parana l.j,(M>0 

Mvndoza M I'ndoza 8,000 

San  liUis San  Luis  do  la  Punta 2,000 

Uiienos  Ayres Bucnoa  Ayrca 70,000 

Chaco  (Indian  Territory) 

The  city  of  Buenos  Ayres  is  situated  on  the  s^oiithern  bank  of  the  Rio  dc  la 
Plata,  about  200  miles  above  its  mouth ;  and,  beinjr  raised  about  twenty  feel  abovo 
the  river,  and  presenting  the  spires  of  numerous  churches  and  convents,  it  makes 
rather  a  fine  appearance.  The  houses  are  new,  built  of  brick,  white-washed,  und 
with  flat  roofs,  over  which  may  be  taken  a  pleasant  and  even  extensive  walk.  The 
windows  are  protected  by  iron  bars,  causiiiir  each  mansion  to  resemble  a  luck-up 
house,  and  to  form,  indeed,  a  complete  fortification.  The  town,  on  the  whole,  is 
rather  handsome,  especially  the  houses  surround  if -if  the  great  8<|uarc.  The  envi- 
rons on  the  land  side  have  a  very  monotonous  aspect,  being  animated  neither  by 
varied  vegetation,  nor  by  the  chirping  of  birds.  The  population  is  estimated  at 
70,000.     Large  vessels  cannot  approach  nearer  thon  two  or  three  leagues. 

The  province  of  Entre  Rios,  which  is  situated  higher  up,  between  the  Uruguay 
and  the  Plata,  derives  from  these  two  rivers  some  of  the  most  extensive  and  rich 
alluvial  plains  on  the  surface  of  the  globe.  Even  the  swampy  and  inundated 
tracts  might  easily  be  converted  into  the  most  luxuriant  meadows.  The  herb  of 
Paraguay  is  found  there,  and  it  is  supposed  might  be  produced  of  equally  good 
quality  as  in  the  upper  quarter,  where  only  it  has  been  hitherto  reared  in  perfec> 
tion.  Corrientes,  at  the  junction  of  the  Paraguay  and  the  Parana,  must,  from  this 
happy  situation,  rise  in  time  much  above  its  present  moderate  importance.  Lower 
down,  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  river,  is  Santa  Fe,  distant  eighty  leagues  from 
Buenos  Ayres,  which  has  risen  to  considerable  importance  by  becoming  a  depdt 
tor  the  goods  on  the  river.  This  city,  with  its  district,  has  formed  itself  at  present 
into  an  independent  State,  strongly  repelling  all  union  with  Buenos  Ayres.  The 
population  of  the  town  is  not  supposed  to  exceed  4000. 

Cordova,  Tucuman,  and  Salla  form  together  an  extensive  region,  which  has 
been  otlen  comprehended  under  the  general  appellation  of  Tucuman.  They  fill 
up  part  of  the  interval  between  the  Paraguay  and  the  Andes,  which  does  not  con- 
sist of  dead  level  plains,  like  those  in  the  south,  but  is  crossed  by  branches  of  the 
Andes,  and  even  by  parallel  chains.  Between  these  mountains  are  found  valleys 
and  extended  plains  of  great  fertility,  in  which  every  species  of  tropical  profluce 
is  raised ;  but  the  prevailing  stock  consists  in  cattle,  sheep,  and,  above  all,  mules, 
which,  being  indispensable  for  conveyance  across  the  Andes,  are  reared  with  great 
care,  and  exported  in  great  numbers  to  Peru.  The  people  bear  the  reputation  of 
being  more  industrious,  religious,  and  orderly,  than  those  of  the  other  provinces. 

Of  the  capitals  of  these  provinces,  Cordova  is  a  neat  small  town,  well  paved, 
with  a  handsome  cathedral  and  market-place.  It  possesses  the  only  university  in 
the  interior  provinces,  which  has  recently  produced  some  men  of  considerable 
eminence.  It  carries  on  a  manufacture  of  cloth,  and  a  trade  in  mules.  Salta  is 
a  considerable  place  of  400  houses,  situated  in  the  beautiful  valley  of  Lerma,  on 
the  high  road  from  Buenos  Ayres  to  Potosi.  It  is  the  capital  of  a  bishopric.  About 
60,000  mules  are  reared  in  the  neighbourhood.  An  annual  fair  is  held  in  February 
and  March  for  mules  and  horses.  The  people,  and  those  of  other  towns  in  the 
district,  have  a  hard  struggle  to  maintain  with  the  tribes  of  unsubdued  Indians, 
who  hem  them  in  on  all  sides.  Tucuman  and  Santiago  del  Estero  are  also  old 
towns,  situated  in  fertile  plains,  and  deriving  some  importance  from  their  position 
on  the  main  route  from  Buenos  Ayres  to  Peru.  Near  Tucuman  are  some  silver- 
mines,  not  yet  worked. 

Mendoza,  a  province  separated  from  that  of  Cordova,  consists  of  some  beautiful, 
fine,  and  well-watered  valleys,  overshadowed  by  the  amazing  rocky  and  snowy 
steeps  of  the  Andes.  Its  staples  are  the  same  as  at  Cordova,  mules,  wool,  cloth. 
A  considerable  number  of  mines  of  gold,  silver,  and  copper  occur  both  here  and 


■*•  4 


I 


I  ; 


J  ^ 


,»■■ 


■f    1 

■ ,    1 


m 


W\ 


i  '■ 


f, 


".  I'  \ 


'I 


h 


K- 


■ ,  *'. 


26* 


20 


I! 


if  . 


r 


1 


3U6 


PARAGUAY. 


farther  north.  The  importance  of  Mendoza  rents  o'.i  its  fertile  soil,  and  on  its 
bcin^  tlie  sole  route  of  communication  between  fiiicnos  Ayrea  and  Chili ;  whicli, 
though  I'ugifcd,  leading  over  the  lotlicst  steeps  of  the  Andes,  is  a  contintiiil  tho- 
roughfare. A  product,  almost  unique  in  America,  in  that  of  wines  and  brandies, 
wliich  are  very  tolerable,  and  are  sent  to  the  neighbouring  provinces.  Mendoza 
is  a  neat  town,  well  built  of  brick,  the  streets  refreshed  by  streams  from  the  river, 
and  the  interior  of  the  houses  well  fitted  up.  The  population  is  generally  reckoned 
from  6000  to  10,000.  They  are  described  as  a  quiet,  respectable,  well-disposed 
people,  though  they  give  themselves  up  without  reserve  to  the  indolence  gene- 
rated by  the  climate,  enjoying  an  unbroken  siesta,  or  sleep,  from  twelve  to  five  in 
the  afternoon,  when  they  rise  to  walk  on  the  alameda,  which  commands  a  noble 
view  of  the  plain  and  the  \nde8:  but  this  is  the  usual  train  of  life  in  these  interior 
cities.  San  Jiiis,  to  the  east  of  Mendoza,  on  a  frequented  though  circuitous  route 
from  Buenos  Ayres,  is  a  much  smaller  place,  consisting  of  a  number  of  mud  huts, 
scattered  over  a  large  space  of  ground,  but  in  a  situation  hi,7hly  picturesque,  being 
enclosed  by  a  lofty  branch  of  the  chain  of  Cordova.  San  Juan  de  la  Frontera,  to 
the  north  of  Mendoza,  has  another  but  much  less  frequented  route  through  the 
Andes.    The  town  is  said  to  contain  10,000  or  12,000  inha'ntants. 


PARAGUAY. 


Paraqvay  is  situated  between  the  Parana  and  Paraguay  rivers.  It  is  a  fine 
district,  and  i:^  probably  500  miles  in  length,  and  upwards  of  200  in  breadth.  The 
soil  is  extremely  fertile  and  abounds  in  various  vegetable  productions,  and  vast 
herds  of  cattle  and  horses  feed  on  its  rich  plains.  The  population  is  supposed  to 
be  about  150,000,  of  whom  7000  or  8000  are  probably  whites,  and  the  remainder 
mestizos  and  Indians. 

This  State  declared  its  independence  in  the  year  1813,  and  established  a  go- 
vernment of  several  members.  In  about  three  years  this  government  was  dis- 
solved, when  it  fell  under  the  absolute  dominion  of  a  peraon  of  the  name  of  Fran- 
cia.  Having  taken  a  degree  at  the  university  of  Cordova,  he  applied  hia  know- 
ledge in  astronomy  and  physics,  and  the  instruments  connected  with  those  sci- 
ences, to  impress  this  simple  race  with  a  belief  in  his  supernatural  powers.  By 
these  and  other  arts,  he  rules  them  with  absolute  sway,  under  the  title  of  dictator 
of  Paraguay ;  and  his  first  maxim  is  to  allow  no  person  or  thing  to  come  into  or 
go  out  of  Paraguay.  Of  things,  the  most  valuable  is  the  herb  of  Paraguay, 
which  the  neighbouring  countries,  were  they  permitted,  would  take  off  to  the 
value  of  1,000,000  dollars ;  and  of  persons,  Bonpland,  the  illustrious  botanist  and 
companion  of  Humboldt,  was  long  detained  in  prison,  though  recently  liberated. 

The  cabildo,  or  municipal  government  of  the  several  towns,  is  chosen  annually 
by  the  people.  Indians,  as  well  as  Creoles  and  mixed  breeds,  are  eligible  to  these 
offices.  There  is,  as  is  stated,  perfect  security  for  person  and  property :  each  dis- 
trict is  made  responsible  for  every  theft  committed  within  it.  All  the  inhabitants 
are  instructed  in  the  first  rudiments  of  education.  Public  schools  are  estoblished 
everywhere.  Every  person  is  required  to  be  employed  at  some  business  or  other, 
and  mendicity  is  unknown ;  and  notwithstanding  the  strictness  and  rigour  of  the 
dictator's  government,  the  people  appear  to  be  contented  and  happy.  Assumpcion, 
the  metropolis,  is  a  considerable  place,  with  about  7000  inhabitants,  but  with  little 
regularity  and  beauty.  It  is  built  on  a  bank  above  the  river,  which  is  daily  wash- 
ing away  part  of  the  ground  beneath  it  This  place,  with  the  smaller  ones  of 
Curuguatty  and  Villa  Rica,  were  the  staples  for  the  herb  of  Paraguay.  Neem- 
buco,  Concepcion,  and  Itapua,  are  also  small  towns,  with  a  population  of  2000  or 
3000  each. 

The  herb  or  tea  which  derives  its  name  from  this  region,  is  an  evergreen  plant 
or  small  tree,  of  the  holly  family.  It  grows  wild  in  the  woods  fringing  the  rivers 
and  streams  which  fall  into  the  Uruguay,  Parana  and  Paraguay.  The  use  of  this 
herb  is  general  in  Buenos  Ayres,  and  also  in  Chili,  Peru,  and  some  parts  of  Co- 


URUGUAY. 


307 


lombia.  The  cuBlom  l<as  been  derived  from  the  ftboriffUieR,  and  it  ia  *q  univer- 
sally diflused  that  it  la  cstioMted  5(),UU0  quintal*  were  used  in  IdOO.  To  dnnk 
thid  infusion,  it  is  customary  to  put  a  piuch  of  the  leaves  into  a  cup,  or  small  cala- 
bosh  called  mate  (from  which  the  name  of  the  plant,  ycrva  mate,  is  derived),  full 
of  hot  water,  and  to  drink  off  the  fluid  immediately,  by  imbibintf  it  through  a  little 
tube  or  sucker,  pierced  with  holes  in  the  lower  pari,  which  only  allow  the  passajfo 
of  the  water,  and  keep  back  the  leaves  that  float  on  the  surface.  Su^r  and  a 
little  lemon-peel  are  added  to  improve  the  flavour.  It  is  usually  sipped  the  lirst 
thin^  in  the  morning,  and  several  times  in  the  course  of  the  day.  It  was  the 
common  practice  to  pass  the  same  tube  trom  mouth  to  mouth,  but  the  custom  is 
becoming  unfashionable.  Novices  frequently  burn  their  li|>8  or  scald  tiic  tongue. 
The  Jesuits  planted  many  of  these  trees  round  their  towns  and  missions,  for  t\w 
convenience  of  preparing  and  exporting  the  leaf;  but  their  exr.mple  has  not  been 
followed,  and  the  plants  are  mostly  found  in  wil  1  and  secluded  spots. 

The  South  Americans  ascribe  many  virtues  to  this  plant,  which  is  certainly 
aperient  and  diuretic.  Like  opium,  it  produces  some  singular  and  contrary  eflects, 
giving  sleep  to  the  restless  and  spirit  to  the  torpid.  Those  who  have  once  con- 
tracted the  habit  of  taking  it,  do  not  find  it  easy  to  leave  it  oflT,  or  even  to  use  it 
in  moderation ;  though  when  taken  to  excess,  it  brings  on  similar  disorders  to 
those  produced  by  the  immoderate  use  of  strong  liquors. 


URUGUAY. 
(ORIENTAL  REPUBLIC  OP  THE  URUGUAY.) 

The  tract  of  country  which  lies  on  the  north  of  the  Rio  de  la  Plata  and  on 
the  east  of  the  Uruguay,  tormerly  made  a  part  of  the  Spanish  viceroyalty  of 
Buenos  Ayres,  under  the  name  of  the  Banda  Oriental.  After  having  been  nine 
years  in  the  hands  of  the  ferocious  Artigas,  it  was  incorporated  with  Brazil  under 
the  title  of  Provincia  Cisplatina.  The  contending  claims  of  the  two  powers  led 
to  a  war,  which  was  finally  termioatcd  by  the  establishment  of  an  independent 
republic,  which  has  an  area  of  about  92,000  square  miles,  and  a  population  of 
75,000.    Its  official  title  is  Oriental  Republic  of  the  Uruguay. 

Monte  Video,  capital  of  the  republic,  stands  on  the  northern  bank  of  the  Plata, 
and  has  the  best  harbour  upon  that  river,  which,  however,  is  exposed  to  the  vio- 
lence 0**  the  pamperos  or  south-west  winds.  It  has  suffered  severely  in  passing 
through  the  hands  of  Artigas,  and  subsequently  by  the  war  between  Buenos  Ayres 
and  Brazil :  its  population  ie  reduced  to  about  15,000.  It  is  well  built,  v,rith  wide 
and  regular  streets,  and  the  country  around  is  agreeably  diversified  with  hills  and 
valleys ;  the  gardens  abound  with  the  finest  fruits  and  flowers,  but  there  is  other- 
wise little  cultivation;  though  cietensjve  cattle  farms  are  found  in  the  interior.  It 
exports  large  quantities  of  hides.  Below  Monte  Video  is  the  small  port  of  Mai- 
donado,  and  above,  the  still  smaller  one  of  Colonia  del  Sacramento,  with  a  good 
harbour. 

In  this  State,  high  up  on  the  Uruguay  river,  are  the  remains  of  some  of  the 
settlements  and  towns  called  the  Missions,  which  have  been  the  theme  of  elo- 
quence, of  history,  and  of  song.  The  Jesuits,  on  these  benutiful  and  remote 
plains,  collected  into  a  body  nearly  300,000  of  the  natives,  from  the  ignorant  wan- 
dering and  fierce  tribes  in  the  vicinity,  who  lived  under  their  sway,  and  paid  them 
a  homage  bordering  almost  on  adoration.  They  trained  them  to  arts  and  manur 
factures,  and  brought  them  to  relish  the  blessings  of  security  and  order ;  they 
carried  on  agriculture  with  great  success,  and  were  also  armed  and  disciplioed 
after  tne  European  method.  The  Jesuits  appear  to  have  been  enlightened  sod 
humane,  and  certainly  there  is  no  parallel  to  their  success,  in  modern  history. 
They  were,  however,  suspected  by  the  court  of  Spain  of  aiming  at  the  oetablish- 
ment  of  an  independent  empire  in  South  Amenicn,  subject  to  them  alone ;  and  on 
the  suppression  of  their  order  in  Europe,  the  Jesuits  were  driven  from  their  set- 


li  n 


I.  • 


'M  r 


m 


t^ 


n 


V  1 


y 


%. 


'-: 


:'•    I 


•  v.r- 


308 


PATAGONIA. 


tlenienU,  which,  being  taken  under  the  control  of  the  crown  until  the  supprenirion 
of  Hpaniflh  authority  in  America,  have  fallen  into  decay,  and  do  not  at  this  time 
probably  contain  the  one-tenth  of  the  population  of  their  days  of  proHperity. 

The  principal  town  in  the  miasions  is  San  Francisco  Borja,  containing  about 
130U  inhabiUntfl. 


PATAGONIA. 

Pataooma  is  in  full  possession  of  an  Indian  race,  all  mounted  on  horseback, 
and  in  habits  and  aspect  closely  resembling  those  who  desolate  the  Pampas.  They 
have  drawn  the  attention  of  navigators  by  their  size,  and  have  bnen  actually  re- 
ported as  a  nation  of  giants.  Although  this  be  exaggerated,  yet  they  really  seem 
tall  above  the  ordinary  standard.  They  are  described  to  be  excellent  horsemen. 
The  eastern  const  of  this  country  is  bordered  by  a  prolongation  of  the  Andes;  but 
these  mountains,  after  passing  Chili,  display  no  longer  that  stupendous  elevation 
which  has  marked  so  great  a  portion  of  their  range.  Their  general  height  from 
thence  to  the  Straits  of  Magellan  is  not  supposed  to  exceed  300U  feet,  though 
some  peaks  rise  to  5000  or  6000,  when  they  wear  a  most  dreary  aspect,  being 
covered  with  perpetual  ice  and  snow.  This  part  of  the  chain  has  no  valley  inter- 
posed between  it  and  the  ocean,  whose  stormy  waves  beat  direct  against  its  cliffs, 
and  have  furrowed  the  land  into  almost  numberless  islands,  separated  from  the 
continent  and  each  other  by  long  and  narrow  channels.  One  continental  penin- 
sula alone,  that  of  Tres  Montes,  is  said  to  be  directly  exposed  to  the  waves  of  the 
Pacific.  Of  these  isles,  the  largest  and  most  northerly,  called  Wellington,  is 
separated  from  the  continent  by  the  channel  of  Mesier,  160  miles  long,  whose 
shores  are  bordered  by  low  hills,  covered  with  thick  woods.  To  the  southward  is 
the  archipelago  of  Madre  de  Dios,  which  is  little  known ;  but  the  channel  of 
Concepcion,  which  divides  it  from  the  continent,  is  broad  and  safe,  and  the  oppo- 
site coast  deeply  indented  with  bays,  the  principal  of  which,  called  St.  Andrew,  is 
terminated  by  abrupt  mountains,  covered  by  enormous  glaciers.  Next  follows 
Hanover  Island,  of  considerable  extent,  and  to  the  south  of  it  a  numerous  group, 
called  the  Archipelago  of  Queen  Adelaide,  which  borders  on  the  Straits  of  Ma- 
gellan. 

Opposite  to  the  southern  boundary  of  the  American  coast  extends  the  dreary 
region  of  Tierra  del  Fuego.  Narrow  straits,  crowded  with  islets,  divide  it  into 
three  parts,  of  which  the  most  eastern,  and  much  the  largest,  is  called  King 
Charles's  Land ;  the  middle  and  smallest,  Clarence  Island ;  the  most  westerly, 
Oeeolution  Land.  Between  Tierra  del  Fuego  and  the  continent  extends  the  long 
narrow  winding  strait,  celebrated  under  the  name  of  Magellan,  who  by  it  first 
penetrated  into  the  Pacific  Ocean. 

Staten  Land,  another  large  island,  lies  oiF  the  eastern  coast,  from  which  it  is 
separated  by  the  Straits  of  Le  Maire.  One  of  the  islands  belonging  to  the  group, 
called  Hermit,  is  remarkable  as  containing  Cape  Horn,  the  most  southerly  point 
of  America,  and  facing  directly  the  wastes  of  the  ocean  which  surround  the  Ant- 
arctic pole.  It  was  once  deemed  "infamous  for  tempests;"  but  it  is  now  found 
that  in  a  proper  season  Cape  Horn  may  be  passed  with  little  danger,  and  it  is 
commonly  preferred  to  the  winding  and  diiSicuIt  channel  of  Mngellan.  The 
Petcherais,  who  inhabit  Tierra  del  Fuego,  are  a  handful  of  miserable  savages,  in 
the  lowest  state  of  wretchedness,  and  subsisting  solely  by  the  shell-fish  which 
they  pick  up  on  the  shore.  The  Spaniards  made  an  early  attempt  to  form  a  set- 
tlement at  Port  Famine,  in  the  middle  of  the  strait,  but  could  not  maintain  it. 

The  eastern  coast  of  Patagonia  is  comparatively  low.  That  immediately  north 
of  the  straits  is  covered  in  a  great  measure  with  extensive  plains,  or  pampas ;  but 
from  Port  St.  Julian,  in  about  49°  S.  lat.  to  44°,  it  is  broken  by  considerable  emi- 
nences. Ports  Desire,  St  Julian,  and  Santa  Cruz,  afford  tolerable  anchorage, 
often  resorted  to  by  vessels  destined  for  the  southern  flshery.  The  natives  are 
seldom  seen  on  this  coast,  which  they  are  said  to  frequent  only  for  the  purpose  of 
interring  their  dead. 


KIROFE. 


309 


EUROPE. 


Europe,  thouf^h  it  is  the  least  of  thoac  four  ((reat  divisions  of  tlio  (rlobn  to 
which  (roographcrs  have  applied  the  name  of  Continents,  holds  the  second  place 
in  the  scale  of  population,  and  the  first  in  importance,  whether  considered  with 
retipcct  to  itself  or  to  its  influence  on  the  rest  of  the  world.  It  is  the  theatre  most 
crowded  with  civil  and  political  events.  Here  the  moral  perceptions,  the  mental 
powers,  and  the  physical  enerff ies  of  man  have  made  the  greatest  projBfress ;  here 
arts,  scieuros,  and  civilization  have  flourished  and  continue  to  flourish  in  unri- 
valled splendour;  and  here  too,  man  enjoys  all  that  superiority  which  these  attain- 
ments so  pre-eminently  confer. 

Europe  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  Arctic  Ocean,  and  on  the  west  by  the 
Atlantic.  On  the  south,  the  grand  inlet  of  the  Mediterranean  divides  it  from 
Africa ;  and  the  Grecian  Archipelago,  with  its  subordinate  branch,  connected  only 
by  a  narrow  strait,  the  Euxine  or  Bl&ck  Sea,  divides  it  from  a  great  part  of  Asia. 
Between  the  north-east  extremity  of  the  Black  Sea  and  the  Nortiiern  Ocean  is  an 
interval  of  14UU  or  150U  miles  of  land,  forming  the  eastern  boundary  of  Europe, 
of  which  about  one-hnlf  is  occupied  by  the  Ural  Mountains,  and  the  remainder  by 
the  Rivers  Volga  and  Don.  The  length  of  Europe,  from  the  western  part  of  Por- 
tugal to  the  Ural  Mountains  on  the  east,  is  about  33(H)  miles ;  and  from  the  North 
Cape  in  Norway,  to  the  southern  extremity  of  Greece,  2350 ;  the  area  being  about 
8,250,000  square  miles. 

The  form  of  this  continent  is  singularly  broken  and  varied.  While  Asia,  Af- 
rica, and  the  two  Americas  are  each  formed  into  a  vast  inland  expanse,  Europe  is 
split  into  many  distinct  portions ;  peninsulas,  large  islands,  and  kingdoms,  with 
extended  and  winding  coasts.  This  form  arises  chiefly  out  of  its  inland  seas, 
which  penetrate  farther,  and  are  more  deeply  embayed,  than  those  of  any  other 
part  of  the  globe.  Numerous  gulfs,  scarcely  secondary  in  magnitude  and  import- 
ance, branch  out  from  them.  The  mountains  and  the  plains  of  Europe  do  not  dis- 
play thoso  immense  unbroken  groups,  or  those  level  and  almost  endless  expanses, 
which  give  so  vast  and  monotonous  a  character  to  the  interior  regions  of  Asia  and 
Africa.  In  general  they  are  separated  into  smaller  portions,  and  are  happily  and 
commodiously  interchanged.  They  have  kept  Europe  divided  into  a  number  of 
separate  nations,  holding  easy  intercourse.  Probably,  this  relative  position  has 
been  one  great  cause  of  that  intellectual  activity,  and  those  vigorous  exertions  in 
all  liberal  and  ingenious  arts,  which  have  raised  this  part  of  the  globe  to  so  high 
a  pre-eminence.  The  immense  inland  plains  of  Russia  and  Poland,  presenting  an 
aspect  wholly  Asiatic,  remained,  even  after  the  civilization  and  improvement  of 
all  western  Europe,  sunk  in  the  deepest  barbarism,  from  which  they  are  but 
slowly  and  with  difficulty  emerging. 

The  surface  of  Europe  is  very  diversified.  l*a  mpuntains  do  net  reach  that  stu- 
pendous height,  nor  stretch  in  such  unbroken  chains,  as  those  of  Asia  and  Ame- 
rica. The  principal  ranges  of  mountains  are  the  Scandinavian,  or  Dofrafield 
range,  the  Pyrenees,  Alps,  Apennines,  and  Carpathians.  The  Scandinavian  chain 
commences  at  the  southern  extremity  of  Norway,  and,  running  north,  soon  becomes 
the  boundary  between  Sweden  and  Norway.  The  Pyrenees  run  in  an  eesterly 
direction,  from  the  southern  part  of  the  Bay  of  Biscay  to  the  Mediterranean,  form- 
ing the  boundary  between  France  and  Spain.  The  Alps,  the  lofliest  mountains 
in  Europe,  form  the  western  and  northern  boundary  of  Italy,  separating  it  from 
France,  Switzerland,  and  Germany.  The  Apennines  commence  near  the  Medi- 
terranean, at  the  south-western  extremity,  and  pursuing  an  easterly  course  around 
the  Gulf  of  Genoa,  turn  to  the  south-east,  and  pass  in  that  direction  to  the  south- 
ern extremity  of  Italy.  The  Carpathian  Mountains  encircle  Hungary  on  three 
sides,  separating  it  from  Germany  on  the  north-west,  from  Galicia  on  the  north- 
east, and  from  Turkey  on  the  south-east.  At  the  southern  extremity  of  the  range 
a  branch  proceeds  in  a  southerly  direction  across  the  Danube,  to  the  centre  of  Eu- 


rl 


i  1 


..'  'J 


>     . 


li 


K  - 


,1-      ' 

! 


*:;* 


if 


.  ii 


■'■:,.};■ 


m 


[i     f.  niiii 


■B««nn 


310 


EUROPE. 


ropean  Turkey,  connecting  the  Carpathian  Mountains  with  the  great  eastern 
branch  of  the  Alps. 

The  rives  of  Europe  are  numerous,  but  none  of  them  of  the  very  first  magni- 
tude. The  two  larffest  flow  throuf^h  the  {[reat  eastern  plain,  a  semi-Afliatic  region, 
and  terminate  in  distant  and  interior  seas,  where  they  contribute  little  t*)  commer- 
cial intercourse.  The  Volpa,  which  alone  can  come  into  rivalry  with  the  great 
rivers  of  Asia,  passes  the  Asiatic  limit,  where  it  spreads  into  the  great  interior 
expanse  of  the  Caspian.  The  Black  Sea  absorbs  the  other  rivers  from  the  great 
plain  of  Russia  and  Poland :  it  receives  also  the  noble  stream  of  the  Danub<', 
which  belongs  indeed  to  the  central  region  of  Europe;  but  directing  its  lower 
course  through  barbarous  and  uncultivated  regions,  and  terminating  in  this  disUmt 
receptacle,  it  conduces  only  in  a  secondary  degree  to  the  distribution  of  wcnltli 
and  plenty  through  the  continent.  Western  Europe  is  too  much  broken  into  sepa- 
rate portions,  and  crossed  by  high  mountain  barriers,  to  allow  to  its  rivers  a  length 
of  more  than  from  400  to  600  miles;  and  they  have  usually  their  entire  course 
through  a  single  country.  The  Rhine,  the  Elbe,  and  the  Oder,  through  Ger- 
many ;  the  Loire,  the  Rhone,  and  the  Garonne,  through  France ;  the  Po  through 
Italy ;  the  Ebro,  the  Douro,  the  Tagus,  and  the  Guadalquivir,  through  Spain. 
The  northern  rivers  of  Britain  and  Scandinavia,  restricted  to  a  still  narrower  field, 
seldom  ar^'omplish  as  long  a  course  as  200  miles.  Yet,  though  Europe  docs  not 
present  the  grand  rivers  which  distinguish  the  greater  continents,  it  is  on  the 
whole  happily  and  commodiously  watered.  Almost  every  part  of  it  enjoys  the 
benefit  of  river  communication ;  it  is  neither  overspread  by  the  dreary  swamps  of 
America,  nor  the  sandy  deserts  which  render  uninhabitable  so  great  a  part  of  Asia 
and  Africa. 

The  lakes  of  Europe  are  chiefly  enclosed  within  its  mountain  regions ;  but  few 
of  them  are  of  sufficient  magnitude  to  rank  as  inland  seas.  Those  alone  entitled 
to  this  distinction  are  the  Ladoga  and  the  Onega,  which,  forming  a  sort  of  conti« 
nuation  of  the  Gulf  of  Finland,  and  being  situated  in  bleak  and  frozen  regions, 
minister  very  little  to  internal  intercourse.  The  others  worthy  of  notice  are  the 
Wenner  and  Wetter,  in  Sweden;  the  Swiss  lakes  of  Geneva,  Lucerne,  and  Con- 
stance ;  the  Platten  Sea  or  Lake,  in  Austria ;  and  the  Lakes  Garda,  Como,  and 
Maggiore,  in  Italy,  &,c. 

The  European  soil  is  distinguished  for  productions,  perhaps  surpassing  in  value 
those  of  any  other  quarter  of  the  globe.  Grain,  of  one  description  or  another,  is 
raised  over  its  whole  surface,  excepting  in  the  extreme  north ;  wines  throughout 
all  its  southern  kingdoms.  In  hemp,  flax,  and  wool,  those  staple  materials  of 
clothing,  Europe  is  equally  pre-eminent.  Silk,  another  valuable  commodity,  it 
produces  copiously,  though  not  so  as  to  be  independent  of  supplies  from  India  and 
China.  Except  the  horse  and  the  camel,  for  which  Asia  is  renowned,  Europe  con- 
tains the  most  valuable  as  well  as  the  most  numerous  breeds  of  domestic  animals. 
Its  northern  forests  produce  the  finest  timber  in  the  world,  with  the  exception  of 
the  teak ;  and  its  iron,  the  most  useful  of  metals,  surpasses  that  of  the  rest  of  the 
world :  but  all  the  more  precious  substances,  gold,  silver,  pearls,  jewels,  exist  in 
an  extent  so  limited  as  scarcely  to  be  deserving  of  mention.  The  cultivation  of 
the  soil  is  carried  on  w4th  much  greater  diligence  than  in  any  countries  except  in 
the  south-east  of  Asia,  while  in  science,  skill,  and  the  extent  of  capital  employed 
upon  it,  European  agriculture  is  quite  unrivalled. 

In  manufacturing  industry,  this  quarter  of  the  world  has,  within  these  few  cen> 
turies,  far  surpass^  all  the  others  of,  the  globe.  The  looms  and  workshops  of 
Europe  yield  a  variety  of  fine  and  beautiful  fabrics,  in  such  profusion,  and  at  so 
cheap  a  rate,  as  to  place  them  within  the  reach  of  almost  every  class  of  society. 
This  continent  thus  clothes  all  the  young  nations  which  have  issued  from  her  own 
bosom,  and  which  fill  nearly  two  entire  quarters  of  the  habitable  earth. 

Commerce,  on  so  great  a  scale  as  to  connect  together  the  distant  quarters  of  the 
world,  can  hardly  be  said  to  exist  out  of  Europe.  European  vessels  are  found  in 
the  utmost  bounds  of  Asia  and  America,  in  the  snowy  regions  of  either  pole,  and 
crowding  the  ports  of  the  Austral  continent.  There  is  not  now  a  place  on  earth, 
however  remote,  aflbrding  any  scope  for  the  employment  of  commercial  capital. 


'•f.-l 


•t  . . 
If*., 


KI'ROPE. 


311 


which  ia  nof  immediately  filled  with  the  nme  promptitude  aa  if  it  had  been  litii- 
ated  in  the  heart  of  Europe.  The  ships  of  that  continvnt  oxce«>d  thiwe  of  all  tho 
others  in  number  and  aimensiona,  and  are  more  akilfully  navi(;ntnd,  with  tin* 
exception  of  thoae  States  in  the  Western  Continent  coloniz'nl  by  Kuropcana,  whicli 
arc  b«>(;inning  to  form  a  "commercial  and  maritime  ayatuni,  mixlfllcd  on  that  of 
Europe — a  ayatem  which  may  one  day  aurpaw  tlie  original. 

The  population  of  Europe,  thouffh  more  cluaely  calculated  titan  that  of  any  other 
quarter  of  the  globe,  ia  yet  far  from  being  ascertained  on  data  that  are  very  pr*;- 
ciae.  In  regard  to  some  districts,  and  in  particular  to  the  whole  of  the  Turkish 
empire,  no  census  has  ever  been  instituted  ;  in  others,  the  computation  ia  founded 
only  on  the  number  of  houses:  and  in  some,  ten,  twenty,  and  thirty  years  have 
elapsed  since  any  was  attempted.  At  the  present  time  the  population  of  tht! 
whole  continent,  and  including  all  the  different  races,  ia  estimated  by  the  best 
writers  at  from  220  to  225  millions. 

The  people  of  Europe  are  divided  chiefly  into  three  great  races,  which  differ,  to 
a  very  marked  degree,  in  language,  political  situation,  and  habitB  of  life.  These 
are  the  Sclavonic,  the  Teutoni",  and  the  Romiah. 

The  Sclavonic  races  consist  of  about  twenty-five  millions  of  Russians,  ten  miU 
lions  of  Poles,  Lithuanians,  and  Letts,  and  about  ten  millions  of  other  races,  known 
under  the  names  of  Windes,  Tcheches,  Slawakes,  Croats,  MorlachianH,  which 
have  found  their  way  into  eastern  Germany,  Hungary,  and  Illyria.  The  Sclavo- 
nians  are,  in  general,  less  improved  than  other  Europeans.  They  have  oniy  some 
infant  forms  of  art  and  literature,  which  have  sprung  up  from  the  imitation  of 
those  of  the  eastern  nations.  They  are  generally  subjected  to  absolute  monarchy, 
and  the  greater  part  of  them  are  only  beginning  to  emerge  from  the  degrading 
condition  of  personal  slavery.  The  majority  profess  that  form  of  Christianity 
acknowledged  by  the  Greek  Church.  Vet  they  are  a  brave,  enterprising,  and 
persevering  race,  and  have  established  themselves  as  a  ruling  and  conquering 
people,  in  reference  to  all  the  contiguous  nations  of  Europe  and  Asia. 

The  Teutonic  race  occupies  generally  the  centre  and  north  of  Europe;  besides 
Germany,  their  original  seat,  they  have  filled  the  greater  part  of  Scandinavia,  the 
Netherlands,  and  Great  Britain,  and  may  be  reckoned  at  fifly  millions.  The  Teu- 
tonic people  generally  are  brave,  hardy,  intelligent,  and  industrious,  though  some* 
what  blunt  and  unpolished.  All  the  sciences,  and  even  the  arts,  both  useful  and 
ornamental,  have  been  carried  among  them  to  the  highest  perfection ;  yet  they 
are  accused  of  wanting  some  of  the  graces  and  elegancies  which  embellish  the 
courts  and  fashionable  circles  of  the  south,  by  whom  they  are  treated  as  semi- 
barbarians.  A  great  majority  of  the  Teutonic  nations  are  Protestants ;  and  that 
profession  is  in  a  great  measure  confined  to  them,  and  to  the  nations  iu  the  other 
parts  of  the  world  who  have  sprung  from  them. 

The  race  called  Romish  comprehends  the  modem  inhabitants  of  France,  Italy, 
and  Spain.  They  were  the  most  early  civilized  of  the  modern  nations,  and  have 
carried  the  polish  of  manners  and  the  cultivation  of  the  elegant  arts  to  a  higher 
pitch  than  any  other  known  nation.  In  solid  energy  and  intelligence,  they 
scarcely  equal  the  Teutonic  nations.  The  Roman  Catholic  is  the  ruling  religion 
in  all  these  countries,  and  has  among  them  her  metropolitan  seat 

Certain  interesting  and  antique  races  inhabit  the  rude  and  mountainous  ex- 
tremities of  Europe.  They  are  the  Gael,  the  Cymri,  and  the  Basques,  the  de- 
scendants of  the  Celts,  the  most  ancient  possessors  of  western  Europe.  The  first 
inhabit  the  chief  part  of  Ireland,  and  tin,'  Highlands  of  Scotland ;  the  Cymri, 
partly  Wales  and  Britany,  and  partly  in  the  south  of  France,  and  in  the  north  of 
Spain,  where  they  are  called  Basques.  Having  retained  their  habits  and  lan- 
guage during  many  ages,  they  cherish  a  fond  attachment  to  antiquity,  and  trace 
their  pedigree  higher  than  any  of  the  Romish  or  Teutonic  nobles.  They  are  pro- 
bably ul)out  6,830,000  in  number,  of  which  the  Gael  amount  to  4,500,000,  the 
Gyinri  1,700,000,  and  the  Basques  630,000. 

The  Greeks,  once  the  most  illustrious  of  all  the  races,  are  spread  through  di& 
ferent  parts  of  the  Turkish  empire.  Depressed  by  two  thousand  years  of  slavery, 
they  had  ceased  to  display  those  high  attributes  which  excited  the  admiration  of 


<     k 


»    I 


.♦    i 


»        V        1 


N* 


•Si  . 


Ill*  . 


}-T: 


pi  •:: 

1 1   '.■•'4  "  ;■ 

m::  -. 


319 


RIJROPR. 


mankind  ;  but  the  prcMpccbi  of  in«lcp«n«lflnco  winch  they  have  now  opened  fur 
tliftiiBclvKii,  alTord  Home  hope  that  they  may  refrain  their  place  m  the  m-nle  of  na- 
tinnn.  Their  number  may  l)c  about  'i,l(NMMH).  The  Jews,  that  iiinifularly  into* 
D'Ktm^f  people,  aro  uprcnd  through  all  Kuropf,  hut  oHpccially  the  eastern  conntrioa, 
Poland,  HuBBia,  and  Turkey  :  they  are  hiip|m)ihmI  rather  to  t-xcerd  '2,(HNMNH).  The 
(iypHieH,  in  nn  humhlrr  F>phcre,  arc  widely  ocattered  over  all  Kurope,  to  the  Hup- 
l«)M>d  number  of  :)^(MNMli  a  wild,  roominff,  demi^wvaKM  race,  of  unknown  origin, 
but  probtiblv  Asiatic  rather  than  Ef^yptian.  Uther  mces  uro,  the  Turks,  the 
ruling  people  in  the  Ottoman  Empire;  and  the  Magyars,  who  prevail  in  Ilunfrary 
and  Transylvania,  aro  originally  Asiatic.  The  former  amount  to  H,2tK),(KHI,  and 
the  latter  to  3,(NX).U()U. 

The  reliffion  of  Europe  ia  almost  entirely  monotheistic.  A  mere  handful  of 
pagans,  the  iSamoycds,  arc  found  in  its  north-eastern  extremity,  on  the  shores  of 
the  Icy  Sea.  Europe  is  almost  entirely  Christian ;  and  the  small  population  of 
Mnhoinedans  who  have  found  their  way  into  it  consist  of  Asiatic  races,  Turks,  and 
Tartars.  The  Jews,  however  generally  diflfused,  have  nowhere  a  national  church, 
nor  aro  they,  in  any  nation,  fully  identified  with  the  body  of  the  people.  The 
Christians  of  Europe  are  divided  into  tliroe  great  churches,  tho  Greek,  the  Ijitin 
or  Roman  Catholic,  and  tho  Protestant. 

In  learning,  art,  science,  and  all  the  pursuits  which  develope  the  intellectual 
nature  of  mun,  and  which  refine  and  enlarge  his  ideas,  Europe  has  far  surpassed 
every  other  continent.  The  empires  of  southern  and  eastern  Asia  alone  have  an 
ancient  traditional  literature  of  which  the  remains  are  yet  preserved.  But,  be- 
sides being  now  in  a  very  decayed  state,  it  never  included  any  authentic  history, 
sound  philosophy,  or  accurate  knowledge  of  nature.  An  extravagant,  though 
itometimes  poetical  mythology,  proverbial  maxims  of  wisdom,  and  a  poetry  replete 
with  bold  and  hyperbolical  images,  compose  almost  its  entire  circle.  The  science 
of  Europe  has  been  employed  with  equal  success  in  exploring  the  most  distant 
regions  of  the  universe,  and  in  improving  the  condition  of  man  in  society. 

The  invention  of  printing,  and  the  consequent  general  diffusion  of  information 
among  all  classes,  are  features  especially  European.  By  their  means,  in  its  en- 
lightened countries,  the  essential  branches  of  knowledge  are  now  placed  within 
the  reach  of  the  humblest  classes,  and  even  the  highest  branches  are  not  abeo- 
lutely  beyond  their  attainment.  The  endowments  for  the  support  of  learning  are 
very  extensive,  founded  in  a  great  measure  during  the  middle  ages,  and  bearing 
some  stamp  of  the  then  infant  state  of  literature ;  but  they  are  now  adapting 
themselves  to  modem  improvements.  The  extensive  and  extending  institutions 
for  the  instruction  of  the  lower  orders  have  produced  a  general  diffusion  of  intel- 
I  ligence,  to  which,  in  the  other  parts  of  the  world,  if  we  except  America,  there  is 
I  nothing  analogous. 

The  political  state  of  Europe  is  also  peculiarly  fortunate.  Elsewhere,  with 
rare  exceptions,  a  turbulent  anarchy  prevails,  or  vast  empires  are  subjected  to  the 
absolute  sway  of  a  single  despot.  It  is  in  this  continent  only  that  the  secret  has 
been  found  out  of  establishing  a  regular  and  constitutional  liberty,  in  which  the 
extremes  of  tyranny  and  licentiousness  are  equally  avoided.  Even  the  absolute 
imonarchies  are  generally  administered  with  mildness,  according  to  legal  forms, 
and  afford  to  the  bulk  of  the  people  a  tolerable  security  of  person  and  property. 
The  European  states  have  also  established  among  themselves  a  balance  of  power, 
which  sets  bounds  to  the  encroachments  of  any  particular  state,  and  has  repeat- 
edly rescued  the  whole  continent  from  the  imminent  danger  of  universal  subjuga- 
tion. The  military  and  naval  power  has  been  raised  to  a  height  to  which  none  of 
the  other  continents  can  offer  any  efl^tual  resistance.  A  great  proportion  of 
them  has  now  been  conquered,  occupied,  or  colonized  by  Europe ;  and  if  the 
whole  is  not  reduced  under  this  condition,  it  is  only  through  distance  and  exten- 
sive deserts  that  many  great  countries  still  preserve  their  independence. 
I  The  native  animals  of  Europe  are  neither  so  varied  nor  so  extensive  as  those 
of  more  genial  climes.  The  most  useful  and  important  of  the  domestic  kinds 
have  been  introduced  from  other  regions.  The  horse,  originally  from  Arabia,  or, 
according  to  the  opinion  of  some,  from  Tartary,  has,  by  cultivation  and  education, 


KIRiU'K. 


313 


li*'*>n  brou|?ht  ton  hiph  ulnln  of  portVctinn,  ntitl  liii<  firriim**  VBricH  in  kiml  to  a 
Uroat  pxtenL  The  aas,  tho  dop,  and  cat,  nn-  nl>*<>  ln'In-vd  to  hnvf  an  faiitcrn 
ori(,'in.  The  ox,  onn  of  the?  mo«t  valiinhl«>  of  nntnn-'i*  n\\\ti  tu  nmn,  np|K»arn  to  i 
hnvf  rxinlfd  in  n  wild  Htati'  ovor  lh«'  wliole  of  Kiiri(|M',  Imt  whcthi^r  an  ii  di^tinrt 
npfrirH  or  a  incre  variety,  ia  ulill  nnrcrtain.  At  wlint  timo  thix  hr»'«'d  wuh  ivxter- 
iriinnted  from  tho  o|)on  forcnla  \h  not  known;  Imt  it  wax  cimfiiwd  to  (virkn,  in  Hri- 
tiiiii,  lonff  before  the  Urformation.  The  mce  it*  ntill  pr<'.-*crveil  in  tho  norlli  of 
Kngtand ;  they  arc  wholly  white,  with  a  black  niu/.2lp. 

The  <lomestic  quadrupeds  which  adniiniHtor  so  much  to  the  nccoHMitinH  niid  hap- 
pineM  of  the  human  race,  have  been  (pnrticulitrly  in  nritniii)  improvod  to  ii  hi((h 
dcfjreo  of  excellence.  Of  the  ox,  the  xhoop,  and  tlio  ho;,'',  tlnTf;  ,.'.  a  vnttt  varitjly, 
each  of  which  poMieaaes  Homn  valuable  |M>ciiliarity  which  rondom  tlicni  t>o  oMon- 
tial  in  Hupptying  f'Kxl  and  clothin(;r  to  mnn ;  while  the  horoo,  the  am,  nnd  i.'ie  duff, 
assist  him  in  hiu  labours  or  protect  his  property. 

In  the  extreme  northern  parts  of  tho  continent,  the  preat  white  bear,  more 
truly  perhaps  than  any  other  antarctic  animal,  inli'ibitn  tho  Hhorrs  of  Nova  Zem- 
blu,  and  is  occasionally  seen  in  other  parts:  it  is  tho  same  an  the  American  quad- 
rupcd  of  the  same  name.  The  only  two  European  t^peciea  of  this  animal,  tho 
brown  and  black  bear,  arc  natives  of  the  northern  and  temperate  rcpions  of  the 
continent  The  latter  differs  from  that  of  Amorico  in  many  essential  points. 
The  wolf  und  the  fox,  under  different  varieties  or  species,  opp^ar  generally  dis- 
tributed over  Europe.  To  these  may  be  added  the  lynx  und  wild  cat,  as  the  only 
rapacious  or  carnivorous  animals  of  this  repion.  The  lynx,  once  common  in  cen- 
tral  Europe,  is  now  only  known  in  some  parts  of  Spain,  the  Apennines,  and  in 
the  northern  kingdoms.  The  wild  cat  is  still  said  to  be  a  native  of  Britain,  and 
is  spread  over  mony  parts  of  the  continent.  The  elk  and  tiie  reindeer  are  well- 
known  inhabitants  of  the  northern  countries ;  the  latter  pivinp  place  to  the  fal- 
low deer,  the  stap,  and  the  roebuck,  in  the  midland  parts  of  Europe.  In  the  lotly 
mountains  and  inaccessible  precipices  of  the  Alps  and  Pyrenees,  the  chamois, 
ysard,  and  ibex,  still  live  in  partial  security,  notwithstanding  the  darinp  intre- 
pidity of  their  hunters.  The  musmon  is  another  European  quadruped,  deserving 
notice  as  beinp  generally  considered  the  origin  of  all  our  domestic  breeds  of 
sheep.  It  appears  still  to  exist  in  a  state  of  nature  among  the  high  mountains  of 
Corsica  and  Sardinia,  und  although  extirpated  upon  the  continent,  is  well  ascer- 
tained to  have  tbrmeriy  been  common  in  the  mountains  of  Asturia  in  Spain,  und 
other  parts.  The  beaver  is  found  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Rhine,  tho  Rhone,  the 
Danube,  and  other  of  the  larger  European  rivers.  Tt  is,  however,  uncertain 
whether  it  is  precisely  the  same  as  the  American  species. 

The  domesticated  birds  of  Europe,  brought  from  other  quarters,  are  the  turkey 
from  America,  the  peacock  and  common  fowl  from  India,  the  Guinea-fowl  from 
Africa,  and  the  pheasant  from  Asia  Minor.  The  rapacious  birds,  as  in  other  re- 
gions, are  the  smallest  in  number,  but  the  most  formidable  in  strength.  Tho 
golden,  imperial,  white-tailed,  and  sea  eagle,  are  found  in  various  parts  of  the 
continent.  On  the  highest  summits  of  tho  Alps,  and  in  the  vast  forests  which 
clothe  their  sides,  in  Switzerland  and  the  Tyrol,  are  found  all  the  four  spe- 
cies of  the  European  vulture,  of  which  the  most  formidable  is  the  bearded  vul- 
ture, or  vulture  of  the  Alps.  It  is  the  largest  of  European  birds,  being  four  fret 
and  a  half  in  length,  ond  its  strength  is  so  greut  that  it  attacks  sheep,  lambs,  and 
young  staije,  and  even  the  chamois  and  ibex  fall  victims  to  its  rapacity.  It  builds 
m  such  inaccessible  precipices  that  its  nest  is  very  rarely  seen.  The  vulture  is  I 
seldom  found  north  of  the  Alps,  and  is  most  numerous  in  the  southern  parts  of  | 
the  continent. 

The  goshawk  is  found  in  Scotland,  Prance  and  Germany.  Great  use  was  for- 
merly made  of  this  bird  in  falconry.  Many  species  of  owls  are  known  in  Europe; 
also,  crows  of  various  kinds,  many  species  of  woodpecker,  snipe,  grosbeaks,  bull- 
finchca,  buntings,  finches,  linnets,  larks,  &c.  The  grouse,  of  various  s^??  cies,  are 
highly  prized  as  game :  the  largest,  the  cock  of  the  rock,  the  size  of  a  small  tur-  j 
liey,  is  found  in  Russia :  the  cock  of  the  wood  is  a  fine  bird,  found  in  the  high  | 


87 


2P 


^^^f 


.]'  i 


'A 


'     i 


i^V.-i 


1^ 
I-- 


l^'M 


1.  ; 

■  \ 


i 


i 

•I 


M 


.  i  ■ 

V  r 

.'. / 

t 

4 
V 

vi 

•i' 

» 

*.,.i 

.'•r 

c 

^?:" 

.   ■  ■■» 

.- 

viK 

■  t 

rSu 

y:m 


I    :J 


.t 


^■t 


'.i'" 


■VHM 


314 


KlHorK 


inoniitairioiiM  \mTl»  uf  tlin  continent;  it  Iivpi  iiiimtly  in  pinr  lun'Htj*  and  upon  tho 
ltMiv«>i«  lit'  (ir  tn>*'».     Tho  pnrtriii(;<!  nml  tjiinil  ar<*  univcrMilly  ilitriiMiMl. 

Til)'  liiisturil,  anxmi;  ttin  lnrir«r!tt  of  Kurupvan  birdH,  bvmif  tiiur  trcl  loni;,  in  com- 
limn  in  Mpnin,  Italy,  and  Turkey.  'VUvim  birda  run  will)  |frt>nt  rnpulity,  but  tly 
with  ditlicnity,  and  nrn  <it\<>ntini*'H  hunted  by  (fri'yhoundH.  Thu  bi-autit'ul  wall- 
crc('(M»r,  with  itj4  brijjht  Tit»y  winffs,  tho  golden  orioli-,  the  bee-enter,  tho  h(xi|K«), 
uiid  the  ritller,  four  of  the  nioxt  b«;aiitit'ul  buro|iean  birdH,  are  coniiiiun  in  Italy  and 
Sicily ;  alw)  the  pelican,  the  N|MK>nbill,  and  tho  flaininf^u,  aUhou{rh  f'ruui  their  lar^u 
xize  attractinif  thu  attention  oi' a|X)rtHmcn,  they  are  never  accn  in  any  considerubic 
iimnb<.*rH. 

The  Hoas  and  cmtttH  of  Kurope  abound  to  a  great  extent  with  M\  and  marine 
nniinala  of  variouH  kindii,  noine  of  which  oxint  in  vaHt  niiinbcrg,  and  are  of  great 
iiii|K)rtance  in  a  national  point  of  view,  affording  food  and  cmplnyment  to  thou- 
kuimIm  of  fiahcrmen :  this  in  eHpcciaily  the  case  with  the  codfmh  on  the  shorca  of 
Norway,  and  the  lierring  of  the  Britiiih  coaat.  The  coiintleMri  iiiyriada  of  the«e 
liHh  which  viait  annually  the  northern  nhorca  of  Europe,  mignite  from  the  Arctic 
IScaa,  and  appear  oil'  the  Shetland  lolea  in  April  and  May.  ThcMo  are  only  tho 
forerunners  of  the  grand  division,  which  comes  in  June ;  and  their  appearance  is 
marked  by  certain  signs,  and  by  the  numbers  of  birds  which  tbilow  to  prey  upon 
thjm ;  but  when  the  main  body  approaches,  its  breadth  and  depth  are  such  as  to 
alter  the  very  appearance  of  the  ocean.  It  is  divided  into  distinct  columns  of  tive 
or  six  miles  in  length  und  three  or  four  in  breadth,  and  *hcy  drive  tho  water  before 
them  with  a  kind  of  rippling.  Sometimes  they  sink  for  ten  or  iifleen  minutes, 
then  rise  to  gain  the  surface,  and  in  bright  weather  reflect  a  variety  of  splendid 
colours,  like  a  field  of  the  most  precious  gems. 

Tho  pilchards,  on  the  southern  coast  of  England,  and  the  sardines,  on  that  of 
France,  are  fished  to  a  great  extent.  The  herring  is  but  little  if  at  oil  known  on 
the  Mediterranean ;  a  substitute,  however,  exists  in  tho  enormous  shoals  of  ancho- 
vies found  on  the  coasts  of  Spain,  France,  and  Italy,  which  employ  annually  in 
their  capture  and  preparation  a  great  nunibor  of  persons,  and  the  exportation  of 
this  highly-fluvoured  little  fish  to  all  parts  of  the  world  creates  an  important 
branch  of  permanent  commerce.  Tho  tunny  fishery  ia  peculiar  to  Sicily  and 
Malta,  but  is  not  pursued  to  the  same  extent  as  formerly. 

Europe,  considered  in  regard  to  its  languages,  comprehends  the  whole  globe, 
through  those  immense  colonies  which  have  been  founded  by  the  nations  of  this 
continent  in  every  other  quarter  of  the  world. 

The  present  European  languages  may  be  referred  to  four  stocks :  the  Teutonic, 
the  Celtic,  Sclavonic,  and  Latin.  The  English,  German,  Dutch,  Danish,  Norwe- 
gian, Swedish,  and  Iceland,  are  of  Teutonic  origin. 

The  Celtic  languages  are  the  Gaelic,  spoken  in  the  Highlands  of  Scotland,  the 
Hebrides,  a  great  part  of  Ireland,  and  the  Isle  of  Man ;  the  Cymbric,  used  in 
Wales ;  the  Low  Breton,  in  France ;  and  the  Basque,  in  the  south  of  France  and 
the  north  of  Spain. 

The  languages  of  Russia,  Poland,  Bohemia,  and  parts  of  Hungary,  are  all  dia- 
lects of  the  Sclavonic ;  and  those  derived  from  the  Latin  are  the  Spanish,  Portu- 
guese, Italian,  and  French. 

The  Spanish  or  Castilian  language  is  spoken  nearly  all  over  Spain,  and  the 
present  and  former  colonies  of  that  nation  in  various  purls  of  the  world.  It  is  very 
rich,  harmonious,  and  dignified.  The  written  and  polished  language  is  almost 
identical  with  the  Portuguese,  and  diflers  but  little  from  the  Italian.  The  latter 
is  esteemed  the  most  melodious  language  of  Europe,  and  is  superior  to  any  other 
in  music  and  poetry.  There  are  several  dialects  of  it;  in  Tuscany  it  is  found  in 
its  greatest  purity ;  in  Naples  it  is  said  to  be  the  most  corrupted ;  and  Venice  has 
its  own  peculiar  dialect,  which  excels  in  softness. 

The  French  language  is  considered  the  most  refined  of  any  in  Europe.  It  is 
well  adapted  for  conversation,  and  has  gradually  become  the  language  of  courts 
and  of  diplomacy,  and  is  understood  by  the  superior  classes  of  society  in  greater 
extent  than  any  other.    Its  dialects  ore  numerous. 

The  English,  spoken  in  England,  parts  of  Scotland  and  Ireland,  the  British 


M  RiU'K. 


.11: 


Colonic!  in  difTrri^Mt  iiunrtiirii  of  th<!  world,  ami  in  tlif  I'tntnl  Stntea,  ii«  the  miii-  , 
pivat  and  moat  tnoiionyllaltic  of  all  tlio  Kuri>|M>aii  uiuiniM,  ami  it  m  uUo  that  <<t' 
which  thfl  proniiiicmtion  ditrfni  iikwt  rnitii  tli(>  orthography.     Tho  F.ii^'liHh  Inn- 
Kuaffo  occupicH  one  ot'thu  iiioat  eminent  plucrx  in  Kuro(>ean  litcmtiin'.    It  m  cnin- 1 
parable  with  any  of  tlirin  in  eloganco,  and  iM'rlmiw  Hur|nM<«>M  them  nil  in  iMirrt;).  ' 
It  la  no  lestt  (frnceful  than  conciMS  itM  |Ha'try  la  at  onoe  manly  and  linriiKiniiniH ,  i 
and,  like  that  of  tlie  coi;nato  laiiffuaifca  of  the  north,  la  admirably  adapted  todrpicf 
the  Hubliniitiea  of  nature,  and  |M)iirtray  the  i»lron(rnr  pasHiomi.     Aa  tlit*  Itiniruii::)- 
of  political  and  parlinmuntarv  <>lo(|iu!nc<>,  it  ia  without  a  rival.     It  is  8iM)kt'n  by  Uh' 
grealeat  number  of  the  inhabitnntit  of  the  New  World. 

The  Gorman  lan|fua({e  prevaila  in  all  the  German  Htat  \,  in  Switzerland,  and 
alao  in  some  parts  of  Russia.  It  haw  a  numbi'r  of  dialects,  and  is  divided  iiitu  tin- 
Upper  German,  spokon  in  the  aouthern  parts,  the  Ixiw  (ierman  of  the  northern 
parts,  and  the  Hich  (ierman,  which  is  exclusively  the  lonKuaf^e  of  liookN  iind 
refined  society,  and  is  common  to  all  well-educated  (■erinans;  it  rankn  nlno  aH  the 
learned  language  of  the  north  and  i^reat  part  of  the  cast  of  Kurop(>.  The  literittiirt; 
of  Germany,  in  regard  to  the  quality  ot  its  proiluctions,  rivals  those  of  Fraiicc  and 
England,  and  surpa  les  them  in  abundance.  The  German  is  the  richest  in  words 
of  any  language  in  Juropc;  and  Uiis  distinction  it  owes  to  the  great  number  of  its 
monosyllabic  roots,  with  which  it,  creates  new  terms  ad  intinitum,  by  derivation 
and  composition.  The  Dutch,  a  r'crivativc  from  the  German,  is  the  lungmge  of 
Holland  and  of  her  co'oniea. 

The  Ruski,  or  Mo(ii..*n  Rusarn,  is  spok -'i  thro(i;:,'hout  the  Russian  Empire,  also 
in  parts  of  Galicia  and  Hungary.  It  is  Ay  since  the  reign  of  the  Czar  I'etcr 
that  it  has  become  the  language  of  litTm;,.no  and  of  business:  it  iiiis  several  dia- 
lects. The  Polish  is  the  national  lang  .a^u  of  the  nobility  and  the  commonalty  in 
all  the  countries  formerly  b( '.nping  to  Poland;  s  dialects  are  various.  The 
preference  given  to  Latin  in  ,he  i  itter  country  loii^  retarded  this  language. 

Europe  is  politically  divid  'I  into  61  independent  States,  of  which  some  of  the 
smaller  are  only  nominally  so,  being  in  a  measure  more  or  less  controlled  by  tho 
larger  and  more  powerful  States  in  their  vicinity.  Of  these,  three  are  styled  em- 
pires— Austria,  Russia,  and  Turkey ;  sixteen  kingdoms — Bavaria,  Belgium,  Den- 
mark, France,  Great  Britain  nnd  Ireland,  Greece,  Hanover,  Holland,  Naples,  Por- 
tugal, Prussia,  Sardinia,  Saxony,  Spain,  Sweden  and  Norway,  and  Wirtemberg; 
seven  grand  duchies — Bade  i,  Hesse-Darmstadt,  Mecklenburg-Schwcrin,  Meek- 
lenburg-Strelitz,  Oldenburg,  Saxe  Weimar,  and  Tuscany;  one  electorate — Hesse 
Cassel ;  eleven  duchies — Anhalt-Bemburg,  Anhalt-Cothen,  Anhalt- Dessau,  Bruns- 
wick, Lucca,  Modena,  Nassau,  Parma,  Saxe-Altenburg,  Saxc-Coburg-Gotha,  and 
Saxe-Meiningen-Hildburghausen ;  one  landgraviate  —  Hesse-Homburg ;  eleven 
principalities — HohenzoUern-Hechingen,  Hohenzollern-Segmaringcn,  Lichten- 
stcin,  Lippe-Detmold,  Lippe-Schauenburg,  Monaco,  Reuss-Greitz,  Reuss-Schlcitz, 
Schwarzburg^udolstadt,  Schwarzburg-Sondcrshausen,  and  Waldeck;  one  lord- 
ship— Kniphf«>t  '0'.- ,  one  ecclesiastical  slate — The  States  of  the  Church  ;  and  nine 
repxMics — Swii:.urland,  Ionian  Islands,  San  Marino,  Andorra,  Cracow,  and  the 
Free  Cities  of  Germany,  Hamburg,  Bremen,  Lubeck,  and  Frankfort 


SWEDEN   AND   NORWAY. 

Sweden  and  Norway,  now  united  into  one  kingdom,  form  an  extensive  region, 
stretching  from  the  utmost  verge  of  the  temperate  zone  fur  into  the  frozen  range 
of  the  arctic  circle.  Along  the  north  and  west  stretch  the  wide  shores  of  the 
Frozen  Ocean,  so  far  as  yet  known.  The  south-west  point  of  the  kingdom  borders 
on  the  North  Sea  or  German  Ocean.  The  Baltic  and  the  Gulf  of  Bothnia  en- 
close it  on  the  south  and  east;  so  that  it  forms  on  immense  peninsula.  The 
isthmus  by  which  it  is  joined  to  Russia  is  above  200  miles  broad,  but  so  closely 
barred  by  mountains  and  frozen  plains,  that  the  kingdom  is  nearly  inaccessible, 


«   ( 


|!.  '• 


1. 


•  V 


■  ■! 


1    > 


.'     f 


■£ 


I.   1 

m 


! 

II 

■■a 

,                     \ 

>i/! 

^ 

1 

I^,> 


■r: 


mi 


I 


SI: 


316 


SWKDKN  AM)  NORWAY. 


except  by  Hca.     Sweden,  Xorway  and  Denmark,  were  anciently  known  as  Scan- 
dinavia. 

'J'liiB  kinffdom  is  of  vast  extent.  Its  length,  from  the  extreme  point  of  Scania 
to  tlie  Nortli  ('ape,  is  liiTiO  miles.  Its  breadth,  from  the  extreme  points  of  the 
provinces  of  Stockholm  on  the  east,  and  Berpen  on  the  west,  will  little  excr'  I 
H50  miles.  Its  iireii  is  2t)T,(HM>  wjuare  miles.  Of  this  large  territory,  scarcely  a 
half  can  \w  conniderod  iis  belonging  to  the  civilized  world.  The  Laplander,  who 
derives  his  whole  subsistence  from  the  rein-deer,  can  hardly  be  included  within 
the  pale  of  civiiizi>d  society.  Even  the  southern  districts  have  a  rugged  and  re- 
pulsive aspect,  when  couipared  to  almost  any  other  European  state.  Forests  of 
1  tall  and  gloomy  pine  stretch  over  the  plains,  or  hang  on  the  sides  of  the  moun- 
tiins;  the  grouiui  f!ir  five  months  in  the  year  is  buried  under  snow;  cultivation 
appears  only  in  scattered  patches. 

The  mountains  consist  chiefly  of  the  dark  and  lofty  chain  of  the  Dofraflelds, 
which  were  tor  ages  a  barrier  between  the  two  separate  and  hostile  states  of 
Sweden  and  Norway,  but  are  now  included  within  the  united  kingdom.  In  pass- 
ing through  Norway,  some  of  its  pinnacles  exceed  8000  feet.-  Chains  of  second- 
ary elevation  run  through  Lapland ;  but,  in  approaching  the  North  Cape,  they 
again  rise  as  high  as  before,  and  face  the  polar  seas  with  clifls  of  prodigious 
magnitude. 

The  rivers  are  numerous,  Sweden  being  a  country  profusely  watered ;  bat,  as 
they  rise  in  the  Dofrafields,  and  traverse  the  divided  breadth  of  the  peninsula, 
they  seldom  attain  any  material  length  of  course.  The  largest  is  the  Dahl,  which 
falls  into  the  sea  at  Geffle,  after  a  course  of  260  miles.  The  "most  important  as 
to  navigation  are  those  which  form  the  outlet  to  the  lakes,  particularly  the  flK>tha, 
reaching  from  the  lake  Wentr  to  Gottcnburg.  The  Glommen  and  the  Dramme 
are  pretty  considerable  rivers,  running  from  north  to  south,  and  down  which  con- 
siderable quantities  of  timber  are  floated.  Lapland  pours  a  number  of  large 
streams  into  the  head  of  the  Gulf  of  Bothnia ;  but  these  are  usually  chained  in 
ice,  and  at  no  time  can  be  subservient  to  the  purposes  of  agriculture  or  naviga- 
tion.  • 

Lakes  form  the  grand  depository  of  the  surplus  waters  of  Swedeii.  The 
Wener  bears  almost- the  character  of  an  inland  sea,  and  the  completion  of  the 
canal  of  Trolhiitta,  by  enabling  its  coasts  to  communicate  by  the  Crotha  with 
Gottenburg,  has  given  them  almost  the  full  advantages  of  a  maritime  site.  The 
Wetter,  though  equal  in  length,  covers  not  nearly  so  great  an  extent  of  ground. 
Maler,  or  Malar,  is  a  narrow,  winding  loch,  or,  more  strictly,  a  bay,  running 
sixty  miles  into  the  interior  from  Stockholm,  to  whose  environs  its  variegated  and 
rocky  shores  give  a  beautiful  wildness.  Small  lakes,  enclosed  between  hills,  are 
of  very  frequent  occurrence,  both  in  Norway  and  Sweden. 

The  constitution  of  Sweden  is  one  of  the  few  in  Europe,  which  has  always 
preserved  some  portimi  of  that  representative  system  which  had  been  formed  in 
remote  uges.  Towards  the  close,  indeed,  of  the  last  century,  it  was  reduced  by 
Gustavus  III.  to  little  more  than  a  form.  Bernadotte,  however,  an  elected 
monarch,  without  any  national  claim,  was  obliged  to  c'ourt  the  favour  of  the 
nation,  and,  with  that  view,  to  re-establish  the  rights  of  its  ancient  diet.  This  is 
now  rather  an  antique  and  cumbrous  form  of  legislature,  consisting  of  four 
orders ;  the  nobles,  the  clergy,  the  peasants,  and  the  burghers ;  who  sit  and  vote 
in  separate  houses. 

In  the  division  of  powers,  the  royal  prerogative  is  ample.  The  king  appoints 
to  all  oflices  civil  and  military,  and  he  is  obliged  to  convoke  the  diet  only  once  in 
Ave  years,  and  to  continue  its  sittings  three  months ;  but  he  may  make  the  meet- 
ings more  frequent,  and  longer.  He  has  also  a  negative  upon  the  laws  proposed 
by  the  diet.  In  regard  to  the  diet  itself,  the  division  rests  with  a  majority  of  the 
houses ;  but  if  they  be  two  against  two,  the  balance  is  struck  by  the  committee 
of  state,  a  body  composed  of  a  certain  number  of  members  from  each.  No  tax 
can  be  levied,  or  loan  obtained,  without  the  consent  of  the  diet 

The  storthing  of  Norway,  restored  by  Bernadotte,  is  possessed  of  much  higher 
privileges  than  the  Swedish  diet.     It  assembles  more  frequently,  and  at  its  own 


it  i 
Xiof 


JM a±J.l>!JB 


•ws 


SWKDKN  AND  NORWAY. 


317 


time,  without  any  control  from  tho  kinp;  and  it  allows  to  him  only  a  siisprnsivo 
i  vflo,  oblif^in^  him  to  acrrpt  any  project  which  has  boon  three  tunes  pjvsented  by 
\  the  Btorthinp.     The?**  riphts  havinp  been  once  prantrd,  Bernadotte,  who  tbnnd 
I  them  pressing  somewhat  hard  njininst  his  prerosjative,  has  in  vain  nmde  several 
[attempts  to  abridf^  lliem.     A  iiifrhly  republican  spirit  prevails  in  .Norway,  and 
;  the  influence,  and  almost  existence,  of  tho  nobles,  is  nearly  annihilated. 
I      The  revenue  of  Sweden  is  abotit  ."|r),()()0,(tOO  a  year.     The  military  force  is  at 
present  138,.'yM):  regular  army,  4r),191 ;  landwehr  or  militia,  9:^,368.    Of  the  for- 
mer, Sweden  turnishes  ;W,201,  Norway  ll.JKK);  and  of  the  latter,  the  share  of 
Sweden  is  8y,3(W,  and  of  Norway  10,(M)0.    The  troops  are  raised  by  conscription  : 
I  lliey  only  receive  pay  when  on  actual  service;  remaining,  at  other  times,  in  the 
I  provinces,  where  they  employ  themselves  in  cultivating  lands  assigned  to  them 
j  for  their  support.     Sweden  seems  doomed  by  nature  to  be  rather  a  {)oor  country. 
I  Her  scanty  harvest  consists  solely  of  rye,  bigg,  and  oats,  scarcely  accounted  as  ! 
j  food  in  more  favoured  climates.     Scandinavia  is  described  generally  os  one  un- 
broken boundless  forest,  varied  only  in  its  aspect  by  little  patches  of  cultivated 
land. 

The  commerce  of  this  region  is  greater  than  its  unimproved  agriculture  and 
total  want  of  manufactures  might  lead  us  to  suppose.  But  nature  has  gifted  these 
bleak. territories  with  an  almost  inexhaustible  store  of  timber  and  iron,  two  of  the 
prime  necessaries  of  human  life.  These  articles  are  indeed  also  the  produce  of 
North  America;  and  Britain,  which  affords  the  best  market,  has  lately  sought  to 
favour  her  colonies  in  that  quarter  by  a  great  inequality  of  duties.  Yet  the  supe- 
rior quality  of  the  Scandinavian  commodity  always  secures  it  a  sale.  The  entire 
exports  of  Norway  are  estimated  at  l,8()0,000i.  sterling.  The  commerce  of 
Sweden  is  not  on  so  great  a  scale ;  her  surplus  timber  being  not  nearly  so  ample, 
though  her  iron  is  superior.  The  total  number  of  merchant  vessels  belonging  to 
the  different  towns  of  Sweden,  in  1829,  was  1178,  of  the  burthen  of  61,00()  tons. 
The  manufactures  of  Scandinavia  are  inconsiderable,  unless  we  should  class 
their  mines  as  such.  Even  in  the  common  trades,  the  work  is  lazily  and  ill  pcr- 
fqrmed,  and  charged  at  a  high  rate,  which  renders  this  the  most  expensive  country 
in  Europe  for  those  who  live  luxuriously.  It  is  a  curious  fact  that  some  great 
merchants  in  the  western  towns  send  their  linen  to  be  washed  in  London. 

The  irynes  of  silver,  copper,  lead,  and  especially  iron,  constitute  the  chief 
wealth  of  this  country.  In  1738,  a  gold  mine  was  discovered  near  Adelfbrs ;  but 
it  is  now  nearly  exhausted.  The  principal  copper  mines  are  in  Dalecarlia :  that 
X^.of  Falun  has  been  worked  upwards  of  1000  years,  and  produces  from  1,425,000 
to  1,500,000  pounds  of  copper  annually.  Sweden  likewise  produces  porphyry, 
rock-crystal,  cobalt,  alum,  and  antimony. 

Agricultural  industry  till  of  late  had  not  done  much  to  remedy  natural  defi- 
ciencies ;  it  is  now,  however,  pursued  with  considerable  assiduity,  especially  in 
the  southern  parts  of  the  country.  The  peasants  are  very  industrious,  but  owing 
to  the  deficiency  of  the  soil,  they  are  hardly  able  to  raise  enough  grain  for  home 
consumption.  Hence  Sweden  has  sometimes  to  import  grain  to  a  considerable 
extent ;  and  such  is  occasionally  the  scarcity,  that  the  peasantry  often  grind  the 
bark  or  even  wood  of  the  fir-tree  into  flour. 

Sweden  comprises  three  general  divisions,  Grothland,  Sweden  Proper,  and  Norr- 
land,  which  are  subdivided  into  26  lans  or  governments. 

The  population  of  Sweden,  according  to  the  latest  census,  made  in  1825, 
amounted  to  2,771,252 ;  of  whom  20,499  were  nobles ;  13,977  ecclesiastics ;  66,604 
citizens :  the  remainder  belonged  to  the  class  of  peasants.  The  population  of 
Norway,  by  a  census  made  in  November,  1826,  amounted  to  1,050,132. 

The  religion  of  Sweden  is  Lutheran,  and  the  church  Episcopal.  This  country, 
which  stood  long  at  the  head  of  the  great  Protestant  confederacy,  is  animated 
with  an  ardent  zeal  for  the  reformed  religion.  The  Catholics,  till  of  late,  scarcely 
enjoyed  common  toleration,  and  they  are  still  excluded  from  the  diet  and  the 
higher  offices  of  state.  The  Swedish  people  are  commended  for  their  regularity 
in  performing  the  duties  of  their  religion :  at  the  same  time  it  has  been  remarked 
that  the  dissenters  from  the  established  church  are  much  fewer  than  in  other  Pro- 


27' 


I 


!^ 


i" 


i 


i 


i\'  • 


"?j 


^A 


%'. 


J>(1 
*   I 


'r. 


— *.. 


t 


'J'<:'ii 


"■<  i 

<'  i 

..It 


Xiit'.:- 


318 


SVNEI>P:N  AM)  NdKWAY. 


testant  countries;  which  has  been  imputed  to  the  want  of  any  peculiar  fervour : 
upon  the  subject     The  wide  extent  and  thin  population  of  tlie  northern  dii<tricts  ! 
must  otlen  render  the  provission  for  their  religious  instruction  very  defective.    One  j 
(jf  the  subjects  in  which  Hwcden  may  most  justly  exult  is,  the  general  spread  of  i 
education  among  the  lower  ordcis,  which  seems  to  equal  or  excee<l  that  which 
Scotland  enjoys;  and  to  this  may  probably  be  in  a  great  measure  ascribed  their 
generally  meritorious  conduct.     Norway  is  not  nearly  so  literary  a  country  as 
Sweden :  it  has  even  been  stated  that  thero  is  not  in  tJie  whole  country  a  single 
bookseller's  shop.     This  was  in  a  great  measure  owing  to  the  jealousy  of  Den- 
mark, which  would  not  allow  an  university  to  be  founded  even  in  Christianiu, 
which  used  to  be  a  rival  to  that  of  Copenhagen. 

In  science,  the  Swedes,  considering  their  poverty  and  remote  situation,  have 
made  a  very  distinguished  figure.  They  have  cultivated,  with  peculiar  ardour, 
botany  and  mineralogy,  which  some  of  their  countrymen  mainly  contributed  to 
raise  to  the  rank  of  sciences;  and  have  also  made  large  contributions  to  chemistry, 
which  is  still  ably  pursued  by  several  distinguished  individuals.  Although  history 
and  poetry  have  been  cultivated,  they  have  not  produced  any  writers  whose  repu- 
tation has  spread  throughout  Europe.  From  the  limited  sphere  of  the  Swedish 
language,  few  works  of  science  are  written  in  it,  or  translated  into  it :  hence  the 
literati  of  Sweden  are  particularly  well  versed  in  the  languages  of  foreign 
nations. 

Stockholm,  the  capital,  is  situated  at  the  junction  of  the  lake  Malar  with  an 
inlet  of  the  Baltic.  It  stands  upon  seven  small  rocky  islands,  besides  two  penin- 
sulas, and  is  built  upon  piles.  A  variety  of  picturesque  views  are  formed  by  num- 
berless rocks  of  granite  rising  boldly  from  the  surface  of  the  water,  partly  bare 
and  craggy,  partly  dotted  with  houses,  or  adorned  with  gardens  and  trees.  The 
central  island  is  bordered  by  a  stately  row  of  buildings,  the  residences  of  the  prin- 
cipal merchants.  It  contains  the  palace  and  other  public  buildings ;  but  the 
houses  being  high,  and  the  streets  narrow,  its  appearance  is  somewhat  gloomy. 
The  number  of  bridges,  great  ond  small,  in  this  capital,  is  thirteen.  At  a  short 
distance  from  the  royal  palace  stands  a  fine  statue  of  Gustavus  III.,  in  bronze,  on 
a  pedestal  of  polished  porphyry.  The  city  has  likewise  an  arsenal,  a  mint,  an 
exchange,  and  two  theatres.  The  harbour  is  deep  and  capacious,  though  difficult 
of  access :  a  thousand  sail  of  shipping  may  lie  here  in  safety,  and  the  largest  ves- 
sels can  approach  close  to  the  quay.     Population,  78,000. 

Upsal,  formerly  the  great  metropolis  of  Sweden,  is  situated  on  an  extensive 

[iplain,  upon  the  small  stream  Fyrisa.     In  the  centre  is  a  square,  from  which  the 

streets  extend  in  straight  lines.     This  town  is  famous  for  its  beautiful  cathedral, 

and  for  its  university,  which  has  a  library  of  40,000  volumes.     Population  5000. 

Gottenburg,  near  the  mouth  of  the  River  Gota,  has  a  circumference  of  three 
miles.  It  is  regularly  fortified,  and  in  the  upper  part  of  the  town,  the  streets  rise 
above  each  other  like  an  amphitheatre.  Some  of  the  modern  buildings  are  of 
brick,  but  the  greater  number  are  of  wood,  and  painted  red.  The  harbour  is  spa- 
cious, and  the  commerce  considerable.     Population,  25,000. 

Carlscrona,  on  the  bay  of  the  Baltic,  is  the  station  of  the  Swedish  navy,  and 
has  a  harbour  which  is  defended  at  its  entrance  by  two  strong  forts.  It  is  cele- 
brated for  its  docks,  which  are  separated  from  the  town  by  a  high  wall,  and  one 
of  which  is  cut  out  of  the  solid  rock.     Population,  13,800. 

Orebro,  at  the  western  extremity  of  Lake  Hielmar,  carries  on  an  extensive 
trade.     Population,  3400. 

Malmoe,  exactly  opposite  Copenhagen,  contains  about  5000  inhabitants,  and 
possesses  some  commerce,  though  the  harbour  is  bad. 

Falun,  160  miles  north  of  Stockholm,  is  remarkable  for  its  extensive  copper- 
mines.  The  number  of  forges  here  give  the  town  a  very  sombre  appearance. 
Population,  4700. 

Gefle,  on  the  Gulf  of  Bothnia,  is  a  well-built  town,  with  some  foreign  com- 
merce.    Population,  10,000. 


f  '; 


SWKDEN  AND  NORWAY. 


319! 


NORWAY. 

This  extensive  portion  of  the  Swedish  monarchy,  recently,  by  compulsion,  but 
in  all  likelihood  permanc.Uly,  united,  comprises  a  very  long  line  of  maritime  ter- 
ritory, facing;  the  boundless  expanse  of  the  Northern  Ocean,  Throughout  its 
whole  length,  in  an  oblique  line  parallel  to  the  sea,  runs  the  chain  of  the  Dofra- ' 
fields,  presenting  many  bold  and  lofly  summits  covered  with  perpetual  snow. ' 
Sneehatta,  the  highest,  is  8100  feet.  Norway  produces  some  corn,  not  nearly  suf- 
ficient, however,  for  its  own  consumption ;  but  exports  large  quantities  of  timber 
and  fish,  receiving,  in  return,  those  commodities  of  which  it  stands  most  in  need. 

The  southern  provinces  of  Aggerhuus,  Christiania,  and  Christiansund,  include 
a  considerably  greater  proportion  of  level  territory  than  the  others.  They  have 
the  great  range  of  mountains  to  the  north  and  west,  and  arc  not  separated  from 
Sweden  by  these  natural  barriers.  Through  these  provinces  flow  southward  into 
the  bay  of  Christiania  the  Drammen  and  the  Glommcn,  the  two  greatest  rivers  of 
the  North,  and  bring  with  them  an  immense  quantity  of  timber,  which  is  cut  into 
deals,  and  exported  to  all  parts  of  Europe.     The  export  of  iron  is  also  considerable. 

Christiania,  the  capital  of  all  this  district,  with  a  population  of  20,.581,  now 
ranks  as  the  capital  of  the  whole  kingdom.  It  is  situated  at  the  head  of  a  Icng 
interior  bay  or  fiord.  Christiania  is  chiefly  supported  by  the  trade  in  deals ;  and 
those  cut  in  its  saw-mills  are  considered,  by  the  traders  in  this  article,  to  be  supe- 
rior to  all  others.  Some  of  its  merchants,  particularly  the  Ankers,  maintain  tire 
state  of  princes,  and  are  considered  equal  in  wealth  and  liberal  views  to  any  in 
Europe.  Christiania  comes  more  into  contact  than  Bergen  with  the  more  advanced 
countries  of  Europe,  and  has  adopted  almost  exclusively  the  improvements  which 
distinguish  them.  The  buildings  are  regular,  and  mostly  of  stone ;  so  that  in  the 
course  of  200  years,  while  other  Scandinavian  towns  have  been  repeatedly  reduced 
to  ashes,  Christiania  has  suffered  only  slight  injury  from  fire.  Since  the  union 
with  Sweden,  it  has  received  an  university,  with  two  professors,  who  have  mode- 
rate incomes,  chiefly  derived  from  grain. 

There  are  other  havens  of  some  importance  in  this  southern  tract  of  Norway. 
On  the  western  coast  of  Christiania  fiord,  the  two,  Bragenees  and  Stromsoe,  unite 
in  forming  what  is  called  Dram  or  Drammen,  at  the  mouth  of  the  important  river 
of  that  name.  Tongsberg,  at  the  bottom  of  the  same  side,  is  a  town  of  some 
ancient  celebrity,  but  now  a  good  deal  decayed.  On  the  eastern  side  of  the  same 
bay  is  Moss,  watered  by  a  stream,  turning  twenty  saw-mills,  by  which  an  immense 
quantity  of  deals  is  prepared  for  exportation.  Frederickshall,  an  ancient  and 
still  important  frontier  town,  is  beautifully  situated  in  an  interior  bay,  winding 
among  mountains.  Near  it  is  the  strong  fortress  of  Frederickstadt,  the  scene  of 
the  death  of  Charles  XII.  Christiansund,  the  most  southern  province  of  Norwcy, 
has  a  capital  of  the  same  name,  the  fourth  town  in  the  kingdom,  which,  from  its 
situation  on  the  Skagerrack,  is  visited  for  shelter  and  supplies  by  numerous  vessels 
entering  and  leaving  the  Baltic. 

The  province  of  Bergen  is  rude,  rocky,  and  mountainous,  consisting  of  the  slope 
downwards  to  the  sea  of  the  highest  part  of  the  Dofrafield  range.  The  town  of 
Bergen,  at  the  head  of  a  long  interior  bay,  was  formerly  accounted  the  capital, 
and  contains  a  population  of  18,511.  Its  commerce,  which  is  considerable,  is 
founded  on  the  exportation,  less  of  the  produce  of  the  country  behind  it,  than  of 
the  northern  fishery  at  DafToden,  of  which  the  produce  is  brought  to  Bergen  by 
numerous  barks.  Its  merchants  had  long  the  monopoly  of  this,  and  still  retain 
much  the  greatest  share.  They  are  chiefly  Dutch,  and  send  a  vessel  weekly  to 
Amsterdam  for  a  supply  of  the  garden  stuffs  which  their  own  soil  does  not  yield. 
Bergen  is  built  of  large  masses  of  wooden  houses,  amid  rocks,  and  has  suffered 
severely  by  fire. 

The  province  of  Drontheim,  to  the  north  of  Bergen  and  Christiania,  is  separated 
from  them  by  vast  mountains.  The  capital,  of  the  same  name,  is  situated  on  the 
shore  of  a  winding  fiord,  but  subsists  less  by  foreign  commerce  than  by  the  internal 
communication  between  numerous  valleys  and  districts  to  which  it  forms  a  central 


•  j  mi 


rv,»| 


i 


i.. 


^i!* 


J'  -^ 


If    ' 


'V':  f^. 
./I  If:' 


■+■■■■  ^^ti^i 


.-■  :k  . 
1. 


(• 


W-'. 

>,. 

vil-f     - 

^•^-' 

!" 

V;',-' 

; 

f'^-':,- 

,      ■, 

li' 


330 


LAPLAND. 


point  of  union.  The  society  of  Dronlheim  ia  always  held  forth  as  representing 
under  the  happiest  light  the  genuine  Norwegian  character ;  its  warmth  of  kind- 
ness, and  generous  hospitality.  Drontheim  is  built  wholly  of  wood,  and  lias  in 
consequence  been  seven  times  burnt  to  the  ground  ;  yet  l!ie  houses  are  handsome, 
and  ornamnnted  with  taste.  There  is  a  spacious  palactf,  built  wholly  of  this  ma- 
terial, and  partaking  its  imperfection.  Drontheim  alto  contains  the  remains  of 
a  cathedral,  the  largest  edifice  in  the  country,  and  to  which  the  whole  population 
of  the  north  came  once  in  pilgrimage.  The  environs  are  very  beautiful,  with 
numerous  country-seats,  and  lofty  snow-ciowned  hills  in  the  distance.  Christian- 
sund  is  also  a  small  sea-port  and  fishing  town  in  this  province. 

Beyond  Drontheim  commences  Norrland,  a  district  rather  than  a  province,  the 
name  being  vaguely  applied  to  all  the  north  of  Scandinavia.  Relatively  to  Nor- 
way, it  is  marked  by  an  increasing  severity  of  cold ;  the  mountains,  even  at  3000 
feet  high,  being  capped  with  perpetual  snow,  and  vast  table-plains  or  fields 
remaining  covered  with  it  during  the  whole  summer.  Grain,  even  of  the  coarsest 
descriptions,  ripens  only  in  a  few  favoured  spots.  The  climate,  however,  is  some- 
what milder  then  that  of  regions  under  the  same  latitude  on  the  Baltic ;  so  that, 
while  the  ports  of  Stockholm  and  Carlscrona  are  shut  duri  ig  several  months  of 
the  year,  those  of  Norrland  remain  continually  open.  Yet  in  this  dreary  region 
occurs  a  busy  scene  of  human  action  and  existence.  The  numerous  islands,  and 
the  deep  bays  between  £hem  and  the  land,  afford  spots  to  which  shoals  of  fish 
come  from  the  farthest  depths  of  the  North  Sea  to  deposit  their  spawn.  During 
the  whole  year,  the  herring  afibrds  a  regular  occupation  to  the  Norrland  boatmen ; 
but  from  February  to  April,  the  shoals,  migrating  from  thence,  and  from  all  the 
surrounding  coasts,  crowd  to  the  Loffoden  Islands,  the  central  seat  of  the  northern 
fishery.  These  islands  form  a  chain  parallel  to  the  land,  and  separated  by  narrow 
channels,  through  which  the  tides  of  the  Northern  Ocean  rush  with  tremendous 
rapidity.  Malstrdm,  the  famous  whirlpool,  when  the  tide  is  high,  produces  the 
effect  of  a  mighty  cataract.  Waves  are  seen  struggling  against  waves,  towering 
aloft,  or  wheeling  about  in  whirlpools;  the  dashing  and  roaring  of  which  are  heard 
many  miles  out  at  sea.  The  produce  of  the  fishery  is  conveyed  to  Bergen  in  a 
great  number  of  little  barks. 


^  LAPLAND. 

The  vast  region  of  Lapland  is  divided  from  the  rest  of  Scandinavia  by  a  line 
drawn  across  it  nearly  coinciding  with  the  Polar  Circle,  so  as  to  render  it  almost 
entirely  an  arctic  region.  It  consists  partly  of  great  chains  of  mountains,  some 
of  which  are  4000  feet  high,  while  other  extensive  tracts  are  level.  Through 
these  roll  the  Tornea,  the  Lulea,  the  Pitea,  and  other  rivers  of  long  course,  and 
navigable  for  the  few  boats  which  have  any  occasion  to  pass  along  them. 

The  Laplanders  are  a  peculiar  race,  short,  stout,  brown,  with  black  hair,  pointed 
chin,  and  eyes  rendered  weak  by  exposure  to  the  smoke  and  snow.  They  are 
divided  into  the  mountain  or  wandering  Laplanders,  and  those  who  dwell  in  what 
^re  called  villages.  The  swifl-footed  rein-deer,  which  they  train  to  draw  them  in 
sledges  over  the  snow,  form  their  riches ;  the  flesh  and  milk  of  these  animals 
compose  their  food,  and  the  skins  their  furniture.  The  tents  of  the  Laplanders 
are  formed  by  six  beams  of  wood  meeting  nearly  at  top,  covered  with  cloth,  a  flap 
of  which,  left  between  two  of  the  beams,  serves  as  the  door.  The  floor  is  spread 
with  rein-deer  skins,  having  the  hair  upwards,  and  which  thus  serve  for  either 
lying  or  sitting,  the  tent  being  too  low  to  stand  in,  except  in  one  place.  A  stone 
frame  is  made  in  the  middle,  for  the  fire ;  and  there  is  a  hole  at  the  top,  to  which 
the  smoke  must  find  its  way ;  but  this  it  does  not  effect  till  it  has  thickly  impreg- 
nated the  whole  tent  with  its  fumes;  which,  however,  are  valued  as  affording  a 
protection  in  winter  against  the  cold,  and  in  summer  against  the  swarms  of  mus- 
quitoes  with  which,  during  a  period  of  short  and  extreme  heat,  the  air  is  infested. 
The  herds  of  rein-deer  vary  from  300  to  upwards  of  1000,  according  to  the  wealth 


•>.*!.' 


DKNMARK. 


3*J1 


of  the  poKicssor.  All  day  thoy  wander  over  tho  hills,  and  in  Iho  cvcnini;  are 
driven,  not  without  some  occasional  remf»tnnct',  into  an  enclosed  park,  where  thoy 
uro  milked.  Each  yields  only  about  a  tea-cupful  of  milk  ;  but  rich,  aromatic,  and 
of  exquisite  taste. 

The  Laplanders  travel  from  place  to  place,  and  move  their  families,  usually  at 
the  beginning  of  winter  and  Huininor,  in  slcdfjes  made  in  the  form  of  a  boat,  and 
drawn  by  rein-deer.  These  animaJH  are  tamed  and  trained  with  considerable  dif- 
ficulty ;  and  they  arc  sometimes  restive :  hut,  in  general,  they  bound  over  hill  and 
dale  with  surprising  celerity.  Their  dresn  is  rarefully  contrived  for  the  purposes 
of  warmth.  The  under  part,  or  shirt,  is  composed  of  sheep's  skin  with  the  W(k>I 
inwards ;  while  the  exterior  coat  is  tbrmed  by  the  skin  of  the  rein-deer,  or  some 
other  animal,  having  the  fur  outwards.  They  add  fur  gloves,  and  a  woollen  pointed 
red  cap. 

The  entire  population  of  Lapland  is  about  60,000,  or  one  inhabitant  to  every 
three  square  miles.  Even  this  scanty  measure  is  supported  on  the  sea-coasts  only 
by  a  supply  of  tish. 

The  Laplanders  are  a  harmless  race,  among  whom  great  crimes  are  unknown. 
Only  one  murder  has  been  heard  of  in  twenty  years ;  and  the  absence  of  thefl  is 
proved  by  that  of  bars,  bolts,  and  other  safeguards.  They  do  not  show  that  open 
hospitality  and  warmth  of  heart,  for  which  rude  nations  are  so  often  celebrated. 
They  are  cold,  shy,  mistrustful,  and  difficult  to  treat  with,  at  least  unless  tobacco 
or  brandy  be  brought  in  as  a  mediator.  They  were  formerly  very  superstitious; 
and  the  Lapland  witches  were  famous  for  their  empire  over  the  winds,  which  they 
enclosed  in  bags,  and  sold  to  the  mariner.  The  magic  drum  and  the  enchanted 
chain  are  still  in  occasional  use.  Yet  the  Laplanders  have  been  converted  to 
Christianity,  and  are  attentive  to  its  duties,  coming  often  from  vast  distances  to 
attend  divine  service,  though  the  instructions  are  conveyed  to  them  only  through 
the  broken  medium  of  an  interpreter. 

The  sea-coast  of  Lapland  presents  a  continuation  of  the  same  bold  and  rocky 
features  which  distinguish  that  of  Norway.  Here,  too,  the  fishery  is  carried  on 
with  activity.  It  is  chiefly  in  the  hands  of  a  Finnish  race,  called  Quans,  who 
have  pushed  across  Lapland,  and  exert  an  activity  unknown  to  the  natives  of  that 
region.  The  Russians  from  Archangel,  also,  not  only  bring  their  meal  to  exchange 
for  fish,  but  carry  on  the  fishery  themselves  to  a  great  extent.  In  July  and  Au- 
gust they  cover  with  their  small  three-masted  vessels  all  the  fiords  and  sounds, 
and  throw  out  lines  that  are  sometimes  two  miles  long,  and  contain  600  or  700 
hooks;  so  that  their  vessels  are  filled  with  the  utmost  rapidity. 

The  government  has  founded,  on  the  large  island  of  Qualoe,  the  town  of  Ham- 
merfest,  one  of  the  most  northern  in  Europe,  and  destined  as  a  rival  to  Archangel ; 
but  the  settlement  has  never  taken  root  in  this  ungenial  climate,  and  continues 
also,  with  one  exception,  to  be  the  smallest  that  exists.  Mageroe,  the  most  north- 
erly of  the  islands,  consists  of  steep  rocks  rising  perpendicularly  from  the  sea,  and 
ascended  as  if  by  stairs.  The  northern  point  of  this  island  is  formed  by  the 
North  Cape,  the  grand  boundary  of  the  European  continent,  facing  the  depths  of 
the  Polar  Ocean.  It  consists  of  an  enormous  mass  of  naked  rock,  parted  by  the 
action  of  the  waves  into  pyramidal  ciif&,  down  which  large  fragments  are  conti- 
nually falling. 


DENMARK. 


Denmark  is  an  ancient  kingdom,  formerly  very  powerful,  holding  sway  over 
the  surrounding  regions,  and,  as  a  predatory  state,  the  terror  of  all  Europe.  Though 
now  reduced  to  the  secondary  rank,  her  situation  renders  her  of  importance  in  the 
general  system  of  the  Continent. 

Denmark  consists  mainly  of  an  extensive  peninsula,  shooting  out  from  the  north- 
west corner  of  Germany,  and  a  cluster  of  large  islands  to  the  east  of  the  penin- 
sula. The  Danish  peninsula  is  termed  Jutland ;  and  the  islands  in  the  interior  of 
the  Baltic,  interposed  between  Jutland  and  Scandinavia,  are  Zealand,  Funen, 


* 

1 

'■1 

.  •ft'" 

li 

t 
1 

i 

1 
1 

I 


:!.;• 


(•. 


(.v.. 


•'W 


\ 

■    ,  ■ 

I       ; 
*    ' 

1 
,, 

!  - 

•  i 


!% 


. '» 


'■'  '■  'I- 

■'■«.-=  I 


'v-i\ 


^^ 


U 

?>..il 


i  ■ 


1.      . 


iif  IkV 


\r 


»•. 


m 

^ 


k.ht: 


f 


••t)r  . 


0: 


pi?  ^^ 

".j^r-i 

h^-^ 

M:'-- 

lJ 

■IBl^ 


3'J2 


DENMARK. 


Olensicc,  and  a  few  olhera  of  smaller  note.  Denmark  holds  also  the  German  ter- 
ritories of  Hleawick  and  Ilolstein;  with  Iceland,  the  Faroe  Islands,  and  some 
Kottlemf.nts  on  the  coast  of  Greenland,  remnants  of  her  former  maritime  jrower ; 
to^cthci'  with  Uic  colonies  in  the  tlast  and  West  Indies,  and  on  the  const  of 
(iiiinea. 

The  extent  of  the  dominions  of  a  country  broken  into  such  a  variety  of  dclaclicd 
portions  can  with  difficulty  W^  cstimal^d.  1'he  otily  compact  mass  consists  of  Jut- 
land, Sleswick,  and  Holstcin ;  bouiidod  on  ilio  w»>st  and  north  by  the  North  Son 
or  (lerman  Ocean ;  on  the  eoet  >>'  the  s-oands  vvliirh  form  the  entrance  of  the 
Baltic;  on  the  south  by  thi;  EHk;.  This  tract  li  .  generally  between  rA\^°  and 
57i°  north  latitude,  and  8°  ■a<\'}  IP  < :.'st  ^  ;  ;/itU'i»>.  We  have  thus  a  leniyth  of 
280  milfB,  and  a  breadth  ol  l'./0.  'I'he  t.)tai  area  ut  ;he  Danish  monarchy,  is  about 
2*2,(K)0  sqc'ire  miles. 

The  surfnce  of  Denmark  in  nearly  flat;  forming,  with  the  exception  of  Hol- 
i  !and,  the  lo'\  est  part  of  the  great  plain  of  Northern  Germany.  The  islands,  in 
particular,  in  many  places,  rise  only  a  few  feet  nlwve  the  level  of  the  sea.  The 
soil,  as  in  the  rest  of  this  plain,  is  froquont  /  saijJy  and  marshy;  the  climate 
hnn»id,  though  not  liable  to  those  severe  troi-ts  which  prevail  in  the  interior  of 
Scandinavia.  Hente  it  affords  food  ;>H8turaire,  and  its  soil  is  favourable  to  the 
j]frowth  of  the  coarsnr  '.pocies  of  graii.  The  insular  and  peninsular  character  of 
her  territory  gives  Denmark  an  extent  ot  coast  which  certainly  does  not  fall  short 
of  600  miles;  and  there  is  said  to  be  no  part  of  the  land  more  than  ten  miles  dis- 
tant from  the  sea.  This  strncture  leaves  no  room  for  the  'formation  of  any  rivers 
of  the  least  consequence,  except  the  Eyder  in  Ilolstein,  and  the  canal  of  Kiel,  by 
which  an  important  communication  is  formed  between  the  ocean  and  the  Baltic. 
Jutland  contains  a  number  of  shallow  but  extensive  lakes,  closely  bordering  on  the 
sea,  with  which  they  in  many  places  communicate,  and  may  hence  be  regarded  as 
bays. 

The  agriculture  of  Doiimark  is  conducted  under  considerable  disadvantages,  both 
of  climate  and  soil.  The  climate,  though  not  subject  to  severe  frost  or  intense 
cold,  is  chill  and  damp ;  and  the  land  consists,  in  u  great  measure,  of  sand  and 
marsh.  Every  part  of  the  kingdom,  however,  is  capable  of  some  cultivation,  and 
occasional  tracts  of  luxuriant  fertility  occur.  Such  are  the  islands  of  Zealand, 
Laaland,  and  Falster ;  and,  in  a  still  greater  degree,  the  sea-coast  of  Sleswick  and 
Holstein ;  for  the  interior  is  arid  and  sandy.  The  industry  of  the  peasant  in  Den- 
mark Proper  suffers  many  severe  checks;  he  has  been  but  recently  emancipated 
from  personal  bondage,  and  is  still  subjected  to  many  feudal  usages.  Life-leases, 
under  which  the  payment  is  made  in  produce  or  personal  services,  are  common. 
The  proprietors  are  generally  embarrassed,  and  unable  to  expend  much  on  the 
improvement  of  their  lands.  The  fanners  of  Holstein  and  Sleswick  carry  on  the 
process  of  cultivation  with  great  skill  and  activity.  The  chill  moisture  of  the 
climate  is  less  favourable  to  the  cultivation  of  wheat  than  of  barley,  rye,  and  oats ; 
all  of  which  afford  a  large  surplus  for  exportation.  The  rearing  of  cattle  is  also 
an  extensive  branch  of  industry,  though  too  little  attention  has  been  paid  to  the 
improvement  of  the  breeds,  unless  on  the  west  coast  of  Sleswick,  on  whose  moist 
and  rich  meadows  is  produced  what  bears  a  high  reputation  under  the  name  of 
"  Hamburg  beef."  Over  all  Denmark,  the  produce  of  the  dairy  forms  the  basis  of 
a  large  export  trade. 

The  manufactures  of  Denmark  are  extremely  rude,  and  consist  chiefly  in  work- 
ing up  the  flax  and  wool  of  the  country  in  a  coarse  form  for  domestic  use.  A 
great  proportion  also  of  the  wool  is  exported.  Government  have  employed  great 
efforts  to  raise  Denmark  to  the  rank  of  a  manufkcturing  country ;  and  some  fabrics 
in  the  different  kinds  of  cloth,  brandy,  sugar-refining,  &c.,  have,  under  its  patron- 
age, been  set  on  foot  in  the  large  towns ;  but  these  are  all  languishing,  and  with 
difficulty  support  foreign  competition. 

The  commerce  of  Denmark  is  in  a  more  active  state  than  the  other  branches 
of  industry ;  though  it  is  still  not  such  as  to  give  her  a  prominent  place  among 
the  powers  of  Europe.  The  basis  consists  in  the  exportation  of  its  raw  produce. 
The  grain  exported  from  Jutland,  consisting  of  wheat,  rye,  barley,  and  oats. 


DENMARK. 


3S3 


amounted,  in  1825,  to  the  value  of  2,3(10,(XN)  (lollani ;  and  of  butter  and  cheosts 
I.IUMMNHI  dollars.  Holstoin  and  Sleawick,  cailo«l  the  duchioH,  export  largely  of 
the  Hatnc  productions  as  Jutland. 

Denmark,  from  its  situation  between  the  northern  and  middle  states,  has  a  con- 
siderable carrying  trade  of  the  bulky  articles  produced  by  the  former;  and  hai4 
also  a  good  deal  of  ship-building.  Both  the  whale  and  herring-fi^shcrios  are  like- 
wise carried  on  to  some  extent. 

The  constitution  of  Denmark,  originally  founded  on  the  basis  of  the  uiout  com- 
plete feudal  independence,  to  the  extent  of  rendering  the  monarchy  itself  elective, 
underwent  a  complete  change  in  1660,  when  Frederick  HI.  had  the  addrcHs  to 
obtain  an  act  by  which  the  crown  was  declared  hereditary,  and  himself  invested 
with  supreme  and  absolute  power.  The  sway  of  the  Danish  princes  has,  how- 
ever, been  exceedingly  mild  and  popular,  and  their  despotic  power  exerted  in  a 
manner  beneKcial  to  the  people,  as  it  limited  the  oppressive  rights  exercised  by 
the  nobles.  These,  however,  continue  to  be  extremely  obnoxious ;  and  it  is  only 
within  a  very  few  years  that  the  body  of  the  people  wore  emancipated  from  a 
state  of  personal  slavery.  The  nobles  are  few  in  number,  consisting  only  of  one 
duke,  nineteen  counts,  and  twelve  barons.  The  king  himself  presides  at  the 
supreme  national  tribunal. 

The  revenue  amounts  to  from  about  $7,500,000  to  |t8,000,000.  There  is  a 
nominal  debt  of  $75,000,000;  but  the  interest  paid  upon  it  is  pmall. 

The  military  and  naval  establishments  are  on  a  scale  suited  to  a  greater  coun- 
try than  what  remains  of  Denmark.  The  army  is  kept  up  to  nearly  40,000  regu- 
lar troops  and  60,000  militia.  The  navy  consists  of  six  ships  of  the  line,  six 
frigates,  and  four  corvettes,  besides  smaller  vessels.  The  sailors  being  all  regis- 
tered, no  difficulty  is  ever  found  in  manning  the  navy. 

The  population  of  the  Danish  dominions  in  18:)2,  amounted  to  2,049,000 ;  of 
which  1,510,000  were  in  its  ancient  domain  of  the  islands  Jutland  and  Sleswick; 
404,000  in  Holstein;  40,000  in  Lauenburg;  51,000  in  Iceland;  14,000  in  Green- 
land and  the  Faroe  Islands.  The  Danish  colonies  are  Christiansburg,  and  other 
stations  in  Guinea,  with  44,000  inhabitants ;  Santa  Cruz,  St.  Thomas,  and  St 
John,  in  the  West  Indies,  v/ith  47,000 ;  and  Tranquebar  and  factories  on  the  Co- 
romandel  coast,  in  the  E&at  Indies,  with  60,000. 

The  Danes  are  generally  quiet,  tranquil,  and  industrious.  The  inhabitants  of 
the  towns,  who  are  chiefly  engaged  in  trade,  have  a  great  share  of  the  patient, 
thrifty,  and  persevering  habits  of  the  Dutch.  The  peasantry,  poor  and  oppressed, 
are  beginning,  however,  to  raise  their  heads ;  and  the  nobles,  no  longer  addicted 
to  those  rude  and  daring  pursuits  which  rendered  them  once  so  formidable,  live 
much  in  the  style  of  opulent  proprietors  in  other  European  countries. 

The  Lutheran  religion  was  early  and  zealously  adopted  in  Denmark,  to  the 
extent,  indeed,  of  granting  toleration  to  no  other;  but  the  liberal  principles  now 
diffused  throughout  Europe,  have  made  their  way  fiiily  into  that  country.  Sci- 
ence was  at  one  era  somewhat  brilliantly  patronised  in  Denmark.  The  observa- 
tory at  Orienbaum  was  the  theatre  of  many  of  the  most  important  modern  obser- 
vations ;  and  Tycho  Brahe  ranks  as  one  of  the  fathers  of  modern  astronomy.  Late 
writers  have  introduced  a  school  of  poetry  and  dramatic  literature,  founded  upon 
that  of  the  modern  German.  The  government  has  bestowed  a  laudable  attention 
on  the  general  education  of  its  people,  and  has  even  passed  a  law,  requiring  every 
child,  of  a  certain  age,  to  be  sent  to  school.  The  schools,  on  the  plan  of  mutual 
instruction,  amounted,  in  1829,  to  2500,  bud  more  were  in  progress;  there  are 
also  8000  grammar  and  parish  schools. 

Copenhagen,  called  by  the  Danes  Kiobenhavn,  the  metropolis  of  the  Danish 
dominions,  is  situated  on  a  low  and  marshy  promontory,  on  the  east  side  of  the 
island  of  Zealand.  The  circumference  of  the  city  is  about  five  miles ;  it  is  regu- 
liiriy  fortified  towards  the  land  and  sea.  Many  of  the  streets  are  intersected  by 
canals,  by  which  a  considerable  commerce  is  carried  on.  The  town  is  divided 
into  three  parts,  viz.  the  Old  and  the  New  town,  and  Christianshaven.  Thoro  is 
a  beautiful  octagon,  called  Frederic's  Place,  in  the  New  town,  ornamented  with 
an  equestrian  statue  of  Frederic  V.  in  bronze.     The  arsenal,  the  exchange,  and 


;«■  .     » 


•'..I 


I. 


[•' 


f 

-  f 

i 

:'  ",♦ 

y , 


!!■■• 


if 


■■;.[ 


i-  J 


«:*: 


I: 


\'i 


U,-;-: 


M: 


■!■*,;■    ". 

**;, 

Ury 

SS*i.''  •    .' 

i£&>!^ 

''m 


ICELAND. 


I  ihc  barracks,  arc  liandBome  edifices.  The  Royal  Observatory  is  abinit  13()  fort 
'  hi(fh,  and  71)  in  diameter,  and  has  a  npiral  mad  of  brick,  atrordin^  an  caHy  aHcent 
I  for  carriaffos  to  the  top.  This  city  owes  much  of  its  present  rejfularity  and 
l>onuty  to  tliR  disastrous  fires,  by  which  it  has  so  often  been  partially  destroyed. 
The  buildinjfs  arc  mostly  of  brick  covered  with  stucco,  or  of  Norwegian  marble. 
There  arc  here  three  extensive  libraries,  namely,  the  Royal  Library,  contnininpr 
above  'JfMMNN)  volumes,  the  University  Library,  containing  100,000  volumes,  and 
the  Clasen  Library.     Population  115,(M)0. 

Sleswick,  the  capital  of  the  duchy  of  that  lame,  is  a  lonff,  irref^ular,  but  hand- 
some town  with  L'),000  inhabitants.  Its  cathedral  with  numerous  monuments  of 
ancient  dukes  is  viewed  with  interest.  Altona,  on  the  Elbe,  about  two  miles  from 
Hamburg,  is  a  place  of  considerable  trade  and  extensive  manufactures.  Popula- 
tion 25,000. 

Elsinore,  or  Elsineur,  at  the  narrowest  part  of  the  Sound,  is  protected  by  the 
strong  fortress  of  Cronenberg,  and  contains  about  30  commercial  houses.  It  has 
an  excellent  roadstead,  in  which  ships  anchor  almost  close  to  the  town.  At  this 
place  the  tolls  of  the  Sound  are  collected.     Population  7,000. 

Kiel,  the  capital  of  Ilolstein,  is  a  fortified  town  on  a  bay  of  the  Baltic,  and  is 
the  seat  of  a  celebrated  University.     Population  7,500. 

Gluckstadt,  near  the  mouth  of  the  Elbe,  has  some  trade,  and  is  engaged  in  the 
Greenland  fishery.     Population  5,200. 

Flensberg,  in  the  duchy  of  Sleswick,  has  a  good  harbour  and  is  a  place  of  aomc 
commerce.    Population  15,000. 


ICELAND. 

Iceland,  an  appendage  of  the  Danish  crown,  unimportant  in  a  political  view, 
but  interesting  from  its  physical  and  moral  aspect,  is  situated  in  the  Northern 
Ocean,  on  the  border  of  the  arctic  circle,  and  at  the  farthest  verge  of  the  civi- 
lized world.  It  is  a  large  island,  220  miles  in  length,  and  210  in  breadth ;  con- 
taining about  40,000  square  miles.  Iceland  belongs,  by  its  situation,  to  the  polar 
world ;  and  the  mountain  chains,  from  3000  to  3000  feet  high,  with  which  it  is 
everywhere  intersected,  give  it  a  still  more  severe  and  stern  character.  Barley 
is  the  onl;  grain  that  can  be  raised,  and  this  only  in  patches ;  cabbages,  and  a 
few  other  imported  vegetables,  may  be  produced,  but  by  no  means  in  perfection. 
The  dependence  of  the  inhabitants  is  chiefly  upon  the  abundance  of  fish  which 
the  surrounding  seas  afford ;  3o  that  the  interior,  comprising  about  half  of  the 
island,  is  a  desert  of  the  most  dreary  character. 

The  mountain  phenomena  of  Iceland  are  very  striking.  Hecla,  with  its 
flaming  volcano,  is  the  most  celebrated;  but  its  eruptions,  of  which  six  have 
occurred  in  the  course  of  a  century,  are  at  present  suspended. 

The  Geysers  form  a  phenomenon  strikingly  characteristic  of  Iceland,  and  rank 
with  the  most  extraordinary  that  are  produced  on  any  part  of  the  globe.  They 
consist  of  fountnins,  which  throw  up  boiling  water,  spray,  and  vapovr,  to  a  great 
height  into  the  .^.r.  The  eruptions  are  not  continuous,  but  announce  their  ap- 
proach by  a  sound  like  that  of  subterraneous  thunder;  immediately  afler  which, 
a  column  of  water,  accompanied  with  prodigious  volumes  of  steam,  bursts  forth, 
and  rushes  up  to  the  height  of  fifly,  sixty,  ninety,  or  even  a  hundred  and  fifty 
feet.  The  water  soon  ceases ;  but  the  spray  and  vapour  continue  to  play  in  the 
air  for  several  hours,  and,  when  illuminated  by  the  sun,  produce  lie  most  brilliant 
rainbows.  The  largest  stones,  when  thrown  into  the  orifice,  arc  instantly  pro- 
pelled to  an  amazing  height,  and  remaining  often  for  some  minutes  within  the 
influence  of  the  steam,  rise  and  fall  in  singular  alternation.  Stones  thrown  into 
the  fountain  have  the  remarkable  effect  of  acting  as  a  stimulus  to  the  eruption, 
and  causing  it  to  burst  from  a  state  of  tranquillity.  The  basin  of  the  Great 
Geyser  is  of  an  oval  form,  with  diameters  of  fifly-eight  and  sixty-four  feet.  Every 
spot  around  the  Geysers  is  covered  with  variegated  and  beautiful  petrifiictions. 


great 
very 
flourii 
into 
forme 
and  tl 
of  tht 
confei 
Hn 
Belg'i 
lat.,  a 


HOLLAND. 


3-13 


I>>avet«,  gTMB,  rustics,  are  converted  into  white  stone,  prescrvinf;  entire  every 
(ibro. 

The  Sulphur  Mountains,  with  thoir  caldrons  of  boilinji;  imi<l,  present  another 
pheno'ncnon  which  the  traveller  behuUtn  with  the  uliiiost  aAttoiilHlimeiit.  These 
consist  chiefly  of  clay,  covered  with  a  rruct,  which  is  hot  to  the  touch,  and  of 
sulphur,  from  almost  every  part  of  whicii,  jfits  and  steam  are  perpetually  ocnpinff. 
Sumetimcs  a  loud  noise  (guides  the  traveller  to  a  spot  where  caldrons  of  black 
boilinfr  mud,  largely  impregnated  with  this  mineral  substance,  arc  throwing  up,  at 
short  intervals,  their  eruptions.  That  on  the  Krabia  had  a  diameter  eijual  to 
that  of  the  Great  Geyser,  and  rose  to  the  height  of  thirty  feet.     The  Hilutilion  of 

J  the  spectator  here  is  not  only  awful,  but  even  dangerous;  stunding,  on  a  support 
which  feebly  sustains  him,  over  an  abyss  wi.ere  fire  and  brimstone  are  in  dreadful 
and  incessant  action. 

The  civil  and  social  state  of  Iceland  presents  featyrcs  no  less  interesting.  It 
was  discovered  about  the  year  840,  by  Nadod,  a  Daniiih  pirate.  After  its  settle- 
I  ment  it  became  a  little  independent  republic ;  and  the  urts  and  literature,  driven 
before  the  tide  of  barbarism,  which  then  overwhelmed  the  rest  of  Europe,  took 
refuge  in  this  remote  and  frozen  clime.  Iceland  had  its  divines,  its  annalists,  its 
|>oets,  and  was  for  some  time  the  most  enlightened  country  then  peihnps  existing 
in  the  world.  Subjected  first  to  Norway,  in  1201,  and  afterwards  to  Denmark,  it 
lost  the  spirit  and  energy  of  an  independent  republic.  Yet  the  ditfusion  of  know< 
ledge,  even  among  the  lowest  class,  which  took  place  during  its  prosperous  period, 
still  exists  in  a  degree  not  paralleled  in  the  most  enlightened  of  other  nations. 
Men  who  seek,  amid  the  storms  of  the  surrounding  ocean,  a  scanty  provision  for 
their  families,  possess  an  acquaintance  with  the  classical  writings  of  antiquity, 
and  a  sense  of  their  beauty.  The  traveller  finds  the  guide  whom  he  hos  hired 
able  to  hold  a  conversation  with  him  in  Latin,  and  on  his  arrival  at  his  miserable 
place  of  rest  for  the  night,  is  addressed  with  fluency  and  elegance  in  the  same 
language.  "  The  instruction  of  his  children  forms  one  of  the  stated  occupations 
of  the  Icelander ;  and  while  the  little  hut  which  he  inhabits  is  almost  buried 
in  the  snow,  and  while  darkness  and  desolation  are  spread  universally  around,  the 
light  of  an  oiMamp  illumines  the  page  from  which  he  reads  to  his  family  the  les- 
sons of  knowledge,  religion,  and  virtue."    Population  51,000. 

The  Faroe  Islands  compose  a  groiiip  in  the  Northern  Ocean,  between  61°  15' 
and  62°  20'  N.  lat.,  to  the  north  of  Shetland,  which  they  resemble.  The  prin- 
cipal are  Stromoe,  Osteroe,  Suderoe,  and  Sandoe,  with  the  smaller  islands  of 
Nordoe,  Wideroe,  and  Waagoe.  Their  only  wealth  is  produced  by  the  rearing 
of  sheep,  fishing,  and  catching  the  numerous  birds  which  cluster  round  the  rocks. 
With  the  surplus  of  these  articles  they  supply  their  deficiency  of  grain.  Thor- 
sharn,  on  Stromoe,  is  the  only  place  that  can  be  called  a  town. 


HOLLAND. 


The  Netherlands,  comprising  now  the  two  kingdoms  of  Holland  ar  ^  ^elgium, 
form  a  maritime  territory,  which,  situated  almost  in  the  centre  between  the  north 
and  south  of  Europe,  and  penetrated  by  the  Rhine  and  its  tributaries,  possesses 
great  natural  advantages  for  industry  and  commerce.  It  has,  accordingly,  from  a 
very  early  period  of  modern  history,  ranked  as  one  of  the  most  prosperous  and 
flourishing  parts  of  Europe.  The  union  of  the  Batavian  and  Belgic  Netherlands 
into  one  kingdom,  though  in  &ct  only  a  renewal  of  that  which  subsisted  at  a 
former  period,  was  suddenly  terminated,  in  1830,  by  a  revolution  of  the  Belgians, 
and  the  erection  of  their  country  into  a  separate  monarchy,  through  the  mediation 
of  the  five  great  powers  of  Europe ;  and  the  crown,  with  their  consent,  has  been 
conferred  on  prince  Leopold,  formerly  of  Saxe-Coburg. 

Holland  is  bounded  north  by  the  German  Ocean,  east  by  Germany,  south  by 
Belgium,  and  west  by  the  German  Ocean.  It  extends  from  51"  10'  to  53°  25'  N. 
lat.,  and  from  3°  2i'  to  7°  5'  E.  Ion.,  and  contains  11,100  square  miles.  The  Rhine 

28 


'■li 


■  M 


.  n 


'11 


<1 


.■,..:? 


i 


ill 


m 


^\-.m.\ 


,.:;;Ui 


■MR* 


.196 


flOI.I.AMt. 


R..- 


:f  •;  ' 


V 


>■  ■^'.. 


J' 


sit 

I  f< ' 


rnhTf>  thi«  roiintry  from  Ihn  wmth-fniit  n-xl  flown  throojrh  it  t<i  tho  ^••n  hy  i«»vfrnl 
tnoiitlin.  Tlio  .Mn*'H»'  or  Mt'iicc!  riwn  in  FViricf  nn<l  (!o\vn  niirth-ra»«tiTly  thrrjin;!! 
R''l)finrn  into  lUnllnnil,  wtn-rf  it  tiirnH  to  the  wput  an.l  'init«'H  with  xho  iriinilliM  ot' 
ilif  HhiiK'.  Til'"  '/iiyHfT  /.«•<>  tn  ii  Inr^i'  inlnnil  l«v,  in  tlif  nortlurn  |mrt,  (tO  inilcH 
in  pxt»?n1.  Tlif  Km  of  lliuirN'm  <n  n  Ink*',  14  niifog  in  Irnpth,  »o  tlio  wpM  of  th»' 
'/iiv«lor  y.i^v,  nnr?  corninnnirntinp  with  if  by  Ihc  river  V,  whitli  pni^HCH  liy 
AinHt«'r<lam.     TIhto  nrc  ninny  ■<mnll  Inkfw  in  Ihn  northern  provinn-  of  Frifj-lnml. 

Thn  wh«»if;  rcrtuilry  iH  low  nnd  Hat,  n  >rr<'iif  jwirt  of  it  Ix'inp  J>»'low  the  lrv«  1 
of  th«  flftR.  From  tin*  fop  of  n  Hfcfplf  tho  oyr  ninf,'r8  ovrr  a  iMJiinillpHu  plnin, 
interw^ctiMi  by  rannlH  nnil  dikp«;  tm'udows  of  the  frt'shfst  verdufp,  cnv.'r«'<l  by 
niiiuKrouH  h«'r«lH  of  cattle;  townt«,  villnifes  nnd  detnrhed  honsTH  pmlioNoni<>d  m 
tre^.4 :  nunieroiiH  voHHels  continiinlly  ^lidin^  nionfr  the  caniilii,  nnd  by  the  nnirmt- 
tion  whi<;h  thf-y  pi\f}  to  the  IiindHcnpi-,  conip4<nsaling  in  Homo  dp|;rct»  for  ita  want 
of  Ixtid  and  pictiirvixqiio  bcaiily. 

(!Hnal»  are  ns  niimeroua  in  Ifolland  a»  roadH  in  other  conntrifH,  and  Ihc  country 
is  «o  level  that  they  «cnrcely  need  a  lock  in  their  conHtriiction.  Home  of  them 
arc  aH  old  m  the  lOth  century.  The  most  noted  ;h  the  Great  Dutch  Canal,  5(1 
miles  iij  ionpfth  from  Amsterdam  to  the  Helder,  It  is  124^  feet  wide  at  the  aur- 
fuce,  anil  20  feet  U  inches  deep.  It  has  two  tide-locks  at  the  extremities,  and  two 
sluices  with  flood-f»nf.es  in  the  intermediate  space.  The  width  is  sufficient  to 
allow  two  tViirates  to  pass  each  other.  This  canal  was  bepun  in  181U  and  com- 
pleted in  1825.  at  a  co«t  of  about  4,4(HMXK)  dollars.  It  is  hiphly  convenient  for 
vessels  sailing;  from  Amsterdam,  which  otherwise  are  liable  to  be  detained  by  head 
winds  for  several  weeks. 

The  Dutch,  by  unwearied  industry,  have  conquered  every  disadvantage  of 
climate,  soil  and  territory.  The  humidity  and  coldness  of  the  air  are  unfavour- 
able to  the  culture  of  corn.  Yet  the  labours  of  the  patient  inhabitants  have  con- 
vetted  their  hopgy  and  sterile  territory  into  one  of  the  richest  spots  in  Europe. 
The  corn  raised  is  insufficient  for  home  consumption,  but  the  products  of  the  dairy 
are  abundant.  By  draining  the  bofrs  and  marshes,  excellent  meadows  are  created, 
upon  which  cattle  fatten  to  a  vast  size;  the  utmost  attention  is  paid  to  their 
warmth  and  cleanliness,  and  even  in  the  summer  these  animals  appear  in  the 
meadows  clothed  with  apparently  ludicrous  care  to  keep  otT  the  flics. 

Wheat,  rye,  barley,  oats,  peas,  beans  and  buckwheat  are  raised  for  internal 
consumption :  and  madder,  rape  seed,  hops,  tobacco,  clover  seed,  mustard  seed, 
flax,  hemp  and  poppy  oil,  for  consumption  and  exportation.  Much  attention  is 
paid  to  horticulture:  the  gardens  and  orchards  arc  kept  in  very  neat  order.  Hol- 
land became  at  an  early  period,  a  maritime  power,  and  estabiiehed  settlements  in 
various  parts  of  the  globe. 

The  manufacturing  industry  of  the  country  was  one  great  support  of  its  com- 
merce, and  the  linens,  silks,  and  woollens  of  Holland  were  spread  overall  Europe, 
The  political  revolutions  of  modern  times  have  been  ruinous  to  the  Dutch  com- 
merce, yet  the  trade  is  still  considerable.  In  1828,  there  entered  at  the  port  of 
Amsterdam,  2132  vessels.  Much  of  the  commerce  is  carried  on  by  native  vessels. 
Vast  floats  of  timber  are  received  by  the  Rhine  from  Switzerland  and  Germany. 

The  herring  fishery  has  been  prosecuted  on  a  large  scale  by  the  Dutch,  ever 
since  the  twelfth  century.  The  art  of  curing  and  barrelling  these  fish  was  disco- 
vered here  in  1316.  In  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth  century,  the  business  em- 
ployed 100,000  fishermen.  At  present  there  are  in  Holland  and  Belgium  20,000 
families  and  200  busses  in  occupation.     The  whale  fishery  is  also  prosecuted. 

The  manufactures  of  Holland  have  been  greatly  checked  by  the  rivaifihip  of  the 
English.  Before  the  French  revolution  there  was  scarcely  a  manufacture  which 
the  Dutch  did  not  carry  on.  In  this  they  were  assistetl  by  the  populousness  of  the 
country,  the  cheapness  of  labour,  and  above  all,  by  the  water  carriage,  which 
gives  an  immense  facility  to  all  the  operations  of  trade  and  industry.  The  manu- 
factures are  still  considerable,  and  consist  of  woollen,  linen,  silk,  cotton,  tobacco, 
snuff,  pipes,  leather,  &c.  The  distillation  of  gin  is  largely  carried  on.  The  value 
of  the  whole  manufactures  of  Holland  and  Belgium  some  years  ago  was  estimated 


1 


9mmm 


IKM.I.ANU 


3J7 


•t  ahiMit  MVt  inillion<«  uf  dnllars.     Th>'  aiiiotiiit  ap|M'rtAitiin((  to  each  at  iin-m'iit 
cannot  be  ai*ci>rtaiii*>«l. 

TIti!  ifrnural  inKtlidtl  of  travRlliiijr  u  by  th«'  Irrhirhuyl,  or  (Iraif-Uiat ;  lliii*  i" 
f;(cneraUy  ti'ii  t't'cl  wido,  and  titlylonfc;  and  in  idiapu  it  rowMnlilcN  tli<>  roninion 
ropri'iM'niationii  of  Nimh'H  ark.  The  rxponiw  dova  not  t'xci*4*d  throt*  n-nlN  a  itiilr, 
and  tliv  ralu  ot'lravollini;  in  thrf«  iniloM  an  hour,  which  la  mi  invariubly  thu  rcHiilt, 
that  diHtanc<>8,  an  in  the  F^aat,  are  reckonvd  by  houra,  iind  not  by  tiiiI<>».  Whfii 
frozen,  the  canaU  arn  travelled  over  by  8li>i(;hH  nnd  akateii.  All  p^'rwinn  Mkittc; 
ihu  pciiHant  trirl  akatoH  tu  market,  with  hur  niorchandiite  on  tier  hvud,  the  Mcnulor 
to  hiH  asMCMiibly,  and  the  clergyman  tu  hin  church. 

The  Dutch  aro  diatinffuiaiietl  tor  fru(rahty,  neatness,  and  indiixtry.  Th<<y  ari< 
of  a  cold,  phleffmatio  tenipcmnicnt,  but  wh';n  rouMed  to  pawion,  have  aH  niiich 
ardour  as  any  pooplo.  Thoy  arc  f^rnvc  and  heavy  in  appearance,  nnd  even  cliii* 
drcn  are  sedate.  They  arc  quiet  and  domoslic,  and  enjoy  much  happinoos  in  their  I 
family  circles.  Generally  thoy  prefer  ((ain  to  ambition,  but  in  their  dealini^n  they 
are  honest.  The  very  soil  they  till  is  a  monument  of  their  (H^rseverancc  and 
industry.  They  I>ve  in  a  country  of  mendows,  reclaimed  from  the  sea,  and  the 
acquisition  is  mai..Jtined  only  by  continual  vigilance,  toil,  and  ex|icn8c. 

The  prevailing  religfion  of  Holland  is  Calvinism,  while  that  of  lk>l(rium  is  almoHt 
exclusively  Catholic;  a  dilfercnce  which  contributed  not  a  little  to  that  rooted  dis- 
like entertained  by  the  inhabitants  of  the  latter  to  those  of  the  former.  The 
Dutch  have  the  honour  of  being  the  first  people  who  established  a  syHtem  of  unre- 
strained toleration.  Even  popery,  notwithstanding  the  grounds  which  the  nation 
had  to  dread  and  hate  it,  was  allowed  to  be  professed  with  the  utmost  freedom. 
The  government  allows  salaries,  of  a  greater  or  less  amount,  to  the  clergy  of 
every  persuasion,  only  making  those  of  the  i'resbyterian  ministers  higher  than 
the  others.  There  are,  besides,  Lutherans,  Baptists,  Jews,  Quakers,  ArmenianH, 
and  Catholics.  By  the  budget  of  1833,  1,330,000  florins  were  voted  tor  tlie  sup- 
port of  the  ProtesUnt  worship,  and  400,000  for  the  Catholic. 

In  naval  afiairs,  Holland,  no  longer  the  maritime  rival  but  the  close  ally  of 
Britain,  made  only  faint  attempts  to  raise  her  navy  from  the  low  state  to  which  it 
was  reduced  by  the  disasters  of  the  revolutionary  war.  It  consists,  at  present,  of 
six  ships  of  the  line,  sixteen  large  class  and  seven  small  class  frigates,  thirty 
corvettes  and  brigs,  four  steam  vessels,  and  about  eighty  armed  barks,  of  five  guns, 
for  the  defence  of  the  interior  waters. 

The  foreign  possessions  of  Holland,  after  being  entirely  wrested  from  her  during 
the  war,  were,  with  the  exception  of  Ceylon,  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  Demerara, 
and  Berbice,  restored  in  1814.  In  the  E&st  Indies,  she  possesses  the  Moluccas, 
the  extensive  and  fertile  island  of  Java,  with  settlements  on  Sumatra,  Celebes, 
and  Borneo;  and  some  factories  on  the  coast  of  Malabar  and  Coromandel.  In 
Africa,  she  retains  El  Mina,  and  other  factories  on  the  Gold  Coast.  Her  West 
India  colonies  are  not,  and  never  were,  very  considerable,  unless  as  commercial 
depdts.  Both  the  navy  and  the  colonial  possessions,  in  the  separation  of  the  two 
kingdoms,  remain  witii  MoUand. 

The  government  i><i  a  cor.3titutional  monarchy,  with  some  resemblance  to  the 
British,  though  the  >~o¥«t-eign  in  Holland  has  greater  powers,  and  the  two  houses 
of  assembly  are  mucii  less  powerful  than  the  British  Commons  and  Peers.  I'ho 
constitution  provides  for  the  security  of  persons  and  property,  for  trials  within 
three  days,  and  for  the  liberty  of  the  presto,  under  the  responsibility  of  him  who 
writes,  prints,  or  distributes.  Rcligi(»us  toleration  is  secured,  and  judges  cannot 
be  removed  by  the  executive. 

Holland  is  divided  into  10  provinces:  North  Holland,  South  Holland,  Zealand, 
Utrecht,  Guelderland,  Overyssel,  Drenthe,  Groningen,  Frieslnnd,  and  North  Bra- 
bant 

By  a  census  taken  in  1833,  the  population  of  Holland  was  2,745,000. 

The  public  debt  of  the  Netherlands,  in  1826,  amounted  to  8-'32,33  l.-^OO  florins, 
which  was  almost  wholly  contracted  by  the  Dutch,  principally  during  their  pro- 


^: 


1 

»« 
.1 

(( 

t 

1 

•    i 

i        , 

A 

* 

*  ■ 

■■r 

% 

\ 

■    ■  ■ 

■  ' 

k. 

> 

T. 

^- 

. "  • 

\ 

t       I 

•♦• 

-| 

t  V 

If.' 

i 


I>. 


r  ,  t 


.  ■  '• !  •  'J 
1  '  'M 


!(•: 


't':\ 


! 
1 

.,:■*;  j 


■;»■• 


u 


It;'::. 


t,      • 


3'in 


li«/l.l..vNI>. 


tricttNl  nnd  g\otmia  Htritinflv  fii.'  .I^fifiiilnirr,  nml  fmrtly  flurinif  thr  |htiiiiI  thnt 
IIkIIiuiiI  wiin  ciiniifctntl  witli  Fiitii>:)>.  It  Iium  Intii  Mi-ttliNi  that  llolliirKl  iiliuiild 
umiiiiu  Hix>tltirt»>«<iithM  of  tlii>  iNrthfriamli'  li  il«-ht,  himI  B<*l|;iii(n  tlic  r<>iiiainiiiir 
m>v(*n;  litit  tlio  lntt<>r  linn  not  liithi-rto  pniii  iiny  |>nrt  of  the  intpn-iit.  'Jin*  L>xp<>nili- 
turc  of  till!  Diitrli  kint^itoin  in  iKiM  whm  4t),:H'>,H.|])  florinN,  cxclimiVR  uf  4-l.(NMMNNI 
for  I'JttriiDrdiiinni'M  on  nrciiniit  of  tli**  worfMiiblinhmtmtH.  TIm*  ll»rinurwum  includrit 
t)i)!  inturi'Mt  on  tlic  wlioln  di-bt,  iitnuuritin^f  to  '^l,0'Jl,4i^  florinM. 

Thn  Dutch  MohiKd  of  [mintinff  hnit  lM>on  eminently  succcHiiful  in  a  low  uphcrn. 
Under  Ueiohniiult  nnd  Iiin  dihcipleft,  mibjuctri  of  coinrnun  life  nnd  vult^ar  humour 
were  treated  with  n  native  force,  which,  bcini;  aided  by  brilliant  etlecta  of  ii^ht 
und  Mhnde,  have  n-ndc'red  tliiH  Hchool  exceedingly  populur,  tliou(;h  li  ha«  failed  in 
all  attemptH  at  iiiu'li  and  horotc  dcdimmtion. 

Amsterdum,  the  cnpital,  one  of  the  lurffost  citica  in  Europe,  r>Uinr?.'<  on  an  arm 
of  the  Zuyder  Zee  enllcd  the  Uiver  Y.  Tlio  whole  city  in  built  upon  pileH  driven 
into  the  ground.  It  ia  in  the  form  of  a  crencont,  and  ia  intcraected  by  the  livcr 
AniHtel,  and  u  ^'rent  number  of  canals,  over  which  there  are  280  bridgea  of  atoiic 
nnd  wood.  Mnny  of  the  canals  nre  bordered  with  treca  and  afford  pleaaant  viewH, 
but  the  utnirnarit  water  they  contiiiii  infccta  the  air.  The  liouaea  and  Htrceta  are 
kept  remarkably  clean.  The  Stadthouse  ia  the  moat  splendid  building  in  Holland. 
It  rcata  upon  o  foundation  of  13,({d9  oukcn  pilea,  and  ia  built  of  frceatone,  with  u 
front  of  282  f<!ct ;  itH  interior  ia  ndurncd  with  marble,  jasper,  stutuea,  paintings,  and 
other  costly  ornaments,  and  the  whole  edifice  waa  completed  at  a  coat  of  U,()(Ki,0()U 
dollars.  There  is  on  elegant  bridge  over  the  Amatel,  (M)  feet  in  length.  The 
churches  are  not  remarkable  for  architectural  beauty.  Amsterdam  is  a  place  of 
great  commerce,  although  much  declined  from  its  former  wealth  and  activity. 
The  harbour  is  spacious,  bat  only  light  vessels  can  enter.  It  has  many  establish- 
ments for  literature,  the  arts,  and  charitable  purposes,  with  various  manufactures. 
Population,  201,000. 

Haarlem,  on  the  sea  or  lake  of  that  name,  has  many  fine  buildings,  and  the 
largest  church  in  Holland:  the  organ  of  this  church  Ih  the  largest  in  the  world, 
having  6000  pipes,  some  of  them  38  feet  in  length.  This  city  has  many  manu- 
factures,  and  claims  the  invention  of  printing.  The  inhabitanta  show  the  house 
of  Ijiwrence  Koeter  the  inventor.  Population,  18,000.  Utrecht,  on  the  Rhine, 
is  a  place  of  great  antiquity,  and  has  a  famous  university.  It  exhibits  the  rui.i8 
of  a  fine  catheidral.     Population,  84,000. 

Rotterdam  is  the  second  commercial  city  in  the  kingdom,  and  by  its  deep  canals 
will  admit  the  largest  vessels  to  the  doors  of  its  warehouses.  The  style  of  Dutch 
architecture  is  more  particularly  striking  in  this  city.  The  houses  are  very  high, 
with  prmecting  stories ;  they  are  built  of  very  small  bricks,  and  have  large  win- 
dows. This  was  the  birth-place  of  Erasmus,  and  on  the  bank  of  one  of  the  canals 
stands  his  statue  in  bronze.    Population,  63,000. 

The  Hague  was  once  the  seat  of  government,  although  possessing  only  the 
name  of  a  village.  The  magnificence  of  its  edifices  and  the  general  neatness  of 
the  city,  strike  the  attention  of  every  visiter.  The  streets  are  regular,  and  paved 
with  light- coloured  bricks.  Population,  45,000.  Leyden,  four  miles  from  the  sea, 
stands  on  the  ancient  bed  of  the  Rhine.  It  has  the  most  magnificent  church  in 
Holland,  and  is  famous  for  its  university.  Population,  29,000.  Groningen  has  an 
university  and  many  learned  institutions.  Population,  28,000.  Nimeguen,  on  the 
Waal,  has  some  manufactures  and  commerce.  Population,  14,000.  Middleburg, 
on  the  island  of  Walcheren,  has  a  large  Gothic  town-house  ornamented  with  sta- 
tues. Population,  13,200.  Breda,  at  the  junction  of  the  Aa  and  the  Werck,  is 
one  of  the  strongest  towns  in  Holland.  It  has  a  magnificent  cathedral.  Population, 
9000.  Dort  or  Dordrecht,  on  an  island  formed  by  the  Macse  and  the  Biesbosch, 
has  a  great  trade  in  wood  brought  down  the  Rhine.  Population,  17,387.  Saar- 
dam,  on  the  river  Zaan,  ia  a  considerable  town  of  wooden  houses,  almost  all  of 
which  are  painted  green :  it  has  considerable  commerce  and  ship-building :  almost 
every  house  is  surrounded  by  water,  and  forms  with  its  garden  a  small  island. 
-.  ■!  II  ■!  <ii  I  III  nil  !■  I    HI   ii  ■    iri'ii    I    ill    ii  1 1   iiiaaBB^aaaa— 


IT'  il'''     ' 


■  .a.11^ 


Ut.lAillM. 


'M't 


1 


UKLtilL'M. 

Tills  kinplom  in  boundnd  iiortli  by  llullaiul,  uait  by  (t«>rmiiny  mHith*weit  by 
Frmicc,  and  iiorlb-weitt  by  the  (■•triimii  Occati.     It  ••xIuikIh  i'ruiii   tU'-' VA' to  .*tl 
lH)'  S.  Int.,  and  t'ruiu  'i    10  tu  (i-'  W  K.  Ion.,  and  oomptiMua  lii.lNNI  Manure  inil<>M. 

Tlio  ciiiut'  rivura  aru  tin;  Schvldt  and  Maeite.  Tliu  Scbt'blt  rmi'i*  in  Franc*;  and 
HowH  nurth>fliu«tvrly  into  tbm  country,  wh«TL>  it  turni  to  Hw  iiortli  and  north-went, 
and,  divulin|(  into  aevcrul  channulis  t'alU  lutu  tbo  (icrnmn  Ocouii.  'I'bod^rli  not 
riMiiurkubIc  tur  lc>nt(Ui,  it  in  a  wuIk  and  dcup  river.  Antwerp  and  ijbent  an;  ititii- 
uted  upon  it.  The  Muom]  Muwh  thruij^b  Um  eastern  part  ul'  Uiu  country  t'ruiii 
Fruiic*.*  to  Holland. 

Thu  climate  inucli  reHctnbles  that  of  the  uouth  of  Kn(;lan<l.  In  the  interior  tht> 
air  id  milubrious:  but  upon  the  coani  of  Flandcns  and  about  the  mouths  of  the 
Hcheldt,  the  air  ih  inoi^t  and  unhealthy. 

The  (Mill,  in  (general,  \>*  iiuxlorately  fertile.  In  Luxornburff,  liic^^e,  and  Maniur, 
are  considerable  stony  and  unproductive  tracts.  FlunderH  aboundn  with  excollt'iit 
corn  lands.  In  the  Houth  anti  south-eastern  parts  are  mines  of  iron,  lead,  cop|)er, 
and  coal,  and  quarries  of  marble.  The  whole  country  is  level,  but  somewhat  leeis 
80  than  Holland.     In  the  miuth  are  some  hills  of  moderate  heijfht. 

The  canals  in  Belgium  are  spacious  and  commodiotiR,  connecting  all  the  great 
cities,  though  not  nearly  in  equal  number,  nor  uniting  every  village,  as  in  Holland. 

The  agriculture  of  this  country  has  been  celebrated  tor  more  than  (i()U  years: 
all  travellers  bestow  high  praise  upon  the  skill  and  industry  of  the  Flemish  farm- 
ers. Corn,  (lax,  barley,  oaUn,  madder,  hop.-*,  und  tobacco,  are  raised  in  great  quan- 
titi<^s.  Pasturage  is  abundant;  the  clover  and  turnips  support  great  numbers  of 
cattle,  principally  cows. 

Antwerp  and  Ostend  enjoy  some  foreign  trade ;  and  in  1828,  there  entered  at 
these  ports  1529  vessels.  The  separation  of  Belgium  from  Holland  has  so  far  dis- 
turbed the  regular  operation  of  commerce,  that  it  is  iin(iossiblc  at  present  to  esti- 
mate its  amount 

Manufacturing  industry  is  the  branch  in  which  the  Belgic  provinces  formerly 
most  excelled,  and  in  which  their  decay  has  been  most  conspicuous.  Three  cen- 
turies ago,  the  linens  and  woollens  of  Ghent,  Louvain,  Brussels,  am'  M(>chlin, 
clothed  the  higher  ranks  in  all  the  surrounding  countries.  Since  that  time,  the 
fabrics  of  France  and  England  have  attained  such  an  astonishing  superiority,  und 
are  at  once  so  cheap,  and  so  well  adapted  to  the  taste  of  the  uge,  that  the  Low 
Country  manufacturers  can  with  difficulty  maintain  their  ground  even  in  intornul 
consumption.  In  cottons,  especially,  they  are  quite  unable  to  withstand  British 
competition.  There  are  still,  however,  some  tine  linen  fabrics,  laces,  lawns,  cam- 
brics, in  which  the  manufacturers  of  Mechlin,  Brussels,  &c.  continue  unrivalled, 
and  which,  though  so  much  superseded  by  muslin  and  Nottingham  lace,  still  enjoy 
a  certain  demand  throughout  Europe.  The  fine  laces  have  been  sold  for  seventy 
or  eighty  Napoleons  a  yard.     The  Flemish  breweries  are  also  very  extensive. 

The  manners  and  customs  of  the  Belgians  are  somewhat  similar  to  those  of 
France ;  though  in  character  they  bear  more  resemblance  to  the  Dutch ;  and  huve 
a  national  antipathy  to  them,  and  a  preference  for  the  French.  They  are  no  less 
industrious  and  persevering  than  the  Dutch,  and  nearly  as  phlegmatic.  The 
Flemish  school  of  painting  is  distmguished  by  brilliant  colouring,  natural  expression, 
and  the  wonderful  etfect  of  light  and  shade.  It  is,  however,  deficient  in  drawing. 
The  great  painters  were  Rubens,  Teniers,  and  Vandyke.  *^ 

The  religion  in  Catholic,  thqugli  there  are  some  Protestants,  whose  ministers 
are  supported  by  tlie  government.  The  universities  of  Belgium,  of  which  the 
most  celebrated  were  Ghent  and  Louvain,  were  partially  stripped  of  their  ample 
endowments,  first  by  Joseph  H.,  and  then  by  the  French,  who  in  their  room  sub- 
stituted lyceums,  which  are  now  continued  nearly  on  the  same  footing,  under  the 
name  of  colleges.  Only  the  languages,  and  some  general  branches,  are  taugitt ; 
education  for  professional  purposes  being  received  in  separate  appropriate  semina- 
ries.   Ghent  and  Brussels  have  the  highest  reputation ;  but  the  salary  of  professors 


28* 


2R 


.*      <l 


'■ 


■  M 


I  ■; 
i  ■   11 


<•; 
I/. 


i! 


'!? 


h 


■  i 


I'M 


■ 


n 


r 


m 


|]'i«> 


'J':'". 


i  . 


330 


HKlAiHM. 


in  the  former  does  not  exceed  IfjOO  francs.  Tlie  three  universities  of  Louvain, 
Licpc,  and  Ghent,  tiave  lately  been  restored ;  and  in  1H27,  the  tiret  was  attended 
by  ()7l^  students ;  ttic  second  by  500 ;  and  the  third  by  4()4  students.  Bu«idL>8 
athenKums,  which  are  only  colleges  on  a  smaller  scale,  there  arc  primary  bchoois 
in  every  village,  by  whicli  the  benefits  of  education  arc  communicated  to  the 
lowest  ranks.  In  l'^12,  there  were  5229  primary  schools  in  Belgium,  with  5)70,1)90 
pupils,  beside  1318  in  the  atheneeums,  and  1768  in  the  universities.  Annual 
expense,  743,2(X)  francs. 

The  government  of  Belgium  is  a  constitutional  monarchy,  with  a  Senate  and 
House  of  Representatives,  the  members  of  which  are  elected  by  the  people,  the 
first  for  eight  and  the  latter  for  four  years.  In  1833,  the  expenditure  of  the  State 
was  73,000,000  francs,  nearly  three-tiflhs  being  absorbed  by  the  military,  which  it 
has  been  necessary  to  keep  on  the  War  Establishment.  Belgium  is  divided  into 
eight  provinces,  the  population  of  which,  in  1833,   .us  3,791,000. 

Brussels,  the  capital,  stands  on  both  sides  of  the  little  river  Senne,  flowing  into 
the  Scheldt.  The  city  was  formerly  surrounded  by  a  double  wall  and  ditch,  but 
these  have  been  demolished,  and  the  space  formed  into  a  handbome  public  walk 
planted  with  trees.  The  suburbs  are  extensive,  and  there  are  many  neighbouring 
villages  joined  to  the  city  by  long  avenues.  The  lower  part  of  the  town  consists 
of  narrow  streets  and  old  houses.  The  upper  part  is  modern  and  regular,  with 
fine  buildings  and  a  beautiful  park  laid  out  in  large  regular  walks,  shaded  with 
trees  and  surrounded  by  palaces,  public  cfSces,  and  elegant  private  houses.  Public 
fountains  are  interspersed  throughout  the  city,  and  a  large  canal  here  leaves  the 
river.  The  Hotel  de  Ville  is  remarkable  for  its  exquisite  gothic  spire,  which 
looks  like  the  work  of  fairy  hands.  There  are  many  fine  squares  and  palaces, 
and  in  the  Orange  palace  is  a  library  of  100,000  volumes.  Half  a  league  from 
the  city  is  the  splendid  palace  of  Schoonenburg.  Brussels  is  distinguished  for  its 
manufactures  of  laces,  carpets,  tapestry,  woollen  and  cotton  cloths,  silk  stockings, 
gold  and  silver  lace,  and  earthen  ware.     Population,  72,800. 

Ghent  stands  at  the  confluence  of  three  rivers  with  the  Scheldt,  and  is  7  miles 
in  compass,  but  contains  within  its  walls  many  fields  and  unoccupied  grounds. 
Many  of  its  canals  are  bordered  with  quays  planted  with  rows  of  trees.  The 
houses  are  large,  but  heavy  and  inelegant :  here  is  a  fine  Gothic  cathedral  with 
marble  floors  and  pillars.  Ghent  has  manufactures  of  fine  lace,  cotton,  linen, 
woollen,  silk,  paper,  and  leather :  the  trade  of  the  city  has  lately  increased.  Po- 
pulation, 81,941. 

Antwerp,  on  the  Scheldt,  is  a  large  and  well-built  city,  surrounded  by  a  wall 
with  carriage  roads  on  the  tcp  planted  with  rows  of  trees.  The  city  is  built  in 
the  form  of  a  semicircle,  and  is  intersected  by  canals.  The  cathedral  is  one  of  the 
finest  gothic  structures  in  the  world,  and  its  spire  is  unrivalled  ;  it  is  441  feet 
high,  and  deserves,  according  to  the  saying  of  Charles  V.,  to  be  kept  in  a  glass 
case  and  shown  only  on  holidays.  The  Stadthouse  and  Exchange  are  noble  edi- 
fices. The  harbour  is  deep  and  capacious.  In  the  height  of  its  prosperity,  Ant- 
werp was  one  of  the  most  flourishing  and  wealthy  commercial  cities  in  the  world, 
and  contained  200,000  inhabitants.  Its  commerce  has  greatly  declined,  and  the 
city  has  a  decayed  and  solitary  appeatance.  The  inhabitants  carry  on  a  few 
manufactures.     Population,  05,000. 

Liege,  on  the  Maese,  is  divided  into  three  parts  by  the  river,  and  has  extensive 
suburbs.  The  houses  are  high,  and  many  of  the  streets  narrow,  crooked  and 
gloomy.  Most  of  the  inhabitants  are  engaged  in  manufactures  and  trade.  Iron, 
coal,  and  alum,  abound  in  the  neighbourhood  and  afford  occupation  for  all  the 
industry  of  the  place.  The  manu&ctures  consist  of  iron,  fire-arms,  clock-work, 
nails,  &,c.     Population,  45,300. 

Bruges,  8  miles  from  the  sea,  stands  in  a  fertile  plain.  It  communicates  with 
the  sea  and  the  towns  in  the  interior  by  canals.  Here  are  a  college,  an  academy 
for  painting,  sculpture,  and  architecture,  several  literary  societies,  a  public  library 
of  61MX)  volumes,  and  a  botanical  garden.  The  manufacture  of  lace  employs  6000 
people,  and  there  are  200  schools  in  which  children  are  taught  this  art.     The 


-^  '1 


BRITISH  ISLANDS. 


331 


town  house  is  a  super!)  nrothic  editicc;  its  steeple  is  furnished  with  chimes  of  bells 
which  play  a  different  tune  every  quarter  of  an  hour.     Population,  30,(K)0. 

Louvain  is  a  large  and  ancient  town  with  a  famous  university.  Population, 
18,580.  Namur,  at  the  conHuencc  of  ihe  Maese  and  Sambre,  is  u  well-built 
town:  the  houses  are  constructed  of  a  blue  stone  with  red  and  black  veins.  It 
has  a  citadel  on  the  summit  of  a  precipitoi'3  rock.  Population,  15,(N)U.  Lu.xem- 
burg  is  a  strongly  fortified  city.  Population,  95(K).  Spa  is  famous  for  its  mineral 
springs  situated  in  a  valley  surrounded  by  steep  woody  hills:  it  has  also  some 
manufactures.  Gemappes  and  Waterloo  are  celebrated  tor  the  battles  fought  in 
their  neighbourhood.  Ostend,  a  few  miles  west  of  Bruges,  is  one  of  the  most 
important  seaports  in  the  country :  regular  packets  sail  fi'om  this  place  to  Eng- 
land several  times  a  week,  and  it  has  a  great  trade  in  the  exportation  of  grain 
and  other  products.     Population,  10,600. 


BRITISH   ISLANDS. 

The  British  Islands,  placed  nearly  in  the  north-western  angle  of  Europe, 
command  peculiar  advantages,  no  less  for  natural  strength  in  war,  than  as  an  em- 
oorium  of  commerce  in  peace.  On  the  southern  side,  they  are  almost  in  contact 
with  France,  Holland,  and  Germany,  for  ages  the  most  enlightened  and  flourish- 
ing countries  of  the  civilized  world ;  on  the  east,  a  wide  expanse  of  sea  separates 
them  from  the  bleak  region  of  Scandinavia ;  on  the  west,  they  overlook  the  At- 
lantic Ocean,  whose  limit,  in  another  hemisphere,  is  the  coast  of  America ;  while, 
in  the  extreme  north,  they  may  be  almost  said  to  face  the  unexplored  expanse  of 
the  Polar  Sea.  Exclusive  of  the  northern  insular  appendages,  they  may  be  con- 
sidered as  situated  between  the  fiftieth  and  fifly-ninth  degrees  of  north  latitude, 
and  between  the  second  degree  of  east,  and  the  tenth  of  west  longitude. 

They  are  geographically  divided  into  two  islands  of  unequal  magnitude.  Great 
Britain  and  Ireland.  Britain,  again,  is  divided  into  two  unequal  parts, — England, 
which,  including  Wales,  contains  57,960  square  miles;  and  Scotland,  which  con- 
tains 29,600.  The  three,  though  united  into  one  kingdom,  respectively  exhibit 
peculiarities  which  characterize  them  as  distinct  countries. 

The  constitution  of  Great  Britain  is  an  hereditary  monarchy,  in  which  the 
power  of  the  sovereign  is  controlled  by  the  influence  of  the  aristocracy  in  the 
house  of  peers,  and  by  that  of  the  democracy  in  the  house  of  commons.  The 
House  of  Lords  is  composed  of  all  the  nobility  of  England  who  have  attained  the 
age  of  21  years  and  who  labour  under  no  disqualification;  of  16  representative 
peers  from  Scotland,  of  28  representative  peers  from  Ireland ;  and  likewise  of  30 
spiritual  lords,  viz.  the  two  English  archbishops  and  twenty-four  bishops,  and  one 
archbishop  and  three  bishops  of  Ireland.  The  house  of  commons  consists  of  658 
members,  of  which  471  English  members  are  chosen  by  counties,  universities, 
cities,  and  boroughs ;  for  Wales  29,  and  for  Scotland  53,  members,  chosen  by 
counties,  cities,  and  boroughs ;  and  for  Ireland  there  are  105  members,  chosen  by 
counties,  universities,  cities,  and  boroughs.  The  ministry  is  composed  of  the 
first  lords  of  the  treasury,  the  chancellor  of  the  exchequer,  the  three  secretaries 
of  foreign  af&irs,  of  the  home  department,  and  of  war,  the  lord  chancellor,  the 
president  of  the  council,  the  treasurer  of  the  navy,  the  paymaster  of  the  forces, 
the  commissioners  of  the  treasury,  and  other  persons  of  high  trust.  The  first 
lord  of  the  treasury  is  mostly  considered  the  premier,  or  prime  minister. 

The  navy  is  the  force  on  which  Great  Britain  mainly  relies  for  maintaining  her 
own  independence  and  her  ascendency  over  foreign  nations.  By  it  she  has  ac- 
quired, in  a  measure,  the  sovereignty  of  the  seas,  and  the  advantages  which  that 
sovereignty  confers,  of  securing  her  possessions  in  the  most  distant  quarters  of 
the  globe,  of  protecting  her  commerce  and  sustaining  the  exertions  of  her  armies 
during  war.  During  the  most  active  period  of  the  last  maritime  war,  the  number 
of  seamen  in  employment  amounted  to  140,000;  and  there  were  in  commission 
160  sail  of  the  line,  and  150  frigates,  with  30,000  marines.     The  estimate  for 


:l' 


4    ■ 


1^- 


i 
'■■'■{■" 


:'-<( 


1.4 


I  > 

i 


\i\ 


4        ■ 


•    f 


m 


u- 


■■"*i 


w. 


IK.* 


:e 

P> 

h 

333 


BRITISH  ISLANDS. 


1831  comprehended  22,000  seamen  and  10,000  marines.  The  pay  of  these  men  | 
amounts  to  1,061,(K)0/.,  tlicir  subsistence  to  0(K3,000/.,  which,  with  the  cost  of 
stores  and  allowance  for  wear  and  tear,  raised  the  retfular  current  expense  tu 
nearly  2,000,(MMM.  The  buildin^^  and  repair  of  vessels,  the  charfres  of  the  dock- 
yards, pay  of  officers  connected  with  the  navy,  and  a  variety  of  other  items, 
amounted  to  about  an  equal  sum.  These  charges  with  1,6HH,0(M)/.  in  half-pay  and 
pensions,  made  up  the  sum  of  4,657,000/.  as  the  entire  navy  estimate  for  the  year 
1831. 

The  military  force  of  the  nation  at  the  close  of  the  French  wars,  amounted  to 
200,000  regular  troops  exclusive  of  about  100,000  embodied  militia,  a  large 
amount  of  local  militia  and  volunteern,  to  which  might  also  be  added  a  number  of 
regimenlti  employed  in  the  territories  of  the  East  India  Company,  and  in  its  pay. 
After  the  peace  of  1815  a  rapid  reduction  of  the  military  establishment  was 
effected.  The  militia  were  disembodied,  the  regular  force  was  reduced,  and  in 
1835  the  estimates  were  for  81,271  men,  independent  of  19,720  employed  in 
India  and  paid  out  of  the  land  revenue  of  that  country.  The  charge  for  these 
forces  was  5,784,808/.,  but  about  half  of  this  sum  consisted  of  half-pay,  retired 
allowances,  pensions,  and  other  charges  consequent  on  the  former  immense  estab- 
lishment. 

The  national  debt  of  Great  Britain  is  779,565,783  pounds  sterling.  This 
enormous  amount  has  been  accumulated  by  borrowing  money,  and  anticipating 
each  year's  revenue  to  pay  the  interest.  The  debt  is  of  two  kinds,  funded  and 
unfunded.  The  unfunded  debt  consists  of  deficiencies  in  the  payments  of  go- 
vernment, for  which  no  regular  security  has  been  given  and  which  bear  no  inter- 
est ;  and  of  bills,  or  promissory  notes,  issued  by  the  exchequer  to  defray  occasional 
expenses.  When  debts  of  the  kind  have  accumulated,  and  payment  is  demanded, 
it  becomes  necessary  to  satisfy  the  demand,  or  provide  for  the  regular  payment  of 
the  interest  Recourse  has  been  always  had  to  the  latter  method ;  and  a  particu- 
lar branch  of  the  actual  revenue  is  mortgaged  for  the  interest  of  the  debt. 
Money  borrowed  in  this  manner  is  said  to  he  borrowed  by  funding.  The  public 
funds  or  stocks  are  nothing  more  than  the  public  debts ;  and  to  have  a  share  in 
these  stocki?  is  to  be  a  creditor  of  the  nation.  There  are  about  300,000  holders 
of  public  stock  in  Great  Britain.  A  large  amount  of  the  current  yearly  expendi- 
ture is  appropriated  for  the  payment  of  the  interest  of  the  national  debt :  in  1834, 
the  amount  was  28,561,885/.     Income,  £53,456,571 ;  expenditure,  i^53,441,955. 

The  manufactures  of  Britain  have  astonished  the  world,  and  raised  her  to  a 
decided  superiority  over  all  other  nations.  This  distinction  she  has  attained,  not 
so  much  by  their  extreme  fineness,  as  by  the  immensity  of  useful  and  valuable 
products  calculated  for  the  consumption  of  the  great  body  of  mankind ;  and,  above 
all,  in  the  stupendous  exertions  made  in  contriving  and  constructing  the  machine- 
ry by  which  they  are  produced.  About  one-fburth  of  the  whole  industry  of  the 
country  is  absorbed  by  the  cotton  manufacture,  the  annual  »mount  of  which  is 
estimated  at  34,000,000/.  Of  tu's  18,000,000/.  is  paid  in  wages  to  800,000  per- 
sons employed  in  its  various  branches;  and,  allowing  for  those  dependent  on  them, 
it  affords  subsistence  to  not  less  than  1,400,000  persons.  The  annual  value  of 
the  woollen  manufactures  is  about  20,000,000/.,  and  the  people  employed  number 
about  500,000.  The  value  of  silk  goods  made  is  reckoned  ••t  10,000,000/. :  of 
the  different  manufactures  of  metals,  the  entire  produce  is  17,J00,000/.,  employ- 
ing 350,000  people. 

The  imports  into  Great  Britain,  in  1825,  amouated  to  £43,137482,  and  the 
exports  to  j£57,335,513.  Two-thirds  of  the  commerce  of  the  kingdom  is  carried 
on  at  the  port  of  Ix)ndon;  and  one-sixth  part  of  the  shipping  belongs  to  that  city. 
In  1834,  there  belonged  to  the  British  empire,  25,055  vessels,  of  2,716,000  tons, 
and  navigated  by  168,061  men.  The  entries  and  clearances  for  the  coasting-trade, 
in  1832,  amounted  each  to  8,500,000  tons.  Besides  these,  in  the  same  year,  4546 
foreign  vessels,  comprising  fi'>{),979  tons,  and  navigated  by  35,399  men,  entered 
the  ports  of  Great  Britain. 

Coal,  the  most  valuable  of  all  the  mineral  substances  from  which  Britain  derives 
her  prosperity,  exists  in  vast  quantities,  in  various  parts  of  the  island :  the  amount 


kn(;land. 


333 


annimlly  misod  and  coiisi\imr(l  is  coniputml  nt  l)otw»'enl")million  and  IH  million 
tons;  ^ivinff  einploymnit,  in  nil  its  branch»^s,  to  nol  1o!».h  tiian  W5<),(HM)  persons. 
Of  salt  the  annual  pralnco  of  the  various  kinds  is  about  15,00(MW()  bushois;  of 
which  l(M)(M>,(MH»  are  ox}x.rted. 

The  colonies  of  Great  Britain  are  found  in  every  quarter  of  the  globe.  The 
ino8t  im|)ortant  are  the  E.i.-l  Iiuiia  |X)ss(ssions,  which  comprise  above  a  million 
jiquare  miles  of  territory,  and  a  ix)piilation  of  upwards  of  1*20  millionn.  These  are 
under  the  sway  of  a  mercantile  as.socialion  in  lyjndon,  called  the  English  F^ast 
India  Company,  which  1ms  existed  for  nlwve  two  centuries.  Their  revenue 
exceeds  that  of  any  European  State,  e.xcept  France  and  England.  In  1"<*J{),  it 
was  estimated  at  22,f»i>'^,711/.  Tlie  taxable  population  under  the  control  of  the 
company  amounts  to  8;i,(MM),(MK».  They  have  40,000,000  additional  inhabitants  at 
their  command,  under  dependent  native  princes,  with  an  army  of  200,000  men. 
The  general  concerns  of  tlie  company  are  subjected  to  the  authority  of  a  board  of 
control,  who  are  appointed  by  the  crown,  and  ure  under  the  direction  of  the  mi- 
nistry:  the  local  affairs,  however,  are  directed  by  the  company.  The  colonies 
belonging  to  Great  Britain  are — In  Europe,  Heligoland,  Gibraltar,  Malta,  Gozzo 
and  Comino,  and  the  Ionian  Islands; — Asia,  Hindoostan,  Ceylon,  Prince  of  Wales 
Island,  Sincapore,  and  the  province.s  in  Birinah ; — Africa,  Sierra  Leone,  Gold 
Coast,  Fernando  Po,  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  Isle  of  France,  Seychelles,  St.  Helena, 
and  Ascension; — Oceanica,  Australia  and  Van  Diemen's  Land; — America,  New 
Britain,  Canada,  New  Brunswick,  Nova  Scotia  and  Cape  Breton,  Newfoundland, 
Prince  Edward's  Island,  the  Bermudas,  the  Bahamas,  Jamaica,  Tortola  and  An- 
guilla,  St.  Christopher,  Nevis,  Montaerrat,  Barbuda,  Antigua,  Dominica,  St.  Lucia, 
Barbadoes,  St  Vincent,  Grenada  and  the  Grenadines,  Tobago,  Trinidad,  Hondu- 
ras, or  the  Balise  Territory,  and  the  Colonies  in  Guiana. 

POPULATION  OF  THE  BRITISH  EMPIRE  AND  COLONIES. 

Great  Britain  and  Ireland 24,311,834 

North  American  Colonies 1,300,000 

West  Indian  and  South  American 800,000 

African 300,000 

Ceylon,  Provinces  in  Birmah,  Sincapore,  &c 1,378,000 

Occanican 95,000 

East  India  Company 123,000,000 

Total 151,184,834 


ENGLAND. 


England  is  bounded  on  the  south  by  the  English  Channel ;  on  the  east  by  the 
German  Sea ;  on  the  north  by  Scotland,  firom  which  it  is  separated  by  the  Tweed, 
the  ChcivLt  hills,  and  the  Frith  of  Solway ;  on  the  west  by  the  Irish  Sea  and  St. 
George's  Channel :  the  promontory  of  the  Land's-End,  forming  its  south-western 
extremity,  faces  the  vast  expanse  of  the  Atlantic. 

The  greatest  dimension  of  England  is  from  south  to  north,  between  the  Lizard 
Point,  49°  58'  N.,  and  Berwick  on  Tweed,  55"  45'  N. ;  four  hundred  miles  in 
length.  The  points  of  extreme  breadth  are  the  Land's-End,  in  5°  41'  W.,  and 
Lowestoffe,  in  1°  44'  E.,  forming  a  space  of  about  280  miles. 

The  general  aspect  of  this  country  is  varied  and  delightful.  In  some  parts,  ver- 
dant plains  extend  as  far  as  the  eye  can  reach,  watered  by  copious  streams.  In 
other  parts,  are  pleasing  divoisities  of  gently  rising  hills  and  bending  vales,  fer- 
tile in  grain,  waving  with  wood,  and  interspersed  with  meadows.  Some  tracts 
abound  with  prospects  of  the  more  romantic  kind ;  embracing  lofty  mountains, 
craggy  rocks,  deep  narrow  delis,  and  tumbling  torrents.  There  are  also,  here  and 
there,  black  moors  and  wide  uncultivated  heaths.  The  general  aspect  of  Wales 
is  bold,  romantic  and  mountainous.  It  consists  of  ranges  of  lofty  eminences  and 
impending  crags,  intersected  by  numerous  and  deep  ravines,  with  extensive  val- 
leys, and  affording  endless  views  of  wild  mountain  scenery. 


t. 


i 


'ii 


-.■I':' 


> 


\i- 


f 


( 


I'; 


p.r 


it: 


J'' 


p  ■  * 


mmmmmimi 


PW^K 


331 


EiN(;LAi\I). 


The  rivers  of  Knglnnd,  though  deficient  in  magnitiule,  are  numerous,  commo 
(lioua,  and  valuable ;  flowing  through  broad  vales  and  wido-spreading  plainH.  The 
lnrf,'eBt  iH  tiio  Severn,  which  rises  near  Flinlimmon,  a  high  mountain  in  WalcH. 
Its  embouchure  forms  a  wide  bay,  called  the  Bristol  Channel.  It  is  2(K)  mil<>a 
lone  °ii(J  i*  navigable  in  the  latter  part  of  its  course.  The  tide  rolls  up  tins 
stream  in  waves  three  or  four  feet  high. 

The  Thames  rises  near  the  Severn  in  the  lower  part  of  its  course,  and  flow.^ 
cast  into  the  German  Ocean,  It  is  160  miles  long,  and  is  navigable  for  ships  to 
Ix>ndon,  CA)  miles.  This  is  the  most  important  river  of  Great  Britain  for  naviga- 
tion. The  Mersey  is  a  small  stream  flowing  south-west  into  the  Irish  Sea  at  Liv- 
erpool ;  it  is  navigable  35  miles.  The  Dee  rises  in  Wales,  and  flows  north-west 
into  the  Irish  Sea  near  the  mouth  of  the  Mersey.  The  Trent  and  Ouse  rise  in 
the  north,  and  by  their  junction  form  the  Humber,  which  is  a  good  navigable 
stream,  and  falls  into  the  German  Ocean. 

The  lakes  are  numerous  and  occur  principally  in  the  north-west  portions  of  the 
kingdom,  of  which  Windermere,  the  largest,  only  twelve  miles  long  and  one 
broad,  has  been  raised  to  distinction  by  the  taste  of  the  age  for  picturesque  beauty, 
lather  than  as  a  geographical  feature  of  the  country. 

England  has  an  atmosphere  of  fogs,  rain,  and  perpetual  chanjcre :  yet  the  climate 
is  mild.  The  rigours  of  winter  and  the  heats  of  summei  -  '  oS  felt  than  on  the 
continent  under  the  same  parallel.  The  w'nds  from  tue  sea  temper  the  extremes 
of  heat  and  cold ;  the  changes,  however,  are  bidden.  Westerly  and  south- 
westerly winds  are  most  prevalent,  and  also  the  most  .  iolunt.  Next  are  the  north 
and  north-east  The  perpetual  moisture  of  the  air  is  sometimes  unfavourable  to 
the  crops,  but  its  general  effect  is  to  cover  the  whole  island  with  the  deepest  ver- 
dure. The  meadows  and  fields  are  usually  green  throughout  the  winter:  and  the 
transient  snows  that  occasionally  &11  upon  them  are  insuflicient  to  deprive  them 
of  their  brilliancy.  Many  kinds  of  kitchen  vegetables,  as  cabbages,  cauliflowers, 
broccoli,  and  celery,  often  remain  uninjured  in  the  gardens  through  the  winter. 

Mines  form  one  of  the  most  copious  sources  of  the  wealth  of  England.  The 
useful  metals  and  minerals,  those  which  afford  the  instruments  of  manufacture  and 
are  subservient  to  the  daily  purposes  of  life,  are  now  drawn  from  the  earth  more 
copiously  there  than  in  any  other  country.  Her  most  valuable  metals  are  iron, 
coppei,  and  tin ;  her  principal  minerals  are  coal  and  salt  Notwithstanding  the 
general  inferiority  of  the  soil,  England  is  under  such  excellent  cultivation,  that 
the  country  may  be  considered  as  one  great  garden.  Farming  is,  in  many  parts, 
conducted  on  a  great  scale,  by  men  of  intelligence,  enterprise  and  capital ;  and 
the  science  as  well  as  practice  of  agriculture  is  carried  to  a  high  degree  of  per- 
fection. In  the  northern  counties,  the  farms  are  large,  and  are  leased  generally 
for  21  years.  In  the  southern  counties,  the  farms  are  smaller,  and  the  tenants  are 
often  proprietors. 

The  commerce  of  England  is  unrivalled  by  that  of  any  other  nation  in  the  world. 
Every  quarter  of  the  globe  seems  tributary  to  the  enterprise  and  perseverance  of 
this  great  commercial  people.  The  manufactures  of  this  kingdom  far  surpass  in 
amount  and  variety,  those  of  any  other  nation  that  has  ever  existed ;  and  form  the 
most  astonishing  display  of  the  fruits  of  human  industry  and  skill.  The  vast 
numbers  of  people  employed  in  them,  give  no  adequate  idea  of  their  immense 
extent,  as  the  great  perfection  to  which  labour-saving  machinery  is  carried  in 
England,  enables  one  man  to  do  the  work  of  150.  The  cotton  manufacture  would 
have  required,  half  a  century  ago,  50,000,000  men,  and  the  power  now  employed 
in  it  alone  in  Great  Britain  exceeds  the  manufacturing  industry  of  all  the  rest  of 
Europe  collectively.  The  other  most  important  branches  are  woollen,  silk,  linen, 
and  hardware. 

In  the  northern  counties  of  England  are  great  manufactures  of  broadclotii  and 
every  other  kind  of  woollen  goods,  principally  in  the  West  Riding  of  Yorkshire, 
at  Leeds,  Wakefield,  Bradford,  Halifax,  and  Huddersfield.  Sheffield  has  manu-> 
factures  of  cutlery  and  plated  goods.  Manchester,  and  its  neighbourhood,  is  t^e 
great  seat  of  the  cotton  manufacture. 

In  the  midland  counties,  are  the  Cheshire  manufactures  of  silk,  cotton,  linen, 


Si  ■> 


.11 


KN(iLA.NI>. 


336   I 


iron,  and  china  ware:  the  stocking  manufacttirrs  ot' Ni'ttinjjham;  the  woollen 
of  Leicertershire ;  the  pottery  of  Staffbrdshirp ;  thn  hanhvnro  of  Birmingham  , 
the  ribands  of  Coventry  ;  the  carpeting  of  Kiddrrmm.ster ;  the  bri«dcloth  of  Stroud. 
Flannels  arc  the  chief  article  of  Welsh  manufacture.  In  the  poutht-rn  count ie.s 
are  the  cotton,  paper,  and  blankets  of  Berkshire;  the  Hannels  of  Sali.shury  ;  the 
cordape  of  Dorsetshire  ;  the  woollens  of  evcy  sort  in  Devon-ihire ;  and  evf-ry  kin<i 
of  goods,  particularly  ibe  finer  articles  of  upholstery,  jewelry  and  every  material 
of  luxury,  are  manufactured  in  and  about  London.  i 

The  interior  navi<f»tica  of  England  is  justly  regardtnl  as  one  of  the  prime 
j  sources  of  her  prosperity.  Till  the  middle  of  last  century,  the  making  of  canals 
did  not  enter  into  the  system  of  English  economy.  In  175.'),  was  formed  the  San- 
key  canal,  a  line  oi'  tv."„'lve  miles,  to  supply  Liverpool  .vith  coal  from  the  pits  at 
8t  Helen's.  The  example  then  set  by  the  Duke  of  Bridgewater  gave  a  general 
impulse  to  the  nation.  Since  that  time,  upwards  of  3(),0(K),0(H)/.  sterling  have 
been  expended  in  this  object.  Twenty-one  canals  have  been  carried  across  the 
central  chain  of  hills,  by  processes  in  which  no  cost  has  been  spared ;  all  the 
resources  of  art  and  genius  have  been  employed ;  every  ol)stacle,  however  formi- 
dable, which  nature  could  present,  has  been  vanquished.  By  locks,  and  by  inclined 
planes,  the  vessels  are  conveyed  up  and  down  the  most  rugged  steeps ;  they  arc 
even  carried  across  navigable  rivers  by  bridges.  When  other  means  fail,  the 
engineor  has  cut  through  the  heart  of  rocks  and  hills  a  subterraneous  passage. 
Of  these  tunnels,  as  they  are  called,  there  are  said  to  be  forty-eight,  the  entire 
length  of  whici  is  at  least  forty  miles. 

The  canals,  m  total  length,  amount  to  more  than  2600  miles.  The  longest 
extends  from  Liverpool  on  the  Mersey,  to  Leeds  on  the  Iliimber,  130  miles,  atford- 
ing  a  navigation  for  vessels  of  30  tons  completely  across  the  island.  It  ha?  2 
tunnels  and  many  locks.  The  Grand  Junction  Canal  extends  from  the  neighbour- 
hood of  London,  to  the  Oxford  Canal ;  it  is  93  miles  long,  and  has  2  tunnels ;  one 
above  a  mile,  and  the  other  nearly  2  niileo  in  length ;  it  has  101  locks.  The 
Grand  Trunk  is  a  part  of  the  same  communication ;  it  is  93  miles  iu  length,  and 
has  4  tunnels,  amounting  to  2  miles.  The  Ashby  de  la  Zouch  Canal  is  40  miles 
long,  extending  from  the  Coventry  Canal  to  an  iron  railway.  It  has  2  tunnels,  2 
aqueduct  bridges,  and  an  iron  railway  branching  from  it.  The  Bridgewater  Canal 
is  40  miles  in  length,  and  extending  from  the  Mersey,  d^vir'.ss  into  2  branches,  one 
terminating  at  Manchester,  and  the  other  at  Pennington.  This,  with  the  Trent 
and  Mersey  Canal,  forms  a  communication  of  70  miles ;  16  miles  of  this  canal  arc 
under  ground  among  the  mountains.  Our  limits  will  not  permit  us  to  give  further 
details.  The  canals  of  England  communicate  with  one  another,  and  afibrd 
immense  facilities  for  internal  commerce. 

Railways  form  another  contrivance,  by  which  the  conveyance  of  goods  is  won- 
derfully facilitated,  by  causing  the  wheels  to  roll  over  a  smooth  surface  of  iron. 
Railways  were  at  first  used  only  on  a  small  scale,  chiefly  in  the  coal-mines  round 
Newcastle,  for  conveying  the  mineral  from  the  interior  to  the  surface,  and  thence 
to  the  place  of  shipping ;  and  it  is  reckoned  that  round  that  city  there  is  an  extent 
of  about  three  hundred  miles  of  these  railways.  They  were  gradually  employed 
on  a  greater  scale,  particularly  in  Wales,  where  the  county  of  Glamorgan  has  one 
twenty-five  miles  long,  and  in  all  two  hundred  miles  of  railway.  The  railway 
between  Manchester  and  Liverpool  extends  thirty-one  miles,  and  is  carried  over 
sixty-three  bridges,  thirty  of  which  pass  o\  or  the  turnpike  road,  and  one  over  the 
river  Irwell.  The  entire  cost  was  about  '-•J(),000?, ;  but  the  intercourse  has  been 
so  extensive  as  to  afford  an  ample  remuneration.  The  Cromford  and  High  Peak 
railway  is  carried  over  the  high  mountainous  district  of  Derbyshire,  conne  :Mng 
the  two  canals  which  bear  these  names.  Its  length  is  thirty-three  miles,  carried 
over  fifly  bridges,  and  rising  to  a  level  of  992  feet  above  the  Cromford  Canal. 
The  entire  expense  has  not  exceeded  180,000?. 

The  population  of  England  in  former  times  was  imperfectly  known,  being  calcu- 
lated only  from  very  vague  surveys  and  estimated.  In  1377  the  results  of  a  poll- 
tax  were  given  as  2,300,000 ;  but  from  the  many  evasions  to  which  such  a  census 
would  give  rise,  that  number  was  probably  below  the  truth.   In  the  reign  of  Eliza- 


f.^ 


fe'   . 


(     ♦. 


•  1' 


,  ■        I 


\  '' 


■  f 


V 


/. 


!•:  Si 


.      j  « 


.:■»■  i 


t  Hh 


¥. 


■ 

1l  ^^H^Bi 

I 

.flP^'- 

■ 

^'J^^^ll^ft    ; 

■ 

fi^mKHi  :.'■  ■ 

■' 

j'  'J^Hw I^^B  '  '  **    ' 

V 

W^^^^Vi 

il: 

'IHUB'    '*;      . 

■}•■  ..'^211* 


'*--,'. 


336 


ENGLAND. 


lM!th,  during  the  alarm  of  a  monace«l  SpnniHli  invaHJon  in  ir)75,  a  pretty  careful 
Hurvf'y  wa«  made,  the  result  of  which  gave  4,r)(KMKN>.  At  the  lime  of  the  Revo 
liitiuti,  the  increase  appeared  to  be  about  a  million.  From  tlic  commencement  of 
the  present  century  decennial  enumerations  have  been  made,  of  which  tlie  follow- 
inf(  are  the  reaulta: — 


PopuUtion. 
IWI. 


BnKlamI 8.331,434 

WalvB 54l,.'>4ii 

Army.  Navy,  tc i  470,50H 

Total !  9,343,578 


Inereaae 
perceut. 

i^puUlioii, 

IHII. 

iDcreaM 
per  will. 

rniniUIXM, 
lUI. 

Inereur 
pef  cmt. 

FofiiiUlioq, 
IS3I. 

141 

13 

«,5.5I,8MH 
till.THrt 
040..500 

1. 

11, W  1,437 
717.43^ 
31'.l.:iU0 

12,i»8,l75 

16 
12 

28 

13,0ttH,338 
27;,017 

27! 

10,»O4,170 

341 

14,1HO,501 

The  national  character  of  the  English  exhibits  some  very  bold  and  marked  fea- 
tures. Of  these  the  most  conspicuous  is  that  love  of  liberty  which  pervades  all 
classes.  The  liberty  for  which  the  English  have  successfully  contended,  includes 
the  right  of  thinking,  saying,  writing,  and  doing  most  things  which  opinion  may 
dictate,  and  inclination  prompt.  The  knowledge  that  the  highest  offices  and  dig- 
nities in  the  state  are  accessible  to  all,  redoubles  their  acti  nty,  and  encourages 
them  to  perseverntice.  It  is  but  little  more  than  a  century  since  they  began  to  be 
distinguished  ns  a  manufacturing  and  commercial  people,  yet  they  have  already 
outstripped  other  European  nations  in  mechanical  ingenuitv,  in  industry,  and  in 
mercantile  enterprise.  The  enormous  increase  of  capital,  and  the  substitution  of 
machinery  for  human  labour  in  most  of  their  manufacture  s,  seem  likely  at  no  dis- 
tant period  to  produce  a  total  change  in  Ihe  condition  of  Jritish  society. 

The  English  are  the  most  provident  people  in  the  world.  More  than  a  million 
of  individuals  arc  members  of  friendly  societies,  and  the  deposits  in  savings  banks 
exceed  13,000,000/.  The  great  extension  of  life  insurances  affords  another  proof 
of  this  laudable  disposition.  The  English  also  deserve  to  be  called  a  humane  peo- 
ple, zealous,  both  from  feeling  and  from  principle,  for  the  promotion  of  everything 
that  tends  to  the  welfare  of  their  fellow-creatures.  Crime  in  England  has  under- 
gone a  considerable  change.  Highway  robbery,  so  prevalent  towards  the  begin- 
ning and  middle  of  last  century,  is  now  nearly  unknown,  and  all  sorts  of  crimes 
and  violence  have  been  materially  lessened.  On  the  other  hand,  there  has  been 
a  very  rapid  increase,  particularly  within  the  last  twenty  years,  of  crimes  against 
property.  A  material  change  has  recently  been  effected  in  the  criminal  law  of 
England,  by  the  abolition  of  an  immense  number  of  capital  punishments. 

The  institutions  for  public  education  in  England  are  extensive  and  splendidly 
endowed.  The  two  Universities  of  Oxford  and  Cambridge  are  not  only  the 
v/ealthiest,  but  the  most  ancient  in  Europe.  The  London  University  and  King's 
College  have  been  recently  instituted.  The  schools  of  Eton,  Westminster,  St. 
Paul's,  Winchester,  Harrow,  and  Rugby,  are  nearly  on  the  same  scale  as  our 
colleges.  There  are  multitudes  of  other  schools,  public  and  private,  and  in  them 
all  a  long-continued,  systematic,  and  thorough  course  of  instruction  is  given. 
Though  education  at  any  of  these  institutions  is  expensive,  yet  so  general  is  the 
conviction  of  its  superior  importance,  that  the  children  of  all  persons  in  tolerable 
circumstances  are  well  educated.  The  children  of  the  poorer  classes,  by  means 
of  S;;aday  schools  and  the  efforts  of  their  parents,  are  generally  taught  to  read 
and  write.  Immense  numbers  of  volumes,  consisting  of  the  works  of  the  best 
English  authors,  are  circulated  in  every  part  of  the  kingdom,  in  the  tbrm  of 
weekly  or  monthly  pamphlets,  at  a  very  cheap  rate.  Even  the  poorest  mechanics 
and  labourers  are  in  the  habit  of  spending  a  considerable  part  of  their  leisure  in 
the  perusal  of  these  publications. 

The  Episcopal  Protestant  religion  is  that  established  by  law,  and  the  king  is 
the  head  of  the  church.  There  are  two  archbishops,  and  iwenty-four  bishops,  all 
of  whom,  except  the  Bishop  of  Sodcr  and  Man,  are  peers  of  the  realm,  and  have 
seats  in  the  House  of  Lords.  The  Archbishop  of  Canterbury  is  called  the  Primate 
of  all  England,  and  his  rank  is  that  next  below  the  royal  tiimily.  The  Archbishop 
of  York  is  called  the  Primate  of  England.  The  bishops  have  some  temporal  au- 
thority, and  the  ecclesiastical  jurisdiction  extends  to  all  questions  of  births,  mar- 


m 


ENGLAND. 


337 


riagM,  dekthi,  probate  of  wills,  and  delinquencies  of  the  inferior  cicrfry.  Under  i 
the  biahopa*  are  the  deana,  prebendaries,  archdeacons,  recturv,  prieMU,  curates,  and 
deacons.  The  churchwardens  overlook  the  alms  for  the  poor.  The  clergy  of  the  i 
established  church  are  a  learned  and  pious  body,  titough  uiany  individunlti  there 
are  in  it,  who  have  neither  learning  nor  piety.  The  diaaentcra  are  a  ntimerouH 
body,  and  have  many  ministers  of  great  learning  and  purity  of  mind.  The  di»- 
sentera  are  chiefly  Methodists,  Baptists,  and  Quakers.  The  Catholics  are  numer- 
ous, and  have  several  colleges  and  convents. 

England  is  divided  into  40  counties. 

The  small  islands  attached  to  England  are  uninrportant.  Man,  thirty  miles  in 
length  by  twelve  in  breadth,  is  nearly  equidistant  from  each  of  the  three  kingdoms. 
It  compriaes  a  considerable  extent  of  level  territory ;  but  rises  in  the  interior  mto 
high  mountains,  among  which  Snowfell,  nearly  20()0  feet  high,  stands  conspicuous. 
Man  ranked  long  as  an  independent  sovereignty,  held  by  the  Earls  of  Derby,  and 
is  celebrated  for  the  gallant  defence  made  by  the  countess  of  that  name  tor  Charles  I. 
It  descended  afterwards  to  the  Duke  of  Athol,  from  whom  the  sovereignty  was 
purchased,  in  1765,  by  the  British  government,  with  a  view  to  the  prevention  of 
smuggling,  and  to  the  establishment  of  a  free  trade.  The  natives  are  a  Celtic 
race.  Castletown,  the  capital,  is  the  neatest  town  in  the  island ;  and  in  its  centre. 
Castle  Ruthven,  the  ancient  palace  of  the  kings  of  Man,  rears  its  gloomy  and 
majestic  brow.  Douglas,  however,  as  being  the  spot  in  which  the  whole  trade 
circulates,  is  now  of  superior  importance,  and  has  attracted  a  great  number  of 
English  settlers.  The  Scilly  Isles,  situated  at  some  distance  ^om  the  western 
extremity  of  Cornwall,  are  tenanted  by  2000  poor  inhabitants,  who  raise  a  little 
grain,  but  depend  chiefly  upon  fishing,  pilotage,  and  the  making  of  kelp. 

Jersey,  Guernsey,  and  Aldemey,  with  Sark,  form  a  group  naturally  French,  and 
originally  part  of  the  patrimony  of  the  Norman  kings,  which  tho  naval  superiunty 
of  England  has  enabled  her  to  retain.  The  climate  is  mild  and  agreeable,  and  the 
soil  generally  fertile.  Jersey,  the  fineut  of  thu  group,  is  so  abundant  in  orchards, 
that  cider  forms  the  chief  object  of  exporution.  St.  Hulier,  the  capital  of  Jersey, 
is  a  handsome  town. 

London  is  the  metropolis  of  the  United  Kingdom,  the  seat  of  legislation,  of  juris- 
prudence, and  of  government;  it  is  the  principal  residence  of  the  sovereign,  at 
which  aflairs  of  state  are  transacted,  and  regulatic.;s  maintained  with  foreign 
courts.  It  is  the  centre  of  all  important  operations,  whether  of  commerce  or 
finance,  and  of  correspondence  with  every  quarter  of  the  globe.  The  City  lies  on 
both  sides  of  the  river  Thames.  It  is  seven  miles  long,  five  miles  wuAe,  and  con- 
tains an  area  of  about  thirty  square  miles.  More  particularly  it  is  considered 
au'^'^r  three  divisions;  the  City  proper,  in  the  east;  Westminster,  in  the  west,  and 
Southwark,  on  the  south  side  of  the  river.  The  buildings  are  generally  of  brick. 
The  streets  in  some  parts  are  wide,  and  few  are  so  narrow  as  not  to  admit  two 
carriages  abreast.  At  the  west  end,  they  are  mostly  straight,  and  sufficiently 
broad  for  five  or  six  carriages.  Here  are  the  residences  of  the  nobility  nnd  the 
rich.  Regent  street,  in  this  quarter,  is  probably  the  most  magnificent  street  in 
the  world.  In  the  City,  or  the  central  and  oldest  part,  the  streets  are  narrow  and 
crooked,  but  here  the  great  business  of  London  is  transacted.  The  east  end  is 
occupied  by  shops,  victualling-houses,  and  people  connected  with  commerce. 
Here  are  immense  timber-yards,  docks,  and  nagazines. 

Londo)!«  contains  a  great  number  of  squr.res:  the  handsomest  is  Groevf^nor 
Square  an  area  of  six  acres,  and  containing  an  equestrian  statue  of  Goorge  II. 
The  buildings  around  it  are  the  most  superb  in  I/>ndon.  The  largest  square  is 
that  called  Lincoln's  Inn  Fields,  which  occupies  a  space  just  equal  to  that  covered 
by  the  neat  pyramid  of  Egypt  The  finest  public  walks  are  at  the  west  end; 
Green  Park,  Hyde  Park,  St.  James's  Park,  and  Regent's  Park,  are  beautiful 
fields  and  gardens,  ornamented  with  trees ;  these  are  the  resort  of  thousands  who 
walk  for  exercise  or  pleasure.  These  parks  are  very  extensive.  Hyde  Park  con- 
tains 394  acres,  and  in  the  afternoon  of  Sunday  ia  thronged  by  crowds  of  fik^hion- 
able  people  who  pour  along  the  promenades,  like  the  ebbing  and  flowing  tide.  In 
Regent's  Park  is  an  immense  edifice  called  the  Coliseum,  in  which  may  be  seen 


39 


2S 


I. 


'M 


•{i 


■ii 


f  i. 


■' ;  It  1 


m^ 


■i  \  • 

li' 

'1 

K '« .■ 


F 


«•■■;'• 


'^M 


II. 

1^" 


33-1 


KNiil.ANI). 


n  pnnornma  of  London  as  viPWfd  from  the  doino  of  St.  Pnul'H.  The  panions  of 
fh«'  /,iK)loj»ical  Society  nro  nlso  in  thm  par' .  Thry  nr«  elffrantly  laid  mil,  and 
contain  an  interesting  collection  of  rare  animalii  from  nil  part*  of  tfin  world. 

'I'lie  churchnn  of  I/indon  have  the  monl  prominent  and  imnoBinfif  share  in  its 
architectural  oplendour.  St.  I'aul's  Cathedral  is  the  nio«t  mnpnificent  edifice  in 
the  city,  but  w  pent  up  in  a  narrow  area,  and  t<urrounded  by  shops  and  buildin^TH 
of  a  mean  appearance.  Tlie  interior  of  the  cathedral  does  not  equal  ita  noble 
exterior.  It  would  be  little  eUe  than  an  immense  vault  with  heavy  columns,  wero 
it  not  relieved  by  monumental  Hlatuary. 

WeatmiuHter  Abbey,  some  distance  higher  up  the  river,  is  one  of  the  noblest 
e.xisting  monumcnta  of  fiothic  architecture.  It  has  a  vast,  airy,  and  lofty  appear- 
ance, which  iuHpires  feelings  of  awe  and  veneration.  The  chapel  of  Henry  VII., 
at  the  east  end  of  the  church,  is  unrivalled  for  gorgeous  magnihcenco.  The  city 
of  Westminster  and  north-eastern  suburb  of  London  contain  many  splendid  modern 
cliurches,  almost  all  in  the  classic  style.  London  has  few  public  edificts,  com- 
pared to  its  great  size  and  wealth.  Westminster  Hall  waa  once  a  palace:  here 
the  kings  of  England  are  crowned,  and  hero  the  parliament  hold  their  sittings. 
It  has  the  largest  hall  without  pillars  in  Europe.  St.  James's  Palace  ia  an  ill' 
looking  brick  building,  but  contains  spacious  and  splendid  apartments. 

The  Tower  is  a  vast  incloeure  upon  the  river.  It  contains  several  streets,  and  is 
surrounded  by  a  wall  and  ditch.  The  Monument,  at  the  foot  of  London  bridge, 
is  a  fluted  Doric  column,  in  a  bad  situation :  it  is  202  feet  high,  and  commemo- 
rates the  great  fire  of  Ix)ndon.  The  Bank  of  England,  in  the  heart  of  the  city, 
is  a  vast  and  splendid  pile,  covering  8  acres.  Somerset  House,  in  the  Strand,  is 
one  of  the  largest  and  most  splendid  edifices  in  the  city. 

There  are  G  bridges  over  the  Thames :  of  these,  Waterloo  bridge  ia  built  of 
granite,  and  Southwark  and  Vauxhall  bridges,  of  iron.  A  more  remarkable  object 
is  the  Tunnel,  a  passage  under  the  river  at  a  point  where  a  bridge  would  be  de- 
trimental to  the  navigation.  Thib  work  was  performed  by  sinking  a  perpendicular 
shaft  near  the  river,  and  working  horizontally  under  the  bjttom  of  the  Thames. 

This  city  has  13  theatres,  of  which  Drury  Lane,  Covent  Garden,  and  the  King's 
theatre  or  Italian  Opera,  are  among  the  first  in  Europe.  It  has  147  hospitals;  10 
schools  of  medicine;  as  many  of  law;  5  of  theology;  18  public  libraries;  300 
elementary  free  schools ;  1700  dispensaries,  where  the  poor  receive  medicine  and 
attendance  gratis ;  14  prisons ;  and  50  newspapers,  printing  50,000  daily.  15,000 
vessels  lie  at  a  time  in  the  docks  and  at  the  wharves ;  1500  carriages  a  day  leave 
the  city  at  stated  hours ;  4000  wagons  are  employed  in  the  country  trade ;  the 
annual  commerce  of  the  city  is  estimated  at  130  millions  sterling. 

London  is  the  principal  literary  emporium  of  the  kingdom.  Almost  all  books 
of  importance  are  there  printed  and  published,  and  thence  distributed  over  the 
kingdom,  forming  a  considerable  branch  of  commerce.  The  annual  value  sold  is 
estimated  at  from  l.OOO.OOW.  to  2,000,000/.  sterling.  The  population  of  the  citv, 
in  1830,  was  1,474,069. 

Liverpool,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Mersey,  on  the  Irish  Sea,  is  an  important  com- 
mercial city,  enjoying  a  vast  trade  by  sea,  and  communicating  with  all  parts  of 
the  interior  by  canals  and  rail-roads.  The  city  stretches  along  the  east  bank  of 
the  river  3  miles,  with  a  breadth  of  one  mile.  It  is  irregularly  built,  but  the  pub- 
lic buildings  are  elegant.  The  Exnlmngo  ia  perhaps  tlio  most  splendid  structure 
which  a  mercantile  community  ever  falsuil  fVoin  its  own  resources :  it  Cost  100,000 
pounds,  and  is  double  the  size  of  the  Royal  Exchange  of  London.  The  Town 
Hall  is  another  noble  edifice.  In  the  west  of  the  city  are  quays  and  docks  of 
great  extent.  The  largest  dock  will  contain  100  ships  afloat.  T'lie  cominorce  of 
the  place  employs  10,000  vessels,  and  pays  3,500,000/.  sterling  to  the  revenue  in 
duties.  Here  are  also  manufactories  of  porcelain,  soap,  sugar,  &c.,  with  large 
breweries  and  founderies.  The  Lycenm  and  Atheneum  have  each  a  library  of 
10,000  volumes.     The  population  in  1831  was  165,175. 

Manchester,  in  population  and  manufacturing  industry,  ranks  next  to  London. 
Its  streets  and  lanes  are  crowded  together,  without  any  regard  to  regularity  or 
convenience.     The  river  Irwell  passes  through  its  centre,  and  there  are  bridges 


^mm 


smin.ujj.jMi. 


V.SUl.WU. 


Xi  < 


on  this  and  nnf-thcr  utrffim  in  thr  city.  The  Bpectator  hore  is  Rtruck  with  Mton- 
inhrn^Mt  al  the  sijflit  t>f  the  imnienso  mnfrn/.inc*  nf  grwiclB  desiifnttl  for  the  mar 
kctH  of  every  quarter  of  the  ylolx!.  A  sijltjnct  of  no  lem  Mtonis'iiment  tH  the  ron- 
trogt  of  the  pov«Tty  of  the  artiwinei,  with  tlio  wcnlth  of  their  pinployera.  The 
nianiifacturen  consume  annnally  170,()0(lt,(KH»  ponndn  of  cotton.  There  arr-  <^  va.«t 
numl>er  of  foiioHerivs  and  other  rstablishnionls  around  tlie  city.  Two  canjils  nmi 
tlie  rail-road  to  Livovpool  facilitate  its  trade.  Miinchester  haij  many  literary  ami 
benevi'lcnt  in.stilut.ion8 ;  a  public  library  of  4{0,tM.M)  volumes,  and  a  po|>ulatiiiii  rtf 
l*i«12. 

Birmingham  is  situated  in  the  centre  of  ICn^land.  The  upper  part  hoH  mnjie 
re ffulnr  slreels  and  handnome  buildin^jH.  Most  of  the  streets  are  broad  and  fom- 
niodious.  The  ninnufacturcs  of  armH,  sheet  iron,  hardware  and  jewelry,  at  thm 
place,  are  immense;  2'2,{KK)  families  are  occupied  in  them.  Here  is  the  ceK'bratrd 
machinery  of  Watt,  the  ffrcat  mechanical  inventor.  It  employs  ItittO  men,  ami 
prwlures  every  week  1")()0  mui^kets.  A  einijle  machine  for  coining  money  strikes 
;}0,OOU  or  40,000  pieres  in  an  hour.  Ten  cannls  open  a  communication  with  llx^ 
surrounding  districts.     Pcti'dation  146,9^(5. 

Leeds,  in  Yorkshire,  is  a  /{reat  market  tor  fine  broadcloths,  which  are  hero  sold 
in  two  immense  halls.  York  is  retnarkable  for  its  cathedral,  called  the  Minster; 
the  largest  Gothic  edifice  in  England,  and  perhaps  in  Europe,  boinjj  f)28  feet  loiijf. 
An  insane  fanatic  set  fire  to  this  magnificent  structure,  in  1829,  and  a  great  part 
of  it  was  destroyed,  but  most  of  the  dama/re  has  been  rejmired.  York  has  many 
other  beautiful  buildings:  its  streets  are  wide  and  well  paved,  and  the  city  is  sur- 
rounded by  a  wall  now  much  decayed.    The  population,  in  1831,  wos  123,393. 

Bristol,  on  the  channel  of  that  name,  is  accessible  for  ships  of  l(KX)  tons,  and 
has  considerable  foreign  commerce.  It  is  irregular,  with  narrow  streets.  The 
handsomest  parta  are  the  suburbs.  The  cathedral  is  richly  ornamented,  and  gives 
the  city  a  picturesque  appearance  at  a  dietance.  This  city  has  braes  works,  pin 
manufactories,  glass,  sugar,  and  soap  houses,  distilleries,  &c.    Population  104,880. 

Portsmouth,  on  the  English  channel,  is  the  most  important  naval  station  in  the 
kingdom.  Its  magazines  nnd  docks  are  the  most  perfect  in  the  world.  The  spa- 
cious road  of  Spitlicad,  at  this  place,  is  capable  of  sheltering  1000  ships  of  the 
line.     Population  50,309. 

Bath  is  famous  for  its  medicinal  waters,  which,  in  the  fine  season,  attract  hither 
crowds  of  invalids  and  thousands  of  dissipated  idlers.  The  city  is  wholly  built 
of  light-coloured  freestone.  It  occupies  a  fine  situation  upon  a  rising  ground,  and 
is  esteemed  the  handsomest  city  in  England.  It  has  many  beautiful  promenades, 
and  a  magnificent  cathedral.  Being  a  place  of  mere  amusement,  a  large  part  of 
its  population  is  migratory.     Population  38,063. 

O.xford  is  one  of  the  handsomest  cities  in  Europe,  and  contains  the  most  famous 
university  in  England,  consisting  of  24  colleges.  These  buildings,  with  seventeen 
churches,  and  numerous  other  academical  structures,  are  surrounded  with  groves, 
gardens,  avenues  of  majestic  trees,  and  a  variety  of  winding  streams.  To  these 
are  added  the  incessant  pealing  of  innumerable  bells,  and  the  multitude  and  mys- 
tical variety  of  academic  dresses ;  all  combining  to  produce  the  most  striking 
effect  upon  a  stranger.     Population  20,649. 

Cambridge,  like  Oxford,  owes  its  celebrity  to  its  university,  which  has  13  col- 
leges.   Population  20,917. 

Wales  is  a  territory  which,  though  united  to  England  by  early  conquest,  stil! 
retains  the  title  of  u  separate  principality,  and  possesses  a  national  aspect.  Tlic 
verdant  and  extensivo  plains  of  western  England  here  give  place  to  the  hiXy 
mountain,  the  doop  viillny,  the  roaring  torrent,  and  the  frightful  precipice.  Wales 
lias  rivers  and  torrents  without  number,  whicii  ((|ll  through  its  mountain  valleys, 
nnd  whose  Imiiks,  adorned  with  vnrduro  and  iMilliviilion,  combine  in  the  nioHt 
striking  manner  with  the  lolly  and  varied  suiniiiJtd  which  lowfir  above  them.  'J'lie 
Inlliest  mountiiins  iltf  |||  North  Wales;  its  valloys  are  deeper  and  narrower;  and 
It  prcHcnts  liKiro  etrikUigly  all  the  cliarnctnriiitio  fcaturns  of  Welsh  scenery.  In 
Hnutli  WbIhs,  on  the  contrary,  the  valleys  are  broader,  tiiiitfi  iHrfilL',  nnd  lullei  of 
towns  and  villages;  they  oflen  even  espaiid  into  wide  pliiillM,  ntiU  oncirf  lid  hy  a 


V;** 

^^■i 


if 


.     I. 


t ., 


-tl: 


■>:  - 


'■•: 


.m 


>, 

h 


I     . 


:M 


I 


m 


i  ■■:  iii 


if 


a- 


I 


hi 


i^:! 


'^p. 


hi    . 
!1?  5  ,=  ■  - 


\ 


WXyi'LANO. 


The  Welsh  are  «  Celtic  race, 

theae  motintain  receaaea,  aought  r< 

which  ao  completely  diapoaMaaei! 


mountain  boundary.  Af^icuitare,  in  auch  a  co'u'try,  labour*  under  many  dimd- 
vantaffea,  and  ia  carried  ou  too  often  upun  the  t>lu  ayitem  of  mfleld  and  ottt5t.ld. 
Manufactures  are  nearly  confined  to  the  article  of  flanne^  which  haa  alwaya  been 
a  fabric  of  the  Welsh,  in  which  they  atill  excel  their  Yorkahire  rivalai  It  ia  to 
minini^,  however,  that  th(  iinluatry  of  Walea  haa  been  chiefly  attracted,  by  the 
profuaion  of  mineral  weaUli  which  nature  haa  lod^sd  in  the  bowela  of  ita  moun- 
taina.  The  lead  of  Fiiril,  Caernarvon,  and  other  "conntiea  of  North  Walea;  the 
copper  of  An^rlesey,  and  above  all,  the  iron  of  Olamor^fan  and  other  ooantiea  in 
the  British  Channel,  are  objecta  of  extenaive  importance.  Coal  ia  found  almost 
everywhere,  and  ia  employed  either  for  domestic  purpoaea,  or  in  fbsing  aud  re- 
flnmg  the  metallic  otm. 

descendants  of  the  ancient  Brhooa,  who,  in 
^e  from  the  destroying  aword  of  the  Saxona, 
.iem  of  the  low  country  of  England.  They 
could  not  resist  the'  overwhelroini^  power  of  Edward  1.,  who  annexed  Wales  to 
the  English  crown.  In  order  to  Iwld  it  in  sub^ction,  however,  he  was  obliged  to 
conatruct,  not  only  on  its  frontier,  but  in  its  mterior,  caatlea  of  imwense  extent 
and  strength.  Yet  they  did  not  prevent  formidable  insnnectiona,  in  one  of  which 
Owen  Glendower  maintained  himself  for  yeara  as  an  independent  prince.  Within 
the  laat  300  yeara,  the  Welsh  have  been  as  peaceable  aa  any  other  aubjecta  of  the 
empire.  They  have  retained,  of  their  feudal  habita,  only  venial  fiiiiiBga.  Among 
these  is  national  pride,  through  which  the  genuine  Cambrian  holda  his  country 
and  his  nation  superior  to  all  others,  and  regards  the  fkuna  or  Saxon  aa  a  lower 
race  of  yesterday.  With  this  is  connected,  in  a  high  degree,  the  pride  of  pedi- 
gree ;  even  the  humbleat  Welshman  tracing  his  origin  far  above  any  lowland 
genealogy.  Stronff  ties  of  friendship  subsist  oetwecn  the  land-ownera  and  their 
tenants ;  manifestea,  on  one  side,  by  indulgence  and  protecting  kindneaa ;  on  the 
other,  by  a  profound  veneration  for  the  representatives  of  the  ancient  chiefit  of 
their  race.    The  Welsh  have  many  superstitions,  mixed  with  much  genuine  reli- 

f[ions  feeling.  They  are  hardy,  active*  lively,  hospitable,  kind-hearted ;  only  a 
ittle  hot  and  quarrelaome.  Their  English  neighbours  complain  that  they  have 
not  yet  attained  that  pitch  of  industry  and  cleanliness  io  which  the  former  pkee 
their  pride.     Population,  in  1831,  805,238.    Counties,  1^ 

The  chief  mountains  in  Wales  are  Snowdon,  3571  feet ;  Chder-Idris,  S5G0 ; 
Corned-Llewellyn,  Arran-Towddy,  &c.  The  rivers  are  the  Severn,  Wye,  Con- 
way, Towy,  Dee,  &c.  Merthyn-Tydvil,  situated  in  the  iron-mine  regiou  of  Gla- 
morganshire, haa  become,  from  a  mere  village,  the  most  popaloue  place  ia  Wales, 
Population,  23,083.  Swansea  has  also  risen  to  eome  importance,  from  the  iron 
and  copper  works  with  which  it  is  surrounded.  Coal  is  likewise  largely  exported. 
Ita  pleasant  situation  baa  made  it  an  extenaive  resort  for  wa-bathing,  and  led  to 
the  erection  of  many  eleeant  buildings.  Population,  13,6M.  Caermcurthenr  situ- 
ated on  the  Towy,  which  admits  to  it  vessels  of  300  tons,  is  one  of  the  moat 
flourishing  and  best-built  towns  in  Wales.  Population,  9955.  Caernarvon  is  a 
handsome,  well-built  place.  Its  chief  ornament  is  the  castle,  a  stately  edifice 
built  by  Eidward  I.,  to  curb  the  spirit  of  the  newly  bubdued  Welsh.  Population, 
7642.  Some  other  of  the  chief  towns  in  Wales  are,  Hoi/ well,  8800 ;  Mold, 
8086;  Pembroke,  6511 ;  Cardifl^  6187;  and  Brecknock,  5026. 


SCOTLAND. 


SooiXAifD  is  bounded  on  the  south  by  England,  fW)m  which  it  i»  separated  by  a 
line  drawn  along  the  Tweed,  the  Cheviot  Hills,  and  thence  to  the  Sol  way  Fnth. 
On  every  other  side  it  is  bounded  bv  the  Atlantic,  the  Northern  and  the  German 
oceans.  The  length  of  Scotland,  from  the  Mull  <^  Galloway,  in  about  40<^  4C'  lo 
Dunnet  Head,  Caithness,  in  58°  40',  is  280  miles.  The  ^freatest  breadth,  frran 
Buchan-Ness  to  a  point  on  the  opposite  shore  of  Inverness  is  130  miles. 

The  entire  extent  of  Scotland  is  29,600  square  miles.    In  ita  general  outline, 


"•■IW 


w  on, A  SI). 


Ml 


it  conMiitH  of  two  ifrrat  att<i  pi'rt'-ctly  diMtknct  pnrtu:  tlm  Liwlarnin  nmi  \\\c  Mii;l>- 
Imxli*.  'I'ho  formiT  coinprRhfrnU  nil  Sc(»tlnn«i  wmiiIi  uI'  ilio  Iriiliit  of  Forth  nn.1 
Clyrl*'.  Iinmcdiatt'ly  north  nf  thn  Clydf,  the  liiKlilniifi  nuit'oii  In'^fin  to  U)\*"r  iii 
,  <-n>il*-Hfi  mir ci'Miiun ;  but  on  the  CMHt  coaKt,  th)'  I/iwlniniH  ••.\t<>iiil  Im'SkdiI  th<>  F'nrth 
and  northwards  tor  HOine  diHtanco,  The  ll>trhlniwlfi,  which  ro'iipriMi!  the  wholf 
WL'st  and  centre  of  northern  Scotland,  form  a  r»'tfion  of  very  bifak  aiwl  rMj'L'«'d 
aBp«>ct,  and  contain  witiiin  their  rcccwMtH  a  pnniittva  (H>o|>ii',  who,  iii  ilrcMi,  Ian- 
((ua^o,  and  tliv  wholo  train  of  their  wtcml  ideais  dilVer  CHMentially  tVoni  the  \m\\- 
lander««,  and  have  retained  antique  and  ittrikiiiL'  chnracterixticri,  both  phymcal  and 
moral,  that  are  obliterated  m  alinoHt  every  otii  r  part  of  (ireat  Hritain. 

Ainoni;  t)i«  Scottish  mountains,  the  mont  cunitiderable  are  the  (irainpian?,  a 
name  which  in  piven  very  frcnerally  to  nil  tlioi-o  which  cover  the  Hurface  of  the 
ilijfhliindt),  but  applied  mure  particularly  to  tho  chain  runnin''  '<  ross  the  ctiuntioM 


of  V< 

ri.l 


and  Arpylc,  anil  cutnpriHinff  Ben  lionioiid,  lien  »/:•]>,  <«;  tlmt  elevated 

'i  '   rectly  K\ce  the  low  country  ot  Stirlinjf  tir!  J*t,>rt)i.     Several  of 

exceed  the  altitude  of  4(XK)  feet     Ben  >t(ivi(«  ti^eu  to  tiie  height 


ScotlBRti  aro  not  so  much  distinf^uished  for  their  leii(;th  or  nia^ni- 
till.  |)aBtA)ral  ucenery  through  which  they  wind  their  early  courm*,  and 

for  iiiu  ina^  .iticerit  estuaries  which  they  form  at  their  junction  with  the  sea. 

The  Forth  rises  near  the  fwA  of  Ben  Ijomond,  flows  went  towardu  Stirlinp, 
near  which  it  is  swelled  by  the  larfi^er  stream  of  tho  Teith ;  whence,  after  many 
windinjgra  through  the  beautiful  plain  overlooked  by  Stirling  castle,  it  opens  into 
the  great  frith  on  which  the  capital  of  Scotland  is  situated. 

Some  of  the  others  are  the  Tay,  the  Clyde,  tho  Tweed,  the  Spey,  the  Dee,  &.c. 

Lochs  form  a  characteristic  feature  of  Scotland  ;  many  of  tliem  are  lony  arms  of 
the  sea,  running  up  into  the  heart  of  the  mountains.  Among  these.  Loch  Lomond 
it>  pre-eminent  The  traveller  admires  its  vant  expanse,  its  gay  and  numerous 
islands,  its  wooded  promontories  and  bays,  and  the  high  mountain  barrier  at  its 
head.  Loch  Katrine,  in  a  smaller  compass,  presents  a  singular  combination  of 
romantic  beauty.  Loch  Tay,  enclosed  by  the  loftiest  of  the  Grampians,  presents 
alpine  scenery  on  the  grandest  scale ;  while  at  Inverary,  Loch  Fyne  unites  the 
pomp  of  art  with  that  of  nature.  The  long  chain  of  Lochs  Linnhe,  Lorhy,  and 
Ness,  stretching  diagonally  across  Scotland,  comprises  much  fine  scenery,  and  has 
afforded  facililie^  for  making  a  navigable  communication  between  the  German 
and  Atlantic  Oceans. 

The  articles  cultivated  are  generally  the  same  as  in  England.  Oats  are  the 
principal  crop,  except  in  the  most  fertile  districts.  Potatoes  are  cultivated  some- 
what extensively,  and  in  some  places,  hemp. 

Both  the  commerce  and  manufactures  of  Scotland  have  grown  into  importance 
since  the  union  with  England,  Commerce  has  flourished  chiei'y  since  the  middle 
of  the  last  century.  Greenock  and  Aberdeen  are  th^  most  important  commercial 
places.  The  shipping  of  Scotland,  in  1628,  amounted  to  300,836  tons,  or  about 
one-fourth  lesa  than  that  of  the  State  of  Massachusettfi. 

The  manufactures  consist  of  cotton,  woollen,  linen,  iron,  huts,  paper,  sailcloth, 
pottery,  and  small  quantities  o;'  most  of  the  articles  made  in  England.  At  Carron, 
in  the  southern  part  of  the  kingdom,  are  the  most  important  iron  founderies  in 
Great  Britain.  They  employ  2,000  workmen  and  cast  above  4,000  cannon  annu- 
ally. The  total  value  of  the  yearly  manufactures  of  Scolland  is  estimated  at 
15,000,000  pounds  sterling. 

The  whale  aud  herring  fisheries  are  considerable  Bources  of  wealth.  The 
whale  ships  are  principally  employed  in  the  Northern  Seas.  The  gathering  of 
kelp  on  the  shores  of  the  Western  Islands  once  employed  120,000  persons,  but 
the  business  has  now  declined  in  consequence  of  the  substitution  of  a  cheaper 
alkali  in  raaDufacturcs.  The  number  of  herring  taken  on  the  coast  is  immense : 
the  fishermen  go  in  small  crafts  called  busses.  Salmon,  taken  in  all  the  consider- 
able rivers,  and  kept  fresh  by  being  packed  in  ice,  chiefly  supplies  the  London 
market 

Artiflciol  navigation  meets  with  peculiar  obstructions  from  th  j  niggedness  of 

29* 


I 


! 


■•'.» 


i« 


^'•1 


-<,.<f 


■> 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


yfO 


1.0 


1.1 


11.25 


I^IM    |25 

■u  lU   12.2 

S  Hi   ■" 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


¥^ 


4. 


\ 


iP 


'f''^ 

'  <• 

^ 


<^ 


^^^A.^'^ 


'^^^ 


23  WBT  MAIN  STRUT 

WiBSTiR,N.Y.  14510 

(716)t72-4S03 


'^ 


:\ 


\M^\ 


'' ^ 


1  if 


♦    1 

•;  ' 

-« . 

i-: 

||vj            .  ^ 

f 

IE    '^ 

f'i.^,    !••  , 

ll 

L-i" 

r'>  •    '   , 

S  i .  ,«    .  ■ 

^m-i  ■ 

ij  'f^\  a;  ■ 

ll 

343 


SCOTLAND. 


the  Burfkce,  and  hence  canals  have  never  become  very  numerous.  The  "  Great 
Canal**  admits  vessels  of  considerable  size  to  pass  from  the  Frith  of  Forth  to  that 
of  Clyde,  and  thus  unite  the  German  and  Atlantic  Oceans.  Branches  to  Glaseow 
and  to  the  fine  coal-field  at  Monkland  have  been  advantageously  opened.  The 
Union  Canal,  completed  at  an  expense  of  nearly  400,0001.,  connects  the  Great 
Canal,  near  its  eastern  point,  with  Edinbareh,  by  a  line  of  thirty  miles  through  a 
country  very  rich  in  coal  and  lime.  The  Caledonian  Canal,  uniting  the  chain  of 
lakes  which  crosses  Scotland  diagraally,  allows  even  ships  of  war  to  pass,  from 
the  east  coast,  into  the  Atlantic,  without  encountering  the  perils  of  the  Pentland 
Frith  and  Cape  Wrath.  It  waa  finished  in  1822,  at  an  expense  of  nearly 
1,000,0002.  sterling,  entirely  defirayed  by  government  The  gates  of  the  locks 
are  of  iron;  the  expense  of  each  lock  was  90001.  The  locks  are  twenty-three 
in  all,  eight  of  which,  looking  down  fix>m  Loch  Eil,  where  it  opens  into  the  west- 
em  sea,  are  called  by  sailors  the  "  stair  of  Neptune."  The  canal  is  fifty  feet 
broad ;  length  twenty-two  miles,  with  forty  miles  of  lake  navigation. 

Of  the  population  of  Scotland  an  estimate  was  first  attempted  in  the  year  1755, 
when  it  was  computed  to  be  1,265,380.  The  reports  of  the  clergy  for  the  "  Sta- 
tistical Account,"  between  1792  and  1798,  gave  1,526,492;  which  was  raised  by 
the  government  enumeration  of  1801  to  1,599,000.  The  census  of  1811  gave 
1,805,000;  which  was  raised  by  that  of  1821  to  2,093,456.  In  1881,  it  was 
2,363,842. 

In  point  of  disposition,  the  Scots  are  a  grave,  serious,  and  reflectinjr  people ; 
but  bold,  enterprising,  ambitious,  and  imbued  with  a  deep-rooted  determraation  to 
pursue  the  objects  of  their  desire,  and  repel  those  of  their  aversion.  Under  these 
impulses,  they  quit,  without  much  regret,  a  land  which  aflS>rd8  few  opportunities 
of  distinction,  and  seek,  either  in  the  metropolis  and  commercial  towns  of  Eng- 
land, or  in  the  most  distant  transmarine  regions,  that  wealth  and  fame  which 
they  eagerly  covet ;  yet,  amid  this  distance  and  these  eager  pursuits,  their  hopes 
and  afiections  remain  fixed  on  the  land  of  their  nativity;  and  they  usually  seek 
to  spend  the  evening  of  their  days  in  Scotland. 

To  their  religious  duties  the  Scots  people  have  always  sho^^vn  an  exemplary 
attention.  In  Catholic  times,  the  Romish  church  in  Scotland  enjoyed  more  in- 
fluence, and  had  acquired  a  much  greater  proportion  of  the  national  wealth,  than 
in  England.  But  they  entered  upon  the  cause  of  refona  with  an  ardent  zeal, 
which  left  behind  it  that  of  all  their  neighbours.  After  a  desperate  struggle,  on 
which,  for  nearly  a  century,  the  political  destinieu  of  the  kingdom  depended,  they 
obtained  their  fkvourite  form  of  presbytery,  the  most  remote  fimn  that  pompous 
ritual,  for  which  they  have  entertained  the  most  rooted  abhorrence.  Tlie  prin- 
ciple of  presbytery  consists  in  the  complete  equality  of  all  its  clerical  members, 
w.no  have  each  a  separate  parish,  of  which  they  perform  all  the  ecclesiastical 
functions. 

Literature,  soon  after  its  revival  in  Europe,  was  cultivated  m  Scotland  with 
peculiar  ardour.  Even  in  the  age  ot  scholastic  pursuits.  Duns  Scotus  aiid  Crich- 
ton  were  pre-eminently  famed  throughout  the  Cimtinent.  When  the  sounder 
taste  for  classical  knowledge  followed,  Buchanan  acquired  the  reputation  of 
writing  Latin  with  great  purity.  Letters  were  almost  entirely  suppressed  during 
the  subsequent  peri«l,  marked  by  a  conflict  between  a  licentious  tyranny  and  an 
austere  religious  party,  who  condemned  or  despised  the  exertions  of  intellect  and 
the  creations  of  fiincy ;  and  literature  lay  dormant  till  the  middle  of  the  last  cen- 
tury, when  Scotland,  with  a  church  and  univeraities  alike  poorly  endowed,  pro- 
duced as  illustrious  a  constellation  of  writera  as  had  been  called  forth  by  the 
most  lavish  patrona^  in  the  great  European  capitals. 

The  public  libranes  are  not  rich.  That  belonging  to  the  advocates  or  barris- 
tera  of  Edinburgh,  contains  upwards  of  100,000  volumes,  among  which  diere  are 
ample  materials,  both  printed  and  in  manuscript,  for  elucidating  the  national  his- 
tory. The  university  library  is  half  as  large ;  and  those  of  Glasgow,  King's  Col- 
lege Aberdeen,  and  St.  Andrew's,  are  highly  respectable.  Each  of  these  uni- 
veraities can  claim  a  copy  of  every  new  work. 

Scotland  has  a  native  music,  simple  and  pathetic,  expressive  of  rural  fiselings 


■H- 


SCOTLAND. 


343 


and  emotions  to  which  she  is  fondly  attached.  The  recreations  of  the  hi(fher 
ranks  are  nearly  the  same  as  in  England.  Dancing  is  practised  with  peculiar 
ardour,  especially  by  the  Highlanders,  who  have  ^vourite  national  steps  and 
movements. 

The  Highlanders  retain  the  remnants  of  a  national  costume  peculiar  to  them* 
selves ;  the  tartan,  a  mixture  of  woollen  and  linen  cloth,  adorned  with  brilliant 
stripes  variously  crossing  each  other,  and  marking  the  distinctions  of  the  clans ; 
the  kilt,  or  short  petticoat,  worn  by  the  men,  the  nose  fastened  below  the  knee, 
which  is  left  bare ;  and  the  bonnet,  which  in  another  shape  is  also  still  worn  by 
the  shepherds  of  the  border.  The  divisions  are  shires  or  counties,  of  which  there 
are  33:  of  these,  17  are  in  the  Lowlands,  and  the  remaining  16  in  the  Highlands. 

The  islands  appendent  on  Scotland,  form  one  of  its  most  conspicuous  features. 
Though  neither  rich  nor  fertile  in  proportion  to  their  extent,  they  exhibit  a  preat 
variety  of  bold  and  striking  scenery,  and  are  peopled  by  a  race  whose  habits  of 
life  and  forms  of  society  are  peculiar  to  themselves.  They  may  be  divided  into 
the  islands  at  the  mouth  of  the  Clvde ;  the  Hebrides,  or  Western  Islands ;  and 
the  Northern  Islands,  or  those  of  Orkney  and  Shetland. 

The  islands  of  the  Clyde  are  chiefly  Bute  and  Arran,  with  the  smaller  ones  of 
the  Cumbrays  and  Ailsa. 

The  Hebrides  or  Western  Islands  lie  on  the  western  coast  of  Scotland.  They 
are  about  200  in  number.  The  largest  is  Lewis,  87  miles  long.  The  next  in 
size  are  Skye,  Mull,  and  Islay,  Arran,  South  Uist,  and  Jura.  Most  of  them  are 
small.  They  are  rocky  and  barren,  with  hardly  a  single  tree,  or  even  a  bush 
upon  them.  The  vegetation  consists  principally  of  heath  and  moss.  But  the 
most  remarkable  feature  of  these  islands  is  the  great  number  of  lakes  which  they 
contain ;  these,  however,  rather  impart  gloom  than  beauty  to  the  landscape ;  their 
sullen  brown  waters  present  the  idea  of  unfathomable  aeptb,  and  their  borders 
exhibit  no  cheerful  verdure  to  relieve  the  eye.  The  most  westerly  of  the  He- 
brides is  St.  Kilda.  It  is  small  and  rocky,  yet  inhabited.  Its  shores  are  com- 
posed of  enormous  precipices,  worn  by  the  sea  into  caverns,  often  with  roo&  more 
lofty  than  the  ceiling  of  a  gothic  cathedral.  These  shores  are  the  resort  of  vast 
varieties  of  seafowl,  which  the  islanders  pursue  at  immense  hazards,  by  swinging 
with  ropes  from  the  perpendicular  cliffs. 

There  are  87  of  these  islands  inhabited,  and  several  under  good  cultivation, 
producing  tolerable  crops  of  grain,  pulse,  and  potatoes.  The  inhabitants  are  about 
70,000.  Their  only  articles  of  trade  are  horneid  cattle,  sheep,  fish,  and  kelp.  One 
of  the  smallest  of  these  islands,  named  Stafla,  is  remarkable  for  a  singular  basaltic 
cavern,  called  Fingal's  Cave,  227  feet  in  length  and  42  wide.  The  entrance 
resembles  a  gothic  arch,  and  the  floor  of  the  cave  is  covered  with  water.  The 
walls  of  the  interior  are  formed  of  ranges  of  basaltic  columns,  irregularly  grouped. 
This  natural  architecture  is  said  to  surpass,  in  grandeur  and  magnificence,  the 
most  splendid  artificial  temples  and  palaces  in  the  world. 

At  the  northern  extremity  of  Scotland  lie  the  Orkneys,  or  Orcades,  about  70 
in  number,  but  less  than  half  of  them  are  inhabited.  They  are  rocky,  and  have  a 
melancholy  appearance,  with  little  vegetation  besides  juniper,  wild  mjnrtle,  and 
heath.  The  soil  is  boggy  or  gravelly ;  some  of  the  islands  contain  iron  and  lead. 
The  sea  in  this  neighbourho^  is  very  tempestuous.  In  June  and  July,  the  twi- 
light which  continues  throughout  the  night  is  sufficiently  strong  to  enable  the 
inhabitants  to  read  at  midnight  The  population  is  abaat  50,000.  They  have 
some  manufactures  of  linen  and  wooUeji,  and  have  a  trade  in  cattle,  fish,  oil,  and 
feathers.  Vast  numbers  of  sea-fowl  frequent  the  rocky  clifls  of  these  islands,  and 
one  of  the  chief  employments  of  the  inhabitants  is  bird-eatcbing. 

The  Shetland  Islands  lie  about  60  miles  north-east  of  the  Orkneys.  They  have 
a  wild  and  desolate  appearance ;  but  17  of  them  are  inhabited.  Their  vegetation 
is  more  scanty  than  that  of  the  Orkneys,  and  their  soil,  for  the  most  part,  is 
marshy.  The  shores  are  broken  and  precipitous,  and  excavated  by  the  sea  into 
natural  arches  and  deep  caverns.    From  October  to  April,  perpetual  rains  fall. 


«     h 


'    •  -!    . 

■  -i  ■: 

'! 


r..' 


'■  - 
It 


« 1      \.) 


\$i 


:x  " 


iWi 


••..%■ 


1  -  .■''■ 


J...7  • 
pi- 

*] 

^: 

'  J '  1 

m 


mi 


iV  "  '  i  ■  ■ 

w-  ,■•■*.•  >}• 


11: 


- 1' 


Si'- 


1  fl  ■i'i:<  ' 


344 


SC-OTLAND. 


Btorms  beat  againat  the  ahoreo,  and  the  inhabitants  are  cut  off  from  all  comtniini- 
cation  with  the  rest  of  the  worid ;  but  the  aurora  borealis  exhibits,  at  this  season,  I 
a  brightness  equal  to  that  of  the  full  moon.    The  population  is  about  26,000 ;  the 
people  live  by  fishing  and  the  manufacture  of  coarse  woollens. 

Edinburgh,  the  capital  of  Scotland,  stands  upon  the  southern  shore  of  the  Firth 
of  Forth,  a  mile  and  a  half  from  the  sea.  Its  situation  is  reme:kably  picturesque. 
It  occupies  three  high  ridgea  of  land,  and  is  surrounded  on  all  sides,  except  the 
north,  by  naked,  craggy  rocks.  The  middle  ridge  is  the  highest,  and  on  either 
side  is  a  deep  ravine.  The  more  ancient  part  of  the  city  occupies  the  two  south- 
em  ridges.  High  street  runs  along  the  middle  eminence,  in  nearly  a  straiglit 
direction,  for  about  a  mile,  and  exhibits  a  very  grand  prospect  With  the  excep- 
tion of  the  principal  avenues,  the  other  streets  of  what  is  called  the  Old  Town 
are  only  narrow,  dirty  lanes,  among  houses  some  of  them  ten  and  eleven  stories 
high.  The  New  Town  presents  quite  a  different  aspect  It  is  built  on  the 
northern  ridge,  and  its  streets  and  squares  are  not  surpassed  in  regularity  and  ele- 
gance in  any  part  of  the  world.  It  communicates  with  the  old  town  by  a  bridge, 
and  an  immense  mound  of  earth  crossing  the  deep  loch  or  ravine  between  them. 

The  Castle  of  Edinburgh  is  an  ancient  fortress  on  a  rugged  rock,  mounting 
abruptly  to  the  height  of  200  feet  It  stands  at  the  western  extremity  of  High 
street,  and  the  view  from  its  summit  always  excites  the  admiration  of  a  traveller. 
Holyrood  House,  for  many  centuries  the  residence  of  the  kings  of  Scotland,  is  a 
quadrangular  edifice  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  city.  In  the  centre  of  Edinburgh 
is  a  vast  pile,  comprising  several  edifices  around  Parliament  Square,  which  con- 
tain a  number  of  large  libraries,  one  of  which,  called  the  Advocates'  Library, 
has  100,000  volumes. 

The  University  is  celebrated  both  as  an  institution  for  teaching,  and  a  nursery 
for  eminent  men ;  the  number  of  students  is  upwards  of  2000.  I^inburgh  has  its 
Royal  Society  for  physical  and  literary  researches,  its  antiquarian  and  horticultu- 
ral societies,  an  institution  for  the  promotion  of  the  fine  arts,  and  an  academy  of 
painting.  This  city  is  chiefly  supported  by  its  courts  of  justice,  whose  juri«liction 
extends  over  all  Scotland.  A  great  proportion  of  the  inhabitants  are  lawyers,  and 
the  literary  talent  for  which  the  citv  is  renowned,  has  gained  it  the  appellation  of 
Modern  Athens.     Population,  in  lb31,  136,303. 

Leith  is  the  sea-port  of  Edinburgh.  It  is  an  irregularly  built  town,  with  narrow 
streeta  The  harbour  has  been  much  improved  by  art,  but  is  not  accessible  to 
large  ships,  except  at  certain  times.  The  commerce  carried  on  here  is  consider- 
able.   Population,  25,953. 

Glasgow  is  the  largest  city  in  Scotland,  and  owes  its  prosperity  chiefly  to  its 
manufactures.  It  stands  upon  the  Clyde,  and  the  greater  part  of  the  city  occupies 
a  plain  on  the  southern  bank  of  the  river.  It  contains  a  large  number  of  handsome 
buildings,  mostly  of  modern  construction.  The  streets  are  generally  spacious  and 
well  paved.  The  cathedral  stands  upon  a  hill  in  the  centre  of  the  city ;  it  is  a 
massy  building,  and  the  most  entire  specimen  of  Gothic  architecture  which  the 
furious  zeal  of  the  reformers  left  standing  in  Scotland.  In  Glasgow  and  the 
neighbourhood  are  32,000  cotton  looms  and  300  steam  machines  in  manufactories, 
founderies,  &c.  The  general  aspect  of  the  town  is  rendered  gloomy  by  the  coal 
smoke  which  has  blackened  the  buildings,  and  hangs  in  dbgy  clouds  over  the 
city.    Population,  202.426. 

Paisley,  7  miles  from  Glasgow,  is  the  third  town  for  size  and  commerce.  It 
has  extensive  manufactures,  and  a  population  of  57,466.  Greenock,  at  the  mouth 
of  the  Clyde,  is  the  out-port  of  Glasgow ;  and  its  prosperity,  as  well  as  that  of 
Glasgow,  is  of  very  recent  date.  Its  harbour  is  commodious,  and  its  trade  extends 
to  every  part  of  the  world.  Population,  27,571.  Aberdeen  is  a  handsome  city  on 
the  eastern  coast,  with  a  university,  and  considerable  commerce  end  manufactures. 
Population,  58,019.  Perth,  on  the  Tay,  is  the  most  regularly  built  of  all  the  cities 
of  Scotland,  and  is  surrounded  with  beautiful  scenery.  Population,  20,016.  Inver- 
ness, the  capital  of  the  North  Highlands,  is  well  built,  and  enjoys  nearly  all  the 
trade  of  the  northern  part  of  the  kingdom.    Population,  15,324. 


)  i.:')^ 


[ 


IRELAND. 


345 


IRELAND. 


Ikbland,  a  fine  extensive  island,  is  separated,  on  the  east,  from  Enj^land,  bj 
St.  George's  Channel  and  the  Irish  Sea,  and  on  the  north-east,  from  Scotland,  l^ 
the  narrow  strait  of  Port  Patrick.  It  extends  from  51°  10'  to  65^  20'  N.  lat,  and 
from  5°  40'  to  10°  60*  W.  Ion.  Its  (greatest  length  from  north-east  to  south-west 
is  about  300  miles,  and  its  greatest  breadth  160.  There  is  not  a  spot  upon  it  50 
miles  from  the  sea.    It  contains  about  90,000  sauare  miles. 

The  surfbce  of  Ireland  cannot  on  the  whole  be  called  mountainous ;  its  central 
districts  composing  one  vast  plain,  which  crosses  the  kingdom  from  east  to  west 
It  is,  however,  diversified  by  ranges  of  mountains,  superior  in  extent,  and,  with 
the  exception  cf  those  of  Wales,  equal  in  elevation  to  any  in  England. 

The  Shannon  is  without  a  rival  among  rivers  in  the  three  kin^oms.  It  rises 
far  in  the  north,  from  Lough  Allen,  in  the  province  of  Connaught,  and  has  a 
course  of  170  miles,  throughout  the  whole  of^  which  it  is  more  or  less  navigable, 
the  only  obstruction  which  existed  having  been  removed.  There  are  also  the 
BuTow,  Boyne,  Foyle,  Bann,  Blackwater,  &,c.  The  other  rivers  are  rather  nu- 
merous than  of  long  course;  but  they  almost  all  terminate  in  wide  estuaries  and 
lottght,  which  diffuse  through  Ireland  the  means  of  water  communication,  and 
afford  a  multiplicity  of  spacious  and  secure  harbours. 

Lakes  or  longhs  are  a  conspicuous  feature  in  Ireland,  where  this  last  name,  like 
the  similar  one  used  in  Scotland,  is  in  many  instances  applied  to  arms  of  the  sea. 
Lough  Neagh  is  the  largest  lake  in  the  United  Kingdom,  covering  nearly  100,000 
acres.  Lough  Erne,  Lough  Corrib,  &c.,  include  a  great  variety  of  rich  and  orna- 
mented scenery.  Lough  Foyle,  Lough  Swilly,  and  Belfhst  Lough,  are  properly 
bays.  The  Shannon  forms  several  lakes,  of  which  Lough  Ree  is  the  principal ; 
and  the  whole  of  its  course  downwards  from  Limerick  resembles  more  a  lough  or 
bay  than  a  river.  G)nnaught  has  several  extensive  lakes.  That  of  Killamey,  in 
the  south,  is  fitmed,  not  for  its  extent,  but  for  the  singular  grandeur  and  beauty  of 
its  riiorea. 

The  surftce  of  Ireland  is  almost  entirely  level.  The  general  appearance  of 
the  country  is  varied  and  pleasant,  although  bare  of  trees.  In  some  parts,  are 
rich  and  fertile  plains,  and  m  others,  gentle  slopes  and  waving  hills.  Ireland  was 
once  covered  with  forests,  which  are  now  replaced  by  immense  bogs.  These  fbrm 
a  remarkable  feature,  characteristic  of  the  country.  They  afford  abundant  sup- 
plies of  peat,  used  by  the  inhabitants  for  fuel.  From  their  depths  are  also  taken 
quantities  of  wood  in  complete  preservation,  which  indicate  that  these  bogs  are 
the  remains  of  the  ancient  forests.  The  skins  of  animals  and  men  that  have 
been  swallowed  up  in  them,  have  been  found  converted  into  a  sort  of  leather  by 
the  tanning  matter  which  the  moisture  contains.  Coal  is  the  most  abundant 
mineral.  It  is  found  in  Kilkennv,  in  the  south.  Marble  and  slate  occur  in  Uie 
same  quarter.  Iron  was  formerly  produced  in  many  parts,  but  at  present  few  or 
no  mines  are  worked.  Copper,  silver,  and  gold,  have  also  been  found  in  small 
quantities. 

Agriculture  is  very  backward.  The  cultivators  are  generally  not  propietors 
of  the  soil,  and  studuMisly  avoid  any  permanent  improvement  of  the  land,  lest  the 
rent  should  be  raised.  Wheat  is  not  generally  cultivated,  and  what  is  raised  is 
often  inferior.  Barley  is  now  common,  but  oats  are  raised  in  a  tenfold  proportion 
to  that  of  any  other  grain.  The  Irish  staff  of  life,  however,  is  potatoes.  This 
root  furnishes  to  the  poor  the  greatest  part  of  their  sustenance.  The  dairy  is  the 
best  managed  part  m  Irish  husbandry. 

The  most  important  manufoctures  are  those  of  linen.  They  have  flourished  in 
this  country  since  the  reign  of  Henry  VIII.  The  raw  material  is  almost  wholly 
raised  on  the  island.  The  export  of  linen  from  Ireland,  in  the  year  ISH/i,  amounted 
in  all  to  40,491,087  yards,  of  which  46,466,950  were  to  Great  Britain,  and 
3,034,067  to  foreign  parts.  The  real  value  of  the  whole  was  2,412,8561.  Of 
that  sont  to  Great  Britain,  31,314,533  yards  were  retained  for  home  consumption; 
the  rest  were  re-exported  to  the  same  quarters,  as  Scotch  linen.  This  great  manu- 

2T 


'  <    ii 


'i'JiJi 


;1i 


•>' 


i'<Ui 


M 


i'^'i'i 


I  mil  •!■■ 


'346 


IRELAND. 


facture  is  chiefly  supported  by  its  own  growth  of  flax.  Ireland,  howcvnr,  importR 
25,000  tons  of  hemp  from  abroad,  and  !)300  from  Britain ;  also  about  ToOO  tons  of 
linen  yarn ;  of  all  which  materials  the  value  falls  short  of  45,0(M)/.  The  cotton 
manufacture  has  been  lately  introduced,  and  is  makinff  considerable  ptonreaB. 
The  commerce  of  Ireland  consists  chiefly  in  the  exports  of  her  a^iculturalpro- 
d:ict8  to  other  parts  of  the  British  empire.  To  England  alone,  they  amounted,  in 
1831,  to  the  value  of  10,000,000/.,  comprising  grain  of  various  kinds,  cattle,  bent; 
pork,  butter,  &c.,  besides  linen.  In  the  same  year,  the  imports  from  fr  -eign  parts 
were  1,552,2282. ;  exports,  608,038/.  In  1830,  the  vessels  belonging  to  Ireland 
amounted  to  1424 ;  tons,  101,820 ;  navigated  by  7704  men  and  boys. 

Ireland  is  still  denominated  a  distinct  kingdom,  but  it  is  governed  by  a  viceroy 
appointed  by  the  king,  called  Lord  Lieutenant  of  Ireland.  Theve  is  altto  an  Irish 
chancellor,  a  secretary  of  state,  commander  of  the  forces,  and  attorney  general. 
The  island  was  incorporated  with  the  kingdom  of  Great  Britain,  in  ISOO.  There 
is  now  no  separate  parliament,  but  Ireland  is  represented  by  32  peers  and  100 
members  of  the  House  of  Commons,  in  the  parliament  of  Great  Britain.  The 
citizens  of  Ireland  are  entitled  to  the  same  privileges  with  those  of  England,  in 
all  matters  of  commerce  and  provisions  under  treaties. 

In  the  eastern  parts  of  the  island,  the  people  are  chiefly  of  English,  and  in  the 
north,  of  Scottish  descent :  in  the  west,  the  original  Celtic  race  predominates. 
The  common  classes  are  strongly  marked  with  national  peculiarity  of  features, 
and  by  this  they  are  readily  recognized  in  other  countries.  In  1831,  the  popula- 
tion amounted  to  7,767,401. 

The  sway  of  the  British  government  in  Ireland  has  undoubtedly  been  of  a  kind 
to  depress  the  spirit  and  de^e  the  character  of  the  people.  Disabilities,  political, 
civil,  and  ecclesiastical,  have  been  imposed  upon  them,  and  it  is  only  of  late  that 
they  have  been  in  some  degree  emancipated.  The  country  has  been  divided,  and 
sometimes  by  the  policy  of  the  government,  into  internal  parties,  which  have 
committed  the  most  ferocious  murders.  These,  however,  have  been  the  eflects  of 
oppression,  acting  upon  a  temperament  naturally  ardent,  rather  than  the  outbreak 
of  a  character  in  itself  cruel  and  ferocious. 

The  Irish  are  ardent,  brave,  generous,  and  to  a  great  degree  faithful  to  their 
trusts.  Of  this  latter  trait,  many  instances  have  occurred  in  the  course  of  the 
various  armed  and  other  political  associations  in  which  they  have  been  engaged. 
They  are  cheerful,  and  no  people  will  on  festivals  so  completely  throw  off  all  re- 
membrance of  care,  to  enjoy  the  passing  hour.  They  are,  however,  easily  offended, 
and  prompt  to  resentment :  duels  are  not  rare  among  the  gentry,  or  less  dangerous 
appeals  to  force,  unfrequent  among  the  lower  class.  The  condition  of  the  Irish 
has  'been  much  improved,  with  regard  to  the  advantages  of  education,  though 
there  is  much  to  be  done  before  they  will  be  as  well  educated  as  the  people  of 
Scotland.  In  1825,  there  were  11,823  schools,  containing  560,549  scholars,  though 
since  then  the  number  has  no  doubt  increased.  More  than  1300  were  founded  by 
the  Hibernian  Society  which  was  formed  at  London.  The  Protestant  Society  has 
upwards  of  500  schools,  and  the  Christian  Brotherhood,  twenty-four.  These  are 
kept  by  men  who  throw  all  they  have  into  a  common  stock,  and  devote  then:  selves 
to  celibacy  and  the  education  of  the  poor,  to  which  they  bind  themselves  by  a 
vow.  There  are  46  female  schools  connected  with  nunneries,  besides  which  there 
are  350  day-schools  supported  by  subscription,  and  many  Sunday-schools.  There 
is  a  Roman  Catholic  college  at  Maynooth  and  Carlow,  and  a  Jesuit  colL-ge  at 
Clongows.  There  is  but  one  university :  this  is  at  Dublin ;  it  has  about  400  stu- 
dents, and  is  an  institution  of  very  high  character. 

The  arts  are  not  in  a  flourishing  slate  in  Ireland,  principally  from  the  want  of 
the  encouragement  that  the  residence  of  the  rich  proprietors  would  give.  The 
useful  arts  are  far  lower  than  in  England  or  Scotland,  and  tlie  ornamental  ones 
are  little  cultivated.  A  taste  for  music  is  common,  and  no  man  is  more  welcome 
in  an  Irish  house  than  a  piper  or  a  harper.  Many  of  the  old  national  airs  are 
sweet,  but  they  are  not  so  widely  spread  as  those  of  Scotland. 

Ireland  has  contributed  her  full  share  to  the  literature  and  sciences  of  the 
United  Kingdom,  and  there  are  no  names  more  celebrated  than  Burke,  Swifl, 


%m- 


IRELAND. 


;»47 


^ 


Goldsmith,  Sheridan,  and  Moore.  The  (;reat  national  l)ont  of  t;pniuM  8er>ma  to  be 
towards  wit  and  eloquence,  and  thia  appears  not  only  in  the  diHtin^iimhed  men, 
but  in  the  masa  of  the  people ;  for  the  very  bcp^fara  pursue  their  vocation  with 
I  a  union  of  these  two  qualities  that  is  oflen  irresistible. 

The  eeneral  relif^ion  is  the  Catholic,  though  the  established  church  is  that  of 
Enjfland.  The  Catholics  of  Ireland  are  therefore  taxnd  for  the  support  of  two 
hierarchies.  Four-fifths  of  tho  inhabitants  are  Catholics,  and  the  other  fifth  is 
composed  principally  of  Episcopalians,  Presbyterians,  Methodists,  and  Baptists. 
The  established  church  has  4  archbishoprics,  and  22  bishoprics ;  attached  to  eleven 
of  the  latter,  are  418,872  acres  of  land.  There  are  33  Catholic  archbishops  and 
bishops,  1500  parish  priests,  3000  curates,  and  (J64  benefices,  avera|;in|;  6000  souls, 
in  every  parish  there  is  a  chapel.  The  established  church  is  chiefly  supported  by 
the  payment  of  a  composition  for  tithes,  and  the  Catholic  church  by  contributions, 
and  fees  for  marriages,  burials,  masses,  &.c.  The  Catholic  clergy  are  exceedingly 
zealous,  and  live  on  terms  of  fiimiliarity  with  their  flocks.  They  advise  them  on 
\/orldly  aflairs,  and  generally  act  as  their  lawyers.  The  churches  have  few  pic- 
tures or  images.    The  stipend  of  a  priest  is  about  150/.  a  year. 

In  1835,  the  numbers  of  the  difierent  religious  denominations  were  as  follows : 

per  cent. 

Roman  Catholica 6,437,712 80^ 

Members  of  Estoblished  Church 852,064 lo] 

Preabyterians 642,356 8 

Other  ProtettanU 21,808 ^ 

7,943,940 

Ireland  is  divided  into  4  provinces,  Ulster,  Leinster,  Munster,  and  Connaught 
These  are  subdivided  into  32  counties. 

Dublin,  the  capital  of  Ireland,  disputes  with  Edinburgh  and  Bath  the  reputa- 
tion of  being  the  most  beautiful  city  in  the  empire.  If  the  brick  of  which  the 
houses  are  built  impair  the  eflect  of  the  general  range  of  its  streets  and  squares, 
its  public  buildings,  composed  of  stone,  surpass  in  grandeur  and  taste  those  of  any 
of  its  rivals.  Dublin  is  delightfully  situated  at  the  bottom  of  a  bay  on  the  eastern 
coast,  about  a  mile  from  the  shore.  It  is  divided  by  the  little  river  Lifley  into  two 
equal  parts.  The  city  is  nearly  square,  being  about  2^  miles  in  extent  The 
bouses  are  generally  of  brick,  and  the  streets  irregular;  but  those  that  run  parallel 
with  the  river,  are  for  the  most  part  uniform  and  spacious.  In  the  more  modem 
part,  they  are  from  60  to  00  feet  wide.  There  are  several  fine  sc^uares,  one  of 
which,  called  Stephen's  Green,  occupies  27  acres,  and  has  a  magnificent  appear- 
ance. Sackville  street  is  one  of  the  finest  in  Europe.  No  city,  in  proportion  to 
its  size,  has  a  greater  number  of  elegant  buildings.  A  vast  number  of  country- 
seats  and  villages  are  scattered  over  the  country  in  the  neighbourhood,  and  are 
displayed  in  a  charming  manner  by  the  slope  of  the  ground  down  to  the  bay.  The 
high  lands  of  Wicklow  bound  the  prospect  in  the  interior,  and  render  the  view  in 
every  quarter  delightful.  Dublin  has  &  considerable  trade  by  sea,  and  the  canals 
which  extend  from  this  point  to  different  parts  of  the  island.  The  banks  of  the 
river  are  lined  with  elegant  quays,  and  shipping  of  200  tons  may  come  up  to  the 
lower  part  of  the  city.  Here  are  large  manufactures  of  linen,  cotton,  woollen, 
and  silk.    Population,  in  1821, 227,3a5. 

Cork,  the  great  southern  emporium  of  Ireland,  has  a  population  of  107,000, 
being,  in  point  of  wealth  and  magnitude,  the  second  city  in  the  island.  It  is 
situated  about  14  miles  &om  the  sea.  It  has  a  good  harbour,  and  a  flourishing 
trade  in  the  export  of  salt  provisions.  The  greater  part  of  the  city  is  built  upon 
an  island.  The  public  buildings  are  simple  in  their  architecture,  but  large  and 
convenient.  Limerick,  upon  the  Shannon,  has  some  manufkctures,  and  a  large 
export  trade.  Population,  60,000.  Londonderry,  on  the  north-west  coast,  is  an 
ancient  place,  with  a  fine  gothic  cathedral.  It  carries  on  some  commerce  with 
America  and  the  West  Indies.  Population,  20,000.  Belfiwt  is  the  gmnd  empo- 
rium of  the  north  of  Ireland,  and  commerce  is  the  main  source  of  its  wealth. 
The  linen  fiibric  of  the  north,  together  with  oats,  oatmetal,  and  provisicms,  are  the 
principal  exports,    Popalatioo,  63,000. 


ti   ■ 


i  i  0 


i-'.'l' 


mi 


.■OT,  I 


1 ;. 


W 


848 


FRANCE. 


FRANCE. 

FkADOi  ii  a  great  ud  powerftil  kingdom,  placed,  u  it  were,  in  the  centre  of 
the  civiliied  world,  and  for  Mveral  centuries  diatinguithed  by  the  conspicuoui 
part  which  it  has  acted  on  the  theatre  of  Europe.  Its  population,  military  power, 
central  situation,  vast  resources,  and  active  industry,  render  it  peculiarly  deserving 
of  an  attentive  sui'vey. 

France  is  bounded  north  by  the  English  Channel  and  the  Netherlands;  east  by 
Germany,  SwitzerUnd,  and  Italy ;  south  by  the  Mediterranean  and  Spain ;  and 
west  by  the  Atlantic,  or  rather  an  open  gulf  called  the  Bay  of  Biscay.  From 
Switzerland,  Italy,  and  Spain,  it  is  separated  by  mountains.  It  extends  from 
42°  ao*  to  51*'  2'  north  latitude;  and  flrom  T>  W  east,  to  S^  4'  west  longitude. 
Its  greatest  length  fWmi  north  to  south  is  600  miles,  and  its  breadth  is  about  the 
same.    It  contains  305^000  square  miles. 

The  surface  of  this  very  extensive  territory  is  in  |^neral  level,  althoagh  it  boN 
ders  and  is  encroached  upon  by  the  greatest  mountam  ranges  of  Europe.  The  Alps 
cover  the  full  half  of  its  eastern  fhmtier.  The  Pyrenees,  which  rank  second  among 
the  chains  of  the  continent,  range  along  the  southern  border.  On  the  east,  where 
France  reaches  to  the  Rhine,  are  the  'V^wges,  and  other  chains  of  moderate  height, 
parallel  to  that  river.  The  only  range  exclusively  French  is  that  of  Auvergne, 
m  the  centre  of  the  kingdom,  which  rises  to  the  height  of  6000  or  6000  feet,  but 
stretches  b^  a  winding  fine  along  the  left  bank  of  the  Allier,  parallel  to  the  coast 
of  the  Mediterranean,  where  it  is  called  the  Cevennes.  But  by  fiur  the  greater 
part  of  France,  including  the  whole  north  and  the  whole  east,  is  one  widely 
extended  plain,  which  yields  in  very  high  perfection  all  the  fhiits  and  products 
of  tlie  temperate  zone. 

The  rivers  of  France,  though  not  of  the  first  magnitude,  are  noble  and  commo> 
diooB.  Traversing  almost  every  part  of  the  kingdom,  they  afford  ample  means  of 
internal  navigation ;  and  the  broad  plains  which  border  on  them  yield  the  most 
luxuriant  harvests.  The  Loire  is  the  principal.  The  other  great  rivers  are  the 
Rhone,  Garonne,  Seine,  and  the  Rhine;  those  of  secondary  rank  are  the  Somme, 
Adour,  Var,  Moselle,  laere,  Mame,  Mouse,  die 

France  yields  in  abundance  the  most  solid  and  useful  of  all  metals,  iron.  There 
are  about  400  forges  in  the  kingdom,  producing  upwards  of  160,000  tons  of  metal, 
valued  at  76,000,000  fhncs.  Coal  is  abundant,  but  the  beds  lie  at  a  distance 
firom  the  sea,  and  are  little  worked.  There  were  formerly  many  copper-mines, 
but  they  are  now  chieflv  abandoned.  There  is  a  gold-mine,  unwrought,  in  the 
eastern  part  of  the  kingdom.  Lead  and  manganese  abound  in  quantities.  Silver, 
cobalt,  nickel,  cinnabar,  and  arsenic,  are  sometimes  found. 

France,  with  regard  to  internal  economy,  is  one  of  the  richest  and  most  Li-injih- 
ing  countries  in  the  world.  In  point  of  industry  she  ranks  third  after  Britain  \nd 
the  Netherlands;  while  die  possesses  a  greater  extent  and  more  natural  advantages 
than  either  of  those  great  seats  of  commerce  and  manufkcture. 

Agriculture  is  the  most  flourishing  branch,  yet  it  is  not  in  so  advanced  a  state 
as  in  Great  Britain.  It  has  gained  greatly  by  the  French  revolution,  in  ccHisequence 
of  the  abolition  of  fbudal  rights,  eorvies,  and  tithes.  The  vine  occupies  the  chief 
attention  of  the  French  husbandman.  The  vineyards  of  France  yield  250  difi^N 
ent  sorts  of  wine;  they  occnpy  5,000,000  acres,  and  their  average  produce  ik  esti- 
mated at  880,000,000  gallons.  In  the  cultivation  of  com,  the  English  writers 
Inform  us  that  the  agriculture  of  the  French  is  leas  skilful  and  thrifly  than  their 
own.  Olives  are  cultivated  in  the  south.  Maize  and  tobacco  are  raised  in  many 
parts.  Beets  are  cultivated  for  making  sugar,  and  there  are  above  100  manu&c- 
tories  of  this  article  producing  between  eight  and  nine  millions  of  pounds  annually. 
The  rent  of  land  is  very  low  in  France,  and  the  farms  are  generally  small  A 
large  proportion  of  the  people  of  France  are  proprietom  of  the  soiL 

Half  the  commerce  of  France  is  transacted  by  foreign  vessels.  In  1827,  the 
import  trade  was  carried  on  by  3350  vessels,  under  ue  French  flag,  tonnage 
853,000,  value  of  cargoes  230,140,000  fhmcs ;  and  by  4480  foreign  vessels^  ton- 


FRANCE. 


34!) 


iiaffo  474,0(H),  value  of  carnfoed  l.'W,041,0(M)  francs.  There  were,  beHules,  imported 
by  land,  f^tKxls  to  tlio  value  of  10U,021,0<)0  fruncs;  making'  the  imports  in  all, 
OB.'i.SO^tUilH)  francs.  In  the  same  year  the  ex|)ort  trade  was  curried  on  by  iVyii 
French  vcdsols,  tonnagro  :)46,000,  value  of  car;r()es  2^)r),12U,(MN)  franca;  and  4141 
forciffn  vessels,  tonnage  also  346,000,  value  of  car];tM:s  107,7'28,00O  franci*.  The 
exports  by  land  amounted  to  156,707,(MM)  francs;  making  in  all,  55U,l(l.'),U(N) 
trancs.  In  1827,  the  mercantile  navy  of  Franco  consisted  of  14,530  vctisels,  of 
the  burthen  of  700,000. 

The  interior  commerce  must  be  vcrv  extensive,  though  it  is  difficult  to  estimate 
ita  amount,  as,  notwithstanding  considerable  udvantnges  for  navigation,  tlio  bulk 
of  it  is  carried  on  by  land.  The  old  medium  of fuirs  has  been  not  only  preserved, 
but  greatly  extended.  It  ia  calculated  that  there  are  26,314  fairs  in  France. 
Some  of  these  are  held  on  the  frontier  of  a  province  or  kingdom,  others  round  a 
great  cathedral  or  noted  place  of  pilgrimage;  some  at  the  foot  of  high  mountains 
on  the  melting  of  the  snows,  which  have  kept  the  inhabitants  imprisoned  for 
several  months.  Sometimes  they  open  with  burlesque  representations,  as  proces- 
sions of  giants,  of  flying  dragons,  or  monstrous  fishes.  The  fair  of  Ijongchamps, 
held  in  spring  at  Paris,  those  of  Beaucairc  in  Langucdoc,  and  of  Guibray  in  Nor- 
mandy, are  the  most  extensive. 

Next  to  England,  France  is  the  greatest  manufacturing  country  in  Europu.  Of 
the  numerous  fabrics  wc  can  mention  only  a  few  of  the  principal,  as  those  of  silk 
at  Lyons ;  of  lace  at  Alenf on,  Valenciennes,  and  other  places ;  of  woollen  at ' 
Rheims,  Paris,  Autrecourt,  Louviens,  Orleans,  and  Sedan;  of  cotton  cloths,  cali- 
coes, muslins,  &c.,  at  Lille,  Roubaix,  Gisors,  Tarare,  St.  Quentin,  &c. ;  of 
watches  and  all  kinds  of  elegant  trinkets,  jewelry,  and  musical  instruments,  at 
Paris;  of  paper  at  Annonay,  Sorel,  Saussaye,  Vienne,  Montauban,  Nimes,  &.c. ; 
of  superb  tapestry  at  the  Gobelins  in  Paris;  of  hats  at  Lyons,  Martieillos,  and 
Paris ;  of  cider  and  beer  in  the  north,  and  of  brandy  at  Cognac  and  Montpelier. 
The  annual  value  of  the  manufactures  and  the  produce  of  the  mines  of  France  is 
estimated  at  about  2000  millions  of  firancs. 

The  government  is  a  constitutional  monarchy,  and  the  succession  of  the  crown 
is  limited  to  the  male  line.  The  king  commands  the  forces  by  sea  and  land,  de- 
clares war,  makes  treaties,  and  appoints  to  all  offices  under  the  responsible  advice 
of  his  ministers.  There  is  no  monarchy  in  Europe  so  limited  as  the  French.  The 
legislative  power  resides  in  the  king,  the  house  of  peers,  and  the  house  of  depu- 
ties of  the  departments ;  each  branch  may  propose  a  law.  The  number  of  peers 
is  unlimited,  and  the  nomination  of  ihem  belongs  to  the  king.  By  a  late  law  the  ; 
peerage  is  no  longer  hereditary.  The  chamber  of  deputies  is  chosen  by  the  elec- 
toral colleges.  A  citizen,  to  be  eligible  to  these,  must  pay  1000  francs  direct  tax, 
yearly,  either  in  his  own  person  or  by  delegation  for  his  mother,  grand-mother,  or 
mother-in-law;  and  if  there  are  not  50  of  this  description  in  a  department,  the 
right  devolves  upon  the  50  who  pay  the  highest  taxes.  There  are  but  80,000  of 
these  electors  In  France. 

The  army  of  France  is  no  longer  that  vast  and  terrible  mass,  which  for  so  many 
years  held  the  whole  of  continental  Europe  in  thrall.  The  events  of  1815  having 
proved  too  clearly  the  attachment  of  the  old  troops  to  their  former  master,  they 
were  nearly  all  disbanded,  and  their  place  supplied  by  firesh  conscription.  The 
government  has  the  power  of  levying  60,000  men  in  the  year.  By  a  regulation, 
breathing  still  the  republican  spirit,  one-third  of  the  officers  must  be  raised  from 
the  ranks.  The  army  in  1832  was  on  a  very  formidable  footing.  It  amounted  in 
all,  including  19,036  officers,  and  3794  children  of  soldiers,  to  411,816  men.  Of 
these,  the  infantry  consisted  ofii505  officers  and  264,141  men ;  the  cavalry  of 
2805  officers  and  51,335  men ;  the  artillery  of  1190  officers  and  32,594  men, 
besides  gendarmerie,  engineers,  Sic. 

The  French  na.vy,  which,  in  1791,  amounted  to  seventy-four  sail  of  the  line  and 
sixty-two  frigates,  lost  half  during  the  war ;  and  those  which  remained,  having 
never  ventured  for  many  years  to  stir  out  of  port,  lost  all  their  experience  and 
efficiency.    At  present,  it  consists  of  55  ships  of  the  line,  66  frigates,  30  corvettes, 

30 


U"  i- 


U.   I' 


:>'i'-M 


mm 


! 


ii 


I' 

ill' 

•  %  *■ ''  ■ 


350 


FRANCE. 


1UI<  smaller  voHels,  17  atoam  vesaela,  numerous  armed  transports,  die.    The 
French  navy  is  now  in  a  high  state  of  efficiency,  and  is  rapidly  increasinf^. 

Until  the  revolution  of  1830,  the  Roman  Catholic  was  the  established  religion, 
but  no  one  sect  has  now  any  advantage  over  another.  There  are  A  curdinals,  all 
of  whom  have  :)(),(MN)  francs  a  year,  except  the  Archbishop  of  Puns,  who  has 
lUO.UUO ;  14  archbishops,  who  receive  (except  thuao  who  are  cardinals)  25,UU0 
francs  a  year ;  and  also  66  bishops,  with  salaries  of  15,UUU  francs  each ;  beside  a 
vast  number  of  ecclesiastics  of  various  grades,  amounting  in  number  to  36,64U. 
There  are  1083  religious  establishments,  which  contain  10,340  women.  The 
Catholic  church  coats  the  govuriiment  annually  40,000,000  francs ;  and  the  Pro- 
testant, 676,000  francs.  The  Protestants  in  France  amount  to  2,000,000,  and  in 
Paris  to  30,000.     They  have  96  consistories,  438  churches,  and  305  pastors. 

Before  the  revolution  there  were  2ii  universities  in  France ;  in  tiiut  grand  con- 
vulsion education  was  suspended,  but  its  establishments  have  since  been  reinstated 
in  a  difterent  form.  The  lycees,  now  called  royal  colleges,  are  36  in  number. 
The  name  of  university  is  now  conflned  to  Paris ;  but  the  provincial  establish- 
ments, bearing  'the  name  of  academies,  are  constituted  like  the  universities  of 
other  countries.  The  Protestants  have  two  seminaries  for  studying  divinity  at 
Strasburg  and  Montauban.  In  l&SS,  the  number  of  schools  ot  different  kinds 
amounted  to  34,828,  attended  by  2,799,000  pupils  between  the  ages  of  2  and  15 
years,  out  of  7,731,785,  the  whole  number  in  France  between  those  ages;  all 
these  establishments  are  under  the  patronage  and  control  of  government,  which 
grants  annually  about  5,000,000  francs  for  their  support 

The  French  excel  in  chemistry,  mathematics,  astronomy,  and  belles  lettres. 
Literary  associations  are  very  numerous,  at  the  head  of  which  stands  the  Institute 
in  Paris,  the  most  celebrated  scientific  body  in  the  world.  Every  provincial  town 
of  consequence  has  its  public  library,  a  museum,  and  in  general  a  society  for  pro- 
moting literature  and  the  arts.  There  are  273  such  libraries  in  France ;  of  which 
103  contain  3,345,287  volumes ;  of  these  1,125,347  are  in  Paris. 

The  French  language  is  derived  from  the  Latin.  It  is  esteemed  of  all  languages 
the  most  polished,  the  best  adapted  to  conversation,  and  the  most  generally  aitfused 
among  the  nations  of  Europe.  The  people  of  France  are  active,  brave,  and  inge- 
nious; they  are  polished  and  gay  in  their  deportment  and  manners;  and  polite- 
ness and  urbanity  ma^  be  trac^  through  all  classes  of  society,  from  the  highest 
to  the  lowest;  those  \a  the  upper  ranks  are  very  attentive  to  the  graceful  accom' 
plishments,  and  excel  in  dancing,  fencing,  &.c.,  and  their  example  is  followed  as 
much  as  possible  by  their  inferiors.  The  women  take  an  active  part  in  all  the 
concerns  and  business  of  life  :  at  court  they  are  politicians ;  in  the  city  they  are 
merchants,  accountants,  and  shopkeepers ;  and  in  the  country  they  labour  on  the 
farms  with  the  men.  The  local  divisions  of  France,  prior  to  the  revolution,  were 
provinces,  32  in  number,  most  of  which  had  fortned  independent  States,  and  even 
little  kingdoms,  when  they  merged  into  the  mass  of  the  French  monarchy.  The 
National  Assembly,  however,  superseded  Ihis  division  by  one  into  departments, 
much  more  minute,  the  number  of  whicii,  including  Corsica,  is  86;'  this  arrange- 
ment has  been  retained  by  the  Bourbons,  and  is  the  basis  of  all  administrative  ope- 
rations. The  population  of  France,  in  1780,  was  estimated  at  24,800,000;  in 
1817,  29,000,000;  and  at  the  present  time  about  32,500,000. 

The  colonies  of  France  are,  in  North  America,  the  islands  of  St.  Pierre  and 
Miquelon ;  in  the  West  Indies,  €ruadalupe,  Martinico,  Marie,  Galante,  Les  Saints, 
La  Desirade,  and  St.  Martins ;  in  South  America,  Cayenne ;  in  Africa,  Algiers, 
Senegal,- Goree,  Albreda,  and  the  Isle  of  Bourbon;  in  Asia,  Pondicherry  and  Ka- 
rikal  on  the  Coromandel  coast ;  Chandernagore,  in  Bengal ;  and  Mahe,  on  the 
Malabar  coast.  The  population  of  the  colonies  li  estimated  at  2,285,000,  which, 
added  to  the  population  of  France,  makes  a  total  for  the  subjects  of  the  French 
monarchy  of  34,785,000. 


America 335,000 

Africa 1,900,000 

Asia 160,000 


France 33,500,000 

Colonics 8,385,000 

Total 34,785,000 


erre  and! 

»  Saints, 
Algiers, 
and  Ka- 
,  on  tliel 

0,  which, 

,e  French 


Hit 


FRANCE. 


361 


Conica  ii  an  island  in  the  Mediterranean  Sea,  situated  between  the  coaiit  of 
Italy  and  the  Uland  of  Sardinia,  about  IW  miles  Oom  the  coa«t  of  France,  and 
fomis  a  part  of  that  kingdom ;  it  is  UU  miles  in  lenvth,  and  of  an  une4{ual  breadth ; 
area,  9680  square  miles.  Population,  in  IHSU,  1^0,070.  This  island  is  covered 
with  roountaina,  the  principal  chain  dividing  it  into  two  unequal  parts ;  the  high- 
est summit  is  Monto  Rotonda,  UMN)  feut,  and  is  covered  with  snow  the  Kr^'utur 
part  of  the  year.  The  soil,  though  stonv  and  but  little  cultivated,  is  productive  in 
corn,  wine,  oranges,  lemons,  fif^s,  iic. ;  but  the  chief  wealth  conaints  in  oil,  cheat- 
nuts,  and  timber.  The  fisheriee  are  valuable.  Btitia,  the  largest  town,  haa  a 
population  of  0327. 

Ajaceio,  on  the  western  coast,  was  the  birth-place  of  Napoleon.  The  land  in 
Corsica  is  moativ  public  property.  The  commerce  consists  chiefly  in  the  ex|M)rtu- 
tion  of  coral,  which  abounds  on  the  coasts.  A  narrow  strait  on  the  Muith  divides 
this  island  from  Sardinia.  The  main-land  of  Italy  is  within  50  miles  uf  the  north- 
ern part. 

Paris,  the  capital  of  France,  is  the  second  city  in  Europe  for  population,  and 
may  be  considered  the  capital  of  the  world  for  the  sciences,  arts,  and  politoncns. 
It  is  inclosed  by  a  wall  17  milea  in  circuit,  and  is  more  clutiely  built  and  inhabited 
than  London.  Surveyed  from  a  central  point  it  presents  a  form  nearly  circular, 
with  the  River  Seine  flowing  through  it  The  eastern  part  is  the  most  ancient, 
and  most  irregularly  built;  here  the  streets  are  narrow  and  crooked.  The  west- 
ern part  is  modem  and  well  built  The  Boulevards  constitute  a  wide  mull  with 
four  rows  of  trees  passing  in  an  irregular  course  around  the  central  part  of  the 
city  {  they  occupy  the  site  of  the  ancient  walls  of  Paris,  rendered  useless  by  the 
growing  up  of  the  city  around  them,  and  are  two  miles  in  extent  There  is  no- 
thinff  in  Paris  more  striking  than  the  Boulevards.  The  exterior  Boulevard  is  a 
broan  streak  on  the  outer  aide  of  the  wall  which  encircles  the  city.  But  a  small 
portion  of  this  is  built  upon.  The  Boulevard  moat  frequently  mentioned,  is  in  the 
midst  of  the  city.  Different  porta  of  this  are  called  by  different  names,  as  the 
Boulevard  des  Italieni,  from  ita  vicinity  to  the  Italian  opera.  Boulevard  du  Tem- 
ple, &C. 

The  Champ  de  Man  ta  an  oblong  park  bordered  by  rows  of  trees,  and  extending 
from  the  Military  School  to  the  river;  it  is  the  cpot  commonly  appropriated  to  the 
reviews  of  troope  and  great  public  festivities.  The  i^ardens  of  the  Tuileries  to 
the  west  of  the  palace  are  elegantly  laid  out  with  gravelled  walks,  terraces,  plots 
of  flowers,  shruM,  groves  of  trees  and  basins  of  water,  interspersed  with  beautiful 
statues  in  bronze  and  marble.  These  are  the  favourite  walks  of  the  Parisians, 
and  on  Sundays  they  resort  hither  in  crowds.  The  Luxembourg  gardens  in  the 
southerly  part  of  the  city  also  afford  beautiful  walks. 

The  Champs  Elysees  ferm  a  spacious  common  in  the  western  part,  and  the 
entrance  to  the  city  in  this  quarter  is  one  of  the  finest  avenues  in  the  world. 
Another  fine  square  in  Parii  is  the  Place  Vendome,  in  the  centre  of  which  stands 
a  column  erected  by  Napoleon  in  commemoration  of  the  Austerlitz  campaign ;  it 
is  covered  with  ba»-reliefii  in  bronze,  made  from  the  cannon  taken  in  the  campaign. 
The  banks  of  the  Seine  are  beautified  by  noble  ^uays,  and  the  stream  is  crossed 
by  16  brid^ea,  12  of  which  are  of  stone,  and  2  of  iron.  On  the  Pont  Neuf  stands 
an  equestrian  statue  of  Henry  IV.  in  bronze,  one  of  the  finest  ornaments  of  the 
city.  A  similar  one  of  Louis  XIV.  occupies  a  small  area  called  the  Place  des 
Victoires.  A  great  number  of  elegant  fountains  adorn  and  purify  the  streets 
and  markets.  An  immense  fountain  in  the  shape  of  an  elephant,  in  bronze,  was 
begun  by  Napoleon  on  the  spot  occupied  by  tbie  Bastile,  but  still  remains  unfin- 
ished. 

The  church  of  Notre  Dame  is  a  noble  gotbic  edifice,  300  feet  in  length,  with 
towers  204  feet  high.  It  was  200  years  in  building,  and  was  finished  about  the 
year  1200.  It  stands  in  the  most  ancient  part  of  Paris,  on  the  island  in  the  Seine 
called  la  cits.  The  church  of  St  Genevieve  is  now  called  the  Pantheon,  and  is 
designed  as  a  mausoleum  for  the  ashes  of  celebrated  men ;  it  is  a  magnificent  edi- 
fice in  the  modern  style.  The  Hospital  of  Invalids  is  an  immense  building, 
designed  for  the  residence  of  disabled  soldiers.    It  is  surmounted  by  a  splendid 


"vi* 


i*. 


•  i 


.1 


J 


1.; 


r 


,1 
'1 


■ 

•11' 


■  > 


^h 


■  ■*  ■  • 


:»:; 


1 


iii 


35Q 


FKANi'K. 


gilt  Aoaxf,  which  «lon«  waa  SM)  yoani  in  building,  snd  i«  oateoined  oiio  of  tho  nia*- 
turni<>ct>ii  uf  Fronch  architncturc, 

Tho  Jarilin  dot  IMantet  \n  tho  nobleat  collection  of  interoitinff  objecli  in  Natural 
History  that  hna  nvor  bncn  formnd.  Tho  public  buildinifa  in  Paria  which  donervr 
notice  for  their  kIkh  and  nifl(;riitkonrr  arn  too  numrroua  iivon  to  be  iiientionr ! 
here.  In  thii<  roNpoct  I'nriii  im  fitr  niMtvn  I/tndon.  Tlio  Tiiili>ri<*8  form  an  exten- 
aivG  and  Nom«twhat  irrcf^uUr  pile  noarly  onu*flflli  of  a  mile  in  fVoni,  ^hich  haa  a 
noble  efTcct.  Ttin  IxMivro  ia  a  model  of  aymmotry,  and  ia  thouffht  to  make  the 
nonreat  appnmch  to  prfcction  of  any  modern  buildinif.  It  containa  KKM)  paint- 
iniro.  1^>  Htntui'rt,  and  'i(>,(K)0  drawinffa. 

Tho  librarioM  of  I'arin  tre  very  Inrife,  and  formed  upon  the  moat  liberal  prin- 
ciplea.  Moat  of  thorn  are  public,  ami  acceaaible  at  all  times  to  tho  rich  and  poor. 
Tno  Royal  liibrary  contnina  above  MIOilKM)  volumes,  bvaidea  100,(HM)  manuscripts, 
100,(100  medniri,  many  hundrcda  of  thouaanda  of  tracla,  and  1,000,000  onfnravinf^. 
This  library  in  crowded  constantly  by  poraona  of  all  clasaos  in  pursuit  of  ktiow- 
lodfre.    Tho  other  libraries  have  from  100,000  volumea  downward. 

There  arc  about  80  thoatros,  larpfo  and  small,  in  Parin.  All  the  theatres  in 
France  pay  a  tenth  part  of  their  rccoipta  to  the  poor.  Tho  houses  in  the  older 
parts  of  Paris  are  very  hit;h.  Tho  atreets  are  (fonerallv  without  aidowalks,  and 
some  are  pavod  with  flat  atonea.  All  those  parts  without  tho  Boulovarda  are 
called  fauxbnurfft.  The  f^ates  of  the  city  are  denntninatrd  barriers,  and  here 
pasRonijorB  munt  exhibit  their  nnasports,  and  mcrchundiHO  pay  a  duty  on  enterinpf 
the  city.    The  population  of  I'nris  ia  8iX),031. 

The  neighbourhood  of  Paria  is  highly  cultivated,  and  there  are  many  sites  at 
once  beautiful  and  romantic.  Tho  celebrated  St.  Cloud,  with  ita  luperb  palace, 
its  park,  gardens,  cascade,  fine  view  and  political  associations,  ia  witiiin  0  miles; 
and  Veraailles,  with  ita  magnificent  but  melancholy  grandeur,  is  within  12  miles 
of  the  capital. 

Lyona  is  generally  conaidered  os  the  aecond  city  in  France,  and  as  foremost  in 
regard  to  commerce  and  industry.  It  is  on  tho  whole  a  noble  city.  The  quays 
along  the  Rhone  are  superb.  The  cathedral  is  highly  ornamented  in  the  florid 
gothic  style;  and  the  squarea,  espocia'jy  tho  Place  de  Belleeour,  with  its  tbun- 
tains  and  statues,  are  nowhere  surpassed.  On  the  other  hand,  the  old  atreets  are 
narrow,  bordered  by  lofty  and  gloomy  walla,  and  divided  bjr  a  muddy  stream.  To 
turn  into  them  from  the  quays  nas  been  compared  to  entering  subterraneous  pas- 
sages, watered  bv  the  sluices  of  Cocytus.  LyonH  sufi^ered  dreadfully  under  the 
sway  of  the  jacobins,  who  made  it  a  chief  theatre  of  those  atrocities  that  render- 
ed them  the  horror  of  mankind.  To  say  nothing  of  the  massacres  perpetrated 
under  tho  appellation  of  fuBillades  and  noyaden,  they  studiously  broke  in  pieces 
all  the  manufacturing  machinery,  while  with  barbarous  hands  they  defaced  all  the 
ornaments  c^  the  city,  filled  up  tho  fountains,  broke  the  stotues  in  pieces,  and 
demolished  the  whole  of  the  cathedval  except  the  walls.  Her  citizens  nave  made 
diligent  oflTorts  to  restore  her  prosperity,  and  not  without  success ;  still  the  want 
of  capital  and  the  stagnation  of  trade  are  serious  obstructions,  and  cause  the  evils 
of  poverty  among  a  large  population  to  be  severely  felt.     Population,  107,875. 

Marseilles,  on  the  Mediterranean,  is  the  chief  commercial  city  of  France.  It 
is  completely  inclosed  except  towards  the  sea  by  a  succession  of  rocky  hills,  ox- 
tending  in  the  form  of  a  crescent,  with  each  horn  touching  the  sea.  The  old 
town  rises  to  the  north  like  an  amphitheatre,  and  is  composed  of  narrow  streets 
and  ill-built  houses.  The  new  town  is  equal  in  beauty  to  any  city  in  France; 
the  streets  are  broad  and  straight;  the  squares  large  and  handsome,  and  the  build- 
ings remarkable  for  their  elegance.  The  qua3rs  are  crowded  with  an  immense 
multitude  of  persons  speaking  diflTerent  languages  and  wearing  the  costume  of 
various  countries.    The  environs  are  well  cultivated.     Population,  115,943. 

Bordeaux,  near  the  mouth  of  the  Garonne,  is  one  of  the  grandest  emporia  in 
France,  and,  indeed,  in  Europe.  Situated  at  the  mouth  of  the  Garonne,  which 
here  allows  the  largest  vessels  to  ascend  to  its  port,  it  exports  all  the  valuable 
produce  of  this  great  southern  plain,  of  which  the  wines  aro  said  to  amount  to 
100,000,  and  brandy  to  20,000  pipes  annually.    It  is  engaged  also  in  colonial 


waam 


HPAIN. 


.i&a 


triule,  and  in  Ui«  col  and  whale  flaheriM.  Recent  travellorn  remark  a  |rr(>ater 
(iiDuiay  of  wealth  and  |Mrwperity  in  this  than  in  any  other  of  the  French  commer- 
cial cities.  Kvcry  thinf  ia  on  a  iprand  acale,  ami  buildinip  are  in  progrrcM,  which, 
when  Hniahed,  will  leave  it  without  a  rival  in  France.  The  theatre,  «le«it;ned 
alter  that  of  Milan,  ia  considered  a  model  of  architectural  beauty.  Mnny  of  the 
eccleaiastical  itriKturea  were  fbiindeil  by  the  Kn(fli*h.  A  very  repiihlican  npirit 
in  mid  to  prevail  at  Bordeaux.  Population,  0:),M0.  Rouen,  on  the  Heine,  tielow 
I'aria,  waa  formerly  a  place  of  much  wealth,  and  ia  famoua  (or  itii  manufa<:tiirin{f 
of  jewelry.  It  ia  not  remarkable  for  elcfirance;  bill  displays  the  quaint  and  an- 
tique architecture  of  mnny  other  French  towna.  I\>pulation,  tNMNN).  Nantes, 
on  the  lx)ire,  near  its  mouth,  is  a  considerable  ctHnmercial  place,  and  a  part  of  it 
is  very  defiantly  built  Population,  71,730.  I.illo,  140  milcM  north-east  of  Parin, 
is  a  frontier  town,  and  well  fortified;  it  ia  suirounded  by  walls,  and  was  fbrtitlfMl 
by  Vauban;  the  citadel  is  considered  one  of  the  strongest  in  Europe.  Popula- 
tion, 69,86U.  Toulouse,  on  the  canal  of  Ijinfruedoc,  is  next  in  antiquity  to  Paris. 
It  is  surrounded  by  walls,  and  has  a  town  house  and  church  of  great  magnifi- 
cence. Poptilation,  53,310.  Strasburg,  on  the  bonlers  of  Germany,  in  one  of 
the  best  fortified  cities  in  Europe.  The  steeple  of  its  cathedral  is  074  feet  high, 
and  is  the  loftiest  point  of  any  building  in  Europe.  Population,  50,000.  Orleans, 
on  the  Loire,  has  a  noble  cathedral  and  bridge.  Population,  40,340.  Avignon, 
on  the  Rhone,  was  once  the  residence  of  the  popes;  and  Nimes,  in  the  same 
neighbourhood,  possesses  the  remains  of  a  large  Roman  amphitheatre.  Popula- 
tion, 31,160.  Toulon,  a  little  to  the  east  of  Marseilles,  is  an  important  seaport, 
and  has  an  arsenal  and  magazine,  containing  an  immense  quantity  of  stores  for 
the  navy.  Population,  30,171.  Brest,  at  the  entrance  of  the  British  Channel,  is 
the  chief  naval  statioa  of  the  kingdom.  It  has  a  quay  a  mile  in  length.  Popula 
tion,  26,6561. 


SPAIN. 

Spain  forms  the  principal  part  of  a  very  extensive  peninsula,  the  most  southern, 
and  also  the  most  western,  portion  of  Europe;  and  is  only  connected  by  an  isthmus 
about  a  hundred  miles  broad,  traversed  by  the  Pyrenees,  a  chain  holding  the  second 
rark  among  the  mountains  of  Europe.  It  is  thus  almost  insulated  iVom  the  rest 
of  Se  continent. 

S(,  dn  is  bounded  north  by  the  Bay  of  Biscay  and  France,  east  and  south  by  the 
Mediierranean  and  the  Straits  of  Gibraltar,  and  west  by  Portugal  and  the  Atlan- 
tic. It  extends  fVom  35°  57'  to  43^  44'  north  latitude,  and  from  3°  8'  east  to 
0°  18'  west  longitude.  Its  greatest  length  from  east  to  v/eat  is  640  miles,  breadth 
530,  area  183,000  square  miles.  Spain  is  a  mountainous  country,  and  a  large 
portion  of  it  has  an  elevated  surface.  The  Pyrenees  form  its  north-eastern  barrier, 
and  are  connected  with  the  Cantabrian  chain,  which  extends  throughout  the  north 
of  Spain,  parallel  with  the  Bay  of  Biscay.  About  the  middle  of  this  range  a  second- 
ary chain  separates  ft'om  it,  extending  to  the  south,  and  branching  into  four  chains, 
extending  to  the  east  and  west  I'he  mountain  of  Montserrat  ia  a  detached  emi- 
nence of  the  eastern  Pyrenees,  about  30  miles  north-west  of  Barcelona.  It  con- 
sists of  a  cluster  of  sharp  peaks,  rising  to  the  height  of  3300  feet,  and  always 
capped  w  ith  clouds.  The  whole  mountain  is  24  miles  in  circumference.  There 
are  fourteen  hermitages  upon  different  parts  of  these  heights,  and  about  half-way 
up  is  a  magnificent  convent  of  Benedictines.  The  scenery  in  every  part  of  this 
remarkable  eminence  is  strikingly  bold  and  romantic. 

The  rivers  of  Spain  form  an  important  feature  in  its  geography.  None  of  them, 
however,  are  of  much  importance  as  mediums  of  communication :  they  have  mostly 
shallow  and  rocky  beds,  and  dry  up  in  summer  to  such  a  degree  as  to  be  nearly 
useless  for  navigation.  The  principal  are,  the  Tagus,  Ebro,  Guadiana,  Guadal- 
quivir, Duero,  Guadalavia,  Xucar,  &.c. 

This  country  lies  in  the  southern  part  of  the  temperate  zone.    The  cold  is 


30* 


T(r 


.(   i; 


%: 


•.  ! 


*:    i 


:,i;,! 


■ 


m^i 


I       :■ 


1 

i.  \% 

i 

{§''■','-  •  3' 

iJi'U- .i" 

I;, 

:  .1     i :  •    ,  ■' 

354 


SPAIN. 


never  excessive  even  in  the  northern  parts.  In  the  south,  the  heats  of  midsummer ' 
would  be  intolerable,  but  for  the  sea-breeze,  which  begins  at  nine  in  the  morninir 
and  continues  till  five  in  the  evening.     The  interior  is  so  elevated,  as  to  be  much' 
cooler  than  mifufht  be  expected  from  the  latitude.    The  two  Castiles  form  a  raised 
plain  nearly  2U00  feet  m  height.     The  provinces  along  the  Mediterranean  are  j 
the  paradise  of  this  kingdom.     An  everlasting  spring  seems  to  reign  in  this  de- ' 
lightful  country.     The  sky  of  Andalusia  is  pure  azure  and  gold ;  the  inhabitants  j 
of  Seville  affirm,  that  a  day  was  never  known  when  the  sun  did  not  shine  upon 
their  city. 

The  greater  part  of  the  land  in  Spain  belongs  to  the  nobility,  the  church,  and 
towns,  or  corporate  bodies.  The  state  of  agriculture  is  wretched  in  the  extreme, 
and  the  implements  of  husbandry  are  very  rude.  Wheat,  rye,  barley,  hemp,  and 
maize,  are  cultivated  in  almost  all  the  provinces.  Olives  are  cultivated  in  the 
southern  parts ;  and  in  this  quarter  may  be  seen  large  fields  of  safirun,  and  rice, 
and  cotton  plantations.    Every  part  of  the  country  produces  wine. 

Spain  has  naturally  great  commercial  advantages,  yet  the  mercantile  trade  of 
the  kingdom  bears  no  proportion  to  its  capabilities  for  commerce.  Tiie  means  of 
transportation  internally  are  very  defective.  The  arrieroa  or  carriers  are  the 
travelling  merchants  ot  the  country.  Tliey  have  long  been  accustomed  to  trade 
only  on  certain  roads,  and  hardly  anything  will  tempt  them  out  of  their  old  track. 
Wine,  fruit,  and  manufactured  goods,  arc  the  chief  exports.  The  official  value  of 
the  imports,  for  1826,  was  3,267,000/.    The  exports  were  1,584,0002. 

The  chief  manufactures  are  those  of  silk  at  Barcelona,  Valencia,  Seville,  and 
Madrid ;  they  employ  18,000  looms.  Spain  his  the  finest  wool  in  Europe,  but 
the  woollen  fabrics  are  small.  Tobacco  is  manufactured  only  at  Seville.  Leather, 
paper,  hats,  and  soap,  are  made  in  difl^erent  parts.  There  is  a  royal  manufactory 
of  mirrors  at  St.  Ildefonso.  Earthen-waro  is  made  m  considerable  quantities.  The 
distillation  of  brandy  is  very  extensive. 

The  rivers,  as  well  as  the  coasts  of  Spain,  abound  in  fish,  particularly  anchovies 
and  tunnies,  large  quantities  of  which  are  taken  and  exported.  These  fisheries 
constitute  the  chief  occupation  of  the  inhabitants  in  the  province  of  Galicia. 

The  rearing  of  sheep  is  an  important  branch  of  industry  in  Spain.  The  fineness 
of  the  Spanish  merino  wool  is  well  known.  There  are  no  less  than  16,000  shep- 
herds, and  the  number  of  sheep,  in  1826,  was  18,687,159.  TWo  shepherds  will 
drive  a  flock  of  1000  or  1200.  They  leave  the  mountains  of  Old  Castile  in  Octo- 
ber, and  feed  their  flocks  in  the  plains  of  Estremadura  and  Andalusia,  till  May, 
when  they  return,  and  the  shearing  commences ;  a  season  no  less  joyous  in  Spain 
than  the  vintage. 

The  cultivation  and  manufacture  of  barilla  is  carried  on  extensively  in  the 
districts  bordering  on  the  Mediterranean.  This  alkali  is  the  product  of  a  vegeta- 
ble, which  is  planted  by  seed ;  when  grown,  it  is  pulled  up,  stacked  and  dried. 
Circular  pits  are  then  made  in  the  ground  and  heated ;  bars  are  laid  across  these, 
and  the  weed  piled  upon  them,  where  it  melts,  drops  into  the  pit,  and  hardens 
into  a  mass. 

The  army  of  Spain,  which  under  Charles  V.  and  Philip  was  the  bravest  and 
most  formidable  in  Europe,  has  for  a  century  and  a  half  ranked  very  low  among 
military  nations.  It  is,  however,  at  present  the  best  organized  part  of  her  cslhl> 
lishment.  It  consists  of  25,000  royal  guards,  and  55,000  troops  of  the  line  and 
provincial  militia,  which,  lieing  commanded  by  experienced  officers,  formed  during 
a  period  of  protracted  warfare,  possess  a  considerable  degree  of  efficiency ;  and 
their  discontent  being  an  object  of  dread,  every  effort  is  made  to  pay  them  regu- 
larly. The  royalist  volunteers,  amounting  to  about  300,000  men,  form  a  band  of 
armed  fanatics  almost  entirely  under  the  command  of  the  priests  and  monks,  and 
seeking  in  their  favour  to  lord  it  both  over  king  and  people. 

The  navy,  at  the  commencement  of  the  late  war,  was  at  least  respectable,  and 
a  formidable  auxiliary  to  France.  The  fatal  days  of  St.  Vincent  and  Trafalgar, 
and  the  fruitless  expeditions  to  South  America,  reduced  it  to  a  feeble  state.  In 
1826  it  consisted  of  ten  ships  of  the  line,  sixteen  frigates,  and  thirty  smaller 
vessels. 


SPAIN. 


355 


Spain  is  an  abeolutf  monarchy,  in  which  the  power  of  Uie  king  has  no  limits 
but  the  slender  barrier  that  public  opinion  can,  in  a  country  without  education  or  i 
a  press,  interpose.  The  evils  of  this  kind  of  government  have  in  Spain  been  pecu- 
liarly aggravated,  by  the  individual  character  of  the  monarchs.  The  title  of  Catho- 
lic Majesty,  which  was  granted  by  the  pope  to  Ferdinand  in  1496,  has  been  con- 
tinued to  the  succeeding  sovereigns.  In  the  king's  titles  are  enumerated  all 
territories  which  he  holds,  or  at  any  time  has  held.  The  heir  apparent  is  called 
Prince  of  Asturia.     Infanta  is  the  title  of  all  the  other  royal  children. 

Either  the  spirit  or  the  administration  of  the  laws  must  be  defective,  for  neither 
life  nor  property  is  universally  safe.  There  are  several  ancient  codes,  and  the 
civil  and  canon  laws  have  some  authority.  Justice  in  Spain  carries  with  it  more 
terror  than  mercy ;  and  is  avoided  as  a  pestilence.  It  is  now,  as  in  the  time  of 
Gil  Bias,  perilous  alike  for  the  guilty  and  the  innocent  to  enter  its  courts.  When 
a  murder  is  committed,  all  run  from  the  dying  victim  as  they  would  from  the 
murderer :  and  when  one  is  found  murdered  in  a  house,  the  very  walls  of  the 
dwelling  are  stripped  by  the  hungry  followers  of  justice. 

The  religion  is  strictly  Roman  Catholic.  The  number  of  archbishoprics  is  8, 
and  there  are  51  bishoprics.  The  archbishop  of  Toledo  is  primate  of  Spain,  and 
his  income  is  nearly  100,000/.  The  ecclesiastics  of  all  classes,  including  monks ' 
and  nuns,  are  188,625.  There  are  32,000  females  confined  in  cloisters.  The  i 
king  nominates  to  all  ecclesiastical  dignities,  and  even  to  the  smaller  benefices. 
The  clergy  are  rich,  ignorant,  and  dissolute.  They  are  the  most  powerful  body 
in  Spain,  but  their  influence  is  diminishing.  They  retain  a  strong  hold  upon  the 
favour  of  the  lower  class,  and  distribute  from  monasteries  daily  alms  or  food  to  the 
poor.  Yet  they  give  back  but  little  of  what  they  receive,  and  a  monk  passes  a 
life  of  indolence  and  abundance  in  Spain. 

There  are  fifteen  universities  in  Spain,  but  these  are  under  the  priests,  and 
seem  to  be  so  directed  as  to  spread  error,  and  encourage  ignorance  rather  than 
knowledge.  All  the  elementary  schools  are  in  no  better  condition.  There  is  a 
school  of  medicine  at  Madrid,  and  several  of  surgery  there  and  at  other  towns;  an 
academy  for  engineers,  at  Zamora ;  one  for  artillery,  at  Segovia,  together  with  a 
marine  school ;  and  there  are  schools  for  drawing,  mathematics,  mining,  and  com- 
merce, at  other  places.  There  are  many  associations  called  learned  societies. 
There  are  twelve  public  libraries,  besides  those  belonging  to  the  monasteries. 
There  are  botanic  gardens  at  Madrid,  Cadiz,  Carthagena,  and  St.  Lucur ;  a  cabinet 
of  natural  history,  coins,  and  antiquities,  at  Madrid ;  and  several  observatories,  as 
at  Madrid,  Ferrol,  &c.  The  books  which  it  is  the  policy  of  the  monastic  Me- 
Cffineses  to  spread,  are  lives  of  saints,  deaths  of  martyrs,  and  legends  of  the  eleven 
thousand  virgins. 

The  revenue  of  Spain  was  once  the  largest  in  Europe,  but  is  now  greatly  re- 
duced. In  1828,  it  amounted  to  5,980,000/.  The  debt  in  the  same  year  was 
160,000,000/. :  it  is  rapidly  accumulating.  The  system  of  taxation  is  very  de- 
fective, and  varies  according  to  the  exigencies  of  the  government. 

Spain  is  divided  into  14  provinces,  some  of  which  have  the  title  of  kingdoms ; 
each  of  these  has  its  separate  administration,  and  most  of  them  are  subdivided 
into  several  smaller  provinces.  Of  all  the  immense  territories  in  America  which 
Ibrmerly  belonged  to  Spain,  none  remain  under  her  dominion  but  the  islands  of 
Cuba  and  Puerto  Rico.  In  Africa,  she  possesses  Ceuta,  Melillo,  Pennon  and  Al- 
bucenas  on  the  Barbary  Coast,  and  the  Canary  Islands  in  the  Atlantic.  In  Asia, 
are  the  Philippines,  Caroline  and  Ladrone  Islands. 

The  number  of  inhabitants  in  Spain  was  estimated,  in  1826,  at  13,732,172.  Of 
these,  127,345  belonged  to  the  clergy;  100,732  were  soldiers,  and  14,064  sailors. 
The  population  of  ti\e  colonies  is  estimated  at  4,088,000,  making  a  total  of  | 
17,830,172  for  the  Spanish  monarchy. 

There  are  only  two  navigable  canals  of  any  imrortance.  The  Imperial  Canal 
was  begun  by  the  emperor  Charles  V.,  with  the  intention  of  uniting  Navarre  with 
the  Mediterranean.  It  was  interrupted  for  200  years.  It  begins  at  Navarre,  and 
is  finished  as  far  as  Saragossa.  It  is  74  feet  wide  and  10^  feet  deep,  being  navi- 
gable for  vessels  of  100  tons.     The  canal  of  Cnstile  is  partly  executed,  and  is  de- 


•  ■   r  J'- 


*., 


2' 


»■!■ 


f 


.  '■•■ 


I"' 


■i'-' 


>*• 


m 


%'M'y'^ 


■■'tJ 


^.V 


m 


■ :  .«  i 

•T 

■  •  ' 

S       ■      ■■■''{ 

■  ■ 

^ 

'  '-.%■- 

jS 

1 

'.i^^im'itl 

jm 

H 


^  '», 


%  !  ■  ■■  4   » 
''  L     -'■.(■■> 

.)?  si-  .  ■ 


,o^. 


N-'^r 


356 


SPAIN. 


signed  to  connect  the  DMero  with  the  harbour  of  Santr.nder  on  the  Bay  of  Biscay. 
There  are  several  other  small  ccp'^ls  in  different  parts  of  the  kingdom. 

The  Balearic  Islands  are  a  ^  in  the  Mediterranean,  consisting  of  Majorca, 
Minorca,  Ivica,  and  Fromentet..  ith  some  smaller  ones.  Majorca,  the  largest, 
is  about  100  miles  from  the  -:» -st.  It  is  40  miles  in  extent  each  way,  and  is 
mountainous.  Minorca  possesses  the  valuable  harbour  of  Port  Mahon.  These 
islands  have  generally  a  good  soil,  and  produce  oranges,  olives,  wine,  &c^  and 
they  have  184,005  inhabitants. 

Madrid,  the  capital  of  Castile,  and  of  "  all  the  Spains,"  stands  on  several  low 
hills  on  the  immense  C&stilian  plain,  which  on  the  north  appears  bounded  by  the 
high  distant  range  of  the  Guadarrama,  but  on  every  other  side  has  no  visible  ter- 
mination. A  small  rivulet,  the  Manzanares,  flows  past  the  city,  and  falls  into  the 
Tagus.  Madrid  is  a  superb  but  somewhat  gloomy  capital ;  the  houses  are  high, 
well  built  of  good  stone,  not  defaced  by  smoke ;  the  streets  are  virell  paved,  and 
have  broad  footpaths.  Tho  main  street  of  Alcala,  long,  spacious,  and  bordered  on 
each  side  by  a  row  of  princely  houses,  attracts  particular  admiration.  The  Prado, 
a  wide  public  walk,  bordered  by  trees,  and  connected  with  gardens  all  open  to  the 
public,  is  equally  conducive  to  ornament  and  pleasure.  There  are  many  public 
fountains,  supplied  with  pure,  light,  and  salubrious  water,  filtered  through  beds  of 
gravel  and  sand,  from  a  distance  of  seven  or  eight  leagues.  The  gates  built  by 
Charles  III.  are  uncommonly  beautiful,  particularly  that  of  Alcala ;  but  in  a 
miserable  wall  which  might  be  battered  down  by  a  three-pounder  in  half  an  hour. 
The  royal  palace,  built  by  Philip  V.,  is  a  spacious  and  magnificent  structure, 
though  the  taste  displayed  in  it  is  a  subject  of  controversy.  It  contains  numerous 
fine  paintings,  which  do  not  equal,  however,  those  of  the  Escurial.  The  Retiro, 
with  its  fine  gardens,  was  defaced  by  the  French,  who  made  it  a  military  post ;  an 
extensive  and  costly  menagerie  is  now  forming  within  its  precincts.  The  museum 
of  statuary  and  painting,  a  new  and  elegant  building,  has  recently  been  enriched 
with  some  of  the  finest  pictures  from  the  royal  palaces.  The  cabinet  of  natural 
history,  supported  by  the  government,  is  also  a  handsome  structure,  and  its  con- 
tents valuable.  The  environs  of  Madrid  are  not  remarkable  for  beauty ;  they  are 
much  broken  into  hills  and  hollows ;  so  that,  of  the  200  villages  situated  in  them, 
only  three  or  four  can  be  seen  at  once.     Population,  201,000. 

Barcelona  is,  after  the  capital,  the  largest  city,  and  at  the  same  time  the  most 
industrious  and  flourishing,  of  all  Spain,  containing  150,000  inhabitants.  The  port 
is  artificial,  formed  by  solid  and  convenient  moles,  but  has  a  bar  at  its  entrance, 
which  excludes  vessels  drawing  more  than  twelve  feet  of  water.  It  carried  on  a 
great  and  various  trafiic ;  had  woollen,  silk,  and  cotton  manu&ctories,  all  on  a 
considerable  scale;  about  a  thousand  vessels  annually  entered  its  port;  and  the 
whole  amount  of  exports  was  reckoned  at  1,750,0002.  According  to  the  most  re- 
cent accounts,  the  late  disasters  and  misgovernment  have  caused  a  great  declen- 
sion in  the  above  branches  of  manufacture ;  and  instead  of  the  ranges  of  tall 
masts  assembled  within  its  mole,  there  are  to  be  seen  only  a  paltry  assemblage  of 
fishing-boats  and  feluccas.  The  ecclesiastical  edifices  of  Barcelona  are  handsome, 
particularly  the  cathedral,  though  not  of  so  grand  a  character  as  those  in  some 
other  parts  of  Spain.  The  convent  of  the  Dominicans  has  a  singular  series  of 
ornaments,  the  sentences  of  five  hundred  heretics  decreed  by  the  Inquisition,  and 
under  each  sentence  a  representation  of  the  sufferer,  whom  the  demons,  in  various 
shapes,  are  torturing  and  devouring.  The  walls  of  Barcelona  are  strong,  but  its 
chief  dependence  is  upon  the  citadel  of  Montjuich,  which  commands  it,  and  is 
considered  almost  impregnable. 

Seville,  the  capital  of  Andalusia,  was  founded  by  the  Phcenicians,  and  is  beauti- 
fully situated  on  the  Guadalquivir.  It  rises  \a  the  midst  of  a  plain,  covered  with 
olive  plantations,  hamlets,  villages,  and  convents.  It  was  formerly  very  rich  and 
populous,  being  the  chief  mart  for  the  American  and  India  trade.  The  public 
buildings  are  very  elegant  The  general  appearance  of  the  city  indicates  the 
Moorish  character  of  its  former  possessors.  The  streets  arc  narrow,  but  clean ; 
the  houses  are  whitewashed,  and  furnished  with  balconies;  every  third  or  fourth 
house  has  a  garden  and  orangery.     The  cathedral  is  one  of  the  largest  in  Spain, 


.!*■■ 


SPAIN. 


35: 


and  contains  the  tomb  of  Colmiibua.  The  emperors  Trajan  and  Hadrian  were 
lH)rn  here.  The  inhabitants  ninnufacturc  Bilk,  tobacco,  unuff  and  cigars.  Popu- 
lation, 91,()00. 

Cadiz,  on  the  Atlantic  const,  has,  by  means  of  its  excellent  harbour,  engrossed 
the  trade  once  enjoyed  by  Seville.  This  city  stands  upon  the  isle  of  Leon,  which 
is  connected  with  the  continent  by  a  bridge.  Nothing  can  surpass  the  beauty  of 
the  town  when  viewed  from  the  harbour,  and  when  the  eye  takes  in  the  numerous 
country-scats  in  the  neighbourhood.  The  streets  arc  clean,  well  paved  and 
lighted.  The  houses  are  somewhat  in  the  Moorish  style,  with  flat  roofs,  covered 
with  a  hard  plaster,  and  the  greater  part  of  them  crowned  with  turrets.  Prom 
the  height  of  the  houses,  the  narrowness  of  the  streets,  and  the  smallness  of  the 
windows,  many  parts  of  the  city  have  a  gloomy  appearance.  Here  are  two 
cathedrals  and  a  very  large  hospital.  The  city  is  strongly  fortified,  and  is  one  of 
the  most  important  seaports  in  Spain.  Since  the  loss  of  the  American  Colonies, 
however,  its  commerce  has  been  much  reduced.  Its  population  has  a  more  mixed 
and  diversified  aspect  than  that  of  any  other  city  in  the  kingdom.  Population, 
53,000. 

Granada,  the  capital  of  the  kingdom  of  that  name,  was  founded  by  the  Moors ; 
and  at  the  period  of  their  greatest  glory,  contained  4CiO,000  inhabitants.  It  is  still 
celebrated  as  the  most  beautiful  city  in  Spain,  although  its  population  has  dwin- 
dled to  80,000.  The  houses  are  nearly  all  in  the  Moorish  style.  It  has  many 
beautiful  squares,  fountains,  and  public  buildings,  with  7  colleges  and  11  hospitals. 
In  the  immediate  neighbourhood  is  the  Alhambra,  a  magnificent  Moorish  palace, 
occupying  the  space  of  a  small  town.  Every  traveller  has  been  struck  with  ad- 
miration at  the  sight  of  its  splendid  halls,  golden  saloons,  courts,  alcoves,  foun- 
tains, colonnades,  and  mosaic  pavements,  which  almost  realize  the  description  of 
fairy  land. 

Valencia,  on  the  Guadalaviar,  at  its  entrance  into  the  Mediterranean,  has  many 
manufactories,  and  is  a  rich  and  elegant  city.  No  town  of  Spain  has  so  many 
shops,  cofl!ee-houses,  theatres,  concerts,  balls,  amusements,  and  entertainments  of 
every  description.  The  surrounding  country  is  highly  cultivated,  and  forms  a  de- 
lightful garden,  the  air  of  which  is  loaded  with  perfumes.  The  city  has  a  large 
commerce  in  the  exportation  of  silk.    Population,  66,000. 

Cordova,  the  capital  of  the  kingdom  of  that  name,  stands  on  the  Guadalquivir, 
and  makes  a  splendid  appearance  at  a  distance.  It  contains  a  magnificent  cathe- 
dral with  16  steeples  and  4000  columns  of  jasper  and  marble.  This  building  was 
originally  a  mosque,  and  was  erected  by  the  Caliph  Abdalrahman.  It  affords  an 
imposing  evidence  of  the  magnificent  spirit  and  refined  taste  of  the  Spanish 
Moors.  Cordova  is  now  famous  for  its  trade  in  leather.  Population,  57,000.  Its 
environs  produce  the  finest  breed  of  horses  in  Spain. 

Saragossa,  the  capital  of  Arragon,  stands  on  the  Ebro,  and  has  considerable 
trade  and  manufactures.  It  is  remarkable  for  the  siege  it  sustained  against  the 
French,  during  the  peninsular  war.  Population,  43,000.  Its  university  'las  2000 
students,  but  not  much  literature.  Malaga  and  Alicant,  on  the  Mediterranean, 
and  Corunna  and  Bilbao,  on  the  Atlantic,  are  also  considerable  seaports.  The 
first  is  reckoned  the  third  commercial  town  in  the  kingdom.  It  exports  largely 
the  well-known  Malaga  or  mountain  wine ;  also,  fine  raisins  and  other  fruits,  an- 
chovies, &c.    Population,  52,000. 

Bilbao  is  noted  for  its  large  exports  of  merino  wool.  Population,  15,000.  To- 
ledo, once  the  proud  capital  of  Spain,  contained,  in  the  days  of  its  prosperity,  a 
population  of  200,000,  which  has  been  reduced  to  25,000.  Its  manufactures  of 
wool  and  silk,  which  are  said  once  to  have  employed  nearly  40,000  men,  have  dis- 
appeared, and  government  has  in  vain  attempted  to  revive  that  of  swords,  of 
which  those  formerly  manufactured  at  Toledo  were  valued  above  all  others.  Com- 
postella,  or  St.  Jago  de  Compoetella,  contains  the  most  celebrated  shrine  of  the 
peninsula,  with  the  body  of  St.  James,  its  patron.  In  the  chapel  dedicated  to  him, 
is  his  statue,  two  feet  high,  of  pure  gold,  illuminated  every  night  by  2000  wax 
tapers. 
Gibraltar  is  an  important  fortress,  situated  upon  the  strait  which  forms  the  en- 


■tj- 


■iH 


>ii 


'i'U'l 


■  \i* 


•<     ■( 


'vi  !| 


■'I    1 


'■»-:-kX'T 


i 


m  i* 

s  i 

Wm  '< 

:      '   *  ■ 

Iti'' 

'  <►'    ,       ' 

1' 

JU  I'j  ■' 

:  ■..'.  •  ■ 

liii 

f    I.; 


i;. 


v^l- 


358 


ANDORRA— PORTUGAL. 


trance  to  the  Mediternuiean.  The  fortifications  occupy  a  craggy  rock,  rising  to 
the  height  of  1439  feet.  The  town  consists  of  one  long  street,  passing  along  the 
foot  of  the  rock.  The  whole  forms  a  peninsula,  washed  on  one  side  by  the  Me- 
diterranean, and  on  the  other  side  by  a  bay,  5  miles  in  width.  The  rock  is  steep 
in  every  part,  and  so  strongly  fortified  as  to  be  impregnable.  It  was  captured  by 
the  English,  in  1704,  and  has  been  retained  by  them  ever  since.  It  was  besieged 
in  1782,  by  a  French  and  Spanish  army  of  8(),000  men,  and  bombarded  by  floating 
batteries,  but  without  effect.  The  British  regard  it  as  one  of  their  most  impor- 
tant possessions.  The  town  is  a  general  mart  for  goods  from  every  quarter,  and 
has  a  population  of  12,000,  mostly  English. 


REPUBLIC    OF   ANDORRA. 

This  little  republic,  with  a  territory  of  hardly  200  square  miles,  and  a  popula- 
tion of  about  15,000  souls,  occupies  a  valley  on  the  southern  side  of  the  Pyre- 
nees, situated  between  the  Maladetta  and  the  Moncal,  and  lying  between  Foi\  in 
France  and  Urgel  in  Spain.  Beside  Andorra,  the  capital,  a  town  of  2000  in- 
habitants, it  contains  five  villages,  which  export  iron  and  timber.  It  is  governed 
by  a  syndic,  who  presides  over  the  council  of  the  valley,  and  by  two  viguiers,  ap- 
pointed, the  one  by  the  king  of  France,  and  the  other  by  the  bishop  of  Urgel. 


PORTUGAL. 

PoRTVOAL  has  by  political  causes  alone  been  separated  firom  Spain.  There  is 
no  physical  peculiarity  by  which  the  two  kingdoms  are  distinguished.  On  the 
contrary,  all  the  grand  natural  features  of  Spain  are  prolonged  into  Portugal,  and 
become  Portuguese. 

The  boundaries  of  Portugal  are  the  Atlantic  Ocean  on  the  west  throughout  its 
whole  extent,  and  also  on  the  south ;  on  the  north  the  Spanish  kingdom  of  Galicia ; 
and  on  the  east  those  of  fSstremadura  and  Leon.  The  greatest  dimension  is  from 
north  to  south,  or  from  37°  to  42°  10'  north  latitude,  and  it  extends  from  6°  15' 
to  9°  30'  west  longitude.    Its  surface  is  38,800  square  miles. 

The  mountains  of  Portugal  may  be  considered  as  prolongations  of  those  of 
Spain,  chiefly  of  the  chains  of  Guadarrama  and  Toledo,  and  those,  in  the  north  of 
Galicia.  Those  ranges,  seldom  rising  to  the  first  magnitude,  cover  almost  the 
whole  country,  leaving  between  them  many  picturesque  and  fertile  valleys. 
There  are  only  two  extensive  plains,  one  on  the  south  of  the  Tagus,  and  the 
other  between  the  Mondego  and  the  Douro. 

The  rivers  of  Portugal  consist  chiefly  of  the  spacious  terminations  of  the  great- 
est streams  of  Spain  in  their  progress  to  the  Ocean.  The  Douro  fwrns  the  great 
maritime  emporium  of  Oporto,  and  the  Tagus  that  of  Lisbon.  The  Guadiana, 
also,  in  its  lower  course,  flows  along  the  eastern  frontier  of  Portugal.  The 
Minho,  a  much  smaller  stream,  comes  down  from  Galicia;  and  the  Mondego, 
alone,  is  entirely  Portuguese,  flowing  nearly  across  the  breadth  of  the  kingdom. 

Portugal,  after  the  downfall  of  the  feudal  system,  and  especially  afler  her  sub- 
jection to  Philip  11.  became  one  of  the  most  absolute  of  European  governments, 
"rhe  Marquis  of  Pombal  and  one  or  two  more  enlightened  men  found  their  way 
into  the  ministry ;  but,  in  general,  measures  were  as  ill  conducted  as  possible, 
and  corruption  prevailed  in  every  department  of  the  state.  The  course  of  justice 
was  equally  polluted ;  and,  no  adequate  salaries  being  allowed  to  the  judges, 
they  were  under  an  almost  irresistible  temptation  to  accept  bribes.  The  pride  of 
the  nobles  was  nearly  as  great  as  in  Spain,  without  being  accompanied  by  the 
same  lofly  sentiments.  They  are  divided  into  two  branches,  the  litulados  and 
the  hidalgos,  and  have  held  the  peasantry  in  a  subjection  little  short  of  slavery. 


il 


PORTUGAL. 


351) 


The  army  of  Portugal,  prior  to  the  revolution,  though  composed  nominally  of 
30,000  men,  was  in  a  most  inefficient  state,  not  throufi[h  want  of  physical  courage 
or  discipline  in  the  men,  but  from  the  incapacity  of  the  officers,  and  the  general 
defects  of  the  military  system.  When  the  French,  however,  had  been  driven 
out  of  Portugal,  an  army  of  40,000  men  was  levied,  and  disciplined  by  British 
officers,  under  the  superintendence  of  Lord  Beresford ;  and  thus  prepared,  the 
Portuguese  acted,  during  tho  eventful  war  which  followed,  in  a  manner  that 
would  not  have  disgraced  any  troops  in  Europe.  The  army  is  still  maintained ; 
and  though  the  new  government  will  not  brook  British  command,  yet,  under  its 
influence,  Portuguese  officers  of  merit  have  been  formed. 

The  navy,  which  was  never  considerable,  was  carried  out  with  the  royal  family 
to  Brazil,  and  has  never  been  restored. 

The  industry  and  commerce  of  Portugal,  which  presented  so  brilliant  an  aspect 
during  her  era  of  prosperity,  have  sunk  lower  than  those  of  almost  any  other 
European  nation. 

Agriculture  did  not,  until  very  lately,  experience  any  of  the  improvements 
which  have  become  general  in  the  rest  of  Europe.  The  chief  object  of  attention 
is  the  vine,  which,  with  the  olive  and  other  fruit  trees,  is  cultivated  with  the 
utmost  diligence  in  the  valleys  and  on  the  sides  of  the  hills,  in  the  northern  parts 
of  the  kingdom.  Here  is  produced  abundantly  the  port  wine,  which  forms  the 
main  basis  of  Portuguese  trade,  and  finds  so  copious  a  market  in  Britain.  The 
entire  produce  is  estimated  at  80,000  pipes.  Of  white  wine  Portugal  produces 
about  6(),000  pipes;  but  this  is  of  inferior  quality,  and  chiefly  consumed  at  home. 
Sheep  are  bred  on  the  hills,  to  a  pretty  larore  extent;  but  not  so  abundantly  as  in 
Spain,  neither  is  their  wool  so  flne. 

The  manufactures  of  Portugal  scarcely  deserve  to  be  name>I.  Ijttle  is  known 
beyond  the  working  of  their  wool  for  domestic  use  by  each  family  or  neighbour- 
hood ;  all  their  flner  fabrics  are  imported.  Ignorance,  or  at  least  an  imperfect 
knowledge  of  the  commonest  arts, ;::  •.-.  nepicuous  among  the  Portuguese.  Their 
carpentry  and  carriages  of  all  kinds,  their  agricultural  implements,  locks,  keys, 
&c.  are  ludicrously  bad.  Working  in  gold  and  silver  plate,  forms  almost  the 
only  exception;  cambrics  also  are  well  made  ia  some  places;  and  a  few  other 
local  objects  might  be  enumerated.  Of  mines  and  fisheries,  the  former  is  not  at 
all  cultivated.  Fish  of  the  finest  kinds,  particularly  tunny  and  sardinias,  are 
caught  in  considerable  quantity  for  immediate  consumption ;  but  the  salt  which 
the  kingdom  so  abundantly  produces  is  not  used  for  preserving  them ;  and  a  lar«re 
import  of  salted  fish  is  still  necessary  to  meet  the  wants  of  a  population  so  rigiuly 
Catholic. 

The  commerce,  which  formed  the  greatnesiit  of  Portugal,  when  her  ports  inter- 
changed  the  products  of  the  East  and  the  West,  is  now  a  mere  shadow.  The 
less  of  her  Indian  possessions,  and  t!ie  separation  of  Brazil,  have  reduced  her  to 
the  common  routine  of  export  and  import.  The  staple  of  the  former  is  port  wine, 
for  which  the  market  of  England  was  secured  first  by  favouring  duties,  and  now 
seemingly  by  an  established  predilection.  The  wine  is  raised  almost  solely  for 
the  English  market,  and  all  of  the  best  quality  is  bought  up  by  English  mer- 
chants residing  at  Oporto. 

Another  staple  export  of  Portugal  is  salt,  evaporated  by  the  heat  of  the  sun  in 
the  bay  of  St  Ubes,  which  seems  as  if  expressly  formed  tor  that  purpose.  It  is 
carried  ofi*  chiefly  by  the  English,  to  be  em  ployed  in  curing  fish  destined  for  the 
Portuguese  market :  the  annual  amount  is  estimated  at  100,000  tons.  There  is 
also  a  considerable  surplus  of  wool,  of  which  1,000,000  lbs.  weight  have  been 
imported  into  England  in  one  year.  In  return,  Portugal  takes  grain,  salt  fish, 
and  a  variety  of  manufactures  chiefly  from  Britain ;  but  as  her  imports  cannot 
much  exceed  the  exports,  she  cannot  aflfbrd  a  very  copious  market 

The  established  and  exclusive  religion  is  the  Catholic,  in  its  extreme  and  most 
degrading  excess ;  and  the  body  of  the  people  are  almost  entirely  under  the  thral- 
dom of  the  priesthood.  There  were  in  Portugal  about  550  religious  houses,  of 
which,  150  are  nunneries,  all  of  which  were  suppressed  in  1834.    Education  is 


/    t 

M 

-:-^^:-m 

•4    '     ■■•  *ta 

%' 

'•  "IJ 

'i>; 

•    «•     4.  .  •!! 

.*■• 


:  J 


)•   ■ 


» 


1'i 


■f  ^  ;i 


'1'' . ' 


Vi-'l 


'  1 '  il 

m 


4* 


■■■  f- 


v...  ■ 


:f 


!.f. 


'      1 


iJ?  i 


'jV  r 


1  <,••'! 


(      « 


^^^■^■ 


I,- 


360 


PORTUGAL. 


in  the  lowest  state.  The  task  of  teaching;  is  imposed  u|)nn  the  monks,  who  are 
ihemiiolvcs  grievously  ignorant,  and  whose  interest  it  is  to  keep  others  so. 

Portugal  has  two  universities.  That  of  Coimbro,  founded  at  Lisbon  in  129(), 
wiiH  transferred  to  Coinibra  in  1308.  It  enjoys  some  celebrity,  is  divided  into 
eighteen  colleges,  and  is  still  attended  by  several  hundred  students;  but  the 
course  of  study  is  of  that  obsolete  description  which  prevailed  during  the  middle 
ages.  A  smaller  university  was  founded  at  Evora  in  1578.  The  arts  have  hard- 
Iv  an  existence  in  Portugal,  and  science  and  literature  are  much  circumscribed. 
The  literature  consists  chiefly  in  poetry,  and  excludes  all  philosophy.  The  very 
liKtin  partakes  of  the  state  of  knowledge.  That  of  the  monks  is  unintelligible  to 
the  learned.  Little  has  been  done  in  Portugal  for  the  mathematics,  though  some- 
thing has  been  effected  for  geography,  natural  history,  and  botany.     The  music 

simple  and  sweet,  and  it  is  chiefly  confined  to  songs.     All  the  best  foreign 


IS 


works  are  prohibited,  and  everything  published  is  subjected  to  a  strict  censorship. 
The  literature  of  Portugal,  during  the  period  of  its  glory,  was  by  no  means  con- 
temptible. The  genius  and  fate  of  Camoens  spread  his  name  throughout  Europe, 
and  entitled  him  to  rank  among  the  few  modern  epic  poets. 

No  nation,  as  to  character,  owes  less  to  the  opinion  of  the  world,  than  the  Por- 
tuguese. They  are  described  as  indolent,  dissembling,  cowardly,  destitute  of 
public  spirit,  and  at  the  same  time  fierce  and  deeply  revengeful.  In  Spain  it  is 
said,  strip  a  Spaniard  of  his  virtues,  and  he  becomes  a  good  Portuguese.  The 
peasantry,  however,  on  repeated  occasions  during  the  late  war,  displayed  energies 
not  unworthy  of  their  ancestors,  in  an  age  when  their  glory  resounded  throughout 
both  hemispheres. 

The  population  of  Portugal,  according  to  the  more  probable  estimates,  amounts 
to  3,530,000.  Upon  a  surface  of  38,800  square  miles,  this  gives  a  density  of  about 
ninety-one  to  the  square  mile,  which  is  remarkable,  as  exceeding  that  of  Spain 
nearly  in  the  proportion  of  three  to  two. 

Portugal  is  divided  into  six  provinces,  several  of  which,  like  those  of  Spain  in 
reference  to  events  in  their  past  history,  are  sometimes  called  kingdoms. 

The  foreign  possessions  of  Portugal  are  the  Azore,  Madeira,  and  Cape  Verde 
Islands;  Congo,  Angola,  Benguela,  and  Mozambique,  in  Africa;  Goa  and  Macao, 
in  Asia ;  and  Timor,  in  Malaysia.  The  population  of  these  is  estimated  at  1,632,000 : 
in  Africa,  1,057,000;  in  Asia,  575,000:  total  of  the  Portuguese  monarchy, 
5,162,000. 

Lisbon,  the  capital,  stands  on  the  north  bank  of  the  Tagus,  10  miles  from  its 
mouth.  It  rises  gradually  from  the  water,  and  makes  a  magnificent  appearance 
firom  without.  The  harbour,  formed  by  the  expansion  of  the  river,  is  nine  miles 
wide,  and  is  one  of  the  finest  havens  in  the  world.  The  interior  of  the  city  dis- 
appoints the  expectation  created  b)  the  first  view.  It  is  ill-built,  with  dirty,  nar- 
row, and  crooked  streets,  yet  some  parts  of  modern  construction  are  not  wanting 
in  elegance.  There  are  thirteen  large  squares,  the  finest  of  which  is  the  Praca 
do  Commercio ;  this  is  fronted  by  elegant  buildings,  and  bordered  toward  the  river 
by  the  handsomest  quays  in  Europe.  In  the  centre  is  an  equestrian  statue  of 
Joseph  I.  The  cathedral  is  magnificent,  and  remarkable  for  the  boldness  of  its 
dome.  The  Royal  Hospital  is  an  excellent  institution,  and  there  is  a  large  found' 
ling  hospital.  Lisbon  has  also  three  observatories,  many  colleges  and  academies, 
180  churches  and  chapels,  75  convents,  and  a  royal  library  of  80,000  volumes. 
But  the  most  remarkable  edifice  which  it  contains  is  the  aqueduct  of  Bemfica.  It 
is  10  miles  in  length ;  some  of  its  arches  are  200  feet  high  and  100  feet  wide. 
Altogether  this  is  one  of  the  most  magnificent  structures  that  have  been  erected 
in  modern  times,  and  is  not  inferior  to  any  ancient  work  of  the  same  kind.  There 
are  three  royal  palaces  in  Lisbon  and  the  neighbourhood,  and  around  the  city  are 
between  six  and  seven  thousand  quintas,  or  country-houses.     Population,  260,000. 

Oporto,  or  Porto,  the  ancient  capital,  and  still  the  second  city  of  the  kingdom, 
is  situated  near  the  mouth  of  the  Douro,  on  the  northern  bank,  though  on  the 
southern  are  two  extensive  suburbs,  supposed  to  have  constituted  the  ancient  city. 
The  modern  town  is  well-built,  especially  when  compared  with  most  others  in  the 
peninsula. 


i4  '-^l     i*^    / 


RUSSIA. 


361 


The  chief  dependence  of  Uporto  is  its  trade  with  En{;land,  which  remains 
unimpaired  amid  the  general  diminution  of  that  with  America.  There  are  about 
thirty  EngLiuh  houses  regularly  settled  here,  besides  a  niiuib<>r  of  merchants  who 
pay  frequent  visita  to  the  place.  The  Oporto  wine  company,  whi^h  enjoyed  the 
monopoly  of  the  port-wine  trade  of  this  city,  was  abolished  m  1634.  Population. 
7(MHK). 

Coimbra  is  beautifully  situated  on  the  declivity  of  a  hill,  which  rises  above  the 
Mondego;  but  the  streets,  as  in  other  old  Portuguese  towns,  are  crowded,  dirty, 
ami  very  steep.  It  has  been  called  the  Athens  of  Portugal,  from  its  extensive 
university,  containing  eighteen  colleges,  with  forty  profe»<Norp,  and  about  eight 
hundred  students.  Attached  to  it  is  a  library  of  nearly  4(MHI0  volumes,  including 
numerous  MSS. ;  but  the  actual  value  both  of  theoe  and  the  printed  works  does 
not  seem  to  have  been  fully  investigated.     Population,  15,000. 

St  Ubes  is  a  considerable  seaport  south  of  the  Tagus.  It  has  a  large  exporta- 
tion of  salt.  Population,  15,(K)0.  Braga,  near  the  northern  boundary,  has  some 
line  Roman  ruins.  Population,  14,000.  Elvas,  in  the  west,  is  a  strongly  fortified 
town.  Population,  10,000.  Here  is  a  remarkable  aqueduct  which  leads  the 
water  iiito  an  enormous  subterranean  cistern  under  the  ramparts  of  the  town. 
Evora,  to  the  east  of  Setubal,  has  many  Roman  remains,  among  which  is  a  temple 
of  Diana,  now  converted  into  public  shambles.  Population,  9050.  Leiria,  a  little 
to  the  north  of  Lisbon,  is  beautifully  situated  in  the  midst  of  a  narrow  valley,  and 
has  a  famous  annual  fair.  Population,  7000.  The  convent  of  Bataiha,  6  miles 
from  this  place,  is  one  of  the  most  remarkable  (xothic  structures  in  Europe. 


RUSSIA. 

EuROPKAN  Russia  is  the  chief  portion  of  an  empire  of  enormous  extent,  with 
vast  capacities  of  improvement,  and  standing  at  present,  if  not  first,  at  least  in 
the  very  first  rank,  among  military  nations.  It  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  the 
Frozen  Ocean,  and  especially  by  its  great  gulf,  the  White  Sea.  On  the  east, 
those  grand  natural  limits,  the  mountains  called  the  Urals,  and  the  rivers  Volga 
and  Don,  separate  it  from  the  Asiatic  continent.  On  the  south,  it  is  bounded  by 
the  Euxine  Sea  and  its  gulfs,  and  by  European  Turkey.  Westward,  it  unites 
with  Russian  Poland,  which  brings  it  in  contact  with  the  dominions  of  Prussia 
and  Austria.  It  extends  from  about  the  45th  to  the  68th  degree  of  north  latitude, 
and  from  the  21st  to  the  62d  dogree  of  east  longitude ;  making  about  1600  miles 
from  north  to  south,  and  1400  from  east  to  west.  The  superficial  extent  is  esti- 
mated to  amount  to  1,691,000  square  miles ;  and  of  the  whole  empire,  7,660,000. 

The  surface  of  the  Russian  territory  is  the  most  level  of  any  in  Europe.  That 
great  tract  of  low  land,  which  begins  in  northern  Germany,  expands  in  Russia  to 
its  greatest  breadth,  exceeding  1200  miles.  A  great  portion,  in  the  south  espe- 
cially, consists  of  those  immense  levels,  called  steppes,  over  which  the  eye  may 
range  for  hundreds  of  miles  without  meeting  a  hill ;  only  some  large  ancient  tu- 
muli occasionally  diversify  their  surface.  They  terminate  only  at  the  long  chain 
of  the  Urals,  which,  rising  like  a  wall,  separates  them  from  the  equally  vast 
plains  of  Siberia.  The  Urals  are  scarcely  known,  unless  where  the  road  to  Asia 
passes  over  them:  there  they  are  neither  very  lofty  nor  very  steep,  but  well 
wooded,  and  rich  in  minerals,  especially  on  the  Asiatic  side.  The  mountains  of 
Olonetz,  on  the  north,  appear  to  be  a  prolongation  of  those  of  Sweden ;  while,  on 
the  extreme  south,  the  Crimea  displays  some  steep  and  picturesque,  though  not 
very  lofty  ranges. 

The  rivers  of  Russia  are  of  the  first  magnitude ;  though  the  distant  and  insu- 
lated seas  in  which  they  terminate,  incalculably  diminish  their  commercial  impor- 
tance. The  Volga  is  the  greatest  river  of  the  empire  and  of  Europe.  It  rises  in 
the  frontier  of  Novogorod,  not  far  from  the  Baltic,  and  traverses  in  a  S.  E.  line  all 
the  central  provinces.  After  receiving,  from  the  Asiatic  side,  the  Kama,  its 
(greatest  tributary,  it  flows  chiefly  S.  S.  E.,  forming  the  boundary  of  Europe  and 


, 


31 


2V 


a,  ■■ 


<>:. 


■    .' 

.«/■ 

'^'^k 

i 

••  '. 


♦  ■«• 


:■%    '; 


,  'I' 


n 


><H* 


■^■■■BBi 


36a 


KU8SIA. 


Alia,  till,  after  a  course  of  about  2700  milcfl,  it  openi  by  numerouM  niuutha  into 
the  Caspian,  near  Astrachan.  Lar^re  and  broad  etreama,  ftpreadin^r  over  the 
southern  plains,  slowly  make  their  way  to  the  Black  iSea.  Of  tbest',  the  chief 
are  the  Dnieper,  the  l>on,  one  of  the  boundaries  of  Europe,  and  the  smaller  east- 
ern stream  of  the  Dniester.  The  Dwina,  or  Duna,  rising  from  u  source  not  far 
distant  from  that  of  the  Borysthenes,  rolls  a  broad  navigable  stream  towards  the 
Baltic.  Another  Dwina,  in  the  north,  flows  towards  Archangel ;  awl  during  tlint 
brief  portion  of  the  year  when  it  is  free  from  ice,  conveys  to  that  remote  haven 
the  commodities  of  a  wide  extent  of  country.  Lakes  are  not  very  characteristic 
of  Russia ;  yet  those  of  Ladoga  and  Onaga,  in  the  north,  are  several  hundred 
miles  in  circumference,  and  form  a  sort  of  continuation  of  the  Gulf  of  Finland. 
Finland  also  is  covered  with  numerous  winding  lakes,  of  varied  form  and  dimen- 
sions ;  but  all  these,  surrounded  by  flat  and  bleak  shores  and  frozen  plains,  present 
little  that  is  striking  in  point  of  scenery,  and  afford  few  facilities  lor  internal  in- 
tercourse. 

The  government  of  Russia  is  despotism,  under  which  the  knout  is  administered 
even  to  nobles  of  the  highest  rank,  who  may  have  incurred  the  displeusure  of  the 
sovereign.  The  emperors  have,  indeed,  endeavoured  in  some  degree  to  mitigate 
this  ab«>lute  power,  and  have  even  formed  a  directing  senate  of  sixty-two  mem- 
bers, divided  into  departments ;  but  this  body  is  entirely  composed  of  individuals 
nominated  by  the  monarch,  and  serves  little  other  purp«mt  than  that  of  promul- 
gating his  ukase»  or  decrees.  Slavery  is  general.  All  the  lands,  with  the  ex- 
ception of  a  few  corners,  are  cultivated  by  serfs;  and  the  value  of^  a  nobleman's 
estate  is  reckoned  by  the  number,  not  of  acres,  but  of  slaves.  The  sovereign 
power  has  been  generally  exerted  in  a  beneficent  manner,  to  ameliorate  the  con- 
dition of  the  slaves,  and  to  promote  their  emancipation,  but  hitherto  with  very 
imperfect  success.  Their  treatment,  on  the  whole,  is  far  milder  than  in  the  West 
Indies:  still  the  meet  abject  submission  is  required,  and  the  lash  is  in  pretty  gene- 
ral use.  They  frequently  agree  with  their  masters  to  pay  them  an  annual  rent, 
or  obrok,  on  condition  of  their  being  allowed  to  migrate  to  towns,  and  to  carry  on 
trades.    Many  of  them  hav  j,  in  this  way,  acquired  very  ^reat  wealth. 

The  revenues  of  Russia  bear  little  proportion  to  the  extent  of  her  territory, 
her  natural  resources,  or  even  her  population.  They  arise  from  a  capitation-tax 
from  the  peasants ;  a  tax  from  merchants,  on  their  capital ;  custom-house  duties  on 
imported  goods ;  stamps,  coinage,  postage :  government  assumes  also  the  mono- 
poly of  distillation;  and,  in  Siberia,  the  mines  are  wrought  on  its  account,  and  the 
tribute  of  the  subject  races  13  paid  in  furs :  but  tliese  last  sources,  subject  to  the 
usual  mismanagement  and  corruption  of  the  agents  of  an  absolute  government, 
produce  probably  very  little.  The  total  amount  is  supposed  to  be  about  18,000,000/. 
sterling,  burdened  with  a  very  large  amount  of  debt;  the  greater  part  of  which 
being  depreciated  paper-money,  fetters  greatly  the  operations  both  of  finance  and 
commerce. 

The  military  force  of  Russia  is  the  subject  of  anxiety  and  terror  to  Europe ; 
and  has,  indeed,  if  official  statements  may  be  credited,  attained  to  a  most  enormous 
amount  According  to  them,  it  rose,  in  1820,  to  no  less  than  969,000  men,  inde- 
pendent of  the  national  guard.  This  was  no  doubt  an  exaggeration.  In  1832, 
the  whole  effective  strength  of  the  army  is  said  to  have  amounted  to  666,000  men. 
The  real  strength  of  the  Russian  army  has  always  consisted,  not  in  its  numbers, 
but  in  the  passive  and  iron  valour  of  its  infiintry,  and  the  rapid  and  skilful  move- 
ments of  its  irregular  cavalry ;  the  Cossacks,  the  Baschkirs,  and  other  Asiatic 
nomades.  Its  field  artillery  also  has  commanded  the  admiration  of  the  best  tacti- 
cians. 

To  render  Russia  a  naval  European  power,  in  which  character  she  had  no  ex- 
istence at  the  commencement  of  the  last  century,  was  the  object  of  strenuous 
effort  both  to  Peter  and  Catherine.  A  navy  was  accordingly  created  on  the  Baltic 
and  Black  Sea,  which  enabled  Russia  to  become  predominant  in  both.  The  pre- 
sent emperor  has  shown  a  strong  predilection  in  favour  of  the  navy,  which  has  Ci 
late  years  rapidly  improved  in  the  effective  number  of  ships  and  men,  and  in  its 
general  organization.    In  1832,  it  consisted  of  40  ships  of  the  line,  35  firigates, 


RUSSIA. 


363 


28  corvette!  tnd  brigs,  and  nearly  300  stnallor  vesaels,  manned  by  about  44,000 
men. 

The  industry  of  Russia  is  in  a  very  unimproved  state,  owini;  to  her  lonfr  bar- 
barism, the  prevalence  of  slavery,  and  the  thin  population  scattered  over  immense 
tracts  of  territory.  These  tracts,  however,  beinff,  in  many  parts,  of  great  natural 
fertility,  yield  a  large  amount  of  bulky  and  useful  commodities,  which  can  bo  ox- 
changed  tor  the  delicate  productions  and  fine  manufactures  of  the  south  and  the 
west 

The  agriculture  is  extremely  nide,  and  can  never  make  much  progress  while 
all  the  husbandmen  are  enslaved  and  deprciwed.  In  the  interior,  the  plough  is  a 
wretched  instrument,  which,  dragged  by  one  horse,  merely  scratches  the  tnurfuce ; 
and  the  harrow  is  composed  wholly  of  wood.  In  the  south  alone  can  the  land  be 
said  to  be  really  ploughed ;  and,  even  there,  the  rotation  of  crops  is  very  little  un- 
derstood. Nevertheless,  in  every  part  of  Russia  there  is  a  surplus  ot  grain :  in 
the  north,  chiefly  of  oats,  with  some  rye  and  barley ;  in  the  soulh,  of  the  very 
finest  wheat,  in  such  abundance  as  might  render  this  the  granary  of  the  west. 

The  manufiustures,  notwithstanding  the  eflbrts  made  by  government,  continue 
still  in  a  rude  state.  The  most  national  of  them  are  coarse  fabrics  from  hemp  and 
flax,  sail-cloth,  duck,  sheeting,  sackcloth ;  all  of  which  are  supplied  by  Russia,  of 
better  quality,  and  at  a  cheaper  rate,  than  they  can  be  had  elsewhere.  Govern- 
ment, also,  by  the  high  rewards  with  which  they  have  allured  foreign  manufac- 
turers, has  succeeded  in  establishing  extensive  fabrics  of  iron  and  hardware,  par- 
ticularly of  arms.  They  have  also  been  able  to  establish  oilk  and  cotton  works  in 
the  two  capitals,  but  not  sufficient  for  internal  supply.  Coarse  woollens,  in  great 
quantity,  are  articles  of  domestic  manufacture  for  family  use. 

The  commerce  of  Russia  is  very  considerable,  in  consequence  of  her  large 
surplus  of  rude  produce,  and  of  the  extensive  wants  which  luxury  has  created, 
and  which  can  aaly  be  supplied  from  abroad.  The  interior  communications  from 
one  end  of  the  empire  to  the  other,  are  of  vast  extent.  The  rivers  which  inter- 
sect its  wide  level  plains  are  almost  all  navigable ;  and  those  which  flow  into  the 
Baltic  approach  closely  to  others  which  direct  their  course  to  the  Euxine  and  the 
Caspian ;  the  Dwina  to  the  Dnieper,  and  the  Neva  to  the  Volga.  Colonial  pro* 
duce,  particularly  sugar,  cotton-twist,  wine,  dyewoods,  silks,  &u:.,  form  the  princi- 
pal articles  of  import  During  the  year  1630,  5690  ships  entered  the  different 
ports  of  the  Russian  empire,  exclusive  of  those  on  the  Caspian  Sea.  In  the 
course  of  the  same  year,  5907  ships  cleared  out  from  the  different  ports.  The 
canal  navigation  of  Russia,  so  far  as  it  has  hitherto  been  carried,  has  been  exclu- 
sively the  work  of  government  The  Canal  of  Liadoga  joins  the  lake  of  that 
name  with  the  Neva ;  it  is  67^  miles  long,  and  70  feet  broad.  The  Canal  of 
Vishnei  Vosholk  connects  the  Caspian  Sea  at  Astrachan,  with  the  Baltic  at  St. 
Petersburg.  A  canal  is  now  in  progress  to  extend  the  communication  from  St. 
Petersburg  to  Archangel.  There  are  8  or  10  other  canals  completed,  or  in  a  state 
of  forwardness.  These  works  have  all  been  executed  since  the  accession  of  Peter 
the  Great 

The  religion  of  Russia,  so  far  as  relates  to  establishment  is  that  of  the  Greek 
church,  which  is  professed  with  many  superstitious  observances.  The  worship  of 
images  is  carried  to  a  great  extent  though  the  letter  of  the  scriptural  prohibition 
is  sought  to  be  evaded  by  having  only  the  drapery  in  relief,  and  the  face  flat  and 
painted.  With  these  representations,  not  only  the  churches  are  filled,  but  every 
serf  has  one  in  bis  cottage,  to  which  he  pays  sundry  and  uncouth  acts  of  obei- 
sance. Fasts  are  firequent  long,  and  rigidly  observed ;  but  at  the  festivals  they 
indemnify  themselves  by  an  excess  of  eating,  which  not  unfrequently  proves  fatal. 
The  higher  orders  of  clergy  are  all  monks,  well  endowed,  living  usually  retired 
ond  regular  lives,  and  of^n  possessed  of  considerable  learning ;  but  they  come 
little  in  contact  with  the  body  of  the  nation.  Of  these  there  are  thirty-three 
bishops  and  archbishops.  The  secular  clergy  have  been  estimated  at  160,000,  and 
their  places  of  worship  at  70,000.  There  are  460  monasteries,  and  156  nun- 
neries. The  Lutherans,  estimated  at  2,500,000,  are  nearly  confined  to  Finland 
and  Livonia.    The  Crimea,  and  some  other  southern  districts,  are  Mahometan. 


I"'". 

•     * 

i. 


t  ': 


' .  1 


!•■ 


f 
ill 

.'  r 

fill 


vi-. 


.'}:*;•■ 


»»■ 


V.'^^i 


nemmmrmm 


364 


RU88IA. 


The  Catholic!  and  Unitarian  Greeks  are  nearly  confined  to  the  Poiiih  provinceii. 
Ttie  KuiiHiun  government  protuNHCR,  and  (fencrully  iidininifitors,  an  nliHoluto  toitira- 
I  tion,  and  evon  equality  of  rights  uinonff  the  ditt'erent  rcliffiouH  prot'cMHions;  y<>t 
the  caprice  of  dospotiMm  Honictimea  iaauoH  very  tyrannical  inandatCH.  Huch  wan 
the  recent  one,  prohibitin;;  the  Jews  from  exercising;  any  of  the  tradci  by  which 
they  have  hitherto  ffained  a  KubsiHtence,  and  enjoininff  them  to  apply  Dololy  to  ug' 
riculturc,  wiiich  tht>y  had  alwayH  aliunncd;  and  another,  by  which  they  were 
'  banished  from  both  the  cnpitalH. 

I  Rutwia  in  Kurupu  in  divided  into  64  ffovernmenta.  In  a  more  popular  view,  it 
,  is  regarded  ns  ci)n»<iHting  of  5  diviHiona;  the  provinces  of  the  Baltic,  Great  Rum 
I  sia,  Little  UuhmIii,  Southern  Kucsia,  and  Western  Kussia. 

I  In  1722,  tht;  pttpuiation  uf  RuHsia  was  rated  at  14,000,000:  it  amounted,  in 
1 1705,  todO,000,(MM);  in  1H24,  to  50,(M)0,(KM) ;  and  nt  the  present  time,  including 
;  Poland,  it  is  probably  not  Ioks  than  50,800,0()0;  and  of  the  whole  Russian  empire, 
'  05,000,000.  The  baHJH  of  this  great  pfnilotion  is  entirely  Sclavonic,  a  race  dis- 
I  tinguished  by  n  peculiar  language;  by  a  patient,  hardy,  obstinate,  enduring  char* 
actcr,  and  by  u  vory  limited  extent  of  intellectual  culture.  There  are  about 
8,(MN),000  of  the  Finnish  race,  principally  in  Finland.  Tartars  also  inhabit  the 
Crimea,  and  have  penetrated  into  some  of  the  southern  provinces.  The  great 
body  of  the  nation  is  divided,  without  medium  or  gradation,  into  the  distinct  classes 
of  nobles  and  slaves.  The  few  who  struggle  between  these  opposite  extremes 
are  insulated  and  unprotected  individuals  wno  can  scarcely  attain  a  place  or  char- 
acter in  society.  The  nobles  include  in  their  numbers  many  well-informed,  intel- 
ligent, and  liberal  individuals.  Their  cultivation,  both  as  to  manner  and  intellect, 
is  principally  derived  from  France,  whoso  language  is  almost  exclusively  spoken 
at  court,  and  whose  writers  alone  are  generally  read.  The  fortunes  of  the  no- 
bility are  in  sonic  coses  truly  enormous,  especially  when  compared  with  the  cheap- 
ness of  provisions.  The  head  of  the  Scheremetov  family,  reckoned  the  richest, 
is  said  to  have  125,000  slaves,  ct^timated  at  150  rubles  each.  The  nobles  gene- 
rally spend  these  estates  in  profuse  and  ostentatious  hospitality,  combining,  though 
not  very  tastefully,  the  open  house  of  the  feudal  baron,  with  the  elegance  and 
splendour  of  Parisian  luxury. 

The  slaves,  the  other  dire  extreme  of  Russian  society,  form  still  the  great  mass 
of  the  people.  This  ill-fated  class  is  divested  of  every  right,  political  and  per- 
sonal, scarcely  excepting  that  of  life.  The  master  has  the  full  power  of  the 
scourge,  which  is  liberally  exercised,  and  of  every  other  corporal  punishment 
which  does  not  produce  death  in  twenty-four  hours.  There  is,  indeed,  a  law  by 
which  the  master  may,  in  that  case,  be  brought  to  justice ;  and  there  are  marshal's 
courts,  to  which,  in  certain  cases,  the  slave  may  appeal;  but  these  means  of  re- 
dress are  practically  very  precarious. 

The  introduction  of  literature  has  been  an  object  of  anxious  concern  to  the 
Russian  monarchs,  who  have  yet  been  able  to  illuminate  only  partially  the  night 
of  ignorance  in  which  their  vast  empire  has  been  plunged.  The  Russian  is  be- 
ginning to  be  a  written  language,  and  the  works  of  some  of  her  literary  men 
have  of  late  drawn  attention  even  beyond  Russia.  The  public  establishments  are 
highly  endowed  and  patronized.  The  Academy  of  Science  was  founded  by  Cathe- 
rine L,  who  assigned  to  it  an  income  of  5000/.  The  Academy  of  Arts  was  founded 
by  Elizabeth,  but  enlarged  by  Catherine  II.,  who  allowed  it  12,0002.  of  annual 
revenue,  to  be  employ^  in  supporting  300  pupils,  and  in  procuring  the  best 
models  of  every  kind.  The  Imperial  Library  is  extensive,  and  a  fine  cabinet  of 
painting  has  been  formed  by  the  purchase  of  several  collections.  The  university 
of  Petersburg  was  founded  in  1805,  by  Alexander,  and  endowed  with  an  income 
of  130,000  rubles. 

Ignorance  is  everywhere  general  in  Russia ;  yet  much  has  been  done  to  spread 
the  means  of  education.  Steps  have  been  taken,  and  at  vast  expense,  that  mu&t 
hereafter  diffuse  knowledge  over  the  empire.  Every  parish,  or  two  parishes 
united,  must  have  a  school ;  and  besides  these,  there  are  503  general  establish- 
ments, with  1505  teachers,  besides  51  gymnasia,  one  in  the  capital  of  each  go- 
vernment.    In  the  latter,  the  students  are  prepared  for  the  universities,  of  which 


nccR. 
3l«ra- 1 

;  yot 
I)  was 
wliicli  I 

tOUR- 

wero] 

ew,  ill 
it  Ru»- 1 

ited,  in 
jlikling 
empire, 
ice  ills*! 
g  char- 
B  about  I 
ibit  tlio 
le  great 
I  claeses 
xtremes 
or  char- 
ed, intel- 
intellect, 
f  spoken 
[  the  no- 
je  cheap- 
5  richest,  I 
ies  gene- 
g,  though 
once  and 


srn  to  the 
the  night 
sianiebe- 
erary  men 
iments  are 
by  Cathe- 
aB  founded 
of  annual 
^  the  best 
cabinet  of 
university 
an  income 

e  to  spread 
that  mU6t  I 
JO  parishes  1 
1  establish- 
>f  each  go- 1 
ofw!--*-' 


mrmfmm 


RU88IA. 


.16.^1 


>*  •^'  - 


there  are  aoven,  vii.,  nne  at  Moscow,  Ht.  Pctomburg,  Wilna,  Dorpat,  Charkcif, 
Kamn,  and  AIhi.  Thrrc  aro  ravoral  nchnolM  thr  the  cdiicatinn  of  inatructcm,  and 
upwnrdit  of  irrf)  irh'M)|N  attendnd  hy  utinlnntH  in  th«*ology.  Th«  Jpwh  have  a  culc- 
bratod  national  inittitiitioii,  and  tli<>n*  nn>  b(>(iid*>n,  mctiirnl,  mineral,  mining,  ma- 
rine, and  other  achcMilH.  Many  of  tlw  amiioementa  in  KumIb  nm  thnxf*  nf  the 
children  in  other  coimtrifla  A  large  aiwembly  will  often  entertain  themiwlveft 
with  forfeits  and  other  Miinilar  gnmeM,  In  the  cities,  ico  mmmtaimi  form  a  favonritc 
rccri'ation.  Thene  aru  inclined  plane*,  high  and  iit«;ep,  covrrtHi  with  ico,  down 
which  the  people  dcHCf'nd  in  carH  or  on  HkatoH,  and  with  the  grentRttt  velocity. 
There  arc  swings  uiied  of  varioiin  sorts,  some  turning  in  a  |>orpendicular,  and 
others  in  a  horiaontal  manner.  On  certain  festivals*,  all  these  aro  placed  in  the 
public  8quare^  and  the  people  mingle  in  the  amusements  with  much  animation, 
ami  without  distinction  of  rank. 

St  Petersburg,  the  metropolis  of  the  Russian  empire,  is  situated  at  the  eastern 
extremity  of  the  Gulf  of  Finland,  and  is  built  partly  upon  the  mainland,  and  partly 
upon  some  small  islands  near  the  mouth  of  tho  Neva.  Une  of  its  entrances  is 
adorned  with  a  magnificont  triumphal  arch.  The  foundation  of  tho  city  is  ex- 
tremely marshy,  and  so  low  as  to  Hubjoct  the  city  to  frequent  inundations  from  tho 
waters  of  the  gulf.  It  was  founded  in  1708,  by  Peter  the  Great,  tho  spot  being 
then  occupied  only  by  a  few  Hshcrincn's  huts.  The  streets  of  tho  city  are  fVom 
70  to  150  feet  wide,  and  are  mostly  intersected  by  Hpacious  canals,  embanked  by 
parapets  of  hewn  stone,  and  spanned  at  convenient  distances  by  arched  bridges  of 
magnificent  construction.  Tho  quays  along  the  Neva  arc  remarkably  magni^cent. 
I  The  English  Quay  is  nearly  throe  miles  in  length.  The  houses  are  usually  of 
I  brick,  covered  with  stucco,  and  present  a  white  and  dazzling  appearance  at  a  dis- 
tance. The  views  upon  the  borders  of  the  Neva  are  of  an  extremely  grand  and 
lively  description.  The  river  is  deep,  rapid,  and  as  transparent  as  crystal ;  and  its 
banks  are  lined  on  each  side  with  a  continued  range  of  noble  buildings. 

One  of  the  chief  subjects  worthy  of  attention  here,  is  tho  equestrian  statue  of 
Peter  the  Great,  in  bronze,  erected  by  Catherine  II.  The  Kazan  church,  built  of 
murble,  is  a  work  of  stupendous  dimensions;  but  that  of  SL  Isaac,  now  near  its 
completion,  will  perhaps  surpass  it  in  magnificence.  The  Admiralty  is  a  spacious 
and  magnificent  edifice,  and  the  spire  being  covered  with  gilding,  is  seen  from  all 
parts  of  the  city.  The  Hermitage,  in  a  pulaco  of  the  emperor,  contains  one  of 
the  finest  collections  of  paintings  in  £urope.  The  Exchange  is  beautifully  situ- 
ated, with  a  quay  in  front:  it  is  surrounded  with  pillars,  and  decorated  with  mar- 
ble statues.  During  the  winter,  no  part  of  the  city  is  more  crowded  than  the 
Neva.  Inclosed  places  are  allotted  to  the  skaters ;  and  sledge-races  and  various 
other  amusements  are  generally  practised.  The  population  of  St  Petersburg,  in 
1931,  amounted  to  448,220.  The  malignant  cholera  destroyed  9258  persons 
during  that  year. 

Moscow,  the  former  capital,  stands  on  the  river  Moskva,  467  miles  south-east 
of  St  Petersburg.  Before  the  French  invasion  it  was  the  largest  city  in  Europe, 
being  nearly  20  miles  in  circumference.  The  Kremlin  is  a  superb  structure,  or 
rather  a  motley  mass  of  gaudy  buildings,  comprehending-the  imperial  palace  and 
clmpel,  the  public  officen,  the  cathedral  and  other  churches,  and  the  arsenal.  At 
the  French  invasion  in  1812,  the  city  was  set  on  fire,  and  two-thirds  of  it  de- 
stroyed. It  is  now  mostly  rebuilt  The  streets  are,  in  general,  broad,  and  some 
of  them  are  paved ;  others,  particularly  those  in  the  suburbs,  are  floored  with 
trunks  of  trees,  or  boarded  with  planks.  Wretched  hovels  are  blended  with  large 
palacc;s ;  some  parts  of  the  city  have  the  appearance  of  a  sequestered  desert,  and 
others  that  of  a  populous  town.  One  of  the  curioeities  of  this  place  is  the  great 
bell,  which  is  said  to  be  the  largest  in  the  world ;  its  circumference  is  64  feet,  and 
its  height  19  feet.    Population  of  Moscow,  246,545. 

Kazan  is  reckoned  the  third  city  in  the  empire,  having  40,000  inhabitants,  of 
whom  12,000,  the  most  industrious,  are  Tartars.  The  city  being  built  of  wood, 
and  its  streets  paved  with  the  same  material,  was  reduced  to  ashes,  in  1815,  by 
a  great  conflagration,  which  consumed  the  cathedral  and  palace,  leaving  only  the 

31* 


j:-i' 


,. 


rL':^-j^ 


•V'  .^ 


Uu.i '  •  ^ 

1  *iM  I   .  • 


"•1  ;i:4u 


■  t 


n^u^ 


Ttr 


.1  -t* 


■  •»  '; 


r  ':    % 


H\   ■ 


mmm 


^^■i 


POLAND. 


In  the  rebuilding  of  it,  thia  oxclu- 


handwmn  church  of  St.  Hctor  ami  Ht.  Haul 
aivp  iiMO  of  wood  haa  bt>«n  diiicuura)f<Ml. 

OnnMtadt,  on  an  inland  22  niii«H  wfHt  ul  ht.  l'«!terMhur)f,  is  a  wnll-furtillnd  plurn, 
and  thii  ''"  icipal  alatiun  of  the  KuMian  navy.  Vi<mmi-U  hound  tor  St.  I'dcrxhurg 
f'mcttkWj  .iNcharffo  thoir  carifooa  horo.  I'opulatiun.  44MNM).  Kifv,  on  thn  Dnio- 
por,  containa  a  univoriity  and  aoino  colobrnt  ■•)  ciiUcoiijl)f>  Population,  4(MMI0. 
Ri^,  onto  tho  capital  of  Livonia,  atnnda  upon  ii.^'  Ouna,  H  miicc  'rom  the  |;ult'of 
Finland,  and  ia  a  place  of  much  comiiifn-o.  It  t  ■■('  •'xportM  <  urn,  hemp,  Hax, 
iron,  timber,  leather,  and  tallow.  It  hiiH  garriMon,  ami  a  public  library  with 
12,(>IM)  volumea.  Hero  ia  a  floating  bridge  over  the  Duna,  20(N)  feet  in  length. 
Population,  aO,(K)U.  Odeaaa,  tho  emporium  of  tho  Uuwian  commerci  u^  tHo  Black 
Hoa,  ia  aituated  botwein  the  moutha  of  the  Dnieator  and  Dnieper.  It  cc  laint*  n 
fine  cathedral,  a  theatre,  and  several  churchea.  Corn  ia  the  principal  article  of 
exportation.  The  importr  are,  dried  and  conaorvod  fruita  fVom  >  natantim  >lo,  to- 
bacco, vino,  ivc.  Tho  fortrcM  of  Odeaaa  ia  aniall,  but  kept  in  g<<"«l  ord«r, 
latioii  SiJ.diiO.  VVilna,  on  the  confluence  of  tho  VVilna  and  tho  V> 
evtop'  «'c  iDinii '  ''ce,  and  ia  the  principal  winter  residence  of  the  n 
I'ltion,  :m),0()().  Simpheropol  ia  the  chief  town  of  Taurida,  and  hun  a  motley  po- 
f  ulati  ir<  of  20,1(00.  Mohilev,  on  the  Dnieper,  haa  a  very  considerable  comniurce 
witti  j\  M  and  Odeaaa,  Population,  16,000.  Cherson,  on  the  Black  Sea,  was* 
once  a  flimriahing  place,  but  has  greatly  declined.  Population,  14,000.  S'iohnei- 
Novogor'xl  was  at  firat  inten'Jed  by  Peter  the  Great  for  his  capital.  It  hiic^  a  cele- 
bratecT  ftiir,  and  ia  one  of  the  moat  commercial  towns  in  Kusaia.  Population, 
12,(NH).  Novogorod,  in  the  government  of  the  same  name,  contained,  in  tfin  ilaya 
of  itH  proaperity,  400,000  inhabitants.  It  haa  a  fortreaa,  a  curious  cathedral,  and 
churchea  ornamented  with  gilt  apirea;  but  its  present  population  does  not  f\  ncd 
10,000.  Tafpinruk,  on  the  promontory  commanding  an  extensive  proapect  ot  the 
sea  of  Azof,  formerly  contained  70,000  inhabitants.  Ita  present  population  is  unly 
10,000.  Pultuva,  in  the  government  of  the  same  name,  is  celebrated  for  tho  bat'le 
in  which  Charles  XII.  of  Sweden  waa  defeated.  Population,  10,000.  Archang>  I, 
at  the  mouth  of  the  Dwina,  on  the  White  Sea,  was  formerly  the  only  port  I  ' 
which  Ruaaia  communicated  with  tho  rest  of  Europe.  It  has  an  extensive  dc>ck 
but  the  harbour  ia  accessible  only  from  July  to  September.    Population,  8000. 


I'opu- 
'icnka,  li  in  an 
ility.    Popu 


POLAND. 


II 


PoLAiTD  ia  a  large  country,  which,  though  it  haa  been  so  atudiously  expunged 
from  the  map  of  Europe,  seems  still  to  retam  its  claim  to  be  considered  as  sepo- 
rate  and  distinct  The  aame  phyaical  aspect  characterizes  it ;  and  the  people,  in 
their  character,  their  language,  and  all  their  national  feelinga,  are  still  Polea. 

Poland  was  conquered  by  the  aovereigns  of  Russia,  Austria,  and  Prussia,  and 
was  subjected  to  three  porlitions,  in  1772, 1703,  and  1795.  At  the  last  partition, 
the  king  was  deposed,  the  country  blotted  from  the  list  of  nations,  and  the  whole 
territory  divided  between  the  three  powers  above  mentioned.  Napoleon  wrested 
a  p<  rtion  of  this  counitry  from  the  conquerors,  and  erected  it  into  a  state,  with  the 
title  of  the  Grand  Duchy  of  Warsaw,  in  1807 ;  but  this  government  was  over- 
thrown at  his  downfall.  The  Prussian  and  Austrian  divisions  of  Poland  were 
attached  as  provinces  to  those  monarchies,  and  tiie  Russian  division  was  formed 
into  a  kingdom  as  a  part  of  the  Russian  empire. 

The  Poles  remained  in  quiet  submission  to  the  Russian  government  till  1830, 
when,  on  the  20*Jk  November,  Warsaw  rose  in  insurrection,  and  the  whole  king- 
dom was  speedtly  in  <^volt.  The  hope  of  assistance  from  some  of  the  free  go- 
vernments of  Rurop**.,  inducdd  them  to  spurn  at  all  attempts  on  the  part  of  the 
Russian  emperor  to  bring  them  to  submission,  and  a  bloody  struggle  with  the 
armies  of  the  autocrat  followed.  The  Poles  at  first  obtained  some  signal  advan- 
tages; but  no  tloreigii  power  ntitfed  in  their  behalf;  the  Russians  poured  in  fresh 
armies,  and  in  a  year  frutii  l\w  breaking  out  of  the  revolt,  Poland  waa  overpow- 


.1'  '1 


till  1830, 
ole  king- 
free  go- 1 
It  of  the 
with  the 
lal  advan- 
in  fresh 
overpow- 


Pt)LANI). 


3li7 


ered  by  number*  knd  tnreed  *g*\n  to  ■iibmit.    The  RuMian  itotpoliim  i»  now  ftilly 
re-oitabliih<Ml. 

The  partition  of  Poland  between  Ruwin,  Auntria,  und  I'ruNiia,  took  place  at 
three  distinct  epochs,  viz.,  1772,  17113,  and  17M ;  and  tlie  result  of  the  whole,  in 
17U3,  waa  nearly  aa  followa : 

•q.  m.  pnniiUtinn. 

Russia 168,()()0  6,7m),l)()U 

Austria 64,t)U()  4,HI)(l,(M)0 

Prussia S'J.OOO  3,7oi>,(K)0 


ToUl 


984,000  15,a(M),000 


In  1815,  fbrther  chanifea  were  made  by  the  Congreii  of  Vienna,  makinif  the 
distribution  of  the  country  nearly  aa  followa: 


•q.  m. 

Russm 17*),500 

Austria 33,000 

^'racow 500 

I   iissia 35,000 


Dopiilmldn. 
7,4()O,m)0 
3,600,000 
90,000 
1, 600,000- 


Ti. 
have  1 


Ki  igdom  of  Polond 47,000  3,000,000 

Total 984.000  15,6U0,000 

extent   md  population  of  Poland,  in  1825,  were  estimated  af  follows: 
ibt    nee  that  time  somewhat  increased : 

■q.  m.  population. 

*    Mi,     Poland 95,000  1,700,000 

«».  icia     39,000  4,000,000 

'   mblic  of  Cracow 500   110,000 

'doit,  of  Polond 47,000  3,700,000 

k..^&n  Poland 179,500  9,400,000 


tliey 


Total 


984,000  18,910,000 


The  won  ^olen,  or  Poland,  signifies  a  plain,  a  name  well  suited  to  the  face  of 
the  country,  nli  ia  almost  everywhere  level,  and  in  many  places  marshy.  The 
only  great  ni»"»ntam8  are  the  Carpathians,  forming  the  boundary  between  Poland 
and  Hungarv  Vegetation  is  a  month  luter  than  in  the  same  latitude  in  France, 
and  the  climai  •  on  occount  of  its  humidity,  nnd  the  exhalations  from  the  marahec, 
is  in  many  parv  unhealthy.  The  soil  is  badly  cultivated,  yet  so  productive  thnt 
the  annual  export  of  corn  is  computed  to  average  16,000,(H)0  bushels.  Other  ex- 
ports are  hemp,  tlax,  cattle,  timber,  wux,  and  honey. 

The  rivers  of  "  >land  are  the  Vistula,  Bug,  Niemen,  I'regel,  Dwina,  Przypiec, 
Dnieper,  and  Dniueiier. 

The  Poles  were  originally  a  tribe  of  Sclavonians,  and  are,  except  thu  nobles, 
among  the  most  illiterate  and  least  civilized  nations  of  Europe.  The  Polish  lan- 
guage is  a  dialect  of  the  Sclavonic ;  but  the  liatin  is  in  general  use  in  literary 
composition,  and  even  in  conversation  among  the  higher  ranks.  There  are  uni- 
versities at  Cracow,  Wilnu,  Warsaw,  and  Lcmberg.  The  government  of  Poland 
was  a  monarchy,  sometimes  hereditary,  and  sometimes  elective,  limited  by  a  diet. 
The  constitution  has  been  defined  the  government  of  half  a  million  of  men  of 
property,  styled  nobles,  over  1,000,000  Jewish  traders  and  13,000,000  slaves.  The 
inhabitants  are  Catholics,  members  of  the  Greek  church,  Jews,  Lutherans,  and 
Unitarians.  The  Jews  comprise  the  men  of  business  of  the  country :  the  current 
money  is  chiefly  in  their  hands,  and  a  great  proportion  of  the  land  is  mortgaged 
to  them. 

Society  in  Poland  consists  altogether  of  two  distinct  and  distant  orders,  the  no- 
bles and  the  peasantry,  without  any  intermediate  degrees.  The  nobles,  who  are 
more  numerous  than  in  any  other  country  in  Europe,  have  always,  in  the  eye  of 
the  public,  formed  the  people  of  Poland.  They  ore  brave,  prompt,  frank,  hospi- 
table, and  gay.    They  have  been  called  the  French  of  the  north,  and,  both  from 


K< 


4; 


,* 


^  'if  • 


.  i- 


Vi 


I 


I' I 


f 


•  :  i\ 


m 


>^\ 


:•  .:!   »  ■ 


'!:.     I 


r; 


368 


KINGDOM  OF  POLAND. 


habits  and  political  connexion,  are  attached  to  that  nation.  Before  their  fall,  their 
nei^^hbours  called  them  "  tlie  proud  Poles."  They  consider  it  the  deepest  disgrace 
to  practise  any  profession,  even  lawor  medicine ;  and,  in  case  of  utmost  necessity, 
even  prefer  the  plough.  The  lualry  of  modem  times,  and  the  variations  in  the 
price  of  grain,  have  very  generally  involved  them  in  pecuniary  embarrassments, 
and  plac^  many  of  their  fortunes  in  the  hands  of  Jews. 

The  Jews,  sober,  industrious,  parsimonious,  and  crafty,  form  a  numerous  and 
separate  people  in  the  heart  of  Poland.  Once  a  year  occur  what  are  called  the 
Polish  contracts,  when  the  nobles  repair  to  the  principal  towns,  Kiev,  Minsk, 
Warsaw,  and  Wilna,  to  sell  their  lands,  pay  their  interest,  and  negotiate  all  their 
money  transactions.  Hither  their  wives  and  daughters  resort  for  amusement; 
speculators  bring  their  wares ;  usurers,  musicians,  strolling  players,  and  sharpers, 
come  to  ply  their  respective  trades.  The  Poles,  in  personal  appearance,  are  hand- 
some and  vigorous.  The  Polish  ladies  are  celebrated  for  their  beauty,  and  are 
considered  also  more  intelligent  and  agreeable  than  those  of  Russia.  The  pea- 
santry are  not  absolutu  slaves,  but  they  are  raised  little  above  that  degrading  con- 
dition ;  an  estate  being  usually  estimated  by  the  number  of  its  peasants. 


KINGDOM  OF  POLAND. 


The  kingdom  of  Poland,  comprising  the  central  portion  of  the  preceding  coun- 
try, and  consisting  of  the  chief  part  of  what  from  1807  to  1813  formed  the  duchy 
of  Warsaw,  is  bounded,  north  by  east  and  west  Prussia,  east  by  Russia,  south  by 
Austrian  Galicia,  and  west  by  Prussian  Poaen.  It  belongs  generally  to  the  vast 
Polish  level. 

The  plain,  of  which  the  greater  portion  of  the  kin£[dom  consists,  is  rather  of  a 
sandy  character,  and  the  overflowing  <^  its  large  rivers  often  converts  it  into 
marsh.  Generally  speaking,  however,  it  is  a  good  grain  country,  under  tolerable 
cultivation.  The  manufactures  of  linen  and  woollen  cloth  for  domestic  consump- 
tion are  considerable,  though  they  produce  none  of  fine  quality.  In  the  capital, 
the  making  of  carriages  and  harness  is  of  such  extent  as  to  assume  almost  a  na- 
tional importance.  Minerals  are  not  a  leading  feature,  though  there  are  iron 
mines  of  some  value  in  the  southern  range  of  hills.  There  is  a  great  transit  trade 
of  grain  down  the  Vistula,  partly  the  produce  of  the  kingdom  itself,  but  chiefly 
of  the  more  fertile  regions  to  the  south ;  but  Poland  labours  under  a  severe  disad- 
I  vantage  in  not  possessing  the  mouth  of  that  river,  and  its  port  of  Daotzic,  which 
has  been  annexed  to  the  Prussian  territory. 

A  representative  constitution  was  granted  by  Alexander,  in  his  quality  of  king 
of  Poland.  The  new  diet  was  divided  into  two  chambers,  one  of  which  was 
elected  by  the  nobles  and  the  provincial  assemblies,  while  the  senate  consisted  of 
ten  waiwodes  appointed  by  the  emperor  in  his  character  of  king  of  Poland,  ten 
castellans  nominated  by  the  senate,  and  ten  bishops.  This  constitution,  however, 
granted  in  a  liberal  and  conciliatory  spirit,  was  not  found  to  work  so  agreeably  as 
a  sovereign  elsewhere  despotic  could  have  desired.  It  became  the  aim  of  the 
prince  to  abridge  the  privileges  which  appeared  to  him  to  be  too  liberally  used. 
The  diet  was  less  frequently  assembled ;  the  liberty  of  the  press,  at  first  granted, 
has  been  withdrawn.  These  encroachments  kindled  a  discontent,  whi(£  broke 
out  in  the  late  strenuous  efibrt  to  eflTect  an  entire  emancipation  from  Russia,  the 
unfortunate  issue  of  which,  it  is  to  be  feared,  will  for  the  present  deprive  Poland 
of  many  of  the  advantages  she  has  hitherto  enjoyed. 

Warsaw,  capital  alike  of  old  and  of  new  Poland,  is  finely  situated  on  the  Vis- 
tula. During  the  war  which  terminated  in  the  subjugation  of  Poland,  Warsaw 
stood  the  heaviest  brunt;  and  its  population  in  1782  was  reduced  to  75,000;  but 
since  that  time  it  has  rapidly  improved,  and  in  1829  it  contained  150,000,  of 
which,  however,  about  14,000  were  garrison.  Among  these  are  80,000  Jews. 
The  whole  city  consists  of  one  lon^  street,  with  others  branching  from  it ;  but 
these  are  narrow  and  dirty,  and,  as  is  usual  in  aristocratic  cities,  no  provision  is 
made  for  the  comfort  and  accommodation  of  foot  passengers.    The  new  town  is 


■<j ;/ 


REPUBLIC  OF  CRACOW— GERMANY. 


369 


built  in  a  better  style ;  the  government  palace  and  the  palace  of  the  minister  of 
finance  are  both  splendid  buildings;  but  the  finest  part  of  Warsaw  consists  of  its 
four  suburbs  having  separate  rights  and  jurisdictions.  That  of  Praga,  once  a 
strong  citadel,  was  almost  destroyed  in  the  dreadful  assault  by  Suwarrow,  in  1795 : 
it  is  now,  however,  rebuilding.  Warsaw  originally  consisted  almost  entirely  of 
wooden  houses;  but  that  material  is  now  prohibited;  and  out  of  its  4000  houses, 
3000  are  constructed  of  stone.  During  the  period  of  its  calamities,  Warsaw  lost 
the  finest  collections  made  by  its  former  sovereigns.  The  gallery  of  paintings 
formed  by  king  Stanislaus,  and  the  Zalouski  library,  were  transported  to  Peters- 
burg ;  and  another  library,  of  more  than  45,000  volumes,  was  transferred  to  Vol- 
hynia.  Even  the  university  founded,  or  rather  revived  by  Alexander,  in  1821,  has 
been  suppressed. 

The  other  towns  in  the  kingdom  of  Poland  are  only  of  secondary  importance. 
Lublin,  which  ranks  second,  contains  10,000  inhabitants.  It  is  situated  pleasantly 
in  one  of  the  most  fertile  districts  of  the  kingdom,  and  communicating  on  the 
south  with  others  still  more  fertile.  It  is  distinguished  by  the  castle  of  Casimir 
the  Great,  the  palace  of  Sobicski,  some  fine  churches,  and  the  largest  synagogue 
of  Poland.  Zamosc,  in  the  same  vicinity,  is  an  important  fortress.  Kalisc,  on  the 
Prosvva,  is  rather  a  well-built  town,  with  8000  inhabitants,  a  military  school,  and 
some  manufactures. 


THE  REPUBLIC  OF  CRACOW. 

This  little  community  owes  its  existence  to  the  disputes  of  the  three  d'^spotic 
powers  that  partitioned  the  kingdom  of  Poland.  In  1815,  when  the  final  oestiny 
of  Poland  was  decided  at  the  congress  of  Vienna,  the  Austrian  and  Russian  mo- 
narchs  respectively  laid  claim  to  the  city  and  territory  of  Cracow,  situated  at  the 
point  where  the  newly  acquired  territories  of  these  two  powers  join  those  of  Prus- 
sia. To  this  fortunate  position,  Cracow  is  indebted  for  its  exemption  from  the 
fate  of  the  rest  of  Poland.  The  holy  allies,  unable  to  determine  which  of  their 
number  had  the  best  right  to  the  territory,  resolved  that  neither  should  possess  it ; 
and  Cracow  was  declared  a  republic  under  the  protection  of  the  three  surrounding 
powers. 

The  degree  of  freedom  which  it  enjoys,  though  only  by  sufferance,  has  rendered 
its  environs  more  fertile  and  smiling  than  those  of  the  rest  of  Poland.  Its  surface 
contains  500  square  miles ;  and  the  population  of  the  city  amounts  to  24,800,  that 
of  the  territory  to  93,000;  of  which  12,000  were  Jews.  The  univprsity,  once 
the  great  school  of  the  north,  and  frequented  by  crowds  of  students,  was  broken 
up  during  the  civil  commotions,  and  the  attempts  to  restore  it  have  been  fruitless. 
It  has  at  present  thirty  professors,  but  not  more  than  276  students.  Cracow  is 
decidedly  a  Catholic  city,  and  contains  eighty-seven  monasteries  and  164  nunne- 
ries. The  revenues  of  the  republic  amount  to  1,379,000  florins.  The  cathedral 
is  remarkable  for  the  tomb  of  St.  Stanislaus,  the  monument  of  Sobicski,  and  other 
venerated  mausoleums.  A  remarkable  monument  has  lately  been  raised  here  to 
the  memory  of  Kosciusko.  It  consists  of  a  mound,  Mogila  Kosciusko  (Kosciusko's 
Mount),  300  feet  in  height,  and  275  feet  in  diameter  at  the  base,  and  standing 
upon  a  rising  ground  commanding  the  Vistula. 


GERMANY. 

Germant  is  an  extensive  country,  situated  in  the  heart  of  Europe,  and  exer- 
cising a  most  important  influence  in  tlie  affairs  of  that  continent ;  there  is  a  pecu- 
liar complication  in  its  geography,  whence  it  is  often  termed  the  labyrinth  of 
geography ;  it  is  not  only  divided  into  numerous  States  of  every  varied  dimension 
and  description,  but  several  of  these  have  large  portions  of  the  neighbouring  coun- 
tries, particularly  of  Poland  and  Italy,  incorporated  into  their  territory. 


2W 


fi    -yi 


"'ii 


■  -  \r  I 


iif:i 


•V 


1 1 


[in 


n 


.a^' 


'  1- 
1 


M 


.V 


*>'''■ 


ipif,:  '^-^  '■ 


m^:  ^ 


;< 


,^  .. 


<)' 


>,  ■ 


^  » 


370 


GERMANY. 


The  divisions  of  Germany  have  been  various  at  different  times.  In  1552,  Maxi- 
milian divided  it  into  10  circles,  Austria,  Burgundy,  Upper  Phine,  Lower  ilhine, 
Franconia,  Bavaria,  Swabia,  Westphalia,  Upper  Saxony,  and  Lower  Saxony ;  the 
first  two  Catholic,  the  last  two  Protestant,  the  other  six  mixed.  Burgundy,  which 
contained  the  17  provinces  of  the  Low  Countries  or  Netherlands,  having  long 
since  been  detached  from  the  empire,  it  latterly  contained  only  9  circles.  In  addi- 
tion to  these  great  divisions,  there  were  other  countries  which  formed  portions  of 
the  German  empire ;  Bohemia,  Moravia,  Silesia,  Lusatia,  and  some  smaller  dis- 
tricts. The  electors  were  9  in  number,  of  Mentz,  Treves,  Cologne,  Bavaria,  Pa- 
latine, Saxony,  Brunswick,  Luneburg,  Brandenburg,  and  Bohemia. 

The  number  of  princes,  secular  and  ecclesiastical,  was  upwards  of  300,  each 
independent  in  the  administration  of  his  own  territory,  but  subject  to  the  emperor 
as  head  of  the  empire,  and  to  certain  laws  enacted  at  different  times  for  the  com- 
mon advantage.  There  were  besides  a  number  of  free  towns,  and  a  class  of  nobles, 
who  acknowledged  no  sovereign  but  the  emperor.  The  constitution  of  this  ^reat 
body  was  extremely  complicated ;  the  emperor  was  at  first  chosen  by  the  princes 
at  large ;  in  the  course  of  time  the  princes  deputed  their  votes  to  certain  repre- 
sentatives, called  electors,  and  the  latter  eventually  took  on  themselves  the  nomi- 
nation, without  the  interference  of  their  constituents. 

The  States  of  Germany  passed  through  various  changes  from  the  commence- 
ment of  the  French  revolution  to  the  sitting  of  the  congress  of  Vienna,  in  1814 
and  1815.  The  States,  reduced  in  number  but  augmented  in  extent,  were  formed 
anew  by  the  congress  into  a  federative  body  to  be  governed  by  a  diet  The  Ger- 
man territories  now  comprise  about  one  third  part  of  the  empire  of  Austria,  the 
greatest  part  of  Prussia,  Holstein,  and  Lauenburg,  belonging  to  Denmark,  Lux- 
emburg, belonging  to  the  Netherlands,  the  kingdom  of  Hanover,  of  which  his  Bri- 
tannic majesty  takes  the  title  of  king,  the  kingdoms  of  Bavaria,  Wirtemberg,  and 
Saxony,  27  smaller  independent  States  governed  by  native  German  princes,  and 
4  free  cities. 

Germany  is  intersected  by  numerous  rivers,  which  afford  great  advantages  to 
commerce.  It  counts  520  rivers  in  all,  60  navigable  to  a  great  extent,  and  6,  viz. 
the  Danube,  Rhine,  Elbe,  Oder,  Weser,  and  Maine,  ranking  among  the  noblest  in 
Europe.  The  canals  are  comparatively  few.  The  principal  are  the  canal  of  Kiel, 
joining  the  Baltic  to  the  North  Sea,  the  canal  of  Travemunde,  extending  from 
Lubeck  to  Hamburg,  and  some  others,  chiefly  in  the  Prussian  States.  The  cli- 
mate in  the  north  is  rather  severe,  in  the  south  mild  and  generally  healthy,  except 
in  the  marshy  districts  around  the  North  Sea.  Vienna  is  also  considered  unhealthy, 
from  its  humid  position. 

The  soil  is  very  various ;  sandy  plains  and  barren  heaths  abound  in  the  north- 
east, swamps  and  marshes  in  the  north-west ;  but  large  portions  of  the  interior  and 
south-west  parts  are  uncommonly  fertile. 

The  productions  are  wheat,  barley,  oats,  and  other  kinds  of  grain,  flax,  madder, 
rape-seed,  hops,  wine,  cattle,  horses,  sheep,  &c.  Agriculture  is  backward  in  many 
parts,  particularly  in  the  south. 

Mining  is  one  of  the  sources  of  wealth,  in  which  Germany  may  be  said  to  sur- 
pass 9very  country  in  Europe.  Nowhere  has  the  science  been  more  studied,  or 
brought  to  greater  perfection.  The  principal  mining  districts  are  Styria  and  Ca- 
rinthia,  in  Silesia,  the  Erzgebirge,  in  Saxony,  and  me  Hartz,  in  Hanover.  The 
products  are  gold,  silver,  copper,  lead,  tin,  iron,  mercury  and  cinnabar,  cobalt,  cala- 
mine, arsenic,  bismuth,  antimony,  manganese,  salt,  and  coal,  of  which  the  aggre- 
gate amount  is  immense.  Germany  contains  upwards  of  1000  mineral  springs 
and  baths,  of  which  the  most  celebrated  are  Carlsbad,  in  Bohemia,  Toplitz,  in 
Austria,  Seltzer,  in  Nassau,  Pyrmont,  in  Westphalia,  and  Aix  la  Chapelle. 

The  products  of  the  industry  of  Germany,  an  extensive  region  cultivated  by  a 
laborious  people,  are  of  large  amount.  They  consist  of  plain,  solid,  somewhat 
rough  articles ;  in  exchange  for  which,  she  procures  the  finer  manufactures  of 
England  and  France,  and  the  delicate  productions  of  southern  Europe  and  the 
Indies. 

Agriculture,  throughout  all  this  fertile  region,  is  carried  on  with  great  diligence, 


Maxi- 
Ihine,  i 
r;  the 
which 
r  long 
1  addi- 
ions  of 
er  diB- 1 
ia,  Pa-1 

0,  each 
smperor 
le  com- 
'  nobles, 
18  ^reat 
princes 
n  repre- 
le  nomi- 

nmence- 
,  in  1814 
e  formed 
rhe  Ger- 
stria,  the 
irk,  Lux- 
ii  his  Bri- 
berg,  and 
noes,  and 

.ntages  to 
ind  6,  viz. 
noblest  in 
al  of  Kiel, 
ding  fioin| 
The  cli- 
ly,  except  j 
unhealthy, 

the  north- 
aterior  and  I 

X,  madder, 
td  in  many 


GERMANY. 


371 


Lt  diligencejl 


though  not  altogether  on  the  extensive  scale,  or  with  the  intelligence,  which  have 
rendered  British  farming  so  successful.  The  cultivators  are  mostly  little  farmers 
or  little  proprietors,  who  till  the  ground  with  their  own  hands,  and  who,  in  al!  the 
Teutonic  States,  constitute  a  f  lass  ciUed  bauer,  or  peasants.  The  improved  pro- 
cesses of  this  important  art,  however,  are  making  their  way,  though  slowly.  Of 
the  various  kinds  of  gn^n,  rye  is  the  most  extensively  cultivated,  and  forms  the 
fuod  of  the  great  body  ot  the  people.  Wheat  is  also  minted  largely,  and  is  of 
excellent  quality,  especially  in  Bavaria  and  Austria;  buckwheat  is  sown  chiefly 
on  the  sandy  tracts  of  northern  Germany.  Barley  and  oats,  of  various  kinds,  are 
also  general ;  and  maize  abounds  in  Moravia  and  the  extreme  southern  districts. 
Peas,  beans,  lentils,  and  other  pulse  are  produced  in  great  abundance,  and  great 
quantities  arc  sent  out  from  the  northern  parts.  Flax  is  raised  in  large  quanti- 
ties; also  hops,  rape-seed,  &.c.  Wine  is  a  German  production;  all  the  southern 
districts,  as  far  as  51  degrees  north,  produce  it,  but  only  some  of  the  Rhenish 
wines  are  in  much  request  abroad. 

The  commerce  of  Germany,  though  extensive,  is  not  equal  to  that  which  for- 
merly existed,  or  to  the  advantages  arising  from  her  situation  in  the  heart  of  Eu- 
rope and  of  the  civilized  world.  She  was,  after  Italy,  the  flrst  European  country 
in  which  commerce  revived ;  and  the  Hanseatic  league  once  engrossed  the  whole 
trade  of  the  north.  In  recent  times,  Germany  has  been  outstripped  by  Holland, 
by  Britain,  and  even  by  France.  The  German  writers  ascribe  this  decay  to  the 
want  of  unity  consequent  on  the  number  of  little  States  into  which  their  country 
is  split,  which  deprives  its  ships  of  a  national  flag,  and  of  a  powerful  protection 
while  navigating  remote  seas.  Their  shipping  is  chiefly  confined  to  Hamburg, 
Lubeck,  and  Bremen,  the  remnant  of  the  Hanse  towns,  which  still  enjoy  many 
of  their  old  privileges  in  the  ports  of  Europe,  and  whose  flag  is  seen  in  every  part 
of  that  continent.  A  commercial  league  has  lately  been  formed  by  the  principal 
States  of  Northern  and  Central  Germany,  for  the  purpose  of  relieving  internal 
commerce  from  the  restrictions  to  which  it  has  been  subjected  by  the  numerous 
customs-barriers  of  the  diflerent  powers.  The  parties  to  this  league  agree  to  the 
suppression  of  all  duties  upon  the  internal  commerce  between  their  respective 
territories,  and  establish  a  common  frontier,  with  a  common  rate  of  duties,  in  refer- 
ence to  their  external  commerce  with  other  States.  Prussia,  Bavaria,  Baden, 
Wirtemberg,  Saxony,  the  Saxon  duchies,  the  Hesses,  Nassau,  Frankfort,  and  seve- 
ral small  States  have  already  joined  this  league,  which  thus  comprises  a  popu- 
lation of  about  twenty  millions  and  a  half. 

The  exports  of  Germany  include  most  of  those  productions  in  which  she  has 
been  described  as  e.\celling:  grain;  salted  provisions,  especially  hams;  live  cattle 
and  hogs;  timber;  iron  and  steel;  lead;  salt;  linen,  linen  yarn,  and  linen  rags; 
some  woollens  to  the  north  of  Europe;  porcelain,  glass,  ashes.  In  return  for 
these  essential  articles,  she  receives  nearly  all  the  luxuries  of  life ;  the  manufac- 
tures of  Britain,  the  wines  of  France,  the  sweets  and  aromatics  of  the  East  and 
West;  also  dye-stuflfs,  and  all  the  cotton  and  silk,  which  are  necessary  for  her 
own  manufactures.  From  the  disunited  state  of  the  country,  no  general  account 
appears  to  be  kept.  The  iaternal  commerce  of  Germany,  notwithstanding  all  the 
obstructions  under  which  it  labours,  is  extensive.  It  owes  this  advantage  chiefly 
to  its  noble  rivers,  on  which  vessels  of  large  burden  can  pass  nearly  from  one 
extremity  to  the  other. 

In  manufactures,  Germany  does  not  retain  that  prominent  place  which  she  once 
held.  Formerly  the  Hanse  towns  clothed  ail  the  north ;  but  since  the  spirit  of 
industry  has  been  awakened,  first  in  Holland,  then  in  Britain,  and  lastly  in  France, 
Germany,  instead  of  supplying  those  countries,  has  been  inundated  with  their 
fabrics.  The  most  important  manufacture  is  linen,  which  is  produced  to  some 
extent  in  Prussia,  Hanover,  Brunswick,  &c. :  the  others  are  woollens,  manufac- 
tures of  leather,  porcelain,  glass,  sugar-reflnery,  musical  and  mathematical  instru- 
ments, clocks,  watches,  toys,  cutlery,  &c.  The  population  of  Giermany,  in  1833, 
may  be  rated  at  nearly  36,500,000.  They  inhabit  2433  cities,  2071  market-towns, 
and  88,619  villages  and  farms,  independently  of  single  houses.  Germany  has  no 
great  capital,  like  France  and  England,  in  which  the  wealth,  power,  and  civili- 


^1 


••V, 
' 


:« 


■!■.....  IJ!      \ 


:•''   i|-'!^|- 
^i.,.'- 


Vfv' 


it 


:  4 

r  ■ 


fM'V 


!     I 


I  '  1 


■  f 

^0 

•1 

•.:*> 

:   t 
i 

T . 

'. 

.? ..    ' 

;.i 

:^-\ 


.>: 


^3B! 


\^-:^f 


i!  •: 


«f^;: 


f 


?    , 


mm' 


372 


GERMANY. 


zation  of  the  State  are  as  it  were  concentrated.    On  the  other  hand,  no  country 
in  Europe  has  so  many  cities  and  towns  of  from  3000  to  5000  inhabitants. 

The  people  of  this  region  are  distinguished  into  two  races,  the  German  and 
Sclavonian.  The  Germans  arc  estimated  at  30,000,000,  and  are  divided  into  two 
families.  High  and  Low  German,  distinguished  less  by  physical  differences,  than 
by  character,  and  particularly  by  the  mode  of  pronouncing  the  language.  The 
Sclavonic  races  are  reckoned  at  6,000,000.  They  are  much  inferior  in  civiliza- 
tion to  the  Germans,  but  are  a  laborious  race,  formerly  almost  all  in  a  state  of 
bondage,  but  now  mostly  emancipated,  and  many  of  them  possessing  considerable 
wealth.  Besides  these  leading  races,  there  are  about  175,000  Italians ;  from  20,000 
U)  25,000  French,  and  250,000  Jews. 

The  Germans  are  distin'*uijhed  for  attainments  in  literature,  science,  and  the 
arts.  The/  are  particularly  eminent  in  biblical  and  critical  learning,  statistics, 
political  economy,  mathematics,  astronomy,  chemistry,  and  mechanics.  In  no 
other  country  is  authorship  so  extensively  made  a  business  for  life. 

Germany  is  famous  for  its  universities,  which  are  much  resorted  to  from  other 
countries.     The  number  before  1802  was  36 ;  since  that  period  several  have  been 
suppressed,  and  the  present  number  is  20.     Of  those  which  stand  in  the  first  rank  | 
are  Gottingen,  Halle,  Jena,  Leipsic,  and  Heidelburg.    Vienna  is  the  most  emi- 
nent as  a  medical  school. 

In  about  150  towns  there  are  libraries  open  to  the  public,  many  of  which  are 
very  large ;  besides  the  universities,  there  are  numerous  seminaries,  styled  gym- 
nasia, many  of  which  are  celebrated  schools  of  learning.  The  German  language 
is  spoken  by  a  greater  population  than  any  other  in  Europe,  except  perhaps  the 
French.  It  is  derived  from  the  Teutonic,  and  is  divided  into  a  number  of  dialects., 
The  Saxon  dialect,  called  High  German,  is  the  language  of  books  and  genteel 
society. 

In  regard  to  religion,  Germany  has  been  the  scene  of  the  greatest  revolution  in 
modern  times.  In  its  bosom  the  Reformation  sprung  up ;  and  within  it  were  car- 
ried on  the  most  formidable  of  the  conflicts  between  the  old  and  the  new  system. 
Elsewhere,  one  or  the  other  finally  prevailed ;  but  in  Germany  they  have  settled 
into  a  pretty  equal  division  of  the  country.  Speaking  generally,  the  whole  south 
may  be  called  Catholic ;  the  whole  north,  Protestant.  Of  the  greater  States,  the 
Catholic  religion  rules  in  Austria  and  Bavaria;  the  Protestant,  in  Prussia,  Saxony, 
Hesse,  and  Hanover.  A  complete  toleration  is  now  everywhere  granted  to  every 
profession.  The  Catholics  still  hold  the  majority,  being  reckoned  at  21,600,000, 
the  Protestants  only  at  14,400,000.  Jews,  Moravians,  Mennonites,  Hussites,  and 
some  smaller  sects,  make  up  the  rest  of  the  population. 

The  ordinary  concerns  of  the  Germanic  Confederation  are  eni<  usted  to  a  fede- 
rative diet  of  17  members,  and  the  making  or  altering  of  its  fundamental  laws,  to 
a  general  assembly  of  70  members,  from  the  various  States  or  members  of  the 
confederation.  The  sessions  are  held  at  Frankfort  on  the  Maine.  The  members 
arc  equal  in  rights,  but  Austria  presides. 

The  following  table  gives  a  general  view  of  the  Germanic  Confederacy,  in  1833  :— 

Statei.  Area  in  Sq.  Mile*.       Population. 

Austria 78,912  11,645,000 

!.              Prussia 70,549  10,010,755 

Bavaria 30,997  4,037,017 

Saxony 7,200  1,497,568 

I                Hanover  14,720  1,549,000 

Wirtemberg 7,.500  1,562,033  . 

Baden 5,800  1,201,309 

Hcsse-Caasel 4,352  649,800 

Hcsse-Darniatadt 3,600  720,000 

Holstein 3,691  410,385 

Luxemburg 2,347  305,120 

Soxo.  Weimar 1,408  232,704 

Saxe-Coburg-Gotha 1,024  156,639 

Saxe.Altcnburg 491  114,048 

Saze-M  einingen.HiIburghau8en 875  129,588 


AUSTRIA. 

Siatei.  Area  in  Bq.  Milei. 

Brunswick 1,514 

Mccklenburg'Schwerin 4,755 

Mccklcnburff-Strelitz 768 

Iloistcin-Oldcnburg 3,752 

Nassau 2,164 

Anhalt-Dcssau 363 

Anhalt-Bernburg 340 

AnhaltX^then 331 

Schwartzburf]r.Sondcrshau8cn 384 

Sehwartzburg-Rudolstadt 448 

Hohenzollern-Hcchini^en 117 

HohenzoUern-Sigmaringcn 426 

Liechtenstein 53 

Reu88<Grcitz 153 

Reuss-Schleitz 453 

Lippe-Detmold 436 

Lippe-Schauenbur^ 213 

Waldeck 459 

Hesse-Homburg 138 

Frankfort 113 

Lubeck 122 

Bremen 72 

Hamburg 134 

Kniphausen 17 

Total 251,412 


373 


Population. 

250,100 

450,200 

84,130 

251,500 

355,815 

60,000 

40,000 

36,000 

51,767 

60,000 

15,500 

39,000 

5,550 

25,000 

58,590 

77,500 

25,500 

56,000 

23,000 

55,000 

47,000 

49,000 

154,000 

2,860 

36,493,879 


AUSTRIA. 

The  Empire  of  Austria  is  not  only  the  first  power  in  Germany,  but  by  its  pos- 
sessions, both  within  and  without,  has  long  ranked  among  the  foremost  States  in 
the  general  system  of  Europe.  Nearly  one  half  of  its  territories  are  in  Germany, 
the  residue  comprise  Hungary,  with  its  appendages,  Galicia,  formerly  a  part  of 
Poland,  and  the  Lombardo- Venetian  kingdom  in  Italy,  together  with  Dalmatia, 
once  a  part  of  the  territory  belonging  to  the  Republic  of  Venice.  The  Austrian 
monarchy  is  bounded  on  the  east  by  Turkey  and  Russia ;  on  the  north  by  Prussia 
and  Saxony ;  on  the  west  chiefly  by  Bavaria,  Switzerland,  and  Sardinia ;  and  on 
the  south  by  Tuscany  and  the  States  of  the  Church.  The  whole  territory  amounts 
to  258,000  square  miles.  The  face  of  the  country  is  various :  Styria,  the  Tyrol, 
and  lUyria,  are  mountainous ;  Bohemia  and  Moravia  are  encompassed  by  moun- 
tains. The  Carpathian  range  extends  along  the  north-east  of  Hungary.  A  large 
portion  of  the  soil  is  fertile,  especially  in  I^mbardy  and  Hungary. 

The  Danube  runs,  throughout  its  whole  extent,  mostly  from  east  to  west.  The 
other  principal  rivers  are  the  Dniester,  Teisse,  Save,  Drave,  Inn,  Po,  and  Adige. 
The  lakes  are  the  Platten-see  and  Neusidler-see,  in  Hungary ;  Traun-see  and 
Atter-see,  in  Austria  Proper ;  Cirknitz,  in  Carinthia ;  and  Garda  and  Como,  in 
Lombardy. 

The  Austrian  territories  abound  in  various  articles,  both  of  necessity  and  luxury ; 
corn,  wine,  saffron,  cattle,  horses,  gold,  mei'cury,  copper,  iron,  lead,  precious  stones, 
&c.,  are  among  her  exports.  The  manufactures  consist  of  thread,  cotton,  linen, 
lace,  silk-stuffs,  stockings,  spirituous  liquors,  wrought-iron,  steel  and  brass ;  glass, 
porcelain,  earthenware,  &c.  The  imports  consist  mostly  of  raw  materials,  as 
wool,  cotton,  raw-silk,  rice,  oil,  drugs,  and  spiceries;  a  great  part  of  which  come 
from  the  Levant.  The  foreign  trade  is,  in  a  great  measure,  in  the  hands  of  Greek 
merchants. 

The  established  religion  is  the  Roman  Catholic,  but  general  toleration  is 
granted ;  and  members  of  the  Protestant  and  Greek  churches  are  numerous  in 
Hungary,  Transylvania,  and  Sclavonia,  where  they  enjoy  considerable  privileges. 


32 


■  r : 


Hi.  -i^- 


f;'  *:, 


nn 

f^'^ 


K, 


!•'■■■?, 


n 


M-i^ 


•,  i\ 


>!■'■.■ !  ; 


,1 . 


'.       'i    .'.I 


m 


m 


■ 


:     V 


?■! 


14^ 


,'»  ' 


ir- 


374 


AUSTRIA. 


There  are  9  Catholic  archbishoprics,  Vienna,  Gran,  Prnpue,  Colocza,  Lomber^, 
Oltnutz,  I^aybach,  Udina,  and  Milan.  The  numbers  of  the  different  denomina- 
tions are  as  follows:  '<i4,0(MMMM)  Roman  Catholics;  2,800,000  Grei^k  Catholics; 
l,r)00,(MK)  Greek  Church;  2,700,000  Calvinists  and  Lutherans;  450,000  Jews; 
50,(HN)  Unitarians,  &c. 

The  government  is  monarchy,  nearly  absolute,  except  in  some  of  the  States, 
particularly  Hungary  and  Transylvania,  it  is  limited  by  constitutional  provisions. 
The  principal  universities  are  those  of  Vienna,  Prague,  Pest,  Leniberg,  Paduo, 
and  Pavia.  Academies  and  gymnasiums  are  numerous.  Though  Austria  can 
boast  of  some  distinguished  names,  yet  in  regard  to  literature  she  is  greatly  behind 
the  north  of  Germany.  The  revenue  of  the  Austrian  territories  amounts  to  about 
60,000,000  dollarb  annually,  and  is  derived  from  a  ground-rent,  different  taxes  and 
tolls,  the  regalia  of  salt,  money,  mines,  and  ports,  and  the  imperial  domains.  The 
Emperor  has  a  large  private  fortune  unconnected  with  the  property  of  the  State, 
from  which  he  defrays  a  part  of  his  private  expenses. 

The  peace  establishment  is  270,000  men ;  in  time  of  war  the  empire  can  main- 
tain 650,000.  In  the  campaign  of  1813,  Austria  brought  mto  the  field  315,000 
men.     The  maintenance  of  the  army  costs  more  than  a  third  of  the  whole  revenue. 

The  following  statement,  exhibiting  the  areas  in  square  miles  and  the  popula- 
tion of  the  diflcrcnt  divisions  of  the  Austrian  empire,  ia  derived  from  the  latest 
authorities : — 


8q.  Milei. 

f  Austria 14,992 

Styria 8,531 

Illyria 13,136 

Tyrol 11,704 

Pohemia 20,883 

Moravia 11,804 

Hungary 78,774 


Population. 
2,031,136 

839,138 
1,138,506 

776,.390 
3,748,361 
1,994,850 
9,659,686 


Total  of  Hereditary  States  159,823  20,188,057 


8q.  Milefl.  Population. 

Croatia 3,756  61 1,000 

Sclavonia 3,678  348,000 

Transylvania 22,376  2,037,564 

Dalmatia 6,498  339,727 

Galicia 33,000  4,385,608 

Military  Frontier.     13,343  923,315 
Lombardo- Venetian 

Kingdom 18,534  4,379,764 

Total  of  Empire..  358,908  33,096,035 


The  German  territories  belonging  to  the  Austrian  Emperor  consist  of  the  arch- 
duchy of  Austria,  Bohemia,  Moravia,  Styria,  Illyria,  and  Tyrol :  these,  with  Hun- 
gary, are  known  under  the  appellation  of  the  Hereditary  States. 

Lower  Austria,  or  Austria  below  the  Ems,  forms  as  it  were  the  metropolitan 
province,  being  situated  in  the  very  heart  of  this  vast  empire.  It  is  comfiosed  of 
the  deep  and  warm  valley  of  the  Danube,  bordered  on  each  side  by  considerably 
elevated  mountain  chains.  Those  on  the  south  form  a  part  of  the  great  Alpine 
barrier ;  inferior,  however,  to  the  gigantic  ranges  of  Switzerland  and  the  Tyrol. 

Upper  Austria  is  entirely  a  mountain  region,  an  assemblage  of  lofly  alps  and 
glaciers,  separated  by  valleys,  and  even  small  plains,  and  presenting  landscapes 
sometimes  soft  and  pleasing,  sometimes  in  the  highest  degree  wild  and  romantic. 
Upper  Austria  is  bounded,  and  in  a  great  degree  covered,  by  the  Bohemian 
forest.  It  is  most  copiously  watered,  not  only  by  the  Danube,  but  by  the  Inn,  the 
Triun,  and  the  Ens;  and  has  the  Kammersee,  the  Mondsee,  the  Zellersee,  the 
Traunsee,  and  other  lakes,  'A'hich  are  romantic  and  well  supplied  with  fish,  but 
of  little  extent.  It  is  needless  to  soy  that  the  country  is  little  fitted  for  agricul- 
tural purposes;  yet  there  is  no  district  of  Germany  which  has  been  improved  with 
greater  diligence. 

Styria  is  a  considerable  inland  territory,  immediately  to  the  south  of  Lower 
Austria,  once  governed  by  its  own  dukes,  but  long  since  absorbed  in  the  empire. 
It  is  divided  into  Upper  and  Lower  Styria ;  the  former  of  which,  being  the  west- 
ern part,  is  altogether  alpine;  while  the  eastern  districts  decline  into  lower  moun- 
tains, then  into  gentle  hills,  and  finally  into  almost  a  level  plain,  on  the  borders 
of  Hungary.  The  grain  is  chiefly  maize  (used  both  for  the  cattle  and  for  the 
bread  of  the  lower  orders),  rye,  and  buckwheat ;  and  the  annual  produce  is  esti- 
mated at  7,800,000  bushels.     Flax,  hemp,  and  potatoes,  are  general. 

Illyria  is  a  rugged  and  mountainous  district,  with  a  vigorous  but  healthy  cli- 
mate, except  on  the  coast,  where  it  is  warm,  and  the  vegetation  luxuriant:  the 


'■»•<> 


^}h 


^■(■':ir 


AUSTRIA. 


375 


soil,  in  f^eneral,  is  but  ill  fitted  for  corn,  of  which  it,  however,  produces  0,000,U()0 
bushels,  chiefly  ot  the  coarser  kinds,  rye  and  oula.  There  is  a  good  deal  of  flax, 
and  a  little  hemp  and  silk.  Cattle  and  sheep  are  fed  in  great  numbers.  Minerals 
of  various  kinds  are  abundant.  The  quicksilvor  .ninee  of  Idria  are  the  richest  in 
Europe,  and  yield  annually  great  quantities  of  quicksilver  and  cinnabar.  The 
southern  part  of  Illyria  touches  on  the  Adriatic  Sea,  and  contains  Trieste,  tiie  only 
seaport  of  any  consequence  belonging  to  Austria. 

The  Tyrol,  including  Vorarlberg,  is  the  most  westerly  of  the  German  territo- 
ries  of  the  empire,  and  borders  upon  Bavaria  and  Switzerland.  It  is  also  the  most 
lofly  and  rugged  of  all  the  alpine  regions  of  Austria.  The  Tyrolese  have  made 
all  that  was  possible  out  of  their  rugged  soil.  They  have  a  great  store  of  horned 
cattle  and  sheep;  valuable  gardens,  from  which  apples  are  sent  even  to  Russia; 
good  wine,  though  it  will  not  keep;  some  tobacco;  wood,  and  salt  in  abundance. 
The  other  mineral  productions  are  in  considerable  variety,  but  of  no  great  amount. 
The  national  character  of  the  Tyrolese  is  excellent.  They  are  honest,  sincere, 
and  open-hearted.  Their  attachment  to  their  country,  to  its  independence,  and  to 
the  house  of  Austria,  has  been  displayed  in  the  most  heroic  manner. 

Bohemia  is  the  most  considerable  and  most  valuable  of  all  the  Austrian  terri- 
tories in  Germany.  It  consists  of  an  extensive  plain,  completely  enclosed  by  a 
ring  of  mountains,  of  which  the  Riesengebirge  separate  it  from  Silesia,  the  Erz- 
gebirge  from  Saxony,  those  of  the  Bohemian  forest  from  Austria  and  Franconia. 
It  is  the  most  completely  inland  country  of  Germany,  being  nearly  equidistant 
from  the  North  Sea  and  the  Adriatic.  With  the  former,  however,  it  cointnuni- 
cates  by  the  great  stream  of  the  Elbe,  which  rises  in  and  rolls  through  &I1  Bohe- 
mia, receiving  its  great  tributary,  the  Moldau,  and  all  its  other  waters.  I'liere  is, 
perhaps,  no  country  on  earth  more  amply  stocked  with  all  'ands  of  solid  and  use- 
ful commodities  than  Bohemia.  Grain,  cattle,  timber,  metals,  are  all  in  such 
plenty,  that  it  is  diflicult  to  say  which  predominates. 

Moravia,  including  the  small  part  of  Silesia  which  remains  to  Austria,  is  a 
country  of  less  extent  than  Bohemia,  but  of  nearly  similar  aspect,  and  equally 
fertile.  It  has  also  a  frontier  of  high  mountains ;  being  bounded  on  the  one  side 
by  those  which  separate  it  from  !E^hemia,  on  the  other  by  the  Carpathian  moun- 
tains, beyond  which  are  Poland  and  Hungary.  Smaller  chains  penetrate  the 
country,  and  render  the  full  half  of  it  mountainous :  but  broad  and  fruitful  valleys 
intervene,  and  the  southern  part  consists  of  flne  and  extensive  plains,  the  soil  of 
which  is  peculiarly  rich. 

Vienna  is  the  capital  of  Lower  Austria  as  well  as  of  the  whole  Austrian  Eiti- 
pire,  and  is  the  largest  city  in  Germany.  It  stands  on  the  Danube,  in  the  midst 
of  a  plain  diversified  by  a  number  of  picturesque  eminences,  and  skirted  on  one 
side  by  a  range  of  mountains.  It  consists  of  two  distinct  parts,  the  city  and  the 
suburbs,  which  are  strongly  contrasted  in  their  appearance.  The  city  is  meanly 
built,  with  narrow,  irregular  streets,  and  is  surrounded  with  walls  and  bastions. 
The  suburbs  consist  of  wide  streets,  elegant  buildings,  and  beautiful  gardens. 
The  Prater  is  a  wide  meadow  on  an  island  in  the  Danube,  forming  a  delightful 
public  walk,  which  is  frequented  by  all  ranks  of  people  in  the  summer.  Tlie 
cathedral  of  St.  Stephen  is  an  immense  Gothic  edifice  with  a  spire  447  feet  high ; 
the  painted  glass  of  its  windows  renders  the  interior  gloomy.  The  buildings  are 
generally  of  freestone.  There  are  many  excellent  libraries,  of  which  the  Impe- 
rial is  the  largest,  and  contains  above  300,000  volumes.  There  are  50  churches, 
21  convents,  besides  nunneries,  300  taverns,  5  theatres,  and  a  garrison  of  8  or 
12,000  men.     Population,  300,000. 

Salzburg,  in  Lower  Austria,  is  situated  on  a  branch  of  the  Inn,  in  a  mountainous 
country.    The  neighbourhood  produces  great  quantities  of  salt.    Population,  13,000. 

Lintz,  the  capital  of  Upper  Austria,  situated  on  the  Danube,  is  a  well-built  city ; 
and  its  fine  square,  considerable  castle,  three  monasteries,  and  bridge  of  800  feet 
long  over  the  Danube,  give  it  a  very  handsome  appearance.  It  has  a  considerable 
imperial  manufactory  of  woollen.     Population,  20,000. 

Gratz,  the  ancient  residence  of  the  dukes,  is  the  capital  of  Styria ;  it  is  situated 
on  the  Mur,  in  a  fine  valley,  on  the  borders  of  the  lower  district.     It  is  a  hand- 


1*1 
.1'' 

%] 

•>*■■.■■. 


i-: ; 


Ni 


•  .,'■'  '' J 


-  'MP' 
'■  ■■!!•! 


r'l,:! 


i! 
11 


^\ 


if .  r-ll 


VAA 


.,., 


%^ 


k,.  i-r 

;:  -J  «■     ■ 


<     I 


i'^ 


:  r 


i"!  ■  H 


i!i'r-« 


376 


AUSTRIA. 


some,  bustling,  and  prosperous  town,  and  contains  many  houses  which  may  be 
called  palaces.  Indeed,  it  ranks  the  third  in  the  hereditary  dominions,  and  con- 
tains i2051  houses,  with  a  population  of  36,144.  Its  old  walls  and  castle,  situated 
on  a  high  rock,  no  longer  suffice  to  render  it  a  fortified  city.  The  church  of  St. 
Catherine,  and  tlie  monument  of  Ferdinand  II.,  are  its  chief  ornaments.  Its 
lyceum,  the  only  one  that  exists  in  the  province,  has  twenty-six  professors,  and  a 
library  of  70,000  volumes.     It  carries  on  a  considerable  trade. 

LAybach,  the  capital  of  Ulyria,  stands  about  30  miles  from  the  Adriatic ;  it  is 
famous  for  a  congress  of  European  sovereigns  held  here  in  1820.  Population,  11,000. 

Trieste,  seated  on  the  Adriatic,  is  the  greatest  seaport  of  the  whole  Austrian 
Empire ;  its  trade  is  very  active,  and  extends  to  the  North  of  Europe  and  the 
United  States.  Its  harbour  is  large  and  safe.  Most  of  the  European  nations  have 
consuls  here.     It  is  also  distinguished  for  manufactures.     Population,  42,000. 

The  towns  of  the  Tyrol  are  Innspruck,  the  capital ;  un  ancient,  well-built,  and 
considerable  pin  .  with  10,800  inhabitants,  commanding  the  valley  of  the  Inn, 
and  the  most  '''<  :  passage  from  Germany  into  Italy.  Hull,  farther  down  on  the 
same,  flourish  uy  large  minc^i  of  salt.  Trent,  on  the  Adige,  and  near  the  bor- 
ders of  Italy,  is  a  iine  old  city,  celebrated  for  the  ecclesiastical  council  held  there 
in  1545-1562,  which  had  so  signal  an  influence  on  the  political  destinies  of  £u 
rope.  Roveredo,  still  further  down,  and  almost  Italian,  carries  on  some  silk  manu 
factures.  Botzen  has  a  crowded  market,  where  the  German  and  Italian  merchants 
exchange  the  commodities  of  their  respective  countries. 

Prague,  the  capital  of  Bohemia,  is  tolerably  well  built,  but  thinly  inhabited,  and 
imperfectly  fortified.  It  stands  on  the  Moldau,  a  shallow,  but  rapid  stream,  over 
which  is  an  elegant  bridge.  Its  university  is  the  oldest  in  Germany.  Here  are 
100  churches  and  chapels,  and  as  many  palaces,  among  which  is  that  of  Wallen 
stein,  celebrated  by  the  pen  of  Schiller :  the  stable  of  this  palace  is  a  magnificent 
ediflce  with  stalls  for  36  horses  divided  by  marble  pillars  and  furnished  with  racks 
of  steel  and  marble  mangers.  The  city  has  some  manufactures,  and  the  neigh' 
bourhood  is  fertile  and  pleasant.    Population,  105,000. 

The  towns  of  Moravia  are  considerable.  Brunn  and  Olmutz  are  both  strong 
fortresses,  and  barriers  of  the  empire.  The  former,  containing  27,000  inhabitants, 
is  the  seat  of  government,  and  has  extensive  manufactures  of  fine  woollens.  Ol- 
mutz is  a  great  market  for  Russian  and  Hungarian  cattle.  Iglau,  an  open  town, 
has  considerable  manufactures,  and  is  the  greatest  thoroughfare  in  Moravia. 

HUNGARY. 

Hungary,  with  Transylvania,  Sclavonia,  Croatia,  and  the  region  termed  the 
Military  Frontier,  forms  a  wide  range  of  territory.  Long  the  grand  field  of  con- 
flict between  the  Ottoman  and  Christian  powers,  it  was  finally  possessed  by  the 
latter,  and  has  for  several  centuries  formed  an  integral  and  important  part  of  the 
hereditiTy  states  of  the  house  of  Austria,  which  has  recently  annexed  to  it  the 
portion  of  JDalmatia  obtained  fh)m  Venice. 

Hungary  is  bounded  on  the  west  by  Germany,  on  the  south  and  east  by  Turkey, 
and  on  the  north  and  north-east  by  the  Carpathian  Mountains.  It  forms  a  square 
of  nearly  400  miles  in  each  direction,  comprehending,  with  all  its  appendant 
States,  an  area  of  133,000  square  miles,  inhabited  by  nearly  13,000,000  inhabit- 
ants. The  Danube,  the  greatest  river  entirely  European,  rolls  through  this  region, 
chiefly  from  north  to  south,  and  receives  here  its  mightiest  tributaries;  those  from 
the  west  are  the  Drave  and  the  Save,  and  from  the  north  the  Theiss,  the  Gran, 
and  the  Waag.  The  most  important  cf  the  lakes  of  Hungary  are  the  Platten-sec 
or  Balaton  Lake,  and  the  Neusidler-see,  the  water  of  which  is  salt. 

The  ranges  of  the  Carpathian  Mountains  separate  Hungary  from  Austria,  Mo- 
ravia, Gulicia,  and  Transylvania ;  there  are  also  several  detached  ranges.  Yet 
the  country  contains  immense  plains ;  two  very  extensive ;  one  on  the  western 
part,  90  miles  in  diameter ;  the  lower,  or  eastern  plain,  comprises  nearly  one  half 
of  the  country,  having  a  diameter  of  more  than  200  miles.  There  are  also  some 
extensive  marshes. 

The  plains  lying  on  the  rivers  nave  a  rich  alluvial  soil,  of  which,  in  the  south, 


%■'--. 


AUSTRIA. 


377 


a  great  pro|K)rtion  is  good,  yet  tliero  arc  largo  barren  heaths,  and  Home  tracts  co- 
vered with  moving  sand;  and  in  the  north  the  soil  in  hard  and  untrartable.  Tht> 
most  common  pruductions  in  the  norther  part  are  Imrley,  oats,  common  rye,  ond  n 
species  ut'  rye  called  irkitza ;  in  the  oouthern,  wheat,  maize,  millet,  wits,  and 
rice.  Hemp,  flux,  tobacco,  satrron,  potatocH,  and  various  fruits,  ore  cultivated.  The 
breeding  of  cattle  and  the  making  of  wine  arc  im|)ortant  branches  of  industry. 
The  country  is  celebrated  ibr  its  pastures,  and  hero  arc  found  some  of  the  lines! 
cnttle  in  Europe.  Agriculture  is  generally  in  a  backward  btntc.  Of  the  exports, 
corn  is  tiio  most  consulerable  article;  next,  tobacco;  then,  wine,  particularly  To- 
kay, and  wool;  also,  wax,  tallow,  potash,  alum,  antimony,  gall-nuts,  Sic.  Hun- 
gary produces  a  greater  quantity  of  wino  than  all  the  rest  of  tho  Austrian  do- 
minions. 

Manufactures  are  little  attended  to;  the  raw  produce  being  easily  sold  to  the 
neighbouring  states.  The  only  article  manufactured  for  cx|K)rtation  is  leather. 
The  commerce  is  subject  to  great  restrictions  from  tho  Austrian  system  of  taxa- 
tion. We  have  no  certain  accounts  of  tho  revenue,  but  it  is  thought  to  be  about 
13,U00,UU<)  dollars.    The  army  consists  of  46,00U  infantry  and  17,(100  cavalry. 

There  are  a  great  number  of  mineral  springs,  and  mines  of  gold,  silver,  lead, 
and  copper ;  very  rich  ores  of  antimony ;  also,  coal,  salt,  and  alum,  are  abundant. 
The  chief  are  the  gold  and  silver  mines  of  Cremnitz,  and  the  silver  mines  of 
Schemnitz.  Tbe  gold  mine  at  Cremnitz  has  been  wrought  for  lOUO  years  and 
upwards,  and  is  exceedingly  rich.  There  is  a  mint  here,  to  which  all  the  mine- 
towns  of  Hungary  and  Transylvania  send  their  gold  and  silver  to  be  coined.  The 
number  of  miners  employed  by  the  crown  at  Schemnitz  is  8000.  A  mineral  pe- 
culiar to  Hungary  is  the  opal,  which  is  found  a  short  distance  to  the  north  of 
Kaschau. 

The  Hungarians  are  distinguished  for  a  military  spirit,  but  they  are  sociable 
and  hospitAble,  though  proud  and  irritable.  The  two  great  pursuits  are  agricul- 
ture and  arms,  and  there  are  few  trades.  In  a  people  so  variously  compounded,  or 
rather,  in  a  country  with  so  many  distinct  races,  the  character  and  customs  must 
be  various.  Hungary  may  be  considered  the  home  of  the  gypsies,  but  even  here 
that  singular  race  have  the  same  restless,  wandering  disposition,  that  distinguishes 
Ihem  elsewhere.  They  are  the  travelling  tinkers  and  musicians ;  and  when  they 
have  a  settled  or  temporary  residence,  it  is,  in  summer,  a  cave  or  a  tent,  and  in 
winter,  a  hut  like  the  den  of  a  wild  beast,  from  which  light  is  excluded.  The 
most  usual  trades  followed  by  the  gypsies  are  those  of  black  and  white-smiths, 
though  they  act  as  farriers,  carpenters,  and  turners.  They  are  universally  the 
executioners  and  hangmen. 

The  emperor  of  Austria  is  styled  king  of  Hungary.  The  constitution  is  a  com- 
pound of  monarchy  and  aristocracy.  The  king,  as  the  great  executive  magis- 
trate, has  very  ample  prerogatives.  The  diet  is  composed  of  4  classes :  1.  the 
Catholic  prelates;  2.  the  magnates  or  superior  nobles;  8.  the  representatives  of 
the  inferior  nobles ;  and  4.  the  representatives  of  the  royal  free  towns.  The  ad- 
ministration of  justice  is  entirely  in  the  hands  of  the  nobles,  and  none  but  nobles 
can  be  landed  proprietors.  The  number  of  nobles  of  all  ages  and  both  sexes,  is 
about  326,000. 

Buda  or  Ofen,  the  capital  of  the  kingdom,  lies  on  the  right  bank  of  the  Danube. 
It  is  the  residence  of  the  palatine,  and  seat  of  the  supreme  government.  Popula- 
tion, 33,000.  Pest  or  Pesth,  the  finest  town  in  the  kingdom,  stands  on  the  left 
banit  of  the  Danube,  and  is  united  with  Buda  by  a  bridge  of  boats.  It  has  a  uni- 
versity with  four  faculties,  and  a  library  of  50,000  volumes.  Population,  61,502. 
Presburg,  on  the  north  bank  of  the  Danube,  contains  a  Catholic  college  and  a  Lu- 
theran gymnasium.  Population,  41,000.  Debreczin,  with  40,000  inhabitants,  is, 
next  to  Pest,  the  most  important  commercial  town  of  Hungary.  Szegedin,  at  the 
junction  of  the  Theiss  with  its  tributary,  the  Maros,  is  a  large  and  strong  city, 
with  30,000  inhabitants,  and  a  flourishing  trade  in  wool  and  tobacco.  Schemnitz, 
Kremnitz,  and  Neusohl,  are  the  principal  mining  towns  in  Hungary.  They  are 
situated  in  a  bold  and  mountainous  country  forming  a  lower  ridge  of  the  Carpa- 
thians.   Schemnitz  wbm  founded  in  745,  and  has  a  population  of  17,000  inhabitants, 


32* 


2X 


.'1 1 


If- 


V 


H 


1        't  I 


■[■! 


•■I.      Y 

'■   I 


■  +  ,    ,  ■ 


'  J; 


irm 

■'it  J 


.♦ 


(."' 


M 


Li-:,-!! 


U 

"1 

i 

\:^ 

U- 


\]i\ 


378 


AUSIHIA. 


one  half  of  whom  are  employed  in  the  minet.  Krcmnitz  and  Neurahl  havi 
about  lO/NK)  inhabitants,  the  majority  of  whom  ore  also  employed  in  minini;  i> 
rations,  Raab,  or  Gyoi,  at  the  confluence  of  the  Raab  and  the  Danube,  contums 
KMMM)  inhabitants.  Kaschau,  in  the  north>caat  part  of  Hunf^iry,  ncnr  the  Car- 
pathian Mountains,  contains  15,500  inhabitants.  Temoswar,  on  the  Vopra  and 
Tcmesch,  is  finely  built  and  strongly  fortified.  Population,  14,000.  Tokay,  a 
I  small  town  of  5000  inhabitants,  situated  on  the  Theiss,  is  celebrated  fbr  its  wine, 
beinipf  esteemed  the  best  in  Hunpfary.  The  prime  Tokay,  or  Tokay  Ausbruch,  as 
it  is  termed,  sells  in  Vienna  at  the  rate  of  12/.  sterling  per  dozen. 

Croatia  is  a  district  which,  though  possessing  a  people  and  language  of  its 
own,  has  for  some  time  been  attached  to  Hungary,  and  sends  deputies  to  the  Hun- 
garian diet.  Adjoining  the  Illyrian  frontier  it  is  mountainous;  but  eastward  the 
country  declines  into  a  level  plain,  traversed  by  the  Save.  Com,  cattle  of  small 
size,  and  tobacco  of  good  quality,  are  its  staples.  The  Croats  form  bodies  of  light 
horse  rather  distinguished  in  irregular  warfiire.  Area,  3756  square  miles.  Popu- 
lation, 614,000.  Agram  is  a  large  and  strong  town,  on  the  Save,  without  manu- 
factures, but  with  a  good  deal  of  trade,  both  on  the  river  and  between  Hungary 
and  the  Adriatic.  Population,  17,000.  Warasdin  and  Carlstadt  arc  smaller  places, 
deriving  some  importance  from  being  in  this  last  line  of  commerce. 

ScLAVoNiA  is  a  district  to  the  cast  of  Croatia,  and  the  only  one  bearing  the 
name  of  a  nation,  whose  colonies  and  language  are  so  widely  dinbsed.  It  enjoys 
a  mild  climate  and  fertile  territory,  yet  more  than  half  of  its  surface  is  covered 
with  wood,  and  the  rest  is  by  no  means  cultivated  to  the  extent  of  which  it  is  ca- 
pable, containing  only  348,000  inhabitants.  Its  political  relations  are  in  many  re- 
spects the  same  as  those  of  Croatia ;  its  products  and  trade  similar,  and  it  is  equally 
destitute  of  manufacturing  industry.  Posega  is  accounted  the  capital ;  but  Eszek, 
a  strong  place  on  the  Drave,  near  its  junction  with  the  Danube,  is  of  more  impor- 
tance. 

Transylvania,  meaning  the  country  beyond  the  Carpathian  hill  forests,  is  a 
very  elevated  territory.  The  Carpathians,  which  inclose  it  in  the  form  of  a  half 
moon,  present  summits  of  7000  or  8000  feet.  Notwithstanding  its  rugged  surface, 
Transylvania  has  a  mild  climate,  nnd  is  well  cultivated.  Its  produce  in  grain  i8 
reckoned  at  about  17,000,000  bushels.  Cattle  form  a  principal  staple.  Wine  is 
produced  in  abundance,  but,  as  it  does  not  keep,  it  is  not  an  object  of  trade.  Tran-  j 
sylvania  is  rich  in  minerals,  particularly  gold,  also  iron.  It  might  supply  the  whole 
empire  with  salt;  and  sends,  in  fact,  25,000  tons  into  Hungary.  There  are  no 
manufactures,  except  the  most  common  &brics.  The  people  consist  almost  en- 
tirely of  strangers,  who  have  emigrated  from  the  neighbouring  and  distant  coun- 
tries. Magyars,  Saxons,  and  Wall&chians,  with  other  small  sects,  make  up  a  po- 
pulation of  2,027,566.  The  Protestants  predominate  in  Transylvania;  amounting 
to  348,000,  with  40,000  Unitarians;  while  the  Catholics  are  110,000,  and  the 
Greeks  150,000.  These,  it  is  presumed,  are  heads  of  families,  as  otherwise  they 
would  not  nearly  compose  the  amount  of  the  population. 

Hermanstadt,  the  capital,  is  surrounded  with  a  double  wall,  and  contains  20,000 
inhabitants,  an  extensive  Lutheran  seminary,  two  public  libraries  comprising 
20,000  volumes,  n  picture-gallery,  and  a  national  museum.  Cronstadt,  on  the 
most  eastern  frontier,  is  a  still  larger  place,  containing  30,000  inhabitants,  with 
various  little  manufactures,  and  enjoying  very  extensive  intercourse  with  Turkey 
and  Greece,  to  the  amount  of  1,000,000/.  sterling.  Clausenburg,  near  the  western 
frontier,  is  a  large  open  town,  containing  three  seminaries.  Catholic,  Lutheran, 
and  Unitarian,  attended  by  about  1200  students.  Carlsburg  is  a  smaller  town, 
defended  by  a  strong  castle  on  a  hill  above  the  Maros. 

The  Military  Frontier  is  a  long  range  of  territory,  appropriated  from  the 
southern  bordoi'  of  Croatia,  Sclavonia,  Hungary,  and  Transylvania,  and  placed 
under  a  peculiar  regime,  in  the  view  of  forming  a  barrier  upon  this  side  against  i 
the  inroads  of  the  Turks.    For  this  purpose  it  is  placed  under  a  system  completely 
feudal,  all  the  lands  being  held  under  the  condition  that  their  occupants  take  the 


vtt"     ".-     { 


■a 

?'■ 
ntiiins  il 

c  Car-  j 

(a  and! 

kay,  a  I 

I  wine, 

ich,  as 


B  of  iul 
le  llun>l 
srd  the! 
jf  Btnall 
of  light  I 
,  Popu- 
It  maiiu- 
tlungary  I 
ir  places, ' 

aring  the  \ 
It  enjoys  1 
i  covered! 
h  it  IB  ca- 
many  re-| 
is  equally 
mt  Eazeb,' 
ore  impor- 

irestB,  is  a 
of  a  half 
ed  surface, 
I  in  grain  is  j 
Wine  is 
ade.  Tran- 
r  the  whole  \ 
ere  are  nol 
almost  en- 
Btant  coun- 
ke  up  a  po- 
amounting  i 
„,  and  the" 
srwise  they 

lins  20,0001 
comprising  | 
Jladt,  on  the 
|)itant9,  with] 
/ith  Turkey : 
I  the  western 
p,  Lutheran, 
taller  town,! 
I 
I, 

^  from  the! 

I  and  placed) 
side  against  il 
1  completely  1 

nts  take  the  I 


AIMTRIA. 


379 


fiplil  in  p^i"  n  ''  ver  they  may  b*>  callc«l  upon.  VacU  indivittnal  recrivoH  n 
("riain  n>  ilwr  i'  '«,  whtrh  cannot  bo  sohi,  plo<ign<l,  or  dinnirmbrretl,  though 
t  may  I**  chantf"  >r  anoth<«r  of  i><|ual  amount.  That  hia  tleiiit  may  not  nilu^r 
v'ltrn  ^  nlliHt  '■  Aw  inhabitantii  anMlividod  into  famiiitn  of  about  sixty,  at 
I  >>  Ix'Rii  whom  18  a  dirvctrng  patriarch,  and  among  whom  tho  rnlturo  and  pro- 
liiH  f  of  land  id  in  common,  each  family,  according  to  tho  number  that  it  ha« 
-•'iitoni,  u\  tht'ir  length  of  service,  having  allowancca  or  remiosion  of  tax  of 
tH'lve  'MiiMers  a  head.  The  country  is  divided,  not  into  provinces,  but  into  gene* 
nilats  and  regimenta ;  the  Carlstadt  regiment,  the  Gradiska  rcginirnt,  die.  Tho 
whole  population  of  tho  Military  Frontier  ia  about  1,(NNMNN>,  with  a  tbrco  of  nO,(N)0 
mnn  in  actual  service.  Of  late,  its  chief  use  haH  been  to  form  a  cordon  for  pro- 
venting  tho  irruption  of  tho  plague.  This  frontier  partakes  physically  and  moruliv 
of  the  peculiarities  of  all  the  countries  and  all  tho  people  fVom  which  it  is  severed. 
Tho  industry  is  chiefly  pastoral,  not  much  mure  than  a  fourth  of  the  lands  being 
under  the  plough,  llie  cities  are  called  Free  Military  Communities;  but  none 
of  them  contains  10,000  inhabitants.  Seinlin,  in  tho  Sclavonic  frontier,  is  the 
largest.     Poterwarulin,  Brod,  and  Gradicka,  are  strongly  fortitied  little  towns. 

Dalmatia  is  tho  rudest  province  of  the  Austrian  monarchy.  It  forms  a  line  of 
const,  about  300  miles  in  extent,  from  the  border  of  Illyria  to  the  Gulf  of  Cattaro, 
having  a  long  chain  of  islands  runninpr  parallel.  This  coast  is  bleak  and  arid,  co- 
vered with  woods  and  bushes ;  till,  m  the  interior,  it  rises  into  long  ranges  of 
bleak  and  rocky  summits.  Dalmatia  produces  scarcely  any  grain ;  but  its  cr.ttic, 
though  small,  are  numerous :  honey  is  produced  in  great  perfection  from  tho  nu- 
inerouu  aromatic  plants  on  its  hills;  tho  fishery  employs  80(H)  men,  and  is  sup- 
posed to  produce  in  value  nearly  60,000/.  The  population  consists  of  Morlachians 
(sometimes  called  also  Dalmatians),  and  Montenegrins,  both  of  Sclavonic  race, 
and  a  mixture  of  Italians.  Population,  329,727.  Zara,  the  capital,  is  a  little 
town,  on  a  promontory  of  land,  severed  from  the  continent  by  so  deep  an  abyss, 
that  there  is  no  communication  unless  by  a  bridge.  Spalatro  is  a  larger  town,  on 
a  little  peninsula,  strong  by  art  and  nature.  It  contams  a  number  of  large  old 
houses,  forming  narrow  and  irregular  streets;  but  it  is  chiefly  distinguished  by 
the  remains  of  the  superb  palace  of  Diocletian,  one  of  the  grandest  monuments 
of  ancient  architecture.  Pola,  once  a  great  and  splendid  city,  is  red  iced  to  a 
village,  but  still  contains  a  most  magnificent  amphitheatre,  in  high  preservation, 
one  of  the  moat  celebrated  remains  of  Roman  antiquity.  Scbenico,  Ragusa,  and 
Cattaro,  are  tolerable  seaports,  with  ^ood  harbours ;  and  the  latter,  on  the  Turkish 
border,  is  on  important  military  position. 

GALICIA,  OR  AUSTRIAN  POLAND. 

The  portion  of  Poland  annexed  to  Austria  is  erected  into  a  kingdom,  under  the 
titles  of  Galicia  and  Lodomeria.  Its  surface  is  considerably  distinguished  from 
that  flat  marshy  level  which  covers  almost  the  whole  of  Poland.  A  great  part  of 
it  is  situated  upon  the  slope  of  the  Carpathian  chain,  which  separates  it  from  Hun- 
gary. The  country  is  of  various  character.  A  considerable  part  consists  of 
mountain  forest,  the  elevations  of  which,  do  not,  however,  rise  to  more  than  4000 
or  5000  feet.  Many  of  the  plains  are  sandy ;  but  the  greater  portion,  diversified 
by  gentle  hills,  is  of  the  most  exuberant  fertility ;  and,  notwithstanding  its  imper 
feet  cultivation,  forms  a  sort  of  granary  of  the  surrounding  countries. 

The  different  branches  of  industry  are  in  a  less  advanced  state  in  Galicia  than 
in  any  other  part  even  of  Poland.  Tiie  peasantry  ore  no  longer  in  the  legal  con^ 
dition  of  serfs;  but  the  general  poverty,  sluggishness,  and  apathy,  which  prevail 
among  this  order,  render  them  nearly  as  much  as  ever  enthralled  to  their  land- 
lords, and  strangers  to  every  kind  of  improvement.  Still  the  produce  of  corn  on 
these  fine  plains  is  very  considerable, 

Manufactures,  even  of  the  coarsest  and  most  necessary  articles,  are  almost  uu' 
known  to  the  native  Galician,  who  follows  nothing  but  his  ploui.'^h  and  his  horse, 
and  leaves  the  care  of  clothing  him  to  the  Jews,  who  have  multiplied  in  this 

(kingdom  more  than  in  any  other  part  even  of  Poland.    They  exceed  200,000. 
The  mineral  kingdom  affords  one  branch  of  industry  in  which  Galicia  excels 


•■■■■'    rf 
■    :\i 


K'  it 


I 


.4'  .  . 


,» 


'    '       II 

•  V 


"■'■  i 


JJ',  I  1  I 


■fA 


1 
1  ;  t 

i 

•■■I'l' 


"1 

U.;' 

1^'' 

. 

.•^ 

l;r 

,    J«L* 

■, «/ : 

■■|i 

fci'l 

^Sbi 

y>'. 


;'i 


M.r  ■■^   ■  ^  ': 


Ml' 


i 


PKUBHIA. 


every  other  part  of  Europe,  and  f)t'  the  world  itwelf  The  whole  aoil  at  •  lorfmn 
depth  contain!  a  mineral  layer  varwMirtly  impregnated  with  aalt.  Th«  tw'  /r.iw\ 
works  arc  at  Buchnia  atid  Wifl|icz(ia»  Iht*  htthPf  of  which  produrr*  Muo  tiiicMi  mH 
but  tho  latter  are  the  raoat  cxtinftve  of  any  in  Foland,  or,  indi-cd,  p*rliapii  in  tli«< 
world.  Theae  two  i^reat  hiiIi  ininoit  iMiaJoef 'Mnnuiilly  upward*  of  NNMNMI  rwt  , 
bcaidct  which  thorn  are  twcnty-aix  on  a  Mrrmlli^r  s4;nlr>,  yielding;  about  INM),(HM)  cwt, 

Tho  commerce  of  Galicin  is  necesaarily  inland.  Occupying,  however,  tlio  heails 
of  tho  Dnieator  and  tho  Viatiila,  it  aonda  a  conaidi'rablc  quantity  of  corninoditit^ 
down  thoBO  rivera.  It  hita  aliio  a  great  inland  carryin((  trado.  Tho  cx|M>rtM  con- 
aiat  of  i;rain,  ault,  aome  w(\m1,  ancT  honey ;  in  Pxchan|;t>  for  which  are  received 
manufactured  (^ooda  of  ov)>ry  doscriptiun,  and  exotic  luxurieii  of  every  denomination. 

Tho  social  state  of  Ualicia  presents  an  aspect  less  altered  from  tho  fi'iidal  Nyii- 
tern  and  habits,  than  that  of  almost  any  other  European  reffion.  The  nobles 
amounted,  in  1817.  to  tho  enormous  number  uf  !)1,UU0;  some  of  them  possessinir 
immense  property,  though,  in  consequence  of  trusting  the  'nunugemunt  of  thoir 
atfuirs  to  stewards,  tlioy  are  gonorally  embarrassed.  Knowledge  is  in  a  most 
defective  state ;  and  tho  few  institutions  which  uxist  for  its  diflbsion  have  been 
introduced  by  the  Austrians.  They  have  mode  great  exertions  to  improve  the 
university  at  Lombcrg,  which  has  twenty-six  protessors,  and  a  good  library.  The 
inhabitants  of  the  eustern  part  of  tho  kingdom  are  of  Russian  origin ;  they  speak 
a  language  compounded  of  the  Russian  and  Polish ;  they  arc  more  industrious 
than  tho  Poles,  and  employ  themselves  in  the  fabrication  of  coarse  linen.  A  con- 
siderable number  of  Wallachians,  of  Magyars,  the  prevailing  people  in  Hungary, 
and  Germans  to  the  number  of  72,000,  have  found  their  way  into  Galicia.  Popu- 
lation, 4,365,606. 

The  cities  and  towns  in  this  part  of  Poland  are  neither  very  ample  nor  elegant. 
Lemberg,  however,  though  its  interior  streets  be  narrow  and  old-fashioned,  has 
four  handsome  suburbs.  In  1606,  it  contained  41,500  inhabitants.  The  frontier 
town  of  Brody  contains  from  16,000  to  20,000  inhabitants,  of  whom  more  than 
a  third  are  Jews.  The  other  towns  contain  only  about  5000  or  6000  inhabitants. 
Sambor  and  Drohobitz,  on  the  Dniester,  have  some  manufacture  and  trade,  chiefly 
carried  on  by  Jews.  Tarnopol,  farther  to  the  north,  is  tolerabiy  flourishing.  Sta- 
nislaus, in  the  south,  is  a  handsome  town,  which  the  Austrians  propose  to  convert 
into  an  important  lurtress.  Bochnia  and  Wiuliczca,  entirely  supported  by  the  salt 
mines,  do  not  contain  more  than  3000  people. 


PRUSSIA. 


Prvuia  was  first  erected  into  a  kingdom  in  1701,  and  has  at  difl^erent  times 
acquired  large  accessions  of  territory,  and,  from  a  small  and  feeble  State,  has 
become  one  of  the  most  powerful  monarchies  of  Europe.  The  diflerent  parts  of 
the  kingdom  are  so  various  and  detached,  that  it  is  dimcult  to  connect  them  under 
an^  general  view.  The  two  great  political  divisions  arc,  1st,  Prussia  Proper,  her 
original  territory,  and  the  Grand  Duchy  of  Posen.  formerly  belonging  to  Poland : 
2d,  The  German  provinces  of  Brandenburg,  Pomerania,  Silesia,  Saxony,  West- 
phalia, and  the  Rhine :  tho  two  last  form  a  detached  western  portion,  separated 
from  tho  rest  by  the  dominions  of  Hanover,  Hesse,  and  Saxony.  Prussia  has  also 
in  Switzerland  the  small  principality  of  Noufchatol.  The  eastern  division  of 
Prussia  contains  87,109,  and  the  western  16,271  square  miles;  total,  105,440. 
The  population  of  this  kingdom  was,  in  1740, 3,000,000;  in  1700,  6,000,000;  and 
in  1632, 13,642,000. 

A  level  surface  predominates  throughout  the  Prussian  States;  the  country 
abounds  in  marshes,  lakes,  and  rivers  of  slow  current.  The  great  mountain  tracts, 
the  llartz,  in  Saxony,  and  the  Riesengebirge,  a  branch  of  the  Sudctic  chain,  in 
Silesia,  arc  near  the  outskirts  of  the  kingdom. 

Prussia  is  a  favoured  country  with  regard  to  water  communication  in  its  inte- 
rior. Tho  Baltic  forms  a  number  of  bays,  or  rather  lakes,  along  its  coast ;  as  the 
Frische,  Curische,  Putzig,  and  Stettin  Hafs ;  and  there  is  a  sue  ession  of  navi- 


'., 


(Nin 

lalt 

I   lilt! 

wt  ;  ,| 

cwt. 
ifads  , 

I  con- 1 

cived 

ation. 

\\  Hy«- 1 

f  thoir! 
,  most  I 
e  bocn I 
ive  the  I 
,  The  I 
f  Bpeak 
jBtrious 
A  con- 
ungnry, 
Popu- 


rent  times 
State,  has 
,  parts  of 
lem  under 
roper,  her  j 
to  Poland : 
,ny.  West- 

separated 
fa  has  also  i 
livision  of 
1,105,440.1 

),000;  and 


in  its  into- 1 
mst;  as  the 
)n  of  navi-1 


riMSSlA. 


>i 


(fabio  nvprs,  vi«.  Njpmon,  Profol,  ViHtiil.t,  OdiT,  Klb«»,  Wcifr,  and  Rhino.  Soinf 
of'  thn  Iribnl-iry  slrt'aiiw  nw.  th«!  Wiirtlm,  .\'oi<tj*«>,  Mjialo,  Havrl,  MohcIIc,  Rocr,  and 
l.ippt'.  Thorn  fire  sevrrul  u»mM'ii1  cnnnln,  und  small  laken  ar«  numerous.  The 
principal  JHlands  arc  Kitgcn  and  ('4P<lotn,  in  itiu  Haltic  S«a. 

Tho  noil  in  wmio  parts  i«  goiH],  but  in  ir'-nornl  it  i.t  by  no  means  fertile,  bf'\ng 
DltPM  Kiindy  mid  covered  witli  bwilli.  Tho  prcxluctionn  arc  wheat,  oaUt,  Imrley, 
iwtalotx,  flax,  hemp,  hopa,  curtlo,  «hp«'p,  horses,  6ic.  The  mineral  productionH  arc 
iron,  copiH'r,  lead,  vitriol,  uluin,  suit,  cimI,  itnd  especially  amber,  of  which  200  tons 
lire  annually  collected. 

The  conrimcrco  of  Prussia,  though  conducted  with  Bomo  adv&nta||rc»,  both  mari- 
tiinn  and  inland,  is  in  an  early  Hlafro.  The  exports  consist  of  linen,  woollenH, 
hnrdwore,  corn,  wool,  timber,  pitch,  tar,  potash,  linseed,  tobacco,  wax,  cattle, 
horoos,  &ic.  The  amount  is  stated  nt  4  or  i;.'>,0(NM)00,  and  the  imports  at  alxiut 
i;3,r)00,000.  Prussio,  thoii|fh  more  nn  agricultural  than  a  trading;  country,  has 
Idmtricts  of  ffreat  activity  in  manufactures.  Hilcsia  and  Westphalia  have  lonfr 
I  been  noted  for  their  linens.  Other  manufhctures  are  woollens,  hardware,  leather, 
earthenware,  glass,  paper,  tobacco,  &c.  Cotton  works  have  lately  been  intro- 1 
duccd,  and  browinjOf  is  a  branch  of  great  importance.  The  annual  value  of  the  i 
manufactures  ii  -'  ^ut  JC? ,000,000.  I 

Thogc  „  Inreditary  monarchy.    The  king  is  assisted  by  a  ministry, ' 

or  cabir' t,  i  >  i       tooting  to  that  in  England ;  but  there  is  no  representative  I 

aHscmbly.      ■  jur  orders  of  knighthood,  and  the  noblesse,  or  gentry,  are 

numerous  utHJUt  20,000  families.     In  the  eastern  part  there  are  from 

4  to  5,00(^lX)f  j.ric',  or  peasantti,  attached  to  the  soil. 

The  religion  of  the  royal  family  is  the  Calvinist,  but  there  is  no  limitation,  and 
all  denominations  are  tolerated,  and  are  on  an  equal  footing.  In  ldl7,  the  Luthu- 
ran8  and  Calvinists  of  Prussia,  and  some  other  parts  of  Germany,  formed  a  union 
under  the  name  of  Evangelical  Christians.  The  relative  numbers  have  been  atatud 
as  follows:  Lutherans  and  Calvinists,  8,500,000 i  Catholics,  5,000,000;  Jews, 
l.oO.OOO;  Anabaptists,  20,000;  Moravians,  18,000;  Unitarians,  Pietists,  Sic, 
14,000.  The  universities  are  those  of  Berlin,  Halle,  Brcslau,  Konigsberg,  Bonn, 
and  Griefswalde;  and  there  are  gymnasiums  at  Berlin,  Magdeburg,  Schul-Pfortc, 
Dantzic,  Konigsberg,  Brcslau,  &c.  Education  is  much  more  advanced  in  the  north 
than  in  the  south  of  Germany,  and  a  considerable  part  of  the  Prussian  States  are 
well  furnished  with  elementary  schools,  particularly  B.andenburg,  Saxony,  and  a 
part  of  Prussia  Proper.  The  common  language  is  the  German.  The  annual 
revenue  is  about  £9,000,000.  There  is  no  paper  currency ;  all  is  paid  in  gold  and 
silver.  The  national  debt  ia  computed  at  about  j£40,d00,000,  part  of  which  is 
redeemable  every  year.  Prussia  is  famous  for  the  military  discipline  of  its  army. 
The  total  number  of  troops  under  arms  in  1815,  exceeded  200,000.  They  have 
been  since  somewhat  reduced,  but  at  present  amount  to  about  140,000  men.  They 
are  recruited,  by  conscription,  from  the  class  of  young  men  between  twenty  and 
twenty-five  years  of  age,  who  are  all  liable  to  be  called  upon  for  three  years'  ser- 
vice. The  Landwehr  consists  of  all  the  able-bodied  men  under  forty  years,  if  not 
in  the  army,  and  may  be  called  into  service  in  the  event  of  a  war.  The  Land- 
sturm  are  those  above  40  able  to  carry  arms ;  in  time  of  war  the  duty  of  this  class 
is  to  preserve  t\  •}  internal  peace  and  security  of  the  country.  The  Landwehr  of 
the  first  class  amount  to  21^,000;  the  second  to  180,000;  making  the  whole  war 
establishment  530,000  men. 

The  German  dominions  of  Prussia  are  extensive  and  scattered,  variously  acquired 
by  successive  inheritance  and  conquest.  They  consist  of  Brandenburg,  the  origi- 
nal basis  of  the  monarchy ;  of  Pomerania  and  Silesia ;  and  of  territorie.s  in  Saxony, 
in  Westphalia,  and  on  the  Rhine. 

Brandenburg  forms  a  great  mass  of  territory  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  north  of 
Germany,  bordering  on  Poland.  It  is  usually  called  the  Mark  of  Brandenburg, 
and  coi/iprises  the  cities  of  Berlin,  Frankfort,  and  Stettin ;  it  is  neither  thi  most 
fertile  nor  the  most  beautiful  part  of  this  great  country.  It  consists  of  a  vast  plain 
of  sand,  in  some  places  presenting  a  dead  level,  in  others  blown  into  hills  of  little 


J  » 


:\ 


( 


"f  1 


■  \W4 


W' 


m 


u 


'  ■■'■    ! 


■fil 


■'"'it 


iiil' 


MH  1 


mv  II 


Kl'i   •' 


,1 


■(., ., 


382 


PRUSSIA. 


elevation.     The  grain,  though  carefully  cultivated,  is  not  sufficient  for  internal 
supply,  but  is  of  excellent  quality. 

Pomerania  is  a  long  line  of  narrow,  sandy  coast,  lying  along  the  Baltic.  The 
Oder  here  enters  that  sea,  forming  at  its  mouth  a  large  and  winding  haff,  or  bay, 
on  the  opposite  side  of  which  are  the  large  islands  of  Usedom  and  Wollin.  The 
soil  is  in  many  parts  far  from  productive ;  yet  in  others,  especially  that  which 
formerly  belonged  to  Sweden,  it  is  made  by  industry  to  yield  harvests  of  grain 
more  than  sufficient  for  the  interior  supply. 

Silesia  is  an  extensive  oblong  tract  between  Bohemia  and  Poland.  It  was  ori- 
ginally a  Polish  province ;  but  German  settlers  have  now  occupied  the  greater 
part  of  it,  and  introduced  industry  and  prosperity.  From  its  fertility,  and  the 
industry  of  its  inhabitants,  it  is  considered  the  brightest  jewel  in  the  Prussian 
crown.  The  Oder,  rising  on  its  southern  border,  divides  it  into  two  nearly  equal 
parts,  of  which  the  western  is  mountainous  or  hilly :  its  population  is  altogether 
German,  and  it  is  the  seat  of  the  principal  manufactures ;  while  the  eastern  con- 
sists, in  a  great  measure,  of  flat  and  sandy  plains,  and  is  partly  occupied  by  Scla- 
vonic races.  Silesia  is,  perhaps,  the  most  manufacturing  country  in  all  Germany  ; 
its  linens,  in  particular,  are  considered  the  best  in  the  world  for  pliancy,  brilliant 
whiteness,  and  durability. 

Prussian  Saxony  forms  a  large  extent  of  straggling  territory,  consisting  of  por- 
tions severed  at  various  times  and  in  various  ways  from  all  the  neighbouring  states, 
g:reat  and  small,  sometimes  having  fragments  enclosed  within  them,  and  some- 
times enclosing  within  itself  fragments  of  them.  Generally  speaking,  it  may  be 
viewed  as  nearly  a  square  territory,  extending  on  both  sides  of  the  Elbe,  between 
Royal  Saxony,  Brandenburg,  and  Hanover,  ft  belongs  generally  to  the  vast,  wide, 
flat  plain  of  northern  Germany,  though  on  its  western  side  it  borders  on  the  Hartz 
and  the  forest  of  Thuringia.  There  are  considerable  sandy  and  marshy  tracts,  but 
upon  the  whole  it  is  abun^ntly  productive  of  grain,  which  is  cultivated  with  par- 
ticular skill  and  diligence. 

Prussian  Westphalia  is  also  an  aggregate  of  a  number  of  small  detached  parts ; 
but,  by  cessions  and  arrondissemens  it  has  been  formed  into  a  pretty  compact  ter- 
ritory, situated  between  Hanover  and  Holland,  and  extending  from  the  Weser 
nearly  to  the  Rhine.  It  extends  to  8272  square  miles,  and  its  three  governments 
of  Munster,  Minden,  and  Arensberg,  contained,  in  1827,  a  population  of  1,207,712. 
The  Lippe  divides  it  into  two  parts;  the  northern  bielongs  to  the  great  plain, 
which  is  sandy  and  marshy,  but  aflbrds  some  good  corn-land ;  the  southern  is 
covered  with  ranges  of  little  rocky  hills  branching  from  the  Hartz,  which  render 
the  soil  often  unfit  for  the  plough,  but  it  is  always  covered  with  fine  wood.  The 
staple  to  which  Westphalia  owes  its  celebrity  consists  in  its  hogs,  which  surpass 
those  of  all  the  other  provinces,  producing  the  hams  so  much  famed  throughout 
Europe. 

The  Rhenish  territories  of  Prussia  formerly  consisted  of  two  provinces ;  one 
bearing  the  compound  appellation  of  Julich-Cleve-Berg,  and  the  other  that  of  the 
Lower  Rhine,  which  have  recently  been  incorporated  into  one  province,  bearing 
the  name  of  the  Rhine. 

Julich-Cleve-Berg  occupies  almost  ninety  miles  of  the  course  of  the  Rhine, 
extending  on  both  sides  of  that  river.  Of  all  the  Prussian  territories,  it  is  the 
least  favoured  by  nature.  On  the  eastern  bank  extends  a  continuous  range  of 
mountains,  including  the  remarkable  group  called  the  Siebengebirge,  or  Seven 
Hills ;  not,  indeed,  exceeding  the  height  of  2000  feet,  but  naked  and  rugged. 
The  opposite  bank  is,  indeed,  level,  but  consists  almost  entirely  of  sandy  plains 
and  wide  morasses:  the  country,  therefore,  does  not  produce  corn  sufficient  for  its 
own  consumption,  nor  any  thing  in  abundance  except  flax.  Under  these  natural 
disadvantages,  however,  the  inhabitants  exert  a  manufacturing  industry  beyond 
what  is  found  in  any  other  part  of  Prussia  or  even  of  Germany.  Berg  has  been 
called  England  in  miniature,  such  is  the  variety  of  fabrics  carrie<l  on  there.  Cloth, 
metals,  and  tobacco,  are  worked  up  in  almost  every  shape,  and  are  exported  to  the 
value  of  3,000,000  rix-doUars.     The  consequence  is,  that  this  district,  so  little 


(  :. 


internal  I 

,ic.  The' 
k  or  bay, ' 
lin.  The  I 
hat  which  i 
3  of  grain  | 

It  was  ori- 1 
he  greater 
ty,  and  the ' 
le  Prussian  | 
early  equal 
altogether ' 
jastern  con- 
ied  by  Scla- 
1  Germany  ; 
icy,  brilliant  | 

sting  of  per- 
juring states,  I 
n,  and  some- 
ng,  it  may  be 
llbe,  between 
he  vast,  wide, 
,  on  the  Hartz 
shy  tracts,  but 
ated  with  par- 

letachedparts-,! 
y  compact  ter- 
om  theWeser 
B  governments  I 
,n  of  1,207,712.1 
,he  great  plain,  \ 
le  southern  is  I 
;.  which  render  \ 
pewood.  The  I 
[  which  surpass 
led  throughout 

1  provinces;  one 
ther  that  of  the 
tovince,  bearing 


of  the  Rhine, 
titories,  it  is  the 
tinuous  range  ot 
tbirge,  or  Seven 
fed  and  rugged. 
'  of  sandy  plaip 
.sufficient  for  Its '1 
her  these  natural 
[industry  beyond 
I     Berg  has  been 
ion  there.    Cloth, 
le  exported  to  the 
1  district,  so  little 


PRUSSIA. 


383 


favoured  by  nature,  is  the  most  populous,  in  relation  to  its  extent,  of  any  that 
belongs  to  Prussia. 

The  province  of  the  Lower  Rhine  occupies  a  conpiderably  greater  extent  of  the 
course  of  the  river  higher  up  than  that  last  described.  The  principal  part  of  it 
belonged  formerly  to  the  archbishopric  of  Treves,  which,  with  various  little  states 
and  cities,  has  n3W  merged  into  the  Prussian  dominion.  The  Rhine  flows  through 
the  middle  of  this  tract,  receiving  on  one  side  the  Moselle,  and  on  the  other  the 
Lahn  and  the  Lieg. 

The  province  of  Prussia  forms  an  extensive  range  of  sea-coast,  describing  a  sort 
of  semicircle  of  nearly  400  miles  round  the  southern  shore  of  the  Baltic,  and 
extending  from  50  to  100  miles  into  the  interior.  The  whole  is  a  continuous  and 
almost  dead  level,  scarcely  rising  above  the  surface  of  the  water  on  which  it  bor- 
ders. Only  in  the  south-east  quarter  appear  a  few  sand-hills,  blown  together  by 
the  winds :  one  of  them  rises  to  500  feet,  but  none  of  the  others  attain  half  that 
elevation.     A  portion  of  this  province  formerly  belonged  to  Poland. 

Prussian  industry  is  divided  between  agriculture  and  commerce ;  manufactures 
being  yet  in  their  infancy.  The  soil  is  in  many  places  sandy  and  marshy ;  yet 
there  arc  few  purts  which  arc  not  fit  either  for  grain,  flax,  or  hemp,  and  many 
tracts  are  very  productive.  The  cattle  are  numerous,  and  the  breeds  in  general 
good ;  that  of  horses,  in  some  parts,  is  extremely  fine. 

Posen,  bearing  the  title  of  grand  duchy,  is  now  the  principal  part  of  the  Polish 
territory  annexed  to  Prussia.  It  forms  an  extensive  level  plain,  analagous  in  all 
its  features  to  that  which  crosses  the  whole  north  of  Europe.  The  country  is 
finely  vvatered,  having  the  Vistula  for  its  eastern  boundary ;  while  the  Wartha, 
receiving  the  considerable  tributaries  of  the  Netze  and  the  Obra,  traverses  it  from 
east  to  west,  enters  Germany,  and  falls  into  the  Oder  at  Kustrin. 
Population  of  the  provinces  of  Prussia  in  1827 : 

Sq.  Miles.  Population. 

Brandenburg 15,480  1,926,995 

Pomerania 12,303  869,958 

Silesia 15,600  2,362,563 

Saxony 8,492  1,396,240 

Westphalia 8^272  1,207,712 

Rhine 10,070  2,220,853 

Prussia 25,115  1,883,117 

Posen 11,261  1,051,137 

Neufchatel 340  52,800 


Total 106,993 


12,971,374 


Berlin,  the  capital  of  Brandenburg,  and  also  of  the  kingdom  of  Prussia,  stands 
on  the  Spree ;  with  its  suburbs  it  is  12  miles  in  circumference,  but  this  extent 
incloses  many  gardens  and  fields.  It  is  defended  by  a  wall  and  palisades.  The 
city  exhibits  striking  contrarieties  of  aspect  in  the  admixture  of  magnificent  build- 
ings with  ruinous  houses,  and  the  whole  mass  of  edifices  composing  the  city  have 
a  straggling,  discrepant  look.  The  streets,  in  the  better  part  of  the  town,  are 
straight  and  well-paved :  and  there  are  several  handsomb  squares,  with  pleasant 
walks.  The  houses  in  general  are  built  of  white  freestone.  The  suburbs  are  of 
wood,  stuccoed  to  imitate  stone.  There  are  15  gates  to  the  city.  The  royal  gate 
is  defended  by  a  half-moon,  and  two  bastions  faced  with  brick.  On  the  stone 
bridge  over  the  Spree  is  an  equestrian  statue  of  the  Great  Elector  William.  Be- 
yond the  bridge  is  seen  the  Royal  Palace ;  a  superb  edifice  containing  magnificent 
apartments,  and  the  most  splendid  service  of  plate  belonging  to  any  palace  in 
Europe. 

The  royal  library  has  150,000  volumes.  Berlin  has  4  colleges,  5  gymnasiums, 
and  250  other  seminaries  of  learning,  with  various  charitable  institutions.  It  is 
the  centre  of  learning  for  the  north  of  Germany,  and  has  manufactures  of  silk, 
cotton,  woollen,  porcelain,  jewelry,  &.c.    Population,  223,520. 

Potsdam,  on  the  Havel,  is  one  of  the  most  elegant  cities  in  the  Prussian  io- 
minions.     It  has  a  splendid  royal  palace,  and  many  fine  architectural  embellish- 


■■'■  ^ 


L.» 


I  •  ( 


•••    ".i 


I*:  ■.  ,: 


f 


m 

it  J 


-:  St' 


'■I 


1  m 


thni'.i.    *:"  > 


f    .H 


364 


BAV  VRIA. 


nicnts.  It  has  also  a  cannon  foundery  and  manufactures  of  silk  and  velvets.  Po- 
pulation, 30,000.  On  a  hill  in  the  neighbourhood,  stands  the  palace  of  Sans 
Souci,  erected  by  Frederick  the  Great,  Stettin,  the  capital  of  Pomerania,  near 
the  mouth  of  the  Oder,  has  a  great  trade.  Population,  25,000.  Breslaw,  the 
capital  of  Silesia,  stands  on  the  Oder.  It  is  well  built,  strongly  fortified,  and 
lamous  for  its  large  gates.  It  has  manufactures  of  linen,  and  an  extensive  in- 
ternal trade.  Population,  87,119.  Magdeburg,  the  capital  of  Saxony,  on  the 
Elbe,  is  a  handsome  city,  with  a  noble  palace,  an  arsenal,  and  a  magnificent  gothic 
cathedral.  It  has  manufactures  of  silk,  woollen,  cotton,  linen,  &.c.  Population, 
32,000.  Munster,  the  capital  of  Westphalia,  is  an  ordinary  place,  but  has  an 
university,  with  several  colleges  and  schools.  Population,  18,212.  Cologne,  the 
capital  of  Julich-CIeve-Berg,  on  the  Rhine,  is  one  of  the  oldest  cities  in  Europe. 
It  has  a  great  number  of  ancient  churches.  The  cathedral  is  an  immense  gothic 
pile,  founded  in  the  Idth  century,  but  yet  unfinished.  The  city  has  a  decayed 
look.  It  has  manufactures  of  silk,  linen,  woollen,  lace,  and  thread,  and  is  cele- 
brated for  its  Cologne  water,  of  which  it  exports  80,000  or  90,000  flasks.  Popu- 
lation, 64,000.  Coblentz,  the  capital  of  Lower  Rhine,  at  the  junction  of  the 
Rhine  and  Moselle,  is  a  well-built  city,  with  considerable  trade  and  some  manu- 
factures. It  has  a  bridge  of  boats  over  the  Rhine,  and  one  of  stone  over  the  Mo- 
selle. Population,  15,000.  Posen,  the  capital  of  the  Duchy  of  Posen,  on  a  branch 
of  the  Oder,  is  a  compactly  built  town,  with  an  university.  Population,  25,000. 
Konigsberg,  the  capital  of  East  Prussia,  on  the  Pregel,  is  7  miles  in  circumference, 
and  contains  many  elegant  buildings,  and  an  university  of  high  reputation.  Part 
of  the  town  stands  on  an  island  in  the  river.  It  is  a  place  of  considerable  trade. 
Population,  6!{,000.  Dantzic,  the  capital  of  West  Prussia,  on  the  Vistula,  nea> 
the  southern  shore  of  the  Baltic,  has  a  good  harbour,  and  was  once  the  chief  town 
of  the  Hanseatic-league.  The  houses  are  high  and  the  streets  crooked.  It  has 
much  commerce  and  internal  trade,  exporting  hemp,  flax,  linen,  timber,  potash, 
&.C.  It  has  a  great  annual  fair  in  July  and  August,  v/hich  lasts  six  weeks.  Popu- 
lation, including  the  military,  52,821.  Aix-la-Chapelle,  once  the  capital  of  the 
German  empire,  is  famous  for  its  warm  baths.  Many  parts  of  it  are  elegant,  and 
it  has  manufactures  of  cloth  and  needles.  Population,  32,000.  Dusseldorf,  on 
the,  Rhine,  is  a  handsome  modern  city,  with  considerable  trade  and  manufactures. 
Population,  27,000.  Halle,  in  Saxony,  is  a  flourishing  city  on  the  Saale.  It  is 
celebrated  for  its  university  and  literary  institutions.  It  has  also  many  manufac- 
tures. Population,  21,500.  Frankfort,  on  the  Oder,  is  a  rich  and  handsome  city, 
with  an  university,  three  great  annual  fairs,  and  manufactures  of  woollen,  silk, 
and  leather.     Population,  12,000. 


^  BAVARIA. 

This  kingdom  is  bounded  north  by  Hesse  Darmstadt,  Hesse  Cassel,  Saxe  Mein- 
ingen,  Saxe  Cobourg,  and  the  kingdom  of  Saxony ;  east  and  south  by  the  Aus- 
trian states,  and  west  by  Wirtembcrg,  Baden,  and  Hesse  Darmstadt  It  contains 
30,997  square  miles,  and  4,037,017  inhabitants.  The  north-eastern  limit  is  skirted ' 
by  a  chain  of  mountains,  and  another  range  extends  across  the  northern  part.  The 
country  is  watered  by  the  Danube  and  its  numerous  head  streams :  the  northern 
part  is  traversed  by  the  Mayne,  and  the  western  by  the  Rhine.  The  Lake  of 
Constance  lies  partly  within  this  territory,  and  there  are  other  small  lakes.  Much 
of  the  soil  is  unproductive  from  its  ruggedness  and  marshy  quality.  The  best 
arable  la>id  lies  along  the  Danube  and  Inn.  A  great  part  of  the  country  is  covered 
with  forests.  The  mountains  cor>tain  quarries  of  marble  and  mines  of  quicksilver. 
Iron  and  copper  are  also  produced.  Agriculture  is  so  much  neglected  in  Bavaria 
that  except  in  very  productive  years  the  kingdom  does  not  produce  sufficient  grain 
for  its  own  consumption.  Wine  is  the  chief  article  of  produce  along  the  Rhine 
and  Mayne  Fruit  is  raised  in  great  quantities.  Hops,  flax,  and  garden  vegeta- 
bles, are  also  cultivated.    There  are  some  manufactures  of  woollen  cloth,  but  this 


J  • 


ilvets.  Po- 
ce  of  Sans 
rania,  near 
reslaw,  the 
irtified,  and 
^tensive  in- 
Dny,  on  the 
ficent  gothic  \ 

Population, , 

but  has  an 
Cologne,  the 
s  in  Europe, 
mense  gothic 
18  a  decayed 

and  is  cele- 
lasks.     Popu- 
nction  of  the 
I  some  manu- 
!  over  the  Mo- 1 
n,  on  a  branch 
ilation,  25,000. 
circumference, 
wtation.    Part 
liderable  trade, 
e  Vistula,  nea-l 

the  chief  town  I 
rooked.  It  hasf 
,  timber,  potash, 
t>weeks.  Popu-!l 
B  capital  of  the  | 
are  elegant,  and  J 
Dusseldorf,  on  |' 
,d  manufactures,  i 
.he  Saale.    It  is  |l 

many  manufac-  i| 

X  handsome  city,  I 

of  woollen,  silk,  i 


■dssel,  Saxe  Mein- 
jouth  by  the  Aus- 
tadt.     It  contains 
rn  limit  is  skirled 
orthern  part.  The 
ms:  the  northern  | 
e     The  Lake  of 
mail  lakes.    Much 
uality.    The  best 
country  is  covered 
ines  of  quicksilver, 
.glected  in  Bavarm 

jce  sufficient  gram 
;e  along  the  Rhine  I 
ind  garden  vegeta- 
,llen  cloth,  butthur] 


SAXONY. 


385 


branch  of  industry  is  much  less  active  tlian  formerly.  Tobacco  is  manufactured 
throughout  the  country.  Fruit,  salt,  hides,  wool,  flax,  hemp,  saffron,  and  licorice, 
are  exported.  Bavaria  is  a  constitutional  monarchy.  The  national  assembly  con- 
sists of  two  chambers.  Every  citizen  enjoys  perfect  equality  in  the  eyes  of  the 
law.     The  army  amounts  to  53,898  men. 

Munich,  the  capital,  is  seated  in  a  plain  on  the  Iser.  It  is  a  well-built  city,  and 
many  of  its  edifices  are  very  splendid.  It  has  an  university,  a  library  of  4(M),000 
volumes,  and  a  gallery  of  paintings  ranked  among  the  finest  in  Europe.  Popula- 
tion, 80,000.  Katisbon,  on  the  Danube,  was  once  an  imperial  city.  It  is  built  in 
the  form  of  a  crescent,  and  is  strongly  fortified.  It  has  considerable  commerce  by 
the  river.  Population,  26,000.  Augsburg  was  also  formerly  an  imperial  city,  and 
was  founded  by  the  Romans  in  the  reign  of  Augustus.  One  fourtli  of  the  houses 
are  built  of  stone,  and  the  remainder  of  timber  and  clay.  The  public  buildings 
are  magnificent,  and  the  city  is  one  of  the  handsomest  in  Germany.  Population, 
32,000.  Nuremburg,  on  the  Regnitz,  has  large  manufactures,  and  several  churches 
noted  for  their  beautiful  paintings.  Watches,  brass,  and  globes,  were  invented  in 
this  city.  Population,  40,000.  Passau,  at  the  confluence  of  the  Inn  and  Danube, 
is  an  ancient  town,  strongly  fortified.  Population,  10,300.  Bamberg,  on  the 
Regnitz,  is  a  fine  city,  with  a  magnificent  castle.  Population,  20,000.  WurtZ" 
burg,  on  the  Mayne,  has  a  large  trade  in  wine.    Population,  20,000. 


SAXONY. 


This  kingdom  is  bounded  north  and  north-east  by  Prussia,  south  and  south-east 
by  Austria,  south-west  by  Bavaria,  west  by  Reus  and  Altenberg,  and  nor^h-west 
by  Prussia.  It  contains  7200  square  miles,  and  1,497,000  inhabitants.  It  is 
watered  by  the  Elbe,  Muldawa,  and  many  other  small  streams,  which  flow  through 
beautiful  valleys,  forming  landscapes  of  the  most  charming  appearance.  The  soil 
in  the  valleys  and  level  parts  is  fertile.  The  vegetable  products  are  similar  to 
those  of  the  other  parts  of  northern  Germany.  Saxony  has  Ic^t  its  principal  agri- 
cultural provinces,  and  little  is  raised  in  the  kingdom  except  com.  Manufactures 
are  active,  and  employ  three-fiflhs  of  the  population.  The  wool  trade  of  Saxony 
centres  at  Leipzig.  Trade  is  flourishing  and  is  much  facilitated  by  the  Elbe  and 
its  tributaries.  Saxony  is  a  constitutional  monarchy.  The  army  amounts  to  about 
10,000  men.  The  electorate  of  Saxony  was  raised  to  a  kingdom  in  1806,  and 
formed  a  part  of  the  Rhenish  confederation.  The  limits  of  the  country  were  much 
reduced  by  the  Congress  of  Vienna,  in  1815. 

Dresden,  the  capital,  stands  on  the  ^Ibe.  It  is  elegantly  built ;  the  houses  are 
all  of  freestone,  and  nearly  all  of  tb&  same  height  It  has  numerous  palaces  and 
public  buildings,  beautiful  in  architacture,  and  magnificently  furnished.  Dresden 
is  called  the  German  Florence :  it  l.as  a  gallery  of  1184  paintings,  inestimable  in 
value;  many  establishments  for  the-  fine  arts  and  for  education;  a  royal  library 
with  above  250,000  volumes,  and  three  other  public  libraries.  The  city  is  strsngiy 
fortined.  Population,  60,000.  Leipzig  is  one  of  the  most  im^tortant  cities  in 
Germany.  It  stands  in  a  plain  watered  by  the  Pleisse,  the  Elster,  and  the  Partha. 
The  city  is  well  built  and  surrounded  by  spacious  and  handsome  suburbs,  between 
which  and  the  town  is  an  elegant  walk  of  lime  trees.  The  streets  are  clean  and 
commodious,  and  the  houses  are  mostly  very  high.  Here  are  held,  yearly,  three 
great  Airs,  which  draw  together  above  2000  merchants  and  a  vast  concourse  of 
purchasers.  The  books  sold  at  these  fairs  are  valued  at  nearly  1,000,000  dollars 
annually,  and  the  other  commodities  at  about  18,000,000.  All  sorts  of  manufac- 
tures are  carried  on  here ;  in  particular,  those  of  gold,  silver,  silk,  woollen,  and 
linen  yam.  Leipzig  has  been  the  scene  of  many  sieges  and  battles :  the  two 
most  memorable  are  the  victory  gained  by  Gustavus  Adolp!ms  of  Sweden,  over 
the  Austrians,  in  1641,  and  that  of  the  allies,  over  NapcWn,  in  1813.  Popula- 
tion, 41,000.     Chemnitz  has  large  manu&cturcs  of  cotton  and  woollen  cloth, 


\ 


83 


2Y 


•P 


\i 


%• 


Ir- 


\  ■■  • .- 


ii^' 


11.  f 


■I  .1 


t 


■  •; 

(•■ 

.  *'  1 

J  ^:d 

■1 

'.  ■<.    i 

^ 

•--'ft 

V.  ■ 
t 

\n 

•  j^-'^i 

■f 

1   ..  ■  . 

i'  ''I  Mr- 

;--^:  • 

,  ^  '■ 

•^v     ; 

.  .''  ■  •  1  J 

«:■  ■ 

41-  r"^!"< 

-   . 

wr^-Tfl 

\'' 


■S  .   •     1   < 


I,"- 


'■  '■*■  1  ''■■  ii'M 


!  r-i.;' 


386 


HANOVER. 


husiery,  and  silk  handkercliiefe.  Population,  16,(H)0.  Frcyberg,  on  a  branch  of 
the  Muldawa,  is  a  famous  minings  town.  It  stands  on  a  lofty  site,  and  is  com- 
pletely undermined  by  galleries  and  caverns.     Population,  12,000. 


KINGDOM    OF    HANOVER. 

This  kingdom  is  bounded  north  by  the  German  Ocean  and  Oldenburg ;  east  by 
Holstein,  Mecklenburg,  Prussia,  and  Brunswick ;  south  by  Prussia,  Hesse,  am' 
Lippe,  and  west  by  Holland.  It  contains  14,720  square  miles,  and  1,549,000  in- 
habitants. The  Hartz  Mountains  occupy  a  portion  of  territory  in  the  south,  de- 
tached from  the  main  body  of  the  kingdom ;  otherwise  the  whole  country  is  an 
immense  plain,  diversified  here  and  there  by  sand-hills,  sterile  heaths,  and  hioors. 
The  sandy  soil  is  interspersed  with  blocks  of  granite.  The  Elbe  washes  the 
north-eastern  boundary,  and  the  Weser,  Leino,  Alter,  and  Ilmenau,  water  difleront 
parts  of  the  country.  There  are  many  shallow  lakes,  and  on  the  coast  is  a  '^ide 
bay  formed  by  the  bursting  in  of  the  sea,  in  1277,  when  above  50  villages  were 
destroyed.  The  mineral  products  are  numerous.  Gold,  silver,  copper,  lead,  iron, 
cobalt,  zinc,  marble,  slate,  limestone,  coal,  manganese,  calamine,  vitriol,  and  sul- 
phur, are  produced  here.  The  mines  of  the  Hartz  are  rich  in  silver,  and  afford 
annually  1,172,783  dollars.  The  lead  mine  of  Caroline  produces  yearly  194,000 
dollars  The  salt  springs  are  also  productive.  This  country  does  not  produce 
suiHcient  grain  for  its  own  subsistence,  and  in  some  parts  the  land  is  so  poor,  that 
6000  of  the  inhabitants  leave  the  country  annually  fur  Holland,  in  quest  of  ei..- 
ployment.  The  articles  of  cultivation  are  various  sorts  of  grain,  hops,  flax,  and 
garden  vegetables.  In  the  sandy  soil  potatoes  are  raised.  On  the  heaths  of 
Luneberg  considerable  numbers  of  bees  are  reared.  The  manufactures  consist 
of  linens  from  flax,  coarse  damasks,  yarn,  silver  plate,  gold  and  silver  lace,  jew- 
elry, amber,  saddlery.  The  internal  trade  is  assisted  by  four  annual  fairs  at  Han- 
over, and  two  at  Osnaburg,  where  are  sold  the  commodities  purchased  at  the  fairs 
of  Brunswick,  Leipzig,  and  Frankfort,  The  chief  exports  are  horses,  cattle,  wax, 
lead,  linens,  leather,  salt,  oats,  barley,  thread,  iron,  copper,  peat,  and  timber.  The 
king  of  Hanover  is  the  king  of  Great  Britain,  but  the  interests  of  the  two  countries 
are  kept  apart  It  has  occasionally  happened,  however,  that  this  connexion  with 
a  German  state  has  involved  Great  Britain  in  continental  disputes  from  which 
she  might  have  otherwise  been  exempted.  Hanover  is  t-  coiistitutional  monarchy, 
and  has  a  general  assembly  consisting  of  two  chambers.  The  administration  is 
directed  by  a  Governor  General  appointed  by  the  king.  The  army  amounts  to 
13,000  men.    Nine  of  the  towns  are  garrisoned. 

Hanover,  the  capital,  stands  on  the  Leine,  in  the  midst  of  a  sandy  plain.  It  is 
built  in  the  form  of  a  half-moon,  and  has  several  handsome  streets.  The  houses 
are  generally  of  brick  and  timber  in  alternate  layers,  and  resemble  in  appearance 
the  stern  of  a  ship  of  the  16th  century.  The  date  of  their  erection  is  always 
marked  upon  them.  In  those  of  1565,  each  story  projects  over  the  one  below  it, 
and  all  are  embellished  with  confused  mixtures  of  medallions,  Pagan  deities,  war- 
riors, and  verses  from  the  Psalms.  The  electoral  palace  is  an  elegant  structure 
of  hewn  stone.  The  public  library  has  24,000  volumes.  The  environs  of  tlie 
city  are  very  pleasant.  Population,  28,200.  Gottingen,  on  the  Leine,  is  famous 
for  its  university,  which  has  one  of  the  largest  and  best  libraries  in  Europe,  con- 
taining 300,000  volumes.  The  town  stands  in  a  valley,  and  is  surrounded  with 
gardens.  Population,  9600.  Emden,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Ems,  is  the  chief  sea- 
port of  the  kingdom.  Its  commerce  is  very  active,  and  it  employs  300  vessels  in 
the  herring  fishery.  Population,  10,985.  Osnaburg,  on  a  branch  of  the  Ems,  is 
a  coneiiderable  seaport,  fiimous  for  the  manufacture  of  coarse  linen- called  Osna- 
burgs.  Population,  10,000.  Luneburg,  on  the  Ilmenau,  has  an  ancient  castle, 
and  considerable  trade  in  salt  and  horses.     Population,  12,000. 


a  branch  of 
and  is  com- 


jurg;  east  by 
I,  Hesse,  am' 
1,549,000  in- 
,he  south,  de- 
country  is  an 
tis,  and  moors. 
)e  washes  the 
water  differont 
!oast  is  a  '/vide 
\  villages  were 
iper,  lead,  iron, 
Mtriol,  and  sul- 
iver,  and  afford 
yearly  194,000 
oes  not  produce 
is  so  poor,  that 
n  quest  of  et 
hops,  flax,  and 
I  the  heaths  of 
factures  consist 
silver  lace,  jew- 
lal  fairs  at  Han- 
ased  at  the  fairs] 
ses,  cattle,  wax, 
Lod  timber.  The 
le  two  countries 
connexion  with 
jtes  from  which 
tional  monarchy, 
administration  is 
irmy  amounts  to 


ndy  plain.    It  is 
ts.    The  houses 
e  in  appearance 
ection  is  always 
the  one  below  it, 
Tan  deities,  war- 
legant  structure 
environs  of  the 
Leine,  is  famous 
in  Europe,  con 
surrounded  with 
is  the  chief  sea- 
jys  300  vessels  in 
ch  of  the  Ems,  is 
inen' called  Osna- 
,n  ancient  castle, 


WIRTEMBERG— BADEN. 


387 


KINGDOM    OF    WIRTEMBERG. 

This  kingdom  is  bounded  north-east,  east,  and  south-east,  by  Bavaria ;  south  by 
the  Liake  of  Constance ;  south-west,  west,  north-west,  and  north,  by  Baden.  It 
contains  7500  square  miles,  and  l,.jG2,0i]3  inhabitants.  It  is  traversed  by  several 
ridges  of  mountains.  It  is  watered  by  the  Neckar  and  Danube,  with  their  several 
head  streams.  The  climate  is  mild  and  healthy,  but  in  the  more  elevated  parts 
the  winters  are  severe.  The  soil  is  very  fertile.  The  minerals  are  silver,  copper, 
iron,  cobalt,  sulphur,  coal,  limestone,  alabaster,  agate,  &.c.  Warm  baths  and  me- 
dicinal springs  are  numerous,  and  those  of  Heilbron  are  particularly  celebrated. 

This  kingdom  produces  great  supplies  of  grain,  chiefly  spelt;  for  rye  and 
wheat  are  little  cultivated.  Flax  and  hemp  are  raised,  and  the  mountains  are 
covered  with  vines  which  produce  a  rich  and  wholesome  wine  called  Neckar. 
Cherries  are  cultivated  extensively  in  some  parts,  for  manufacturing  the  strong 
liquor  called  Kirschvi^aseer.  Fruit  trees  are  abundant:  cider  and  perry  are  made 
in  great  quantities.  A  singular,  yet  considerable  branch  of  industry,  is  the  feed- 
ing of  snails;  millions  of  which  are  fattened  in  the  neighbourhtod  of  Ulm  during 
the  autumn,  and  exported  to  Vienna  and  Italy.  Manufactures  ate  not  numerous ; 
but  some  cloth  and  lace  are  made  in  a  few  of  the  towns ;  and  there  are  many 
large  distilleries  and  oil  mills.  The  exports  are  cattle,  corn,  wood,  tar,  potash, 
oil,  and  a  few  manufactured  goods. 

VVirtemberg  is  a  constitutional  monarchy.  The  legislative  body  consists  of  two 
chambers,  one  of  the  nobility,  and  the  other  electoral.  The  army  amounts  to 
5943  men. 

Stutgard,  the  capital,  is  situated  near  the  Neckar.  It  is  indifferently  built,  but 
contains  a  magnificent  royal  palace;  an  academy  for  painting,  sculptuie,  and 
architecture ;  a  large  opera-house  and  theatre.  It  is  surrounded  by  a  wall,  flanked 
with  towers.  The  suburbs  are  large  and  handsome.  The  seminaries  of  learning 
are  numerous  and  respectable :  the  royal  library  has  200,000  volumes.  The  in- 
habitants manufacture  silks,  hosiery,  and  ribands.  Population,  32,000.  Ulm,  on 
the  Danube,  at  the  head  of  navigation  for  large  vessels,  has  the  largest  cathedral 
in  Germany,  with  five  spires,  and  an  organ  with  2952  pipes.  It  has  some  com- 
merce by  Uie  river.    Population,  14,000. 


GRAND   DUCHY   OF    BADEN. 

This  territory  is  bounded  north  by  Hesse ;  east  by  Bavaria,  Wirternberg,  and 
Hohenzollern ;  south  by  Switzerland,  and  west  by  France.  It  cuntjiins  5800 
square  miles,  and  1,201,300  inhabitants.  The  whole  country  forms  the  eastern 
side  of  a  valley  traversed  by  the  Rhine,  and  bounded  on  the  east  by  the  Black 
Forest.  The  Rhine  washes  the  western  limit,  and  some  of  its  tributaries  pass 
through  this  country.  The  Danube  rises  in  the  southern  part.  The  Lake  of' 
Constance  forms  a^rt  of  the  south-eastern  boundary.  Th3  soil  ia  good  and  vege- 
tation luxuriant  There  are  mines  of  silver  and  iron,  arid  quarries  of  freestone 
and  marble.  Mineral  springs  and  hot  baths  are  very  numerous.  In  the  city  of 
Baden  are  above  300  hot  baths,  some  of  which  are  scalding  hot ;  all  of  them 
spring  out  of  rocks  of  alum,  salt,  and  sulphur. 

Corn,  fruits,  the  vine,  almonds,  and  chestnuts,  arc  raised  in  this  country;  but 
wine  is  the  chief  product  The  government  is  constitutional,  and  the  sovereignty 
tiereditary.    The  army  amounts  to  11,566  men. 

Carlsruhe,  the  capital,  is  3  miles  from  the  Rhine.  It  is  one  of  the  finest  cities 
in  Germany.  All  the  streets  diverge  in  straight  lines  from  the  castle  in  the  cen- 
tre. The  houses  are  regularly  built  The  public  library  has  70,000  volumes. 
The  gardens  of  the  grand  du''.e  are  very  handsome.  Population,  20,000,  Mann- 
heim, on  the  Rhine,  is  regularly  built  in  squares,  and  with  houses  all  of  the  same 
height     It  has  a  magnificent  castle,  750  feet  in  length,  and  a  library  of  70,000 


«K. 


h 
^ 


■fe 


i;t-' 


4;  { 


I ! 


Ui 


l!'^ 


•& 


\y 


1    '•.^  ; 


M 


H'i 
'Hi'' 


1     > 


1..' 

i .: 


11  '•! 


!,  ■  •• 


%  ': 


■l\\r. 


\:' 


Mi. 


388 


HESSIAN  STATES. 


volumcH.  A  bridfro  of  boatu  here  crosses  the  Rhine.  Population,  21,0(K).  Heidel- 
berg, on  the  Neckar,  is  famous  for  an  enormous  tun  containing  6(X)  hogsheads. 
Here  is  a  fine  stone  bridge  across  the  river.  Population,  10,0U0.  Freiberg  has  a 
large  Catholic  university  and  a  fine  Gothic  minster.  Population,  10,106.  Baden 
hus  a  pleasant  neighbourhood,  and  is  much  visiteb  'jr  the  baths  already  mentioned. 
Populalion,  3180.  Constance,  on  the  lake  of  that  name,  is  surrounded  by  a  rich 
wine  district     Population,  5000. 


HESSIAN    STATES. 

The  Hbssian  States  comprise  the  Electorate  of  Hesse  Cassel,  the  Grand 
Duchy  of  Hesse  Darmstadt,  and  the  Landgraviate  of  Hesse  Homburg.  They  are 
situated  on  both  sides  of  the  River  Mayne,  in  several  separate  portions.  Ahese 
States  have  nominally  a  limited  government,  but  in  fact  arbitrarv,  and  are  much 
less  improved  than  some  other  parts  of  Germany.  In  Hesse  Cassel,  only  the  oldest 
sons  of  clergymen,  and  the  sons  of  noblemen,  counsellors,  and  public  officers,  are 
allowed  to  receive  a  liberal  education.  More  attention  has  been  paid  of  late  to  the 
instruction  of  the  people,  and  seminaries  have  been  established  here,  as  in  most 
parts  of  Germany,  for  the  education  of  teachers.  Agriculture  and  manufactures 
are  principally  in  a  low  state. 

Hesse  Cassel.  This  State  is  bounded  north-west  by  Prussia,  iKHrth-east  by 
Hanover,  east  by  Prussia.  Saxe  Weimar  and  Bavaria,  south  by  Bavaria  and  Hesse 
Darmstadt,  and  west  by  Hesse  Darmstadt.  It  contains  4352  square  miles,  and 
649,800  inhabitants,  most  of  whom  are  Protestants.  It  is  mountainous,  and  int9r> 
sected  by  fertile  valleys :  many  parts  of  the  mountains  are  covered  with  woods. 
The  rivers  are  th"  Weser,  Mayne,  and  Lahn.  Gold,  silver,  copper,  lead,  iron, 
alum,  vitriol,  sulphur,  coaV  marble,  and  alabaster,  are  found  here,  as  also  salt 
springs  and  mineral  waters. 

The  agTicultural  producticms  are  com,  fruit,  wine,  flax,  and  hemp.  There  are 
few  manufactures  except  linen.  Thf>  military  force  is  18,000  men ;  of  whom  2000 
are  in  regular  pay,  the  rest  are  only  called  out  during  part  of  the  year.  Hesse  no 
longer  carries  on  that  extensive  traffic  of  mercenary  troops  which  formerly  brought 
in  large  sums  of  money,  and  rendered  the  Elector,  perhaps,  the  richest  individual 
in  Europe. 

Cassel,  the  capital,  stands  on  the  Fulda.  It  has  several  splendid  public  places 
and  elegant  buildings  with  >i  library  of  70,000  volumes.  Population,  1^,000. 
Smalkalden  is  famous  for  a  league  concluded  here  in  1531.  Population,  4474. 
Manburg  has  a  university  and  a  libmry  of  56,000  volumes.  Population,  7000. 
Hanau  is  a  legular  and  handsome  town  near  the  Mayne.  Population,  11,997. 
Fulda  has  a  population  of  8000. 

Hesse  Dabmbtadt.  This  Grand  Puchy  consists  of  two  distinct  territories 
lying  north  and  south  of  the  Mayne.  The  northern  pert  is  bounded  north,  east, 
and  south  by  Hesse  Cassel,  south-west  by  Frankfort  and  Hesse  Homburg,  and  west 
by  Nassau  and  the  Prussian  provinces.  The  southern  part  is  bound^  north  by 
Frankfort  and  Hesse  Cassel,  east  by  Bavaria,  south  by  Baden,  and  west  by  the 
Prussian  provinces.  There  are  also  some  small  districts  inclosed  in  the  counties 
of  Waldeck  and  Nassau.  The  whole  superficial  extent  is  4112  square  miles,  and 
the  population  720,000.  The  country  is  mountainous,  and  is  watered  by  the 
Rhine,  Mayne,  Nahe,  Neckar,  and  other  streams.  The  rearing  of  cattle  is  the 
chief  branch  of  husbandry :  the  agricultural  products  are  similar  to  those  of  the 
south  of  Germany.  The  army  amounts  to  8421  men.  The  prevailing  religion  is 
Lutheran. 

Darmstadt,  the  capital,  is  well  built  in  the  more  modern  part,  and  has  a  gymna- 
sium with  a  library  of  90,000  volumes.  The  town  is  fortified  with  very  extensive 
works.     In  the  neighbourhood  of  the  town  is  a  magnetic  rock.    Population,  20,000. 

Mentz  or  Mayence,  on  the  Rhine,  a  little  below  its  junction  with  the  Mayne, 
is  pleasantly  situated,  but  indifferently  built :  it  has  a  bridge  of  boats  over  the 


^1 1« 


0.   Heidel- 
hogsheada.  I 

•iberg  has  a  { 

[)6.     Baden  | 
mentioned. 

sd  by  a  rich  I 


,  the  Grand 
;.     They  are 
ions.     Ahese 
ind  are  much 
nly  the  oldest 
c  officers,  are 
of  late  to  the 
re,  as  in  most 
inaBafaetures 

north-east  by 
iria  and  Hesse 
ire  0»ilea,  and 
ouB,  and  inter- 
jd  with  woods. 
pe».,  lead,  iron, 
e,  as  also  salt 

ip.  There  are 
of  whom  2000 
ear.  Hesse  no 
►rmerly  brought 
Bhest  individual 

poblie  places 
lation,  26,000. 
opulation,  4474. 
opulation,  7000. 
julation,  11,907. 


tinct  territories 
ided  north,  east, 
mburg,  and  west 
ninded  north  by 
nd  west  by  the 
in  the  counties 
quare  miles,  and 
watered  by  the 
of  cattle  is  the 
to  those  of  the 
ailing  religion  is 

nd  has  a  gymna- 
h  very  extensive 
>pulation,  20,000. 
with  the  Mayne, 
,f  boats  over  "^" 


.S.\X()N  STATIiS. 


38i) 


Rliinp,  a  library  of  IXMMH)  voliimcH,  a  fine  museum  of  Romon  anliiiuities,  and  a 
hirpo  cathetlnil.  Tlio  fortificaticdH  arc  of  great  strenirtli  and  extent,  and  aro  held 
by  tlie  diet  aa  nno  of  the  bulwarks  of  the  empire.     Population,  '2(5,8()0. 

Worms  exhibits  only  the  ruins  of  its  former  state,  and  is  almost  choked  with 
rul)bi8h,  the  friiu  of  successive  (iewilating  wars.  It  has  ptill  the  remains  of  some 
fine  edifices,  and  a  jftMid  fruit  and  corn  market.  Offenbach,  a  thriving  little  town, 
is  the  only  place  in  the  duchy  where  manufactures  flourish. 

IIi»8K  lIoMBURo.  This  Land^raviatc  consists  of  several  small  districts.  It 
contains  134  square  miles  and  3:),(X)U  inhabitants,  llombur:;,  the  chief  town,  has 
a  population  of  2964.     The  inhabitants  are  mostly  Protestant. 


SAXON    STATES. 

The  Saxon  States  comprise  the  Grand  Duchy  of  Saxe  Weimar,  and  the 
Duchies  of  Saxe-Coburg-Gotha,  Saxe  Altenburg,  ani  Saxe'Metningen-Hilburg' 
haiisen.  The  government  of  these  Stateii  is  more  free  than  that  of  the  Hessian 
States,  and  education  is  more  attended  to.  Agriculture  and  mining,  which  form 
the  chief  employmerts  of  the  people,  are  conducted  with  much  skill ;  and  manu- 
factures are  somewhat  advanced.  The  Prince  of  Saxe  Weimar  is  distinguished 
as  a  patron  of  learning,  and  is  the  most  liberal  and  popular  of  all  the  Germau 
princes,  and  was  the  first  of  them  to  give  his  subjects  a  rppresentative  constitu- 
tion ;  and  every  degree  of  freedom  is  allowed  to  the  press  that  the  great  monarchs  < 
will  permit. 

The  Grand  Duchy  of  Saxe  Weimar  is  bounded  north  and  east  by  Prussia, 
Altenberg,  and  Rcuss,  south  by  the  Schwartzburg,  Prussian,  Cothen,  Mciningen, 
and  Bavarian  dominions,  and  west  by  Hesse  Caspel.  It  contains  1420  square  miles 
and  232,704  inhabitants.  The  chief  rivers  aro  the  Saale  and  Werra.  The  chief 
production  is  wood  from  the  forests.  Grain,  fruit,  and  flax,  are  cultivated.  The 
government  is  a  constitutional  monarchy.  Tne  army  consists  of  2164  men.  The 
P>:>vailing  religion  is  Lutheran.     The  constitution  was  established  in  ?.dl6. 

Weimar,  the  capital,  stands  in  a  fertile  valley  watered  by  the  Ilm.  The  city 
has  a  high  literary  reputation,  and  has  been  particularly  distinguished  as  the  resi- 
dence of  Goethe,  Schiller,  and  other  eminent  writers.  Weimar  has  a  public 
library  of  120,000  volumes,  o  drawing  academy,  and  a  theatre,  considered  one  of 
the  best  in  Germany.     Population,  10,000. 

Jena,  on  the  Saale,  stands  in  a  pleasant  spot  surrounded  by  hills ;  it  is  a  walled 
and  well-built  town,  with  large  suburbs,  and  contains  a  ducal  palace,  and  a  uni- 
versity which  is  the  chief  support  of  tV  ,  place.  Population,  5200.  Eisen&ch  has 
considerable  manufactures.    Population,  S258. 

Saxe-Cobvro-Gotha  has  been  lately  formed  by  the  union  of  these  two  branches, 
on  the  extinction  of  that  of  Gotha:  most  of  the  surface  of  which  is  level,  with  a 
moderately  fertilb  soil.  The  city,  containing  about  12,000  inhabitants,  is  the 
channel  of  a  considerable  trade  connected  with  the  fair  of  Leipzig.  It  is  some- 
what a  learned  city ;  containing  a  library  of  60,000  volumes,  with  valuable  manu- 
scripts. Saxe-Coburg  is  a  mountainous  territory.  It  contains  good  pasturage, 
and  some  valuable  mines.  This  territory  has  been  raised  to  distinction  by  the 
good  fortune  of  one  of  its  younger  membern,  now  king  of  the  Belgians. 

Saxe-Meininoen-Hildburohausen,  on  tht  Werra,  is  a  little  tract,  enriched  by 
mines  of  salt  at  Salzungen,  and  by  some  of  coal,  iron,  and  cobalt.  Its  principal 
towns  are  Meiningi?'  and  Hildburghausen,  with  about  5000  inhabitants  each. 

The  little  duchy  of  Saxe-Altenburo  consists  of  two  ('-'tached  portions,  sepa- 
rated from  each  other  by  the  territories  of  Saxe- Weimar  and  the  Reuss  princes. 
The  capital,  Altenburg,  is  a  considerable  town  with  about  12,000  inhabitants. 

Mecklenburg  is  a  territory  of  the  most  northerly  part  of  Germany,  north-east 
of  Hanover.     It  consists  to  a  great  extent  of  lake  and  forest ;  and  the  cultivation 

33* 


f\- 


iJ. 


I 

I 


I 


1 


I 


I"' 


";i 


1  V 

i  't 
} 


■i 


(V 


V 

rv 


".M 


; 


.•■■■.' 

I 


k  I.'     Hi 


,      •     '. ! 


Illfe' 


390 


SAXON  STATES. 


is  comparatively  rude;  yet  a  variety  of  gentle  hills  (fives  it  a  picturesque  aspect. 
It  is  divided  into  the  two  grand  duchies  of  Schwerin  and  Strelitz;  the  former  is 
much  the  more  extensive ;  nnd  iSchwcrin,  the  capital,  is  a  pretty  considerable 
town,  with  a  handsome  palace,  situated  on  a  lake,  and  containmg  a  good  gallery 
oF  pictures.  Rostock  is  a  laiger  town,  with  2U,(HK)  inhabitants,  situated  on  the 
Baltic,  and  exporting  grain  to  the  value  of  from  150,0002.  to  200,000/.  Wismav, 
on  the  Baltic,  has  a  good  harbour  and  consii^orable  trade.     Population,  10,000. 

Mecklenbvro  Strelitz  is  a  small  SUte,  not  containing  quite  85,000  people, 
and  its  capital  being  little  more  than  a  large  village,  which  has  given  two  queens 
tu  Britain. 

The  Duchy  of  Brunswick  is  rather  a  productive  territory,  situated  partly  on 
the  declivities  of  the  Hartz,  partly  on  the  plain  of  Saxony.  The  city  of  Bruns- 
wick is  larger  than  in  proportion  to  the  State,  containing  a  population  of  about 
30,000.  It  is  a  considerable  seat  of  the  inland  trade  of  Germany,  its  fairs  ranking 
next  to  those  of  Frankfort  and  Leipzig.  The  government  was  nearly  absolute  till 
very  lately,  when  the  people,  by  a  violent  change  of  dynasty,  effected  for  them- 
selves  a  representative  constitution.    Population,  250,100. 

The  Grand  Duchy  of  Oldenbvro  is  distinguished  by  the  high  rank  of  its  princes, 
connected  by  family  alliances  with  all  the  great  powers  of  the  north,  particularly 
Russia,  The  duke  has  possessions  tn  diirerent  parts  of  the  north  of  Germany ; 
but  the  main  part  of  them  is  situated  on  the  Weser,  to  the  west  of  Hanover;  a 
flat,  marshy  district,  but  abounding  in  rich  pastures,  and  somewhat  resembling 
Holland.  The  capital,  Oldenburg,  hos  8000  inhabitants.  Population,  251.500 ; 
area,  2752  square  miles ;  government  absolute. 

Nassau  is  a  duchy  which,  hy  the  union  of  the  territories  held  by  several  branches 
of  the  same  family,  has  attamed  to  some  tolerable  magnitude.  Situated  in  the 
southern  part  of  Franconia,  forming  a  hilly  country  on  the  banks  of  the  Rhine  and 
the  Mayne,  it  produces  those  valuable  wines,  old  Hock  and  Bleschert,  which  dis- 
tinguish this  part  of  Germany :  it  does  not  contain,  however,  any  towns  of  import- 
ance. Wisbaden,  the  capital,  much  visited  on  account  of  its  15  warm  springs, 
has  a  population  of  8000.  At  Niederselters,  two  million  bottles  are  annually 
filled  with  the  celebrated  Seltzer  water.  Langenschwalbach  and  Schlangenbad 
are  equally  noted  for  their  mineral  springs ;  and  Hochheim,  Rudcsheim,  Johannis- 
berg,  and  Asmannshausen,  for  their  fine  wine.  Population,  355,815 ;  area,  2164 
square  miles. 

The  Duchies  of  Anhalt,  on  the  Elbe,  between  Saxony  and  Brandenburg,  have 
a  population  of  136,000,  divided  between  the  three  branches  of  Desmu,  Bernburg, 
and  Cothen.    The  family  is  ancient,  and  has  produced  some  men  of  eminence. 

The  German  Principalities  are  10  small  States,  most  of  which  are  contiguous 
to,  or  enclosed  by  the  dominions  of  Prussia.  They  are  Schwartzburg-Rudohtadl, 
Schwartzhurg-Sondershausen,  Reuss-Greitz,  ReuasSchleitz,  Lippe-Detmold, 
Lippe-Schauenburg,  Hohenzollern-Sigmaringen,  Hohenzollern-Hechingen, 
Waldeck,  and  Lichtenstein. 

ScHWARTZBURO  belongs  to  a  very  ancient  house,  and  is  divided  into  the  two 
branches  of  Schwartzburg-Rudolstadt,  and  Schwartzhurg-Sonderahausen,  con- 
taining between  them  111,767  subjects,  of  which  the  first  has  60,000,  and  the 
other  51,767.  The  territories  are  detached  from  each  other,  and  about  35  miles 
apart,  Rudolstadt  being  very  nearly  surrounded  by  the  Saxon  States,  and  Sonders- 
hausen  entirely  enclosed  by  the  province  of  Prussian  Saxony.  The  territory  of 
Rkvss  is  divided  between  Reuss-Greitz,  and  ReusS'Schleitz,  the  elder  and 
younger  lines :  the  former  has  25,000  subjects,  and  the  latter,  which  )s  subdivided 
into  the  several  branches  of  Reuss-Schleitz,  Reuss-Lobensteiii-Ebersdorf,  and 
Reuss-Koestritz,  has  58,500.  This  family  dates  its  origin  fron*  the  year  950. 
Their  principal  town  is  Gera,  called  in  Germany  Little  Leipzig,  on  account  of  its 
trade,  which  is  considerable.  Lippe-Dethold  and  L^ppe-Schavenburo  are  situ- 
ated to  the  south  of  Hanover;  the  one  hilly  and  wooded,  the  other  flat  and  fertile. 


'^•« 


!  aepect. 
brmcr  is 
jiderable  j 
1  gallery  | 
i  on  the 
Wismav, 
),000. 

a  people, 
vo  queens  j 

partly  on  ,| 

of  Brun«- 
[j  of  about  1 
rs  ranking 
bBolute  till 

for  them- 1 

'  its  princes, 
particularly  1 
f  Germany; 
Hanover;,  t 
resembling  1 
an,  251.500 -,1 

jral  branches 
tuated  in  the 
16  Rhme  and  j 
rt,  which  dis- 
ms  of  imporl- 
varm  springs, 
are  annually 
Schlangenbad 
lim,  Johannw- 
^     area,  2164 


THE  FREK  CITIES. 


391 


I   I 


A  former  prince  of  Lip,  vSchaucnburff  made  a  distintiruishcd  figure  in  the  service 
of  Portugal.  Their  subject^  mount  lo  1():),0(N).  There  are  two  princes  of  Ho- 
HENZOLLBRN,  Siffmarijiffer  Hechingen,  having  between  them  54,500  people. 
They  are  situated  between  xMden  and  Wirtemberg.  WAtDKCK-PvRMONT,  com- 
posed of  two  hilly  counties  bet'^ccn  Hesse  and  Hanover,  derives  almost  its  sole 
importance  from  the  mineral  baths  of  Pyrmont,  which  arc  among  the  most  cele- 
brated in  Europe.     Population,  56,000 ;  area,  450  square  miles. 

LicHTENSTEiif  bordcrs  on  Switzerland  and  the  Tyrol.  It  contains  51  square 
miles,  and  5550  inhabitants.  Vadutz  is  the  capital.  The  government  is  consti- 
tutional, and  the  inhabitants  are  Catholics.  The  Lilliputian  lordship  of  Knip- 
HAVflKN  was  recognised  as  an  independent  State,  by  an  act  of  the  diet,  in  1820. 
It  is  situated  withm  the  tenitories  of  the  Duke  of  Oldenburg.  Population,  2860 ; 
area,  17  square  miles. 

The  four  free  cities  of  Germany,  Hamburgh  Lubeck,  Bremen,  and  Fran\forl, 
form  still  an  interesting  feature,  necessary  to  close  the  picture  nf  this  great  coun- 
try. They  are  the  sole  remnant  of  the  Hanse  Towns  and  imperial  cities ;  illus- 
trious confederacies,  which,  during  the  middle  ages,  acted  a  most  conspicuous  part 
in  the  improvement  of  the  European  system.  The  members  of  the  congress  of 
Vienna,  though  little  friendly  to  any  thing  republican,  considered  these  so  fully 
established,  and  so  venerable  by  antiquity,  that  they  sanctioned  them  as  a  part  of 
the  Germanic  body. 

Hamburg  is  the  most  important  commercial  city  of  Germany.  It  forms  the 
commercial  emporium  of  Saxony,  Bohemia,  and  other  fertile  and  industrious  regions 
watered  by  the  Elbe  and  its  tributaries.  The  commerce  of  this  city  was  almost 
annihilated  during  the  wars  of  the  French  Revolution,  and  by  the  operation  of  the 
continental  system  of  Napoleon.  Since  that  time  she  has  greatly  revived ;  though 
her  previous  losses,  and  the  depression  generally  affecting  the  commercial  interests 
of  Europe,  have  prevented  her  from  regaining  all  her  former  importance.  In 
1835,  2204  vessels  entered  the  port  of  Hamburg.  The  leading  articles  of  importa- 
tion, in  1830,  were  coffee,  tobacco,  rum,  pepper,  cotton,  and  tea.  The  total 
exportation  frv')m  Britain  to  the  Hanse  towns,  most  of  which  goes  to  Hamburg,  is 
from  7,500,0002.  to  9,000,000/. ;  from  the  United  States,  $800,000.  The  manu- 
factures of  Hamburg  are  various,  though  none  very  considerable,  except  the 
refinery  of  sugar,  which  has  also  declined  from  the  importance  which  it  possessed 
at  the  beginning  of  this  century. 

Hamburg  is  not  a  well-built  town ;  the  streets  being  in  general  narrow  and 
irregular,  the  houses  constructed  of  brick  or  wood.  The  churches  of  St.  Michael's 
and  St.  Peter's  have  elegant  spires,  and  the  new  exchange  is  handsome ;  but  there 
is  no  edifice  distinguished  for  its  splendour.  The  executive  in  Hamburg  consists 
of  a  self-elected  senate  of  twenty-eight  members,  who,  however,  are  checked  by 
popular  councils  chosen  by  all  who  have  240/.  of  property  within  the  city.  The 
population  of  the  city  is  122,815 ;  that  of  the  whole  territory,  154,000. 

Lubeck,  as  a  Hanse  town,  rose  to  distinction  as  early  as  Hamburg,  and  possessed 
even  a  pre-eminence ;  the  mr.ritime  law  by  which  the  concerns  of  that  great  con- 
federacy were  regulated  having  derived  its  name  from  this  city.  Its  situation, 
however,  within  the  Baltic,  and  not  commanding  the  navigation  of  any  great  river, 
rendered  it  impossible  for  it  to  compete  with  the  high  prosperity  to  which  Ham- 
burg has,  in  modern  times,  attained.  Its  commerce  is  impeded  by  the  small  depth 
of  water  in  the  Trave,  upon  which  it  is  situated,  and  which  obliges  vessels  draw- 
ing more  than  ten  ^eet  to  stop  at  Travemunde.  What  remains  of  its  commerce 
consists  in  the  export  of  the  grain  abundantly  produced  in  the  surrounding  coun- 
tries; for  whose  use  it  imports  wine,  colonial  produce,  and  manufactured  articles. 
Lubeck,  for  an  old  town,  is  well  built  of  stone.  It  has  22,000  inhabitants.  Popu- 
lation of  the  State,  47,000. 

Bremen,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Weser,  is  enriched  by  the  commerce  of  that 
important  river,  down  which  are  brought  the  productions  of  interior  Germany. 
The  city  is  situated  on  both  sides  of  the  river,  and  has  40,000  inhabitants.    The 


t^o  ;i1 


li' 


'  it  '■ 


*    *l 


I  i,. 


•   i^M 


\ii 


r  t 


T 


>«»■ 

7 


399 


SWITZERLAND. 


old  town  conaista  of  narrow  streets,  bordered  by  hiffh  (gloomy  houses,  built  in  the 
fashion  of  the  middle  ages:  but  there  is  a  new  town,  in  a  much  more  eleffant 
style.  The  (government,  which  once  approached  to  an  olif^archy,  is  now  almost 
purely  democratic.  In  1829,  there  entered  Bremen  881  vessels.  The  chief  im- 
ports wcr<-  ootfee,  sugar,  cotton,  tobacco,  wine,  and  grain.  Square  miles,  Ti.  Po- 
pulation, 4U,UU0. 

FRANKroRT  on  the  Maj/ne,  the  seat  of  the  Germanic  Diet,  stands  on  both  sides 
of  the  Mayne,  and  is  one  of  the  most  important  trading  towns  in  Germany.  It 
has  two  annual  fairs,  in  March  and  September,  which  draw  hithor  atiovo  l.'MK) 
merchants  from  every  country  of  Europe.  The  chief  articles  of  traffic  are  cot- 
tons, woollens,  and  books.  The  city  was  once  strongly  fortified,  but  the  defences 
have  been  converted  into  public  walks.  The  buildings  are  indifferent.  The 
whole  territory  of  Frankfort  comprises  113  square  miles,  and  55,000  inhabitants, 
most  of  whom  belong  to  the  city.  The  government  is  republican,  and  the  in- 
habitaota  mostly  Protestants. 


SWITZERLAND. 

SwrrzutLARD  is  a  mountainous  territory  in  the  centre  of  Europe,  occupying 
the  north  and  west  of  the  great  range  of  the  Alps  which  divides  France  and  Ger- 
many from  Italy.  It  is  remarkable  for  the  grandeur  of  its  natural  features  and 
scenery,  and  for  the  freedom  of  its  political  institutions.  This  territory  forms  a 
confederacy  composed  of  22  cantons,  each  of  which  is  an  independent  republic ; 
but,  fur  mutual  security,  they  are  united  together,  and  governed  b^  a  general  diet, 
and  are  known  as  the  Helvetic  Confederacy  or  Helvetic  Republic.  Switzerland 
is  bounded  north  by  the  grand  duchy  of  Baden  and  the  kingdom  of  Wirtemberg ; 
east  by  the  Austrir^n  province  of  Tyrol ;  south  by  the  Sardinian  and  the  Lombardo 
Venetian  states,  aiii  west  by  France.  Its  length  from  east  to  west  is  200  miles ; 
its  breadth  from  north  to  south,  130;  and  its  superficial  extent  has  been  estimated 
by  some  at  15,000  square  miles.  Two  distinct  ranges  of  mountains  traverse  this 
region. 

The  chain  of  the  Jura  stretches  from  south-west  to  north-east.  The  Alps  form 
a  more  extensive  chain,  and  run  nearly  parallel  to  the  Jura,  with  numerous 
branches  known  among  geographers  by  the  names  of  the  Pennine,  Lepontine, 
and  Rhsetian  Alps.  These  mountains  cover  a  great  part  of  the  country,  and  ex- 
hibit inacce.  :ible  peaks  covered  witli  snow ;  eternal  and  boundless  wastes  of  ice ; 
valleys  surrounded  by  immense  precipices ;  in  contrast  with  wooded  and  undu- 
lating slopes,  vine-clad  fields,  and  bright  patches  of  vegetation. 

Mont  Blanc,  the  highest  summit  in  Europe,  overlooks  the  vale  of  Chamouni  in 
Savoy ;  a  district  not  comprised  within  the  political  limits  of  Switzerland,  but 
which  pertains  to  it  in  a  geographical  character.  This  mountain  is  15,814  feet  in 
height:  it  is  capped  with  eternal  F.now,  and  the  approach  to  the  top  is  so  full  of 
difficulty  and  hazard  that  it  has  never  been  ascended  except  in  four  or  five  in- 
stances. 

The  Rhine  has  its  three  sources  in  the  Rheetian  Alps,  and,  passing  through  the 
Lake  of  Constance,  flows  to  the  westward  until  it  reaches  Basle.  The  Rhone  is 
formed  by  different  streams  from  Mounts  Grimsel  and  Farca,  and  flows  into  the 
Lake  of  Geneva.  The  Tesino  issues  from  Mount  Gries,  and  traverses  Lake  Mag- 
giore  in  Italy.  The  Inn  rises  in  the  Grisons,  runs  north-east,  and  subsequently 
joins  the  Danube. 

The  Lake  of  Geneva,  called  also  Leman,  is  40  miles  long.  It  is  1230  feet 
above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  its  greatest  depth  in  about  1000  feet.  The  waters 
of  this  lake  are  beautifully  transparent,  and  the  surrounding  scenery  has  long  been 
celebrated  for  its  magnificence.  The  Lake  of  Constance  is  about  45  miles  in 
length,  and  15  in  breadth.  The  Lake  Lugano  is  at  an  elevation  of  880  French 
feet  above  the  sea.  The  Lake  of  Lucerne  is  above  20  miles  in  length,  and  from 
8  to  10  in  breadth :  its  greatest  depth  is  about  600  feet,  and  its  navigation  dan- 


MWrr/.KKI.ANI). 


31)3  I 


gcTouB.    Amnnif  llie  niinicrDUH  other  lake*  arc  Utotie  of  Zurich,  Neufchttel,  Thun, 
Brientz,  Murnt,  and  Biul. 

The  general  aurt'aco  of  Switzerland  cxcceda,  in  rugf^  Bublimity,  any  other 
portion  of  Kurope.  Nature  seemH  here  to  have  fnnncti  everything  on  her  grandcat 
rcalu,  and  offerH  the  mnut  Htriking  contmnts.  Icy  peaka  riae  into  the  air  cloae 
i;[K)n  the  bordora  of  fertile  vnlli-yM ;  luxuriant  corn-fieIdH  are  aiirroundod  hy  im- 
nienao  and  dreary  plaina  of  ice  ;  in  one  «tep  the  traveller  P«Mea  from  the  ever* 
laatin^  anow  to  the  freaheat  verdure,  or  from  glaciera  of  chilling  coldneaa  to  vaU 
Icya  from  whoae  rocky  aides  the  aunbenma  are  reflected  with  almost  acorcl  ng 
power.  The  nature  of  the  country  preacnta  numcroua  obataclea  to  ita  culdif- 
tion ;  but  they  have  been,  in  a  great  meaaure,  overcome  by  the  induatry  of  the 
inhabitanta.  The  tracea  of  the  plough  are  viaible  on  the  tides  of  precip>ci'« 
apparently  inacceaeible ;  and  apota  which  nature  aeemed  to  have  doomed  to  eternal 
sterility,  are  crowned  with  vegetation.  The  produce  of  grain  ia  generally  equal 
to  the  consumption ;  but  poaturage  ia  the  chief  object  of  the  fanner. 

The  chief  manufacturca  are  cotton  and  woollen  gooda,  linen,  silk,  leather,  jew- 
elry-ware, and  particularly  watches.  Though  in  the  centre  of  Europe,  Switzer- 
land is  much  restricted  in  its  commercial  intercourse  by  the  barriers  of  the  Alps 
and  the  proh'Hitory  systems  of  the  neighbouring  States.  The  chief  exports  are 
cattle,  she^u,  linen,  lace,  silks,  jewelry,  dtc.  The  imports  are  principally  com, 
flax,  raw  silk,  cotton,  spices,  and  various  kinds  of  manufactured  goods. 

The  population  of  Switzerland  has  not  been  ascertained  by  any  very  accurate 
census,  but  is  estimated  at  2,013,000.  The  following  table  exhibits  the  extent  of 
the  different  cantons,  and  their  population,  according  to  an  estimate  formed  in 
1827: 

Canloni.  Bq.  m.  Population. 

Geneva 100  51,940 

Vaud 1487 175,350 

Valaia 9035  71,300 

Teaino 1134  101,000 

'     Berne 3635  857,710 

Lucerne 663  118,500 

Uri 646  144J40 

SchweiU 466  36,170  i 

Unterwalden 965 254220  I 

Glarua 392  27,660  ! 

Zug 123 14.800 

Zurich 954 221,370 

Friburg 805  83,700 

Soleure 255  ...     52,030  , 

Baale 238  54,380 

.     Bchaffhauaon 169  32,140 

Appenzell 170  54,300 

StGaU 1102  1484250 

Griiona 2395  87^)00 

Aargau 763  151,510 

Thurgau 353  80,730 

Neufchatel 350 52,800 

As  to  national  character,  the  Swiss  enjoy  the  reputation  of  being  a  plain, 
honest,  brave,  and  simple  people,  among  whom  linger  the  last  remnants  of  antique 
and  primitive  manners.  Their  fond  attachment  to  their  native  country  is  con- 
spicuous even  amid  the  necessity  which  compels  them  to  abandon  it  and  to  enter 
the  service  of  the  neighbouring  powers.  It  is  observed  that  no  sooner  is  the 
Ranz  dea  Vachen^  a  simple  mountain  air,  plaved  in  their  hearing,  than  the  hardv 
soldiers  melt  into  tears.  An  ardent  love  of'^  liberty,  ever  since  the  grand  epoch 
of  their  liberation,  has  distinguished  the  Swiss  people. 

»  The  religion  of  Switzerland  is  divided^ between  the  Protestant  and  the  Catholic. 
Schweitz,  Uri,  Unterwalden,  Lucerne,  '/Ji^,,  Friburg,  Soleure,  Valais,  and  Tesino, 
are  Catholic :  St  Gall,  Appenzell,  Aargau,,  and  Grisons,  are  mixed.    The  others 


2Z 


^1  w 


11.. 


y 


f   -  ■ 


m 


'.r 


■fC;' 


if«-i . 

BlI'  ■■• 

4 

Iglli., 

' 

N 

El'     B 

hi*..    • 

. 

1  ifc 

^       .  '^ 

3!il 


MWITZKRLAND-ITAF.V. 


inny  bo  ranked  ■■  I'rotuttant;  though  even  in  (icnnva  thero  aru  in,(HN)  CatluilicM. 
Thn  I'rotPHtant  chiirchci  wcro  nt  nrxt  itrictly  CalviniHtic,  both  ar>  to  tlnctrMu;  ami 
(Jiitciplinc ;  but  tho  (icnevan  church  haa  in  a  ip'rat  nicaaur»  rentninci'd  thr  \.v\w\» 
of  thia  Nchool  of  thoolo|;y.  Tho  I'rcabytcrian  form  of  church  (^overnincut,  how- 
r>v<>r,  Mtill  provaila  throuffhout  Frotnatant  Hwitzcrland.  Th)>  Catholic  r)>li);um  *'x- 
hihttn  thix  p«>cnliar  fcnturo,  that,  itmtfod  of  bt>in^r,  iik  utiiinl,  cuintiiiii'd  with  hii>li 
monarchical  principlea,  it  ia  catabliahcd  amonff  the  mvat  purely  dt>iii(icratic  of  the 
Hwiwt  ropublica.  Tho  Proteatant  cantona,  however,  arc  obMcrvcd  to  bo  decidedly 
the  moat  flouriahinff  and  induatrioua. 

f<eamin|;,  though  not  very  generally  diflTuacd  throughout  Switzcrliind,  haa  been 
cultivated  with  grout  ardour  at  Geneva  and  Zurich,  both  of  which  have  a  char- 
acter more  decidedly  intellcctu'il  than  mont  Kurop4>an  citicH.  The  great  printing 
and  book-aolling  trade  which  Geneva  enjoyed  wiiilo  the  French  preaa  laboured 
under  aevere  reatrrctiona,  haa  been  diminished.  Elementary  knowledge  ia  geneml 
throughout  the  Protertant  population.  The  hnbits  and  general  forma  of  life  arc 
Bubatantiaily  German,  inodiHcd,  in  tho  western  cantona,  and  especially  in  Geneva, 
by  a  oomowhat  intimate  communication  with  France. 

The  H'tlvetic  diet  conaiata  of  deputies  from  the  diflcrcnt  cantons,  which  meet 
cnco  a  year.  Extraordinary  mcctinga  may  also  be  called  on  tho  requisition  of  any 
rive  cantona.  This  aaaembly  takes  cognizance  of  everything  that  concerna  the 
foreign  relationa  and  the  general  defence  of  the  country.  Tho  army  of  the  con- 
federacy ia  formed  of  contingenta,  which  each  canton,  in  proportion  to  ita  number, 
ia  obliged  to  fUmiah.  From  theae  ia  mode  out  an  entire  amount  of  38,000  men. 
A  remarkable  peculiarity  in  the  military  system  of  Switzerland  ia  the  employ- 
ment of  its  citizena  in  the  service  of  foreign  powers  as  a  stipendiary  force.  This 
system  has  long  prevailed,  and  is  regularly  authorized  bv  the  government.  The 
number,  in  1816,  was  estimated  at  !M),(KM).  The  singular  consequence  follows, 
that  citizens  of  the  most  democratic  state  in  Europe,  form,  in  many  cases,  the 
main  inatrument  in  supporting  the  arbitrary  power  of  foreign  princes. 

Berne  is  usually  considered  as  the  capital  of  Switzerland,  but  this  is  rather 
nominally  than  politically.  It  is  pleasantly  situated  on  the  Aar,  and  is  a  large 
handsome  town,  partly  fortified,  and  containing  a  beautiful  cathedral,  a  college,  an 
araenal,  and  aeveral  other  public  edifices.  Population,  18,000.  Basle,  one  of  the 
largest  trading  towns  in  the  confederacy,  is  situated  on  the  Rhine,  by  which  it  is 
divided  into  two  parts,  united  bv  a  bridge.  It  has  a  library  of  28,000  volumes, 
and  is  the  seat  of  a  univeraity  'KHinded  in  1459.  Population,  16,000.  Geneva 
stands  at  the  weatern  extreteily  of  the  lake  of  that  name,  and  is  divided  by  the 
Hhdne  into  two  parts.  Tf#  library  contains  about  50,000  volumes.  It  has  some 
manufactures  of  woollen,  wui«i.;ii,  chintz,  silk,  porcelain;  and  particularly  watches, 
which  employ  near  700l>  perwns.  The  book  trade  has  ever  been  very  flourishing 
here.  Population,  36i,^0O.  Zurich  stands  on  the  lake  of  the  same  name,  upon 
both  sides  of  the  rii^t  Limmath.  It  is  distinguished  for  its  college  and  public 
library,  and  has  ftfwrishing  manufactures  of  muslins,  cottons,  and  silk  handker- 
chiefs. PopulatikMu  11,(NX).  Lausanne  is  delightfully  situated  on  three  emi- 
nences a  nule  oortk  of  the  Lake  of  Geneva.  It  contains  a  gothic  cathedral  of 
considerable  magnificence.  Population,  10,000.  Lucerne,  on  the  lake  of  the 
same  nanie,  occupies  a  gentle  eminence,  and  is  surrounded  by  a  wall  and  towers. 
Among  ita  curiosities  is  the  model  of  Switzerland,  executed  iu  relief  by  the  late 
General  PfyfTer.    Population,  7000. 


ITALY. 

Italy  is  an  extensive  region  in  the  south  of  Europe,  and  one  of  the  finest  in 
the  world,  as  to  soil  and  climate,  and  noted  as  the  theatre  of  many  of  the  greatest 
events  in  history.  It  is  now  in  a  state  of  degradation  and  decline,  but  is  filled 
with  grand  monuments  and  scenes,  calculated  to  awaken  the  most  lofly  recol- 
lections. This  portion  of  the  European  continent  forms  a  large  peninsula,  bounded 
on  the  north  by  Germany  and  Switzerland,  east,  by  part  of  Austria  and  the  Adri- 


.^•M 


finest  in  I 
e  greatest  I 
ut  is  filled  I 
ofty  recori 
a,  bounded  | 

the  Adri- 


ITALY. 


:i't:. 


ntic  Sea,  MMith  and  wnith-wcat,  by  the  M<'<litcrni)«*nn,  niul  on  the  wrat,  in  tlif< 
northern  parta,  by  Franco:  ita  lonffth  Im  ostiinntiMl  at  7IMI  i:)il«;!«;  itn  broadtli  Id 
vi>ry  uncf|ual ;  on  tho  nurth,  ainnif  the  Alpn,  alHUit  'XA);  in  tli)>  ctMitrnl  partj*,  iiltmit 
Ml);  and  at  thn  extremity  of  Calabria,  only  7>)  iniltm.  Tb*'  wbnln  oxtrnt  iimy  Im< 
reckoned  at  r.27,(NN)  M]uare  miloi*,  includinir  Hicily  and  Sardinia. 

The  aurtWcc  of  Italy  is  the  nuwt  finely  diversified  of  any  country  in  tho  world ; 
it  baa  tho  loftiest  mountains  and  thu  inuHt  b«>nutiful  pluinn  in  Kuro(>o.  Tli<>  AI|m 
extend  alun^  the  whole  of  her  northern  frontier,  ami  soiiu  of  thnr  proiidcHt  pin- 
nncles,  Mount  Ulanc,  HL  Oernurd,  iic,  are  within  the  itaiiHii  territory,  and  tlit'ir 
white  summits  are  seen  amid  the  clouds  in  continuous  (grandeur,  alon^  the  wliole 
extent  of  the  plains  of  Loiubardy.  The  Appcnines  are  tt  chain  purely  Itaimn, 
ranging  through  the  peninsula  fruin  north  to  south ;  it  diN^s  not  aspire  tu  the  awful 
height,  or  wrap  itxelf  in  the  perpetual  snows  of  tlie  Alps.  ItJ  highest  pinnacles 
do  nut  rise  much  abuve  UTHKI  teet. 

The  plains  of  Italy  arc  as  remarkable  for  their  extreme  beauty  as  tho  mountains 
for  their  grandeur.  The  iiiust  extensive  is  that  of  Iximbardy,  between  the  Alps 
and  tho  Appenincs,  which,  being  profusely  watered,  highly  cultivated,  and  under 
a  genial  climatt;,  is  |H'rliu|M  the  richest  and  most  productive  region  in  Europe. 

The  rivers  of  Italy  scarcely  correspond  to  their  tainu,  or  to  the  lolly  and  classic 
recollections  attached  to  their  names.  The  i*o,  with  its  branches  in  the  north,  is 
tiie  nioHt  prominent,  and  flows  into  the  Adriatic,  atler  a  course  of  about  400  miles. 
The  others  in  tho  same  region  are  much  smaller  in  thoir  length  of  course :  they 
nre  the  Piave,  Brenta,  Adige,  and  the  Arno.  The  well-known  Tiber,  Pescara, 
Garigliano,  and  Ombrone,  are  in  the  centre;  and  the  Votturno,  Ofanto,  Brandanu, 
and  Sole,  in  the  south.  The  lakes  are  the  Maggiore,  Como,  and  Garda,  in  Lom- 
bardy,  with  Perugia  and  Bolsano,  in  the  States  of  the  Church,  together  with  Ce- 
lano,  in  Naples. 

Italy  is  chiefly  divided  among  five  potentates.  The  Emperor  of  Austria,  who 
holds  Lombardy  and  Venice,  to  which  may  be  added  Parma  and  Placentia,  the 
appanage  of  Maria  Louisa ;  the  King  of  Sardinia,  who  has  Piedmont,  Savoy  and 
Genoa ;  the  Grand  Duke  of  Tuscanv ;  the  Pope,  temporal  ruler  of  the  States  of 
the  Church ;  the  Kinjyr  of  Naples  and  Sicily ;  beside  these,  the  Duchies  of  Modena 
and  Lucca,  the  Principality  of  Monaco,  and  the  Republic  of  San  Marino,  form 
separate,  though  they  hardly  deserve  the  name  of  independent  States. 

The  area  in  square  miles,  and  the  population  of  the  several  Italian  States,  are 
as  follows : 

Bq.  MilM.  Population. 

Lombardc Venetian  kingdom 18,534  4,279,764 

Sardinia 29,534  4,300,000 

Tuscany 8,759  14275,000 

States  of  the  Church 17,572  2,592,329 

Naples 43,052  7,484,300 

Parma 2,250  440,000 

Modena 2,145  400,000 

Lucca 434  145,000 

San  Marino 23  8,400 

Monaco 50  6i500 


Total 123,352  20,8814293 

The  Italians  are  descended  from  difllbrent  nations,  which  at  various  times  over- 
ran Italy,  though  they  are  now  blended  into  one  race.  A  few  Greeks  live  on  the 
coast  of  the  Adriatic ;  there  are  Germans  in  Lombardy,  Venice,  &c.,  and  Jews 
scattered  over  the  country ;  but  there  are  not  probably  200,000  inhabitants  who 
are  not  Italians.  The  Italians  are  distinguished  for  their  animated  and  expressive 
countenances,  and  they  have  very  brilliant  eyes.  They  arc  generally  of  dark 
complexions,  well-formed  and  active.  The  women  have  black  or  auburn  hair,  and 
most  of  the  requisites  fur  beauty.  Among  the  inhabitants  are  many  cripples  and 
deformed:  for  the  poor  in  Italy  suficr  many  hardships  and  privations:  but  among 
the  lowest  class,  and  especially  at  Naples,  the  human  form  is  seen  in  its  greatest 
perfection,  and  the  half-clad  lazzaroni  are  the  best  models  for  a  sculptor. 


it.. 


j^    •  t 
4 


.'   i\ 


Hi 


\.'\ 


:■ 


'-4 


'I  !'•♦  "vvi 


i'l'il 


piff  ■[-■?■■ 
IM;'  •^^'■■ 


396 


ITALY. 


In  all  the  States  of  Italy  there  are  the  usual  fprades  of  European  nobility ;  and 
the  individuals  are  more  numerous  than  those  of  the  same  class  in  any  other  coun- 
try. In  some  of  the  States  of  Italy  all  the  sons  of  the  nobility  and  their  sons, 
bear  the  original  title.  Of  course  numbers  are  indigent ;  and  many  of  them  are 
known  to  solicit  charity. 

None  of  the  higher  class  in  the  Roman  State,  and  few  in  all  Italy,  live  in  the 
country.  All  dwell  in  cities,  and  the  peasants  are  deprived  of  the  advantage 
which  is  always  derived  from  the  residence  of  the  landed  proprietors.  All  the 
operations  of  agriculture  are  imperfect,  and  all  the  implements  rude.  The  very 
wine  and  oil,  are  often  spoiled  from  want  of  skill.  Agriculture  is  not  the  road  to 
wealth;  it  is  hardly  a  means  of  support;  and  the  peasants  are  generally  beggars. 
Rome,  Naples,  and  the  towns  of  the  south,  are  infested  with  mendicants,  whose 
distress  is  not  always  assumed,  for  in  this  country  of  fertility,  many  are  without 
food. 

The  written  language  of  Italy  is  uniform,  though  there  are  various  dialects 
spoken  in  different  districts,  and  in  Savoy  the  more  general  language  is  the 
French.  The  Italian  is  founded  on  the  Latin,  which  it  nearly  resembles,  and  is 
so  sweet  and  liquid  that  it  is  consecrated  to  music  in  all  European  countries ;  yet 
though  soft  to  a  great  degree,  it  is  distinguished  for  force.  The  language  is 
spoken  with  the  most  purity  at  Rome,  Sienna,  and  Florence ;  but  the  Venetian  dia- 
lect is  the  most  musical. 

The  Roman  Catholic  religion  is  established  throughout  Italy,  and  nowhere  else 
has  it  so  many  splendid  accessories,  addressed  to  the  senses  and  the  imagination. 
There  are  Protestant  communities  in  Piedmont,  which  however  are  much  restricted, 
though  generally  the  Italians  are  not  intolerant,  and  Protestants,  Greeks,  and 
Mussulmans,  may  approach  the  Pope  himself.  The  English  at  Rome  have  on  the 
great  festivals  of  the  church  a  conspicuous  place  assigned  them. 

In  literature  and  science  the  world  is  deeply  indebted  to  Italy :  first,  for  the 
classical  works  which  she  produced  during  her  Augustan  age,  and  then  for  the 
brilliant  revival  of  literature  under  her  auspices,  after  a  long  night  of  ignorance, 
In  the  fourteenth,  fifteenth,  and  sixteenth  centurief/,  she  could  boast  of  poets  and 
historians  unrivalled  amongst  those  of  any  age  or  country ;  and  although  her  lite- 
rary greatness  has  suffered  some  decay,  she  has  not  ceased  to  produce,  from  time 
to  time,  men  eminent  in  the  various  departments  of  learning.  The  literary  col- 
lections of  this  region  are  of  singular  value.  The  library  of  the  Vatican,  if  not 
the  most  extensive,  is  probably  the  most  valuable  in  the  world.  The  number  of 
volumes  contained  in  it  is  estimated  at  about  600,000,  and  the  manuscripts,  the 
most  curious  and  valuable  part,  at  50,000.  The  libraries  of  Florence,  Bologna, 
and  Milan,  though  secondary  to  the  former,  contain,  however,  a  rich  store  of  an- 
cient manuscripts  and  early  printed  works,  formed  by  the  munificent  princes  who 
once  reigned  over  these  cities.  The  fine  arts,  in  Italy,  have  attained  a  splendour 
quite  unrivalled  in  any  modem  country,  and  have  ever  flourished  in  that  region 
as  their  chosen  and  peculiar  soil. 

Painting,  in  the  sixteenth  century,  and  in  the  Roman  and  Florentine  schools, 
reached  a  height  of  perfection  unequalled  perhaps  even  in  ancient  times,  in  all 
the  qualities  of  form,  design,  and  expression,  which  constitute  the  highest  excel- 
lence of  the  art :  no  names  can  yet  rival  those  of  Michael  Angelo  and  Raphael. 
The  sculpture  of  Italy,  even  during  its  happy  stages,  did  not  equal  that  of  the 
ancient  schools.  In  the  present  age,  however,  the  genius  of  Canova  has  burst 
forth  with  a  brilliancy  which  has  enabled  modern  times,  in  this  art,  almost  to  rival 
antiquity.  In  architecture  also,  this  country  has  no  modern  rival.  Though  some 
of  the  northern  nations  may  have  erected  more  huge  and  costly  structures,  none 
of  them  display  the  same  high,  pure,  and  cla8.sical  taste. 

The  collections  of  art,  in  Italy,  are  of  a  splendour  surpassing  even  that  which 
might  be  inferred  from  the  great  works  produced  by  its  artists.  Of  the  master- 
pieces of  the  ancients,  which  were  either  saved  from  the  desolation  of  the  eastern 
empire,  or  dug  up  from  the  ruins  of  temples  and  palaces,  by  far  the  greater  part 
were  either  found  here,  or  brought  into  the  country ;  and  thus  it  became  the  grand 
depository  alike  of  ancient  and  modem  art. 


;  and 
coun- 
sons,  I 

naare 

.     ,.  'i 
in  the  1 

tntage 

aithe 

B  very ' 

'oad  to  I 

iggars. 

whose 

vithout 

iialects 
is  the 
,  and  is 
ea;  yet 
[uage  is  j 
,ian  dia- 

ere  else  | 
[ination. 
istricted,  I 
eks,  and 
e  on  the 

t,  for  the  I 
n  for  the , 
rnorance,  | 
loets  and  I 
her  lite- 
rom  time 
srary  col- 
in,  if  notj 
umber  of  I 
ripts,  the 
Bologna, 
)re  of  an- 1 
inces  who 
splendour 
lat  region 

e  schools, 
les,  in  all  I 
est  excel- 
l  Raphael, 
hat  of  the 
I  has  burst 
)8t  to  rival 
BUgh  some 
ures,  none 

that  which  | 
le  master- 
he  eastern  I 
reater  part 
the  grand 


SARDINIA. 


3!>7 


In  music,  this  region  has  boasted  a  similnr  pre-eminence;  and  for  a  lonjj  period, 
ail  the  great  composers  in  ihe  highost  style  of  nrt  were  exclusively  Italians.  Of 
late,  however,  Germany  has  come  forward  as  a  powerful  rival,  and  has  produced 
several  composers  of  the  first  class.  Yet  Italy  seems  still  to  be  regarded  as  the 
chief  home  of  the  musical  art:  hither  all  the  students  repair,  and  ita  vocal  per- 
formers are  considered  over  all  Europe  as  superior  to  thoee  of  any  other  country. 


SARDINIA. 

The  Sardinian  States  arq  of  a  very  dissimilar  character,  but  united  by  political 
circumstances  under  one  government.  The  kingdom  consists  of  four  distinct 
parts;  Piedmont,  Genoa,  Savoy,  and  the  Inland  of  Sardinia;  of  which  the  popu- 
lation, in  1825,  was,  of  Savoy,  501,165;  Piedmont,  591,929;  Genoa,  2,583,233; 
Sardinia,  490,050 :  total,  4,1&5,377. 

The  first  three  divisions,  constituting  the  continental  part  of  the  kingdom,  are 
bounded  by  Switzerland  on  the  north,  by  Austrian  Italy  and  the  duchy  of  Parma 
on  the  east,  by  the  Gulf  of  Genoa  on  the  south,  and  by  France  on  the  west.  It 
extends  from  43"=  44'  to  46°  20'  N.  lat.,  and  from  5°  40'  to  10°  E.  Ion.,  being  200 
miles  in  length  from  north  to  south,  and  1!)5  in  breadth. 

The  Island  of  Sardinia  lies  to  the  south  of  Corsica,  and  is  separated  from  it  by 
a  narrow  strait.  It  extends  from  38°  50'  to  41°  14'  N.  lat.  It  is  162  miles  in 
length,  and  70  in  mean  breadth.  The  continental  dominions  contain  19,725  square 
miles,  and  the  island  9809 :  total,  29,534. 

Continental  Sardinia  is  inclosed  on  three  sides  by  the  Alps  and  the  Apennines, 
which  gives  it  an  irregular  surface,  and  renders  the  scenery  more  sublime,  and 
the  climate  colder,  than  in  southern  Italy.  On  the  east,  it  descends  gradually  into 
the  beautiful  plains  which  form  the  basin  of  the  Po.  In  Piedmont,  the  soil  is  very 
fertile  and  well  cultivated.  The  plains  produce  rice,  maize,  and  other  grains,  and 
the  hills  are  covered  with  vineyards  and  olive-yards.  The  pastures  are  very  rich, 
and  grazing  is  an  important  branch  of  their  husbandry.  Savoy  is  a  rugged  pro- 
vince, resembling  Switzerland  in  its  character,  and  lying  among  the  loftiest  of 
the  Alps  near  Mount  Blanc  and  Mount  Cenis.  The  irregularity  of  the  surface 
renders  cultivation  very  difficult,  and  it  is  naturally  one  of  the  poorest  countries 
in  Europe.  The  Savoyards  are  but  poorly  instructed;  but  their  industry,  fru- 
gality, and  sobriety,  enable  them  to  gain  a  comfortable  subsistence.  The  moun- 
tainous parts  give  rise  to  a  great  number  of  small  streams,  which  unite  to  form 
the  Po.  The  Rhone  forms  part  of  the  north-western  boundary,  and  receives  the 
most  of  those  rising  on  the  northern  and  western  slope  of  the  mountains.  The 
Var  forms  the  boundary  between  Nice  and  France,  and  falls  into  the  Mediterra- 
nean. The  Lake  of  Geneva  borders  this  territory  on  the  north,  and  Lago  Mag- 
giore  on  the  north-east.    There  are  many  smaller  lakes. 

One  of  the  most  remarkable  objects  in  this  country  is  the  road  over  Mount 
Cenis  in  Savoy.  It  was  begun  by  Bonaparte,  in  1803,  and  was  completed  at  a 
cost  of  7,460,000  francs.  It  is  cut  through  the  solid  rock,  and  is  furnished  with 
26  houses  of  refuge  in  the  most  elevated  and  exposed  parts,  so  that  the  road  is 
safe  even  in  winter :  these  houses  are  provided  with  bells,  which,  during  fogs, 
are  rung  from  time  to  time  to  direct  the  traveller  from  one  refuge  to  another. 
Between  France  and  Savoy  is  another  road  called  Les  echelles ;  nearly  two  miles 
of  it  consist  of  a  gallery  or  tunnel  through  a  solid  rock  of  limestone.  This  road 
was  begun  and  the  greater  part  of  it  accomplished  by  Napoleon,  but  was  finished 
by  the  Sardinian  government. 

The  principal  articles  of  exportation  are  silk,  rice,  and  oil.  Genoa  is  the  only 
port  which  has  any  foreign  commerce.  The  Island  of  Sardinia  supplies  the  con- 
tinental states  with  salt,  and  some  grain  and  vegetables.  There  are  manufactures 
of  silk  at  Genoa,  to  the  amount  of  1,000,000  to  1,400,000  dollars  annually.  This 
city  also  manufactures  paper,  soap,  chocolate,  macaroni,  &c.  In  Piedmont  are 
some  manufactures  of  silk.     Nice  produces  perfumes  and  scented  waters.     There 

34 


%\    i 


*    i» 


J 


h  il 


■1 

rl\ 

.     1 

'  •  '  1 

r.' 

'    ,!■    ! 

V  . 

•y   k 

vii 

hm 

;  m 

f  ,^j 

\'  'ij  1 

k¥^l 

■.  Ain ': 


'ft  M    'f  "     ^     '       * 


'A' 


Mil 


un 

:li> 


398 


SARDINIA. 


are  Home  smeHing  furnaces  in  Piedmont  and  Savoy.  The  tunny  fisheries  of  the 
Island  of  Sardinia  are  said  to  produce  1,000,000  francs  a  year.  The  coral  fishery 
ib  also  a  considerable  source  of  revenue. 

The  king  of  Sardinia  is  an  absolute  hereditary  monarch.  The  government  is 
dir'"ct°d  by  a  Supreme  Council  of  State,  a  Council  of  Finances,  a  Council  of  Go- 
venipient,  the  Council  of  Savoy,  the  Senate  of  Turin,  the  Council  of  Nice,  and 
the  Council  of  Genoa.  Justice  is  administered  by  the  nobles.  The  army  consists 
of  '<28,000  men,  and  the  navy,  of  2  ships  of  .54  guns,  and  6  or  8  smaller  vessels. 

Public  instruction  is  entirely  in  the  hands  of  the  clergy  and  Jesuits.  Gymna- 
siums and  high-schools  e.xist  in  most  of  the  large  towns,  but  little  except  Latin 
and  scholastic  theology  are  taught  in  them.  The  universities,  with  the  exception 
of  those  at  Turin  and  Genoa,  are  very  insignificant.  It  is  estintated  that  there 
are  not  5  individuals  in  100,  who  can  read,  write,  and  cipher.  The  censorship  is 
severe.  Few  foreign  books,  and  hardly  any  pamphlets  or  newspapers,  are  allowed 
to  enter  the  kingdom. 

The  Island  of  Sardinia  is  one  of  the  least  valuable  portions  of  the  kingdom, 
though  possessed  of  advantages  which  should  render  it  very  much  the  reverse. 
Few  regions  exceed  it  in  natural  fertility ;  the  surface  is  finely  variegated  with 
gentle  hills,  which  only  along  the  western  coast  assume  the  character  of  moun- 
tains. Grain,  notwithstanding  the  most  wretched  cultivation,  aflbrds  a  surplus  for 
export.  The  wines  are  reckoned  equal  to  those  of  Spain,  and  the  olives  to  tliose 
of  Genoa  and  Provence.  Tiie  salt-works  and  the  tunny-fishery  are  very  impor- 
tant objects;  and  the  situation  of  Sardinia,  in  the  heart  of  the  Mediterranean,  and 
with  a  nuniber  of  fine  harbours,  might  afford  the  opportunity  of  an  extensive  com- 
merce, "^".t  the  population  is  in  the  most  uncultivated  and  savage  state,  perhapA, 
of  any  ;p  .itrne.  The  peasantry  in  the  interior  are  clothed,  in  a  great  measure, 
in  shagf'v  "  :j  or  sheep  skins;  they  subsist  chiefly  by  the  produce  of  their  flocks, 
and  by  liut.it.ig;  and  go  constantly  armed,  for  their  own  defence,  against  the  nu- 
merous and  desperate  banditti,  by  whom  the  mountains  are  infested.  A  consider- 
able portion  of  the  horses,  cattle,  and  sheep,  are  in  a  wild  state.  The  Sardinian 
government  is  making  exertions  to  improve  the  condition  of  the  island,  by  the 
formation  of  roads,  &.c.  Cagliari  and  Sassari  are  both  considerable  towns ;  the 
former  having  some  trade,  but  crowded,  ill-built,  and  ill-paved ;  the  latter,  smaller, 
but  more  elegant.  Oristagno  has  a  fine  harbour,  and  flourishes  by  the  tunny 
fishery,  and  by  the  culture  of  wine  in  its  neighbourhood. 

Turin,  in  Piedmont,  the  capital  of  the  kingdom,  is  situated  on  the  western  bank 
of  the  Po,  at  the  foot  of  a  range  of  beautiful  hills.  It  is  the  most  regularly  built 
of  all  the  Italian  cities,  with  broad,  straight,  and  clean  streets,  and  is  admired  for 
the  symmetry  of  its  squares,  the  splendour  of  its  hotels,  and  the  general  elegance 
of  its  houses.  It  has  4  splendid  gates,  adorned  with  pillars  and  cased  with  mar- 
ble; 110  churches,  a  university,  and  many  fine  palaces.  The  royal  palace  is 
spacious,  and  surrounded  with  delightful  gardens.  The  outward  view  of  the  city 
is  very  imposing,  and  it  has  no  mean  suburbs  or  mouldering  walls.  Population, 
114,000. 

Genoa  stands  on  the  shore  of  a  broad  gulf  to  which  it  gives  its  name.  This 
city  spreads  over  a  wide  semicircular  tract  of  rocks  and  declivities,  and  the  aspect 
of  its  white  buildings  ascending  in  regular  progression  from  the  sea,  is  highly 
magnificent.  The  interior  consists  of  streets,  or  rather,  lanes,  8  or  10  feet  wide, 
between  immensely  high  palaces.  When  you  look  up,  their  cornices  appear 
almost  to  touch  across  the  street,  leaving  a  strip  of  blue  sky  between.  Two  of 
the  streets  only  are  accessible  to  carriages.  The  Strada  Balbi  is  one  of  the  most 
magnificent  streets  in  the  world,  and  is  full  of  splendid  palaces.  Genoa  has  a 
public  library  of  50,000  volumes,  and  a  university.  Its  harbour  is  one  of  the 
finest  in  Europe,  and  it  has  a  considerable  trade.     Population,  80,000. 

Nice  is  beautifully  situated  on  the  Gulf  of  Genoa,  and  has  a  good  artificial  har- 
bour. The  mildness  of  its  climate  draws  many  invalids  to  this  quarter.  Popula- 
tion, 25,000.  Chamberry,  the  chief  town  of  Savoy,  occupies  a  charming  spot 
surrounded  by  gentle  eminences  covered  with  vineyards,  pastures,  and  wood,  but 
it  is  not  a  well-built  place.     Population,  12,000.     Alessandria,  on  the  Tanaro,  a 


)f  the  I 
ishcry  | 

ent  is  I 
rf  Go-l 
e,  and  | 
onsists  I 
sels.     I 
rymna- 
t  Latin  j 
ception  j 
I  there 
rehip  is  i 
lUowed 

ingdom,  I 
reverse,  j 
,ed  with 
f  moun- 1 
rplus  for  I 
to  those  I 
y  impor- 
ean,  and 
ive  com- 
perhapft,  I 
measure,  | 
iir  flocks, 
;  the  nu- 
coiisider- 1 
Sardinian  | 
d,  by  the 
wns;  the 
•,  smaller, 
he  tunny 

item  bank  I 
larly  built  | 
linired  for  j 
elegance 
with  mar- 
palace  is 
)f  the  city 
%pulation, 

Ime.    This 
the  aspect  I 
is  highly  I 
feet  wide,  | 
Ices  appear! 
Two  of  I 
)f  the  most  II 
gnoa  has  all 
one  of  the  | 

tificial  har- 
Popula- 

rming  spotil 
wo(xl,  but  I 
Tanaro, 


LOMBARDO-VENETIAN  KINGDOM. 


30!) 


branch  of  the  Po,  is  the  strongest  place  in  the  kingdom.  It  is  well  built,  with 
broad  and  handsome  streets.  Population,  85,U()0.  Other  towns,  Asti,  22,000 ; 
Coni,  18,000;  Mondovi,  17,000;  Vercelli,  16,000;  Novarra,  15,000. 

PRINCIPALITY  OF  MONACO. 

This  little  state,  comprising  6500  inhabitants,  on  50  square  miles,  is  situated 
within  the  Sardinian  territory.  The  capital  is  Monaco,  a  village  with  1000  in- 
habitants. The  principality  of  Monaco  is  under  the  protection  of  the  king  of 
Sardinia. 


THE  LOMBARDO-VENETIAN  KINGDOM. 

Austrian  Italy,  or  the  Lombardo-Venetian  Kingdom,  consists  of  the  groat 
plain  of  the  Po,  bordered,  on  one  side,  by  the  highest  ranges  of  the  Alps,  on  the 
other  by  those  of  the  Appenincs.  It  has  not  the  classic  sites  and  monuments  of 
Rome,  nor  the  brilliant  skies  of  Naples;  yet  it  would  be  ditficult  to  find  on  the 
globe  a  territory  of  the  same  extent  e<iual!y  fine.  The  luxuriant  fertility  of  this 
vast  plain,  the  grind,  almost  magic,  landscapes  presented  by  the  southern  declivity  I 
of  the  Alps,  and  the  lakes  which  spread  at  their  feet ;  the  fine  shores  of  the  Adri- 
atic— unite  in  making  it  one  of  the  most  desirable  regions  in  Europe.  It  is  an  \ 
aggregate  of  several  portions  that  were  politically  very  distinct  I 

This  kingdom  occupies  the  eastern  port  of  Northern  Italy.  They  consist  of  two ' 
divisions :  the  Republic  of  Venice  in  the  east,  and  Lombardy  in  the  west.  They  j 
are  bounded  north  by  the  Tyrol  and  Carinthia ;  east  by  Istria,  Carniola,  and  the  | 
Adriatic;  south  by  the  States  of  the  Church,  Modena,  and  Parma;  and  west  by  I 
the  Sardinian  dominions.  It  extends  from  45°  to  47°  N.  lat ;  and  from  9°  to  14° 
E.  Ion.  Their  greatest  length  from  east  to  west  is  220  miles,  and  their  breadth 
140  miles.  It  contains  18,534  square  miles.  Population,  4,279,764.  The  Po 
washes  the  southern  limit  of  this  territory.  This  river,  denominated  the  Prince 
of  the  Italian  streams,  rises  in  the  western  Alps,  on  the  confines  of  Franco  and 
Italy,  and  passes  easterly  through  the  Sardinian  States.  The  sand  and  gravel 
wa^ed  down  from  the  mountains,  have  raised  its  bed  in  modern  times  to  such  an 
elevation,  that  in  some  places,  banks  30  feet  high  are  necessary  to  preserve  the 
country  fh>m  inundation.  The  Adige  rises  in  the  Alps  of  Tyrol,  and  flowing  south, 
enters  this  territory,  after  which  it  turns  to  the  east,  and  falls  into  the  Adriatic ; 
it  is  200  miles  in  length.  The  Piave  and  several  other  small  streams  from  tlie 
north  flow  into  the  Adriatic  Sea.  Lake  Maggiore  extends  along  the  base  of  the 
Alps  27  miles:  it  is  3  miles  in  width,  and  1800  feet  deep.  Its  shores  abound 
with  Alpine  beauties.  East  of  this  is  the  Lake  of  Como,  32  miles  in  length,  and 
still  farther  east,  the  Lake  of  Garda:  it  is  30  miles  long,  and  8  miles  wide.  There 
are  several  other  smaller  lakes  in  the  neighbourhood.  All  of  them  flow  into  the 
Po,  and  are  highly  beautiful.  The  climate  of  this  region  is  delightful,  yet  the 
winter  has  dome  features  of  Alpine  severity.  The  heats  of  summer  are  mitigated 
by  the  cool  breezes  {\r6m  the  Alps. 

Lombardy  is  a  level  country,  and  consists  entirely  of  an  alluvial  plain  witii  one 
of  the  richest  soils  in  the  world.  Near  the  mountains,  gravel  is  mixed  with  the 
earth,  but  almost  the  whole  tract  is  composed  of  a  deep  black  mould.  The  irri- 
gation applied  to  the  lands  in  Lombardy  is  the  most  perfect  in  the  world.  The 
mountains  which  border  the  country  afibrd  an  inexhaustible  supply  of  water.  The 
meadows  yield  six  crops  of  hay  in  a  year.  Rice  is  cultivated  in  some  parts.  The 
grain  and  ordinary  fruits  are  ripe  in  June  or  July,  and  the  vintage  takes  place  in 
October.  The  bee  and  the  silkworm  receive  much  attention,  but  the  dairy  is  the 
main  occupation  of  the  farmer.     The  fields  are  separated  by  rows  of  poplars. 

The  chief  manufactures  are  silk,  glass,  and  hardware.  At  Venice  and  Murano 
beautiful  mirrors  are  made.  Hardware  and  fire-arms  are  made  at  Brescia.  Jew- 
elry and  plate  are  wrought  at  Milan  and  Venice.     There  nre  some  manufactures 


•.<  :!1 


i|;i 


1-  ;■ 


,'1'   Vli- 


^. 


■■it 


V'.    t; 


•I     i 

h  1 

■ "  II 


i. 


i^^: 


'HA 


t:.^l 


lf«.t 


,1 


f  '  ■ 


ill''. f-^  ■ 

III-' It 


rsjifii* 


■;: 


1l^ 


400 


LOM  BAR  DO.  VENETIAN  KINGDOM. 


of  woollen,  musical  instruments,  china,  carpets,  paper,  artificial  flowers,  perfumes, 
vermicelli,  macaroni,  glass  beads,  &c.  Venice  has  been  made  a  tree  port,  but  its 
cotniiicrco  is  triHinfr.  The  internal  trade  is  pretty  active.  The  government  is 
arbitrary,  and  is  administered  by  an  Austrian  viceroy.  There  is  a  show  of  repro- 
scntation,  yet  everytiiing  is  controlled  by  the  authorities  at  Vienna.  All  the  taxes 
are  imposed  by  tlic  Emperor,  The  administration  of  justice  is  arbitrary  and 
wretched  in  the  extreme,  and  the  censorship  is  very  rigid. 

Milan,  the  capital  of  the  kingdom,  and  the  residence  of  the  viceroy,  is  a  large 
and  splendid  city,  11  miles  in  circumference.  It  stands  in  the  middle  of  a  vast 
plain,  on  a  spot  without  any  natural  advantages,  yet  the  fine  canals  from  the 
Ticino  and  Adda  make  it  the  centre  of  a  considerable  trade.  It  is  considered  the 
most  elegant  city  in  Italy,  and  was  very  much  improved  and  beautified  by  Napo- 
leon. The  finest  building  is  the  Cathedral,  which  is  inferior  only  to  St.  Peter's  at 
Rome.  It  is  completely  built,  paved,  vaulted  and  roofed  with  the  whitest  and 
most  resplendent  marble.  Most  of  the  buildings  in  this  city  are  constructed 
according  to  a  regular  order  of  architecture,  and  a  mean-looking  house  is  as  rare 
here  as  a  palace  elsewhere.  Here  is  the  famous  Ambrosian  Library,  with  72,000 
volumes,  and  15,()()U  manuscripts.  The  hospitals  and  charitable  institutions  are 
numerous.  Milan  was  founded  584  years  before  Christ,  by  the  Insubrian  Gauls. 
1 1  has  been  40  times  besieged ;  40  times  taken,  and  4  times  destroyed.  It  has 
above  200  churches,  and  more  than  100  monastic  institutions.    Population,  151,000. 

Venice  is  the  most  picturescjue  city  in  Europe,  and  full  of  character  and  variety. 
It  is  an  unintelligible  place  to  every  one  but  an  eye-witness.  It  stands  in  the 
Adriatic,  about  5  miles  from  the  main  land,  and  is  built  upon  a  multitude  of  islands 
intersected  by  canals  instead  of  streets.  It  is  said  to  be  a  fitting  place  for  crip- 
ples, because  here,  a  man  has  no  use  for  his  limbs ;  he  steps  out  of  his  house  into 
a  gondola,  and  out  of  the  gondola  into  his  house ;  this  is  all  the  exertion  necessai'y 
'  to  traverse  the  whole  city.  There  are  thousands  here  who  never  saw  a  hill  or  a 
wood,  or  an  ear  of  corn  growing,  or  a  green  field.  The  Grand  Canal  is  crossed 
by  the  Rialto,  a  marble  arch  90  feet  in  span.  The  prospect  from  this  bridge  is 
lively  and  magnificent.  There  are  500  other  bridges.  Most  of  the  canals  are 
narrow^  and  some  have  no  quays,  so  that  the  water  \vashes  the  houses.  The  ducal 
palace,  and  the  churches  of  St.  Mark  and  St.  Gemignano  are  rich  and  splendid 
edifices.  The  Square  of  St.  Mark  is  800  feet  in  length,  and  has  a  magnificent 
appearance.  The  traveller  at  evening  may  view  this  fine  square  in  all  its  marble 
beauty,  with  the  domes  and  minarets  of  its  ancient  church,  the  barbaric  gloom  of 
the  Doge'a  palace,  and  its  proud  towering  Campanile ;  he  mi.y  here  see  the  Co- 
rinthian horses,  the  workmanship  of  Lysippus,  and  the  winged  licm  of  the  Pirssus ; 
he  may  walk  in  the  illumination  of  a  long  line  of  coffee-houses.,  and  observe  the 
variety  of  costume ;  the  thin  veil  covering  the  pale  Venetian  beauty ;  the  Turks 
with  their  beards  and  caflans  and  long  pipes  and  chess-playing ;  the  Greeks  with 
their  skull-caps,  and  richly  laced  jackets.  Venice  is  in  everything  delightful,  and 
may  be  called  a  great  pleasure-house.  It  is  the  chief  book-shop  c?  the  south,  and 
prints  for  Italy  in  general,  as  well  as  for  Greece  and  Germany.  It  has  a  public 
library  of  1^0,000  volumes,  and  a  population  of  101,000. 

Padua,  the  birthplace  of  Livy,  has  a  famous  university,  founded  by  Charlemagne, 
and  is  said  to  have  had  at  one  time  18,000  students ;  in  1817,  only  300.  Popula- 
tion, 50,000.  Mantua  is  a  strong  town,  standing  in  the  midst  of  a  lake  formed  by 
the  Mincio.  The  streets  are  broad  and  straight  and  the  squares  spacious.  Here 
is  a  monument  to  Virgil,  and  a  little  village  in  this  neighbourhood  was  the  place 
of  his  birt.h.  Population,  25,000.  Crernona  stands  at  the  confluence  of  the  Po 
and  the  Adda.  It  has  a  splendid  cathedral  and  is  regularly  built,  but  the  streets 
are  grass-grown,  and  the  place  has  a  decaying  look.  Population,  27,000.  Brescia, 
to  the  west  of  Lake  Grarda,  has  also  a  fine  cathedral.  Population,  31,000.  Pavia, 
on  the  Ticino,  has  a  university  founded  by  Ciiarlemagne.  Population,  21,000. 
Lodi,  on  the  Adda,  is  celebrated  for  a  victory  gained  by  Bonaparte  over  the  Aus- 
trians  in  1796.  Population,  18,000.  Verona,  on  the  Adige,  at  the  foot  of  the 
Alps,  has  a  charming  situation  and  many  fine  buildings.  Its  ancient  walls  and 
towers  inclose  a  vast  area,  and  have  a  noble  appearance.     The  great  amphitheatre 


rl    i 


TUSCANY. 


401 


at  this  place  is  one  of  Uic  nublcst  monuments  of  Roman  magnificence  now  cxiHt- 
ing.  Population,  TjOjlKH).  Some  of  the  other  Umns  are  Viccnza,  30,000;  Udina, 
18,000;  TrevitKi,  la,000;  Belluno,  8000;  Ilovigo,  700U 


TUSCANY. 

The  Duchy  of  Tuscany  ranks  next  to  the  Roman  States  as  the  theatre  of  great 
historical  events,  and  has  surpassed  Rome  itself  as  the  seat  of  modern  learning. 
U  is  bounded  north  and  east  by  the  Roman  States,  south-west  by  the  Mcditcrra- 
neiin,  and  north-west  by  Lucca.  It  contains  8759  square  miles.  The  chief  river 
is  the  Amo,  which  rises  among  the  mountains  in  the  eastern  part,  and  flows 
wester'y  to  the  sea.  It  is  navigable,  by  barges,  from  Florence  to  the  sea.  It  stip- 
plies  with  water  above  1000  canals.  The  Ombrone,  in  the  south,  is  not  naviga- 
ble.    The  Tiber  rises  in  the  mountains  of  this  country. 

Tuscany  is  admired  fur  its  romantic  scenery.  The  boldness,  grandeur,  and  rich 
luxuriance  of  the  country,  are  hardly  anywhere  equalled.  The  vale  of  the  Arno 
is  one  of  the  most  delightful  regions  in  the  world.  It  is  abundantly  rich  and  well 
cultivated.  One  half  of  this  territory  consists  of  mountains,  producing  only  tim- 
ber: one  sixth  is  composed  of  hills  covered  with  vineyards  and  olive  gardens ;  the 
remainder  consists  of  plainsi  Tlie  soil  on  the  Apennines  is  stony.  The  coast  is 
low,  sandy,  and  in  some  parts  swampy.  In  the  southern  part  begins  that  desolate 
region  called  the  Maremma,  the  soil  of  which  consists  of  white  clay  impregnated 
with  sulphur.  Corn,  wine,  and  oil,  are  common  productions.  The  valley  of  the 
Arno  is  divided  into  very  small  farms,  separated  by  rows  of  trees  or  small  canals. 
The  Maremma  pastures  great  numbers  of  sheep  and  horses.  Chestnuts  arc  an 
important  production ;  in  some  parts  they  are  used  for  bread. 

This  Duchy  is  one  of  the  most  industrious  countries  of  Italy.  Silk  manufac 
tures  are  the  principal  branch  of  industry  in  the  Florentine  cities.  Straw  hats 
are  made  in  great  numbers,  by  women,  in  the  valley  of  the  Arno.  The  other 
manufactures  are  linen,  broadcloth,  soap,  perfumes,  letter-paper,  china,  marble, 
coral,  alabaster,  and  mosaics.  Leghorn  has  a  considerable  commerce  with  the 
Levant,  Europe,  and  America. 

The  government  is  an  absolute  monarchy.  There  are  4000  regular  troops,  be- 
sides militia.  The  population,  in  1826,  was  1,275,000.  Of  these,  15,000  were 
Jews.  The  chief  universities  are  at  Florence,  Pisa,  and  Sienna.  They  comprise 
about  1200  students.     At  Florence  are  also  eight  public  schools. 

The  Island  of  Elba  is  nine  miles  from  the  coast  of  Tuscany.  It  is  60  miles  in 
circumference,  and  contains  160  square  miles.  It  is  very  mountainous,  and  in- 
stead of  wood  the  mountains  are  covered  with  aromatic  plants  and  bushes,  The 
chief  production  is  iron,  taken  mostly  from  a  single  mountain  consisting  of  one 
immense  mass  of  iron  ore.  The  island  contains  'ilso  copper,  lead  and  silver  mines, 
and  produces  excellent  wine.  The  chief  town,  Porto  Ferrajo,  has  a  good  har- 
bour, and  contains  3034  inhabitants.  In  1814,  this  island  was  given  in  entire 
sovereignty  to  Napoleon,  who  resided  here  from  May,  1814,  till  February  26, 1815. 
Population,  13,700.  The  Island  of  Gorgona,  near  Leghorn,  is  famous  for  the  fish- 
ing of  anchovies. 

Florence,  the  capital,  stands  on  the  Arno,  50  miles  from  the  sea.  It  is  6  miles 
in  compass,  and,  next  to  Rome,  is  the  most  beautiful  city  in  Italy.  It  is  built  in  a 
plain  skirted  by  the  Apennines.  Antique  towers  and  remains  of  fortifications,  old 
convents,  and  other  picturesque  ruins,  crown  the  inferior  eminences  around  the 
city,  and  recall  the  remark  of  Arioslo,  that  on  seeing  the  hills  so  full  of  palaces, 
it  appears  as  if  the  soil  produced  them.  The  city  is  surrounded  by  walls ;  the 
buildings  are  magnificent,  ond  the  streets  well  paved  and  kept  remarkably  clean. 
The  Via  Larga,  or  Broadway,  is  full  of  noble  palaces.  Most  of  the  other  streets 
are  narrow.  The  ducal  palace,  the  cathedral,  the  church  of  Santn  Croce,  and 
many  other  edifices,  are  noted  for  their  size  and  splendour.  The  Medicean  gal- 1 
lery  is  rich  in  those  treasures  of  painting  and  sculpture  which  draw  to  this  city  | 


34' 


3A 


■:'k. 


1*        n 


I; 
!■■ 


» V 


r 

"  • :  i 


•t  ;  ■ 


.-;[ 


1 


V''  :| 


i  t 


if'-] 

1 

ill 


1" ,'  * 

v-^. 

U^:r\4 

m 

m 

iUli^ 


fli', 


'A 


r 


m%; 


t.:'- 


I 


,f  ■; 


t'  »« 


1 
.1;  ;■ 


^fi»>*--^ 


'I   ■'. 


mM4^- 


^5  'J'i 


403 


PARMA— LUCCA. 


visitors  from  every  quarter  of  the  civili/.cd  globe.  Here  stands  that  Venus  which 
enchants  the  world.  The  Laurentian  library  has  120,000  vol  11  nies;  othcr!<  havp 
90,(K)0  and  50,000.  There  are  many  xplendid  privats  galleries  and  librarifH. 
Florence  contains  a  great  number  of  English  residents.  It  was  the  cradle  of  the 
arts  at  the  time  of  their  regeneration,  and  the  birthplace  of  Dante,  Machiavclli, 
Filicaja,  Guicciardini,  Michael  Angelo,  Galileo,  and  Amerigo  Vespucci.  Popula- 
tion, 80,000. 

Pisa,  on  the  Arno,  near  the  sea,  was  once  the  capital  of  a  republic,  the  rival  of 
Genoa  and  Venice.  It  is  now  decayed,  but  can  still  boast  some  marble  churchot^, 
a  marble  palace,  and  a  marble  bridge.  Its  ancient  towers  may  be  traced  in  the 
walls  of  modern  houses.  The  streets  are  broad,  and  the  Lung'  Arno,  which  ex- 
tends along  both  banks  of  the  river,  is  much  admired.  The  cathedral  is  a  largo 
gothic  edifice  of  marble.  Near  it  stands  Ihat  remarkable  structure,  the  Leaning' 
Tower :  it  is  190  feet  high,  and  overhangs  its  base  15  feet,  seeming  to  threaten  a 
fall  at  every  instant;  yet  it  has  stood  four  hundred  years,  and  endured  the  shock 
of  earthquakes  which  have  overthrown  many  a  perpendicular  structure.  To  a 
spectator  looking  down  from  the  top,  the  effect  is  terrific.  Pisa  has  a  university, 
"ith  a  library  of  60,000  volumes.  In  the  neighbourhood  are  celebrated  baths. 
Population,  20,000.  Leghorn  is  the  chief  seaport  oi'  Tuscany.  It  is  a  neat,  well- 
built,  and  busy  town,  with  a  tolerable  harbour.  The  streets  are  filled  with  Eu- 
ropeans, Turks,  Jews,  Armenians,  Greeks,  and  Moors,  exhibiting  a  most  picturesque 
variety  of  costume.  Works  of  art  and  architectural  monuments  do  not  exist  here. 
The  commerce  of  the  place  is  very  active.  Population,  66,000.  Sienna  has  a 
magnificent  cathedral  and  a  university.  Population,  18,000.  Pistoja,  at  the  foot 
of  the  Apennines,  was  once  a  republic.     Population,  12,000. 


DUCHY   OF   PARMA. 


Parma,  Placentia,  and  Guastalla,  though  they  have  been  formed  into  a  state 
for  the  ex-empress  of  France,  form  in  reality  a  complete  appendage  of  Lombardy, 
and  a  continuation  of  its  great  plain,  to  the  foot  of  the  Apennines.  They  abound 
in  the  richest  pastures,  from  which  is  produced  that  most  celebrated  of  cheescci, 
to  which  Parma  gives  its  name.  The  dukes  of  Parma,  and  especially  the  cele^ 
brated  Alexander  Farnese,  have  ranked  among  the  first  generals  of  Europe.  The 
city  of  Parma,  on  a  small  river  of  the  same  name,  is  large,  populous,  airy,  and 
clean.  It  does  not  contain  any  remarkable  architectural  features,  except  the 
theatre,  modelled  on  the  ancient  plan,  and  perhaps  the  noblest  in  the  world,  but 
now  in  a  state  of  decay ;  but  Parma  can  boast  a  school  of  painting,  one  of  the 
finest  and  most  interesting  that  ever  existed ;  in  which  grace  was  the  predominant 
feature.  The  chief  masters  were  Correggio  and  Parmegiano,  whose  works  in 
fresco  adorn  the  walls  and  cupolas  of  the  churches  in  Parma;  and  the  oil  pictures, 
which  the  French  carried  ofl',  have  now  been  restored.  Population,  30,000.  Pla- 
centia, with  28,000  inhabitants,  is  also  a  large  and  veil-built  city ;  but  its  cele- 
brated amphitheatre,  which  surpassed  that  of  Verona,  was  burnt  to  the  ground  in 
one  of  the  furious  civil  contests  which  laid  waste  Italy.  The  population  of  the 
duchy  is  about  440,000,  and  its  area,  2240  square  miles. 


DUCHY    OF   LUCCA. 

LrocA,  though  an  Etruscan  city,  is  now  governed  by  a  duke  of  its  own.  It  is 
one  of  the  few  Italian  republics,  which,  amid  the  revolutions  of  800  years,  main- 
tained its  independence.  The  Lucchese  reaped  the  benefit  of  this,  in  the  supe- 
rior  education  and  more  decent  deportment  of  her  nobles ;  in  that  agricultural 
industry,  which,  in  a  degree  even  beyond  what  appears  in  the  rest  of  Italy,  has 
converted  a  land  liable  to  inundation,  and  destitute  of  many  natural  advantages, 


i 


.!  M 


which  1 
I  have 
rarii'rt. 
of  tlic 
iavelli, 
*opula- 

ivnl  of  I 
urchos,  I 
in  the 
lich  ex- 
a  large 
jcaninjr  | 
eaten  ii 
e  shock  I 
,    Tea' 
iversity, 
d  baths, 
at,  well- 1 
vith  Eu- 
turesque  | 
list  here, 
la  has  a  I 
t  the  foot 


[0  a  state 
jombardy, 
ty  abound 
f  cheesed, 
the  cele- 
Dpe.    The 

airy,  and 
xcept  the 
vorld,  but 
)ne  of  the 
edominant 

works  in 

1  pictures, 
loop.    Pla- 
its cele- 

ground  in  | 
ion  of  the 


own.  It  is 
ears,  main- 1 
the  eupe- 
igricultural 
f  Italy,  has 
advantages. 


IMODENA— ECXLESIASTK'AL  STAThM. 


4ua 


into  a  coinpIot3  garden.  The  territory,  though  only  forty-three  miles  in  length, 
and  twelve  in  breadtli,  two-thirds  of  wliich  consist  of  mountain  and  defile,  reckons 
a  population  of  145,(H)0,  being  %i4  to  the  M|uare  mile ;  a  density  which  has  no 
parallel,  even  in  the  most  fertile  plains  of  the  rest  of  Italy.  On  the  death  of  the 
duchess  of  Parma,  the  duke  of  Lucca  will  succeed  to  that  duchy,  and  Lucca  will 
be  annexed  to  Tuscany.    The  capital  is  Lucca,  with  22,000  inhabitants. 


DUCHY    OF    MODENA. 

MoDENA  is  a  fine  small  domain,  composed  of  a  rich  plain  at  the  foot  of  the 
Apennines.  It  is  held  as  a  Acf  of  Austria,  and  by  a  branch  of  that  family,  with 
the  title  of  duke.  The  city  of  Modena  is  extremely  handsome,  though  without 
any  objects  peculiarly  striking.  It  has  a  population  of  27,000  souls.  It  was  en- 
riched by  the  family  of  Este  with  splendid  collections  of  books  and  paintings ;  but 
the  latter  have  been  now  removed,  by  purchajsc,  to  adorn  the  Dresden  gallery. 
The  territory  of  Massa-Carrara,  held  by  the  archduchess  Maria  Beatrix,  fell,  on 
her  death  in  1832,  to  Modena.  The  population  of  the  whole  is  400,000 :  square 
miles,  2145. 


STATES  OF  THE  CHURCH,  OR  ECCLESIASTICAL  STATES. 

The  Ecclesiastical  States  have  lost  that  paramount  importance  which  they  once 
possessed,  and  are  the  least  flourishing  and  powerful  of  all  the  divisions  of  Italy. 
Nevertheless,  as  they  contain  Rome,  with  all  its  stupendous  monuments,  and  were 
the  central  theatre  of  all  the  ancient  grandeur  of  Italy,  they  still  excite  an  in- 
terest superior  to  that  of  any  other  of  these  celebrated  regions. 

This  territory  occupies  the  centre  of  Italy.  It  is  washed  on  the  north-east  by 
the  Adriatic,  and  on  the  south-west  by  the  Mediterranean.  On  the  north  it  is 
bounded  by  the  Lombardo-Venetian  kingdom,  on  the  south-east  by  the  kingdom 
of  Naples,  and  on  the  west  by  Modena  and  Tuscany.  Its  extreme  length  is  260 
miles  from  north  to  south,  and  its  breadth  trom  20  to  9.5  miles.  It  contains  17,572 
square  miles.  The  duchy  of  Benevento,  and  the  principality  of  Ponte  Corvo,  are 
two  small  districts  belonging  to  this  territory,  insulated  in  the  kingdom  of  Naples. 

These  States  are  intersected  by  the  Apennines.  The  mountains  are  as  barren 
as  those  of  Tuscany  and  Genoa,  but  higher.  The  Campagna  di  Roma  is  a  con- 
tinuation of  the  Tuscan  Maremma,  and  is  noted  for  its  unhealthy  malaria.  It  ex- 
hibits an  undulated  surface  bare  of  trees.  The  Pontine  marshes  are  in  the  south. 
The  ancient  Caesars  and  modern  popes  have  in  vain  attempted  to  drain  them. 

The  Tiber,  though  not  the  largest  stream  in  Italy,  is  the  first  in  classical  cele- 
brity. It  rises  in  the  Apennines,  near  the  source  of  the  Arno,  and  passes  through 
the  city  of  Rome  to  the  Mediterranean:  it  is  1.50  miles  in  length,  and  has  a  full 
strean*,  but  narrow :  it  is  only  300  feet  wide  at  Rome.  There  is  no  other  river 
of  importance  within  this  territory.     The  northern  boundary  is  washed  by  the  Po. 

The  Lake  of  Perugia,  near  the  city  of  that  name,  is  the  ancient  Thrasy  menus, 
and  is  famous  for  a  bittle  between  Hannibal  and  the  Romans.  It  is  a  beautiful 
sheet  of  water,  4  miles  across,  bordered  with  gently  sloping  hills  everywhere 
covered  with  woods  or  cultivated  fields,  and  rising  at  a  distance  into  mountains. 
The  lakes  of  Albano  and  Nemi  are  charmingly  situated  among  hills.  There  are 
other  small  lakes. 

The  climate  is  mild,  but  the  mountains  are  covered  with  snow  from  October  to 
April.  The  Sirocco,  or  hot  wind  from  Africa,  is  felt  on  the  shore  of  the  Mediter- 
ranean. In  the  mountainous  parts  the  air  is  honlthy,  but  in  the  Maremma  on  the 
coast,  and  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  Pontine  marshes,  are  pestilential  exhala- 
tions which  cause  fever  and  ague.  The  northern  parts  near  the  Po  are  also  un- 
healthy. The  soil  does  not  differ  materially  from  that  of  Tuscany.  The  oranges 
and  lemons  produced  in  the  plain  of  Rome  arc  the  best  in  Italy.     The  lands  are 


■      I 

•'   .      4 


M 


,  ! 


•■'■,» 


:!'■■ 


.r 


■I 

M 
n  i 

V,i,.A 


H-B-i 


■'':V'i 


t 


.,\'  , 


'%k\ 


}•':,,. r 


•si'  '•■■•*■■, 


404 


ECX;LE8IA8TICAL  STATEa 


commonly  held  by  great  proprietors.  In  the  plain  of  the  Po,  ealtlvation  ifl  active, 
but  the  rest  of  ihe  country  ia  neglected.  The  Romana  are  less  industrious  than 
their  northern  neighbours.  The  vine  and  olive  grow  everywhere.  Onions  arc 
raised  in  immense  quantities  in  the  marshes  of  Ancona.  Hemp,  saflron,  and 
beans,  are  extensively  oultivrited. 

The  commerce  is  chiefly  in  the  hands  of  foreigners,  and  the  only  seaport  of 
conse<}uence  is  Civita  Vecchia.  The  manufactures  merely  supply  liic  hon.e  con- 
sumption. Some  silk  is  manufactured  at  Bolofrna,  beside  many  miscellaneous  ar- 
ticles.   Gall-nuts  and  cantharidea  are  articles  of  exportation. 

The  government  is  an  elective  monarchy.  The  pope  possesses  both  the  legisla- 
tive ana  executive  power,  and  is  chosen  by  the  college  of  cardinals  from  among 
themselves.  The  number  of  cardinals  is  about  70.  Constitutionally,  the  pope  Im 
an  absolute  sovereign,  but  in  practice  he  is  only  the  head  of  an  oligarchy.  Since 
the  time  of  Adrian  VI.,  who  waa  obtruded  upon  the  throne  by  Charles  v.,  all  the 
popes  have  been  Italians.  The  revenue  is  1,237,000^  The  debt  is  24,700,000/. 
The  military  force  is  about  7000  men.  There  is  no  navy.  The  population  is 
2,502,329. 

Rome,  the  capital  of  this  territory,  once  the  capital  of  the  world,  stands  or  the 
Tiber,  15  miles  from  the  sea.  It  is  situated  on  some  low  hills,  and  is  13  miles  in 
circumference,  but  has  much  open  ground,  comprehending  gardens,  fields,  and 
meadows.  It  has  a  sombre  appearance,  rendered  still  more  striking  by  large 
squares,  spacious  and  deserted  streets,  and  the  majestic  ruins  which  are  seen  at 
every  step.  Some  of  the  streets  are  of  immense  length ;  others  are  only  half 
built;  many  are  narrow  and  crooked.  In  one  part,  are  noble  palaces  half  hidden 
among  miserable  huts ;  in  another  part,  all  is  gorgeous  and  magnificent.  Other 
places  may  be  more  beautiful,  but  Rome  is  one  of  the  most  richly  picturesque 
cities  in  the  world.  The  hills,  insignificant  in  themselves,  seem  made  to  display 
the  buildings  to  the  greatest  advantage.  The  architecture,  both  ancient  and 
modern,  is  often  faulty  and  incongruous,  but  always  combines  well  with  the  land- 
scape. The  spectator  is  dazzled  with  the  multiplicity  of  objects,  and  decaying 
ruins  are  relieved  by  modern  magnificence. 

The  church  of  St.  Peter,  built  at  the  expense  of  the  whole  Roman  world,  is  the 
glory  of  modern  architecture.  The  symmetry  and  beauty  of  its  proportions  cause 
such  sensations  of  delight,  that  the  traveller,  on  leaving  Rome,  finds  his  most 
painful  regret  to  be  that  he  shall  see  St.  Peter's  no  more.  It  is  fronted  by  a  cir- 
cular colonnade  surrounding  an  Egyptian  obelisk  and  two  magnificent  fountains. 
This  church  was  111  years  in  building,  and  cost  a  sum  equal  to  160,000,000  dol- 
lars at  the  present  day.  No  other  church  in  Rome  con  be  compared  to  this,  yet 
there  are  many  remarkable  for  magnificence  and  antiquity.  The  Pantheon  is  the 
most  perfect  edifice  of  ancient  R^me ;  it  is  now  converted  into  a  church ;  its 
portico  is  unrivalled.  Trajan's  pillar  is  a  fine  monumental  column,  in  good  pre- 
serva'ion.  But  the  most  wonderful  monument  of  Roman  magnificence  yet  re- 
maining, is  the  Coliseum,  an  amphitheatre  capable  of  containing  60,000  specta- 
tors, and  in  which  the  Roman  people  assembled  to  witness  the  combats  of  gladia- 
tors and  wild  beasts.  It  is  now  a  ruin,  but  enough  of  it  remains  to  attest  its  for- 
mer magnificence.  It  would  be  impossible  to  comprise  within  the  limits  of  this 
work,  even  an  enumeration  of  the  objects  in  Rome  worthy  of  notice  for  their  an- 
tiquity and  historical  associations. 

The  Vatican  palace  is  the  greatest  repository  of  ancient  and  modem  art  in  ex- 
istence. The  whole  pile  of  building,  with  gardens,  comprises  a  circuit  of  some 
miles,  and  the  apartments  are  numbered  at  4442.  The  library  is  an  immense  col- 
lection. The  Vatican  is  the  residence  of  the  pope  in  winter.  Rome  has  300 
churches  and  300  palaces.  The  ancient  Flaminian  Way  is  now  called  the  Corso, 
and  is  a  street  nearly  a  mile  long,  dividing  the  city  into  two  equal  parts.  This  is 
the  fashionable  drive,  where  the  better  class  display  their  equipages  daily.  During 
the  carnival,  a  horse-race  takes  place  here,  which  has  given  the  street  its  modern 
name.  The  country  around  Rome  abounds  with  the  remains  of  antiquity  and 
with  villas.  The  city  is  unhealthy  from  the  malaria  in  summer.  Its  population, 
in  1829,  was  150,000. 


:t  i 


NAPLES. 


405 


B()ln);na,  the  next  city  in  size  to  Knnio.  is  pictiircm|ucly  Rituatcni  at  the  bniw  of 
tliu  AponnincR,  in  the  northern  part  of  tlin  |mpal  territory.  It  i8  eurroundcd  by  a 
hi?h  brick  wail,  six  miles  in  circuit.  Its  curious  leaninj;  towers  ami  antique  spires, 
with  a  curious  arcade  leading;  to  the  churcii  on  the  top  of  a  steep  hiil,  have  a  sin- 
gular and  Rtrii(in{|f  effect  upon  the  npectutor  who  approaclies  it  The  city  has  f\ 
vencriil)lo  anpect  without  bcinif  ruinoun,  and  abounds  with  \tirgo  churches  and 
imndsonie  palaces.  Here  ia  a  university  founded  by  Theodosius  the  younffer,  in 
4'^j,  and  the  oldest  in  Europe.  The  public  library  has  14(),0<X)  volumes.  The 
manufactures  of  the  city  are  considcrablp.     Population,  70,(MM). 

Ferrara  is  one  of  the  finest  towns  in  Italy.  It  is  regularly  and  superbly  built, 
but  the  traveller  would  imatfinR  that  the  inhabitants  had  just' abandoned  it.  The 
streets  are  (^rasa-grown,  and  all  the  large  houses  are  empty.  The  cows  posture 
undisturbed  upon  the  pavements  in  front  of  noble  palaces.  The  city  poaaessea  few 
advantages  of  situation,  but  was  once  very  populous.  At  present  it  has  23,650 
inhabitants.  Ravenna,  near  the  Adriatic,  had  once  a  harbour  which  is  now  filled 
up.  It  was  once  the  seat  of  the  Italian  Exarchs,  and  contains  the  tomb  of  Dante. 
Population,  24,000.  Ancona,  on  the  Adriatic,  is  a  strong  place  with  a  tolerable 
harbour.  Population,  80,000.  Civita  Vecchia,  a  seaport  on  the  Mediterranean, 
has  some  commerce.     Population,  7111. 

REPUBLIC  OP  SAN  MARINO. 
This  little  territory,  the  most  free  and  virtuous  of  all  republics,  is  an  indepen- 
dent State  undi-r  the  protection  of  the  Pope :  it  was  founded  by  a  man  of  low 
rank,  and,  having  become  a  refuge  for  those  who  sought  peace  amid  the  turbu- 
lence of  the  feudal  ages,  it  has  remained  inviolate  for  thirteen  centuries ;  either 
respected  or  overlooked  by  the  proudest  and  most  mighty  oppressors  of  Italy.  It 
bus  still  "  Liberty"  inscribed  on  the  gates  of  its  little  capitol,  and  exemplifies,  in 
the  virtue,  simplicity,  and  happiness  of  its  people,  the  powerful  influence  of  free 
institutions.  The  government  is  vested  in  60  senators,  20  patricians,  20  burgesses, 
and  20  peasants,  chosen  for  life,  and  two  gonfaloniers,  chosen  for  three  months. 
The  arringo,  or  general  assembly  of  citizens,  is  held  once  every  six  months.  The 
revenue  of  the  State  amounts  to  $15,000 ;  the  army  consists  of  60  men.  The 
population  of  the  capital  is  about  5000 ;  four  villages  constitute  the  rest  of  the 
territory  of  the  republic. 


NAPLES. 

The  Kingdom  of  Naples,  or,  as  it  is  called.  The  Two  Sicilies,  is  the  most 
considerable  in  Italy  for  extent  and  population,  in  which  respects  it  approaches  to 
the  rank  of  the  great  monarchies ;  but  the  supine  and  indolent  character  of  its 
government  almost  prevents  it  from  having  any  weight  in  the  political  system. 
This  kingdom  comprises  all  the  south  of  Italy,  with  the  island  of  Sicily,  and  a  few 
small  islands  in  the  neighbourhood.  The  continental  portion  is  bounded  north-west 
by  the  States  of  the  Church ;  north-east  by  the  Adriatic ;  south-east  by  the  Ionian 
Sea,  and  south-west  by  the  Mediterranean :  its  extreme  length  is  about  360  miles. 
Its  width  varies  from  120  to  80  miles.  The  island  of  Sicily  is  separated  by  a  nar> 
row  strait  from  the  southern  extremity  of  the  continent :  its  extreme  length  is  250 
miles,  and  breadth  about  130.  The  continental  part  contains  30,680  square  miles, 
and  the  island  12,372:  total,  43,052.     Population,  7,4:34,300. 

The  ridge  of  the  Apennines  extends  through  the  whole  continental  part  from 
north  to  south.  There  are  other  mountains,  which  have  no  connexion  with  this 
ridge.  Pour  volcanoes  are  comprised  within  the  kingdom, — Vesuvius,  Mtna, 
Stromboli,  and  Volcano.  All  the  rivers  in  the  continental  part  descend  from  the 
Apennines.  The  Garigliano,  Vulturno,  Silaro,  and  Crati,  are  the  chief,  but  are 
small  streams.  There  is  an  indescribable  richness  of  vegetation  throughout  this 
country.  Here  flourish  the  fig-tree,  the  almond,  the  cotton-plant,  and  sugar-cane. 
Sicily  is  one  of  the  most  productive  spots  on  the  earth.  The  soil  is  calcareous, 
and  its  fertility  is  much  increased  by  volcanic  fire. 


f  • 


:«♦ 


■  ( 

•  V 


f 


'•I*  ]\ 


■  ''1 


^  i«u  \> 


?  "  *  i 


fell*-  •■?<■•' 1 


ill.  >'*^^^ 


406 


NAFLR8. 


The  land  ia  inmtly  the  property  of  f^nrnt  landlordt.  In  Sicily  it  boloni^N  wholly 
to  thu  nubility  and  clergy.  A|;riculluro  ia  badly  manaffcd,  and  the  cullivaton  arn 
poor.  On  the  continent  are  pruluced  wine,  oil,  ailk,  wheat,  and  maizp  ;  Hheep  arc 
nutricroua.  Hicily  produces  the  lamo  artinlcH,  with  flax  and  hemp.  Tlio  Hicihan 
wheat  grow*  to  an  extraordinary  height,  and  ia  pxtroinely  productive.  Oran^rpa, 
luniuna,  figa,  and  almonda,  arc  raiaed  in  great  qunntitim.  The  cxporth  are  wine, 
oil,  t'ruita,  Hilk,  sulphur,  grain,  flax,  and  hemp.  The  commerec  ia  entirely  in  the 
hands  of  furnigners.  No  Neapolitan  ship  over  ventures  without  the  atrniUi  ot' 
Gibraltar.     There  are  ..o  manufactures  oi  any  conscquenue. 

The  aciencas  are  in  a  miserable  state  throughout  the  kingdom.  There  are  no 
schools  for  the  lower  classes,  and  the  few  means  of  instruction  are  in  the  hands 
of  an  ignorant  clergy.  The  three  universities  at  Naples,  Palermo,  and  Catania 
are  provided  with  nne  libraries  and  numerous  professors,  but  little  is  taught  in 
them  beside  law  and  natural  philosophy. 

Naples  is  on  hereditary  monarchy.  The  king  exercises  both  the  legislative  and 
executive  power.  The  continental  and  inaular  parts  have  each  a  separate  legis- 
lation, but  these  bodies  have  only  the  right  of  voting  taxes.  The  army  consiotv 
of  28,000  men,  and  the  navy  of  two  ships  of  the  line,  Ave  frigates,  and  nily  small 
vessels. 

Sicily  is  the  largest  island  in  the  Mediterranean.  It  seems  to  have  been  sepa- 
rated  from  the  continent  by  some  violent  convulsiun.  The  strait  of  MeHsina 
dividing  it  from  the  continent,  is  5  miles  broad.  This  is  the  ancient  Charybdis, 
although  the  whirlpool  which  rendered  it  such  a  terror  to  mariners,  no  longer 
exists.  The  mountains  of  this  island  may  be  regarded  as  a  continuation  of  the 
Apennines.  Mount  iGtna  is  near  the  ea»tern  ^hore.  This  celebrated  volcano  has 
thrown  out  flames,  at  intervals,  for  more  than  '.liOOO  years.  Its  immense  size  and 
solitary  elevation,  the  beauty  and  magnificence  of  the  surrounding  scenery,  and 
the  terrific  grandeur  of  the  convulsions  to  which  it  has  been  subject,  have  made 
it  one  of  the  wonders  of  the  world.  At  a  distance,  it  appears  like  a  truncated 
cone.  Upon  a  nearer  approach,  the  traveller  is  astonished  at  the  wild  and  gro- 
tesque appearance  of  the  whole  mountain.  Scattered  over  the  immense  declivity, 
he  beholus  innumerable  dmall  conical  hills  gently  rising  from  the  surface  to  the 
height  of  400  or  500  feet,  covered  with  rich  verdure  and  beautiful  trees,  villages, 
scattered  hamlets  and  monasteries.  As  his  bye  ascends,  he  discovers  an  immense 
forest  cloaks  and  pines  forming  a  beautiful  green  belt  round  the  mountain.  Above 
this  appears  the  hoary  head  of  the  volcano,  boldly  rising  into  the  clouds  and  cap- 
ped with  eternal  snow.  The  crater  is  a  hill  of  an  exact  conical  figure,  composed 
of  ashes  and  scoris.  From  this  opening,  smoke  is  continually  ascending.  The 
elevation  of  the  mountain  is  10,925  feet.  The  rivers  of  Sicily  are  mere  rivulets. 
The  heavy  winter  rains  set  the  mountain  torrents  running,  but  when  dry,  their 
beds  become  tolerable  roads  to  the  distance  of  8  or  4  miles  inland. 

The  Lipari  Islands  lie  between  Sicily  and  the  continent.  They  are  12  in  num- 
ber; a  part  of  them  only  are  inhabited.  Lipari,  the  principal  isle,  contains  112 
square  miles;  it  is  mountainous,  and  the  soil  is  rendered  fertile  by  a  subterranean 
fire.  There  was  once  a  volcano  here.  The  island  of  Stromboli  is  a  volcano  that 
burns  without  ceasing.  Volcano  constantly  emits  smoke.  The  island  of  Capri,  in 
the  bay  of  Naples,  contains  10  square  miles.  It  consists  of  two  high  rocky  moun- 
tains enclosing  a  fertile  valley.  Ischia  and  Procida  are  fertile  islands  in  the  bume 
neighbourhood. 

Naples,  the  capital,  is  the  largest  city  in  Italy.  It  stands  at  the  bottom  of  a 
bay,  and  with  its  suburbs  and  contiguous  villages  extends  6  or  8  miles  along  the 
water.  On  the  land  side  it  is  surrounded  by  mountains.  Nothing  can  surpass 
the  beauty  of  the  bay  or  the  prospect  of  the  city  viewed  from  the  water,  where  it 
appears  broken  into  great  masses,  and  crossed  by  long  lines  of  palacns,  hanging 
gardens,  and  terraced  roofs ;  the  outline  upon  the  sea  is  strikingly  indented,  and 
the  shipping  is  clustered  behind  the  moles,  castles  and  towers  on  the  points  of 
projection.  The  shores  of  the  bay  are  covered  with  interesting  ruins,  and  broken 
into  graceful  inlets.  The  dark  towering  summit  of  Vesuvius  rises,  frowning  over 
the  landscape,  while  its  lower  regions  are  covered  with  the  richest  vegetation, 


4  '  J 


1  wholly  I 
ilnfB  ar« 
tieep  arc  I 
Sicilian  | 
JranKPB,  I 
TC  win*',  I 
ly  iit  lliR  j 
triiits  of 

re  are  no  1 
Ihe  handti 
[1  Calania 
taught  in 

lative  and  | 
mlo  leffi»- 
w  conBistf  j 
fiay  small  j 

been  sepa' 

of  MewBina 
Charybdis, 

I,  no  longer 

ition  of  the 

volcano  has 

use  size  and  ^ 

icenery,  and 

,  have  made 

I  a  truncated 

rild  and  gro- 

iBe  declivity, 

hirface  to  the 

ee«,  villages, 
an  immense 

ilain.  Above 
uds  and  cap- 
re,  composed 
nding.  The 
nere  rivulets, 
len  dry,  their 

fel2innum-l 
ctmtains  112 1 
subterranean 
-i  volcano  that 
id  of  Capri,  in 
1  rocky  moun- 
[8  in  the  ;=uine 

„  bottom  of  a 
liles  along  the  f 
ig  can  surpass  If 
ater,  where  it  (1 

lacos,  hanging  1 
indented,  and 
I  the  points  of 
Ins,  and  broken 
I  frowning  over 
est  vegetation, 


NAPI.tX 


407 


and  dotted  with  white  country  houMon,  The  wiiol«>  nrciiit  of  the  Imy  la  t-tlg'  \.i 
with  white  townn,  and  covered  with  cultivntion  nnd  thn  aluiixl.inro  of  nature. 
The  majjniflconce  of  the  whole  nccno  Im  iM'ydiiil  tho  mo^l  yortjiMmH  ilfHcriptum. 

Thi"  Htrt't'tn  of  tlir-  city  arc  Htraighl  but  narrow ;  mtw  iir**  rffrfnln'il  with  foim- 
tainit;  othcnt  nro  decorated  with  Rtatucii  and  iriiipturt'd  (iliciiHkH.  Tlir  hi>UHcr<  arc 
Wigh,  the  ro(»ff  flat,  more  than  half  the  front  conaiittM  of  wmilowH,  and  ovt>ry  wm> 
(low  itt  faced  with  an  iron  balcony.  Naples  in  its*  intrrinr  hue  no  |nrallol  on  I'urth. 
The  whole  population  u  out  of  doors  and  in  incctwant  motion.  Kvery  trade,  occu- 
pation and  amuaement  is  here  going  on  in  the  midst  of  a  tuinultuoua  crowd  rolling 
up  and  down.  The  number  of  lattaroni,  or  vagabonds,  in  iinmcnHe.  They  arc 
idle  fVom  choice;  their  tatters  are  not  misery,  for  the  climate  requires  hardly  any 
covering.  Six  strong  castles  defend  the  city,  and  an  excellent  mole  shelters  the 
port.  The  commerce  is  nut  very  octive.  There  arc  above  :)00  churches  in  NaplcH 
remarkable  for  tlicir  ornaments  and  rich  jewelry.  The  nobility  arc  numerous  and 
are  much  addicted  tc  show  and  parade :  KM)  of  tncm  have  the  title  of  Princes. 
Population,  364,000. 

The  environs  of  Naples  combine  almost  everything  grand  end  beautiful.  Miny 
of  the  towns  scattered  along  the  bay  have  10  and  15,000  inhabitants.  Mount  Ve- 
suvius, which  forms  so  striking  a  feature  in  the  landscape,  rises  in  a  pyramidal 
form  in  the  midst  of  a  large  plain.  The  traveller  in  ascending  it  pas8?8  among 
cultivated  fields  nnd  vincyardH,  traversed  by  old  streams  of  lava,  black,  rough,  and 
steriie.  The  ascent  is  gradual  and  extends  3  miles.  Un  one  side  the  mountain 
is  cultivated  nearly  tu  the  top.  The  conical  summit  is  composed  of  ashes  and 
cinders.  The  crater  is  about  a  mile  in  circuit,  and  is  1)800  feet  above  the  sea. 
The  view  from  the  suminit  is  enchanting.  The  soil  of  the  mountain  is  extremely 
fertile,  an<l  cultivated  with  the  spade  like  a  garden.  The  crater  throws  out  con- 
tinual smoke,  and  often  bursts  forth  in  terrible  eruptions. 

Torre  del  Greco,  a  seaport  near  Naples,  has  13,000  inhabitants.  Gaeta,  on  the 
coast,  to  the  north  of  Naples,  has  15,00i0.  Lecci,  in  the  south,  is  a  fine  city. 
Population,  14,806.  Bari,  on  the  Adriatic,  has  a  good  harbour  and  a  population 
of  19,000. 

Palermo,  the  capital  of  Sicily,  stands  on  a  small  bay  in  the  north-western  part 
of  the  island.  The  streets  are  regular  and  wide ;  the  houses  elegant,  and  several 
of  the  public  squares  very  beautiful.  It  has  a  university,  and  considerable  com- 
merce. Population,  168,000.  Catania  stands  at  the  foot  of  Mount  ^tna.  Its 
streets  are  straight,  spacious  and  paved  with  lava.  It  is  the  busiest  town  in  Sicily, 
and  has  a  university,  public  library,  museums,  academies,  &c.  It  was  founded 
700  years  before  the  christian  era,  and  has  suffered  severely  from  eruptions  of  the 
mountain  and  earthquakes.  Population,  45,100.  Messina  stands  upon  the  strait 
of  that  name,  at  the  north-eastern  extremity  of  Sicily.  It  is  regularly  built,  and 
has  one  of  the  best  harbours  in  the  Mediterranean.  Its  fine  quay  extends  more 
than  a  mile  along  the  port.  It  is  the  first  commercial  town  in  the  kingdom,  and 
its  trade  extends  to  the  North  of  Europe  and  America.  It  was  completely  destroyed 
by  an  earthquake  in  1783,  but  has  been  rebuilt.  Population,  40,000.  Syracuse, 
on  the  eastern  coast  of  the  island,  is  a  strongly  fortif.cd  town  with  a  good  harbour. 
It  has  many  Grecian  antiquities.  Population,  15,000.  Girgenti,  on  the  south 
coast,  has  an  indifferent  harbour,  but  considerable  trade.  Populutioo,  15,000. 
Trapani,  at  the  western  extremity,  has  some  coqimerce  ani  coral  fisheries.  Popu- 
lation, 24,330. 

Malta  is  an  island  in  the  Mediterranean  Sea,  about  54  miles  to  the  south  of 
Sicily,  and,  though  imperfectly  connected  with  Italy,  belongs  more  to  it  than  to 
any  other  country.  It  is  about  dO  miles  in  circuit,  and,  together  with  the  neigh- 
bouring small  islands  of  Gkizzo  and  Comino,  belongs  to  Great  Britain.  In  no  part 
of  Europe  are  the  defences  so  imposing.  In  Gibraltar  admiration  is  excitea  by 
the  works  of  nature ;  in  Malta  by  those  of  art.  To  garrison  the  latter  completely 
would  require  above  30,000  men.  Malta  was  originally  nothing  but  a  barren 
rock ;  but  such  quantities  of  soil  have  been  carried  to  it  from  Sicily  and  Africa, 
that  it  is  now  fertile  and  well  cultivated ;  the  people  are  industrious,  and  raise 
I  grain,  cotton,  and  excellent  fruits,  particularly  oranges.     In  1825,  the  native  popu- 


'  .I... 


m 


(I- 


' 

^■■" 

", 

U:1 

( 

i^i 

h       .M'^'.l 

1 

■%', 

M^^n 

^H 

\ 

•,nv-| 


witt'. '     ^ 


)  ■ 


jivi'*   i  ■«* 


••'*« 


fit .  .  ■<*    ,1 


r  f  1 


408 


IONIAN  IHI.FX 


Idtion  or  Ihii  iiilarvl  nmountoti  toOU.fMN);  tho  i;arriNun  and  iitninfferii  U»  .'i'iCK).  On 
thu  n<'i|;hb(Hirin)r  Hnmllor  itilanil  of  iUy/.M  lUvr»  wnru  lO.'^N).  Coniiiio,  lyini; 
bf'twpnn  MalU  and  Guzzo,  containi  (MN)  inhnbitantii. 

Ia  Vnlctta,  tho  capital  and  |M)rt  of  Malta,  tx'in^  Mitimt<>d  on  a  nnrruw  tongiin  of 
land,  with  a  nublu  harbour  on  oach  tiide,  tbrtnN  an  adniimblo  niivnl  Htiitiun,  dorivint; 
(fmat  importance  from  itN  piwition  in  thu  heart  of  tin*  Mfditttrranuan.  It  mtvvh 
oImo,  nitprcially  during;  war,  aa  n  commercial  dep6t,  wiiimce  ^ooda  may  bo  intrtv 
dnced  mto  Italv  and  tho  Levant.  Population,  H'J.INM).  Citta  Vecchia,  in  the 
centre  of  the  iffand,  ia  alio  well  furtiAed.     Population,  OOOU. 


IONIAN   ISLES.  ^ 

The  Ionian  I«landh  ia  tho  name  (fivcn  to  a  ran^c  cxtendinff  chiefly  ilonif  the 
coaat  of  Greece.  Tho  principal  ones  arc  Corfu,  Santa  Maura,  Theaki,  Uephalonia,  | 
Ccriffo,  Hituated  at  a  conaiderable  distance  from  the  othorH,  off  l\  ^  aouthern  coant 
of  the  Morca.  These,  as  detached  islands,  occupied  frcqucnily  a  conspicuous : 
place  in  ancient  history ;  but  their  politicnl  union  took  place  in  modern  times,  in 
cons(>(|UL>nce  of  bcin^  held  by  the  Venetians,  and  defended  by  their  navy  against 
the  Turks,  who  had  overrun  the  whole  of  the  adjacent  continent.  When  Fraiice, 
in  1707,  seized  the  territory  of  Venice,  she  added  these  as  an  a(.pendage  >  it; 
and,  even  after  the  cession  of  Venice  to  Austria,  endeavoured  still  to  retain  them 
attached  to  her,  under  the  title  of  the  Ionian  Republic.  She  was  unable,  howt 
ever,  to  maintain  them  against  the  superior  naval  force  of  England,  which,  at  the 
congress  of  Vienna,  was  nominated  protector  of  the  Ionian  Islands.  Th;  '  nower 
has  since  continued  to  hold  them  in  full  military  occupation,  and  spei  Jd  ikmuI 
100,000/.  a  year  in  fortifications  and  troops.  The  natives,  however,  ai  allotted 
a  great  share  in  the  internal  government,  and  even  assemble  in  a  regular  parlia- 
ment. 

The  Lord  High  Commissioner,  who  is  at  the  head  of  the  government,  is  appointed 
by  the  king  of  Great  Britain.  The  legislative  assembly  consists  of  29  elective  and 
11  integral  members,  all  of  the  class  of  synclitte  or  nobles;  the  former  are  chosen 
for  the  term  of  five  years  by  the  nobles ;  the  latter  are  virtually,  if  not  directly, 
nominated  by  the  High  Commissioner.  The  senate  consists  of  a  president,  nomi- 
nated by  the  commissioner,  and  five  members  chosen  by  the  legislative  assembly 
fhxn  their  own  number. 

These  islands,  like  the  opposite  coast  of  Greece,  are  rocky,  rugged,  and  pic- 
turesque, though  none  of  the  peaks  rise  to  any  great  elevation.  This  surface 
renders  them  ill  fitted  for  the  cultivation  of  corn;  but  wine  and  fruits,  especially 
the  latter,  are  raised  in  great  perfection.  The  speci  ^^  of  small  grapes  which, 
when  dried,  are  called  currants,  are  largely  exported  frin  uiese  islands.  Zante 
produces  annually  about  60,000  cwt. ;  Cephalonia  about  Ot^CtOO.  The  total  annual 
produce  is  estimated  at  about  14,000,000  lbs.  Olive  oil  is  also  largely  exported, 
about  100,000  barrels  being  annually  produced.  Honey,  wine,  and  flax,  are  the 
most  important  articles  of  agricultural  industry.  'I'he  annual  value  of  the  exports 
is  about  $1,200,000.  The  public  revenue,  ind^'pondent  of  the  military  establish- 
ment, which  is  supported  by  the  Bfitish  government,  is  $700,000  per  annum. 

The  following  table  gives  a  general  view  of  these  islands : — 


NamM. 

Cephalonia 

Corfu 

Zanto 

Santo  Maura 

Cerigo  (with  Cerigotto). 
Theaki  (with  Culamos). 
Pazo  (with  Antipazo) . . 


Square  Mile*. 

Population. 

500 

59,839 

270 

56.589 

180 

35,422 

150 

18,108 

130 

9,387 

60 

8,550 

20 

4,953 

1310 

192,848 

Capital. 
Argostoli . . . . 

Corfu  

Zante 

Santo  Maura. 

Modari 

Vathi 

SLGago 


Population. 

4,000 

17,000 

18,000 

5,000 

2,000 
4,000 


ii    'ur-'    -*»..<• 


.    On 

mio  of 

•rivinK 

•CTVCH 

L>  iHtri)- 
in  the 


ilont;  the 
phalonia,  i 
em  coajj». 
iBpicuoud 
timcB,  in  | 
ry  aKdinst  \ 
n  Fraiice, 
ige    )  it  i  I 
jtaiii  ihcm  I 
able,  howv 
lich,  at  the 
'h;.'  noweri 
ei  Jd  ^JOUt| 
n    aU(.v;ed ' 
ular  parlia- 

1  appointed  1 

ective  and 

arc  chosen  j 

directly, 

dent,  nomi- 1 

ve  assembly  i 

ed,  and  pic- 
his  surface , 
J,  especially  ■ 
rapes  which, 
nds.    Zante ' 
total  annual  j 
ly  exported, 
flax,  are  thej 
>ftheexporUll 
ry  establish- 
annum. 

iPopula'""'' 

4,000 

17,000  j 

18,000  ' 

5,000 

2,000 
4,000 


Tl  KKF.Y. 


AiYi 


Zaiito  IS  tho  ricltvat  and  muit  rfourivliiiiK  of  lUvnc  iiilnnilii,  but  Cortu  cunt«iiM 
the  iM<at  nf  ((ovrrnin«>nt,  which  it  ttrun^ly  turtiiicd.  ArtfiMituli,  Corfu,  and  Zante, 
are  the  principal  purt«. 


TURKEY. 


TvRKlT  lit  EuRora  forma  tho  wontprn  and  mftrnpnlilnn  part  of  that  oxtrnHive 
and  onco  mighty  empiro  which  mibvLTtcd  mid  hupcrHedfd  thu  i>ni)tcrii  hninch  nf 
the  empiro  of  Homo.  Thu  iiioHt  c.\tciiMi\t!  (x>rliiin,  in  which  |H>rhnp^4  its  iitain 
Dtrcntfth  iM  ai'ated,  Imlonf^H  to  ANJn.  It  formx  tlui  imiMt  ensUTri  pari  of  th<>  territory 
of  Houthcrn  Kiiro|M>,  and  tho  hnk  wiiich  connectH  timt  coiitiiiont  with  ANiii.  It  nlno 
unites  thu  Mpditerninean  with  thu  Kinck  Son,  liciiit;  HJiiioNt  incloxed  by  their  vn- 
nous  bays  and  brandies,  and  by  that  loni;  rnngu  of  HtriiiiM,  tho  I)ariian«>llP8,  tlie 
Hi'u  of  Marmora,  and  tho  cliaiincl  of  Constantiiioplp,  by  which  those  two  great 
ttcas  communicate.  On  tho  northern  side,  it  lias  nti  inland  boundary  borderin;^  on 
AiiHtria  and  on  Russia.  Tho  Danube  forms  h«<ru  thu  hniit  of  the  cciitnii  Turlcish 
provinces,  and,  with  tho  fortrcsscii  on  its  banks,  has  b«-cn  tho  main  barrier  of  tho 
empire;  but  beyond  it  uru  thu  tributary  proviiicoH  of  M(ddavia  and  Wallachia, 
which  carry  the  (Vonticr  to  tho  Pruth  and  the  Caipathian  Mountains. 

The  mountains  of  European  Turkey  consist  chiefly  of  that  extensive  range 
called  tho  Balkan  Mountains,  also,  Despoto  Dag,  and  Argcntari ;  a  continuous 
chain,  stretching  from  the  head  of  the  Adriatic  to  the  Black  Sea.  It  separulcs 
Turkey  into  several  very  flno  and  fruitful  plains. 

The  greatest  river  of  Europe,  awelled  to  its  utmost  magnitude,  rolls  along  the 
whole  Iwrder  of  European  Turkey.  From  tho  barbarism  of  the  government,  how- 
ever, and  the  hostile  relations  with  the  neighbouring  powers,  the  Danube  serves 
very  little  for  the  conveyance  of  merchandise ;  it  is  more  farnod  in  the  drcadtbl 
annals  of  war  than  in  the  peaceful  records  of  commerce. 

The  grand  divisions  of  Turkey  are  Romolia,  in  the  south;  Albania  and  Bosnia, 
west;  aervia  and  Bulgaria,  in  the  centre;  and  Wallachia  and  Moldavia,  in  the 
north,  beyond  tho  Danube.  The  area  of  the  whole  is  about  200,000  s({uaro  miles, 
and  the  population,  8,8(M),000.  Wallachia,  Moldavia,  and  Servia,  hardly  form  at 
present  any  part  of  the  Turkish  empire,  being  governed  by  their  own  princes  and 
hospodas,  and  are  in  all  respects  independent,  except  that  they  pay  a  fixed  tribute 
to  tho  Porte. 

Tho  Turkish  political  system  has  no  analogy  with  that  of  any  other  European 
power,  but  is  formed  upon  a  purely  Asiatic  model.  Its  principle  is,  tho  subjection 
of  the  whole  administration,  civil,  militarv,  and  religious,  to  the  absolute  disposal 
of  one  man.  The  grand  signior,  the  "  shadow  of  God,"  and  "  refuge  of  thu  world," 
is  considered  as  reigning  by  divine  commission,  and  uniting  in  himself  all  the 
powers,  legislative,  executive,  judicial,  and  ecclesiastical.  So  deeply  rooted  is 
the  veneration  for  the  Othman  family,  that,  amid  so  many  bloody  and  violent  re- 
volutions, the  idea  has  never  been  entertained  of  a  subject  seating  himself  on  the 
imperial  throne ;  and  after  cutting  off  the  head  of  one  sultan,  nothing  has  ever 
been  dreamt  of  but  raising  the  next  heir  to  the  throne. 

The  vizier,  assisted  by  the  divan,  is  uie  person  upon  whom  devolves  entire  the 
exclusive  power  of  the  state.  The  grand  signior  does  not  even,  like  some  other 
oriental  despots,  make  a  show  of  sitting  in  judgment,  but  delegates  that  function 
also  to  his  minister.  The  muftis,  and  uTema,  or  body  of  mollahs,  form  the  depo- 
sitory of  the  laws  of  the  empire,  and  the  only  class  who  approach  to  the  character 
of  a  national  council.  The  mufti  ia  the  second  person  of  the  empire  in  dig- 
nity; he  girds  the  sabre  on  the  sultan,  an  act  equivalent  to  coronation;  and  the 
sultan  advances  seven  steps  to  meet  him,  while  he  advances  only  three  towards 
the  grand  vizier.  No  great  measure  of  state  can  be  regularly  taken,  or  command 
the  respect  of  the  empire,  without  a  fetwa  from  the  muni.  Justice  is  administered 
by  members  of  the  ulema :  those  in  the  large  towns  are  termed  mollahs,  and  in 


i 


85 


8B 


'      !l 


t       ' 


ii 


-.4 


■1 


»v 
,* 

t 


-:  I 


♦    1  ' 


•  i  1' 


'¥  fH 


1-  .'   ".l 


('■'St.  f  ••• 


•   .      Ik   i        !.      •    9    ■■        L- 


mm 


i  ,s  r  ■■ 


t:  ':   . 


\\(.  l',^X''^^ 


4^'. 


ili^.;''. 


410 


TURKEY. 


list 


the  smaller  towns,  cadis ;  the  nominations  beingr  made  by  the  sultan  from  a 
presented  by  the  mufli. 

The  court  and  seraglio  form  not  onl^  the  most  brilliant  appendag^e  to  the  Otto- 
man Porte,  but  one  4'  the  great  movmg  springs  of  its  political  action.  In  this 
palace,  or  prison,  are  immured  500  or  6(M  females,  the  most  beautiful  that  can  be 
found  in  the  neighbouring  realms  of  Europe,  Asia,  and  Africa ;  wherever  Turka 
can  rule,  or  Tartars  ravage.  The  pachas  and  tributary  princes  vie  with  each 
other  in  gifts  of  this  nature,  which  form  the  most  effective  mode  of  gaining  impe- 
rial favour.     The  confinement  of  these  females  is  not  so  rigid  as  formerly. 

The  finances  of  the  empire  are  shrouded  in  mystery ;  their  amount  cannot  be 
in  any  degree  measured  by  that  of  the  sums  paid  into  the  treasury.  The  lands 
held  as  the  sole  property  of  the  sultan  are  let  out  on  the  tenure  of  military  ser- 
vice. Of  the  direct  contribution,  the  principal  is  the  haratMh,  or  capitation  tax, 
imposed  on  all  subjects  of  the  empire  who  are  not  Mahometan.  In  the  subject 
provinces  of  Moldavia  and  Wallachia,  the  haratsh  is  paid  in  one  sum  by  the 
princes  or  vaivodes ;  but  both  from  them,  and  from  the  pachas,  his  imperial  ma- 
jesty is  pleased  to  accept  of  numerous  presents  on  various  occasions,  to  say  no- 
thing of  those  which  it  is  at  least  highly  prudent  to  moke  to  the  officers  of  state 
and  the  occupants  of  the  harem.  The  customs  are  considerable,  being  levied  by 
farm,  without  much  rigour ;  but  the  attempts  to  establish  an  excise  have  been  met 
by  violent  discontents,  and  even  insurrection. 

The  military  system  of  the  Turks,  formerly  the  terror  of  the  greatest  powers 
in  Europe,  and  now  despised  by  almost  the  meanest,  has  undergone  no  formal 
change.  It  consists  of  the  toprakli,  a  kind  of  feudal  militia,  who  serve  without 
pay,  and  for  a  limited  period,  and  the  capiculi,  or  paid  troops,  who  alone  approxi- 
mate to  the  character  of  a  regular  force,  of  whom  the  janissaries  were  the  mosi 
efficient.  This  powerful  body  might  be  said  to  have  held  at  their  disposal  the 
Ottoman  empire,  and  their  aga  was  one  of  its  greatest  officers.  Recently,  how- 
ever, the  janissaries  have  been  annihilated  by  the  vigorous  and  bloody  measures 
of  Mahmoud,  the  reigning  sultan,  who  is  using  the  utmost  exertion  to  organize  a 
new  force  similar  to  that  maintained  by  the  other  European  powers.  There  is  also 
a  paid  force  ofspahis,  or  cavalry,  amounting  to  15,000. 

Agriculture,  in  European  Turkey,  is  depressed  at  once  by  arbitrary  exactions, 
and  by  the  devastation  consequent  on  frequent  wars  in  many  of  the  finest  pro* 
vinces;  yet  its  productions  are  valuable.  The  grain  which  grows  in  the  plains 
of  Roumelia,  Bulgaria,  and  on  the  banks  of  the  Danube,  is  considered  the  finest 
in  the  empire.  From  the  same  plains  a  great  quantity  of  excellent  butter  and 
bad  cheese  is  obtained,  the  latter  being  made  of  skimmed  milk.  The  steep  sides 
ind  deep  valleys  of  Hsmus  and  Rhodope  are  covered  with  vast  flocks  of  sheep, 
affording  the  most  delicate  mutton,  but  a  coarse  kind  of  wool,  which,  however, 
from  its  plenty,  forms  a  large  article  of  export.  Buffaloes  are  chiefly  employed 
in  agriculture ;  and,  though  their  flesh  is  unpalatable,  their  skins,  being  thick  and 
strong,  are  of  considerable  value.  Hare  skins,  also,  are  so  abundant  as  to  form  an 
article  of  importance  in  commerce.  Bees  innumerable  are  reared,  and  yield  a 
profusion  of  honey  and  wax.  A  fine  white  silk  is  produced  in  Bulgaria  and  the 
plain  of  Adrianople,  but  not  equal  to  that  of  Brusa.  Cotton  flourishes  in  the  plains 
south  of  the  Balkan,  though  nowhere  so  copiously  as  in  Macedonia  and  Thessaly. 

Manufactures  are  in  a  still  less  flourishing  state ;  yet  the  very  fine  one  of  Tur- 
key leather  has  been  carried  to  the  highest  perfection  at  Gallipoli,  and  some  other 
places  along  the  Dardanelles,  as  well  as  in  several  cities  of  Asia  Minor.  Turkey 
carpets  belong  to  Asia  Minor,  where  manufacturing  industry  is  generally  more 
advanced  than  in  European  Turkey.  The  commerce  of  this  part  of  the  empire, 
excluding  Greece,  is  almost  confined  to  Constantinople,  whence  would  be  exported 
a  good  deal  of  grain,  were  it  not  for  the  impolitic  prohibition,  which  does  not, 
however,  prevent  a  considerable  contraband  trade.  Other  productions  of  Eu- 
ropean and  Asiatic  Turkey,  wool,  buffalo  hides,  skins,  goats*  hair,  Turkey  leather, 
wax,  drugs,  silk,  cotton,  and  copper,  find  their  chief  vent  through  the  capital. 
The  pride  of  the  orientals,  and  their  peculiar  habits,  render  them  little  dependent 
on  imports  from  the  West    Nevertheless,  the  European  merchants  contrive  to 


,4. 


i^ 


TURKEY. 


411 


introduce  some  cottone  and  sugar ;  also,  coffee  from  the  West  Indies,  under  the 
disguise  of  Mocha,  together  with  glass,  porcelain,  and  other  brilliant  fabrics  for 
the  ornament  of  the  harem  From  the  Black  Sea  and  the  Caspian  arc  brought 
slaves  in  great  numbers,  also  a  vast  quantity  of  salt-Ash  and  caviare. 

The  national  character  and  aspect  of  the  Turk  is  thoroughly  oriental,  and  in 
every  point  contrary  to  that  of  the  western  European  nations.  All  the  external 
forms  of  life  are  dissimilar,  and  even  opposite.  The  men,  instead  of  our  dresses 
fitted  tight  to  the  body,  wear  long  flowing  robes,  which  conceal  the  limbs.  In- 
stead of  standing,  or  sitting  on  chairs,  they  remain  stretched  on  sofas,  in  luxurious 
indolence;  considering  it  madness  to  stir  or  walk,  unless  for  special  purposes  or 
business.  They  sit  cross-legged,  especially  at  meals.  On  entering  a  house,  they 
take  off,  not  their  hat,  but  their  shoes ;  in  eating,  they  use  the  fingers  only,  with- 
out knife  or  fork ;  they  sleep  not  on  beds,  but  on  couches  on  the  ground.  Thougli 
the  Turk  be  naturally  sedate  and  placid,  his  rage,  when  once  roused,  is  furious 
and  ungovernable,  like  that  of  a  brute.  Hospitality  and  giving  of  alms  are  ori- 
ental virtues.  It  is  rare  to  hinder  ony  one  from  plucking  herbs  or  fruit  in  a  gar- 
den or  orchard.  This  humanity  is  even  injudiciously  extended  to  the  lower  crea- 
tion, which  enjoy  at  Constantinople  a  sort  of  paradise.  The  dogs,  though  excluded 
as  unclean  from  the  houses  and  mosques,  are  allowed  to  multiply  in  the  streets  till 
they  become  a  perfect  nuisance ;  the  doves  feed  at  liberty  on  the  grain  in  the  har- 
bour, which  echoes  with  the  crowded  clang  of  unmolested  sea-birds. 

The  religion  of  Mahomet  is  considered  to  be  preserved  throughout  this  empire 
in  a  state  of  peculiar  and  exclusive  purity.  The  Turk  is  imbued  from  his  earliest 
infancy  with  the  loftiest  conceptions  of  his  own  spiritual  state,  and  with  a  min- 
gled hatred  and  contempt  of  every  other.  This  feeling  is  entertained,  not  only 
towards  the  "  infidel,"  but  still  more  deeply  towards  the  Persian  Shiite,  whose 
tenets  respecting  the  person  of  Ali  are  so  detested,  that,  according  to  the  soundest 
doctors,  it  is  as  meritorious  to  kill  one  Shiite  as  twenty  Christians. 

The  learning  of  the  Turks  is  comprised  within  a  very  limited  compass.  The 
torrent  of  their  barbarous  invasion  buried  under  it  not  only  the  splendid  though 
corrupted  remains  of  Greek  science,  but  that  of  a  secondary  description  which 
was  attained  by  the  Arabs  under  the  caliphate.  Yet  some  of  the  early  sultans 
were  patrons  of  learning ;  as,  indeed,  most  conquerors  have  been.  The  Turks 
are  ignorant  of  the  most  common  instruments  in  natural  philosophy,  the  telescope, 
the  microscope,  the  electrical  machine ;  which,  if  presented  to  them,  are  merely 
shown  as  objects  of  childish  curiosity.  Persons  of  the  highest  rank  scarcely  know 
anything  of  countries  beyond  the  boundaries  of  the  empire.  Astrologjr,  go  long 
exploded  from  the  list  of  European  sciences,  continues  in  Turkey  to  influence 
and  direct  the  public  councils.  No  expedition  sails  from  Constantinople,  no 
foundation  of  a  building  is  laid,  nor  public  ofiicer  installed,  until  the  nunp.djem 
bachi,  or  chief  of  the  astrologers,  has  named  the  fortunate  day.  With  all  their 
pride,  they  are  obliged  to  have  recourse  to  Christian  physicians,  whose  skill  they 
ascribe  to  necromancy,  and  who  they  therefore  expect  will  predict  at  once,  in  the 
most  precise  manner,  tlie  issue  of  their  complaints.  All  the  arts  have  degene- 
rated into  mechanical  trades.  Neither  architecture,  painting,  nor  music,  is  prac- 
tised with  any  degree  of  taste  or  genius. 

The  condition  of  the  female  sex  in  Turkey  is  particularly  foreign  to  our  man- 
ners and  ideas.  From  the  moment  of  marriage  they  are  immured  in  the  harem, 
excluded  from  the  view  of  the  public  and  of  all  of  the  opposite  sex,  their  nearest 
relations  being  alone  admitted  on  occasions  of  peculiar  ceremony.  This  circum- 
scribed existence,  and  the  necessity  of  sharing  with  a  multitude  of  rivals  the 
favour  of  a  husband,  or  rather  master,  appear  intolerable  to  European  ideas.  Po- 
lygamy is  permitted  by  law,  and  carried  sometimes  to  a  vast  extent,  but  only  by 
the  rich.  The  poor,  and  even  others  who  study  domestic  quiet,  find  one  wife 
quite  suflScient.  Divorce  is  permitted,  but  is  not  common.  Disagreement  of  tem- 
per does  not  bear  so  hard  on  the  husband,  from  the  separate  state  in  which  he 
lives;  adultery  is  avenged  by  the  poniard;  so  that  sterility,  reckonrd  so  deadly  a 
curse  throughout  the  East,  is  the  prevailing  motive  for  divorce. 
The  rayahs,  or  subject  infidels,  who  form  so  large  a  part  of  the  population  of 


[ 


ii 


m- 


.♦ 


V 


■■■:  y 


;k» 


."!  a 


r 


t 


i\.- 


iVt 


-f '■^ 


'  'tl 

1       • 

I.  ' 

!>'■■  J 


:  U 


KSli5- 


'f  ,: 


< ;.»'. 


'N>" ' 


J'i 


^Mi 


412 


TURKEY. 


Turkey,  are  chiefly  Greeks,  Jews,  and  Armenians,  The  amusements  of  the  Turk 
arc  chiefly  domestic.  His  dclii,'ht  is  to  give  himself  up  to  continued  and  unvaried 
reverie ;  to  glide  down  the  stream  of  time  without  thought  or  anxiety ;  to  retire 
under  the  shade  of  trees,  there  to  muse  without  any  flxed  object,  and  to  inhale 
through  the  pipe  a  gentle  inebriating  vapour.  The  ball,  the  theatre,  the  crowded 
party,  all  that  in  Europe  can  be  accounted  gaiety,  are  utterly  foreign  to  Turkish 
manners. 

The  dress  of  the  Turks  consists  of  long,  loose  robes,  which  do  not  encnmber 
their  stately  walk,  though  they  would  be  incompatible  with  running,  or  rapid  mo- 
tion. The  turban  is  the  most  characteristic  feature  of  eastern  dress;  and  its 
varied  form  and  ornaments  not  only  discriminate  the  rich  from  the  poor,  but  aflbrd 
a  badge  to  the  various  professions,  to  each  of  which  a  costume  is  appointed  by 
government,  and  strictly  enforced. 

The  food  of  the  Turks  is  not  very  luxurious.  It  consists  chiefly  of  stews  and 
hashes,  particularly  that  favourite  one  called  pilau,  with  salads^  olives,  and  sweet- 
meats. In  wine,  though  prohibited  by  their  religion,  some  sultans  and  great  men 
have  deeply  indulged ;  but  in  general  its  use  is  confined  to  the  lowest  ranks.  Cof- 
fee and  sherbet  arc  handed  about  on  all  occasions.  Opium,  as  a  substitute  for 
wine,  is  taken  to  excess,  and  oflcn  fatally ;  those  addicted  to  it  usually  fall  victims 
before  the  age  of  forty. 

Constantinople  occupies  perhaps  the  most  commanding  and  important  site  of 
any  city  in  the  world.  Its  situation  is  as  beautiful  and  superb  as  it  is  commodious. 
Seated  on  the  BosphoruSr  at  the  point  where  it  communicates  with  the  Propontis 
or  Sea  of  Marmora,  it  is  connected  both  with  the  Mediterraneair  and  the  Black 
Sea  by  a  succession  of  straits,  easily  defensible,  yet  navigable  for  the  largest  ves- 
sels. The  port  is  spacious  and  admirable.  The  city  itself,  rising  on  seven  hills, 
along  the  shore  of  the  Bosphorus,  emboeoroed  in  groves,  fVom  amid  which  nu- 
merous gilded  domes  ascend  to  a  lofly  height,  presents  a  most  magnificent  spec- 
tacle. But  the  moment  the  interior  is  entered,  all  the  magic  scene  disappears. 
The  streets  are  narrow,  winding,  ill  paved,  and  crowded ;  the  houses  low  and 
gloomy ;  and  the  hills,  which  appeared  majestic  in  the  view,  causing  steep  ascents 
and  descents,  prove  excessively  inconvenient.  But  the  most  fttal  circumstance  in 
the  structure  of  Constantinople  is,  that  the  houses  of  rich  and  poor  are  alike  en- 
tirely composed  of  wood,  while  chimneys  are  not  generally  used,  but  their  place 
supplied  by  vessels  of  brass  or  earth  put  under  the  feet.  These  circumstances, 
joined  to  the  usual  improvidence  of  the  Mahometans,  cause  most  tremendous  con- 
flagrations. It  is  even  believed,  with  or  without  reason,  that  the  Turkish  public 
employ  the  setting  Are  to  the  city  as  a  mode  of  communicating  their  opinion  on 
the  CMiduct  of  their  rulers.  The  scene  is  terrible,  from  the  extent  of  the  blaze, 
the  deep  rolling  of  the  drum  from  the  top  of  the  minarets,  and  the  crowds  that 
assemble,  among  whom  even  the  grand  signkir  himself  is  expected  to  be  present. 
It  is  reckoned  that  Constantinople  rises  entire  from  its  ashes  in  the  course  of 
every  fifteen  years ;  but  no  advantage  is  ever  taken  of  the  circumstance  to  im- 
prove its  aspect  The  fallen  streets  are  immediately  reconstructed  with  all  their 
imperfections,  and  the  houses  rebuilt  of  the  same  fragile  materials.  This  city 
contains,  however,  some  structures  that  arc  very  magnificent.  Among  them 
stai'ids  foremost  the  mosque  of  St.  Sophia,  accounted  the  finest  in  the  world,  first 
built  as  a  church  by  Justinian,  and  converted  by  the  conquering  Turks  to  its-pre- 
sent use.  The  mosques  of  Sultan  Achmet  and  of  Suleyman  are  equally  vast 
and  splendid,  but  not  marked  by  the  same  classic  taste.  The  numerous  minarets 
are  in  general  airy  acd  elegant,  and  add  greatly  to  the  beauty  of  the  city. 

Pera  and  Scutari,  two  appendages  to  Constantinople,  in  any  other  vicinity 
would  rank  as  cities.  Pera  is  the  Frank  quarter,  where  reside  the  ambassadors 
and  agents  of  all  the  European  courts,  and,  under  their  protection,  all  Christians 
whose  trade  does  not  fix  them  at  the  port.  It  has  thus  become  very  populous,  and 
even  crowded ;  so  that  houses  are  obtained  with  difficulty.  Scutari  stands  on  the 
Asiatic  side,  in  a  beautiful  and  cultivated  plain,  and  presents  a  picturesque  aspect, 
from  the  mixture  of  trees  and  minarets. 

Adrianople  is  a  large  city,  five  miles  in  circumference,  and  containing  about 


■*it  ■ 


,'U  •  ■' 


J  .I'M 


•Turk 
I  varied 

retire 

inhale 
rowded 
["urkish 

camber 
pid  mo- 
and  its 
it  afibrd  I 
nled  by' 

>wa  and 
1  Eweet- 
eat  men 
ks.  Cof- 
itule  for 
I  victims 

t  site  of 

modious. 

Propontis 

he  Black  I, 

■gest  vee- 

ven  hills, 

rhich  nu- 

ent  spec- 

isappears. 

i  low  and 

sp  ascents 

istance  in 

alike  en- 

leir  place 

instances, 

»dous  con- 

lish  public 

>inion  on 

he  blaze, 

■owds  thatj 

16  present. 

course  of 

ce  to  im- 

all  their 

This  city 

ong  them 

world,  first 

to  itrpre- 

lually  vast 

s  minarets 

ty-  . . ., 

Br  vicmity 
mbassadors 
Christians 
)ulous,  and 
nds  on  the 
que  aspect, 

ining  about 


GREECE. 


413 


1(X),000  inhabitants.  There  are  several  ancient  palaces,  and  a  splendid  mo«iue, 
but  the  streets  are  narrow  and  crooked,  the  houses  ill-built  of  brick  and  mud. 
The  ancient  strength  of  its  fortifications  has  gone  into  decay.  Bourgas,  on  a  bay 
of  the  Black  Sea,  near  the  foot  of  the  Balkan,  has  a  manufactory  of  pottery,  ami 
carries  on  a  considerable  trade.  Gallipoli,  on  the  Strait  of  the  Dardanelles,  is 
also  a  large  and  commercial  place,  with  17,000  inhabitants.  Sophia,  the  capital, 
at  the  foot  of  the  mountains,  is  a  large  town,  with  .'J0,01X)  inhabitants,  and  carries 
on  a  great  inland  trade  between  Salonica  and  the  interior  cotmtrics  of  eastern 
Europe.  Schumla,  or  Choumla,  near  the  entrance  of  another  of  tho  great  passes 
of  the  Balkan,  forms  ratiier  a  chain  of  rudely  entrenched  positions  than  a  regular 
fortress ;  yet  such  is  the  obstinacy  with  which  the  Turks  defend  such  situations, 
that  this  city  has  repeatedly  baffled  the  utmost  efforts  of  the  Russian  army.  Varna, 
a  port  on  the  Black  Sea,  is  ulso  a  leading  military  station,  and  was  the  theatre  of 
a  signal  victory  gained  by  Amurath  the  Great  over  the  Hungarian  troops. 

A  chain  of  fortresses  on  the  Danube,  large,  and  strongly  fortified,  formed  long 
the  main  bulwarks  of  the  Turkish  empire.     The  chief  are,  Widin,  the  residence 
of  a  pacha ;  Giurgevo,  Nicopoli,  Rustshuk,  Silistria.    They  arc  all  of  nearly  simi- 
lar character,  extensive  and  populous,  uniting  with  their  importance  as  military 
stations  that  derived  from  an  extensive  trade  along  the  Danube.     The  capital  of 
Servia  is  Belgrade,  a  fortress  of  extraordinary  strength,  long  considered  the  key 
of  Hungary,  and  disputed  with  the  utmost  obstinacy  between  the  Austrians  and 
Turks.     It  is  now  equally  distinguished  as  a  seat  of  inland  commerce,  being  the 
great  entrepdt  between  Turkey  and  Germany,  and  is  supposed  to  contain  about 
30,000  inhabitants.     Serajevo,  or  Bosna  Serai,  capital  of  Bosnia,  is  still  larger, 
having  been  estimated  to  contain  60,000  inhabitants.     It  trafficks  in  arms  and 
jewellery,  and  receives  numerous  caravans  from  Constantinople.     Jassy,  the  capi- 
tal of  Moldavia,  is  situated  in  the  interior  of  the  country,  amid  a  marshy  district, 
which  renders  it  unhealthy.     Galatz,  at  the  junction  of  the  Danube  and  the  Si' 
geth,  carries  on  most  of  the  trade,  and  might  attain  considerable  importance  if  the 
navigation  of  the  former  river  were  made  free.     Bucharest,  the  capital  of  Walla- 
chia,  is  a  large  city,  containing  about  80,000  souls.     It  is  built  upon  a  dismal 
swamp,  to  render  the  streets  passable  over  which,  they  are  covered  with  boards ; 
but,  in  the  intervals,  water  springs  up  from  dirty  kennels  beneath.     Here  Eu- 
ropean and  Oriental  costumes  and  manners  unite  in  nearly  equal  proportions. 
The  people  are  clothed  half  in  hats  and  shoes,  half  in  calpacs  and  pelisses ;  the 
carriages  are  drawn  as  often  by  buffaloes  as  by  horses.    The  nobles  live  in  extra- 
vagance and  dissipation,  while  the  people  are  plunged  in  poverty. 

Joannina,  which  Ali  Pacha  made  his  capital,  has  a  very  picturesque  situation 
on  a  lake,  surrounded  by  lofty  mountains,  and  is  supposed  to  contain  a  population 
of  35,000.  The  houses  are  irregularly  built,  intermingled  with  gardens  and  trees. 
A  great  proportion  of  the  inhabitants  are  Greek.  Scutari,  the  capital  of  Upper 
Albania,  is  situated  in  a  rich  plain ;  has  a  population  of  about  16,000 ;  and  carries 
on  some  considerable  manufactures  of  cloth.  Its  pacha  is  now  the  most  consider- 
able potentate  in  Albania.  Salonica,  the  ancient  Thessalonica,  carries  on  an 
extensive  commerce,  and  possesses  a  population  of  60,000  or  70,000  inhabitants. 
It  is  one  of  the  few  remaining  cities  that  have  preserved  the  form  of  the  ancient 
fortifications,  the  mural  turrets  yet  standing,  and  the  walls  that  support  them  being 
entire. 


Gr  R  E  EiC  Ei. 


I 


Greece,  though  bearing  bo  great  a  name,  and  occupying  so  high  a  place  in  our 
recollections,  had  ceased,  until  of  late,  to  be  considered  as  having  any  actual 
existence.  The  torrent  of  Ottoman  conquest,  overwhelming  all  the  institutions 
and  monuments  of  the  classic  ages,  seemed  to  have  obliterated  its  place  as  a  sepa- 
rate State,  and  to  have  sunk  it  into  the  subordinate  province  of  a  huge  barbarian 
empire.     But  memorable  events  just  elapsed  have  again  produced  the  Greeks  to 

35* 


■.« 


;.! 


'  1 1 


■ii 


wi 


\x 


.^' } 


1f 

I'M 

'  .  ft  J 

1^  <:  ^* 


'I 


'  11'*  ■  i 
■■  ♦«  «  '■  •    I 


'it    ■■ 


If,'  .'.    ;   ,    I    .       .' 


414 


GREECE. 


the  world,  with  claims  to  be  considered  as  a  great  and  independent  people.  Even 
under  their  deep  humiliation,  iriaterials  were  not  wantinpf,  out  of  which  their  inde- 
pendence might  be  re-estabiiehed.  Amid  the  gloom  of  Turkish  domination,  the 
Greeks  still  existed  as  a  people  every  way  separate ;  not,  indeed,  manifesting  their 
former  high  displays  of  genius  and  heroism,  yet  still  remaining  distinct  in  lan- 
guage, manners,  and  religion,  and  exhibiting  even  revived  symptoms  of  intel- 
lectual and  general  activity.  After  witnessing  the  glorious  though  chequered 
efforts  made  by  the  nation  itself,  and  though  with  various  success ;  considering 
the  part  now  publicly  taken  by  the  States  of  Europe,  we  can  no  longer  hesitate  to 
sever  Greece  from  the  Turkish  empire,  and  give  to  it  a  place  among  European 
nations. 

Greece,  considered  as  a  free  State,  has  been  contracted  in  extent,  in  consequence 
of  the  reverses  sustained  by  the  national  arms,  and  the  treaty  concluded  by  the 
European  powers ;  and  includes  only  a  small  portion  of  what  we  have  been  accus- 
tomed to  consider  as  Greece.  Bounded  on  the  north  by  a  line  f^om  the  Gulf  of 
Volo  to  that  of  Zeitoun,  the  present  kingdom  of  Greece  does  not  comprise  the 
extensive  and  populous  territories  of  Thessaly,  Macedonia,  and  Albania.  It  now 
comprises  the  Morea,  a  small  part  of  the  continent  north  of  the  Isthmus,  the 
Island  of  Negroponte,  and  about  the  one-half  of  the  islands  in  the  Archipelago, 
comprising  the  northern  Sporades,  the  Cyclades,  and  the  islands  in  the  Gulf  of 
Egina  andNapoli:  the  area  of  the  whole  is  probably  21,000  square  miles ;  and 
the  population  about  752,000.  The  general  divisions  of  the  kingdom  are  the  four 
provinces  of  Western  Hellas,  Eastern  Hellas,  the  Morea,  and  the  Isles,  which  are 
subdivided  into  ten  nomoi,  and  these  into  eparchies. 

The  interior  of  Greece  is  greatly  diversified  with  rugged  mountains,  and  witb 
fertile  and  picturesque  vales.  Along  the  shores  there  are  beautiful  plains,  the  soil 
of  which  is  fruitful,  and  the  climate  delightful.  There  are  many  inlets  and  bays, 
afibrding  great  facilities  for  commerce,  and  presenting  strong  inducements  to  navi- 
gation. In  various  parts  of  Greece  there  still  remain  many  interesting  monuments 
of  antiquity.  The  ruins  of  temples,  known  to  have  been  built  3000  years  ago, 
exist  at  the  present  day.  It  is  remarkable  that  these  remains  exhibit  a  style  of 
architecture,  common  in  that  remote  age,  more  truly  chaste  and  beautiful  than  has 
been  since  devised.  After  all  the  improvements  of  modern  times,  we  arc  obliged 
to  admit  that  the  ancient  Greeks  are  our  masters  in  this  noble  art. 

Constitutional  monarchy  is  the  form  of  government  destined  for  Greece  by  the 
great  powers,  and  in  which  she  appears  to  have  acquiesced ;  and  a  monarch,  after 
many  difficulties,  has  at  length  been  chosen.  The  political  elements  are  by  no 
means  duly  organised.  The  two  parties  are  that  of  the  people,  composed  gene- 
rally of  the  inhabitants  of  the  towns,  and  having  at  its  head  the  commercial  State 
of  Hydra ;  and  that  of  the  capitani,  or  chieftains,  who,  in  the  interior  of  the  coun- 
try, have  established  a  species  of  feudal  military  sway. 

Industry,  in  Greece,  is  only  in  a  very  secondary  state,  yet  its  products  are  not 
inconsiderable.  Agriculture  is  carried  on  with  rude  implements  and  bad  cattle, 
and  only  in  some  quarters  is  irrigation  practised  with  diligence ;  yet  so  genial  are 
the  climate  and  soil,  that  the  harvests  are  generally  more  plentiful  than  in  Eng- 
land. Wheat,  barley,  and  maize  are  chiefly  cultivated,  and  of  each  there  is  some 
su.'plus  for  exportation.  Cotton  is  raised  to  a  very  great  extent,  and  forms  the 
chief  basis  of  its  export  trade.  The  olive,  in  Greece,  retains  its  ancient  celebrity ; 
"  nor  has  the  honey  of  Mount  Hymettus  lost  any  part  of  its  exquisite  flavour." 
That  species  of  grape  called  the  Corinthian,  which  produces  the  finest  currants, 
is  peculiar  to  the  Morea  and  the  Ionian  Islands,  especially  Zante,  from  which  it  is 
largely  exported.  Greece,  however,  is  altogether  a  pastoral  country ;  the  people 
are  skilled  in  the  management  of  cattle,  but  much  more  in  that  of  sheep  and 
I  goats,  which  are  fed  in  vast  numbers  on  the  sides  of  the  hills,  and  on  the  high 
plains  of  the  interior.  C^f  these  animals,  however,  the  breed  is  not  of  any  emi- 
nence, and  has  even  degenerated. 

Manufactures  are  in  a  still  ruder  state  than  agriculture ;  and  the  country  is 
indebted  to  foreigners  for  every  thing,  except  a  few  coarse  and  common  fabrics. 
Commerce  is  carried  on  with  much  greater  activity  than  any  of  the  other  branches 


GREECK. 


415 


of  industry,  and  has  bcon  one  of  the  main  instruments  in  raising  this  renowned 
country  from  its  extreme  depression.  The  ^eat  circuit  of  its  coartp,  its  i  umcrous 
bays,  and  its  position  in  the  vicinity  of  some  of  the  richest  and  most  productive 
countries  in  the  world,  clearly  destined  Greece  to  be  a  maritime  and  commercial 
region.  The  proud  ignorance  of  the  Turks,  loading  tliem  to  despise  trade,  lefl 
this  career  open  to  the  vassal  people.  A  prodigious  impulse  was  given  by  the 
general  war  consequent  on  the  French  revolution,  which  left  the  Greek  for  a  long 
time  tlie  only  neutral  flag  in  Europe.  The  islands,  and  particularly  the  little  har- 
hours  of  Hydra,  Ipsara,  and  Spezzia,  not  only  exported  tno  produce  of  Greec 
itself,  but  maiQtained  the  carrying  trade  from  port  to  port  all  around  the  Mediter- 
ranean. There  was  even  an  extensive  transmission  of  articles  to  the  head  of  the 
Gulf  of  Salonica,  and  thence  by  land  into  the  heart  of  Austria.  A  Greek  mer- 
cantile and  shipping  interest  of  great  weaHli  and  importance  was  thus  created. 

In  1809,  the  exports  were  estimated  to  ai.iount  to  £3,649,700;  comprising  cot- 
ton, tobacco,  «orn,  wool,  olive  oil,  currants,  silk,  cheese,  cattle,  dye-stufTs,  honey, 
fruits,  &c.  It  is  difficult  to  ascertain  the  present  condition  of  the  commerce  of 
this  country.  During  the  late  dreadful  contest  it  was  trodden  under  foot ;  and  the 
Hydriots,  in  whom  it  centred,  had  all  their  resources  occupied  by  war:  nor  has  it 
probably  revived  at  all  to  its  ancient  extent. 

The  Greek  army,  in  1820,  was  estimated  at  50,000  men,  consisting  of  brave  but 
irregular  troops,  and  commanded  by  skilful  generals.  The  military  force  at  pre- 
sent does  not  probably  exceed  15,000  men.  The  navy  is  composed  mostly  of  mer- 
cliant  brigs  belonging  to  the  islands,  amounting  to  about  80  sail.  They  generally 
beat  the  Turkish  fleets  during  the  war. 

The  character  of  the  modern  Greeks,  both  before  and  since  the  revolution,  has 
been  painted  in  somewhat  unfavourable  colours.  They  are  represented  as  addicted 
to  the  vices  incident  to  every  despised  and  oppressed  people ;  avarice,  intrigue, 
cunning,  servility,  and  as  being  almost  entirely  governed  by  motives  of  self- 
interest.  The  reproach,  however,  seems  to  be  mainly  due  to  the  inhabitants  of 
the  towns,  and  the  chiefs,  particularly  the  Fanariots,  or  rich  Greeks  of  Constanti- 
nople. The  peasantry  are  allowed  to  be  a  very  flne  race ;  and,  indeed,  the  great 
actions  performed  in  the  course  of  the  late  contest  must  silence  those  who  pretend 
that  the  nation  has  lost  all  its  ancient  energies. 

The  religion  of  the  Greeks  is  that  which  was  designated  by  their  name,  to  dis- 
tinguish it  from  the  Roman  Catholic,  after  the  great  schism  of  the  eastern  and 
western  churches.  This,  however,  may  be  considered  on  a  lower  level  as  to  any 
enlightened  views  of  Christianity.  According  to  a  late  writer,  the  lower  ranks  in 
Greece  have  a  religion  of  mere  forms,  while  the  upper  ranks  have  no  religion  at 
all.  The  most  respectable  of  the  clergy  are  the  monks  or  caloyers,  out  of  whom 
are  chosen  the  bishops,  and  even  the  patriarch  or  general  head  of  the  religion, 
who,  before  the  late  convulsions,  resided  at  Constantinople. 

Learning,  in  Greece,  where  it  once  flourished  with  such  unrivalled  splendour, 
had  fellen  into  a  state  of  total  extinction.  As  soon,  however,  as  the  government 
had  acquired  a  degree  of  consistence,  they  turned  their  immediate  attention  to 
this  object ;  and,  really,  considering  the  pressure  of  so  dreadful  a  war,  eflfected 
wonders.  They  established  schools  of  mutual  instruction  at  Athens,  Argos,  Tri- 
polizza,  Missolonghi,  and  most  of  the  islands.  They  decreed  the  formation,  at 
Argos,  of  an  academy  on  a  great  scale,  where  every  requisite  of  intellectual  cul- 
ture might  be  united ;  also  of  central  schools  and  libraries.  All  these  institutions 
are  yet  only  in  their  infancy ;  but  there  cannot  be  a  doubt  that,  the  independence 
of  the  Greeks  being  once  established,  one  of  the  first  results  would  be  an  extraor- 
dinary eflbrt  to  raise  their  intellectual  character  as  a  nation. 

The  dress  of  the  Greeks  is  formed  on  the  model  of  the  Turkish,  either  from 
imitation,  or  from  adoption  of  the  same  oriental  pattern.  In  general  the  attire  of 
all  who  can  afford  it  is  gaudy  and  glittering,  covered  with  gold  and  silver  em- 
broidery, and  with  the  most  brilliant  colours.  Above  all,  the  arms  of  the  chiefs 
are  profusely  adorned,  mounted  with  silver  and  even  jewels.    The  simplicity 

I  which  a  more  refined  taste  has  introduced  into  the  costume  of  the  western  Eu- 
ropeans is  held  by  them  in  contempt. 


.s 


I 


¥^ 


I-        fl 


.'^"'■rf';  ^ 


''k 


I.       ;    I 


^■::-1 


U-" 


•  *'  .11 


nt 


I- 1 


5?  ;  ';j,::#i:i 


'1  ■  H. 


.1 


416 


GREECE. 





The  food  of  the  Greeks,  through  the  combined  influence  of  poverty,  and  the 
long  fasts  enioined  by  their  religion,  is  composed  in  a  great  measure  of  fish,  vege- 
tables, and  fruit.  Caviare  is  the  national  ragout,  and,  like  other  fish  dished,  is 
eaten  seasoned  with  aromatic  herbs.  Snails  dressed  in  garlic  are  also  a  favourite 
dish.  Their  most  valued  fruits  are  olives,  melons,  water-melons,  and  especially 
gourds. 

The  islands  form  a  prominent  and  interesting  appendage  to  Greece.  Cyprus, 
Rhodes,  and  a  considerable  number  of  smaller  isles  ranged  along  the  coast  of  Asia 
Minor,  have  been  always  considered  as  Asiatic.  The  Greek  European  islands  are 
Candia,  the  Cyclades,  and  those  termed  the  Ionian  Islands. 

Candia,  lately  ceded  to  the  Pacha  of  Egypt,  is  one  of  the  largest  islands  in  the 
Mediterranean,  being  reckoned  about  d(N)  miles  in  circumference.  It  is  perhaps 
more  favoured  by  nature  than  any  other  part  of  Europe.  The  interior  is  covered 
with  mountains,  of  which  Mount  Ida  towers  to  a  very  lofly  height  The  plains 
and  valleys  along  the  sea-coasi  are  covered  with  myrtle  groves,  spacious  plane 
trees,  and  other  beautiful  woods;  and  the  soil,  though  merely  scratched  by  a 
wretched  plough  drawn  by  two  sorry  oxen,  yields  luxuriant  crops  of  wheat  and 
barley.  The  olive  grows  m  high  perfection ;  though  the  oil,  for  want  of  care  and 
skill  in  preparing  it,  is  unfit  for  the  table,  and  only  used  for  soap  and  other  manu- 
factures. The  inhabitants  are  a  fine  race,  and  were  more  independent  of  the 
Porte  than  the  vassals  of  most  other  parts  of  the  empire.  The  mountains  and 
mountain  plains,  however,  have  continued  to  be  occupied  by  a  Greek  ruce,  culled 
the  Sfacciotes,  who  in  these  high  tracts  carry  on  the  trade  of  shepherd,  not  alto- 
gether uncombined  with  that  of  robber.  It  was  by  this  body  that  the  chief  stand 
was  made  in  the  late  insurrection,  and  they  had  nearly  driven  the  Turks  out  (^f 
the  island,  when  they  were  forced  themselves  to  yield  to  the  Pacha  of  Egypt. 

Of  the  towns,  Candia,  the  capital,  has  had  its  harbours  choked  up  with  sand, 
against  which  the  Turks  never  take  any  precautions ;  and  the  greater  part  of  its 
trade  has  passed  to  Canea.  It  still  bears  the  trace  of  a  handsome  Venetian  town, 
with  substantial  houses  formed  into  regular  streets  and  squares ;  but  the  havoc  of 
its  long  siege  and  subsequent  desertion  give  it  a  very  gloomy  aspect.  Canea, 
without  the  name  of  capital,  is  populous  and  flourishing,  having  15,000  inhabit- 
ants ;  but  with  nothing  in  its  aspect  to  distinguish  it  from  other  Turkish  towns. 
Between  Canea  and  Candia  is  Retimo,  a  well-built  town,  situated  in  a  delightful 
country  abounding  with  olive  trees ;  but  its  harbour  having  likewise  suflbred,  Ca- 
nea has  profited  in  this  as  in  the  former  instance. 

The  Cyclades,  a  numerous  and  celebrated  group,  are  interposed  between  Candia 
and  Asia  Minor,  but  nearer  to  the  continent,  from  which  they  recede  in  a  south- 
east direction.  Their  aspect,  bold,  rocky,  yet  richly  verdant,  presents  to  the  ves- 
sels sailing  through  it  scenes  of  varied  beauty.  The  principal  of  these  are  Paros, 
Antiparos,  Naxoe,  Santorini,  Milo,  Argentera,  Syra,  Andro,  Sino,  Zea,  &c. 

Negropont  is  a  long  narrow  island  separated  from  the  continent  by  the  narrow 
channel  of  the  Euripus,  or  Egripo.  It  is  diversified  by  rugged  mountains  and  fer- 
tile valleys.  It  was  supposed  to  contain  about  60,000  inhabitants  previous  to  the 
revolution,  but  does  not  probably  at  present  contain  half  that  number,  the  Turks, 
who  were  more  numerous  here  than  anywhere  else  in  southern  Greece,  having 
been  expelled  the  island.  The  capital,  Chalcis,  or  Negropont,  has  a  population 
of  10,000  or  12,000.  The  Northern  Sporades,  lying  north-east  of  Negropont,  com- 
prise Skyro,  Chelidonia,  and  other  islands. 

Two  islands,  Hydra  and  Spezzia,  though  little  favoured  by  nature,  have,  in  a 
singular  manner,  taken  the  lead  of  all  the  States  and  Islands  of  Greece.  Hydra, 
a  rugged  mass  of  rock,  with  scarcely  a  spot  of  verdure,  remained  without  an  inha- 
bitant till  Turkish  oppression,  and  the  desolations  of  the  Morea,  drove  a  few  fish- 
ermen to  build  their  huts  on  its  precipitous  sides.  The  same  causes  in  which  the 
settlement  originated  were  favourable  to  its  increase ;  and  as  it  appeared  too  insig- 
niflcant  to  excite  jealousy,  it  was  allowed  to  compound  with  the  Turks  for  a  mo- 
derate tribute.  It  now  contains  about  40,000  inhabitants,  many  of  whom  have 
attained  to  considerable  wealth,  and  rule  the  republic  with  a  sort  of  aristocratic 
sway.    The  energies  of  Hydra  have  been  for  some  time  exclusively  turned  to 


>!K:''- 


tiRKEXE. 


417 


war,  and  perhaps  she  will  never  rcj^ain  her  fnrmer  extensive  commcrco.  Spezzia 
is  a  sort  of  outwork  of  Hydra,  with  only  3000  inhabitants,  yet  with  somewhat  more 
of  cultivation. 

Athens,  the  most  cclebrntcd  of  all  the  Grecian  cities,  is  situated  in  Attica  just 
without  the  isthmus  of  Corinth,  5  miles  from  the  sea.  The  town  stands  at  the 
foot  of  a  steep  rock,  called  the  Acropolin,  nnd  spreads  into  a  plain  on  the  west  and  j 
north-went.  It  is  surrounded  by  a  thick,  irregular  wall,  3  miles  in  circuit,  and  10 1 
feet  lii^h,  passing  along  the  brinks  of  precipices.  Some  portions  of  the  ancient 
wall  are  also  to  be  seen.  The  retnains  of  ancient  architecture  are  still  sufficient, 
in  spile  of  the  ravages  of  barbarian  conquerors,  to  excite  the  admiration  of  the 
traveller.  The  temple  of  Theseus,  the  lantern  of  Demosthenes,  the  tower  of  the 
winds,  Adrian's  gate,  the  peristyle  of  the  Parthenon,  and  a  wall  of  the  theatre 
exist  entire.  The  population  of  the  city  is  uacertain :  it  probably  does  not  exceed 
12,000  or  13,000. 

Napoli  de  Romania,  or  Nauplion,  is  the  best  built  town  in  the  Morea.  It  stands 
on  an  eminence  projecting  into  a  wide  bay,  and  is  surrounded  with  walls.  From 
its  maritime  situation  and  great  natural  strength,  it  must  ever  be  one  of  the  keys 
of  Greece.  Its  harbour  is  good,  and  the  commerce  considerable.  Population, 
15,000.  Ti-ipolizza,  the  Turkish  capital  of  the  Morea,  was  taken  during  the  war 
by  Ibrahim  Pacha,  and  is  now  mostly  in  ruins :  it  contained  4  mosques,  6  Greek 
churches,  and  a  bazar,  and  a  population  of  about  12,000.  Navarino  stands  upon 
an  excellent  harbour  in  the  south-west  part  of  the  Morea.  Here  the  Turkish 
naval  power  was  completely  destroyed  by  the  combined  fleets  of  Russia,  France 
and  England,  on  tlie  20th  October,  1823,  the  anniversary  of  the  battle  of  Salamis. 
It  is  a  place  of  some  trade,  and  has  a  good  harbour.  Modon,  in  the  same  neigh- 
bourhood, has  a  good  harbour  and  considerable  trade.  Coron,  not  far  distant,  on  a 
wide  bay  of  the  same  name,  is  a  small  town,  but  well  fortified.  Malvasia,  on  the 
eastern  coast,  stands  on  an  island  connected  with  the  continent  by  a  bridge.  It 
has  a  strong  citadel,  and  its  neighbourhood  produces  the  wine  called  Malvoisia,  >r 
Malmsey.  Culamata,  on  the  Gulf  of  Messenia,  is  a  considerable,  but  open  town. 
Tripolizza,  the  former  capital  of  the  Morea,  stands  in  a  narrow  valley  at  the  foot  of 
Mount  Menalus:  before  the  revolution  it  had  a  considerable  trade  and  a  population 
of  12,000.  Misitra,  or  Mistras,  was  a  strong  place  with  7000  inhabitants  previous 
to  the  revolution.  It  is  now  in  a  ruinous  state.  The  ruins  of  Sparta  are  about  3 
miles  from  this  town.  Corinth  stands  on  the  isthmus  uniting  the  Morea  to  the 
continent.  It  still  exhibits  the  remains  of  its  ancient  walls  and  the  citadel,  or 
acro-corinthus.  It  formerly  had  a  harbour  on  each  side  of  the  isthmus,  but  the 
only  port  is  now  on  the  Gulf  of  Lepanto.  The  houses  are  generally  well-built. 
Patras,  at  the  entrance  of  the  Gulf,  has  a  considerable  commerce,  and  formerly 
was  the  residence  of  many  European  Consuls.  It  suiTered  severely  during  the 
late  contest,  the  country  in  its  neighbourhood  being  ravaged  by  the  contending 
armies.  Missolonghi  is  without  the  Morea.  It  stands  on  the  Gulf  of  Lepanto 
opposite  Patras.  It  was  captured  by  the  Greeks  in  1821,  recaptured  after  several 
attempts  by  the  Turks  in  1825,  and  afterwards  rescued  by  the  Greeks.  It  is  a 
fortified  and  important  place.    Here  Lord  Byror:  >lied,  in  1824. 

This  country,  the  most  celebrated  of  antiquity,  has  at  length,  after  ages  of  bond- 
age under  the  iron  yoke  of  the  meet  ruthless  oppressors  of  modern  times,  assumed 
an  independent  attitude  among  the  nations  of  the  earth.  The  nomination  of  Otho 
of  Bavaria  to  the  throne  of  Greece  by  the  great  powers  of  Europe,  and  supported 
by  their  influence,  affords  a  prospect  that  the  new  state  has  now  permanently  ob- 
tained a  tranquil  and  settled  condition.  The  moral  and  religious  instruction  of 
this  interesting  people  has  for  some  years  past  attracted  the  attention  of  several 
missionary  and  philanthropic  societies,  both  in  Great  Britain  and  the  United  States, 
and  cheering  hopes  are  entertained  that  their  exertions,  aided  by  those  of  the  go- 
vernment, and  the  natural  quickness  and  intelligence  of  the  people  themselves, 
will,  at  no  distant  period,  exhibit  such  an  improvement  in  the  public  mind,  as  will 
satisfactorily  prove  to  the  world,  that  the  Greeks  of  the  present  day  want  but  the 
aid  of  free  institutions  and  favourable  circumstances,  to  enable  them  to  rival  the 
brightest  era  of  their  distinguished  forefathers. 

3-Q 


'• "  *'li 


■  ni 


I 


U 


%•'■ 


I  ^ 


><  H 


\\ 


.  ';-'> ;   »  I 


'  .     (I 


.! 


..Jl 


■'%^: 


:-;i 


ISiVi:-^' 


7-  -• 


ll'y 


W, 


ii'> 


418 


TABULAR  VIEW  OF  EUROPE. 


1 


TABULAR  VIEW 


OF 


THE  EUROPEAN  STATES. 


Btatm. 


Bwediih  Monarchy 

Denmark 

Holland 

Belgium 

British  Monarchy 

France  

Spain 

Andorra  (Republic) 

Portugal 

RuMia 

Cracow  (Republic) 

Auitria ■ 

PruMia  ■  .4 

Bavaria 

Saxony ••• 

Hanover 

Wirtemberg 

Baden  

Hesie-Cancl  (Electorate). 

Hesse-Darmstadt 

Hesse-Homburg  (Landgr.)' 

Saxe-Wcimar 

Saxe-Coburg-Ootba 

Saxe-Altenburg 

Saxe-Meiningcn 

Mecklenburg-Schwerin .  •• 

Mecklenburg-StrelitK 

Brunswick 

Holstein-Oldenburg 

Nassau 

Anhalt-Bernburg 

Anhalt-Cothen 

Anbalt-Densau 

SchwartKburg-Rudolstadt. 
Schwartzbu  rg-Sonderhauien 

RcuRS-Greitz 

Reuss-Schleitz 

Lippe-Detmold 

Lippe-Schauenburg 

Hohenzollern-Sigmaringen. 
Hohenzollern.Heebingen  •  ■ 

Waldeck 

Liclitenstein 

Kiiiphausen  (Lordship). . . . 

Hamburg 

Lubeck 

Bremen 

^Frankfort 

Switzerland 

rSardinia 


'  Monaco  (principality) . . . . 

''uscany  (Grand  Duchy). . 

I  I'arma 

^  Modena 

Lucca 

I  States  of  the  Church 

I  San  Marino  (Republic) . . . 
t  Nai)lcs 

Ionian  Islands 

Turkey 

Greece 


Area  in 
8q.  Miles. 

307,000 

33,000 

ll.lUO 

13,000 

131,000 

905,000 

163,000 

103 

38,800 

1,091,000 

500 

S58,0U0 

107,000 

30.907 

7,300 

14,730 

7,500 

5,800 

4,353 

4,113 

138 

1,430 

1,034 

491 

875 

4,755 

768 

1,514 

2,753 

2,104 

340 

330 

363 

448 

384 

153 

453 

436 

313 

436 

117 

459 

53 

17 

134 

123 

73 

113 

15,000 

29,534 

50 

8,759 

2,350 

2,145 

434 

17,572 

33 

43,0.^ 

1,310 

906,000 

21,000 


Population. 


3,831,384 

3,U40.(IUII 

2,745,000 

3,7U],OUO 

24,304,7'J!) 

33,509,743 

13,i)S0,000 

15,000 

3,530,000 

SU,H(iO,000 

117,800 

33,061,010 

13,H42,000 

4,037,017 

1,4'J7,000 

1,340,000 

i,5«<2,o:m 

1,301,300 

«4!l,800 

790,000 

23,000 

333,704 

156,t>.'» 

114,048 

12U,5MJ 

450,200 

84,130 

250,100 

251,500 

35.5,H15 

40,000 

36,000 

60,000 

60,000 

51,767 

25,000 

58,500 

77,500 

25,500 

39,000 

15,500 

50,000 

5,550 

2,800 

154,000 

47,000 

49,000 

55,000 

2,013,000 

4,300,000 

6,500 

1,375,000 

440,000 

400,000 

145,000 

2,582,32!) 

8,400 

7,434.300 

193,8^8 

7,ooo,r'o 

752,000 


Principal  Religious  Sects. 


Lutherans,  Catholics,  Jews. 

Lutherans,  Jews,  4cc 

Catvinists,  Catliolicii,&c.. . . 
Cattiulics,  CalviniHiH. 


Government. 


Constitutional 
Estates 
Constilutioniil 
Constiliitioiial 


llpiKcopiiliaiiH,  Catholics,  &c.i;onstitutionul 


Catholics,  Calvinists,  &c 

Catholics 

Catholics 

Catholics 

Grevks,Catliolici<,  tec 

Catholics,  Lutherans,  Jews. . 

Catholics,  Grctiho,  Ace 

£van.i;i!liiitH,  Catholics,  Ilc...  . 
Cathulicv,  EvangcliNts,  Jews. 
Lutherans,  Catliulic»,  Jews.  ■ 
Lutherans,  Catholics,  4tc. 


Constitutional 

Constitutional 

Republic 

Cunstitutionul 

Absolute 

Republic 

Absolute 

Absolute 

ConHiitutioAn 

CoHHtitutional 

Estates 

IjUtherans,  Catholics,  k,c Constitutional 

Catholics,  Lutherans,  4:c Constitutional 

Kvanttelists,  Catholics,  Uc.  • .  CoiistitutionnI 
Lutherans,  Catholics,  4cc. ..  .Constitutional 
Calvinists,  Lutherans,  4cc . . .! Absolute 
Lutherans,  Catholics,  &e  . . . . 'Constitutional 
Lutherans,  Catholics,  &c. ..  .Iconstitutionni 

Lutherans IConstitutional 

Lutherans,  Jews.  Catholics.  .Constitutional 

Lulheranii,  Jews,  4fcc JE^states 

Lutherans,  Jews lEstatea 

Lutherans,  Catholics,  lie. . . .  Constitutional 

AlMolute 
Constitutional 
Estates 
Estates 
Estates 
Estates 
Estates 
Estates 
Estates 
Estates 
Estates 
Estates 
Estates 
Estates 
Estates 
Absolute 
Republic 
Republic 


Lutherans,  Catholics,  &,c. . 
Evangelists,  Catholics,  &e. 
Calvinists,  Lutherans,  Jews. 
Calvinists,  Lutherans,  Jews. 
Calvinists,  Lutherans,  lus..  ■  ■ 

Lutherans,  Catholics 

Lutherans,  Catholics 

Lutherans,  Jews 

Luthcra  ns,  Hernhutters,  Jews 
Calvinists,  Lutherans,  Cath's 
Lutherans,  Calvinists,  Cath's 

Catholics,  Jews 

Catholics 

Lutherans,  Calvinists,  Jews. 

Catholics 

Lutherans 

Lutherans,  Jews,  &c 

Lutherans,  Catholics,  tec.... 
Lutherans,  Calvinists Republic 


Lutherans,  Catholics,  ttc. 
Calvinists,  Catholics,  Jews. . 

Catholics,  Calvinists,  Ice 

Catholics 

Catholics,  Jews 

Catholics 

Catholics 

Catholics 

Catholics,  Jews 

Catholics 

Catholics,  Jews 

Greeks,  Catholics,  Jews 

Mahommedans,  Greeks,  &c. . 
Greeks,  Catholics 


Republic 

Republic 

Absolute 

Absolute 

Absolute 

Absolute 

Absolute 

AlMiolute    ' 

Absolute 

Republic 

Absolute 

Republic 

Absolute 

Constitutional 


m  p^t^ci 


I  t\ 


mamm 


AFRICA. 


419 


AFRICA. 


AniioA,  a  spacious  continent,  comprisini;  nearly  a  third  of  the  world  known  to  i 
the  ancients,  composes  a  peninsula  about  4%20  miles  in  lenf^th  from  north  to  south,  | 
and  4140  in  breadth  from  east  to  west.     Its  shape  is  an  irregular  pyramid,  at  the  | 
southern  extremity  diminishing  almost  to  a  point;  so  that  it  has,  properly  speak- 1 
ingr,  only  throe  sides.     Its  western  coast,  by  far  the  most  extensive,  faces  the 
Atlantic,  which  on  the  other  side  is  bounded,  at  several  thousand  miles*  distance, 
by  the  parallel  coast  of  America.     To  the  east,  Africa  looks  upon  the  southern 
Pacific,  but  chiefly  that  mighty  portion  of  it  called  the  Indian  Ocean,  which  haH 
for  its  remote  opposite  boundaries,  Hindoostan,  the  Eastern  Archipelu^o,  and  New 
Holland.     From  Europe,  Africa  is  separated  by  the  Mediterranean,  and  from  AHJa 
by  the  Red  Sea.    Both  these  gulfs  communicate  with  the  ocean  by  narrow  straitH, 
at  which  Africa  comes  almost  in  contact  with  the  opposite  continents ;  but  it  is  ht 
their  interior  extremities  that  they  are  separated  by  that  celebrated  isthmus,  only 
sixty  miles  in  breadth,  which  connects  this  vast  continent  with  that  of  Asia. 

Africa,  in  all  respects  except  its  vast  extent,  is  the  least  favoured  portion  of  the 
globe.  Its  prevailing  aspect  is  rude,  gloomy,  and  sterile.  The  character  of 
desert,  which  elsewhere  is  only  partial  and  occasional,  belongs  to  a  very  great 
proportion  of  its  widely  extended  surface.  Boundless  plains,  exposed  to  the  ver- 
tical rays  of  a  tropical  sun,  arc  deprived  of  all  the  moisture  necessary  to  cover 
them  with  vegetation.  Moving  sands,  tossed  by  the  winds,  and  whirling  in  eddies 
through  the  air,  surround  and  continually  threaten  to  bury  the  traveller,  in  his 
lengthened  route  through  these  trackless  wilds.  The  watered  and  cultivated  dis- 
tricts consist  of  little  more  than  belts,  with  which  this  huge  expanse  of  desert  is 
begirt.  The  best  known,  and  perhaps  the  finest,  is  that  which  Urders  the  north- 
ern coast  along  the  Mediterranean,  and  stretches  for  50  or  100  miles  inland.  The 
famous  range  of  mountains  called  Atlas,  which  ancient  fable  represented  as  sup- 
porting the  heavens,  with  numerous  chains  branching  fVom  it  across  the  continent, 
diffuses  moisture  and  fertility  over  sands  which  would  otherwise  have  been  totally 
unproductive.  Then  follows  the  immense  ocean  of  desert,  nearly  3000  miles  in 
length,  and  1000  in  breadth,  reaching  across  the  whole  continent  from  east  to 
west,  and  from  north  to  south,  between  lat  15°  and  30°.  The  sterility  of  the 
scene  is  only  interrupted  by  a  narrow  line,  of  not  above  half  a  mile,  formed  by  the 
course  of  the  Nile  through  Nubia,  and  by  a  few  islands,  or,  as  they  are  termed, 
oases,  scattered  at  wide  intervals  over  this  immeasurable  waste.  These  spots, 
affording  springs,  verdure,  and  a  few  dates,  support  a  scanty  population ;  but  are 
chiefly  valuable  as  affording  places  of  rest  and  refresument  for  the  caravans.  The 
traveller  who  has  crossed  this  dreary  interval  is  cheered  by  the  view  of  a  long 
line  of  territory  exhibiting  a  different  and  much  more  smiling  aspect.  Lofly 
ranges,  c  '  .ated  under  the  name  of  the  Mountains  of  the  Moon,  cross  the  cen- 
tral part  of  the  continent,  and  form  perhaps  an  almost  unbroken  girdle  round  it 
Thence  descend  many  rivers  of  the  first  magnitude;  the  Nile  of  Egypt,  the 
Senegal,  the  Gambia,  and  the  famed  mysterious  stream  so  long  sought  under  the 
name  of  the  Niger.  These  set  bounds  to  the  empire  of  sand,  which  would  else 
overspread  nearly  all  Africa ;  they  inundate  their  banks,  and  fertilize  cxtenfiive 
regions,  which  are  covered  with  rich  harvests,  and  peopled  with  nations  that  have 
hiade  some  advances  in  civilization.  A  great  part  of  this  country  hao  been  re- 
cently explored,  though  much  still  remains  for  discovery ;  but  farther  south,  the 
greater  part  of  the  interior,  as  far  as  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  a  space  of  40°  of 
latitude,  has  never  been  trodden  by  any  European.  The  districts  on  the  cast 
coast,  however,  are  very  well  known,  and  still  more  those  on  the  west.    They 


i  .    V. 


r 


1'' 


h 


H '  ^M.-^ 


> 


!  ; 


M  ■•'■'■. 


ht'V\  ,'.  ■ 


wpBva 


nsBi 


^w 


4',»() 


AFKK'A. 


f>rpsent  a  totally  diflbrvnt  aipoct  from  that  *'  Hortlicrn  AfVica ;  profusely  watcrcvl 
ly  iTD'at  rivpfH,  in  many  placoH  liixtirinni  i  trupiral  pruductx;  in  otiiurH,  iniiti- 
flHtiid  and  swampy,  overgrown  with  hut;u  tiircHtu  and  underwood.  Htjuic  lato  olt- 
servnrH,  however,  in  travellinff  inland  from  the  Cape,  have  cauffht  a  ffiimpite  of 
vuot  oxpanaeg  of  desert,  reported  ahmwt  to  rival  tlioHO  at  the  oppoHitc  extremity 
of  the  continent.  Lastly,  the  southern  ani^lu  prconntit  to  the  stormy  seas  of  tht< 
Soutli«!rn  Ocean  broad  table  rocks  and  \uk\i  rude  plains,  covered,  however,  in 
many  places,  with  £^ood  herbage  and  vegetation. 

The  political  constitutiona  of  Africa  arc  rude,  and  in  general  despotic.  Tlio 
unlimited  |)ower  of  the  sovereign  is  in  general  ciiecked  only  by  the  turbulence  of 
aristocratic  cliiofs,  not  by  any  well-regulated  freedom  on  the  part  of  the  pcdplu. 
Africa,  however,  is  divided  into  un  almost  infinite  variety  of  states,  wIujho  polilit'ul 
system  can  only  be  undcrMtuod  by  considering  each  in  detail. 

The  processes  of  agriculture  and  munutactures,  in  Africa,  are  performed  gene- 
rally ill  a  rude  and  imperfect  manner.  The  soil,  however,  is  cultivated  almost 
throughout,  to  a  greater  or  less  extent ;  and  some  fine  fabrics,  particularly  thouc 
of  cotton,  cloth,  mats,  and  gold  ornaments,  are  very  widely  diffused. 

Africa  has  scarcely  any  trade,  except  that  which  is  carried  on  overland  and 
across  its  oceans  of  desert,  by  caravans,  consisting  cliicflv  of  mels.  It  ia  truly 
astonishing  with  what  facility  these  companies  now  make  their  way  to  the  re- 
motest interior  of  the  continent,  in  defiance  of  obstacles  which  might  have  been 
deemed  insuperable.  By  these  immense  journeys,  they  procure  considerable  quan- 
tities of  gold  and  ivory ;  but  the  importance  of  those  articles  is  merged  in  a  cruel 
and  iniquitous  traffic,  of  which  Africa  has  always  been  the  main  theatre.  Other 
parts  of  the  globe  have  for  ages  depended  upon  its  oppressed  and  unfortunate  in- 
iiabitants,  for  supplying  their  demand  for  slave?.  Whoever,  throughout  Afirica, 
has  the  evil  power  of  selling  any  of  his  fellow-creatures,  ia  sure  to  find  purchasers 
who  will  give  in  exchange  the  best  products  of  Europe  and  the  East  Some  are 
condemned  to  slavery  under  a  criminal  code,  framed  by  legislators  who  make  it  a 
study  to  multiply  the  number  of  such  offences  as  may  be  made  punishable  in  this 
lucrative  manner;  others  are  captives  taken  in  war;  but  a  large  proportion  are 
procured  by  mere  slave-hunting  expeditions,  undertaken  even  by  the  most  civilized 
states,  against  neighbours  whom,  with  little  reason,  thoy  account  more  barbarous 
than  themselves.  The  number  thus  conveyed  across  the  desert,  to  fill  the  hnrems 
of  Turkey  and  Persia,  has  been  rated  at  20,0()0.  These,  however,  serve  merely 
as  domestic  slaves ;  and,  though  subjected  to  many  humiliations,  they  are,  on  the 
whole,  mildly  treated.  A  much  severer  lot  awaits  those  who,  from  the  western 
shores  of  Africa,  are  carried  off  by  the  polished  people  of  modern  Europe.  Afler 
suffering  through  the  passage,  under  a  confinement  and  pestilential  air  vhich 
prove  fatal  to  a  large  proportion,  they  are  sold  to  taskmasters  whose  sole  object  is, 
under  a  burning  sun,  to  extract  from  them  the  utmost  possible  amount  of  labour. 
It  is  calculated  that,  during  the  flourishing  period  of  the  slave  trade,  80,000  were 
annually  transported  across  the  Atlantic.  At  length,  however,  the  wrongs  of 
Africa  were  heard;  Britain,  roused  by  the  voice  of  some  generous  philanthropists, 
took  the  lead  in  the  cause  of  humanity.  The  resistance  was  po'^verful,  and  it  oc- 
casioned many  years  of  debate,  signalized  by  the  long  labour^'  of  Wilberforce, 
Clarkson,  ana  other  firicnds  of  Africa,  till,  in  1806,  Mr.  Fox  moveii  and  carried 
the  bill  for  the  final  abolition  of  the  trade  of  importing  slavct'  into  the  British 
colonies.  It  has  since  been  declared  felony  for  a  British  subject  to  engage  in  this 
trade.  America  and  France  afterwards  followed  the  example ;  and  thus  the  ex- 
port of  slaves  from  the  northern  part  of  Guinea  has  been  in  a  great  measure  pre- 
vented ;  though  the  numbers  still  procured  from  the  southern  quarters  of  Benin 
and  Congo,  by  the  Spaniards  and  Portuguese,  arc  but  little  diminished. 

This  vast  continent  is  almost  universally  in  a  state  of  barbarism ;  yet  in  ancient 
times  its  northern  states  rivalled  Europe  in  civilization.  Egypt  and  Carthage, 
when  in  their  glory,  ranked  among  the  most  civilized  and  opulent  states  then  ex- 
isting. Even  after  the  first  ravages  of  the  Saracens,  learning  and  science  dis- 
tinguished the  splendid  courts  established  in  the  west  of  Barbary.  The  continued 
influence,  however,  of  a  gloomy  superstition,  and  the  separation  caused  by  it  from 


-  :»*1 

I 


AI'KKA. 


4J1 


in 


in  ancient  | 

Carthage, 

s  then  ex- 

cience  dis- 1 

continued  I 

by  it  from  | 


■II  Uin  rofinni  inntlcrn  nntiimx,  hnvc  iixliKcd  lunontf  thpiii>  hIhWh  a  ;;i>ii*Tnl  rt'lapnf 
into  iNirbariitiii.     TMw  puinilntiori  ot'  (lii>  cixitini'iit  iimy  now,  in  a  lari;*'  vi(>w,  bn 
divided  inti)  M(xir>t  and  Ni-km^h.     The  Mcjor.",  iiioliulintr  tho  ilcxcciiduntM  o(  the 
urii^inal  Arab  invadcrw,  and  ihiNir  wlimii  cr  .  jiu-ot  mid  rt'li)(i<in  linvo  iii<Miiiiilut«*d 
with  tlifin,  nil  all  nnrthrrn  Afrira  mid  tli);  ••rent  DiMi'it.     Tiny  roacli  tiio  backai 
ot'  till*  Meiii'f^ul  and  tli<<  Ni^cr,  which  inuy  Ih>  iiuiHidrrfd  oh  tin*  iNtimdary  nl'  the 
two  raccH,  ihouKh  they  mniKln  and  oltcrnati*  on  llu*  opiNwitt'  >i(lor<,  whom  «unic- 
liniCM  onv,  ooinutinica  another,  huid  tin;  ciiicl'  Hway.     Tin'  MwtrM  iiro  a  ruu^di 
ruvin^;  race,  keepini;  numerous  hcrdii,  ohi«>fly  of  c;iiim:Ih,  with  which  tlii>y  imrtorin 
iiiiineiwa  journcya  through  tlif  mcwt  dt'poLiti;  tructri,  and  ucrorH  tln!  ^rcatot  lir*>udtli 
of  the  continent.     Africa  \h  indebted  to  thorn  lor  nil  tlm  litornturo  hIih  pot<K("-M>it : 
at  Icaitt,  few  of  tho  No((rot.-it  can  road  or  writo,  who  liuvu  not  lournod  from  lhi>n>. 
The  Mourn,  however,  at  leaft  all  that  Hcotir  tho  dcnert,  uru  a  racu  |M>culiarly  un* 
niniablc.    A  fiiriouH  bi|;otry,  joined  to  the  niont  embitlt'nul  hatrud  of  tlio  CliriHiiaii 
mime,  rendi-ra  them  mortal  fiK'H  to  every  Kuropi'an  traveller  who  fulU  into  their 
power.     Tho  Negroes,  on  thu  contrary,  thouffh  inferior  in  arts  and  attaininonli<, 
aro  (generally  courtrouH,  gay,  and  hotipitablc.    I.iko  all  iNirbnrouH  natioiiH,  they  are 
fond  of  war,  and  cruel  to  their  enemies;  but  their  domestic  interrniirtie  ia  triendly, 
and  they  receive  with  kindncsa  tho   unprotected  atrunger.     They  are  Ic  I  away 
with  fantaatic  auperstitions,  charini,  witchcrafl,  ordeal,  ^c. ;  but  tlictie  orruri* 
never  impel  them  to  hate  or  pernecuto  thoao  who  entertain  the  mont  opiMsile  be- 
lief    Their  external  awpect  iH  well  known,  bein?  marked  by  a  deep  bluck  colour, 
flat  noBO,  thick  lipn,  and  coar8(>  liair  like  wool.    The  MoorH  aro  deeply  embrowned 
by  the  influence  of  the  sun,  but  have  not  the  least  of  the  Nej^ro  colour  '.•  aspect. 
In  the  animal  kingdom  at  least,  Africa  is  as  rich  in  thu  number  of  itf  peculiar 
species  as  any  other  quarter  of  the  globe.     Of  these,  a  largo  majority  are  found 
to  tho  soutiiward  of  thu  Great  Desert.     The  quadrupeds  of  burden  aro  highly 
valuable.   The  Arabian  camel,  or  dromedary,  is  now  spread  over  all  the  northern 
and  central  parts  of  the  continent,  and  is  indispensably  requisite  in  crossing  the 
long  arid  deserts  which  cover  so  great  a  portion  of  its  surface  north  of  the  equa- 
tor.   The  horses  and  asses  of  &rbary,  those  of  the  Bedoweena  and  of  Egypt, 
yield  in  no  respect  to  the  finest  AratM  either  in  beauty  of  tbrm  or  spirit.     The 
first  of  these  races  was  introduced  into  Spain  during  the  ascendency  of  Mie  Moor- 
ish power  in  that  country,  and  from  it  the  noble  Spanisii  breed  of  modern  tim''^  is 
descended.     On  tho  West  Coast,  south  of  the  Great  Desert,  the  ass  supplies  the 
place  of  the  camel,  being  extensively  used  in  carrying  on  the  inland  trade  of  the 
country.    Of  homed  cattle  there  are  many  diflferent  varieties.    The  most  remark- 
able are  the  Sanga  or  Galla  oxen  of  Abyssinia,  with  immense  horns  nearly  four 
feet  in  length,  and  a  kindred  race  in  Bornou,  the  horns  of  which  measure  upwards 
uf  two  feet  in  circumference  at  the  base,  and  yet  scarcely  weigh  two  pounds 
apiece.    Of  sheep,  the  most  remarkable  variety  is  the  broad-tailed  kind,  whose 
tails  grow  to  fat  and  heavy  that  it  is  said  they  are  frequently  obliged  to  ':?)  sup- 
ported on  little  wheel  carriages.    This  animal  is  common  in  Barbary,  at  the  Cape 
of  Good  Hope,  and  in  other  parts  of  the  continent :  other  varieties  of  the  sheep, 
and  also  several  of  the  goat,  abound  in  different  quarters ;  the  latter  are  common 
in  many  parts  bordering  on  the  Great  Desert,  feeding  on  the  dry  aromatic  herbs 
which  are  in  places  thinly  scattered. 

Of  the  wild  animals,  one  of  the  most  peculiar  is  the  chimpanzee,  of  which  it  is 
thought  more  than  one  variety  exists  in  Africa.  It  approaches  much  nearer  to 
the  human  form  than  the  Orang-outang  of  Borneo,  Sumatra,  &c.  The  adult  of 
this  animal  has  never  been  brought  to  Europe.  Some  of  *he  varieties  of  baboons 
attain  a  very  considerable  stature,  and  from  their  great  strength  and  malicious  dis- 
position, are  much  dreaded  by  the  negroes.  Carnivorous  and  ferocious  animals 
are  extremely  numerous  in  all  parts  of  Africa.  The  lion,  the  panther,  and  the 
leopard,  lurk  in  the  vicinity  of  the  rivers  and  fountains,  to  surprise  the  diflferent 
species  of  antelopes  and  other  animals :  but,  unless  pressed  by  hunger,  rarely 
attack  the  inhabitants,  though  it  is  said  the  lion  will  often  pursue  the  Hottentot  in 
preference  to  all  other  prey.  The  various  species  of  hyaenas  are,  properly  speak- 
ing, African ;  one  species  only  being  found  in  any  other  part  of  the  world.    They  I 


36 


'  ■   ;  •" 


\ 


:»., 


«'       ii 


,    '■.• 


'1; 


|- 

1 


:l:,): 


».,■;  !1 


I.' 


m 


'!• 


«  f..; 


H 


■  'f 


i*Wii*« 


i««OTPW<P^ 


•^■*P*« 


4ia 


AFKK'A. 


111!  live  u\Mm  offnl  iinil  rnrrion,  anil  iiro  nf  Miti^iiliir  iiiiportanco  in  lht>  <  conotny  or 
nnliirr,  hy  prcvrntin;;  thn  ncciirniilatioii  of  piitrfHriMit  matter,  ami  ilcvoiinnif  )li>ail 
ritrriiKHt'it  luul  oth'T  (.'"'lioiir*'*  winch,  un<l<T  llm  inHufiir«>  of  ii  tropical  wun,  would 
MMin  rr)rrii|)t  niul  prmlticc  tlio  riioitt  noxiuuM  and  uiiwIioli'itunK!  vapour!*.  Tli«<  hy- 
H'nnM  nrc  nix-lnriial,  nnd  nightly  vinit  the  ti>wnM  and  villai;i>«,  wln'r*'  th(7  prowl 
tlirouffh  the  HtreetM  till  morning.  Tliu  truu  civet  in  found  in  n  state  ut'  natiin-  in 
nioHt  partH  of  At'ricn.  (ireat  niunbcrH  of  thrve  nniniulH  are  aUo  kipt  by  the  nn- 
tiveH  for  the  wike  of  their  perl'utno.  Nearly  allied  to  the  civet  are  thu  ichneu- 
mnnii.  Of  thciin  thero  nrn  t'our  or  five  diittiiicl  Mpecim,  which  wuk*'  incccwinl  wur 
n^^ninat  the  null)eruu^4  iierpentH  and  other  reptiles  which  int'cat  every  part  uf  the 
country. 

The  elephant  occiipica  the  rimt  rank  amonff  the  wild  quadnipcda  of  thiH  rj^ion. 
The  African  elephant,  though  lonff  confounded  with  the  Asiatic,  ia  now  well 
known  to  bo  a  distinct  Hpcciea.  Ita  ears  nro  larger,  the  markings  of  its  molar 
teeth  nro  of  a  diiTcrent  form,  and  it  has  only  four  noofs  on  the  fore  feet  and  three 
on  the  hind,  whilst  th?  Indian  species  tins  Ave  before  and  tour  behind.  In  mag- 
nitude it  does  not  yield  to  its  Asiatic  congener,  and  is  even  thought  to  exceed  it; 
for,  according  to  the  statements  of  some  travellers,  it  would  appear  thut  the 
African  animal  occasionally  attains  the  height  of  seventeen  or  eighteen  feet,  and 
it  is  certain  that  the  tusks  of  the  latter  imported  from  the  coast  of  Guinea  are 
conHidcred  larger  than  those  obtained  from  India,  otlcn  weighing  from  one  hun< 
drcd  and  tidy  to  one  'lundred  and  eighty  pounds,  whilst  the  latter  rarely  exceed 
one  hundred  to  one  hund'ed  and  twenty  pounds.  These  animals  inhabit  all  the 
woody  parts  of  Africa  south  of  the  Sahara,  and  are  also  found  in  Dar  Fur.  Tbey 
live  in  herds  of  from  one  hundred  and  l^fly  to  two  hundred  individuals.  This 
animal  is  not  now  employed  in  the  service  of  mun.  although  the  ancient  Egyptians 
undoubtedly  obtained  war  elephants  from  Ethiopia.  The  African  rhinucerot*,  like 
that  of  Sumatra,  has  two  horns,  but  ia  distinguished  from  the  latter  by  having  no 
front  or  incisor  teeth.  The  horns,  as  in  the  East,  are  highly  esteemed  for  their 
supposed  medicinal  virtues,  and  are  also  used  by  the  natives  as  battle-axes.  The 
hippopotamus  is  entirely  an  African  quadruped,  being  found  in  all  the  large  rivers 
and  lakes  south  of  the  Great  Desert,  and  appears  to  have  occupied  tne  same 
localities  from  the  earliest  ages.  He  delights  in  being  in  the  water,  and  stays 
there  as  willingly  as  upon  land. 

The  zebra,  the  dow,  and  the  quagga,  are  found  in  nearly  all  the  known  parts  of 
central  and  southern  Africa.  These  beautiful  animals,  equally  remarkable  for  the 
symmetry  of  their  forms,  the  rapidity  of  their  course,  and  the  regularity  of  their 
colours  and  markings,  associate  in  large  herds  upon  the  open  plains,  and  are  the 
frequent  prey  of  the  lion.  It  is  remarkable  that  these  creatures  and  the  ostriches 
seem  to  have  a  natural  predilection  for  each  others'  society,  and  that  the  flocks 
and  herds  of  these  very  different  species  are  constantly  found  intermixed,  though 
they  refuse  to  associate  with  other  animals;  and  the  same  fact  was  observed  2000 
years  ago,  in  regard  to  the  ostrich  and  quagga,  or  wild  ass,  on  the  plains  of  Syria 
and  Mesopotamia.  The  camelopard,  or  giraffe,  is  an  animal  peculiar  to  this  con- 
tinent, and  is  found  from  the  Orange  river  as  far  north  as  Nubia,  although  it  is 
said  there  is  a  difference  between  those  of  the  north  and  south. 

Two  or  three  species  of  the  wild  buffalo  inhabit  the  woods  and  marchy  grounds 
of  the  interior.  The  boa  coflTer,  or  wild  buffalo  of  the  Cape,  has  the  base  of  the 
horns  extending  all  over  the  top  of  the  head  and  forehead,  in  the  manner  of  a 
helmet  He  is  a  savage,  dangerous  animal,  and  much  dreaded  by  travellers. 
Antelopes  and  gazelles  are  numerous.  Of  the  former  there  are  more  than  sixty 
different  species.  Multitudes  of  these  fall  a  prey  to  the  lion,  the  leopard,  and 
panther.  Among  the  animals  which  inhabit  tiie  seas  and  coasts  of  Africa  is  the 
iamantin,  which  frequents  the  mouths  of  the  great  rivers  on  the  Atlantic  and  In- 
dian Ocean,  and  feeds  upon  the  aquatic  plants  that  it  can  reach  along  the  shores. 
It  was  this  animal  which,  from  the  pectoral  situation  of  its  mamme,  and  from  the 
habit  of  raising  itself  half  out  of  the  water,  especially  when  in  the  act  of  suckling 
its  young,  gave  origin  to  the  fablo  of  the  mermaid,  by  which  name  it  ia  often  men- 
tioned by  ancient  African  voyagers  and  travellers. 


AI'RK'A. 


4'1 


Tfjp  nvmt  p«'nilin'-  nn<l  impDrtant  of  thn  hinln  ol'  Atrirn  ih  ihn  («trirh.  At  tli'' 
proM'nt  ilay  it  would  npponr  to  \to  oxrlimivi'ly  conHnml  to  tlint  continont,  thoiii»li  i» 
WDM  nncirntly  loiiixl  in  tho  licnertH  of  Hyrin  rtnii  Menopotamin  in  Axin.  Tim  wpi</Ii( 
of  tliii  hint,  when  Ihll  jyrown,  i«  from  7t>  to  ^)  poiindn.  It  w  ntViriiipd  tliut  it  nt-v  ir 
tiriiikri,  hilt  in  of  all  aniinalH  thr  muMt  vorncioiiH,  <l<>voiirin|f  l<*ail,  ^IniM,  riK'tnU,  \<' 
Till'  lurtjo  f«»ulliorR  of  ilio  rmtrirh  forin  a  coiiHi(!t'rnhl<«  nrlirli>  nf  tmdc  froin  m'vitiI 
parts  of  the  coiitincnt.  It  in  mid  tlinm  brought  iVom  itnrlmry  are  not  prociin'd 
from  tho  wild  birdti  of  tho  dpttorl,  but  from  hnlf-4lorn<>Mticatod  individiiulx  wliirli 
thr  Arabs  takn  youni;  and  brcrd  up  in  Btables,  where  thoy  ere  well  xiipjilit'd  with 
K)tl  l)oddin);  tu  prevent  them  from  woarinp^  or  injurinj;  tho  fontherH.  Siniil:ir  to 
tho  oNtrich  in  many  of  their  hahitH,  and  oven  Homewlmt  >n  oppenrnncc,  nre  tlie 
bustards,  many  different  spccicH  of  which  inhabit  tho  karoos  and  arid  plains  'if  (lii.< 
continint. 

Tho  Guinea*fowl,  tho  only  Aflrican  bini  adapted  to  tho  Imrn-yard,  m  foiitul  ex- 
clusively in  this  rof^ion.  There  are  thren  or  four  distinct  species.  They  collect  j 
in  flocks  of  400  or  ft(K),  and  frequent  tho  underwiKnl  and  buNhen  in  the  viciiiify  of 
ponds  and  livore.  There  arc  many  species  of  pnrtridf^es  and  prousc;  alno,  water- 
ibwl  in  abundance  on  the  rivers  and  lakes;  various  species  of  owls,  falcoiiH,  and 
vultures;  the  latter,  like  tho  hyenas  umon^  the  quadrupeds,  are  hi^rhly  UHet'iil  in 
consumingthe  oftal  and  carrion  which  mi(;lit  otherwise  taint  the  air  and  proiliici; 
disease.  The  exquisite  senso  of  smell  possessed  by  these  birdfi  is  truly  surprising. 
One  of  the  most  remarkable  and  useful  birds  of  prey  peculiar  to  Africa  is  the 
secretary  vulture,  which  may  bo  not  improperly  described  as  an  ea^lo  mounted  on 
the  long  naked  legs  of  a  crane.  This  bird  preys  exclusively  upon  serpents,  which 
it  pursues  on  foot,  and  destroys  in  amazing  numbers. 

Among  the  smaller  birds  of  Africa  are  many  species  remarkable  for  tho  gaudi- 
ness  and  brilliancy  of  their  plumage,  or  tho  singularity  of  their  manners  and 
economy.  Of  the  former  kind  may  be  mentioned  the  mnumcrablo  varieties  of 
parrots  and  parroquets,  which,  from  the  size  of  a  sparrow,  upwards  to  timt  of  a 
raven,  swarm  in  all  the  forests,  and  make  the  woods  resound  with  their  hoarse  un- 
musical screams.  Of  the  latter,  it  will  be  sufficient  to  mention  the  honey  cuckoo, 
and  the  little  bird  called  the  republican. 

Lizards,  serpents,  and  other  reptiles,  aboond  in  every  part  of  Africa.  The 
crocodile  inhabits  all  the  large  rivers  of  the  tropical  parts  of  the  continent,  and 
is  still  abundant  in  the  Nile  below  the  first  cataract.  Different  sp-jcics  of  chame- 
leons may  be  seen  on  every  hedge  or  shrub;  and  the  enormous  python,  a  serpent 
thirty  feet  long,  lurks  in  the  fens  and  morasses.  Among  the  venomous  species, 
I  the  dipsas,  the  asp,  and  the  cerastes,  or  homed  viper,  are  frequently  mentioned  by 
'  the  ancient  classical  writers ;  whilst  the  garter-snake,  the  puff  adder,  and  other 
species,  are  at  present  employed  to  poison  their  arrows,  by  the  Bushmans,  the  only 
African  tribe  who  use  this  deadly  and  cowardly  weapon. 

Of  the  insect  tribes,  Africa  also  contains  many  thousand  different  kinds.  The 
locust  has  been,  from  time  immemorial,  the  proverbial  scourge  of  the  whole  con- 
tinent; scorpions,  scarcely  less  to  be  dreaded  than  the  noxious  serpents,  are  every- 
where abundant ;  and  the  zebub,  or  fly,  one  of  the  instruments  employed  by  tho 
Almighty  to  punish  the  Egyptians  of  old,  is  still  the  plague  of  the  low  and  culti- 
vated districts. 

The  number  of  African  languages  is  supposed  to  be  more  than  200 ;  and  70  or 
80  have  been  distinguished  with  tolerable  accuracy.  But  they  are  too  imperfectly 
known  to  admit  of  minute  description.  In  Northern  Africa,  the  Copts  of  Ejrypt 
have  a  peculiar  language  in  their  sacred  books,  which  is  no  more  employed  in 
conversation.  The  Turkish  and  Arabic  are  spoken  by  the  Turks,  both  in  Epypt 
and  Barbary.  The  Berbers  of  Mount  Atlas,  and  those  extending  alonjj  the  north 
of  the  Great  Desert,  preserve  a  common  language  (supposed  to  be  the  ancient 
Numidian)  through  a  great  extent  of  country,  together  with  the  Arabic  of  the 
Koran.  The  Ethiopic,  or  Geez,  and  its  modern  branch,  the  Amharic,  are  the  prin- 
cipal languages  of  Abyssinia ;  but  various  rlhar  dialects  are  in  common  use.  In 
Western  and  Central  Africa  many  of  the  lR"»<;^a/re8  have  similar  combinations  of 
letters  and  some  common  words.   But  almof  s  uvfy  tribe  of  Neifroes  has  a  distinct 


m\ 


■■!^ 


■*.< 


>  ■»-  I 


■:j. 


•>.il 


.     S 

u: 

:# 

r 

*.'  i 

J^ 

M 

;ifti''i-^^/^''-l 


if  ^itr-.^^ 


424 


BARBARY. 


lanpuapo,  and  it  often  varies  from  village  to  village.  The  Iloltenloti",  Bushman^ 
and  other  tribes  of  South  Africn,  s|>oak  variotiH  dialects,  apparently  of  a  common 
origin.  They  differ  from  all  others  in  a  sort  of  clucking  noise,  fioinewhat  like  thai 
of  a  fowl,  which  attends  every  word,  Tlie  Caffres  have  a  different  language,  as 
well  as  a  different  aspect  from  the  surroundinjr  Negroes. 

The  divisions  under  whicli  Africa  will  be  considered  in  the  following  sketch  of 
it  are  Burbary,  Egypt,  Nubia,  Abyssinia,  Sahara,  or  the  Great  Desert,  Western 
Africa,  Southern  Africa,  Etiittern  and  Central  Africa,  together  with  the  African 
Islands.  The  population  of  this  great  division  of  the  earth  has  been  variously 
estimated  by  difl'orent  writers,  and  as  nothing  but  vague  conjecture  can  be  em- 
ployed in  their  calculations,  even  in  relation  to  those  parts  of  the  continent  best 
known  and  explored,  and  considering  that  our  knowledge  of  it  does  not  extend  to 
more  than  the  one-fortieth  or  fiflieth  part  of  its  surface,  it  is  evident  that  cakula- 
tions  of  the  total  amount  of  the  inhabitants  cannot  be  regarded  in  any  other  tight 
than  as  a  mere  expression  of  opinion.  The  estimate  of  M.  Malte  Brun  is  70,000,000; 
Grabcrg,  90,0(H),000;  Hasscl,  from  100  to  110,000,000;  and  by  others  it  has  been 
carried  as  high  bh  150,000,000. 


BARBARY. 

Babbart  is  that  fwrtion  of  Northern  Africa  stretching  eastward  from  the  At- 
lantic Ocean,  including  Morocco,  Algiers,  Tunis,  and  Tripoli.  It  ranges  through 
36  degrees  of  longitude,  being  about  2100  mifes  in  extent  from  east  to  west. 
This  region  is  traversed  from  east  to  west  by  the  elevated  chain  of  mountains 
called  Atlas,  of  which  the  lofliest  pinnacles  rise  above  the  plains  of  Morocco  to 
the  height  of  11,400  feet;  but  beyond  the  frontier  of  that  State,  and  eastward 
through  Algiers  and  Tunis,  they  seldom  exceed  3000  or  4000  feet ;  and  in  the 
territory  of  Tripoli  they  sink  into  lower  eminences,  and  gradually  subside  to  that 
flat  sterile  surface  which  characterises  Northern  Africa. 

Between  the  mountains  and  the  sea  is  a  tract  of  level,  well-watered  and  fertile 
country,  from  50  to  100  miles  in  width :  this  is  the  most  productive  and  best  inha- 
bited portion  of  Barbary.  South  of  the  mountains,  and  between  them  and  the 
great  desert,  is  another  tract,  dry  and  sandy ;  this,  however,  derives  a  certain 
degree  of  fertility  from  the  various  email  streams  poured  down  from  the  Atlas : 
it  is  particularly  fruitful  in  dates,  which  grow  iii  such  abundance  that  the  inhabit- 
ants subsist  nearly  altogether  upon  them.  This  region  is  usually  denominated 
Bled  el  Jerid,  or  the  dry  country. 

In  Barbary,  vegetation  is  vigorous  and  exuberant;  all  the  fruits  of  Southern 
Europf,  come  to  perfection ;  the  excellence  of  the  olive  is  particularly  noted ;  the 
vine  hourishes,  though  the  religious  system  of  the  natives  deters  them  from  con- 
verting the  grape  into  wine,  even  for  exportation.  Wheat  and  barley  are  the 
grains  usually  cultivated,  and,  notwithstanding  the  imperfection  of  the  cultivation, 
such  is  the  fertility  of  the  soil  and  the  want  of  a  manufacturing  population  to  con- 
sume its  produce,  that  a  large  surplus  accumulates  in  every  State^  which  forms, 
when  permitted,  the  staple  article  of  export 

The  trade  of  the  Barbiary  States  is  limited ;  the  exports  consisting  chiefly  in  the 
raw  produce  of  the  soil.  In  ancient  times  the  African  coast  formed  the  granary 
of  tha  Roman  Empire ;  and  its  corn  continued  to  And  a  copious  market  in  South- 
ern Europe  till  its  exportation  was  prohibited  by  the  absurd  policy  of  all  the  Bar- 
bary Sates  except  Tunis:  even  there,  it  is  lotuled  with  heavy  imposts. 

The  most  active  commerce  of  the  Barbary  States  is  that  by  ihe  caravans  with 
the  interior  country  south  of  the  groat  desert.  Tripoli  sends  hers  by  Fezzan  to 
Bornou  and  Houssa,  and  thence  to  tlie  southward  as  far  as  Ashantee ;  Tunis  by 
Gadamis ;  and  Tuat  to  Timbuctoo ;  Morocco  across  the  broadest  part  of  the  deser 
to  the  same  city,  and  to  the  countries  on  the  Senegal.  Into  these  regions  the 
caravans  carry  salt,  with  various  articles  of  European  manufacture. 

The  Barbary  States,  particularly  Algiers,  Tunis,  and  Tripoli,  were  formerly 
engaged  in  piracy.     In  their  piratical  expeditions  they  exhibited  the  utmost  cour-i 


shmnns 
common ' 
like  thai 

uage,  as , 

i 

ketch  of  I 
Western ! 
(  African 
mriously 
n  be  em- 
nent  best 
'xtend  to 
:  calcula- 
:her  light 
,000,000; 
.  has  been 


o»  the  At- 
s  through 
,  to  west, 
mountains 
kloroceo  to 
,  eastward 
ind  in  the 
lide  to  that 

and  fertile 
best  inha- 

m  and  the 

a  certain 

the  Atlas: 

be  inhabit- 

^nominated 


Southern 
noted;  the  I 
t>  from  con- 
ey are  the 
cultivation, 
tion  to  con- 
rhich  forms, 

liefly  in  the 
the  granary 
Bt  in  South- 
ill  the  Bar- 

3. 

ravans  with 
y  Fezzan  to 
} ;  Tunis  by 
)f  the  deser 
regions  the 


ire  formerly 
atmost  cour 


J 


MOROCCO. 


425 


age  and  fierceness,  and  their  captives  were  generally  subjected  to  f  ho  most  galling 
slavery. 

This  territory  is  occupied  by  several  distinct  races.  The  Moors  chiefly  inhabit 
the  towns:  they  are  generally  of  middle  Ptature,  and  are  of  all  slindcs  of  com- 
plexion, from  their  frequent  intercourse  with  their  negro  slaves  ;  tli(>y  have  few 
amusements,  and  think  it  a  crime  to  have  a  book.  Thoy  are  devoted  Mahometans, 
and  hate  and  despise  the  Jews  and  Christians  most  heartily.  The  Arabs,  origi- 
nally from  the  great  desert,  overspread  the  plains,  live  in  tents,  tisimlly  pitched  in 
a  circle,  called  Douars,  and  follow  a  pastoral  life:  they  are  hospitable,  and  when 
they  promise  may  be  trusted.  They  are  slightly  made  and  under  the  middle  size. 
The  Berbers  and  Shilluks  inhabit  the  mountain  range  of  the  Atlas :  the  former 
the  north-eastern  part,  and  the  latter  the  south-west:  their  occupation  is  mostly 
that  of  huntsmen :  they  also  cultivate  the  ground  und  rear  muny  bees,  and  are 
probably  the  aborigines  of  the  country,  having  been  driven  to  the  mountains  by  the 
incursions  of  the  Arabs  and  Moors.  The  next  class  are  the  Jews ;  of  these  there 
are  great  numbers,  who  are  much  despised,  taxed,  and  abused,  and  are  permitted 
to  engross  almost  every  species  of  lucrative  trade  and  commerce.  They  coin  the 
money,  are  the  principal  mechanics,  and  transact  the  greater  part  of  the  business. 
Many  of  them  acquire  great  wealth,  which  they  carefully  conceal  lest  their  rapa- 
cious rulers  should  rob  them  of  it. 

Of  the  population  of  the  Barbary  States  only  a  very  loose  calculation  can  be 
made;  it  has  been  variously  stated  by  different  writers  at  from  10,000,000  to 
20,000,000:  the  following  estimate  conforms  to  the  first  stated  number:  Morocco, 
6,000,000;  Algiers,  1,900,000;  Tunis,  1,500,000;  and  Tripoli,  600,000;  in  all 
10,000,000. 


MOROCCO. 

Morocco,  the  most  westerly,  is  also  the  most  extensive  and  important,  of  the 
Barbary  States.  It  has  two  coasts :  one  along  the  Mediterranean  facing  the  north, 
the  other  and  larger  along  the  Atlantic,  looking  to  the  west.  The  loftiest  part  of 
the  chain  of  Atlas  runs  parallel  to  these  coasts,  changing  its  direction  along  with 
them,  and  leaving  an  intermediate  plain,  finely  watered  and  not  surpassed  in  natu- 
ral fertility  by  any  part  of  the  globe.  Beyond  the  range  of  Atlas,  however,  Mo- 
rocco includes  a  more  arid  region,  named  Tafilet,  unfit  for  grain,  but  yielding  the 
finest  dates  in  the  world,  and  rearing  a  breed  of  goats  whose  skins  a.Tord  the  ma- 
terial for  the  fine  morocco  leather. 

The  political  and  social  state  of  Morocco  is  r\xde  and  degrading.  The  emperor 
possesses  a  power  more  despotic  than  any  oth-r  even  of  the  Mahometan  poten- 
tates. He  is  not  held  in  check  by  a  mufti,  an  ulema,  or  even  a  council  or  divan. 
He  is  supposed  to  possess  a  divine  character,  and  to  be  superior  to  all  law.  One 
emperor,  being  reminded  of  a  promise,  said,  "Takest  thou  me  to  be  an  infidel,  that 
I  must  be  the  slave  of  my  word  I"  Yet  this  monarch  must  pay  respect  to  Iopc-- 
established  usages  and  institutions ;  must  not  invade  the  domestic  privacy  of  any 
of  his  subjects;  and  must  even  give  public  audience  four  times  a  week  to  admin- 
ister justice  to  all  who  may  appeal  to  him  from  the  cadi,  or  local  governor.  Tiie 
revenue  is  collected  in  kind  in  the  proportion  of  a  tenth  of  grain,  and  a  twentieth 
of  cattle,  which,  aided  by  fines  and  the  poll-tax  upon  Jews,  amounts  to  about 
£1,000,000  sterling. 

Industry  and  commerce  have  in  Morocco  a  very  limited  range.  The  only  im- 
portant manufacture  is  that  of  the  leather  which  bears  its  name.  One  tannery  in 
the  capital  employs,  it  is  said,  1500  persons ;  and  though  the  processes  are  slo- 
venly, a  fine  colour  is  produced,  which  Europeans  are  unable  to  imitate. 

The  outrageous  piracy  formerly  exercised  from  Saliee  and  other  ports  of  Mo- 
rocco, has  for  a  considerable  time  ceased.  In  the  southern  part  of  this  region,  and 
bordering  on  the  great  desert,  is  the  distriot  or  province  of  Suse,  a  fruitful  and 
well  settled  country,  over  which  the  Sultan  of  Morocco  pretends  to  assume  autho- 
rity, which  is  not,  however,  recognised  by  the  people.     It  contains  a  number  of 


\\ 


u 


V 


/■■J 


m  '-i ' 


m 


'ii'*: 


■■  1 


I  ir'     .1 


'  -f 


hi'.] 


('. 


!  , 


1,  ■     ' 


r. 


1;  . 


36* 


3D 


^a 


Wi  :i 


V     !'  i* 


;ki 


.i-if-' 


426 


MOROCCO. 


1 


little  walled  towns  and  villages,  under  the  control  of  petty  chiefs,  who  are  fre- 
quently at  war  with  each  other,  and  also  with  the  Mcwrs  and  the  Arabs  of  the 
desert, 

Morocco,  the  capital,  is  situated  on  a  very  extensive  and  naturally  fruitful  plain, 
above  which  rises  abruptly,  covered  with  perpetual  snow,  one  of  the  loftiest  ranges 
of  Atlas.  The  mosques  are  numerous,  and  several  of  them  present  striking  spe- 
cimens of  Arabian  architecture,  particularly  that  called  El  Koutouben,  the  tower 
of  which  is  220  feet  high.  Of  the  eleven  gate.s,  one  is  richly  sculptured  in  the 
Moorish  style.  The  palace  forms  an  oblong  of  1500  by  600  yards,  divided  into 
enclosures,  where,  surrounded  by  gardens,  are  the  pavilions  of  the  sovereign,  his 
principal  officers  and  ladies.  The  floors  are  tessellated  with  variously  coloured 
tiles ;  but  a  mat,  a  small  carpet  and  cushions,  compose  the  entire  furniture.  Beau- 
tiful gardens  surround  the  city,  and  spacious  aqueducts,  conveying  water  from  the 
Atlas,  twenty  miles  distant,  bear  testimony  to  a  superior  state  of  the  arts  in  for- 
mer times. 

Fez,  situated  in  the  more  northerly  province  of  the  same  name,  is  a  pljice  of 
high  celebrity,  a;id  ranked  long  as  the  splendid  and  enlightened  metropolis  of 
Western  Africa.  It  was  founded,  in  the  end  of  the  eighth  century,  by  a  prince 
of  the  name  of  Edris,  and  rose  to  such  magnitude,  that  Leo,  in  the  twelfth  cen- 
tury, describes  it,  though  doubtless  with  some  exaggeration,  as  containing  700 
mosques,  of  which  fifty  were  magnificent  and  adorned  with  marble  pillars.  Its 
schools  and  its  baths  were  also  very  celebrated.  At  present  it  is  described  by  the 
latest  travellers  as  presenting  a  singular  mixture  of  splendour  and  ruin ;  and,  amid 
the  usual  defects  of  Mahometan  cities,  the  splendour  being  almost  confined  to  the 
interior  of  the  houses,  it  is  still  an  agreeable  place.  Fez  is  still  not  without  mvne 
of  the  sciences  which  formerly  rendered  it  illustrious;  but  they  are  nearly  con- 
fined to  the  Koran  and  its  commentators,  a  slight  tincture  of  grammar  and  logic, 
and  some  very  imperfect  astronomical  observations.  The  population,  respecting 
which  authors  greatly  vary,  is  probably  rather  under  than  above  100,000.  Mequi- 
nez,  to  the  west  of  Fez,  has  risen  to  importance  by  having  been  made  the  resi- 
dence of  the  sovereign.  The  seraglio,  or  palace,  consists  of  a  most  extensive 
quadrangular  enclosure,  though  the  mansions  which  it  contains  are  only  one  story 
high.  The  citizens  are  said  to  be  more  polished  and  hospitable,  and  the  females 
handsomer,  than  in  the  other  cities  of  Morocco.  The  population  seems  extremely 
uncertain.  It  is  asserted  that  the  emperor  has  in  his  treasury  in  this  city  money, 
bullion,  and  jewels,  to  the  amount  of  !i50,000,000. 

The  sea-ports  of  Morocco,  though  they  have  lost  the  greatness  formerly  derived 
from  commerce  and  piracy,  are  still  not  inconsiderable.  Mogadore,  the  most  south- 
erly, and  the  nearest  to  the  capital,  is  now  the  chief  ei;!-  o-ium  of  the  intercourse 
with  Europe.  It  was  founded  only  in  1760,  by  the  empe/or  Sidi  Mohammed,  who 
spared  no  pains  in  raising  it  to  importance.  Being  composed  of  houses  of  white 
stone,  it  makes  a  fine  appearance  from  the  sea ;  but  the  interior  presents  the  usual 
gloom  of  Moorish  cities,  and  is  chiefly  enlivened  by  the  residence«i  of  the  European 
merchants  and  consuls.  The  country  round  is  'o  ost  a  desert  of  sand;  water  is 
scarce,  and  provisions  must  be  brought  from  tiie  distance  of  several  nules.  The 
population  is  reckoned  at  about  10,000.  Saffi,  or  Azaffi,  a  very  ancient  town,  with 
a  fine  harbour,  though  also  in  a  barren  country,  was  the  chief  seat  of  European 
a  mmerce  till  the  monopolising  preference  of  the  emperor  transferred  it  to  Moga- 
dore. Saflfi  is  still  supposed  to  retain  a  population  of  12,000.  Mazagan,  a  small 
well-built  place,  of  2000  inhabitants,  was  in  the  possession  of  the  Portuguese  till 
1770.  Azamore,  formerly  a  great  town,  and  with  walls  a  mile  and  a  half  in  cir- 
cuit, is  nov;  deserted  and  crumbling  into  ruin :  it  has  3000  people. 

Farther  north,  on  the  opposite  sides  of  a  small  river,  are  the  important  towns 
of  Sallee  and  Rabat.  Sallee,  once  the  terror  of  the  seas,  whence  issued  such 
bands  of  pirates  and  rovers,  the  seat  of  action,  riot,  and  bustle,  is  now  still  and 
lileless.  It  continues,  however,  to  be  surrounded  by  a  wall  thirty  feet  high,  and 
in  its  mosquet;,  arciies,  and  fountains  displays  traces  of  beautiful  sculpture,  and  of 
great  antiquity.  What  remains  of  its  commerce  has  been  mostly  transferred 
across  the  river  to  Rnbat,  or  New  Sallee.     This  place,  when  viewed  from  without, 


r^^^'i: 


ALGIfJRS. 


427 


presents  a  picturesque  grouping  of  minaretsi,  palm-trees,  ruiried  walls,  nnd  old 
mosques,  near  which  ore  conspicuous  its  venerable  and  battlemented  Kossubah,  or 
citadel,  and  the  lofty  tower  of  Sina  Hassan.  The  interior  retains  still  some  acti- 
vity, and  the  markets  are  well  supplied.  Population,  18,00(),  of  whom  3()0()  are 
Jews.  Larache  was  once  a  flourishing  European  and  Christian  town ;  but  the 
churches  arc  now  converted  into  mosques,  and  the  deserted  houses  of  the  consuls 
line  the  Marina.  It  has  been  made  the  imperial  arsenal,  and  is  very  strong 
towards  the  sea.  Tangier,  on  the  straits,  was  in  1G62  ceded  by  Portugal  to  Eng- 
land, which  abandoned  it  in  1684.  It  derives  its  chief  present  imjjortance  from 
the  permission  granted  by  the  emperor  to  supply  GibralUir  with  provisions,  and 
from  the  residence  of  European  consuls.  Tetuan,  the  only  port  within  the  Medi- 
terranean, is  allowed  to  carry  on  some  intercourse  with  the  English,  whose  vessels 
often  take  in  supplies  there  on  their  way  up  the  Mediterranean. 


ALGIERS. 

Algiers  comprises  an  extensive  and  beautiful  range  of  coast,  lying  between  2° 
W.  and  about  9°  E.  longitude;  and  thus  extending  700  miles  in  length.  The 
breadth  of  the  inland  territory  is  variously  estimated  at  from  100  to  1.'50  miles. 

The  territory  of  Algiers  is  greatly  distinguished  by  natural  fertility.  With  the 
exception  of  some  arid  and  rocky  plains,  it  consists  of  valleys  covered  with  rich 
pastures,  fitted  for  the  best  kinds  of  European  grain,  blooming  with  the  orange 
and  the  myrtle,  and  producing  olives,  figs,  and  grapes  of  peculiar  excellence  and 
size.  Yet  the  indolence  of  the  people,  the  oppression  of  the  government,  the 
want  of  roads  and  interior  communications,  cause  three-fourths  of  the  country  to 
be  left  uncultivated.  Their  oil,  wine,  and  butter  are  all  of  inferior  quality.  They 
are  not  so  wholly  destitute  of  manufacturing  industry.  Skins  are  prepared  and 
coloured  in  almost  as  perfect  a  manner  as  in  Morocco.  Their  bonnets,  shawls,  and 
handkerchiefs  are  in  request  throughout  the  Levant.  Baskets  of  palm-leaves,  and 
mats  of  junk,  are  fashioned  with  singular  elegance.  Essence  of  roses  is  prepared 
with  a  skill  little  to  be  expected  in  such  rude  h:*  Is;  but  there  is  an  extensive 
demand  for  the  article  in  the  voluptuous  palaces  of  the  East.  The  trade,  before 
the  French  invasion,  was  almost  entirely  in  the  hands  of  the  Jews,  and  consisted 
in  the  export  of  these  manufactures,  and  of  some  grain,  oil,  wax,  fruits,  and  wool. 
The  Algerines  took,  in  return,  light  cloths,  glass,  and  toys,  but  showed  a  great 
preference  for  fire-arms  and  powder ;  while  the  European  merchants  have  been 
reproached,  not  only  for  supplying  them  with  these  articles,  but  even  for  pur- 
chasing, the  proceeds  of  their  piratical  expeditions.  The  fishery  of  coral,  carried 
on  by  European  vessels,  produces  an  annual  value  of  about  100,(100?. 

That  turbulent  and  piratical  system  of  which  Algiers  was  the  centre,  is  now 
become  a  subject  only  of  history.  The  country  was  long  domineered  over  by  a 
body  of  Turkish  troops,  not  supposed  to  exceed  15,000,  and  who  were  recruited 
from  the  meanest  classes  in  the  ports  of  the  Levant.  This  body,  at  short  inter- 
vals, strangled  the  Dey,  electing  in  his  stead  the  boldest  and  bravest  of  their  num- 
ber. The  corsairs  formed  a  kind  of  separate  republic,  carrying  on  their  barbarous 
trade  under  the  sanction  of  the  prince,  who  received  a  large  share  of  the  slaves 
and  booty.  These  marauders,  in  1815,  suffered  a  severe  chastisement  from  the 
American  fleet ;  and  from  the  English  in  1816.  Again,  after  they  had  for  some 
time  set  France  at  defiance,  that  country,  in  1830,  fitted  out  a  formidable  expedi- 
tion, by  which  Algiers  was  entirely  subjugated.  The  French,  however,  have  said 
very  little  as  to  any  benefits  derived  from  this  acquisition. 

Algiers,  the  capital,  is  built  on  the  declivity  of  an  eminence  facing  the  Medi- 
terranean, and  rising  by  successive  stages  above  each  other,  with  loftier  hills 
above :  it  makes  thus  a  magnificent  appearance ;  hence,  too,  it  is  said,  almost 
every  house  commands  a  view  of  the  sea.  On  entering  the  city,  however,  all 
this  beauty  disappears;  and  it  is  found  a  labyrinth  of  steep,  narrow,  and  dirty 
lanes.  There  are,  however,  several  splendid  edifices,  particularly  the  palaco  of 
the  dey,  and  the  principal  mosques.     The  barracks  are  also  fine  structures,  adorned 


.  1- 


it: 


'!    I 


m 


if  :^i     •; 


M 


1  i  v. 


:'  t 


WW 

^11  ■■  - 

J  J]  • ' 

liil  M 


:J    .' 


4t ; ' 


ti'-'  "^ '.:'■■ 


-M 


M*»..^*'»»f     , 


428 


TUNIS. 


1^ 


I 


with  fountains  und  marble  columns ;  and  the  naval  arsenal  is  spacious  and  com- 
modious. The  bagnios,  as  the  quarters  formerly  destined  for  the  slaves  were 
called,  are  huge,  but  gloomy  and  dirty  edifices.  The  estimates  of  the  population 
have  hitherto  varie<l  from  50,0()0  to  200,000;  but  in  1833,  it  was  found  to  amount 
to  only  25,326,  of  whom  5226  were  Europeans. 

The  French  expedition  captured  2,000,000/,  sterling  in  money,  besides  an  ample 
supply  of  ships,  artillery,  and  ammunition.  The  fortifications  towards  the  sea  are 
very  strong,  but  on  the  land  side  by  no  means  formidable ;  so  that,  when  the 
French  had  effected  a  landing  with  a  superior  force,  they  soon  beciimo  masters  of 
Algiers. 

In  the  western  quarter  of  the  Algerine  territory,  the  most  disf,in§n;ii8hed  place 
is  Tremecen,  or  Tlemsen,  once  the  capital  of  a  powerful  kingdom  still  containing 
about  20,000  inhabitants,  situated  in  a  beautiful  and  finely  watered  district.  Mas- 
cara, about  a  mile  in  circuit,  on  the  face  of  a  mountain  which  commands  the  view 
of  a  fertile  and  well-cultivated  plain,  is  an  agreeable  but  ill-built  city.  Oran,  on 
the  sea-coast,  long  a  subject  of  contention  between  the  Moors  and  the  Spaniards, 
remained  in  possession  of  the  latter  people  till  1792,  The  fortifications  have  been 
injured  by  earthquakes;  but  the  spacious  magazines  built  of  stone  remain  entire. 
It  has  a  roadstead  with  good  anchorage,  but  so  exposed  that  vessels  are  obliged  to 
land  their  cargoes  at  the  point  of  Mers  el  Keber,  about  a  mile  from  the  city.  The 
if'ho'^  liints  are  now  about  4000. 

In  the  eastern  part  of  this  territory,  Constantino  ranks  second  to  Algiers,  and  is 
supposed  to  contain  about  15,000  inhabitants.  It  is.  boldly  situated  on  a  rock,  pre- 
cipitous on  one  side,  where  it  overhangs  the  broad  siream  of  the  Rummcll.  The 
surrounding  country  is  fine.  The  site,  however,  is  dis  !nguished  by  splendid 
monuments  of  antiquity ;  and  the  ground  in  one  place  is  entirely  covered  with  the 
remains  of  broken  walls,  '.olu\>ins,  and  cisterns.  Boujeiah,  celebrated  as  a  strong 
and  piratical  sea-port,  rcti  ins  b!<ll  marks  of  the  breaches  made  upon  the  walls  in 
1671,  when  it  was  stormed  by  bir  Edward  Sprague.  The  fortifications  are  now 
barely  sufficient  to  hold  the  wandering  Arabs  in  check ;  but  it  derives  some  im- 
portance from  its  iron  manufactures,  and  the  export  of  wax  and  oil.  Bona  was  in 
modern  times  the  chief  settlement  of  the  French  African  Company,  which  they 
lost  during  the  revolutionary  war.  It  derives  consequence  from  the  coral  fishery 
carried  on  in  its  vicinity;  and  the  same  cause  gives  value  to  La  Cala  and  the 
neighbouring  island  of  Tabarca,  which  were  also  long  in  possession  of  the  French. 


TUNIS. 


Tunis  has  a  territory  very  differently  situated  from  that  of  Algiers.  From  the 
frontier  of  that  country,  the  coast  continues  to  extend  eastward,  with  a  slight  in- 
clination to  the  north,  till  it  reaches  Cape  Bona,  the  most  northerly  point  of  Africa. 
It  then  makes  a  sudden  bend  southward,  and,  with  some  windings,  follows  thot 
direction  as  far  as  Cape  Zerbi,  for  a  space  of  about  250  miles.  This  coast,  willi 
the  country  reaching  for  upwards  of  100  miles  inland,  composes  the  territory  of 
Tunis.  It  is  not  so  extensive  as  that  of  Algiers ;  but  it  is  not  so  closely  hemmed 
in  by  the  branches  of  the  Atlas,  nor  are  they  so  steep  or  so  lofly ;  and  there  in- 
tervenes between  them  and  the  sea  a  spacious  plain,  watered  by  the  noble  river 
Bagrada,  or  Mejerda,  and  profusely  covered  with  all  the  riches  of  culture  and 
vegetation.  Th*'  people,  also,  though  composed  essentially  of  the  same  elements 
as  those  of  Algiers,  have  imbibed  a  considerably  greater  share  of  polish  and  civi- 
lization. The  situation  of  the  territory,  projecting  into  the  Mediterranean,  and 
at  an  easy  distance  from  the  finest  shores  of  southern  Europe,  fitted  it  to  be  the 
seat  of  the  most  celebrated  commercial  republic  of  antiquity,  Carthage,  by  her 
commerce,  rose  to  such  grandeur  as  to  dispute  with  Rome  the  empire  of  the 
world ;  and,  even  af\er  being  completely  vanquished,  and  her  walls  levelled-with 
the  ground,  she  continued  one  of  the  chief  Roman  cities,  and  the  capital  of  the 
African  provinces. 


i  com- 
I  were 
Illation 
imount 

ample 
sea  are 
len  the 
sters  of 

d  place 
itaining 
,.  Mas- 
lie  view 
)ran,  on 
laniards, 
ive  been 
[1  entire.  I 
)liged  to  I 
ty.   The 

3,  and  is 
ock,  pre- 
lU.     The 
splendid 
with  the 
I  a  strong 
;  walls  in 
are  now 
some  im- 
na  was  in 
hich  they 
al  fishery 
and  the 
e  French. 


From  the 
slight  in- 
of  Africa. 
Hows  that 
;oast,  with 
erritory  of 
y  hemmed 
there  in- 
noble  river 
ulture  and 
e  elements 
h  and  civi- 
anean,  and 
t  to  be  the 
ige,  by  her 
)ire  of  the 
velled-with 
lital  of  the 


TRIPOLI. 


4:^J 


The  city  of  Tunis,  only  ten  milcM  south-wost  from  the  site  of  Carihaije,  and  on 
the  same  spacious  bay,  posiiesses  all  the  aiivuntngcu  which  raided  that  city  to  such 
a  lieight  of  prosper','".  It  is,  in  Ihct.  the  largest  place  in  Uarlwry,  the  population 
being  estimated  at  from  100,000  to  l:)(l,(M)0.  This  city  has  entirely  renounced  its 
piratical  habite,  and  applied  iU<(>if  to  several  branches  of  useful  industry.  Tiicre 
are  extensive  manufactures  of  velvets,  silk  btuifn,  and  the  red  caps  generally  worn 
in  the  Levant.  The  exportation  of  grain,  al)8urdly  prohibited  in  the  other  |)orts 
on  this  coast,  is  allowed  under  a  tickery,  or  license  from  ihi;  dey. 

The  Tunisian  olive  oil,  wool,  and  soap,  are  largely  exported.  There  is  also  a 
considerable  traffic  with  interior  Africa  tor  its  staples  of  gold,  ivory,  and  ostrich 
feathers.  Tunis  takes  a  variety  of  European  manufactures,  East  India  stuffs,  and 
colonial  produce.  Of  the  other  cities  of  Tunis,  the  chief  is  Kairwan,  founded  by 
the  Saracens,  and  long  the  capital  of  their  possessions  in  Northern  Africa. 

Tozer,  on  the  Lake  of  I^wdeah,  is  only  a  large  village,  but  enriched  by  trade 
with  the  country  of  dates  and  interior  Africa.  On  the  north  coast,  Porto  Farini, 
near  which  are  the  ruins  of  Utica,  and  Bizertu,  have  both  some  trade  in  grain ; 
though  the  fine  harbour  of  the  latter  is  now  so  choked  up  as  to  allow  only  small 
vessels  to  enter.  Of  the  towns  on  the  coast,  reaching  southward  from  Timis, 
Monasteer  and  Cabes  are  distinguished  by  a  flourishing  modern  trade,  which  gives 
to  the  one  a  population  of  12,000,  and  to  the  other  of  20,000.  Sfax  carries  on 
traffic  on  a  smaller  scale ;  and  the  island  of  Zerbi  is  noted  for  manufacturing 
industry.    Near  El  Jem  are  the  remains  of  a  magnificent  amphitheatre. 


:.;>/a 


TRIPOLI. 


Tripoli  presents  a  different  aspect,  and  one  by  no  means  so  grateful  and 
smiling  as  the  western  regions  of  Barbary.  That  great  mountain  range,  which 
has  diffused  through  them  verdure  and  fertility,  terminates,  and  the  great  plain  of 
sand  which  generally  covers  Northern  Africa  presses  close  upon  the  cultivated 
territory.  The  district  in  which  the  city  stands  forms  only  an  oasis,  and  one  not 
very  extensive ;  and  he  who  takes  his  departure  from  it  in  any  direction  finds 
himself  soon  in  the  heart  of  the  desert.  Tripoli  thus  cannot  equal  the  other  capi- 
tals of  Barbary,  and  its  population  is  not  supposed  to  exceed  2.5,000.  Even  this  is 
supported  rather  by  commerce  and  industry,  than  by  the  limited  productions  of  the 
soil.  P.  is,  hawever,  the  chief  theatre  of  the  intercourse  with  Bornou  and  Houssa, 
the  most  fertile  countries  in  the  interior  of  Africa;  over  which  it  exercises  even 
a  species  of  dominion.  Fezzan,  the  gr^  .t  emporium  of  the  caravan  trade,  is  tri- 
butary to  the  pacha ;  and  he  (lossesses  a  powerful  influence  over  the  courts  of 
Kouka  and  Sockatoo.  This  prince  has  bhown  a  more  enlightened  spirit,  a  greater 
desire  to  cultivate  intercourse  with  the  European  powers,  and  to  introduce  the  im- 
provements of  civilized  life,  than  any  other  in  Barbary.  A  singular  absence  of 
that  jealousy  which  usually  actuates  Mahometan  courts,  has  been  displayed  in  the 
welcome  given  to  the  Brit'sh  expeditions  of  discovery,  and  the  zeal  displayed  in 
promoting  their  objects.  Tripoli  cannot  be  called  a  fine  city  ;  yet  its  palace,  and 
the  generality  of  its  mosques,  have  some  beauty ;  and  there  is  a  triumphal  arch 
and  several  other  interesting  remains  of  antiquity. 

To  the  eastward  of  Tripoli,  and  in  its  close  vicinity,  begins  a  dreary  portion  of  j 
the  Great  Desert  of  Africa.  A  few  days,  however,  brincy  liie  traveller  to  the  dis- 
trict of  Lebda,  or  the  ancient  Leptis  Magna,  where  thick  g;Oves  of  olive  and 
date  trees  are  seen  rising  above  the  villages,  and  a  great  space  is  covered  witti 
luxuriant  crops  of  grain.  A  similar  country  continues  to  Mesurata,  to  the  east 
of  which  is  also  a  plain  singularly  fertile.  Mesurata  carries  oi.  a  manufactory  of 
carpets,  and  a  considerable  trade  with  Central  Africa.  At  the  termination  of  this 
plain  commences  the  desolate  expense  of  the  Syrtis.  Stretching  around  the  Gulf 
of  Sidra,  or  Syrtis,  for  400  miles,  it  presents  an  almost  tenantless  and  desolate 
waste,  except  occasionally  some  little  valleys  or  detached  spots  traversed  by  the 
Arabs  with  their  flocks,  herds,  and  movable  tents. 


ii  ' 


.  I 


'.<    '!l 


!■ 


* 


I; 


!    .» 


^» 


'.l-f' 


r-'  i  ![ 


r.-" 


J>A 


K' 1 


,;■■     )      ••. 


Hr 


r\:J 


r-tf'';' 


f: 

>■_" 

L. 

!'■•■ 

1 

r 

'"i: 

:^.l'^ 
1 

430 


EGYPT, 


Barca  coinmcncea  at  the  termination  of  the  Gulf  of  Hidra,  and  exhibits  a  very 
improved  aspect.  It  is  traversed  by  a  steep  and  high  ridpe  abounding  in  springs, 
which,  according  to  Arab  report,  amount  to  360,  and  sprinkle  the  surrounding 
desert  with  valleys  of  the  most  brilliant  verdure  and  fertility.  On  this  coast  the 
(ireeks  founded  Cyrene,  one  of  their  most  flourishing  colonics.  At  present  it  is 
abutiduncd  by  all  civilized  and  industrious  nations,  und,  with  the  exception  of  a 
few  poor  villages,  is  occupied  exclusively  by  the  wandering  Arabs  with  tht-ir 
flocks  and  herds.  Bengazi,  the  Berenice  of  tlie  Ptolemies,  is  now  only  a  miserable 
village.  Every  trace  of  the  ancient  city  appears  to  have  been  buried  under  the 
sands  of  the  surrounding  desert.  The  range  of  valleys,  however,  east  of  Ben- 
gazi, is  singularly  picturesque,  their  sides  being  in  many  places  steep  and  rocky ; 
yet  every  clefl:  is  filled  with  a  brilliant  vegetation. 

In  this  tract  are  found  the  two  ancient,  now  entirely  deserted,  cities  of  Teuchira 
and  Ptolemeita.  The  ruins  of  Cyrene,  which  may  be  snid  to  be  a  recent  disco- 
very, form  the  most  striking  object  in  this  remarkable  region.  Derne  and  Bengazi 
are  the  only  places  in  Barca  at  all  deserving  the  name  of  towns.  They  are  both 
the  residence  of  governors  dependent  upon  the  pacha  of  Tripoli.  The  former 
was  taken  by  General  Eaton,  in  1805. 

Eastward  from  this  point,  extends  tiic  ancient  Marrnaricc,  a  bleak  region  crowded 
with  beasts  and  birds  of  prey,  where  human  existence  is  indicated  only  by  tiie 
bleating  flocks  and  the  dark  tent  of  the  Arab.  Yet  there  is  cultivation  in  favoured 
spots,  and  the  traces  of  cieterns  and  canals  of  irrigation  mark  the  former  existence 
of  a  civilized  and  even  somewhat  numerous  people.  The  population  of  the  whole 
region  eastward  from  Tripoli  is  perhaps  100,000. 


EGYPT. 


Egypt,  formerly  a  mighty  empire,  the  seat  of  a  high  civilization,  the  land  of 
wonderful  creations  of  human  power,  and  an  object  of  endless  curiosity  to  the 
philosophic  inquirer,  lies  between  22°  and  32°  N.  lat.,  and  27°  and  34°  E,  Ion. 
It  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  Mediterranean  Sea ;  on  the  east  by  the  Red  Sea 
and  by  Arabia,  with  which  it  is  connected  by  the  Isthmus  of  Suez ;  on  the  south 
by  Nubia,  and  on  the  west  by  Barca  und  the  Great  Desert.  It  contains  about 
200,000  square  miles,  of  which  only  about  17,(HI0  square  miles  in  the  Valley  of 
the  Nile  (600  miles  long,  and  from  12  to  2.")  broad)  are  susceptible  of  cultivation. 
The  population  is  estimated  at  about  '^  '»<><>.000.  It  is  divided  into  Upper  Egypt, 
Middle  Egypt,  and  Lower  Egypt,  including  Ihe  fertile  Delta.  These  are  again 
divided  into  12  provinces,  each  of  which  is  governed  by  a  bey. 

Three  chains  of  mountains  run  through  the  country.  The  Nile  flows  through 
it  in  a  northerly  direction.  This  river,  the  most  remarkable  in  the  world,  forms 
the  principal  feature  of  this  region.  From  the  high  chain  of  Abyssinia,  and  from 
the  still  loftier  Mountains  of  the  Moon  that  traverse  Central  Africa,  descend  nu- 
merous and  ample  streams,  which  long  before  entering  Egypt  unite  in  ftrming 
this  great  river.  Although  the  Nile,  in  its  whole  progress  of  1600  miles  through 
Nubia  and  Egypt,  does  not  receive  the  accession  of  a  single  rivulet,  it  brings  fo 
vast  an  original  store  as  enables  it  to  reach  and  pour  a  mighty  stream  into  the 
Mediterranean.  In  the  lower  part  of  its  course,  the  Nile  is  on  a  level  with  the 
district  which  it  intersects,  and,  when  swelled  by  the  autumnal  rains  of  Central 
Africa,  overflows  it  entirely.  The  waters  begin  to  rise  about  the  18th  or  19th  of 
June,  attain  their  greatest  height  in  September,  and  subside  as  gradually  as  tliey 
rose,  and  within  an  equal  space  of  time.  The  land  thus  covered  with  the  fer- 
tilizing alluvial  deposit  collected  during  so  lengthened  a  course,  becomes  the  most 
productive  perhaps  on  the  face  of  the  globe ;  and  notwithstanding  its  limited  ex- 
tent, and  the  mighty  wastes  on  which  it  borders,  has  always  maintained  a  nu- 
merous population. 

Lake  Alceris,  so  celebrated  in  antiquity,  is  at  present  called  Birket  Karun,  and 
is  almost  dried  up :  there  are  others,  especially  the  Natron,  or  Salt  Lakes.    Tho 


I 


Ei&.:;'l;.;^ 


EiJYlT. 


4;u 


iMirnini;  Hands;  hut 
beyond   tlio  naturni 


climate  ih  in  general  hot,  and  is  modoriite  in  I/)\ver  F^ifvpt  only.  The  ffrenf  heat 
prwiucos  the  rankest  vcpetntion.  The  sinioiun,  n  fi)rmid.il>lf'  mmth  wind,  which 
blows  at  intervals  during  the  first  50  dayn  nfler  the  vernnl  ciimnox;  the  piinrne, 
and  ophthalmia,  are  the  peculiar  tormenLs  of  Kfrypt.  It  has  Imi  two  Bfnt><>n,-<, 
spring  and  summer  :  the  latter  lasl«  from  April  to  N'uveinliir,  Diirinj.'  this  [mtkmI. 
the  sky  ia  always  clear,  and  the  weather  hot.  In  the  .-prmir, 
and  refreshing. 

The  greater  part  of  the  land  is  arid,  nnd  covered  witli 
wherever  liie  waters  of  the  Nile  arc  conducted  in  onnnls 
limits  of  their  overflow,  the  earth   becomes  fertile,  and  irnits  thrive  witli  jrreat 
luxuriance. 

A  remarkable  change  has  of  late  years  taken  place  in  the  climate  of  thin 
country.  Formerly,  it  scarcely  ever  rained,  and  only  for  a  nhort  time  at  Alexnii- 
drja;  now  it  rains  there  for  30  or  40  days  annually ;  and  sonietimes  after  the  mid- 
dle of  October  it  does  not  cease  for  five  or  six  days  together.  At  Cairo,  instead 
of  a  few  drops  falling,  and  those  rarely,  there  are  from  titleen  to  twenty  rainy 
days  every  winter.  It  is  supposed  that  this  change  of  climate  is  owing  to  the 
immense  plantations  of  the  pacha,  twenty  millions  of  trees  having  been  planted 
below  Cairo.  The  contrary  effect  has  been  prcxluced  in  Upper  Egypt,  by  the  de- 
struction of  the  trees  there. 

The  products  of  Egypt  are  com,  rice,  millet,  melons,  sugar-cane,  papyrus,  flax 
and  hemp,  saffron,  indigo,  aloes,  jalap,  colofjuintida,  cardamom,  cotton ;  nd  palm- 
groves,  sycamore?,  tamarinds,  cassia,  acacias,  &c.,  cover  the  country.  There  is 
not  a  great  variety  of  garden  flowers,  but  roses  are  raised  in  large  quantities, 
especially  in  the  marshy  Fayoum,  and  rose-water  forms  an  important  article  of 
export.  The  ."oil  consists  «/  linu',  with  nimicrouH  shells  and  petrifactions:  it 
ccintaiiis  marble,  alabaster,  porphyry,  josptir,  granite,  couimon  salt,  natron,  salt- 
petre, alum,  (tc. 

The  people  consist  of  Copts  (embracing,  at  most,  30,000  families),  Arab.«  (who 
are  the  moat  numerous,  and  are  divided  into  Fellahs  or  peasants,  and  Bedouins, 
the  wandering  tribes  of  the  desert),  and  Turks,  the  ruling  people.  The  Mame- 
lukes have  been  driven  out  of  the  country,  and  nearly  exterminated.  Besides 
these,  there  are  Jews,  Greeks,  Armenians,  &c.  The  Egyptian  generally  has  a 
strong,  active  frame ;  t.awny  complexion,  gay  disiwsition,  and  a  good  heart,  and  is 
j  not  devoid  of  capacity.  He  is  temperate  and  religious,  but  super^t'tious.  The 
I  prevailing  c^ligion  in  that  of  Mahommed,  and  the  prevailing  language  the  Arabic. 

The  mhaoitants  devote  themselves  to  agriculture,  the  raising  of  bees  and  poul- 
try, the  preparation  of  rose-water  and  sal  ammoniac,  the  manufacturing  of  leather, 
,  flux,  hemp,  silk  and  cotton,  carpets,  glas.s,  and  potters'  ware,  and  carry  on  an  im- 
■  portant  commerce.  Constantinople  is  supplied  with  grain  from  Egypt,  which, 
i  when  a  Roman  province,  was  called  the  granary  of  Rome.  The  coasting-trade  is 
I  considerable.  Alexandria,  Damietta,  and  Suez,  are  the  principal  harbours,  and 
much  inland  trafiic  is  carried  on,  chiefly  with  Syria,  Arabia,  and  Western  Africa. 

The  expulsion  of  the  Mamelukes  from  Egypt  almost  wholly  subjected  it  to  the 
sway  of  Mohammed  Ali,  who  had  received  from  the  Porte  thv  appointment  of 
pacha,  but  who,  profiting  by  the  distractions  of  the  Ottoman  empire,  has  estab- 
lished a  power  wholly  independent.  His  administration  has  hitherto  been  a  bless- 
ing to  Egypt.  He  has  established  a  better  system  of  law  and  ordi^r  than  that  un- 
fortunate country  hud  for  ages  experienced.  He  encourages  every  species  of 
industry,  and  :s  studying  to  intro/Juce  (':  •  arts  and  improvements  of  Europe. 
Actuated  by  the  usual  ambition  of  monarch^,  he  has  attempted  conquest,  and  ex- 
tended his  dominion  southward  along  the  Nile  as  far  as  Setinaar,  and  even  to  Dar- 
four ;  but  tracts  so  distant  and  diflicult  of  access  can  never  be  hehl  without  much 
difliculty,  and  are  said  to  have  already  eluded  his  sway.  In  Arabia,  he  has  com- 
pletely crushed  the  power  of  tha  Wahabees,  and  added  to  his  domain  the  sacred 
territory  of  Mecca  and  Medina. 

For  some  time  Mohammed  Ali  ceased  not  to  own  the  supremacy  of  the  Porte, 
and  -sent  to  Constantinople  a  tribute  in  money  and  grain.  Now,  however,  he  has 
established  his  complete  independence,  and  has  even  threatened  to  overthrow  the 


i: 


'  ..11.: 

'  I.  V 


'.  ■* 


it 

: » 

] 


I    !f 


*4> 


,  5   »  •! 


i  'I 


ma  '■:■ 


,■■-■< 


^v 


'l.i^> 


111-..--; 


lis  !-,      I  . 


■>^.  ■■;••, 

''A:    -■'"■■. 


v<f 


43<J 


EGYPT. 


Ottoman  power,  which  was  only  navcd  hy  ihn  intRrfcroiice  of  Rusaia.  He  han 
also  ncciuircd  Syria,  Cypnis,  Candio,  and  \  ciiien,  very  ifi>portant  iKwsessions,  form- 1 
in;j  some  of  the  riioHt  mvonrcd  of  the  terrilorit'S  of  his  old  mailer.  Mohammed 
Ali  is  particularly  attentive  to  the  public  security ;  he  takea,  therefore,  all  Eu- 
^opcan^  &c.  under  his  immediate  protection.  We  has  d«n«!  much  for  the  com- 
merce and  industry  as  well  as  civilization  of  Efjfyot.  lie  is  the  principal  mer- 
chant of  the  country,  and  no  others  can  deal  with  foreign  cotintries  without  his 
consent.  The  revenue  of  the  pacha  is  about  18,(H)0,0i><)  dollarsi,  arising  from  poll 
and  land  taxes ;  customs  of  the  ports  of  Cairo,  Suez,  Damietta,  Alexandria,  &.c. ; 
branches  of  revenue  farmed  out,  inoludinjj  various  fisheries;  from  tho  mint;  from 
tlie  sale  of  the  cotton,  indigo,  eilk,  sugar,  rice,  saJron,  wool,  ivory,  frankincense, 
&c.,  which  he  nionopi^li/ca,  purchasing  them  at  a  low  rate  from  his  subjects,  Sic. 

The  army,  which  formerly  consisted  only  of  an  undisciplined  and  turbulent, 
though  brave  militia,  has  been  placed  by  Mohammed  Ali  on  the  most  efficient 
footing.  By  the  aid  of  French  officers,  be  has  disciplined  a  large  body  of  troops 
in  the  European  manner,  and  rendered  them  decidedly  superior  to  any  f  rce  which 
the  East  can  oppose  to  them.  In  1834,  the  troops  thus  trained  were  reckoned  at 
74,0(M>.  The  pacha  has  founded,  at  Cairo,  a  military  college,  in  which  1400  boys 
are  educated  by  numerous  European  teachers,  and  in  which  he  expends  monthly 
about  6000  dollars.  He  bus  also  cstublishcd  there  a  cannon-foundery,  and  a  manu- 
factory of  arms  and  gunpowder.  His  navy  consists  of  9  ships  of  the  line,  7  fri- 
gates, and  30  smaller  vessels. 

Egypt  abounds  in  the  most  remarkable  antiquities.  The  pyramids  are  perhaps 
the  most  astoninhing  monuments  of  human  labour.  Thai  of  Cheops,  which  is  the 
largest,  is  499  feet  high,  with  a  square  base  of  693  feet  in  extent,  consisting 
chiefly  of  a  solid  mass  of  masonry.  There  are  extensive  catacombs  existing  in 
various  places,  from  which  mummici*,  or  embalmed  bodies,  are  obtained*  Some  of 
t'lese  were  deposited  3000  or  4000  years  ago. 

At  Thebes,  in  Upper  Egypt,  are  remains  which  are  calculated  to  fill  the  be- 
holder with  astonishment.  Almost  the  whole  extent  of  eight  miles  along  the 
river  is  covered  with  magnificent  portals,  obelisks  decorated  with  sculpture,  forests 
of  columns,  and  long  avenues  of  colossal  statues.  One  of  the  temples  is  a  mile 
and  a  half  in  circumference.  It  has  12  principal  entrances ;  the  body  of  the  tem- 
ple consists  of  a  prodigious  hall  or  portico ;  the  roof  is  supported  by  134  columns. 
Four  beautiful  obelisks  mark  the  entrance  to  the  shrine,  a  place  of  sacrifice,  which 
contains  three  apartments  built  entirely  of  granite.  The  temple  of  Luxor  pro- 
bably surpasses  in  beauty  and  splendour  all  the  other  ruins  of  Egypt.  In  front  are 
two  of  the  finest  obelisks  in  the  world :  they  are  of  rose-coloured  marble,  100  feet 
in  height.  But  the  objects  which  most  attract  attention  are  the  sculptures,  which 
cover  the  whole  of  the  northern  front.  They  contain,  on-  a  great  scale,  a  repre- 
sentation of  a  victory  gained  by  one  of  the  ancient  kings  of  Egypt  over  his  Asiatic 
enemies.  The  number  of  human  figures  introduced  amounts  to  1500;  500  on 
foot,  and  1000  in  chariots.  Such  are  some  of  the  remains  of  a  city  which  perished 
long  before  the  records  of  authentic  history  be^in.  Its  story  is  recorded  only  in 
the  dim  lights  of  poetry  and  tradition,  which  might  be  suspected  of  fable,  did  not 
these  mighty  witnesses  remain  to  attest  their  veracity. 

Cairo,  the  chief  city,  stands  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  Nile,  10  miles  abovr  the 
Delta.  The  houses  are  built  of  Stone  and  brick,  with  terraces  and  fiat  roofs,  and 
the  windows  are  often  glazed  with  coloured  glass.  Thorn  is  u  prodigious  number 
of  gardens  in  the  city.  The  mosques  are  covered  with  Arubetiquii  ornaments  and 
adorned  with  Imiidsome  miiiarett.  The  vviiters  of  the  river  iiro  ruuuived  by  canals 
into  a  great  number  of  docks,  or  artificial  ponds  in  tlifl'orent  parts  of  the  city, 
Cairo  is  the  most  populmiN  lity  of  AtVica,  and  has  a  flourishing  trndo  wilh  Ihn  in- 
terior by  caravans.     The  pnpilhitinn,  in  1810,  was  !JlJ2,7(M). 

Alexandria  stands  upon  the  JVleditHrratiRnn,  and  has  a  doublti  hurhniir.  Its  site 
is  a  narrow  neck  of  land  between  Luke  Mareotis  and  thi!  sea.  It  conimiinicutes 
with  the  western  arm  of  the  Nile  by  a  (■tiiial.  This  city  was  Ibundeii  by  Alex- 
ander the  Great,  and  soon  rose  to  wealth  aud  greatness.  It  was  the  capital  of  the 
Ptolemies,  and  for  science  and  literature  was  second  only  to  Rome      It  contained 


1 

the 

obli; 

vel 

the 

rativ 


(incf 

\Ul: 

koin 


««Ul"R«iil-l!J.,.lA..,l..-  -II   *.!!' 


M  Hl\. 


43:) 


Bt  one  time  fK)0,(X)0  iihabitanta.  After  ita  cnptnro  by  tlio  Saracens,  it  bcfyan  to 
decline,  und  llio  niiucovery  of  tlio  pasKifji-  to  Imliii  by  tin'  (7ii|M>  of  (kkmI  Hope  ilo- 
8lri)ye(l  its  coniincrcial  importance.  At  prc«t'nt  it  ronHiwls  of  narrow,  crooked, 
and  dirty  streets,  and  lutly  buildings,  and  m  tmrrounded  l)y  a  bi^^li  ^tone  wall.  It 
hii.s  confsid'.irable  commerce,  and  itii  murki't.^t  arc  wtll  r-tipplied.  IVpiilntion,  *JO,(MX). 
An  immenfie  accumulation  of  ruinR,  mostly  buried  in  tlie  xand,  PomiH.'y'H  pillar, 
Cleopatra's  needN.'H,  the  cisterns,  catacond.^s,  and  cfilumnn,  winu-  entire  and  t«)me 
broken,  ncattered  here  and  there,  are  the  siid  re(nain8  of  this  once  rich  and  siplmdid 
city.  Pompcy's  pillar  is  a  very  remarktiblo  monument,  1).")  fitet  hi<,'h.  CMeopiitraV 
needles  arc  two  obelisks,  one  thrown  down  and  the  other  standing',  Tt^^  feet  lonjif, 
and  seven  feet  broad  on  each  side  at  tiie  buse.  They  are  compoHcd  encli  of  a  sin- 
gle block  of  granite  covered  with  hierojTlyphics.  The  catacoinlw  are  very  extra- 
ordinary monuments:  they  begin  at  the  extremity  of  the  old  city,  and  extend  a 
considerable  distance  alon^  the  coast,  furminir  what  was  anciently  called  the 
"  City  of  the  Dead."  They  consist  of  grottoes  cut  in  the  rocks ;  each  one  that  j 
has  been  opened  has  boon  found  to  contain  three  coffins. 

Roeetta  stands  on  a  branch  of  the  Nile,  four  miles  ihim  its  mouth.  It  is  com- 
pletely environed  in  groves  of  orange,  sycamore,  date,  banana,  and  other  trees. 
The  city  has  a  considerable  trade,  and  upwards  of  50  caravanscrai.s.  Population, 
15,000. 

Damietta  is  situated  between  the  eastern  branch  of  the  Nile  and  the  Ivike  of 
Menzaleh,  10  miles  from  the  sea.  The  houses  are  all  white,  and  are  built  in  a 
crescent  around  a  bend  of  the  river.  The  appearance  of  the  town  is  beautifully 
picturesque,  and  the  country  in  the  neighbourhood  is  the  most  fertile  and  best  cul- 
tivated in  Egypt.  Here  are  vast  magazines  of  rice  belonging  to  the  government. 
The  commerce  of  the  place  is  very  active.     Population,  ijO.WK). 

Suez,  on  the  shore  of  the  isthmus  of  that  name,  on  the  Red  Sea,  has  a  large 
trade  with  Arabia  by  caravans  and  vessels.  It  is  surrounded  by  a  sandy  desert. 
Population,  5000.  Coseeir  is  a  seaport  on  the  Red  Sea,  and  has  some  trade  in 
corn.  The  country  around  it  is  a  desert.  Kenneh,  on  the  Nile,  west  of  Cosseir, 
is  a  pl(>ce  of  considerable  trade.  Thebes,  Luxor,  Esueh,  and  many  others,  are 
remarkable  for  their  antiquities. 


NUBIA. 

NvBiA  is  an  extensive  region  lying  south  of  Egypt,  and  extending  to  the  con 
fines  of  Abyssinia,  It  is  bounded  on  the  west  by  the  Great  Desert,  and  on  the 
east  by  the  Red  Sea :  nearly  the  whole  country  is  composed  of  rocky  and  sandy 
deserts.  The  atmosphere  is  extremely  dry,  the  summer  hot,  the  climate  healthy, 
and  the  plague  unknown :  the  whole  region,  together  with  Kordofan,  adjoining  it 
on  the  south-west,  is  now  subject  to  Mahommed  Ali,  the  Pacha  of  Egypt,  being 
conquered  by  him  a  few  years  since,  in  consequence  of  which  some  changes  are 
already  apparent  in  the  chaiucter  of  the  people.  The  various  Arab  tribes  who 
reside  in  the  deserts  of  Nubia,  and  who  wore  constantly  at  war  with  Pach  other, 
are  no  longer  fierce  and  turbulent,  but  are  reduced  to  complete  subjection  under 
the  iron  sway  of  the  ruler  of  Egypt:  they  pay  him  an  annual  tribute,  and  are 
obliged  to  furnish  such  camels  and  guides  for  the  use  of  government  and  of  tra- 
vellers m  may  be  required.  Europeans  can  now  traverse,  under  the  protection  of 
the  Pacha,  the  whole  region  froin  Egypt  to  the  confines  of  Abyssinia  with  compa- 
rative safely. 

The  divisions  of  Nubia  are  Kenous  Nouba  and  Dar  rilahass,  in  the  north,  the 
kingdom  of  Dongola,  in  tin'  centre,  south  of  which  are  the  districts  of  Dar  Sheygya, 
Nliondy,  and  the  kingdom  of  Sennaar;  the  sovereign  of  the  latter,  called  the 
Muk,  is  at  present  a  pensioner  of  Mahommed  Ali.  The  capital  of  the  same  name, 
iince  estimated  to  contain  JfH),000  inhabitants,  is  now  deserted  end  in  ruins,  the 
liiiiiiliilaiils  having  obandoned  it  hIIk.i:  (lie  FJgyptian  conquest.  Another  division  is 
iliil  oj  Beja,  OMlending  along  the  ooasl  id  llii  Hed  Sea,  of  which  the  port  of  Sua- 
kciM  Ik  tlie  chiuf  lown  on  the  Nile,  are  the  small  towns  of  Shendy,  Kl  Makarif, 


37 


TW 


;l« 


r 
* 


■..•  .  J 


■  r  ' 


^^•■!^ 


N    ! 


i-.» 


t'V  \ 


iihiir'iiiriiiri'°iri 


•'"i'H   " 


It'  ^ 


Sifs 


''i. 


434 


■■-■■'IW'   t.J'  It.  ...i  . 

VHYHHINIA. 


Old  I)onj(olB,  New  Dun({ola,  arHi  Dorr,  onch  contnitiitif^  fmiii  U(MH)  to  4()00  inimb- 
I  tan  til. 

TliP  Iittl«  ffrtility  wliicli  Niihin  i)o.'airMp»  \-*  nrtificiril,  {tning  prodiircd  l)y  raiiini; 
Iho  wator  of  the  NiU*,  by  rm»nnH  of  wHitIm  w. irked  wiili  ox«mi,  to  tin*  li  vi'l  of  tho 
hi;;heHt  bankn:  in  tiiJH  way  ii  Htrip  of  land  of  tVnrii  oti*-'  iifhtti  of  a  inilr>  to  linlC  a 
tiiiit"  in  hn-iidth  in  rt'iidtTcd  firaluctivf,  on  uhich  i.«  niltivatpd  dlumrra,  n  coarse 
K|><cie8  ut'  (Train,  barlny,  cuttun,  tobacco,  nnd  indijro;  the  latter  in  rnnnnfactiirtid 
lor  tbo  ben«'fit  of  tho  I'ncha,  who  nionopoliwcs,  a»  in  Kjrypti  th«  whole  trade  mid 
commerce  of  the  country.  Tho  trade  from  the  interior,  which  imwteH  throiij:li 
Nubia  to  Ki^ypt,  corinislM  moHtly  of  Hlavct,  gold,  and  ivory;  that  from  Kgypt  and 
Arabia,  European  >,'ootls,  arnm,  &c. 

The  people  of  thiH  D'^rion  are  of  two  ciaNcs  ;  tho  inhabitants  of  tho  towns  simi- 
lar to  the  BerberH  of  Mount  Atlan,  arc  geiiorallv  a  handsome  racn,  well  mode, 


strong,  and  muscular;  tho  femnies  aro  ino«l»'>" 
The  inhabitantM  of  the  desert  ure  all  of  ArnI' 
I  and  person,  resemble  tho  same  perjplc  in  <  ' 
able  features  of  this  region  conciKtH  in  the  , 
cliieHy  on  the  west  side  of  the  Nile ;  wune  ot  i 
The  fcf>'yp''*n  edifices  consist  of  masonry  :  tin. 
or  aro  dujf  out  of  the  8t)lid  rock.     One  of  the  mi. 


pleasing  in  fhcir  demeanour, 
d  ill  their  manners,  customs, 
'no  of  tht  moet  remark- 
ns  of  antiquity,  found 
monuTiontu  of  Thebes, 
are  rither  under  frround 
•I  mai.'   iticer.t  is  thatof  Ebsambul, 


in  a  state  of  complete  preservation,  rising'  immediately  tronr,  the  bank  of  the  river, 
and  cut  out  of  a  perpendicular  clitf;  in  front  and  near  it  aro  statues  of  colossal 
size,  supposed,  when  perfect,  to  have  measured  60  or  70  feet  in  hei^jht.  At  El 
Beliul,  near  Merawo  in  the  district  of  Dar  Sheygya,  aro  tho  remains  of  numerous 
temples,  pyramids,  &c. 

The  territory  of  Sennaar,  bordering  on  Abyssinia,  does  not  aUoijether  partake 
of  the  barrenness  so  pencrnl  in  t!)o  greater  part  of  Nubia;  some  portions  of  it  are 
comparatively  fertile,  being  Wat.  red  by  the  tropical  rains  which  are  here  consi- 
derable, Ihouph  not  so  violent  as  in  regions  iinmedialely  under  the  equator.  Througii 
their  influence  the  country  in  August  and  September  assume«i  a  verdant  and 
delightful  aspect,  and  a  numbe/  of  lakes  ure  formed.  On  the  cessation  of  the 
rains  the  dbourra  rifwins  and  tho  country  acquires  a  yellow  appearance.  Soon 
[afterwards  the  lakes  dry  up,  the  soil  becomes  parched,  all  the  beauty  disappears, 
and  bare  scorched  Nubia  returns,  with  its  hot  winds  and  moving  sands,  glowing 
and  ventilated  with  sultry  blasts.  Although  Sennoar  produce.'  abundantly  dhourra, 
millet,  rice,  and  even  wheat,  it  yields  few  commodities  fitted  for  trade.  The  only 
intercourse  consists  in  the  transit  trade  from  interior  Africa  to  Egypt  and  Arabia. 

Beyond  Sennaar  is  Fazuclo,  a  hilly  territory,  forming  a  province  of  that  coun- 
try. Farther  aouth  is  Bokki,  noted  for  its  gold.  To  the  west,  &]or.g  the  Bahr  el 
Abiad,  dwell  the  Shilluk  Negroes,  who  conquered  Sennaar  in  15()4;  many  of 
them  live  on  the  islands  in  the  river,  which  are  here  very  numerous.  The  Shil- 
luks  are  men  of  vast  size  and  strength,  and  wonderful  stories  are  told  by  their 
neighbours  of  their  prowess  in  attacking  the  hippopotamus  and  crocodile  in  the 
water,  which  they  seldom  fail  to  overcome.  They  have  numerous  canoes  which 
they  manage  with  great  skill,  and  form  expeditions  against  their  neighbours,  both 
up  and  down  the  river.  The  Denka,  rati.cr  farther  up  the  Bahr  el  Abiad,  were 
originally  the  same  people,  but  they  are  now  constantly  at  war  with  one  another ; 
both  possess  great  quantities  of  cattle ;  they  are  armed  with  long  spears,  which 
they  do  not  throw,  but,  crouching  behind  their  shields,  wait  the  approach  of  their 
enemy. 


ABYSSINIA. 

Abtssinia,  though  it  has  imbibed  some  elements  of  civilization,  has  scarcely 
any  intercourse  with  the  civilized  world.  On  the  cc.8t,  it  is  supposed  to  be  bounded 
by  the  Red  Sea,  with  which,  however,  the  proper  domain  of  Abyssinia  comes  in 
contact  only  in  one  point ;  on  the  north,  it  communicatea  with  Sennaar ;  on  the 
west,  with  the  Shilluks  and  the  Denka;  on  the  south,  with  the  IV&hometan  king- 


f    .  ru 


.■.y 


■ » !     «•  ■ 


I     . ' 


AHYSSIMA. 


•«n;. 


dom  of  Adol ;  Inii  the  irrmtrT  pnrl  c  I  ctr  »wo  lint  imntior  Inmli  conmxtii  of  wilil 
rpjjioiw  orciipitd  li^  the  (lalln,  v/'  >  ,..\v«yn  :\tvnpHl,  ami  havo  riTiiilly  romiiiiTfd, 
a  larjro  portion  ot  the  Aliy>*»)ii.  <  inon.irrliy.  h  \<i  difficult  cvrn  t(»  jfurwt  tin' 
dimciiHioiia  of  n  tvi^ion  of  whicli  thi-rc  iirt-  no  fixi-d  liiiiiu*,  iin'imunMiirntu,  or  ttiir- 
vpyn;  but  nomcwhero  bptwc««n  7«M»  and  i^M>  milcH  frDiu  <;aj»l  to  wewt,  by  TiOO  or 
tW)  from  north  to  wnith,  may  fiirni  a  tolrrnlili*  fipproxiinntmn. 

Abviwmia  in  a  country  of  monntninH,  intnnwctcd  by  dci-p  iind  cxtpnoivo  vnlkyf". 
A  lolly  tango,  called  Larnulinon,  Imrs  tho  nnlninoe  from  tho  ll'd  Sfu.  Tlw 
mountaina  of  Samcn,  between  the  Tacazzn  and  the  k'oror,  arc  Hlill  more  clrvntcd. 
To  lhc«p  may  be  added  tho  mountnijiH  of  Ciojiim,  Kfat,  and  Aniid-Amid,  Kup[^»Mil 
to  be  a  branch  of  the  MountainH  of  the  Moon.  The  lu'ipht  of  houic  of  iIm;  euin- 
mita  haa  been  ctttimated,  but  with  doubtful  accurucy. 

ri  :^  Bahr  cl  Azek,  or  Blue  Rivor,  ris*-?  in  the  country  of  the  AiIowh,  and  flown 
I  Uin'Ui,'!*  tho  liBke  Dcmbca  into  Sennaor,  where  it  joins  the  Nile.     Thin  in  tli« 
'.ii'>.'ua  V  hose  source  was  discovered  by  Bnico,  and  coi.sidored  by  him  an  the  n:nin 
!;iun.l'.  <»(  lliP  Nile.     The  Taccazzo  is  another  streiim,  fallinjr  into  tiic  Nile. 

'i'l.t  country  in  general  is  extremely  fertile  and  prroluctivc,  whore  it  can  he 
cultivated ;  and  is  m  a  ^'cat  muusuru  exempted  from  that  empire  of  Hand  which 
dooms  so  large  a  portion  of  Africa  to  sterility. 

Thoup^h  situated  within  the  torrid  zone,  thu  climate  of  Abyssinia  is  generally 
temperate  and  healthful,  but  varies  with  the  surface  und  uspect  of  the  coiiiilry. 
In  the  high  and  mountainous  regions,  the  inhabitants  enjoy  a  cool  and  onliihrioiiH 
atmosphere,  and  a  serene  skyj  while  those  m  the  valleys,  or  in  the  vicinity  of 
marshes  or  sandy  deserts,  languish  under  excessive  heat  or  a  moist  and  wuflbcat- 
ing  air.  The  seasons  arc  divided  into  wet  and  dry.  The  rainy  season  continues 
from  April  to  Heptember- 

The  production  of  wheat  is  considerable;  teff,  a  kind  of  very  smuU  grain,  is 
likewise  abundant,  and  affording  bread  in  universal  use;  tocMsso,  a  plant  yielding 
a  kind  of  black  bread  for  the  lower  classes ;  ansete,  a  plant  used  as  a  substitute 
for  grain ;  honey  in  abundance ;  papyrus,  balsam,  myrrn,  and  opocalpasum.  Salt 
is  an  important  natural  production,  found  in  great  quantities  on  a  plain  between 
Masuah  and  Amphila. 

The  customs  of  the  Abyssinians  are  described  by  Bruce  and  Salt  as  exceeding- 
ly savage.  They  eat  the  raw  and  still  quivering  flesh  of  cattle,  whose  roaring  is 
to  be  heard  at  their  feasts.  A  perpetual  state  of  civil  war  seems  the  mui  -i  cause 
of  their  peculiar  brutality  and  barbarism.  Dead  bodies  are  seen  lyin;'  in  the 
streets,  and  serve  as  food  to  dogs  and  hyenas.  Marriage  is  there  a  very  slight 
connexion,  formed  and  dissolved  at  pleasure;  conjugal  fidelity  is  but  little  regard- 
ed. The  rulers  are  unlimited  despots  in  ecclesiastical  and  civil  affairs,  disposing 
of  tho  lives  of  their  subjects  at  pleasure. 

'1  ne  Abyssinians  boast  that  their  country  was  the  Sheba  of  Scripture,  und  that 
it  was  converted  to  Judaism  several  centuries  before  the  Christian  era.  It  is 
much  more  certain,  that,  prior  to  the  middle  of  the  fourth  century,  the  nation  was 
con"erted  to  Christianity,  which  it  has  ever  since  professed.  This  is,  however, 
more  tinctured  with  Judaism  than  in  the  other  nations  of  Christendom.  Boys  nnd 
girls  are  circumcised;  the  Mosaic  laws  in  regard  to  clean  und  unclean  meats  are 
respected;  the  seventh  day  is  their  Sabbath,  and  their  altars  Imvc  the  form  of  the 
ark  of  the  covenunt.  The  people  of  Abyssinia  are  composed  of  various  tribes 
and  colours.  The  general  tint  is  olive.  They  are  a  graceful,  well-formed  rnce, 
with  little  of  the  negro  physiognomy.  They  have  long  hair,  and  their  features 
are  somewhat  of  the  European  cast.  The  Jews,  who  form  a  considerable  class, 
settled  here  in  remote  ages,  and  have  nearly  lost  the  Hebrew  Inngunge.  They 
are  considered  as  sorcerers,  and  it  is  believed  that  they  can  transform  themselves 
into  hytenas.  They  are  generally  smiths,  weavers,  und  carpenters.  Thi-  in- 
habitants of  Tigre  are  ferocious  and  unprincipled,  but  the  ferocity  and  filthinoss 
of  the  Gallas  surpass  all  description.  In  their  excursions  they  destroy  all  human 
life.  They  smear  themselves  with  the  blood  of  slaughtered  animals,  and  hang 
the  entrails  about  their  necks.  They  have  been  often  thought  to  be  negroen,  but 
bear  a  j^reater  resemblance  to  the  CafTres  of  Southern.  Africa  than  any  other  peo- 


-■"l 


!) 


1 


"   1 


r    . 


! 


I 


''  \ 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


ii 


1.0 


1.1 


11.25 


lit  m 


.„.    I££ 


i4  m 


o^ 


Photographic 

Sciences 
Corporalion 


23  WEST  MAIN  STRUT 

WEBSTIR.N.Y.  MSSO 

(716)872-4503 


•NJ 


\ 


^^ 


o 


^ 


'f'%. 


^   >i.   ^rxN 


V.' 


'  'Vi  « 


436 


THE  SAHARA,  OR  GREAT  DESERT. 


pie:  they  have  a  round  head,  "mall  eyes  and  thick  Vipe,  with  fine  hair,  rather 
i'rizzly  tlian  woolly.  In  the  north^woHt  parts,  the  Hhangalla  are  a  rude  and  de- 
pravcd  tribe.  They  are  ne(;roes,  with  visajrcs  appraachin^r  to  those  of  apes. 
They  live  under  the  shade  of  trees,  and  at  some  seasons  in  caves.  The  Abys- 
sinians  hunt  them  as  wild  beasts.    One  of  the  tribes  feed  upon  locusts. 

Thin  country  consists  of  three  separate  independent  States:  Ti^re,  on  the  Red 
Sea ;  Amhara,  in  the  west ;  and  the  districts  of  Shoa,  Efat,  &c.  in  the  south.  Three 
centuries  ago,  tiiese  counlries  were  under  a  single  government.  The  population 
is  supposed  to  be  about  4,000,000. 

Adowa,  the  capital  of  Tigre,  is  the  only  point  of  communication  witih  the 
interior.  It  has  u  considerable  trade,  and  the  inhabitants  are  among  the  most 
highly  civilized  of  the  Abyssiniuns.  Population,  8,000.  Antalo,  which  has  for 
some  time  been  the  residence  of  the  Ras,  stands  upon  the  side  of  a  mountain,  and 
is  supposed  to  contain  a  population  of  10,000.  Axum,  the  ancient  capital,  is  now 
in  rains,  but  is  remarkable  for  its  antiquities.  Qondar,  the  capital  oi  Amhara,-  is 
three  or  four  leagues  in  circuit.  The  houses  are  built  of  red  stone,  and  roofed 
with  thatch.     It  is  now  in  the  hands  of  the  Giallas. 


THE  SAHARA,  OR  GREAT  DESERT. 

The  Sahara,  or  Great  Desert,  forms  an  immense  range  of  territory,  which 
would,  indeed,  cover  the  whole  northern  half  of  Africa,  but  for  the  partial  exemp- 
tion produced  by  the  mountain  range  of  Atlas,  and  the  course  of  the  Nile.  Its 
actual  and  almost  uninterrupted  extent  may  be  stated  as  from  the  15th  to  the  30th 
degree  of  north  latitude,  and  from  the  30th  of  east  to  the  15th  of  west  longitude. 
It  may  thus  amount  to  nearly  3000  miles  in  length,  and  1000  in  breadtii.  This 
vast  expanse,  the  most  dreary  and  terrible  on  the  face  of  the  earth,  forma  an 
obstacle  to  the  intercouise  of  nations  greater  than  is  opposed  by  the  widest  oceans. 
Yet  the  daring  spirit  of  enterprise  has  induced  human  beings  to  occupy  every 
extremity  or  corner  in  which  subsistence  could  by  any  means  be  procured ;  and 
they  have  formed  routes  by  which,  though  amid  suffering  and  deadly  peril,  regular 
journeys  may  be  performed  across  this  vast  and  desolate  region.  The  term  Sahara 
is  usually  applied  to  that  part  of  the  Great  Desert  lying  westward  of  and  between 
Fezzan  and  the  Atlantic  Ocean. 

The  surface  of  the  Sahara  does  not  consist  entirely  of  one  uniform  plain  of  sand. 
In  the  most  level  tracts  it  has  been  blown  into  heaps  or  hillocks,  steep  on  one  side, 
which  remarkably  increase  both  the  dreary  aspect  of  the  region,  and  the  difficulties 
with  which  the  traveller  has  to  contend.  In  other  places  it  is  traversed  by  dark 
ranges  of  naked  rock,  which  sometimes  approach  so  close  as  io  leave  only  a  nar- 
row path  for  caravans  to  march  through.  The  terrible  spectacle  of  human  bones 
which  strew  the  ground,  and  sometimes  crackle  unexpectedly  beneath  the  tread 
of  the  traveller  or  his  camel,  lends,  at  intervals,  additional  horror  to  the  scene. 

The  most  remarkable  and  important  feature,  however,  which  diversifies  the 
great  African  desert,  consists  in  the  oases.  This  eastern  term,  which  signifies 
island,  is  very  appropriately  given  to  those  detached  spots,  over  which  springs, 
bursting  forth  amid  the  desert,  diffuse  some  partial  verdure  and  fertility.  The 
view  of  these  spots  inspires  travellers  with  emotions  peculiarly  pleasing ;  some- 
times from  mere  contrast  with  the  encircling  desolation,  but  sometimes  also  from 
the  peculiarly  elegant  landscape  which  they  themselves  present.  They  are  em- 
bellished with  flowering  shrubs  of  peculiar  beauty ;  whole  tracts  are  covered  with 
forests  of  acacia,  from  which  rich  gums  distil,  and  with  groves  of  the  d  'te  and 
lotus,  yielding  sweet  fruits  and  berries,  which  form  the  food  of  whole  tribes ;  while 
mild  and  graceful  animals,  chiefly  of  the  antelope  species,  trip  along  the  meadows. 

Fezzan  is  a  very  large  oasis,  about  300  miles  long  and  200  brood,  sometimes 
dignified  with  the  title  of  kingdom.  Nature  has  scarcely  distinguished  it  from 
the  surrounding  desert :  it  is  not  irrigated  by  a  stream  of  any  importance.  The 
inhabitants,  however,  by  laborious  processes,  have  raised  up  the  water,  which  is 
always  found  at  a  certain  depth  under  ground,  and  have  thus  formed  a  number  of 


lest  oceans. 


THE  SAHARA,  OR  (;RKAT  DKSHRT. 


437 


lillle  oases,  in  which  dates  and  a  little  OTain  can  be  reared,  and  where  a  few  aswes 
and  poaLs  and  numerous  camels  are  fed.  It  in  the  inland  trade,  however,  that  the 
inhabitants  regard  as  the  source  of  animation  and  wealth,  Fezzan  beinp  <hie 
south  from  Tripoli,  and  about  midway  between  Egypt  and  Morocco,  is  the  inost 
central  point  of  communication  with  interior  Africa.  Through  these  resources 
Fezzan  is  enabled  to  maintain  a  population  of  about  70,000.  The  sultan  is  tribu- 
tary to  the  boshaw  of  Tripoli.  Mourzuk,  in  a  low  unhealthy  situation,  but  well 
watered,  is  the  residence  of  the  prince,  and  the  chief  seat  of  commerce.  It  con- 
tains remains  of  stone  edifices;  but  the  present  structures  arc  p*x)rly  built  of  mud. 
Zuela  Gatrone  and  Tegerhy  are  small  towns  on  the  eastern  frontier.  Traphan, 
near  Mourzuk,  is  an  industrious  place,  with  u  thrivinjT  manufactory  of  carpets. 
Sockna,  in  the  desert  to  the  north,  on  the  road  from  Tripoli,  forms  a  great  caravan 
station. 

Tibesty,  a  country  but  little  known,  is  situated  south-wost  from  Fezzan,  and  is 
separated  from  it  by  a  desert  of  some  extent.  Its  vales  are  fertile  in  corn,  and  its 
mountains  aflbrd  excellent  pasturage.  The  people,  rude  and  ferocious,  have  been 
subjected  to  the  control  of  Fezzan,  paying  annually  to  that  State  20  camel-loads 
of  senna.  There  are  a  few  small  villages  in  Tibesty,  of  which  Arna,  Aboo,  or 
Boeyra,  and  Berdai,  have  been  named  as  the  chief.  Caravans  sometimes  pass 
through  this  country  from  Fezzan  to  Bergoo,  or  Waday. 

North-east  firom  Fezzan,  on  the  caravan  route  to  Egypt,  is  Auguela,  known 
upwards  of  2000  years  ago  to  the  Greeks  and  Egyptians  by  almost  the  same  name ; 
it  is  a  dirty  ill-built  place,  about  a  mile  in  circuit.  There  are  some  fertile  spots 
in  its  vicinity ;  the  country  abounds  in  dales,  and  the  inhabitants  have  established 
some  active  commercial  relations  with  interior  Africa.  A  few  aays'  journey  east- 
ward is  Siwah,  a  deep  hollow  valley  watered  by  numerous  springs,  and  fertile  in 
dates,  the  staple  product  and  food  of  this  region.  The  people,  estimated  at  1500 
to  2000,  form  a  turbulent  aristocracy,  but  derive  some  wealth  from  the  continual 
passage  of  the  caravans.  Yet  the  chief  interest  which  attaches  to  Siwah,  arises 
from  its  being  supposed  to  contain  the  celebrated  shrine  of  Jupiter  Ammon. 

Gadamis,  an  oasis  to  the  west  of  Fezzan,  derives  importance  from  the  passage 
of  the  caravans  from  Tripoli  and  Tunis  to  Timbuctoo,  though  these  are  not  so 
considerable  as  those  from  Fezzan  and  Morocco.  It  has  the  singularity  of  being 
divided  between  two  hostile  tribes,  each  enclosed  by  a  separate  wall,  with  a  com- 
mon gate,  which  is  shut  when  they  are  engaged  in  mutual  warfare. 

Tafilet,  Draha,  and  Sejinmessa,  to  the  south  of  the  Atlas,  and  loosely  appended 
to  the  empire  of  Morocco,  enjoyed  a  great  celebrity  during  the  middle  ages,  but 
have  been  little  heard  of  in  modern  times.  The  caravans  to  Timbuctoo,  which 
once  rendezvoused  in  this  territory,  now  generally  prefer  the  more  westerly  route 
through  Suse,  by  which  they  avoid  the  steep  passage  of  the  Atlas.  These  coun- 
tries, however,  are  understood  to  contain  many  fertile  tracts,  abcunding  in  excel- 
lent dates,  and  producing  a  valuable  breed  of  goats.  Aklia  bnd  Tatta  are  the 
principal  stations  from  which  the  caravans  take  their  depaiture. 

The  most  interior  part  of  the  desert,  between  Fezzan  and  Central  Africa,  is 
chiefly  occupied  by  two  native  tribes,  the  Tibboos  and  the  Tuaricks.  The  former 
are  found  on  the  caravan  route  to  Bornou ;  the  latter,  more  westerly,  on  that  of 
Kano  and  Kashna. 

The  Tibboos  are  nearly  as  black  as  the  negroes,  but  with  a  different  physiog- 
nomy :  their  hair  is  longer  and  less  curled,  their  stature  low,  their  features  small, 
and  their  eye  quick.  'Hiey  subsist  on  the  milk  of  their  camels  and  the  produce 
of  a  few  verdant  spots  scattered  amid  the  desert;  this  they  seek  to  aid  by  a  little 
trade  with  Fezzan,  and  not  unfrequentiy  by  the  plunder  of  the  caravans.  They 
are  themselves,  however,  exposed  to  a  njightier  race  of  spoilers,  the  Tuaricks, 
who,  at  least  once  a  year,  make  an  inroad  into  their  territory,  sweeping  away 
every  thing,  and  sparing  neither  age  nor  sex.  Bilmah,  the  Tibboo  capital,  is  a 
inean  town,  built  of  earth,  and  the  other  villages,  of  course,  inferior.  To  the 
south  of  this  town  is  a  desert  of  thirteen  days'  journey,  perhaps  the  most  dreary 
on  earth.  There  is  neither  a  drop  of  water  nor  a  vestige  of  animal  or  vegetable 
life. 

87* 


ii; 


'ii 


•'fc.» 


I'-'-'l  ':j 


■  •  't 


5  ^  '' 


lij  €»'■■';•'••'■ 


438 


WESTERN  AFRICA. 


The  Tuaricks,  who  spread  terror  through  the  half  of  Africa,  were  consic'eri'd 
by  Captain  Lyon,  as  to  external  appearance,  tlie  finest  race  he  ever  saw ;  tail, 
erect,  and  handsome,  with  an  imposini^  air  of  pride  and  independence.  Their  ^Wm 
is  not  dark,  unless  where  deeply  embrowned  by  ex|X)sure  to  the  sun.  They  hold 
in  contempt  all  who  live  in  houses  and  cultivate  the  ground,  deriving;  their  sub- 
sistence solely  from  pasturaf^e,  commerce,  and  plunder,  with  a  considerable  pre- 
ference of  the  latter  pursuit.  The  chief  Tuarick  tribes  are  the  Ghraat,  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Gadamie;  the  Tagama,  who  border  on  Houssa;  and  the  Kolluvi, 
who  occupy  most  of  the  intermediate  territory.  They  possess,  in  particular,  the 
kingdom  of  Agdass,  whose  capital,  of  the  same  name,  has  been  long  celebrated  as 
a  commercial  emporium,  and  said  even  to  equal  Tripoli ;  but  our  information 
respecting  it  is  very  scanty. 

In  the  webtern  region  of  the  desert,  the  tribes  occupying  its  scattered  habitable 
portions  appear  to  be  all  Moors  or  Arabs  migrated  from  Morocco,  and  who  havt> 
brought  with  them  their  usual  pastoral,  wandering,  warlike,  and  predatory  habits. 
These  last  they  exercise  with  a  relentless  cruelty  elsewhere  unusual.  A  splendid 
booty  is  frequently  opened  to  them  by  the  vessels  which  suffer  shipwreck  on  the 
dreary  and  dangerous  shores  of  the  Sahara,  and  which  are  always  plundered  with 
the  most  furious  avidity :  the  only  hope  of  the  wretched  captives  is  to  be  able  to 
tempt  their  masters,  by  the  promise  of  a  high  ransom,  to  be  paid  at  Mogadore. 
Yet  these  dreary  regions  are  animated  by  the  constant  passage  of  the  great  cara- 
vans between  Morocco  and  Timbuctoo.  In  the  most  western  quarter,  also,  at 
Hoden,  Tisheet  or  Tegazza,  and  Taudeny,  are  extensive  mines  of  rock  salt,  an 
article  wh'ch  is  wanting  and  in  extensive  demand  over  all  the  populous  regions 
of  Centrui  'ifirica.  The  passage  of  these  caravans,  and  the  formation  of  depdts 
of  salt,  have  given  to  Walet  an  importance  said  nearly  to  equal  that  of  Timbuctoo. 
Aroan,  also  in  the  very  heart  of  the  desert,  derives  from  these  two  trades  a  popu- 
lation of  about  3000  souls.  Of  these  rude  wandering  tribes,  it  may  be  enough  to 
name  the  Monselmines,  Mongearts,  Woled  Deleym,  Lodajas,  Woled  Abousseba, 
Braknaks,  Trasarts.  But  the  chief  state  occupied  by  the  Moors  is  Ludamar,  on 
the  frontier  of  Bambarra,  which  almost  claims  the  title  of  kingdom.  The  bigotry 
and  ferocity  of  the  race  were  strongly  marked  by  the  treatment  which  Park  met 
with  during  his  captivity.  Benowm,  their  capital,  is  merely  a  large  Arab  encamp- 
ment of  dirty,  tent-shaped  huts.  In  the  heart  of  the  desert,  between  Gadamis  and 
Timbuctoo,  is  the  district  of  Tuat,  inhabited  by  a  mixture  of  Arabs  and  Tuaricks, 
in  no  respect  better  than  the  rest  of  the  desert  tribes.  Major  Laing  sustained 
among  them  a  signal  disaster.  Akkably  and  Ain-el-Saleh,  their  chief  towns,  are 
frequented  as  caravan  stations. 


WESTERN  AFRICA. 


Westbrr  Africa  seems  the  only  general  n&  iie  under  which  it  is  possible  to 
comprise  that  wide  range  of  coast,  excluding  the  Great  Desert,  which  extends 
along  the  Atlantic  from  the  Senegal  to  the  river  of  Benguela.  The  greater  part 
is  known  to  Europe  under  the  appellation  of  Guinea,  which,  however,  is  confined 
to  the  shores  of  the  vast  gulf  so  called,  commencing  at  Cape  Mesurado.  It  even 
applies  most  strictly  to  the  northern  shores  of  that  gulf,  terminating  with  the  rivers 
of  Benin ;  for  the  term  Lower  Guinea,  applied  to  Loango,  Congo,  and  the  neigh- 
bouring territories,  is  in  much  less  frequent  use.  The  territories  on  and  between 
the  Senegal  and  Gambia,  are  by  the  French  called  Senegambia ;  but  these  names 
are  all  European,  and  unknown  to  the  natives.  The  whole  region  is  split  into  a 
multitude  of  states,  mostly  small,  and  without  any  political  connexion.  There  is 
a  general  resemblance  of  climate,  nature,  aspect,  and  character,  which  justifies 
us  in  classing  them  under  one  head. 

The  limits  of  Senegambia,  though  in  general  variously  defined,  may  be  consi- 
dered as  extending  along  the  coast  from  the  southern  edge  of  the  desert  to  the 
colony  of  Sierra  Leone,  and  from  the  Atlantic  Ocean  into  the  interior,  embracing 
the  regions  watered  by  the  various  tributaries  of  the  Senegal  and  Gambia  rivers; 


mm 


WESTERN  AFRICA. 


439 


extending  in  \eagth  about  800,  and  in  breadth  where  widest,  about  700  milos. 
The  country  on  the  coast  is  much  of  it  flat  and  marshy,  and  very  unhealthy  fur 
Europeans,  notwithstanding  which,  the  English,  French,  and  Portuguese,  have 
some  small  settlements ;  in  tlie  interior  are  many  mountainous  districts,  mostly 
about  the  sources  of  the  great  rivers.  Scnegambia  is  generally  well  watered  by 
the  Senegal  and  its  numnro'is  branches,  and  also  bv  the  Gambia  and  Rio  Grande. 
The  climate  and  vegetable  productions  are  such  as  belong  to  the  equatorial 
regions. 

This  region  is  inhabited  by  different  tribes,  of  whom  our  accounts  are  very  im- 
perfect :  they  are  all  negroes,  but  marked  with  various  distinctions  of  person,  cha- 
racter, and  manners;  they  live  mostly  under  petty  sovereigns,  whose  government 
has  no  great  stability ;  in  general,  they  are  an  easy,  good-natured  race,  yet  igno- 
rant, barbarous,  and  degraded.  Among  these  various  nations,  the  Fouluhs,  JaloHin, 
and  Mandingoes,  are  the  most  numerous ;  other  less  prominent  races  are  the  Fe- 
loops,  Naloes,  Pagoes,  Susoos,  Timmanies,  &c. 

The  Foulahs  are  widely  diffused  over  Western  Africa,  and  are  the  most  prominent 
race :  in  several  interior  kingdoms  they  are  distinguished  from  the  other  Negroes 
by  thoir  superior  forms  and  features,  and  are  of  a  complexion  inclining  to  olive  ; 
their  habits  are  pastoral,  and  their  character  for  honesty,  industry,  and  sobriety,  is 
superior  to  that  of  any  other  race  in  this  quarter  of  the  globe ;  they  are  supposed 
to  be  the  same  people  as  the  Fellatahs  of  Soudan.  The  Foulahs  are  Mahometans, 
but  are  not  very  strict  observers  of  the  injunctions  of  their  faith.  The  states  in- 
habited by  the  Foulahs  are  Fooladoo,  their  original  country  far  in  the  interior, 
Foota  Jallon,  on  the  head  waters  of  the  Senegal  and  Gambia  Rivers,  Bondou  and 
Foota  Toro,  on  the  lower  part  of  the  Senegal  *  tiie  latter  is  one  of  the  most  im- 
portant kingdoms  in  this  quarter  of  Africa ;  it  is  well  watered  and  fertile,  and 
contains  a  dense  population.  Wassela  on  the  kead  waters  of  the  Niger,  and  Mas- 
sina  eastward  of  Bambarra,  known  only  by  name,  are  also  inhabited  by  them. 

The  Jaloffs  inhabit  the  territory  situated  between  the  Senegal  and  Gambia  Riv- 
ers, and  extending  firom  the  sea-coast  to  a  considerable  distance  in  the  interior ; 
though  of  a  deep  black  complexion,  and  with  decided  Negro  features,  they  are 
the  handsomest  race  in  Western  Africa.  They  boast  of  their  antiquity,  and  m 
many  respects  excel  the  neighbouring  races ;  their  language  is  softer  and  more 
agreeable ;  they  manu'^icture  finer  cotton-cloth,  and  give  it  a  superior  dye ;  they 
rival  the  Moors  in  horsemanship,  and  are  fearless  and  expert  hunters.  They 
occupy  several  small  states,  of  which  the  governments  are  despotic:  of  these  the 
chief  are  Barra  and  Boor  Salum  on  the  Gambia,  Brak  on  the  Senegal,  and  Darnel 
and  Cayor  on  the  sea-coast.  The  Mandingoes  are  the  most  numerous  people  of 
this  region.  Their  employments  are  chiefly  a  slight  agriculture,  fishing  with  nets 
and  baskets,  and  above  all,  traffic,  in  which  their  enterprise  exceeds  that  of  all 
the  other  negro  races.  They  conduct  large  kafilas  to  a  considerable  distance  in 
the  interior,  and  their  language  is  well  understood  in  all  the  commercial  districts. 
They  are  cheerful,  inquisitive,  and  inveterate  dancers.  Their  taste  is  rather  more 
refined  than  is  usual  among  the  Africans,  particularly  in  poetry ;  the  extemporary 
composition  and  recitation  of  which  forms  one  of  their  favourite  amusements. 
They  are  partly  Mahometans  and  partly  pagans.  Their  original  country  is 
Manding,  of  which  the  government  is  a  species  of  republicanism.  They  are 
found  extending  all  over  Uiese  countries,  from  the  River  Senegal  to  Sierra  Leone. 
The  Feloops  to  th^  south  of  the  (rambia  are  a  wild  unsocial  race.  Their  country 
is  fertile,  abounding  in  rice,  poultry,  and  honey,  from  which  last,  they  prepare  a 
species  of  mead.  On  the  Rio  Grande  are  the  Naloes,  farther  south  of  these  the 
Pagoes  and  Susoos,  and  adjoining  the  Colony  of  Sierra  Leone,  the  Timmanees, 
a  depraved  race,  who  were  the  chief  agents  in  the  slave-trade.  Their  agriculture 
is  peculiarly  rude,  and  the  cloths  of  their  manufacture  very  coarse.  They  abuse 
the  English  as  having  deprived  them  of  almost  their  only  source  of  wealth,  which 
consisted  in  the  sale  of  slaves.  The  native  states  in  Senegambia  are  with  few 
exceptions  small  and  unimportant,  an'd  under  the  control  of  chief»,  who,  as  in 
almost  all  the  African  states,  rule  with  despotic  sway.  The  principal  kingdoms 
are  Foota  Toro,  Darnel,  Barra,  Boor  Salum,  Foota  Jallon,  and  Soolimana.     Sata- 


kr- 


I 


ir.  ■ 


-  f 


ij.^    !  I; 


mm: 


1 


i\ 


1  'I    'J 


iM  '4 


a^ 


.N^ 


•1 


* 


-l!; 


IV)    f.  .'•      ■'.Hi 


ft/* 


440 


WESTERN  AFRICA. 


doo,  Konkodoo,  Dindikoo,  Brooko,  Fooladoo,  and  Kajaam,  are  little  statca,  extend- 
ing along  the  upper  course  of  the  Faleme,  Ba  Fing,  Ba  I^ee,  and  other  streams 
which  combine  in  forming  the  Senegal.  They  are  elevated,  rocky,  and  woody, 
with  very  picturesque  sites,  and  gold  in  considerable  quantities  is  found  in  thr; 
sand  of  their  rivers.  Lower  down,  on  both  sides  of  the  Senegal,  is  the  kingdom 
of  Foota  Toro,  a  considerable  state,  of  which  the  interior  has  not  been  explored 
by  Europeans.  The  king  is  a  zealous  Mahometan ;  and  under  the  pretext  of 
making  converts,  has  endeavoured  to  subdue  the  almost  pagan  Damel  or  Burb  of 
the  Jaloifs ;  the  latter,  however,  by  the  strength  of  his  country,  and  a  prudent 
system  of  warfare,  has  been  able  to  baffle  his  attempts.  On  the  Middle  Senegal, 
the  most  important  personage  is  the  Siratic,  who  holds  his  court  at  Ghiorel,  con- 
siderably to  the  north  of  the  river.  Nearer  the  sea  is  the  kingdom  of  Hoval, 
governed  by  a  petty  prince,  called  the  Great  Brak,  which,  in  the  language  of  the 
country,  signifies  King  of  Kings.  Along  the  coast,  between  the  Senegal  and  the 
Gambia,  is  the  kingdom  of  Damel,  or  Cayor,  150  miles  in  length,  and  said  to  con- 
tain 180,000  inhabitants. 

The  Gambia  is  bordered  on  its  north  side  by  several  flourishing  little  kingdoms. 
That  immediately  on  the  sea  is  Barra,  said  to  contain  200,000  inhabitants.  The 
capital  is  Birra  Inding ;  but  the  chief  place  of  trade  is  Jillifrey,  where  the  king 
has  a  custom-house  to  levy  the  duties  on  vessels  passing  up  and  down.  Boor  8a- 
lum  is  a  ^till  more  extensive  kingdom,  situated  on  a  small  river  that  falls  into  the 
Gambia,  and  containing,  it  is  said,  300,000  inhabitants.  Above  it  occur  succes- 
sively the  two  smaller  kingdoms  of  Yani  and  Woolli ;  in  the  latter  is  Pisania,  a 
British  factory,  from  whence  Mr.  Park  commenced  both  of  his  journeys  into  the 
interior.  Along  the  heads  of  the  Senegal,  Gambia,  and  the  Rio  Grande  lies  the 
important  kingdom  of  Foota  Jallon,  said  to  extend  about  350  miles  in  length,  atid 
200  in  breadth.  It  appears  to  be  the  most  improved  of  all  the  states  in  this  part 
of  Africa.  The  inhabitants  are  Foulahs.  They  manufacture  cloths  of  considera- 
ble fineness ;  they  work  in  iron,  dug  from  extensive  mines  in  the  country ;  also  in 
silver,  wood,  and  leather;  and  they  conduct  lai^e  caravans  into  the  interior, 
as  far  even  as  Timbuctoo  and  Kashna.  Here,  where  they  are  the  ruling 
people,  they  by  no  means  display  that  pacific  character  which  distinguishes  the 
tribes  on  the  Gambia  and  Senegal.  They  can  bring  into  the  field  16,000  men,  and 
the  king  is  engaged  in  almost  continual  war,  for  the  base  purpose  of  procuring 
slaves  &r  the  European  market  Timbo,  or  Teembo,  the  capital,  is  said  to  con- 
tain 7000  souls,  and  Laby,  5000. 

To  the  south  of  Foota  Jallon  is  Soolimano,  also  warlike  and  considerable.  It 
borders  on  the  Niger  in  the  highest  part  of  its  course,  though  the  sources  of  that 
river  are  placed  in  the  hostile  territory  of  the  Kissi.  The  king  is  at  present  Ma- 
hometan, but  the  bulk  of  the  nation  pagan.  They  are  a  gay,  thoughtless,  stirring 
race.  The  two  sexes  seem  to  have  reversed  their  occupations ;  the  women  till 
the  ground,  build  the  houses,  act  as  barbers  and  surgeons;  while  the  men  tend  the 
dairy,  sew,  and  even  wash  the  clothes. 

On  the  eastern  side  of  the  Niger  is  the  country  of  Sangara,  still  more  extensive 
and  more  warlike.  South  of  ^mlimana  is  the  Koorankc  country,  inhabited  by 
Mandingoes,  who  are  as  usual  gay,  thoughtless,  hospitable,  and  enterprising. 

Among  the  European  settlements  on  this  coast,  that  of  Senegal,  belonging  to 
France,  is  the  most  important.  Fort  St.  Louis,  the  chief  settlement,  is  situated 
on  an  island  in  the  river  Senegal.  The  French  lost  this  place  during  the  revolu- 
tionary war,  but  had  it  restored  to  them  in  1814.  The  population  is  supposed  to 
he  about  6000.  The  original  hope  of  the  greatness  of  this  colony,  was  founded 
on  the  supposed  identity  of  the  Senegal  with  the  Niger,  and  on  a  prospect  of  a 
communication  by  it  with  the  inmost  regions  of  Africa.  All  the  efforts  founded 
upon  this  erroneous  theory  proved,  of  course,  abortive ;  and  the  commercial  advan- 
tages of  the-  colony  have  been  confined  to  the  gum  trade  and  the  gold  trade  of 
Dambouk. 

The  gum,  which,  from  this  river  and  settlement,  is  called  gum  Senegal,  is  the 
produce  of  some  scattered  oases,  or  verdant  spots,  that  occur  in  the  desert  north 
of  the  Senegal  river;  it  is  collected  mostly  in  the  month  of  December,  by  the 


ittencl- 1 
TPnmB 
votxly,  I 
in  thfr  || 
n^dom 
iplorcd 
ext  of 
lurb  of  [ 
wudent 
enegal,  I 
jI,  con- 

Hoval,  I 

of  the  I 
and  the 
i  to  con- 

ngdoms. 
B.     The] 
;he  kingj 
Boor  Sa- 
into  the 
r  Bucces- 
isania,  aj 
into  the 

lies  the  I 
(igth,  atid 
this  part  I 
sonsidera- 
j ;  also  in 
}  interior, 
tie  ruling 
lishes  the 

men,  and 
procuring 
id  to  con- 

rable.  It 
es  of  that 
esent  Ma- 
js,  stirring 
romen  till 
n  tend  the 

extensive 
labited  by 
sing, 
onging  to 
8  situated 

^he  revolu- 
jpposed  to 
founded 
spect  of  a 

—is  founded 
jial  advan- 
d  trade  of 


SIEKRA  LKONK. 


441 


Moorish  tribes,  in  the  vicinity  of  whom,  the  Trasarts  are  the  most  considerable 
bv  them  the  gum  is  bartered  to  tlie  FVench,  mostly  fur  blue  East  India  cotton 
cloths,  called  pieces  of  Guinea.  The  amount  of  gum  exported  is  about  250,000 
pounds. 

The  kingdom  of  Bambouk,  on  the  upper  Senega),  is  the  next  object  of  com- 
mercial importance  tn  the  French.  It  is  almost  a  country  of  mountains,  whence 
flow  numerous  streams,  nearly  ail  of  which  roll  over  goLcn  sands;  it  is  extremely 
unhealthy  for  whites.  The  trade  is  mostly  carried  on  by  the  Serra woollies,  a 
petty  tribe,  very  industrious,  and  devoted  to  trade.  At  Goree,  a  small  island  near 
Cape  Verde,  the  French  have  established  the  capital  of  all  their  African  dominions ; 
it  is  an  almost  perpendicular  rock  which  is  well  fortified.  The  town  contains 
:)000  inhabitants,  and  is  a  busy,  bustling  place,  being  the  entrep6t  for  all  the  oppo- 
site coast,  and  the  point  at  which  French  ships  bound  for  India,  stop  for  re- 
freshments. 

The  Albreda,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Gambia,  is  a  small  French  factory.  European 
settlements  on  the  Gambia  arc  entirely  English.  Bathurst,  on  St.  Mary's  island, 
at  the  mouth  of  the  river,  containing  a  population  of  about  2000,  is  the  principal 
place.  Fort  James  near  the  mouth  of,  and  Pisania  a  considerable  distance  up  the 
river,  are  small  trading  posts;  at  Bathurst  the  Wesleyan  Missionary  Society  have 
established  a  church  and  several  schools,  which  are  in  a  prosperous  state.  There 
is  a  Mission  also  at  McCarthy's  Island,  about  160  miles  above  Bathurst.  South 
of  the  Gambia,  on  the  San  Domingo  river  and  other  streams,  the  Portuguese  have 
a  few  small  posts  of  little  or  no  importance;  they  are  Cacheo,  Bissao,  Zinghicor, 
Farim,  and  Geba.  In  this  neighborhood  is  the  Rio  Grande,  originally,  as  its  name 
implies,  supposed  to  be  important,  but  since  discovered  to  be  but  a  small  stream. 
Opposite  to  its  mouth  is  the  Archipelago  of  the  Bissagos.  On  one  of  these,  Bu- 
lama,  the  English  attempted,  in  1708,  to  establish  a  colony,  but  the  unhealthiness 
of  the  climate,  and  the  hostility  of  the  natives,  obliged  them  to  abandon  it. 


SIERRA    LEONE. 


The  British  colony  of  Sierra  Leone,  founded  with  a  view  of  introducing  and 
extending  civilization  and  Christianity  in  Africa,  is  the  next  most  important  object 
on  this  coast  It  was  founded  in  1767  by  a  company  associated  for  that  purpose,  and 
who  have  since  surrendered  their  charter  to  government.  The  bulk  of  the  inha- 
bitants are  liberated  slaves,  taken  by  the  British  cruisers  from  the  variouG  slave- 
ships,  captured  by  them  since  the  slave  trade  was  declared  illegal.  With  a  view 
to  initiate  these  people  into  the  habits  of  civilized  life,  the  church  missionary 
society  have  introduced  teachers  and  schools  and  upwards  of  2000  children  are 
now  instructed  on  the  national  system. 

The  population  of  Freetown,  the  capital  of  the  colony  and  its  suburbs,  has  risen 
to  near  10,000 ;  and  eight  or  ten  little  towns  or  villages  have  been  established  in 
its  vicinity :  of  these,  Regentstown,  Gloucester,  Wellington,  &c.  ure  the  principal. 
The  inhabitants  of  the  Colony  amounted  to  31,460 ;  of  these,  64  only  are  white. 
It  appears  certain  that  Sierra  Leone  has  not  realized  the  expectations  of  its  found- 
ers; it  has  not  as  yet  made  any  impression  upon  Africa,  and  the  e  is  no  radius  of 
civilization  proceeding  from  it 

It  labours  under  two  great  disadvantages ;  the  extreme  unhealthiness  of  the 
climate,  which  both  keeps  down  its  population,  and  renders  it  difficult  to  procure 
well  qualified  persons  to  go  out,  and  also,  its  unfavourable  position ;  in  contact 
only  with  a  few  turbulent  tribes,  not  with  any  of  the  great  and  leading  states  of 
the  continent  These  disadvantages,  joined  to  the  death  of  four  successive 
governors,  led  government  to  hesitate  as  to  the  expediency  of  supporting  this 
colony,  after  £3,000,000  had  been  expended  in  its  formation.  To  withdraw  it, 
however,  would  be  attended  with  many  evils,  so  that  an  attempt  has  been  made 
to  maintain  it  on  a  more  limited  scale.  The  European  troops  have  been  removed, 
and  their  place  supplied  by  negroes,  and  the  annual  expenditure  has  been  reduced 
to  about  £40,000,  of  which  £17,000  is  for  liberated  Africans. 


A-A 


;r 


1^-^' 


'■\ 


■   •  '  '; 

M. 

.    i- 

• 

i    ■' 

1.          ( 

m 

,      '     tj'-'l 

• "  "i  'J 

Hg 

ii 


.J: 


m.  .'Ki 


mm 
..-'♦'ft 


■■i 


44a 


GUINEA. 


The  space  from  Sierra  Leone  to  the  commencement  of  the  Grain  Coast  of 
Guinea,  an  extent  of  about  two  hundred  miles,  is  chiefly  marked  by  the  entrance 
into  the  sea  of  the  considerable  rivers  of  Sherbro  and  Mesurado,  or  St.  Paul's. 
The  states  here  are  generally  very  small,  and  entirely  negro  in  religion  and 
manners,  none  of  the  Mahometan  institutions  having  penetrated  so  far.  The 
chiefs  are  in  general  absolute,  and  their  obsequies  are  celebrated  with  human 
sacrifices,  though  not  to  the  same  frightful  extent  tig  in  some  of  the  countries  to 
the  east. 


GUINEA. 

Guinea,  extending  southward  from  Senegambia,  is  the  greatest  division  of 
Western  Africa.  It  commences  at  the  river  Mesurado,  or,  more  properly,  the  St. 
Paul's,  and  extends  along  the  coast  to  Benin,  which  it  includes,  and  into  the 
interior  from  the  sea  to  the  mountains;  separating  the  waters  of  the  Niger  from 
the  rivers  of  the  seaboard.  These  are  commonly  known  as  the  Mountains  of 
Kong :  their  exact  location  and  range  are  not  yet,  however,  positively  ascertain- 
ed, but  are  considered  as  the  western  prolongation  of  the  Mountains  of  the  Moon. 
Guinea  is  in  length  about  1500  and  in  breadth  from  350  to  400  miles :  the  coasts 
are  usually  divided  by  mariners  into  the  Grain,  Ivory,  Gold,  and  Slave  Coasts, — 
according  to  the  various  objects  of  trade  at  the  respective  places.  The  political 
divisions  are — Liberia,  Ashantee,  Dahomey,  Benin,  and  Warree.  The  interior 
of  this  region  is  almost  entirely  unknown,  with  the  exception  of  Ashantee  and 
Dahomey,  of  which  some  knowledge  has  been  obtained  from  the  different  agents 
of  the  British  Government,  sent  thither  for  diplomatic  purposes.  Thn  principal 
rivers  are  the  St  Paul's,  Cesters,  St.  Andrew's,  Lahou,  Assinee,  Budsumpra  or 
St.  John's,  Volta,  and  the  Niger,  with  its  various  estuaries. 

The  American  Colony  of  Liberia  was  founded  by  the  American  Colonization 
Society  in  1821,  for  the  purpose  of  &cilitating  the  gradual  emancipation  of  slaves 
in  the  United  States.  "The  spot  selected  for  the  first  settlement  was  a  little  ele- 
vated peninsula,  lying  between  the  mouth  of  the  river  Mesurado  or  Montserado 
and  the  sea,  and  terminating  in  a  cape  of  the  same  name  After  suflTering  much 
from  the  hostility  of  the  natives,  with  whom  it  had  to  sustain  several  severe  con- 
flicts, this  little  colony  has  at  length  obtained  tranquillity,  and  is  in  an  exceeding- 
ly prosperous  condition.  The  territory  over  which  its  jurisdiction  now  extends, 
lies  between  Cape  Mount  and  Cape  Palmas,  or  between  4°  and  7°  N.  lat,  occupy- 
ing about  225  miles  of  coast,  with  a  breadth  of  from  twenty  to  thirty  miles  in- 
land. The  climate  is  found  to  be  healthful,  although  emigrants  are  liable  to  be 
attacked  bv  the  counby  fever  ou  their  firet  arrival.  l\s  fertile  soil  yields  rice, 
cotton,  co^e,  sugar,  indigo,  banana,  cassada,  yams,  &c.  Camwood  is  abundant, 
and  the  timber  is  durable  and  well  adapted  for  building.  The  natives  are  the 
Deys,  an  indolent  and  inoffensive  people,  occupying  the  coast  on  both  sides  of  the 
Mesurado,  to  the  number  of  about  7000  or  8000 ;  the  Bassas,  also  a  peaceful,  but 
more  industrious  and  numerous  people  &rther  south,  and  the  Queaha  and  Condoes 
in  the  interior.  There  are  also  scattered  settlements  of  Kroomen,  whose  native 
country  is  near  Cape  Palmas,  and  who  are  a  laborious  and  hardy  race,  acting  as 
pilots,  porters,  and  oarsmen  for  the  trading  vessels  on  the  coast;  they  commonly 
speak  English.  The  settlement  on  Cape  Mesurado,  which  received  the  name  of 
Monrovia,  is  now  a  town  of  about  2000  inhabitants ;  and  Caldwell  and  Millsburg, 
higher  up  the  river,  have  each  nearly  half  that  number.  Edina,  about  sixty  miles 
from  Monrovia,  on  the  south-west  side  of  the  St  John's  River ;  Bassa  Cove,  which, 
though  lately  desolated  by  the  natives,  has  been  reoccupied ;  and  Harper,  a  neat 
little  village  at  Cape  Palmas,  are  the  other  principal  settlements.  The  colonists 
consist  of  free  blacks,  of  emancipated  slaves,  and  of  recaptured  Africans.  The 
whole  number  is  about  5000.  The  general  direction  of  affairs  is  in  the  hands  of 
the  Society's  agent  but  the  local  interests  of  the  colony  are  confided  to  the  care 
of  colonial  councils  and  magistrates.     Already  neat  frame  or  stone  buildings  have 


m 


sast  of 
ntrance  ] 

Paul's, 
ion  and  I 
r.    The 

human  I 
itries  to 


vision  of  | 
ly,  the  St. 
I  into  the 
ijrer  from 
intains  of  I 
ascertain- 1 
the  Moon, 
the  coasts  I 
J  Coasts, — 
le  political 
he  interior 
hantee  and 
rent  agents 
'A  principal 
(dsumpra  or 

Jolonizationl 
on  of  slaves  I 
a  little  cle- 1 
Montserado 
bring  muchj 
severe  con- 
.  exceeding- 
ow  extends, 
lat.occupy- 
|ty  miles  in- 1 
I  liable  to  be  I 
yields  rice, 
is  abundant, 
lives  are  thel 
sides  of  the  I 
jeaceful,  but| 
find  Condoes 
ihose  native 
[ce,  acting  as 
ly  commonly 
the  name  of 
idMillsburg, 
|it  sixty  miles 
[Cove,  which,! 
irper,  a  neat! 
""he  colonists! 
ricans.    The  j 
the  hands  of 
to  the  care  I 
lildingshavel 


GUINEA. 


443 


been  erected  for  houMS  and  warehouses,  schools  have  been  provided,  churches  | 
built,  and  a  press  been  set  up,  fVom  which  is  issued  a  respectably  conducted  news- 
paper. The  native  traders  of  the  interior  have  vi8ite<l  the  colony,  and  an  active 
commerce  is  carried  on  partly  in  colonial  shipping,  and  partly  by  American  and 
European  vessels.  Palm  oil,  ivory,  dye  wood,  hides,  wax,  and  pepper,  are  among 
the  articles  of  export,  in  addition  to  the  productions  before  enumerated. 

The  Grain  Coast,  occupied  mostly  by  Liberia,  derived  its  name  from  Guinea- 
pepper,  or  grains  of  Paradise,  a  spice  about  the  size  of  hemp-seed  which  was  re- 
garded by  Europeans,  when  they  first  landed  here,  as  a  delicious  luxury ;  but, 
after  the  aromatics  of  the  east  became  familiar,  it  fell  into  disrepute. 

The  Ivory,  including  the  Adoo  or  Quaqua  Coast,  extends  from  Cape  Palmas  to 
ApoUonia,  about  400  miles:  the  name  is  derived  from  the  quantities  of  ivory 
obtained  from  the  elephants  on  the  sea-shore  and  in  the  interior.  There  are  a 
number  of  small  ports  along  the  coast,  at  which  European  ships  occasionally  trade. 
The  natives  have  been  generally  represented  as  very  ferocious  and  rude,  and  have 
also  been  accused  of  cannibalism ;  but  late  observers  speak  of  them  in  milder 
terms.  I 

The  Gold  Coast,  to  the  east  of  the  Ivory  Coast,  extends  ft'om  Apollonia  to  the 
Volta  River,  about  280  miles.  This  region  derives  its  designation  from  the  high- 
ly prized  commodity  which  its  name  indicates.  The  English,  Dutch,  and  Danes, 
all  have  here  tradmg  settlements,  or  Forts.  The  chief  of  these,  belonging  to 
Great  Britain,  are  Cape  Coast  Castle,  a  strong  fortress,  mounting  00  pieces  of  l 
cannon ;  Dix  Cove,  Succondee,  Winebah,  Accarah,  and  others.    Those  of  the ! 

I  Dutch  are  El  Mina,  or  the  Castle  formerly  belonging  to  the  Portuguese,  from 
whom  it  was  captured  in  1637 ;  and  7  or  8  others.  These  are  the  most  respect- 
able settlements  on  the  coast    The  Danish  forts  are  Chriatianburg,  Ningo,  and 

JQuitta. 

ESastward  from  the  Volta  River,  and  extending  thence  880  miles  to  the  For- 
moso  River,  is  the  Slave  Coast,  so  named  because  slaves  were  formerly  procured 
here  in  greater  numbers  than  elsewhere,  and  of  a  more  docile  and  tractable  cha- 
racter than  any  other.  It  consisted  originally  of  the  kingdoms  of  Whidat  and 
Ardrah,  which  formed  the  most  populous  and  best  cultivated  parts  of  this  region. 
In  the  beginning  of  the  last  century,  they  were  conquered  by  Dahomey  and  in- 
corporated into  that  kingdom,  but  have  never  regained  their  former  state  of  pros- 
perity. 

In  the  interior  and  north  of  the  (Sold  Coast  is  the  kingdom  of  Aoii.  r.tee,  a  power 
that  has  within  a  short  period  quadrupled  its  possessions  and  population.  Its  name 
had  scarcely  reached  European  ears  when  its  armies  were  lately  seen  descending 
to  the  coast  and  subduing  all  before  them.  In  military  skill  and  valour,  in  arts 
and  intelligence,  they  are  decidedly  superior  to  any  other  inhabitants  in  Western 
Africa.  I^rge  armies  assemble  at  a  short  warning,  which  furnishes  evidence  of 
a  dense  population.  The  rude  magnificence  displayed  in  their  camp  when  visited 
by  the  English,  and  the  dignity  and  courtesy  of  deportment  both  of  the  king  and 
his  officers,  indicate  a  degree  of  civilization  much  superior  to  that  of  the  surround- 
ing nations.  There  are,  notwithstanding,  features  in  the  character  and  customs 
of  this  people,  surpassing  in  barbarity  almo!>t  any  other  except  in  the  ccntiguous 
kingdom  of  Dahomey.  On  the  death  of  the  king  or  any  of  the  royal  family,  hu- 
man victims  bleed  in  thousands ;  also  when  any  of  the  great  men  wish  to  propi-' 
tiate  the  manes  of  their  ancestors,  or  when  favourable  omens  are  sought  respecting 
any  great  projected  enterprise. 

The  legal  allowance  of  wives  for  the  king  is  upwards  of  three  thousand,  se- 
lected from  the  fairest  damsels  in  his  dominions.  These  unfortunate  beings  are 
no  better  than  slaves,  and  on  any  capricious  disgust  are  treated  with  the  greatest 
cruelty,  and  often  put  to  death.  Yet  this  birborous  monarch  is  not  without  a  de- 
sire to  civilize  his  subjects,  and  to  adopt  European  arts  and  improvements.    He 


if'  .i 

'  •! 

I ' ;  j  ■'  1 

c :, 


^•H,, 


'      1 


■     •  V 


111 


J 


MU 


m$v..^i 


GUINEA. 


hu  occupied  himwlf  in  erecting  a  palace  of  atone,  in  tlie  European  atyle,  under 
the  direction  of  an  artiat  from  El  Mina,  inatead  of  the  atructurea  of  earth  and 
straw  to  which  the  architecture  of  Africa  haa  hitherto  been  confined. 

The  only  inatrument  of  huabandry  amonif  the  Aahantcea  ia  the  hoe.  They  cul- 
tivate rice  and  the  auf^r-cane;  nne  cotton  ffrowH  spontaneoualy,  and  tropical 
fruita  are  abundant  Their  cattle  are  large  and  fine,  and  their  horaea  moatly  of  a 
Binall  breed.  They  are  but  indiflTerent  horaemen,  and  aometimea  ride  on  oxen. 
They  uae  a  loom  aimilar  to  the  European,  and  produce  fine  clutha  with  brilliant 
coloura.  They  alao  work  akilfully  in  metala  aiid  leather:  their  articlea  of  gold 
are  in  particular  very  neatly  made. 

Coomaaaie,  the  capital,  la  aaid  to  contain  *  population  of  80,000  or  100,000. 
The  houaea  are  well  built  and  neat.  The  atrpata  are  all  named,  and  are  each  un- 
der  the  charge  of  a  captain  or  chief.  The  }iopuiation  of  Aahantee  proper  ia  sup- 
poaed  to  be  about  1,000,000,  but  including  ita  tributary  atatea,  probably  four  timea 
that  amount 

Dahomey,  lying  euat  of  Aahantee,  and  north  of  the  Slave  Coaat,  extenda  into 
the  interior  upwarda  of  200  milea.  The  moat  arbitrary  forma  of  deapotiam  are 
mild  compared  with  those  of  this  country,  founded  in  an  idolatroua  veneration  for 
the  king.  Human  aacrificea  take  place  here  on  a  greater  acale  than  even  in 
Aahantee,  and  the  bodiea  of  the  victims,  inatead  of  being  interred,  are  hung  up 
on  the  walla  and  allowed  to  putrify.  Human  skuUa  make  the  favourite  ornament 
of  the  palacea  and  temples,  and  the  king  haa  his  sleeping  apartment  paved  with 
them,  and  the  roof  ornamented  with  the  jaw-bones  of  chiefs  whom  he  has  slain  in 
battle. 

Dahomey  consists  of  an  extensive  and  fertile  plain,  capable  of  every  apeciea  of 
tropical  culture.  Little  is,  however,  actually  produced  from  it  that  ia  fitted  for  a 
foreign  market  Abomey,  the  capital,  contains  about  24,000  inhabitants.  Ardra, 
25  miles  from  the  coast,  10,000.  Griwhee,  the  port  of  Abomey,  about  7000,  and 
Badagry  about  5000. 

Eaatward  of  Dahomey  is  the  country  of  Benin,  which  extends  from  east  to  west 
upwards  of  two  hundred  miles.  This  region  is  but  little  known.  The  country  is 
low  and  flat;  the  soil  on  the  banks  of  the  rivers  fertile;  but  for  Europeans  the 
climate  is  very  unhealthy.  The  natives  are  active  traders  in  alaves,  ivory,  and 
palm-oil.  Large  quantities  of  salt  are  made  along  the  rivers,  mostly  for  the  inte- 
rior trade.  The  king  is  not  only  absolute,  but  he  is  considered  fetiche,  or  a  God, 
in  the  eyes  of  his  subjects,  and  all  offences  against  him  are  puniahed  in  the  most 
cruel  and  summary  manner,  not  only  aa  treason,  but  as  impiety. 

Waree,  south  of  the  Formosa  river,  is  a  much  smaller  state  than  Benin.  The 
country  is  low,  marshy,  and  covered  with  a  thick  forest.  The  capital,  of  the  same 
name,  is  on  a  beautiful  island  somewhat  elevated  above  the  surrounding  swamps 
and  woods.  Here,  too,  the  king  is  absolute,  and  carries  polygamy  to  a  great  ex- 
tent A  late  traveller,  who  happened  to  get  a  peep  into  the  seraglio,  saw  about 
fifty  queens  busied  in  various  employments,  from  the  toilette  to  the  washing-tub. 

The  whole  of  this  region,  from  the  River  Formosa  to  Biafira,  including  part  of 
Benin,  Waree,  Bonny,  ^.,  comprises  the  Delta  of  the  Niger,  and  is  traversed  by 
a  great  number  of  rivers.  Of  these,  the  Nun,  by  which  the  Messrs.  Landers  de- 
scended to  the  ocean,  if  not  the  largest,  is  at  least  the  most  direct  The  Bonny, 
another  large  estuary,  to  the  eastward  of  the  Nun,  has  on  its  banks,  a  few  miles 
from  the  sea,  the  towns  of  Bonny  and  New  Calebar.  They  are  situated  in  the 
midst  of  the  morasses  which  overspread  this  country.  The  people  support  them- 
selves by  the  trade  in  salt,  slaves,  and  palm-oil.  The  old  Calebar,  Rio  del  Rey, 
and  Cameroons,  are  important  estuaries.  On  the  first,  about  60  miles  from  the 
sea,  is  Ephraim  Town,  with  6000  inhabitants,  governed  by  a  duke.  These  rivers 
are  all  very  unhealthy,  but  yield  a  good  deal  of  ivory  and  palm-oil.  The  con- 
tinuity of  that  vast  wotxled  and  marshy  flat  which  has  extended  along  the  coast 
for  more  than  200  miles,  is  now  broken  by  some  very  lofly  mountains,  the  prin- 
cipal of  which  is  supposed  to  reach  the  height  of  13,000  feet 


BIAFRA,  ice 


445 


BIAFRA,  &c. 

That  part  of  the  weatem  coast  of  Africa,  commoncinff  with  BiafVa,  is  iomo- 
timea  called  Lower  Guinea,  a  term  which  is,  however,  by  no  means  irenerally 
a«lopted ;  here,  as  in  the  rcjfion  just  describoil,  the  interior  is  but  imperfectly 
known  to  the  civilized  world :  the  heat  of  the  climate  is  extreme ;  the  manners 
and  customa  of  the  people  are  rude  and  barbarous,  and  the  forms  of  povernment 
are  all  chartctoriatic  of  a  low  and  unimproved  otatc  of  society.  South  of  the 
ffrcat  river  Niger,  and  extending  towanls  Congo,  ore  the  Calebar,  Cameroons, 
Malemba,  Campo,  Danger,  Moondah,  and  Gaboon,  rivers;  these  water  the  coun- 
tries of  Biafra,  Calbongas,  and  Gaboon ;  they  are  all  of  them  but  little  known,  and 
but  occasionalhr  frequented;  the  country,  with  a  few  exceptions,  being  very 
unhealthy  for  Europeans,  but  yields  some  ivory  and  palm  oil,  which  form  almost 
the  only  inducement  for  visiting  it. 

LoANOo. — Loango,  situated  immediately^  north  of  the  Zaire,  or  Congo  River, 
extends  alon^  the  coast  about  400  miles :  its  interior  limits  and  character  ire  but 
vaguely  and  imperfectly  known.  The  climate  is  describal  as  fine,  rain  of  rare 
occurrence,  and  never  violent,  but  dews  abundant  The  soil  in  the  vicinity  of 
the  sea-coast  is  fertile,  yielding  in  profusion  a  great  variety  of  tropical  productions. 
Loango  contains  several  districts,  as  Kilongn,  Mayumba,  &c.  The  slave  trade, 
for  which  alone  this  part  of  Africa  is  most  frequented,  is  chiefly  carried  on  at  Ma- 
lemba and  Cabenda,  on  the  south  part  of  this  region,  not  far  from  the  Zaire,  or 
Congo  River.  Malemba  is  so  pleasant  and  healthy  as  to  be  called  the  Montpelier 
of  Africa,  and  Cabenda,  near  the  mouth  of  the  river  of  the  same  name,  also  a 
beautiful  town,  is  known  by  the  appellation  of  the  paradise  of  the  coast.     It  is  a 

great  mart  for  slaves,  who  are  brought  from  the  opposite  territory  of  Sogno,  in 
ongo;  but  the  natives,  contrary  to  their  general  character,  in  this  region  are  rude 
and  difficult  to  treat  with. 

Congo,  Angola,  &c. — The  next  division  of  Western  Africa  consists  of  Congo, 
Angola,  Benguela,  and  Matemba :  the  coasts  of  the  three  first,  which,  and  also 
those  of  Loango,  are  named  by  navigators  the  coast  of  Angola,  or  more  simply  the 
coast.  The  principal  feature  of  this  region  ia  the  Zaire,  or  Congo,  a  powerful  and 
rapid  river,  which  rushes  by  a  single  channel  into  the  Atlantic ;  it  was  ascended 
by  Captain  Tuckey,  in  his  unfortunate  expedition,  280  miles,  yet  nothing  was 
ascertained  as  to  its  origin  and  early  course.  The  other  principal  rivers  are  the 
Ambriz,  Dande,  Coanza,  Cuvo,  and  Cutambela :  of  these  the  Coanza  is  next  to  the 
Zaire,  the  most  important  stream ;  it  is  said  by  the  Portuguese,  on  the  report  of 
the  natives,  to  flow  from  a  large  lake  far  in  the  interior,  in  the  country  of  the 
Cassanges,  in  which  the  Coango,  the  head  tributary  of  the  Zaire,  also  has  its 
source. 

This  region  extends  from  ^hc  latter  river  to  the  Berabaroughe,  the  southernmost 
limit  of  Benguela,  about  800  miles;  and  into  the  interior  the  distance  is  very  un- 
certain, but  is  probably  from  500  to  600  miles:  over  the  whole  of  this  territory 
the  Portuguese  claim  sovereignty,  but  their  authority  is  supposed  to  be  merely 
nominal,  except  in  the  vicinity  of  their  few  forts,  and  in  the  immediate  neighbour- 
hood of  the  coast.  The  country  was  discovered  by  them  in  1487,  and  soon  after- 
wards visited  by  a  number  of  missionaries :  forts  and  foctories  were  early  estab- 
lished, and  it  was  represented  as  very  populous,  but  in  the  late  expedition  up  tde 
2^ire  no  evidence  of  this  was  apparent  The  largest  town  on  that  river  did  not 
contain  more  than  from  60  to  100  huts. 

Congo,  the  largest  division  of  the  Portuguese  territories  on  this  coast,  lies  imme- 
diately south  of  the  Zaire,  and  extends  for  several  hundred  miles  in  the  interior : 
the  eastern  limits  are  uncertain,  the  inland  parts  being  unknown.  The  chief 
town  is  St  Salvador,  at  which  the  Portuguese  maintain  a  mission.  Of  this  place 
no  recent  details  have  been  received.  In  the  natives  of  Congo  the  negro  indo- 
lence is  carried  to  its  utmost  excess ;  the  little  cultivation  that  exists,  carried  on 
entirely  by  the  females,  is  nearly  limited  to  the  manioc  root  which  they  are  not 

38 


'\\ 


i:- 


iri' 


ir!i  !'!.'!  w'/        ,'• 


■-■■■d 


•*.^ 


446 


CiMliKBAH-MOUTIIKRN  AFHU  A. 


very  Mkilful  in  prupnrini;  Their  hnuaeii  are  put  to(rt>tlior  of  matD«  rnndo  from  the 
Hbrca  of  the  palm  tree,  and  their  clothe*  and  beddini;  cona'i^t  merely  of  matted 
Ifrafla. 

The  conntriea  aouth  of  Conffo  are  Anffola  arMi  Benguela :  of  the  former  the 
chief  itelllcment  ia  at  8t.  I'aul  ue  Loando,  a  large  t'>wn  in  an  elovntctl  aituntion. 
It  export*  annually  18,0U0  to  2C),000  alavoa,  moHtly  to  Brazil.  Han  Felipe  de  D<>n- 
(fuela,  in  a  marahy  and  unhealthy  aite,  ia  now  conaidorably  declinetl,  and  ita  popu- 
lation doea  not  exceed  •'HNMI,  nioatly  fVeo  nef^roea  and  alavea.  There  ia  alao  a 
Hinaller  port,  called  Nova  Kcdonda.  Far  inland  are  the  countriea  of  Matemba  an<l 
Caaoanf^c.  In  thin  interior  rcffion,  two  centuriea  atfo,  the  Jagoa,  or  Giagaa,  were 
celebrated  by  travellem  at  a  rormidablo  tribe,  addicted  to  the  mnat  fcrocioua  anil 
revolting  habita :  they  were  conatantly  at  war  with  the  people  around  them,  but 
are  probably  extinct  or  changed  in  their  habita,  oa  they  appear  now  to  be  unknown. 


CIMBEBAS,  &c. 

STRircHina  aouth  of  Benguela  for  aeveral  hundred  miles,  are  the  desert  and 
dreary  cooats  of  Cimbebas  and  Mampoor,  along  which  water  that  can  be  drunk  ia 
very  scarce,  and  only  found  in  spots  rar  distant  from  each  other.  The  whole  coast 
ia  a  atrip  of  aandy  desert  40  or  50  miles  in  breadth,  behind  which  the  interior 
country  becomes  hilly  and  apparently  well  fitted  for  pasturage.  Horned  cattle 
constitute  the  riches  of  the  inhabitants,  who  are  clothed  in  ox  hides,  and  appear 
to  be  a  mild  and  inoflfensive  race.  They  are  similar  in  appearance  to  the  Hotten- 
tots, and  are  probably  the  aame  people.  These  coasts  have  been  lately  visited  by 
some  Americans,  who  have  communicated  with  the  natives  at  a  few  points  and 
purchased  good  cattle  firom  them  at  the  low  rate  of  one  and  two  dollars  a  head. 


SOUTHERN  AFRICA. 


M 


SoirrHKBN  Africa  is  the  term  generally  applied  to  the  territory  discovered  and 
partly  colonised  by  Europeans.  It  includes  the  Cape  Colony,  Caifraria,  the  coun- 
try of  tho  Hottentots,  and  that  occupied  by  the  Bechuanas.  The  coast  line  of 
this  region,  commencing  at  its  western  extremity  and  extending  to  the  south,  the 
east  and  the  north,  to  Delagoa  Bay,  is  upwards  of  2000  miles ;  from  north  to  aouth 
it  is  760  and  from  east  to  west  from  600  to  900  miles  in  extent 

The  principal  mountain  ridge  of  Southern  Africa  is  that  called  in  diflerent  parts 
of  its  range  by  the  names  of  Nieuwvelds  Bergen,  and  Sneeuw  Bergen,  which 
divides  mostly  the  waters  of  the  Orange  River  from  thoee  flowing  to  the  south  in 
the  Cape  Colony,  and  those  of  CaflTraria  which  run  eastward  into  the  Indian 
Ocean.  This  chain  has  not  been  explored  in  its  whole  range,  but  is  thuuirht  to 
extend  about  1100  miles  in  length ;  many  parts  of  it  are  constantly  covered  with 
snow,  and  its  highest  peaks  are  about  10,000  feet  in  height.  Much  of  the  surface 
of  this  region  is  arid  and  unfit  for  cultivation,  particularly  that  part  of  it  in  the 
colony  south  of  the  mountains  called  the  Great  Karroo,  which  is  a  level  plain 
covered  with  a  hard  and  impenetrable  soil,  almost  all  unfit  for  vegetation ;  it  is 
300  miles  in  length,  and  near  100  in  breadth. 

North  of  the  mountains  the  territory  is  for  some  space  bleak  and  sterile,  but  it 
gradually  improves  till  it  opens  into  the  extensive  pastoral  plains  occupied  by  the 
Bechuanas.  So  for  as  this  has  been  explored  to  the  northward,  it  bennmco  always 
more  fertile,  though  to  the  west  there  has  been  observed  a  desert  of  very  great 
extent  The  eastern  coast  also  consists  chiefly  of  a  fine  pastoral  plain,  occupied 
by  various  Cafire  tribes,  and  separated  from  the  Bechuana  country  by  the  extending 
ranges  of  the  Sneeuw  Bergen  chain,  which  have  not  yet  been  much  explored. 

The  chief  stream  of  this  region  is  the  Orange  River,  which,  with  its  tributaries, 
drains  a  large  extent  of  country  north  of  the  Snowy  Mountains,  and  after  a  course 
which,  with  its  windings,  must  considerably  exceed  1000  miles,  falls  into  the 
Southern  Ocean  in  about  28°  SO'  S.  Lat    Thoee  in  the  colony,  and  south  of  the 


M 


COUNTRY  OF  TIIK  imTTKNTOTS. 


447 


grmt  mountain  chain,  am  thoOliphantii  ltivi>r,  llowinf;  north-wo«t,  then  ninnini; 
■outh  are  thw  Brcwle,  (Sauritii,  Camtocw,  '/«)onila>f,  ami  thn  (Jroat  Fmh  River*, 
which  Ia»t,  though  thn  tmmt  conniilcrahlo,  has  not  a  coiirno  of  r'oro  than  VNN» 
miles.  In  CaH'raria  aeveral  estuarioa  open  into  the  Indian  Ocean,  the  early  coiirM'M 
of  which  am  little  mom  than  cunjocturod ;  the  at-cnin  moat  known  in  the  (imat 
Kci,  about  l\H)  iiiilci  in  length. 

The  population  of  a  roifion  of  which  the  very  boundarion  am  yot  m  iimlotcr* 
mined,  can  hardly  bo  made  any  thinif  more  tlmii  a  lubjcct  of  mt-ru  conjcctiiri*. 
The  claaaea  of  inhabitants  in  this  part  of  AfVica  exhibit  a  conHulcrnblit  vnrtoty. 
They  consitt  of  1st,  Thn  British,  comprisinff  the  otficcrsof  ffovcrnniPiit,  tlm  triN>(>i4, 
and  a  few  thousand  aj^ricultural  emigrants,  whoso  niimbers  are  not,  Iiowovit, 
increasing.  2d,  The  Dutch,  who  farm  most  of  thu  lands  in  the  territory,  and  cote 
stitute  the  most  numerous  part  of  the  population  of  ('iipe  Town.  'M,  The  Hot- 
tentots, the  native  race,  part  of  whom  are  reduced  to  a  def^rndinf?  bondaKc  under 
the  Dutch  farmers;  and  of  those  still  free  of  these,  some  load  a  pntttoral  lifu  in  thu 
re|;ions  north  of  the  colony,  and  others,  the  wild  Hottentots  or  BuMhrnen,  a  mine- 
rable  and  savage  race,  inhabit  the  mountainous  districts,  and  carry  on  a  constant 
predatory  war  against  the  settlers.  4th,  The  Caffros,  a  tierce  pastoral  race,  inha- 
biting the  country  beyond  the  eastern  limit  of  the  colony,  extending  along  the 
Indian  Ocean.  5tli,  The  Bechuanaa,  or  Boshuanas,  a  pastoral,  and  partly  agricul- 
tural race,  of  a  difTercnt  character,  possessing  the  country  that  stretches  north- 
ward from  the  region  inhabited  by  the  various  Hottentot  tribes. 


COUNTRY  OF  THE  HOTTENTOTS. 

BrrwiBN  the  Colony  of  the  Cape  and  the  Bechuana  Territories,  there  is  an 
extensive  tract  of  country,  extending  from  CaffVaria  westward  to  the  Atlantic 
Ocean,  which  seems  to  be  inhabited  by  various  tribes,  known  under  the  general 
name  of  Hottentots.  On  the  Atlantic  coast  are  the  Namaquas ;  their  country, 
especially  that  on  the  north  of  the  Orange  River,  is  in  many  parts  of  it  tine  and  fer- 
tile, and  well  adapted  for  pasturage.  North-west  of  these  are  the  Damaros,  who 
are  also  pastoral  in  their  habits.  The  Corannas  occupy  a  central  country  of  great 
extent,  which  rears  cattle  in  abundance.  They  show  in  their  buildings  and  dress 
some  tendency  to  civilization. 

The  Bushmen,  or  wild  Hottentots,  inhabit  the  country  in  the  vicinity  and  north 
of  the  Sneeuw  Bergen,  and  appear  to  be  in  the  last  extreme  of  degradation  to 
which  human  nature  can  descend.  They  are  squat,  and  excessively  lean,  and 
possess  a  wild,  unsteady,  sinister  expression  of  countenance.  Thoy  have  no  set- 
tled place  of  residence,  but  wander  about  the  countiy,  singly  or  in  small  parties, 
and  subsist  on  roots,  berries,  grasshoppers,  mice,  toads,  and  lizards ;  they  always 
use  poisoned  arrows  in  war,  or  in  destroying  wild  beasts ;  and  it  is  singular  that 
the  sting  of  the  scorpion,  dangerous  to  every  other  person,  has  no  effect  on  the 
savages.  In  the  interior  the  tribes  possess  many  cattle,  and  some  of  them  seem 
to  enjoy  a  tolerable  existence.  Covered  by  the  skin  of  the  sheep,  the  antelope, 
or  the  lion,  besmeared  with  grease  of  a  red  or  black  colour,  and  armed  with  a 
short  club,  the  savage  Hottentot,  singing  and  dancing,  wandera  about  in  the  midst 
of  herds,  which  form  his  riches. 

The  Colonial  Hottentots,  now  all  reduced  to  slavery,  have  i  feminine  appear- 
ance, with  a  complexion,  when  not  concealed  by  grease  and  dirt,  of  a  yellowish 
brown.  They  are  fond  of  trinkets,  and  are  indolent  and  dull,  but  harmless,  honest, 
faithful,  and  affectionate.  Among  some  of  the  tribes,  particularly  the  Namaquns, 
Corannas,  and  Griquas,  the  missionaries  have  exercised  the  happiest  influence. 
The  Hottentots  at  the  several  missionary  stations,  now  cultivate  the  fields,  own 
large  nunibera  of  cattle,  exercise  various  trades,  and  contribute  liberally  to  the 
support  of  religious  and  charitable  institutions,  exhibiting  a  striking  proof  of  the 
power  of  Christianity  to  elevate  men  from  the  lowest  point  of  intellectual  and 
morel  depression. 


,% 


:| 


[■'' 


'   .t 


ff 


'I'll 


fv 


m 


■M: 


Jr.. 


448 


CAPE  COLONY, 


CAPE  COLONY. 

TiiE  Cape  Colony,  occupying  the  most  southern  extremity  of  the  continent  of 
Africa,  was  first  settled  by  the  Dutch  in  1650,  captured  from  them  by  Great  Bri- 
tain in  1705,  restored  nt  the  peace  of  Amiens,  af^ain  conquered  in  18<D6,  and  was 
finally  confirmed  by  the  congress  of  Vienna  to  the  British  government  in  1815. 
The  area  of  thiu  colony  is  about  120,000  square  miles,  a  great  portion  of  which 
consists  of  mountains  of  naked  sandstone,  or  of  the  great  Karroo  plain,  whose 
hard  dry  soil  is  scarcely  ever  moistened  by  a  drop  of  rain.  Three  snccessivn 
ranges  of  mountains  divide  the  colony,  of  which  the  nMst  interior  and  elevated  is 
that  called  Nieuwvelds  Bergen  and  Sneeuw  Bergen.  These  ranges  divide  the 
country  into  terraces  of  different  elevations.  The  plain  next  the  sea  has  a  deep 
and  fertile  soil,  well  watered  by  numerous  rivulets,  covered  with  grass,  and  a 
beautiful  variety  of  shrubs  and  trees.  Rains  are  frequent,  and  the  climate  is  mild 
and  agreeable.  The  second  terrace  contains  large  tracts  of  arid  desert ;  and  the 
third  region,  called  the  Great  Karroo,  is  destitute  of  almost  every  trace  of  vege- 
tation, and  is  unoccupied  by  men  or  animals.  Beyond  this  tract,  at  the  foot  of  the 
Sneeuw  Bergen,  or  Snowy  Mountains,  there  is  an  excellent  grazing  country, 
where  cattle  are  raised  in  grent  numbers  for  the  colony. 

The  settlement  is  frequently  deluged  with  rain  in  the  cold  season,  but  it  has 
scarcely  a  shower  in  the  hot  months,  and  is  parched  t^  a  constant  dry  wind.  The 
changes  in  the  atmosphere  are  frequent  and  sudden ;  grain  of  good  quality,  wine 
and  fruits  for  the  supply  of  the  colony,  are  all  produced  within  the  distance  of  one 
to  three  days'  journey  from  Cape  Town,  but  most  of  the  territory  is  devotedi  to 
pasturage.  The  agriculture  is  generally  slovenly ;  14  or  16  oxen  being  frequently 
used  to  draw  an  unwieldy  plough,  that  only  skims  the  surface. 

The  Dutch  farmers  or  boors,  of  whom  grazing  forms  alone  the  sole  occupation, 
hold  very  extensive  premises,  reaching  often  for  several  miles  in  every  direction ; 
they  are  generally  very  ignorant  and  indolent^  but  extremely  hospitable,  and  live 
in  rude  plenty,  surrounded  by  their  herds  and  flocks,  and  have  numbers  of  Hot> 
tentot  slaves,  who  are  indeed  not  liable  to  sale,  but  are  bondsmen  fixed  to  the  soil. 

The  eastern  part  of  the  colony,  called  the  District  of  Albany,  was  settled  in 
1820,  by  British  emigrants,  whose  cmdition  was  at  first  promising,  but  in  conse- 
quence of  a  succession  of  dry  seasons,  were  reduced  to  great  poverty.  The  dis- 
trict was  recently  more  flourishing,  and  the  people  carry  on  a  lucrative  trade  with 
the  interior  tribes.  The  population  of  the  colony  is  about  150,000»  of  whom 
33,600  are  registered  apprentices. 

Cape  Town,  the  capital  of  the  colony,  situated  about  30  miles  north  of  the  Cape 
of  Good  Hope,  is  an  important  station,  being  the  only  place  of  refreshment  for 
vessels  between  Europe  and  America  on  one  side,  and  the  East  Indies,  China,  and 
Australia  on  the  other.  It  must  in  consequence  always  be  a  great  commercial 
thoroughfare.  The  Dutch  society  at  the  Cape  is  extremely  mercantile ;  and  Hoop- 
man,  or  Merchant;  is  held  as  a  title  of  honour ;  but  the  prevalence  of  slavery  has 
diffused  habits  of  indolence,  even  among  the  lot/er  ranks,  who  consider  it  degrad- 
ing to  engage  in  any  species  of  manual  labour.  Since  the  occupation  by  Britain, 
the  residence  of  civil  and  military  officers,  and  the  great  resort  of  emigrants  and 
settlers,  have  given  it  much  the  character  of  an  English  town.  The  population 
of  Cape  Town  is  upwards  of  20,000.  The  imports  in  1833  were  j£258,456,  and 
of  exports,  £256,800. 

The  other  places  in  the  colony  are,  in  general,  only  villages,  which,  in  a  coun- 
try entirely  agricultural,  derive  their  sole  importance  from  being  the  seat  of  the 
local  administration.  Constantia  and  Simon's  Town,  in  the  close  vicinity  of  the 
Cape,  are  supported,  the  one  by  the  produce  of  wine,  the  other  by  docks  for  ship- 
ping. Stellenbosch  and  Zwellendam,  the  chief  places  in  the  two  most  flourishing 
agricultural  districts  adjoining,  contained,  some  time  ago,  the  one  only  seventy, 
the  other  thirty  houses.  Graaf  Reynet  and  Uitenhage,  at  the  head  df  extensive 
districts  in  the  east,  are  not  n)ore  important.  Gnadenthal  has  been  made  a  neat 
village  by  the  missionaries,  who  have  fixed  it  as  their  principal  station. 


CAFFRAItlA. 


441) 


The  only  place  which  has  risen  to  any  importance  is  Graham's  Town,  in  the 
district  of  Albany,  near  the  ea!<tern  f;.\tramity  of  the  colony.  The  troops  slationed 
there  to  watch  the  Caflre  frontier,  vrilh  the  recent  colonists,  who,  ilisappointml  in 
their  agricultural  pursaits,  sought  other  employment,  have  swelled  its  |»opulation 
to  about  3000.  ft  is  described  as  "a  large,  ugly,  iil-built,  straggling  place,  con- 
taining a  strange  mixture  of  lounging  officers,  idle  tradesmen,  drunken  soldiers, 
and  still  more  drunken  settlers."  It  is  romantically  situated  in  a  deep  valley, 
surrounded  by  hills  and  glens,  through  which  heavy  wagons  are  seen  coming  oflen 
from  a  great  distance,  not  only  with  provisions  and  necessaries,  but  skins  of  the 
lion  and  leopard,  buffalo  horns,  eggs  and  feathers  of  the  ostrich,  tusks  of  the  ele- 
phant and  rhioocenw,  and  rich  fur  mantles. 


I 

I 


CAFFRARIA. 


Caffraria,  or  the  country  of  the  Caffres,  extends  from  the  eastern  boundary 
of  the  Cape  Colony  along  the  shores  of  the  Indian  Ocean  to  Delagoa  Bay ;  being 
about  650  miles  in  length,  and  from  the  sea-coast  to  the  mountains,  which  divide 
this  region  from  the  Bechuana  country,  it  is  from  i:^  to  150  miles  in  breadth. 
To  the  Caffrarian  Coasts  the  Portuguese  have  given  the  name  of  Natal,  whicii  is 
^nerally  followed  by  navigators,  though  it  is  quite  unknown  to  the  natives. 

The  Caifres  appear  to  be  either  a  distinct  race  or  a  mixture  of  the  Negro  and 
the  Arab.  They  are  a  handsome,  vigorous  people,  of  a  deep  glossy  brown  colour, 
with  features  almost  European,  and  frizzled  but  not  woolly  hair.  They  are  per- 
haps of  all  nations  the  most  completely  pastoral,  and  have  large  herds  of  horned 
cattle,  of  which  they  understand  thoroughly  the  guidance  and  management. 
They  live  chiefly  on  milk,  and  seldom  kill  any  of  their  oxen ;  and  owing  to  their 
roving  habits,  do  not  depend  much  upon  agriculture ;  but  where  they  are  in  any 
degree  settled,  the  women  plant  millet, — CafTrc  corn, — a  peculiar  species  some- 
what resembling  Indian  corn,  in  which  the  grain  grows  in  a  bunch  like  grapes : 
they  also  raise  pumpkins,  water-melons,  and  tobacco,  which  last  they  smoke 
through  water  in  a  horn.  The  women  construct  enclosures  for  the  cattle,  make 
utensils  and  clothes,  cut  wood,  and  manufacture  rush  mats,  and  baskets  of  reeds 
so  closely  woven  as  to  hold  milk  and  other  liquids.  They  moreover  build  houses 
in  the  shape  of  a  dome,  thatched  with  straw  and  plastered  on  the  inside  with  clay 
and  cow-dung. 

The  employments  of  the  men  are  war,  hunting,  and  tending  and  managing  the 
cattle  which  constitute  the  riches  of  the  Caffre:  he  does  not  use  them  as  beasts 
of  burden,  except  when  removing  with  his  kraal  from  place  to  place:  his  delight 
is  to  be  among  them  with  his  shield,  by  beating  on  which,  and  by  different  modu- 
lations of  the  voice,  they  are  taught  to  go  out  to  graze,  to  return  to  their  enclo- 
sures, or  follow  their  owner,  according  to  his  dictation.  These  people,  like  the 
Chinese,  consider  all  other  nations  inferior  to  themselves,  and  suppose  that 
Europeans  wear  clothes  merely  on  account  of  having  feeble  and  sickly  bodies. 
They  have  scarcely  any  religious  ideas :  some  of  them,  however,  profess  to  be- 
lieve that  a  great  being  came  from  above  and  made  the  world,  after  which  he  re- 
turned and  cared  no  more  about  it. 

The  CaflTres  are  divided  into  several  tribes,  of  which  the  chief  are  the  Tam- 
bookies,  Mambookies,  and  the  Hollontontes  or  Zoolas,  who  are  the  most  numer- 
ous and  warlike  of  all  the  tribes :  their  king,  Chaka,  lately  deceased,  a  most 
remorseless  and  bloody  tyrant,  had  a  force  of  15,000  men  constantly  equipped  for 
war,  and  on  urgent  occasions  could  raise  100,000.  He  was  the  most  formidable 
conqueror  in  this  part  of  Africa.  Several  wars  between  the  Caffres  and  the 
colonists  of  the  Cape  have  at  different  times  taken  place,  generally  resulting  in 
the  latter  extending  their  territory  eastward  into  CaflVaria. 

Various  missionary  stations  have  been,  within  a  few  years  past,  established  in 
the  southern  parts  of  this  region,  where  schools  for  the  instruction  of  the  native 


:m 

^n 

■4 

;  " 

'■J 

K 

'\y 

:-^ 


'   '    ''.2 


38^ 


3G 


ml  * 


Vi 


r 


:V 


;:i 


i 

mm  M_^, 
.If"  s'^  :, 


450 


BECHUANA»— EASTERN  AFRICA. 


children  have  been  formed,  and  churches  established,  at  which  many  of  the 
Caffres  attend ;  and  hopes  are  entertained  that  an  impression  favourable  to  the 
cause  of  religion  and  civilization  has  in  many  cases  been  made. 


BECHUANAS,  OR  BOSHUANAS. 

Thk  country  of  the  Bechuana  or  Boshuanas,  occupying  a  considerable  extent 
of  Southern  Africa,  is  bounded  on  the  east  by  Caflraria,  on  the  west  by  the  exten- 
sive desert  of  Challahengah ;  on  the  south  is  the  Hottentot  territory,  which  sepa- 
rates it  from  the  colony  of  the  Cape ;  while  on  the  north  is  the  domain  of  various 
tribes  very  little  known,  of  whom  the  Macquanas  are  supposed  to  extend  far  to 
the  north. 

This  region  vras  unknown  to  Europeans  until  1801,  since  which  period  it  has 
been  explored  by  various  travellers,  of  whom,  Mr.  Campbell,  a  missionary,  ani- 
mated by  a  laudable  zeal  to  diffuse  Christianity  among  the  African  people,  has  not 
only  twice  visited  Lattakoo,  but  has  even  penetrated  200  miles  farther,  to  Kurre- 
chane,  the  most  northern  and  largest  of  the  Bechuana  states.  Some  later  travel- 
lers have,  it  is  said,  extended  their  researches  still  farther,  but  their  accounts  have 
not  yet  been  published. 

The  Bechuanas  are  not  so  tall  and  handsome  as  the  CafTres,  but  have  made  con- 
siderably greater  progress  in  industry  and  the  arts.  They  dwell  in  towns  of  some 
magnitude,  and  cultivate  the  ground,  raising  millet,  beans,  gourds,  water-melons, 
&.C.  They  have  also  numerous  herds  of  cattle,  which  the  men,  as  among  the 
Caffres,  both  tend  and  milk,  while  the  females  till  the  soil  and  build  the  houses. 
The  first  discoverers  painted  these  people  in  the  most  flattering  colours,  and  they 
appear  to  be  really  honest,  and  friendly  to  each  other  and  to  strangers  who  have 
gamed  their  good  will ;  but  the  enmity  between  neighbouring  tribes  is  as  deadly, 
and  the  mode  of  conducting  war  as  barbarous,  as  among  the  rudest  African  hordes. 
They  place  their  glory  in  commandoes,  raides  or  forays  undertaken  with  a  view 
of  carrying  off  cattle  and  murdering  the  owners.  In  consequence  of  this  mutual 
hostility,  the  population  is  almost  entirely  concentrated  in  towns  or  their  immediate 
vicinity.  They  are  in  consequence  larger  than  might  be  expected  in  their  part  of 
the  continent 

Lattakoo  was  the  first  visited,  and  the  name  remains,  though  in  consequence  of 
a  schism  in  the  tribe,  the  town  has  been  transferred  to  a  spot  about  sixty  miles 
farther  north.  New  Lattakoo  is  supposed  to  contain  about  6000  people.  Meri- 
bohwey,  capital  of  the  Tammahas,  is  not  of  equal  importance.  Mashow,  to  the 
north,  within  the  territory  of  the  Barolongs,  is  a  fine  town,  with  10,000  inhabitants. 
Melita,  the  capital  of  the  Wanketzens,  is  likewise  important.  Kurrechane,  to  the  i 
north-east  of  the  latter,  and  at  least  1000  miles  from  Cape  Town,  is  the  large.st ' 
and  best  built  town  in  this  region,  and  where  the  inhabitants  have  made  the 
greatest  progress  in  the  arts  of  life.  They  work  skilfully  in  iron  and  copper,  and 
also  in  leather,  earthen-ware,  &c.  Their  houses  are  surrounded  by  good  stone  in- 
closures,  and  the  walls  of  mud  are  oi\en  painted,  as  well  as  moulded  into  orna- 
mental shapes.  The  population,  when  first  visited,  was  about  16,000,  but  is  now 
reduced  in  consequence  of  having  been  sacked  by  the  Mantatees,  a  wandering 
and  predatory  tribe,  who  overran,  some  years  ago,  a  considerable  part  of  this  and 
the  neighbouring  countries  of  CafTraria. 


EASTERN    AFRICA. 

Eastern  Africa  comprises  an  immense  extent  of  coast,  reaching  from  the 
Cafire  country  to  the  border  of  Abyssinia,  a  length  of  about  3000  miles.  It  may 
be  considered  as  extending  inland  about  500  or  600  miles  from  the  sea,  but  its 
contents,  for  the  most  part,  and  all  its  boundaries  on  this  side,  are  unknown.  This 


r  of  the  I 
e  to  the 


le  extent! 
he  exten- 
lich  sepa- 
of  various  I 
snd  far  to  1 

iod  it  has  I 
onary,  ani- 
ile,  has  not 
,  to  Kvirre-  j 
iter  travel- 1 
:ount8  have  1 

>  made  con- 
vnf  of  some 
iter-melons, 
among  the 
the  houses, 
re,  and  they 
rs  who  have  i 
is  as  deadly,  I 
irican  hordes, 
with  a  view  1 
•  this  mutual  | 
ir  immediate 
their  part  of 
j 
nsequence  of  j 
t  sixty  miles  j 
lople.     Meri- 1 
ishow,  to  the « 
)  inhabitants.  | 
ichane,  to  the  f 
s  the  largest' 
ive  made  the 
d  copper,  and 
Tood  stone  in- 
fed  into  orna-i 
I,  but  is  now 
a  wandering  j 
of  this  and 


Ling  from  the 
tiles.  It  may 
ke  sea,  but  its 
liknown.  Thisjl 


EASTERN  AFRICA. 


451 


vast  range  of  country  contains  many  trrand  features  of  nature,  and  a  largo  propor- 
tion of  fertile  "^^nritory,  capable  of  yielding  the  most  valuable  productions;  yet 
scarcely  an"  7  of  the  world  is  less  known,  or  has  excited  less  interest  among 
Europeans.  Portuguese,  as  soon  as  they  had  discovered  a  passage  into  the 

Indian  seas,  ru  ipied  all  the  leading  maritime  stations,  from  which  they  studiously 
excluded  every  other  people. 

Extensive,  though  ill-explored,  natural  objects  diversify  this  region.  The  coast 
consists  almost  entirely  of  spacious  plains,  often  of  alluvial  character,  and  covered 
with  magnificent  forests.  It  appears,  however,  undoubted,  that  at  200  or  800 
miles  in  the  interior,  considerable  ranges  of  mountains  arise ;  geographers  have 
even  delineated  a  long  chain  parallel  to  the  coast,  called  Lupata,  or  the  Spine  of 
the  World ;  of  which  the  representation  north  of  the  Zambezi,  as  given  by  some, 
is  entirely  arbitrary.  The  rivers  also  are  of  considerable  magnitude,  though  only 
their  lower  courses  are  at  present  known.  The  Zambezi  may  rank  in  the  first 
class  of  African  streams.  It  enters  the  Indian  Ocean  by  four  mouths,  the  prin- 
cipal of  which  are  the  Cuama  and  Lubo.  Near  Quiloa,  several  great  estuaries 
are  found.  The  Pangany,  near  Mombas,  is  also  an  important  river.  North  of  this 
place  is  the  estuary  of  the  Ozee:  it  is,  no  doubt,  the  largest  stream  in  this  part 
of  Africa,  as  intelligent  natives  state  that  its  navigation  extends  a  distance  of 
three  months  travel  to  the  north,  through  populous  and  well-settled  regions :  it  is 
probably  the  Zebee  of  the  interior.  The  Juba  and  Webbe  are  reported  to  be 
large  rivers,  though  nothing  has  been  ascertained  of  their  commencement  and 
course.  The  only  great  lake  known  in  this  quarter  is  the  Maravi,  in  the  interior 
froip  Quiloa  and  Mozambique.  It  is  represented  as  of  great  extent,  resembling 
an  inland  sea,  and  salt  like  the  ocean. 

This  territory  is  generally  occupied  by  brown  or  black  nations,  who,  however, 
bear  no  resemblance  to  the  true  negroes  except  in  colour ;  some  of  them  are  nu- 
merous, and  not  destitute  of  arts  and  industry.  The  coast,  however,  has,  in  modern 
times,  been  chiefly  in  possession  of  two  foreign  powers.  The  Portuguese,  when, 
in  the  close  of  the  fifteenth  century,  they  made  their  way  round  tl  e  Cape,  found 
almost  all  the  maritime  stations  in  the  hands  of  the  Arabs,  whom  t'ley  succeeded 
in  driving  successively  from  each,  and  occupying  their  place. 

On  this  coast  the  Portuguese  claim  authority  from  Delagoa  Bay  on  the  south,  to 
Querimba,  near  Cape  Delgado,  a  region  in  length  about  1200  miles,  extending  for 
some  distance  into  the  interior.  This  territory  they  denominate  the  Government 
of  Sena,  or  Mozambique ;  but  their  power  is  exercised  at  only  a  few  detached 
points,  and  is  much  less  regarded  by  the  natives  than  formerly. 

Beginning  from  the  south  we  find  Inhambane,  which  has  an  excellent  harbour, 
and  is  defended  by  a  fort  and  150  men.  The  other  Portuguese  do  not  exceed 
twenty-five,  but  there  is  a  numerous  coloured  population.  Subia,  immediately 
north  of  Inhambane,  is  thinly  settled,  although  the  soil  is  fertile.  Sofala,  supposed 
by  some  to  be  the  Ophir  whence  Solomon  drew  large  supplies  of  gold  and  precious 
stones,  was  at  the  time  of  the  first  arrival  of  Europeans  very  important,  as  the 
emporium  of  the  gold  and  ivory  brought  in  great  quantities  down  the  Zambezi. 
Since  Quillimane  tecame  the  channel  by  which  these  commodities  were  conveyed, 
Sofala  has  sunk  into  a  village  of  poor  huts.  The  Portuguese,  however,  still  main- 
tain there  a  fort,  which  holds  supremacy  over  the  more  southerly  station  of  In- 
hambane. 

Quillimane,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Zambezi,  is  now  the  chief  seat  of  trade  on  this 
part  of  the  coast  From  eleven  to  fourteen  slave-vessels  come  annually  from  Rio 
de  Janeiro,  and  each  carries  off,  on  an  average,  from  400  to  500  slaves.  The 
situation  is  swampy  and  unhealthy ;  but  the  population  is  nearly  3(KK),  though  only 
twenty-five  houses  are  occupied  by  Portuguese  or  their  descendants. 

Mozambique  is  the  principal  establishment  of  the  Portuguese  in  Eastern  Africa. 
Though  it  derives  its  importance  from  being  the  emporium  of  the  gold,  ivory,  and 
slaves,  brought  down  the  Zambezi,  it  is  situated  about  300  miles  from  the  mouth 
of  that  river,  and  the  trade  is  in  a  great  measure  transferred  to  Quillimane.  It  is 
built  on  an  island,  which  has  a  goal  roadstead  and  a  commodious  pier,  but  aflTordn 
by  no  means  either  a  convenient  or  healthy  situation.    The  trade  in  slaves,  the 


.1  >  M 

m 

>• 

t 

1  • 

*  m    ^   \ 

\\ 


u 


I  .t 


V 


::i 


■I 


i;  '■>: '  'ji 


■:■*■ 


J:,'l4'-] 


V%*i^ 


r^l 


r     *"  •  fill  .       •>! 


7*1  '■■-  '  -  ■' 


11 


m 


5t-. 


■^ 


452 


EASTERN  AFRICA. 


most  extensive,  has  been  much  diminished  since  the  British  obtained  possession  of 
Mauritius  and  the  Cape,  and  prohibited  the  introduction  of  them  into  tliese  colo- , 
nies.     There  is  a  fort  sufficient  to  defend  it  against  the  pirates  'vho  infest  these 
■eas,  but  not  to  secure  it  against  the  attack  of  any  regolar  force.    Yet  the  govern- 1 
ment-house  displays  atill  remnants  of  the  former  splendour  of  the  viceroys  of  I 
Eastern  Africa.    Like  the  custom-house  and  other  public  structures,  it  is  spacious,  | 
and  built  of  stone,  though  fiilling  into  decay.    The  governor,  and  even  his  negro : 
attendants,  are  richly  loaded  with  golden  ornaments:  tea,  to  which  the  principal 
inhabitants  are  every  evening  invited,  is  presented  in  a  full  service  of  gold. 

In  the  interior,  on  the  Upper  Zambezi,  the  Portuguese  possess  merely  the  small 
forts  of  Sena  and  Tete,  erected  with  a  view  to  the  protection  of  their  trade;  with 
two,  still  smaller,  in  the  more  remote  stations  of  Zumbo  and  Manica.  In  these 
settlements,  joined  to  that  of  Quillimane,  they  maintain  264  troops,  and  have  a 
population  of  500  Christians,  with  21,827  slaves.  The  ground  i^  generally  fer- 
tile, and  abounding  particularly  with  honey,  wax,  nenna,  and  other  dyeing  drugs. 

Monomotapa,  or  more  properly  Motapa  (since  Mono  is  merely  a  general  term 
for  kingdom),  has  been  dignified  in  the  early  narratives  with  the  title  of  empire. 
If  it  ever  deserved  such  an  appellation,  it  is  now  broken  into  fragments,  the  largest 
of  which  is  held  by  the  Changamera,  a  chief  represented  as  a  great  conqueror, 
but  of  '/hom  no  very  precise  or  recent  information  has  reached  us.  He  belonged 
to  the  Maravi,  a  race  of  daring  freebooters,  who  neglect  agriculture  and  devote 
themselves  entirely  to  plunder.  'Manica  is  celebrated  as  the  country  chiefly 
affording  the  gold  for  which  this  part  of  Afirica  is  fiimous.  A  small  fort  is  main- 
tained here  by  the  Portuguese. 

The  Cazembe,  a  sovereign  reigning  with  despotic  sway  over  a  numerous  people 
far  in  the  interior,  was  first  made  known  to  the  Portuguese  in  1706,  by  Pereira,  a 
mulatto  trader,  who  visited  the  country,  and  at  whose  suggestion  the  Cazembe 
was  induced  to  send  an  ambassador  to  Tete,  who  soon  returned  without  having 
effected  the  object  of  his  mission.  The  country  yields  in  abundance  iron  and  cop- 
per, and  also  some  gold,  and  is  the  seat  of  a  very  considerable  trade  in  ivory  and 
slaves.  The  subjects  of  this  prince  belong  to  the  Moviza,  who  are  a  compara- 
tively peaceable  and  industrious  people.  These,  with  the  Maravi  before  men- 
tioned, are  the  predominant  races  in  this  quarter. 

North-east  of  the  kingdom  of  the  Cazembe,  is  the  nation  of  the  Moolooas,  repre- 
sented as  more  numerous  and  more  intelligent,  and  to  have  attained  a  higher 
degree  of  industry  aiid  civilization  than  any  other  in  this  quarter  of  Africa.  The 
country  abounds  m  copper.  The  king,  however,  is  absolute,  and  the  atrocious 
custom  of  human  sacrifice  prevails. 

On  the  coast,  north  from  Mozambique,  occur  the  Querimba  Islands,  giving  name 
to  the  opposite  territory.  The  whole  of  this  region,  from  Cape  Delgado  to  the 
northern  limit  of  Magadoxa,  is  denominated  Zanzibar,  or  Zanguebar :  the  term, 
however,  is  most  commonly  restricted  to  that  part  of  it  extending  from  Quiloa  to 
Mombas.  Quiloa,  about  100  miles  north-west  from  the  bold  promontory  of  Cape 
Delgado,  was  found  by  the  Portuguese  a  great  seat  of  power  and  commerce. 
About  the  end  of  the  seventeenth  century  it  was  wrested  from  them  by  the  Im&m 
of  Muscat,  whose  officers  have  since  governed  it  It  is  now  dwindled  into  a  mise- 
rable village.  Mombas,  north  of  Quiloa,  is  situated  on  an  island  about  three  miles 
long  and  two  broad,  surrounded  by  clifls  of  madrepore,  which  make  it  a  kind  of 
natural  castle.  The  country  is  fertile  in  com,  and  fit  for  the  sugar-cane,  and  the 
small  shells  called  cowries  are  collected  in  great  abundance  on  the  shore.  The 
harbour  is  excellent,  and  a  considerable  trade  is  carried  on  along  the  coast  in  dows, 
(Arab  vessels  whose  planks  are  sewed),  often  of  250  tons  burthen.  Britain  for 
two  years  maintained  a  factory  there,  but  withdrew  it  in  1827. 

Parallel  to  this  coast,  at  the  distance  of  about  twenty  or  thirty  miles,  are  the 
small  but  fine  islands  of  Monfia,  Zanzibar,  and  Pemba.  They  are  of  coral  founda- 
tion, but  the  surface  is  flat,  and  covered  with  a  soil  highly  productive  in  grain  and 
sugar.  The  climate,  however,  especially  that  of  Zanzibar,  is  very  unhealthy. 
They  are  partly  independent  and  partly  subject  to  the  Im&m  of  Muscat.  The 
town  of  2^nzibar  is  said  to  contain  10,000  inhabitants.     Melinda,  north  of  Mom- 


i '  tj 


■'■\' 


CENTRAL  AHIICA. 


453 


bas,  lonj;  the  handsomeHt  and  most  flourishing  city  on  this  coast,  haa  been  com- 
pletely destroyed  by  the  Galla.  Palta,  once  /  preat  importance,  is  now  much 
decayed,  and  a  great  part  of  its  trade  transferred  to  the  neighbouring  flourishing 
port  of  Lumoo. 

Brava,  immediately  north  of  the  equator,  is  a  small  Arab  town  and  territory, 
with  some  little  commerce;  the  people  liitclv  solicited  to  l)e  placed  under  British 
protection.  Magadoxa,  called  also  Mukdeeaha,  is  a  considerable  town,  lying  to 
I  the  northward  from  Melinda.  The  prince  having  succeeded  in  maintaining  his 
independence  and  repelling  all  p]urupean  intercourse,  allows  the  country  to  be 
very  little  known.  The  city  makes  u  imndsome  appearance  from  the  sea,  con- 
taining many  lofty  stone  fabrics;  but  these  belong  to  a  part  which,  containing  only 
tombs,  may  be  called  the  City  of  the  Dead.  The  habitations  of  the  living  arc 
only  low  thatched  huts. 

This  territory,  northward  from  Cape  Delgado,  when  discovered  by  the  Portu- 
guese, was  occupied  by  the  Sowhylesc,  or  Sohilies,  a  peaceable  and  industrious 
people ;  but  the  coast  has  now  been  mostly  wrested  from  them  by  the  Arabs  of 
Muscat,  while  much  of  the  interior  is  possessed  by  the  Galla,  the  same  ferocious 
race  who  have  overrun  Abyssinia,  and  who,  in  the  course  of  a  furious  warfare, 
have  destroyed  every  sea-port  which  was  not  protected  by  an  insular  position. 

The  coast  of  Ajan,  the  Azania  of  the  ancients,  extends  from  the  northern  ter- 
mination of  Magadoxa  to  Cape  Guardafui,  where  Africa  ceases  to  border  on  the 
Indian  Ocean.  This  tract  is  generally  arid  and  sandy,  though  in  the  northerly 
parts  it  becomes  hilly  and  fragrant,  like  the  neighbouring  one  of  Berbora.  That 
coast,  extending  from  Cape  Guardafui  to  nearly  the  Straits  of  Bab  el  Mandeb,  is 
situated  on  neither  the  Indian  Ocean  nor  the  Red  Sea,  but  on  an  intermediate 
gulf,  bounded  on  the  opposite  side  by  the  coast  of  Arabia.  It  is  hilly  and  beau- 
tiful, and  may  be  considered  the  native  country  of  incense,  myrrh,  and  odoriferous 
gums.  The  celebrity  of  Arabia^  and  particularly  of  Aden,  for  those  elegant  pro- 
ductions, is  chiefly  acquired  by  its  large  importc  from  this  coast.  The  inhabitants 
consist  of  the  various  tribes  of  Somaulis,  an  active,  industrious,  and  yet  peaceful 
race,  wiio  export  the  productions  of  their  own  country,  which  is  thus  less  known 
than  it  deserves  to  be.  At  the  town  of  Berbora  is  an  annual  fair,  to  which  gold 
and  ivory  are  said  to  be  brought  from  Hanim,  a  country  situated  twenty  days' 
journey  in  the  interior. 

The  country  in  the  interior  from  this  coast,  though  most  imperfectly  known, 
appears  to  be  occupied  by  the  Galla  and  other  tribes,  who  surpass  in  barbarism 
even  the  rest  of  Africa.  Here,  in  a  wild  and  mountainous  region,  is  the  kingdom 
of  Gingiro,  ruled  by  a  despot,  elected  with  strange  and  superstitious  ceremonies, 
and  who  celebrates  his  accession  by  the  death  of  his  predecessor's  ministers  and 
favourites,  with  whose  blood  the  walls  and  gates  of  the  palaces  are  dyed. 

Adel  and  Hurrur,  form  the  most  westerly  part  of  this  coast,  and  adjoin  to  the 
Straits  of  Bab  el  Mandeb.  The  inhabitants,  united  under  the  standard  of  the  Ma- 
hometan faith,  waged  long  and  bloody  wars,  embittered  by  religious  enmity,  against 
Abyssinia.  For  a  century  back,  their  power  has  been  broken,  and  they  have  been 
divided  into  a  number  of  small  separate  states.  Zeyla,  the  capital,  is  a  place  of 
considerable  trade,  and,  though  irregularly  built,  contains  some  good  habitations. 


CENTRAL   AFRICA. 

Ceittral  Africa  may  be  considered  as  comprising  all  that  part  of  the  conti- 
nent extending  from  the  Great  Desert  south  to  the  equator  and  the  confines  of 
Guinea,  and  from  the  territories  of  Abyssinia  and  Nubia  on  the  east  to  those  of 
Senegambia  on  the  west ;  extending  in  length  about  2600,  and  from  north  to 
south  from  500  to  1000  miles  in  width.  A  great  proportion  of  this  region  is  yet 
entirely  unknown  to  Christian  nations ;  and  it  is  only  within  the  last  forty  years 
that  the  daring  enterprise  of  various  travellers  has  explored  a  few  portions  of  it, 
and  enabled  the  civilized  world  to  acquire  some  correct  ideas  respecting  it. 

A  continuous  chain  of  mountains,  celebrated  by  the  ancients  under  the  appella- 


i^: 


.1 


■)  ■,  1  ji  •  ♦  ■' ' ' 

"  .'i 

1  •    • 

1 

0 

:,:■? 

^!pr< 

:Si 


^4;{ 


L  r 


m 


l':« 


1  ^ 

1 

11*' 

! 

i 

1   ■■'!. 

1 
1 

:     '|.)} 

t 

i  ' 

U             -*  (• 

;) 

IK^- 


1*1 

% .  if  HI 


454 


CENTRAL  AFRICA. 


tion  of  the  Mountains  of  the  Moon,  traveraes  probably  the  whole  territory  from 
east  to  west ;  although  their  exact  range,  connexion,  and  position,  are  not  ascer- 
tained. The  rivers  which  derive  their  supply  from  this  vast  elevated  chain  form 
a  grand  and  celebrated  feature.  The  great  stream  of  the  Niger,  long  involved 
in  such  deep  mystery,  has  at  length,  through  the  persevering  exertion  of  British 
travellers,  been  sufficiently  explored  to  enable  us  to  form  some  notion  of  its  ex- 
tent, and  of  the  various  countries  through  which  it  passes,  though  much  of  its 
course  is  yet  unknown.  Its  source  has  not  been  actually  visited,  but  is  ascertain- 
ed tu  rise  in  a  mountainous  region  about  200  miles  in  the  interior,  north-east  from 
Sierra  Leone,  and,  passing  tlirough  Sangaro,  Kankan,  Wassela,  Boure,  and  Bam- 
barra,  in  a  north-east  and  northerly  direction,  towards,  and  beyond,  Timbuctoo, 
appears  to  take  a  great  bend  to  the  southward ;  thence,  flowing  along  the  country 
of  Houssa,  through  Borgoo  Yarriba,  &c.i  it  finally  pours  its  vast  mass  of  waters 
into  the  Gulf  of  Guinea,  forming  one  of  the  greatest  deltas  in  the  world :  its 
estuaries  cover  a  space  of  200  miles.  The  whole  extent  of  this  great  stream 
cannot  be  less  than  3000  miles;  thus  ranking  with  the  largest  livers  of  the  old 
continent.  In  the  upper  part  of  its  course  the  Niger  is  called  the  Joliba,  ond  in 
the  lower  the  Quorra. 

This  part  of  Airica  contains  but  few  lakes :  the  most  pre-eminent  is  the  Tchad, 
situated  in  the  central  part  of  the  continent,  and  on  the  frontier  of  Bornou :  it  is 
about  200  miles  in  length  and  150  in  breadth,  and  embosoms  within  its  outline 
numerous  large  islands,  some  of  which  are  the  residence  of  tribes  said  to  be 
numerous,  and  who  are  accounted  by  the  people  of  Bornou  as  infidels  and  pirates. 
The  Dibbie,  or  dark  lake,  formed  by  the  Niger,  is  not  so  extensive ;  since  M. 
Caillie,  in  sailing  across  it,  lost  sight  of  land  only  in  one  direction.  The  names 
of  Lake  Fittre,  and  others  lying  east  of  the  Tchad,  have  been  vaguely  reported ; 
but  of  their  situation  and  character,  geographers  are  ignorant. 

Central  Africa  may  be  considered  as  divided,  by  the  mountainous  range  which 
is  believed  to  extend  through  it,  into  two  great  sections:  that  on  the  north  is 
chiefly  known  by  the  appellation  of  Soudan,  or  Nigritia,  of  which  some  portions 
have  been  explored  by  European  travellers ;  and  the  other,  extending  southward 
to  the  equator,  and  by  some  denominated  Lower  Ethiopia,  is,  as  regards  our  know- 
ledge nf  it,  a  vast  blank ;  no  European  having  ever  penetrated  into  its  remote  and 
my  St     '>U8  territories. 

The  government,  in  the  countries  of  Central  Africa,  is  completely  despotic ; 
and,  in  most  of  the  states,  the  homage  paid  to  rulers  and  grandees  is  far  more 
abject  and  debasing  than  in  any  civilized  empire.  In  Yarriba,  the  greatest  lords, 
when  they  approach  the  sovereign,  throw  themselves  flat  on  their  faces,  kissing 
the  earth,  and  piling  heaps  of  dust  upon  their  heads.  The  sacrifices,  on  the  death 
of  any  prince  or  chief,  of  his  principal  oflicers  and  favourite  wives,  though  not 
carried  to  the  same  bloody  extent  as  m  Ashantee  and  Dahomey,  is  yet  prevalent 
in  many  native  states.  In  other  respects,  however,  the  greatness  of  the  monarch 
is  not  supported  by  much  of  outward  pomp  and  state.  Their  mansions,  usual 
attire,  and  daily  habits,  difl!er  little  from  those  of  their  meanest  subjects.  They 
have  scarcely  any  revenue  derived  from  regular  sources,  if  we  except  the  dues 
exacted  from  the  caravans.  They  enrich  themselves  by  presents,  and  thus  par- 
ticularly appear  to  accumulate  such  an  extravagant  number  of  wives.  They  also 
carry  on  a  good  deal  of  traffic,  and  scruple  not  to  employ  both  power  and  strata- 
gem in  turning  it  to  their  own  advantage. 

The  armies  of  Central  Africa  consist  chiefly  of  a  turbulent  militia,  taking  the 
field  on  the  summons  of  the  prince,  and  supporting  themselves  by  plundering  the 
country  through  which  they  pass.  The  cavalry  of  Bornou  and  Begharmi  have  a 
very  martial  appearance ;  their  horses  being  small  and  active,  and,  as  well  as 
their  riders,  completely  enveloped  in  chain  and  sometimes  in  plate  armour :  but 
they  are  unable  to  withstand  a  brisk  charge  from  an  enemy,  and  on  every  such 
occasion  take  precipitately  to  flight.  They  are  serviceable  onlj'  when  the  victory 
has  been  decided,  and  the  enemies'  backs  are  turned,  when  they  are  very  active 
in  cutting  down  and  plundering  the  fugitives.  The  Kanemboo  spearmen,  organ- 
ized by  the  present  sheik  of  &rnou,  form  the  most  regular  and  efiective  force 


I 


CENTRAL  AFR»CA. 


4U 


in  interior  Africa.  They  march  by  tribes,  almost  nakmii  with  only  a  skin  mund 
their  waist :  their  only  arms  bein^  a  lon^  shield  with  which  they  ward  ofT  the 
arrows  of  the  enemy,  and  a  spear  with  which  they  prew  forward  to  charge  him. 
Yet  they  have  much  of  the  org^anization  of  a  refpilar  army,  maintaininf;  in  front 
a  chain  of  piquets,  and  the  sentinels  passing  the  war-cry  alonfr  the  line.  The 
Fellata  archers,  and  those  of  a  very  rude  people  called  the  Mungas,  fiffhting  with 
poisoned  arrows,  have  shown  themselves  very  formidable. 

Agriculture  is  practised  over  the  whole  of  Central  Africa,  though  in  a  very 
rude  manner.  Th'e  plough  appears  never  to  have  passed  the  desert ;  the  only 
instrument  for  turning  up  the  ground  being  the  hoe,  which  does  little  more  than 
scratch  the  surface ;  yet  this  slight  tillage,  on  grounds  moistened  by  inundation 
or  artificial  watering,  is  sufficient  to  produce  abundant  crops.  In  Bornou,  the  im- 
perfect industry  of  the  people  produces  only  gussub,  a  species  of  millet,  which, 
instead  of  being  formed  into  bread,  is  merely  boiled  into  a  paste.  So  supine  is 
their  culture,  that  in  this  fine  climaie  they  do  not  rear  a  vegetable  of  any  descrip- 
tion, except  a  few  onions ;  nor  a  firuit  except  limes,  and  those  only  in  the  garden 
of  the  sheik.  In  Houssa,  however,  two  crops  of  wheat  are  raised  in  the  year, 
and  the  markets  are  abundantly  supplied  with  fruits  and  vegetables.  Rice  is  pro- 
duced copiously  on  the  inundated  banks  of  the  Niger,  particularly  in  the  kingdom 
of  Yaoorie. 

Manufactures  are  not  numerous,  but  carried  on  with  considerable  skill  and  ac- 
tivity. The  most  important,  by  far,  is  that  of  cotton  cloth,  which  is  said  to  bo 
beautifully  woven,  and  skilfully  dyed  with  fine  indigo. 

Commerce,  throughout  this  region,  is  carried  on  with  some  activity,  though  in 
modes  rather  peculiar.  Maritime  trade  is  precluded  by  its  situation,  far  distant 
from  any  coast.  Even  river  navigation  is  not  practised  with  much  diligence,  un- 
less on  the  Niger,  and  that  chiefly  on  its  lower  course,  as  it  approaches  the  sea. 
Commodities  are  conveyed  by  large  troops,  eometimes  resembling  little  armies, 
called  caravans,  kafilas,  or  cofiles.  Those  which  pass  between  Northern  and 
Central  Africa,  across  the  immense  expanse  of  the  desert,  employ  camels,  whose 
patience  of  thirst,  and  soft  and  elastic  hoofs,  almost  exclusively  fit  them  for  travel- 
ling over  this  wide  surface  of  sand.  In  the  rugged  and  mountainous  tracts,  bur- 
dens are  chiefly  conveyed  by  means  of  asses ;  but  in  the  great  fertile  plains  of 
Houssa  and  Eyeo,  the  human  head  is  the  most  frequent  vehicle :  those  of  females, 
not  excepting  the  wives  of  the  great  men,  and  even  of  the  monarch,  are  decided- 
ly preferred.  The  articles  conveyed  across  the  desert,  and  exposed  for  sale  in 
the  markets  of  Central  Africa,  are  chiefly  of  a  showy  and  ornamental  kind.  Salt, 
in  large  quantities,  is  brought  from  pits  in  the  interior  of  the  desert ;  and  goora 
or  kolla  nuts, — a  favourite  luxury,  which  is  even  called  the  African  coflfee, — are 
transported  from  the  western  to  the  eastern  parts  of  thjis  region.  The  returns 
made  to  Northern  Africa  from  Timbuctoo  consist  partly  of  gold  and  ivory ;  but 
slaves  are  the  chief  article  sent  from  thence,  and  almost  the  sole  one  from 
Houssa  and  Bornou.  These  unfortunate  victims  are  caught  by  armed  expeditions 
in  the  mountainous  regions  to  the  south,  the  inhabitants  of  which,  being  mostly 
pagan,  are  considered  by  orthodox  Mussulmans  as  lawful  prey. 

In  the  moral  existence  of  the  African,  there  are  many  very  dark  features. 
War  is  carried  on  with  all  the  ferocity  of  the  most  barbarous  nations ;  many 
tracts,  formerly  flourishing^  were  seen,  by  the  recent  travellers,  reduced  by  it  to 
a  state  of  entire  desolation.  Another  deep  blot  is  the  extensive  prevalence  of 
robbery,  practised  not  merely  by  desperate  and  outlawed  individuals,  but  as  the 
great  national  and  state  concern  of  almost  every  community,  great  and  small. 
In  other  parts  of  the  world,  robbery  is  carried  on  by  the  poor  against  the  rich :  in 
Central  Africa,  it  is  equally  or  more  by  the  rich  against  the  poor ;  for  there,  he 
who  is  destitute  of  every  thing  else,  has  at  least  himself,  who,  converted  into  a 
slave,  forms  the  richest  booty  that  can  tempt  the  plunderer. 

In  regard  to  religion,  the  nations  of  this  region  are  pretty  equally  divided  be- 
tween two  systems,  the  pagan  and  Mahometan  ;  one  native,  the  other  introduced 
by  migration  and  intercourse  from  Northern  Afi-ica.  One  fixed  article  of  belief 
among  them  all  is,  that  they  may  lawfully  reduce  to  slavery  all  the  kerdie$,  or 


I!-^^"fl 


h- 


*'         'I 


"if 

;.,  1. 1; 


■I 


pi 


a- 


'A-    i 


1.^. 


r* '  '7»  I.  ,  J 


H< 


* •  ^  HI 

■  '■  -.ti 


1 

1 

w 

■If 

Wfi 

'   i 

\' 

»! 

'nT 

.'i 

1v 

^  -J 

■1 

LiJJL   , 

•<■''. 


P^^ii 


456 


CENTRAL  AFRICA. 


pagans,  who  people  the  aouthern  mountain  dietrictx.  In  other  respects,  they  do 
not  strictly  conform  to  the  recluse  and  contracted  habits  of  life  generally  prevail- 
ing among  nations  of  this  profession :  the  females  are  not  closely  immured ;  in- 
toxicating liquors  are  not  rigidly  abstained  from ;  and  various  amusements  which 
it  proscribes  are  indulged  in  without  scruple. 

Learning,  throughout  Central  Africa,  appears  in  a  very  depressed  state.  The 
reading  even  of  the  Koran  is  confined  to  a  very  few  of  the  ^eat  Jighia,  or  doc- 
tors. Its  verses  are  chiefly  emplo}red  as  amulets  to  secure  triumph  over  enemies, 
or  success  in  the  difierent  pursuits  of  life.  The  princes,  both  in  Bornou  and 
Houssa,  show  a  disposition  to  enquire  into  and  cultivate  the  arts  and  sciences ; 
but  they  have  no  channel  of  information,  unless  from  Barbary,  where  these  pur- 
suits are  in  an  almost  equally  depressed  state.  Sultan  Bello  of  Sockatoo,  and  his 
minister,  had  each  a  library,  but  no  communication  has  been  made  as  to  the  con- 
tents of  either.  Extemporary  poetry,  sung  by  the  composers,  is  repeated  at  almost 
all  the  African  courts.  Singing  men  and  singing  women  are  constant  attendants 
on  the  chiefs  and  caboceers;  and  their  songs,  though  conceived  probably  in  terms 
of  the  grossest  flattery,  appear  to  contain  a  large  portion  of  national  history. 

The  eastern  part  of  Central  Africa  comprising  Darfur,  Kordofan,  Bergoo,  Beg- 
liarmi,  &c.  will  be  most  convenient  for  commencing  the  survey  of  its  local 
divisions.  This  portion  of  the  continent  is  very  imperfectly  known:  the  only 
parts  actually  visited  by  Europeans,  being  Kordonin  and  Darfur ;  the  latter  by  Mr. 
Brown,  in  1783,  4,  5,  and  6 :  his  information,  however,  is  rather  limited,  having 
been,  during  most  part  of  the  time  viewed,  with  great  jealousy,  and  closely 
watched. 

Darfur  is  a  considerable  country,  almost  due  south  firom  Egypt,  and  west  of 
Sennaar,  whence  it  is  separated  by  Kordofan.  The  route  by  which  the  caravans 
pass  from  Egypt  is  of  the  most  dreary  character,  since  travellers,  after  leaving  the 
greater  oasis,  do  not  for  about  700  miles  meet  with  a  human  habitation ;  however,  at 
Sheb  and  Selime  they  are  refreshed  by  springs  of  water.  The  country  itself  is 
of  an  arid  character.  The  tropical  rains,  however,  within  whose  influence  it  is, 
fall  at  the  proper  season  with  great  violence,  when  they  fill  the  dry  beds  of  the 
torrents,  and  inundate  a  considerable  extent  of  country.  The  operations  of  a  rude 
agriculture,  carried  on  by  the  females,  are  then  sufficient  to  produce,  in  a  few 
Diaces,  wheat;  and  in  a  great  number  the  inferior  species  of  dokn,  a  kind  of  millet 
Camels,  homed  cattle,  goats,  horses,  sheep,  and  asses  abound.  The  people,  not 
supposed  to  exceed  in  number  200,000,  are  a  mixture  of  Arabs  and  negroes.  The 
king  is  absolute,  though  obliged  to  court  the  soldiery,  who,  when  discontented, 
sometimes  depose  and  strangle  him,  electing  in  his  room  another  member  of  the 
royal  family.  They  are  about  2000  in  number,  distinguished  neither  for  valour  nor 
discipline,  but  endowed  with  an  almost  preternatural  endurance  of  thirst,  hunger, 
and  fatigue.  Large  caravans,  at  somewhat  irregular  intervals,  pass  between 
Egypt  and  Darfur,  interchanging  slaves,  ivory,  ostrich-feathers,  &c.  for  cloths, 
carpets,  toys,  and  beads.  A  considerable  intercourse  of  religion  and  trade  is  car- 
ried on  with  Mecca  by  way  of  Jidda  and  Suakem.  Cobbe,  the  capital,  is  not 
supposed  to  contain  more  than  4000  inhabitants ;  it  is  about  two  miles  long,  but 
consists  merely  of  ranges  of  detached  houses  surrounded  by  wooded  inclosures. 

Kordo&n,  on  the  east,  and  separated  by  deserts  from  Darfur,  forms  a  country 
nearly  similar.  Its  warriors,  like  those  of  Bornou,  are  invested  in  chain  armour. 
Kordofan  has  been  subjected  at  different  times  tx>  Sennaar  and  Darfur,  and  in  1820 
was  obliged  to  yield  to  the  arms  of  the  Pacha  of  Egypt,  who  continues  to  claim 
the  sovereignty,  which,  however,  over  so  distant  and  rude  a  tract,  must  always  be 
very  precarious.  To  the  south  of  Darfur  is  Fertit,  inhabited  solely  by  negroes, 
and  containing  valuable  mines  of  copper.  Farther  south  still  is  the  mountainous 
country  of  Donga,  possessed  by  a  barbarous  people,  and  in  which,  according  to 
Mr.  Brown's  information,  numerous  streams  unite  in  forming  the  Bahr  el  Abiad, 
or  main  branch  of  the  Nile. 

Bergoo,  called  also  Waday  and  Dar  Saley,  is  an  extensive  country,  reaching 
westward  from  Darfur  to  nearly  the  conflnes  of  Begharmi  and  Bornou.  Accord- 
mg  to  the  imperfect  accounts  yet  received,  it  appears  to  be  greater  and  more 


I'".  I 


,  Ihey  do 

prevail- 

wed;  in- 

its  which 

te.  The 
I,  or  doc- 
enemies, 
trnou  and 
sciences ; 
hese  pur- 
o,  and  his 

0  the  con- 

1  at  almost 
attendants 
y  in  terms 
itory. 

rgoo,  Beg- 
r  its  local 
:  the  only 
Iter  by  Mr. 
,ed,  having 
md  closely 


ind  west  of 
he  caravans 
leaving  the 
however,  at 
itry  itself  is 
luence  it  is, 
beds  of  the  | 
ns  of  a  rude 
le,  in  a  few 
nd  of  millet 
I  people,  not 
jgroes.  The 
iscontcnted, 
■mber  of  the 
or  valour  nor 
irst,  hunger, 
-ass  between 
;.  for  cloths, 
trade  is  car- 
pital,  is  not 
es  long,  but 
inclosures. 
ms  a  country 
lain  armour, 
and  in  1820 
ues  to  claim 
ist  always  be 
y  by  negroes, 
mountainous 
according  to 
bhr  el  Abiad, 


itry,  reaching! 
lou.    Accord- 
ter  and  more  { 


CENTRAL  AFRICA. 


457 


populous  than  Darfur  or  Kordofan.  Warn,  llio  cupilal,  in  roprescnled  as  a  con- 
BHlerablc  city.  Near  it  passes  a  larfff.'  riv«'r,  callod  ihu  Buhr  MiHsclad,  which, 
according  to  Brown's  information,  traverses  the  country  in  a  northern  and  westerly 
direction.  In  this  quarter,  also,  the  lake  Fittro  is  roportcd  to  exist,  but  our  mate- 
rials do  not  enable  us  to  tix  its  site  with  any  prcciiiiuii. 

West  of  Bergoo  is  a  region  called  Buhr  cl  Ghazal;  it  is  a  wide  extent  of  low 
ground  without  any  elevations,  and  is  called  flnlir,  i.  e.  sea  or  river,  l)ccaii8C  tra- 
dition reports  that  in  ancient  times  a  large  river  flowed  through  it.  Kanem,  situ- 
ated on  the  north-east  shored  of  Lake  Tchad,  is  a  rude  diHtrict,  partaking  nome- 
what  of  the  character  of  the  bordering  desert,  but  its  inhabitants  are  poculiarly 
brave.  Lori,  the  chief  town,  consists  of  clusters  of  rush  huts,  in  the  shape  of 
well-thatched  corn-stacks. 

Begharmi  is  a  considerable  country,  to  the  south-eaKt  of  the  lake  Tchad.  The 
people,  whoa,re  stout  and  warlike,  wage  almost  continual  war  with  Bornou,  which 
boasts  of  having  subjected  them;  but  they  always  find  a  retreat  beyond  a  con- 
siderable river,  which  flows  through  their  country,  whence  they  return  and  regain 
possession  of  their  territory.  Their  chief  force  consists  in  mounted  lancers, 
which,  with  their  horses,  are  cased  still  more  completely  in  iron  mail,  than  those 
of  Bornou ;  but  they  do  not  in  the  field  display  any  higher  degree  of  courage. 

Bornou,  one  of  the  most  powerful  kingdoms  of  Centrol  Africa,  extends  about 
200  miles  in  every  direction,  on  the  westward  of  the  great  inland  sea  of  the 
Tchad.  It  is  watered  by  the  tropical  rains,  and  is  a  very  fertile  country.  Cities, 
containing  from  10,000  to  30,000  inhabitants,  and  many  walled  towns,  rise  along 
the  shores  of  the  lake.  The  markets  present  a  most  crowded  scene,  the  principal 
one  at  Angornou  attracting  sometimes  100,000  people.  Yet  the  nation  is  remark- 
ably deficient,  not  only  in  refined  and  intellectual  pursuits,  but  in  the  humblest  of 
the  useful  arts.  The  only  fabric  in  which  they  have  attained  any  kind  of  excel- 
lence is  that  of  cotton  cloth  dyed  blue  with  their  fine  indigo,  the  tobes  or  pieces 
of  which  form  the  current  coin  of  the  realm.  They  have,  however,  the  ab^lolute 
necessaries  of  life  in  abundance.  Numerous  herds  of  cattle  are  bred  by  Arab 
tribes,  who  have  transported  into  Bornou  all  their  pastoral  habits. 

The  government  of  this  state  is  absolute;  but  when  the  English  travellers  Den- 
ham  and  Clapperton  lately  visited  the  country,  they  found  it  in  a  somewhat  singu- 
lar political  situation.  The  sheik,  surnamed  El  Kanemy,  who  by  his  valour  had 
rescued  the  kingdom  from  Fellata  invasion,  possessed  all  the  real  authority,  which 
he  exercised  with  justice  and  vigour;  but  he  found  it  prudent  to  confer  the  osten- 
sible dignity  of  sultan  on  a  member  of  the  ancient  royal  family,  who  lived  in 
empty  pomp  at  New  Bornou.  There  is  probably  no  court  of  which  the  taste  is  so 
absurd,  grotesque,  or  preposterous.  The  primary  requisite  for  a  fine  gentleman 
and  a  courtier  is  a  huge  belly ;  and  whore  feeding  and  cramming  will  not  produce 
this  beauty  in  sufficient  perfection,  the  part  is  swelled  out  by  stufling  ai^'l  cush- 
ioning. 

The  towns  of  Bornou  are  considerable,  though  not  of  the  first  magnitude.  New 
Bornou,  the  present  residence  of  the  sultan,  is  said  not  to  contain  more  than 
10,000  people ;  and  Kouka,  where  the  sheik  kept  his  court,  is  still  smaller.  An- 
gornou is  the  largest  place  in  the  kingdom,  containing  at  least  30,000  people,  and, 
during  the  crowded  market  held  there,  otlen  from  80,000  to  100,000  are 
assembled.  All  these  are  in  the  heart  of  the  kingdom,  on  the  western  bank  of 
the  Tchad.  Angala,  on  the  southern  or  Begharmi  frontier,  and  Woodie  on  that 
of  Kanem,  are  also  considerable :  at  the  latter,  the  caravans  are  made  to  stop  till 
permission  to  proceed  is  obtained  from  the  sovereign. 

Mandara,  situated  to  the  south  of  Bornou,  consists  of  a  fine  valley,  containing 
eight  large  towns,  the  principal  of  which  is  Mora.  The  whole  country,  and  even 
the  capital,  are  overlooked  by  the  great  range  of  the  Mountains  of  tHe  Moon, 
which  to  the  southward  of  this  territory  appear  to  attain  their  loftiest  height. 
Dirkullah,  a  part  of  this  mountainous  territory,  is  occupied  by  a  pagan  rare  called 
El  Follati,  who  have  their  villages  strongly  fortified,  and  fight  desperaioly  with 
poisoned  arrows,  by  which  they  once  put  to  flight  the  whole  force  of  Bornou  and 
Mandara,  though  aided  by  a  numerous  and  well-armed  body  of  Arabs. 


39 


3H 


•'       ti 


^h 


I.  ■ 


m 


•;^' 

!1''-.  V 


^\ 


-  '  ■-  a 

{.'■  V. 

'-'■■i  '1 

x<  4 

,1    ;^   v' 

■'  ■•'u-Ij 

..-4  ■  M 

u  ■.  #."  1 

.;■  .:*..,1| 

^^'i 

^m 

'^  'Aq  «j 

j.,^3« 

iiwsyi 

m  i  '* 


!li'4"'  .<:''.  1 


458 


CENTRAL  AreiCA. 


lIouBoa  in  an  cxtcnsivo  territory  in  the  inunt  central  part  of  Africa,  rcachini; 
frnm  the  upper  cotirso  of  the  Ycou  nearly  wevt  to  the  Niger ;  but  iU  buundaricM 
both  on  the  north  ami  Bouth  neem  to  be  yet  undecided.  It  is  well  watered  by  the 
river  Qunrrariia  or  Zirmie,  which,  with  several  tributaries,  flows  westward  to  join 
the  Quorra  or  Ni(|rer.  On  the  eastern  border,  aW,  it  is  traversed  by  the  upfxT 
course  of  the  Yeuu,  and  on  tiie  southern  by  the  Tsadda,  which  also  falls  into  tlit> 
Nif;er.  This  region  derives  its  siucial  character  from  the  Fellatus,  a  people  aaiii 
to  be  similar  in  appearance  to  tho  Fuulahs  of  Western  Africa,  but  of  a  much  mort' 
warlike  character.  Their  precine  origin  is  involved  in  obscurity,  and  their  very 
iinme  was  imknown  to  Europeans  until  within  a  few  years.  Thoy  appear  to  havi* 
been,  since  the  commencement  of  the  present  century,  the  mo»l  prominent  puu- 
pie  in  Central  Africa ;  about  that  period,  they  conciucred  the  wliulu  of  IIousbu, 
Bornou,  and  several  countries  on  the  Niger.  The  Fellata  empire  thus  founded,  husi 
since,  however,  sutTered  some  dismemberment.  The  standard  of  independence 
was  raised  in  Bornou,  by  a  native  of  Kanem,  who  under  the  title  of  Sheik  el 
Knnemy,  drove  out  the  invaders,  and  assumed  the  real  sway  over  tho  country.  In 
the  heart  of  Houssa,  Goober,  Zegzeg,  and  other  countries,  have  thrown  otT  tlic 
yoke;  yet  the  Fellutas  are  still  extending  their  conquests  to  the  westward,  and 
have  even  passed  the  Niger  into  Yarriba.  The  Fellatas  are  like  the  Foulahs,  all 
Mahometans. 

Houssa  appears  to  be  more  elevated,  and  the  climate  less  sultry,  than  that 
either  of  Bornou  or  the  countries  on  the  Niger;  travellers  have  even  occasionally 
suffered  from  cold.  The  face  of  the  country  exhibits  evident  marks  of  superior 
cultivation  and  a  superior  people.  The  fields  are  covered  with  large  crops  of 
wheat,  two  of  which  are  annually  produced,  and  the  grain  is  stored  in  large 
granaries,  raised  on  poles  as  a  security  from  insects. 

Sockatoo,  situated  nearly  at  the  western  extremity  of  Houssa,  is  at  present  the 
ruling  country  over  that  region.  The  territory  appears  to  be  fertile  ond  populous, 
and  Its  capital  the  largest  city  in  interior  Africa.  The  houses  are  built  closer 
than  usual,  and  more  regularly  laid  out  in  streets.  The  place  is  surrounded  by  a 
wall  between  twenty  and  thirty  feet  high,  with  twelve  gates,  always  shut  at 
sunset 

Kano  is  the  centre  of  commerce  and  civilization  in  interior  Africa ;  yet  it  is  built 
m  a  very  scattered  manner,  occupying  only  about  a  fourth  of  the  circuit  of  fifteen 
miles  enclosed  by  its  walls.  The  inhabited  part  is  divided  into  two  by  a  large 
morass,  dry  during  a  part  of  the  year,  at  which  period  is  held  a  great  market,  tho 
most  crowded  and  best  regulated  in  Africa.  Kano  is  supposed  tc  contain  30,000 
or  40,000  inhabitants. 

Kashna,  to  the  north  of  Kano,  is  a  considerable  kingdom,  which  at  no  distant 
period  held  the  supremacy  over  Houssa.  Its  walls,  like  those  of  Kano,  are  of  im- 
mense circuit ;  but  the  inhabited  part  does  not  amount  to  above  a  tenth  of  the 
enclosed  space.  It  is  still,  however,  the  seat  of  a  considerable  trade  with  the 
desert,  with  Timbuctoo,  and  with  caravans  coming  across  the  desert  by  the  way 
of  Gradamis  and  Tuat. 

To  the  south  of  Sockatoo  and  Kano  is  the  country  of  Zegzeg,  one  of  the  finest 
in  all  Africa.  It  is  covered  with  plentiful  crops  and  rich  pastures,  yields  particu- 
larly good  rice,  and  is  beautifiiUy  variegated  with  hill  and  dale,  like  the  finest 
parts  of  England.  Dunrora  is  situated  in  a  country  fertile,  though  rocky ;  and 
about  half  a  day's  journey  from  it  is  Jacoba,  described  as  a  large  city  on  the  river 
Shary ;  while  rarther  to  the  east,  on  th?  same  river,  is  stated  to  be  another  great 
city,  Adamowa :  but  here  our  knowledge  in  this  direction  terminates. 

The  countries  on  the  lower  courae  of  the  Niger  form  an  extensive  and  import- 
ant part  of  Central  Africa.  Being  copiously  watered,  and  in  many  parts  liable  to 
temporary  inundation,  they  are  endowed  with  profuse  natural  fertility,  yielding 
rice  and  other  valuable  species  of  grain  in  abundanc3;  tliough,  in  approaching  the 
sea,  the  ground  becomes  swampy,  and  overgrown  with  dense  forests.  The  negro 
population,  with  its  original  habits  and  superstitions,  generally  ^Is  this  Ti^ffjon ; 
but  the  Fellatas  are  making  rapid  encroachments;  and  several  of  the  states ^ve 
been  converted,  though  in  a  very  superficial  manner,  to  the  Moslem  &ith.    The 


.M 


CKNTRAL  AFRK  A. 


i:.i> 


kinffs  hold  an  alwoluto  tlioHgli  mild  nway ;  their  splendour  coniiiiita  chiefly  in  the 
multitude  of  their  wivea,  who  pcrt'orrn  all  menial  functions,  and  oven  act  a« 
body-guards:  the  royal  exactions  arc  rhioHy  from  travellers  and  merchants  out 
of  whom  they  draw  as  much  as  possible,  both  in  the  way  of  presents  and  trmle. 
Yaoorie  consists  of  a  very  fertile  plain,  partly  overflowwl  by  the  Nij^er,  and  thus 
rendered  peculiarly  fitted  for  the  pruUiction  of  rice.  The  city  of  the  sanie  nniiie, 
encompassed  by  walls  of  wood,  and  rudely  strengthened  with  plates  itf  iron,  en- 
close a  circuit  of  twenty  or  thirty  miles;  but  this  space  is  covered  to  a  ^jreal  ex- 
tent with  pastures  and  corn-fields,  amonp  which  clusters  of  huts  nrn  iiUfr»|M'rwil. 
The  people,  being  numerous  and  brave,  have  re{)elle>l  every  attempt  by  the  I'ol- 
latas  to  subdue  them.  The  chief  of  Yaoorie  has  incurred  deep  diMhoiiour  by  the 
attack  on  Park,  which  terminated  in  the  death  of  that  celebriilt;d  trnveller;  und 
bis  conduct  to  Clapperton  and  Lander  was  fur  from  praiHcworthy.  Below  Yaoorie 
the  navigation  of  the  Niger  is  obstructed  by  formidable  cataracts,  though  it  is 
passable  during  the  rainy  season  for  vessels  of  some  magnitude. 

The  kingdom  of  Boussa  is  immediately  below  Yaoorie.  The  capital  of  the 
same  name  is  a  considerable  town,  situated  in  the  midst  of  a  fertile  and  well  cul- 
tivated country.  The  Niger,  immediately  above  and  below  Boussa,  pre<4cnts  a 
magnificent  body  of  water;  in  passing  that  city,  it  is  obstructed  by  those  rocks 
and  straits  in  which  Park  was  intercepted  and  perished.  Wawa,  the  capital  of  u 
small  dependent  kingdom,  situated  in  a  very  fertile  country,  particularly  celebrated 
for  producing  excellent  yams,  is  supposed  to  contain  18,(KN)  inhabitants. 

Borgoo,  west  and  north-west  of  Boussa  and  Wawa,  is  coinpoHed,  in  a  great 
measure,  of  rugged  mountain  tracts,  though  interspersed  with  fertile  and  beauti- 
ful valleys.  The  elevated  districts  are  covered  with  extensive  forests,  crowded 
witli  wild  animals  of  every  description,  and  infested  with  numerous  bands  of  rob- 
bera  Kiama,  the  only  part  of  Borgoo  visited  by  English  travellers,  is  inhabited 
by  a  i>eople  proud,  courageous,  spirited,  delighting  in  martial  exercises,  and  warm 
both  in  their  resentments  and  attachments.  The  banks  of  the  Niger,  below 
Boussa,  are  occupied  by  two  great  and  flourishing  kingdoms :  Yarriba  on  the  west, 
and  Nyfie,  or  Nouffie,  on  the  east  The  former  is  an  extensive  state,  and  one  of 
the  most  fruitful  countries  on  the  globe ;  it  is  well  cultivated,  and  densely  peopled. 
The  fields  are  covered  with  thriving  plantations  of  Indian  corn,  millet,  yams,  and 
cotton.  The  loom  is  busily  plied,  though  its  products  arc  not  equal  to  those  in  the 
neighbouring  country  of  Nyfie.  A  range  of  rugged  mountains,  from  3000  to  3000 
feet  high,  crosses  one  part  of  the  country ;  yet  such  is  the  mildness  of  the  climate, 
that  cultivation,  and  even  large  towns,  are  found  on  their  very  summit  Eyeo, 
the  capital  of  Yarriba,  is  one  of  the  largest  cities  of  Afi-ica,  being  If)  miles  in  cir- 
cumference: there  are,  however,  many  fields  and  open  spaces  in  this  wide  circuit, 
and  the  population  can  scarcely  even  be  conjectured.  Nyfl^e,  on  the  eastern  bank 
of  the  Niger,  is  a  very  fine  country,  occupied  by  the  most  industrious  and  improved 
of  all  the  negro  nations.  Their  cotton  cloths  are  held  in  the  highest  estimation  ; 
and  even  the  finest  of  those  manufactured  in  Houssa,  arc  by  slaves  from  Nyfie. 
Rabba,the  capital,  is  considered,  next  to  Sockatoo,  the  largest  town  in  possession 
of  this  people.  The  surrounding  territory  is  highly  productive,  covered  with  rich 
crops,  and  with  numerous  and  fine  breeds  of  horses  and  cattle.  The  mats  made 
there  are  reckoned  superior  to  all  others  in  Africa.  Egga,  the  town  of  Nyfie 
which  lies  farthest  down  the  Niger,  extenuc>  four  miles  along  itt:  banks,  and  has 
numerous  boats  belonging  to  it.    The  population  is  half  Mahometan,  half  negro. 

The  slates  which  succeed  consist  of  little  more  than  single  towns,  each  govern- 
ed by  its  own  chief,  with  little  or  no  mutual  dependence,  ond  many  of  them 
addicted  to  fierce  and  lawless  practices.  Kacunda,  however,  composed  of  a  clus- 
ter of  three  large  villages,  under  the  absolute  sway  of  a  single  chief,  though  inde- 
pendent of  NyTO,  contains  a  peaceable,  industrious,  and  friendly  people. 

About  forty  miles  below  Kacunda,  several  yet  unknown  towns  intervening,  the 
Niger  receives  its  greatest  tributary,  the  Tsadda,  called  sometimes  the  Shary,  and 
which  has  been  traced  flowing  by  Jacoba  on  the  south  of  Houssa ;  but  its  origin 
and  early  course  are  unknown.  At  the  junction,  it  is  little  inferior  to  the  main 
stream,  and  navigated  by  numerous  boats.  Funda,  reported  the  greatest  emporium 


..'•li 


,% 


•  ) 


•' ■ ! 


1 

■    ' 


A" 


] 

^ 

i 

u^-   ■■ 

•  i 


4 


!.(■ 


...    t \ 
'      rl 


I  ..' 


>i 


1:   '■i 


*U 


'.'I 


.':p 


li'M 


46U 


BaiP9>MHiHwanHaaHBi 
(KNTHAI-  AFKU^A. 


^m 


(if  Ihii  pnrt  of  Atricn,  i»  about  tlin-c  dayii'  wil  up  the  Twiildn.  At  thn  jiinrtinn 
<>r  ilic  two  rivrrii  ia  a  comiiHTcial  town,  of  vury  coiiiidcniblo  mai{iiitu(lo,  nAmud 
Ciitluiii  Ciirraff. 

TiiwriH  of  ini|iortnncp  cuntiniin  to  occur  in  the  coufhc  of  Jho  Niger  downwanlii. 
lkM'«|un,  about  n()  niilo^  Itolow  Knciinda,  in  the  arat  of  a  vrry  iarKu  market,  rr<ucl> 
rr<'i|ii(iitod :  it  in  t<dl')Wfi|  liy  Abbnznca  and  I)niiiinui»oo.  Kirro,  a  liirpn  >  rirkci 
town,  in  alK)nt  firty  milt-M  Iwlow  li<ici{iin.  iJoro  cotninrnrGH  tho  Doltn  of  the  Niper, 
wliicli,  lit  thiN  |tlnc)>,  dftiu'linM  a  brunch  HiipiHMcd  to  tlovv  tu  Ilvnin  Kboe.  Hovcnty 
iiiib.'s  b«>low  Kirro).'  i*  u  larpo  town,  commonly  called  ttit*  Fibon  country  ;  it  forms 
tliL'  Kreut  mart  t'roni  which  the  porta  on  tho  cuaat  arc  supplied  with  slaves  and 
(Nilm  oil. 

'I'o  complete  thn  picture  of  Central  Africa,  it  remains  to  mention  the  countries 
on  tli(>  upper  Nit'Ti  i"  celebrated  as  any  of  those  now  emmierated.  For  4(N)  or 
ri()(l  miles  above  Va<»ric,  indeeil,  tlie  shores  of  this  preat  river  are  almost  entirely 
unknown,  as  I'nrk,  untbrtunately,  never  returned  to  relate  his  navif^tion  down 
to  that  city.  At  thn  end  of  the  above  reach,  however,  occurs  the  most  important 
city  in  this  part  of  Africa. 

'J'imbuctoo,  or  'I'ombuctoo,  tho  celobrnted  emporium  of  tho  commerce  in  (folil, 
bus  always  (<lione  in  tho  eyes  of  F]ur<i|)nans  with  u  dazzlinf^  and  brilliant  luslie. 
Most  of  the  darin;;  find  often  tra^rical  expcditioiw  into  the  interior  of  tho  conti- 
nent had  for  their  object  to  retich  that  city.  Yet  itn  actual  condition,  nnd  oven 
mapnitudo,  are  t>till  involved  in  very  considerable  uncertainty.  Major  liiiinp  re- 
sided there  tiir  o  cuiisidemble  time,  nnd  made  the  moxt  dili;,'ent  inrjuirie.' :  but  tlio 
result,  in  conueqiiuncc  of  tho  catastrophe  which  terminated  his  cutecr,  never 
reached  the  European  public.  Caillie,  the  only  curopean  who  has  ever  returned  from 
that  city,  was  far  from  being  a  careful  or  an  accurate  observer.  From  the  few 
positive  notices,  however,  thus  obtained,  we  nmy  infer  that  the  city  is  neither  bo 
large  nor  so  .splendid  as  rumour  represented  i^ 

Timbuctoo,  however,  bciiip  the  place  where  tho  caravans  from  Morocco,  and 
most  of  those  from  Algiers  and  Tunis,  first  touch  on  the  fertile  regions  of  Central 
Africa,  must  always  poBscHS  great  commercial  importance;  and  a  depdt  is  found 
there  of  the  commodities  which  it  udurds  for  exchange  with  other  countries. 
G'jld,  ond  still  more  slaves,  are  thu  biaplc  articles. 

Jonne,  or  Jinnie,  is  a  city  serond  only  to  Timbuctoo  in  commercial  importance : 
it  is  situated,  according  to  Park,  on  a  tributary  of  the  Niger,  but  according  to 
Caillie,  on  a  branch  separated  from,  and  then  reuniting  to,  that  river.  In  Park's 
time  it  was  subject  to  Bambarra;  but  it  has  since  been  occupied,  with  several  of 
the  neighbouring  territories,  by  Scgo  Ahmadou,  a  Feltata  prince.  The  population 
is  rated  probably  too  low  by  M.  Caillie  at  8000  or  10,000. 

The  kingdom  of  Bambarra  consists  of  a  beautiful  and  extensive  plain,  through 
;vhich  the  Niger  rolls  for  about  300  miles,  from  the  point  where  it  becomes  navi- 
gable for  large  canoes.  The  territory  is  fertile  and  well  cultivated,  being  to  a 
great  extent  inundated  during  the  rains.  Scgb,  the  capital,  in  the  centre  of  the 
kingdom,  is  divided  by  the  Niger  into  two  parts,  the  comiriunication  between 
which  is  maintained  by  ferries,  which  are  under  the  contrci  c.  Hi  ;rv/emment. 
The  place  is  surrounded  by  high  muJ  walls,  the  houses  o'.c  l;ujl  "'  '^lay,  bu*. 
neatly  whitewashed,  the  streets  are  commodious,  and  mosq  ■'.-  ri .'?  tn  .ery  quar- 
ter. The  numerous  canoes  on  the  river,  tho  crowded  popuiaiion,  and  the  culti- 
vated state  of  the  surrounding  country,  exhibit  altogether  a  scene  of  civilization 
and  n.agnificence  scarcely  to  be  expected  in  the  centre  of  Africa.  Park  estimated 
tiie  p))|  ulfttion  at  about  80,000.  Sansanding  is  a  great  commercial  town,  higher 
up  the  .\igb<,  supposed  to  contain  10,000  people.  Its  market  was  the  best  arranged 
and  supplio'l  that  Park  saw  in  Africa.  Bammakoo,  where  the  Niger  first  becomes 
navifahlo  fu'  hi^^  canoes;  Maraboo,  a  great  market  for  salt;  Samee,  and  Silla, 
near  tho  erstei  .  frLA^'^r ;  an*  all  considerable  towns  on  the  Niger. 

Nor(h  of  Bambarra  u  the  kingdoms  of  Massina  and  Beroo,  of  which  the 
former  is  inhabited  by  the  /oulahs,  and  the  latter  is  famous  for  its  trade  in  salt. 
The  capital  is  Walet,  said  to  be  larger  than  Timbuctoo.  North-west  from  Bam- 
barra is  Kaarta,  a  somewhat  extensive  kingdom,  with  a  sandy  and  but  moderately 


I 


AFHlrW  ISI.ANDH. 


m 


fertile  will.  The  rnpital  \%  Krmm.o.  Kn»«iin.  wet  of  Knnrtii,  in  n  rnnntl  hiit  rtr- 
tilf  rciiinlry,  now  riiontlv  Knlijiri  t.i  K'urla.  Mindinir.  th«'  <»ritfinnl  country  of  Iho 
M■ll(^m(rll^•^  mljomintr  win^^Tr^  «'n  iii(<  w^t,  i«  n  moiininittnuM,  ami  mthrr  KtiTilf 
rt'Kioii,  in  wliirli  jfolil  JH  ti)iin<l  i  mc  oxtnn  .  Ih  •  sand  .if  tho  utri'imm  nnii  riv- 
vrn.  n<Mirr,  Kiinkan,  \Va«»^lij,  \f  i»w  ''»unlri»;i*  nntrd  on  tin*  hrmi  wntorB  of 
the  Nijjrr:  of  thrno  IViim-    boundu  n,  i^  Kanknn  it  fnminm  for  th"  jfi     •  mnr- 

k«>t  hold  lit  itM  chM'f  town,  at    sliirh  not  onl)  pold  tind  all  tlio  imxIurtK  ot  i    •<  part  H 
of"  the  world,  b«t  Knroponn  jukkN  in  (.'rciif  variety,  nriii-    r^nv.lpr,  »Vc,,  tirr      hi- 
bited  for  «ilo,     WtiMeia  ia  a  rich  territory,  inhabitt-d  by  ati    i*(.*lrioiiH  and  h.     >i 
tabic*  people. 


AFIUCAN   ISLAN  DS. 

. .  RICA  is  bepirt,  at  certain  diatancca,  with  numerous  islandis  aomo  ainplo,  but 
a  TonHiderable  niinilM<r  nrranpcH  in  grmi\w ;  many  of  Ihrnc  are  in  the  Weatem  or 
Auuntic,  and  other»  in  the  Indian  Ocean. 

The  Azorea,  or  WcHtern  Islandf,  l)eIon<rinflr  politically  to  'ortiipal,  nro  ftitiiatcd 
between  the  37th  and  4()th  tlcffreea  of  north  latitude,  and  tin  J.')lh  and  JftJd  of  went 
longitude.  They  are  nine  in  number:  St.  Michael  and  St.  Mary,  clowly  adjoin- 
inj(  each  other;  Terceira,  Fuyal,  Pico,  (irocioaa,  and  St.  (Jeori;  •,  nearly  a  jrroiip 
by  themselves;  Corvo  and  Plorcs,  considerably  to  the  wcntwam  These  ifdnndn 
bear  evident  marks  of  havinj?  been  produced  by  the  action  of  -  'itcrraneoiiH  Hre, 
the  symptoms  of  which  nro  s^till  visible,  though  no  volcano  is  ai  resent  bnrninsr. 
The  internal  heat,  however,  munifests  itself  by  very  atrikinp  pluTiomena.  Such, 
on  the  island  of  St.  Michael,  are  the  termas,  or  warm  baths,  the  spr'n$r»  supplying? 
which  arc  so  hot  as  often  to  burn  the  hand  which  touches  them,  i  'Iscwhere  the 
caldeiras,  or  boilinjif  sprinpfs,  rise  in  columns,  not  exceeding  twelve  '<et  high,  but 
of  various  diameters,  and  the  burning;  vnpuurs  are  formed  into  cloudh  which  exhi- 
bit a  variety  of  fantastic  figures  and  brilliant  tints. 

Amid  these  turbulent  elements,  the  soil  is  extremely  fertile,  yici  linjf  in  the 
plains  abundance  of  gnin,  while  even  from  the  crevices  of  the  vol 'anic  rocks 
grow  the  delicate  oranges  for  which  St.  Michael  is  celebrated,  and  the  vinen, 
yielding  a  wine  that  resembles  without  equalling  Madeira,  which  cloth<  the  steep 
sides  of  the  mountain  of  Pico,  These,  with  grain,  atford  materials  ot  an  export 
trade,  in  exchange  for  European  fabrics  and  colonial  produce.  The  poj  >ulation  is 
j  vaguely  estimated  at  between  200,000  and  .S(K),000. 

Though  St.  Michael  is  the  largest  island,  being  above  100  miles  in  length,  and 
j  is  also  the  most  fertile,  its  capital,  Ponte  Delg-adu,  is  not  the  .seat  of  the  ircncral 
government  This  distinction  is  enjoyed  by  Angra,  in  Terceira,  in  conf^jucnce 
of  its  comparatively  safe  harbour.  By  its  good  harbour  it  likewise  obtuinc  the 
exportation  of  the  wine  of  Pico,  which  is  known  bythe  name  of  Fayai.  The 
amount,  in  good  years,  has  been  stated  at  8000  or  10,000  pipes. 

Madeint,  also  belonging  to  Portugal,  in  about  32**  north  latitude,  is  a  beautiftil 
and  fertii'"  island.  It  was  first  distinguished  for  producing  the  best  sugar  known ; 
but,  after  the  rivalry  of  the  We^t  Indies  rendered  this  culture  no  longer  profitable, 
the  is^landers  applied  themselves  to  wine,  which  was  soon  raised  to  high  perfec- 
tion. The  growth  of  the  island  is  about  20,000  pipes,  of  which  a  considerable 
quantity  is  i.-ent  to  America  and  the  East  and  West  Indies;  a  voyage  to  tropical 
cliiiiatcss  improving  its  quality.  The  very  best,  however,  called  "  London  parti- 
cular "  M  imported  direct  to  that  capital.  The  wine  trade  of  Madeira  has  latterly 
somewbat  ««clined,  in  consequence  of  which  the  planting  of  coffee  has  become 
general,  ainl  with  such  success  thut  already  the  berry  has  become  an  article  of 
export  Fiiiichal,  the  capital,  is  almost  an  English  town,  nearly  all  the  opulent 
iaha.^itants  being  merchants  of  that  nation  employed  in  the  wine  trade,  while  the 
PurtiMjnies,.  tire  gener»||y  very  poor.  Madeira  has  adjacent  to  it  Porto  Santo,  a 
smaHl  high  island  wtth  a  g<Kid  roadstead;  and  the  two  Desertas  answering  to  their 
name. 

The  Canaries,  belonf  ing  to  Spain,  are  among  the  moet  celebrated  and  beautiful 

39* 


5i' 


f  •  I 


•\ 


M-i 


1.', 


fc'  1 


'  'i'. 


-    t 


t!l 


fill  -^l"* 


.       r  ..  .-■        ».       _  ■  J* 


;^ii 


462 


AFRICAN  ISLANDS. 


groups  of  small  islands  in  the  world.  They  lie  about  the  28th  dc^ee  of  north 
latitude,  and  between  the  13th  and  18th  of  west  longitude.  There  are  seven 
principal  islands,  having  a  land  area  of  about  3250  8(|uare  miles,  and  containing  a 
population  of  200,000  souls.  These  are  Teneriffe,  Grand  Canary,  Palma,  Lanzu- 
rota,  Fortaventura,  Gomera,  and  Ferro.  These  islands  consist  of  mountains  which 
rise  abruptly  from  the  shore,  and  shoot  to  an  amazing  height.  The  Peak  of  Tone- 
riflTe,  the  groat  landmark  to  mariners  through  the  Atlantic,  is  12,000  feet  high. 

The  soil  in  these  islands  displays  much  of  that  luxuriant  fertility  which  distin- 
guishes tropical  countries,  when  profusely  watered,  like  this,  by  the  streams  from 
the  high  mountains  and  the  vapour  from  the  ocean;  yet  their  western  sides  arc 
parch^  by  arid  and  pestilential  breezes  from  the  African  desert,  the  streams  are 
often  absorbed  in  the  porous  lava,  or  rush  down  in  torrents  which  would  sweep 
away  the  earth,  were  not  walls  formed  to  retain  it.  The  principal  exportable  pro- 
duce is  that  afforded  by  the  vines,  which  grow  on  the  lower  declivities  of  the  peak, 
and  yield  a  wine  which,  though  inferior  to  Madeira,  has,  from  its  cheapness,  come 
into  considerable  use.  The  export  has  been  estimated  at  8000  or  9000  pipes. 
There  is  also  some  export  of  brandy,  soda,  and  archil.  The  chief  seat  of  tliis 
trade  is  Santa  Cruz,  in  Teneriffe,  which  enjoys  the  advantage  of  an  excellent 
roadstead.  The  place  is,  however,  intensely  hot,  and  the  natives  not  engaged  in 
business  prefer  the  residence  of  Laguna,  2000  feet  above  the  sea,  which  enjoys  a 
delightful  coolness.  Grand  Canary  is  more  uniformly  fertile  than  Teneriffe,  sup- 
plying the  other  islands  with  grain,  and  yielding  a  little  of  the  fine  wine  called 
sack.  Las  Palmas,  its  chief  town,  is  the  ecclesiastical  capital ;  but  the  seat  of 
government  is  at  Santa  Cruz.  Ferro,  small,  arid,  and  rocky,  was  once  supposed 
to  form  the  most  westerly  point  of  the  Old  World,  and  has  oflen  been  used  by 
geographers  as  the  first  meridian.  The  Canaiians  are  a  sober,  active,  industrious- 
people,  who  have  migrated  to  all  the  Spanish  dominions  in  America  and  the  Indies, 
and  form  the  most  useful  part  of  the  population. 

The  Cape  Verd  Islands,  about  eighty  miles  from  Cape  Verd,  in  16°  to  17°  north 
lat.,  are  ten  in  number,  three  of  which  are  large,  St.  Jago,  St.  Antonio,  and  St. 
Nicholas ;  the  rest  small.  Mayo,  Bonavista,  Sal,  St.  Vincent,  St.  Lucia,  Brava,  and 
Fogo.  The  large  islands  rise  in  the  interior  into  high  mountains,  and  Fogo  (fire) 
contains  a  very  active  volcano.  In  general,  however,  the  surface  is  arid,  rocky, 
and  much  less  productive  than  the  Canaries.  Long  droughts  sometimes  prevail, 
and  reduce  the  inhabitants  to  the  greatest  distress.  Out  of  a  population  of  88,000, 
one-fourth  are  said  to  have  died  of  famine  in  1831.  The  chief  growth  is  cotton: 
a  very  fine  breed  of  mules  and  asses  is  reared,  many  of  which  are  sent  to  tho 
West  Indies.  Goats,  poultry,  and  turtle  abound.  Salt  is  formed  in  large  quanti- 
ties by  natural  evaporation,  particularly  in  Mayo,  where  there  is  an  extensive 
pond,  into  which  the  sea  is  received  at  high  water,  and  the  salt  completely  formed 
before  next  tide.  The  Portuguese,  since  the  first  discovery,  have  claimed  the 
sovereignty,  and  maintain  a  governor-general,  who  resides  at  Porto  Praya. 

Several  islands  lie  in  the  Gulf  of  Benin.  They  are,  Fernando  Po,  a  fine  high 
large  island,  lately  occupied  only  by  a  lawless  race,  composed  of  slaves  or  male- 
factors escaped  from  the  neighbouring  coast.  The  British  government,  however, 
upon  the  disappointment  experienced  in  regard  to  Sierra  Leone,  formed,  in  1827, 
a  settlement  at  this  island,  the  mountainous  and  picturesque  aspect  of  which 
aflbrded  hopes  of  a  healthy  station;  but  these  have  been  completely  disappointed. 
Of  thirty  European  settlers  taken  out,  nineteen  died.  Hopes  have  been  held  out, 
that  by  a  change  in  the  situation  of  the  town,  this  evil  might  be  greatly  mitigated, 
and  Fernando  Po  would  then  acquire  a  double  importance,  from  its  vicinity  to  the 
mouth  of  the  Niger.  Prince's  Island  is  high  and  wooded ;  St.  Thomas  is  large 
and  fertile;  the  petty  isle  of  Annobon  is  inhabited  by  a  simple  native  race.  These 
run  in  a  chain  to  the  south-west  from  the  Rio  Calebar;  and  the  last  three  are  in 
nominal  subjection  to  the  crown  of  Portugal. 

Ascension  is  a  solitary  rock,  far  out  at  sea,  in  lat.  8°  8'  north,  long.  14°  28'  west. 
It  is  completely  rocky,  barren,  and  long  uninhabited ;  yet  from  its  situation  ships 
often  touched  there,  and  letters  were  even  lodged  in  the  crevice  of  a  rock,  called 
"  tho  sailor's  post-office."    The  British  have  a  garrison  here.     Population,  220. 


AFRICAN  ISLANDS. 


463 


St.  Helena,  so  celebrated  lately  as  the  ocean-prison  of  the  greatest  of  modern 
wurriors,  has  now  reverted  to  its  original  destination,  as  a  place  of  refreshment 
for  the  returning  East  India  ships.  It  presents  to  the  sea,  throughout  its  whole 
circuit  of  twenty-eight  miles,  an  immense  perpendicular  wall  of  rock,  from  600 
to  1200  feet  high,  like  a  castle  in  the  midst  of  the  ocean.  On  the  summit  is  a 
fertile  plain,  interspersed  with  conical  eminences,  between  which  picturesque  val- 
leys intervene.  The  climate  on  the  high  grounds  is  very  agreeable  and  tempe- 
rate, though  moist.  There  are  only  four  small  openings  in  the  wall  of  rock,  on 
the  largest  of  which,  where  alone  a  little  beach  appears,  has  been  built  James 
Town,  where  the  governor  resides,  and  where  refreshments,  though  on  a  limited 
scale,  are  provided  for  ships.  By  the  India  bill  of  1838,  St.  Helena  is  vested  in 
the  crown,  and  is  now  managed  by  a  governor  nominated  by  the  king. 

Turning  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  and  entering  the  Indian  Ocean,  we  arrive  at 
Madagascar,  one  of  the  largest  and  finest  islands  in  the  world,  placed  between 
12°  and  26°  south  latitude :  it  may  be  about  840  miles  long,  and  220  in  its  great- 
est breadth.  The  interior  is  traversed  from  north  to  south  by  a  chain  of  lofty 
mountains,  from  whose  rugged  sides  descend  numerous  streams  and  rivulets,  which 
water  the  fertile  plains  at  their  base;  these  are  extremely  fruitful  in  rice,  sugar, 
and  silk ;  fitted,  indeed,  for  almost  every  tropical  product,  though  there  seem  few 
plants  peculiar  to  the  island.  The  mountains  contain,  also,  valuable  mines,  espe- 
cially of  iron,  but  only  partially  worked. 

Madagascar  contains  many  fine  bays  and  ports  well  suited  for  commercial  pur- 
poses. Those  most  frequented  are  Anton,  Gils  Bay,  on  the  east  side ;  als^o.  Foul 
Point,  Tamatavc,  and  Port  Dauphin ;  on  the  west  is  the  Bay  of  St.  Augustine,  and 
several  on  the  north-west  coast,  of  which  Bombetok  is  the  chief.  On  this  arc  the 
towns  of  Bombetok  and  Majunga.  The  trade  here  was  formerly  in  slaves,  but  is 
now  in  bullocks,  bees-wax,  rice,  and  gums.  American  vessels  often  visit  this 
place.  The  population  of  Madagascar  has  been  variously  estimated  at  from 
1,000,000  to  4,000,000,  but  is  probably  about  2,000,000.  The  people  are  not 
savages;  they  cultivate  the  ground,  and  practise  some  arts;  yet  are  on  the  whole 
rather  rude  and  uninformed.  They  are  described  as  a  peculiarly  gay,  thoughtless, 
and  voluptuous  race,  void  of  care  and  foresight,  and  always  cheerful  and  ffood- 
humoured.  They  are  divided  into  a  number  of  small  tribes,  who  wage  very  fre- 
quent wars  with  each  other. 

The  most  important  people  in  Madagascar  lately  have  been  the  Ovahs,  occupy- 
ing an  extensive  and  high  plain  in  the  interior,  whose  sovereign,  Radama,  the  first 
chief  in  Madagascar  who  assumed  the  title  of  king,  had  reduced  to  vassalage  the 
largest  and  finest  part  of  the  island.  He  had  formed  a  train  of  artillery,  and 
armed  a  great  part  of  his  troops  with  muskets,  and  had  also  sent  a  number  of 
young  natives  to  obtain  instruction  in  Paris  and  London.  With  the  aid  of  the 
English  missionaries,  he  had  established  a  printing-press,  and  trained  a  number  of 
teachers,  both  male  and  female,  who  were  distributed  through  various  parts  of  the 
kingdom.  Unhappily,  this  prince,  in  July,  1828,  was  poisoned  by  his  wife,  who 
immediately  raised  an  unworthy  paramour  to  the  throne.  This  event  has  intro- 
duced great  anarchy,  inducing  several  subject  states  to  shake  off  the  yoke ;  and 
there  seems  much  room  to  feor  that  it  will  arrest  entirely  the  career  of  improve- 
ment commenced  under  such  prosperous  auspices.  Radama's  kingdom  has  been 
called  Imerina,  of  which  the  capital  is  Tananarivou,  with  a  population  of  about  8000. 

The  French  have  made  frequent  attempts  to  form  colonies  in  Madagascar, 
which  they  even  repeated  in  1829,  but  never  with  any  important  result.  They 
have  small  stations,  however,  at  St.  Mary,  Tamatave,  Foul  Point,  and  near  Fort 
Dauphin. 

The  Mascarenha  Isles  are  situated  due  east  from  the  central  parts  of  Mada- 
gascar, and  from  400  to  500  miles  distant.  They  are  the  islands  of  Bourlwn  and 
Mauritius.  The  former  is  about  forty-eight  miles  long  and  thirty-six  broad.  It 
consists  entirely  of  the  heights  and  slopes  of  two  great  mountain.*,  the  most  south- 
erly of  which  contains  a  volcano  in  perpetual  activity,  throwing  up  fire,  smoke, 
and  ashes,  with  a  noise  truly  tremendous.  A  great  part  consists  of  what  the 
French  call  burnt  country,  a  complete  desert  of  hard  black  soil,  with  numerous 


I 


■'■:\i 


i^i 


''    'I 


'\.i 


,;^ 


ri 


^^^ 


•    i' 


m 


i\\: 


i« 


y,  T'-i  ■»■...'     •      ••■  , 


I 


464 


AFRICAN  ISLANDS. 


holes  and  crevices.    The  rest,  however,  well  watered  by  numerous  torrents,  is 
favourable  not  only  for  the  ordinary  tropical  products,  but  for  some  fine  aromatic 
plants.     The  Portuguese  discovered  this  island  in  1502 ;  but  being  taken  by  tiic 
French  in  1642,  it  was  called  Bourbon,  which  name  it  has  resumed,  after  bearing, , 
during  the  revolutionary  period,  that  of  Reunion.     Coffee  brought  from  Mocha  in  ' 
1718,  succeeded  so  well  that  the  Bourbon  coffee  was  considered  second  only  to  the  ' 
Arabian.    At  a  later  period,  its  cloves  came  into  some  rivalry  with  those  of  Am- 
boyna.     All  other  objects  of  culture,  however,  have  lately  become  secondary  to 
that  of  sugar,  which  has  been  found  profitable  beyond  any  other.     The  population 
of  Bourbon,  in  1831,  was  97,231 ;  of  which  14,059  males,  and  13,586  females,  \ 
were  free ;  46,083  males,  and  23,483  females,  were  slaves.    The  exports  were  { 
valued  at  396,0007.,  the  imports  at  293,000/.     The  island  labours  under  the  disad- 
vantage of  not  having  a  secure  harbour,  or  even  a  roadstead. 

Mauritius,  or  the  Isle  of  France,  is  about  120  miles  east  of  Bourbon,  not  quite 
so  large,  yet  still  150  miles  in  circuit.  The  rugged  mountains  which  cover  a 
great  part  of  the  island  give  it  a  somewhat  sterile  character,  and  it  does  not  yield 
grain  even  for  its  limited  population ;  yet  the  lower  slopes  produce  coffee,  cotton, 
indigo,  and  sugar  of  improved  quality.  It  was  called  Isle  of  France,  and  became 
the  capital  of  the  French  possessions  in  the  Indian  seas.  It  was  considered  im- 
pregnable, and  remained  in  their  undisputed  possession  after  the  greatest  disasters 
which  befell  their  arms  on  the  continent.  It  became  then  a  strong-hold  for  pri- 
vateers, who  are  said,  in  ten  years,  to  have  taken  prizes  to  the  value  of  2,500,000/. 
At  length,  in  1810,  it  yielded  to  the  arms  of  Britain,  with  less  resistance  than 
was  expected.  Since  1812,  when  its  sugars  were  admitted  at  the  same  duties  as 
those  from  the  West  Indies,  this  branch  of  culture  has  taken  a  great  precedence 
over  all  others ;  the  produce,  from  about  5,000,000  pounds,  having  risen,  in  1832, 
to  about  60,000,000.  In  that  year,  the  export  of  coffee  was  only  about  20,000 
pounds.  Its  ebony,  the  finest  in  the  world,  and  its  tortoise-shell,  are  each  worth 
about  9000/.  The  imports,  in  1826,  were  estimated  at  657,000/.,  and  the  exports 
at  572,000/.  The  island,  in  1827,  contained  94,600  inhabitants,  of  whom  about 
8000  were  whites,  15,000  free  negroes,  69,000  slaves,  the  rest  troops  and  resident 
strangers.  Port  Louis  is  a  good  harbour,  with  rather  a  difficult  entrance.  It 
affords  every  convenience  for  careening  and  refitting ;  but  provisions,  being  all 
imported,  are  not  very  abundant. 

A  considerable  number  of  islets,  single  or  in  groups,  spot  the  Indian  Ocean  to 
the  east  of  Africa.  Of  dependencies  on  Mauritius,  Rodriguez  contains  only  123 
inhabitants,  Diego  Garcia  275,  Galcga  199.  The  Seychelles,  nearly  north  from 
Madagascar,  with  the  bordering  group  of  the  Almirantes,  are  a  cluster  of  very 
small  islands,  high  and  rocky,  and  little  fitted  for  any  culture  except  cotton ;  but 
they  abound  with  cocoa-nuts,  and  their  shores  with  turtle  and  excellent  fish.  The 
population,  in  1826,  was  7665,  of  whom  6525  were  slaves. 

The  Comoro  Islands,  a  group  of  four,  between  Madagascar  and  the  continent, 
are  very  elevated  and  mountainous  in  the  interior ;  but  the  lower  tracts  abound  in 
sheep,  cattle,  and  all  the  tropical  grains  and  fruits.  The  inhabitants  are  mild  and 
industrious,  but  they  have  been  most  dreadfully  infested  and  their  numbers  thinned 
by  the  Madagascar  pirates,  who  make  an  annual  inroad,  laying  waste  the  open 
country,  and  blockading  the  towns.  Angazicha,  or  Great  Comoro,  is  the  largest, 
containing  a  mountain  supposed  to  rise  6000  or  7000  feet  high ;  but  Anjouan,  or 
Johanna,  is  the  most  flourishing,  its  chief  town  being  supposed  still  to  contain 
3000  inhabitants.     Mohilla  and  Mayotta  are  comparatively  small. 

Socotra,  forty  leagues  east  from  Cape  Guardafui,  is  governed  by  the  sheik  of 
Keshin,  a  petty  state  on  the  south-east  coast  of  Arabia,  who  sends  one  of  his 
family  annually  to  collect  the  revenue.  It  is  twenty-seven  leagues  long  and  seven 
broad ;  mountainous,  rocky,  and  arid ;  yet  it  yrelds  the  best  aloes  in  the  world, 
and  a  email  quantity  of  dragon's-blood.  Though  the  coast  is  bold,  it  aflTords  ex- 
cellent harbours ;  and  ships  may  procure  bullocks,  goats,  fish,  and  e.xcellent  dates, 
at  reasonable  prices.  This  island  was  recently  selected  by  the  East  India  Com- 
pany as  a  station  for  the  vessels  connected  with  the  steam  navigation  of  the  Red 
Sea ;  but  being  found  unhealthy,  has  been  abandoned. 


I  : 


rrents,  is  \ 
aromatic 
jn  by  the 
•  bearing, 
Mocha  in 
nly  to  the ' 
B  of  Am- 1. 
ondary  to  | 
wpulation 
5  females, 
Kjrts  were  ™ 
the  disad- 

,  not  quite 
ch  cover  a 
9  not  yield 
fee,  cotton, 
nd  became 
jidered  im- 
3t  disasters 
old  for  pri- 
2,500,000?. 
itance  than 
le  duties  as 
precedence 
;n,  in  1B32, 
bout  20,000 
each  worth 
the  exports 
vhom  about 
und  resident 
ntrance.    It  \ 
IS,  being  all 


an  Ocean  to  i 
ins  only  123 ; 

north  fromj 
ster  of  very  \ 

cotton;  butj 
htfish.    Thei 

continent,  ] 
ts  abound  in  i 
are  mild  and 
bers  thinned 
ite  the  openi 
the  largest,] 
Anjouan,  or , 
ill  to  contain 

the  sheik  of 
_  one  of  his 
ng  and  seven 
in  the  world, 
.  affords  ex- 
;ellent  dates. 
It  India  Com- 
of  the  Red 


ASIA. 


465 


ASIA. 


Asia  is  an  immense  continent,  the  largest  in  the  ancient  world ;  and,  perhaps, 
nearly  equal  to  Europe  and  Africa  united.  It  is  surrounded  by  sea  through  much 
the  greater  part  of  its  outline,  which,  though  broken  by  large  gulfs  and  penin- 
sulas, presents  generally  a  huge  unbroken  mass,  formed  into  a  kind  of  irregular 
square.  On  a  general  estimate,  and  omitting  the  most  prominent  points,  we  may 
state  Asia  at  6000  miles  in  length,  and  4000  in  breadth ;  which,  supposing  a  regu- 
lar figure,  would  give  24,000,000  square  miles ;  but,  in  consideration  of  the  many 
irregularities,  a  considerable  deduction  must  be  made. 

The  boundaries  of  Asia  are  chiefly  formed  by  the  great  oceans.     On  the  north 
it  has  the  Arctic  or  Froi.en  Ocean ;  to  the  past  and  south  it  faces  the  great  Pa- 
cific, which  separates  it  from  America  by  almost  half  the  breadth  of  the  globe. 
On  the  south,  however,  this  ocean  is  enclosed  by  the  islands  of  Malaysia  so  as  to 
form  a  gulf  of  vast  dimensions,  called  the  Indian  Ocean.    The  western  limit 
alone  touches  on  the  other  continents,  and  constitutes  a  very  varied  line  of  land 
and  sea.     From  the  north,  opposite  to  Nova  Zembla,  a  chain  of  mountains,  called 
the  Urals,  breaks  the  uniformity  of  the  great  northern  steppes.     From  the  termi- 
nation of  that  chain  to  the  river  Don  the  line  is  somewhat  vague;  but  thence, 
that  river,  the  Black  Sea,  the  straits  connecting  it  with  the  Mediterranean,  and 
the  Mediterranean  itself,  form  a  distinct  boundary.     Asia  is  joined  to  Africa  by 
the  isthmus  of  Suez,  and  separated  from  it  by  the  long  canal  of  the  Red  Sea.    The 
immense  expanse  of  its  territory  presents  every  possible  variety  of  site  and  cli- 
mate, from  the  dreary  confines  of  the  polar  world  to  the  heart  of  the  tropical 
regions.     Every  thing  in  Asia  is  on  a  vast  scale ;  its  mountains,  its  table-lands,  its 
plains,  its  deserts.     The  grandest  feature,  and  one  which  makes  a  complete  sec- 
tion of  the  continent,  is  a  chain  of  mountains,  which,  at  various  heights,  and  under 
various  names,  but  with  very  little,  if  any,  interruption,  crosses  Asia  from  the 
Mediterranean  to  the  eastern  sea.     Taurus,  Caucasus,  and  the  Himmaleh,  are  the 
best  known  portions  of  this  chain.     On  one  side  it  has  southern  Asia,  the  finest 
and  most  extensive  plain  in  the  world,  covered  with  the  richest  tropical  products, 
watered  by  magnificent  rivers  proceeding  from  this  great  storehouse,  and  filled 
with  populous  nations  and  great  empires.     On  the  other  side,  tiiis  chain  serves  as 
a  bulwark  to  the  wide  table-land  of  Thibet,  which,  though  under  the  latitude  of 
the  south  of  Europe,  has  many  of  the  characteristics  of  a  northern  region.     To 
the  north,  the  recent  observations  of  Humboldt  exhibit  three  parallel  chains;  the 
Kucn-lun,  or  Mooz  Tagh,  the  Thian-chan,  or  Celestial  Mountains,  and  the  Altaian. 
These  also  support  table-lands;  but  not,  it  appears,  so  very  elevated  as  has  hith- 
erto been  supposed.    They  are  not  believed  by  that  traveller  generally  to  exceed 
4000  or  5000  feet  in  height,  and  in  many  places  enjoy  a  mild  and  temperate  cli- 
mate, yielding  not  only  grain,  but  wine  and  silk.     The  Altaian  chain  separates 
Middle  Asia  from  Siberia.     Some  of  the  southern  districts  have  been  found  by  the 
Russians  capable  of  supporting  numerous  herds  of  cattle ;  but  the  rest  is  aban- 
doned to  wild  animals,  not  generally  of  a  ferocious  description,  but  by  the  benefi- 
cence of  nature  covered  with  rich  and  precious  furs,  which  afford  a  great  object 
for  hunting  and  trade. 

One  grand  feature  of  Middle  Asia  consists  in  large  lakes  or  inland  seas,  suit  like 
the  ocean,  receiving  considerable  rivers,  and  having  no  outlet.  These  are,  the 
Caspian,  the  Aral,  the  Baikal,  and  several  others  of  lesser  magnitude.  No  con- 
tinent has  so  many  rivers  of  the  first  magnitude,  some  of  which  yield  in  length 
of  course  only  to  the  amazing  waters  of  the  New  World.  We  may  distinguish 
in  Asia  three  systems  of  rivers;  one,  comprising  the  most  distinguished  and  im- 
portant streams,  descends  from  the  principal  chain  of  mountains,  fertilizes  the 
great  southern  empires,  and  falls  into  the  Indian  Ocean.  The  most  reniarkable 
streams  of  this  class  are  the  Euphrates,  the  Indus,  and  the  Ganges.  Again,  from 
the  parallel  chain  which  separates  Tartary  from  Siberia  is  another  series  of  rivers, 

31 


I 


t. 


i-i 


J:V' 


m- 


flMj 


w 


•rM. 


f  ii  1  ^*  ■ 


-■  !,: '  !'t 


ilH.-lii'  i  ^    ■■,■ 

*  Iff    i--.       I:-.  ' ' 


1  ;xi'''  ■Ti;*''  .;.:> 


S^ 


466 


ASIA. 


which  direct  their  counie  to  the  Northern  Ocean  ;  the  Obe,  the  Irtysh,  the  Yeni- 
sei, and  the  Lena, — gloomy  streams,  of  vast  length ;  but  flowing  in  this  inhos- 
pitable region,  and  bound  by  almost  perpetual  frost,  they  aflbrd  little  aid  either  to 
agriculture  or  to  the  intercourse  of  nations.  A  third  system  consists  of  the  rivers 
which,  rising  in  the  high  mountain  centre  of  Asia,  flow  across  the  empire  of  Chinn, 
to  whope  prosperity  they  mainly  contribute,  and  fall  into  the  Eastern  Pucific. 
The  Amour  runs  in  the  same  direction  through  Northern  Tartary,  but  withou'. 
any  profit  to  that  barren  district.  Lastly,  the  Sir,  the  Amoo,  and  others  of  great 
magnitude,  though  secondary  to  the  above,  flow  along  the  great  plains  of  Western 
Tartary ;  but,  unable  to  reach  the  ocean,  expand  into  the  Aral,  the  Caspian,  and 
other  inland  seas. 

In  regard  to  its  social  and  political  state,  Asia  presents,  of  course,  a  most  varied 
scene ;  and  yet  there  are  some  features  which  at  once  strike  us  as  generally  cha- 
racteristic of  this  continent.  Among  these  is  the  transmission  of  institutions, 
usages,  and  manners  unaltered  from  the  earliest  ages.  The  life  of  the  patriarchs, 
as  described  in  the  earliest  of  existing  historical  records,  is  still  found  unchanged 
in  the  Arab  tent.  Asia,  at  a  very  early  period,  anterior  even  to  the  commence- 
ment of  regular  history,  appears  to  have  made  a  vast  stride  in  civilization ;  but 
then  she  stopped,  and  has  8ufl[ered  herself  to  be  far  outstripped  by  the  originally 
less  advanceid  nations  of  Europe. 

The  despotism  to  which  the  people  of  Asia  are  generally  subjected  is  connected, 
probably,  with  this  stationary  character.  A  republic,  an  hereditary  aristocracy,  a 
representative  assembly,  a  regular  control  of  any  kind,  are,  except  in  some  local 
and  peculiar  circumstances,  ideas  altogether  foreign  to  the  mind  of  an  Asiatic. 

Oriental  sovereigns,  even  the  greatest,  still  maintain  the  primitive  institution 
of  sitting  and  administering  justice  in  person.  Though  immutable  in  their  forms 
of  court  and  maxims  of  government,  they  are  changeable  as  to  their  place  of  resi- 
dence and  seat  of  empire.  Every  successive  prince  usually  selects  some  favourite 
city  which  he  either  creates  or  raises  from  insignificance,  and  lavishes  his  wealth 
in  adorning  it 

The  number  of  communities,  of  chiefs,  and  even  of  princes,  making  a  regular 
trade  of  robbery,  is  another  feature  that  strongly  characterises  Asia.  They  carry 
it  on  in  no  clandestine  manner,  but  avowedly,  even  boastfully,  and  as  a  calling 
which  they  consider  as  honest  and  respectable.  The  numerous  tracts  of  mountain 
and  desert  atford  them  holds  in  which  to  maintain  themselves ;  and  these  are  sel- 
dom far  distant  from  some  rich  plain,  or  great  commercial  route,  on  which  to  exer- 
cise their  depredations.  Arabia,  from  the  earliest  times,  has  been  a  hive  of  such 
plunderers. 

The  aspect  and  manners  of  the  Orientals  are  different  from  those  of  Europeans, 
and  in  many  respects  exhibit  a  decided  contrast.  Instead  of  our  tight  short 
clothes,  they  wear  long  floating  robes,  wrapped  loosely  round  the  body.  In  enter- 
ing the  house,  or  wishing  to  show  respect,  when  we  would  take  off  the  hat,  they 
take  off  the  sandal.  Tliey  make  no  use  of  chairs,  tables,  plates,  knives,  forks,  or 
spoons.  At  meals  they  seat  themselves  cross-legged  on  t;ie  floor,  and  eat  out  of  a 
large  wooden  bowl  placed  in  the  middle,  and  filled,  not  with  our  solid  joints,  but 
usually  with  stews  or  sweetmeats.  They  use  no  beds,  or  at  least  nothing  that  we 
would  call  a  bed.  An  Oriental,  going  to  sleep,  merely  spreads  a  mat,  adjusts  his 
clothes  in  a  certain  position,  and  lays  himself  down.  Their  household  furniture 
iff  thus  exceedingly  simple,  consisting  of  little  more  than  carpets  covering  the 
room,  and  sofas  set  round  it,  both  which  are  of  peculiar  beauty  and  fineness. 
Their  attire  is  also  sirtple,  though  composed,  among  the  rich,  of  fine  materials, 
and  profusely  ornamented  with  jewels  and  precious  stones.  Their  arms  and  the 
trappings  of  their  horses  are  also  objects  on  which  they  make  a  studied  display  of 
magnificence.  The  beard,  over  all  the  East,  is  allowed  to  grow,  and  is  regarded 
with  reverence. 

In  their  disposition  and  temper,  the  people  of  the  East  show  striking  peculiari- 
ties. They  are  grave,  serious,  and  recluse ;  they  have  no  balls,  no  theatres,  no 
numerous  assemblages ;  and  they  regard  that  lively  social  intercourse  in  which 
Europeans  delight,  as  silly  ami  frivolous.     Unless  when  roused  by  strong  incite- 


A'^U. 


467 


ments  to  action,  they  remain  stretched  on  their  Hofaa,  and  view  as  little  better  than 
madmen  those  whom  they  see  walking  about  fur  nimisemcnt  and  recreation. 
Their  moral  qualities  cannot  be  very  easily  estimated,  but  may  be  generally 
ranked  below  those  of  Europeans.  Their  domestic  attachments  arc  stroni;,  and 
their  reverence  for  ancestry  deep;  their  deportment  is  usually  mild  anU  courteous; 
and  they  show  themselves  capable  of  generous  and  benevolent  actions.  The  sen- 
timents and  conduct  of  the  Asiatics  towards  the  fcrnHJe  sex  are  i<uch  as  cnnnot 
exist  without  a  general  degradation  of  character.  The  practice  of  puly<;aniy, 
with  the  jealous  confinement  to  which  it  naturally  leads,  seems  to  be  the  radical 
source  of  this  evil.  The  exclusion  of  the  sex  from  society ;  the  Hindoo  maxim 
which  prohibi..s  them  from  reading,  writing,  and  being  present  at  religious  cere- 
monies; are  evidently  parts  of  a  general  system  for  reducing  them  to  an  inferior 
rank  in  the  scale  of  creation.  It  is  true  there  is  one  local  example  (in  Thibet) 
of  an  opposite  system, — female  sway,  and  a  plurality  of  husbands;  but  this  is  evi- 
dently no  more  than  a  capricious  exception  to  the  general  rule. 

The  pure  and  refined  system  of  Christianity,  though  it  was  first  communicated 
to  Asia,  has  not  maintained  its  ground.  Two  systems  of  faith  divide  Asia  between 
them :  one  is  that  of  Mahomet,  which,  by  the  arms  of  his  followers  and  of  the 
conquering  Tartars  of  Central  Asia,  has  been  thoroughly  established  over  all  the 
western  tracts  as  far  as  the  Indus.  It  even  became,  for  centuries,  the  ruling  reli- 
gion in  India,  though  without  ever  being  that  of  the  body  of  the  people.  The 
other  is  the  Hindoo  religion,  divided  into  its  two  great  sects  of  Brahma  and  Buddha; 
the  former  occupying  the  whole  of  Hindcostan,  the  latter  having  its  centre  in  Thi- 
bet, filling  all  the  cast  of  Asia  and  Tartary,  and  penetrating  even  north  of  the 
Altai. 

The  useful  arts  arc  cultivated  in  the  Asiatic  empires  with  somewhat  peculiar 
diligence.  Agriculture  is  carried  on  with  great  industry  and  care,  though  by  less 
skilful  processes  ind  with  much  ruder  machinery,  than  in  Europe.  A  much 
smaller  amount  it  capital,  particularly  in  live  stock,  is  employed  upon  the  land. 
The  cultivators  »  a.cely  rise  above  the  rank  of  peasantry.  The  chief  expenditure 
is  upon  irrigation ;  ict,  in  all  these  tropical  regions,  water  alone  is  required  to  pro- 
duce plentiful  crrjps.  Asia  has  also  a  number  of  manufactures,  which,  though  con- 
ducted with  small  capitals  and  simple  machinery,  are  not  equalled  in  richness  and 
beauty  by  those  of  any  other  part  of  the  world.  All  the  efTorts  of  European  art 
and  capital  have  been  unequal  fully  to  imitate  the  carpets  of  Persia,  the  muslins 
of  India,  the  porcelain  of  China,  and  the  lacquered  ware  of  Japan.  Commerce, 
though  fettered  by  the  jealousy  of  the  great  potentate!-,  is  very  active  throughout 
Asia.  The  commerce  of  Europe  is  principally  maritime ;  that  pf  Africa  princi- 
pally inland.  Asia  combines  both.  Her  interior  caravan  trade  is  very  consider- 
able, though  much  diminished  since  Europe  ceased  to  be  supplied  by  this  channel. 
The  native  maritime  trade  on  her  southern  coasta  is  also  considerable,  but  the 
foreign  trade,  particularly  that  carried  on  by  the  English  nation  with  India,  and 
China,  has  now  acquired  a  superior  importance. 

The  animal  kingdom  of  this  great  continent  is  as  vast;  ?-s  the  clima,te  of  the 
regions  it  comprehends  is  diversified. 

The  elephant,  thougfi  never  bred  in  a  tame  state,  may  be  placed  at  the  hcajd  of 
its  domestic  animals.  The  inhabitants  of  India  appear  to  have  known  and  prac- 
tised, at  the  time  Alexander's  army  entered  the  country,  the  very  same  modes  of 
capturing,  training,  and  employing  them,  which  are  used  at  the  present  day.  Its 
cervices  appear  to  be  universal,  and  it  is  as  essential  to  the  Indian  sportsman  as  a 
good  horse  to  an  English  fox-hunter.  Domititication  has  so  far  counteracted  the 
instinct  of  nature,  that  tame  elephants  are  employed  to  decoy  and  catch  their  wild 
brethren.  Immense  troops  of  the  latter  still  roam  over  the  northern  parts  of 
India,  in  Ceylon,  Chin  India,  particularly  in  Laos,  and  probably  in  all  the  larger 
of  the  neighbouring  islands. 

White  elephants  are  occasionally  met  with.  They  are,  however,  so  rare  that 
the  king  of  Siam  considered  the  possession  of  six  individuals  at  one  time,  a  cir- 
cumstance peculiarly  auspicious  to  his  reign.  They  are  believed  to  contain  the 
spirit  of  some  departed  monarch,  and  as  such  have  the  rank  and  title  of  a  king, 


.1  'U 


.  l 


.\ 


i^i 


••  r 


• 

i  . 

f. 

«! 

) 

1 

■  X 


'J.' 


•^■f.- 


tf: 


.,;t  1 


■U 


.,1'. 


Bfl  M 


ri 


if' 


'ill;.    * 


««  :■ 


^f- 


'■y'j  ;  >'■; . 


468 


ASIA. 


and  have  also  numerous  attendants  who  wait  on  and  feed  them  with  the  frreatest 
care  and  solicitude.  When  taken  abroad,  the  people,  both  in  Siam  and  Birmah, 
arc  obliged  to  prostrate  themselves,  as  before  their  actual  sovcreipn.  The  white 
elephants  in  those  countries  are  mostly  brought  from  the  interior  district  of  Laos, 
and  are  of  both  sexes.  I'he  hair  on  their  bodies  is  generally  very  thin,  and  ap- 
proaches to  the  flesh  colour. 

The  common  domestic  animals  of  Asia  present  greater  varieties  of  species 
than  those  of  any  other  region,  and  though  no  longer  found,  except  in  a  few  in- 
stances, in  a  state  of  nature,  are  still  proverbial  for  their  symmetry  and  vigour. 
In  Arabia,  particularly,  the  horse  is  of  all  other  animals  the  object  of  most  especial 
care  and  value.  In  no  other  part  of  the  world  does  he  display  so  much  gentle- 
ness, intelligence,  and  spirit.  The  nomadic  and  pastoral  nations  which  have  from 
time  immemorial  occupied  the  plains  of  Asia,  are  universally  an  equestrian  peo- 
ple. They  may  be  said  to  live  almost  on  horseback,  and  indeed  it  would  be  im- 
possible for  them  to  can^  on  their  predatory  expeditions,  or  to  traverse  the  vast 
steppes  of  the  central  districts,  without  the  aid  of  this  noble  animal.  His  flesh 
also  supplies  them  with  their  favourite  food,  and  the  milk  of  the  mare  is  the 
greatest  dainty  '.if  p.  Tartar  feast.  Wild  horses  are  reported  to  exist  in  the  inte- 
rior of  Tartary,  where  the  inhabitants  hunt  them  for  the  sake  of  their  flesh.  No- 
thing can  present  a  greater  contrast  than  the  comparison  of  the  degraded  and  de- 
generate ass  of  Europe  with  the  same  animal  in  his  native  country.  Instead  of 
the  dejected  air,  shaggy  coat,  pinched  dimensions,  and  miserable,  half-starved  ap- 
pearance, which  he  presents  in  these  countries,  the  ass  of  Persia,  Syria,  and  the 
Levant,  approaches  nearer  to  the  large  size  of  the  horse,  and  partakes  much  of 
his  beautiful  symmetry  of  form,  noble  carriage,  and  unrivalled  speed. 

The  camel  and  dromedary  are  no  doubt  of  Asiatic  origin.  They  are  mentioned 
among  the  earliest  lists  of  the  flocks  and  herds  of  the  patriarchs.  The  former, 
which  is  distinguished  from  the  latter  by  having  two  humps  on  the  back  instead 
of  one,  appears  to  have  been  in  all  ages  more  limited  and  conflned  in  its  geogra- 
phical distribution  than  the  latter  species.  The  camel  is  found  chiefly,  if  not 
solely,  among  the  wandering  Tartars,  from  the  confines  of  Siberia  to  the  northern 
ridges  of  the  Himmaleh  Mountains;  whilst  the  dromedary  spreads  not  only  over 
Arabia,  Syria,  Mesopotamia,  and  Persia,  but  extends  into  India,  and  probably  even 
into  China,  and  is  also  widely  spread  over  all  the  northern  and  sandy  parts  of 
Africa. 

Of  the  ox  kind,  four  distinct  varieties  have  been  from  time  immemorial  domes- 
ticated in  difl!erent  parts  of  Asia.  The  common  Indian  ox  is  the  usual  beast  of 
draught  and  burden  in  Hindoostan,  and,  from  its  great  speed,  is  frequently  used 
for  the  saddle,  even  by  Europeans.  The  Yak  has  been  long  domesticated  in  the 
central  parts  of  the  continent,  and  especially  among  the  Tartars.  The  buflalo, 
common  in  India  and  China,  supplies  the  inhabitants  with  milk  and  butter.  The 
fourth  species,  the  Gayal,  frequent  among  the  Burmese  and  in  Thibet,  is  also 
found  wild  in  many  parts,  and  is,  in  that  state,  a  formidable  animal,  being  as  much 
dreaded  by  the  native  hunters  as  the  tiger. 

The  varieties  of  sheep  and  goats  are  numerous  in  Asia.  The  broad-tailed  sheep 
is  widely  dispersed.  The  tail  is  the  best  part  of  the  animal,  for  the  flesh  is  dry 
and  iusipid ;  and  instead  of  wool,  the  body  is  covered  with  a  short  coarse  hair, 
unfit  for  manufacturing  purposes.  From  the  fleece  of  the  shawl-goat  of  Cash- 
mere, the  Indians  manufacture  those  rich  and  valuable  shawls  which  are  so  highly 
esteemed  in  Europe,  as  well  as  throughout  the  East.  The  Angora  goat  is  an  in- 
ferior variety  of  the  shawl-goat,  whose  long  wool  is  of  a  tolerably  fine  texture,  but 
not  adaf  ted  to  the  same  purposes  as  the  richer  wool  of  the  Cashmerian  animc\ 
The  hog,  though  found  wild  in  most  parts  of  Asia,  is  a  domestic  only  among  the 
Chinese,  who  appear  to  esteem  its  flesh  in  proportion  to  the  detestation  with  which 
it  is  regarded  by  the  followers  of  Mohammed  and  Buddha. 

The  southern  parts  of  Asia  are  chiefly  characterized  as  being  the  native  region 
of  those  large  apes  which  the  credulity  of  early  travellers  metamorphosed  into 
wild  men,  and  which  some  modern  naturalists  would  persuade  us  form  part  of  the 
same  order  as  that  to  which  we  ourselves  belong.    Various  species  of  these  dis- 


5  preatest  ] 
I  Birmah,  I 
rhe  white 
;  of  Laos, 
n,  and  ap* 

of  species 
I  a  few  in- 
nd  vigour. 
St  especial 
ich  gentle- 
have  from 
strian  pec- 
luld  be  im- 1 
se  the  vast ' 
His  flesh  \ 
nare  is  the 
in  the  inte- 
flesh.    No- 1 
ded  and  de- 1 
Instead  of 
'-starved  ap- 
ria,  and  the 
tea  much  of 

e  mentioned 
The  former,  j 
Mick  instead  I 
n  its  geogra- 
liefly,  if  not 
the  northern 
kot  only  over 
robably  even 
ndy  parts  of 

lorial  domes- 
lual  beast  of 
quently  used 
ticated  in  the 
The  buffalo, 
butter.  The 
hibet,  is  also 
eing  as  much 

■tailed  sheep 
e  flesh  is  dry 
coarse  hair, 
roat  of  Cash- 
are  so  highly 
roat  is  an  in- 
e  texture,  but 
erian  animc\ 
ly  among  the 
m  with  which 

native  region 
lorphoeed  into 
m  part  of  the 
of  these  dis- 1 


ASIA. 


469 


gustmg  caricatures  of  the  human  form  are  scattorcd  in  the  soiithorn  cxtrenjilica 
of  the  two  great  peninsulas  of  Hindwtstan,  Malaya,  niid  th<«  neighbouring  inlandH. 

Among  the  carnivorous  animals  arc  three  or  fi)nr  Bp«'cics  of  Iwarn.  One  of 
these,  the  Syrian  bear,  lately  discovered  on  iMoimt  Lrimnon,  Ih  frtHjuently  men- 
tioned by  the  sacred  writers.  The  others  inhabit  the  Himnmlch  and  othi-r  more 
eastern  ranges,  except  one  upecies  which  is  found  in  the  jungles  on  the  plains  of 
India.  Besides  these,  the  common  brown  bear  of  Europe,  and  the  while  or  polar 
bear,  abound  in  Siberia,  Kamtschatka,  and  the  shores  of  the  F'rozen  ( )cean.  The 
tiger,  the  moet  savage  and  formidable  of  all  the  rapacious  animals,  exiHts  ouly  in 
Asia  and  the  neighbouring  isles.  The  rimau  dalinn,  or  black  tiger,  a  large  spe- 
cies but  lately  described,  inhabits  Siam  and  Sumatra ;  and  the  leopard  and  panther 
are  common  among  the  forests  of  India.  The  lion  also  has  been  lately  found  in 
the  province  of  Gujerat,  but,  unlike  the  African  variety,  he  is  without  a  inane,  and 
appears  to  be  altogether  b  much  less  formidable  animal.  The  striped  hyn'na  is 
common  in  all  the  warmer  parts  of  the  continent,  and  various  species  of  wild  dogs 
and  foxes  are  everywhere  abundant. 

Two  different  species  of  rhinoceros  are  known  to  inhabit  the  continent  of  India, 
and  the  great  islands  contiguous  to  the  Malayan  peninsula.  The  continental,  or 
one-horned  species,  is  a  common  inhabitant  of  the  swampy  banks  of  all  the  great 
rivers.  Thicker  and  more  unwieldy,  for  his  size,  than  the  elephant,  he  exhibits, 
in  confinement,  much  of  the  singular  sagacity  observed  in  that  gigantic  animal. 
A  young  one,  lately  alive  in  Paris,  evinced  many  such  habits.  He  smelt  at  every- 
thing, and  seemed  to  prefer  sweet  fruits,  and  even  sugar  itself,  to  any  other  food. 
Like  the  elephant,  he  collected  and  held  everything  intended  for  his  mouth  with 
the  movable  upper  lip;  and  when  he  ate  hay,  he  formed  it  first  into  little  bundles, 
which  he  placed  between  his  teeth  by  means  of  his  tongue.  It  is  in  a  wild  Btate 
only  that  the  bodily  strength  of  this  creature  can  be  fully  estimated,  and  this  is 
frequently  displayed  in  a  surprising  degree.  Its  power  is  sufficient  to  overcome 
the  active  ferocity  of  the  lion  and  the  ponderous  strength  of  the  elephant,  but  this 
is  only  exerted  in  self-defence.  The  rhinoceros  derives  all  his  food  from  the  vege- 
table kingdom,  and  is  quiet  and  peaceable  when  iefl  to  himself. 

The  varieties  of  deer  are  numerous,  while  the  antelopes  are  but  scanty.  Of 
the  former,  one  species,  the  Thibet  musk,  is  peculiar.  It  is  about  the  size  of  a 
small  goat.  Both  sexes  are  without  horns ;  but  the  musk  is  produced  by  the  male 
only.  This  perfume  has  always  been  held  in  high  esteem  throughout  the  East, 
and  when  genuine  and  pure,  is  said  to  be  sometimes  sold  for  its  weight  in  gold. 
This  animal  inhabits  the  highest  points  of  theHimmalehandThibetian  mountains, 
seldom  descending  below  the  snow  line,  and  leaping  among  the  rocks  and  preci- 
pices with  the  security  of  the  chamois  and  ibex.  There  are  also  several  kinds  of 
gazelles,  one  species  of  which  furnishes  the  poet  with  a  favourite  metaphor;  ga- 
zelle-eyed being  one  of  the  highest  complimentary  epithets  that  can  be  bestowed 
upon  a  lady. 

The  birds  of  Asia  are  of  great  variety,  and  many  of  them  of  splendid  plumage. 
The  peacock  is  the  glory  of  Indian  ornithology,  and  appears  to  have  been  intro- 
duced into  Europe  about  the  time  of  Alexander.  It  is,  without  doubt,  the  most 
superb  bird  in  creation,  although  a  familiar  acquaintance  with  its  form  takes  some 
thing  from  that  admiration  which  it  would  otherwise  excite.  It  occurs  in  the 
greatest  profusion  over  the  extensive  plains  of  India,  where  it  grows  to  a  much 
larger  size  than  with  us,  and  where  domesticated  individuals  occur  sometimes  of  a 
pure  white  colour.  The  most  valuable  of  our  domestic  fowls,  the  common  cock 
and  hen,  are  still  found  wild  in  the  woods  of  India,  and  are  replaced  in  the  adja- 
cent islands  by  other  varieties  more  beautiful  than  that  domesticated  in  Europe. 
The  pheasants  are  of  numerous  species,  and  are  remarkable  for  the  varied  and 
brilliant  colours  of  their  plumage.  The  cassawary  is  a  native  of  Chin  India  and 
the  large  islands  of  Malaysia.  Like  the  ostrich,  it  does  not  fly,  but  uses  its  wings 
as  an  assistance  in  running.  Its  speed  is  great,  and  it  nearly  equals  that  bird  in 
size,  and  is  distinguished  by  the  same  voracious  appetite. 

Parroquets  and  parrots  are  numerous.  Many  of  the  latter  are  eminently  beau- 
tiful, and  one,  the  vernal  parrot,  is  not  larger  than  a  sparrow.   The  gigantic  crane, 

40 


n 

■■■'   \ 


! 


I; 


i^ 


,  I 


1 


!iv 


:*    '' 


*■    j       ■ 

1   i  '■ 


:     ! 


:(' 


I 


rm 


vi; 


■•If-'  -vv:: 


.».-; 


i^ 


rsra'y 


i 


."".-•.x 


470 


ASIA. 


in  ita  uncommon  voracity  and  in  the  nature  of  its  food,  is  completely  a  bird  of 
prey.  It  ia  sufficiently  hif^h,  when  walkinfif,  to  appear  like  a  native  Indian.  The 
rainy  season  in  India  is  always  preceded  by  the  arrival  of  these  and  t>thcr  cranes 
and  herons  in  great  numbers,  and  the  destruction  they  must  crente,  not  only 
among  fish,  but  land  reptiles  of  every  description,  is  so  well  known  and  appre- 
ciated by  the  natives,  that  they  hold  these  birds  in  great  estimation.  There  are 
a  multitude  of  other  birds  in  Asia,  many  of  which  are  remarkable  for  their  rich 
plumage  or  theii  pleasing  songs.  Some  of  the  spicy  groves  are  the  haunts  of 
beautifully  coloured  pigeons,  parrots,  and  other  gay  birds,  which  impart  peculiar 
splendour  to  these  regions  of  perpetual  summer. 

Besides  the  above  eiiumerated  birds,  i~  vrly  all  the  European  species  of  corre- 
sponding latitude  are  found,  even  in  the  most  distant  parts  of  Ihe  continent,  ap- 
parently so  identical  that  specimens  from  the  two  localities  cannot  be  distinguish- 
ed even  by  the  difference  of  a  feather.  The  common  house-sparrow,  for  instance, 
is  found  in  the  Himmaleh  Mountains,  and  is  as  abundant  about  the  villages  of 
Upper  Ncpaul  as  in  any  part  of  England. 

The  fishes  of  Asia  are  so  nearly  similar  to  those  of  the  other  continents,  as  to 
render  an  accouiit  of  them  not  so  necessary  as  of  other  divisions  of  the  animal 
kingdom :  like  birds,  they  possess  powers  of  locomotion  denied  to  land  animals, 
and  it  is  consequently  to  the  latter  class  only  that  we  can  look  for  those  striking 
peculiarities  which  would  render  an  account  of  them  interesting  to  the  general 
reader. 

The  reptiles  of  Asia  are  exceedingly  numerous,  and  of  great  variety  of  species. 
In  the  rivers  of  India  are  found  large  crocodiles,  different  from  those  of  Africa. 
The  serpents  are  various,  and  many  are  of  the  most  deadly  nature :  one  species, 
only  an  inch  and  a  half  ?ong,  is  said  to  destroy  the  person  bitten  by  causing  an 
unconquerable  and  deadly  sleep.  The  southern  regions  and  islands  are  inhabited 
by  others  of  a  very  large  size,  as  the  great  Python,  usually  considered  the  same 
with  the  Boa  Constrictor  of  the  New  World  and  the  Anaconda  most  common  in  | 
Ceylon,  said  to  be  of  auflJcient  bulk  and  strength  to  destroy  the  tiger  in  its  deadly 
folds.  The  celebrated  hooded  snake,  or  Cobra  de  Capello,  is  peculiar  to  India, 
and,  with  other  species,  is  well  known  to  be  tamed  by  the  Indian  jugglers. 

The  Chameleons  are  natives  of  Asia  no  less  than  of  Africa,  and  are  now  known 
to  comprise  several  species.  One  of  the  most  remarkable  reptiles  yet  discovered 
is  probably  the  flying  dragon,  from  which  perhaps  the  fabulous  writers  of  an- 
tiquity derived  their  notion  of  the  formidable  monster  figured  in  old  books.  This, 
however,  is  a  small  and  inoffensive  little  animal,  distinguished  from  the  lizard 
tribe  by  having  on  each  side  of  the  body  a  broad  membrane  like  a  wing,  strength- 
ened by  bony  processes ;  it  wanders  about  trees  in  search  of  insects,  and  is  thus 
enabled  to  spring  from  bough  to  bough,  and  support  itself  a  few  minutes  in  the 
air. 

The  insects  of  Asia  are  inferior  in  number  and  variety  only  to  the  New  World. 
The  Atlas  beetle,  near  five  inches  in  length,  from  its  size  and  singularity  of 
shape,  is  among  the  most  remarkable  of  its  kind.  The  splendid  Buprestis  Vittata, 
with  many  others  of  equal  size  and  beauty,  are  eo  much  admired  by  the  Chinese 
that  they  are  kept  in  cages  when  alive,  and  when  dead  are  used  as  ornaments  for 
dress.  All  the  varieties  of  the  silk-worm  ore  found  in  Asia :  one  species  alone 
has  been  introduced  into  Europe ;  but  the  Asiatics  cultivate  several  others,  from 
which  garments  are  made  less  fine  in  texture,  but  much  more  durable,  than  those 
fabricated  from  the  common  species.  The  white  wax  insect,  about  the  size  of  a 
fly,  is  found  in  China,  and  is  remarkable  as  producing  an  important  necessary  of 
life :  the  whole  animal  is  covered  with  a  white  powder,  that  is  imparted  to  the  | 
stems  of  the  plants  on  which  it  is  found  in  thick  clusters :  the  natives  collect  I 
this,  and  melt  it  with  vegetable  oil,  which,  when  cold,  becomes  as  firm  as  bees- 
wax, and  when  made  into  candles  is  reckoned  superior  to  that  article.  As  a 
medicinal  drug,  it  is  in  high  estimation  throughout  China. 

Some  of  the  shell-fish  of  Asia  are  peculiar ;  of  these,  the  hammer-^f^ped 
oysters  are  found  adhering  in  great  numbers  to  the  submarine  rocks  on  the  south- 
ern coasts.    The  Pearl  Oysters  are  abundant  in  similar  situations,  and,  when 


<   ) 


ASIA. 


471 


large,  furnish  that  boautiful  subetancc  callvd  mnthcr-of-pcnrl.  1  iriental  pcnrl- 
fiaherics  are  well  known  to  produce  proat  wealth:  tho  principal  i>i  these  are  on 
the  west  coast  of  Ceylon,  and  along  the  shores  and  iHlandn  of  llnjar  on  the  Per- 
sian Gulf.  The  former  iias  greatly  declined  in  value,  but  the  latter  is  said  to  >>e 
on  the  increase.  The  most  remarkable  species  of  Hhell-tish  in  the  world  is  the 
Tridacnu  pigas,  of  which  the  valven  sometimes  exceed  four  feet  in  leriptli,  niid, 
with  the  animal,  is  of  the  enormous  weight  of  5(M)  pounds:  it  adheres  to  the 
rocks  by  such  a  strong  ligament,  that  it  can  only  be  He|Kirnted  with  a  hatchet. 
The  cartilage  of  the  hinge,  when  cut  and  polished,  is  so  beautifully  iride»ceiit  iis 
nearly  to  rival  the  opal. 

The  various  languages  spoken  between  the  Ganges,  the  Buy  of  Bengal,  nnd 
the  Atlantic  Ocean,  throughout  VVet'tern  Asia,  present  numerous  and  striking 
<>8emblances,  and  are  supposi'd  to  have  hud  a  common  origin.  The  Sanscrit  \a 
le  language  of  the  i^acred  books  of  the  Brahmiiiical  religion,  and  the  parent  of 
the  numerouii  dialects  of  Hindoostan.  Tiic  Bali,  which  reseinbles  the  Sant^crit, 
is  the  sucred  language  of  the  Buddhists,  in  Thiliet,  Ceyltin,  and  Further  India. 
The  principal  languages  of  Hindooetun  are  the  Tamul,  Bengalee,  llindoostanee, 
and  Ceylonese.  The  language  of  the  Gypsies,  or  Zingan-s.  who  wander  through- 
out Europe,  differs  little  from  the  dialects  of  northern  India. 

The  Persian  language  excels  in  sweetness  and  melody,  and  has  been  much 
cultivated.  The  modern  Persian  has  a  mixture  of  Arabic  and  Turkish.  The 
language  of  Cabul  or  Afghanistan  is  derived  apparently  from  the  Persian  and 
Sanscrit,  and  is  commonly  called  Pooshtoo.  The  Persian  only  is  used  here  in 
composition.  The  Buchurian  is  also  derived  from  the  Persian.  The  Arcmaic 
family  comprises  the  Hebrew  and  Chaldee,  which  are  dead  languages;  the  Syriac, 
which  is  only  spoken  to  a  limited  extent ;  the  Arabic,  and  the  Ethiopic.  The 
Arabic  has  been  spoken  and  written  through  a  long  series  of  ages.  It  is  the  lan- 
guage of  the  Koran,  or  sacred  book  of  the  Mahometans ;  and  has  thus  been  spread 
as  extensively  as  the  religion  of  the  Prophet  It  is  spoken  in  its  greatest  purity 
in  Yemen,  and  is  admired  for  its  copiousness  and  strength.  Corrupt  dialects  are 
spoken  throughout  Western  Asia,  Independent  Tartary,  and  Northern  Africa.  It 
is  taught  in  schools  in  all  Mahometan  countries.  The  Armenian  is  a  peculiar 
language,  but  evidently  allied  to  the  other  languoges  of  the  European  race. 

The  languages  of  eastern  Asia,  comprising  those  of  China,  Corea,  Japan,  Thi- 
bet, and  Chin  India,  are  very  peculiar  in  their  structure,  and  have  many  resem- 
blances to  each  other,  either  in  radical  words  or  grammatical  form :  they  are 
classed  together  under  the  name  of  Monosyllabic  languages.  The  Chinese  writ- 
ten language  is  a  collection  of  hieroglyphical  characters,  one  of  which,  either 
simple  or  compound,  is  employed  to  express  every  idea;  thus,  the  characters  of 
sun  and  moon  united,  denote  splendour.  The  number  of  elementary  characters  is 
stated  to  be  214 ;  the  compound  exceed  40,000.  The  language  of  conversation 
consists  of  about  330  monosyllables.  These  are  so  varied  by  accents  as  to  form 
1300  words ;  but  the  variation  is  so  slight,  that  it  is  often  necessary  to  trace  the 
character  with  the  finger  in  the  air,  in  order  to  make  a  word  intelligible. 

The  Japanese,  the  Corean,  the  Thibetan,  and  the  Anamic,  which  is  spoken  m 
Cochir.  China,  Tonquin,  and  Cambodia,  contain  many  Chinese  words.  The  Avnn 
or  Birman,  has  many  resemblances  to  the  Thibetan.  The  Siamese  is  the  most 
peculiar  in  its  character,  and  extends  throughout  Laos,  into  the  southern  provmces 
of  China  and  also  into  Assam.    The  Peguan,  in  the  south  of  the  Birman  empire, 

is  little  known.  ,      ,  ,  j 

The  languages  of  northern  and  central  Asia,  are  less  cultivated  and  less  under- 
stood than  the  preceding.  The  Mongolian  and  its  dialects  arc  spoken  throughout 
the  greater  part  of  Chinese  Tartary,  and  extend  from  Thibet  on  the  south,  to  the 
Yenesei  on  the  north.  The  Tungousion  is  an  original  language,  of  which  the 
Mantchoorian  of  eastern  Tartary  is  a  refined  and  written  dialect.  They  are  spo- 
ken from  the  peninsula  of  Corea  to  the  northern  Ocean,  The  Tungousian  and 
Mongolian  present  numerous  striking  resemblances  to  each  other,  and  to  the  Tiir- 
co-Tartarian  languages,  both  in  rad.tal  words  and  grammatical  forms.  The  prin- 
cipal remaining  families  of  northern  Asia,  are  the  Samnyeds  and  Fmns  on  the 


fivl 


I-.' 


I 


t 


i! 


;'r 


i*  ' 

\r 


•  pi 


•I  -t. 


■  :i 


<M 


3 '  I-  i  'K^ 


iTi  ASIATIC  Kl'SSIA. 

weHt,  pxtcndinpr  into  Kuropo;  tlio  Oritiakii,  in  the  centra;  tlio  Kurilinns,  on  the 
criaHt  of  enHt*>ni  Tartary  ;  iinti  tho  KoriukH,  Kan)tiichaUlalcH,  and  /ch<!iktchi,  who 
ficciipy  the  north-onslerii  rxtromity  of  tho  continunt.  Their  langimKCit  uro  imp«.T- 
t'cclly  known,  and  th«ir  connuxiun  ia  not  undorstood. 

In  nil  o.stiinatvs  rclutivo  to  the  population  of  thia  fftent  continent,  tho  utmoit 
iit.cortiiinty  prcvailn:  nothin<;  like  the  pnumerations  nmdv  hy  the  authority  of  Bonio 
of  the  Kuropcnn  governinenta,  and  by  that  of  tho  United  Statpx,  have  ever  been 
attnni|ited,  oxci-pt  in  tho  caue  of  the  pretttnded  cunbua  made  in  China,  the  extrava- 
gance of  whicii  riMidutd  it  ({ueHtionablo :  tliat  made  of  Siberia,  in  1801,  from  the 
(Treat  cxtunt  find  thinly  popuhitcd  Htate  of  the  country,  together  with  tho  unacttlcd 
and  rovinj:^  chniactur  of  the  numeroua  tribea  by  which  it  ia  peopled,  makea  it  of 
doubtful  autliority.  The  tbllowin^jr  statement  conforma  to  the  more  moderate 
cnumerotiona  of  tho  moat  approved  writera : 

AHiatin  UuMin. 5,000,000 

Turkey  in  Asia 8,000,000 

Syria,  iticludiiiK  PaloHtino i2,.500,000 

Arabia 8,000,000 

Prrsia 8/i00,000 

AitfhiiniHtan  and  Beloochistan 8,000,000 

Hindofwtaa 142,000000 

Chin  India 14,000,000 

Chinese  Empire 200,1)0',  )00 

Japan 15,000.000 

Independent  Tartary 10,000.000 

Total 421,000,000 


ASIATIC    RUSSIA. 


Asiatic  Russia  is  an  immense  tract  of  country,  stretching  from  Russia  in 
Europe  to  the  Pacific  Ocean,  an  extent  in  length  of  ali'^ut  4000  miles,  and  from 
the  Arctic  Ocean  on  the  north,  to  the  borders  of  the  Cninesc  empire.  Independ- 
ent Tartary,  Persia,  and  Turkey  on  the  south,  exhibiting  an  average  breadth  of 
about  1800  miles,  and  containing  an  area  of  probably  near  6,250,000  square  miles. 
This  region  comprises  Siberia,  which  is  by  far  the  most  extensive  portion  of  it, 
together  with  the  territories  lying  on  both  sides  of  the  Volga  river;  and  north  of 
the  Caspian  Sea  also,  those  traversed  by  the  great  chain  of  Caucasus,  and  situated 
between  the  Caspian  and  Black  Seas.  The  population  of  the  whole  region, 
though  imperfectly  known,  may  be  assumed  at  about  5,000,000  souls. 

SIBERIA. 

Siberia  contains  nearly  a  third  part  of  the  continent  of  Asia ;  a  great  portion 
of  which  is  included  within  the  limits  of  the  Frozen  Zone,  constituting  one  of  the 
most  forlorn  and  desolate  regions  of  the  globe.  The  face  of  the  country,  for  the 
most  part,  like  European  Russia,  tends  to  a  level,  but  by  far  the  greater  portion 
has  not  been  much  traversed,  and  is  therefore  but  imperfectly  known.  The  bor- 
ders of  the  Arctic  Ocean  consist  chiefly  of  marshy  plains  buried  in  almost  per- 
petual ice  and  snow,  and  are  nearly  destitute  of  inhabitants.  Much  of  the  interior  of 
Siberia  is  occupied  by  those  wide  and  extensive  deserts,  called  Steppes,  or  elevated 
plains,  which  are  of  a  dull  uniformity  of  aspect ;  marshy,  covered  with  long  rank 
grass  and  aquatic  shrubs,  and  filled  with  almost  numberless  saline  lakes;  but  other 
parts  in  which  the  soil  and  cliirate  admit  the  growth  of  trees,  abound  in  exten- 
sive forests,  and  many  portions  of  the  southern  districts  are  comparatively  rich 
and  fertile. 

For  its  western  boundary,  Siberia  has  the  long  chain  of  the  Urals,  which  rise  i 
to  the  height  of  not  more  than  from  3000  to  4000  feet :  at  the  eastern  extremity 
of  the  southern  border  commences  the  vast  Altaian  range,  which  under  the  various 


AHIATK'  KIsmA. 


ijiimcH  or!IrK«ir»,  Dnbn,  (In-nt  Altai,  Liltlo  Altni,  Vulilnnoy,  nnd  Sunnovny  Mi>.ii 
tmiiN  exti'iMl  ••nutwiird  til  KmntHrlmtkB.  Tin*  dvith  ot' ihin  rrmim,  in  ri-ifnril  to 
Ic'in^lh  of  vAmrnn  niiil  voliimo  of  wntfr,  rivnl  tlio  irrciitt'fit  of  the  nnou'rit  world,  (iml 
'lavp  monlly  a  norllicrii  (linTtion,  tlowine  into  tlip  Frozen  Ocean;  tlir  nhoren  of 
which  are  biirriMJ  by  almost  ^M-rpciiml  ice.  Tho  jjrratfut  of  thew  nrc  the  (Hw, 
the  VcnistM,  and  thn  Lena;  llio  necondary  rivers  are  rhierty  the  trilmtarien  of  the 
lariro  ones;  l)CsideH  lhe.'*c,  are  the  Oleniik,  tho  Yntia,  tlie  Indijrhirrn,  and  the 
Kolimu.  Siberia  contains  one  lar^e  lake,  the  Riikal,  ',M)  milem  m  lenjfth  by  i*) 
in  breadth;  itH  waterH  are  frenli,  and  alMitimi  with  stiirjreon  and  other  fixli ;  also 
with  ^eal^s  the  preseiiee  of  which  seems  very  remarkable,  consiiierin;^  the  dis- 
tance from  the  sen.  'I'lie  cliief  of  tlio  oilier  lakes,  are  the  Tchany  and  Soumy, 
the  Piaciiiskuin,  and  the  TuimoiirHkoie. 

Nopart  of  this  extensive  country  belonffed  to  Russia,  till  about  the  middle  of 
tho  loth  century,  nor  was  it  completely  sulidued  and  attached  to  it,  till  it  was 
conquered  by  Peter  the  Great  and  Catherine  II.,  in  the  early  part  of  the  eighteenth. 
The  inhabitants  were  formerly  almost  wholly  wanderers,  but  a  larfjo  pc^rlion  now 
reside  in  towns,  villatjes,  and  settled  habitations. 

Siberia  is  divided  into  the  two  preat  governments  of  Tobolsk  or  Western,  and 
that  of  Irkoutsk  or  Eastern  Siberia:  these  are  subdivided;  the  former  into  the 
provinces  of  Tobolsk,  Tomsk,  and  Kolhyvan;  and  the  latter  into  those  of  Irkoiitnk, 
Yakoutsk,  Nertchinsk,  Ochotsk,  and  Kamtschatka.  The  population  of  this  irniit 
region  is  extremely  thin  and  widely  scattered,  not  averaging  more  tlian  one  to 
every  five  miles:  the  enumeration  of  1H(U,  give  for  the  whole  number  of  inhabit- 
ants 1,038,356,  which,  if  the  area  is  reckoned  at  5,(KM>,000  square  miles,  will  be 
about  the  result  stated. 

Siberia  serves  as  a  place  of  banishment  for  delinquents,  and  many  prisoners  of 
state  have  been  sent  here ;  oftentimes  men  of  rank  and  intelligence,  who  have 
greatly  contributed  to  civilize  and  improve  those  parts  of  the  country  to  which 
they  have  been  banished.  The  two  great  capitals,  Tobolsk  and  Irkoutsk,  have 
acquired,  to  a  considerable  e.xtent,  tho  polish  of  European  society.  Hospitality, 
the  virtue  of  rude  and  recluse  regions,  is  said  to  be  most  lilnirally  exercise<l 
throughout  Siberia.  Or  the  other  hand,  the  Russian  vice  of  drunkenness  seems  to 
be  copied  with  most  ample  addition. 

In  no  country  are  there  found  so  many  diflerent  races  of  people  as  in  the  Rus- 
sian empire.  The  chief  of  the  various  native  tribes  of  Siberia,  are  the  Samoyeds, 
Tungouses,  Ostiaks,  Tartars,  Burails,  Yakoulcs,  Koriaks,  Tchuktchi,  &c.  On  the 
extreme  shores  of  the  Arctic  Ocean  wander  the  Samoyeds,  who  have  been  culled 
the  last  of  men.  They  are  a  meagre  and  stunted  roce,  in  their  habits  filthy  in  tho 
extreme,  and  sunk  in  gross  superstition  and  idolatry.  The  I^aplander  in  Europe, 
and  the  Esquimaux  in  North  America,  are  very  similar  in  appearance,  and  arc 
probably  the  same  people.  The  Tuiigouses  are  found  chiefly  on  the  Yenisei  and 
Lena,  and  their  tributaries :  they  possess  herds  of  reindeer ;  but  nearly  their  sole 
employments  are  hunting  and  fishing  along  the  great  Siberian  rivers.  They  are 
described  by  those  who  have  had  intercourse  with  them,  as  frank,  honest,  and 
brave ;  and  they  are  mostly  votaries  of  the  Shaman  creed.  The  Ostiaks  are  found 
on  the  Obe  and  its  tributaries:  they  are  like  the  Samoyeds  of  diminutive  size, 
with  hiiir  of  a  yellowish  or  reddish  tint,  and  features  destitute  of  beauty.  They 
live  mostly  by  fishing,  and  occasionally  by  the  chase;  and  are  said  to  be  distin- 
guished by  great  simplicity  of  manners,  goodness  of  heart,  and  open  hospitality. 
The  Tartars  people  the  southern  parts  of  Siberia,  from  the  Urals  to  the  Upper 
Obe;  these  are  attached  to  the  general  habits  of  their  countrymen,  a  wandering 
life  occupied  almost  exclusively  in  the  rearing  of  cattle,  particularly  horses, 
making  horse  flesh  and  fermented  mares'  milk  their  favourite  luxuries.  The 
Buraits,  who  live  in  the  vicinity  of  Lake  Baikal,  are  a  Tartar  tribe,  and 
simikr  in  their  habits  and  modes  of  life  to  the  rest  of  that  race.  The  Yokoutes 
occupy  the  banks  of  the  Lena,  and  in  their  habits  and  pursuits,  much  resemble 
the  Tungouses,  though  they  are  considered,  on  the  whole,  as  less  daring  and 
active.  Par  to  the  north,  in  particular,  they  dwindle  into  a  poor  and  stunted 
race.    In  the  extreme  north-east  part  of  Siberia  reside  the  Tchuktchi,  a  people  j 


1  \J' 


40* 


3K 


VIK 


474 


AHIATK    KISSIA. 


who  havp  prRflcrvfNi  <>ntiro  tin'  iiiilf|K>n(li'iicf>  m*  loni;  ]mi  hy  all  tlin  otiicr  tri^w 
of  tlii'Hi)  ri!KiiinM.  Tlicy  iiicct  iIm-  Kuhmihiii*,  lii>wi>v«>r,  tor  |tiir|M««>(t  ot'  trntlc  nt  the 
t'nir  lit' Onlroonoi,  of  whom  tlit-y  nr»  rxtn-inciy  jenloiiii,  liavini;  !>•••■»  fiirrtwrly 
much  uiipoMMl  on  m  trmlinir.  hut  ar«  now  rutiilcriil  by  uxtwrienrf'  moro  wnry  nnd 
CAiitioiM.  They  nxchnriK)'  tohdrco,  liarilwnrR,  nitliTy,  «c.  for  Wfa-liornp  tft-tli, 
and  tht!  Hkina  anil  t\irH  itf  tlio  varioua  Hca  and  land  aiiimalH,  of  their  own  and  thi' 
opiMMtitf  cuasta  of  Arnorica.  They  are  described  aa  a  atoiit,  ron(;h,  honoat,  bold, 
and  f)>iirlt'iM  race. 

Ai^riculturo  in  Hd)eria  is  extremely  limited;  a  very  gtent  portion  of  iho  hoi! 
lH>in((  entirely  unfitted  by  nature  fur  tliia  important  pursuit.  'I  he  fineat  t'nrininir 
district  extomlH  from  the  lrty«h  to  the  An(fam,  nionff  the  bane  of  the  Altai  Moun- 
tains :  here  i^ood  crops  of  onts,  rye,  and  barley  are  produced ;  culture  is,  however, 
limited  not  only  by  the  indolence  of  thu  i>coplp,  and  the  want  of  h  distant  markrt, 
but  by  the  almost  exclusive  tasto  of  the  Tartar  inhabitants  tor  pasturage  and  tli*> 
rcarin((  of  horses. 

The  most  important  natural  productions  of  Siberia  are  drawn  froni  its  miiicH. 
Those  of  the  Urals  arn  of  jrold,  plntina,  copper,  and  iron;  of  which  the  supply  nt' 
the  two  lust  is  very  (rreat.  The  mines  of  the  Altai  are  in  the  provinces  of  Kui- 
hyvan  and  Nertchinsk:  they  arc  of  |(old,  silver,  and  copper:  these  mi' ch  nn; 
worked  on  behalf  of  the  government  with  slaves,  who  consist  mostly  of  Imnished 
convicts;  a  ffreat  variety  of  minerals  are  also  found.  Amon^f  the  Urnis  arc  met 
with  diamonds,  emeralds,  topazes,  and  rock  salt,  of  which  the  latter  is  worked  to 
a  gtvat  extent ;  and  the  Altai  mountains  produce  the  topaz,  tiie  beryl,  the  onyx, 
lapis  lazuli,  and  red  garnets.  Talc  also  occurs  on  the  banks  of  the  Vitim,  which 
supplies  the  place  of  window-glass  all  over  Asiatic  and  part  of  European  RuHsio. 
It  is  in  many  cases  nearly  as  transparent  as  that  article,  without  being  liable  to 
break.  It  is  divided  into  thin  latninie,  which,  like  pieces  of  glass,  ore  valuable  in 
proportion  to  their  size. 

The  commerce  of  Siberia  is  confined  mostly  to  two  branches ;  one  formed  by 
the  exportation  of  metals,  minerals,  and  furs;  and  the  other,  a  transit  trade,  con- 
sisting in  an  overland  intercourse,  carried  on  from  Europe  across  Siberia  with  the 
C.iinese  Empire,  and  also  with  the  regions  on  the  shores  of  the  Pacific  Ocean. 
The  trade  between  Russia  and  China  is  transacted  at  the  frontier  and  adjoining 
parts  of  Kiacbta,  m  the  one  side,  and  Maimatchin  on  the  other.  The  value  of 
articles  exchanged  on  both  sides,  is  supposed  to  amount  annually  to  about 
112,000,000. 

Tobolsk,  the  capital  of  all  Siberia,  stands  at  the  confluence  of  the  Tobol  and 
the  Irtysh:  it  consists  of  two  towns,  the  upper  and  the  lower,  which  are  con- 
structed wholly  of  wood,  with  the  exception  of  a  few  public  buildings.  It  is  an 
agreeable  place  of  residence,  the  society  being  formed  on  the  European  model. 
The  inhabitants  are  social,  and  living  is  extremely  cheap.  The  business  trantsacted 
at  this  place  is  great,  as  all  the  trade  of  Siberia  passes  through  it.  Population 
about  15,000.  Omsk  on  the  Irtysh,  Barnaule  on  the  Obe,  and  Tomsk  on  the  Tom, 
are  all  considerable  towns,  containing  respectively  7500,  8000,  and  10,000  inha- 
bitants. Irkoutsk,  on  the  Angara  River,  is  the  handsomest  place  in  Siberia,  and 
is  the  capital  of  the  eastern  division  of  that  country.  The  houses  ore  chiefly  of 
wood,  but  the  streets  are  broad  and  spacious.  Some  of  the  public  buildings  are 
very  fine,  and  there  are  twelve  handsome  churches.  The  inhabitants  are  about 
12,000  in  number,  and  consist  chietiy  of  merchants  connected  with  houses  in 
St.  Petersburg,  and  of  the  civil  ond  military  officers  of  government.  The  shops 
of  Irkoutsk  are  filled  with  nankeens,  porcelain,  lacquered  ware,  and  other  articles 
of  Chinese  dress  and  furniture ;  and  it  has  almost  the  aspect  of  a  Chinese  city. 

Upwards  of  1000  miles  to  the  north-east  is  Yakoutsk,  on  the  Lena  River,  in  a 
bleak  and  wintry  region,  where  the  ground  is  still  frozen  in  June,  and  the  river  is 
passable  on  sleds  in  September:  its  importance  is  derived  from  its  trade  in  furs 
with  the  surrounding  district.  Population,  7000.  Ochotsk,  the  emporium  of  the ; 
north-eastern  districts  of  Asia,  on  the  shores  of  the  sea  of  the  same  name,  and 
more  than  4000  miles  east  of  St.  Petersburg,  i-j  a  neat  and  thriving  town  of  1500 
inhabitants :   nearly  half  of  these  are  in  the  employ  of  government.     Ochotsk 


I 


\^:^:^.l^ 


by 


ASIATH    HI  ?v*l A. 


47ft 


:hot8k  I 


colloitK  nil  thi)  furs   \ml  «kin«  of  Kaml.«(;hn*ka  iin<l  N.(ff4»-wi>»t  Arner>c«, 
of  IIh!  utliiT  ,il«.  .'w  I  .  HiberM  arc  awfn  villa:;«'«  or  tradmj;  p«*Tj«. 

N't-nr  IIh-  iiKMithH  .,1  ^h»»  f>NM  lO**  \  nun  Rivith  tin-  Arrtic  (k'coii  iitcmnXM  « 
niiiiibt.'r  of  ihIi'-<,  uf  s^hicli  ouinc  arc  luf^fi* :  the  chief  np|M>ar  tn  Iw  Kotclnoi,  t'idt'f- 
nkoy,  mill  iN'ew  Siberia.  Tlu-y  lmv«'  b«'»'n  rnn-tully  exaiiiim>il  liy  |fi»»  huntor 
f.inrkof,  iinil  latterly  by  Lii-iit.  Aiijtui.  in  l"«Jl  ami  l"«VJ.'i.  Tin-  nn|N'riof  thi-n^  short'tt 
i»,  ai*  im^lit  U;  ox|H;clod,  dreary  and  il.»olatt«;  but  thry  pri-wnt  onn  iiiilicatinn 
that  IS  truly  rvtrndrdinarv,  and  jjivoh  enuih  room  for  Ihuiiuht  to  thosH!  who  K|»fcii- 
latfi  on  the  chun  .-h  and  dr^tiny  of  Iho  earth.  There  are  timnd  niimeroiiH  [tnwn 
and  other  r)>iiiiiiu.-«  of  tho  elephant,  an  aniiiinl  now  alto^rether  forei(;ii  to  thio  (wrt 
of  the  kIoIm',  or  to  any  which  u  not  separated  from  it  by  nearly  a  fourth  of  itn  cir- 
cuit, Reiimiim  of  that  hu|fo  anumtl,  of  an  extinct  race,  the  mammoth,  nru  nU) 
found  at  tliM  e.xtrcmity  of  SitNrin. 

A  large  nnd  long  peninaulii,  of  peculiar  character,  calle<l  Kamtuchatka,  extendH 
into  the  oceiin  which  waters  the  eafter;i  extremity  of  Ahiii.  Thin  territory  in 
about  (t(N)  iiiileH  in  length,  by  U(H)  in  iUt  grcatcwt  breadth.  Its  [Kinition  on  the 
globe  ought  to  give  to  tlie  greater  part  of  it  a  climate  like  thiit  of  Hritam;  but 
the  wind8  blowing  from  the  plains  of  Siberia,  and  from  the  vast  |)olnr  himih  by 
which  it  is  surrounded,  induce  an  Arctic  climate,  nnd  allow  ttenrcely  three  months 
of  summer.  This  cold  is  increased  by  the  chain  of  n:ountains  which  traversvis 
neofly  its  whole  length,  some  of  whose  peaks  rise  to  an  extraordinary  height. 

The  Kamtschatdales  form  a  peculiar  race,  with  flat  features,  small  eyes,  thin 
lips,  and  scarcely  any  lieard.  Their  stature  is  diminutive,  with  largo  bend  and 
short  legs.  Since  the  Russian  sway  put  an  end  to  tho  wars  which  they  were  wont  | 
to  wage  with  considerable  fury,  they  have  passed  into  a  peaceable,  honest,  la/.y, 
drunken,  servile  race,  careless  of  tho  future,  and  addicted  to  coarse  sensuality. 
They  have  houses  both  for  winter  and  summer.  In  their  domestic  habits,  the  most 
remarkable  peculiarity  is  the  use  of  dogs  harnessed  to  the  sledges,  and  employed 
to  draw  them.  At  their  high  festivals,  these  people  i;ive  themselves  up  to  an 
almost  frantic  mirth,  which  astonishes  those  who  have  viewed  the  bluggisliut.'ss 
of  tiieir  ordinary  deportment.  Their  favourite  dance  is  one  in  which  all  the  actions 
and  motions  of  the  bear  are  represented  to  the  life;  and  the  violent  and  uncouth 
attitudes  assumed  for  this  purpose  excite  in  the  spectators  rapturous  admiration. 

Although  the  Kamtschatdales,  by  connexion  with  Russia,  have  gained  an  ex- 
emption from  war,  they  have  sutfcred  deeply  from  the  introduction  of  ardent  spi- 
rits, and  of  various  contagious  diseases.  Their  numbers  have  thus  been  diminished, 
and  do  not  at  present  exceed  4(KN),  of  whom  little  more  than  half  are  natives;  the 
rest,  Russians  and  Koriaks.  Bolcherctskoi  and  Kamtschutka  are  snmll  villages, 
which  pass  for  towns ;  but  the  only  place  of  any  real  importance  is  Petropaulov- 
skoi,  or  the  harbour  of  St.  Peter  and  St.  Paul,  a  thriving  little  port,  by  which 
the  merchants  of  Ochotak  carry  on  almost  all  the  trade  of  Kanitschatkn. 

An  Archipelago  of  small  islands,  called  the  Kuriles,  stretch  from  the  southern 
point  of  Kamtschatka  to  Jcsso,  a  line  of  nearly  8(N)  miles.  Twenty-two  are 
known,  of  which  nineteen  are  subject  to  Russia.  Some  are  uninhabited,  from 
the  want  of  water;  others  rival  Kamtschatka  in  the  abundance  of  game  and  tish. 
The  inhabitants  are  peaceable  and  well-disposed  ;  th?y  live  nearly  as  the  Kamt- 
schatdales, but  in  a  neater  and  more  civilized  manner ;  and  some  of  the  southern 
islands  have  imbibed  a  tincture  of  Japanese  habits.  Their  subjection  to  Kussia 
consists  almost  wholly  in  paying  a  tribute  of  furs  and  sea-calves. 

ASTRACHAN,  &c. 
Having  briefly  described  Siberia,  it  now  remains,  in  order  to  complete  the  view 
of  Asiatic  Russia,  to  mention  that  part  of  it  extending  from  the  former  region  far 
to  the  south-west,  and  comprising  the  countries  bordered  on  the  oast  by  the  Ural 
River  and  the  Caspian  Sea;  on  the  north  and  west  by  the  Volga  and  Don  Rivers 
and  the  Black  Sea;  and  on  the  south  by  the  monarchies  of  Persia  and  Turkey ; 
the  whole  comprising  an  irregular  territory  of  not  less  than  1*00  miles  in  length, 
I  and  varying  in  breadth  from  300  to  750  miles.  The  southern  part  of  this  region, 
extending  south  of  the  Rivers  Kuban  and  Terek,  and  traversed  by  the  mountainous 


-11 


.4  .. 


•''!    * 


*    '  1 


Hi 


;*.  < 


I 


:.  I 


i  .i4 


Ui\ 


i    )'. 


476 


ASIATIC  RUSSIA. 


ridges  of  the  great  Caucasian  chain,  exhibits  an  entirely  distinct  character  from 
the  northern  portion,  and  will  in  consequence  be  termed  Caucasian  Russia.  The 
countries  north  of  the  Kuban  and  Terek  Rivers,  and  extending  to  the  south-west 
corner  of  Siberia,  comprises  the  entire  Asiatic  governments  of  Oufa,  Orenburg, 
Astrachan,  and  Caucaaus ;  also,  portions  of  Kazan,  Simbirsk,  and  Saratov,  together 
with  part  of  the  country  of  the  Don  Cossacks. 

In  this  territory  the  most  prominent  object  ia  the  Caspian.  It  is  the  largest 
inland  sea  in  the  world,  reaching,  in  its  greatest  dimension  from  north  to  south, 
about  600  miles,  and  varying  in  breadth  from  100  to  800.  This  mighty  inland 
expanse  is  supplied  on  the  north  by  the  Volga,  which,  after  traversing,  in  a  course 
of  2000  miles,  the  whole  of  European  and  part  of  Asiatic  Russia,  pours  in  the 
united  waters  of  those  vast  regions.  On  the  west  it  receives  ample  streams  from 
the  mighty  peaks  of  Caucasus  and  Ararat;  the  Kooma,  the  Terek,  the  Araxes,  the 
Kizil  Ozen,  and  some  others.  On  the  east  the  Attruck  enters  the  Caspian ;  but 
by  far  the  greater  portion  of  this  border  consists  of  arid  and  dreary  deserts,  from 
which  the  Caspian  Sea  does  not  derive  any  accession  to  its  magnitude. 

The  waters  of  the  Caspian,  unless  at  the  immediate  influx  of  the  great  rivers, 
are  as  salt  as  those  of  the  sea,  with  the  admixture  of  a  bitter  taste,  arising  from  a 
portion  of  Glauber  salt,  supposed  to  be  produced  by  the  decomposition  of  the 
naphtha  which  is  found  on  its  shores  in  considerable  quantity.  The  navigation  is 
dangerous,  particularly  in  the  northern  part,  on  account  of  the  heavy  and  sudden 
gales  which  descend  from  the  high  clifli  of  the  western  shore,  and  of  the  rocks 
and  shallows  with  which  this  quarter  abounds.  There  are  no  good  harbours  from 
Astrachan  to  Derbent.  Of  the  shores  of  this  great  sea,  the  southern  belongs  to 
Persia,  the  eastern  to  Independent  Tarfary  and  to  the  country  of  the  Turcomans. 
The  western  and  northern  are  su^ect  to  Russia,  the  region  we  are  now  to  delineate. 

The  immediate  shores  of  the  Caspian  Sea,  composed  of  the  deltas  of  the  rivers 
Volga  and  Ural,  and  forming  the  province  of  Astrachan,  are  flat  and  marshy.  Far- 
ther north,  the  provinces  of  Oufti  and  Orenburg  rise  insensibly  into  a  mountainous 
elevation,  till  they  terminate  in  the  declivity  of  that  great  chain  which  separates 
Europe  from  Asia.  Here  these  regions  participate  in  the  rich  metalliferous  cha- 
racter which  distinguishes  the  Siberian  districts  on  the  Asiatic  side. 

The  country  is  capable  of  every  kind  of  culture,  but  is  chiefly  covered  with 
rich  pastures.  Its  eastern  frontier  is  formed  by  the  Ural  Mountains.  From  these 
flows  to  the  Caspian  a  river  called  also  the  Ural,  and  wiiich  separates  Russia  from 
the  Kirguis  and  Kalmucks :  on  this  stream  is  situated  Orenburg,  a  well-built  town 
of  about  2000  houses ;  to  its  market  the  Tartars  bring  annually  10,000  horses,  and 
from  40,000  to  60,000  sheep.  Hence  also  numerous  caravans  depart  for  Khiva, 
Bokhara,  Khokan,  &c. 

At  the  head  of  the  Caspian  Sea,  Astrachan  and  its  district  constitutes  a  govern- 
ment of  which  the  city  forms  the  capital.  The  water  communications  of  this 
place,  by  the  Volga  on  one  side  and  the  Caspian  on  the  other,  are  very  extensive, 
and  enable  it  to  carry  on  a  considerable  commerce.  Astrachan  obtains  raw  silk 
from  Persia ;  turquoises  from  Khorasan ;  rubies  and  other  gems  from  the  head  of 
the  Oxus.  Its  chief  wealth,  however,  is  derived  from  the  vast  fishery  which  it 
carries  on.  The  quantity  of  flsh  obtained,  is  not  only  sufficient  for  domestic  con- 
sumption, but  is  largely  exported ;  and  the  roes  of  sturgeon,  prepared  in  that  pecu- 
liar form  called  caviare,  form  an  article  of  trade  for  which  it  is  famed.  A  good 
deal  of  salt  is  obtained  from  marshy  lakes  in  the  neighbourhood :  and  some  fabrics 
of  leather  and  silk  are  carried  on.  The  city  is  surrounded  by  a  wall,  and  is  for 
the  most  part  poorly  built  of  wood.  Some  handsome  edifices  of  stone,  however, 
have  lately  been  erected,  particularly  two  commercial  halls.  The  population, 
amounting  to  70,000.  forms  a  various  mixture  of  the  people  of  Europe  and  Asia: 
Russians,  Greeks,  English,  French,  Persians;  even  the  Hindoos  have  a  small  quar- 
ter appropriated  to  them.  Most  of  the  Persian  trade  is  carried  on  by  the  Arme- 
nians. 

The  government  of  Astrachan,  together  with  that  of  Caucasus  to  the  south-west, 
consists  of  a  boundless  extent  of  flat  steppe,  in  many  places  almost  desert,  but  in 
others  capable  of  supporting  a  considerable  pastoral  popuhtion.    The  occupants 


ASIATIC  RUSSIA. 


477 


1 


nre  decidedly  Tartar.  The  catitern  tribes  are  Kalmucks,  and  the  western  chiefly 
Xopais,  mixed  to  some  extent  with  the  Cossacks  of  the  I)on.  The  Tartar  habits 
and  character  universally  pruvail,  thoiit^h  the  people  are  reduced  by  subjection  to 
a  somewhat  more  orderly  and  industrious  way  of  life  than  they  would  spontane- 
ously adopt. 

CAUCASIAN  RUSSIA. 

Caucasian  Russia  is  that  part  of  the  continent  situated  between  the  Caspian 
and  Black  Seas,  and  extendinjr  from  the  Kuban  and  Terek  Rivers  southward  to 
tlie  Araxes,  which  forms  most  part  of  the  boundary  line  between  the  empires  of 
Russia  and  Persia.  It  forms  an  irrej^ular  territory,  stretching  from  north-west  to 
south-east  about  750,  and  frotn  north-east  to  south-west  280  miles,  comprising  the 
countries  known  by  the  names  of  Circassia,  Daghestan,  Georgia,  Mingrelia  and 
Imeritta,  Abasia,  &c.  The  distin;;uishing  feature  of  this  region  is  the  great  moun- 
tain chain  of  Caucasus,  which,  in  height,  in  ruggedness,  and  in  variety  of  aspect, 
though  not  unrivalled,  is  surpassed  but  by  few  in  Asia,  and  even  in  the  whole 
world.  Its  greatest  elevation,  Mount  Elburz,  attains  the  height  of  16,600  feet, 
which  is  somewhat  higher  than  Mount  Blanc.  The  tribes  inhabiting  this  tract 
have  always  been  regarded  as  dwelling  on  the  outer  border  of  the  civilized  world. 
They  attracted,  indeed,  the  notice  of  nations  with  whom  they  were  in  somewhat 
close  vicinity,  but  their  annals  have  never  assumed  a  regular  or  connected  form. 

In  modern  times,  Georgia,  the  most  powerful  of  the  Caucasian  kingdoms,  has 
been  distinguished  by  its  contests  for  independence  with  the  Persian  empire,  and 
subsequently  as  the  main  theatre  of  contest  between  that  empire  and  the  rising 
power  of  the  czar.  Russia,  after  a  pretty  long  struggle,  has  secured  the  whole 
western  shore  of  the  Caspian,  and  all  the  level  tracts  between  it  and  the  Black 
Sea.  Even  the  rude  mountain  tribes  are  obliged  to  own  a  certain  homage  ;  but 
this,  as  well  as  the  accompanying  tribute,  is  scanty,  and  fully  compensated  by  the 
frequent  plundering  excursions,  against  which  the  Russians  with  difficulty  guard 
by  cordons  of  troops  drawn  along  their  border.  Georgia,  and  still  more  Circassia, 
has  been  distinguished  for  the  athletic  strength  of  its  men,  and  the  fine  forms  of 
its  females;  in  consequence  of  which  qualities,  they  have  been  in  great  request  as 
domestic  slaves  over  all  the  Turkish  empire.  In  Egypt,  particularly,  the  offspring 
of  those  slaves,  kept  up  by  continual  accessions,  long  maintained,  under  the  appel- 
lation of  Mamelukes,  a  sway  superior  or  paramount  to  that  of  its  Turkish  masters. 
Turkey  possessed,  till  lately,  some  ports  and  districts  on  the  shores  of  the  Black 
Sea,  which  enabled  her  to  carry  on  a  considerable  traffic,  especially  in  slaves,  and 
also  to  foment  insurrection  among  the  rude  mountain  tribes.  As,  however,  she 
has  been  obliged  by  the  late  treaty  to  cede  to  Russia  the  ports  of  Anapa  and  Poty, 
with  the  districtsof  Guriel  and  Akalzike,  she  maybe  considered  as  having  en- 
tirely lost  her  hold  of  the  Caucasian  territory. 

In  general,  all  the  Caucasian  tribes  profess  the  dogmas  of  the  Mahometan  faith, 
though  in  a  somewhat  loose  manner,  free  from  the  tame  and  mechanical  routine 
which  that  religion  prescribes.  Scarcely  any  of  them  possess  among  themselves, 
or  have  imbibed  from  the  Russians,  the  smallest  tincture  of  literature.  They  are 
almost  universally  addicted  to  habits  of  plunder, — that  national  plunder,  on  a  great 
scale,  which  is  considered  rather  a  boast  than  a  disgrace,  and  which  is  generally 
familiar  to  rude  tribes  who  live  in  the  vicinity  of  more  opulent  nations. 

This  region  presents  a  varied  and  interesting  vegetation,  but  only  a  scanty  por- 
tion of  those  products  which  are  subservient  to  the  uses  of  life.  Even  the  lower 
valleys  of  Georgia  and  Mingrelia,  though  endowed  by  nature  with  extreme  ferti- 
lity, are  little  improved.  The  inhabitants,  ill  disposed  of  themselves  to  industri- 
ous culture,  are  moreover  liable  to  the  almost  continual  ravage  of  war  and  pre- 
datory incursion.  Their  supply  of  arms  and  of  foreign  luxuries  is  chiefly  derived 
either  from  plunder,  or  from  the  sale  of  their  people  as  slaves.  Wine  in  consider- 
able abundance,  though  of  middling  quality ;  a  little  silk  from  the  low  southern 
districts;  some  skins  and  furs  from  the  higher,  and  fine  honey  from  the  declivities 
of  the  hills,  nearly  complete  the  list  of  their  commodities  which  arc  fit  for  the 
purposes  of  trade. 


,\ 


[■■■ 


. ..' 


,?:• 


if- 


t' 


I  I 


478 


ASIATIC  RUSSIA. 


South  of  the  Terek  and  Kuban  rise  up  the  mighty  precipices  of  Caucasus.  Its 
highest  ranged  are  clad  in  perpetual  snow ;  beneath  is  the  black  region  of  rocks 
and  precipices ;  while  the  lower  declivities  contain  a  number  of  well-watered  val- 
leys, forming  fine  pastoral  districts ;  and,  though  not  capable  of  high  culture, 
yielding  plentifully  the  inferior  products,  maize  and  millet.  In  these  mountain 
valleys  dwell  the  Circassians.  This  race  have  been  peculiarly  celebrated  for  their 
physical  qualities.  The  men,  though  spare,  are  tall,  handsome,  and  athletic.  Bui 
it  is  the  fine  form  and  delicate  complexion  of  the  female  Circassians,  which  form 
so  wide  a  theme  of  EJastern  panegyric. 

The  distinctions  of  rank  and  birth  are  observed  in  Circassia  with  all  the  strict- 
ness of  Highland  pride.  Under  the  prince  or  sovereign,  are  the  uzdens  or  nobles, 
who  attend  him  in  war  or  foray,  but  exercise  a  sway  almost  absolute  over  their 
own  immediate  vassals.  They  are  of  two  kinds ;  bondsmen,  who  cultivate  the 
glebe,  and  armed  retainers,  who  attend  him  to  the  field ;  which  last  have  often 
been  raised,  on  this  condition,  from  the  inferior  rank. 

The  noble  Circassians  lead  that  sort  of  life  which  is  usual  with  independent 
chiefs  on  their  own  estates,  and  surrounded  by  their  vassals ;  a  round  of  war  and 
feasting,  of  hunting  and  jollity. 

Kabardia,  though  sometimes  described  as  a  distinct  territory,  is,  more  properly 
speaking,  a  district  of  Circassia,  of  which  the  inhabitants  form  the  principal  tribe, 
and  that  which  approaches  nearest  to  civilization. 

The  Russian  territories  everywhere  border  upon,  and  inclose,  Circassia ;  yet 
the  valour  of  its  inhabitants,  and  the  rapid  movements  of  the  light  cavalry  of 
which  its  bands  are  composed,  have  set  at  defiance  every  effort  to  reduce  it  to  a 
state  of  regular  subjection.  The  Russians,  on  the  contrary,  are  only  able,  bnd 
that  somewhat  imperfectly,  to  protect  their  own  confines  from  inroad  by  a  chain 
of  strong  fortresses.  These  are  chiefly  erected  along  the  Terek  and  Kuban,  two 
considerable  streams,  which,  rising  among  the  loftiest  heights  of  Caucasus,  flow 
for  about  400  miles,  first  north,  then  the  former  east  till  it  falls  by  numerous 
mouths  into  the  Caspian,  the  latter  west  into  the  Black  Sea.  Mozdok,  on  the 
Terek,  is  the  centre  of  this  line  of  defence;  a  town  of  8000  people,  with  a  strong 
garrison.  Georgievsk,  on  the  Kooma,  is  a  fortress  of  smaller  magnitude.  Near 
the  sources  of  the  Terek  is  Vladi-Kaukas,  a  fortress  built  for  the  purpose  of  keep- 
ing open  the  intercourse  with  Georgia,  &c.  In  this  vicinity  is  the  Scots  colony 
of  Karass,  which  is  in  a  flourishing  state ;  though  the  missionary  station  estab- 
lished there  has  not  answered  expectation. 

The  lower  course  of  the  Terek,  through  a  fertile  country,  presents  some  in- 
teresting objects.  Its  commerce  is  chiefly  carried  on  by  Kislar,  or  Kisliar,  a  town 
described  as  containing  2000  houses,  and  about  10,000  inhabitants,  of  whom  8000 
are  Armenians.  This  race,  sober  and  industrious,  founded  the  city  in  1736,  and 
carry  on  all  its  trade,  by  which  they  place  themselves  in  easy  and  even  opulent 
circumstances. 

On  the  extreme  heights  of  Caucasus,  amidst  a  region  of  barren  rocks  and 
eternal  snows,  are  found  the  Ossetes  and  Lesghis,  formidable  and  determined  rob- 
bers, who  are  the  scourge  and  terror  of  all  the  surrounding  countries.  Their 
habitations,  perched  on  the  summits  of  the  loftiest  clifls,  and  on  the  edge  of  the 
steepest  precipices,  have  a  most  fearful  appearance.  There  are  various  little  tribes, 
and  septs  of  greater  ones,  scattered  through  all  the  corners  of  this  mountainous 
region.     Some  of  these  are  the  Kistes,  Jugouches,  the  Tusches,  Karabulaks,  &c. 

To  the  south,  stretching  along  the  western  coast  of  the  Caspian,  lies  the  moun- 
tainous province  of  Daghestan.  Its  fertile  soil  is  but  imperfectly  cultivated,  and 
its  long  coast  presents  but  few  harbours.  Tarki  is  favourably  situated  on  the  sea, 
but  the  principal  place  is  Derbent,  an  old  town,  long  the  bulwark  of  the  Persian 
empire,  and  still  exhibiting  imposing  military  works.  It  is  now  much  sunk, 
having  only  a  population  of  about  4000  families. 

On  the  opposite,  or  southern  declivity  of  the  Caucasus,  extends  the  famous  and 
once  powerful  kingdom  of  Georgia.  The  world,  perhaps,  does  not  contain  a  re- 
gion more  profusely  gifted  both  with  richness  and  beauty.  On  its  successive 
mountain  stages  are  raised  all  the  varieties  of  fruit  and  grain,  both  of  the  tempe- 


•f.  '{'Ti 


n  the  edge  of  the 


ASIATIC  RUSSIA. 


479 

rate  and  tropical  climatea  The  woods  abound  with  game ;  and  the  mountains 
contain  in  their  bosom  mines  of  considerable  value. 

The  human  race  flourishes  in  an  equal  degree :  the  men  are  distinguishetl  for 
vigour;  and  the  females,  with  the  single  exception  of  a  darker  complexion,  are  as 
famed  for  beauty  as  those  of  Circasaia.  All  these  bounties  of  nature,  however, 
have  been  rendered  unavailing  by  the  oppressions  of  a  feudal  jjovernment,  and  by 
the  continual  wars  between  the  Russians  and  Persians  which  have  desolated 
Georgia  for  more  than  a  century.  Through  the  pressure  of  these  evils,  the  popu- 
lation of  this  fine  region  is  supposed  to  be  reduced  to  a  number  not  exceeding 
320,000  souls.  The  greater  number  are  not  Mahometans,  but  Greek  Christians, 
with  a  large  proportion  of  Armenians,  who  have  in  their  hands  all  the  traffic  of 
the  country.  The  Russians  draw  from  it  a  revenue  of  800,000  rubles,  not  nearly 
sufficient  to  defray  its  expenses.  The  waters  of  Georgia  are  chiefly  collected  by 
the  Kur  or  Cyrus,  which  flows  first  northward,  along  the  foot  of  a  chain  of  lofty 
mountains;  but  afterwards  turns  to  the  east  and  south,  passes  by  Teflis,  and  falls 
into  the  Caspian  on  the  borders  of  Ghilan.  It  has  previously  received  the  Araxes, 
from  Ararat. 

The  only  city  of  Georgia,  of  any  importance,  or  worthy  of  the  name,  is  Teflis, 
the  capital.  It  is  boldly  situated  on  the  precipitous  banks  of  the  Kur,  which 
flows  here  through  a  deep  and  gloomy  defile  covered  wi'li  immense  forests.  The 
Russians  make  Teflis  their  head-quarters,  and  keep  there  a  large  military  force, 
whicli  is  quartered  upon  the  inhabitants.  This  is  considered  a  serious  grievance, 
being  wholly  inconsistent  with  the  habits  of  oriental  seclusion,  particularly  in  re- 
gard to  the  female  sex,  whose  virtue,  made  hitherto  to  depend  chiefly  on  the 
jealous  guard  kept  over  it,  is  said  to  have  suflfered  materially  from  this  intrusion. 
The  population  of  Teflis,  in  consequence  of  the  evils  under  which  it  has  suffered, 
has  declined,  in  the  course  of  the  last  twenty  years,  from  22,000  to  15,000. 

Shirvan,  Nakshivan,  and  Erivan,  are  districts  now  merged  in  Georgia,  which  for- 
merly belonged  to  Persia,  from  whom  the  two  last  were  wrested  during  the  late 
contest.  They  are,  however,  much  dilapidated  by  the  effects  of  almost  constant 
warfare.  Erivan  is  a  strong  fortress,  not  far  from  the  lake  of  that  name,  now 
greatly  impaired.  Nakshivan  was  an  ancient  and  magnificent  city,  but  is  at  pre- 
sent in  ruins.  Shirvan  has  a  fertile  soil,  which  produces  rice,  wheat,  and  barley.  At 
the  eastern  extremity  of  this  district,  on  the  Caspian  Sea,  is  the  town  of  Bakau, 
or  Baku.  Near  this  place  is  the  fire  worshipped  by  the  Guebres,  or  fire-worship- 
pers, who  affirm  that  it  has  been  burning  ever  since  the  flood,  and  will  continue  to 
the  end  of  the  world.  It  is  said  to  proceed  from  the  inflammable  nature  of  the 
soil  in  certain  spots,  which,  if  dug  into  for  a  few  inches,  and  a  live  coal  applied, 
will  take  fire  and  continue  to  burn. 

Proceeding  westward  from  Georgia  to  the  shores  of  the  Black  Sea,  we  find 
Mingrelia  and  Imiretta.  The  interior  tracts  are  mountainous  and  rugged ;  but 
Caucasus  here  slopes  downward,  and  allows  to  intervene  between  it  and  the  sea 
a  large  plain,  moist,  fertile,  but  unwholesome.  Floods  descending  from  the  heights 
inundate  this  watery  region.  Communicating  by  the  Black  Sea  with  Asia  Mmor 
and  Constantinople,  it  supplies  them  with  silk,  honey,  and,  unfortunately,  above 
all,  slaves ;  the  obtaining  of  which,  by  purchase,  seizure,  and  every  sort  of  nefa- 
rious process,  forms  the  principal  occupation  of  the  chiefs  of  Mingrelia.  It  is 
calculated  that  Turkey  receives  annually  from  thence  about  12,000  of  these  un- 
fortunate beings.  As  the  port  of  Poty,  however,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Ru)ne,or 
Phasis,  has  by  the  last  treaty  been  ceded  to  Russia,  that  power  will  henceforth 
command  the  trade  of  Mingrelia.     Poty  contains  about  1000  inhabitantd. 

Redoutkale,  Kopi,  and  Anaklia,  partake  also  of  the  trade  of  the  country.  Pro- 
ceeding northward  along  the  Black  Sea,  after  an  almost  impassable  range  in- 
habited by  a  wild  race  called  the  Suanes,  appears  an  extended  and  wooded  region, 
the  country  of  Abasia.  The  people  are  a  rough  variety  of  the  Circassians.  They 
resemble,  without  equalling,  that  race  in  their  handsome  persons  and  dignified 
manners.  Secured  from  foreign  invasion  by  the  poverty  of  their  country,  and  by 
I  its  immense  and  entangled  forests,  they  are  wasted  by  intestine  contests ;  and  to 
the  various  forms  of  plunder,  their  situation  has  tempted  them  to  annex  that  of 


ir- 


h 


i-^ 


'4 


■■•t.i 


.i; 


«!j 


■W 


m 


Ill  ^^' . 

m 

ifi--. 


480 


TURKEY. 


piracy.  It  has  also,  however,  enabled  their  country  to  become  the  theatre  of  some 
commerce  in  the  usual  Caucasian  commodities,  that  of  slaves  not  excepted.  Of 
this  trade,  Phanagoria,  or  Taman,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Kuban,  forms  a  sort  of 
entrepdt.  Anapa,  farther  to  the  south,  a  considerable  port,  with  a  good  harbour, 
was  in  possession  of  the  Turks  till  the  last  treaty,  when  it  was  transferred  to 
Russia.  The  other  ports  along  the  coast  are  Souchukale,  Ghelintchik,  Mamach, 
Soukoum-kale,  and  Isgaour. 


TURKEY. 

Asiatic  Turkby  extends  over  some  of  the  fairest  and  finest  regions  of  Asia : 
no  countries  in  the  world  are  more  favoured  by  nature,  or  more  marked  by  grand 
historical  features ;  and  it  consists  not  so  much  of  any  one  single  country,  as  of 
several  detached  and  dissimilar  states,  which  the  sword,  wielded  by  fanaticism,  has 
combined  into  one  vast  heterogeneous  mass.  This  extensive  region  is  bounded 
on  the  west  hy  the  Archipelago  and  the  Straits  of  the  Dardanelles  north  of  the 
Black  Sea ;  east,  by  Asiatic  Russia  and  Persia ;  and  south,  by  Arabia,  Syria,  and 
the  Mediterranean  Sea.  This  region  extends  from  east  to  west  about  1200,  and 
from  north  to  south  from  400  to  800  miles,  forming  an  area  of  about  430,000 
square  miles. 

This  wide  extent  of  country  presents  a  peculiar  variety  of  culture  an.j  aspect. 
Its  ranges  of  mountains  are  of  great  celebrity  and  of  considerable  magnitude ;  the 
principal  is  the  extensive  chain  of  Mount  Taurus,  ranging  from  the  Mediterranean 
coasts  to  those  of  the  Caspian  Sea,  which,  with  its  numerous  branches,  extends 
through  all  the  northern  portions  of  this  region.  Near  the  north-eastern  frontier, 
the  primeval  Ararat  rears  its  snowy  peaks,  reminding  mankind  of  the  most 
memorable  event  in  the  physical  history  of  the  globe. 

The  chief  rivers  are  the  celebrated  Euphrates  and  Tigris,  which,  commencing 
in  the  sam'j  region,  unite  their  streams  a  short  distance  above  their  common 
estuary,  and  forming  the  Shat  ul  Arab,  enter  the  Persian  Gulf  about  75  miles 
below  Busfiorah.  The  other  streams  are  of  smaller  magnitude :  they  are  the 
Sakharia  and  Kizzil  Irmak,  flowing  into  the  Black  Sea ;  and  the  Meinder,  Kodus- 
chay  and  others,  running  into  the  Mediterranean. 

Turkey  in  Asia  has  but  few  lakes,  and  those  are  nearly  all  saline.  Lake  Van, 
near  the  eastern  frontier,  is  the  most  extensive :  its  waters  arc  so  brackish,  as  to  be 
unfit  for  use.  Lake  Nosook,  to  the  north  of  it,  is  much  smaller.  Chains  of  salt 
lakes  extend  through  some  of  the  interior  parts  of  Asia  Minor,  though  none  of 
them  are  of  much  magnitude.  The  sea-coasts  of  this  region  from  the  Black  Sea, 
including  Syria  and  Egypt,  to  Alexandria,  are  otlen  denominated  the  Levant, — a 
term  which  signifies  the  quarter  where  the  sun  rises :  in  a  more  extended  sense, 
it  includes  also  the  islands  of  Cyprus,  Rhodes,  and  the  Archipelago. 

The  principles  and  mode  of  government  are  exactly  the  same  in  Asiatic  as  in 
European  Turkey.  The  pachas,  invested  with  the  command  of  extensive  terri- 
tories, receive  entire  the  power  of  the  original  despot  from  whom  they  derive 
their  appointment  Their  distance,  indeed,  aiibrds  them  much  more  ample  oppor- 
tunities of  acting  independently,  and  of  merely  transmitting  to  the  Porte  such  an 
amount  of  tribute  and  military  aid  as  they  can  conveniently  spare. 

This  imperfect  and  precarious  independence  is,  generally  speaking,  the  reverse 
of  an  improvement  in  the  condition  of  the  unfortunate  people.  The  pacha  rules 
with  as  complete  and  tyrannical  a  sway  as  the  sultan :  he  is  rendered  cruel  by 
the  dangers  by  which  he  is  surrounded ;  and  careless  of  the  welfare  of  his  dis- 
trict by  the  precariouH  tenure  on  which  his  place  is  held.  In  order  to  maintain 
his  power,  he  takes  into  pay  the  brave  but  fierce  and  predatory  inhabitants  of  the 
mountains,  and  must  secure  their  attachment  by  allowing,'  them  liberty  to  commit 
plunder  and  outrage. 

These  countries  have,  from  the  earliest  ages,  been  distinguished  rather  by 
I  agricultural  industry,  and  the  rearing  of  cattle,  than  by  the  finer  manufactures, 


r-; 


TURKEY. 


481 


which  they  have  been  accuHtomed  to  receive  by  caravans  from  the  preat  empires 
of  the  east.  In  most  of  ita  districts,  however,  culturn  iss  rendered  insecure  by  the 
oppression  of  the  pachas,  and  the  ravages  of  the  Arabs,  against  which  the  govern- 
ment cannot,  or  at  least  does  not,  affoni  protection.  Hence,  in  many  parts,  which 
were  formerly  covered  with  the  richest  harvests,  no  trace  of  fertility  remains, 
except  only  in  their  overgrown  and  deserted  pastures.  The  upper  tract*  of  Asia 
Minor  and  Armenia,  where  horses  and  cattle  are  reared,  are  both  less  exposed  to 
inroad,  and  better  able  to  defend  themselves,  though  they  too  often  abuse  their 
strength  to  plunder  the  inhabitants  of  the  neighbouring  plains.  Here,  however, 
is  produced  the  fine  goat's  hair  or  Mohair  of  Angora,  which  is  sought  in  Europe 
as  a  material  of  some  valuable  manufactures. 

The  manufactures  of  Asiatic  Turkey  are  chiefly  of  an  ordinary  kind,  coarse, 
and  for  internal  consumption  only.  Yet  silk,  cotton,  leather,  and  soap  are  staples 
of  the  Levant;  and  the  two  latter  find  a  place  in  the  markets  of  Europe.  At 
Tokat  there  is  a  great  fabric  of  copper  vessels.  The  women  among  the  wander- 
ing tribes  in  the  upper  districts  weave  the  admired  Turkey  carpets;  but  the 
finest  are  made  in  the  mountain  districts  of  Persia. 

No  part  of  the  world  appears  more  expressly  destined  to  be  the  sea-  of  an  ex- 
tensive commerce.  The  command  of  the  Mediterranean,  the  numerous  coasts 
and  islands  by  which  it  is  surrounded,  its  position  at  the  connecting  point  of  the 
three  continents,  and  its  contiguity  to  countries  whose  dissimilar  tastes  and  pro- 
ductions peculiarly  fit  them  to  supply  each  other's  deficiencies,  are  advantages 
which  naturally  rendered  it  the  earliest  and  most  favoured  seat  of  commerce. 
The  splendour  of  its  ancient  emporia  excited  the  astonishment  of  the  world ;  and 
they  continued  for  a  lengthened  period,  notwithstanding  the  hostile  influence  of 
revolution  and  oppression,  to  preserve  a  considerable  portion  of  their  ear'./  com- 
merce and  magnificence.  These,  however,  have  at  length  almost  totally  disap- 
peared. Since  the  discovery,  of  the  passage  by  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  the 
Indian  trade  has  taken  almost  wholly  a  diflerent  route.  The  internal  distractions 
which  agitated  Persia  for  half  a  century  rendered  the  intercourse  with  that  em- 
pire both  dangerous  and  unprofitable. 

The  state  of  social  existence,  religion,  learning,  and  manners,  so  far  as  respects 
the  ruling  people,  ia  precisely  the  same  in  Asiatic  as  in  European  Turkey.  They 
present  that  austere,  uniform,  and  gloomy  character,  which  the  precepts  of  Ma- 
homet tend  to  form,  and  which  is  produced  in  its  utmost  purity  in  the  cities  of 
Turkey.  The  native  and  subject  races,  however,  exhibit  marked  distinctions. 
The  Greek  population,  which  in  Europe  makes  the  prominent  feature  among  the 
conquered  people,  exists  only  to  a  limited  extent  on  the  coasts  and  islands  of 
Asia  Minor.  In  its  room  all  the  mountainous  Asiatic  tracts  contain  bold  and  hardy 
tribes,  who,  availing  themselves  of  their  distance  and  the  declining  power  of  the 
pachas,  admit  little  control  over  their  internal  proceedings,  and  establish  indepen- 
dent and  sometimes  almost  republican  governments. 

The  high  and  uncultivated  table-lands  in  the  interior  of  Asia  Minor  are  occu- 
pied by  a  wandering  and  pastoral  race  called  Turcomans.  All  their  habits  are 
decidedly  Tartar;  and  with  the  domestic  simplicity  of  this  race  they  combine  its 
love  of  war  and  booty,  with  no  nice  consideration  how  this  latter  may  be  obtain- 
ed. When  summoned,  however,  to  fight  under  the  banner  of  the  empire,  and  to 
unsheath  the  sword  against  the  infidels,  they  are  prompt  in  obeying  the  call,  and 
form  the  main  military  strength  of  Turkey.  They  serve  a  short  campaign  with- 
out pay,  but  wit'i  -ittle  ardour,  and  with  full  license  of  plunder.  Though  they 
cannot  meet  disciplined  troops  in  the  shock  of  battle,  they  make  excellent  irregu- 
lar cavalry. 

The  mountains  of  the  eastern  frontier  of  Turkey  produce  races  exhibiting  de- 
cided peculiarities.  The  ancient  kingdom  of  Armenia,  situated  in  a  mountainous 
comer  of  Western  Asia,  has  remained  comparatively  little  afliected  by  that  mighty 
train  of  revolution  which  has  swept  over  that  region.  Their  course  of  life  much 
resembles  that  of  the  Jews,  with  whom  they  are  often  found  in  conjunction.  Bu*. 
what  in  the  latter  is  sordid  and  grasping  parsimony,  appears  scarcely  in  the  Ar- 
menian to  exceed  the  limits  of  steady  and  meritorious  industry.    This  people,  in 


<U 


8L 


P. 


'  t-i 


Hr 


*    i'P:< 


•  I  If 


,< 


i;-i?^ 


sil  yi- It''    I'/'''"  '■    *' 


*"  ss'ls*  <•■■■■'  ■■'■  ■ 


^l*^ 


482 


TURKEY. 


fnct,  cnrry  on  nil  the  trndp,  nnd  many  of  the  manufactures,  of  PcrBin  and  Turkey. 
Thf?y  hnv»!  pflnetrntcd  Into  India,  central  Asia,  Africa,  and  the  cast  of  Europe; 
and  have  been  Fometime?,  thonjrh  not  oAen,  seen  in  France  and  I'in^Iand.  In 
peneral  thry  lead  u  peaceable  and  orderly  life,  under  the  government  of  head?  of 
families.  The  court  of  Rome,  by  indefatigable  efforts  at  conversion,  lias  succeed- 
ed in  effecting  a  species  of  schism,  by  drawing  over  to  her  communion  20,(K)0  out 
of  the  17(),0()0  families  of  whom  the  nation  consists.  The  great  remaininu 
majority  adhere  to  the  Eutyclicnn  creed,  and  revere,  as  their  head,  the  patriarch 
of  Erzerum.  They  admit  the  marriage  of  priests,  and  are  free  from  other 
Catholic  regulations ;  but  in  return  they  carry  fasting  and  ablution  to  a  pitch  un- 
known to  any  other  Christinn  sect. 

The  Kurds  inhabit  a  long  and  rugged  chain,  stretching  south-east  from  the 
mountains  of  Armenia,  parallel  to  the  Tigris,  along  the  frontier  of  the  Turkivh 
and  Persian  empires.  Those  pastoral  pursuits  which,  on  the  high  table  plains  of 
Tartary  and  Persia,  vary  and  soften  the  habits  of  war  and  plunder,  are  impracti- 
cable in  a  region  which  presents  nothing  but  rugged  steeps,  frightful  ravines,  and 
narrow  valleys.  Here  every  chief  is  seated  in  his  castle,  where  he  mriditates, 
and  whence  he  attempts,  the  plunder  of  the  rich  plains  which  lie  beneath  him. 
The  Kurds  hare,  however,  the  characteristic  virtue  of  oarbarians,  a  frank  hospi- 
tality, and  also  a  pride  of  pedigree,  founded  on  a  national  existence  which  may  be 
traced  to  u  high  antiquity. 

These  regions  contained  in  ancient  times  some  of  the  most  fertile,  populous, 
and  powerful  states  in  the  world ;  here  flourished  the  mighty  empire  of  Assyria, 
and  the  cities  of  Babylon  and  Nineveh,  the  kingdoms  of  Pontus,  Lydia,  Ionia, 
Pergamus,  &.c.,  and  in  later  times  these  countries  constituted  one  of  the  fairest 
portions  of  the  Roman  empire.  The  ancient  division  was  Assyria,  which  included 
the  countries  through  which  the  Euphrates  and  Tigris  ran,  and  of  which  Nmeveh 
was  the  chief  city ;  Chaldea,  containing  the  splendid  city  of  Babylon ;  Mesopo- 
tamia, whose  chief  city  was  Edessa.  Armenia  had  the  city  of  Arsa,  and  Asia 
Minor  contained  Smyrna  and  many  other  beautiful  and  populous  cities,  nearly  all 
of  which  exhibit  nothing  at  the  present  day  but  ruined  temples,  churches,  and 
amphitheatres,  and  some  are  so  decayed  that  even  the  places  which  they  occupied 
cannot  be  recognised.  The  chief  Turkish  divisions  are  Atiatolia,  Caramania, 
Roum,  Armenia,  Kurdistan,  Al  Jesira,  and  IrakArabi;  these  are  divided  into 
twelve  Pashalics,  which  are  subdivided  into  smaller  parts,  called  Sangiacats.  The 
population  of  Asiatic  Turkey  has  been  variously  estimated  by  different  writers, 
and  probably  does  not  exceed  8,000,000,  composed  of  Turks  and  Turcomans, 
Greeks,  Jews,  Armenians,  Kurds,  and  Arabs. 

Though  many  of  the  islands  of  the  Archipelago  have  been  wrested  from  the 
grasp  of  the  Turkish  monarch,  still  a  number  of  them  remain  under  the  control 
of  that  sovereign.  These  isles,  once  celebrated  for  wealth,  beauty  and  power, 
are  now  reduced  to  a  more  complete  state  of  barbarism  than  even  the  continent. 

Rhodes  was  renowned  at  an  early  period  as  a  great  commercial  state ;  it  ex- 
tended its  trade  to  the  most  distant  regions,  and  rivalled  the  splendour  and  power 
of  the  greatest  kings,  when  after  several  vicissitudes  it  was  merged  in  the  Roman 
empire ;  her  commercial  code  was  adopted  by  that  wise  people ;  in  after  times  it 
acquired  a  high  military  renown,  when  the  knights  of  St  John,  expelled  from  the 
Holy  Land,  made  Rhodes  one  of  their  last  retreats,  where  they  long  baffled  the 
arms  of  Mahomet  and  Solyman.  The  city  of  Rhodes  presents  no  longer  a  frag- 
ment of  its  colossus,  one  of  the  wonders  of  the  world,  or  any  trace  of  the  nume- 
rous fine  edifices  with  which  it  had  been  adorned  by  the  taste  and  wealth  of  its 
inhabitants.  It  is  now  a  mean  town,  with  a  population  of  6000;  that  of  the  whole 
island  is  about  14,000.  North  of  Rhodes  is  Stanco,  the  ancient  Cos,  the  birth' 
place  of  Hippocrates  and  Apelles ;  Stampalia,  Amorgo,  and  Patmos,  where  St.  John 
wrote  the  Apocalypse.  Samos,  a  larger  and  more  important  island,  which  gave 
birth  to  Pythagoras.  Scio,  which  has  acquired  a  melancholy  celebrity  from  the 
barbarous  massacre  of  its  inhabitants  by  the  Turks  in  the  late  war,  25,000  of 
whom  perished  by  the  sword ;  the  rest,  including  opulent  citizens  and  ladies  of 
high  rank,  were  sold  as  slaves,  and  ihe  island  reduced  to  a  desert    Metelin,  the 


I  and  Turkey. 
It  of  Europe ; 
Kngland.     In 
nt  of  heada  of 
I,  lias  succeed- 
ion  20,000  out ! 
eat  remaininirj 
,  the  patriarch  ] 
ce  from  other 
I  to  a  pitch  un- 

i-eaet  from  the 
of  the  Turkieh 
table  plains  of 
r,  are  impracti- 
ful  ravines,  and 
!  he  mriditatcs,  I 
e  beneath  him. 
,  a  frank  hospi- 
0  which  may  be 

jrtile,  populous, 
pire  of  Assyria, 
us,  Lydia,  lonit, 
ne  of  the  fairest 
,  which  included 
'  which  Nmeveh 
ibylon;  Mesopo- 
Arsa,  and  Asia 
cities,  nearly  all 
!8,  churches,  and 
ch  they  occupied 
Dlia,  Caramania, 
[are  divided  into 
jangiacats.  The 
jifferent  writers, 
and  Turcomans, 

/rested  from  the 
ider  the  control 
luty  and  power, 
the  continent 
lial  state;  it  ex- 
idour  and  powe: 
;d  in  the  Roman 
I  in  after  times  it 
[xpelled  from  the 
long  baffled  the 
^0  longer  a  frag- 
ice  of  the  nume- 
ind  wealth  of  its 
[hat  of  the  whole 
It  Cos,  the  birth- 
^,  where  St.  John 
ind,  which  gave 
[lebrity  from  the 
war,  25,000  of 
IS  and  ladies  of 
h.    Metelin,  the  | 


TURKEY. 


483 


ancient  Lesbos,  tiiough  greatly  decayed,  has  still  a  population  of  40,(NN),  one 
half  of  whom  arc  Greeks.  Its  trade  in  oil  is  considerable.  Tcnedos,  a  small 
rocky  island,  produces  a  highly  esteemet!  wine. 

Smyrna,  the  emporium  of  the  Levant,  situated  on  a  fine  bay  on  the  west  coast 
of  Asia  Minor,  is  a  city  of  groat  antiquity,  and  claims  to  be  the  birth-place  of 
Homer.  It  is  about  four  miles  in  length  and  one  in  breadth.  Its  groves  and  uiinarets 
make  a  handsome  appearance  at  a  distance;  within,  however,  arc  gloomy  walls 
and  ill-paved  streets.  The  city  is  liable  to  earthquakes,  which,  except  in  17M9, 
have  caused  more  fear  than  injury.  The  plague,  however,  seldom  allows  a  year 
to  pass,  without  committing  serious  ravages.  The  population  has  been  estimated 
at  from  100,000  to  120,000,  of  whom  :3U,()00  arc  supposed  to  bo  Greeks,  and  H(MIO 
Armenians.  Upwards  of  2000  Europeans,  chiefly  French,  arc  settled  here  for 
the  Levant  trade,  and  form  a  numerous  society  among  themselves  which  enlivens 
the  gloom  peculiar  to  a  Turkish  city.  The  exports  of  Smyrna  are  those  of  Asia 
Minor,  raw  silk,  cotton,  carpets,  molhiir,  raisins,  drugs,  and  a  few  precious  stones. 
The  returns  are  chiefly  in  wrought  silk,  woollens,  tin,  lead,  and  glass.  North  of 
Smyrna  is  Bergamos  or  Pergamos,  once  the  capital  of  a  powerful  line  of  kings. 
Population,  10  or  13,000.  Brusn  or  Bursa,  ai)out  00  or  70  miles  south-west  from 
Constantinople,  was  for  a  short  time  the  capital  of  Turkey ;  it  is  a  fine  city,  con- 
taining about  60,000  inhabitants.  Its  mosques  are  said  to  amount  to  365,  some  of 
which  are  very  large  and  splendid. 

Eastward  from  Brusa  are  the  cities  of  Angora  and  Tokat ;  the  former  is  noted  for 
a  peculiar  breed  of  goats  which  thrive  only  in  a  limited  space  around  the  city. 
The  hair  of  this  animal  rivals  silk  in  fineness,  and  is  made  into  a  species  of  cam- 
let by  the  inhabitants  of  Angora,  who  are  chiedy  employed  in  the  manufacture 
of  that  fabric.  The  population  of  the  city,  which  less  than  a  century  ago  was 
reckoned  at  '■'^0,000,  now  numbers  only  20,000.    Tokat,  lying  due  east  from  An- 

ffora,  has  an  extensive!  manu&cture  of  copper  vessds,  made  of  the  metal  produced 
rom  the  mines  in  the  neighbourhood ;  also  of  blue  morocco  and  silk.  It  carries  on 
a  considerable  inland  commerce,  communicating  by  caravans  with  Diarbekir, 
Smyrna,  Brusa,  &c. 

Trebisonde,  on  the  Black  Sea,  upwards  of  500  miles  east  from  Constantinople, 
is  the  chief  emporium  of  this  part  of  the  Turkish  empire.  The  inhabitants  are 
about  50,000  in  number,  consisting  of  all  the  races  that  inhabit  Turkey,  mixed 
with  the  more  varied  tribes  from  Caucasus.  They  carry  on  a  considerable  trade 
in  fruit  and  wine,  and  albn  in  silk  and  cotton  stufl!s  of  their  own  manufacture. 

Erzerum,  on  the  head  vaters  of  the  Euphrates,  south-east  from  Trebisonde,  is 
an  ancient  city :  the  inhabitants  date  its  foundation  from  the  time  of  Noah.  The 
climate  is  healthy,  but  the  cold  in  winter  is  intense.  Population  80  to  100,000. 
Diarbekir,  on  the  Tigris,  contains  40,000  inhabitants,  and  from  its  situation  on  the 
high  road  betv»een  Persia  and  Turkey,  as  well  as  on  the  communications  down 
the  rivers,  forms  a  sort  of  key  to  the  commerce  of  Western  Asia.  Orfa,  situated 
between  the  Euphrates  and  Tigris,  is  a  well-built  town,  with  a  handsome  mosque 
consecrated  to  Abraham,  and  a  population  of  20,000  souls.  A  village  south  of 
this  place,  inhabited  by  Arabs,  still  bears  the  name  and  site  of  Haran,  the  original 
abode  of  the  patriarch.  Mosul,  with  35,000  inhabitants,  is  on  the  west  bonk  of 
the  Tigris,  and  opposite  to  what  is  supposed  to  be  the  ruins  of  Nineveh ;  the  only 
monuments  are  mounds  of  earth  nearly  a  mile  in  circumference,  similar  to  those 
of  Babylon,  though  not  nearly  so  lofty  or  so  perfect 

Bagdad,  on  the  Tigris,  exhibits  scarcely  any  remnant  of  the  gay  and  romantic 
splendour  of  the  court  of  the  Caliphs,  not  even  a  vestige  of  their  palace,  and  but 
few  of  the  costly  edifices  with  which  they  enriched  this  city,  when  it  was  the 
capital  of  the  Mahometan  world,  /.'most  all  of  modern  Bagdad  ia  mean  and 
foreign  to  the  ideas  which  the  name  excites.  The  trade  in  Indian  goods  is  con- 
siderable, which  are  brought  up  the  Tigris  from  Bussorah,  and  distributed  b/ 
means  of  caravans  through  Syria,  Asia  Minor,  dtc.  The  inhabitants  are  reckoned 
at  from  60  to  80,000. 

Directly  south  of  Bagdad,  and  on  the  west  bank  of  he  Euphrates,  opposite 
Hillah,  are  the  ruins  of  Babylon,  a  spot  to  which  recollection  gives  an  almost  un- 


\" 


U!    • 


^?;> 


•.,T     -  i, 


iXl 


''  I'ji. 


i-i^ 


vr 


i. 


I;.:;;  I. 


484 


SYRIA. 


rivalled  interest.  Hero,  over  a  space  extending  five  or  six  miles  in  every  direc- 
tion, are  spreaa  tlie  undoubted  remains  of  the  ancient  glory  of  nations,  which 
none  of  the  proud  capitals  of  the  old  world  ever  rivalled  in  magnitude  and  the 
grandeur  of  its  structures,  and  which  is  rendered  still  more  imposing  by  the  awful 
antiquity  to  which  its  origin  extends.  The  ruins  consist  of  vast  mounds  of  earth, 
formed  by  the  decomposition  of  the  materials  of  buildings.  The  principal  of  these 
are  three  great  masses,  of  which  the  first  ia  110()  yards  long  and  800  broad,  the 
second  is  700  yards  square,  and  the  third  762  yards  in  circuit,  and  198  feet  in 
height.  There  arc,  besides,  smaller  mounds  scattered  about :  these  all  contain 
vast  quantities  of  excellent  bricks ;  many  have  inscriptions  on  them,  and  are  gene- 
rally so  wc!l  cemented  together,  that  it  is  difficult  to  separate  a  brick  from  the 
others  entire.  Several  extensive  cities  have  been  built  at  different  times  out  of 
these  remains.  The  interior  of  some  of  the  mounds  contain  many  cavities  ten- 
anted by  wild  beasts,  bats,  and  owls. 

South-west  from  Hillah  is  the  town  of  Mesjid  Ali,  which  contains  the  tomb  of 
Ali,  the  son-in-law  and  one  of  the  successors  of  Mahomet.  It  is  visited  annually 
by  great  numbers  of  Persian  travellers,  who  esteem  this  point  of  devotion  equal 
to  a  pilgrimage  to  Mecca.  On  the  Shat  ul  Arab,  or  united  stream  of  the  Euphrates 
and  Tigris,  is  situated  Bussorah,  a  city  containing  60,000  inhabitants.  Its  most 
important  trade  being  that  with  India,  is  carried  on  partly  by  British,  but  chiefly 
by  Arabian  vessels,  of  which  those  of  500  tons  burthen  can  ascend  the  river  to 
this  point  Merchants  of  various  nations  rca'do  here,  also  English  and  Putch 
consuls.  It  is  a  dirty  and  meanly  built  place ;  the  bazaars  are  wholly  unsuitable 
to  the  valuable  merchandise  deposited  in  them,  and  there  is  only  one  mosque 
which  has  a  decent  appearance.  i 


SYRIA. 

Syria  formed,  until  lately,  an  important  appendage  to  Asiatic  Turkey,  and  con- 
stituted one  of  the  chief  divisions  of  the  Turkish  empire ;  it  is  now  under  the 
control  of  Mohammed  Ali,  and  was  wrested  by  him  from  his  former  master  in  the 
war  of  1832,  between  Turkey  and  Egypt. 

No  country  was  more  celebrated  in  antiquity  than  Syria.  In  the  south-west 
was  the  Land  of  Promise,  the  country  of  the  Israelites,  and  the  cradle  of  Chris- 
tianity. PhoBuicia,  particularly  its  cities  of  Tyre  and  Sidon,  were  &mous  for 
commerce.  Damascus  was  long  the  capital  of  a  powerful  kingdom,  and  Antioch 
was  once  a  royal  residence,  and  accounted  the  third  city  in  the  world  for  wealth 
and  population. 

Baalbec  and  Palmyra  still  exhibit  splendid  ruins  of  their  ancient  greatness. 
Here  have  the  Assyrians,  Jews,  Greeks,  Romans,  Saracens,  the  Crusaders,  and 
the  Turks,  struggled  at  different  periods  for  mastery.  Ignorance,  superstition,  and 
barbarism,  now  cover  the  land,  and  no  traces  of  its  civilization  remain  but  ruins. 
The  leading  feature  in  the  physical  aspect  of  Syria  consists  in  the  great  moun- 
tain chains  of  Lebanon  or  Libanus,  and  Anti-Libanus,  extending  from  north  to 
south,  dividing  the  country  into  tvro  distinct  portions,  one  bounded  by  the  coast, 
and  the  other  by  the  desert. 

The  principal  rivers  are  the  Orontes,  flowing  north  into  the  Mediterranean,  a 
short  distance  south-west  from  Antioch,  and  the  Jordan,  running  south  into  the 
Dead  Sea,  besides  many  small  streams  from  the  heights  of  Lebanon,  &c.,  which 
water  and  fertilize  the  country.  Of  the  lakes  of  Syria  the  chief  is  the  well- 
known  Asphaltites,  or  Dead  Sea ;  its  waters  are  salter  than  those  of  the  ocean, 
and  very  clear  and  limpid.  Many  absurd  stories  respecting  this  lake  are  now 
refuted  by  the  concurrent  testimony  of  modern  travellers.  Tiberias,  or  the  lake 
of  Galilee,  enclosed  by  cultivated  lands  and  wooded  mountains,  forms  a  rich  and 
picturesque  object    The  others  are  the  lakes  of  Damascus,  Hems,  and  Antioch. 

The  soil  of  Syria  in  favourable  situations,  and  when  well  watered,  is  of  great 
fertility,  and  produces  abundantly  wheat  fyc-  maize,  dhourra,  and  rice,  cotton, 
tolxicco,  sugar,  indigo ;  also  grapes  of  excellent  quality,  which  furnish  red  and 


t 


very  direc- 1 
one,  which 
:le  and  tho 
y  the  awful 
ds  of  earth, 
pal  of  these 

broad,  the 
198  feet  in 

all  contain ' 
id  are  gene- 
k  fVom  the 
imes  out  of 
cavities  ten- 
ths tomb  of 
ttid  annually 
votion  equal 
le  Euphrates  1 
B.     Its  most 
,  but  chiefly 
the  river  to 
t  and  Putch 
ly  unsuitable 
f  one  mosque 
\ 


'key,  and  con- 
9W  under  the 
master  in  the 

le  south-west 
die  of  Chris- 
re  &mous  for 
,  and  Antioch 
-id  for  wealth 

int  greatness, 
rusaders,  and 
lerstition,  and 
lin  but  ruins. 

great  moun- 
rom  north  to 

by  the  coast, 


literranean,  a 
louth  into  the 
n,  &c.,  which 
5f  is  the  well- 
of  the  ocean, 
lake  are  now 
l8,  or  the  lake 
ns  a  rich  and 
and  Antioch. 
id,  is  of  great 
.  rice,  cotton, 
irnish  red  and 


8YRIA. 


4iiS 


white  winnn  cquol  to  tbos»«  of  Bortiraux.  The  fruits  nro  varioiiH,  anJ  conipri^^f, 
according  to  llit;  soil  and  tiitiintiuii  in  which  they  arc  rniHod,  nearly  all  those  of 
trupical  and  toun)en«tc  climated.  The  coiumorco  of  Syria  haw  never  been  so  j^rent 
in  modern  as  in  unci'nt  limes,  and  has  of  lato  much  diriiinishcui.  A  very  cxten- 
nive  land  communication  has  itrcnerally  been  carried  on  from  Syria  wiih  Arabia, 
Persia,  and  the  inlet  ior  of  Asia;  but  the  long-continued  wars  and  disturbed  condi- 
tion of  the  neighlwuriuj,'  statos  '«  «  greatly  mtorfered  in  latter  timca  with  the 
paiMige  of  the  caravaiw  and  pi!;,. mis  by  whom  it  was  carried  on. 

Syria  ia  inhabited  by  various  descriptions  of  people ;  of  tlie^n  the  Arabs  from 
the  de«ert  who  drive  ilieir  flocks  into  the  fe[tile  and  neglected  pablures  which 
mon*  or  less  nbound  <n  all  parts  of  this  region,  form  a  numerous  class,  of  which 
many  obtain  a  fi.xed  settlement  in  the  towns  and  cities;  and,  conforming  to  estab- 
lished customs,  freqi'jnlly  become  thriving  traders  and  merchants;  the  basis,  how- 
ever, of  the  population  of  the  towns,  is  principally  Turks  and  (jreeks;  the  former 
speak  their  own  language,  albiiough  that  in  most  general  use  is  the  Arabic.  The 
steep  and  rugged  heights  of  Lebanon  have  given  shelter  to  races  of  quite  a  diff'er- 
cnt  character  from  the  wandering  or  the  settled  Arabs.  Those  slopes  unfit  for 
pasturage  arc  made  by  the  laborious  culture  of  the  people  to  yield  them  subsist- 
ence. They  are  a  martial  race,  flglit  on  foot  with  the  musket,  and  have  what  is 
most  rare  in  Asia,  national  assemblies,  with  some  form  of  republican  government. 
Among  these  mountain  tribes  the  chief  are  the  Maronites  and  Druses ;  the 
former  were  originally  the  proselytes  of  Maron,  a  saint  of  the  flflh  century  ;  they 
are  Catholics,  and  notwithstanding  some  deviations  from  what  is  considered 
strict  orthodoxy,  have  been  received  into  communion  with  the  church  of  Rome :  of 
the  numerous  villages  built  on  the  sides  of  the  hills,  each  has  its  priest,  its  chapel, 
and  its  bell  The  Slaronites  in  general  live  in  a  happy  simplicity  in  rude  hamlets 
or  solitary  huts ;  they  recognize  no  distinctions  of  rank,  and  there  are  few  among 
them  who  do  not  labour  for  their  own  support :  even  the  monks  and  priests  till  the 
ground,  raise  flocks,  and  pursue  mechanical  occupations.  The  Maronites  are  well 
armed,  and  can  muster  from  30,000  to  35,000  men.  The  entire  population  is  es- 
timated at  from  130,000  to  150,000. 

The  Druses  inhabit  the  more  northern  regions  of  Lebanon,  and  arc  a  ruder  people 
than  the  Maronites.  Their  origin  is  traced  to  a  persecution  and  dispersion  that  took 
place  about  the  beginning  of  the  11th  century  among  the  followers  of  Mahomet. 
These  people  derive  from  their  independence  an  energy  and  a  vigour  of  character 
unknown  to  the  other  nations  of  Syria.  A  considerable  part  of  the  land  is  in  the 
possession  of  a  few  great  sheiks,  whose  factions  often  embroil  the  natives,  but  at 
the  same  time  maintain  a  spirit  of  liberty  and  activity.  All  the  great  affairs  of 
the  nation  must  be  decided  in  an  assembly  of  their  sheiks,  at  which  even  peasants 
are  allowed  to  be  present,  and  to  give  their  voice. 

The  Druses  are  divided  into  several  sects,  although  generally  they  appear 
rather  indiflferent  to  religion,  following  the  Mahometans  or  Maronites  in  their 
devotions,  as  caprice  or  convenience  dictates.  They  are  a  hardy,  robust,  and  war- 
like people,  brave  almost  to  excess,  and  entertain  a  proverbial  contempt  for  death. 
A  general  levy  of  the  nation  produces  about  40,000  men,  hence  the  entire  popu- 
lation is  estimated  at  about  100,000.  The  Motonalis,  who  live  to  the  south  of  the 
Maronites,  are  bigoted  Mahometans  of  the  sects  of  Ali,  and  are  hence  called 
shiites  or  heretics  by  the  Turks;  they  are  an  intrepid  and  brave  people,  and 
though  not  mustering  more  than  7000  fighting  men,  have  always  preserved  their 
independence.  The  Ansarians  reside  north  of  the  Druses :  they  live  in  a  sort  of 
anarchy  both  as  to  religion  and  governmont,  believing  in  transmigration  of  souls, 
several  incarnations  of  the  Deity,  &c.     Their  numbers  are  inconsiderable. 

Damascus,  the  capital  of  Syria,  is  one  of  the  most  venerable  cities  in  the  world 
for  its  antiquity,  and  is  known  to  have  existed  in  the  time  of  Abraham,  and  to 
have  been  ever  since  a  great  capital ;  it  is  at  present  the  mos>:  flourishing  city  in 
Syria,  and  is  built  of  brick ;  its  streets,  like  those  of  all  Turki-sh  towns,  are  nar- 
row and  gloomy,  the  inhabitants  reserving  their  magnificence  for  the  interior 
courts  and  palaces,  under  the  Turkish  empire.  It  has  maintained  a  high  impor- 
tance, being  on  the  route  of  the  great  caravans  to  Mecca,  whence  even  the  Turks 

41* 


,s 


I    < 
I  . 
> 


H'l 


iff.., 


-;.!' 


■  -•  MS 


:ii 


■•  J^X- 


■ '  r 


•' ; 


t' ■■■ 


486 


ADANA  —  PALI-^^TINK. 


M 


ratfprn  it  holy,  and  call  it  the  (^to  of  tho  Canba.  Thia  cnimcH  not  only  an  im> 
mrnHo  reHurt,  hut  a  f^rcat  tratic,  which  the  pilffriins  arn  careful  to  combuio  with 
tlie  piouH  objects  of  their  journey.  The  cnvirona  of  Damancua  are  very  fertile, 
and  tolerably  cultivated,  and  rank  as  the  paradise  of  tho  oast.  The  inhabitants 
are  100,000  in  number. 

Aleppo,  until  within  the  last  fifteen  years,  was  accounted  the  first  city  in  Syria, 
and  the  third  in  tho  Turkish  empire:  it  was  estimated  to  contain  tVom  150,(HN)  to 
230,000  inhabitants,  of  whom  30,(NM)  were  Christians.  On  the  niffht  of  tho  i:Uh 
of  August,  18*22,  Aleppo  was  visited  by  a  calamity  of  the  most  dreadful  nature, 
which  has  rendered  its  future  existence  as  a  city,  problematical ;  bcinff  shaken 
almost  to  pieces  by  an  earthquake,  which  was  felt  from  Diarbekir  to  Cyprus.  The 
most  appalling  picture  is  drawn  of  the  horrors  of  that  night:  20,000  persons  are 
supposed  to  have  been  killed,  and  nearly  the  whole  of  the  remainder  perished  for 
want  of  shelter  and  food. 

Scandcroon,  the  port  of  Aleppo,  about  70  miles  to  the  north-west,  possesses  a 
fine  roadstead,  and  the  only  good  anchorage  in  Syria  :  its  trade  was  once  import- 
ant, but  has  now  been  mostly  transferred  to  Ladikieh.  Antioch,  the  ancient 
queen  of  the  Elast,  is  now  a  poor  ilUbuilt  town  of  11,000  inhabitants.  Ladikieh, 
or  Latakia,  70  miles  south-west  of  Antioch,  is  a  place  of  some  trade,  mostly  in 
tobacco;  population  10,000.  To  the  southward  is  Tripoli,  a  neat  town,  with  some 
trade,  and  a  population  of  16,000,  of  whom  about  one-third  are  Christians.  The 
next  port,  proceeding  to  the  south,  is  Beyrout,  inhabited  mostly  by  Druses ;  in  its 
neighborhood  is  raised  the  finest  silk  in  Syria.  Its  exports  and  that  of  cotton 
cause  some  trade;  population  6000.  Seid,  or  Sidon,  famous  in  ancient  times  for 
its  commerce,  being  second  only  to  Tyre,  is  now  a  small  place  with  5000  inhabit- 
ants: it  is  the  principal  port  by  which  is  carried  on  the  maritime  trade  of  Damis- 
cus  across  the  mountains.  Sour,  a  small  fishing  village  of  300  or  400  houses,  is 
all  that  remains  of  the  once  celebrated  Tyre.  Modern  times  have  seen  the  dread 
sentence  fulfilled,  that  the  queen  of  nations  should  become  a  rock,  on  which 
fishermen  were  to  dry  their  nets.    The  harbour  now  only  admits  of  boats. 

Cyprus,  lying  west  of  Syria,  has  along  with  that  country  become  tributary  to 
the  Pacha  of  Egypt ;  it  was,  in  ancient  times,  the  most  beautiful,  as  well  as  the 
most  volupiuous  island  in  the  Mediterranean  Sea:  it  is  140  miles  in  length,  by  63 
in  breadth.  The  natives  boast  that  the  produce  of  every  land  and  climate  will 
flourish  on  their  soil  in  the  highest  perfection :  its  wheat  is  of  superior  quality ; 
but  wine  may  be  considered  as  the  staple  product.  Its  fruits  are  also  delicious, 
and  game  abundant:  the  inhabitants,  anciently  estimated  at  1,000,000,  are  now 
reduced  to  60,000  or  70,000;  two-thirds  of  whom  are  Greeks.  Its  females  still 
display  that  finest  model  of  the  Grecian  form  and  features,  for  which  they  were 
anciently  celebrated.  The  inhabitants  carry  on  some  manufactures  of  leather, 
carpets,  and  cotton,  all  of  great  excellence;  the  colours  being  particularly  fine  and 
durable.  The  principal  places  are  Nicosia  the  capital,  Larnica,  Famagusta,  and 
Buffa,  originally  Paphoe,  distinguished  by  ancitint  fable  as  the  birth-place  and 
residence  of  the  "  goddess  of  love." 

ADANA. 

The  Pachalic  of  Adana,  lately  a  district  of  Caramania,  is  in  length  about  150 
miles,  and  extends  westward  firom  the  northern  part  of  Syria,  along  the  shore  of 
the  Mediterranean  Sea;  it  is  a  fertile  and  tolerably  well  cultivated  country,  yield- 
ing wheat,  barley,  cotton,  &c. ;  its  chief  towns  are  Adana  the  capital,  and  Tarsus 
the  birth-place  T  St.  Paul,  which  has  still  an  ancient  church  that  bears  his  name. 
The  population  of  each  is  from  20,000  to  30,000  souls.  This  region  was,  together 
with  Syria,  conquered  firom  the  Porte  by  Mahomed  AH,  in  1832. 

PALESTINE. 

Palestine,  first  called  the  Land  of  Canaan,  afterwards  the  Land  of  Promise, 
or  the  Promised  Land,  the  Land  of  Israel,  the  Holy  Land,  and  by  way  of  pre-em- 


::'X 


PAI.f><TINK. 


4«7 


inencR,  the  land,  is  a  country  incIiiHr^  in  Syria ;  th«  port  wimt  of  fh«  Jonlnn  in 
hoiinilcii  north  by  the  inounfmn  of  Aiiti-Lib«niin,  nnm  Ity  tho  rivrr  Jonlan  ami  thf 
Doail  Hen,  nonth  by  Arabia  I'otrira,  and  w«'nt  by  tho  McditiTrancan  Boa.  In  lonpth 
it  iM  about  170  miles ;  but  itii  breailtli  L'rfatly  varies,  J)ein(»  in  some  places  ftH  mile*, 
and  in  others  22. 

Thi«  country  was  divided  by  Jo«h(ia  amonjr  tho  twelve  triben  of  tho  Iitraelitra; 
Judah,  FJenjainin,  Simeon,  Dan,  Kphraim,  /ebiilon,  iHBarhnr,  AHher,  Nnphtnli,  and 
part  of  ManBBneh,  had  their  portion  allotte<l  on  tho  woHtern,  conimonly  ralle«l  this 
side  of  Jordan ;  while  Ueubcn,  (Jad,  and  the  remaining'  part  of  Mnnanseh  wer« 
placed  on  tho  eastern  side,  commonly  called,  beyond  Jordan.  Tho  RoinnnH,  on  ob- 
taining full  poesession  of  this  country,  divided  the  |)nrt  west  of  the  Jordan  into 
three  telrarchies,  viz.,  Judca  proper,  Samaria,  and  (Jalilee.  The  part  oust  of  the 
Jordan  was  divided  into  the  smaller  districts  of  Fcma,  Dccapolis,  (iauloiutis,  (in* 
laaditis,  Batanwa,  and  Aurnnitis.  Neither  the  name  nor  the  division  of  Palestine, 
nor  any  of  the  above  subdivitsions,  are  now  recopnized  by  the  natives  or  the  Turk- 
ish government ;  but  as  to  administration,  the  country  is  include*!  partly  in  the 
pachalic  of  Acre,  and  partly  in  that  of  Damascus. 

The  land  of  Canaan  contained  a  great  number  of  towns  and  villages  at  the 
time  when  it  was  inyoded  by  tho  IsraelitcH.  and  in  after  ages  it  was  very  populous, 
In  the  time  of  David,  the  number  of  combatants  in  the  kingdom  of  I><nic'l  was 
stated  at  1,1(K),000;  and  from  this  the  total  population  has  been  computed  at 
8,000,000.  The  population  is  now  comparatively  snjall,  but  composed  of  various 
descriptions;  viz.  Turks,  who  occupy  all  the  civil  and  military  poets ;  Arabs, 
numerous  in  the  country  districts ;  Greeks,  Christians,  and  Jews.  There  is  a  con- 
siderable number  of  monks,  and  in  every  considerable  town,  there  is  at  least  one 
convent;  but  the  monks  are  described  as  extremely  ignorant  and  vicious. 

The  face  of  the  country  is  beautifully  variegated  by  mountains,  hills,  valleys, 
and  plains.  The  most  remarkable  mountains  are  Lebanon,  llermon,  Carmel, 
Tabor,  Ephraim,  and  Ebal. 

The  climate  is  exceedingly  good.  It  seldom  rains,  but  the  deficiency  is  sup- 
plied by  the  most  abundant  dews.  The  cold  is  never  excessive ;  and  Eilthough  the 
summer  heats  are  great,  yet  they  are  mitigated  by  a  periodical  breeze,  which 
renders  them  supportable. 

The  Scriptures,  in  describing  the  great  fruitfulness  of  this  country,  characteiize 
it  as  "  a  land  flowing  with  milk  and  honey."  Although  some  have  repre$iented  it 
as  barren,  yet  according  to  the  best  informed  travellers,  the  greater  part  displays 
a  truly  luxuriant  fertility,  corresponding  entirely  to  the  description  of  the  pro- 
mised land ;  and  where  well  cultivated,  it  is  exceedingly  productive. 

Jerusalem,  the  capital  of  Palestine,  is  situated  in  a  mountainous  region,  about 
35  miles  from  Jai&,  its  sea-port,  and  120  miles  from  Damascus.  The  name  of 
this  city  is  associated  with  every  thing  that  is  venerable  and  holy  in  the  mind  of 
Christians  and  Jews,  as  well  as  Mahometans ;  whose  general  name  for  it  is  El 
Kods,  or  the  Holy,  adding  occasionally  El  Sheriflf,  the  Noble:  it  is  greatly 
reduced  from  its  formor  size  and  magnificence;  all  that  remains  of  this  once 
splendid  city,  is  a  Turkish  walled  town,  enclosing  a  number  of  heavy  unorna- 
mented  stone  houses,  with  here  and  there  a  minaret  or  a  dome,  to  break  the  dull 
uniformity.  Two  splendid  objects,  however,  somewhat  enliven  the  gloom  of 
Jerusalem;  these  are  the  church  of  the  Holy  Sepulchre,  and  the  Mosque  of  Omar; 
the  former  has  long  been  the  grand  object  of  pilgrimage  and  visitation  to  the 
Christian  world.  It  was  erected  by  the  Empress  Helena,  the  mother  of  Constan- 
tine,  upon  a  site  which  was  supposed  to  include  the  crucifixion,  the  entombment, 
and  the  resurrection.  The  Mosque  of  Omar,  erected  on  the  site  of  Solomon's 
temple,  is  one  of  the  most  splendid  buildings  in  the  East.  Its  numerous  arcades, 
its  capacious  dome,  with  the  rich  costume  of  Eastern  devotees,  passing  nnd  re- 
passing, renders  it  one  of  the  grandest  sights  which  the  Mahometan  world  has  to 
boast  of.  Jerusalem  contains  about  25,000  inhabitants,  of  whom  13,000  are  Ma- 
hometans, and  4000  Jews;  at  Easter,  the  pilgrims  oflen  amount  to  5000;  there 
are  61  Christian  convents,  of  which  the  Armenian  is  the  largest. 

Bethlehem,  six  miles  south  of  Jerusalem,  is  a  village  of  2500  inhabitarts,  memo- 


.1  '\n 

■  I 


.1 


k" 


(• 


ii 


:  1 


*  ^.'M 


'  ♦     (I 


»lfV  *;• 


't!.'\^^ 


m 


-m 


AHH 


AKAHIA. 


rabln  fur  tho  birth  of  I)«vi«i,  the  roviil  I'mlmist,  Kml  of  uur  liortl  an«l  Hnvio«ir  Jf^ui* 
Chri»t :  it  in  visited  cliicfly  for  tl>c  Hcke  of  tlic  convent,  built  by  the  •■inprem 
HelcnR  ovor  the  matifcr  or  tlic  nativity.  Na|)l«mn,  'M  iiiileH  north  of  Jeru»ali-in, 
iH  near  tho  nitc  of  tho  ancient  Hamana:  thi«  in  uno  of  tho  moiit  floiiriahintf  plutxM 
in  the  Holy  liand ;  it  standi  in  a  fertile  valley  aiirrotindcd  by  hilla,  and  ombowxiini 
in  stately  tfrovea  and  rich  gardens  ;  inhabilatitii  KMHN).  Nazareth,  TiO  iiiiliM  nurtli 
of  Jeriiwilem,  is  a  small  town  of  two  or  three  thouHand  inhabitanla:  it  raiikn  next 
to  the  latter  among  tho  holy  places  of  I'aletrtino ;  the  scencw  of  ull  tlio  f  vcnlj*  in 
the  life  of  Joseph  and  the  Virgin  Mary  are  hero  carefully  pointed  out :  tlio  moht 
venerable  spot  in  tho  Gn)tlo  of  the  Annunciation,  the  descent  to  which  i^  by  o 
flight  of  marble  steps.  Tho  natives  believe  that  when  sick  of  tho  plagu«>,  they 
may,  by  rubbing  thcmsolves  against  tho  columns,  assuredly  obtain  rcstorotion  of 
health.  Hence  its  approaches  are  continually  crowded  by  the  suflbrcrs  under 
this  distemper;  circumstances  which  render  it  very  unsafe  for  other  visitunLs. 
East  from  Nazareth,  is  Mount  Tabor,  celebrutod  by  the  transHguration  of  whicit  it 
is  supposed  to  have  boon  tho  theatre.  North  from  Nazareth  is  the  small  village 
of  Cana,  famed  for  tho  miraculouH  conversion  of  water  into  wine. 

Gaza,  Jafl^a,  and  Acre,  are  tho  principal  places  on  the  coast.  Gaza,  noted  from 
the  earliest  antiquity,  is  a  decayed  town,  of  about  5000  inhabitants,  who  carry  on 
some  trade  in  cotton  goods,  Slc.  Jaffk,  anciently  Joppa,  was  conspicuous  as  the 
port  of  Judea,  and  the  only  point  by  which  David  and  Solomon  communicated 
with  the  Mediterranean  Sea:  it  became  famous  during  the  Crusades,  and  has,  in 
the  present  day,  acquired  a  melancholy  celebrity  from  its  capture  by  Bonaparte, 
and  the  subsequent  massacre  of  the  prisoners  made  there.  The  town  is  sur- 
rounded by  a  wall,  which  is  environed  with  gardens;  whore  lemons,  oranges, 
citrons,  water-melons,  Sie.  grow  in  great  peit>  ction. 

About  65  miles  north  of  JaflTa  is  Acre,  or  St.  Johii  de  Acre :  the  population  was 
lately  reckoned  at  from  twelve  to  fifteen  thousand.  During  the  Crusades  it 
changed  its  ancient,  obscure  name  of  Acron,  to  Ptolemais,  celebrated  as  a  scene 
of  siege  and  contest,  and  for  the  repeated  change  of  masters  it  had  to  endure.  In 
1799  Bonaparte  laid  siege  to  this  place,  but  was  repulsed  with  loss,  and  compelled 
to  retreat.  It  contains  an  elegant  Mosque  and  Bazaar,  and  the  finest  baths  in 
Syria ;  also  a  fountain  which  supplies  the  town  with  excellent  water. 


ARABIA. 

Ababia  forms  an  extensive  country,  being  a  great  peninsula  in  the  form  of  an 
irregular  quadrangle ;  bounded,  north  by  Asiatic  Turkey  and  Syria ;  east  by  the 
Persian  Gulf  and  Arabian  Sea ;  south  by  the  Arabian  Sea ;  and  west  by  the  Red 
Sea,  Egypt,  and  Syria.  It  lies  between  longitude  33°  30'  and  59°  30'  oast ;  lati- 
tude, 12°  30'  and  31°  30'  north.  It  is  about  1500  miles  long  from  north  to  south, 
and  1300  wide  from  east  to  west    Area  in  square  miles,  1,166,000. 

The  general  aspect  of  Arabia  is  a  vast  arid  desert,  interspersed  with  spots  of 
fertile  ground,  and  intersected  in  diflferent  directions  with  various  ridges  of  moun- 
tains, nono  of  which,  however,  attain  to  much  elevation.  Water  is  generally 
scarce,  and  there  are  no  rivers  or  lakes  of  any  considerable  size.  The  most  fer- 
tile parts  are  situated  near  tb«  nm.  Of  its  mountains,  Sinai  and  Horeb  are  the 
most  celebrated.  In  the  oaoualRtnous  parts  the  climate  is  temperate,  but  in  un- 
sheltered situations  the  heat  u*  «>Tcessive. 

Arabia  was  divided  by  tb*'  •acients  into  three  parts ;  Arabia  Felix,  or  Happy 
Arabia,  comprising  the  soutb-western  part  of  the  country,  bordering  on  the  Indian 
Ocean  and  on  the  •outhem  ^r^  of  the  Red  Sea ;  Arabia  Petreea,  lying  on  the 
Red  Sea,  north  of  Arsibia  Felix;  anHI  Arabia  Deserta,  much  the  largest  division, 
embracing  all  the  eastern  arr-  »-irtiaern  part  of  the  country.  These  names  ore 
still  in  common  use  amo»g  El  ^>pe»ns,  a  though  not  known  or  recognised  by  th)" 
natives.  The  actual  local  d  .isions  art.  1st,  Hedjaz,  situated  along  the  upper 
coasts  of  the  Rei*  Sea :  here  is  the  Holy  Land  of  the  Mohammedans,  containing 
Mecca  and  Medii*<.    2d,  Yemen,  lying  on  the  lower  shores  of  the  Red  Sea,  andi 


i^^ 


ARAIilA. 


4X^ 


on  the  (lulf  of  A»|pn,  in  tho  iiu^r  |x)piiliiii4  nnd  hr<.t  rulfivntrd  part  of  An  bin,  ami 
lit  now  tjndrr  th«  control  of  Miplmmnipd  All.  I'nclm  nt'  Ku'vpl.  ''U  lladranwiit, 
\vlin«f>  HhorcH  are  wnxlictl  by  tlio  Arnlimn  Son,  or  Imimn  Oi'i'nn:  thia  divimon  i» 
iinth-r  the  control  of  numi'roux  potty  clnpfH,  onr  of  whom,  tin-  Sultan  of  Koithin, 
III  inantpr  of  th«  Inlnnd  of  S)cofrii.  Ith,  Onian,  lyinjj  jmrtly  on  tht»  S«»a  of  Oman, 
iinil  on  the  Pcrttinn  (Jiilf :  newt  of  it  in  umlor  'hf  t'ovf rniiifiit  of  the  IniAm  of  .Mii-*- 
rat,  the  mont  cnli|rliti<ninl  nnd  civIIizimI  of  all  tin*  Aml»  i-hii't'n.  rnh,  llnjar,  or 
\a\vm,  uxtcndin((  from  Omon,  alon^;  tin*  l't>rHian  (iiilf,  to  the  Kiiphratim ;  itx  har- 
bours are  mostly  in  the  poHHcHsion  of  piratps,  who  capture  all  the  vetnwln  in  the 
Iftilf  they  can  maater;  it  w  bIjm)  noted  for  itn  penrl-fitiherieH.  Hth,  N»mUj»'<I,  the 
country  of  the  WahnhitcH,  orcupieM  the  centre  of  Arabia  between  lliijar  and 
Hedjdz ;  it  is  tolerably  |N)puIou!<,  and  althouff h  much  of  tho  au:  face  in  dcHcrt,  it 
contains  many  fertile  tracts. 

Arabia  is,  and  has  been  from  the  earlieiit  aifCH,  niled  by  a  number  of  princes  and 
petty  lords,  independent  of  each  other,  and  exercisin;;  within  their  own  territory 
a  sort  of  I'jprume  independent  power,  foimded  on  patriarchal  principles.  The 
Hway  of  the  father  of  a  family,  the  lirst  rource  of  subonlination  amonf;  men,  is 
that  of  which  the  influence  is  still  most  strongly  felt  amonir  the  Arabs.  Flach 
little  community  is  considered  as  a  family,  tho  head  of  which  exercises  paternal 
authority  over  the  rest 

Tho  (general  character  of  the  soil  of  Arabia  is,  in  a  peculiar  dcj^ree,  arid  and 
barren.     In  a  great  part  of  its  surface  no  grain  can  be  rained  at  all,  and  in  others 
only  that  coarse  kind  of  millet,  called  dhnurra,  which  is  tho  general  food  of  the 
inhabitants  in  dry  tropical  climates.     The  Arabs,  notwithutanding  their  natural 
disadvantages  and  their  wandering  life,  display  in  some  quarters  considerable 
industry  in  cultivation,  particularly  in  turning  to  account  the  scanty  rilU  with 
which  their  valleys  are  refVeshed.    In  Yemen,  the  contrivances  for  this  purpose 
are  elaborate  and  extensive.    Terraces  are  formed,  and  dikes  conntructed  to  retain 
the  waters,  which  are  also  raised  from  wells  by  the  labour  of  the  hand  lo  irrigate 
the  fields ;  for  the  use  of  water-wheels,  which  answer  this  purpose  with  so  much 
more  ease  and  eflect,  has  never  been  imported  from  Egypt    But  the  most  inte- 
resting culture  of  these  upland  tracts  consists  in  the  coffee  tree,  which  has  now 
become  a  necessary  of  life  over  a  great  portion  of  the  civilized  globe.    This  plant 
grows  at  a  considerable  height  where  it  can  be  well  watered  and  enjoy  even  a 
measure  of  coolness;  to  promote  which,  it  is  often  fenced  round  with  other  trees. 
If  the  vegetable  cuUimv  of  Arabia  be  thus  scanty,  its  natives,  a  race  wholly  pas- 
toral and  wandering,  Wre  cultivated  with  care  and  success  tho  breed  of  the  nobler 
species  of  anims'*.     The  horse  of  Arabia,  as  to  swiftness  and  benuty,  enjoys  a 
higher  reputatiint  Tb»  i  any  other  secies  in  the  world.     This  is  maintiiincd  by  an 
almost  fantastic  «tti«>ntion  to  their  birth  and  training.     The  camel,  which  seems 
created  exprPsnV  for  the  soft  soil  and  thirsty  plains  of  Arabia,  is  indigenous  to  that 
country,  and  seems  to  have  been  transported  thence  to  the  wide  tracts,  of  similar 
character,  m^ich  cover  so  great  a  part  of  northern  Africa.     Even  the  ass  is  here 
of  a  very  superior  breed,  tall  and  handsome,  generally  preferred  for  travelling  to 
those  proud  steeds  which,  reserved  for  state  and  for  war,  cannot  be  subjected  to 
anv  specim  of  drudgery. 

ManutBCtures  can  scarcely  be  said  to  exist  with  the  exception  of  some  quite 
common  fabrics  for  domestic  use.  But  for  commerce  Arabia  enjoyed  an  early 
celebrity,  of  which  only  faint  traces  are  now  to  be  found.  At  all  periods  anterior 
to  the  di«overy  of  the  passage  by  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  the  greater  part  of  the 
rich  commodities  of  India  were  transported  either  up  the  Red  Sea,  or  across  Ara- 
bia from  the  Persian  Gulf.  The  desert  glittered  with  pearls  and  gems ;  and  ma- 
jestic cities,  that  lie  now  in  ruins,  arose  amid  the  waste.  Now  that  the  whole  of 
this  trade  has  taken  a  different  channel,  the  maritime  commerce  is  almost  wholly 
limited  to  the  export  of  coffee,  in  exchange  for  the  manufactures  of  Hindoostan. 
This  intercourse,  after  having  been  for  a  long  time  nearly  engrossed  by  the  Eng- 
lish, when  it  centered  in  Bombay,  has  of  late  been  appropriated  by  tlie  active 
rivalry  of  the  Americans,  who,  though  they  give  a  higher  price  for  the  commo- 
dity, bring  it  to  Europe  thirty  per  cent  cheaper.     The  entire  quantity  exported  is 

3M 


!■  . 


i'i; 


^s .«. 


■  t. 


'^t ;: 


i;i 


ii      >••  •'  '■ 


<i  .'"■ 


ImWi'i- ■'■'''' 

mi 


"IfAAr 


490 


ARABIA. 


now  estimated  at  16,000  bales,  of  305  lbs.  each.  Aden  formerly  exported  gum 
Arabic,  myrrh,  and  frankincense ;  but  that  town  being  now  in  ruins,  the  trade  is 
divided  between  Mocha  and  MakuUa. 

Besides  this  maritime  trade,  the  pilgrimage  to  Mecca  forms  a  commercial  tie 
between  the  remotest  extremities  of  the  African  and  Asiatic  continents ;  for  the 
numerous  devotees  who,  from  every  part  of  the  Mahometan  world,  resort  thither, 
scruple  not  to  combine  with  their  pious  object  a  good  deal  of  profane  traffic,  which 
is  made  at  least  to  pay  the  expense  of  the  journey. 

The  chiefs  of  the  desert  are  deeply  imbued  witn  aristocratic  feelings,  and  dwell 
on  their  high  descent  with  a  pride  as  lofty  as  ever  prevailed  in  feudal  Europe. 
This  dignity  is  the  more  flattering,  as  it  is  not  conferred  or  withdrawn  at  the  will 
of  any  monarch.  It  is  founded  on  ideas  thoroughly  rooted  in  the  mind  of  the 
nation,  who,  like  the  Highland  clans,  view  every  sheik  as  the  natural  head  of  a 
race  so  ancient  that  its  origin  is  traced  back  for  thousands  of  years.  A  sheik  of 
an  ancient  Arabian  family  would  not  exchange  his  title  for  that  of  sultan.  An- 
other hereditary  Arabian  dignity  is  that  of  sheriffe,  or  descendant  of  Mahomet, 
marked  by  the  nearly  exclusive  privilege  of  wearing  a  green  turban.  This  is  a 
distinction  of  a  difierent  class,  more  widely  diffused,  and  descending  often  to  the 
poorest  among  the  people.  When  the  green  turban  is  worn  by  the  head  of  an 
ancient  tribe,  it  denotes  the  highest  dignity  that  can  exist  in  Arabia.  In  general, 
the  inhabitants  of  cities  are  viewed  by  the  chiefs  of  the  desert  as  a  mixed  and 
debased  race,  whom  they  scarcely  own  as  belonging  to  the  same  nation  with  them- 
selves. 

The  most  prominent  feature  in  the  Arab  character  consists  in  the  combination 
of  hospitality  and  robbery,  which  are  practised,  the  one  most  liberally  and  gene- 
rously, the  other  in  the  most  deliberate  and  merciless  manner.  It  is  towards 
strangers  that  these  opposite  dispositions  are  exercised ;  and  the  alternative  of 
good  or  ill  treatment  oiten  depends  on  very  nice  particulars.  The  rich  traveller, 
who  journeys  in  caravan  over  the  open  plain,  is  considered  as  a  rightful  prey ; 
while  he  who  approaches  singly,  in  a  defenceless  state,  and  soliciting  protection, 
acquires  an  irresistible  claim  to  it.  The  being  once  admitted  to  partake  common 
bread  and  salt  is  a  sure  pledge  of  safety  and  protection ;  and  he  who,  by  whatever 
means,  has  penetrated  into  the  tent  of  the  Arab,  has  reached  a  sanctuary. 

The  Arabs  are  of  small  size,  spare,  and  even  meagre.  They  are  less  distin- 
guished by  strength  than  by  extreme  agility.  Few  nations  surpass  them  in  horse- 
manship, and  they  are  alike  intrepid  and  skilful  in  the  management  of  the  bow, 
the  javelin,  and  latterly  of  the  musket,  since  its  manifest  superiority  has  intro- 
duced that  weapon.  Their  complexion  is  sallow.  They  are  not  only  temperate, 
but  extremely  abstinent  Animal  food  is  scarcely  used  at  all :  even  among  the 
rich  there  is  little  variety  of  vegetable  diet ;  the  milk  of  their  camels,  with  its 
several  preparations,  particularly  butter,  is  the  only  article  with  which  they  sea- 
son their  bread. 

The  religion  of  Mahomet,  which  originated  in  Arabia,  still  maintains  undis- 
puted sway ;  and  Christians,  who  were  once  numerous,  are  now  so  completely 
extirpated,  that  it  is  believed  there  is  not  a  single  church  existing.  The  Sunites 
and  the  Shiites,  who  divide  between  them  the  empires  of  Turkey  and  Persia,  and 
wage  such  mortal  hostility  about  they  know  not  what,  have  also  their  respective 
districts  in  Arabia.  The  Sunites  rank  foremost,  having  always  had  in  their  pos- 
session the  holy  cities  bf  Mecca  and  Medina.  The  Zeidites  and  the  Beiari,  two 
native  sects,  reign  in  the  eastern  territory  of  Oman.  These,  though  they  unite  in 
acknowledging  the  authority  of  Mahomet  and  the  Koran,  have,  like  other  religious 
sects,  some  differences,  in  virtue  of  which  they  account  themselves  the  only 
acceptable  worshippers,  and  all  others  as  heretical  and  profane.  The  Wahabite 
sect,  whose  political  influence  had  absorbed  nearly  the  whole  of  Central  Arabia, 
were  lately  the  predominant  people,  but  their  contest  with  Mohammed  Ali,  and 
his  triumphant  success,  have  now  reduced  their  power  to  a  very  low  ebb. 

Mecca,  celebrated  as  the  birth-place  of  Mohammed,  is  situated  in  a  dry,  barren, 
and  rocky  country,  40  miles  inland  from  the  Red  Sea.  It  is  entirely  supported  by 
the  concourse  of  pilgrims  from  every  part  of  the  Mohammedan  world.    The  chief 


m 


ted 


5d  gu 
trade 


m 

is  I 


ercial  tie 
i ;  for  the 
rt  thither, 
Be,  which 

and  dwell 
il  Europe, 
it  the  will 
ind  of  the , 
head  of  a  i 
\  sheik  of ' 
Itan.    An- 
Mahomet, 
This  is  a 
)ften  tothe 
head  of  an 
In  general, 
mixed  and| 
with  them- 

Eombination 
f  and  ge|[»3- 
is  towards 
temative  of 
ch  traveller, 
ghtful  prey ; 
f  protection, 
ake  common 
I  by  whatever 
lary. 

J  less  distin- 

[em  in  horse- 

of  the  bow, 

[y  has  inlro- 

temperate, 

.  among  the 

lels,  with  its ' 

ich  they  sea- 


PERSIA. 


4<J1 


ornament  of  Mecca  is  the  famous  temple,  in  the  interior  of  which  is  the  Kaaba  or 
house  of  the  prophet,  a  plain  square  structure,  built  of  stone.  The  most  sacred 
relic  in  the  Kaaba  is  the  stone  said  to  have  been  brought  by  the  angel  Gabriel  tu 
form  the  foundation  of  the  edifice.  The  grand  ceremony  tlirougli  wliich  pilgrims 
pass  is  that  of  going  seven  times  round  the  Kaaba,  reciting  verses  and  psalms  in 
honour  of  God  and  the  prophet,  and  kissing  each  time  the  sacred  stone.  They  arc 
then  conducted  to  the  well  of  Zemzem,  situated  in  the  same  part  of  the  temple, 
where  they  take  large  draughts,  and  undergo  a  thorough  ablution  in  its  holy 
waters.  Another  ceremony,  rx)nsidered  as  of  equal  virtue,  is  the  pilgrimage  tu 
Mount  Arafat,  situated  about  30  miles  to  the  south  of  the  city.  Tlie  population 
of  Mecca  was  formerly  estimated  at  100,000,  but  is  now  reduced  to  16,000  or 
18,000,  the  resort  of  pilgrims  within  a  few  years  having  greatly  diminished.  Jidda, 
on  the  Red  Sea,  serves  as  the  port  of  Mecca. 

Medina,  176  miles  north  of  Mecca,  is  celebrated  as  containing  the  tomb  of  Mo- 
hammed, around  which  300  silver  lamps  are  kept  continually  burning.  The  popu- 
lation is  6000.  Yambo,  on  the  Red  Sea,  is  the  port  of  Medina.  Mocha,  situated 
near  the  southern  extremity  of  Arabia,  is  the  principal  port  on  the  Red  Sea,  and 
the  channel  thrmgh  which  almost  all  the  intercourse  of  Europe  with  this  part  of 
the  world  is  carried  on.  The  great  article  of  export  is  coffee,  which  is  celebrated  I 
as  the  finest  in  the  world.  The  population  is  estimated  at  5(KK).  Sana,  the  capi- 
tal of  Yemen,  is  a  handsome  city,  situated  128  miles  norlh-north-east  of  Mocha, 
and  the  residence  of  the  Im&m  of  Yemen,  now  tributary  to  Mohammed  Ali,  Pacha 
of  Egypt. 

Makulla,  about  400  miles  north-east  from  the  Straits  of  Bab-el-Mandeb,  has  I 
become,  since  the  decline  of  Aden,  the  most  considerable  trading  port  between 
Mocha  and  Muscat  It  is  visited  occasionally  by  American  vessels  for  supplies  of 
provisions,  &.c.  The  town  has  an  imposing  appearance,  the  houses  being  built  in 
the  castellated  style,  similar  to  the  baronial  residences  of  the  middle  ages,  and  are 
mostly  three  stories  high.  The  sheik  of  Makulla  is  independent,  and  exercises 
authority  over  10  or  12  towns  in  the  vicinity.  Farther  to  the  north-east  are  the 
ports  of  Kesbin,  Seger,  Morebat,  &c.,  which  are  but  little  known,  and  seldom  fre- 
quented by  Europeans. 

Muscat,  the  capital  of  Oman,  ra  under  the  control  of  an  Tmftm,  or  spiritual 
prince,  whose  government  is  the  most  tranquil  and  protecting  of  any  in  the  mari- 
time parts,  either  of  Pereia  or  Arabia :  he  has  several  large  ships  of  war,  and  his 
subjects  are  good  sailora,  and  possess  some  of  the  finest  trading  vessels  met  with 
in  the  eastern  seas.  A  treaty  of  commerce  was  concluded  between  the  United 
States  and  this  prince  in  1835.  All  the  ports  upon  the  adjacent  coast  are  tribu- 
tary to  the  Im&m,  as  are  also  the  islands  of  Zanzibar,  Monha,  and  Pemba,  on  the 
east  coast  of  Africa ;  he  holds  likewise  the  islands  of  Kishm  and  Ormus,  in  the 
Persian  Gulf,  and  a  considerable  extent  of  the  Persian  coast  around  Gomberoon, 
bosides  the  ports  of  Jask,  Cboubar,  and  Gwuttur,  in  Beloochistan. 

The  town  of  Muscat  is  a  general  depdt  for  the  merchandise  of  Persia,  Arabia, 
and  India :  it  is  well  fortified  and  surrounded  by  a  strong  wall,  within  which 
Arabs  and  Banians  only  are  permitted  to  reside ;  all  others  must  remain  in  mat 
houses  without  the  gates :  the  population  is  rated  at  from  10,000  to  15,000.  A 
considerable  trade  is  carried  on  by  caravans  with  the  interior  of  Arabia. 


PERSIA. 

This  country,  in  the  earliest  times,  was  the  seat  of  one  of  the  most  powerfiil 
Asiatic  monarchies,  connecting  Ikstern  with  Western  Asia;  and  in  later  afes, 
acted  with  energy  on  the  political  system  of  Europe.  Although  abridged  of  its 
ancient  greatness,  it  still  presents  many  interesting  features.  The  limits  of  Penia 
have  been  different  at  different  tmfi,  and  were  formerly  more  extensive  than  at 
present,  including  the  countries  of  Balk,  AfghanisUn,  Candahar,  and  Beloochistan, 


i(-i-' 


l-f'.' 


n  ■.. 


f- 


■fs 


^;;| 


'■  h 


U'i 


Vi  I  \i  i: 


ill  ii;•{;|^ 


4»2 


PERSIA. 


on  the  east,  all  which  are  now  separated :  and  in  the  north-west,  some  districts 
have  been.annexed  to  Russia. 

The  boundaries  of  Persia  are  the  Aras,  or  Araxes,  the  Caspian  Sea,  and  the 
deserts  of  Khiva,  on  the  north ;  a  vast  sandy  desert  on  the  east ;  the  Persian  Gulf 
on  the  south,  and  the  Euphrates,  Tigris,  and  the  mountains  of  Armenia,  on  the 
west ;  extending  from  north  to  south  850  miles,  and  from  east  to  west  900  miles. 
Area,  480,000  square  miles. 

Persia  is  bordered  on  the  north-west  and  west  by  the  mountains  of  Armenia 
and  Kurdistan ;  on  the  north  and  north-cast  by  the  Elborz  and  Paropamisan  or 
Ghoor  Mountains,  which  are  continued  eastward  into  the  great  chain  of  the  Hin- 
doo Koosh.  The  country  is  also  traversed  by  several  other  ranges,  either  inde- 
pendent or  connected  with  the  frontier  chains.  The  interior  consists  of  an  im- 
mense dry,  salt  plain,  and  at  least  two-thirds  of  the  whole  country  are  composed 
of  naked  mountains,  arid  deserts,  salt  lakes,  and  marshes  covered  with  jungle. 
On  the  northern,  western,  and  eastern  frontiers,  are  large  rivers,  but  none  of  great 
magnitude  traverse  the  country.  The  streams  which  usually  descend  from  the 
mountains  are  lost  in  the  sand,  or  formed  into  lakes.  They  produce,  however, 
most  of  the  fertility  of  which,  this  region  can  boast,  and,  where  abundant,  render 
the  plains  through  which  they  flow,  l^autiful  and  luxuriant  in  a  high  degree. 

The  plain  of  Shiraz  is  considered  the  boast  of  Persia,  and  almost  of  the  East 
That  of  Ispahan  is  only  second  to  it  The  provinces  on  the  Caspian,  watered  by 
streams  from  the  Elborz,  are  of  extraordinary  fertility,  but  the  air  is  humid  and 
unhealthy.  The  centre  and  south  are  entirely  destitute  of  trees ;  but  gardens 
are  cultivated  with  great  care,  and  the  fruits  are  excellent.  The  wine  of  Shiraz 
is  considered  superior  to  any  other  in  Asia.  The  mulberry  in  the  northern  pro- 
vinces is  so  abundant  as  to  render  silk  the  staple  produce  of  the  empire.  Other 
productions  are  grain,  rice,  cotton,  tobacco,  indigo,  senna,  rhubarb,  opium,  saffron, 
manna,  and  assafoetida. 

The  most  considerable  mineral  production  is  salt  There  are  some  mines  of 
iron,  copper,  and  silver ;  also  turquoise  stones.  The  Persians  are  to  a  consider- 
able extent  a  manufacturing  people.  The  principal  manu&ctures  are  beautiful 
carpets,  shawls,  silks;  tapestry  formed  of  silk  and  wool,  embellished  with  gold; 
arms,  sword-blades,  leather,  paper,  and  porcelain.  The  foreign  commerce  of  Per- 
sia is  inconsiderable,  and  is  chiefly  in  the  hands  of  foreigners.  Bushire,  on  the 
Persian  Gulf,  is  the  principal  port,  the  commerce  of  which  is  mostly  connected 
with  that  of  Bussorah.  Some  trade  is  also  carried  on  between  the  ports  on  the 
Caspian  Sea  and  Astrachan.  The  main  commercial  intercourse,  however,  of  Per- 
sia, is  that  by  caravans,  with  Turkey  on  one  side,  and  Tartary  and  India  on  the 
other.  The  Persians  are  Mahomf>tans  of  the  sect  of  the  Shiites,  or  of  the  fol- 
lowers of  Ali,  and  are  on  that  ground  viewed  with  greater  abhorrence  by  the 
Turks  than  even  Christians ;  but  they  are  not  themselves  an  intolerant  people. 
The  government  is  entirely  absolute.  The  reigning  king  is  regarded  as  the  vice- 
gerent of  the  prophet,  and  is  absolute  master  of  the  lives  and  property  of  his 
subjects. 

The  Persians  are  accounted  the  most  learned  people  of  the  B^t,  and  poetry 
and  the  sciences  may  be  considered  as  their  ruling  passion.  Their  chief  poets, 
Hafiz,  Sadi,  and  Ferdusi,  have  displayed  an  oriental  softness  and  luxuriance  of 
imagery  which  have  been  admired  even  in  European  translations.  Ferdusi  is  the 
epic  poet  of  Persia :  the  theme  of  Sadi  is  wisdom  and  morality ;  while  Hafiz  has 
strung  only  the  lyre  of  love.  The  latter  is  the  most  popular  poet,  though  strict 
Mahometans  scarcely  consider  it  lawful  to  peruse  his  verses,  unless  after  straining 
them  into  a  refined  and  mystical  sense. 

The  people  of  Persia  are  also  the  most  polite  of  the  oriental  nations,  and  sur- 
mss  all  others  in  the  skilful  and  profuse  manner  in  which  they  administer  flattery. 
They  employ  in  conversation  the  most  extravagantly  hyperbolical  language.  Dis- 
simulation is  carried  by  them  to  the  highest  pitch ;  lying  is  never  scrupled  at,  and 
their  whole  conduct  is  a  train  of  fraud  and  artifice.  Morality  is  much  studied, 
though  little  practised. 

This  country  is  divided  into  the  provinces  uf  Adzerbijan,  Ghilan,  Mazanderan, 


^ri..y,A 


ime  districts! 

3ea,  and  the 
Persian  Gulf 
nnenla,  on  the 
3Bt  900  miles. 


8  of  Armenia 
aropamisan  or 
II  of  the  Hin- 
s,  either  inde- 
lists  of  an  im- 
are  composed 
1  with  jungle, 
t  none  of  great 
3cend  from  the 
luce,  however, 
tundant,  render 
gh  degree, 
oet  of  the  East 
ian,  watered  by 
ir  is  humid  and 
jb;  but  gardens 
wine  oi  Shiraz 
\e  northern  pro- 
empire.    Other 
),  opium,  saffron, 

some  mines  of 
e  to  a  consider- 
res  are  beautiful 
ished  with  gold ; 
jmmerce  of  Per- 
Bushire,  on  the 
mostly  connected 
I  the  ports  on  the 
however,  of  Per- 
and  India  on  the 
es,  or  of  the  fol- 
bhorrence  by  the 
intolerant  people, 
irded  as  the  vice- 
id  property  of  his 

5  East,  and  poetry 
'heir  chief  poets, 
nd  luxuriance  of 
8.  Ferdusi  is  the 
;  while  Hafiz  has 
joet,  though  strict 
ess  after  straining 

1  nations,  and  sur- 
dminister  flattery, 
al  language.  Dis- 
>r  scrupled  at,  and 
y  is  much  studied, 

lilan,  Mazanderan,]! 


PERSIA. 


493 


Astrabad,  Irak,  Ajemi,  Khorasan,  Fars,  Larjgtan,  and  Kerman.  The  population 
of  the  whole  is  probably  about  8,000,000.  The  phyBJcal  character  of  the  Persians 
is  fine,  both  as  to  strength  and  beauty,  but  without  possessing  any  very  marked 
features.  So  manv  migratory  nations  have  settled  in  the  country,  that  it  retains 
only  a  fragment  of  its  native  race.  The  complexion,  according  to  the  climate, 
varies  from  an  olive  tint  to  a  deep  brown. 

Persia,  though  a  warlike  kingdom,  has  scarcely  any  force  which  can  be  con- 
sidered a  regular  army.    There  is  a  body  of  2000  or  30()0  horse-guards,  called 
goolam,  composed  of  youths  of  distinction,  who  assume,  however,  the  title  of  royal 
slaves.    A  large  body  of  10,000  or  12,000  cavalry  have  lands  assigned  them  round 
the  capital,  and  are  ready  to  attend  the  king  when  called  upon.     But  the  main 
force  of  the  Persian  armies  has  always  consisted  of  their  highland  tribes,  led  by 
their  khans.    The  number  wliich  can  be  called  out  on  an  emergency  is  estimated 
at  150,000,  200,000,  or  even  250,000.    They  possess  many  of  the  qualities  of  good 
cavalry  troops,  are  well  mounted,  skilful  horsemen,  personally  brave,  and  inured 
to  hardships.     They  handle  their  arms  with  the  greatest  dexterity,  but  have  not 
the  least  idea  of  discipline,  tactics,  or  the  art  of  war.    The  present  sovereign  has 
made  considerable  exertions  to  form  and  discipline  a  corps  after  the  European 
manner,  commanded  by  British  officers.     This  force  amounted,  some  years  ago,  to 
about  12,000  men,  who  went  through  their  exercise  in  a  very  tolerable  manner. 
These  troops  have  been,  however,  of  late  neglected,  and  most  of  the  European 
officers  have  left  the  service. 
An  unhappy  circumstance  in  the  condition  of  Percia  consists  in  the  numberless 
i  predatory  hordes  by  which  the  country  is  ravaged.     Her  fertile  plains  are  every- 
I  '  l<9i-e  intermingled  with  mountains  and  deserts  tenanted  by  these  rude  banditti. 
i|     "  f   hose  who  defend  the  country  in  war,  frequently  plunder  it  during  peace. 
li      Tiic  capital  of  Persia  is  Teheran,  situated  at  the  foot  of  the  loftiest  mountains 
01  jiiiborz.    It  is  four  miles  in  circumference,  strongly  fortified,  and  rather  a  camp 
than  a  city.     It  has  no  grand  edifices  except  the  ark,  combining  the  character  of 
a  palace  and  of  a  citadel.    In  summer  the  place  becomes  so  extremely  unhealthy 
that  all  leave  it  who  can.    The  king  with  the  troops,  and  the  chiefs  with  all  their 
trains,  depart,  and  encamp  on  the  plains  of  Sultania.    The  population  of  the  city 
thus  varies  according  to  the  season,  from  10,000  to  60,000.    Adjacent  to  Teheran 
are  the  remnants  of  the  ancient  Rhagae,  mentioned  as  a  spot  to  which  the  Jews 
were  conveyed  after  the  Babylonish  captivity.    It  continued  a  great  city  till  de- 
stroyed by  the  generals  of  Zingis  Khan.    The  remains  are  of  sun-burnt  brick, 
and  the  whole  surface,  for  three  miles  in  every  direction,  is  marked  by  hollows, 
mounds,  mouldering  towers,  tombs,  and  wells. 

Tabreez,  or  Tauris,  the  chief  town  of  Adzerbijan,  was  more  illustrious  than  any 
city  in  Persia,  both  as  a  splendid  capital  and  a  seat  of  commerce ;  and  in  the  time 
of  Chardin,  150  years  ago,  it  was  supposed  to  contain  500,000  inhabitants.  Na- 
ture and  man  have  co-operated  in  its  destruction.  It  has  been  sacked  eight  dif- 
ferent times,  and  has  been  shattered  by  repeated  and  dreadful  earthquakes.  Of 
the  250  mosques  numbered  by  Chardin,  only  three  could  be  traced  by  Sir  R.  K. 
Porter.  That  of  Ali  Shah,  600  years  old,  still  retains  traces  of  the  greatest  niag- 
nificcnce,  being  cased  with  lacquered  tiles  of  porcelain,  disposed  and  adjusted  into 
intricate  and  elaborate  figures,  and  surrounded  with  a  complete  band  of  gilded 
Arabic  sentences,  embellished  with  flowers  in  green  and  gold.  There  is  also  a 
splendid  tomb  of  Sultan  Cazan,  without  the  city. 

Reshd,  the  capital  of  Ghilan,  and  near  the  shore  of  the  Caspian  Sea,  is  de- 
scribed as  a  flouri^ing  commercial  city,  having  60,000  inhabitants,  with  well-kept 
bazaars,  but  abounding  in  beggars.  Its  harbour  is  unsafe  in  stormy  weather. 
Large  crops  of  wheat,  rice,  and  other  grain,  cover  the  fields  in  its  vicinity :  but  the 
staple  production  is  isilk,  which  is  either  worked  up  within  the  province,  or  ex- 
ported to  Astrachan.  The  chief  of  the  other  towns  on  the  Caspian  are  Balfrush, 
with  20,000  inhabitants :  Amol,  with  about  the  same  population ;  Farahabad,  and 
Astrabad,  the  capital  of  the  province  of  the  same  name,  on  a  small  river,  a  few 
miles  from  the  sea.  These  all  have  a  share  of  the  commerce  of  the  Caspian. 
Meshed,  the  capital  of  Khorasan,  is  a  large  and  fortified  city,  situated  in  a  fine 

42  te. 


!     . 


i  •  r  ; 


:  h 


I     I  id'-: 


Btn 


*  '< 


h^i 


h-.'.*^ 


fW'9. 


■V  I'  • 


494 


PBKSi\, 


«■  V . 


plain,  and  difltinguished  by  the  superb  sepulchre  of  Haroun  al  Raschid.  Though 
much  decayed,  it  still  numbers  50,000  inhabitants.  To  the  south,  Niiiha|)orp,  once 
a  splendid  capital  of  Penia,  and  continolly  rising  anew,  after  its  deAitruction  by 
Alexander,  by  the  Arabs,  and  by  the  Tartars,  was,  when  it  had  become  the  capital 
of  the  Turkish  princes  of  the  Seljuk  dynasty,  so  completely  destroyed  by  Zingis 
Khan,  that  the  inhabitants,  on  returning,  could  not  recognize  their  own  houses. 
Its  12,000  aqueducts  am  now  dry,  and  its  population,  occupying  a  mprc  corner  be- 
yond its  former  circumference  of  twenty  miles,  is  reduced  to  15,000.  Tursheez, 
Tubbus,  Seru^'hs,  Tabas,  are  large  towns,  with  some  trade,  still  included  in  ihe 
Persian  dom      m. 

Of  the  cicies  of  this  country,  Ispahan  stands  pre-eminent  By  the  caliphs  of 
Bagdad  it  was  made  the  capital  of  Persia ;  and  being  placed  m  the  centre  of  the 
empire,  surrounded  by  a  fertile  and  beautiful  plain,  it  became  a  rendezvous  c  f  the 
inland  commerce  of  Asia,  and  attained  an  extent  and  splendour  unrivallcii  in 
Western  Asia.  It  was  destroyed  by  Timur,  but  restored  by  Shah  Abbas.  Chardin 
reckoned  th.it  in  his  time  it  was  twenty-four  miles  in  circuit,  and  contained  172 
mosqucB,  48  colleges,  and  1800  caravanserais.  The  most  magnificent  edifice  was 
the  palace,  the  gardens  attach3d  to  which  occupied  a  space  of  five  miles  in  cir- 
cumference, and  were  interspersed  with  the  most  splendid  pavilions.  The  Midan, 
a  square,  serving  for  military  reviews  and  for  a  market-place,  roUnd  which  were 
built  the  palace  and  a  numbe'r  of  splendid  mosques ;  with  the  Chaur  Baug,  a  long 
avenue  of  plane-trees,  were  also  distinguished  ornaments  of  Ispahan.  In  173?, 
it  was  taken  and  almost  destroyed  by  the  Afghans,  and,  the  later  sovereigns  hiving 
preferred  a  northern  residence,  no  exertions  have  *^"8n  made  for  its  restoration.  It 
is  still,  however,  a  great  city,  with  extensive  trade,  and  some  flourishing  manu- 
factures, particularly  of  gold  brocade.  Hussein  Khan,  a  native,  who  has  raised 
himself  to  extraordinary  wealth,  is  making  great  eflTorts  to  revive  its  magnificence. 

Shiraz,  the  capital  of  Fars,  though  neither  very  ancient  nor  very  extensive,  has 
long  been  one  of  the  boasts  of  Persia,  from  the  beauty  of  its  environs,  and  the 
polished  gaiety  of  its  inhabitants.  It  has  been  the  favourite  seat  of  the  Persian 
muses,  and  near  it  are  still  to  be  found  the  tombs  of  Hafiz  and  Saadi,  the  chief 
of  the  national  poets.  Its  wines  are  celebrated  as  the  most  valuable  in  the  East, 
and  it  is  the  seat  of  a  considerable  and  increasing  trade. 

Thirty  miles  to  the  north  of  Shiraz  are  found  the  remains  of  the  palace  of  Per- 
sepolis,  one  of  the  most  magnificent  structures  which  art  ever  reared.  Its  front 
is  600  peces  in  length,  and  the  side  390  paces.  The  architecture  is  in  a  peculiar 
style,  but  remarkable  for  correct  proportions  and  beautiful  execution.  The  stair- 
cases leading  into  the  interior  are  peculiarly  exten-ive  and  magnificent.  The 
B  portals  and  the  capitals  of  the  columns  are  adorned  with  numerous  figures  in 
basso-relievo,  representing  combats  and  processions  of  various  kinds.  The  drawing 
of  the  figures  is  correct ;  but  as  only  their  contour  is  represented,  without  any  of 
the  prominences  and  details,  they  present  a  heavy  appearance,  and  cannot  rival 
the  great  works  of  Grecian  sculpture. 

South-west  from  Shiraz,  situated  on  the  coast  of  the  Persian  Gulf,  is  Bushire, 
which,  since  Persia  lost  Bussorah,  has  been  the  emporium  of  its  foreign  trade. 
This  is  chiefly  with  India,  and  is  not  sufficient  to  render  the  town  either  large  or 
handsome.  liarge  vessels  cannot  anchor  nearer  than  six  miles,  in  a  roadstead, 
which,  though  good,  is  not  perfectly  safe  in  north-west  winds.  The  remaining 
towns  of  this  country  worthy  of  notice  are  Hamadan,  Kermanshah,  Yezd,  Ker- 
man,  Lar,  &c.  The  first  two  are  in  Irak.  Of  these,  Hamadan  is  a  considerable 
town,  with  25,000  or  30,000  inhabitants.  The  Jews  suppose  that  queen  Esther 
and  Mordecai  are  buried  here,  and  accordingly  many  of  them  repair  hither  in  pil- 
grimage to  visit  their  tombe.  Kermanshah  is  a  town  of  8000  or  9000  souls.  Near 
It  are  same  remarkable  sculptured  rocks.  Yezd,  in  the  south-west  part  of  Kho- 
raaan,  ia  a  considerable  city,  atill  flourishing  as  a  seat  of  commerce  and  of  a  valu- 
able silk  manufactory.  Here  is  the  remnant,  amounting  to  about  16,000,  of  the 
persecuted  Guebres,  Parsees  or  fire-worshippers. 

Kerman,  the  capital  of  the  |»ovince  of  the  same  name,  was  one  of  the  proudest 
cities  of  the  empire,  and  a  great  emporium  of  trade  and  commerce.    In  the  course 


AFGHANISTAN,  OR  CABUL. 


495 

of  the  civil  wars  at  the  close  of  the  last  century  it  was  nearly  deHtroyed,  and  has 
but  partially  recovered.  Its  manufacture  of  shawls  and  carpets  is  still  consider- 
able. Population  about  20,000.  South  of  Kermon  is  Gomberoon,  near  the  en- 
trance of  the  Gulf  of  Persia;  it  was  formerly  a  great  commercial  port,  but  is  now 
much  decayed,  and  is  under  the  control  of  the  Iniftm  of  Muscat  Near  it  are  the 
islands  of  Orinus,  Larak,  and  Kishm ;  the  latter  is  tolerably  fertil<»,  and  contains 
a  town  of  some  size;  the  former,  once  the  great  emporium  of  India  and  Persia, 
and  whose  name  was  a  proverb  for  wealth  and  splendour,  is  now  almost  desolate, 
and  its  niagnificent  city  a  mass  of  ruins.  It  belongs  at  present  to  Muscat,  whoso 
chief  is  making  some  exertions  to  restore  its  prosperity. 


J    ! 


AFGHANISTAN,  OR  CABUL. 

Thb  country  bounded  on  the  east  by  Hindooetan  and  west  by  Persia,  originally 
a  part  of  ancient  Persia,  but  now  rto  longer  connected  with  it,  is  divided  into  the 
separate  territories  of  Afghanistan  and  Beloochistan,  the  latter  comprising  the 
southern  and  the  former  the  northern  portion ;  these  together  form  nearly  a  square 
of  800  miles  in  length  and  700  in  breadth,  and  are  included  between  the  r)7lh  and 
71st  degrees  of  east  longitude,  and  the  25th  and  36th  of  north  latitude.  Its  nat- 
ural boundaries  are  formed  by  the  mighty  chain  of  Hindoo  Koosh,  on  the  north ; 
by  the  Indus  on  the  east ;  the  Indian  Ocean  on  the  south ;  and,  on  the  west,  by  a 
winding  line  drawn  along  the  desert  boundaries  of  Kerman  and  Khoraaan. 

This  region  presents  a  sort  of  compound  of  Persia  and  Arabia ;  on  the  north, 
vast  mountains,  high  table-lands,  and  rapid  rivers ;  on  the  south,  sandy  and  salt 
deserts.  The  most  conspicuous  feature  is  that  grand  mountain  chain,  continued 
from  the  snowy  range  of  Hindoostan,  which  forms  the  whole  of  its  northern  bound- 
ary. Though  its  height  does  not  equal  that  of  the  loftiest  peaks  of  the  Himma- 
leh,  it  is  truly  amazing,  and  scarcely  exceeded  in  any  other  region  of  the  globe. 
One  point,  the  most  elevated  yet  observed,  has  been  stated  to  reach  20,5.08  feet. 
Its  summits,  though  only  in  the  34th  degree  of  latitude,  are  covered  with  per- 
petual snow ;  and  being  seen  at  once  from  the  whole  extent  of  this  regior.,  form, 
as  it  were,  a  bond  of  connexion  between  the  various  nations  by  which  it  is  peopled. 
Several  subordinate  chains  traverse  this  country.  Of  these  the  most  impcrtant 
is  Solimaun,  which  runs  parallel  to  the  Indus,  and  nearly  at  right  angles  with  the 
Hindoo  Koosh. 

The  southern  region,  Beloochistan,  consists  partly  of  rugged  mountains  of  in- 
ferior elevation ;  partly  of  vast  deserts  which  are  equally  dreary  with  those  of 
Africa  and  Arabia,  and  of  which  the  sands,  being  blown  into  waves,  oppose  greater 
obstruction  to  thu  traveller. 

The  rivers  of  this  territory,  unless  we  include  among  them  the  limitary  stream 
of  the  Indus,  are  not  of  the  first  magnitude.  The  Kama  rises  beyond  its  limits 
in  the  territory  of  Cashgar,  and,  after  crossing  the  Hindoo  Koosh,  and  receiving 
the  nver  of  Cabul,  which  rises  in  the  southern  part  of  that  chain,  falls  into  the 
Indus  at  Attock.  The  Helmund  derives  its  origin  from  a  source  not  far  from  that 
of  the  Cabul ;  it  traverses  the  plain  of  Candahar,  and,  giving  some  degree  of  fer- 
tility to  the  arid  plains  of  Seistan,  terminates  by  forming  the  salt  lake  of  Zurrah. 
It  must  have  flowed  then  nearly  600  miles.  The  mountain  tracts  in  the  south 
give  rise  to  numerous  rivers,  or  rather  torrents,  nearly  dry  in  summer,  but  rapid 
and  desolating  in  winter. 

Afghanistan  is  occupied  by  various  tribes.  Of  these,  the  Dooraunees,  who  are  the 
most  numerous,  inhabit  the  western  part  of  the  territory ;  the  Eimauks  and  Ha- 
zaurehs,  the  mountainous  districts  of  Hindoo  Koosh ;  the  Ghiljies  are  settled  in 
the  central  districts,  and  the  Berdooraunees  on  the  eastern  border.  Besides  these, 
there  are  the  smnller  and  less  important  tribes  of  the  Eusofzees,  Sheraunees,  Vi- 
zarees,  Naussers,  Cankers,  &c.  The  kingdom  of  Cabul,  the  only  monarchy  in 
this  region,  was  some  time  ago  much  more  powerful  than  at  present,  and  com- 
prised within  its  bounds  some  of  the  finest  provinces  of  Western  Hindoostan  and 


*     4 
f1 


f» 


.:.*-, 


ii'}' 


^  t 


'■■  Hii 


>   ! 


M 


^l-ly- 


m-^ 


49G 


AFGHANISTAN,  OR  CABUL. 


m. 


southern  TtrUry ;  but  since  the  death  of  ita  late  monarch,  Ahmed  Shah,  it  haa 
been  broken  up  by  the  dissensions  among  his  family,  and  the  power  of  Runjeet  j 
Sing,  who  has  occupied  several  of  ita  finest  provinces.     Its  limits  do  not  now  ex- 
tend beyond  Afghanistan  proper.  i 

The  political  constitution  of  Cabul  exhibits  peculiarities  which  distinguish  it  I 
from  that  of  almost  every  other  Asiatic  monarchy.  Instead  of  the  power  being 
monopolized  by  the  sovereign,  or  at  least  by  the  khans,  with  no  check  but  the  in- 
fluence  of  rival  chiefs,  it  admits  a  large  infusion  of  popular  elements.  In  every 
tribe  there  is  a  jeerf^a,  or  representative  assembly,  without  whose  consent  the 
khan  en  undertake  nothing,  and  who  also  administers  justice,  though  in  some 
subserviency  to  '>"  rooted  principle  of  private  vengeance.  Among  the  Afghan 
tribes  great  rnv       ce  is  paid  to  birth,  and  particularly  to  antiquity  of  descent 

The  revenue  i  'he  kingdom  of  Cabul  arise  from  the  land-tax,  the  tributes 
paid  by  vassal  crefb,  the  royal  demesnes,  and  some  minor  sources.  A  consider- 
able proportion,  however,  must  often  be  remitted  to  the  tributary  princes,  who,  if 
they  did  not  receive  this  remission  as  a  grant,  would  be  in  danger  of  rebelling 
against  the  power  which  should  persist  in  exacting  the  full  amount 

The  military  force,  or  at  least  the  most  regular  and  efficient  part  of  it,  consists 
of  Gholaums,  a  body  formed  partly  of  military  adventurers,  partly  of  persons  hold- 
ing lands  or  grants  on  a  military  tenure  in  and  around  the  great  cities.  They 
form  a  well-disciplined  and  disposable  army,  about  13,000  strong.  The  Doorau- 
nees  are  easily  mustered,  to  the  amount  of  12,000  brave  highland  militia,  each 
fighting  under  the  banner  of  his  own  chieftain.  The  contingents  of  the  other 
tribes  amount  collectively  to  a  much  greater  number ;  but  they  are  drawn  out 
with  great  difficulty,  unless  for  local  purposes,  or  with  a  peculiar  hope  of  plunder. 

A  very  great  portion  of  this  vast  region  is  doomed  to  complete  and  irremediable 
barrenness,  produced  by  the  opposite  extremes  of  lofty  snow-covered  mountains, 
and  of  sandy  plains.  Other  portions,  however,  of  considerable  extent,  bear  quite 
an  opposite  character.  The  lower  declivities  of  the  mountains,  and  the  high 
plains  interspersed  between  them,  though  they  do  not  offer  the  profuse  products 
that  cover  the  plains  of  Delhi  and  Ispahan,  are  often  equal  to  the  finest  parts  of 
Europe.  Nor  are  these  natural  mi  vantages  neglected  by  a  rough  but  active  and 
laborious  people.  Irrigation,  as  in  all  tropical  climates,  forms  Uie  most  important 
and  arduous  part  of  husbandry. 

Wheat  and  barley,  instead  of  rice,  are  the  principal  species  of  grain ;  the  first 
for  the  food  of  man,  the  latter  for  that  of  horses.  Fruits  and  vegetables  are  pro- 
duced in  such  abundance,  that  their  cheapness  is  almost  unequalled. 

The  people  have  not  extended  their  industry  to  manufactures,  except  those  of 
coarse  fabrics  for  internal  consumption.  The  kingdom  of  Cabul,  hy  its  situation, 
is  excluded  from  maritime  commerce ;  and  the  coast  of  Mekran  is  too  poor  to 
make  much  use  of  its  natural  advantages  in  this  respect  The  country,  however, 
carries  on  a  considerable  inland  trade  within  its  own  provinces,  with  the  neigh- 
bouring countries,  and  also  as  a  thoroughfare  between  Persia  and  India.  This 
traffic  is  carried  on  by  caravans,  which  employ  camels  where  the  route  is  practi- 
cable for  them,  but  in  the  rough  mountain  roads  of  Afghanistan  horses  and  ponies 
are  substituted.  These  caravans  journey  under  the  continual  dread  of  the  preda- 
torjr  tribes,  which  infest  almost  every  part  of  this  country.  The  best  parts  of  this 
region  produce  rather  the  simple  necessaries  of  life,  than  those  superfluities  which 
can  become  the  objects  of  exchange.  Fruits,  assafcetida,  madder,  and  a  few  furs, 
form  the  principal  articles.  In  return,  they  receive  the  manu&ctures  of  Persia 
and  India,  and  even  those  of  Europe,  by  way  of  Orenburg  and  Bokhara. 

The  population  of  the  whole  region  has  lieen  computed  as  follows,  viz : 

Afghans 4,300,000 

Belooche 1,000,000 

Tartars 1,200,000 

Persians ,. 1,500,000 

8,000,000 

The  Afghans,  who  form  the  main  body  of  the  population,  present,  in  their  as- 


I     :  \  t 


■■P^RiHRHVa 


AF(;!I.\N1STAX,  OR  CAHLL 


4'J7 


pcct  and  charaoUT,  a  very  utrikinu'  contrast  to  the  Hindoo,  on  whom  thry  iiniiie- 
diatcly  bortWr.  Tlh'ir  hijfh  ami  even  Jiiirnh  fvatiirps,  their  ■iin(Hirnl  countcnancpfl, 
their  \ong  Itcard*,  Imi'e  trarmentts  and  --linpify  mantles  of  akitis,  uivc  tlie  idt>a  ot' 
a  much  mder  and  more  unpolislied  people.  Under  this  umgh  exterior,  liowever, 
ate  soon  disclosed  estimable  qnaliticis  wiiich  advantaj^emisly  contrast  with  the 
timid  8cr\-ility  produced  by  luni;  ^ubjection  in  the  Indian.  Their  martial  and  lotly 
spirit,  their  bold  and  simple  manners,  their  sobriety  and  contempt  of  pleasure, 
tlieir  unbounded  hospitality,  and  the  (;encral  energy  and  independence  ot'  their 
character,  render  them  on  the  whole  a  superior  race. 

The  established  religion,  in  Afghanistan,  is  strictly  Malioinetan>  though  tolera- 
tion prevails  more  than  even  in  the  Persian  empire,  where  it  has  been  obicrvcd  to 
be  greater  than  usual  in  Mussuln'aii  countries. 

A  taste  for  knowledge  is  gcierul  among  the  Afghan:;,  thou^rh  they  have  not 
produced  any  writers  who  can  rival  in  fame  those  of  Persia  and  India.  Few  of 
the  works  in  the  language,  indeed,  are  above  two  centuries  old,  and  they  are  evi- 
dently  imitationa  of  the  Persian.  There  arc  schools  in  every  little  town  and  even 
village,  80  that  the  first  elements  of  knowledge  are  very  widely  difTuscd.  The 
poetis  by  profession,  are  not  to  be  comparc<l  with  those  of  Persia ;  but  a  consitler- 
able  display  of  genius  often  appears  in  the  rude  verses  oi  the  chiefs  and  warriors, 
who  celebrate  their  own  feelings  and  adventures.  Those  of  Kooshkaul,  a  khan 
who  defended  his  native  country  against  the  power  of  Aurengzcbe,  display  a  pe< 
culiar  degree  of  poetic  fire. 

Afghanistan  has  a  language  peculiar  to  itself,  called  Pooshtoa 

The  inhabitants  of  Afghanistan  are  formed  into  two  great  divisions,— of  dwell- 
ers in  tents,  and  dwellers  in  houses.  The  former,  in  the  western  part  of  the 
kingdom,  are  supposed  to  constitute  one  half  of  the  population ;  in  the  eastern 
they  are  fewer,  but  still  very  considerable  in  number.  The  Afghans  have  gene- 
rally a  strong  attachment  to  the  pastoral  life,  and  are  with  difficulty  induced  to 
quit  it  The  most  numerous  of  the  latter  are  the  Taujiks,  who  have  been  sup- 
posed to  amount  to  1,500,000,  and  to  be  the  original  people  subdued  by  the 
Afghans,  who  regard  them  as  inferiors.  They  inhabit  the  towns  and  their  vicinity, 
and  carry  on  those  trades  which  are  disdained  by  the  ruling  people. 

The  Afghans  are  fond  of  all  sorts  of  boisterous  amusements,  particularly  those 
which  involve  great  display  of  bodily  activity.  Hunting  is  aa  it  were  the  rage 
over  all  Afghanistan,  and  the  people  pursue  it  not  only  in  all  the  known  and  usual 
modes,  but  in  others,  peculiar  to  the  country  itself. 

Cabul,  now  the  principal  city  of  Afghanistan,  is  one  of  the  most  delightful  in 
the  world.  Being  situated  about  6000  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  it  enjoys  a 
temperate  climate,  and  is  surrounded  by  an  extensive  plain  finely  watered  by 
three  rivulets.  The  soil  is  rather  deficient  in  grain,  but  produces  abundance  of 
forage  and  a  profusion  of  the  most  delicious  fruits,  which  are  exported  to  India 
and  other  countries.  Cabul  is  a  busy  bustling  city,  and  its  bazaar  of  2000  shops 
is  considered  almost  without  a  rival  in  the  east.    The  population  is  60,000. 

About  60  miles  south  of  Cabul  is  Ghizni,  once  the  proud  capital  of  the  East, 
where  Mahmoud  reigned  and  Ferdusi  sang,  but  now  comprehended  within  very 
narrow  limits.  It  does  not  contain  above  1500  houses ;  its  streets  are  dark  and 
narrow,  and  it^  bazaars  by  no  means  spacious.  Bamean,  on  the  northern  slope  of 
the  mountains,  and  bordering  on  Tartary,  is  a  city  cut  out  of  the  rock,  whose 
cavern  abodes  are  scattered  over  a  surface  of  eight  miles;  and  it  contains  fome 
remarkable  temples,  with  colossal  idols. 

Peshawer  was  the  capital  of  the  kingdom  of  Cabul,  previous  to  its  late  dis- 
memberment. It  is  situated  in  a  very  fertile  plain,  about  50  miles  west  of  the 
Indi.s,  and  has  lately  much  declined;  and,  instead  of  100,000  inhabitants,  which 
it  numbered  25  years  ago,  it  now  contains  scarcely  50,000.  The  city  is  rudely 
built,  and  its  few  good  public  edifices  are  much  decayed;  but  it  presents  a  pic- 
turesque aspect  from  the  varied  appearance  and  costume  of  the  inhabitants  of  the 
surrounding  mountains,  mingled  with  the  natives  of  India,  Persia,  and  Tartary. 

Candahar  is  a  very  ancient  city,  the  foundation  of  which  is  ascribed  to  Alex- 
ander the  Groat.     The  antiquity,  however,  belongs  chiefly  to  the  site,  upon  which 


*m 


m^ 


;  (• 


42* 


3N 


»' 


■'J' 


..'•■it  •* 


'iH! 


;':"if-;i?. 


b'ti^ii .. 


496 


BELUUCHISTAN. 


new  towns  have  been  micecMively  erected  by  different  conquerors  nnd  potentate^). 
It  is  rcfrular  and  well  built,  with  four  lonf;  and  broad  bazaars;  but,  like  other 
cities,  it  is  not  adorned  with  those  maf^niticent  mooumenta  of  architecture  which 
mark  the  capitals  of  the  ^eat  empires. 

Herat,  formerly  belongini;  to  Persia,  is  situated  on  a  small  river  of  thn  mme 
name,  in  the  north-weat  comer  of  Afi;hanist«n :  it  is  a  very  ancient  city,  and  was 
in  the  zenith  of  its  splendour  in  the  15tb  and  16th  centuries ;  the  Persian  histori- 
ans are  diffuse  in  their  description  of  its  palaces,  caravansaries,  moaques,  ii^rdens, 
&c.  It  has  at  present  an  extensive  manufacture  of  carpets ;  the  nei|;hbouringr 
country  produces  excellent  iVuit,  and  roses  are  in  such  quantities  that  Herat  ob- 
tained the  name  of  the  city  of  roaes :  the  population  is  suppoaed  to  be  about 
60,000. 


BELOOCHISTAN. 

The  southern  part  of  this  region  is  known  by  the  name  of  Beloochistan,  or  the 
country  of  the  Belooches,  who  form  the  bulk  of  ita  inhabitants :  it  contains  several 
subdivisions :  those  in  the  eastern  part  are  Cutch-Gundava,  Sarawan,  Jhalawan, 
and  Lus ;  in  the  north-west,  Kohistan,  adjoining  to  Persia ;  and  along  the  sea-coast, 
extending  from  east  to  west  for  nearly  5':K)  .::iles,  is  the  province  of  Mekran. 

Beloocnistan  is  divided  among  a  number  of  small,  fierce,  independent,  preda- 
tory tribes.  The  whole  of  its  western  part  is  composed  of  a  desert  of  red  moving 
sand,  so  light  and  minute  as  to  be  almost  impalpable,  but  which  is  formed,  by  the 
action  of  the  wind,  into  wave-like  ridges  of  a  pftculiar  structure.  One  side  slopes 
gradually  away,  but  the  other  rises  perpendicularly,  like  a  brick  wall,  to  a  Qon- 
siderable  height ;  and  this  side  the  traveller,  in  order  to  prosecute  his  route,  must 
often  scale  with  immense  labour.  The  light  sand,  filling  the  eyes,  nostrils,  and 
mouth,  heightens  thirst  and  irritation ;  while  the  phenomenon  of  mirage  causing 
the  appearance  of  a  still  lake  that  is  perpetually  receding,  tantalizes  him  with  the 
always  disappointed  hope  of  arriving  at  water. 

Eastern  Beloochistan  is  of  a  very  different  character.  It  consists  of  a  huge 
mass  of  rugged  and  rocky  mountains,  with  intervening  valleys,  which,  however, 
seldom  display  that  fertile  and  smiling  aspect  usual  in  countries  under  the  tropic, 
but  are  in  general  arid  and  stony.  The  streams,  when  swelled  by  rain,  roll 
tiirough  their  beds  with  such  headlong  rapidity  as  quickly  to  leave  them  dry,  serv- 
ing as  roads  or  nightly  resting-places  to  the  traveller :  but  the  water  sometimes 
rushes  down  so  suddenly  as  to  overwhelm  those  who  have  sought  this  shelter. 
There  are,  however,  here  and  there,  patches  of  good  soil,  capable  of  cultiva- 
tion. Tlie  best  district  is  the  north-eastern  land  of  Cutch-Gundava,  which  afl'brds 
a  surplus  of  grain  for  export. 

Kelat,  the  capital  of  a  district  of  the  same  name,  is  a  town  of  about  4000 
houses,  supposed  to  stand  on  ground  8000  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and, 
therefore,  subject  in  winter  to  such  intense  cold,  that  the  khan  and  principal 
chiefs  then  descend  to  a  lower  region.  It  enjoys,  however,  a  considerable  inland 
trade.  It  is  the  residence  of  a  chief,  who  claims  the  sovereignty  over  alh Beloo- 
chistan, though  his  real  power  is  nearly  confined  to  the  district  immediately  ad- 
joining. Nooshky,  Sarawan,  Jhalawan  and  Khozdar,  are  little  mud  towns,  capi- 
tals of  districts  bordering  on  the  desert ;  but  Punjgoor  is  surrounded  by  a  fertile 
territory  watered  by  the  Baldoo,  which,  after  a  considerable  course,  reaches  the 
Indian  Ocean. 

The  inhabitants  of  this  country  are,  like  those  of  Afghanistan,  divided  into 
several  tribes,  of  which  the  chief  are  the  Nhoroes,  Rhinds,  and  Mugshees,  besides 
the  Bezunjas  in  the  eastern  and  the  Loories  in  the  western  districts,  who  are  pre- 
eminent for  their  rapacious  and  predatory  habits.  The  Belooche  is  a  brave,  hos- 
pitable, honourable  robber,  making  chepaos  or  raids  of  eighty  or  ninety  miles,  to 
burn  a  village  and  carry  off*  the  inhabitants  as  slaves,  but  treating  kindly  and 
securing  from  all  harm  the  stranger  who  has,  or  purchases  a  claim  to,  his  protec- 
tion.   Conjoined  with  him  is  the  Brahooe,  who  seems  to  have  been  the  original 


d  potentates. 
It,  like  other 
ecture  which 

of  thn  Mime 
city,  and  was 
uraian  histori- 
luee.  Hardens, 
neighbouring 
hat  Herat  ob- 
1  to  be  about 


•histan,  or  the 
mtains  several 
ran,  Jhalawan, 
r  the  sea-coast, 
'  Mekran. 
wndent,  preda- 
of  red  moving 
formed,  by  the 
3ne  side  slopes 
wall,  to  a  Qon- 
his  route,  nfust 
es,  noBtrils,  and 
mirage  causing 
98  him  with  the 

sists  of  a  huge 
rhich,  however, 
nder  the  tropic, 
>d  by  rain,  roll 
them  dry,  serv- 
atcr  sometimes 
ht  this  shelter, 
able  of  cultiva- 
a,  which  affords 

of  about  4000 
of  the  sea,  and, 
n  and  principal 
liderable  inland 

over  alhBeloo- 
immediately  ad- 
lud  towns,  capi- 
ided  by  a  fertile 
rse,  reaches  the 

m,  divided  into 
ugshees,  besides 
its,  who  are  pre- 
is  a  brave,  hos- 
ninety  miles,  to 
ting  kindly  and 
n  to,  his  protec- 
jen  the  original 


^mm 


KAFFKRISTAN  -  KAHCHtil'R  —  INDIA. 


499 


poBWwior,  and  who,  mild,  innocent,  ami  pastoral,  occupies  little  villnfres  situated 
in  the  bosom  of  ihesu  stupcndouN  mouiitams. 

At  the  south-east  corner  of  BeUiochistan,  is  the  pmvince  of  I.um,  containing 
Bella,  a  small  town  of  2(M)0  inhabitantH,  and  Sonmeaneo,  an  inronsiderable  fish- 
ing-town. Al.ing  the  coasts  are  the  small  port*  of  Gwuttu'.  Choubar,  and  Ja»k, 
possessing  some  trade,  subject  or  tributary  to  the  ImAm  of  Muscat.  Kedie. 
reckoned  the  capiUl  of  Mekran,  is  a  considerable  town  in  a  strong  situation,  the 
chief  medium  between  the  sea-coast  and  the  interior  countries.  It  is  still  held 
by  the  khan  of  Kelat,  who  has  scarcely  any  other  hold  upon  this  co^intry.  Bun- 
poor  is  a  small  fortified  town  near  the  frontier  of  Kerinnn.  'I'he  const  of  BelofK 
chistan  is  very  abundant  in  fish  of  various  kinds,  as  well  as  vast  stores  of  oyster^ 
8ic.  The  people  live  almost  entirely  on  fish  ;  and  as  the  country  yields  but  very 
little  grass,  the  few  cattle  belonging  to  the  inhabitants  arc  fed  as  in  many  parts  j 
of  Arabia  on  fish  and  datea 


KAFFEKISTAN. 


North  of  Afghanistan  is  the  country  calleil  KafTeristan ;  it  is  an  Alpine  region, 
composed  of  snowy  mountains,  deep  pine  forests,  and  small  but  fertile  valleys 
which  produce  large  quantities  of  grapes,  and  feed  flocks  of  sheep  and  cnttlc ; 
while  the  hills  are  covered  with  goats.  The  inhabitants  are  called  by  their  Ma- 
hometan neighbours,  Kaffcrs,  or  infidels,  whence  the  name  of  the  country  is  de- 
rived. They  believe  in  one  God,  but  venerate  numerous  idols  of  stone  or  wood, 
which  represent  great  men  deceased :  thoy  have  solemn  sacrifices  and  long  pray- 
ers, not  failing  to  supplicate  for  the  extirpation  of  the  Mussulmans,  whom  they 
regard  with  invincible  aversion.  The  villages  in  which  they  live  are  built  on  the 
slopes  of  hills,  the  roof  of  one  row  forming  the  street  of  the  row  above.  Their 
food  consists  of  the  produce  of  the  dairy,  fruits,  and  flesh,  which  they  prefer 
almost  raw. 

Their  arms  are  a  bow  with  barbed  and  sometimes  poisoned  arrows,  and  a  dag- 
ger :  they  have  lately  learned  the  use  of  fire-arms  and  uwords.  They  generally 
fight  by  ambuscade.  The  Mahometan  nations  are  those  with  whom  they  are 
most  habitually  at  war.  When  pursued,  (hey  unbend  their  bows  and  use  them  as 
leaping-poles,  by  which  they  bound  with  the  utmost  agility  from  rock  to  rock. 
The  Afghans  and  others  have  sometimes  confederated  to  make  a  ferocious  exter- 
minating invasion  cf  their  territory,  and  have  met  in  the  midst  of  it;  but  have 
been  obliged,  by  the  harassing  and  destructive  mode  of  warfcre  practised  by  the 
Kaffers,  to  abandon  the  enterprise.  When  taken  apart  from  their  warlike  pro- 
pensities, the  Kaffers  are  a  kind-hearted,  social,  and  joyous  race.  They  are  all 
remarkable  for  fair  and  beautiful  complexions,  and  speak  several  dialects  of  a 
language  nearly  allied  to  the  Sanscrit. 


KASCHGUR. 

Easchoto,  north-east  of  Kafieristan,  and  between  it  and  Little  Thibet,  is,  like 
those  countries,  a  high,  bleak,  and  cold  territory,  of  which  our  knowledge  is  very 
imperfect :  the  inhabitants  live  chiefly  in  tents,  and  are  Mahometans :  they  are 
subject  to  petty  chiefe,  who  exercise  despotic  authority. 


:;J 


INDIA. 


India  comprehends  the  two  peninsulas  of  Southern  Asia,  which  are  east  of 
Arabia,  divided  by  the  Ganges,  into  India  within  the  Ganges,  or  Hindoostan ;  and 
India  beyond  the  Ganges,  called  also  Chin  India,  Farther  India,  and  sometimes 
Indo  China.    Both  the  peninsulas  of  India  are  remarkable  for  the  number  and 


•J,  t 


'•I 


fr 


'y'i 


} 


'  ',  .'■-1 


N 


M 


>. ' 


■.<1 


m 


'}'h ' 


I  *UJ' '' . 


^OU 


HINIMMWTAN. 


■ize  of  tliPir  rivers,  wIiom  waters  and  infiundationa,  unite*!  with  the  hont  of  the 
climate,  roake  them  the  most  fertile  countries  on  earth.  The  term  tlaat  IndieH  la 
alau  uMxl  very  commonly  for  the  whole  of  south-eastern  Asia,  including  China 
and  Malaysia. 


HINDOOSTAN. 


' 


HiNoooaTAN,  in  every  a^fe,  has  mnkod  as  the  most  celebrated  conntry  in  the 
east;  it  has  always  been  the  peculiar  seat  of  Oriental  pomp,  of  an  early  and  pecu- 
liar civilization,  and  of  a  commerce  supported  by  richer  products  than  that  of  any 
othef'country,  ancient  or  modem. 

This  country,  in  its  most  extended  sense,  comprises  foui  ^^reat  divisions :  1st, 
Northern  India  contains  the  countries  extending;  along  the  base  of  the  Himmateh 
mountains:  these  are  Lahore,  including  Cashmere,  Gurwal,  Nepaul,  and  Bootan, 
which  are  nearly  all  independent ;  2d,  Hindooatan  Proper,  extending  southward 
to  the  Nerbuddah  River:  this  division  is  composed  of  the  provinces  of  Sinde, 
Cutch,  Gujerat,  Rajpootana,  Mewar,  Malwa,  Delhi,  A^ra,  Allahabad,  Oude,  Ba- 
har,  and  Bengal ;  3a,  the  Deccan,  comprising  the  regions  situated  between  the 
Nerbuddah  and  the  Kistnah  Rivers,  which  includes  the  provinces  of  Khandesh, 
Gundwana,  Orissa,  Berer,  Aurungabad,  Boeder,  Hyderabad,  the  northern  Circars, 
and  part  of  Beiapoor ;  4th,  Southern  India :  this  division  stretches  from  the  Kist- 
nah River  to  Cape  Comorin,  and  comprises  the  southern  part  of  Bejapoor,  Canara, 
Mysore;  the  Carnatic,  Malabar,  Cochin,  and  Travancore.  Hindoostan  was  divided 
into  the  above  provinces  by  Aurengzebe,  the  greatest  of  the  Mogul  emperors : 
these  are  not  now  recognized  by  the  native  states,  but  still  form  divisions  in  the 
British  territories,  and  are  in  consequence  retained. 

The  whole  country  is  divided  into  a  number  of  different  states,  of  various  forma 
and  dimensions,  so  intermixed  with  each  other,  and  so  often  changing  in  their 
boundaries,  that  to  attempt  any  thing  like  a  clear  and  distinct  representation  of 
them  would  require  a  space  far  beyond  what  can  be  here  allotted  to  them. 

Perhaps  the  grandest  natural  feature  of  this  region  is  the  vast  mountain  range 
of  the  Himmaleh,  which  forms  its  northern  boui^ar^',  after  crossing  the  Indus, 
and  enclosing  the  beautiful  valley  of  Cashmere.  This  range,  which,  in  bounding 
Afghanistan  under  the  name  of  Hindoo  Kooeh,  had  an  almost  due  easterly  course, 
takes  a  south-east  line,  which  it  follows  till  it  passes  the  frontier  of  Hindoostan. 
It  is  comporatively  but  a  few  years  that  the  great  elevation  of  these  mountains 
has  been  ascertained.  About  the  sources  of  the  Indus,  Ganges,  and  Sanpoo,  or 
Burrampooter,  they  shoot  up  to  an  elevation  of  25  or  26,000  feet;  thus  exceeding 
the  height  of  any  other  mountains  in  the  world.  In  Southern  Hindoostan  the  two 
great  chains  of  the  Ghauts  extend  along  the  opposite  coasts  parallel  to  each  other, 
or  rather  diverging,  and  leaving  between  them  and  the  sea  only  a  plain  of  forty 
or  fifty  miles  in  breadth.  They  rise  in  a  few  places  above  3  or  4000  feet,  but  are 
very  rugged  and  steep,  and  the  entrance  into  the  interior  is  only  by  very  narrow 
and  difficult  passes.  One  continuous  chain,  the  Vindhaya  mountains,  runs  across 
the  broad  base  of  the  peninsula,  and  forms  a  rugged  boundary  between  it  and  the 
great  plain  of  Hindoostan  Proper. 

The  rivers  of  Hindoostan  form  a  featnre  no  less  important  than  its  mountains. 
The  Indus,  the  Granges,  and  the  Burrampooter,  are  the  chief,  and  rank  among  the 
principal  streams  of  the  Old  Continent  The  Indus,  or  Sinde,  forms  the  western 
ixMindanr  of  this  region :  its  head  branches,  the  Ladak,  rise  among  the  most  ele- 
vated of  the  Himmaleh  mountains,  and  within  a  short  distance  of  the  sources  of 
the  Qaiwes  and  Burrampooter.  In  its  course  to  the  ocean,  it  receives  among 
other  tributaries  the  Hydaspes,  or  Sutledge,  famed  in  history  since  the  days  of 
Alexander.  The  Sinde  flows  into  the  Indian  Ocean  by  two  great  estuaries,  which 
enclnee  a  delta  of  about  70  miles  in  extent. 

The  Ganges  is  the  most  preeminent  amon?  the  rivers  of  India,  not  only  from 
its  length  of  course,  the  great  and  fertile  valley  which  it  waters,  the  number  of 
important  cities  and  towns  on  its  banks,  but  also  from  the  holy  and  sacred  charac- 


.■■!t:. 


ir^-E-^  ~s;r.  ••-•is; 


nt  of  the 
,  IroliRH  \n 
ng  Chun 


itry  in  the 
and  pccu- 
list  ol'  any 

iMons:  1st, 
llimmaleh 
11(1  Bootan, 

southward 
I  of  Sinde, 

Oude,  Ba- 
etwecn  tho 
'  Khandeah, 
era  Circars, 
iin  the  Kist- 
oori  Canara, 
was  divided 
1  emperors: 
■ions  in  the 

rariouH  forms 
ing  in  their 
isentation  of  | 
ihem. 

luntain  range 
a  the  Indus, 
,  in  bounding 
jterly  course, 
f  Hindoostan. 
se  mountains 
d  Sanpoo,  or 
us  exceeding 
ostan  the  two 
to  each  other, 
plain  of  forty 
)  feet,  but  are 
very  narrow 
B,  runs  across 
ten  it  and  the 

its  mountains, 
nk  among  the 
8  the  western 
the  most  ele- 
he  sources  of 
iceives  among  | 
■3  the  days  of 
ituaries,  which 

not  only  from 
;he  number  of ' 
sacred  charac- 


mmm 


lflMNM)HTAN. 


AOI 


ti»r  it  haa  maintainmi  from  thf  riiint  ri-inotn  iii^i«h;  th»»  Ilimlona  boli«'ving  that  its 
watprn  |»o«hOM«  a  virtiio  vvliicli  will  |>r.'»<.Tvi'  thfin  fnmi  overv  iiMirnl  traiuigreiwion. 
S«>m««  of  tho  tribtitanet  woiiM  m  nmiiy  romilru'H  rnnk  aa  important  rivow.  Thr 
chief  arc  the  Jumna,  (Joflfto,  (iiuKlnck,  C.wb,  &c  A\mhH  'AHi  n>il«>«  from  the  wa. 
tho  (langps  gprcadrt  out  into  a  bniAd  <i.ltn,  of  which  the  nunieriMjM  branchcH  which 
entiT  lh«  Bav  of  Bengal,  nro  rullp.l  tho  Siindorbuwl*;  ih.-y  aro  inontiy  Hhallow, 
except  the  !loogly,  or  wcHU-rn  brnncti,  by  which  Urgi-  veHHcU  can  ascend  to  CnU 
cutta.  The  "urrampootrr,  the  OHHtorn  limitary  river  of  India,  pourn  a  va«t  Uidy 
of  water  into  the  lower  OiuiireH,  lH>fore  itM  junction  with  tho  uea ;  where  the  two 
vtrnams  unite<i,  form  a  bay  with  numeroiiH  JNlandti:  modern  geography  has  long 
identified  it  with  the  Snn|K«  of  Tliilwt.  flowing  on  the  north  aide  of  tho  Himma- 
leh  range.  Lato  invent igatum,  however,  renders  it  doubtful  whether  they  are 
not  difTercnt  atreams.  Tho  other  rnief  rivers  of  India  are  the  Nerbtiddah,  which 
falls  into  the  Gulf  of  Cambay,  tho  (Joilavery,  Kistnah,  Colleroon,  dtc,  the  chief 
of  Southern  India,  which  flow  into  the  Bay  of  Bengal. 

India  ha^  for  many  successive  agCH,  been  the  theatre  of  abmlutc  empire,  exer- 
cised  by  foreign  military  potentates.  It  presents,  however,  many  peculiarities 
distinguishing  it  from  a  mere  ordinary  despotirtin.  The  basis  of  ita  population 
still  consist-:  of  that  remarkable  native  race  who,  during  a  subjection  for  thousands 
of  years,  have  retained,  quite  unaltered,  all  the  features  of  tiieir  original  charac- 
ter. They  preserve  in  full  force  that  earliest  form,  a  village  constitution,  their 
attachment  to  which  seems  only  to  have  been  rendered  stronger  by  the  absence 
of  every  other  political  right  and  distinction.  The  village,  considered  as  a  politi- 
cal association,  includes  all  the  nurrounding  territory  from  which  the  inhabitants 
draw  their  subsistence.  Not  orily  the  public  services,  but  nil  trades,  with  the 
exception  of  the  simple  one  of  cultivatinir  the  ground,  are  performed  by  individiiaid 
who  hold  them  usually  by  hereditary  succession,  and  who  are  paid  with  a  certain 
portion  of  the  land,  and  by  fixed  presenta. 

The  maw  of  the  population  belongs  to  the  Hindoo  race,  and,  so  long  as  they  are 
permitted  to  enjoy  their  peculiar  opinions  and  customs,  they  quietly  behold  all  the 
high  places  occupied  by  any  people,  however  strange  or  foreign,  with  whom  rests 
the  power  of  the  sword.  They  have  no  idea  of  political  righta  or  privileges,  of  a 
country  or  nation  of  their  own,  and  in  whose  glory  and  prosperity  they  are  inter- 
ested ;  they  never  converse  on  such  subjecta,  and  can  scarcely  lie  made  to  com- 
prehend what  they  mean.  Their  own  political  bond  is  to  a  chief  who  possesses 
popular  qualities,  and  attaches  them  by  pay  and  promotion :  to  him  they  often 
manifest  signal  fidelity,  but  are  strangers  to  every  other  feeling.  Despotism  is 
not  only  established  by  long  precedent,  but  is  rooted  in  the  very  habits  and  minds 
of  the  community.  Such  habita  naturally  predispose  the  people  of  a  fertile  region, 
bordered  by  poor  and  warlike  tribes,  to  fall  into  a  state  of  regular  and  constant 
subjection  to  a  foreign  yoke. 

The  power,  which  for  many  centuries  ruled  over  Hindoostan,  was  Mahometan. 
The  votaries  of  Islam,  as  usual,  entered  India  sword  in  hand,  announcing  proscrip- 
tion and  desolation  against  all  who  should  profess  a  faith  opposite  to  their  own ; 
but  while  by  these  unlawful  instrumenta  they  had  converted  the  whole  west  and 
centre  of  Asia,  in  India  their,  religion  never  made  the  slightest  impression.  The 
Hindooe  opposed  to  it  a  quiet  and  passive,  but  immoveable  resistance.  The  con- 
querors, finding  in  ihem  such  a  fixed  determination  upon  this  point,  while  on 
every  other  they  were  the  most  submissive  and  peaceable  subjects,  allowed  their 
own  bigotry  to  be  disarmed.  With  the  exception  of  Aurengzebe  and  Tippoo,  they 
have  long  left  the  votaries  of  Brahma  in  the  unmolested  possession  of  their  faith, 
and  of  the  various  observances  with  which  it  is  connected.  The  Mahometans 
have  been  reckoned  at  nearly  10,000,000,  or  about  a  tenth  of  the  population  of 
Hindoostan ;  and  have  also  become  a  subject  race. 

In  contemplating  Hindoostan,  as  it  now  exists,  the  power  of  Britain  appears  en- 
tirely predominant.  This  absolute  sway  of  an  island  comparatively  m  small,  over 
an  empire  of  100,000,000  inhabitante,  situated  nearly  at  ita  antipodes,  and  acces- 
sible only  by  so  vast  a  circuit  of  ocean,  presenta  one  of  the  most  remarkable  phe- 
nomena in  the  history  of  the  world.    Yet  the  subjection  is  complete,  and  almost 


»■ 


1.     . 


'  ■.» 
'! ' ' 


i':'  i 


^:;^« 


^1 

r.,1 


\ 


»,. 


:M ' 


1. 


i :  ^i 


'■.-t 


-  ?  'i' 


^^.^,, 


■'.tlf 


I*-    ■•  'uk-. 


504 


HINIXMJHTAN. 


iinivrrHilly  peaceable;  and  the  prengca  of  iu  ahort  continuance,  which  aome  en- 
iftruin,  (irn  p«<rliK|M  chimerical. 

Tht-  iiiiinlicr  of  Eiirupeana  Ity  whom  auch  vaat  dominionii  are  held  in  auhjection, 
very  little  exceeds  3H),iHHi.  But  thia  number  ia  multiplied  by  that  pocnliarity  in 
the  chnracter  of  the  Hindoo,  which  makea  it  eaay  to  train  him  into  an  in«lruin<>nt 
tiir  liu!<lii)|{  hiH  own  country  in  subjection.  He  has  acarcnly  thi'  uloa  uf  a  country 
to  f)((ht  for.  "The  Aaiutic  fif^hta  for  pay  and  plunder ;  and  whut>o  bread  he  ent.H, 
hia  cauae  he  will  defend  affainat  fricnua,  country,  and  family."  Accurdiniriy,  tht; 
<ippoya  (Indian  troops  commanded  by  British  otHcers,  and  trained  attcr  Iho 
Kun)|>ean  manner)  are  found  nearly  aa  efficient  as  trcxjpa  entirely  British ;  and,  so 
lontf  aa  nothini;  ia  done  to  ahock  their  relifrion  and  prejudices,  th(>y  are  e4|ually 
faithful.  Their  number  amounts  to  1*^1,517  men.  The  purely  (lurupean  troops 
maintained  by  the  Company  do  not  exceed  8()(N),  but  a  lar^fo  body  of  the  kind's 
troopa  are  always  employed  in  India;  theao  at  present  are  about  20,000.  The 
Company  doubles  the  pay  of  all  the  king's  troops  employed  in  their  territories. 
These  forces  are  variously  distributed  throuffhout  India;  for,  beaides  defend  infr  and 
holding  in  subjection  the  territoriea  immediately  under  British  sway,  bodies  of 
them  are  stationed  at  the  capitals  of  the  subsidiary  princes,  at  once  to  secure  and 
overawe  them. 

The  degree  of  vaaaalage  in  which  the  different  states  of  India  are  hold  some- 
what varies.  The  Nizam,  or  soubah  of  the  Deccan,  the  king  of  Oude,  the  rajahs 
of  Nagpoor,  >Iysore,  Sattara,  Travancore,  and  Cochin,  with  the  representative  cf 
the  house  of  Holkar,  though  they  exercise,  not  without  some  interference,  their 
internal  administration,  are  entirely  under  the  control  of  Britain.  The  Gwickwar 
in  Guzerat,  and  the  numerous  petty  Rajpoot  principalities,  are  rather  friendly  allies 
under  her  protection.  Scindia  is  still  nominally  independent ;  but  his  territories 
are  so  enclosed  by  those  of  the  Company,  that,  in  case  of  any  general  movement, 
he  can  Mcarcely  act,  unlesa  under  the  dictation  of  the  Company. 

The  government  of  British  India  is  vested  in  the  Court  of  Directors  of  the 
East  India  Company,  under  the  control  of  a  Board  of  Commissioners,  consisting 
of  several  of  the  chief  ministers  of  the  crown,  and  commonly  called  the  Board  of 
Control.  The  country  is  divided  into  the  three  Presidencies  of  Bengal,  Madras, 
and  Bombay.  The  president  of  Bengal  is  styled  the  Governor-General  of  India. 
The  Governor-General  in  Council  is  empowered  to  legislate  for  India,  under  cer- 
tain limitations,  and  subject  to  the  revision  of  the  Board  of  Control  and  the  Court 
of  Directors.  The  council  consists  of  four  members,  besides  the  governor,  ap- 
pointed by  the  directors  with  the  royal  sanction.  The  business  of  the  executive 
is  divided  among  five  boards :  viz.,  of  revenue ;  of  customs,  salt,  and  opium ;  of 
trade ;  of  military  afikirs;  and  of  medical  affairs.  The  other  Presidents  in  Coun- 
cil possess  the  same  authority  within  their  respective  governments,  but  subject  in 
all  matters  of  general  policy  to  the  Governor-General,  who  has  the  power  of  de- 
claring war,  making  peace,  and  concluding  treaties,  and,  as  captain-general,  may 
head  the  military  operations  in  any  part  of  the  country,  and  who  may  suspend  the 
governors  of  the  other  presidencies,  and  sit  as  president  in  their  councils.  The 
British  ecclesiastical  establishment  in  India  consists  of  the  three  bishops  of  Cal- 
cutta, Madras,  and  Bombay,  with  seventy-six  chaplains. 

Amid  the  general  conquest  and  subjugation  of  India  by  Britain,  the  western 
provinces  alone  have  never  as  yet  come  even  into  hostile  collision  with  that 
power.  The  sta't,e  with  which  it  is  in  most  immediate  contact  is  that  of  the  Seiks, 
or  Sikhs.  This  remarkable  people  began  their  career  as  a  religious  sect,  adopting 
a  sort  of  combination  of  the  Hindoo  and  Mahometan  creeds.  They  possess  nearly 
the  whole  territory  of  Lahore,  or  the  Punjab,  watered  by  the  upper  course  of  the 
nve  great  rivers  which  convey  to  the  Indus  the  waters  of  the  Himmaleh ;  they 
also  possess  the  northern  part  of  Delhi,  as  far  as  the  Jumna.  The  government 
forms  a  species  of  theocracy,  under  a  body  of  chiefs  uniting  the  heterogeneous 
characters  of  priests,  warriors  and  statesmen.  Disunion  has  prevailed  among 
these  chiefs,  but  they  are  now  united  under  the  almost  absolute  sway  of  Runjeet 
Sing,  who  has  also  conquered  Cashmere  and  a  great  part  of  the  kingdom  of  Cabul, 
including  Peshawer,  lately  its  capital.   He  has  fixed  his  residence  at  Lahore,  and 


IIINIMNWTAN. 


:a\3 


ch  •ome  en- 

n  iiilyt'clion, 
eciiliRnly  in 
n  inittruin«'nl 
td'  H  country 

»rcR«l  i»p  «-'»*•■'« 
:oTdin^'ly,  th« 
ed   atler  l»i»> 
iiinh ;  and,  so 
y  »re  e«\ua\ly 
irupoan  troops 
of  thR  Winn'*  I 
20,OW).    The  I 
leir  territories 
I  dcfendinjr  »nd 
vay,  bodies  of  1 
8  to  secure  and  I 

are  held  some- 
>ude,  the  rajahs  i 
.presentotive  of  I 
erference,  their  | 
The  Gwickwar  \ 
er  friendly  allieH 
lit  hi«  territories  j 
neral  movement,  | 

Directors  of  the 
lonert,  consisting , 
lied  the  Board  of  1 
Bengal,  Madras,! 
General  of  India. 
India,  under  ccr- 1 
Tol  and  the  Court 
ihe  governor,  op-j 
of  the  executive  i 
It,  and  opium ;  of 
residents  in  Coun- 
ntB,  but  subject  »n 
the  power  of  de- 1 
>tain-general,  may  1 
0  may  suspend  the  | 
eir  councils.    1  he  i 
ee  bishops  of  Cal- 

•itain,  the  western' 
collision  with  that 
isthatoftheSeiks, 

rious  sect,  adopting 
'hey  possess  nearly 
ipper  course  ot  tne 
e  Simmaleh;  they 
The  government 
the  heterogeneous 

a  prevailed  among 
iteswayofRunjeet 
e  kingdom  of  Cabul,' 
ence  at  Lahore,  "nrt, 


maintains  an  army  of  eighty  rpgimrntii  nf  mfantry  I'liuipiw*)!  in  thi>  Kun)pi'«n 
nwnn<>r,  nnd  disciplined  by  French  iitficrni,  thouffh  they  nrr  IihI  into  the  fli>l<l  liy 
the  hpreditary  chiefs  or  khans.  Th«>  artilloiy  nnd  mvalry  arc  also  ri>«p«>ctabl«*, 
snd  he  is  fuppowd  to  have  accumulate*!  a  lari;)>  trcfiKiirr. 

Moultnn,  comprMing  the  lower  courw!  of  tho  tivc  riven*,  with  nil  the  t<<rriti)rii>'« 
along  the  indu^  including  Hinde,  ilidcltH,  is  governnl  by  chiftii  formerly  tributary 
to  the  king  of  Cabul ;  but  at  present  subject  to  Kunjcot  Sing.  This  ri^gion  in 
separated  from  GuioraL,  and  the  other  Hn«  provinc)>ii  of  central  IlindocMtan,  by  a 
vast  tract  of  desert.  Yielding,  liowever,  some  cuarsn  grain  nn<l  paHtiiri*,  it  nup- 
porti  a  certain  population,  and  is  occupied  by  a  number  of  rude  chH*f\ain«,  or 
petty  princes,  called  Rajpoots,  who  paid  even  to  Aur«'ngzcli«!  only  a  slight  form 
of  submission.  At  present  they  are  engaged  in  aliiKwt  pt'rpctnni  contests  with 
each  other;  but  no  foreign  power  seems  to  interfere  with  them  in  the  poMeasion 
of  theae  dreary  wastes. 

The  territories  of  Bootan  and  Nepaul  strrtch  along  the  base  of  the  llimiiialeh 
Mountains  f\rom  south-east  to  north-west;  of  these  llie  mor>t  iinportnnt  is  Ncpoul. 
The  greater  part  of  this  region  is  elevated  four  or  five  tlv -usand  feet  above  the  i 
sea,  ami  enjoys  the  climate  of  the  south  of  Europe.  It  ie  veil  watered  and  fer- 
tile. 'J'lie  population  is  composed  of  two  races;  the  Newars  who  form  t'le  bulk 
of  the  i^iiion,  and  the  Bramins  who  are  the  nilurH.  The  whole  region  is  subjected 
to  the  military  government  of  the  rajahs  of  Gurkwha,  originnlly  masters  only  of 
a  small  territory  of  that  name,  to  the  west  of  Nepaul.  Boi.'an,  sout"  eastward 
of  Nepaul,  is  a  country  of  an  aspect  similar  to  tlie  latter.  The  natives,  callec' 
Bootteas,  are  entirely  unlike  the  people  of  India,  and  appear  to  be  of  the  MonrM. 
race:  they  have  none  of  the  Hindoo  scruples,  relative  to  animal  food  and  spirit 'jn 
liquors ;  their  favourite  refreshment  is  tea,  beaten  up  in  a  style  by  no  r  "^ns  suited 
to  an  European  palate.  The  religion  is,  that  of  the  Lama  of  Thibet  ii.i  Bootan 
is,  together  with  that  country,  under  the  protection  of  China. 

The  following  estimate  has  been  made  in  a  recent  parliamentary  paper,  of  the 
extent  and  population  of  the  territories  under  the  immediate  odministratioa  of  the 
Company : — 

Sqiitra  MllM.  hiHilttioik 

Presidency  of  Bengal S220,313  69,710,071 

Madras 141,923  13,509,535 

Bombay 59,438  6,251,546 


431,673 


89,470,153 


There  are,  besides,  SA,700  square  miles  in  Bengal,  and  5550  in  Bombay,  the 
population  of  which  has  not  been  aseertnined ;  but,  as  they  consist  of  rude  dis- 
tricts, situated  on  the  Upper  Nerbuddoh  and  in  the  Concan,  their  population  is 
probably  not  extensive;  and  British  India  will  not  miiJ'  '>rceed  00,OUO,000.  The 
Dubjoined  table  contains  an  estimate  of  the  populali -o  .:  the  subject  and  inde- 
pendent states.     The  following  come  under  the  first  hoa<i : — 

Sqtara  MU«.  PspiiUioa. 

TheNizam 96,000  10,000,000 

The  King  of  Oude 20,000  3,000,000 

The  Rajah  of  Nagpore 70,000  3,000,000 

ofMysore 37,000  3,000,000 

ofSattara 14,000  1,500,000 

TheGwickwar 18,000  2,000,000 

Travancore  and  Cochin 8,000  1,000,000 

Rajpoot  and  various  minor  principalities 283,000  16,500,000 

40,000,000 

To  this  list  must  be  added  the  island  of  Ceylon,  which  is  a  royal  colony,  ud 
contains,  on  24,660  square  miles,  nearly  LOOO.OOO  inhabitants ;  making  the  gfud 
total  of  British  India  above  1,000,000  square  miles,  with  a  population  of  131,0(M),000 

souls. 


.  1 


f . 


•■:  5' 


,•• 


.;*  ■  <e: 


504 


HINDOOSTAN. 


The  states  that  still  remain  independent  of  Britain  are  thus  estimated  : — 


flqoareMihib 

Scindia 40,000 

The  Seiks  (Lahore  Rajah) 50,000 

Nepal 53,000 

Cashmere  and  other  diatricts  subject  to  the  Seiks. .  10,000 
Sinde 34,000 


FnpalalioB. 

4,000,000 
3,000,000 
3,000,000 
1,000,000 
1,000,000 

11,000,000 


India  has  always  been,  in  a  peculiar  manner,  celebrated  for  its  fertility,  and  for 
its  profusion  of  magnificent  and  valuable  products.  In  fact,  the  tropical  countries, 
wherever  water  a&unds,  must  surpass  the  regionis  under  the  temperate  zone  in 
this  respect,  were  it  only  from  the  circumstance  of  producing  more  than  one  crop 
in  the  year.  The  large  and  copious  streams  of  Hindoostan  maintain  generally 
throughout  that  country  a  perennial  abundance.  The  character,  however,  is  by 
no  means  universal.  AH  the  west  of  central  India,  except  where  it  is  watered 
by  the  Indus  and  its  tributaries,  consists  of  sand,  in  which  the  traveller  sinks 
knee-deep.  Sand  forms  even  the  basis  of  all  the  flat  country  of  Bengal ;  though 
inundation  and  culture  have  covered  it  with  a  thin  surface  of  productive  clay. 
A  great  part  also  of  the  hilly  districts,  being  over-run  with  that  species  of  rank 
underwood  called  jungle,  is  unfit  for  any  usefiil  product  Although  the  Hindoos, 
too,  have  ever  been  on  agricultural  people,  and  remarkable  for  their  industry, 
nothing  can  be  more  imperfect  than  the  instruments,  or  the  skill,  with  which  they 
conduct  that  important  art.  The  cultivators,  for  security  under  an  imperfect 
police,  or  from  mere  custom,  live  in  large  villages,  having  each  a  small  spot,  on 
the  tillage  of  which  they  occupy  themselves,  in  conjunction  with  the  labours  of 
the  loom  and  with  other  employments.  Holding  their  lands  by  no  tenure  except 
that  of  usage,  they  never  thmk  of  expending  capital  in  their  improvement,  and 
could  not,  probably,  with  safety,  show  themselves  possessed  of  property.  Their 
plough,  in  comparison  with  ours,  does  nob  deserve  the  name.  Rudely  constructed, 
at  the  cost  of  less  than  half  a  crown,  it  cannot  penetrate  beyond  two  or  three 
inches  deep,  and  has  no  contrivance  for  turning  over  the  soil.  It  is  drawn,  not 
by  horses,  but  by  oxen  and  buflStloes  yoked  together.  The  ground,  after  being 
scattered  in  several  directions  by  this  instrument,  followed  by  the  rough  branch 
of  a  tree  as  a  substitute  for  the  narrow,  is  considered  fit  for  receiving  the  seed. 
Manure  is  employed  only  in  some  rare  cases,  and  consists  merely  of  ashes  and 
decayed  vegetables.  This  rude  system  of  husbandry  resembles  that  which  was  | 
practised  in  Europe  during  the  early  ages.  It  is  not  supposed  that  even  in  Bengal 
more  than  one  acre  in  three  is  under  actual  tillage.  The  cultivators  are  poor  in 
the  extreme,  their  annual  rents  on  an  average  not  exceeding  four  pounds :  and, 
instead  of  possessing  any  capital,  they  are  usually  sunk  in  debt 

Notwithstanding  all  these  deficiencies,  nature  is  bountiful,  and  the  products  of 
India  are  copious.  Rice  is  the  article  upon  which  the  whole  region  rests  its  main 
dependence ;  it  is  raised  on  every  spot  where  irrigation  cnn  be  procured.  The 
periods  of  sowing  and  reaping  vary,  and  produce  a  corresponding  variety  in  the 
quality.  Only  one  crop  is  raised  in  the  year ;  but  with  another  of  millet  or  pulse 
on  the  same  field.  In  some  of  the  western  Mahratta  districts,  it  is  necessary  to 
substitute  dhourra,  the  arid  and  coarse  grain  of  Nubia.  Wheat  and  barley  are 
fitted  only  for  those  tracts  which,  from  their  more  elevated  site,  approximate  to 
the  temperate  climates. 

The  most  important  of  the  other  products  of  Hindoostan  is  cotton,  the  material 
of  the  great  national  manu&cture.  Silk  is  an  ancient  staple  of  the  country ;  su- 
gar, tobacco,  opium,  and  indigo  are  all  extensively  raised ;  the  latter  has  been 
much  improved  in  quality  and  increased  in  amount  by  the  introduction  of  European 
skill  and  capital.  Saltpetre,  from  Bahar,  and  cofiee  and  pepper  from  the  Malabar 
coast,  are  likewise  among  the  chief  products.  Of  the  above  articles,  the  annual 
produce  is  valued  at  j61(W,pOO,000  sterling,  supposed  to  be  equal  to  JC600,000,000 
in  iSn^land. 

Besides  these  articles  destined  for  exportation,  there  are  others  extensively 


?.mv 


IK*. 

000 
,000 
,000 
,000 
1,000 

ijooo 

lity,  and  for 

I  countries, 

ate  zone  in 

ati  one  crop  , 

n  generally 

ivever,  is  by 

I  is  watered 

iveller  sinks 

gal;  though 

luctive  clay. 

jcies  of  rank 

the  Hindoos, 

leir  industry, 

,h  which  they 

an  imperfect 

jmall  spot,  on 

he  labours  of 

tenure  except 

rovement,  and 

)perty.    Their 

ily  conetructed, 

id  two  or  three 

[  is  drawn,  not 

»d,  after  being 

.  rough  branch 
iving  the  seed. 
y  of  ashes  and 
Lhat  which  was ,. 
even  in  Bengal  | 
ots  are  poor  in 
ir  pounds:  and, 

the  products  of 
n  rests  its  main 
-"Wjurcd.    The 
variety  in  the 
millet  or  pulse 

I  is  necessary  to 
[t  and  barley  are 
approximate  to  1 

_X)n,  the  material 
|he  country ;  su- 
■latter  has  been 
Ition  of  European 
lt)m  the  Malabar 

teles,  the  annual 
fto  £600,000,000 

Ihers  extensively  j 


HINDOOSTAX. 


505 


consumed  in  the  interior.  The  nut  of  the  areca,  combined  with  the  leaf  of  the 
betel,  is  one  universally  used  in  India,  which  has  never  found  its  way  into  Europe. 
The  customs  of  the  country  cause  a  vast  consumption  of  vepetablc  oils,  which  are 
supplied  from  the  sesamum,  also  from  lint,  mustard-seed,  and  the  cocoa-nut. 
Woods  of  various  kinds  grow  luxuriantly  on  tlie  lower  declivities  of  the  Indian 
hills.  The  canes,  composing  the  thick  jungle  of  undcrwoc.  I  which  nhminds  in 
marshy  grounds,  are  not  only  used  as  in  Europe,  but  are  much  employed  in  build- 
ing. The  teak  has  been  found  unrivalled  for  ship-buildinf^ ;  but,  thoiitrh  it  flour- 
ishes on  the  hills  of  Malabar,  it  docs  not  obtain  such  perfection  there  nn  in  Java 
and  the  eastern  peninsula.  Malabar  furnishes  also  a  Inr^e  supply  of  sundal-wood, 
of  the  species  called  red-wood,  as  well  as  others  used  for  dyeing,  or  for  ornamental 
furniture. 

The  principal  Indian  manufactures  are  those  of  cotton,  which,  though  nearly 
driven  out  of  Europe  by  cheap  and  successful  imitation,  are  preferred  nil  over  the 
east.  Silk,  though  holding  only  a  secondary  place  as  an  Indian  manufacture,  is 
still  ancient  and  considerable ;  its  main  seats  are  Moorshedabad,  Benares,  and 
Surat ;  at  the  latter,  taffetas,  brocades,  and  embroidered  gauzes,  arc  its  prevailing 
forms.  Woollens  are  not  made  except  in  the  northern  mountainous  distiicts, 
where,  though  coarse,  they  are  produced  to  a  great  extent,  chiefly  for  home  con- 
sumption. Cashmere  alone  collects  that  fine  wool,  peculiar  to  the  gouts  which 
feed  on  the  table-land  of  Thibet;  and  from  thid  material  are  manufactured  those 
exquisitely  beautiful  shawls  which  Europe  has  striven  to  rival,  but  unsuccessfully, 
except  in  cheapness.  The  shawl  manufactory  of  Cashmere  has  siiflcrcd  peculi- 
arly by  the  revolutions  of  that  country ;  and  the  looms  employed  in  it  have  been 
reduced  from  40,000  to  16,000. 

The  mining  operations  of  India  are  confined  to  one  object,  of  so  brilliant  a 
character,  however,  as  to  throw  a  lustre  on  this  and  on  all  the  Oriental  regions. 
It  produces  the  finest  diamonds  in  the  world ;  for  those  of  Brazil,  though  of  greater 
size,  are  inferior  in  hardness  and  brilliancy.  The  Indian  diamonds  occur  chiefly 
in  a  high  and  rugged  tract,  inhabited  by  tribes  almost  independent,  and  extending 
from  Golconda  across  the  interior  of  Orissa. 

The  sands  of  the  rivers  of  this  tract  yield  also  some  gold  dust,  but  not  in  sufii- 
cient  quantity  to  become  a  national  object  India  produces  some  iron,  lead,  and 
tin,  though  not  in  sufficient  quantities  for  home  consumption.  Zinc  is  in  particular 
abundance ;  and  the  same  may  in  some  degree  be  said  of  these  products  of  cal- 
careous countries,  marble,  sal-gem,  alabaster,  common  salt  both  in  rocks  and 
plains  covered  with  this  mineral ;  but  the  great  masses  of  rock  salt  are  to  the 
west  of  the  Indus. 

The  mode  of  conducting  British  commerce  with  India  has  always,  till  very 
recently,  been  by  means  of  exclusive  companies ;  and  the  only  competition  was 
between  these  rival  associations.  About  the  middle  of  the  seventeenth  century, 
they  were  combined  into  "  the  United  Company  of  Merchants  trading  to  the  East 
Indies;"  by  whom,  from  that  time,  all  the  concerns  of  government  and  trade  were 
administered.  Between  1770  and  1784,  the  Company  were  obliged  to  yield  a 
great  share  of  their  political  power,  which  is  now  jointly  exercised  by  the  Board 
of  Control.  But  no  material  breach  was  made  in  their  exclusive  privileges  as 
traders  till  1813,  when  the  intercourse  with  Hindooetan  was  thrown  generally 
open  to  British  subjects,  with  only  some  restrictions  as  to  the  tonnage  of  the  ves- 
sels and  the  ports  from  which  they  were  to  proceed;  and  even  these  have  been 
in  a  great  measure  removed.  Under  the  liberty  thus  granted,  the  private  trade 
has  increased  astonishingly,  and  has  almost  driven  that  of  the  Company  out  of 
the  field.  By  the  acts  of  August  28,  1833,  for  the  Better  Government  of  his 
Majesty's  Indian  Territories,  and  for  Regulating  the  Trade  to  China  and  India, 
the  commercial  privileges  of  the  East  India  Company  are  abolished,  its  functions  j 
now  being  merely  political,  and  the  trade  to  India  and  China  is  thrown  open  to  all 
British  subjects.  It  is  furUier  declared  lawful  for  all  British  subjects  to  reside  in 
the  Eait  India  Company's  dominions  without  any  license,  on  merely  making  known 
to  the  proper  officer,  on  their  arrival,  their  name,  place  of  destination,  and  objects 
of  pursuit ;  and  any  person  so  resident  may  acquire  and  hold  lands,  in  the  parts 


w 


30 


i 


1 .::.  •'■ 


t'%![ 


:lf' 


|C;i':i 


*     I  ^ 


,'M> 


Iff     .       i'  -,  '  !■  ' 


•.t-.flt. 


'1  '^li; 


II^'. 


■■■'{■>' 


506 


HIND008TAN. 


where  he  may  be  authorised  to  reside,  for  any  term  of  years,  and  carry  on  any 
trade  or  profession. 

General  View  of  the  Commerce  of  British  India,  for  1833, 


Grpat  Briiain 

United  States 

Rrazil 

I'lirtiiial 

Franno 

Bwuden 

Hamburg 

EiiKterii  Inlandi 

Arabia,  Fenian  Gulf,  N.  8.  Walex,  tie. 
China 


Total. 


IMPORTS. 


MoTtunliM..    IWIian.  |       Totnl. 


i:3,614.13« 

14«i,tiiHi 

CU.GHO 

4,]M) 

138,3I^J 

17,229 

2,WW 

45,403 

45,527, 

3,187,U81i 


1,310 
U5,382 
10,440 


»go 


X7,2«:i,0Ull 


30,624 
263,2:17 
3!m,251 

"807,234] 


3,61.5,44'' 

242,078 

71,120 

4,18<>| 

130,160 

17,229 

2,068 

85,027 

308,764 

3.584,2:)0 

~8,070,:B5! 


EXPORTS. 

McrctiaadiM. 

je3,545,l()0 

1,348,1M)7 

6,744 

BulllOD. 

"57(l,.57i 
37,764 

Total. 

4,115,671 

1,386,671 
6,744 

319,421 
11,962 

337 

319.7.58 
11,962 

600,098 
817,387 

4508,920 

62,244 
3,172 

71,484 

752,342 

820,55!) 
4,340,404 

11,008,539 

745,574 

11,754,111 

In  surveying  the  political  state  of  Hindoostan,  an  estimate  has  already  been 
given  of  its  population,  by  which  it  amounts  to  about  140,000,000.  Of  this  vast 
multitude,  nine-tenths  are  still  believed  to  consist  of  that  native  original  race,  who, 
though  subject  to  a  foreign  power  during  so  many  ages,  have  remained  alwoys 
unmixed,  and  have  retained  unaltered  their  ancient  habits  and  institutions.  This 
people  have  attained  a  considerable  degree  of  civilization,  though  in  a  form  quite 
different  from  the  European  nations. 

The  Hindoos  are  of  a  very  dark  complexion,  almost  black,  with  features  similar 
to,  but  smaller  than  the  European,  and  with  a  pleasing  and  rather  soft  expression 
of  countenance ;  in  form  they  are  slender  and  graceful.  The  females  of  the 
higher  class  who  do  not  labour  are  exceedingly  delicate  and  sylph-like,  with  dark 
and  languishing  eyes,  and  long,  glossy  black  hair.  The  races,  however,  bred  to 
war,  who  inhabit  the  mountains  and  western  tracts,  are  of  a  bodily  constitution, 
more  hardy  and  athletic  than  the  generality  of  tiie  other  Hindoos. 

The  mass  of  the  people  are  moderate  and  sober  in  their  habits ;  a  single  piece 
of  cotton  stuff  suffices  them  for  clothing;  their  dwellings  are  the  slightest  and 
simplest  that  can  be  imagined ;  their  sustenance  consists  mostly  of  rice  and  water, 
and  but  little  trouble  is  required  to  satisfy  their  wants ;  there  are,  however,  some 
cla?P08  who  display  in  their  mode  of  living  all  the  luxury  of  the  east.  The 
rajahs  and  nabobs,  surrounded  by  numerous  slaves,  have  their  garments  glittering 
with  gold,  silver,  gems,  and  embroideries;  their  apartments,  adorned  with  paint- 
ings and  gilding,  and  perfumed  with  various  valuable  essences. 

Besides  the  Hindoos,  there  are  about  10,000,000  of  Mohammedans,  comprising 
descendants  of  the  Mogul  conquerors  of  the  country.  Of  Arabian  merchants  and 
their  offspring,  settled  in  the  western,  and  of  Afghans,  found  chiefly  in  the  north- 
western parts  of  India,  there  are  also  many ;  Jews,  both  white  and  black,  the  lat- 
ter supposed  to  be  the  descendants  of  some  of  the  ten  tribes,  and  about  150,000 
native  Christians  on  the  coast  of  Malabar,  besides  English,  French,  Portuguese, 
&c. ;  the  descendants  of  the  latter  are  numerous  in  many  places,  and  are  frequeiitly 
found  almost  as  dark  ii  complexion  as  the  aboriginal  natives. 

The  Hindoos  made,  at  a  very  early  period,  considerable  progress  in  astronomy, 
algebra,  &c.,  and  have  an  extensive  literature,  mostly  connected  with  their  reli- 
gion. Their  works  on  epic  and  dramatic  poetry  are  voluminous,  and,  though  extra- 
vagant and  puerile  in  a  high  degree,  present  many  passages  distinguished  for 
sweetness,  pathos,  and  harmony ;  the  amatory  poets  of  India  are  eminent,  though 
none  of  them  has  attained  the  fame  of  Hafiz.  The  Bramins,  who  alone  ought  to 
be  learned,  are  now  almost  wholly  illiterate.  The  only  tincture  of  literature  and 
thought  appears  to  exist  among  some  of  the  higher  inhabitants  of  the  great  cities, 
who  have  derived  it  chiefly  from  intercourse  with  Europeans  and  particularly  with 
the  missionaries.  The  English  language  is  spreading  in  India,  and  a  taste  for 
European  literature,  newspapers,  and  periodicals,  is  beginning  to  take  place  among 
thoso  whose  situation  throws  them  into  habits  of  intimacy  with  foreign  residents ; 
a  brighter  era  has  also  commenced  in  the  political  condition  of  the  natives ;  they 
have,  for  several  years,  been  admissible  to  civil  offices  and  to  act  as  civil  and  cri- 


fyh 


HI! 


HIND008TAN. 


507 


minal  judges,  and  are  also  summoned  to  sit  in  the  punctayets,  or  native  jiiripp, 
and  to  try  in  some  places  criminal,  in  others  both  civil  and  criminal  questionf. 
By  the  Act  of  Parliament  of  185J3,  for  tlie  better  government  of  the  Indian  terri-! 
tories,  it  is  further  provided  that  no  native  shall,  by  reason  of  his  reli^jion,  place ' 
of  birth,  descent,  or  colour,  be  disabled  from  holding  any  office  or  employment 
under  the  Company. 

One  of  the  most  remarkable  circumstances  in  Hindoo  manners  is  the  division 
of  the  people  into  castes ;  a  division  which  has  existed  for  thousands  of  years. 
The  leading  castes  are  four:  first,  Bramins,  who  are  men  of  letters,  and  have  the 
care  of  religion  and  laws;  second,  the  soldiers,  called  rajah-poots,  or  descendants 
of  the  rajahs,  (this  class  includes  princes  and  sovereigns) ;  third,  merchants,  farm- 
ers, and  shepherds,  called  vaisyas;  and  fourth,  sudras,  or  labourers. 

The  Bramin  is  required  to  abstain  from  animal  food  and  fermented  liquors,  and 
to  perform  religious  rites  and  ceremonies.  Some  of  tliem,  however,  engage  in 
employments  of  a  secular  nature.  Many  of  them  are  agents  or  ministers  of  the 
native  princes ;  some  of  them  embark  in  commerce ;  and  others  are  employed  in 
carrying  messages  between  distant  places.  They  are  an  artful  set  of  impostors, 
expert  in  disguising  the  truth,  and  practising  without  scruple  every  artitice  to 
gull  the  people  and  accomplish  their  own  selfish  purposes.  The  number  of  per- 
sons of  this  caste  who  are  respectable  for  their  knowledge  and  virtue,  is  extremely 
small.  The  great  body  of  these  hereditary  priests  and  sages  are  devoted  to  am- 
bition, intrigue,  and  voluptuousness,  and  are  disgraced  by  meanness,  avarice,  and 
cruelty.  The  charity  which  they  profess  is  never  practised.  Towards  the  other 
castes  they  cherish  no  feeling  of  humanity,  but  claim  every  thing  from  them, 
while  they  give  thnm  nothing  in  return. 

The  rajah'poots  seem  not  to  possess  the  general  character  of  the  Hindoos.  They 
have  a  ferocious  courage,  a  savage  ambition,  and  an  insatiable  avarice,  not  otlen 
compensated  by  any  real  virtues.  Many  of  these  are  employed  in  the  English 
service  under  the  name  of  sepoys.  The  duties  of  the  third  caste  consist  in  the 
labours  of  the  field  and  garden,  the  rearing  of  cattle,  and  the  sale  of  landed  pro- 
duce. When  they  travel  to  other  countries,  they  engage  in  mercantile  pursuits. 
The  business  of  the  fourth  and  most  numerous  caste,  is  servile  labour.  They  are 
compelled  to  work  for  the  Bramins,  being  considered  as  created  solely  for  their 
use.  To  them  the  vedas,  or  holy  books,  must  never  be  read,  and  whoever  instructs 
them  in  religion  is  doomed  to  one  of  the  hells  with  which  the  world  of  spirits  is 
provided.  Suclf  is  this  singular  institution  of  castes.  Each  individual  remains 
invariably  in  the  rank  in  which  he  is  born,  and  cannot  aspire  to  a  higher,  what- 
ever be  his  merits.  The  castes  never  intermarry,  and  so  complete  is  the  separa- 
tion, that  they  will  not  even  eat  at  the  same  table. 

The  religion  of  the  Hindoos,  derived  from  their  sacred  books,  inculcates  a  belief 
in  the  existence  of  one  supreme  God,  who  holds  himself  aloof  from  the  world,  in 
a  state  of  perfect  indolence  and  bliss ;  having  committed  the  government  of  the 
universe  to  three  divinities.  They  believe  that  those  who  withdraw  from  the 
world,  and  devote  themselves  to  abstinence  and  self-torture,  will  arrive  at  supreme 
happiness,  by  being  united  to  the  spirit  of  the  great  Deity,  as  a  drop  of  water  is 
absorbed  by  the  ocean.  The  souls  of  the  less  holy  they  imagine  will  pass  into 
the  bodies  of  otlier  men  and  brutes.  The  duties,  ceremonies,  and  observances  of 
religion,  are  interwoven  with  all  the  common  offices  of  life. 

The  people  worship  images,  and,  under  the  blind  influence  of  superstition, 
drown  their  children  in  the  rivers,  inflict  upon  themselves  the  most  painful  tor- 
tures and  penances,  and  seek  death  by  drowning,  by  fire,  by  being  crushed  be- 
neath wheels,  and  by  throwing  themselves  on  large  iron  hooks.  There  is  not, 
perhaps,  in  the  whole  history  of  the  human  race,  a  picture  more  truly  horrible  and 
disgusting  than  is  presented  by  the  idolatries  of  this  infatuated  people. 

The  great  efforts  which  are  now  making  by  various  missionary  societies  for  in- 
troducing Christianity  into  India,  have  in  many  instances  obtained  a  rich  reward. 
Several  hundreds  of  Hindoos  have  renounced  their  gods,  the  Ganges,  and  their 
priests,  and  have  shaken  from  their  limbs  the  iron  chain  of  caste.  A  large  num- 
ber of  converted  natives  have  in  some  sense  become  missionaries,  and  have  been 


i| 


f , 


■  ''I 


i  •  ii'oi 


m 


■i 


* » 


i'?: 


mi  "I'*  f*i.  •.  ■ 


eit-:.*  y. 


.1,  ■  ■■' 

vim 

f-f.: 
'■■■hi 


.  :■  i' 


508 


HINDOOSTAN. 


the  instruments  of  turning  many  to  a  purer  and  more  enlif^^htcned  faith.  All  the 
societies  engaged  in  the  work  of  miiwione  have  far  more  calls  for  labourers  than 
thuy  have  inatruments  at  their  disposal.  Twenty  timea  the  number  of  mission- 
aries, catechists,  and  schoolmatters,  are  wanting,  and  there  is  abundant  evidence 
that  through  the  exertions  now  making,  the  fabric  of  Hindoo  superstition  is  be- 
ginning to  totter. 

Besides  the  vast  regions  in  Hindoostan  under  the  sway  of  Great  Britain,  the 
monarchs  of  Portugal,  France,  and  Denmark,  poesesa  a  few  small  aettleroents, 
chiefly  the  scanty  remains  of  ii. uch  larger  territories. 

The  Portuguese,  whose  set^lemf^nts  were  formerly  so  numerous  on  the  coasts 
and  in  the  islands  of  the  Lv.'ian  ^'aa,  have  preserved  Goa,  with  a  few  adjacent 
places,  Damaan,  and  a  small  iorti>n  of  the  peninsula  of  Guzerat,  with  the  fortress 
of  Diu,  a  place  important  for  the  construction  of  vessels.  These  possessions,  to- 
gether with  the  Island  of  Macao,  in  the  Bay  of  Canton  in  China,  and  some  small 
districts  of  the  Island  of  Timor,  are  supposed  to  contain  about  30,000  square 
miles,  and  575,000  inhabitants. 

The  French  settlements  in  Asia  ate  confined  to  India,  and  comprehend  the 
governments  of  Pondicherrjr,  with  the  towns  of  Pondicherry  and  Karical,  on  the 
coast  of  Coromandel,  and  a  few  other  places,  among  which,  Chandernagor  in  Ben- 
gal, and  Mahe  on  the  coast  of  Malabar,  are  the  most  important.  The  whole  area 
possessed  by  the  French  does  not  exceed  450  square  miles,  with  a  population  of 
160,000  individuals. 

The  Danish  colonies  consist  only  of  the  town  of  Tranquebar,  and  its  territory, 
on  the  coast  of  Coromandel,  a  place  remarkable  for  the  influence  which  the  mis- 
sionary establishment  of  the  Protestant  creed,  which  was  erected  here  more  early 
than  in  other  places,  exercised  on  the  neighboarhood.  The  Danes  have  also  a 
small  settlement  at  Serampore,  on  the  Ganges.  The  population  of  the  whole  is 
about  60,000. 

The  settlements  of  the  Dutch  were  formerly  dispersed  oyer  the  coasts  of  both 
peninsulas  of  India,  as  well  as  over  the  adjacent  islands ;  but  they  were  obliged 
to  abandon  them  by  degrees;  and  since  1821,  they  have  been  limited  to  the 
islands. 

Hindoostan  has  from  the  earliest  times  been  noted  for  the  great  number  of  its 
large  and  populous  cities  and  towns.  The  following  are  a  few  of  the  moat  promi- 
nent at  the  present  day. 

Calcutta,  the  capital  of  British  India,  situated  on  the  Hoogly  branch  of  the 
Ganges,  100  miles  from  the  sea,  is  supposed  to  contain  500,000  inhabitants;  while, 
withm  a  radius  of  twenty  miles,  there  are  upwards  of  2,000,000.  The  situation 
was  originally  very  unhealthy,  being  in  the  midst  of  forests  and  swamps ;  and, 
though  these  have  been  in  a  great  measure  cleared  away,  it  still  suffers  by  the 
damp  breezes  from  the  Sunderbunds.  The  English  town,  or  suburb,  called  Chou- 
ringee,  consists  of  4300  houses.  Strangers  ascending  the  river  are  particularly 
struck  by  the  number  of  elegant  villas,  with  which  all  the  environs  are  studded. 
The  Black  Town,  comprising  much  the  greater  part  of  Calcutta,  consists,  as  in 
other  parts  of  India,  of  miserable  cottages  of  mud  and  bamboo.  The  government- 
house  is  a  very  splendid  and  costly  structure.  A  college  was  founded  by  the  Mar- 
quess Wellesley,  which  boasted  many  illustrious  members,  but  has  of  late  been 
much  reduced.  The  allowances  to  all  the  servants  or  government  are  liberal ; 
and  though  their  aim,  in  foing  out,  has  generally  been  to  return  with  an  inde- 
pendent fortune,  they  indulge  in  a  hospitable,  splendid,  and  expensive  style  of 
living.  Large  dinner  parties,  in  preference  to  public  amusements,  form  the 
favourite  recreation.  Serampore,  12  miles  above  Calcutta,  is  a  neat,  thriving 
little  town,  at  which  is  a  Danish  settlement.  This  place  is  interesting  as  the  seat 
of  the  Baptist  missionaries,  who  have  distinguished  themselves  by  such  learned 
and  extensive  labours  in  the  pious  task  of  translating  the  Scriptures  into  all  the 
languages  of  India,  and  even  of  China. 

Bombay,  the  capital  of  Western  India,  is  situated  on  a  small  island  connected 
by  an  artificial  causeway  with  the  larger  one  of  Salsette.  In  1661,  it  was  ceded 
by  the  Portuguese  to  Charles  II.,  as  part  of  queen  Catherine's  portion;  two  or 


;■»<! 


nn 


in.NI3<X)STAN. 


509 


three  y^'ars  after,  a  sotUoment  wns  rstablishcil,  an<l  in  16H6,  the  chief  so»t  of 
Englisli  trnde  was  Iransturro*!  tliitluT  from  Siirat.  Since  that  time,  Bombay,  not- 
wilh^tandini;  connidcrvble  vicissitudes,  has  continued  on  tho  whole  in  a  state  of 
constant  incrense,  and  has  l)ecotne  the  pront  emporiniii  of  Western  India,  with  n 
po{Milation  of  220,0tM).  Of  these,  alwut  8(KK)  are  Parsees,  the  most  wealthy  of 
the  inhabitants,  and  by  whom  its  prosperity  is  mainly  supported.  There  are  al^o 
Jews,  Mahometans,  and  Portuguese,  in  considerable  numbers;  but  the  Hindoos 
comprise  three-fourths  of  the  whole. 

Madras,  situated  on  the  west  coast  of  the  peninsula,  is  the  capital  of  Ihc  presi- 
dency of  Madras.  It  has  no  harbour;  but  a  mere  road,  through  which  runs  a 
strong  current,  and  which  is  oflen  exposed  to  dangerous  winds.  On  the  iH'ach 
^  eaks  so  strong  and  continual  a  surf,  that  only  a  peculiar  species  of  large  light 
boats,  the  thin  planks  of  which  are  sewed  together  with  the  tough  gra.>»«  of  the 
country,  can,  by  the  dexterous  management  of  the  natives,  be  mwed  across  it. 
J  For  the  conveyance,  also,  of  letters  and  messages,  they  employ  what  is  called  a 
1  catamaran,  consif^ling  merely  of  two  planks  fastened  together,  with  which  they 
encounter  the  roughest  seas  with  wonderful  address,  tinil,  when  swept  off  by  the 
waves,  regain  it  by  swimming.  The  city  has  a  hand.«ome  appearance  froin  the 
sea,  and  many  of  its  streets  are  spacious.     The  population  is  alwut  ;HH),(MX). 

Sural,  on  the  Gulf  of  Cambay,  and  about  170  miles  north  of  Bombay,  at  the 
first  arrival  of  Europeans,  was  the  greatest  emporium  of  India,  and  at  present  it 
ranks  scarcely  second  to  Calcutta.  The  population  is  usually  rated  at  6(N),(MX). 
It  has  suffered  by  the  British  having  established  the  chief  seat  of  their  commerce 
at  Bombay.  It  still,  however,  carries  on  extensive  manufactures  of  silks,  brocades, 
and  fine  cotton  stuffs.  This  city  contains  many  very  opulent  merchants,  chiefly 
Banians  and  Parsees.  The  former  carry  to  a  great  extent  all  the  peculiarities  of 
their  religion,  and  manifest  in  a  peculiar  degree  their  tenderness  for  animal  life, 
by  erecting  hospitals  for  birds,  monkeys,  and  other  animals  accounted  sacred. 

Benares,  the  Athens  of  the  Hindoos,  stands  on  the  left  bank  of  the  Ganges, 
about  900  miles  from  the  Gulf  of  Bengal.  It  may  be  said  to  form  the  grand  de- 
pository of  the  religion  and  learning  of  this  vast  country.  Its  sacred  character, 
which  is  supposed  to  ensure  the  salvation  of  all  who  die  within  its  precincts,  can- 
not fail,  in  a  nation  devoted  to  pilgrimage,  of  rendering  Benares  a  scene  of  ex- 
tensive and  crowded  resort.  Its  own  population,  long  supposed  to  exceed  500,000, 
has  been  found  by  a  late  census  not  to  be  more  than  200,(XK) ;  but  it  is  augment- 
ed, al  solemn  seasons,  by  pilgrims  to  a  much  greater  number.  Benares,  in  fact, 
presents  a  more  lofly  and  imposing  aspect  than  any  other  Indian  city.  Its  houses, 
instead  of  being  a  mere  collection  of  mud  and  straw  huts,  are  most  of  them  built 
of  brick,  and  some  of  them  five  or  six  stories  high ;  so  that  they  make  a  very 
magnificent  appearance.  The  city  also  contains  a  great  number  of  temples  and 
mosques. 

Lucknow,  the  principal  city  in  Oude,  was,  while  the  nabobs  of  that  state  were 
in  full  power,  one  of  the  most  splendid  in  India:  the  population  in  1800  was  esti- 
mated at  upwards  of  300,000,  but  is  said  to  have  diminished  since  that  time.  It 
contains  several  mosques  and  palaces  with  gilded  domes,  which  give  it  an  im- 
posing appearance  at  a  distance.  It  is  situated  on  the  Goomty,  a  branch  of  the 
rJaiiiifs. 

Oil  the  banks  of  the  Jamna,  is  found,  mouldering  in  decay,  the  city  of  Delhi. 
It  was,  in  early  times,  a  great  Hindoo  metropolis,  under  the  name  of  Indraput; 
but  Shah  Jehan,  in  the  middle  of  the  seventeenth  century,  made  it  the  chief  seat 
of  Mogul  dominion,  and  such  it  aflerwards  continued.  Here,  in  1806,  died  Shah 
Allum,  the  last  of  that  mighty  dynasty  who  could  be  said  to  enjoy  any  portion  of 
real  empire.  His  son  Akbar  is  still  allowed  by  the  British  to  bear  that  great 
name,  and  to  receive  a  considerable  proportion  of  the  revenues  of  the  province, 
which  enables  him  to  live  in  some  splendour.  What  remains  of  Delhi  is  still 
rather  a  handsome  city ;  the  streets,  though  narrow,  contain  many  good  houses, 
built  of  brick,  and  partly  of  stone.  Here  arc  the  remains  of  a  number  of  splen- 
did palaces ;  and  the  city  is  adorned  with  many  beautiful  mosques,  still  in  goo<l 
repair.     During  the  reign  of  Aurengzebe,  it  was  computed  to  contain  2,000,000 

43* 


r. 


.^.^'/'•■•C 


_'  > 


;}•  ;; 


..)*< 


^1-i: 


saa 


If  10 


CEYLON. 


inhabitants;  but,  at  pretent,  iesa  than  one-tenth  of  that  number.     In  1739,  Delhi 
waH  plundered  Hy  NacMr  Shah,  wiien  1(K),00<)  of  the  inhabitants  were  massacred, . 
and  plunder  to  the  amount  of  £o)2,0(K),0()0  vm  collected. 

Dacca  was  the  capital  of  fien^^'al  in  the  reign  of  Jehangire,  and  in  still  a  very 
large  city.  It  contains  150,000  inhabitants,  displays  no  particular  Bp|r>n()our,  but. 
is  the  scat  of  a  gi>>r.t  trade.  It  ntands  on  the  Boor  Gunga,  or  old  Ganges,  KH) 
miles  from  the  sea,  and  150  north-east  from  Calcutta. 

The  city  of  Cashmere,  the  krnreet  in  the  Seik  dominion,  cootiiin<),  it  is  said, 
150,000  inhabitants :  it  stands  on  the  Jylum,  in  the  most  nortlif>n  |X;.('t  of  Hi'i- 
doostan,  and  is  noted  for  its  manufactures  of  the  finest  shawls  in  (?u»  ',vori<)  T.'i'- 
beauty  of  its  situation  has  also  been  widely  celebrated,  particularly  i^  loko, 
studded  with  numberless  islands,  green  with  gaHcns  and  groves,  and  having  its 
banks  environed  with  villas  and  ornamented  ^'^rourids. 

Hyderabad,  400  miles  south-east  from  Bombiiy,  tS^e  capital  (if  the  province  of  the 
same  name,  may  be  considered  also  the  preseni  capital  of  the  Deccan,  the  re- 
moval of  the  Nizam  thither  from  Aurungabad  having  attracted  to  it  a  population 
of  about  120,000.  Though  not  a  fine  city,  Hyderabad  contaJiis  mme  handsome 
iTJowjues;  and  the  Nizam  maintains,  on  a  smaller  scale,  a  sernblarsre  of  Mojfnl 
fwmp.  He  has  large  mag'azines  filled  to  the  ceiling  with  hne  cloths,  wa  "«, 
.!)orcelain,  and  other  ornamental  articles  presented  to  him  by  European  ombas&ids, 
Poonah  resesiili'iB  a  huge  village  rather  than  a  city;  the  houses  are  irregularly 
built,  chiefly  i'""  I'lit^hi  hrick  walls,  by  which  even  the  palace  is  entirely  enclosed. 
For  resisting  the  "loloiii  rains,  tliese  structures  depend  chiefly  on  interior  timber 
frames:  they  tire  »(.!)•  te<!  with  innumerable  representations  of  the  Hindoo  Pan- 
theon. Th«  miirketf-  are  plentifully  supplied  with  provisions  of  every  kind. 
Poonah  is  now  included  in  the  British  territory,  and  attached  to  the  presidency  of 
Bombay.  It  it>  about  80  miles  south-east  from  the  city  of  that  name.  Popula- 
tion, 10,000. 

Some  of  the  other  important  cities  in  Hindooetan  are  Lahore,  the  capital  of  the 
Seik  dominions,  with  a  population  of  80,000 ;  Umritsir,  the  holy  city  of  the  same 
people,  and  the  seat  of  their  great  national  council,  containing  a  population  of 
100,000 ;  Tattah,  the  chief  city  of  Sinde,  and  Hyderabad,  the  capital  of  the  same 
state :  these  are  both  on  the  Indus :  the  former  contains  about  20,000  inhabitants, 
and  was  once  a  very  great  manufacturing  and  commercial  place.  Katmandoo, 
the  capital  of  Nepaul,  was  said  to  contain,  a  few  years  ago,  20,000  houses :  of 
these,  one-half  were  destroyed  by  an  earthquake,  in  the  spring  of  1834. 


CEYLON. 

Cetlon,  lying  to  the  south  of  Hindoostan,  from  which  it  is  separated  by  the 
Strait  of  Manar,  is  a  large  and  beautiful  island,  about  300  miles  in  length  and 
160  in  breadth :  it  is  traversed  in  the  interior  by  a  range  of  mountains,  one  of 
which,  Adam's  Peak,  is  6152  feet  in  height:  here  the  Cingalese  and  Hindoos 
worship  the  colossal  footsteps  of  Adam,  who,  as  they  believe,  was  created  on  this 
mountain,  and,  according  to  the  religion  of  Boodha,  is  Boodha  himself.  This 
island  produces  cinnamon,  for  which  it  is  famous ;  also  rice,  cotton,  ginger,  coflee, 
pepper,  &c.  A  great  variety  of  precious  stones  are  found  here, — the  diamond, 
ruby,  amethyst,  &c. ;  also,  quicksilver,  lead,  iron,  and  tin.  A  pearl-fishery  is 
carried  on  along  the  western  coast  and  in  the  Strait  of  Manar,  which  was  former- 
ly important,  but  is  now  declining. 

The  inhabitants  are  estimated  at  about  1,000,000  in  number,  and  comprise— 

1.  The  Cingalese,  similar  to  the  Hindoos:  these  form  the  majority  of  the  people; 

2.  The  Beddahs,  rnde  savages,  who  inhabit  the  wildest  tracts  in  the  interior; 

3.  The  Dutch  and  Portuguese,  descendants  of  the  former  masters  of  the  island ; 
and  4.  The  English  residents  and  military.  Many  churches  and  schools  have 
been  established  by  both  English  and  American  missionaries,  at  which  numbers 
of  the  natives  attend,  and  are  gradually  laying  aside  their  gross  errors  and  super- 
stitions, and  acquiring  a  knowledge  of  the  benign  doctrines  of  Christianity. 


mn 


1739,  Delhi 
massacred,  , 

still  a  very 

ilr-ndour,  but 
Ganges,  KH) : 

<4,  ri  is  88  it), 
pfei-t  of  Hi'i- 
woriO  T!i^ 
rly  icd  Iffke, 
id  having  iU| 

ovince  of  the  i 
ccan,  the  re- 
t  a  populntii)« 
me  handpoiiie 
re  of  Mognl 
)ths,  wa  :/'^ 
an  fmbasib.ds,  | 
re  irregularly 
rely  enclosed, 
iterior  timber 

Hindoo  Pan- 
if  every  kind. 

presidency  of 
ame.     Popula- 

!  capital  of  the 
ty  of  the  same 
population  of 
&\  of  the  same 
00  inhabitants, 
Katmandoo, 
KK)  houses:  of 
1834. 


mrated  by  the 

in  length  and 

antains,  one  of  | 

e  and  Hindoos  j 

created  on  this  I 

himself.    This  I 

jinger,  coffee, 

-the  diamond, 

pearl-fishery  is 

ch  was  former- 

nd  comprise— 
of  the  people; 
1  the  interior; 
of  the  island ; 
schools  have 
vhich  numbers 
rors  and  super- 
Christianity, 


LAOCADIVE  A.ND  MAI.DIVK  1SLA>1)S-<.IIIN  INDIA. 


ill 


Ceylon  is  a  colony  independent  of  the  East  India  Company,  being  ondcr  the  im- 
mediate control  of  the  crown. 

Colombo,  on  the  west  coart  of  the  island,  is  the  seat  of  government  and  of 
almost  all  the  foreign  trade.  It  owes  this  advanUge  to  its  situation  in  the  midst 
of  the  most  ferti)«»  and  productive  territory  in  the  inland ;  population,  50,000. 
Trincomalee,  Po'  Talle,  Jafnapataiii,  and  Condatchy,  are  nil  places  of  some 

note.     Kandy,  tht        nor  capital,  is  only  a  large  straggling  village,  surrounded! 
by  wooded  hills,  thai  echo  continually  with  cries  of  wild  animals.  1 


LACCADIVE  AND  MALDIVE  ISLANDS. 

West  and  south-west  from  the  southern  part  of  India,  the  Laccadive  and  Mai- 
dive  Islands  extend,  in  a  direction  nearly  north  and  south,  a  distance  of  about 
10(K)  miles  in  length :  the  former  are  about  200  miles  west  from  the  Malabar 
coast,  and  the  latter  300  to  350  south-west  from  Cape  Comorin. 

The  Laccadives  are  said  to  be  32  in  number,  all  of  them  small  and  covered 
with  trees.  The  inhabitants  are  mostly  Mahometans,  called  Moplays:  they 
trade  to  the  nearest  coast  of  India,  and  also  to  Muscat,  in  large  boats;  taking 
there  cocoa-nut  oil,  cable  and  cordage,  and  dried  fish ;  receiving  in  return,  dates, 
coffee,  &c.     Ambergris  is  often  found  floating  off  these  islands. 

The  Maldives  are,  it  is  said,  1000  in  number ;  but  they  are,  for  the  most  part, 
uninhabited.  The  natives  appear  to  be  a  mixture  of  Arabs  and  Indians  of  Mala- 
bar: they  supply  vessels  with  cocoa-nuts,  oil  and  honey,  dried  fish,  tortoise-shell, 
and  cowries.  The  islands  are  divided  into  17  attollons,  or  provinces,  each  go- 
verned by  a  chief:  the  whole  are  under  the  control  of  a  king,  who  rules  despoti- 
cally. They  have  four  sea-ports,  in  which  their  fbw  articles  of  commerce  are 
collected. 


CHIN    INDIA. 

Chin  India,  or  Further  India,  comprises  that  extensive  region  situated  between 
India  and  China,  and  sometimes  called  Indo  China,  and  also  India  beyond  the 
Ganges;  its  inhabitants  have  but  little  in  common  with  the  Hindoos  or  Chinese  ; 
and  although  this  region  has  had  but  a  small  share  in  the  great  transactions  of 
which  Asia  has  been  the  theatre,  yet  it  comprises  several  extensive  and  important 
kingdoms,  some  of  which  have  been  alternately  united  and  separated. 

It  may  be  divided  into  the  British  territories,  ceded  in  consequence  of  the  late 
successful  war,  the  empire  of  Birmah,  the  kingdom  of  Siam,  the  empire  of  Anam, 
or  Cochin  China,  and  lastly,  the  Peninsula  of  Malaya,  or  Malacca.  The  whole 
region  is  bounded  on  the  west  by  Hindoostan,  the  Bay  of  Bengal,  and  the  Strait 
of  Malacca;  north  by  Thibet  and  China;  and  east  by  the  China  and  Malayan 
Seas.  It  extends  from  2°  to  26°  north  latitude,  and  from  92°  to  108°  east  longi- 
tude ;  a  distance,  from  north  to  south,  of  1700,  and  from  east  to  west  about  1000 
miles.  It  contains  an  area  of  nearly  1,000,000  square  miles,  and  is  inhabited  by 
a  population,  composed  of  various  races,  amounting,  according  to  the  estimates  of 
the  latest  writers  on  the  subject,  to  about  14,000,000  souls,  apportioned  among  the 
different  States  as  follows,  viz : 

Sq.  mileg.  Population. 

British  Territories 77,000  3:jfi,000 

Birmah 290,000  5,000,n00 

Siam 180,000  2,7.'?0,000 

Anam 350,000  6,000,000 

Malayan  Slates 60,000  100,000 

Total 947,000       14,166,000 

The  surface  of  this  great  territory  is  formed  by  a  series  of  mountain  ranges, 
running  from  north  to  south,  between  each  of  which  intervenes  a  broad  valley,  in 
general  very  fertile,  and  watered  by  a  large  river,  descending  from  the  mountains 


ii 


I 


»  f  • 


!  f 


hm 


J,] 


r  ■'  <■ 


imm'^  :;v?-'':i 


P,'|i: 


'■■> 


il3 


CHIN  INDIA. 


of  China  and  Thibet    The  rivers  are  mostly  of  ffreat  importance.    The  Irra-  \ 
waddy,  or  river  of  Ava,  is  navigable  many  hundred  miles  for  large  boats.     The  ' 
Sttlwon,  or  Thaluon,  is  also  a  large  stream,  though  but  little  known.     The  Mecon, 
or  CainlKxiia,  is  navigable  twenty  days'  sail  from  the  ocean.     The  Menan,  which 
waters  Siam,  <it\er  a  course  of  800  miles  enters  the  Gulf  of  8iam  by  three  chan- 
nels, the  most  easterly  admitting  ve»9els  of  the  first  magnitude.     The  outline  of 
this  region  is  very  irregular,  being  deeply  indented  by  the  large  Oulfs  of  Siam  and  ' 
Tonqiiin  and  the  Bay  of  Martaban.  \ 

The  government  of  all  these  kingdoms,  in  principle,  at  least,  is  a  pure  de^ipot- 
ism ;  in  which  no  constitutional  check  on  the  authority  of  the  monarch  is  recog- 
nised.  The  state  oiBcers  compose  a  sort  of  council  of  state,  but  entirely  subject  | 
to  the  monarch,  and  removable  at  his  pleasure.  The  nobles,  especially  in  Siam, 
show  the  most  profound  submission,  and  approach  the  throne  in  the  mo«)t  abject 
manner,  lying  prostrate  on  their  faces,  and  creeping  on  the  ground.  The  king 
has  many  pompous  titles,  but  that  of  shoe,  or  golden,  is  the  one  most  valued,  and 
which  must  be  applied  to  him  on  every  occasion. 

The  military  strength  of  these  nations  consists  almost  entirely  of  a  feudal  mili- 
tia, for  which  all  males  of  a  certain  age  are  enrolled,  and  may  be  called  upon  to 
serve  under  the  chiefs  of  their  respective  districts.  Their  arms  are  mostly  swords, 
lances,  and  cross-bows ;  though  they  have  collected  a  considerable  number  of  tire- 
arms  ;  but  these,  being  chiefly  the  muskets  condemned  in  the  English  arsenals, 
cannot,  by  the  most  anxious  exertions  of  art  and  skill,  be  brought  into  a  service- 
able state.  The  only  exception  is  in  Ccchin-China,  where  the  European  oflicers 
in  the  king's  service  have  efl'ected  considerable  improvements.  But  the  most  effi- 
cient part  of  the  establishment  cor.BiGltt  in  the  war-boats,  destined  to  act  on  the 
great  rivers  which  form  the  main  channels  of  communication  in  all  these  king- 
doms. 

On  land,  the  Birmans  and  Siamese  trust  chiefly  to  their  stockades,  which  they 
throw  up  with  surprising  skill  and  expedition.  In  general,  however,  none  of  these 
troops  can  stand  the  charge  of  a  disciplined  army,  but,  as  soon  as  their  defences 
are  penetrated,  they  take  to  flight  with  precipitation.  In  Cochin-China  only  a 
regular  army  has  been  organised  and  trained  in  the  European  manner :  this  force, 
in  1800,  was  estimated  at  140,000  men ;  but  is  supposed  at  present  not  to  exceed 
50,000,  of  whom  the  royal  guards  amount  to  30,000. 

The  productive  capacities  of  this  region  are  ^'ery  ample.  It  yields  all  the 
grand  staples  of  tropical  produce.  The  principal  culture  consists  of  rice,  sugar 
of  fine  quality,  pepper,  and  cotton.  The  sides  of  the  great  ranges  of  hills  are 
covered  with  luxuriant  timber  of  various  species  and  great  value.  There  are 
large  forests  of  teak,  a  wood  now  found  to  be  preferable,  from  its  st-ength  and 
durability,  to  any  other,  for  the  purposes  of  ship-building.  Large  boats  are  often 
cut  out  from  a  single  tree,  and  a  great  quantity  of  teak  timber  is  now  produced 
for  the  supply  of  the  naval  arsenals  of  British  India.  Stick  lac  and  gamboge  are 
among  the  chief  articles  of  export ;  also,  areca-nut  and  betel-leaf,  that  universal 
article  of  luxury  and  ceremony  in  all  Indian  countries.  Cardamoms  are  a  spice 
for  which  a  large  mnrket  is  found  in  China,  and  there  is  some  cinnamon  in  Cam- 
bodia; but  in  general  these  regions  are  not  productive  nf  the  finer  species. 

Cultivation  is  very  generally  diflused,  and  is  condu.  ced  in  the  west  on  the 
Indian  model,  and  in  the  east  on  the  Chinese ;  but  it  is  not  practised  in  the  same 
perfection,  or  with  the  same  patient  industry,  as  by  either  of  these  nations.  The 
sugar  and  pepper  of  Siam  are  chiefly  raised  by  Chinese  settlers.  Domestic  ani- 
mals are  little  used  in  cultivation,  and  in  Ava  the  Brahminical  principle  prevents 
them  from  being  made  articles  of  food.  Animals  are  tamed  chiefly  for  conveyance 
or  pomp ;  and  ftir  these  purposes  the  elephant,  here  found  in  greater  perfection, 
and  more  highly  prized,  than  in  any  other  country  in  the  world,  is  chiefly  em- 
ployed. 

Manufiictares  exist  only  on  a  limited  scale,  and  in  a  rude  form ;  the  raw  mate- 
rials which  the  country  aflfbrds  being  worked  up  mostly  by  the  family  itself  for 
domestic  use.  Those  brilliant  and  beautiful  fabrics  which  are  the  boast  of  China 
and  Hindoostan  are  not  produced  here,  and  the  quantity  used  is  imported  from 


CHIN  INDIA. 


513 


those  countriw,  especially  I'mm  llin  latter.  The  only  tkbrication  on  which  much 
stinly  is  bestowed  is  that  of  idol.s  which  ere  jHshioned  oul  of  a  fine  species  of 
tnarble  found  in  the  country,  end  (generally  ^ildfsl. 

The  commerce  of  these  countries  is  also  limited.  Their  chief  intercourse  is 
with  China,  and  consists  in  the  cxchan(;n  of  their  raw  produce,  rice,  cotton,  tim- 
ber, ornamented  woods,  vami8lies,  for  some  species  of  the  fine  inunnfactun's  of  that 
great  empire.  The  cotton  and  other  proiliKta  of  the  Birman  empire  are  carried 
up  the  Irrawaddy  to  a  great  jec,  or  mark'  ,  in  the  frontier  province  of  Yunnan. 
Britain  takes  of  teak  timber  to  the  amount  u^  about  'JOCMnXW. ;  in  return  for  whici* 
some  British  manufactures  are  received.  The  trade  of  Siam  and  Cochin-China  is 
chiefly  carried  on  by  Chinese  junks  coming  to  the  port  of  Bankok  in  the  former 
country,  and  thoyo  of  Turon,  Hue,  and  Siiigong,  in  the  latter.  There  is  also  some 
trade  with  the  rising  British  settlement  at  Sincapore. 

The  people  by  whom  all  this  territory  is  inhabited  present  several  peculiarities 
of  external  form.  Their  persons  are  short,  robust,  active,  but  devoid  of  the  grace 
and  flexibility  peculiar  to  the  Hindoo.  Their  face,  flat,  with  high  cheek-br>ne8, 
presents  the  form  of  a  lozenge,  and  never  suggests  any  idea  of  beauty.  The  hiir 
is  abundant,  black,  lank,  and  coarse ;  but  the  beard  is  scanty,  and  universally 
plucked  out,  which  gives  them  an  effeminate  appearance.  The  Birmans  appear 
to  be  an  active  and  intelligent  people,  possessing  in  this  respect  a  decided  supe- 
riority over  the  Hindoos.  The  Siamese  are  said  to  be  sluggish  and  indolent,  des- 
titute of  courage,  candour,  and  good  faith ;  and  so  imbued  with  national  pride, 
that  foreign  residents  cannot  obtain  a  servant  to  perform  for  them  the  most  menial 
offices. 

The  religion  of  these  countries,  like  all  others  in  the  east  of  Asia,  is  derived 
from  Hindoostan ;  yet,  like  the  rest  also,  it  consists  not  in  the  Brahminical  doc- 
trine, but  in  the  rival  system  of  Buddha.  The  name,  however,  most  venerated  in 
all  the  countries  beyond  the  Ganges  is  Gaudama,  either  another  appellation  of 
Buddha,  or  that  of  one  of  his  most  popular  disciples.  The  construction  of  temples 
and  images  of  Gaudama  forms  the  grand  operation  to  which  the  art  and  industry 
of  all  these  nations  is  directed.  Frugal  and  indolent  in  everything  else,  they  spare 
neither  cost  nor  labour  on  this  object  The  priests  of  this  religion,  as  in  all  the 
other  branches  of  the  worship  of  Buddha,  are  monks,  residing  in  the  temples,  and 
living  in  a  state  of  celibacy.  In  Ava,  they  are  called  rhahaans ;  in  Siam,  tala- 
poins ;  but  in  the  latter  country  they  are  bound  by  no  vows,  and  may  quit  the  order 
whenever  they  please ;  and  it  is  so  common  to  assume  and  leave  the  profession, 
that  almost  every  man  has  been  a  talapoin  for  some  part  of  his  life,  even  if  only 
for  a  few  days.  Great  part  of  their  time  is  spent  in  insignificant  and  even  absurd 
ceremonies;  yet  their  ministration  is  useful  in  several  respects.  They  instruct 
the  children  in  reading,  and  so  diligently,  that  few  in  the  Birman  territory  are  ig- 
norant in  this  respect.  Literature  is  by  no  means  unknown  or  neglected  in 
Farther  India.  The  Birman  language  is  a  compound  of  several  tongues,  the  com- 
plication of  which  is  greatly  increased  by  the  mode  of  writing ;  the  words,  ac- 
cording to  Mr.  Judson,  not  being  fairly  divided  and  distinguished,  as  in  Western 
writing,  by  breaks,  points,  and  capitals,  but  run  together  in  one  continuous  line,  a 
sentence  or  paragraph  seeming  to  the  eye  but  one  long  word ;  and  instead  of  clear 
characters  on  paper,  we  find  only  obscure  .scratching  on  dried  palm-leaves  strung 
together  and  called  a  book.  In  the  royal  library,  however,  the  writing  is  beauti- 
fiil,  on  thin  leaves  of  ivoiy,  and  the  margins  ornamented  with  flowers  of  gold. 
The  books  are  kept  in  gilded  and  japanned  chests.  The  contents  of  each  are 
written  on  the  lid,  in  gold  letters.  The  bulk  of  the  works  were  said  to  be  on 
divinity ;  but  history,  music,  medicine,  painting,  and  romance,  had  also  their  sepa- 
rate treatises. 

The  customs  of  these  countries  allow  to  the  female  sex  a  much  greater  mea- 
sure of  liberty  than  in  almost  any  other  t-juntry  of  the  East  They  are  neither 
immured  nor  veiled,  nor  withdrawn  from  the  company  and  conversation  of  the 
other  sex.  This  freedom,  however,  is  not  accompanied  with  any  disposition  to 
allow  them  that  place  in  the  scale  of  society  which  justly  belongs  to  them.    They 

3P 


■  .  it!   I 


Ml 


'  1 


.«• , 


im  .'<h:  -it' 


.  1 ' 


514 


BRITISH  TERRITOKKX 


arc  trrated  as  the  mere  alavoR  of  the  atrorififcr  kcx  ;  nil  the  laborious  diiti<>4  arc  ilc* 
volvrd  u|)oii  thciii,  atiil  they  manage  niuat  of  the  traDnactioiin  of  kuyin)(  ami  ncllinf^. 

Tlif>  hahitulions  in  theie  countries  aie  of  oli^ht  niaterialis  but  coinmreiKnix. 
DanibotjH  fixod  in  tlie  groijnd,  and  ti,7d  horizontally  with  atripa  of  rattan,  compof*e 
the  outline,  and  serve  as  the  supports  of  the  buildin)f.  Covered  with  mats  tli<-y 
lurni  the  walls,  and  with  gnm  tho  roof,  A  apeciuun  mansion  can  be  built  in  a  dny, 
and  a  tolernble  one  in  fr;.ur  hours. 


BRITISH    TERRITORIES. 

The  territories  ceded  to  Britain  by  Birmah  consist  of  Assam,  with  some  ap> 
pended  territory;  the  former  kin^^dom  of  Arracan;  the  provinces  of  Martuban, 
Ych,  Tavoy,  and  Merg^ni,  extendin^f  along  the  western  coast  of  tlte  Malayan 
peninsula,  and  of  Malacca  itxelf. 

Assam  is  an  extensive  and  somewhat  rude  territory,  to  the  north  of  Ava,  ami 
the  east  of  Bengal.  It  is  bordered  on  tlie  north  by  lofty  ranges  of  mountains  con- 
tinued from  the  Himmaleh,  and  watered  by  numerous  rivers,  of  which  the  prin- 
cipal is  the  Burrampooter.  A  great  part  of  its  tjurface  jiVMHeases  a  luxuriant  fer- 
tility ;  yet  the  rudeness  of  the  inhabitants  renders  the  gitls  of  nature  fruitless,  so 
that  nine-tenths  of  its  surikce  consist  of  desert  and  jungle.  A  considerable  quan- 
tity of  gold,  however,  is  found  in  the  sands  of  its  rivers,  and,  combined  with  oIh- 
phants*  teeth  and  coarse  m\k,  affords  a  certain  value  for  exportation. 

Arracan  reaches  along  nearly  the  whole  eastern  coast  of  the  Bay  of  Bengal,  an 
extent  of  about  500  miles^  and  consists  of  a  narrow  plain  closely  liounded  by  a 
high  mountain  range.  The  cultivation  of  this  territory  being  imperfect,  it  is  not 
supposed  to  contain  more  than  100,000  inhabitants.  Arracan,  the  capital,  at  the 
mouth  of  the  river  of  the  same  name,  ia  a  considerable  city,  and  the  seat  of  some 
trade.     A  new  and  improving  station  has  been  formed  by  tho  British  at  Akyab. 

The  Malayan  provinces  extend  along  the  eastern  coast  of  that  peninsula,  where 
it  continues  to  border  on  the  Bay  of  Bengal,  and  have  been  long  a  debateable 
ground  between  the  Birman  and  Siamese  empires.  They  are  in  consequence 
thinly  inhabited,  but  they  possess  the  finest  and  most  salubrious  climate  to  be 
found,  not  only  in  this  empire,  but  in  anv  part  of  the  East  Indies.  Amherst,  lately 
founded  at  the  mouth  of  the  Salwen,  which  forms  the  boundary  between  this  ter- 
ritory and  the  Birman  empire,  will,  it  is  expected,  become  the  seat  of  an  impor- 
tant commerce. 

The  territory  and  city  of  Malacca,  at  tlie  southern  point  of  the  peninsula,  was, 
in  1825,  ceded  by  the  Dutch  to  England,  in  exchange  for  her  possessions  in  Su- 
matra. It  was  one  of  the  earliest  settlements  of  the  Portuguese,  and  continued 
for  a  long  time  to  be  a  great  emporium  of  the  trade  of  the  Oriental  islands,  as 
well  as  a  place  of  refreshment  for  vessels  bound  to  China;  but  since  Prince  of 
Wales*  Jutland  and  Sincapore,  under  the  protecting  sway  of  Britain,  have  risen  to 
their  present  importance,  the  port  of  Malacca  is  much  less  frequented.  It  has, 
however,  a  safe  roadstead ;  a  salubrious  climate,  cooled  by  a  succession  of  sea  and 
land  breezes ;  with  some  industry  and  cultivation,  carried  on  chiefly  by  Chinese. 
The  population  of  tlie  town  is  stated  at  4790. 

The  following  estimate  has  been  made  of  the  extent  and  population  of  the 
British  territories  in  Further  India : 

8q.  m.  Population. 

Assam,  with  dependencies 54,000  ....  150,000 

Ajracan 11,000  ....  100,000 

Provinces  south  of  the  Salwen,  Tavoy,  Yeh,  Marta- 

ban,  and  Tenasserim,  with  the  Mergui  Isles 13,000  ....     51,000 

Malacca 800  35,000 

Total   77,800  ....  336,000 


m 


Win-'-'*  '  'ii  ■  V 


i 


.iRMAIi. 


EMPIRE    OF    niUMAIf. 


,\3  I 

I. 

I 
t 


;  IVsriiP,  onrc  iJn 

stM-rmiHt  ami  tin* 

l«'y  of  thn  Irrn- 


Tmt  Birman  empire  w  formed  into  two  important  divimnnn 
rival,  but  now  iu  iubject  kinRtlom,  which  coiiipriwB  nil  tii.' 
mouths  of  the  rivem;  Ava  or  Birmah,  occupyinpr  the  m|»|mt  vn 
wadily,  and  the  present  seat  of  the  rulmg  power.  Pepiie  i<«  a  (tori  of  Mtn,  en- 
tir«;ly  traverwHl  by  the  alhivial  branches  of  the  Irrawaddv,  l*»'tri»'.  nml  Snlw.n 
rivcra.  Uh  vaileys  are  of  oxtrcmo  fertility,  and  pnrticiilnrlv  priNlurtivo  ol  ric; 
8o  that  it  serves  ts  a  sort  of  (granary  to  the  empiro.  It  lm«  iilw  epnciouN  foroHtu, 
abounding  in  teak,  which  refjuires  a  soil  at  onco  momt  and  ririj.  Ava  connwu  of 
a  plain  of  Iosb  extent,  closely  hemmed  in  by  mountains,  and  by  no  means  of  equal 
fertility;  but  it  is  also  well  cultivated,  abounds  in  timlwr,  and  its  hravo  and  hardy 
inhabiUntB  have  generally  held  in  their  hands  the  supremacy  over  both  nations. 
The  two  great  divisions  of  Birmah  are  subdivided  into  k    en  provinces. 

The  empire  was  formerly  much  more  powerful  than  at  present,  and  so  hijjh  an 
opinion  was  entertained  by  the  Birmans  of  their  prowess  in  wur,  that  ono  of  the 
chief  men  assured  an  English  agent,  that  had  his  master  been  properly  solicited, 
he  would  have  sent  an  army  to  give  the  English  possession  of  France.  In  1824, 
war  was  commenced  by  the  Birmans  against  the  East  India  Company,  which 
ended,  two  years  afterwards,  by  the  emperor  ceding  to  the  company  nearly  all  the 
provinces  on  the  Bay  of  Bengal,  and  paying  between  4  and  5  millions  of  dollars 
towards  defraying  the  expenses  of  the  war. 

It  was  during  the  above  contest  that  Mr.  Judson,  an  American  missionary,  was 
imprisoned  at  Ava,  where  he  suffered  the  greatest  distress.    This  was  alleviated 
by  the  affectionate  courage  of  his  wife,  whose  devotion  to  the  cause  of  piety  and 
humanity,  amid  the  greatest  dangers  and  trials,  affords  one  of  the  most  intereatmg  i 
narratives  ever  published. 

Besides  the  Avana  and  Peguans,  there  are  several  other  races  in  Birmah,  as 
Yiens,  Shans,  Karens,  &c.  Among  the  latter  the  American  missionaries  in  Maul- 
mein,  Chumerah,  and  the  vicinity,  have  established  churches  and  schools,  which 
are  attended  by  the  natives,  many  of  whom  have  exchanged  their  dark  supersti- 
tions  for  the  pure  light  of  the  gospel. 

Rangoon,  the  grand  emporium  of  the  empire,  is  situated  on  one  of  the  branches! 
of  the  Irrawaddy  river,  and  extends  for  nearly  a  mile  along  the  water.  The  popu- 
lation, about  20,000,  is  composed  in  a  great  measure  of  foreigners  from  all  the 
countries  of  the  East,  and  of  all  religions,  who  have  been  encouraged  to  settle 
here  by  the  liberal  policy  of  the  Birman  government.  The  exchange  presents  a 
motley  and  confused  assemblage  of  Mahometans,  Parsees,  Arrijnians,  and  all  the 
commercial  nations  of  this  quarter. 

The  other  sea-ports  are  Basseen  and  Martaban,  the  latter  on  i!h;  Sal  wen,  and 
the  former  on  the  western  estuary  of  the  Irrawaddy.  They  are  much  inferior  in 
trade  to  Rangoon.  On  ascending  that  river  towards  the  capital,  numerous  towns 
and  villages  occur.  Of  the  former,  some  of  the  chief  are  Pronie,  Meeaday,  Pata- 
nagoh,  Sembewghew,  and  Pagham-Mew.  Prome,  the  ancient  frontier  of  Ava  and 
Pegue,  and  at  one  time  the  residence  of  th<!  Hcgue  kings,  carries  on  a  great  trade 
in  timber,  and  is  said  to  be  more  populous  than  Rangoon.  I'agham-Mcw,  the  an- 
cient and  splendid  capital  of  Birmah  at  a  time  when  a  higher  taste  in  architecture 
appears  to  have  prevailed  than  at  the  present  day,  abounds  with  magnificent  re- 
mains of  temples  and  royal  edifices. 

Ava,  on  the  Irrawaddy,  500  miles  from  the  sea,  has  been  the  capital  since  1824, 
and  is  said  to  contain  a  population  of  300,000.  The  former  metropolis,  Umera- 
poora,  though  but  lately  a  splendid  city,  is  already  much  decayed ;  its  inhabitants, 
which,  20  years  ago,  were  reckoned  at  200,000,  at  present  amount  only  to  30,000. 


( . 


'in 


« I 


!'':i^ 


.;.;* .  «■• 


If..'      ■. 


516 


8IAM  — MALAYA. 


KINGDOM   OF   SIAM. 

Thi  interior  detaili  of  8iam  aro  known  only  to  a  vory  limited  extent.  The 
kindfdoin  include*  Hiam  proper,  part  of  Laoa,  the  diitrict  of  HantelNm  adjoinintr 
and  once  a  part  of  Cambodia,  and  that  portion  of  the  peninRula  uf  Malayn  ox- 
tendinff  aouthward  to  about  8^  north  latitude,  and  from  thence  to  the  nortli-we«t 
to  ai  ^r  as  the  *21flt  de|(reo  of  north  latitude,  or  about  ll(M)  miles.  Itn  chief 
river,  the  Mcnam,  is  deep  and  navi|fable  for  some  distance  in  the  interior:  its 
banks  are  well  cultivated,  and  are  amazinf^ly  fertile.  A  commercial  treaty  be- 
tween this  country  and  the  United  States  has  been  recently  effecU^I. 

The  late  capital,  Siam,  or  Juthiu,  on  this  stream,  about  1(10  miles  from  the  sea, 
is  in  a  state  or  decay.  Bankok,  at  presbnt  the  seat  of  grovemment,  may  bo  re* 
ffardcd  almost  as  a  city  floatini;  on  the  water.  The  bulk  of  the  houses  are  merely 
oblonff  boxes,  which  can  be  floated  about  from  place  to  place,  and  are  inhabited 
chiefly  by  Chinese.  The  shores  are  covered  with  numerous  palaces  and  (fildcd 
temples,  and  with  the  habitations  of  the  (grandees,  which  are  raised  on  posts  above 
the  (ground,  which  is  bo  swampy  as  to  render  it  almost  impossible  to  walk  or  drive 
throuffh  the  streets.  The  travellin{i^  is  chiefly  along  the  river,  in  richly  gilded  or 
ornamented  barges.  The  inhabitants  in  1828  numl^red  about  400,00({,  of  whom 
:)50,()00  were  Chinese  or  their  descendants.  Several  American  missionaries  have 
visited  this  place,  whose  eflbrts  in  teaching  and  spreading  the  Gospel  have  been 
f^enerally  encouraging ;  and  ample  facilities  exist  for  introducing  Christiaoity 
mto  China  by  means  of  the  number  of  Chinese  who  visit  and  reside  here. 


MALAYA,   OR   MALACCA. 

Thi  peninsula  of  Malaya,  or  Malacca,  is  about  776  miles  in  length,  and  from 
65  to  145  in  breadth.  A  range  of  considerable  mountains  extends  through  its 
whole  length,  and  the  interior  is  covered  with  thick  woods  and  marHhes.  Its 
rivers  are  numerous,  but  short  in  their  length  of  course,  and  are  of  but  little  use 
as  mediums  of  navigation.  The  soil  is  not  very  fertile,  yet  fruits  are  produced  in 
great  abundance.  The  northempart  of  Malaya  is  under  the  control  of  Siam,  and 
the  southern  of  Great  Britain.  The  intermediate  portions  are  occupied  by  a  num- 
ber of  little  independent  states,  governed  by  petty  chieft,  who  are  but  little 
known.  The  principal  of  these  are  Ligor  Songora,  Patani,  Queda,  Tringano, 
Pera,  Pahang,  and  Salangore. 

The  inhabitants  aro  Malays,  who  are  by  turns  merchants,  pirates,  and  robbers : 
their  vessels  traverse  all  the  Oriental  seas,  and  piracy  is  with  them  as  regular  an 
employment  as  commerce.  The  most  daring  attempts  are  often  r* \de  by  them  to 
capture  vessels  of  superior  force. 

Sincaporc,  the  principal  emporium  of  this  region,  is  on  a  small  island  of  the 
same  name,  immediately  south  of  the  southern  extremity  of  Malaya.  It  was 
founded  by  the  British  in  1810,  and,  being  declared  a  free  port,  is  visited  by  the 
vessels  of  all  the  commercial  nations  who  trade  in  these  seas.  The  imports  and 
exports  are  each  about  £3,000,000  annually.  The  inhabitants  have  doubled  since 
1828,  and  are  now  about  30,000  in  number,  comprising  Europeans,  Americans, 
Malays,  Chinese,  Arabs,  Jews,  Hindoos,  and  Bugis,  or  natives  of  Celebes.  I'here 
is  here  an  important  missionary  and  printing  establishment;  where  books  in  vtiri- 
oas  eastern  languages  are  published. 

Pulo  Pinang,  or  Prince  of  Wales's  island,  is  about  7  or  8  miles  long,  and 
separated  from  the  west  coast  of  Malaya  by  a  narrow  strait.  It  was  established 
as  a  settlement  by  the  Elast  India  Company  in  1786,  and  soon  acquired  importance 
as  a  commercial  depAt  for  the  neighbouring  districts,  and  also  as  a  place  of  ro- 
freshment  for  vessels  passing  between  India  and  China ;  though  in  this  re^ipect  it 
is  now  in  a  measure  supplanted  by  Sincapore.  George-Town  is  the  chief  settle* 
ment     Population  of  the  island,  16,000  or  18,000. 

Westward  from  Malaya  about  300  or  400  miles,  and  northward  from  Sumatra, 


Bfit.    Thp 
ail.ioininK 

rlalnyn  ox- 

norlh-wcul 
ItH  chief 

iterior:  in 
irculy  bfl- 

om  the  wa, 
may  bo  ifi- 

are  merely 
•e  inhabited 

and  gilded 

posts  above 
alk  or  drive 
,ly  gilded  or 
K»,  of  whom 
onarics  have 
el  have  been 

Christianity 
here. 


gth,  and  from  i 
B  through  its 
marshes.  Its 
[but  little  use 
■e  produced  in 
■  of  Siam,  and 
jied  by  a  num- 
[are  but  little 
ida,  Tringano, 

]f,  and  robbers; 
as  regular  an 
le  by  them  to 

island  of  the 
Llaya.  It  was 
[visited  by  the 
le  imports  and 
I  doubled  since 
ks,  Americans, 
hebes.    There 

books  in  vivri 


Liles  long,  a"<J 
Vas  establishet' I 
jred  importanct 
I  a  place  of  rf;- 
I  this  respect  It 

ke  chief  settle- 
from  Sumatra,! 


K.MIMKK  OK  ANAM. 


&1T 


pxtcnd  the  group*  of  thu  Nicobar  nmi  Andiiiimii  ImIcm:  they  arc  bolli  m  Ihu  piw- 
MOMiiiun  of  the  nativoH.  Tli(*o  of  lh<'  luniirr  fniiip  «r"  «if  lh»'  bmwn  or  Maiiiy 
race,  and  are  pcac.pabio  and  wi-ll  dinpim^'il.  Th<-  Aii<lniiinii  iNlnndrrM  af»-  a  vHru'lv 
of  tlio  Oriental  nogrot**,  nnd  nppitar  lo  bo  aiimiiif  tli.'  iiumt  (!«'jfrHtl(Hl  1hmih(i«  in 
pxiftence.  They  go  i|uito  naked,  n»!ver  cultivut.-  tin-  groiuMJ,  liul  livn  on  rt»h, 
which  they  spear  with  great  dexterity.  The  Kntrlii.li  nll«rn|tled  to  fi.rni  wtllo- 
uicntM  on  the  Andaman  and  tlic  Danes  on  thi>  Nicubar  UlandM;  but  both  were 
abandoned,  on  account  of  the  sickhncw  of  tho  climate. 


EM  PI  Hi:  OF  ANAM. 

The  empire  of  Anani  comprises  Cochin-Chiim,  Cninbodia,  Tonquin,  T'siampa 
or  Chiani|Ni,  and  p^irt  of  LaoH,  uxtemling  from  north  to  Hoiith  IINN),  and  from  cast 
to  west  aiX)  to  400  miles.  Of  these,  Tonquin  and  Cnnib«lia  were  recently  con- 
quered by  Caung  Shung,  the  late  king,  who,  from  his  attachment  to  the  Kiiropo- 
uns,  was  induced  to  organize  and  discipline  nn  army  in  the  Kuropcan  manner. 
This,  with  a  navy  of  three  hundred  gun-boaU  and  a  frigate,  coiiNtitutcd  a  force 
which  no  native  t'*Hte  in  this  part  of  Asia  could  withstand. 

Cochin-Chin';  comprises  a  long  plain,  included  between  the  8ea  ami  a  chain  of 
mountains,  a  short  diiitanco  inland :  it  is  tolerably  lertilo  in  the  iihurI  products  of 
these  regions.  Doth  the  agriculture  and  trade  are  curried  on  chietly  by  the  women. 
The  sea-coaat  abounds  with  gelatinous  anmu'la,  and  furnishes  the  edible  birda* 
nests  so  much  valued  in  China. 

Hue,  the  capital  of  Anam  and  of  Cochin-China,  is  about  ten  miles  from  tho  sea, 
on  a  river  of  the  same  name,  the  banks  of  which  are  fertile  and  well  cultivated. 
In  ascending  the  river  to  the  city,  the  view  of  numerous  and  apparently  com- 
fortable villages  enlivens  tho  scene.   Hue  consists  of  u  large  quadrangular  fort,  or  i 
lather  fortified  city,  which  constitutes  one  of  the  most  complete  aixf  remarkable  ' 
military  structures  in  Asia.     Elach  is  about  a  mile  and  a  half  in  length,  the  ram- 1 
part  about  thirty  feet  high,  cased  with  brick  and  mortar.     It  is  built  in  the  regular  | 
European  style,  with  l»Btions,  a  glacis  200  feet  broad,  and  a  ditch.     An  hundred  i 
thousand  men  were  constantly  employed  on  the  works,  during  the  period  of  their  j 
construction,  and  1200  cannon  were  mounted  on  the  walls.     It  is  suppoi^ed  that  j 
40,000  troops  would  be  required  to  garrison  the  place.     Here  also  tho  king  keeps 
his  fleet  of  galleys. 

Turon,  on  a  fine  bay,  is  situated  to  the  south  of  Hue.  Sinhoa,  north  of  the 
same  city,  Tai-fo,Bambom,Quitilion,Phuyen,  and  Nha-triang,  all  south  of  Hue, 
are  sea-ports  which  are  seldom  visited  by  Europeans,  and  are  but  little  known. 

CAMBODIA. 

Cambodia,  the  south-west  division  of  Anam,  stretches  from  north  to  south,  full 
500  miles,  and  has  a  sea-coast  of  about  the  same  extent,  lying  along  *he  Malayan 
sea  and  the  gulf  of  Siam,  which  is  in  general  low  and  flat,  and  overgrown  with 
wood.  The  country  is  inhabited  by  a  mixture  of  C(x:hin-Chinese,  Malays,  Chi- 
nese, and  Portuguese.     The  trade,  except  at  the  port  of  Saigon,  is  unimportant. 

Saigon,  or  Luk-nooi,  the  capital  of  Cambodia,  is  situated  near  the  mouth  of  the 
river  Donnui,  which  communicates  with  the  Mecon,  the  ^eat  river  of  this  re- 
gion, by  means  of  a  canal  of  some  magnitude.  Saigon  is  composed  of  the  two 
contiguous  towns  of  Saigon  proper,  and  Bengcli.  The  latter,  which  is  fortified,  is 
the  residence  of  the  viceroy ;  the  former  is  the  chief  theatre  of  the  trade  and 
commerce  of  the  place.  The  inhabitants  are  supposed  to  amount  to  180,(K)0,  of 
whom  10,000  are  Chinese.  The  markets  are  plentifully  supplied  with  native 
'  products  and  those  of  the  neighboring  countries.  The  manufactured  articles  are 
chiefly  of  the  latter  description,  and  scarcely  any  European  goods  are  to  be  seen. 
There  is  a  superb  naval  arsenal  formed  under  European  direction,  and  which  from 
the  very  fine  timber  of  the  country,  has  produced  150  galleys  of  the  most  beauti- 
ful construction. 


I  9 

•l 


(   . 


m'. 


.  i  ii' 


W'J   * 


■ti. 


.1 :  .,•;' 


|m]^, 


5ie 


THIBET. 


TONQUIN. 

Tonquin,  of  the  three  kin^oms  now  subject  to  the  sway  of  Cochin-China,  is 
the  lar^rcBt,  most  fruitful,  and  most  valuable.  Its  character  is  still  more  decidedly 
Chinese  than  that  of  the  others ;  and  indeed,  it  was  only  in  the  eighteenth  cen- 
tury that  it  separated  from  that  empire,  retaining  all  its  forms  and  institutions. 
Both  the  English  and  Dutch  have  attempted  to  onen  an  intercourse  with  Tonquin, 
where  One  and  cheap  silks,  lackered-ware,  and  some  gold  may  be  obtained  ;  but 
the  arbitrary  exactions  of  the  mandarins,  and  the  little  demand  for  foreign  cloths, 
in  consequence  of  costumes  fixed  by  law  being  worn  by  all  ranks,  rendered  it  a 
losing  traffic,  and  it  has  been  almost  wholly  abandoned.  Kesho,  situated  about 
2(1  miles  from  the  mouth  of  the  river  Songo,  is  the  chief  city  of  Tonquin,  and  w 
said  by  some  to  contain  40,000  inhabitants;  other  accounts  represent  it  as  three 
or  four  times  more  populous. 

rSIAMPA. 

T'siampa,  or  Chiampa,  is  a  small  district  nominally  under  the  control  of  the  king 
of  Cochin-China,  and  lying  to  the  southward  of  that  country ;  the  climate  is  very 
hot  and  unhealthy  for  strangers ;  it  is  said  to  be  fertile,  and  its  productionsthe 
same  as  Cambodia.    It  abounds  with  elephants  and  also  wiUi  the  rhinoceros. 

LAOS. 

Laos,  situated  on  both  sides  of  the  Mecon,  or  Cambodia  river,  is  a  country  of 
some  extent,  but  little  known,  never  having  been  visited  by  any  European.  Part 
of  it  is  subject  to  Siam,  part  to  Cochin-China,  and  the  residue  independent.  Some 
time  ago  the  king  of  Laos  was  taken  prisoner  by  the  Siamese,  and  carried,  with 
his  children,  in  a  cage  to  Bankok,  and  several  thousands  of  the  inhabitants  were 
forcibly  taken  to  the  same  place.  Elephants,  both  wild  and  tame,  are  extremely 
numerous  in  Laos ;  and  the  capital  of  the  country  is  designate  by  a  term  which 
signifies  the  place  of  ten  millions  of  elephants.  The  people  of  Laos  are  called 
Shans.  Yun-shan  and  Lnwa-shan  are  districts  lying  north-west  from  Laos,  known 
only  by  name  to  Europeans.  The  people  and  language,  as  well  as  those  of  Laos 
and  Assam,  are  said  to  be  essentially  the  same  as  the  Siamese. 


THIBET. 

Thibbt  forms  a  high  table  plain,  surrounded  on  all  sides  by  ranges  of  lofty 
mountains,  some  of  which  are  among  the  most  elevated  on  the  globe :  it  is  bounded 
on  the  north  by  Mongolia ;  west  by  Little  Thibet ;  south  by  Hindoostan  and  Bir- 
mah ;  and  east  by  China.  On  the  southern  boundary  are  the  Himmaleh  Moun- 
tains; on  the  northern  the  Kuenlun  and  the Tshoungling,  or  Blue  Mountains;  and 
on  the  east  are  those  called  the  Yung-ling  and  Pe-ling. 

Besides  its  grand  mountain  features,  Thibet  is  distinguished  as  containing  the 
sources  of  many  of  the  greatest  rivers  of  Asia.  The  Burrampooter,  Irrawaddy, 
and  Sal  wen,  flowing  into  the  Bay  of  Bengal :  the  Mecon,  the  great  river  of  Cara* 
bodia,  and  the  greatest  of  Chinese  streams,  the  Honng  Ho  and  Yang-tse  Kiang,  all 
have  their  sources  within  its  borders.  The  lakes  Manasarowara  and  Rawan  Hrad, 
arc  picturesque  and  striking,  and  surrounded  by  some  of  the  loftiest  snow-covered 
peaks  of  the  Himmaleh,  ai^  which  are  held  by  the  Hindoos  in  religious  venera- 
tion :  and  there  are  also  the  Lake  of  Terkerri,  70  miles  long,  Lake  Tousea  and 
several  others,  respecting  which  no  further  particulars  are  yet  known. 

The  climate  of  Thibet  is  cold  and  bleak  in  the  extreme,  firom  the  severe  effects 
of  which  the  inhabitants  are  obliged  to  seek  refuge  in  the  sheltered  valleys  and 
hollows,  or  amidst  the  warmest  aspects  of  the  rocks.  In  the  temperature  of  the 
seasons,  however,  a  remarkable  uniformity  prevails,  as  well  as  in  their  periodical 
duration  and  return. 

The  mineral  productions  of  this  region  are  numerous.  Gold  is  found  in  great 
quantities  and  very  pure ;  sometimes  in  the  form  of  gold  dust,  in  the  beds  of  the 
rivers,  and  sometimes  in  large  masses  and  irregular  veins.    There  is  a  lead  mine 


■China,  is 
decidedly  | 
lenlh  cen- 1 
«titutions. 
I  Tonquin,  | 
lined;  but 
ign  cloths,  I 
dered  it  a ! 
ited  about 
uin,  and  is, 
it  as  three ; 


Off  the  king 
late  is  very ' 
luctionsthe  j 
>ceroB. 

country  of 
jean.     Part  j^ 
Jent.  Some  j 
larried,  with  | 
bitanls  were  1 
e  extrenjely 
,  term  which 
)8  are  called 
Laos,  known 
lose  of  Laos  i 


ngea  of  lofty 
it  is  bounded  | 
3tan  and  Bir- 
maleh  Moun- 
luntains;  and{ 

)ntaining  the 
Irrawaddy,  | 
river  of  Cam-  j 
tse  Kiang,  all 

Rawan  Hrad, 
snow-covered  ] 
gious  venera- 

'eTouseaandl 


n. 
severe 


effects 


'A 


valleys  and 
jrature  of  the  | 
periodical  \ 


leir 


found  in  great 
16  beds  of  the 
is  a  lead  mine  | 


THIBET. 


519 


about  two  days'  journey  from  Tecshoo  Loomboo,  which  probably  conUina  biIvit. 
Cinnabar,  abounding  in  quicksilver,  rock-salt,  and  tincal,  or  crude  borax,  are  liitt'- 
wise  among  the  mineral  productions  of  this  country ;  the  last  is  found  in  inex- 
haustible quantities. 

The  manufactures  of  Thibet  are  principally  shawls  and  woollen  cloth.  The 
exports,  which  go  chiefly  to  China  and  Bengal,  consist  of  c^ld-dust,  iliamoml.-, 
pearl,  coral,  musk,  rock-salt,  woollen  cloth,  aiid  lamb-skins:  in  return  for  which, 
silk,  satin,  gold  and  silver  brocade,  tea,  tobacco,  and  furs  of  various  kinds  art' 
received  from  China ;  and  from  Bengal,  the  productions  of  that  country,  and  a 
variety  of  English  commodities  and  manufactures. 

The  people  are  rather  stout  and  hardy  and  of  a  ruddy  complexion,  for  the  moun- 
tain breezes  bestow  health  and  vigour.  They  are  of  various  distinct  tribes,  little 
known.    The  language  is  the  same  which  is  used  on  the  frontiers  of  China, 

The  people  of  Thibet  have  made  some  progress  towards  civilization,  but  the 
sciences  are  neglected.  The  literature  is  chiefly  connected  with  the  reiiarion, 
and,  together  with  the  language,  is  of  Hindoo  origin.  The  houses  are  meanly 
constructed,  and  built  of  rough  stones,  with  a  few  apertures  to  admit  light.  Mut- 
ton forms  a  common  article  of  food;  and  tea  is  a  favourite  beverage.  The  people 
may,  in  genera),  be  described  as  mild  ar/l  gentle,  and,  though  sunk  in  supersti- 
tions, free  from  many  of  the  sanguinary  customs  of  the  Hindoos. 

The  Thibetians  are  said  to  reverse  the  general  practice  of  the  east  in  poly- 
gamy ;  though  it  is  probably  related  without  much  foundation,  that  wives  are  per- 
mitted to  have  several  husbands.  The  dead  are  buried,  burned,  thrown  into  a 
stream,  or  exposed  in  the  open  air  to  be  devoured  by  beasts. 

Thibet  is  remarkable  ts  the  chief  seat  of  a  religion  which  prevails  over  a  large 
portion  of  Central  Asia.  The  system  is  that  known  under  the  title  of  Buddha,  its 
founder,  and  of  the  Lama,  its  sovereign  head;  while  in  China  the  same  worship 
is  denominated  that  of  Fo,  and  in  Tartary  is  called  Shamanism.  It  had  its  origin 
in  Hindooetan,  though  now  nearly  expelled  thence  by  the  rival  system  of  Brahinn ; 
from  which  it  is  generally. supposed  to  have  separated  as  a  schism,  though  others 
conceive  it  to  have  been  the  parent  superstition.  The  doctrine  of  transmigration 
is  alike  held  under  both  religions ;  but  in  that  of  Buddha  it  is  converted  from  a 
speculative  belief  into  a  powerful  engine  of  practical  influence.  As  soon  as  the 
Lama  dies,  the  priests,  by  supposed  celestial  indications,  discover  an  infant  into 
whom  his  soul  is  supposed  to  have  transmigrated.  This  person  is  immediately 
exalted  into  the  character  of  Lama,  and  in  his  name  all  the  civil  and  ecclesiastical 
aflairs  of  the  state  are  administered ;  and  such  is  the  sanctity  attached  to  his  cltu- 
racter,  that  it  is  pretended  a  heavenly  odour  is  exhaled  from  his  whole  bo<ly ;  tliat 
flowers  grow  beneath  his  footsteps;  and  that  in  the  most  parched  desert  springs 
flow  at  his  command.  In  Thibet  and  the  bordering  regions  of  Tartary,  every  great 
district  has  its  Lama;  but  the  chief  of  these  spiritual  sovereigns  is  the  Grand 
Lanuk,  who  resides  at  Lassa ;  next  to  him  is  the  Teshoo  Lama,  resident  at  Tcshoo 
Loomboo. 

As  the  sovereignty  centres  in  the  Lama,  so  the  nobility  is  formed  by  the  monks 
called  jelums  or  gylongs.  The  monastic  principle  exists  under  the  Buddhist  sys- 
tem in  its  utmost  rigour,  accompanied  by  the  same  usages  of  seclusion  and  celi- 
bacy which  distinguish  it  in  the  Catholic  church.  These  habits  being  adopted  by 
the  most  celebrated  characters  both  in  church  and  state,  the  idea  of  dignity  is 
exclusively  centred  in  them,  and  those  of  degradation  and  vulgarity  are  attached 
to  marriage.  The  priests  reside  in  large  mansions,  much  the  handsomest  in  the 
country,  and  uniting  the  character  of  convents  and  palaces.  The  monks  in  the 
villages  bordering  on  India  are  represented  as  a  dirty,  greasy,  good-humoured, 
happy  class  of  persons,  who  do  not  think  it  inconsistent  with  their  vocation  to 
carry  on  a  good  deal  of  worldly  traflic.  In  the  great  central  establishment,  mf>re 
dignity  of  character  is  preserved,  and  the  obligations  imposed  by  their  situation 
appear  to  be  strictly  regarded.  On  the  whole,  their  deportment  is  represented  as 
humane  and  obliging ;  on  the  part  of  superiors  una^uming,  and  respectful  on  that 
of  inferiors. 

The  ceremonies  of  the  Buddhist  religion  bear  a  striking  resemblance  to  those 


'■'U 


(  . 


W-  '■' 

itm. 


ii;:}.  ;■•■■■.■■■ 

'oj'!:  y.i*  i.[.      .     , 


5-^ 


LITTLE  THIBET. 


of  the  Catholic,  insomuch  that  many  of  the  missionaries  found  it  scarcely  possible 
to  discover  any  distinction.  This  has  even  been  ascribed  by  some  to  a  mixture 
with  the  votaries  of  the  Ncstorian  heresy,  which  was  spread  through  the  Eaat. 
A  favourite  part  of  the  service  consists  of  music,  less  remarkable  for  its  harmony 
than  for  the  employment  of  eveiy  means  of  raising  as  great  a  noise  as  possible. 
Tlie  priests  assume  the  whole  busmess  of  prayer.  They  sell  a  certain  number  of 
prayers,  which  are  written  out  and  attached  to  the  cylinder  of  a  mill,  and  every 
turn  is  suppobod  to  constitute  a  valid  prayer.     Some  are  moved  by  water. 

Notwithstanding  the  difference  between  the  religions  of  this  country  and  Hin- 
doostan,  many  of  the  temples  of  Thibet  are  crowded  with  Hindoo  idols ;  and  the 
seats  of  Indian  pilgrimage,  particularly  Benares,  Juggernaut,  and  Sagur,  are 
devoutly  visited  by  votaries  from  the  dominions  of  the  Grand  Lama.  On  their 
part,  the  Hindoos  pay  a  deep  religions  veneration  to  the  lofty  snowy  peaks  and  the 
lonely  mountain  lakes  of  tiiis  elevated  neighbourhood.  Among  the  former,  Chu- 
mularee,  on  the  Bootan  frontier,  and  among  the  latter  Manasarovara,  hold  the  pre- 
eminence. 

Lassa,  the  capital  spiritual  and  temporal,  *'the  Rome  of  Central  Asia,"  is  situ- 
ated in  the  finest  part  of  Thibet,  an  extended  valley  bordered  by  stupendous  moun- 
tain ranges.  The  winters  are  severe ;  but  from  April  to  October,  notwithstanding 
occasional  cold  blasts,  the  climate  is  warm ;  rice,  the  vine,  and  other  fine  fruits 
come  to  maturity.  The  city,  independent  of  its  chief  ornament,  which  is  tite 
temple  of  Pootala,  is  represented  as  handsome  and  op«ilent  In  the  surrounding 
plain  are  twenty-two  other  temples,  all  richly  adorned,  and  of  which  those  of  Sera 
and  Bhraeboung  are  described  almost  to  rival  Pootakt.  The  entire  number  of 
priests  and  monks  maintained  at  the  expense  of  government  is  stated  at  84,000. 
Lassa  is  the  seat  of  the  grand  or  sovereign  Lama,  from  whom  all  the  priests  and 
sovereigns  of  that  denominatk>n,  throughout  Thibet  and  Tartary,  receive  their 
investiture.  He  ranked,  also,  till  htely,  as  the  civil  ruler  of  an  extent  of  country 
about  300  miles  in  length,  and  composed  of  the  best  territory  in  this  region ;  but 
the  Chinese,  after  expelling  the  Nepaulese  invaders,  have  established  at  Lassa  a 
military  commander  and  a  civil  governor,  and  virtually  annexed  it  to  their  empire. 
They  rule  it,  however,  with  a  mild  sway,  leaving  all  the  ecclesiastical  institutions 
undisturbed,  and  in  full  possession  of  their  ample  endowments ;  and  the  tribute, 
conveyed  by  an  annual  embassy  to  Peking,  is  extremely  moderal> 

Teshoo  Loomboo  is  the  seat  of  a  Lama,  second  in  rank  to  that  of  Pootala,  but  is 
rendered  interesting  to  us  by  its  close  vicinity  to  the  Bengal  frontier,  from  which 
it  is  only  separated  by  the  mountain  district  of  Bootan.  About  400  mansions  com- 
bine to  form  a  large  monastery,  the  walls  of  which  are  built  of  stone,  the  roofs 
of  coloured  wood,  and  crowned  with  numerous  gilded  canopies  and  turrets.  Ac- 
cording to  tlie  usual  system,  it  is  built  under  the  shade  of  a  high  rock  with  a 
southern  exposure,  and  looks  down  upon  the  greet  river  Sanpoo,  or  Burr  mpooter, 
whose  course  is  here  diversified  by  numerous  islands,  through  which  it  i^ows  in 
deep  and  narrow  channels.  The  number  of  monks  and  gylongs,  the  sole  inhabit- 
ants of  this  monastic  capital,  amounted,  in  1783,  to  3700l 


LITTLE   THIBET. 

Little  Thibet  lies  to  the  north  of  Hindoostan,  south  of  Little  Bucharia,  east 
of  Cashmere  and  Ka^chgur,  and  west  of  Thibet,  from  which  it  is  separated  by  the 
Kara  Koorum  ridge,  a  branch  of  the  great  Thsoung-ling  range.  It  is  a  high  and 
rugged  region,  surrounded  on  all  sides  by  vast  mountains,  from  which  flow  the 
head  streams  of  the  Indua 

The  chief  town  is  Leh,  or  Ladak,  situated  on  the  river  of  the  same  name,  at 
the  point  where,  being  joined  by  a  river  flowing  in  an  opposite  '^''oction,  the 
united  streams  take  the  name  of  the  Indus.  It  is  the  seat  of  a  considerable  trade, 
being  the  chief  place  of  transit  for  the  caravans,  on  both  sides  of  the  Indus,  from 
Thibet,  Hindoostan,  and  Cabul,  to  Yarkand  and  Little  Bucharia.  Near  the  source 
of  the  Ladak  River  is  Gortope,  a  great  market  for  shawl  wool,  which  is  collected 


i;i'-  *•..■ 


CHINA. 


m 


here  from  the  adjoining  dintricls,  and  sent  from  Iionoo  to  rashmere;  it  is  BJtiiatod 
in  the  midst  of  n  vast  plain  coverrd  with  larjjo  flockx  of  sheep,  fronts,  and  yaks.  , 
About  100  miles  to  the  south-east  of  Gortope,  are  the  lakes  of  Rawan,  MnwJ.and  1 
Manasarovara :  the  latter  is  an  object  of  reverential  piiffrimage  tVom  all  parts  of 
Hindoostan.  The  few  who  can  overcome  the  tremendous  obstacles  encountered 
in  the  way,  consider  all  their  sins  as  forgiven,  and  an  entrance  into  Paradise  ns 
secured.  But  little  is  known  of  this  region :  the  inhabitants  are  said  to  be  a  Tar- 
tar race,  whose  religion  ia  that  of  the  Grand  Lama.  They  appear  to  be  subject 
to  China.  '  •* 


CHINA. 

This  vast  empire,  containing  the  greatest  amount  of  population,  and  perhaps 
also  of  wealth,  united  under  one  government,  occupies  a  large  portion  of  the 
south-east  of  Asia. 

The  Chinese  empire,  stretching  from  18"  to  r)6'  of  north  latitude,  and  from  70° 
to  140O  of  east  longitude,  covers  an  area  of  about  r),3r)(),0(K)  s^juare  miles,  or  ono- 
tenth  of  the  whole  land-surface  of  the  earth.  The  p<jpu]ation  of  this  vast  region, 
according  to  the  most  probable  modern  computation,  is  about  200,000,000,  as  fol- 
lows : — 

China  proper 173,000,000 

Mantchooria,  Mongolia,  Soongaria,  and  Little  Bucharia 10,000,000 

Corea,  &c 9,000,000 

Thibet  and  Bootan 8,000,000 

Total 200,000,00() 

Of  this  vast  expanse  of  territory,  China  proper,  Mantchooria,  and  the  eastern 
part  of  Little  Bucharia,  form  the  political  China  of  the  imperial  administration. 
The  other  regions  are  merely  tributaries  or  protected  sta  s ;  the  petty  chiefs  of 
Thibet,  the  country  of  Bootan,  and  the  kingdoms  of  Corea  and  Loo  Choo,  belong 
to  the  latter  class.  The  ruling  race  is  the  Mantchoo,  which  over-ran  and  subdued 
China  near  two  centuries  ago.  The  Mantchoo  is  the  language  of  the  court,  and 
of  a  rich  literature. 

China  proper,  now  exclusively  under  consideration,  may  be  generally  stated  as 
extending  from  20**  to  41°  north  latitude,  and  from  101-'  •  ■  122°  of  east  longitude. 
This  makes  1260  geographical  miles  in  length,  by  lOixi  miles  in  breadth.  It  is 
divided  into  eighteen  provinces,  the  majority  of  which  arc  in  extent  and  popula- 
tion equal  to  some  of  the  most  powerful  monarchies  of  Europe. 

The  face  of  the  country  is  much  diversified,  though  the  greater  part  of  it  is 
bvel,  intersected  by  numerous  rivers,  canals,  ard  occasional  mountain  chains,  of 
which  one  of  the  most  important  appears  to  be  a  iiontinuation  of  the  great  Hiin- 
maleh  range,  extending  eastward  to  the  shores  of  the  Pacific  ocean.  The  chief 
rivers  of  China,  the  Hoang  Ho  and  Yang-tse  Kiang,  rank  among  the  most  import- 
ant in  Asia;  they  both  have  their  sources  among  the  mountains  of  Thibet,  and 
a*\er  a  course  of  near  2000  miles,  discharge  their  mighty  waters  into  the  ocean, 
separated  by  an  interval  of  160  miles.  The  principal  lakes  of  China  are  the 
Touting,  about  300  miles  in  circumference,  and  covered  with  a  numerous  popula- 
tion who  subsist  by  fishing ;  and  the  Poy-ang  is  surrounded  by  picturesque  and 
finely  wooded  hills.     The  other  lakes  are  of  much  less  magnitude. 

The  climate  of  China  varies  according  to  the  situation  of  the  plactts.  Toward 
the  north  it  is  cold,  in  the  miHdle  mild,  and  in  the  south  hot.  The  soil  is,  either 
by  nature  or  art,  fruitful  of  everything  that  can  minister  to  the  necessities,  conve- 
niences, or  luxuries  of  life.  This  country  produces  all  the  fruits  common  to  the 
tropical  and  temperate  countries.  The  camphor,  tallow,  and  cinnamon  trees  are 
common  in  the  fields  and  gardens.  The  most  celebrated  production,  however,  is  the 
tea  plant,  which  grows  wild,  but  is  much  improved  by  careful  culture.  It  is  a 
shrub  5  or  6  feet  in  height,  producing  leaves  of  different  flavour,  according  to  the  I 
soil.    This  is  so  extensively  used  in  China,  that  although  European  and  American  I 


t ,. 


»   -iiil 
I 


44* 


3Q 


5SW! 


CHINA. 


traders  take  annually  from  Canton  upwards  of  sixty  millions  of  pourHs  weight,  it 
is  suid,  that  were  the  foreign  exportation  to  cease  altogether,  it  would  nut  sensibly 
lower  the  price  in  that  country. 

China  produces,  it  is  said,  all  the  metals  and  minerals  that  are  known  in  the 
world.  White  copper,  called  by  the  Chinese  peton,  ia  peculiar  to  tiiat  country ; 
but  we  know  of  no  extraordinary  quality  which  it  possesses.  Tutcnag  is  another 
peculiar  metal.  Their  gold  mines,  therefore,  are  partially  and  slightly  worked ; 
and  the  currency  of  that  metal  is  supplied  by  the  grains  which  the  people  find  in 
the  sand  of  rivers  and  mountains.  The  silver  specie  is  furnished  from  the  mines 
of  Honan.    Coal  is  abundant. 

There  is  not,  and  perhaps  never  was,  on  the  face  of  the  earth,  a  government 
more  purely  and  entirely  despotic  than  the  Chinese.  No  power,  honor,  or  dis« 
tinction  exists,  except  that  which  centres  in,  and  emanates  from  the  sovereign. 
No  distinctions  are  owned  between  man  and  man,  except  those  conferred  by  office ; 
and  to  these,  the  highest  and  the  lowest  arc  permitted  equally  to  aspire.  This 
supreme  power  of  the  monarch  is  claimed  for  him  as  the  representative  of  Deity 
on  earth. 

Although,  however,  the  despotism  of  China  is  thus  entirely  raised  above  any 
direct  and  positive  check,  it  is  yet  in  practice  the  most  mild  and  protecting  of  any 
that  exists.  The  monarch  is  held  within  a  circle  of  laws,  institutions,  and  ideas, 
by  transgressing  which,  he  would  lose  the  very  basis  on  which  his  authority  rests. 
The  doctrine,  that  he  is  the  son  and  vicegerent  of  Deity,  implies  that  he  will  use 
this  high  descent  and  power  in  securing  prosperity  to  the  nation  over  whom  he 
holds  a  higher  than  earthly  sway ;  and  this  is  i-.  >  fully  recognised,  that,  even  when 
his  people  are  suffering  under  evils  of  nature,  famine,  earthquake,  or  inundation, 
he  takes  the  blame,  humbles  himself,  fasts,  and  strips  himself  of  his  costly  attire, 
as  a  penitent  under  whose  sins  his  people  are  groaning.  The  paternal  character 
equally  implies  an  anxious  concern  for  the  welfare  of  his  people,  who,  amid  the 
veneration  with  which  they  view  these  relations,  are  not  forgetful  of  the  accom- 
panying obligations,  or  indisposed  to  revolt  when  they  suffer  severely  from  the 
non-observance  of  them. 

In  this  system,  the  fundamental,  and,  certainly,  highly  laudable  maxim  has  been, 
to  make  knowledge  the  sole  ground  of  official  rank  and  public  employment.  The 
examinations  for  this  purpose  are  conducted  with  the  greatest  apparent  imparti- 
ality, and,  as  seems  to  be  generally  believed,  with  much  real  fairness.  Strict 
precautions  are  adopted  for  this  purpose;  such  as,  that  every  piece  of  composition 
that  is  to  be  judged,  must  be  (jiven  in  sealed  and  anonymous. 

The  laws  of  China  have  been  compiled  not  with  any  large  or  statesman-like 
views,  but  with  a  minute  and  elaborate  care  to  lay  down  the  various  descriptions 
of  offence,  and  apportion  to  each  a  suitable  punishment.  The  cane  is  the  grand 
instrument  of  government;  and  all  Chin',  has  been  compared  to  a  school,  kept  in 
awe  by  the  rod  of  a  master.  For  its  application,  the  law  specifies  two  distinct 
dimensions  of  length  and  thickness,  and  more  pointedly  fixes  the  number  of  blows 
to  be  inflicted  on  the  offender.  For  crimes  of  a  deeper  die  than  those  which  the 
cane  can  chastise,  banishment  in  different  degrees  is  indicted ;  and  for  those  «till 
more  flagrant,  death  is  awarded. 

The  military  force  of  China  !•  j  be^n  represented  as  amounting  to  about 
800,000.  The  greater  part  are  a  mere  militia,  in  which  the  population,  when 
called  upon,  are  liable  to  serve.  Their  appearance  and  habits  are  most  unmilitary, 
and  they  are  scarcely  called  out  unless  for  purposes  of  police ;  to  pursue  robbers, 
and  pass  muster  on  state  occasions.  Their  paper  helmets,  wadded  gowns,  quilt- 
ed petticoats,  and  clumsy  satin  boots,  exhibit  nothing  of  the  aspect  of  war. 

Its  appears  from  ancient  records  that  the  Chinese  and  Tartars  made  u^e  not 
only  of  gunpowaer,  but  even  of  something  resembling  cannon ;  but  artillery  does 
not  at  present  constitute  any  part  of  the  effective  force  of  the  empire. 

The  Chinese  government  have  very  numerous  barges,  for  the  conveyance  of 
tribute,  and  other  accommodations;  also  a  few  armed  vessels  to  prevent  smuggling 
and  piracy ;  but  nothing  which  can  be  called  a  navy.  An  American  frigate  would 
beat  the  whole  of  their  maritime  force. 


'  I 


CHINA. 


5^3 


No  nation  is  to  filmed  for  induolry,  in  all  the  arts  that  minister  to  human  mib- 
eistence.  The  lands,  in  particular,  wiiich  are  at  all  capable  cf  culture,  are  tilled 
v'ith  a  minute  care,  without  example  aniontr  any  other  people.  The  peculiar  im- 
portance attached  to  agriculture  is  testified  by  an  annual  featival,  in  which  the 
emperor  exhibits  himself  to  his  subject*  puidinff  the  plouph.  It  is  not,  however, 
supported  by  any  large  application  of  skill,  science,  or  cap't^l.  The  Chineoe  carry 
on farming  on  a  small  scale,  with  rude  instrumenus  and  a'rnoBt  no  cattle.  Their 
chief  exertions  are  employed  in  irrigating  their  fields ;  arU  by  the  aid  of  the 
chain  pump,  they  draw  water  out  of  their  numerous  rivtr-  and  canals,  and  inun- 
date the  crops  of  rice  as  soon  as  they  are  sown.  This  is  dcme  twice  a  year,  and 
two  crops  are  in  general  raised  annually,  without  intermisoion  or  rotation.  Tlie 
highest  mountains  are  formed  into  terraces,  so  constructed  as  to  retain  the  requi- 
site quantity  of  water,  and  allow  what  is  superfluous  to  pass;  and  reservoirs  arc 
formed  on  the  summits. 

As  a  manufacturing  people,  the  Chinese  are  also  eminent.  The  fabric  of  por- 
celain, so  superior  in  beauty  to  every  other  species  of  earthenware,  originated  en- 
tirely with  them ;  and,  though  the  taste  of  their  imitators  in  Europe  has  produced 
more  elegant  patterns,  they  are  still  unrivalled  as  to  its  whitenes.s  hardness,  and 
the  transparency  of  its  colours;  the  materials  of  which  they  possess  a  peculiar 
art  in  extracting  from  a  vast  variety  of  aninm!,  vegetable,  and  mineral  substances. 
Silk  also  is  a  fabric  which  the  western  world  has  learned  from  the  Chinese.  A 
number,  however,  of  little  ornamented  trinkets  and  toys  are  made  with  the  simplest 
instruments,  and  by  the  hands  of  single  individuals;  yet  with  a  beauty  which  we 
in  vain  attempt  to  rival.  Such  are  their  ivory  fans  and  baskets  ;  their  ornaments 
of  tortoise-shell  arl  n  other-of-pearl ;  their  silver  filigree  and  lackered  cabinets, 
chests,  &c.  Thai.  pape»  and  printing  are  both  good,  and  their  ink,  for  some  pur- 
poses, superior  to  European.  Their  stained  paper  and  lackered  ware  are  also 
well  known. 

The  commerce  of  China  is  thus  chiefly  confined  to  the  operation  of  bartering 
the  productions  of  its  diSerent  provinces;  and  these  are  sufficijntly  various  to  af- 
ford room  for  a  variety  of  extensive  traffic.  Tlie  most  ample  facilities  are  affbrdetJ 
by  the  great  rivers  and  their  numerous  tributaries,  and  also  by  the  canals,  which 
are  constructed  on  a  greater  scale  than  in  any  other  country.  One  of  the  crrfiat 
object*  is  the  conveyance  to  the  capital  of  the  imperial  land-rent,  which  is  paid  in 
kind,  and  consists  chiefly  of  rice. 

Salt  is  a  most  extensive  article  of  traffic.  The  British  embassy  found,  at  Teen- 
tsin,  piles  of  that  commodity,  which  they  calculated  at  600,0()0,0()0  pouncla. 

The  conveyance  of  coal,  turf,  and  other  fuel,  aflbrds  also  occupation  to  nume- 
rous barges.  The  distribution  throughout  China  of  the  silks,  porcelain,  and  other 
fine  manufactures  of  the  central  provinces,  affords  another  source  no  less  ample. 

Of  the  foreign  commerce  of  China  the  European  part  is  the  most  considerable, 
and  is  chiefly  in  the  hands  of  the  English,  being  conducted  until  recently  by  their 
East  India  Company,  to  the  exclusion  of  private  traders.  Their  dealings  are  car- 
ried on  entirely  with  the  Hong  merchants,  w.ho  are  required  to  give  security  to 
government  for  the  payment  of  the  import  and  export  duties  on  the  carsro  of  every 
ship  that  arrives  in  any  Chinese  port,  and  for  the  good  conduct  of  the  crow. 
There  are,  however,  others,  called  "outside  merchants,"  many  of  whom,  under 
sanction  of  the  Hong,  carry  on  trafBc  to  a  considerable  extent.  By  an  act  of  Par- 
liament, of  August  28th,  1833,  the  trade  of  this  country  is  thrown  oppn  to  all 
British  subjects,  and  now  stands  on  the  same  footing  as  that  with  oilier  rountrie.s. 
During  the  first  year  of  the  free  trade  (l&M-b)  the  exports  of  tea  aiono,  in  Brit- 
ish vessels,  amounted  to  upwards  of  10  millions  pounds  more  than  the  annual 
average  of  the  last  three  years  of  the  Company's  trade ;  the  latter  being  .'U.'jOO.OOO, 
and  the  former  exceeding  42,000,000  pounds.  The  British  trndo  in  C:mton  is 
now  placed  under  the  supervision  of  an  officer,  appointed  by  the  cr>wn,  and  sfylc<l 
the  Superintendent  of  the  Merchants,  The  Dutch  trade  is  the  larirost  nf  the  Eu- 
ropean nations  atk;  the  British;  but  even  with  the  assistance  of  protecting  duties 
in  Holland,  the  Dutch  cannot  withstand  the  enterprise  and  activity  of  the  Ameri- 
Ijcan  traders.     Though  the  Portuguese  possess  the  island  of  Macao,  and  the  Spa- 


(  . 


lis-.'     ''     ''"'• 


If    :   •  I**' 


«:^ 


.•■"■1  ,  i'|i.h<    ,  . 


lip-i''' 


mm 


5:^4 


CHINA. 


nianlR,  from  the  Philippines,  have  accera  to  the  port  of  Amny,  they  make  little  use 
of  these  advantages.  The  French,  Swedes,  and  Danes  all  carry  on  a  little  inter- 
course with  Canton. 

The  trade  to  China  iVom  India,  where  it  is  called  the  country  trade,  is  almost ' 
entirely  free,  and  has  been  carried  to  a  great  extent.  It  is  chiefly  with  Bombay, 
which  sends  to  it  cotton,  and  the  fine  opium  of  Malwa;  while  from  Calcutta  it 
receives  the  inferior  opium  of  Patna  and  Benares.  The  import  of  this  article  into 
China  has  increased  surprisingly,  from  a  value  of  590,000/.  in  1817-18,  to 
2,500,000/.  in  1831-32.  It  has  grown  also  in  the  face  of  the  most  rigorous  pro- 
hibition, and  by  trade  entirely  contraband.  This  is  carried  on  in  the  bay  of  Lin- 
ting,  with  perfect  security,  by  means  of  very  slight  precautions.  Cotton,  which 
used  to  be  the  largest  article,  fell,  during  the  above  period,  from  1,310,000/.  to 
646,000/.  Tin,  pepper,  betel-nut,  and  some  other  articles,  raised  the  imports  from 
India  to  China,  in  1831-32,  to  3,250,000/. 

The  American  trade  with  China  has  also,  within  the  last  fifty  years,  risen  to 
very  considerable  importance.  It  commenced  in  1783,  with  a  single  vessel  from 
New  York,  and  in  1833  it  had  increased  to  a  total  value  of  $16,735,150 ;  viz. : 
$8,372,178  of  exports  from  Canton,  and  $8,362,971  of  imporis  into  that  port.  The 
Americans  export  from  China  tea  to  the  extent  of  nearly  15,000,000  pounds,  nan- 
keens, silks,  and  other  minor  articles ;  and  give,  in  return,  furs,  chiefly  from  the 
north-west  coast  of  America,  seal-skins,  Turkish  opium,  ginseng,  eca-slug,  wool- 
lens and  cottons  of  English  and  American  manufacture,  and  a  balance  in  bullion. 

The  foreign  trade  of  China  in  her  own  bottoms,  though  bearin/;r  no  proportion  to 
the  wealth  and  greatness  of  the  empire,  is  not  altogether  incon.-?iderable.  It  is 
carried  on  in  large  unwieldy  junks,  whose  structure  can  never  be  improved,  as 
the  slightest  deviation  from  their  present  clumsy  structure  would  subject  the 
owners  to  the  high  duties  imposed  on  foreign  merchants. 

The  over-land  foreign  trade  of  China,  carried  on  by  caravans,  is  also  extensive. 
The  principal  stations  for  this  trade  are  as  follows:  Maimatchin,  opposite  to  Ki- 
akhta  on  the  Russian  frontier,  where  the  value  of  the  merchandise  imported  and 
exported,  is  about  $2,000,000  annually ;  Yarkand  and  Cashgar,  near  the  frontiers 
of  Bucharia;  Leh,  or  Ladak,  and  Lassa,  in  Thibet,  for  the  over-land  trade  with 
Hindoostan :  Yong-tchang,  in  Yunnan,  near  the  Birman  frontier ;  and  Koei-lin, 
near  that  of  Anam. 

The  inland  navigation,  by  means  of  rivers  and  canals,  which  everywhere 
abound,  is  unparalleled.  The  Imperial  Canal  k*  the  greatest  work  of  the  kind  in 
the  world.  It  extends  from  Peking  to  the  Kiang-ku,  about  600  miles.  It  is  said 
to  have  employed  30,000  men  upwards  of  40  year?  in  its  construction.  The  great 
wall  which  bounds  China  on  the  north  is  the  most  enormous  fabric  in  the  world. 
It  is  1500  miles  long,  passing  over  a  vast  chain  of  mountains,  30  feet  high  on  the 
plain,  15  or  20  when  carried  over  rocks  and  elevated  grounds ;  and  of  such  thick- 
ness that  6  horsemen  can  easily  ride  abreast  upon  it.  It  is  said  to  have  been  com- 
pleted 214  years  before  the  Christian  era. 

The  whole  of  the  imir.'-flse  population  of  China  composes,  in  its  strictest  sense, 
one  people,  cast  in  one  n.  ild,  bwlh  of  form  and  mind,  and  exhibit  in  their  phyHJ- 
ognomy  and  general  appearance  striking  pra^fs  of  Mongul  origin.  They  have  a 
square,  flat  face,  small  nose,  but  broad  at  the  root,  pale  yellow  complexion,  und 
long  black  hair.  The  latter  is  plaited  into  a  tail,  reaching  from  the  crown  of  the 
head  sometimes  as  low  as  the  calf  of  the  leg,  the  rest  of  the  scalp  being  closely 
shaven.  According  to  the  ideas  of  the  Chinese,  the  chief  beauty  of  the  females 
consists  in  the  smallness  of  their  feet,  which  are  swathed  from  the  earliest  infancy 
in  order  to  prevent  their  growing  to  the  natural  size. 

The  national  character  of  the  Chinese  has  been  very  differently  regarded,  and 
perhaps  there  has  of  late  prevailed  a  disposition  to  rate  it  somewhat  lou  low. 
Quietiide,  industry,  order,  and  regularity, — qualities  which  a  despotic  jjovernment 
seeks  always  to  foster, — seem  to  be  peculiarly  conspicuous.  A  general  good- 
humour  and  courtesy  reign  in  their  aspect  and  proceedings.  Flagrant  crimes,  and 
open  violations  of  the  laws,  are  by  no  means  common.  The  attachments  of  kin- 
dred are  encouraged  and  cherished  with   peculiar  force,  particularly  towards 


•i 


itlle  use 
Lie  inler- 

JH  almost 
Bombiiy, 
[ilcutta  it 
tide  into 
.7-18,  to 
rou9  pro- 
ly  of  Lin- 
on,  which 
0,00()I.  to 
porta  from 

s,  risen  to 
388cl  from 
150;  viz.: 
port.   The 
unJs,  nan- 
y  from  the 
,lugr,  wool- 
n  bullion, 
oportion  to 
ible.     It  is 
uproved,  as 
iubject  the 

>  extensive, 
oaite  to  Ki- 
nported  and 
he  frontiers 
[trade  with 
d  Koei-lin, 


everywhere 

the  kind  in 

It  is  said 

The  great 
1  the  world, 
high  on  the 

such  thick- 
Ej  been  coiiii- 

ictest  sense, 
their  physi- 
hey  have  a 
plexion,  und 
rown  of  the 
ing  closely 
the  females 
iest  infancy 

'garded,  and 
lat  loo  low. 
government 
■neral  good- 
.  crimes,  and 
lents  of  kin- 
irly  towards 


CHINA. 


SiS 


parents  and  ancestry  in  general.    The  support  of  the  aged  and  infirm  ia  incul' 
catcd  as  a  sacred  duty,  which  appears  to  be  very  strictly  fultillcd.     It  is  surely  a  ' 
phenomenon  in  national  economy  very  worthy  of  notice,  that,  in  a  nation  so  ini- 
monsely  multiplied,  and  so  straitened  tor  f(KMi,  there  should  not  be  such  a  thing  as 
either  begging  or  pauperism.     The  wants  of  the  most  destitute  arc  relieved  within 
the  circle  of  their  family  and  kindred.     It  is  said  to  be  customary,  that  a  whole 
family,  for  several  generations,  with  all  its  members,  married  and  unmarried,  live 
{  under  one  roof,  and  with  only  two  apartments,  one  for  sleeping,  and  the  other  for 
eating;  a  system,  the  possibility  of  maintaining  which,  implies  a  great  degree  of 
tranquillity  and  harmony  of  temper.     Within  the  domestic  circle,  however,  and 
that  of  ceremonious  social  intcrcouiHo,  socms  to  terminate  all  that  is  amiable  in 
the  Chinese  disposition.    In  every  other  respect  they  show  no  interest  in  the  wel- 
fare of  their  fellow-creatures,  nor  even  the  common  feelings  of  sympathy.     Re- 
peated instances  have  occurred  of  Chinese  dropping  into  the  sea,  and  being  rescued 
by  the  English,  while  their  own  countrymen  did  not  take  the  least  notice,  or  make 
a  single  effort  to  save  them.     Their  propensity  to  fraud  has  been  amply  noticed 
by  travellers,  but  appears  to  have  been  somewhat  exaggerated.     To  the  Hong 
merchants  belongs  the  merit  of  having  established  a  character  of  very  strict 
honesty ;  and  many  even  of  what  arc  called  "  outside  merchants"  appear  to  be 
highly  respectable. 

The  want  of  all  independent  place  and  power,  the  abject  submission  required, 
and  the  application  of  the  rod  to  all  classes  alike,  produces  a  general  degradation 
of  character,  and  the  vices  which  are  its  natural  consequences.  The  highest 
officer  of  state  shows  an  entire  disregard  of  truth,  and  hesitates  not  to  utter  the  I 
\  most  glaring  falsehoods,  whenever  a  political  purpose  is  to  be  serviMl.  Afrnin. 
the  practice  of  exposing  children  is  another  repulsive  characteristic  of  th  L'hi- 
nese,  which  harmonizes  very  ill  with  their  apparent  mildness,  and  boasted  respect 
for  the  ties  of  kindred ;  nor  can  the  poverty  which  prompts  it  form  its  excuse.  In 
Peking,  where  it  most  prevails,  the  number  of  children  annually  exposed,  has 
been  stated  at  9000 ;  but  this  is  now  admitted  to  be  a  great  exajjgeration,  and  the 
real  number  cannot  be  well  guessed.  The  practice  derives  no  palliation  from 
being  exercised  chiefly  upon  the  female  sex,  in  consequence  of  the  low  estimation 
in  which  they  are  generally  held  in  China. 

Chinese  literature  is  much  encumbered  by  the  difficulties  of  the  language. 
High  attainments  are  hardly  possible  though  the  works  are  innumerable,  and  know- 
ledge is  the  general  road  to  oflSce.  Poetry  is  a  general  study,  and  there  are  many 
tales,  books  of  ceremonies,  ethic  dnroas,  tec.  The  books  most  esteemed  are 
attributed  to  Confucius.  There  is  a  do^ette  published  at  Canton,  and  though 
there  is  no  censorship,  the  penalties  for  publishing  what  is  distitsteful  to  the  autho-  j 
rities  are  sufficiently  severe  to  repress  all  liberty  of  the  press. 

The  existing  worbhip  of  China  is  a  confused  mixture  of  superstitions,  for  gene- 
rally speaking  all  religions  are  tolerated,  though  the  reigning  Tartar  family  adhere 
principally  to  the  religion  of  the  Grand  Lama.  The  religion  of  Fo  is  similar  to 
some  of  the  tenets  of  Buddhism,  and  Po  is  the  Buddha  of  the  Hindoos.  The 
number  of  temples  is  incalculable.  There  were  many  Catholic  Christians  once 
in  China,  but  they  have  been  often  persecuted,  from  an  indiscreet  course  in  the 
missionaries ;  so  that  at  present  they  are  hardly  tolerated. 

The  tine  arts,  in  China,  are  deficient.  Her  painters,  indeed,  can  express  with 
minute  accuracy  the  forms  and  colours  of  natural  objects;  and  can  produce,  on  the 
i  whole,  a  light  and  pleasing  effect  Being  v, holly  ignorant,  however,  of  per.-tpcc- 
tive,  and  of  the  distribution  of  light  and  shade,  they  can  accomplish  no  effects  of 
foreshortening  or  distance;  neither  can  they  imitate  that  depth  and  blemisng  of 
tints  which  nature  actually  presents  to  the  eye.  They  give  groups  of  individual 
objects;  but  not  a  picture.  Their  music,  notwithstanding  the  mighty  effects 
which  they  ascribe  to  it,  is,  in  fact,  still  more  defective.  It  is  perfectly  simple, 
and  has  been  compared  to  the  Scotch,  but  without  possessing  iu  plaintive  tender 
ness. 

The  Chinese  are  more  completely  and  substantially  clothed  than  the  oih 
nations  in  the  south  of  Asia.     The  men  wear  long  jrowns  and  petticoats,  which 


It, 

\  ' 
t 


i. .  ' 


■1 


'■•m 


■;  tl*--'  ■.■■  :-■ 

.^WP;--.  ■•■'- 
:^; 'hit. /■.;:■;  ■■. 


iff 'I::/'!.:*' 
If-r    i^fi^ 

mm 


536 


CHINA. 


I-  '^  tin  'S    '       > 


would  ffive  them  a  feminine  appearance,  did  they  not  add  boots;  while  the  wo- 
men, with  short  jackets  and  trousers,  might  pass  for  men,  but  for  the  clpfrant  ornn- 
ment  of  braiding  their  hair  with  flowers.  Hilks,  satins,  and  occasionally  (inn 
cottons,  form  the  material  of  dress  for  the  higher  ranks:  the  lower  arc  clad  in 
coarse  cottons.  The  button  forms  the  attribute  of  rank,  and  by  its  various  shapes 
and  sizes  expresses  at  once,  to  a  Chinese  eye,  the  dignity  of  the  wearer. 

The  people  of  China  differ  from  the  other  Orientals  in  their  food,  and  in  thu 
mode  of  taking  it  Instead  of  squatting  on  the  floor,  and  eating  with  their  fin- 
gers, they  sit  on  chairs,  eat  off  tables,  and  raise  the  food  to  their  mouth  with  a 
species  of  chopsticks.  Their  dishes  are  placed  on  small  tables,  but  piled  in  suc- 
cessive stages  over  each  other.  They  consist,  in  a  great  meacure,  of  conrections 
and  fruits,  the  latter  of  which  are  iced.  One  favourite  luxury  of  the  rich  consists 
of  soups  made  with  the  gelatinous  substances,  sea-slug,  birds'-nests,  &.c.,  imported 
from  Cochin  China,  Malaysia,  Si.c.  The  mandarins  live  luxuriously,  and  have 
several  meals  a  day,  with  numerous  dishes  at  each.  The  ordinary  Chinese  can 
have  only  rice,  with  a  little  seasoning.  Tea  is  the  well-known  universal  beve- 
rage, presented  at  and  after  meals,  and  on  all  occasions.  It  is  drunk  without 
cream  or  sugar,  hot  water  being  poured  over  the  leaves.  Their  wine  is  bad,  but 
they  have  an  ardent  spirit  distilled  from  grain,  of  which  they  sip  pretty  largely  in 
private.    Even  convivial  excesses  occasionally  take  place. 

Peking,  the  celebrated  capital  of  this  great  empire,  stands  almost  in  a  comer 
of  it,  only  forty  miles  from  the  Great  Wall.  It  consists  of  two  very  distinct 
parts,  the  Chinese  and  the  Tartar  cities,  of  which  the  former  is  the  most  elegant 
and  populous,  but  the  latter  is  adorned  by  the  imperial  palace  and  gardens.  The 
united  city  is  about  twelve  miles  in  circumference,  surrounded  by  walls,  like 
every  other  in  China ;  but  those  of  Peking  are  peculiarly  lofty^  and  completely 
hide  the  city  from  those  who  are  without.  The  population  has  been  a  subject  of 
controversy,  but  is  reckoned  at  nearly  2,000,000.  Peking  is  divided  into  regular 
streets,  the  principal  one  of  which  crosses  the  whole  city,  and  is  about  120  feet 
wide,  unpiived,  but  carefully  watered.  It  consists  chiefly  of  shops,  which,  though, 
like  every  other  edifice  in  the  empire,  seldom  exceeding  one  story  in  height,  are 
adorned  with  flags,  varnish,  painting,  and  lanterns  of  a  peculiar  and  elegant  con- 
structiun.  The  streets  are  immensely  crowded,  as  the  Chinese  a|)end  much  time 
in  the  open  air. 

Nanking,  the  ancient  capital  of  China,  is,  in  extent,  eoesiderably  superior  to 
Peking.  The  exterior  wall,  enclosing  the  suburbs,  resembles  rather  the  boun- 
dary of  a  province  than  of  a  city.  Since  the  government  and  tribunals,  however, 
were  transferred  to  Peking,  it  has  greatly  declined,  and  about  a  third  part  of  its 
i  area  is  now  uninhabited.  It  still  continues  to  be  the  most  manufacturing  city  of 
China.  Its  silks,  its  paper,  the  cottons  bearing  its  name,  are  preferred  over  the 
empire  to  those  made  elsewhere.  Learning  also  continues  to  flourish  in  an  un- 
rivalled degree;  the  booksellers'  shops  are  nowhere  so  amply  furnished;  and  a 
greater  number  of  doctors  are  sent  forth  from  it  than  from  any  other  city.  Nan- 
king contains,  also,  in  its  pagoda  or  porcelain  tower,  the  chief  architectural  monu- 
ment of  the  empire.  It  consists  of  nine  stories,  ascended  by  884  steps.  The 
material  is  a  flne  white  tile,  which,  being  painted  in  various  colours,  has  the  ap- 
pearance of  porcelain ;  and  the  whole  is  so  artfully  joined  together  as  to  sppit 
one  entire  piece.  The  galleries  are  filled  with  images,  and  set  rounc^  with  bells, 
which  jiiigle  when  agitated  by  the  wind.  On  the  top  is  a  large  ball,  n  the  shape 
of  a  pine-apple,  of  which  the  Chinese  boast  as  consisting  of  solid  gdd ;  but  on 
that  point  foreign  observers  seem  to  be  sceptical. 

Souchow  is  extolled  by  the  Chinese  as  their  terrestrial  paradise.    Branches  from 

the  Great  Canal  traverse  it  throughout,  and  render  it,  like  Venice,  a  city  on  Ihe 

waters.     The  small  lake  of  Taihoo,  in  the  neighbourhood,  surrounded  by  pic- 

"i  turesque  hills,  affords  a  scene  of  delightful  recreation.     Here  all  the  classes 

I  whose  function  is  to  minister  to  pleasure,  lawful  or  unlawful,  are  trained  to  their 

i  respective  vocations;  comedians,  dancers,  jugglers,  and  the  females  destined  to 

(ill  the  harems  of  the  great.     The  latter  are  judged  to  be  fairer  and  more  grace- 


whiln  the  wo 
elofTRnt  orna- 
nsionally  »inn 
or  arc  clad  in 
mrious  shapes 
nrer. 

)(1,  and  in  thu 
with  their  fin- 
inoulh  with  a 
It  piled  in  euc- 
of  confections 
le  rich  consists 
&c.,  imported 
isly,  and  have 
ry  Chinese  can 
universal  bcve- 
drunk  without 
trine  is  bad,  but 
retty  largely  in 


isl  in  a  corner 
0  very  distinct 
tie  most  elegant 

gardens.    The  || 
d  by  walls,  like 

and  completely 
een  a  subject  of 
ded  into  regular 
19  about  120  feet 
.,  which,  though, 
■y  in  height,  are 
ind  elegant  con- 
pend  much  time 


aWy  superior  to 
ather  the  boun- 
junals,  however, 
third  part  of  its 
acturing  city  of 
eferred  over  the 
lurish  in  an  un- 
iirnished;  and  a 
ther  city.     Nan- 
hitectural  monu- 
384  steps.    The 
urs,  has  the  ap- 
ther  as  to  seem 
•ound  with  hells, 
)all,  n  the  shape 
lid  gtW ;  but  on 

Branches  from 
3e,  a  city  on  the 
•rounded  by  pic- 
.  all  the  classes 
»  trained  to  their 
lales  destined  to 
and  more  grace- 


CHINA. 


537 


fully  attirwl  than  those  of  the  northern  cities;  and  {Mint,  both  red  and  white,  in . 
lavished  to  heighten  their  beautH's. 

Canton,  thti  best  known  city  of  China,  and  with  which  nionc  Furopeann  carry 
on  habitual  intercourse,  is  situated  at  the  conflucn^f"  of  the  IN-kmng  with  the 
Taho,  a  much  larger  river  coming  from  th;^«  west.  Their  united  tttreanifl  spread 
below  this  city  into  a  broad  estuary,  called,  by  European-,  tho  Docch  'I'lgris,  which 
extends  ubout  fifty  rndes  in  length,  and  twenty  in  br.mlUi,  to  its  junction  with 
the  ocean.  Canton  itself  is  abcut  five  milca  in  cirruinfercnce ;  b»>«idcs  which,  ita 
extensive  cuburba  compose,  as  \t  were,  another  city.  The  great  estuary  of  the 
Bocca  Tigris  also  is  covered  with  floating  mansions  nrrunged  in  streets,  the 
tenants  of  which  have  no  home  on  land.  Tlie  hongs,  or  factories,  are  handsome 
buildingfl,  situated  in  the  suburbn,  and  arranged  in  a  line  alitng  the  water.  Thi^ 
atreeta  are  narrow,  and  the  front  of  almost  every  house  is  a  ^tlop;  but  tiie  suburbs 
and  vicinity  contain  many  agreeable  sites,  in  which  the  weaitliv  inhabiunts  have 
erected  their  mansions.  Canton  is  now  tlie  only  theatre  of  I''. ,  ropean  trade  to 
China;  for  the  admission  granted  at  an  early  period  into  ,Amoy  and  Limpoo,  or 
Ningpo,  has  long  been  withdrawn. 

Near  the  mouth  of  tiie  Bocca  Tigris  is  the  Islan*!  of  Macao,  eeparated  from  the 
continent  only  by  a  narrow  river  channel.  It  was  once  a  place  of  high  impor- 
tance, whence  the  Portuguese,  in  the  days  of  their  pride,  carried  on  moat  of  the 
commerce  betwtten  Europe  and  China.  It  has  more  than  shared,  however,  in  that 
supine  sloth  and  decay  which  have  involved  nil  their  Eastern  empire.  The  town 
contains,  at  present,  a  population  of  about  12,000,  including  about  4000  Portu- 
guese, who  still  lit  out  a  few  vessels,  or  give  their  name  to  those  whom  it  benefits 
in  trading  with  this  jealous  government.  Thirteen  churches,  four  conventa,  and 
fifty  secular  ecclesiastics,  are  supported  by  this  decaying  town. 

Shang-hae  is,  next  to  Cant  !i,  the  greatest  commercial  city  of  China;  it  is 
situated  about  1000  miles  north-east  from  that  place,  and  not  far  from  the  Yang- 
tae-kiang  River,  in  one  of  the  most  populous  parte  of  the  empire.  The  mission- 
ary, Mr.  Gutzlaf^  who  visited  it  a  few  years  ago,  found  its  port  crowded  with 
junks,  and  every  evidence  of  a  great  commerce,  and  a  dense  population.  The 
coasting  trade  of  this  city  is  said  to  exceed  that  of  Canton ;  it  is  the  chief  em- 
porium of  the  eastern  coast 

Tcon-tsin,  on  the  Pei-ho  River,  about  75  miles  south-east  from  Peking,  is  tlie 
principal  trading  mart  of  Northern  China,  and  the  sea-port  of  the  capital.  The 
river  is  so  thronged  with  junks,  and  the  mercantile  transactions  give  such  life 
and  motion  to  the  scene,  as  strongly  to  remind  one  (says  Mr.  Gutzlaflf)  of  Liver- 
pool. Some  of  the  mercantile  firms  issue  notes,  which  are  as  current  as  bank 
notes  in  Europe,  or  the  United  States.  Besides  tlie  vast  trade  of  the  surrounding 
region,  500  large  junks  arrive  here  annually  from  Southern  China,  Cochin-China, 
and  Siam.  Teen-tsin  is  a  great  dep6t  for  salt.  The  inhabitants  here  have  more 
resemblance  to  Europeans  than  in  any  other  part  of  the  empire.  The  population 
is  said  to  be  700,000. 

China,  generally  speaking,  is  a  country  strictly  continenUl,  compoised  of  a 
rounded  range  of  coast,  little  broken  into  bays  and  prctmontories.  There  are, 
however,  several  insular  oppendages  to  it,  which  deserve  notice.  Of  thr.se,  iiie 
most  interesting  are  the  islands  called  Loo-Choo.  The  great  Loo-Choo  is  about 
fiftv-eight  miles  in  length,  and  from  twelve  to  fifteen  miles  broad ;  and  it  is  the 
principal  of  a  group  of  thirty-six,  situated  nb'.ut  400  miles  from  the  eastern  coast 
of  China.  It  is  tributarv  to  the  latter  r  ..jutry,  from  which  it  also  derives  its 
litpralure.  The  great  istontl  itself  is  represented  as  one  of  the  most  delightful 
spots  on  the  globe.  The  ;^««  breezes,  blowing  over  it  at  every  8»^a«>n  of  the  year, 
preserv  e  it  from  the  extremes  of  heat  and  raid ;  and  numeroim  rivulets,  which 
seldom  or  never  stagtiate  into  marshes,  rendjr  it  at  once  pleasant  and  healthy. 
The  population  ct>«)d  mH  by  any  oi  its  recent  European  vis=itors  he  oonjecturisd  ; 
but,  from  the  extent  and  state  ot'  cultivation,  it  must  be  considerable.  The  cha- 
racter of  the  inhabitants  appears  everv  way  to  harmonize  with  the  cliarma  of  their 
climate  and  scenery.  They  ktc  gav,  kindly,  hoepitable.  and  mteiligent.  They 
exhibit  none  of  the  recluse  and  cc.ntracte.1  habits  of  the  Chine«e,  but  meet  tre- 


i 


"f- 


f  . 


W\  ■ 

a  I  I'll  > 


m  'y:«;i 


■SHS 


•mmr 


ma 


TARTARY. 


qiiently  toffether  at  littlf'  fiBativals  in  the  open  air,  and  appear  peculiarly  alive  to 
wtcial  enjoyment.  Thr  '>ople  of  Lrx^Choo  are  a  diininiitivc  race,  avera((ini;  only 
Hvo  tbet  two  inches  hi^'ii  but  Htout  and  well  built;  their  (acea  rr^hcr  a|;reeablo 
than  handsome.  Indcod,  the  whole  nniinnl  creation,  except  the  ^xcliry,  ii  fmall, 
but  otherwise  of  excellent  (|uality.  This  mtcrcfttin)f  i^ruup  appcais  to  extend 
about  !HH)  miles  in  a  direction  nearly  from  south-weHt  to  north-cast 

The  island  of  FormoHa,  called  by  the  natives  Tai-wan,  is  in  poflseaaion  of  the 
Chinese,  and  may  rank  with  their  best  provinces.  Ila  surface  is  finely  diversitied, 
and  watered  by  numerous  rivulctH  descendinf^  from  the  higher  parts  of  the  island. 
Settlements  were  formed  here  first  by  the  I'ortuguese,  and  then  by  the  '*utch; 
but  both  are  now  expelled.  The  eastern  pert,  rup^ed  and  mountainous,  occu- 
pied by  races  almost  savage,  who  live  by  huntintr,  sleep  on  leaves,  have  .reely 
any  clothes  or  furniture,  and  tattoo  their  skin  like  the  rudest  of  the  8«  'th  Sea 
islanders. 

Hainan  is  a  largo  island,  190  miles  in  length  and  70  in  breadti),  separated  by  a 
narrow  channel  from  the  southern  extremity  of  the  province  of  Quang-tong. 
Though  in  view  of  vessels  going  to  Canton,  it  is  little  known  or  visited. 

Along  the  coast  of  Tchekiang  extends  the  almost  numberless  group  of  the 
Chusan  islands,  of  which,  in  a  sail  of  sixty  miles,  300  have  been  discovered. 
They  are  small,  verdant,  and  cultivated,  and  rise  from  the  sea  in  a  conical  shap^i. 
There  are  many  fine  ports  in  these  islands,  and  the  channels  between  them  are 
crowded  with  almost  innumerable  vessels,  carrying  on  a  commer(;e,  of  which  the 
centre  is  at  Ning-po,  on  the  opposite  coast.  The  great  Chusan  island  is  about  j 
forty  miles  in  length,  and  about  twenty  in  breadth.  It  is  highly  cultivated.  ^ 
Tinghai,  the  capital,  intersected  by  canals,  resembles  Venice  on  a  small  scale, 
and  presents  a  crowded  scene  of  busy  industry. 

COREA. 
This  little  that  i.'j  known  respecting  the  peninsula  of  Corea  may  also,  with  pro- 
priety, be  appeiniied  t-v  the  account  of  China.  It  is  separated  from  Japan  by  the 
Straits  of  Coir;^,  an  !  by  the  Yellow  Sea  from  China.  The  country,  400  miles 
long  ity  15t)  i>t\Miii,  *:-  traversed  from  north  to  south  by  a  chain  of  mountains;  and, 
though  some  por*>'<  !\re  sterile  and  rugged,  it  contains  a  considerable  extent  of 
fertile  and  well-cuilivated  plains.  A  great  part  of  what  was  once  supposed  to  be 
main  land  has  been  found  to  consist  of  an  almost  innumerable  archipelago  of 
small  islands,  extending  along  the  western  coast.  Corea  is  ruled  by  a  sovereign 
who  pays  homage  and  a  small  tribute  to  China,  but  in  his  general  sway  is  entirely 
independent.  The  people  are  very  little  known,  but  appear  to  be  tail,  handsome, 
and  brave.  The  arts  and  letters  of  China  have  been  to  a  great  extent  imported, 
and  Corea  has  the  same  written  language,  though  its  spoken  one  is  entirely  dif- 
ferent Men  of  letters  undergo  similar  examinations,  and  hold  the  same  con- 1 
spicuoua  place  as  in  that  country.  The  island  of  Quelpaert,  off  the  southern 
coast  is  distinguished  by  its  lofly  R:f>utitaiD,  beautifully  covered  with  cultivation. 
The  capital  is  KiDg>ki-tao,  an  inland  town,  situated  nearly  in  the  centre  of  the 
country. 


TARTARY, 


Tartart  is  a  name  vulgarly  applied  to  an  immense  region  occupying  almost 
all  thfe  central  part  of  Asia,  extending  from  the  Caspian  sea  to  the  Pacific  ocean ; 
having  Asiatic  Russia  on  the  north,  and  China,  Thibet,  Hindoostan,  Cabul,  and 
Persia  on  the  south.  The  predominant  feature  of  this  great  territory,  is  that  of 
plains,  almost  boundless,  covered  with  herbage,  more  or  less  abundant,  and  occu- 
pied by  wandering  and  pastoral  tribes,  whose  camps,  like  moving  cities,  pass  con- 
tinually over  its  surface. 

Three  great  chains  of  mountains,  nmning  mostly  from  east  to  west,  traverse 
the  wide  expanse  of  Central  Tartary ;  of  these,  the  Altai,  on  the  north,  separate 
it  from  Siberia;  and  the  Kuenlun,  on  the  south,  from  Thibet.     The  intermediate 


'J 


f  alive  to 
ijjinif  only 
aj(r«»!ablc 
f,  ii  »Tjall, 
to  tixteiid 

lion  of  the 
iliverHitiotl, 
the  iflland.  , 
ihp  '*utch; 
un,  occu-  1 
ve  .rcely ' 
St   th  Sea  \ 

Kirated  by  a 
Itiang-tonfi:. 
8d.  ; 

;roup  of  the 

discovered, 
nical  Bhap^'. 
sn  them  are  j| 
if  which  the , 
Lnd  18  about 
y  cultivated. 

small  scale, 


Iso,  with  pro- 
Japan  by  the  j 
.ry,  400  miles  | 
untains ;  and,  I 
,ble  extent  of 
upposed  to  be  \ 
Tchipelago  of  j 
J  a  sovereign 
ray  is  entirely 
ill,  handsome,  1 
ent  imported, 
entirely  dif- : 
le  same  con- 1 
the  southern! 
.  cultivation,  i 
centre  of  the  I 


ipying  almost 
*acific  ocean ;  i 
in,  Cabul,  and  j 
iry,  is  that  of  j 
ant,  and  occu- 
ties,  pasa  con- 
west,  traverse  [ 
jrth,  separate- 
intermediate  I 


TAKT.^RY 


A99I 


info   iiitrrior  wns  and   lakon.     Of 

So  Sir,  Sihor.  or  Jaxarton,  lH)th  of 

•ary  i8  tin'  ('Hshjjor,  which  flows 

"iiH,  run  into  thn  Inko  Pitl- 

lake  Kiircha.     Tho  jjrf'iit 

jU  th.oy  ris«'  m  this  rojjion, 

.KTia  to  tho  fjconn.     fjistern 

II,  will    I  fnll-  into  the  ifutf  Hoptiratin); 

Thw  strt'd  n  mny  vie  in  tiia^fnittuie 


chain  which  in  wholly  Tartar,  ami  iIimI.'h  tin-  r.Mintry  into  ?wo  grmt  tnbltv-pUin*. 
18  called  tho  Thian-ilian,  or  CVIfi-hiil  ni<>ut)tain>-  Tli.'  two  Iict  rhninii  nr»'  o.ti- 
noctpd  at  llmir  wcnti-rn  extrcniitir-i,  hy  itu>  triiii->.  r-.-  niij,'<'  of  iho  Rilor  Tajrli. 
}  which  fiirins  an  alrmwl  iuipaN«nblt>  Imrr 'f,  in  tlml  jKirt.  U-twr.'n  Wfstorn  nrnl  Cen- 
tiel  Tartary.  The  latter  m  tlioiipht  to  tw  on«'  of  lli.-  nuMil  iIovhIimI  plnini«  on  thi» 
pliilw,  thoiij^li  this,  from  a  cunsidvralion  of  itn  vriftulilf  priHlnriinnw,  in  ffi'lrrt'd 
doubtful ;  while  on  the  other  hand,  Wostorn  Tartury.  i -|i<'fiiilly  tliiw*-  pnrr<  of  it 
in  the  vicinity  of  the  Caspian  and  Aral  ^ns,  are  nciiMlly  ron«ulorf«l  to  b«'  deprrmtrd 
even  below  the  level  of  the  ocean,  a  circiimstance,  howt-vrr,  which  rc«inir<'9  con- 
firmation. 

Most  of  the  rivers  of  this  region  expand 
these  in  the  west  are  the  Amoo  or  Oxu«.  " 
which  flow  into  the  sea  of  Aral ;  in  (>n» 
eastward  into  the  lake  liop.    The  K!-' 
cali ;  the  Borataln  into  lake  Knranq, 
ptreams  of  the  Irtish,  the  Obe,  and  the  . 
h<ion  break  the  northern  barrier,  and  rol. 
Turtary  is  watered  by  the  Amoo  or  Seghal. 
the  island  of  Seghulieh  from  the  continent. 

with  the  greatest  Asiatic  rivers,  but  from  its  unfnvouruble  position  it  conduces  little 
to  the  interest*  of  commerce  and  communication 

The  chief  divisions  of  Tartary  are  into  Independent  nnd  Chinese  Tartary.  The 
former  may  be  considered  as  sutxiividcd  into  the  Khniiats  or  kingdoms  of  Hokliara 
or  Great  Bucharia,  Khoknn,  Khiva,  the  little  stnfe  of  KrK)n(loo7,  in  the  south-wehl, 
and  the  country  of  the  Kirguis  in  tlie  north  and  north-west,  together  with  Turco- 
niania,  extending  along  the  -aRtern  shoros  of  the  Caspian  sea.  Ctiinese  Tartary 
is  subdivided  into  various  region."",  which  are  Roongaria  or  Eelali,  and  Little  Bu- 
charia, called  also  Chinese  Turkestan  in  the  west,  Mongolia  in  the  centre,  and 
Mantchooria  in  the  east.  The  population  of  a  region  so  imperfectly  known  can- 
not be  estimated  from  any  precise  datn,  and  from  the  nature  of  the  country,  must 
be  rather  limited.  Different  geographers  have,  .however,  reckone«I  it  at  from 
yO,0()0,0(X)  to  30,0(K),000,  of  which  it  is  probable  the  Pnmllest  number  is  the  near- 
est approximation  to  the  truth,  and  is  even  likely  to  Ix;  overrated. 

The  Mongols  and  the  Turks,  or  Toorks,  the  two  leading  races  among  the  va- 
rious tribes  who  inhabit  this  immense  region,  are  distinguished  by  numerous  pe- 
culiarities from  each  other.  The  Montrais,  so  celebrated  under  their  own  ami  the 
ancient  name  of  Huns,  occupy  chiefly  the  pastoral  districts  bordering  on  the  north 
upon  the  great  desert  of  Shamo,  Their  vi.«Brfe  is  broad,  scpinre,  and  Hal,  with 
high  cheek-bones,  the  nose  pcculitrly  depressed,  small  and  keen  black  eyes,  bend- 
ing obliquely  towards  the  nose,  thick  lips,  and  a  scanty  provision  of  black  hair 
upon  the  head,  eyebrows,  and  beard.  Their  persons  are  somewhat  diminutive, 
spare,  muscular,  and  active,  and  the  horses  on  which  they  continually  ride  are 
more  distinguished  for  6wif>,ne8s  than  for  size  and  beauty.  The  Calmucks,  the 
Kalkas,  the  Eluths,  the  Buraits,  may  bo  considered  as  branches  of  the  g  eat  Mon- 
gol family.  The  Tnrks,  celebrated  for  their  early  conquest  of  Persia,  and  for 
their  possession  of  Constantinople,  oie  a  much  handsomer  race.  They  have  short 
and  stout  persons  broad  foreheads,  high  cheek-bonej',  small  but  not  twisted  eyes, 
and  black  hair.  They  are  divided  chiefly  into  the  Uzbeks,  the  Turkomans,  and  the 
Cossacs.  The  Mantchoos  are  represented  by  some  tia  exhibiting  tlie  Mongol  fea- 
tures, with  a  fair  complexion ;  but  belong  to  the  same  class  as  the  Tungouses. 
Although  there  be  this  variety  in  the  external  appearance  of  the.se  races*,  yet  the 
same  wandering,  pastoral,  equestrian  habits;  the  division  into  trills ;  and  the  ab- 
solute sway  of  their  khans,  unite  in  flxing  a  similar  character  on  all  the  nations 
who  bear  the  name  of  Tartar. 

Of  the  national  character  of  the  Tartars  very  various  reports  have  been  given, 
according  to  the  relation  under  which  they  have  presented  themselves.  Their 
delight  is  in  war,  and  there  is  no  nation  that  wages  it  on  a  more  dreadful  and 
barl»rou8  system.  The  "  scourge  of  God,"  the  "  terror  of  mankind,"  are  the  ap- 
pellations by  which  they  are  known  to  the  neighbouring  empires.    General  ex- 


Si  > 

1^ 


i 


:i 


45 


8R 


s^. 


*%^. 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


1.1 


1.25 


lajw  mis 

1^   U£    12.0 


U    i  1.6 


HiotDgraphic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


23  WIST  MAIN  STRUT 

WEBSTiR.N.Y.  MSBO 

(716)172-4503 


m 


530 


TARTARY. 


IL 


termination,  without  remrd  to  age  or  sex,  ia  what  they  cunaider  themaelvei 
entitled  to  inflict  on  all  who  attempt  resistance;  and  this  ia  mitigated  only 
when  a  profit  can  be  made  by  carrying  off*  captives,  and  selling  them  as  slaves. 
It  was  said  of  the  armies  of  Zinffis  and  Timour,  that  they  saw  before  them  a 
fruitful  kingdom,  and  left  behind  them  a  solitary  desert.  It  was  their  boast,  with 
regard  to  some  of  the  proudest  capitals,  that  they  had  reduced  them  to  such  a 
state,  that  a  horse  might  pass  over  their  site  without  stumbling.  A  picture  gene- 
rally the  reverse  of  this  Ims  been  drawn  by  those  who  have  oteervcd  the  Tartars, 
even  when  they  were  spreading  elsewhere  the  widest  desolation,  displaying,  in 
their  domestic  life  and  their  intercourse  with  each  other,  the  simplicity  and  ami- 
able virtues  of  the  pastoral  a^e.  They  are  cordial,  kind,  and  hospitable  i  quarrels 
are  rare,  seldom  produce  fighting,  and  scarcely  ever  bloodshed.  Compared  whh 
the  Hindoos  and  Chinese,  they  are  frank,  sincere,  and  honest;  and  though  they 
make  even  peaceable  strangers  feel  the  influence  of  a  national  pride,  nourished 
by  the  recollection  of  so  many  victories,  yet  they  protect  them,  and  treat  them 
with  courtesy. 

Two  religions  divide  Tartary,  and  are  professed  with  zeal  thioagb  different 
portions.  All  its  eastern  regions  acknowl^ge  the  Shaman^octrines,  and  the  su- 
premacy of  the  Grand  Lama ;  while  ever  since  ihe  commencement  of  the  eighth 
century,  when  the  countries  beyond  the  Amoo  were  conquered  by  the  arms  and 
instructed  by  the  preaching  of  the  caliphs,  they  have  remained  devoted  to  the 
Mussulman  creed. 

The  fiivourite  food  of  the  Tartars  is  horse-flesh,  so  repugnant  to  the  taste  of  all 
other  nations.  Horses  there,  as  oxen  with  us,  are  regularly  fattened  for  the  tables 
of  the  rich.  To  the  same  animal,  the  Tartars  are  also  indebted  for  their  most 
national  and  characteristic  liquor.  The  milk  of  the  mare  is  fermented  into  an  intoxi- 
cating drink,  called  koumiss,  which  is  their  favourite  beverage,  and  which  physi- 
cians have  described  as  really  very  palatable  and  wholeeom&  They  use  also 
bouza,  a  thin  acidulous  liquor,  made  from  grain,  and  which  is  likewise  much  drunk 
in  Arabia  and  rKHrthem  Africa.  They  breakikst  on  tea,  which,  afler  the  mode  of 
Thibet,  they  make  into  a  thick  liquid,  with  milk,  flour,  and  butter. 

The  learning  of  Tartary  is  little  known,  and  is  at  best  only  a  reflected  light 
firom  the  southern  regions  of  Persia,  Hindoostan,  and  China.  Vet  the  country  is 
by  no  means  involved  in  that  thick  darkness  which  the  name  of  Tartar  suggests 
to  the  European  ear.  In  all  the  Mahometan  states,  some  of  the  first  elements  of 
knowledge  are  very  widely  difTused ;  and  the  few  great  cities  contain  colleges  for 
instruction  in  the  sciences,  on  as  extensive  a  scale  as  those  of  Europe.  Unfor- 
tunately, the  sciences  there  taught  form  a  contracted  and  monastic  circle,  nearly 
similar  to  what  was  professed  in  Europe  during  the  middle  ages. 

Tartary,  with  some  local  exceptions,  is  a  poor  country,  scarcely  affording  to  a 
thin  population  the  mere  necessaries  of  life.  Articles  of  luxury  it  does  not  pro- 
duce ;  and  it  afibrds  few  others  for  which  they  could  be  received  in  exchange. 
Whatever  of  splendour  has  shone  in  the  courts  of  Karakorum  or  Samarcand,  has 
been  wrested,  by  the  sword,  from  their  effeminate  possessors  in  southern  Asia. 
Conquest,  indeed,  no  longer  enriches  Tartary ;  but  the  plunder  of  caravans,  or  the 
booty  swept  toj^ether  in  Ion?  ckepaos,  or  forays,  forms  atill  the  chief  sour«;e  of 
wealth  to  its  petty  khans  and  chieftains. 

In  regard  to  agriculture,  although  in  some  favoured  districts  there  are  fixed 
tribes  wno  cultivate  the  ground,  the  general  aspect  is  that  of  a  pastoral  region. 
The  horse  is  the  wealth  and  strengUi  of  Tartary.  Those,  however,  for  which 
this  region  is  so  fitmous,  display  neither  the  elegance  nor  swiftness  of  the  Ar'ibian 
steed.  They  are  of  rreat  weight,  with  long  bodies  and  large  limbs.  Their  merit 
consists  in  what  is  called  bottom ;  in  the  power  of  making  immense  journeys,  with- 
out pause  or  fatigue ;  and  by  this  quality  they  wear  out,  in  the  long  run,  their 
swifter  adversaries.  They  are  used,  however,  not  only  as  instruments  of  war  and 
plunder,  but  also  for  economical  purposes,  and  particularly  for  food.  Horse-flesh, 
from  one  end  of  Tartary  to  the  other,  is  a  standing  dish ;  and  mares*  milk,  fer- 
mented into  a  liquor  called  koumim,  is  almost  the  only  liquor  used  for  convivial 
purposes.    The  other  animals  of  Tartary  are  more  local,  and  chiefly  borrowed 


TARTARY. 


5^1 


enMclvea  I 
kted  only 
IS  slafet.  I 
e  them  »l 
oast,  with  I 
to  toch  8 
tore  gene- 
e  Tartars,  I 
ilaytBg,  in 
^  and  ami- 1 
i ;  qaarrels 
par^  wHh 
loogh  they 
,  Dooriebea 
treat  them' 

rb  difierent 
and  the  8U> ' 
'  the  eighth 
3  arms  and 
oted  to  the] 

!  taste  cfT  all  I 
or  the  tables  I 
yt  their  most  | 
ntoanintoxi- 
which  physi- 
ley  u«e  also 
much  drunk 
I  the  mode  of 

>flected  light 
be  country  is 
rtar  suggests 
t  elements  of  I 
n  colleges  for  I 
rope.    Unfor- 
circle,  nearly 

iffording  to  a| 
iloes  not  pro- 
in  exchange.  I 
imarcand,  has 
louthern  Asia. 
kravans,orthe 
lief  source  of 

»ere  are  fixed 
istoral  region, 
ver,  for  which 
of  the  Arabian 
L  Their  merit  I 
oumey8,with- 
ong  run,  their 
nts  of  war  and 
Horse-flesh,  | 
es*  milk,  fer* 
I  for  convivial 
liefly  borrowed  | 


from  the  adjoining  districts.  Eastern  Tartery  has  in  the  south,  the  yak,  the  goat, 
and  the  musk-deer  of  Thibet ;  in  the  north,  the  fur-bearing  animals  of  Siberia ;  but 
neither  in  such  perfection  as  in  their  own  proper  districts. 

The  vegetable  productions  which  are  the  objects  of  culture  in  Tartary  do  not 
materially  differ  from  those  of  Europe :  in  the  southern  and  milder  tracts  are 
raised  wheat,  barley,  and  millet ;  while  the  ruder  nortliern  districts,  particularly 
of  Mantchoo  Tartary,  scarcely  yield  any  grain  except  oats.  On  the  declivities, 
however,  of  the  great  chain  which  separates  Tartary  from  Siberia,  are  found  some 
valuable  and  peculiar  products ;  the  rhubarb,  so  useful  as  a  medicine,  und  which 
has  been  transplanted  into  Europe,  without  attaining  the  same  excellence ;  and 
the  ginseos',  which,  though  it  has  never  been  valued  among  us,  is  in  China  and 
Tartary  held  of  Avereign  virtue. 

Manuftctures  cannot  be  said  to  have  any  national  existence  in  Tartary,  though 
h^re,  as  everywhere  else,  the  women  produce  some  coarse  fabrics  for  internal 
consumption.  Among  these,  the  principal  are  felt,  coarse  woollens,  and  skins,  par- 
ticularly of  sheep,  variously  prepared. 

Commerce,  over  this  vast  region,  is  on  a  scale  not  quite  so  limited;  restinjr,  in- 
deed, on  other  resources  than  its  own  exports  and  imports,  which  are  of  very  small 
amount  These  wide  open  plains  have  m  all  ages  formed  a  route  of  communica- 
tion between  Eastern  and  Western,  and  of  late  between  Northern  and  Southern, 
Asia.  Notwithstanding  the  multiplied  obstacles  of  nuMintains,  deserts,  snows,  and 
the  more  deadlv  impediment  of  barbarous  nations  devoted  to  plunder,  caravans 
proceeding  tw  this  route  have  always  exchanged  the  products  oi  Persia  and  Hin- 
doostaa  for  those  of  China.  To  avert  the  perils  that  await  them,  they  proceed  in 
large  bodies,  well  armed,  and  purchase  the  protection  of  the  princes  through  whose 
territories  they  pass,  and  who,  indeed,  if  at  all  enlightened,  seek  rather  to  en- 
courage this  system  of  transit  Of  late  the  Russiarss  have  opened  a  great  trade 
aeroH  Independent  Tartary.  The^  have  annual  caravans  from  Orenburg  to  Bok- 
hara, and  these,  it  is  mid,  consist  nequently  of  30,000  men.  They  firequent  also 
the  ftirs  of  Yarkand,  and  aome  of  them  have  even  been  seen  in  those  of  Thibet 

MANTCHOORIA. 

Tint  meet  eastern  division  of  Tartary,  or  the  country  of  the  Mantchoot,  form- 
ing the  interval  between  China  and  Siberia,  and  bordered  by  the  Eastern  Pacific, 
is  still  less  kaown  than  most  of  its  other  regions.  We  scarcely  know  it  at  all, 
unf«M  by  Chinew  descriptions,  which  are  in  general  meagre  and  pompous.  It 
presehts  moatly  a  diflbrent  aspect  from  those  immense  hM  naked  plains  which 
characterise  the  centre  of  Asia.  It  appears  to  be  diversified  by  rugged  and 
broken  mountain  ranges,  covered  with  thick  forests,  and  separated  by  valleys, 
manv  of  which,  notwithitanding  the  coldness  of  the  climate,  pcMFsess  considerable 
fertility.  Wheat  is  raised  only  in  the  most  favoured  spots;  t'lti  prevalent  culture 
is  that  of  oata,  elsewhere  scarcely  an  Asiatic  grain.  The  product  most  valued 
abroad  is  the  ginseng,  the  universal  medicine  in  the  eye  of  the  Chinese,  who 
boast  that  it  would  render  man  immortal  were  it  possible  for  him  to  become  so. 

The  great  river  Amoor,  after  rising  in  Mongolia,  traverses  the  whole  of  this 
province,  receiving  from  the  south  the  large  tributaries  of  the  Usuri  and  the 
Songari  Oula.  It  abounds  with  fish  of  the  finest  kinds,  of  which  the  sturgeon, 
in  particular,  is  found  in  matchless  abundance  and  perfection.  The  lands  upon 
this  shore  ought  also,  it  should  seem,  to  possess  ample  capacities  of  culture.  Vet 
they  are  occupied  merely  by  tribes  of  poor  and  wandering  fishermen. 

The  few  towns  that  exist  are  inhabited  chiefly  by  Chinese,  defended  by  Tartar 
garrisons.  North  of  the  Amoor,  the  coimtry  is  Siberian,  and  is  tilled  with  a  race 
of  hunters,  who  find  many  valuable  fur-bearing  animals,  among  which  the  sable 
is  conspicuous.  They  consist  of  various  small  tribes,  as  the  Natki,  Ghillaki, 
Dutcheri,  Tagnri,  dtc. 

The  Mantdiooa  are  by  no  means  wholly  destitute  of  civilizatian.  They  possess 
even  •  language  and  writing,  essentially  difierent  from  that  of  the  Chinese,  or  of 
anyother  nation  of  Central  Asia. 

The  provinces  of  Mantchoo  Tartary,  immediately  adjacent  to  China,  are  called 


J 


3»  ■*.  ,■ 


m: 


,(■;  i 


V'i'K  .. 


W.'^'< ' 


m 


533 


TARTARY. 


1 


Kortehin,  and  Kirin,  or  Kirin  Oula,  of  which  the  latter  has  a  capital  of  the  nine 
name.  The  most  remarkable  place,  however,  is  Zhehol,  the  summer  residence 
and  hunting-seat  of  the  Chinese  emperora.  The  gardens  here  are  most  superb 
and  extensive,  occupying  a  large  expanse  of  ^und  tastefully  ornamented.  The 
province,  however,  which  is  reportea  to  contam  the  greatest  extent  of  productive 
land  is  Leaotong,  bordering  on  Corea ;  of  which,  Chinyang,  or  Moukden,  is  the 
capital. 

The  northern  region,  watered  by  the  Amoor,  bears  the  title  of  Tsitchicar  or 
Mantchooria  Proper,  being  the  original  seat  of  that  conquering  race.  Its  towns, 
Tsitchicar,  Seghalien  Oula  Hotun,  Merguin  Hotun,and  Petoune  Hotun,  are  poor, 
and  of  middling  extent.  On  the  Upper  Amoor  is  the  district  of  Solon,  inhabited 
by  a  rude  race  of  Tartars,  who  take  their  name  fttMT  it ;  and  farther  to  the  east 
is  Daouria,  peopled  by  a  mingled  race  of  Mantchoos  and  Mongols.  Eastward 
from  Mantchooria,  and  separated  fVom  it  by  the  strait  called  the  Channel  of  Tar- 
tary,  are  the  islands  of  Seghalien  and  Jesso :  these  form  the  northern  termination 
of  that  great  range  of  which  the  stuthem  portion  is  occupied  by  the  empire  of 
Japan.  All  the  level  coasts  of  Jesso  adjacent  to  their  own  territory  have  been 
occupied  and  cultivated  by  the  Japanese ;  but  the  rugged  tracts  in  tl^  centre  and 
north  are  still  held  by  the  natives. 

A  strait,  as  narrow  as  that  which  parts  Jesso  from  Japan,  interposes  on  the 
northern  side,  between  it  and  the  long  and  narrow  island  of  Seghalien,  which,  for 
a  space  of  <«bout  700  miles,  faces  the  eastern  coast  of  Tartary.  It  has  now,  in- 
deed, becoi^  J  almost  more  than  doubtful  whether  it  be  an  island  or  not  European 
navigators  have  traced  on  the  south  what  is  called  the  Channel  of  Tartary,  and 
on  the  north  the  bay  of  Castries ;  but  they  have  left  in  the  middle  a  space  unex- 
plored, where  the  natives  report  that  Seghalien  is  joined  to  the  continent  by  a 
sandy  isthmos,  so  small  that  fishermen  drag  their  boats  across  it. 

The  inhabitants  of  Seghalien,  and  the  natives  of  Jesso,  consist  of  a  peculiar 
race,  called  the  Ainos,  who  possess  a  physical  character  entirely  distinct  nrom  the 
inhabitants  of  the  opposite  coast  of  Tartary.  Travellers,  content  with  remarking 
this,  have  given  very  few  particulars  of  their  actual  outward  appearance,  except 
that  their  persons  are  covered  with  a  more  ample  growth  of  hair  than  those  of 
any  other  race.  Their  occupations  rank  them  among  the  rudest  classes  oi  haman 
society.  They  are  unacquamted  either  with  agriculture  or  pasturage,  and  derive 
their  sole  subsistence  from  fishery  or  the  chase.  They  aip  represented  as  mild, 
peaceable,  generous,  and  warmly  attached  to  each  other.  '^'>n  verdure  is  more 
brilliant  than  on  the  opposite  coast  of  Tartary,  and  the  se  lads  in  an  extra- 
ordinary degree  with  fish,  among  which  are  whales  in  .derable  numbers. 
They  did  not  appear,  however,  to  possess  anymaterials  for  trade  with  nations  at 
a  distance  so  immense  as  thotie  of  Europe.  Their  only  uateroourse  is  with  Japan, 
and  with  the  country  to  a  consideraUe  height  i^;:.  the  Amoor. 

MONGOUA. 

Eastward  of  Little  Bucharia  commence  the  almost  boimdiess  plains  roamed 
over  by  the  tribes  of  Mongolia,  and  which,  including  Soongaria,  extend  for  nearly 
fiflv  degrees  of  longitude,  as  &r  as  the  lake  of  Balkash  or  Palcati.  In  the  cen- 
tral portion  of  Tartary,  a  principal  .feature  is  the  Great  Desert,  which  extends 
almost  entirely  across  it  According  to  the  best  of  those  imperfect  accounts 
which  we  yet  possess,  it  reaches  about  2000  miles  from  south-west  to  north-east, 
separating,  like  a  great  inland  sea,  the  countries  upon  which  it  borders. 

The  only  precise  account  of  it  is  given  by  the  Russian  embassies  which  have 
from  time  to  time  been  sent  to  Chma,  whose  route  lay  in  a  south-east  direction 
across  that  part  of  the  eastern  division  interposed  between  Eiachta  and  Peking. 
The  surface  of  the  desert  is  described  as  covered  with  short  and  thin  grass,  which, 
owing,  perhaps,  to  the  saline  quality  of  the  soil,  maintained  a  greater  number  of 
cattle  than  could  have  been  supposed.  There  is,  indeed,  a  considerable  number 
of  springs  and  lakes,  but  the  water  is  so  brackidi  as  to  be  scarcely  potable;  so 
that  a  single  pure  spring  which  occurred,  tasted  as  delicious  as  burgundy  or  cham- 
pagne.   A  space  of  twenty  miles  in  extent  immediately  beyond  the  Chinese  wall 


r  the  same  1 
r  residence  I 
iioBt  superb 
nted.  The' 
'  productive  I 
iden,  is  the  | 

sitchicar  or 
Its  towns, 
jij,  are  poor, 
>n,  inhabited 
to  the  east 
I.    Eastward 
nnel  of  Tar- 
I  termination 
he  empire  of 
y  have  been 
^  centre  and 

poms  on  the 
en,  which,  for 
t  has  now,  in- 
)t  European 
■  Tartary,  and 
ft  space  unex- 
sontinent  by  a 

of  a  peculiar 
stinct  nrom  the 
ath  remarking 
arance,  except 
r  than  those  of 
isses  oi  homan 
tge,  and  derive 
rented  as  mild, 
srdure  is  more 
a  in  an  extra- 
rable  numbers.  I 
gvith  nations  at 
)  is  with  Japan, 


I  plains  roamed 
ctend  for  nearly 
.  In  the  cen- 
which  extends 
effect  accounts 
ist  to  north-east, 
irders. 

sies  which  have 
th-east  direction 
hta  and  Peking, 
tin  grass,  which, 
eater  number  of 
iderable  number 
■cely  potable;  so 
irgundy  or  ctom- 
iie  Chinese  v"" 


TARTAR  V. 


S33 


was  composed  of  shifting  and  rinkin;;  snnd,  formed  into  wnvps  twenty  feet  hiph, 
and  the  croraing  of  which  w««  an  operation  of  the  grealeBl  labour.  The  ground 
alonff  this  tract  is  covered  with  pebbles  of  considerable  bcnuty,  and  even  value. 

AH  the  habitable  parts  of  tliis  desert,  with  ihc  tracts  to  the  north  of  the  Thian* 
chan,  covered  with  rank  and  luxuriant  pastures,  arc  traversed  by  the  tribes  or 
Aandards  of  the  Mongols.  This  terrible  race  are  no  longer  in  a  condition  to  pour 
over  Asia  the  tide  of  conquest  and  desolation.  They  an?  split  into  a  number  of 
petty  tribes  separate  from  each  other,  generally  hostile,  and  inrnpable  of  combin- 
mg  for  any  common  object.  They  have  been  made  to  own  the  sovereignty  of 
China ;  but  that  stale,  unable  either  to  maintain  garrisons  or  exact  tribute,  leaves 
them  much  to  themselves,  and  requires  little  more  than  that  they  shall  leave  it 
unmolested. 

In  their  character  the  Mongols  are  rough,  roamin?,  and  warlike ;  but  in  dome»' 
tic  intercourse,  frank,  cheerful,  and  hospitable.  Their  main  pride  consists  in  the ' 
management  of  their  horses,  in  which  they  appear  indeed  to  show  a  wonderful ' 
degree  of  dexterity.  As  the  luxuries  of  horse-flesh  and  koumiss  can  be  command* 
ed  only  to  a  limited  extent,  they  supply  their  place  with  cows,  and  with  that 
species  of  sheep  having  huge  tails  conposed  entirely  of  fat,  which  prevails  in 
many  parts  of  Asia  and  Africa.  For  amusement,  they  hunt  deer  and  a  few  sables, 
but  find  little  opportunity  for  fishing.  Amidst  all  the  privations  to  which  they 
are  exposed,  they  manifest  a  gay  and  cheerful  disposition,  and  take  deliirht  in 
various  kinds  of  sports  and  exercises.  Complete  converts  to  the  religion  of 
Buddha,  they  have  lamas,  feigned  or  fancied  to  be  immortal,  and  each  of  whose 
places  is  immediately  supplied  after  death  by  another,  believed  to  be  a  new  body 
animated  by  the  same  soul.  They  have  also  monks,  by  whom  the  religious  cere- 
monies are  conducted ;  and  these  ceremonies  are  observed,  as  in  Thibet,  to  bear  a 
close  resemblance  to  those  celebrated  under  the  superstitious  forms  of  Christianity. 
This  ecclesiastical  nobility,  however,  though  reverenced  and  handsomely  support- 
ed, is  fiir  from  enjoying  the  same  exclusive  dignity  as  in  Thibet.  The  warlike 
chiefs  hold  that  pre-emmence  which  is  usual  among  such  rude  tribes. 

Tlie  Mongols  consist  of  several  great  families,  comprising  the  Kalmucks,  sup- 
posed to  be  the  most  numerous,  the  Eluts,  or  Eluths,  the  Kalkas,  or  Black,  and 
the  Sharraa,  or  Yellow  I^ongols;  also  the  Sifans,  or  Choshotes,  divided  into  Black 
and  White. 

SOONGARIA. 

SooNOAUiA,  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  Altai  range,  and  on  the  south  by  the 
Thian-clian,  may  be  considered  as  a  western  division  of  Mongolia,  being,  in  almost 
all  its  features,  of  the  same  character :  it  is  peopled  chiefly  by  the  Kalmucks,  the 
most  numerous  among  all  the  branches  of  the  Mongols,  and,  in  form,  manners  and 
religion,  exhibit  scarcely  any  distinction  from  the  rest  of  the  same  great  family. 
They  appear,  however,  to  have  a  more  independent  and  regular  form  of  govern- 
ment than  any  other  Tartar  nation.  The  khans  of  the  different  ooroghs,  or  tribes, 
meet  io  a  general  coiincil,  to  elect  the  great  khan  of  the  Kalmucks.  They  boast 
of  their  country  as  that  whence  issued  the  Huns,  who  acted  so  celebrated  a  part 
in  the  overthrow  of  the  Roman  empire.  In  the  end  of  the  seventeenth  century, 
they  had  made  themselves  completely  the  ruling  people,  and  masters  of  all  central 
Tartary,  including  the  southern  countries  of  Cashgar  and  Koten.  Being  attacked, 
however,  by  the  Mongols,  their  rivals,  confederated  with  the  whole  force  of  the 
Chinese  empire,  they  were  unable  to  sustain  the  unequal  contest,  which  ended  in 
the  subjection  to  China  of  all  Tartary  east  of  the  Bolor.  The  Mongols,  though 
sharing  the  common  subjection,  became  pre-eminent  over  their  rivals,  many  of 
whom,  unable  to  brook  this  double  servitude,  sought  refuge  in  Asiatic  Russia;  but 
the  mildness  of  the  Chinese  sway  has  since  induced  a  large  proportion  to  return. 
The  whole  number  occupying  their  original  seats  is  now  supposed  to  amount  to 
about  1,000,000. 

There  are  several  towns  in  Soongaria,  of  which  Eelah  is  the  chief:  it  is  situ- 
ated on  a  river  of  the  same  name,  and  is  said  to  be  rather  a  collection  of  towits 
than  a  single  one ;  it  contains  a  large  Chinese  garrison,  and  has  an  annual  fair,  to 
which  the  Kalmucks  bring  from  25.000  to  30,000  horaes. _,_„..,,^ 

45* 


ill 


\ 


t 


1 


'  11  .J 


PS 


I  .'I 


t'i 


534 


TARTARY. 


LITTLE  BUCHARIA. 

This  region,  to  the  south  of  the  Thianchan,  and  north-west  of  the  Great  Desert, 
although  an  extensive  country  including  some  of  the  finest  tracts  of  Central  Asia, 
has  remained  to  the  modems  almost  utterly  unknown.  The  appellation  o**  Tangut 
appears  to  have  been  extensively,  though  in  a  somewhat  vagiie  way,  applied  to 
this  region,  which  has  also  been  called  Little  Bucharia  and  Chinese  Turkestan. 
According  to  the  report  of  late  travellers,  the  Chinese,  having  driven  out  the 
native  pnnces,  have  incorporated  the  greater  part  of  it  into  the  kingdom  of  Cash- 
gar.  This  kingdom,  in  its  original  limits,  forms  a  wide  plain  to  the  east  of  the 
great  chain  of  the  Bolor.  It  is  described  as  superior  in  beauty  and  fertility  to  any 
other  part  of  Tartary,  and  as  rivalling  the  finest  tracts  in  southern  Europe.  It  is 
watered  by  numerous  streams,  descending  from  the  high  border  chain ;  the  fields, 
carefully  cultivated,  are  covered  \/ith  large  crops  of  grain,  and  the  fruits  are  pecu- 
liarly excellent  It  is  a  tract  redeemed,  as  it  were,  from  the  general  desolation 
of  Tartary.  At  present  Cashgar  appears  to  be  flourishing  under  the  Chinese  sway. 
There  and  in  Yarkand,  both  Mahometan  countries,  the  magistrates  of  that  pro- 
fession administer  justice  and  carry  on  all  the  internal  affairs,  while  the  Chinese 
military  officers,  called  amdans,  collect  the  revenue  and  defend  the  country  against 
foreign  invasion. 

The  city  of  Cashgar  is  the  seat  of  government,  and,  though  not  the  chief  em- 
porium of'^this  part  of  Asia,  yet  a  seat  of  considerable  trade.  A  fine  river  from 
the  west  passes  by  it,  and  a  lead  mine  in  the  neighbourhood  afibrds  employment 
to  a  considerable  number  of  the  inhabitants.  Yarkand  is  universally  allowed  to 
be  a  larger  and  still  handsomer  city,  and  is  said  to  contain  50,000  inhabitants.  It 
is  a  place  of  immense  resort,  and  filled  with  numerous  caravanserais  for  the  recep- 
tion of  strangers.  A  handsome  street  runs  the  whole  length  of  the  city,  entirely 
filled  with  shops  and  warehouses,  which  are  kept  by  the  Chinese,  who  sit  on 
benches  in  fh)nt.  There  is  also  a  considerable  number  of  madresses,  or  colleges. 
The  country  around  is  described  as  almost  unrivalled,  particularly  for  its  finely 
watered  gardens  and  the  excellence  of  its  fruits. 

Some  other  countries  and  cities  enumerated  by  late  writers  as  situated  in  Little 
Bucharia,  are  Koten,  Aksou,  Koutche,  Turfan,  Harashar,  Elchi,  Karaiah,  Gumma, 
Kargalie,  Yengu,  and  Hissar.  Koten  is  celebrated  in  the  early  histories  and  tra- 
vels as  an  independent  kingdom,  of  considerable  extent  and  importance.  Its  tem- 
perate climate  and  fruitful  soil  are  marked  by  the  production  of  the  vine  and  the 
silkworm.  At  a  period  anterior  to  the  Christian  era,  the  doctrines  and  leaminv 
of  Buddhism  are  said  to  have  been  introduced  into  Koten,  and  to  have  flourished 
there  till  they  were  driven  cut  by  Mahometan  conquest.  At  present,  under  Chi- 
nese sway,  both  religions  are  equally  tolerated. 

Aksou  is  also  described  as  the  capital  of  an  extensive  district  subject  to  Cash- 
gar. It  is  supposed  to  contain  75,000  inhabitants.  Turfan  is  also  a  large  and 
strong  city,  the  capital  of  a  considerable  country,  governed  by  a  branch  of  the 
royal  family  of  Cashgar. 

Farther  to  the  east  is  the  country  of  Lop,  in  which  is  the  lake  where  the  river 
of  Cashgar  finds  its  termination.  Beyond  it  is  Chamil,  or  Hami,  represented  as  a 
peculiarly  fine  country,  inhabited  oy  a  learned  and  polished  people,  in^mersed, 
however,  in  dissolute  and  voluptuous  habits.  The  Mahometan  religion,  which  has 
been  established  through  Cashgar  and  all  its  dependencies,  gives  place  here  to  the 
ecclesiastical  sway  of  the  Lama.  Peculiar  superstitions,  the  remains  probably  of 
an  earlier  system,  are  said  to  prevail  in  this  part  of  Tartary.  The  dead  are  often 
embalmed  in  spices,  and  kept  for  several  years  till  the  astrologer  has  determined 
the  planet  under  which  they  ought  to  be  interred. 

INDEPENDENT  TARTARY. 

IifOKPENDENT  Tartart,  Commencing  at  the  great  boundary  chain  of  the  Bolor, 
reaches  westward  to  the  Caspian,  and  is  bound»l  on  the  south  by  Persia,  and  on 
the  north  by  Asiatic  Russia.  Its  chief  divisions  are  the  kingdom  of  Great  Bu- 
charia, or  A)khara,  and  that  of  Khokan,  both  fertile  and  populous  when  compared 


Ireat  Desert, 
Central  Asia, 
mofTaneut 
,y,  appliea  to 
B  Turkestan, 
iven  out  thej 
dom  of  Caah- 
B  east  of  the 
-rtility  to  any 
Surope.    It  is 
in;  the  fields, 
uits  are  pecu- 
ral  desolation 
[iJhinese  sway. 
8  of  that  pro- 
le  the  Chinese 
ountry  against  I 

the  chief  em- 
fine  river  from  I 
Is  employment 
ally  allowed  to 
nhabitants.  It 
B  for  the  recep- 
le  city,  entirely 
sse,  who  sit  on 
ses,  or  colleges. 
y  for  its  finely 

tuated  in  Little 
iraiah,  Gumma, 
istories  and  tra- 
ance.  Its  tem- 
le  vine  and  the 
es  and  learningr 
have  flourished 
sent,  under  Chi- 

eubject  to  Cash- 
also  a  large  and 
branch  of  the 

where  the  river 
represented  as  a 
lople,  in^mersed, 
igion,  which  has 
)lace  here  to  the 
lins  probably  of 
le  dead  are  often 
has  determined 


jiin  of  the  Bolor, 
y  Persia,  and  on 
jm  of  Great  Bu- 
I  when  compared 


TARTARY. 


535 


with  the  waites  by  which  they  are  surrounded ;  both  famed  and  ancient  seats  of 
empire.  They  are  silmted  upon,  and  derive  their  fertility  from,  the  two  great 
central  rivers ;  one  fh)m  the  Amoo  Gihon,  or  Oxus,  the  other  from  the  Hir,  Sihon, 
or  Jaxartes.  These  states,  with  the  khanat  of  Khiva,  also  an  important  power, 
occupying  the  lower  Amoo,  are  ruled  by  Uzbek  chiefis,  and  frequently  called  Ui- 
bek  Turkistan. 

GREAT  BUCHARIA,  OR  BOKHARA. 

Bokhara  forms  a  fertile  oasis,  extending  about  200  miles  along  the  northern 
bank  of  the  Amoo.    The  population,  by  the  last  Russian  embassy,  who  visited  the 
country  in  1820,  is  reckoned  at  2,500,000,  of  which  a  great  proportion  consists  of 
fixed  inhabitants,  cultivating  the  ground,  or  inhabiting  towns.    The  bulk  of  these, 
over  all  Independent  Tartarv,  as  well  as  Cashgar  and  Cabul,  consists  of  a  race 
called  Taujiks,  apparently  descended  fVom  an  original  native  people  reduced  to 
subjection  by  the  conquering  tribes  who  at  present  bear  sway ;  and  the  name  is 
now  generally  applied  to  all  who  have  adopted  the  same  peaceable  and  industrious 
habits.     The  military  force  of  the  kingdom  consists  of  20,000  horse  and  4(MM>  in- ! 
fantry,  besides  about  50,000  militia.    The  present  sovereign,  a  warlike  prince, 
has  wrested  Balkh  firom  the  chief  of  Koondooz;  but  the  only  expeditions  in  which  i 
his  troops  engage  at  present  are  fur  the  purpose  of  plunder,  chiefly  over  the  vast  i 
plains  of  Kboraaan.  i 

The  country  is  well  governed,  peaceful,  and  flourishing.    Cultivation  is  only  | 
limited  by  the  want  of  water,  and  by  the  naked  character  of  the  vast  plains  which  \ 
inclose  Bokhara.    A  considerable  inland  trade  is  carried  on  with  India,  Persia,  j 
and,  above,  all,  with  Russia.    From  Astrachan,  two  annual  caravans  come  by  way 
of  Orenburg,  each  accompanied  by  4000  or  5000  camels.    In  winter,  the  Amoo 
being  frozen,  they  are  enabled  to  pass  it  over  the  ice ;  but  much  hardship  is  expe- 
rienced in  consequence  of  the  desolate  character  of  the  route,  where  often  neither 
provisions  nor  water  are  to  be  found  for  several  successive  days.    The  imports 
from  Russia  are  metals,  arms,  cutlery,  cloths,  and  other  European  manufactures ; 
the  returns  are  in  silk,  cotton,  hides,  rubies,  and  turquoises. 

The  city  of  Bokhara  contains  70,000  or  80,000  inhabitants.  As  usual  in  Asiatic 
cities,  the  habitations  of  the  ordinary  citizens  are  poor ;  but  there  are  a  number 
of  mosques,  and  madresses,  or  colleges,  handsomely  built  of  stone.  Bokhara  is  a 
great  seat  of  Mahometan  learning.  The  city  contains  eighty  madresses,  each 
attended  by  from  40  to  300  students.  To  every  madresse  there  is  a  lecturer ;  and 
these,  with  the  students,  are  supported  by  funds  consisting  chiefly  in  the  rent  of 
lands  or  houses,  appropriated  to  that  purpose  by  Mahometan  zeal  and  charity. 

About  200  miles  to  the  east  of  Bokhara  is  Samarcand.  Its  walls  still  inclose  a 
circuit  of  forty-eight  miles.  The  beauty  of  its  environs,  and  the  delicacy  of  its 
fruits,  are  still  extolled  in  the  same  lofty  terms  which  were  used  by  the  writers 
of  the  middle  ages.  This  renowned  capital  of  Asia  is  now,  however,  little  better 
than  a  mass  of  ruins. 

BALKH. 

Tbb  region  of  Balkh,  situated  on  the  north  side  of  the  mountains,  forms  part 
of  the  vast  plain  which  extends  to  the  Altai,  and,  being  ruled  by  Uzbek  chiefs,  it 
must  properly  be  considered  as  belonging  to  Independent  Tartary. 

Balkh,  the  ancient  Bactria,  possesses  in  Asia  the  fame  of  almost  unrivalled  an- 
tiquity, which  seems  to  ascend  even  to  the  age  of  Semiramis.  It  is  commonly 
called,  in  the  East,  the  mother  of  cities.  It  retains,  however,  a  mere  shadow  of 
its  ancient  grandeur.  Only  one  corner  of  the  wide  circuit  which  its  walls  inclose 
is  now  inhabited,  and  does  not  contain  more  than  2000  souls.  The  surrounding 
district  is  flat,  fertile,  and  well  cultivated,  containing  about  360  villages.  This 
fertility  is  produced,  in  a  great  measure,  by  a  grand  reservoir  formed  of  the  nu- 
merous waters  which  descend  from  the  southern  side  of  the  Hindoo  Koosh  moun- 
tains; a  single  canal  derived  from  which  is  said  to  yield  a  revenue  of  90002.  ster- 
ling. As  this  source  of  fertility  dries  up,  the  country  to  the  north  declines  into 
those  sterile  and  naked  plains  which  compose  the  greater  part  of  Tartary. 


Ill 


m 


886 


TARTARY. 


KHOKAN. 

The  tract!  between  the  Amoo  and  the  Sihon  pwtake  of  the  rudest  character 
of  Tartanr,  and  are  occupied  only  by  bandi  of  wandering  Turcomans.  The 
watera  of  the  latter  river,  however,  fertilise  the  kingdom  of  Khokan,  airoilar  in 
cultivation  and  improvement  to  Bokhara.. 

Khokan,  of  modem  origin,  and  recently  made  the  capital,  has  risen  firom  a  small 
village  to  a  city  of  60,(MN)  houses,  with  800  moeqoes.  It  lies  in  a  fruitful  plain, 
watered  by  two  small  riven.  Khojend,  tlie  ancient  capital,  though  decayed,  is 
still  more  than  half  the  size  of  Khokan.  Its  situation  on  the  Sihon  is  described 
as  truly  delightful,  and  its  inhabitants  as  the  most  learned  and  polite  of  any  in  this 
part  of  Tartary. 

Tashkent  is  an  ancient  city,  still  very  flourishing,  and  estimated  to  contain 
100,000  inhabitants,  with  820  mosques.     Murgilan  is  a  larffe  and  fine  city. 

On  the  southern  frontier  is  Ush,  a  populous  town.  North  of  Tashkent,  and  on 
the  banks  of  the  Sihon,  is  Tounkat,  anciently  celebrated  for  its  schools  and  learned 
men,  and  for  its  fine  situation,  it  being  said  of  it  that  God  never  made  a  more  de- 
licious dwelling  than  at  Tounkat  Other  towns  formerly  important  are  Otrar, 
Jassu,  Taras  or  Turkestan,  Slc. 

KHIVA. 

Khita,  the  ancient  Kharamn,  fbrms  another  kingdom  of  Independent  Tartary, 
once  a  seat  of  empire,  and  still  considerable.  It  is  situated  on  the  lower  Amoo, 
separated  by  a  wide  interval  of  desert  firom  that  of  Bokhara.  The  cultivated  part 
of  Khiva  extends  less  than  200  miles  in  length,  and  SO  in  its  utmost  breadth, 
along  the  banks  of  the  river.  The  canals  derived  from  that  stream  are  the  chief 
means  by  which  cultivation  is  produced.  To  this  state,  also,  is  loosely  'attached 
the  roving  population  of  those  immense  deserts  which,  on  every  side,  insulate  it 
from  the  civilized  world ;  from  Persia,  from  Cabul,  and  from  Bokhara.  Travellen 
across  these  wastes  find  only  at  wide  intervals  a  few  spots  afiording  water  and 
pasturage.  The  population  of  the  whole  territory  has  been  reckoned  at  300,000 
families,  of  whom  about  a  third  are  fixed,  the  rest  wandering,  pastoral,  and  preda- 
tory, and  principalljr  employed  in  desolating  Penia,  and  particularly  Khorasan,  by 
plundering  expeditions,  in  which  they  not  only  carry  off  everything  valuable,  but 
the  inhabitants  themselves  to  perpetual  captivity  in  the  heart  of  their  immense 
deserts. 

The  settled  inhabitants  of  Khiva  are  described  as  gross  and  uncivilized,  when 
compared  either  with  the  Peraians  or  with  the  Tartars.  Their  situation  enables 
them  to  carry  on  some  trade  similar  to  that  of  Bokhara,  though  on  a  smaller  scale. 
One  branch  they  havo  extended  much  farther,  that  of  slaves,  of  whom  it  is  esti- 
mated there  were,  throughout  Khiva  and  Bokhara,  from  1^10,000  to  200,000  Per- 
sians, and  15,000  Russians. 

The  city  of  Khiva  is  situated  about  fifteen  miles  to  the  south  of  the  Amoo,  and 
contains  about  5000  fiimilies.  It  ia  poorly  built,  and  is,  indeed,  rather  a  fixed  en- 
campment than  a  regular  town.  Even  the  palace  of  the  khan  is  only  a  large 
wooden  tent  plastered  with  clay.  Urghendj,  or  Urgunge,  the  ancient  capital,  is 
almost  in  ruins,  though  its  situation  on  the  Amoo  stul  preserves  to  it  a  little  trade. 
Khizarist,  or  Hazarasp,  a  place  distinfuished  in  the  revolutions  of  Asia,  has  ex- 
perienced an  equal  decay.    Chevvat,  Kiat,  Sie.,  are  also  small  towns  or  villages. 

KOONDOOZ. 

Brwbui  Cabul  and  Bokhara,  to  the  south  of  the  Amoo,  is  the  little  state  of 
Kouidooz,  ruled  by  an  Uzbek  chieftain  or  raeer,  who  has  established  his  power 
over  all  the  neighbouring  districts.  He  has  a  force  of  20,000  horse,  and  rendere 
hiimolf  fbrmidaUe  to  his  neighboun  by  his  activity  and  his  vigorous  policv.  The 
town  of  Koondooz  is  situated  in  a  marshy  valley  proverbial  for  its  unhealthy  cli- 
mate, and  is  visited  by  the  meer  only  in  winter.  It  was  once  a  large  town,  but 
the  population  does  not  now  exceed  l500  eouls.  Kholoom  is  agreeably  situated  in 
a  fine  district,  and  contains  about  10,000  inhabitants.     Eastward  from  Bokhara 


character  J 
ins.     The  j 
similar  in 

om  a  small 
litrol  plain,  < 
lecnyed,  isl 
s  described 
any  in  this 

to  contain 
city. 

[ent,  and  on 
and  learned 
» a  more  de- 
are  Otrar, 


ent  Tartary, 
lower  Amoo, 
iltivated  part 
nost  breadth, 
ire  the  chief 
gely  attached 
e,  msulate  it 
u  Travellers 
jff  water  and 
ed  at  300,000 
il,  and  preda- 
Khorasan,  by 
valuable,  but 
leir  immense 

vilized,  when 
ation  enables! 
smaller  scale, 
lom  it  is  csti- 
200,000  Per- 

he  Amoo,  and 
ler  a  fixed  en- 

only  a  large 
snt  capital,  is 

a  little  trade. 
Asia,  has  ex- 
or  villages. 


ittle  state  of 
led  his  power 
e,  and  renders 
I  policy.  The 
unhealthy  di- 
rge town,  but 
bly  situated  in 
from  Bokhara 


TARTARY— JAPAN. 


537 


lies  the  long  mountain  valley  of  DatlalcRhan,  situated  between  the  Bolor  Tagli, 
and  a  high  branch  thrown  out  from  it,  calleti  the  Rid{(e  of  Pamer.  Badakshan  is  j 
celebrated  over  the  EnA  for  its  mineral  prcMlucta;  iron,  salt,  sulphur,  lapis  lazuli; 
but,  above  all,  rubies  considered  equul  to  any  in  the  worid.  It  is  dependent  on  the 
meer  of  Koondooz.  The  capital  is  Badakshan.  On  the  opposite  side  of  the  Amoo 
is  the  district  of  Derwauz,  the  king  of  which  claims  a  descent  from  Alexander, 
which  his  nefghboura  are  said  to  admit ;  probably  on  very  slender  testimony. 

KIRGUIS  COUNTRY. 

Thi  northern  and  north-western  parts  of  Independent  Tartarv  are  occupied  by 
the  Kirguis,  who  are  divided  into  three  branches  or  hordes,  called  the  Graat,  the 
Middle,  and  the  Little  Horde. 

The  Great  Horde  ranges  to  the  east  and  south,  on  the  ftontiera  of  Cashgar  and 
Klhokan,  and  many  of  its  tribes  have  adopted  the  habits  of  those  more  improved 
districts,  and  acquired  a  fixed  and  peaceable  character. 

The  Middle  and  Lesser  Horde  occupy  the  shores  of  the  Aral,  and  the  tract  ex- 
tending firom  the  Aral  to  the  Caspian,  and  in  these  the  original  nomadic  and  pas- 
toral character  is  preserved  most  entire.  They  own,  in  a  certain  sense,  the  sove- 1 
reignty  of  Russia,  which,  however,  must  have  recourse  to  measures  both  of  con- 1 
ciliation  and  defence,  to  prevent  them  from  making  extensive  depredations  in  its 
territory.  In  the  former  view,  it  grants  pensions  to  the  principal  chiefs,  of  whom 
the  khan  receives  annually  600  rubles  and  20  camels ;  the  rest  in  proportion ;  and 
it  maintains  a  chain  of  strong  posts  along  the  whole  line  from  the  Ural  to  the 
Irtysh.  In  their  social  and  political  capacity,  the  Kirguis  enjoy  a  greater  share 
of  independence  than  most  of  the  other  tribes  of  Middler  Asia. 

The  Little  Horde,  indeed,  allows  Russia  to  appoint  a  nominal  khan ;  but  he 
enjoys  scarcely  any  power,  unless  what  he  can  secure  by  wealth  or  personal 
qualities.  The  private  life  of  the  Kirguis  is  directed  by  the  maxims  of  Maho- 
metan law,  of  which  they  are  strict  obwrvers.  Under  its  sanction,  the  chiefs  ob- 
serve polygamy  to  as  great  an  extent  as  purchase  or  robbery  can  enable  them,  and 
a  separate  tent  is  allotted  to  each  wife. 

The  wealth  of  the  Kirguis  consists  in  horses,  goats,  the  large-tailed  sheep,  and 
a  few  camels.  In  these  respects  their  possessions  are  said  to  be  often  very  con- 
siderable. It  has  been  chiefly,  as  yet,  by  plunder  or  contribution,  that  they  have 
obtained  foreign  luxuries ;  but  some,  ado|^ing  more  peaceable  habits,  have  begun 
to  obtain  them  by  the  exchange  of  fun,  hides,  and  felt 

TURCOMANIA. 

TcaooMAMiA  extends  west  from  Khiva  along  the  eastern  shore  i  of  the  Caspian 
Sea,  and  is  a  sandy  and  rocky  country,  labouring  under  a  great  deficiency  of 
water.  The  inhabitants,  more  swarthy,  smaller  in  size,  but  more  square  in  their 
limbs,  than  the  neighbouring  tribes,  live  in  tents  of  felt,  or  in  caves  of  the  rocks. 
They  are  a  set  of  rude  shepherds,  who  often  commit  acts  of  robbery,  and  some- 
limes  carry  off  the  inhabitants  of  the  northern  Penian  provinces,  whom  they  sell 
for  slaves  at  Khiva  and  Bokhara. 

The  Turcomans  are  divided  into  several  tribes,  of  which  the  most  powerful, 
settled  around  and  near  the  Bay  of  Balkan,  number,  it  is  said,  12,000  families. 
They  keep  numbera  of  camels  and  sheep,  and  have  also  a  breed  of  particularly 
strong  and  serviceable  horses,  much  esteemed  in  the  East  These  people  weave 
a  coarse  cloth  of  camels*  wooi,  and  raise,  where  the  soil  admits  of  it  a  little  grain, 
rice,  water-melons,  and  cucumbers.  The  Russians  occasionally  visit  the  Bay  of 
Balkan,  and  trade  with  the  Turcomans. 


JAPAN. 

Japam  beara  an  affinity  to  China,  in  the  nature  of  its  institutions,  the  character 
of  its  inhabitants,  and  the  physical  and  moral  circumstances  which  separate  it  firom 


*l 


3S 


«'. 


!il 


VM*^ 


I 


538 


JAPAN. 


the  rett  of  the  world.  Being  populoiu,  and  nwrked  by  BtrikinK  ami  peculiar  fea- 
ture*, it  haa,  notwithatanding  the  complete  state  of  inaulation  in  which  it  holda 
itself  from  other  nationa,  attracted  a  large  share  of  the  curioaity  of  Europe. 

Japan  consiata  of  three  principal  islands,  one  large,  and  two  smaller,  which, 
being  aeparated  iVom  each  other  by  narrow  channela,  form  altogether  one  long, 
winding,  irregular  range  of  territory.  The  entire  length,  in  one  oblique  line, 
from  point  to  point,  scarcely  Alls  abort  of  lUOO  miles ;  while  the  breadth  varies 
ftom  4U  or  00  to  300. 

The  aspect  of  Japan  is  bold,  varied,  abrupt,  and  striking,  without  any  single 
feature  that  is  very  prominent.  Rugged  chains  traverse  its  interior,  from  several 
of  which  volcanic  fire  ia  thrown  up;  and  Fuai,  the  highest,  is  covered  with  al- 
moat  perpetual  snow.  Niphon,  the  largest,  is  about  800  milea  long ;  Kiuaiu,  150 
miles  long  by  120  broad ;  Sikoke,  90  long  by  00  broad.  The  other  islands  are 
mere  detached  and  local  objects.  The  aouUiem  part  of  Uie  large  contiguoua  ialand 
of  Jesflo,  is  completely  colonised  and  poaacssca  by  the  Japanese.  Much  of  the 
surface  of  Japan  consists  of  rich  valleys  and  extending  plaina,  on  which  moat  of 
the  articles  of  tropical  produce  grow  in  great  abundance.  It  was  entirely  un- 
known  to  the  ancienta,  and  is  not  mention^  by  any  of  their  historians.  The  em- 
pire, however,  has  recorda,  which  affect  to  detail  its  revolutions  for  a  period  long 
anterior  to  that  which  we  are  justified  in  assigning  to  the  origin  of  human  society. 

The  intercourse  of  Europeans  with  Japan,  which  is  to  us  tho  most  interesting 
part  of  history,  commenced  in  the  sixteenth  century.  The  Portuguese,  who  were 
the  first  explorers  of  this  as  well  as  of  every  other  part  of  the  Asiatic  coaat,  did 
not  at  first  encounter  that  deadly  jealousy  with  which  Japan  was  afterwards  cloaed 
againat  Europeans.  Not  onlv  were  they  allowed  to  eatabliah  a  factory,  and  carry 
on  a  great  trade  at  Firando»  but  no  opposition  was  made  to  the  introduction  of 
missionaries,  for  diffusing  the  Catholic  religion.  St  Francia  Xavier,  the  celebrated 
apostle  of  the  East,  made  Japan  the  great  theatre  of  his  preaching.  After  some 
oiMtacles,  considerable  progress  waa  made ;  several  of  the  princea  or  tributary 
kings,  with  a  great  number  of  their  subjects,  embraced  the  new  fiiith;  and  an 
embassy  was  even  sent  to  Philip  II.  and  the  pope.  In  no  long  time,  however, 
these  fair  promises  began  to  be  clouded.  The  nobles  became  impatient  of  the  re- 
straints imposed  bv  their  new  profession ;  and  the  perpetual  jealousy  of  a  deapotic 
government  was  kindled  by  the  introduction  of  new  doctrines,  habits,  and  ideas, 
from  a  foreign  nation,  who  might  employ  this  change  as  a  prelude  to  conquest 
Some  rash  steps  taken  by  the  missionaries,  and,  probably,  the  report  of  Portuguese 
proceedings  in  other  parts  of  Asia,  raised  this  hostile  disposition  to  the  utmost 
pitch.  A  general  persecution  was  commenced  against  all,  both  native  and  foreign, 
who  held  the  new  fiiith ;  and  it  was  carried  on  with  an  unrelenting  severity  char- 
acteristic of  the  nation,  which  ended  in  completely  extirpating  the  Catholic  &itb. 

Afterwards  the  Dutch,  by  assuming  the  most  submissive  deportment  and,  as 
haa  been  alleged,  denying  the  faith  on  account  of  which  their  predecessors 
had  been  expelled,  succeeded  in  establishing  a  fiictory  at  Firanda  This  being 
soon  considered  too  wide  a  field,  they  were  removed  to  the  smaller  spot  of  Nan- 
gasaki,  where  they  have  ever  since  been  allowed  to  remain  under  restrictions 
progressively  severe.  They  have  at  length  been  circumscribed  as  in  a  prison ; 
allowed,  indeed,  to  carry  on  a  certain  portion  of  trade,  but  without  ever  passing 
the  allotted  boundaries.  All  attempts  made  by  other  European  states  have  com- 
pletely failed. 

The  division  of  power  between  the  ecclesiastical  and  military  potentate  is  the 
most  remarkable  peculiarity  in  the  government  of  Japan :  the  one  holds  the  highest 
rank,  and  the  first  place  in  the  veneration  of  the  whole  nation ;  Uie  other  atoorbs 
all  the  solid  realities  of  power. 

The  dairi,  who  resides  at  Miaco,  appropriates  the  whole  revenue  of  that  city 
and  its  rich  adjoining  territory.  In  order,  also,  that  he  may  maintain  the  full  pomp 
of  a  sovereign,  a  liberal  allowance  is  held  due  to  him  out  of  the  general  revenue. 
This,  however,  is  all  in  the  hands  of  the  cubo,  who  often  finds  it  inconvenient  to 
make  the  payment  and  has  recourse  toapoWies  which,  whether  satisfactory  ori 
not  the  othbT  has  no  means  of  disallowing.    Thus,  a  proud  poverty  reigns  in  this 


teculiar  fet- 
tiich  it  hold! , 
urope. 

illcr,  which, 
>r  one  \ongA 
oblique  line, 
eadlh  varies 

t  any  single 
from  several 
jred  with  al- 
Kiusiu,  100 
r  islands  are 
iguous  island 
Much  of  the 
rhich  most  of  | 
I  entirely  un- 
its.   The  em- 
a  period  long 
uman  society. 
St  interesting 
ise,  who  were 
itic  coast,  did 
irwards  closed 
>ry,  and  carry 
traduction  of 
the  celebrated 
.    After  some 
I  or  tributary 
faith;  and  an 
ime,  however, 
ientofthere* 
V  of  a  despotic 
Its,  and  ideas, 
)  %a  conquest 
of  Portuguese 
to  the  utmost 
re  and  foreign, 
severity  char- 
Catholic  faith, 
tment,  and,  as 
r  predecessors 
.    This  being 
r  spot  of  Nan- 
er  restrictions 
ui  in  a  prison ; 
t  ever  passing 
ites  have  com- 

itentate  is  the 
ds  the  highest 
other  absorbs 

je  of  that  city 
the  full  pomp 

tneral  revenue. 

iiconvenient  to 
satisfiictory  or 

T  reigns  in  thisj 


JAPAN. 


539 


I 


sacred  court,  which  is  greatly  increased  by  the  circumttancr,  that  all  the  members 
of  the  blood  royal,  now  amounting  to  many  thousands,  must  be  so  maintained  a« 
not  to  bring  contempt  upon  the  race. 

The  cubo,  or  temooral  sovereign  of  Japan,  rules  with  an  authority  which  ad- 
mits, in  principle,  of  no  limitation.  In  fiict,  however,  it  itamlB  on  a  v<>ry  ilitferent 
footing  from  tnat  of  the  despotic  monarchies  of  Asia.  Tim  province*  are  ruled 
by  princes,  once  warlike  and  independent,  and  only  reduced,  aAor  a  hani  Mtruprglt'. 
to  bend  to  the  will  of  a  conqueror.  They  are  obliged  to  leave  the  greater  part  of 
their  family  at  court  as  hostages,  and  themselves  to  reside  there  for  a  great  part 
of  the  year.  When  discovered  or  believed  to  be  engaged  in  any  measure  hostile 
to  the  government,  death  is  the  immediate  and  irrevocable  sentence ;  and  the 
only  mitigation  granted  is  that  of  being  allowed  to  procure  it  by  their  own  hands. 

The  laws  of  Japan,  in  general,  may  oe  said,  even  more  emphatically  than  thokc 
of  Draco,  to  be  written  in  blood.  Cfutting  in  pieces,  piercing  the  belly  with  a 
knife,  immersion  in  boiling  oil,  are  common  mooes  of  punishing  the  guilty.  The 
parent  suffers  for  the  crime  of  the  child,  and  the  child  for  that  of  the  parent  Of 
these  violent  measures,  however,  the  result  really  id,  that  the  security  of  person 
and  property  is  very  complete,  and  that  capital  punishments  are  even  rendered 
more  rare  than  in  most  other  nations.  Around  Nangasaki  only,  examples  of  this 
unrelenting  severity  continue  more  frequent  in  order  to  extirpate  every  remnant 
of  Christianity,  and  also  to  punish  the  instances  of  contraband  traffic  which  private 
interest  prompts,  in  the  face  of  the  most  rigorous  prohibitions. 

The  Japanese  rank  with  the  richest  and  most  industrious  nations  of  Asis,  though 
they  confine  themselves  so  entirely  to  their  internal  resources.  In  particular,  their 
fertile  soil,  and  even  those  parts  of  it  to  which  nature  has  been  least  bountiful,  are 
improved  with  the  most  exemplary  diligence.  The  basis  of  their  culture  is  Chi- 
nese ;  and  they  resemble  that  people  in  the  extreme  care  with  which  manure  is 
collected.  Rice  is  the  pride  of  Japanese  agriculture,  and  the  main  staff  of  life. 
That  which  is  raised  on  the  best  soil  is  said  to  be  finer,  whiter,  and  more  easily 

itreserved,  than  any  other  in  Asia.  Next  in  utility  ranks  the  daid-su,  a  species  of 
arge  bean,  which,  being  made  into  a  pulp,  serves  like  butter  as  a  condiment  to 
season  many  of  their  duhes.  Wheat  and  barley  are  also  standard  grains,  though 
not  to  an  equal  extent 

The  tea-plant  grows  without  culture  in  the  hedges ;  ginger,  pepper,  sugar,  cot- 
ton, and  inaij^  are  cultivated  with  success.  The  fig  and  the  chestnut  are  their 
principal  fruits.  One  of  the  most  valuable  trees  is  the  Arusi,  which  yields  the 
varnish  employed  in  the  rich  lackered  ware  peculiar  to  the  country.  There  are 
few  cattle  in  Japan :  a  variety  of  the  bufftlo,  and  some  small  oxen,  are  employed 
in  agriculture.  The  horses  are  small,  but  not  numerous :  dogs  abound,  and  a  few 
hogs  have  been  brought  fh)m  China. 

The  Japanese  do  not  use  much  animal  food,  with  the  exception  of  fish,  of  which 
there  is  a  great  variety ;  and  the  whale  is  highly  prized  by  them,  more  as  an  ar^ 
tide  of  food  than  for  the  oil.  The  standard  food  is  hot  rice-cakes,  along  with  tea 
or  rice  beer. 

Japan  is  considered  to  be  very  populous;  but  statements  of  the  amount  are  so 
uncertain  as  to  have  been  estimated  at  from  15,000,000  to  50,000,000.  Allowing 
it  to  be  as  thickly  inhabited  as  China  Proper,  it  will  amount  to  about  the  former 
number.  This  country  is  rich  in  mineral  productions,  which  consist  of  gold  and 
silver,  copper  in  great  abundance  and  the  best  in  the  world,  some  iron  and  tin, 
also  sulphur  and  coal.  Pearls  and  amber  nrc  found  on  the  sesrshores  in  consider- 
able quantities.  Manufiictures  are  exerteii  on  the  same  branches  and  after  the 
same  models  as  the  Chinese.  Silk,  cotton,  porcelain,  and  lackered  ware,  in  which 
last  they  excel,  are  the  chief  Thev  are  also  well  acquainted  with  the  art  of 
working  metals  and  the  making  of  glass. 

The  Japanese  do  not  themselves  carry  on  foreJ-jn  commerce,  but  permit  the 
Chinese  and  Coreans  to  trade  to  Nangasaki ;  also,  the  Dutch,  who  are  restricted 
to  a  small  island,  where,  subjected  to  every  humiliation,  they  are  allowed  to  die* 
pose  of  two  annual  cargoes.  As  they  make,  however,  a  profit  of  20,00W.  a  year, 
they  continue,  notwithstanding  some  menaces,  to  brave  all  the  mortificatione,  and 


.;{ 


'  ''1 


»■' 


ill 

■Mr; -I  '1 
■■It*!  I 

rill 

mm 


MO 


JAPAN. 


even  danfrera,  which  Bttend  thii  traffic.  Commerco,  thua  confined  tlnKMt  entirely 
tu  the  interior  of  the  empire,  if  very  active  within  that  aphere.  All  the  ahorea 
ami  baya  appear  crowded  with  barka,  conveying  from  place  to  place  the  varioua 
producta  of  the  pruvincea.  The  roada  are  excellent,  and  thronf^ed  in  an  atnazinff 
dcffree;  they  are  kept  clean  by  the  mere  anxiety  of  the  people  to  collect  the  mud 
an  manure.  The  broad  and  rapid  torrenta  in  tlin  mountainoua  diatricta  are  croaaed 
by  handaome  bridge*  of  cedar,  well  fenced,  and  alwaya  kept  in  the  moat  perfect 
repair. 

The  Japaneae  aeem,  in  pereonal  appearance,  to  be  a  aomewhat  altered  and  im- 
proved variety  of  the  Mongola  and  Unineae.  Their  eyea  are  even  in  a  greater 
degree  amall,  pointed,  oblong,  aunk  in  the  head,  with  a  deep  furrow  made  by  the 
eyelida;  they  have  almoat  the  appearance  of  being  pink-eyed.  Their  heada  are 
in  general  large,  and  their  necka  ahort;  their  hair  ia  black,  thick,  and  ahining 
from  the  uae  of  oil.  They  are,  however,  robust,  well  made,  active,  and  eaay  in 
their  motiona.  Their  complexion,  yellow  and  pasaing  into  brown,  appeara  to  be 
entirely  produced  by  the  climate ;  aince  ladiea,  who  are  constantly  protected  frum 
the  heat  of  the  aun,  are  aa  white  aa  in  Europe. 

The  national  character  i*  atrikingly  marked,  and  strongly  contrasted  with  that 
which  generally  prevaila  throughout  Asia.  The  Japaneae  differ  most  eapecially 
from  the  Chinese,  their  neareat  neighbours,  notwithatanding  the  resemblance  in 
form  and  lineaments.  Although  they  are  said  to  make  ^ood  subjects,  even  to  the 
severe  government  undfcr  which  they  live,  they  yet  retam  an  impatience  of  con- 
trol, and  a  force  of  public  opinion,  which  rendera  it  impossible  for  any  ruler  wan-i 
tonly  to  tyrannize  over  them.  Instead  of  that  mean,  artfbl,  and  truckling  diapo- 
aition,  so  general  among  Asiatics,  their  mannera  are  distinguished  by  a  manly 
frankness,  and  all  their  proceedings  by  honour  and  good  faith.  They  are  habitu- 
ally kind  and  good-humoured,  when  nothing  occura  to  rouse  their  hostile  passions, 
and  they  carry  the  ties  of  friendship  even  to  a  romantic  height.  To  serve  and 
defend  a  friend  in  every  peril,  and  to  meet  torture  and  death  rather  than  betray 
him,  is  considered  as  a  duty  from  which  nothing  can  dispense.  The  greatest  defect 
seems  to  be  pride,  which  runs  through  all  classes,  rises  to  the  highest  pitch  among 
the  great,  and  leads  them  to  display  an  extravagant  pomp  in  their  retinue  and 
establishment,  and  to  despise  everything  in  the  nature  of  industry  and  mercantile 
employment  Self-murder  here,  like  duelling  in  Europe,  seems  to  be  the  point  of 
honour  among  the  great ;  and  the  nobles,  even  when  condemned  to  death  by  the 
sovereign,  reserve  uie  privilege  of  executing  the  sentence  with  their  own  hands. 

There  are  two  religions  io  Japan ;  one  native,  called  the  Sintos,  at  the  head  of 
which  is  the  dairi ;  the  other,  the  Buddha,  called  here  Budso,  the  same  which  pre- 
vails over  all  eastern  Asia.  The  Budso  gains  ascendency  by  mingling  with  the 
original  system  those  attractive  accessories  which  it  possesses  in  common  with  the 
Catholic,  monasteries,  processions,  beads,  drums,  noisy  music,  and  the  belief  of 
purgatory ;  which,  though  condemned  by  the  pure  and  orthodox  Sintoists,  have  a 
general  mfluence  over  me  people.  The  Sintos  profess  to  believe  in  a  Supreme 
Ruler  of  the  universe,  and  among  their  number  is  distinguished  a  class  of  pure 
and  philosophic  worahippers,  who  entertain  lofty  conceptions  of  the  Deity,  and 
cultivate  the  practice  of  virtue  as  the  chief  means  of  gaining  his  favour.  Their 
belief,  however,  being  thought  to  resemble  the  Christian,  fell  into  some  discredit 
when  the  latter  became  the  object  of  such  deadly  persecution. 

Pilgrimage  is  the  custom  to  which  the  Japanese  adhere  with  the  greatest  zeal, 
and  from  which  they  promise  themselves  the  greatest  benefit,  temporal  and  spir- 
ituol.  No  one  can  be  accounted  at  all  eminent  in  sanctity,  or  have  any  assurance 
of  the  forgiveness  of  his  sins,  who  has  not  been  once  a  year  at  Isje,  the  grand 
temple  of  the  Tensio  Dai  Sir,  or  first  of  the  celestial  spirits,  situated  in  a  province 
of  the  same  name.  The  roads  in  summer  are  completely  choked  with  the  crowds 
of  devout  worshippers,  on  their  way  to  the  sacred  shrine.  As  many  have  not  the 
means  of  paying  their  own  way,  a  large  proportion  betake  themselves  to  begging, 
and,  prostrate  on  the  ground,  call  out  to  the  rich  passengers,  **A  farthing  to  carry 


me  to  Isje !" 
The  Japanese, 


in  their  mode  of  printing,  and  their  ideas  on  speculative  subjects. 


noat  entirely 
Jl  the  ihoret 
s  the  varioui 
1  an  ainazinjr 
llect  tliK  mu(l  I 
tfl  are  croaaed 
moat  perfect  I 

Itered  and  tm> 
I  in  a  greater  I 
ir  made  by  the  I 
leir  heads  are 
[,  and  ihinini; 
B,  and  easy  in  I 
appear*  to  be  I 
protected  from 

uted  with  that 

noat  eflpeciaUyl 

reaemblance  in 

ctB,  even  to  the 

atience  of  con- 

any  ruler  wan-M 

trucklinjf  diapo- 

led  by  a  manly 

hey  are  habitu- 

hoatile  paasiona, 

To  serve  and 

ther  than  betray 

e  greatest  defect 

lest  pitch  amonff 

iieir  retinue  ana 

r  and  mercantile 

I  be  the  point  of 

to  death  by  the 

their  own  hands. 

,  at  the  head  of 

same  which  pre- 

injf ling  with  the 

sommon  with  the 

nd  the  belief  of 

Hntoists,  have  a 

e  in  a  Supreme 

a  class  of  pure 

•  the  Deity,  and 

is  favour.    Their 

JO  some  discredit 

the  greatest  zeal, 
emporal  and  spir- 
,ve  any  assurance 
It  Isje,  the  grand 
ited  in  a  province 

with  the  crowds 
lany  have  not  the 
elves  to  begging, 

fiurthing  to  carry 


iulative  subjects, j 


JAPAN. 


541 


are  originally  Chineno.  They  arc  Ikr,  howover,  fnim  iliiipiaying  ihe  maw  prutid 
indiflercncn  und  diwiain  of  evitrytliiiii;  forei^fii.  Thi>ir  niindii  are  active,  and  im- 
bued with  the  muHt  ougor  ciiruMitv  on  all  MultjvctK.  Dn  (h«>  lew  ocraMionn  allowvil 
to  them  by  the  joaiuUH  rigour  of  their  gnveriiinent,  they  have  hnraMed  Kuropeann 
with  multiplied  (|ucationi)  reipecting  thoHC  branclicH  of  knowledge  in  which  they 
felt  and  admitted  their  aupcriority. 

In  travelling,  the  Japanese  spend  more  time  than  perlmpH  any  other  nation. 
The  main  roads  are  said  to  be  uaually  as  crowded  aa  the  nlreets  of  the  nuwl 
populous  cities  in  Europe.  This  is  owing  to  tliiMr  niiinrroiiM  pilgrimnges ;  to  the 
extent  of  their  inland  trade;  and,  moat  of  all,  to  the  iinnienHC  relinuca  which 
attend  the  princes  in  their  annual  journeys  to  and  from  the  court  of  the  cubo. 
The  retinue  of  one  of  the  very  first  rank  is  computed  to  amount  to  20,(MK),  and 
covers  the  roads  for  several  miles.  That  such  a  retinue  mnv  pass  without  incon* 
venience  or  collision,  all  the  inns  are  engaged  for  a  month  before ;  and  in  all  the 
towns  and  villages  on  the  route,  boards  are  set  up  to  announce  that,  on  such  a 
day,  such  a  great  lord  is  to  pass  through. 

Jeddo,  the  capital  of  Japan,  lies  at  the  head  of  a  deep  bay  on  the  eastern  coast 
of  Niphon,  and  at  the  mouth  of  one  of  the  few  rivers  which  ponwHS  any  conoider- 
able  magnitude.  It  is  seven  miles  long  and  five  bronti,  and  contains  many  splendid 
palaces  of  the  great  lords,  all  of  whom  must  reside  in  it  for  a  great  part  of  the  j 
year.  The  buildings,  on  account  of  the  frequency  of  earthquakes,  are  ^.ilt  of 
one  story  only.  The  palace,  however,  though  equally  low,  is  five  leagues  in  cir- 
cumference,  mcluding  a  wide  exterior  area  occupied  by  the  spacious  mansioPH  of 
the  princes  and  great  lords  of  the  court.  The  city  is  subject  to  dreadful  tire«, 
one  of  which,  in  1703,  consumed  10U,000  houses.  It  is  the  scat  of  varied  branches 
of  industry,  and  carries  on  also  a  great  internal  trade. 

Miaco,  the  spiritual  capital  of  Japan,  is  still  the  chief  seat  of  polished  manners, 
refined  arts,  and  intellectual  culture.  The  finest  silk  stuffs  flowered  with  gold 
and  silver,  the  richest  varnishes,  the  best  painted  papers,  and  the  most  skilful 
works  in  gold,  silver,  and  copper,  are  here  manufoctured.  It  is  likewise  the  centre 
of  literature  and  science,  and  most  of  the  works  which  are  publibhed  and  read  in 
Japan  issue  fVom  its  presses.  The  lay  inhabitattts,  according  to  the  last  enumera- 
tion, were  477,000,  and  the  ecclesiastical,  including  tlie  court,  52,000 ;  making  in 
all,  520,000. 

Osaka,  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  on  which  Miaco  is  situated,  is  a  flourishing 
sea-port,  intersected,  like  Venice,  by  numerous  canals,  which  are  connected  by 
bridges  of  cedar. 

The  Japanese  have  now  occupied  all  the  southern  parts  of  the  great  island  of 
Jesso  which  are  accessible  and  improveable.  Matsmai,  the  capital,  is  supposed  to 
contain  50,000  souls. 

Nangasaki,  that  interesting  point  at  which  alone  this  empire  comes  in  contact 
with  any  foreign  nation,  is  a  large,  industrious,  trading  town.  On  a  small  adjoin- 
ing island  the  Dutch  ore  allowed  to  carry  on  their  scanty  comme/ce.  They  have 
here  a  space  of  600  feet  long  by  120  broad,  on  which  they  have  erected  Bcveral 
large  storehouses,  and  rendered  them  fire-proof.  The  most  unheard-of  precau- 
tions are  taken  to  prevent  any  contraband  transaction,  commercial  or  political,  and 
it  is  confidently  asserted  that  these  are  insuflScient  to  guard  against  the  powerful 
impulse  of  self-interest,  and  that  contraband  trade  is  carried  on  to  a  considerable 
extent 

The  strong  disposition  on  the  part  of  the  Japanese,— stronger  even  than  the 
similar  feeling  which  prevails  in  China,— to  hove  the  least  possible  intercourse 
with  Europeans,  has  doubtless  proceeded  from  their  knowledge  of  the  facte  con- 
nected with  European  colonization  in  India  and  elsewhere;  and  however  lightly 
we  may  esteem  the  general  intellect  and  polity  of  these  two  great  Asiatic  notions, 
it  can  scarcely  be  doubted  that  to  the  rigorous  interdiction  m  question  they  are 
indebted  for  the  continuance  of  their  national  independence.     


'ii 


.;: 


46 


5i3 


OCEANICA. 


OCEANICA. 

OcKANicA  is  the  name  recently  adopted  to  designate  all  the  countries  which  are 
considered  as  forming  the  fifth  grand  division  of  the  globe.  Up  to  the  middle  of 
the  last  century,  and  still  Inter,  theoretical  geographers,  from  tho  fanciful  idea  of 
the  necessity  of  an  equilibrium  in  the  solid  parts  of  the  surface  of  the  earth,  sup- 
posed that  a  vast  continent  surrounded  tiic  Antarctic  Pole ;  and  this  imaginary 
region  was  called  by  them  Terra  Australis.  When  the  errors  of  these  specula* 
tive  writers  were  corrected  by  the  voyages  and  discoveries  of  Captain  Cook,  all 
the  inlands  lying  south  of  Asia  and  those  m  the  Pacific  Ocean  had  already  received 
peculiar  proper  names.  It  did  not  seem  convenient  to  the  geographers  of  that 
period  to  add  those  islands  either  to  Asia  or  to  America,  and  they  wished,  there- 
fore, to  devise  a  name  which  should  comprehend  all  of  these,  and  at  the  same  time 
express  tlieir  position  on  the  globe.  The  different  terms  Australia,  Australasia, 
and  Oceanica,  have  been  proposed  by  different  writers,  of  which  the  last  appears 
to  have  obtained  the  ascendency. 

The  islands  composing  Oceanica  are  situated  partly  to  the  south  of  Asia,  and 
partly  in  the  wide  Pacific  between  Asia  and  America.  This  portion  of  the  globe 
began  to  be  discovered  afler  America  and  the  South  Seas  were  known  to  Europe- 
ans. Magellan,  who  first  undertook  a  voyage  round  the  world,  had  promised  the 
Spanish  monarch,  into  whose  service  he  entered  when  he  left  the  Portuguese, 
that  he  v^ould  arrive  at  the  Moluccas  by  sailing  westward.  On  this  voyage  he 
discovered,  March  6, 1521,  the  Ladrones,  or  Mariana  Islands,  a  group  which  con- 
stitutes a  part  of  Oceanica.  Magellan  must,  therefore,  be  regarded  as  the  first 
discoverer  of  this  portion  of  the  globe,  and  opened  the  way  for  the  subsequent  dis- 
coveries in  this  quarter.  Three  hundred  years  elapsed  before  all  the  islands, 
which  now  pass  under  the  name  of  Oceanica,  were  known  to  Europeans. 

Afler  Magellan,  the  Spanish  navigators  continued  the  process  of  discovery  in 
this  part  of  the  world,  particularly  Alvaro  de  Mendana,  who,  in  the  last  part  of 
the  sixteenth  century,  discovered  the  Solomon  Islands  and  the  Marquesas,  and 
passed  through  the  Society  and  Friendly  Islands  without  seeing  them.  Fernandez 
de  Quiros,  who  had  accompanied  him  on  his  third  voyage,  took  a  southerly  direc- 
tion, and  hit  upon  the  part  of  the  Pacific  Ocean  which  contains  the  most  islands. 
He  made  known  to  the  world  the  Society  Islands  and  Terra  del  Espiritu  Santo. 
In  the  seventeenth  century,  the  Dutch  began  to  explore  this  part  of  the  ocean, 
and,  besides  several  small  islands,  discovered  the  large  island  of  Australia,  or  New 
Holland,  which  received  its  name  from  them,  although  there  is  some  reason  for 
supposing  that  it  had  been  visited  by  the  Portuguese  a  hundred  years  earlier;  but 
their  discoveries  seem  to  have  been  concealed  by  their  government,  and  after- 
wards forgotten.  Tasman,  a  Dutchman,  and  Dampier,  an  Englishman,  continued 
these  discoveries.  In  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth  century,  the  English  navi- 
gators Byron,  Wallis  and  Carteret,  and  the  French  Bougainville,  exerted  them- 
selves to  extend  the  knowledge  of  Oceanica.  But  Captain  James  Cook,  who  cir- 
cumnavigated the  world  from  1768  to  1779,  contributed  most  to  the  more  accurate 
examination  of  this  portion  of  the  globe,  corrected  the  knowledge  of  Europeans 
with  regard  to  the  islands  already  known,  again  discovered  islands  before  seen, 
and  was  the  original  discoverer  of  New  Caledonia  and  the  Sandwich  Islands. 
After  the  time  of  Cook,  both  the  French  and  English  exerted  themselves  to  give 
the  world  a  better  acquaintance  with  Oceanica.  Among  the  later  navigators  En- 
trecasteaux,  Gran^  La  Pey  rouse.  Baud  in,  Flinders,  Krusenstem,  Kotzebue,  and 
Beechey,  added  to  our  knowledge  of  this  region. 

Many  of  these  islands  are  extensive  countries,  and  one  of  them  is  about  equal 
ir  area  to  Europe.  The  whole  surface  of  the  islands  may  be  estimated  at  firom  4 
to  5,000,000  of  square  miles,  an  extent  perhaps  nearly  equal  to  one-tenth  part  of 
all  the  land  on  the  globe.  The  population  may  be  estimated  at  from  15,000,000 
to  20,000,000.    No  portion  of  the  globe  has  more  numerous  inequalities  of  surfoce, 


es  which  are 
\\e  middle  of 
iciful  idea  of 
le  earth,  sup- 
ia  imaginary 
tcte  Bpecula- 
tain  Cook,  all 
eady  received 
pherB  of  that 
vished,  there- 
Lhe  same  time 
I,  Australasia, 
le  last  appears 

h  of  Asia,  and  | 
[1  of  the  globe 
wn  to  Europe- 
il  promised  the 
le  Portuguese, 
this  voyage  he 
lup  which  con- 
ed as  the  first 
subsequent  dis- 
ill  the  islands, 
peans. 

[of  discovery  in 
he  last  part  of 
V[arqiiesas,  and 
m,    Fernandez 
southerly  direc- 
le  most  islands. 
Espiritu  Santo. 
t  of  the  ocean, 
istralia,  or  New 
some  reason  for 
ars  earlier;  but 
lent,  and  after- 
iman,  continued 
English  navi- 
exerted  them- 
Cook,  who  cir- 
^  more  accurate 
e  of  Europeans 
ids  before  seen, 
_iidwich  Islands, 
smselves  to  give 
navigators  En- 
Kotzebue,  and 

.1  is  about  equal 
mated  at  from  4 
nc-tenth  part  of 
from  15,000,000 
flities  of  sur&ce,  | 


OCEANICA. 


54.1 


and  It  18  remarkable  that  the  mountain  ranges  have  all  a  jyeneral  direction  from 
north  to  south.  Many  of  these  mountains  arc  volcanic,  and  arc  described  by  navi- 
gators as  often  seemmg  to  the  mariner  to  rise  like  giants,  from  the  bosom  of  tho 
deep.  In  no  part  of  the  world,  are  there  so  many  volcanoes.  In  Schouten's 
islands  near  New  Gumea,  tho  flames  and  smoke  rise  calmly  over  a  fruitful  nnd 
smilmg  country ;  m  other  islands,  dreadful  torrents  of  black  lava  darken  the  shorfd 
The  volcano  of  Gilolo  broke  out  in  1673  with  a  violence  which  made  the  whole  of 
the  Moluccaa  shake.  The  ashes  were  carried  as  far  as  Magindanao,  and  th.' 
scoria  and  the  pumice-stones,  floating  on  the  sea,  seemed  to  retard  the  pro<rres8  «f 
the  vessels.  Several  volcanoes  are  also  in  constant  activity  in  the  Sululwich 
Islands. 

The  ibrmation  of  many  of  these  islands  is  attributed  to  the  operation  of  minute 
insects.  All  the  low  islands  seem  to  have  for  their  base  a  reef  of  coral  rocks, 
generally  disposed  in  a  circular  form.  In  the  interior  the  sand  is  mixed  with 
pieces  of  broken  coral,  and  other  marine  substances,  proving  that  such  islands 
have  been  originally  formed  by  these  coral  rocks,  which  are  inhabited  nnd  accord- 
ing to  some  created  by  eoophites,  and  afterwards  augmented  and  elevated  by  the 
slow  accumulation  of  light  bodies  drifted  to  them  by  the  sea.  It  is  very  remark- 
able that  in  some  of  these  islands  there  are  elevations  of  several  hundred  feet  in 
height,  on  whose  summits  these  coral  rocks  are  found ;  this  seems  to  prove  that 
they  have  been  formed  by  the  coral  insects  at  the  level  of  the  sea,  which  has  gra- 
dually vetired  and  left  them  exposed. 

The  climate  throrghout  Oceanica  is,  for  the  most  part,  delightfiil.  Perpetual 
spring  combined  with  perpetual  summer,  displays  the  opening  blossom,  min<,'led 
with  the  ripened  fruits.  A  perfume  of  exquisite  sweetness  embalms  the  afmo- 
sphere,  which  is  continually  refreshed  by  the  wholesome  breezes  from  the  sea. 
Hene  might  mankind,  if  they  could  throw  off"  their  vices,  lead  lives  exempt  from 
trouble  and  from  want.  Their  bread  grows  on  the  trees  which  shade  their  lawns, 
and  the  light  barks  glide  on  the  tranquil  seas,  protected  from  the  swelling  surge 
by  the  coral  reefi  which  enclose  them. 

The  islands  of  Oceanica  aflbrd  a  very  varied  vegetation  among  the  trees  and 
plants,  of  which  there  are  many  of  great  utility  to  the  natives.  In  the  Sunda 
Islands,  the  Philippines,  and  the  Moluccas,  rice  occupies  the  place  of  wheat,  and 
the  culture  of  it  is  probabljr  extended  over  New  Guinea;  these  also  produce  in 
abundance  those  tropical  articles  which  are  of  chief  importance  in  commerce ;  cot- 
ton, sugar,  pepper,  coflee,  and  spices  of  all  kinds,  in  greater  variety  than  in  any 
other  part  of  the  world.  Farther  to  the  east,  in  the  islands  of  Polynesia,  there  are 
several  exceeding  useful  esculent  roots  and  plants,  which  grow  either  sponta- 
neously or  under  the  influence  of  culture.  The  yam,  the  taro,  the  sweet  potatoe, 
the  plantain,  and  the  banana,  all  more  or  less  answer  tlie  double  purpose  of  bread 
and  vegetables.  The  most  important  product  of  these  islands  is  the  bread-fruit 
tree,  the  trunk  of  which  rises  to  the  height  of  40  feet,  and  attains  the  thickness 
of  a  man*s  body.  The  fruit  is  as  large  as  a  child's  head :  gathered  before  it  is  fully 
ripe,  and  baked  among  ashes,  it  becomes  a  wholesome  bread  somewhat  resembling 
fresh  wheat  bread  in  taste.  The  cocoa-nut  is,  after  the  bread-fruit  tree,  the  moat 
serviceable ;  it  grows  equally  well  in  the  richest  and  in  the  most  barren  soils,  and 
in  its  fruit,  its  wood,  its  leaves,  and  its  fibres,  it  is  equally  subservient  to  the  wants 
and  necessities  of  the  people.  Beside  the  articles  enumerated,  fruits  of  various 
kinds  abound,  and  of  excellent  quality ;  the  chief  are  oranircs,  shaddocks,  and 
limes,  citrons,  pine  and  custard  apples,  guavas,  figs,  &c.  In  the  colonies  of  Aus- 
tralia and  Van  Diemen's  Land,  the  principal  European  grains  and  vegetables  have 
been  introduced  and  grow  in  great  perfection. 

The  people  of  Oceanica  are  divided  into  two  races,  distinct  in  origin,  lantruagc, 
aspect,  and  character,  and  irreconcileably  hostile  to  each  other;  the  brown  and 
the  blttck  races.  They  bear  the  same  analogy  that  the  white  and  the  negro  bear 
in  the  western  regions;  the  former,  superior  in  intelligence  nnd  power,  driving 
the  other  before  him,  oppressing  and  reducing  him  to  bondaire.  Thus,  in  all  the 
great  islands  the  brown  race  has  now  established  a  decided  and  undisputed  supe- 
riority. 


IIP 


M;;ii,,,' 


1 1).. 


fm:\ 


•  i  .'t  ■ 


544 


OCEANICA. 


The  black  race,  called  oAen  the  Papuas  or  Oriental  Net^roes,  appear  to  bo  a 
dwart'  variety  of  the  ne^ro  of  Africa.  They  are  of  low  stature  and  feeble  frame, 
generally  under,  and  seldom,  or  never  exceeding  live  feet  in  height.  The  colour 
is  sooty  rather  than  black ;  the  woolly  hair  grows  in  email  tufts,  vith  a  spiral  twist. 
The  forehead  is  higher,  the  nose  more  projecting,  the  upper  lip  longer  and  more 
prominent.  The  under  lip  is  protruded,  and  forms  indeed  the  lower  part  of  the 
iace,  which  has  scarcely  the  vestige  of  a  chin.  This  degraded  class  of  human 
beings  is  generally  diffused  through  New  Guinea,  New  Holland,  and  other  large 
islands  of  the  Pacific.  Their  habits  have  been  very  little  observed,  Europeans 
having  only  had  occasional  individuals  presented  to  them  as  objects  of  curiosity. 
Little  is  recorded  except  the  ferocity  with  which  they  wage  their  ceaseless  war 
with  the  brown  races,  who  have  driven  them  from  all  the  finer  parts  of  this  region. 

1'he  brown,  or  Malay  tribes,  especially  those  which  inhabit  the  islands  of  Ma- 
laysia, are  short,  squat,  and  robust^  being  reckoned,  on  an  average,  four  inches 
lower  than  the  European  standard.  There  are  considerable  varieties  of  colour 
and  appearance,  which  can  hardly  be  accounted  for  by  the  climate.  These  island- 
ers  are  rather  an  ugly  race ;  their  frame  is  deficient  in  symmetry,  their  lower 
limbs  large  and  heavy.  The  face  is  round ;  the  mouth  wide,  but,  with  fine  teeth ; 
the  cheek-bones  high,  the  nose  short  and  small ;  the  eyes  are  small,  and  always 
black.  The  hair  is  long,  lank,  harsh,  always  black,  and,  except  on  the  head, 
extremely  deficient. 

The  Malays  of  Sumatra,  Java,  Borneo,  &c.,  are  generally  Mahometans,  much 
addicted  to  piracy,  in  their  disposition  daring,  restless,  ferocious,  and  vindictive ; 
to  enemies  remorseless;  to  friends  capricious;  and  to  strangers  treacherous. 
Amongst  them  gambling  and  games  of  hazard  are  pursued  with  an  intense  degree 
of  passion.  Every  man  goes  armed  with  a  crees,.  or  dagger,  which  he  regards  as 
the  instrument  both  of  defendhtg  himself  and  avenging  his  wrongs.  The  right 
of  private  revenge  is  claimed  by  every  individual  for  injuries  received  either  by 
himself,  his  family,  or  tribe.  When  circumstances  deprive  him  of  any  hope  of 
avenging  himself  with  ease  and  safety,  he  has  recourse  to  that  dreadful  outrage 
peculiar  to  these  islands,  termed  running  a  muck.  The  individual  under  this  im- 
pulse draws  his  dagger  and  runs  through  the  house  or  into  the  street,  stabbing 
without  distinction  every  one  he  meets  till  he  himself  is  killed  or  taken.  This 
movement  is  always  sudden,  indicated  by  no  previous  looks  or  gestures,  and  firom 
motives  which  it  is  often  difficult  to  discover.  The  police  officers,  in  contempla- 
tion of  these  violences,  are  provided  with  certain  forked  instruments,  with  which 
they  arrest  and  secure  the  onender. 

The  inhabitants  of  the  Polynesian  islands,  though  of  the  same  race,  are  much 
more  distinguished  for  beauty  and  regularity  of  form  than  those  of  Malaysia. 
Their  complexion  is  sometimes  not  darker  than  that  of  the  Spaniards  and  Italians. 
Social  life,  among  these  islanders,  presents  peculiar  and  picturesque  aspects. 
Instead  of  those  fierce  and  glocnny  propensities  which  usnally  sway  the  breast  of 
savage  tribes,  their  manners  are  distinguished  by  a  courtesy,  gaiety,  and  amenity, 
which,  combined  with  the  beauty  and  abundance  with  which  the  land  is  gifted, 
made  it  appear  to  the  first  voyagers  like  a  terrestrial  paradise.  These  flattering 
appearanres,  however,  proved  in  many  respects  to  be  very  fallacious.  Amid  the 
lavish  kindness  with  which  Europeans  were  greeted,  they  soon  discovered  an  uni- 
versal propensity  to  pilfering,  while  the  virtue  of  the  female  sex  was  not  proof 
against  nails,  buttons,  or  the  most  insignificant  toys.  These  faults  were,  doubt- 
less, aggravated  by  the  attractive  nature  of  these  new  and  tempting  objects ;  but 
it  was,  moreover,  soon  evident,  that  their  dances  and  other  amusements  were  con- 
ducted in  a  manner  the  most  revolting  to  decorum,  and  that  there  existed  in  Ota- 
heite  a  society  called  arreoy,  who  made  it  a  regular  system  to  have  wives  in  com- 
mon, and  to  put  their  ofllspring  to  death.  Nor  was  infimticide  the  only  practice 
marked  by  the  ferocity  of  savage  life.  In  many  of  the  islands  cannibalism  is  still 
practised,  and  in  the  most  polished  there  remain  traces  of  its  former  existence. 
The  people  of  the  Sandwich  and  Friendly  Islands  were  at  first  considered  more 
respectable ;  but  their  character,  on  further  acquaintance,  was  found  to  be  stained 
with  practices  equally  revolting. 


— zr^ 

lar  to  DO  a 
eWe  frame, 
The  colour 
spiral  twist. 
;r  and  more  I| 
part  of  the 
8  of  human 
1  other  large 
1,  Europeans 
of  curiosity, 
easeless  war 
r  this  region, 
ands  of  Ma- 
,  four  inches 
ies  of  colour 
rhese  island- 
,  their  lower 
th  fine  teeth ; 
il,  and  always 
on  the  head, 

netans,  much 
nd  vindictive ; ! 
I  treacherous, 
intense  degree 
he  regards  as 
p.    The  right 
rived  either  by 
>f  any  hope  of 
eadful  outrage] 
under  this  im- 
itreet,  stabbing 
f  taken.    This 
tures,  and  firom 
,  in  contemi)l»- 
tts,  with  which 

race,  are  much 

B  of  Malaysia. 

ds  and  Italians. 

resaue  aspects. 

y  ttie  breast  of 

y,  and  amenity, 
land  is  gifted, 
'hese  flattering 
)U9.    Amid  the  | 

covered  an  uni- 
was  not  proof 
ts  were,  doubt- 
ng  objects ;  but 
nents  were  con- 
existed  in  Ola- 
e  wives  in  com- 
e  only  practice  j 
inibalism  is  still 
jrroer  existence. 
>onsidered  more 
nd  to  be  stained  | 


OCEANICA. 


54fi 


The  native  -"iigion  of  thcw;  JHlRnilprH  iii«iy  be  rankal  atnongfit  th«  darko!«l 
forms  of  BO^i;  on.  It  not  only  jjivcs  no  support  to  virtuo,  but  affords  full  sanc- 
tion to  the  tt  cruel  and  (li>iH<*lutc  practices.  Evon  the  Hagitious  socioty  of 
arreoy  was  s^ii-jified  to  iwsaess  a  peculiar  sanctity.  Not  only  animals  wpro  offer- 
ed in  profusion,  but  human  victims  were  universally  nncrificed  on  the  bloody  aU  j 
tars  of  the  Polynesian  divinities.  One  of  the  observances  which  most  powerfully 
influenced  their  habitual  existence  was  that  of  tattoo,  a  species  of  prohibition, 
which  a  person,  in  honour  of  his  favourite  divinity,  may  impose  upon  himself,  upon 
any  part  of  his  body,  his  house,  his  boat,  or  whatever  bclon|ra  to  him. 

European  intercourse,  during  the  present  century,  has  pfR?ctcd  a  remarkable 
change  upon  these  islands.     Among  the  most  active  agents  have  been  the  Eng- 
lish and  American  Misftionaries.   Another  cause  may  be  found  in  the  incronsed 
number  principally  of  American  and  British  whaling  and  trading  vessels,  which 
frequent,  of  late  years,  the  various  islands  and  ports  of  these  rnfjions.   Hence  the 
harbours  of  .some,  particularly  the  Sandwich  islands,  are  oftentimes  crowdrd  with 
vessels,  and  American  merchants  have  even  settled  in  their  ports.     The  mariners 
and  missionaries,  two  very  opposite  characters,  do  not  always  act  in  unison,  or 
report  very  favourably  of  each  other;  but  they  have  combined  in  producing  a  some- 
what grotesque  mixture  of  the  arts,  maimers,  and  civilization  of  Europe,  with  tht 
rude  and  licentious  habits  to  which  the  people  were  previously  addicted.     The 
missionaries  have  attained  a  predominant  influence  in  many  of  those  islands. 
Spacious  churches  have  been  built,  which  the  natives  frequent,  decently  dressed, 
and  with  a  serious  and  reverential  air.     Still  tlie  missionaries  candidly  admit  that 
much  is  yet  wonting,  both  as  to  Christian  knowledge  and  conduct.    The  ol)ser« 
vance  of  the  Sabbath,  which  is  the  most  conspicuous  part  of  their  religious  prac- 
tice, seems,  in  a  good  measure,  connected  with  their  ancient  veneration  for  any 
thing  tabooed.     Captain  Beechey  alleges  that  they  venerate  their  bibles,  in  some 
degree,  rather  as  household  gods,  means  of  mysterious  protection,  ^.han  as  sources 
of  instruction.     Yet,  on  the  whole,  it  is  undeniable  that  the  grosseit  superstitions 
have  been  demolished,  that  human  victims  no  longer  bleed,  that  the  arreoy  society 
is  broken  up,  infanticide  has  ceased,  and  public  decorum  is  generally  ob-served. 
The  missionaries  have  introduced  letters  into  these  islands,  where,  previously,  j 
nothing  of  that  nature  existed;  neither  hieroglyphics,  pictorial  representations, 
nor  symbols  of  any  description.     As  soon  as  Christianity  was  established,  they  set 
on  foot  schools;  and  the  natives  applied  themselves  with  extraordinary  ardour  to 
this  new  acquisition.    Mr.  Ellis  tells  us,  that  "  aged  chiefs  and  priests,  and  hardy 
warriors,  with  their  spelling-books  in  their  hands,  might  be  seen  sitting,  hour 
after  hour,  on  the  benches  in  the  schools,  by  the  side,  perhaps,  of  some  smiling 
boy  or  girl,  by  whom  they  were  thankful  to  be  taught  the  use  of  letters."     Yet, 
after  the  first  novelty  was  over,  considerable  difficulty  has  been  found  in  obtaining 
regular  attendance,  which  yet  is  anxiously  desired,  not  only  with  a  view  to  in- 
struction, but  for  forming  the  youth  to  regular  habits.     Still  a  considerable  num- 
ber have  thus  attained  a  competent  knowledge  of  reading,  writing,  and  arith- 
metic. 

The  animal  kingdom  of  Oceanica  aflbrds  only  a  few  specimens  of  the  great 
quadrupeds  common  to  the  other  divisions  of  the  globe.  It  possesses,  however, 
several  species  which  are  peculiar,  and  not  found  elsewhere.  The  most  remark- 
able is  the  Ouran  Outang,  or  wild  man  of  the  woods.  He  is  not  very  common, 
and  is  mostly  found  in  Borneo.  He  is  from  3  to  4^  feet  in  height,  and  nearly 
covered  with  a  brownish  red  hair.  He  is  incapable  of  walking  erect,  but  seems 
peculiarly  fitted  for  climbing  trees.  In  his  habits,  he  is  very  similar  to  a  common 
monkey.  The  Pongo,  supposed  by  some  naturalists  to  be  the  Ouran  Outang  of 
mature  age,  is  six  or  seven  feet  in  height,  and  is  very  formidable,  from  its  strength 
and  fierceness.  This  animal  is  a  native  of  Sumatra  and  Borneo.  The  long-nrm- 
ed  ape,  or  Siamang,  is  found  in  troops  in  Sumatra;  they  are  headed  bv  a  chief, 
who  is  considered  invulnerable  by  the  Malays:  these  animals  assemble  at  sun- 
rise, and  make  the  woods  echo  with  their  wild  and  peculiar  cry.  In  captivity, 
they  are  remarkably  tractable.    The  singular  Proboscis  Monkey  is  distinguished 


46' 


3T 


I 


:*;, . 


546 


OCEANICA. 


fVom  all  others  by  having  a  lon||r  projecting^  noee,  giving  to  the  head  of  the  nni- 
mal  the  appearance  of  a  ludicrous  mask. 

The  Malay  Tapir  is  in  size  nearly  equal  to  the  Buifalo,  and  is  particularly  dis* 
tinguished  by  its  colour;  the  fore  and  hind  parts  being  glossy  black,  while  the 
body  has  a  broad  and  well-defined  belt  of  white  extending  nearly  round  it,  reaem- 
bling  a  piece  of  white  linen  thrown  upon  the  animal.  Its  disposition  is  so  mild 
and  gentle,  that  it  will  become  as  tame  and  familiar  as  a  dog.  The  Babyroussa 
Hog,  found  in  Borneo  and  the  adjacent  islands,  has  much  of  the  manners  of  the 
pig :  it  is  said  to  swim  remarkably  well,  and  even  to  pass  from  one  island  to  an- 
other :  the  tuaks  are  enormous,  and  appear  more  like  curled  horns  rising  out  of 
the  jaws  than  teeth.  The  Javanese  Genet,  or  Coffee  Rat,  has  obtained  the  latter 
name  on  account  of  its  fondness  for  coffee :  in  pilfering  this  berry,  it  selects  only 
the  ripest  and  most  perfect,  which,  being  discharged  unchanged,  are  eagerly  col- 
lected by  the  natives,  as  the  coffee  is  thus  obtained  without  the  tedious  process  of 
shelling.  It  alw  commits  depredations  on  various  description  of  fruits,  especially 
pine-apples.  If  taken  young,  it  soon  becomes  gentle  and  docile,  and  readily  sub- 
sists on  either  animal  or  vegetable  food. 

The  Kangaroo,  of  which  there  are  many  varieties,  ticcurs  only  in  New  Hol- 
land :  the  largest  is  about  the  size  of  a  full-grown  sheep,  and  moves  by  springing 
30  feet  at  a  leap,  which  it  is  enabled  to  do  by  the  great  length  and  strength  of  its 
hind  legs.  The  female  of  all  the  different  varieties  is  provided  with  an  abdomi- 
nal pouch,  similar  to  that  of  the  opossum,  for  the  reception  of  the  young.  The 
flesh  of  this  animal  is  much  esteemed  for  food,  which  is  said  to  resemble  mutton. 
The  Kangaroo  is  very  timid,  and  flies  from  man,  seeking  instant  concealment. 
The  Oingo,  or  New  Holland  Dog,  is  never  known  to  bark :  it  is  fierce,  active, 
and  voracious ;  runs  with  the  tail  carried  horizontally,  the  head  elevated,  and  the 
ears  erect  One  that  was  brought  alive  to  England  leaped  on  the  back  of  an  ass, 
and  would  have  destroyed  it  The  Emeu  is  a  native  of  New  Holland,  and  is 
somewhat  like  the  Cassowary.  It  is  of  the  same  general  character  as  the  ostrich, 
and  is  next  to  it  in  size ;  it  runs  with  great  swiftness,  by  the  aid  of  its  wings. 
The  Emeu  is  found  in  New  Holland,  and  is  sometimes  hunted  for  its  flesh,  which 
has  the  flavour  of  beef.  This  bird  has  been  transported  to  Europe,  and  is  now 
bred  in  the  king's  park  at  Windsor.  The  Black  Swan  is  found  in  New  Holland 
and  Van  Diemen's  Land.  In  form  and  habits  it  is  similar  to  the  White  Swan, 
but  somewhat  smaller.  The  duck-billed  Platypus,  is  a  most  singular  animal.  It 
is  about  the  size  of  a  cat  covered  with  fur  and  web-footed ;  instead  of  a  mouth 
furnished  with  teeth,  it  has  the  bill  of  a  duck.  It  lives  in  watery  and  muddy 
spots.  The  foot  of  the  male  is  armed  with  a  spur,  through  which  passes  a  poison- 
ous liquor,  rendering  the  animal  dangerous:  these  creatures "^ not  only  lay  eggs, 
but  also  suckle  their  young. 

The  island  of  Sumatra  contains  several  species  of  the  Tiger;  two  of  the 
Rhinoceros,  one  of  which  is  the  two-horned  species ;  also  the  Elephant  which  in 
a  wild  state  is  numerous  in  the  woods :  it  is  only  at  Acheen  that  a  few  have  been 
trained  to  the  service  of  man.  Ben^M  these  animals,  we  might  name,  as  in- 
habitants of  the  Oceanic  Islands,  parrots  of  great  beauty,  the  bird  of  paradise, 
serpents  which  frequent  the  shores,  and  are  often  seen  at  sea  several  miles  from 
land ;  and  many  others.  Dogs,  hogs,  and  rats,  were  found  by  the  first  navigators 
in  most  of  the  larger  islands.  Domestic  cattle,  rabbits,  cats,  mice,  &c.  have 
been  introduced  from  Europe. 

The  language  of  the  great  mass  of  the  inhabitants  of  Oceanica  is  the  Malay 
and  its  various  dialects,  which  has  been  traced  and  found  to  exist  more  or  less 
from  Sumatra  almost  to  the  shores  of  South  America.  The  varieties  of  this 
tongue  are  so  similar,  that  the  natives  of  islands  far  distant  from  each  other  con- 
verse when  they  meet  with  great  ease.  The  frequent  occurrence  of  vowels  and 
liquids  renders  it  so  soft  and  harmonious,  that  it  has  been  called  the  Italian  of  the 
east  From  this  character  and  the  pxtensive  commerce  of  the  Malays,  it  has  be- 
come in  some  measure  a  universal  language  on  the  coast  and  islands  of  Eastern 
Asia :  it  contains  many  words  derived  from  the  Sanscrit,  Persian,  and  Arabian 
tongues. 


jf  the  nni- 

lularly  dis- 
while  thej 
I  it,  resem- 
is  so  mild 
Babyroussa 
nere  of  the 
sland  to  an- 
isinf^  out  of 
id  the  latter 
selects  onlv 
eagerly  col- 
s  process  of 
8,  especially 
readily  sub-  j 

n  New  Hol- 
by  springing  j 
rength  of  its 
I  an  abdomi- 
young.     The  | 
mble  mutton, 
concealment. ! 
Serce,  active,! 
fated,  and  the 
ack  of  an  ass, 
oUand,  and  is 
as  the  ostrich,  | 
I  of  its  wings. 
fs  flesh,  which 
e,  and  is  now 
New  Holland 
White  Swan,  I 
ir  animal.     It 
ad  of  a  mouth 
ry  and  muddy 
asses  a  poison- 
only  lay  eggs, 

;  two  of  the  I 
mnt,  which  in 
few  have  been 
t  name,  as  in- 
rd  of  paradise, 
sral  miles  from 
ret  navigators 
ice,  &c-  have  I 

is  the  Malay], 
It  more  or  lessir 
Vieties  of  this 
feach  other  con- 
lof  vowels  and 
lelulianofthe 
llays,  it  has  be- 
[nds  of  Eastern 
[n,  and  Arabian  I 


MALAYSIA. 


541 


Oceanica  compriscH  three  great  subdivisions :  viz.  Malaysia,  Australasia,  and 
Polynesia :  the  detaii:^  of  each  of  these  will  be  considered  under  their  respective 
heads. 

This  region  extends  from  the  north-west  point  of  Sumatra  to  the  158"  of  west 
longitude,  and  from  the  40°  of  north  to  the  SO"  of  south  latitude ;  comprising 
16U  degrees  of  longitude,  or  about  11,000  miles  in  length,  and  90  degrees  of 
latitude,  or  6210  mile*  in  breadth. 


MALAYSIA. 


Malaysia,  called  also  the  North-East  Oceanica,  and  likewise  the  East  Indian 
archipelago,  comprises  those  numerous  islands  lying  south-eastward  from,  and 
nearly  approaching  to,  the  great  continent  of  Asia.  The  name  is  derived  from 
the  Malays,  the  principal  and  predominant  race  in  this  region.  The  islands  are 
Sumatra,  Java,  and  Borneo,  ui^iually  called  the  Sunda  Isles,  together  with  Celebes, 
the  Moluccas  or  Spice  islands,  and  the  Philippines,  besides  other  smaller  groups 
and  islands.  Malaysia  isbounded  on  the  north  by  the  Malayan  sea  and  the  bay  of 
Bengal,  south  by  Australasia,  east  by  Polynesia,  and  west  by  the  Indian  ocean  and 
Chinese  sea.  The  population  of  these  islands  cannot,  except  in  the  instances  of 
Java  and  the  Philippines,  be  estimated  with  any  degree  of  certainty.  The  whole 
is  probably  about  13,500,000,  of  which  Java  has  been  found  to  contain  6,U()0,(KX), 
the  Philippine  islands  2,500,000,  Sumatra  may  be  reckoned  at  2,500,000,  Borneo 
500,000,  Celebes  and  its  appendages  1,000,000,  Bally,  Lombok,  Sooloo,  &c.  500,000, 
and  Timor  and  the  Spice  islands,  &c.  nearly  500,000. 

THE  SUNDA  ISLANDS. 

Sumatra,  the  largest  of  these  islands,  is  separated  by  a  narrow  strait  from  the 
peninsula  of  Malaya,  or  Malacca.  It  is  about  1000  miles  long,  and  is  intersectrHl 
by  the  equator.  A  chain  of  high  mountains,  some  of  which  are  volcanic,  extends 
through  its  whole  length.  The  coasts  are  low,  mirshy,  and  unhealthy.  The 
country  is  divided  into  several  petty  kingdoms ;  in  the  north  part  of  the  island  is 
Acheen,  in  the  east  Siak,  and  to  the  south  Palembang  and  Lampong.  The  go- 
vernments are  generally  hereditary  despotisms.  The  interior  is  inhabited  by 
several  diflferent  tribes,  of  whom  the  Battas,  accounted  in  some  respects  compara- 
tively civilized,  yet  practise  cannibalism  among  them.  A  part  of  the  sentence 
of  criminals  is  to  be  eaten,  which  is  ihvariably  performed.  Pepper  is  the  principal 
product,  which  is  raised  and  exported  in  large  quantities ;  the  other  productions 
are  cassia,  camphor,  sago,  rice,  coffee,  and  various  fruits.  The  Dutch  have  settle- 
ments at  Bencoolen,  Palembang,  and  Padang.  The  whole  island  is  supposed  to 
contain  2,600,000  inhabitants. 

Sumatra  is  begirt  with  a  number  of  islands,  of  which  those  on  the  west  side 
have  a  mountainous  and  rugged  aspect.  The  inhabitants  bear  but  little  affinity  to 
those  of  the  great  island ;  they  have  more  analogy  to  those  of  the  eastern  part  of 
this  region,  and  also  to  the  islanders  of  Polynesia.  Sago,  instead  of  rice,  is  the 
staple  food.  The  people,  called  by  the  Malays,  Mantaway,  tattoo  their  skins,  and 
speak  a  language  quite  different  from  that  of  Sumatra.  Off  the  eastern  coast  are 
numerous  islands,  of  which  Pulo,  Lingin,  and  Bintang  have  been  long  known  to 
the  Malays  as  a  great  seat  both  of  commerce  and  piracy.  They  are  ruled  by  a 
sultan,  resident  at  Lingin,  who  acknowledges  the  supremacy  of  the  Dutch,  and 
has  lately  ceded  to  them  in  full  sovereignty,  the  islet  of  Rhio,  separated  from 
Bintang  by  a  narrow  channel.  Rhio  being  made  a  free  port,  has  acquired  great 
importance,  both  as  an  entrepdt  and  a  place  of  refreshment.  Its  population  amounts 
now  to  about  6000.  The  island  of  Banca  derives  its  sole  importance  from  Hs  mines 
of  tin.  It  was  a  dependency  of  Palembang  till  the  Dutch  lately  erected  it,  with 
Billiton,  into  a  separate  residence  or  province.  The  latter  is  distinguished  by  its 
mines  of  iron,  the  most  valuable  in  this  quarter ;  and  nails  made  from  it  are  ex- 
ported to  the  neighbouring  islands.  .      ,  .       - 

Java,  which  lies  south-east  from  Sumatra,  is  separated  from  it  by  the  straits  oi 


■i  1., 

m 


>A  ':■■■ 


548 


MALAYSIA. 


Snnda,  and  is  650  miles  in  lenf^th.  It  is  almost  wholly  volcanic,  and  is  mountain- 
ous  throughout  its  whole  length :  the  northern  coast  is  low  and  marshy,  and  the 
southern  rocky  and  precipitous.  The  climate  in  the  low  parts  is  very  unhealthy ; 
the  soil  is  exceedingly  fertile,  producing  sugar,  coffee,  rice,  pepper,  spices,  indigo, 
cotton,  and  fruits.  In  no  part  of  the  world  is  vegetation  more  luxuriant.  A  great 
portion  of  the  island  is  under  the  government  of  the  Dutch ;  but  the  southern  ex- 
tremity, which  is  in  the  possession  of  the  natives,  contains  the  two  native  states 
of  Jogo-Karta  and  Solu-Karto,  fragments  of  the  empire  of  Matarani,  which  for- 
merly held  sway  over  the  greater  part  of  Java.  The  first  is  supposed  to  contain 
1,0U0,U00  of  subjects,  and  the  latter  700,000.  The  two  capitals  bearing  the  same 
name  with  the  kingdoms,  ars  each  estimated  to  contain  100,000  inhabitants.  The 
whole  population  of  the  island  is  about  6,000,000. 

Batavia,  the  capital,  was  formerly  a  large  and  magnificent  city,  but  is  now  mfich 
decayed.  It  is  built  on  a  low  spot,  and  the  streets  are  traversed  by  canals,  in  the 
manner  of  the  cities  of  Holland.  It  has  long  been  famed  for  its  unhealthincss, 
yet  it  still  enjoys  a  large  commerce,  and  contains  60,000  inhabitiints.  The  other 
chief  towns  are  Sourabaya,  Cheribon,  and  Samarang.  Bantam  was  formerly  an 
important  place,  but  is  now  decayed.  Java  has  been  divided  into  twenty  districts  or 
residences,  including  the  island  of  Madura,  which  forms  one  of  them.  The  latter 
is  governed  by  three  native  princes,  under  the  control  of  the  Dutch.  The  people 
of  this  island  profess  the  Hindoo  religion. 

Eastwards  from  Java  extends  a  range  of  islands,  of  which  they  seem  almost  a 
continuation ;  they  are  Bally,  Lombock,  Sumbawa,  Jeendana,  Mangeray,  Floris, 
Sabrao,  Solor,  Lomblem,  Pantar,  Ombay,  Wetter,  and  Timor ;  the  last  is  held 
jointly  in  possession  by  the  Dutch  and  Portuguese.  Coepang  is  the  principal  set- 
tlement of  the  first,  and  Deily  of  the  lost  Sumbawa  contains  the  kingdom  of 
Bima,  tributary  to  the  Dutch,  also  an  active  volcano,  which,  in  1815,  committed 
dreadful  ravages. 

Borneo  is,  next  to  Australia,  the  largest  island  in  the  world,  being  between  800 
and  900  miles  in  length,  and  700  in  breadth,  it  is  well  gifted  by  nature,  and 
though  directly  under  the  equator,  the  mountains  of  the  interior,  SOiOO  feet  high, 
giving  rise  to  numerous  streams,  entirely  secure  it  from  aridity.  Its  products  are 
rice,  pepper,  cinnamon,  coSee,  &c.  Qoid  and  diammids  are  found  in  abundance. 
The  in'  >  itants  of  the  coasts  are  Malays,  Javanese,  and  Bugis  or  natives  of  Ce- 
lebes, all  of  whom  are  Mahometans.  The  interior  is  divided  bietween  independent 
tribes,  between  whom  and  the  people  of  the  coast,  there  is  constant  war.  Popu- 
lation supposed  to  be  about  500,000.  The  principal  trade  is  at  Benjar  Massin,  a 
Ktrt  of  6000  or  7000  inhabitants,  the  capital  of  a  kingdom  under  the  control  of  the 
utch.  Borneo,  the  capital  of  a  state  which,  during  its  greatness,  gave  its  name 
to  the  whole  island,  is  now  much  decayed,  but  still  contains  10  or  12,000  inhabit- 
ants. Succadona,  Pontiana,  &c.  are  places  of  some  trade ;  the  latter  with  5000 
inhabitants. 

Eastward  of  the  coast  of  Bomon,  extends  the  Sooloo  archipelago,  containing  27 
islands,  with  an  estimated  population  of  300,000  inhabitants,  and  who  are  all  de- 
voted to  piracy;  and  from  300  to  400  vessels,  whose  crews  amount  to  10,000  men, 
are  continually  issuing  forth  in  this  fierce  and  perilous  occupati(Hi ;  the  Sooloos 
are  the  Algerines  of  the  eastern  seas. 

Celebes  lies  east  of  Borneo ;  it  is  very  irregular  in  shape,  and  contains  55,000 
square  miles.  It  is  mountainous,  with  several  volcanoes.  The  inhabitants  are 
active,  industrious,  and  robust,  and  are  madly  devoted  to  games  of  chance.  The 
population  is  reckoned  at  1,000,000,  who  are  mostly  of  the  Mahometan  faith.  The 
government  is  an  elective  monarchy,  the  real  power  being  in  the  hands  of  the  he- 
reditary chiefs.  The  Maccassars  and  Bugis  are  the  two  principal  races,  the  latter 
are  at  present  the  rulers;  those  of  Boney  are  the  most  warlike,  and  those  of  Wa- 
goo  the  most  commercial.  Maccassar  is  a  city  and  territory  at  the  south  end  of 
tlie  island  in  the  possession  of  the  Dutch.  The  soil  is  very  fertile,  producing 
rice,  cotton,  cloves,  nutmegs,  sago,  ebony,  &c. 

The  Moluccas  or  Spice  islands  were  originally  the  small  islands  of  Temate, 
Tidor,  Motir,  Machian,  and  Batchian,  lying  off  the  west  coast  of  Gilolo,  but  they 


lountain- 
,  and  the  I 
ihealthy 
•e,  indigo,  I 
A  great 
ilhern  ex- 
Live  states ' 
which  for- 
to  contain  I 
r  the  same 
Ints.    Thai 

now  mnch 
mis,  in  the 
leallhiness,  ] 

The  other  I 
brmerly  an 

districts  or  I 

The  latter 
The  people  | 

cm  almost  a 
jray,  Florie, 
last  is  held  ] 
ffincipal  set- 
kingdom  of 
(,  committed 

between  800 1 
y  natare,  and 

00  feet  high, 
products  are  | 

1  abundance, 
latives  of  Ce- 
\  independent! 

war.  Ppp«- 
ijar  Massin,  a 
control  of  the 
;ave  its  name 
12,000  inhabit- ' 
ter  with  5000 

containing  27 
10  are  all  de- 
10,000  men, 
.;  theSoolooB 

ontains  55,000 1 
nhabitants  are 
J  chance.    The 
Itan  faith.  The 
lands  of  the  he- 
lices, the  latter  | 
those  of  Wa- 
ji  south  end  of 
Lile,  producing  I 

Ldaof  Temate,! 
tilolo,  but  they  | 


AUSTRALASIA. 


54!) 


now  include  the  latter,  together  with  Oby,  Ccram,  Amboyna,  Booro,  and  the  Ban- 
da  idlen;  they  derive  cplcbrity  from  prcMlucinp  the  preciuua  commodities  of  cloves, 
nutmeffs,  and  mace.  Gilolo,  called  aim  Aiinahcira,  is  the  larf^cet  of  the  ffroup, 
and  presents  the  usual  spectacle  in  these  regions,  of  a  rude  people  governed  by  a 
number  of  turbulent  chietlains.  Ceram  is  mostly  under  the  power  of  a  single 
prince,  who  is  tributary  to  the  Dutch.  Amboyna  is  the  chief  European  settlement, 
and  is  the  only  island  where,  until  lately,  the  clove  was  permitted  to  be  raised. 
The  town  of  Amboyna  contains  7(H)0  inhabitants. 

The  Philippine  islands  form  an  extensive  group  of  two  large  and  nine  small 
islands,  situated  north-east  of  Borneo.  Few  countries  are  more  favoured  as  to  soil 
and  climate.  Though  placed  but  little  north  of  the  equator,  the  height  of  the 
mountains  and  the  ocean  breezes  preserve  them  from  suffering  under  any  se- 
vere or  scorching  heat.  They  produce  most  of  the  staple  tropical  articles, 
sugar,  rice,  tobacco,  coffee,  cinnamon,  &c.  The  largest  of  this  group  are  Luzon 
and  Mindanao:  the  otiiers  are  Samar,  Negros,  Leyte,  Mindoro,  Panay,  Bohol, 
Zebu,  Masbate,  and  Burloa.  The  islands  belong  to  Spain ;  the  great  majority, 
however,  of  the  inhabitants  are  of  the  native  races,  of  which  the  most  improved 
are  the  Tagalae ;  another  is  the  Bisayans ;  there  are  also  in  the  interior  of  the 
larger  islands  a  considerable  number  of  negroes  of  the  Papuan  race.  Manilla  is 
the  capital  of  Luzon  and  of  the  whole  group,  and  contains,  with  its  suburbs, 
180,000  inhabitants.  Its  imports  and  exports  are  each  about  1,000,000  doUara 
annually. 

The  Coco«,or  Keeling  islands,  are  several  small  islands  lying  in  the  usual  track 
of  American  and  European  ships  to  China ;  they  are  about  700  miles  south-west 
from  the  western  entrance  of  the  straits  of  Sunda,  and  have  lately  been  taken 
possession  of  by  two  English  gentlemen,  who  intend,  by  the  introduction  of  la- 
bourers, to  cultivate  and  render  them  productive.  The  climate,  though  warm,  is 
salubrious,  and  the  water  good  and  abundant  The  chief  native  prc^uct  is  the 
cocoa-nut,  which  abounds  in  great  profusion.  Many  plants,  fruits,  &c.  suitable  to 
the  climate  have  been  introduced,  and  found  to  succeed  well. 


AUSTRALASIA. 

Australasia,  or  Central  Occanica,  comprises  Australia  or  New  Holland,  Van 
Diemen's  Land,  New  Zealand,  Papua  or  New  Guinea,  New  Britain,  New  Ireland, 
Solomon's  Archipelago,  New  Hebrides,  New  Caledonia,  &.c.  Of  these,  Australia 
is  by  far  the  most  extensive,  attaining  even  t»  the  importance  of  a  continent. 
Although  nothing  but  vague  conjecture  can  be  resorted  to  in  estimating  the  nu- 
merical amount  of  the  inhabitants  of  this  region,  they  have,  notwithstanding,  been 
reckoned  at  from  1,000,000  to  2,000,000,  and  most  probably  do  not  exceed  the  first 
stated  amount  The  area  is  generally  estimated  at  about  3,500,000  square  miles, 
Australia,  formerly  New  Holland,  the  largest  island  in  the  world,  extends  from 
10"  to  39°  S.  lat,  and  from  113°  to  153°  E.  Ion.  It  is  2600  miles  in  length,  and 
contains  3,000,000  square  miles.  The  whole  island  is  claimed  by  the  British  go- 
vernment, who  have  named  it  Australia,  and  laid  it  off  into  two  great  divisions, 
the  separating  line  of  which  is  the  135°  of  longitude  east  from  Greenwich.  The 
western  division  retains  the  old  name.  New  Holland,  and  the  eastern  is  called 
New  South  Wales.  In  the  south-east  part  of  this  division  is  the  settlement  founded 
in  1787,  and  commonly  known  as  the  Botany  Bay  Colony,  to  which  great  num 
here  of  criminals  have  been  banished  from  Great  Britain.  Here  they  labour 
during  the  term  for  which  they  were  sentenced,  on  the  expiration  of  which  they 
,  may  commence  for  themselves.  Many  have  become  virtuous  and  useful  citizens, 
i  and  some  have  even  acquired  a  respectable  competency. 

The  colony  extends  along  the  coast  about  300  miles,  and  is  divided  into  nine- 
teen counties,  containing  several  small  towns.  The  capital,  Sidney,  has  a  fine 
ij  situation,  a  good  harbour,  and  a  population  of  about  1.5,000.  In  183Ji,  194  vessels, 
;  equal  to  42,857  tons,  arrved  at  Sidney ;  and  in  the  same  year  the  imports  of  the 
i a— ^  "■■*■ 


n 


:^,tj 


550 


AUSTRALASIA. 


colony  were  to  the  amount  of  713,072/. ;  exporta,  394,801/.,  of  which  wool  u  the 
main  article. 

About  70  or  80  miles  in  the  interior,  a  range  of  heights  called  the  Blue  Moun- 
tains run  parallel  to  the  coast,  giving  rise  on  the  east  side  to  all  the  rivers  which 
water  the  colony,  and  on  the  west  to  several  which  flow  into  the  interior.  Of 
these,  the  Macquarie,  Lachlan,  and  Morumbidffee,  appear  to  be  the  chief.  The 
last  falls  into  the  Murray,  the  uniled  waters  of  which  are  1000  miles  in  lenflfth, 
and  flow  into  the  ocean  through  a  shallow  lake  called  Alcxandrina,  near  the  Oulf 
of  St.  Vincent,  on  the  south-west  coast  The  Murray  is  by  far  the  most  consider- 
able river  yet  discovered  in  this  region,  and  will  probably  in  time  become  of  im- 
portance. 

The  aborigines  of  Australia  belong  to  the  class  of  Papuaa  or  Oriental  Negroes. 
They  are  very  rude  and  degraded.  The  state  of  nature  is  among  them  complete. 
There  is  no  societjr,  no  government,  no  laws,  and  each  man  acts  according  to  his 
own  fancy  and  caprice.  Those  on  the  coast  live  mostly  by  fishing,  and  those  in 
the  interior  on  roots,  berries,  grubs,  worms,  and  occasionally  on  squirrels,  kan- 
garoos, &c. 

Brisbane,  on  Moreton  Bay,  and  about  450  miles  north  from  Sidney,  has  been 
selected  as  a  penal  settlement  to  which  convicts  are  sent  who  have  been  found 
guilty  of  crimes  committed  in  the  colony,  and  sentenced  to  seven  years'  hard 
labour. 

A  settlement  was  commenced  in  1829,  on  the  west  coast,  at  Swan  River,  called 
the  Colony  of  Western  Australia.  The  country  is  rather  dry  and  sandy,  but  is 
considered  favourable  for  rearing  cattle.  Population,  about  3,000.  Several 
small  towns  have  been  laid  ofi*,  which  are  Freemantle,  Perth,  Guilford,  Peel,  &c. 
South-east  of  the  above,  at  King  George's  Sound,  is  the  small  settlement  of 
Albany :  eight  or  nine  hundred  miles  east  of  this,  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Gulf  of 
St.  Vincent,  the  colony  of  Southern  Australia  has  been  projected,  and  a  country 
of  400,000  square  mifeB  appropriated  for  it  The  lands  are  to  be  sold  at  public 
sale,  and  the  proceeds  applied  to  the  conveying  of  settlers  to  the  colony.  It  is 
believed,  however,  that  no  actual  settlement  has  yet  taken  place. 

Van  Diemen'fl  Land,  or  Tasmania,  is  an  island  lying  to  the  south  of  Australia, 
from  which  it  is  separated  by  Bass's  Strait  It  is  atout  200  miles  in  length  and 
150  in  breadth,  with  an  area  of  27,192  square  miles.  It  is  in  some  places  moun- 
tainous and  well  watered,  and  contains  much  good  soil.  A  settlement  was  estab- 
lished here  in  1804.  It  continued  until  1825  an  appendage  to  New  South  Wales, 
but  has  now  a  separate  government  The  colony  is  in  a  flourishing  state.  Its 
imports,  in  1834,  were  471,233/. ;  of  exports,  203,223/.  Population,  in  1835, 
32,824,  of  whom  about  one  third  were  convicts.  It  is  divided  into  35  counties. 
The  chief  towns  are  Hobart  Town,  Elizabeth  Town,  Macquarie  Town,  Launces- 
ton,  George  Town,  &c.    The  first  is  the  capital.    Population,  13,000. 

New  ^aland  comprtses  three  islands  lying  to  the  south-east  of  Australia,  con- 
taining about  63,000  square  miles.  The  two  largest  of  them  are  separated  from 
each  other  by  Cook's  Strait;  and  the  southernmost  and  smallest,  f^om  the  middle 
island,  by  Foveaux  Strait  Ranges  of  mountains  extend  through  both  the  larger 
islands,  and  rise  in  some  cases  to  the  height  of  12,000  or  14,00^  feet.  The  soil, 
where  level,  is  very  fertile.  The  products  are  maize,  yams,  potatoes,  and  a  spe- 
cies of  very  strong  flax,  highly  serviceable  for  clothing,  cordage,  &c.  The  na- 
tives are  a  finely  formeid  race  of  savages,  but  very  warlike  and  ferocious.  They 
eat  their  enemies  when  taken  in  war,  and  even  sometimes  feast  upon  their  slaves. 
In  the  northern  island,  missionary  labours  were  commenced  in  1815 :  there  are 
several  stations,  at  which  300  or  100  New  Zealand  youth  are  receiving  instruc- 
tion. The  natives  in  the  vicinity  of  the  missions  are  beginning  to  cultivate  the 
soil  in  a  regular  manner ;  to  breed  cattle ;  and  are  also  acquiring  a  taste  for  Eu- 
ropean clothing  and  comforts.  The  introduction  of  fire-arms  has  had  the  effect 
of  diminishing  their  wars,  in  consequence  of  the  strong  and  the  weak  being 
brought  more  nearly  to  an  equality  than  formerly.  The  natives  of  these  islands 
have  in  many  instances  been  employed  on  board  of  whaling  and  other  vessels,  and 
found  to  be  tractable  and  serviceable.    Some  of  them  have  likewise  been  em- 


irool  ia  the 

lue  Moun- , 
ren  which  I 
erior.  Of 
tiiet'.  The 
I  in  length, 
ir  the  Oulf  'ii 
it  consider- 
ome  of  im- 

al  NegToea. 
n  complete, 
irdinff  to  his  I 
nd  those  in 
uirrels,  kan- 

y,  has  been 
B  been  found 
I  years'  hard 

River,  called  1 
»ndy,  but  is 
0.  Several 
rd,  Peel,  &c. 
lettlement  of 
'  the  Gulf  of 
nd  a  country 
sold  at  public 
colony.    It  ia| 

of  Australia, 
in  length  and 
places  moun- 
ant  was  eatab- 
South  Wales, 
ing  state.  Its 
lion,  in  1835, 
}  85  counties. 
>wn,  Launces- 


POLYNE8IA. 


Ul 


ployed  as  labourers  at  Sidney,  and  are  much  esteemed,  having  no  propensity  for 
spirituous  liquors. 

Papua,  or  New  Guinea,  lies  north  of  Australia,  and  is  1200  miles  in  length.  It 
IS  believed  to  be  one  of  the  most  fertile  countries  in  the  world,  and  as  yet  almost 
unknown.  The  few  navigators  who  have  sailed  along  its  coasts  have  obnerved 
ranges  of  mountaina  swelling  behind  each  other,  their  summits  rising  in  the  most 

[ticturesqne  and  varied  formj,  and  clothed  with  immense  pine  forests.  The  popu- 
ation  consists  of  the  Papuan  or  Oriental  negroes,  rather  more  advanced  than 
those  of  New  Holland,  mingled  with  the  still  ruder  race  of  the  Haraforau,  wlio 
inhabit  the  interior  mountains.  The  inhabitants  of  Borneo  and  Celebes  often 
make  inroads  upon  the  people  and  carry  them  off  as  slaves.  Louisiadc,  lying 
south  of  New  Guinea,  formerly  supposed  to  be  a  single  island,  consists  of  a  num- 
ber of  islands  of  various  sizes,  inhabited  by  a  rude  and  warlike  people. 

South-eastward  of  New  Guinea  various  groups  of  islands  extend  for  a  great 
distance,  arranged  almost  in  the  shape  of  a  bow,  the  population  of  which  is  di- 
vided between  the  two  great  races,  the  Papuan  or  Oriental  negro,  little,  ugly,  and 
black,  and  the  Malay,  taller,  of  a  dingy  brown  colour,  and  of  more  pleasing  fea- 
tures. These  islands  exhibit  only  varieties  of  the  most  snvage  forms  of  social 
existence,  and  they  are  ail  but  imperfectly  known  to  the  civilized  world. 

New  Britain,  New  Ireland,  New  Hanover,  &c.,  have  a  fertile  soil,  and  are  well 

Eeopled.  The  natives  of  New  Ireland  are  a  very  warlike  race,  and  are  said  to 
ave  canoes  80  feet  long,  formed  out  of  a  single  tree.  Solomon's  Archipelago 
comprises  a  number  of  islands  of  various  dimensions,  of  which  those  called  New 
Georgia  are  extensive.  The  inhabitants  ard  warlike ;  they  appear  to  be  under 
the  control  of  an  absolute  prince,  and  are  said  to  be  cannibals. 

The  New  Hebrides  consist  of  numerous  clusters  of  islands  which  are  covered 
with  high  mountains,  some  of  which  are  volcanic.  The  soil  is  extremely  fertile 
and  finely  watered  by  numerous  rivulets.  The  inhabitants  have  been  estimated 
at  200,000,  divided  into  different  tribes,  who  are  almost  at  perpetual  war  with 
each  other. 

New  Caledonia  is  the  most  southern  of  the  group  of  islands  extending  from 
New  Guinea.  It  is  traversed  by  a  range  of  mountains  of  considerable  elevation. 
The  soil  is  not- so  fertile  as  some  of  the  other  islands.  The  population,  which  is 
almost  wholly  confined  to  the  coast,  is  reckoned  at  from  30,000  to  50,000. 

Norfolk  Island,  about  1000  miles  from  Sidney,  and  400  north-west  from  New 
Zealand,  is  a  penal  settlement,  to  which  convictd  are  sent  who  have  been  found 
guilty  of  crimes  committed  in  New  South  Wales,  and  sentenced  to  hard  labour 
for  life  or  for  a  long  period.  The  number  here  is  500 ;  the  whole  population  being 
about  600,  including  the  military,  &c.  The  soil  is  fertile,  and  the  climate  similar 
to  that  of  Portugal. 

A  little  to  the  north-east  of  New  Georgia  are  found  the  Massacre  Islands,  so 
named  by  their  discoverer.  Captain  Morrell,  of  New  York.  They  are  a  group  of 
small  low  islands  inhabited  by  cannibals,  who  are  a  large  muscular  race  of  men, 
very  active,  and  nearly  as  dark-skinned  as  Africans.  They  are  well  armed,  cun- 
ning, and  treacherous,  and  succeeded  in  killing  and  devouring  fourteen  of  Captain 
Morrell's  crew.  They  took  one  of  them  prisoner,  who  remained  15  weeks  among 
the  savages,  and,  on  a  second  visit  of  Captain  Morrell,  succeeded  in  rejoining  him, 
after  enduring  the  most  painful  sufferings.  The  islands  are  well  wooded,  and 
abound  in  the  usual  productions  of  these  regions. 


POLYNESIA. 

PoLTWESiA,  signifying  the  many  isles,  or  Eastern  Oceanica,  is  the  name  now 
generally  given  to  the  numerous  groups  of  islands  with  which  a  great  part  of  the 
Pacific  Ocean  is  studded.  While  the  islands  composing  Australabia  are  of  ludi 
magnitude  as  to  approach  the  character  of  continents,  those  of  Polynesia  are  lo 
small  that  most  of  them  can  scarcely  aspire  above  the  dimmutive  appellatiop  of 


1^; 


, .« 


yi\ 


Ml 


11'.  ■  ,1 


■^■■■H 


553 


POLYNi!»lA. 


ialeta;  yet  they  are  ao  numeroue,  and  follow  in  auch  cloae  aucceaaion,  that  they 
muv  properly  be  conaidered  as  a  region  of  the  globe,  bearing  a  peculiar  aapect 
and  character. 

This  diviaion  of  Oceanica  compriaea  the  Ladrone  and  Caroline  Islands,  and  those 
of  the  Central  Archipelago;  also  the  Sandwich,  Marqueaas,  or  Washington,  So* 
cicty,  Georgian,  Pearl,  and  Palliser's  islands,  together  with  the  Friendly,  the  Aus- 
tral, and  Ilorvey's  islands,  besides  many  other  small  groups  and  scattered  islands. 
The  population  of  thia  region  has  never  been  estimatml  except  by  the  most  uncer- 
tain conjectures.  Those  formed  bv  Cook  and  other  navigators  would  lead  to  the 
belief  that  1,500,000  might  probably  be  about  tlic  amount,  but  more  recent  obser- 
vations, particularly  thoae  of  the  Missionaries,  leave  no  doubt  that  this  number  is 
greatly  exaggerated,  and  that  about  500,000  will  be  a  more  accurate  approxi- 
mation. 

THE  LADRONE,  OR  MARIAN  ISLANDS. 

Thcm  iaianda  lie  north  of  the  Carolines,  and  were  the  first  known  of  the  isl- 
anda  in  this  region,  having  been  discovered  by  Magellan,  in  1512.  Thoy  are 
covered  for  the  most  part  with  the  rich  vegetation  peculiar  to  this  climate,  and 
have  been  highly  extolled  by  some  navigators  as  forming  almost  a  paradise.  The 
original  inhabitants  have  ^en  nearly  exterminated  in  their  wars  with  the  Spa- 
niards, who  endeavoured  to  impose  on  them  their  yoke  and  religion.  The  climate 
is  mild  and  healthful,  though,  like  the  Carolines,  subject  to  violent  hurricanes. 
The  people  of  the  Ladrone  Islands  possess  canoes  which  are  the  admiration  of 
sailors,  being  ao  skilfully  constructed  as  to  sail,  with  a  side  wind,  20  milea  an  hour. 

THE  CAROLINE  ISLANDS. 

The  Caroline  Iblandh  form  an  extensive  and  numerous  group  on  the  north 
side  of  the  Elquator ;  they  extend,  from  east  to  west,  upwards  of  80  degrees  of 
longitude,  ana  are  among  the  most  imperfectly  known  of  any  islands  in  the  Pa- 
cific Ocean,  and  are  situated  in  a  most  tempestuous  ocean,  exposed  to  frequent 
hurricanes,  some  of  which  often  sweep  away  the  entire  produce  of  an  island,  yet 
the  people  are  still  more  at  home  on  the  waves  than  even  the  rest  of  the  South 
Sea  islanders,  and  are  distinguished  by  their  skill  in  navigation.  The  greater  part 
of  the  Caroline  Islands  are  low  and  of  coral  formation. 

The  Palaofl,  or  Pelew  Islands,  are  the  most  western  group  of  the  Carolines. 
They  are  of  moderate  elevation  and  well  wooded :  they  became  an  object  of  inte- 
rest in  Great  Britain  by  the  shipwreck,  in  1763,  of  Captain  Wilson,  in  the  Ante- 
lope, when  he  was  received  and  his  wants  supplied  with  the  nrost  generous  kind- 
ness. Abba  Thulle,  the  king,  with  an  enlightened  desire  to  improve  his  people 
by  a  knowledge  of  the  arts  and  attainments  of  Europe,  sent  along  with  the  Cap- 
tain his  son.  Prince  Le  Boo,  who  delighted  the  society  of  the  metropolis  by  the 
amiable  simplicity  of  his  manners ;  but,  unfortunately,  he  was  seized  with  the 
small-pox  and  died.  In  Captain  Wilson's  narrative,  the  Pelew  Islanders  were 
represented  in  the  most  pleasing  colours,  but  subsequent  navigators  who  have 
visited  these  shores,  draw  a  completely  opposite  picture,  representing  these  people 
as  displaying  all  the  bad  qualities  incident  to  savage  life. 

Central  Archipelago. — This  name  has  been  applied  from  their  central  situa- 
tion to  a  number  of  detached  groups,  extending  to  a  great  distance,  chiefly  to  the 
south-east  from  the  Caroline  Islands,  consisting  mostly  of  Mitchell's,  Ellices'  and 
De  Payster's  groups,  the  Taswell's  Islands,  also  Gilbert's  Archipelago,  Scarbo- 
rough's Range,  and  the  Mulgrave  Islands :  the  two  last  form  a  group  so  closely 
adjoining  on  the  west  to  the  Carolines,  that  they  can  scarcely  be  considered  other- 
wise than  as  a  branch  of  that  great  archipelago.  They  comprise  a  vast  number 
of  small  islands,  in  many  cases  mere  rocks,  of  which  the  western  division  is 
termed  the  Radack,  and  the  eastern  the  Ralick  chain.  Nearly  all  the  islands 
forming  the  great  Central  Archipelago  are  peopled  up  to  the  limited  resources 
which  nature  affords.  The  natives  are  generally  described  as  friendly,  courteous, 
and  amiable,  free  from  the  thievish  propensities  and  dissolute  conduct  which  are 


Ihatlhey 
liar  Mpect 

.andthoM 
mgton,  So- 1 
y.the  Aui- 
red  ialandi.  | 
nogt  uncer- 
lead  to  the 
jcent  obaer-l 
i  number  »| 
ite  approxi- 


n  of  the  iil- 
I.    Thoy  are 
climate,  and 
radise.    The| 
with  the  Spa- 
The  climate 
it  hurricane* 
admiration  of 
nilesanhour. 


)  on  the  north! 
)0  degrees  of 
nds  in  the  Pa- 1 
ed  to  frequent 
an  island,  yet 
t  of  the  South 
he  greater  part 

the  Carolines.! 
object  of  inte- 
n,  in  the  Ante- 
generous  kind- 
rove  his  people 
f  with  the  Cap- 
Btropolis  by  the 
eized  with  the 
Islanders  were 
itors  who  have 
ng  these  people 

ir  central  eituap 
e,  chiefly  to  the 
ll's,  Ellices'  and 
fipelago,  Scarbo- 
■group  so  closely 
lonsidered  other- 
le  a  vast  number 
Item  division  is 
L  all  the  islands  I 
limited  resources 
>ndly,  courteous, 
ttduct  which  are] 


P<3LYNErtlA. 


553 


common  in  many  of  the  other  ifflanilH.     'Phrw  ar«  (rciipmlly  dMtitute  of  land 
animaiti,  except  rats,  which  are  niimnroii!",  nnd  of\pn  cntrn  an  fixxl. 

The  Sandwhh  Tni.ANnn,  now  tlip  imist  iiniMirtnnt  of  imy  in  \\m  ijimrtir  of  the 
jjlobe  in  rniation  to  tlio  civilizcti  world,  hnvo  Imtm  hinir  known  n.-^  a  plnce  of  romrt 
for  American  whalinff  shijw,  and  have  oImo,  for  w)in<!  time  jxisi,  excited  i^encrnl 
intercHt  on  nccount  of  the  important  change  takin;;  place  in  the  inannt-ri*,  cii«toinH, 
and  character  of  tlin  people.  These  IhIuimIh  are  ten  in  numb^-r,  of  which  eiglil 
only  are  inhabited.  They  form  as  it  wore  a  nolilnry  cIuHter,  fur  to  tlio  north  and 
eant  of  the  principal  ranges  of  thin  rei?ioii. 

Hawaii,  or  Owhyhce,  the  Iar},'ent  of  the  jrroii|),  nnd  iilso  tlie  larjjost  inhnd  in 
Polynesia,  occupies  4ri(N)  wjunro  inileH  of  tlio  7(KK)  conxiitiitmi;  the  nreo  of  tiie 
whole.  The  aspect  of  these  isIundH  is  prand  and  Hubliine ;  Komc  of  tlio  moitnlnins 
rise  to  an  alpine  height,  and  have  their  HumniitR  wrnpt  in  perpetual  hiiow  :  those 
of  Mouna  Kaah  and  Mouna  Rou,  are  the  inoHt  elevated  of  any  insular  moiintnins 
in  the  world,  being  respectively  18,4(M>  and  1H,474  feet  in  heitrht.  Volcnnocs  are 
numerous  in  this  group,  and  many  of  them  in  conxtnnt  activity.  The  loil  im 
exceedingly  fertile,  and  yields  abundantly  the  hrend-t'riiit,  siifrnr-cane,  cocoa-nut, 
sweet  potatoes,  Ac.  The  natives  are  tall  ond  robunt,  especially  the  chiefs,  who 
are  here,  as  in  most  of  the  other  islands,  a  superior  race :  they  had  long  evinced 
a  strong  desire  to  become  acquainted  witji  Euro|)eun  artH  nml  civilization,  and  in 
1819  they  renounced  idolatry  and  burned  their  idols:  tiiisi,  nnd  the  circumstance 
of  several  of  the  natives  having  been  educated  in  the  United  States,  induced  the 
missionary  societies  in  this  country  to  send  out  miniHters  of  the  gospel  to  impart 
to  them  the  religion  and  arts  of  civilization:  the  most  signal  succohh  has  attended 
their  exertions,  and  strong  hopes  may  now  be  indulged  that  the  people  of  these 
islands  will,  at  no  remote  period,  be  ranked  amonr^  civilizcil  and  christian  nations. 
A  large  proportion  of  the  population  have  been  instructed  in  reading,  writing,  and 
arithmetic :  churches  have  been  erected ;  the  press  has  been  for  some  time  in  ope- 
ration, at  -which  school-books,  the  scriptures,  newspapers,  and  periodicals  arc 
printed  in  the  language  of  the  country;  the  useful  arts  have  been  introduced,  and 
a  gradual  improvement  in  the  morals  and  manners  of  the  people  has  taken  place. 
The  town  of  Honolulu,  in  the  island  of  Oahu,  contains  about  5000  inhabitants,  of 
which  nearly  100  are  -Anglo-Americans  and  English.  Great  commercial  activity 
prevails  here;  many  European  and  American  ships,  &c.,  are  always  in  the  port: 
a  considerable  number  of  small  vessels  also  belong  to  the  natives.  Some  of  the 
houses  at  Honolulu  are  built  of  stone;  and  hotels,  billiards,  and  an  ordinary  at  1 
o'clock,  strikingly  testify  the  transportation  of  European  habits  into  this  lately 
remote  and  savage  region. 

The  following  table  shows  the  area  and  population  of  the  separate  islands : — 
Total,  144.000. 

6q.  mi  lei.  Population. 

Hawaii  (Owhyhee) 4,500  85,000 

Maui(Mowee)    600  20,000 

Oahu(Woahoo) 520  20,000 

Kauai,  or  Tauai,  (Atooi) 520  12,000 

Morakai  (Morotoi) 170  3,000 

Ranai(Lanal) 100  2,000 

Niihau 100  1,600 

Kohurawa 60  400 

Taunt  and  Morikini  are  merely  barren  uninhabited  rocks. 

The  MARavESAfi,  or  Washington  Islands,  called  also  the  Mendana  Archi- 
PKLAOO,  consists  of  two  groups,  of  which  the  most  eastern,  long  the  only  part 
known,  is  more  properly  the  Marquesas  Islands;  they  were  first  discovered  in 
1596,  and,  after  being  long  forgotten,  were  re-discovered  by  Cook.  The  more 
northerly  group  was  first  visited  in  1791  by  Captain  Ingraham  of  Boston,  ond  in 
1792  by  the  French  navigator  Marchand,  who  called  them  the  Revolution  Islands; 
but  the  discovery  of  the  former  being  prior,  his  name  of  Washington  Islands  has 
been  generally  recognised.    They  have  also  been  called  the  Ingraham  and  the 


II 


n 


47 


»y 


fj. 


J^-,; 


,^.'.-?''  .:• 


■.'\ ) 


M^N 


F't^.^^-jf' 


.'>.'>4 


POLYNi-^^IA. 


NorUi  Muri|Ui'HaH  liilaiulii.  Tlify  arc  all  iiiountaiiioUM,  furtilu  and  Wfll  watured; 
nntiir**,  in  proviilinir  tli«  pe<i|>lo  with  Uit*  brctad-fruit.  llin  roccMt-niil,  ami  tlm  bnnona, 
nlliirilit  tluMii  HiilwiHtcnrc  aluxiMt  witlioiit  labour.  TIm*  men  ut  tliL'xr  ihinndu  nr*- 
nriioriff  tlic  rtlo^t  finely  tornicd  of  any  known  rac«>;  their  complexion  it  but  litil)- 
dnrkor  than  that  ot'  Kiiro^ieanH,  but  in  visible  only  in  the  youtlm,  for  the  tatouinif 
pracliaed  all  over  the  I'acttic  Ocean,  ia  cnrrie«l  to  »uch  a  pitch  that  the  Hkin  of  an 
minit  bt'(.iirn''H  the  mere  canvan  of  a  picture.  The  o|N<ration  beffiuM  at  \'l  or  \\\ 
veara  of  a^fi  but  it  ia  not  until  I'MI  or  \Vi  that  their  pcraon  ia  entirely  covercit. 
TIk!  women  have  handxniuo  fentureH,  but  have  an  air  of  boldntTM  and  eflVontery, 
and  hold  virtue  in  Kcnrroly  any  *>t«timi(tion.  The  ixlandii  arc  divided  nnioii),'  a  nuni- 
h«>r  of  indeiicndent  chiefs  and  tribea,  who  are  of\en  at  war  with  each  other,  which 
they  carry  on  with  threat  ferocity.  Tlio  initMionarien  Imvo  made  moiiiu  attempts  to 
comtntmirate  Christianity  and  civilization,  but  hitherto  with  but  little  aucccsti. 

The  SoriBTT  or  I.keward  Imlanim  are  Raiutea,  Iluahine,  Tahaa,  Borabom, 
Mnupiti,  Maurua,  ThIniI,  and  the  Fcuuiim  or  Hoilly  inlunds.  They  have  a  goo'l 
fH)il  and  climate,  but  do  nut  present  any  very  ftrikinf;  distinctive  characters.  On 
the  five  first  named  ioliindn  there  are  misHionarics  residin)?,  wIk)  have  cfTected  an 
iin|)ortant  chanjro  in  the  manners  and  character  of  the  people.  The  Society  and 
(ieorf^ian  islands  nro  frequently  described  under  the  name  of  the  former;  the 
groups  are,  however,  (Tco}rraphically  as  well  aa  politically,  distinct. 

The  Georoian  or  Windward  InLANnn  comprise  Tahiti  or  Otaheite,  Eimeo, 
Tuhunenianu,  Maiaoiti,  Teturoa,  and  Muteu  ;  these,  with  the  Society  Islandn,  have 
attnictfd,  p(!rlmps,  more  attention  than  any  other  in  iho  Pacific  ocean.  They  are 
fruitful  and  beautiful  islands,  and  proent  the  first  example  of  a  people  converted 
to  Christianity  in  this  quarter  of  the  ((lobe ;  an  event  accomplished  by  the  labours 
of  Christian  missionaries  throu};h  a  Vm\>,  series  of  discoura^^cmcnts  and  dangers. 
The  people  arc  now  as  much  dislinirm-'od  by  their  regard  for  religion  and  mo- 
rality, as  they  were  once  for  idolatry  uml  licentiousnesM,  and  are  fast  advancing  in 
knowledge  and  art».  Tahiti,  the  hugcst,  is  about  108  miles  in  circuit,  and  has  a 
population  of  10  nr  12,(MH).  Tlu-  interiijr  rises  into  mountains,  which,  with  the 
exception  of  those  in  the  Sanduich  islands,  are  the  most  lofly  in  this  region;  trees 
and  verdure  clothe  their  sides  almost  to  the  summit.  Tha  island  is  nearly  one 
entire  forest  of  bread-fruit,  cocoa-nut,  banana,  and  other  valuable  trees;  a  few 
spots  only  being  cleared  lor  the  cultivation  of  the  yam.  The  fruits  ripen  at  dif- 
ferent times,  according  as  the  mountain  elopes  have  a  northern  or  southern  expo- 
sure. Eimeo,  the  next  in  size  to  Tahiti,  is  chiefly  distinguished  as  being  still  the 
c  itrc  of  that  European  and  Christian  civilization  which  originated  there.  It 
Lo.itains  the  South  Sea  Academy,  a  printing-office,  and  a  cotton  factory. 

The  Pe-vrl,  Pavmotv,  Low  Islands,  and  Dangerous  Archipelago,  are  the  seve- 
ral names  given  to  an  almost  numberless  range  of  islets  extei'iii.,'  •  n.<t  and  south- 
east of  the  Georgian  isles;  some  of  l!iom  are  thinly  peopleiK  soine  entirely  de- 
serted, and  some  others  alternately  settled  and  abandoned.  ''!i'.-  ■  -.  >  >  ^re  but 
little  known,  as  the  slender  supplies  to  be  obtained,  and  Jic  iia;igei,jj8  nature 
i.f  the  navigation,  have  induced  mariners  to  sail  through  them  as  quickly  as  pos- 
sible. The  Gambler  Islands,  five  in  number,  and  the  most  southern  of  this  group, 
coi  Jiin,  according  to  Captain  Beechey,  about  1000  inhabitants;  they  are  all 
most  det'<rmi;>ed  thieves. 

The  P^L.  .'»ER  Islands  lie  north-east  from  Tahiti.  The  principal  is  Anaa  or 
Chain  ieiaml.  T.'i>;  >.  ihabitanta  were  formerly  notorious  for  their  superstitions  and 
vicions  pr-ipcnpii. .:>,  Lu"  *hrrUs,h  the  influence  of  the  missionaries,  they  have  re- 
nounced idoiett>,  and  ha  .,  bi  least  in  name,  become  Christians.  The  language 
is  radicpMy  the  dame  as  Tahiti. 

Hervkt*s  or  Cook's  Islands,  situated  nearly  west  firom  the  Georgian  group, 
are  small,  low,  and  of  coral  formation ;  they  are  deficient  in  water,  yet  they  are 
tolerably  well  peopled  and  cultivated.  The  state  of  society  nearly  rkjembles  that 
in  Tahiti,  and  the  missionaries  have  succeeded  in  converting  a  considerable  num- 


II  walurcd ; 
ttiH  bnnnna, 
ihlaiuti*  nf« 
it  but  liiiit- 
;he  tatduiii^ 
I  Hkin  of  nil 
nt  Vi  or  i:« 
L>ly  covercil.  ! 
1  effrontfry, 
iiuiii;  a  n»»i- 
Dtlior,  which 
atluiiiiita  tu 

lUCCCitr;. 

in,  Borabora, 
tjavo  a  ga>'l 
ractcri*.  Oi» 
3  cffpctwl  an 
,  Society  ind 
former;  the 


leite,  Eiinco, 
blandx,  iiavu 
n.    They  are 
pic  convortwl 
by  the  iiibours 
and  dangera. 
igion  and  mo- 
,  advancing  in 
luit.  and  has  a 
lich,  with  the 
region ;  trees 
ia  nearly  one 
trees;  a  few 
8  ripen  at  dit' 
wulhern  expo- 
being  still  the 
led  there.    It 
tory. 

},  are  the  seve- 
n^t  and  Bouth- 
(  'entirely  de- 
^re  but 
gei..  18  nature 
uickly  as  pos- 

of  this  group. 

they  are  all 


I  is  Anaa  or 

perstitions  and 

they  have  re- 

The  language 


eorgian  group, 
r,  yet  they  are 
rtjembles  that 
jiderable  num- 


^ 


IH)fYNF5*lA.  V,.'i 

ber  of  the  inhabitanUi.     Maiiaii.    VitwUkc,  lU.-.i      >»,  .Mauti,  4c.  are  tho  princi- 
pal iHlanda. 

The  Ar«T|iAL  or  Raivaix    f  Ihlanm  arc  <ifi(o»p<l  atahotit  rmni4nOtoR*.    inilfi* 
■oath  tVom  Tahiti;  Ihry  uro  nil  Hiiinll,  nnd  Hrnttor<>(l  /it  s.,m««  iIihUiht  from  ■  '.li 
othrr.     The  inhnhitnntu  lire  likn  tli,*io  of  Tahiti,  and  f)"     <  *iniilnr  Un>;i, 
Till  recently,  they  were  groBnly  iirnoninl  and  !«ii|)»'rntilioiii.,    ut  Imvc  Ix'in  Kn-u 
changed,  chiefly  by  the  cxertionn  of  native  Chri      'n  Ipnchnr-  from  Tahiti.     Tli, 
entire  popnlatbn  of  nome  of  the  i»!nndi»  have  b.     i  bnpliM-.    and  in  all  nf  tli.-ni 
chnrchcH  and  schools  have  been  establiHhcd.     Tliiw  >  -  .up  r.mii  'imii  iho  i«laiHU  of 
Raivaivai,  Karotoa,  Rimalara,  Rurutu,  Tabuai,  Hutu.    <nA  Kn|». 

The  FmBNDLY  Ihlandh  are  an  extcnuive  group,  lyinj,'  liotwiMii  Now  Calcdonin 
and  the  Georgian  inlandH;  they  are  n>ckon<Hl  nt  ITH)  in  niinilMT,  ami  in  th«-ir  niont 
extensive  sense,  conipriHu  the  Navigator' h,  Tonga,  IImIxim  .  and  K<  ijef  mlaiulK. 
Tlie  character  of  tho  natives  has  been  drawn  in  more  Hatti'i  ng  ci.lmirs  than  thiit 
of  almost  any  other  people  of  tho  Pacific  ocean.  Tho  naiiic  giv*-n  to  tlu-in  l,y 
Cuptain  Cook  expresses  his  opinion  of  tli«;ir  (li8|)oiiition.  HubH«>4ii*<iit  vi^itorH  Iimv,., 
however,  represented  them  as  cruel  and  ItTocuniH.  Tho  inni  h-u  very  muHciilar 
and  broad-shouldered,  and  the  women  oflcn  th'ficient  in  dolinicv  nf  form  and  fea- 
tures, but  many  of  both  sexes  present  modeU  of  almost  pertect  li  uity ;  and  their 
expression  is  generally  mild  and  agreeable.  In  nfime  of  theiie  lands  the  iiiii*- 
sionary  cause  has  met  with  flattering  success.  In  tho  Tonga  and  llabnni  groiip^ 
ntore  than  2000  children  are  instructed  in  the  kcIiooIh,  and  the  ci  <irch  niiinl»T^ 
upwards  of  1100  native  members.  In  the  Navigator's  islands  the  n  -pel  bid.i  fair 
to  obtain  &  steadfast  footing  among  the  people,  and  in  Ijaquaha  or  l.i  'cba  ii*laiid, 
one  of  the  Feejecs,  is  a  mission  in  successful  operation. 

The  Navioator'r  or  Samoa  iRtANmi,  tho  most  northern  of  the  Tr\<  lully  Archi- 
pelago are  eight  in  number,  divided  into  two  clusters.  They  arc  i  rtile,  well 
watered,  and  abound  in  poultry  and  hogs,  and  appear  to  be  very  popu;  mih.  Th«> 
interior  of  the  largest  of  these  islands  is  elevated,  and  the  rocks  seem  ">  exhibit 
marks  of  volcanic  origin,  but  the  mountains  arc  clothed  to  the  summit  vith  lot)y 
trees,  and  the  wooded  valleys  beneath,  watered  by  numberless  streams  nd  rills, 
present  an  enchanting  landscape. 

The  Fkejcb  IsLANDa,  lying  south-west  of  the  Samoa  group,  are  but  imp«>rfectly 
known.  They  are  considerably  larger  than  the  latter,  and  are  ctjualiy  fertile  and 
populous,  and  the  people  are  considered  more  ferocious  than  any  of  the  others. 
Paoo,  or  Tacanova,  is  upwards  of  50  leagues  in  circuit;  it  belongs  to  th«'  class 
of  high  isUnda  being  traversed  by  mountoin  ridges,  though  several  meiii(.«>rs  of 
the  group  we  low  and  encircled  by  coral  rocks.  Naviheelavuo  and  My  wool  la  am 
the  next  in  dimensions. 

The  most  southern  group  of  tho  Friendly  Achipelago,  are  the  Tonga  Isleh.  the 
principal  of  which  are  Tongataboo  Eooa,  and  Annamooka,  called  by  Tasnian,  their 
first  discoverer,  Amsterdam,  Middlebury,  and  Rotterdam.  These  islands,  like  the 
other*  of  this  range,  are  very  fei  tile  and  populous.  The  natives  cultivate  l.'>  dif- 
ferent varieties  of  the  bread-fruit,  yams  of  several  kinds,  and  other  roots.  The 
animnJte  are  hogs  and  dogs.  In  another  group  is  Tefooo,  a  mountainous  island, 
conta.nuBg  r  joleano  which  manifests  some  degree  of  activity. 

Lefuga,  or  l.ifuka,  the  principal  of  the  llabaai  islands,  was  long  the  resideiiro 
of  a  chief  who  held  sway  over  the  others.  A  mission  has  been  lately  commenced 
here  with  flattering  prospects,  Vavaoo,  Cocoa-nut  Island,  and  Amargura,  to  the 
north  yf  the  llahaai  grsuj),  are  all  fertile  and  inhabited. 

Pitcaihn'b  Irlanu,  »  siimll  detachetl  spot  lying  south-east  from  Tahiti,  has  at- 
tracted a  remarkable  df-grf^e  of  interest,  in  consequence  of  having  been  the  retreat 
of  the  mutineers  of  the  llounty,  whose  fate  was  so  long  unknown,  and  from  the 
pleasing  feelings  excited  on  the  discovery  of  their  virtuous  and  amiable  posterity 
a  few  years  ago.     A  number  of  the  natives,  in  consequence  of  the  scanty  supply 


r       ',  I         ^ 


556 


P(JLAIl  ISLANDS. 


of  water  in  the  island,  emigrated  to  Tahiti,  but  bein^  disapixiiiitcd  in  tlicir  expect- 
utionH,  have  since  returned  to  their  happy  inland.  The  iatcdt  published  account 
represents  their  number  at  about  bO  individuals. 

Easter  Island,  culled  also  Tcapy  and  Vaihou,  is  the  most  eastern  qf  the  Poly- 
nesian ran{^c,  and  is  about  20  miles  in  circuit.  The  natives  are  estimated  to  amount 
to  lx!(K),  who  tattoo  themselves  so  as  to  have  the  appearance  of  wearing  breeches. 
This  isliind  was  turinerly  celebrated  for  Its  gigantic  busts,  of  which  Captain  Cook 
found  only  two  rciuaining;  they  have  now  disappeared,  a  few  heaps  of  rubbish 
only  being  letl  to  mark  the  spots  they  stood  on. 

ISLANDS  IN  THE  POLAR  SEAS.  ' 

To  complete  the  description  of  the  detached  and  insular  portions  of  the  globe, 
there  remain  still  a  number  of  large  islands,  situated  in  the  stormy  seas  by  which 
the  two  poles  arc  encircled.  Although  these  regions  be  dreary,  desolate,  i^nd  al- 
most uninhabited,  they  present  features  which  attract  the  iqterpst  and  curiosity  of 
mankind,  and  have  induced  many  daring  adventurers  to  explore  and  navigate  these 
remote  coasts  and  seas. 

The  Polar  Islands  are  situated  partly  in  the  seas  round  the  North,  partly  in 
those  round  the  South  Pole.  The  former,  lying  within  the  Arctic  Circle,  are  by 
much  the  most  numerous  and  extensive.  Conimencing  from  the  eastward,  we  find 
Nova  Zembia,  reaching  northward  from  the  boundary  of  Europe  apd  Asia;  Spits- 
bergen, the  most  northern  land  yet  visited ;  Greenland,  a  mass  of  territory  pos- 
sessing almost  the  magnitude  of  a  continent,  and  long  supposed  to  be  part  of 
America,  from  which,  however,  it  now  proves  to  be  enUrel^  disjoined ;  lastly,  the 
range  of  the  North  Georgian  Islands,  discovered  by  Captam  Parry,  of  which  the 
principal  are  Cornwallis,  Bathurst,  Melville,  and  Bank's  Land,  the  boundaries  of 
which  last  are  yet  unknown.  In  the  Antarctic  Ocean,  on  the  contrary,  where  a 
new  continent  was  long  sought  and  expected,  no  extensive  body  of  land  has  yet 
been  discovered ;  but  there  are  some  considerable  islands,  or  groups,  particularly 
New  Georgia,  South  Shetland,  and  South  Orkney.  All  these  tracts  are  either  in- 
sular, or  broken  by  deep  bays  and  sounds,  formed,  probably,  by  the  violent  storms 
and  currents  which  beat  continually  against  their  shores,  and  which  are  supposed, 
in  many  cases,  to  penetrate  entirely  across  the  most  solid  masses  of  land.  The 
aspect  of  these  regions  is  usually  moimtainous,  presenting  long  and  bold  promon- 
tories to  the  stormy  seas  by  which  they  are  surrounded,  and  often  also  enclosing 
spacious  and  secure  harbours. 

The  produce  of  the  arctic  world  is  of  a  peculiar  nature.  A  territory  thus  buried 
for  the  greater  part  of  the  year  in  ice  and  snow,  with  only  a  transient  and  imper- 
fect vegetation,  and  where  the  few  animals  that  appear  during  the  summer  gleam, 
take  an  early  flight  into  milder  climes,  might  at  first  view  seem  incapable  of 
yielding  any  thing  that  can  minister  to  the  use  or  comfort  of  civilized  man.  But 
while  the  land  is  thus  dreary  and  barren,  the  sea  and  its  shores  teem  with  an  in- 
exhaustible profusion  of  lif^.  The  finny  tribes,  which,  feeding  on  each  other,  do 
not  require  any  vegetable  support,  exist  here  in  greater  multitudes,  and  of  larger 
dimensions,  than  any  other  animals,  either  in  the  temperate  or  tropical  climates. 
Provident  nature  has,  in  particular,  fenced  them  against  the  extreme  intensity  of 
the  cold  by  a  thick  coating,  of  a  coarse  but  rich  oleaginous  nature,  termed  blubber, 
the  oil  extracted  from  which  is  subservient  to  the  most  important  economical  pur- 
poses. The  substance  called  whalebone,  being  peculiarly  strong  and  elastic,  af- 
fords a  material  of  several  manufactures. 

The  seal,  the  walrus,  and  several  other  amphibious  animals,  are  invested  with 
the  peculiar  coating  above  described ;  but  by  far  the  greatest  abundance  of  it  is 
found  in  the  whale.  This  huge  creature,  is  the  most  powerful  of  animals;  and  to 
attack  and  slay  him  is  one  of  the  boldest  of  human  enterprises;  yet  it  is  under- 
taken with  alacrity  by  hardy  tars.  For  this  purpose,  fleets  of  large  ships,  well 
equipped  with  boats,  lines,  harpoons,  and  spears,  are  annually  sent  into  the  north- 
ern seas. 

The  whale  fishery  was  carried  on  by  the  Dutch  and  English  for  a  long  period 


:heir  expeq^- 
hed  account! 

qf  the  Poly- 1 
led  to  amount 
;ng  breeches. 
Captain  Cook  \ 
pa  of  rubbish 


of  the  globe,  | 
seaa  by  which  j 
solate,  und  al- 
id  curiosity  of 
navigate  these 

[orth,  partly  in 
Circle,  are  by 
itw^rd,  we  find 
id  Asia ;  Spits- 1 
f  territory  pos-  j 
;  to  be  part  of 
led ;  lastly,  the 
f,  of  which  the 
boundaries  of 
ttrary,  where  a 
)f  land  has  yet 
ps,  particularly 
ts  are  either  in- 
3  violent  storms 
h  are  supposed, 
J  of  land.    The 
nd  bold  promon- 
n  also  enclosing 

itory  thus  buried 
lient  and  imper- 
summer  gleam, 
n  incapable  of 
ized  maa  But 
eem  with  an  in- 
n  each  other,  do 
IS,  and  of  larger 
:opical  climates. 
!me  intensity  of 
termed  blubber, 
economical  pur- 
and  elastic,  af- 

re  invested  with 
undance  of  it  is 
animals ;  and  to 

yet  it  is  under- 
arge  ships,  well 

,  into  the  north- 

r  a  long  period 


NORTH  POLAR  ISLANDS. 


State: 


.^57 

with  jjroat  profit  and  advantn;:-;  but  oflntc  yours  it   lias  ni.ich  dpcliiipil.     Tfi.< 
Enffhsli  ti:^hery,  which,  in  H14,  yiolded  to  the  amount  of  i;7(K),(XK),  fcl!  in  1h-h» 

to  i;;3Tn,L")().    in  1S:}(),  a  vrry  disastrous  year,  the  loss  sustained  hy  wrecks  nh 

was  estimated  at  upwards  of  £11(1,000,  and  has  continued  every  succeedinir  year 
to  he  more  and  more  unfortunate. 

The  European  whalc-nien  are  now  much  !!urpnsse<l  by  those  of  the  United 
Jtes.  The  whale  fishiufj  was  commenced  bv  the  Colonists  at  an  early  period 
on  the  shores  of  Now  Eiirrland,  until  the  whale  havinjr  nbatidoned  them,  they 
entered  with  ardour,  alwiit  the  middle  of  the  ei^'hteenth  centurv,  into  the  tis<herie"« 
of  the  Northern  and  Southern  Sens,  and  were  the  first  to  leru!  the  way  into  the 
Pacific  Ocean.  The  business  has  gradually  increased,  and  has  now  become  an 
abject  of  great  national  importance.  The  number  of  ships  at  sea,  and  en('n(red 
in  the  spermaceti  whale  fishery,  only  from  the  Uniteil  States,  on  January "ist 
1830,  was  266,  of  which  211  belonged  to  Massacliusf?tts  alon.-.  These  were 
navigated  by  nearly  10,000  men;  and  the  capital  einphiyed  in  the  business  is 
estimated  at  !i(7,000,000.  The  import  of  oil  in  l<\:,  and  ":{(),  was  .'Hr»,4  11  barrel-, 
valued  at  «8,273,J)07.  Since  1814  the  amount  of  oil  imporfnl  is  esfimated  iii 
value  at  S38,693,484,  or  about  ."$1,758,800,  annunllv.  Resides  this  the  rcmnion 
or  right  whale  fishery  employs  many  ships,  but  they  cost  much  less  in  their  equip- 
ment, and  perform  shorter  voyages  than  the  others;  generally  occupying  alxiut  a 
year,  while  those  of  the  spermaceti  fishery  last  two  or  three  years  and  upwards. 
Holland  also,  as  well  as  Great  Britain,  has  lost  much  of  this  portion  of  her  mari- 
time employment ;— her  whale  fishery  having  dwindled  to  an  inconsiderable  amount. 

North  Polar  Islands. 

The  local  details  of  the  arctic  regions  are  extensive  and  scattered,  but  do  not 
present  many  peculiarities  which  will  require  long  to  detain  our  attention.  We 
shall  begin  with  the  North  Georgian  Islands,  discovered  by  Captain  Parry  in  the 
sea  to  the  north  of  America. 

Melville  Island,  the  most  westerly  of  these,  upwards  of  100  miles  lK)th  in 
length  and  breadth,  and  in  latitude  75°  N.,  is  memorable  as  containing  the  spot 
where  Captain  Parry  spent  two  years,  and  braved  with  success  the"extremest 
rigour  of  an  arctic  winter.  The  sun  disappeared  on  the  4th  of  November,  and 
was  not  seen  till  the  3d  of  February  following.  During  this  interval,  land  and 
sea  were  alike  covered  with  a  monotonous  surtiice  of  snow,  and  the  thermometer 
averaged  about  60°  below  the  freezing  point.  Yet  the  English  officers,  when  duly 
clothed,  and  when  there  was  no  dritl,  were  able  to  walk  in  the  open  air  for  two 
or  three  hours  a  day;  and,  by  judicious  precautions,  their  health  and  that  of  the 
seamen  was  perfectly  preserved.  In  May  the  snow  begins  to  melt,  and  in  June 
it  covers  the  country  with  pools;  but  it  is  not  till  August  that  the  sea  becomes 
open ;  and,  before  October,  winter  has  again  commenced.  No  inhabitants  were 
found  here,  or  on  any  of  this  range  of  islands.  The  only  animals  which  appeared 
during  the  winter  were  a  pack  of  hungry  wolves,  which  hovered  round  the  Briti'-h 
vessels  in  hope  of  plunder;  and  it  was  not  till  the  middle  of  May  that  the  hunt- 
ers met  with  some  ptarmigans,  and  saw  the  footsteps  of  deer.  Vegetable  pro- 
ductions were  few  and  short-lived. 

A  succession  of  islands  extend  eastward  from  the  one  now  described  ;  first  the 
small  one  of  Byam  Martin,  then  that  of  Bathurst,  almost  equal  to  Melville ;  and 
next  Cornwallis,  also  of  considerable  size.  Only  the  southern  coasts  were  seen 
by  Captain  Parry,  as  he  sailed  along ;  and  their  aspect  appears  closely  to  resem- 
ble Melville  Island.  Cornwallis  is  separated  by  Wellington  Channel  from  an  ex- 
tensive coast,  which  received  the  name  of  North  Devon,  and  reaches  to  the  shores 
of  Baffin's  Bay. 

The  coasts  opposite  to  these  now  described,  and  extending  to  the  southward, 
form  the  region  called  North  Somerset,  North  Middlesex,  and  B<x)thia  Felix:  the 
latter,  situated  to  the  west  of  the  Gulf  of  Boothia,  was  discovered  by  Captnin 
Ross  in  his  late  adventurous  voyage,  1829,  '30,  '31,  and  32,  and  is  supposed,  from 
the  observations  of  Captain  Back,  to  be  an  island,  and  not  a  part  of  the  continent, 
as  at  first  conjectured ;  it  is  much  broken  by  deep  inlets  and  rocky  islands,  en- 


■■A) 


■'■'Pi 


\-i-l'. 


■ff 


t-  ■■■ 


J.'. 


558 


NORTH  POLAR  ISLANDS. 


cumbered  with  ice  and  of  dangerous  navifration.  The  country  as  far  as  72°  north  ! 
is  inhabited,  and  Captain  Rohs  had  cummunication  with  a  very  interesting  tribe  , 
of  natives,  who  had  never  before  seen  any  European. 

Greenland,  long  supposed  to  be  part  of  America,  till  Captain  Parry  ascertained 
its  complete  disjunction,  forms  the  largest  known  extent  of  land  not  belonging  to 
the  four  continents.     From  Cape  Farewell,  in  latitude  60°,  it  stretches  northward 
for  the  ascertained  length  of  19  degrees,  with  an  indefinite  extent  beyond ;  while 
the  general  breadth  is  about  35  degrees  of  longitude.    This  wide  region  i.",  of  all 
others,  least  valuable  to  man,  producing  scarcely  anything  which  can  minister  to 
his  comfort,  or  even  existence.    Its  aspect  is,  throughout,  of  that  dreary  charac- 
ter, common  to  the  arctic  world.     It  is  claimed  by  Denmark,  which  has  formed 
along  its  western  coast  several  small  settlements,  of  which  the  principal  are,  in 
the  southern  part,  Julianas-haab,  Lichtenau,  Fredericksthal,    Lichtenfels,   and 
New  Hernhut,  (these  are  Moravian  Missionary  Stations) ;  in  the  Northern,  Hol- 
steinborg,  Omenak,  and  Upernavick.     Farther  north  still.  Captain  Ross  discover- 
ed a  district  which  he  named  the  Arctic  Highlands.     The  inhabitants,  who  had 
never  before  seen  an  European,  were  seized  with  the  utmost  astonishment,  especi-  j 
ally  at  the  ships,  which  they  at  first  imagined  to  be  huge  birds  with  wings.  They  I 
were  found  to  differ  from  the  other  Esquimaux  in  being  destitute  of  boats ;  forj 
though  much  of  their  food  is  drawn  from  the  sea,  they  obtain  it  by  merely  walk- 1 
ing  over  the  frozen  surface.    They  have  the  advantage,  however,  of  possessing  i 
iron,  from  which  they  frame  instruments  much  more  powerful  than  those  made  of  ' 
bone  by  others  of  their  race.    They  differ  greatly  from  them  also  in  having  a 
king,  who  is  beloved,  and  to  whom  they  pay  a  tribute  of  seals,  train  oil,  and  fish. 
The  cliffs  on  their  coast  present  the  remarkable  phenomenon  of  red  snow,  the 
nature  and  origin  of  which  have  excited  much  controversy  among  the  learned  in 
Europe. 

The  easterp  coast,  extending  southward  from  Iceland  to  Cape  Farewell,  has 
excited  a  remarkable  interest  in  consequence  of  having  been  believed  to  be  the 
seat  of  early  colonies  from  that  island,  described  as  once  having  been  in  a  flourish- 
ing state.  But  vast  fields  of  ice,  it  is  said,  coming  down  upon  this  coast,  shut  it 
out  from  the  civilized  world,  and  the  colony,  it  is  feared,  perished  from  the  want 
of  supplies.  Several  expeditions  were  sent  by  the  Danish  government  to  dis- 
cover "  lost  Greenland,"  as  it  is  called,  but  without  success.  B.it  recent  exami- 
nations have  proved  that  these  lost  colonies  were  situated  on  the  western  coast. 
To  the  north  of  Iceland,  however,  a  range  of  coast,  400  miles  in  length,  between 
68°  and  75°,  was  lately  surveyed  by  Mr.  Scoresby  and  Captain  Clavering,  and 
called  Scoresby's  Land.  The  most  remarkable  part  is  the  Liverpool  Coast,  along 
which  rises  a  mountain  chain  3000  or  4000  feet  high,  forming  precipitous  cliffs, 
which  terminate  in  numberless  peaks,  cones,  and  pyramids.  Like  other  arctic 
shores,  it  is  penetrated  by  very  deep  inlets,  particularly  one  called  Scoresby's 
Sound,  a  branch  from  which  is  supposed  to  convert  the  Liverpool  Coast  into  an 
island.  No  natives  were  seen ;  but  there  appeared  everywhere  marks  of  recent 
mhabitation,  and  even  small  villages,  composed  of  subterraneous  winter  abodes. 
Captain  Clavering  afterwards  surveyed  a  part  of  the  coast  lying  farther  to  the 
nortiiward.  He  found  it  bold,  mountainous,  and  deeply  indented  with  bays;  but 
its  aspect  was  dreary  and  desolate  in  the  extreme.  Yet,  on  landing  upon  an  inlet 
named  after  Sir  Walter  Scott,  he  met  a  party  of  natives  bearing  all  the  general 
characters  of  the  Esquimaux  race,  and  who,  by  their  extreme  alarm  and  surprise, 
showed  that  they  had  never  betbn;  been  visited  by  Europeans.  The  coast  was 
traced  as  high  as  75°,  and  v/as  seen  extending  still  northward  as  fur  as  the  eye 
could  reach. 

Spitsbergen  is  a  large  island  in  the  Arctic  Sea,  lying  about  600  miles  east  of 
that  now  described.  It  is  about  300  miles  from  south  to  north,  and  200  from  east 
to  west,  and  reaches  beyond  80°  N.  lat.  It  is  of  an  irregular  form,  and  broken 
by  deep  bays  and  sounds.  The  country  is  wholly  u.iproductive,  but  abounds  in 
the  deer,  the  walrus,  and  other  arctic  animals.  Spitsbergen,  however,  has  been 
much  frequented  by  the  maritime  nations,  having  been  long  the  chief  and  almost 
sole  seat  of  the  northern  whale-fishery.     With  this  view  its  western  bays  were 


s  l-i°  north 
•tiling  tribe 

ascertained 
lelongtng  to 
8  northward 
jTond;  while 
rion  ip,  of  a^l 
i  minister  to 
■eary  charac-  j 
I  has  formed 
ncipal  are,  in 
itenfela,   and 
orthern,  Hol- 
loas discover- 
DtntP,  who  had 
iment,  especi-  j 

wings.  They' 
>  of  boats ;  for 

merely  walk- 
,  of  possessing 
those  made  of  | 
0  in  having  ai 
in  oil,  and  fish. 
■  red  snow,  the 

the  learned  in 

Farewell,  hasi 
eved  to  be  the 
:en  in  a  flourish- 
lia  coast,  shut  it 
from  the  want  j 
ernment  to  dis- 1 
it  recent  exami-  jl 
3  western  coast.  || 
ength,  between  j 
Cfavering,  and  jl 
ool  Coast,  along  I 
recipitous  cliffs,  I 
ke  other  arctic  ' 
lied  Scoresby's 
)1  Coast  into  an 
marks  of  recent ! 
winter  abodes, 
ig  farther  to  the 
with  bays ;  but  | 
ig  upon  an  inlet  j 
all  the  general  | 
rm  and  surprise, 
The  coast  was  j 
far  as  the  eye  I 

00  miles  east  of 
did  200  from  east  i 
Ibrm,  and  broken  | 
I,  but  abounds  in 
Twover,  has  been 
thief  and  almost 
Istern  bays  were 


■i 


SOUTH  POLAR  ISLANDS. 


U9 


fiercely  disputed,  till  an  agreement  was  made  by  which  the  English  and  Dutch 
divided  between  them  the  principal  stations.  The  latter  tbunded  the  village  of 
Smeerenberg,  where  they  landed  the  whales  and  extracted  the  oil ;  and  it  became 
so  flourishing  as  to  be  considered  almost  a  northern  Batavia.  The  whalen,  how- 
ever, taught  by  the  destructive  war  waged  against  them,  deserted  all  the  bays 
one  atlcr  another ;  and  it  was  necessary  to  carry  on  the  fishery  in  the  o|M>n  sea. 
Even  then  they  fled  from  one  quarter  to  another,  till  the  whole  Spitsbergen  sea 
was  nearly  fished  out ;  and  it  became  necessary,  notwithstanding  the  increaH»>d 
danger,  to  remove  the  chief  scene  of  operations  to  Davis'  Straits.  The  coasts  of 
Spitsbergen  have  also  formed  the  route  by  which  Fhipps,  Buchitn,  and  Parrv  made 
their  attempts  to  penetrate  to  the  pole.  The  latter  reached  nearly  to  SJi^  N^.  Int., 
and  found  the  sea  in  August  all  covered  with  ice,  but  broken,  sinking,  and  inter- 
spersed with  lanes  of  water.  At  this  uttnost  limit  every  trac<  of  animal  life  had 
disappeared.  A  few  Russian  hunters  take  up  their  abode  on  the  dreary  shores  of 
Spitsbergen,  where  they  continue  even  during  the  winter,  occupied  in  the  pursuit 
of  the  seal  and  the  walrus. 

Nova  Zembla  is  another  large  mass  of  insular  land,  extending  north  from  the 
boundary  of  Europe  and  Asia,  between  68°  and  74°  N.  lat.,  .'):P  and  70°  K.  long. 
Though  more  southerly  than  Spitsbergen,  it  has  an  aspect,  if  poysible,  still  more 
dreary.  The  southern  coasts  are  low  and  flat;  but  those  to  the  riDrtli  are  border- 
ed by  mountains  wrapped  in  perpetual  snow.  It  is  less  penetrated  by  sounds, 
though  one  running  east  and  west  reaches  entirely  across,  dividing  it  into  two 
nearly  equal  parts.  The  coasts  have  been  chiefly  frequented  by  navigators,  who 
sought  in  this  direction  a  passage  to  India,  but  commonly  found  their  career  ar- 
rested on  these  dreary  shores.  Barentz  and  his  crew  wintered  in  a  haven  on  the 
north-eastern  coast,  where  they  sufllered  the  most  extreme  hardships,  to  which  the 
commander  finally  fell  a  victim. 

South  Polar  hlandt. 

The  islands  of  the  Southern  Polar  Sea,  extend  chiefly  south-east  from  the  ex- 
tremity of  the  American  continent.  They  present  the  same  general  cliarncter  as 
the  arctic  lands,  with  some  variations.  Though  situated  in  a  comnarativoly  low- 
latitude,  which  in  the  northern  hemisphere  admits  of  habitation  and  culture,  they 
are  utterly  dreary  and  desolate,  buried  in  ice  and  snow,  and  not  tenanted  by  a 
single  human  being.  Their  shores,  however,  are  crowded  witii  those  luigo  crea- 
tures, the  sea  elephant  and  sea  leopard,  whose  rich  coating  of  oil  renders  tlietn  a 
tempting  prize.  Hence  they  have  become  an  object  of  attention  priiicipiilly  to 
American  navigators,  who,  during  the  few  years  that  have  ehipsed  since  the 
islands  were  known,  have  made  dreadful  havoc  among  these  animals,  and  greatly 
thinned  their  numbers.  The  seals  of  this  region  have  a  fine  furred  skiii,  which 
renders  them  of  considerable  value.  These  shores  are  distinguished  t'or  the 
legions  of  sea-birds  of  gigantic  size  and  peculiar  form  ;  among  which  the  penguin 
and  the  albatross  are  the  most  remarkable.  The  lands,  on  the  whole,  are  smaller 
than  in  the  north,  more  broken  into  islands,  and  as  deeply  indented  by  bays,  firm- 
ing many  excellent  harbours. 

The  Falkland  Islands,  though  situated  only  a  littlo  beyond  .'jO°  S.,  the  latitude 
of  England,  bear  all  the  characters  of  an  antarctic  group ;  rocky,  destitute  of  inha- 
bitants, hut  crowded  with  seals,  and  containing  very  fine  ports.  On  one  of  these 
the  English  formed  a  settlement  in  1766;  but  it  was  destroyed,  in  1770,  by  a  Sp.a- 
nish  expedition  from  Buenos  Ayres.  Measures  have  lately  been  taken  for  again 
forming  one  on  a  small  scale.  There  are  two  large  islands,  the  East  and  West 
Falklands,  with  a  great  number  of  islets.  The  fisheries  on  iliese  coasts  have 
lately  acquired  considerable  importance.  The  fine  harbfturs  are  often  t(juched  at 
by  vessels  passing  round  Cape  Horn,  or  to  the  southern  fisheries. 

South  Georgia,  situated  to  the  east  df  the  Falkland  Islands,  and  nei.rly  in  the 
same  latitude,  is  a  large  island,  about  90  miles  long  by  10  broad,  but  bearin?  a 
character  exactly  similar.     Discovered  in  1675  by  La  Roche,  it  was  carefiilly  sur- 
j  veyed  in  1771  by  Cook,  while  searching  for  an  austral  continent.     It  was  Ihcn^ 


Bi 


>f  • 


'vf. ')'•''. 


560 


OCEAN, 


almost  forgotten  till  tho  abundance  of  its  Reals  and  aea-elcphants  attractnd  tho 
notice  of  those  en^gerl  in  the  southern  fisheries. 

South  Shetland,  with  the  smaller  adjoinintr  islands,  called  PowclPs  Group,  or 
South  Orkney,  being  situated  in  61°  and  68°  S.  lat.,  are  scarcely  nearer  the  pole 
than  the  British  islands  after  which  they  are  named ;  yet  their  climate  is  that  of 
Hreenland  and  Spitsbergen.  There  are  twelve  considerable  isles,  of  which  the 
principal  are  named  Livingston,  King  George,  Elephant,  Clarence,  &.C.,  with  innu- 
merable rocky  islets.  The  land  is  moderately  high,  one  peak  rising  to  '2o(K)  feet ; 
while  elsewhere  there  is  a  volcanic  cone,  which  rises  only  to  80  feet.  Deception 
Isle  contains  a  very  fine  harbour.  The  South  Orkneys  consist  of  a  large  island, 
called  Coronation,  and  of  several  smaller  ones.  Farther  to  the  cast  are  a  number 
of  small  islands,  which,  being  at  first  supposed  to  form  a  continuous  coast,  wcro 
nomed  Sandwich  Land. 

To  the  southward  of  the  South  Shetland  Islands  is  Palmer's  Land,  more  sterile 
and  dismal,  if  possible,  and  more  heavily  loaded  with  ice  and  snow  than  even  tlic 
former  region :  it  is  a  high  rugged  coast  with  numerous  hills  and  mountains,  of 
wliich  one  is  a  volcano.  It  was  discovered  by  Captains  Pendleton  and  Palmer  of 
Stonington,  Connecticut,  in  1821 ;  and,  when  first  examined,  although  it  was  in 
the  midsummer  of  this  region,  the  main  part  of  the  coast  was  ice-bound,  and  a 
landing  was  consequently  found  difficult.  On  the  shores  were  numerous  sea- 
leopards,  but  no  seals. 

Among  antarctic  islands  we  must  also  reckon  Kerguelen's,  or  Desolation,  situ- 
ated far  to  the  east  of  those  now  described,  in  long,  70°  E„  and  the  moderate  lat. 
of  50°.  It  resembles  exactly  New  Georgia  and  South  Shetland.  Captain  Cook's 
party,  who  carefully  examined  it,  were  astonished  at  its  scanty  vegetation,  but 
they  were  struck  by  the  multitude  of  amphibious  animals  with  which  its  shores 
were  peopled.  We  may  finally  mention  the  solitary  islet  of  Tristan  d'Acunha, 
situated  to  the  west  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  in  the  low  latitude  of  38°.  It  con- 
tains rich  pastures,  on  which  European  cattle  thrive ;  yet  the  bleak  storms  of  a 
long  winter,  and  its  shores  crowded  with  the  sea-elephant,  the  penguin,  and  the 
albatross,  mark  its  affinity  to  the  antarctic  regions  now  described.  A  settlement 
formed  there  by  the  English  has  been  abandoned ;  yet  a  very  few  individuals  are 
still  induced  to  reside  on  it  by  the  facility  of  subsistence. 

In  1831,  Captain  Biscoe  fell  in  with  land,  in  66°  S.  lat.  and  47°  E.  Ion.,  to 
which  he  gave  the  name  of  Enderby's  Land,  and  which  he  corceives  to  be  of  con- 
siderable extent.  In  the  following  year,  he  touched  upon  another  coast  of  uncer- 
tain extent,  in  obout  the  same  latitude,  and  in  Ion.  70°  W.  To  this  latter  tract 
has  been  given  the  name  of  Graham's  Land. 


OCEAN. 

The  Ocean  is  the  grand  thoroughfare  of  commerce,  forming  a  medium  of  com- 
munication between  the  most  distant  and  otherwise  inaccessible  portions  of  the 
earth.  It  consists  of  one  continuous  fluid,  spread  round  the  land,  and  probably 
extending  from  pole  to  pole.  All  the  gulfs,  all  the  inland  seas,  form  only  portions 
detached,  but  not  entirely  separated,  from  that  universal  sea,  denominated  the 
ocean. 

The  ocean  is  variously  subdivided  by  different  authors:  it  may  be  conveniently 
divided  into  five  great  basins. 

The  Pacific,  so  named  from  its  comparative  tranquillity,  and  often  called  also  the 
Great  South  Sea,  separates  Asia  from  America.  It  is  the  largest  of  the  basins, 
and  somewhat  exceeds  the  entire  surface  of  dry  land.  Its  greatest  extent,  from 
cast  to  west,  is  about  11,100  miles,  and  breadth,  7100.  It  is  bounded  on  the  east 
by  the  western  and  north-west  shores  of  America,  and  on  the  west  by  the  eastern 
coasts  of  Asia :  on  the  western  side,  and  between  the  tropics,  its  surface  is  studded 
with  innumerable  groups  of  islands,  all  remarkably  small ;  and  consisting  gene- 
rally of  coral  reefs,  rising  up  like  a  wall  from  unknown  depths,  and  emerging  but 
a  very  little  above  the  sea.     These  islands  are  the  works  of  innumerable  minute 


Lractnd  tho 

8  Group,  or 
rer  the  pole 
e  is  that,  of 
r  which  tlie 
,  with  innu- 
)25()0fe»;t; 
Deception 
arf^e  island, 
re  a  number 
coast,  wcrj; 

more  sterile 
lan  even  tlic 
lountains,  of 
(1  Pttlmcr  of 
rh  it  was  in 
bound,  and  a 
imeroua  sea- 


solation,  situ- 
moderate  lat. 
fiptain  Cook's 
;getation,  but 
ch  its  shores 
an  d'Acunha, 
38°.     It  con- 
ic storms  of  a 
iguin,  and  the 
A  settlement 
idividuals  are 


o  E.  Ion.,  to 

to  be  of  con- 

aast  of  uncer- 

lis  latter  tract 


idium  of  com- 

ortions  of  the 

and  probably 

only  portions 

lominated  the 

J  conveniently 

■called  also  the 
of  the  basins, 
it  extent,  from 
ed  on  the  east 
by  the  eastern 
ace  is  studded 
isisling'  gene- 
emerging  but 
erable  minute 


561 


insects,  whoiM}  incessant  lal)uurs  arc  thus  •rroiiuAlly  forminif  n«w  lands  in  the  Ikxmiii 
of  the  ocean.  On  the  western  siiie,  it  toinniuniciitc*  with  tjie  inland  acas  of  Jajmn 
and  (  :hotsk,  the  Yellow  and  Chinese  seas;  ond  on  the  eaatern  aide,  it  has  tho 
inlets  of  California  and  Queen  Clmrlotte'n  Sound.  T|»e  wmll  isles  of  the  Pacific, 
scattereil  over  the  torrid  zone,  liavo  their  temperature  so  moderated  by  the  ocean 
;  as  to  enjoy  the  most  delightful  climate  in  ilie  world. 

The  second  basin,  or  Atlantic  Ocean,  is  usually  divided  into  the  NortJi  Atlantic, 
and  the  South  Atlantic,  or  Ktliiopic  Ocean.  Tho  Atlantic  is  bounded  on  the  east 
by  Europe  ar  \  Africa ;  and  on  the  went,  l>y  America :  that  {wrt  of  it  between  Eu- 
rope and  North  America  is  frequently  culled  the  Western  Ocean.  The  Atlantic 
basin  extends  from  70°  N.  to  35^  and  r)0°  S.  latitude ;  but  it  is  only  about  half  the 
size  of  the  Pacific  Ocean.  The  length  is  about  84(K)  miles,  but  the  breadth,  which 
is  very  unequal,  varies  from  181K)  to  54(X),  The  South  Atlantic  contains  few 
islands  of  any  size,  and  no  inlets  of  consequence ;  but  the  North  Atlantic  abounds 
in  large  islands,  and  in  deep  and  numerous  inland  seas,  which  penetrate  far  on 
each  side  into  both  the  Old  and  New  Worlds,  and  have  fitted  it  for  the  most  exten- 
sive commerce  on  the  globe.  On  its  eastern  shores  it  receives  few  large  rivers 
except  the  Niger ;  but  on  the  west  it  receives  the  Plata,  Orinoco,  Amazons,  and 
Mississippi, — the  largest  rivers  on  the  face  of  the  earth. 

The  third  basin  is  the  Indian  Ocean,  which  washes  the  shores  of  the  south-east 
coasts  of  Africa  and  the  south  of  Asia.  It  is  bounded  on  the  east  by  the  Malaysian 
Islands,  New  Holland,  and  New  Zealand :  its  length  and  breadth  are  each  about 
4500  miles;  it  contains  many  islands,  the  two  large  bays  of  Bengal  and  Anibia, 
with  the  deep  inlets  of  the  Persian  Gulf  and  Red  Sea.  The  half-yearly  winds 
called  monsoons  prevail  in  its  northern  parts. 

The  fourth  basin  is  the  Arctic  Ocean,  an  immense  circular  basin,  surrounding 
the  North  Pole,  and  communicating  with  the  Pacific  and  Atlantic  by  two  chan- 
nels; the  OHO  separating  America  from  Europe,  the  other  America  from  Asia. 
Few  points  of  the  coasts  of  Europe  and  Asia,  which  occupy  a  full  half  of  the  cir- 
cumscribing circle,  extend  much  beyond  the  70th  parallel ;  and  it  is  doubtful  if  the 
other  boundaries,  consisting  of  the  northern  coasts  of  America  and  Greenland, 
reach  nearer  the  Pole;  so  that  the  mean  diameter  of  this  basin  may  be  taken  at 
2400  miles.  Its  interior  or  central  parts  are  little  known :  several  islands  are 
scattered  over  its  southern  extremities,  the  largest  of  which  is  Greenland,  whose 
northern  limit  is  unknown ;  the  othera  are  Spitsbergrii,  Nova  Zembia,  the  Isles 
of  New  Siberia,  those  lately  discovered  by  Captain  Parry,  and  several  towards 
Baffin's  Bay.  The  White  Sea,  on  the  north  coast  of  Europe,  is  the  only  deep 
gulf  connected  with  this  basin,  which  is  of  any  importance  to  navigation. 

The  fiflh  basin  is  the  Antarctic,  which  is  still  less  known  than  the  preceding: 
it  joins  the  Pacific  in  the  latitude  of  50°  S.,  and  the  Indian  Ocean  in  that  of  40°. 
Floating  ice  occurs  in  every  part  of  it;  but  it  is  very  abundant  within  the  parallel 
of  60°.  It  was  long  supposed  that  a  large  continent  of  land  and  fixed  ice  occu- 
pied the  greater  part  within  the  antarctic  circle.  In  1819,  South  Shetland  was 
discovered,  lying  between  the  longitudes  of  5.5°  and  65°  W.,  and  beginning  at  the 
latitude  of  62°.  Mr.  Weddell  has  since  examined  this  quarter  nearer  the  Pole, 
which  he  believes  to  be  free  from  fixed  ice. 

Of  the  inland  seas,  the  Mediterranean  is  the  largest  and  most  important :  it  is 
deserving  of  notice  on  various  accounts,  and  in  particular  as  having  been  the  scene 
of  by  far  the  greater  number  of  the  nautical  adventures  of  anti(|uity.  It  is  the 
"  Great  Sea"  of  the  Sacred  Writings,  though  we  find  it  there  spoken  of  under 
other  names.  Its  greatest  length,  from  east  to  west,  is  about  2.350  miles ;  and  the 
breadth,  which  is  sometimes  small,  is  at  the  greatest  6.50.  It  is  bounded  on  the 
south  by  Africa,  on  the  east  by  Asia,  and  on  the  north  by  Europe.  It  communi- 
cates on  the  west  with  the  Atlantic  by  the  Straits  of  Gibraltar,  and  with  the  Black 
Sea  by  the  Dardanelles  Strait  on  the  east.  It  has  many  islands,  guifn,  and  bays, 
with  a  very  deep  inlet  on  the  north  called  the  Adriatic  Sea,  or  Gulf  of  Venice. 
The  Black  Sea  is  connected  with  the  Sea  of  Azof;  but  these,  containing  only 
brackish  water,  and  being  so  far  inland,  have  more  of  the  character  of  lakes  than 
branches  of  the  ocean.     Proceeding  still  farther  eastward,  we  come  to  the  Cas- 

3V 


mW':'^ 


563 


OCEAN. 


pian  Sea,  which  in  abundantly  salt,  and  of  great  dimensions ;  but  being  wholly 
unconnected  with  the  ocean,  haa  been  already  deacribed  under  the  local  itcction  to 
which  it  belongs. 

The  Baltic  is  pretty  much  allied  to  the  Black  Sea,  in  having  only  brackish  wa- 
ters, which  are  sometimes  wholly  frozen  over  for  several  months  in  winter,  and 
the  ion  so  strong,  that  armies  have  been  marched  across.  TIip  Baltic  communi- 
cates with  the  German  Sea  by  the  strait  called  the  Cattegat :  its  greatest  length 
is  12(M)  miles.  The  North  Sea,  or  German  Ocean,  is  bounded  by  Britain  and  the 
Orkneys  on  the  v/est,  and  the  continent  of  Europe  on  the  east ;  and  reaches  from 
the  Straits  of  Dover  to  the  Shetland  Islands,  where  it  joins  the  Northern  Oceun. 
On  the  west  of  the  Atlantic  are  the  Gulfs  of  Mexico  and  St.  Lawrence,  and  Uud- 
Bon's  and  Baffin's  Bays. 


: 


I 

sing  wholly 
i\  tfcction  10  { 

trAckieh  wa- 
winter,  and  | 
ic  communi- 
•alesl  length  | 
itain  and  the 
reaches  from 
Lhern  Oceun. 
,ce,  and  Hud- 


EXTENT  AND  POPULATION  OF  THE  WORLD. 


Thi  preclM  eitent  and  population  of  the  globe  will  probably  rwnnin  for  over  unknown  :  citimates 
of  both,  however,  have  often  bien  made  by  varioug  wrilpm,  wim  b  ditltr  materially  irom  path  olhir, 
according  to  the  diiferent  ideas  entortnined  by  I'lino  who  hiivc  dirMleil  their  attintion  to  the  iubject. 
Geographers  roundly  estimate  the  iicean  and  it*  branclies  to  occupy  three  I'ourthii  of  the  entire  sur- 
face of  the  earth.  But  to  ascertain  the  eiact  proimrlirm  between  the  liind  and  water,  will  atr»ril 
them  ample  employment  for  ages  to  eume,  though  every  day  adds  to  the  slock  of  information  already 
acquired. 


KXTBNT. 


Jieetrding  to  HatteL 

Sq,  MilSi. 

Water  in  the  globe 14«,39l,340 

Land 30,454,000 


Total  surface 100,770,300 


Jlccor4ing  to  Latoiint. 

Iq.  MllM. 

Water 127,%iH,l3S 

Land 4l,04H,<i51 


Total  surface 10tl,U70,7W'> 


America . 
Europe  ■ . 
Africa... 

Asia 

Oceaniea 


Totals. 


Hnnel. 

8i|.  Mil.-*. 

]('>,U«>3,tiU0 

3,-2W,CJ0 

3,«ei,lC8 


5O,3M,0UO 


Oraberir. 

Sq.  Milri. 
15,737,  lao 

3,!»(l.-04 

ii,oii:i,:H7 

15,301,731) 
4,t'i55,5!W 


49,»7«,«7 


POPULATION. 


IJUaKsBmn.!    Hau$L    \  OrahtrgA  U  Sage.  \PinktrUrh.\ 

America 40,000,000  30,4«3,500  34,U00,000|  50,000,000  ti0,0U0,0OO' 

Europe 190,000,000'  179,808,000,180.000,000  170,000,000  ISD.nOO.OOO 

Africa 70,000,000!  103,413.ti00i  09,000.000   90,000,000'  :iO,INH),(IOO 

Asia 340,000,000  393,575,500  300,000,000  3KI,000,000  500,(100,000 


Oceaniea \    30,000,000 


Totals 000,000.000 


3,000,000   17,000.000; 


Latmini. 

Sq  Milca. 

3,<MJ,ll'>*i 
10,337,510 
13,144,73H 

3,iM«,3U0 

41,048,051 


I   Volniy. 
3tl,(NIU,l)00 
14-.J.00O.O0O 

:ii).ooo,ooo 

340,000,000 
5.01.0,000 


707.-379.eOO.OHO,000,000  090,000,000  7(10,000,000  437,000,000 


The  vari.ius  nations  of  mankind  may  be  reduced  to  Ave  orifiinnl  races  or  typ«>».  The  first  (s  called 
the  European  race,  and  occupies  Western  Asia,  Eastern  and  Northern  AOica,  (lindnostan,  and  Eu- 
rope, and  embraces  the  white  inhabitants  of  America.  This  race  is  sometimes  called  the  Caucasian, 
it  beinf;  imagined  that  it  originated  near  the  mountains  of  Cnuca!<us.  The  principal  nations  em- 
braced in  this  class  are  the  Europeans  and  their  American  descendants,  the  Arabs,  Moon,  Turks, 
Hindoos,  and  Abyssinians.  They  are  distinguished  by  the  following  peculiarities;  the  skin  more  or 
less  white  or  brown,  the  cheeks  tinged  with  red,  long  hnir,  either  light  or  brown,  the  head  round,  the 
face  oval  and  narrow,  the  forehead  smooth,  the  nose  sliKhtly  arched,  and  the  mouth  small. 

The  second  variety  is  the  Tartar  or  Mongul,  and  includes  all  the  nations  in  Asia,  cast  of  the  Gau- 
ges, excepting  Malaya.  It  embraces  also  the  Laplanders  and  Finns,  in  Europe,  and  the  Eiu)uimauz, 
from  Bchring's  Straits  to  Greenland,  in  America.  The  characteristics  are  a  yellow  skin,  black  straight 
hair,  the  head  square,  the  face  large  and  flat,  the  nose  small  and  flat,  the  cheeks  round  and  promi- 
nent, and  the  chin  iiointed. 

The  third,  or  American  variety,  consisting  of  the  aborigines  of  the  western  cnntinent,  are  of  a 
copper  colour,  have  hair  black  and  straight,  forehead  low,  eyes  sunk;  nose  alnioHt  Hat,  tlie  cheek 
bones  very  prominent,  and  the  face  large.  There  is  considerable  resemblance  iNtween  this  and  the 
preceding  variety. 

The  fourth  race  is  that  of  the  Malay,  comprehending  the  inhabitants  of  the  pt-ninsuU  of  Malaya, 
and  the  islands  of  the  Paciflc  Ocean,  with  the  eiceptiun  of  New  Kolland,  New  (;uiiiea.  New  Cale- 
donia, and  Van  Diemcn's  Land.  The  following  are  \'9  characteristics:  a  tawny  rofnur,  the  hair 
black,  soft,  thick,  abundant,  and  curled,  the  forehead  liilging  out,  the  nose  thick,  wide,  and  flattened, 
the  mouth  large,  and  the  upper  jaws  a  little  projecting. 

The  flith  race  is  that  or  the  negro,  which  is  itpread  over  all  Western  and  Southern  Africa.  It  is 
found  also  upon  the  coasts  of  Madagascar,  and  in  some  of  the  islands  adjacent  to  .Asia,  and  occupies 
New  Holland,  Van  Diemen's  Land,  New  Caledonia,  and  New  Guinea.  The  rharacleri,>tica  are, 
colour  black,  hair  black  and  woolly,  head  narrow  and  compressed  on  each  side,  ibp  I'orehead  very  con- 
vei  and  arched,  the  cheek  bones  projecting,  the  nose  large  and  flat,  the  lips  thick,  the  chin  drawn  in, 
and  the  legs  crooked. 

Of  these  Ave  races  the  Caucasian  deserves  to  be  considered  the  flrst.  Not  only  is  the  countenance 
more  beautiful,  but  the  intellectual  and  moral  endowments  of  this  race  are  of  a  higher  character 
Whenever  they  have  met  with  the  other  races,  they  have  ultimately  prevailed.  They  have  excelled 
all  others  in  literature  and  the  aru,  and  seem  to  have  given  birth  to  most  of  the  valuable  inatitu- 
tions  of  human  society. 

M 


••»^ 


"m4' 


.1 


D^:'-f'^^' 


fov^'fll 


\r.y.. 


U' 


mmr 


564 


POPULATION  OF  THE  WORLD. 


Thu  fjllowiiig  table  eihibiui  HmmI'i  enumeration  of  tlie  varioui  racei  of  men  :— 


I.  Caueaiian,  or  IVhiti  Raei. 

1.  Caiiratiinnii,  OporKianH,  &c 1,110,000 

54,933^ 


'J.  /.rnhiniiH,  Moori,  Ji,>wii,  Abyatin- 
inim,  Ikrlwri,  Arint^riiaiiR,  Ice- .  ■. 

X  llinctoiii,  Puriiani,  AfchaniiCuriii, 
fcr 143,333,000 

4.  Tartar  iiutinnH  ;— Turko,  Turco- 
mans, Unbuckv,  Kiriur  9,  4cc 17,0'.I3,000 

3.  OrcckH 4,H34,000 

)l.  AriiautH 330,000 

7.  Hcluvoninn  natinni;  — Bumiani, 
PnleH,  Liihunniani,  Croati,  fcc  • .    68,333,0d0 

H.  Tniitnriin  (ir  Oflrmnn  nationi;— 
GnriiianH,  En<(l>Hh,  Bwedcs,  Dutch, 
DaiiuK,  Norwexiuni,  Stc 60,604,000 

0.  Komaii  or  Latin  nutionR;— FrRnch, 
llaliann,  Spaniih,  Walloons,  Wal- 
InchianM 73,830,000 

10.  CvliM  nr  Caledonian!,  Low  Bre- 
tons, BaaQUus,  &c 10,484.000 

Total 436,«!i5,000 

II.  Mongolian,  Taieny,  or  Olive  Xaet. 

Mongiil  nations,  Thibetians,  4tc,. . .  .13,842,000 

Chincte 336.300,000 

Birinans,  Siamese,  Anamese,  4tc.. . .  33,K30,000 

Japanese 41,100.000 

Manlchons It)  .tiO.OOO 

Finno.  Gxthonians,  Laplanilcrs,  &c.  3,H78,000 
Usqiiimauz,  Samoyedt,  Kamtschat- 

dales,  A:c 183.700 

Total .'..  389,375,700 


III.  Malay,  or  Dark  Brown  Rax*. 

Malap,  lntinhiiiRi{  th£  ptininsnla  "f 
MMkya,  ilin  MandiT  of  8<irtiiitra, 
Java,isc.,  and  those  in  the  Pacific 
Ocean 32,800,000 

IV.  Ethiopian,  J^gro,  or  Black  Race. 

African  Negroes 63,083,300 

CatTres.. 3,300.000 

flottcntots . .  500,00(1 

t    .Jidf,  Negroes  of  Australia 030,000 


Total 60,633,300 

V.  Amtritan,  or  Coppor-eoUured  Race. 

North  American  Indians 3,130.000 

Bniith  American  Indians 3,140,000 

Caribbces,  tie 17,000 


Total. 


10;367,000 


Caucasians 436,623,000 

Mongolians 380,373,700 

Malays 33,300,000 

Ethiopiana 60,633,300 

Americans 10,387,000 


Total 038,431,000 


Man  is  the  only  animal  that  has  a  rational  and  articulate  language.  The  various  languages  on 
the  globe,  including  thu  dialects,  are  very  numeroux.  In  America,  among  the  natives,  no  less  than 
l'200  have  been  found.  In  Africa,  370 ;  in  Burope,  545;  in  Asia  and  the  South  Sea  Islands,  901.  The 
whole  number  is  3036. 

All  these  mxy  be  reduced  to  aimut  80  origihal  (flngiiages,  of  which  the  others  are  only  hranche!>. 
Some  of  these,  particulorly  those  used  by  enlightened  nations,  am  very  copious,  and  have  forms  of 
e.xpreBsion  for  evary  shade  of  thought  and  feeling.  There  are  others,  belonging  to  savage  tiotions, 
which  have  no  words  except  for  those  objects  which  can  be  appreciated  by  the  five  senses.  The  most 
polished  lancnaKes  of  Errope  are  the  English,  French,  Italian,  nnd  German;  in  Asio,  the  Arabian, 
Persian,  and  Sanscrit.  The  most  widely  ditfnsed  langiiaite.i  In  the  world,  are  the  German  or  Teuto- 
nic, with  its  dialects,  of  which  the  English  is  one  ;  the  Sclavonic,  of  which  the  Russian  is  u  dialect ; 
the  Arabic,  which  Is  also  the  religious  language  of  all  Mahometan  countries;  and  rhe  Chinese,  which 
is  perhaps  at  present  spoken  by  a  greater  number  of  persons  than  any  other.  But  the  English  lan- 
guage appears  ilestined  to  have  more  universal  dlffhsion,  in  time  to  come,  f^om  the  rapid  growth,  in 
various  >|uarters  of  the  earth,  of  those  communities  which  have  sprung  f^om  Great  Britain. 

The  following  are  the  languages  and  dialects  ai  fiir  as  known  :— 

In  America 1,314 

In  Europe 543  < 

i  In  Asia  and  Oceanica DOl 

In  AlVica 276 

'  Total 3,036 

All  nations,  even  the  most  savage,  appear  to  believe  in  the  existence  of  some  invisible  being  pos- 
sessed of  power  superior  to  man.  The  various  methods  in  which  nations  manifest  this  belief,  con- 
stitute so  many  different  religions;  the  external  acts,  which  are  the  results  of  such  religious  belief, 
form  modes  of  worship.  The  religion  professed  by  any  people  is  a  remarkable  and  important  feature 
in  their  social  condition.  Religious  opinions  do  not  come  directly  under  the  cognisance  of  the  geo- 
grapher; but  ni^is  called  upon  to  mark  this  as  a  particular  in  which  nations  strikingly  differ  IVom 
each  other  The  inhabitants  of  the  earth  may,  in  regard  to  religion,  be  divided  into  three  great 
classes— Christian,  Manometan,  and  Pagan.  The  first,  as  to  numerical  amount,  considerably  ex- 
ceeds the  second,  and  still  falls  short  of  the  third;  bat  the  nations  professing  it,  have  acquired  ouch 
an  ascendency  in  arts,  social  improvements, and  political  power,  while  their  colonics  have  filled,  and 
are  multiplviim  over  all  the  lately  savage  and  unoccupied  portions  of  the  globe,  that,  in  all  proba- 
bility, this  faith  will,  in  a  few  generations,  be  more  widely  diflltsed  than  any  other.  The  Mahome- 
tan nations,  ihnugh  in  numbers  they  do  not  equal  the  last  mentioned,  and  though  they  yet  occupy 
a  large  proportion  of  the  most  fertile  regions  of  the  elohe,  ar?  sunk  into  such  a  state  of  slavery  and 
degradation,  and  are  so  decidedly  surpassed  by  the  Christian  people,  that  their  sway  is  not  likely 
to  eildure  above  a  century  or  two.  Of  the  Pagan  religions,  much  the  most  numerous,  and  the  only 
civilized  professors,  are  those  attached  to  the  kindred  creeds  of  Brahma  and  Buddha,  established,  the 
one  over  the  greater  part  of  Ilindoostan;  the  other  in  China,  and  other  continental  kingdoms  and 
insular  territories  of  Eastern  Asia.  Prom  their  peculiar  habits,  and  the  immiiiable  nature  of  their 
instltiitions,  they  are  likely  to  adhere  to  these  systems  with  greater  pertinacity  than  the  votaries  of 
superstition  in  Aft'iea,  the  South  Sea,  and  other  quarters,  where  the  train  of  belief  and  obaeryanee, 
however  fantastic,  is  of  a  slighter  and  looser  texture 


32,800,000 1 


'ack  Race. 


62.nW,300 

s.aio.wK)  I 
soo.nott; 

050,000 


00,033,300 


iured  Race. 


5,130,000 

5,140.(K)0 

17,000 


10,387,000 


436,625,000 
389,375,700 

32,500,000 

ti«,«33,300 

10,287,000 

938,431,000 

ouB  lanpiage*  on  I 
Ives,  no  Iof>a  than 
Islands,  991.   The  | 

arc  only  brnnche*. 
inil  have  forms  of 
lo  f<avai?i!  rtatlons,  | 
srnacs.  The  most 
/Vsin,  the  Arabian, 
German  or  Teuto- 
iisiiiati  is  II  dialect; 
the  Chinese,  which 
nt  the  English  Ian- 
le  rapid  growth,  in  1 
,t  Britain. 


14 
145 
01 
176 

«6 

invisible  being  pos- 
'est  thi8  belief,  con. 
ich  religious  belief, 
1  important  feature 
nisance  of  the  geo- 
rikingly  ditfer  from 
■d  into  three  great 
It,  considerably  ex- 
have  acquired  such 
lies  have  filled,  and 
that,  in  all  proba 
,fir.    The  Mahome 
Bigh  they  yet  occupy 
itatc  of  slavery  and 
sway  is  not  likely 
■icrouB,  and  the  only 
Iha,  established,  the 
sntal  kingdoms  and 
Able  nature  of  their 
than  the  votaries  of 
lief  and  obaervance 


POI'LLATION  OF  TIIK  \VORr,I>-(HRISTIAN  .MIS.<      NS, 


56.') 


The  following  table  showi  the  estimates  of 

ACCOROINO  TO  Hamil. 

Pagan .'MI,»*J[l.3rMI 

Cliri«tians, a52,*i5,7(i0 

Mahometan l«).|(U,ixiO 

Jews 3,U30,m)0 

Total,       938,421,000 

DititttHi  y  CkrUHans. 

Roman  Catholic* 134.732,000 

Greek  Church 5«i,01  i,ilii0 

Protestants 55,79l,7(Hl 

Monophysites 3,rt(15,0<IO 

menians i  ,799,000 

loriani,^ 307,000 


HasMi  aiiil  Miillt'  Rnin  ofllH-  varinus  roliiiuns. 


. .  .3I.V!)77,«no 
.  ..lll.:i.vi,u»i 

l1«.Wi7.,'NI«l 

,2.^'J<llMllll) 


Total,       253,305,700 
DivUitiu  cf  Prttutntt. 

Lutheran 24,304,POO 

Reformed,  or  Calrinists, 12,759,900 

Episcopalians, 14,905,000 

Methodists,  BaptisU,  Ite 3,H03,000 

Total,         55,791,700 

DivM»nt  </  Maktmetani. 

Sunniltti 99,704,000 

Bhiites 15,321,000 

Wahabees, 5,000,000 

Sofia, 80,000 


iliicMliials 

Ilriiniiiia 

Krll(lii>l>i 

Hot  of  Siiitii,  Japan, 

H«ri  nl  'I'.io.tiw,  China 2.'>.(SIMNII) 

Hlininuns 1 1  .tHMNSl 

FolloMi'rs  of  I'linriirius li.mai.iNNi 

Hi'iks,  Pariees,  4r :i,4-£l  INMI 

Total,        Slil,^2l>,:ltlll 


ArroRDiNo  to  MiLTt-Bauii. 

Cathnlirs 1  IH,000,(IOO 

(ireck  Chtirrh 7<),W)0,IXin 

Protentant 42.000,000 


Total,       120,105,000 


Christians 22)',UI0,(I00 

Jews 4,linil()00 

Mnhiimntans 10;i.tNlll,lMM 

r>rainins riO.OINMNiO 

^hamniiM,  (Crand  Liima,) 30,*iinmnni 

BudilhistH,  (Fi>,  Ilc.) 100.000.(100 

Fetichists,  Slc lOO.dOO.uiU 

Total,        045,000,000 

According  to  Hassel's  computation,  much 
more  than  one-hnlf  of  the  inhahilunls  nf  the 
globe  arc  in  the  darkness  of  Paganium ;  nearly 
onc.eightli  in  the  delusionit  of  Makomilanttm  ; 
and  not  much  more  than  one  (quarter  enjoy  the 
light  of  tlie  ao$ftl. 


CHRISTIAN    MISSIONS. 

It  ia  one  of  the  characteristics  of  the  present  day,  that  exertions  are  making  in  Christian  coun- 
tries to  disseminate  Christianity  in  heathen  lands,  and  through  its  influence  to  civili/i!  savai;^  and 
barbarous  nations.  Every  benevolent  mind  must  look  with  favour  upon  all  Judicious  attempts  to 
substitute  the  purif^'ing  worship  of  the  "  One  Living  and  True  God,"  for  the  deliiixing  idolatries 
whicn  mail  has  invented,  and  to  exchange  the  cruel  und  comfortless  habits  of  suviiKe  life,  for  the 
bapnier  conditions  of  the  civilized  state. 

The  efforts  of  the  missionaries  in  various  countries,  have  not  yet  been,  on  the  whole,  attended 
with  full  success;  but  enough  has  been  done  to  justify  the  conclusion,  that  the  ChriMtian  nations 
have  it  in  their  power  to  diffuse  their  religious  and  their  civil  institutions  over  the  whole  earth. 
The  time  is  probably  not  very  distcut,  when  the  true  method  of  conducting  miHsions  in  heathen 
lands  will  be  discovered,  and  when  the  people  of  Christendom  will  become  convinced  of  the  practi- 
cability and  the  importance  of  their  uflccting  a  moral  renovation  of  the  globe.  When  this  is  done, 
the  accomplishment  of  the  anticipated  event  cannot  be  far  remote. 

The  following  table  contains  the  names  of  the  principal  missionary  stations  in  the  world,  together 
with  the  societies  by  whom  they  have  been  formed  and  the  countries  in  which  they  are  situated : 
those  huving  a  *  affixed  will  be  found  on  the  map.  In  the  table,  the  different  societies  are  indi- 
cated by  abbreviations,  as  follows,  viz : 

A.  B.  C.  F.  M.,  American  Board  .^f  Commissioners  for  Foreign  Miiaioni. 
A.  B.  B.  F.  M.,  American  Baptist  Board  for  Foreign  Missions. 

A.  M.  M.  8.,  American  Methodist  Missionary  Society 
P.  E.  M.  S.,  Protestant  Episcopal  Missionary  Society. 
Un.  Breth.,  United  Brethren,  or  Moravians. 

8.  P.  G.,  Society  for  Propagating  the  Gospel  in  Foreign  Parts. 
L.  M.  S.,  London  Missionary  i^iety. 
0.  M.  8.,  Church  Missionary  Society. 
W.  M.  S.,  Wesleyan  Missionary  Society. 

B.  M.  8.,  Baptist  Missionary  Society. 

L.  J.  8.,  London  Jews'  Society  for  Promoting  Christianity  among  the  Jews. 

Gen.  Bap.,  General  Baptists. 

Ser.  Bap.,  Seramporc  Baptists. 

8.  M.  8.,  Scottish  Missionary  Society. 

Gl.  M.  8.,  Glasgow  Missionary  Society. 

F.  P.  M.  8.,  French  Protestant  Missionary  Society. 

Oer.  M.  8.,  German  Missionary  Society. 

R.  M.  8.,  Ehenish  Missionary  Society. 

N.  M.  8.,  Netherlands  Missionary  Society. 


f 


48 


[It  I 


ml 


.Wii 


M ISSK  JNAU  Y  STATIONS. 


Air«» 

AllllK'Jilllllll*  '  .  ' 

AliiiM'<lnn|[iir*  . . 

Aitiiiakv*   

Ajiiicr.!* 

Akyab* 

AlaiDicMlily 

Alliniiy  'Jiotttcl 
Ali!Xttiiilriii*  .. . 

AlUII'IN* 

Allaliatinil*  .... 

Alli*vliitMy 

All)'|)iv» 

Aiiiliiiyiia* 

AiiiliinigiNldo  . .. 

Aiiiuki!u 

AniliTiiianirk  ■ . 

AriKUllln* 

AiiiiUn  liny  . .. . 

Aiitiiiiia* 

AroriiKiii 

Arracaii* 

.Vrrmi  iHlaiiilN^  . 

Aixam 

ARtrHcImn*  . .. . 

Aihiiiii* 

Ami* 

Avu* 

Avariia 

HaUilnRnin)!*  . . . 

Iim(ila<l* 

Ilnhaiiia  lol.*.. . 

Italamirv* 

Hairotir 

Baliw* 

Haiiniirali 

liuiida* 

Banilnrn 

Banxaloro* 

Baiikok* 

Bankotu* 

Barbadoci* 

Biirbiida* 

Bureilly* 

Rarriporc* 

BaMeoii* 

Batavia* 

Bathurit 

Bathuriit« 

Raihurst* 

Oathunt* 

Batticaloe* 

Batticotta 

Bfcfiuanag*  . . . . 

Bcsgnor 

BelKauin* 

Bcllary* 

Bellcv'ue 

Belligaum 

Benares* 

Berhice* 

Berlaiiapota  .. . 

Bcrtry 

Betht-I 

Bethulsdorp  . . . . 

B*>tliegila 

Bethlehem 

Beiilah 

Beyroot* 

Bleat  Town  .... 
Bngiie  Town  . . . 
Bok-TalUo 

Bombay* 

BonRtollah 

Bootchnaap  . . . . 

Borabora* 

Boojesmuns,. .  ) 
or  Bushmen .  | 

Bosjeveld 

Boudinntt 

Boujah* 


C.  .M.  H. 


M 


5  I'  (; 
A.  lie.  K.  M. 

I,.  M.  H 

II.  M.H 

Hir  Map 

W.  .M.H 

VV.  y\.  rt 

W.  .M.  « 

I,.  J.H 

«.  II.&C.M.H, 
A.  H.  «•.  v.  M, 

C.  .M.H 

I..  .M.H 

I..  M.H 

A.  B.  B.  F.  M 

8.  I'.  (J 

W.  M.  ri 

B.  .M.H 

Vn.  Uri'th.  . . . 

U.  M.H 

Her.  Hap 

IV.  M.H 

Her.  liup 

I..  M.H 

A.  H.  C.  F..M 

I-.  M.H 

A.  B.  II.  V.  M, 
I,.  M.H 

i;.  M.H 

C.  .M.  H 

W.  M.  8 

(ler.  Map 

«l.  M.  H 

VV.  »I.  8 

C.  M.  H 

\.  .M.  H 

('.  M.  8 

I..  M.  8.  . , 
A.  B  C.  P, 
8.  M.8... 

(.'.  M.  8 

VV.  M.  a 

<;.  M.  8 

H<!r.  Bap 

C.  M.  8 

L.  M.  8 

C.  M.  8 

VV.  M.  8 

WT.  M.  8. 

VV.  M.  8 

W.  M.  8 

A.  B.  C.  P.  M 
P.  P.M.  8.... 

L.  M.  8 

L.  M.  8 

L.  M.  8 

A.  B.C.  P.M. 
WT.  M.  8 

B.  M.  8.  tL  C. 

M.S 

r..  M.  8 

VV.  M.  8 

A.  B.  C.  P.  M. 
A.  B.  C.  P.  M 

L.  M.  8 

Vn.  Brcth. . . . 
A.  B.  C.  P.  M, 

L.  M.  8 

A.  B.  C.  P.  M, 

L.M.8 

L.  M.  8 

A.  B.  C.  P.  M. 

A.  B.  C.  P.  M, 

6  8.  M.  8. . . . 

B.  M.8 

W.  M.  8 

L.  M.  8 

P.  P.  M.S.... 

L.  M.  8 

A.  B.  C.  P.  M. 

C.  M.  8, 


IliiidiHiiitan. 

|||lll|(MllllUtl. 

liiiidiHi«liiii. 
Irrvcy  iDlNndi. 
liiiiilcMiiilnii. 
Cliiii  India. 
(Vyiiiii. 
ra|>i-  Colony. 

Ilurliury. 
Iliiidoiislun 
Ni.'W  York. 
IliiidiHiittaii. 
Maliiynia. 

Cl'Vlllll. 

K.  i  'lierokeei. 
Ilindcmiitnn. 
Wi'Kl  Indiew. 
Jamaica. 
VVcHi  Indie*. 
Ili'rvt'v  Inland*. 
Cliin  India. 
.Mulaynia. 
IlinciixiHian. 
Attialic  KiiHHia. 
(ircrrc. 

licrvcy  hiandv. 
Ilirniab. 
Ili-rvey  laland.*. 
("cylon. 

\Hiatic  Turkey. 
W(!Ht  Indies. 
Mindoofttan. 
('anVarin. 
Halize  Territory. 
Hindooiian. 
Molucca  Islamlit, 
HindouHtan. 
Hindoostun. 
8inm. 

HiiidooKtan. 
West  Indies. 
West  Indiea. 
Ilindoostan. 
Hindoostan. 
HindooBtan. 
Java. 

Sierra  Leone. 
N  South  Wates. 
Senegambia. 
Cape  Colony. 
Ceylon. 
Ceylon. 
South  Aflrina. 
Hindoostan. 
Hindoostan. 
Hindoostan. 
Utoes  it  Omahas. 
Ceylon. 

Hindoostan. 

Guiana. 
Ceylon. 
Prance. 

Choctaw  Land. 
Cape  Colony. 
West  Indies. 
Choctaw  Land. 
Boraboia. 
Syria. 
Eiineo. 
Tahiti. 
Choctaw  Land. 

Hindoostan. 

Hindoostan. 
Bechuanas. 
Society  Islands. 

South  AOica. 

Cape  Colony. 
Osage  Indians. 
Asiatic  Turkey. 


BiMiro* .  . 

N.  M.  H 

Mnla\iila. 

Ilriiiiiircl* 

A.  II  C,  KM 

Trniu'«iMT. 

Hridiri'iiiwn*  . . . 

W.  M  H   ... 

lliirb-idiM'». 

Ilruia* 

A.  II.  C.  P.M. 

A»i;iii«  Turkey. 

ItiidKc  liiidiv  . . . 

«•.  M.H 

Iliiiilixiiiiaii. 

HiiltNio  Kivfr  . 

I-.  M.  H 

I'uirrnria. 

Iluir-Hay 

II.  M.  H 

Juiiiuirn. 

HiintiliEVlllr*  . 

VV.  M.H 

(  atlrHna. 

llurdiT'ii  I'diiit. . 

I..  M.  H 

Tiiliili. 

lliirdHBii* 

(;.  M.  H 

Iliiiili)ii«t,'«n. 

lliirluiiii|Hiri-. . . . 

1..  M.H 

lliiidiHiaiaii. 

Iliirriithol* 

Her.  Map 

W.  M.  8 

Ilindniiiitan. 

Ilillterworlh*  ■  . 

<  aU'raiia. 

Huxar* 

C.  .M.8 

Ilindoustaii. 

Cairo* 

C.  M.  H 

Kuypt. 

CalaiK*    

VV.  M  H 

Priiiire. 

Calcutta* 

L    M.  »..  Jtr. 

IliiiilniDlan. 

Cnldwi'll* 

A.  II.  n.  V.M. 

t.ilM'ria. 

Culedon* 

i..  M.H 

Caiie  Colony 

1,'aUurH* 

VV.  .M.  K 

Cl'Vldll. 

Cnlvaitiis 

V\'.  M.  fc- 

Friinre. 

('niiiliriili.'>! 

II.  M,H 

Jiiiiiaica. 

Caiiipliidl* 

1..  M.8 

Hoiilh  Africa. 

Caiiadiaii  River 

A.  n.  II.  P.  M. 

WiHterii  Creek. 

(.'aiidy'i*  (-'reek.  ■ 

A.  II.  t.  P.M. 

Clicrokeeo. 

Canton* 

L.  M.  fl 

Cliinn. 

Cape  Town*  . . . 

I,.  .M.8.  AW. 
.M.8 

CnpeCit.'iiy. 

Caradivn 

A.  B.  C.  P  M. 

Ceylon. 

Carmcl* 

A.  B.  (;.  P.  M. 

Ueorfiia. 

CNittaraugus  . . . 

A.  H.  C.P.  M. 

New  York. 

Cawnporu* 

8.  P.  O 

Ilindoostan. 

Cedar- Hall 

Un.  Rreth.... 

Antigua. 

Celebes* 

N.  M.  8 

Malaysia, 

Ceram* 

N.  M.  8. 

Molucca  Islanrfi. 

(^hangany 

A.  B.  C.  P.  M. 

Ceylon. 

Charleston 

B.  M.S 

JuinaicD. 

Charlotte 

C.  M.S 

Sierra  Leone. 

Chnvachcry  . .. . 

A.  B.  C.  P.  M. 

CcyloB. 

Chilaw 

W.M.S.  .... 

Ceylon. 

Cbinsurah 

L.  M,  :5 

Hindoostan. 

Chirraponjec  . . . 

Se  .  T'ap 

Hindoostan. 

Chitpore*    

H.  M.  B 

Hindoostan. 

Chittagong*.... 

B.  M.  8 

Hindoostan. 

Chittore 

L.  M.  8 

Hindoostan. 

ChoctawAgenry 

A.  B.  C.  P.  M. 

Choctaw  Land. 

Chuinerah* 

A.  B.  C.  P.  M. 

Birinah. 

Chuniie 

Gl.  M.S 

CntlVnria. 

Chnnar* 

CM.  8 

Hindoostan. 

Clan  VV^illiam* . 

R.  M.  S 

Cape  Colony. 

Clorkston* 

W.  M.  8 

CattVuria. 

Clear  Creek 

A.  B.  C.  P.  M. 

Choctaw  Laiwi. 

Cochin* 

C.  M.  8 

Hindoostan. 

Coepang*  

N.M.8 

Malaysia. 

Coiladi 

C.  M.S 

Hindoostan. 

Coiinbatore*  .. . 

L.  M.  8 

Hindoostan. 

Colombo* 

Combaconum... 

B.  M.  S.  Sl  W. 

Hf .  a 

Ceylon. 

C.  K.  8 

Hindoostan. 

Constantinople* 

A.  B.C.  P.M. 
&L.  J.  8 

Turkey. 

Corfu* 

CM.  8 

Ionian  Island!. 

Coromandel . .  ■  ■ 

CM.  8 

Hindoostan. 

Cotta 

C.  M.S 

Ceylon. 

Cottayan* 

L.M.8 

Hindoostan. 

Credit  River  . . . 

A.  M.  M.  S. 

Upper  Canada. 

Creek  Path 

A.  B.  C.  P.  M. 

Alabama. 

Creeks* 

A.  B.C.F.  M. 

Western  Ter. 

Crooked  Spring. 

B.  M.  8 

Jamaica. 

Cuddalore* 

S.P.G 

Hindoostan. 

Cuddapah 

L.  MS 

Hindoostan. 

Culna 

CM.S 

Hindoostan. 

Cuttack* 

B.  M.S 

Hindoostan. 

Cutwa* 

B.  M.  8 

Hindoostan. 

Dacca* 

B.  M.S 

Hindoostan. 

Darwar 

L.  M.  8 

Hindoostan. 

Delawares*  .... 

A.  B.C.  P.M. 

Western  Ter. 

Delhi* 

B.  M.  S 

Hindoostan. 

Demarara* 

L.M.S 

Guiana. 

Digah 

B.M.  8 

Hindoostan. 

Dinagepore*  ..  ■ 

Ser.  Bap 

Hindoostan. 

Dominica* 

W.M.S... 

West  Indiet. 

Dseyohee  

A.  B.C.P.M. 

East  Cherokeea. 

j._  :( 


■■  i 


ICIUH'C. 

Ill  Turkey. 

ii.nlitllll. 

arm. 
itirn. 
riiriii. 
III. 

lOODtltll. 

liiiiNtaii. 

ilixmtun. 

riiiia. 

ilouitaii. 

pt. 

iiru. 

idoiiatan. 

4'riii. 

If  «'iilonjr 

lull, 
iiiri>. 
iinicn. 
iitli  (\fric». 
I'dlcrii  Crcok. 
crokfef. 
inn. 
ipii  (^ii.'iif. 

lylnii. 

•orftta. 

•w  Yofk. 

iiulonMan. 

iitiffua. 

lulaynia- 

lolucca  iMlaiMi- 

eylon. 

itinaica. 

i«!rra  Leone. 

cylon. 

luylon. 

liiKlooitan. 

liiidooitan. 

lindiinstaii. 

liiuliiostan. 

..ndooDtan. 

lioctaw  Land, 
lirinah. 

aflVaria. 

iiuldnstan. 

;ape  I'olony. 

ati'ritria. 

lioctaw  Lard, 
indonstan. 

Malaysia. 

liiidoogtan. 

IIiiidoo»tan. 

>ylon. 

indnoBtan. 

Turkey. 

Ionian  Island!. 

Hindooatan. 

Ceylon. 

Hindoostan. 

Upper  Canada. 

Alabama. 

Western  Ter. 

Jamaica. 

Hindoostan. 

Hindoostan. 

Hindoostan. 

Hindoostan. 

Hindoostan. 

Hindoostan. 

Hindoostan. 

Western  Ter. 

Hindoostan. 

Guiana. 

Hindoostan. 

Hindoostan. 

West  Indict. 

East  Cherokcet. 


.M ISSK  »N A K  Y  STATU  ».NS. 


Diiin  Diini 

S.r.  I»«p 

Dwiihl* 

A  H  (    r  M 

Kl<>iii'sur  

A.  B  II  V.  M 

Ktniiiy 

H.  .M  t*.  .    .. 

Wina* 

A.  M  II  K  M 

Kinipo* 

1.  .*l  H 

Kliiii 

I'll.  Ilri'th  . . 

Kiiiuiis 

I'll.  Ilr.lh   .. 

KlHIII* 

In.  Ilrotli.  ... 

Kairrt.'ld 

Vu.  Ilri'lh.  . 

K«un<ld» 

A.  II.  r.  K  M. 

KuliiiiMith 

II.  M.  H 

Kiirkii  of  lllini)i> 

A.II.C  K  M. 

KredirirkilliBl*. 

IJn.  Iir<-lli.  . . . 

Kri'oiowii* 

C.  M  K. 

FrIiHiciisherB  . . . 
Krif  dcimAf  Id  . .  • 

\'n.  Ilrotti.  ... 

Vu  llri'lli.  ... 

FrimlPimliul  .... 

i;n.Hr.tli.  .. 

(;nlanceya 

A.  H.  B.  K.  M. 

Rihrnllar* 

W.  M.  K  . . . . 

Ulimcniitor 

C.  M.  K 

OnadciHhal*  ... 

Iln.  Breth.  .. 

(Joahattve* 

tiet.  Hip 

(,".  M.  H. 

(Jorrnrkport!*  . . 

(;rinlKtiii«t».. 

L.  MS 

(irnrc  Hill 

Vn.  lireih. . . . 

(•rutiam's  To'a* 

L.  M.  8 

(irapv  Island... 

A.  M.  M.  8.  . . 

•  Jri'fu  Bay*  .... 

A.  B  C.  F.  M 

(in^nndn* 

W.  M.8 

(iritliii  Town... 

L.  M.  H. 

Ori(|ua  Town*  . 

L.  M.  S 

(]rnenukl(M)f*... 

Vn.  Breth.  . . . 

Ilaabai  Islands. 

W.M.B 

Hakalau 

A.  a  c.  p.  M. 

IlamburfT* 

A.  B.  B.  F.  M. 

Ilankey* 

L.  M.8 

HankeyCity.... 

L.  M.  8 

ilamwell  

B.  M.S 

Harmony* 

A.  B.  C.  F.  M 

Harper* 

A.  B.  C.  F.  M 

Hastings 

C.  M.8 

Haweis  Town . . 

L.M.8 

Hebron* 

Vn.  Breth 

Ilemel-en  Aarde 

Un.  Bretb. . . . 

Herrey  In.* 

L.  M.  B 

Hihifo 

W  M.  8 

Hilo 

A.  B.  C.  P.  M 

HobartTown*.. 

W.  M.S 

Honolulu* 

A.  B.  C.  F.  M 

Hopcdale* 

Un.  Breth. . . . 

Hopefleld 

A.  B.  C.  P.  M 

Hourah 

B.  M.S 

Huahine* 

L.  M.S 

Huraee* 

S.  M.S. 

Irwin  Hill 

Un.  Breth.    . . 

Jafhapatam* . . . 

A.  B,  C.  P.  M 

Jar.Jara 

8.  P.O 

Jaunpore 

CM.  8 

Jerusalem* 

L.  J.8 

Ser.  Bap 

Ger.  Bap 

Juggernaut*. .. . 

Kaawaloa 

A  B.C.  P.  M 

Kaiboba* 

W.M.8 

Kailua 

A.  B.  C.  P.  M 

Kaira 

L.M.8 

Kalauha 

A.  B.  C.  P.  M 

Kandy*  

C.  M.S 

Karass* 

S.M.S.&aer 
M.S 

KatRivsr 

L.  M.  8 

Khamiesberg . . . 

W.  M.  8 

Kharee 

B.  M.  S 

Khodin* 

L.M.8 

Kiaggerre 

L.  M.S 

Kiddeekiddee*.. 

C.  M.  6 

Kiddcr|K)rn 

L.M.S 

Kingston* 

E.  M.  S.  ..... 

Kishnagur 

C.  M.  B 

Kisser 

N.  M.S 

Kissev ».. 

C.  M.S 

Kohala 

A.  B.  C.  F.  M 

Komaggaa* 

L.  M.  8 

ul> 


lliiiiliKMlitn. 
WiKli  rii  Ttt. 
VV  rr...k». 
Jiiiiinira. 
l.ilM'riii. 

tii'iirnisn  NlaniU. 
rii|M'  I'liiiiiiv 
XI  J.iiiir«.  \v  I. 
fain'  I'nlciny. 
Jniiinira. 
VV.  rhirokcrs. 
Jlllll.'llrn. 

\V  I'hi'rukrcs. 
liri'i'iilaiiil. 
Hicrin  l.ec)iie. 
Hi.rr.ui. 
Kt.rrnix. 
HI  I'mn. 
K.  riiiTokcps. 
Spill  II. 

Sirria  I.i-ono. 
l'u|H'  Colony, 
AHKiini. 
Iliiiiloohl.'iii. 
rapi*  Colony, 
Aniitfiin. 
Cnpc  Colony. 
ll]i|N'r  Ciinncla. 
VVisiiiiihIii  Ter. 

VVcHt  IlldlOK. 

i'^iiiiro. 

t^oiitli  Africa. 

(.'u|i*'  Colony. 

Polynt'i'ia. 

Hawaii. 

Germany. 

Capo  Colony. 

Tahiti. 

Ceylon. 

Western  Ter. 

Liberia. 

Sierra  Leone. 

Tahiti. 

Labrador. 

Cape  Colony. 

Hervey  Islande. 

Tonga. 

Hawaii. 

Van  Diemen'i  L, 

Oahu. 

Labrador, 

Osages, 

Hindoostan. 

Society  Islands. 

Hindonxtan. 

Jamaica, 

Ceylon. 

Hindoostan. 

Hindoostan. 

Palestine. 

Hindoostan. 

Hindoostan. 

Hawaii. 

Ceram. 

Hawaii. 

Hindoostan. 

Molakai. 

Ceylon. 

Asiatic  Hussio. 

Cafl>aria. 

Cape  Colony. 

Hindoostan. 

Fliberia. 

Hindoostan. 

New  Zealand. 

Hindnuiitan. 

Jamaica. 

Hindoostan. 

Malaysia. 

Bicrra  Leone. 

Hawaii. 

South  Africa. 


Kornrfullr* 

Kiininiil* 

Kulliilrni 

Ktoiik  PtiiiMi 

I.AI'  l|'ll    I'srlr* 
I  I.MKrlin.  or  I,*,  f 
i|iiiilm*. ...    \ 

■  ..'liiniii'i 
I  l.akr  ll.'irrii'l 

I<a  I'oiiit 

l.niliikiMi* 

I.niitiri  «liiii«  . .  , 

I....  Ii  l.aki* 

I. ell  lira,  or  I.|.  ) 
I'liku* \ 

l.<'irriii|.r  Town. 

I..ii...« 

I.ii  lili'iinii* 

I. II  hlrllfilH*  .  .  .  , 

Lilly  roiiiiiniii* 

l.l.MKiiHHIl*   ... 
I.IIMIMlllIf 

Luvidiili' 

liiiri'JI 

I  l.iirkyiinll|iorr  . 
'  \|:irkili«w*  .  . .  . 

Miicii'liar 

MnilraH* 

.Mnliin 

.Mnlyi'hiliisk  . .. . 

Maiiioiti* 

■Mulocca* 


IW  M    l« 
«•   M  f    .   . 
CMS 
A    M  II  V  M 

l.^   M  C  r  M 

I,  Ml*   

,\  II  !•  r  M 
A  H  C  K  M 
A  II  C  K  M 

II.  .MS   

IW   M   H    .. 
JA.  II  C  F  M 

W.  M.H 

Ic,  M.  H 

'.V   M.S 

Ill   Hrilli  .  . 
Iln.  Itrilh.  . 
|VV   M.  S.  ... 

.\.  M.  S 

I,.  MS 

lil.  M.  S 


.■^  M.  S 

II   M.S 

\.  H.  C.  F,  M 
«ii.r  M.  S  .  ..  . 
I..  M.S.  A.  C 

M.  S 

A.  II.  C.  F.  M 
A.  M.  M.  S  . 

I-.  .M.  S 

I,.  .M.S 


Malta* 

Mannin* 

.Mniichinet'l*  . . 

.Mnni'py 

.MangiiiiBU  .... 
MHrqiiesas  Is.* 

Miilliira* 

Maiibi't! 

Maulincin*.... 

.Mauniee 

Maupili* 

Mauritius*. ... 

.Maiiti* 

Muyavrram*  . . 
.M'Carly'H  I.*  . , 
Mennoiiionies  . 
Meriit,  or  Mee- 

rut* 

Mergiii* 

Mi-Hopotaraia . ,. 

Mi/.npore 

Miliaro* 

Mon* 

Monailo* 

.MoiiL'liyr 

.Monrovia* 

Moiiti'uo  Bay*. . 
Montscrral* . . . . 

MorU^y* 

Mount  Ch.irlcs  . 
.Mount  C'oki!*. .. 
Mountain  Dis- ) 

trie! i 

Miinrey  Town. . 

Nacercoil* 

Nain* 

Nassiik* 

\et'apalam* 

Ni-coniho 

Nollore* 

Ni'vis* 

New    Amster-  } 

dam* j 

New  Fairfleld  . . 

NewReld 

New  Hernhut*  . 

Newville 

Neyoor* 

Niesky 


..  M.  S  k  A. 
«.  C.  F.  .M.. 

I..  M.  S 

II.  MS 

A.  B.C.  P.M. 

VV.  M.S 

I..  M.S 

VV.  M.8 

A.  B.  B.  P.  M 
A.  H.  B.  F.  M 
A,  B  C.  r,  M 

L.  M.  B 

L.  M.  B 

L.  M.  S 

C.  M.  S 

W.  .M.  8 

P.  K.  M.  8. . . . 

C.  M.  B 


M 


M 


A.  n.  B.  p. 

Un.  Ilretb. 
C.  M.  8.... 
L.  M.  8.  . , 

N.  M.  S.  . . 
N.  M.  S.  . . 

n.  M.S.... 

A.  II.  B.  F. 

n.  M  S 

VV.  M.S 

VV.  M.  S 

H.  .M.  S 

VV.  M.S 

C.  M.  8 

A.  M.  M.  8. . 

L.  M.S 

Un.  Breth.... 

C.  M.  S 

W.  M.S 

W.  M.S 

CM.  8 

VV.  M.e 

L.  M.  8 

Un.  Ilreth.  . . . 

Un.  Brpth 

Un.  Breth 

A.  B.  n.  p.  M. 

L.  M.  8 

Un.  Breth 


IVylnll. 

MiiiitiMMtan 
Miiiilixntitri 
llirinah 
Sioiii  Itiiliann 

Fi'i'jce  Inland*. 

Miiiii 

Skmii  Iniliani. 
VV'i«<on«iii  Trr. 
Siiiiili  ,\l'ficn 
v. Ill  lio'iiii'ir*  I,. 

Clll|i|li  »<!)• 

Ilulmiii  lulanila. 

Sii'irii  l.i'iin(.. 
Miiln)aia 
l^ri'iMiliiiiil. 
'liri'iiilaiiil 
i)'ii|H'  Colony, 

Ci'lrhl'*. 

Ib'ihiri'. 

CnllViirift. 
iJniiiiiii  a. 
illniilooHiiin. 

.Mirliiinii. 
j.AiiiMtir  IlilMlu. 

lllinrlollKUli, 

MiiiilooMnii. 
|t'|i|H'r  Ciiiinila. 
jliiMiruinii  l'<lanilii. 
Cliin  liiiiin. 
.Mi'ilili'rranean 

Si'ii. 
ilrrvi'y  Inland*. 
Jiiniaira, 
'r)  Ion. 

Ni'W  /raland. 
I'olyni'sia. 
C'i'yion. 
Ilirniah. 
Birmah. 
Ohio. 

Society  Islands. 
Indian  Ocean. 
Ili-nrey  Inlands. 
iiinilooHlan. 
Si'ni'gainhia. 
GriM'ii  Bay. 

ilindut.Klan. 

Chin  India. 

Jnniair!!. 

Ilinilooiiian. 

lliTvi'y  Inlands. 

Maliivnia. 

Cfli'lA's, 

liiiiilooHtan, 

l.ilti'ria. 

.Iiiin.'iii'a. 

West  Indies. 

Ciill'rnritt. 

Jnniaira. 

CalTraria. 

Sierra  Leone. 

I'pper  Canada. 

Iliniloostan. 

Labrador. 

Hindoostan. 

Hindoostan. 

Cpylon. 

Ceylon. 

West  Indies. 

Bcrbice. 

Upper  Canada. 

Aniiirua. 

Greenland. 

Birmah. 

Hinilnostan. 

St.  Thomas.  W.L 


(1  ' 


>.   '■ 


y 


5>»  I 


l.r  ■■ 


•>i':ti.> 


m:'XT-f\ 


fy'"h 


Vilfhcrryirilla  . 

"     ' 

MI.SMIiiNAU 

lliiiiI'MMtaii. 

V  HTATIONH. 

*" 

r  M.H 

iHmnnranf* 

K  M.» 

J.i»a. 

NikIiIi* 

<     M  H      , 

Iliiiiloiwiaii. 

Niiiil)   l.uke     . 

A   II  C  F  M 

«'lii|'|wways. 

\i|kilii|i>lll 

•Illl.D*    

W   *1  H 

,\   II  1    F  M 

'I'ioiUIIImInhi. 
Hnliilwirtl  U. 

Hitull     ill'    M.  1 
»l<ir)  •   1 

A  II  H  F  M 

MMliivan. 

•  >■  hiiriM 

H  .M  H 

JaiiiuiiM. 

iHaviiiiiinlii  Msr* 

11.  MM 

Jainalra. 

<  Kkiik* 

In   llrrih. 

I^thriidor. 

riiili|iiiii*k*  ,  , 

I.  M  H 

Hilnria. 

iM.i  llarlHtur... 

M,  M.H 

J.iniaica. 

Hi'lina 

A   II  «'  FM 

N.w  Vork. 

<»h.(» 

1,  M  H 

KiiMna. 

Hiraiiipiirf*  .   . . 

H.r    lis.. 
VV.  M.  H  .... 

lll..rllMi»IRn 

•hMl.'lulM'V 

A   II  H  F  M 

K.  (  iM'MkfM. 

JMirinsMpalaui* 

llii.iliH.iian. 

<t>h|llliVlllu 

A   H  tV  F  M 

)V)|.>R. 

HIlUMIM  «'** 

A   B  II  F.  M 

W.ai.rn  Trr. 

11    1  11   ^a 

\.  II  «•  F  M 

1,.  M.  S 

W'fpti'fu  'IVff 

Hharnh • 

Un.  Ilrt  ih.  . . . 
H.  M.  H 

MnitiiidiHS. 
J'lii.aira. 

1  iMlljfrM . 

•  Miiilm 

•  iiiH'NiiOiiiaiM** 

•tllllUlU 

i>ji((iril 

HIii'plMrd'*  Hall 

V   II  II.  F  M 
A,  II  II.  F  .M 

iVi-Hlrrii  Ttff 

Hiiiiiiia 

I'll  llriith 

CnltVaria. 
JNuiaica. 

Wi»iirii  Tur. 

HlmrlwiMMt 

II.  M.  » 

II.  W  H 

Jainalra. 

Hhiiiha 

licr  M.8 

AKiniir  Russia. 

I'niirl* 

1,   >|.  t*   

r»l>-  I'lilony. 
rii|H'  riijiiiiy. 

Hidiii-y* 

Kiinon'a  Town , . 

VV.  M.S 

VV.  M.S. 

V  H..uth  Walts. 
<'ii|M'  Cidony. 

I'iii  ^iltnliirii*. . .  ' 

1,    >I    K 

I'mlniiK* 

II  M.  H 

Hiiinalrn. 

Hiinauori!* 

H Hill 

1,.  M.  H 

.Malaysia. 

I'liKliiiAtin*  .... 

r.  >|.  H 

W>'W  /I'lilnnd. 

H.  M.  M 

Jiiniaica. 

l';llilllM:»lt«h*.. 

r.  M  H 

illllilmiKtun. 

Hiiiiii  liiilians*  . 

A   lie.  F  M 

Wisconsin  Tcr. 

l'iiiiilili'ri|Mi  . . . . 
I'ntitiirii* 

A   H.  r.  F.  M 

W  M.  H 

<Vy  1(111, 
rcylciii. 

Hniyrna* 

IIJkF.II.SAC 
M.H.IiL.I.S, 

Asiatic  Turkey. 

I'.IIHIII! 

II.  .%!.»* 

Jiiiiiiiiin. 

Koiiry  

II.  MS 

Hindoostan. 

I'.iriiiiiiiritHi*  . . . 

Ill  llnili.  ... 

H'iriiiniii. 

H(i«iii«h  Town*. 

II.  M.S 

Jamaica. 

I'liriiiimtta*  . . . . 

VV.  M.S 

S.  H<iiiili  Wali'P. 

M|iriii|i  (inrilena. 

I'n.  Ilreih.  ... 

An'  ifua. 

I'lirrKUIIlio 

«:.  >i.  t» 

llllHlooHlUn. 

Hi.  Aiiirs  Hay... 

II.  MS 

Janiiiica. 

I'liriK*  

I'lij-'UKo  Furl  . . . 

A.  II.  II.  F.  .M. 

II.  >!.» 

Frniiri'. 
Jiiiiinirii. 

Ht.    liHnlioio- 1 

IIM'W'k* j 

VV  M.S 

West  Indies. 

I'lilrm* 

IL  M.  ^« 

iliiiitiMiiitnn. 

St.     Chrisli).    j 
piM.'rs* j 

Un.  Dri'th.  It 

i'llWMVUIt* 

A.  II.  r.  F.  >l. 

.MiHHciiirl  'JVr. 

W.  M.S 

West  Indies. 

ruuroiimli* 

1,.  M.  H 

ill  rvcy  li'juiida. 

81.  Croix* 

I'n.  Dreih 

West  Indies. 

I'lii'iiMiirit  lilutrt 
H)firi({ i 

A.  B  B.  F.  M. 

I'liortaw  liaiiil. 

St.  KiiMlaliiiit*.. 
HI.  Johns  1.*... 

W.  M.S 

Un.  Ilreth.  . , . 

West  Indies. 
West  Indies. 

I'lii  ippi)ltii*  . .. . 

L.M  8 

Hoiith  Al>ldi. 

Ht.  John's* 

Un,  Brvtii 

Antiffua. 

I'lllllllHTK* 

W.  M.  B 

f*>ii»h  Africa. 

Ht.  Martin's  1.,, 

VV.  M.S 

West  Indies. 

I'liiiit  till  Gallu*. 

W.  .M.  8 

Try  Inn. 

8t,  Thomas'  I,*. 

Un.  Ilrvih.  . . 

West  Indies. 

I'liiiil  Pudro  . .. . 

VV.  M.8 

I'eylon. 

Ht,  Vincent's*  . . 

VV.  M.S 

West  Indies. 

Piiki'i|iiaiua  . .. . 

ABC.  f.  M. 

l-lii|i|)i.'wayi. 

Hteinkopir 

L,  M.8 

South  Afiriea. 

PlHIIIUll* 

a  M.8 

Miiidoiitiian. 

filellenboscli*. . , 

R,  M.8 

South  Africa. 

P<M)rei>< 

Gen.  Bap 

W.M.  *..... 

Ilindooiitan. 

Htcwart's  Town 

R.M.a 

Jamaica. 

Port  Arthur  .... 

Van  Diuini'n'i  L. 

Stockholm* 

W.M.B 

Sweden. 

Port  au  Prince* 

A.  B.  B.  F.  M. 

Ilnyti. 

Sulkea 

B.  M.B. 

Hindoostaa. 

Port  EliKabeth  . 

I..  M.8 

CajM)  Colon' . 

Siirat* 

B,  M.S. 

Ilindoostau. 

Port  Francia. . . . 

W.M.B 

Capo  Colony. 

Syra 

Tabor  Mount... 

CM.B 

Orei-co. 

Port  Maria 

•1.  M.  8 

Jamaica. 

Un.  Bruth 

Barbadoes. 

Port  Royal*  .... 

a.  M.  8 

Jamaica. 

Tabiiai* 

L.M.B 

Austral  Islands. 

Pottawatumios* 

A.  B.  B.  F.  IV, 

Wentern  Ter. 

Tuhaa*  

L.M.8 

Society  Islands. 

Praguttitig 

Prince    Ed-      { 
ward'i  I.*  .  •  J 

8ur.  Bap 

Chin  India. 

Takoo* 

W.M.B 

CaflVaria. 

8.  P.G 

North  America. 

Tally-gunge    ,.. 

8.P.O 

Hindoostan. 

Tunanarivou*. , 

L.M.8 

Madagascai. 

IPulicat* 

CM.  8 

flindooatan. 

Tanjore* 

8.  P.G 

Hindoostan. 

Piilti  Pinang*... 

L.M.8 

Chin  India. 

Tanai.orKauai* 

A.  B.  C.  F.  M. 

Sandwich  Is. 

Piitnoj' 

B.  M.S. 

Jamaica. 

Tavoy*  

A.  B.  0.  9.  M. 

Chin  India. 

Pyhea* 

C.  M.8 

New  Zealand. 

Tellichorry*  .... 

CM.  8 

Hindoostan. 

Uuilon* 

L.M.a 

Hindoo8tan. 

Ternate 

N,  M.B 

Malaysia. 

Raiatua* 

L.  M.  8 

Society  Iilandi. 

Thaba 

W.M.B. 

CaflVaria. 

Raivaivai* 

L.  M.  S 

Austral  Islandi. 

Tlienpolis* 

L.M.8 

Cape  Colony 

Itaim,  or  Opara* 

L.M.8 

AuKiral  lilnndf. 

Thomas 

A.  B.  B.  P.  M, 

Michigan. 

Ruratna* 

L.  M.  8 

Austral  Islands. 

Tilli|iolly 

A.  B.  C  P.  M. 

Ceylon. 

RniiKlict'hoo* . .. 

C.  M.8 

New  Zealand. 

Timorlaoet* .... 

N.  M.  8 

Australasia. 

Raiii;i/oii* 

RarotoKiia*  .... 

A.  B.  C.  P.  M. 

L.M.8 

Birmah. 
Ilervoy  Inlands. 

Tobugo* 

Un.  Broth.  * 

W.M.  8.... 

West  Indies. 

Ri'il  RivL'r  Dii- 
trict 

A.  B.  B.  r.  M. 

Choctaw  Land. 

Tondano* 

Tonawanda .... 

N.  M.  S 

A.  n.  0  p.  M. 

Celebes. 
Now  York. 

Red  kivur  Set- 

Tongo Is.* 

W.M.  8 

Polynesia. 

tlement,    or} 

CM.  8 

Hudion'iBayTer. 

Tortola* 

W.  M.  S 

West  Indies. 

Assiniboia*  ) 

Trebisonde* 

A.  B.  C  P.  M. 

Asiatic  Turkey. 

Rexent 

W.M.  8 

Sierra  Leone. 

Trichinopoly*  . , 

S.P.G 

Hindoostan. 

Rhio* 

N.  M.S 

Malaysia. 

Trincomalee*  . . 

W.M.B.  .... 

Ceylon. 

Riro  Lake 

A.M.  M.8... 

Upper  Canada. 

Trinidad* 

W.  M.S 

West  Indies. 

Riinatara* 

L.M.8 

Austral  Islands. 

Tripasore* 

L,  M.S 

Hindoostan. 

Rio  Uucno 

B.  M.S 

Jamaica. 

Tulbodh* 

L.M.S 

Cn;ie  Colocy. 

River  District  . . 

C  M.S 

Sierra  Leone. 

Tuscarora 

A.  B.  C.  P.  M. 

N.'w  Vork. 

Ronia* 

N.  M.S 

Malaysia. 

Tusquitty 

A.  B.  B.  P.  M, 

E.  Cherokees. 

RobyTown  .... 

L.  M.S 

Tahiti. 

Uitenhage* 

L,  M.  B 

Cape  Colony. 

Rottee* 

N.  M.  8 

Malaysia. 

(Jmpukan 

W.M.B 

Catftaria. 

Riingpore* 

Riiriitu* 

3er.  Bnp 

L,  M.  8 

flindoostan. 

Uncha 

W.  M.  8 

A.  B.  0.  P.  M, 

(JnfTVarim 

Austral  Islands. 

Union* 

Western  Ter. 

Rutui* 

L.M.8 

Austral  Islands. 

Urumia* 

A.  B.  C  P.  M, 

Persia. 

Sailkmahl 

Scr.  Bap. 

Hindoostan. 

Lssa* 

Ger.  M.  8 

Guinea. 

SalicbeunJ 

Ser.  Bap. 

L.  M.ST 

Fliniloi)i<tan. 

Utumaoro 

L.M.8 

Society  Islands. 

Salem* 

Hindoostan. 

Vaitorare 

L.M.8 

Society  Island*. 

1  Saluni*   

W.M.  8 

CajM!  Colony. 

Valley  T.wns*  . 

A.  B.  B.  P.  M. 

Cherokee*. 

■       Va^Ulttflia          111    ■■■■■• 

Nt;vW,V   l>lM  mVKMM)  iM  4^i>ei,  A< 


.V/i 


Vi|i.r>» 

\  Ul«<il|illMIII* 
VlMraill    |l''« 

Trilw 

Wniiriiiiiiiki'r 

Viilli-y 

Wiiiiiki'ii 
Wiiiiiluit      .  ' 
Wailnkii 
WaiiiintK. 
WaiiiH'ii 


W   K  • 

'    V   N 
U  M  « 


i;  li. «. 
I"  iv  M. 


A  H  «•  r 

A.  II  «     K 

A.  II  r  r 
r.  .M.  8. 
A.  H  «'.  !• 
I..  M.  H.  . 


Itnmm^y  l>laii<i». 
|lliii<<'  >  *i«ii, 

<  Hit  iria 

linn  ml, 

•'.(Ik  I 

Mniii. 

.N<  M  /I'alaixl 

Knuni. 

Tiihiti. 


WrllmtlDll 

V«|l» 
W'  uiirmi' » 
«■•-«'»  »ill.« 
V\'  -.1  )  '><t>l 
Wlir<l.<-|| 
Wilk  '  HurlHXir 
WilMuwn 


\V    M   H 
VV    M   K 

1.  SI   K 
A    H  I     V 
I..  M  fl 
A   M  <    r 


>\iii.liM.r   ,W.  M  a 

Wupirrthtl      r>   M  « 

%.•«»• j    «•  M.  ■•  •• 

v-'iiow  ukv*.  'ah  r  r. 
/4iMi«» w.  M  n  ■ 


M 


i;,  /ipany 

Urai>-rBra 

(  boriaw  lAiiil 

K.  «1wf'>k"« 
,N.  Mi.uili  Walri. 


M  'wiaroniin  Trr. 
. . .  lltinian  liira. 


HIATKMKNT 

or  till)  Cuuntriea  in  wlnrli  ili«  rrinri|iiil  Miaaiiinnrjr  Htati>>ni  arn  iiiiiairil,  uulUta  B«ll|loui 
l>uaciiiiiiiati(>iiii,  lir.  hv  ulii>iii  they  havn  hrcii  Mtabliihed. 

nrrfiilanil  ami  LnlirailKr-IIniii'il  llri'llinii.  or  Moraviana. 

I'ppi'r  Canada— Mornviaim.  ami  F.iikIiiiIi  ntid  Aiiicriraii  MiMinnark*. 

('lii|i|H'\vn)«,  Miiiiii,  4ir.— Anii'nrnii  liniinl  nf  Fon-iiiii  Mi«ii|iiiii, 

Cliiriikccit  anil  t'lHHlnw*— AiiKTiran  Itnanl  nl'  I'uri'iii.i  .MiMioniaixl  AlMrlUil  Bapltffi. 

Wi'Hl  Inctii'K— >l<iriiviiinii.  iiiiii  KiirIikIi  Hn|iliitU  and  MuIIunIkU. 

(iiiiaiia  — Moraviitim  and  Knirliali  MiMiniiiiriua. 

Tiirkvy— Anii'rlcuii  and  KiikI|"Ii  Miwi<>nnrii!». 

(friMTii— Aiiii^riruii  imd  Envlioh  MinHionurii-i. 

Hyrlii  — Anii'riian  MiMfijdiiiirii'i. 

Iiininn  IhIck  nnrl  MiiUii -AiiiiTiran  and  Knitlinh  Miidunariaa. 

Hitwria— Engtiali  Miaxmnnrii'ii. 

Hierru  l>?oni>— KmkIihIi  Kiilncopalianii  and  Molhodiitf. 

MliiTia— AnKTiriiii  llii|iliittii  and  Mrthmliiti. 

l.'npf  Cdliiiiy  iind  r'all'ruriii— KnKlixh,  Mcnttinb,  Moravian,  and  Rhanlib  MiMloMriw< 

llt'cliiiitnai— Frtincti  ami  Kiixliiili  Mimioiiarivt. 

Madaitaiicar— Kngliiih  Mixinorinrii^H, 

NiirtlivrM  IliniliioHtan— Giiiflli<li  EpJKCopoHani,  Baptlita  and  MatlMdliU. 

Piiiithrrn  IlinddoNlaii— KhKlmli  KpiwoiMillani  and  Mnthoiliati, 

Wi!Kt«rii  llindixmittii— Kngluli,  Aiiiuriran  and  tlrotliiih  Mismonarief. 

Cuylon— EnRliNli  KpiHcopiijianH,  Uapliiti  and  Metbodiili.f.nd  American  Boird of  ForeipiMkition*. 

liirmali— Aiuorirun  Baptiriti. 

Siani— Amoricoii  aud  Dutch  MiiNlonarlvi. 

China — Ainnrican  and  Knitliiili  Mimiionarle*. 

Malaysia— Anicricnn,  Enitlixh  and  Dutch  MiMionarlMi 

AuHtralla— Enfliah  MixMioiiari)'*. 

Van  Diflinnn'ii  Land— Kniciish  Mifsinnariei.  ,    . 

Sandwich  lalandi— American  Misiionarioa. 

8<Kioty  and  QcorKian  Islandg,  &c.— Engl'ih  MifilonwiMi 

New  Zealand— Engllah  EpiKopaliani  and  Metboditta. 


»  » 


NEWLY  DISCOVERED  ISLANDS,  &c. 

The  fnllnwing  Hit  of  lalandi,  Reefs,  Shoals,  kt.  are  all  late  dlacoverlfs,  and  h^ve  never  been  hith- 
erto insurtod  on  any  Map  of  the  World.  Tlify  form  but  a  part  of  th<t  infurniation  collratwl  on  that 
lublect  from  various  quarters  and  individuals.  Some  of  these,  on  h<.'in(f  plui  d  on  the  niiip  according 
to  their  latitude  and  longitude,  were  found  to  approximate  so  closely  to  other*  alrciwly  known,  as  to 
render  it  probable  that  they  were  the  game,  and  have  been  congcqucntly  omitted.  Those  jHlands,  tu. 
distinifuishcd  by  proper  names,  will  be  found  in  the  Consciting  Indfi,  and  t?iclr  positirtin  nii  the  map 
ascertained  according  to  (he  rule  detailed  at  page  10;  and  the  places  of  those  classed  under  a  generic 
title,  may  be  aacertained  by  a  reference  to  their  latitude  and  longitude. 


AUen'aRcef... 
Anne's  Island.. 

Bank 

Bergh's  Group . 
Bowcn's  Island 
Brind's  Island  . 
Brock's  Island . 
Brown's  Island 
Buckle's  Island 
Bunker's  Island 
Bunker's  Shoal. 
Byron's  Island. 

48* 


UT. 

25=  28'  N. 

13°  05'  N. 

36°  00'  N. 

7°  05'  N. 

26°  44'  N. 

0°  21'  N. 

1°  13'  S. 

18^  11'  S. 

28°  00'  N. 

28°  00-  N. 

0°  20'  S. 

1°  10'  S. 

LON. 

170°  20'  W. 
168°  21'  W. 
179°  00*  E. 
152°  15'  E. 
143°  20-  E. 
174°  00'  E. 
159°  30'  W. 
175°  48'  F. 
178°  00' W. 
173°  30'  W. 
160°  40'  W. 
175°  40'  E. 


DIBOOnCREO  IT 

Capt.  J.  Allen. 

Capt.  MorrcU. 
Capt.  Chaao. 
Capt  Pluaket 


J^ 


aw 


li  :;:■' 


.',->*•  ' 


P^if^;;' 


■li'-'i 


*i».' 


!■«.;;. 


570 


NEWLY  DISCOVERED  ISLANDS,  &c. 


l-ji-i 


ChaseV  Island 

ChriHtian  Island 

Christmag  Island 

Clark's  Island 

Clark's  Reef 

Cocklitirn  Island 

Cocoa-nut  Island 

Coffin's  Island 

Croker  Island 

Cure's  Island 

Dacie's  Island 

Dangerous  Reef. 

Do  Woirs  Island 

Dundas  Island 

Elizabeth's  Island  .... 

Eunice's  Island 

Falcon's  Island 

Farquhar's  Group .... 

Fisher's  Island 

Forbes*  Island 

Francis  Island 

French  Island 

Ganges  Island  (Great) 
Ganges  Island  (Little) 

Gardner's  Island 

Gardner's  Island 

Golconda  Island 

Granger's  Island 

Green  Island 

Group  of  Islands 

Group  Islands 

Guardian  Islands 

Harvest  Islands 

Haystack 

Helicon's  Island 

Independence  Island . . 

Island 

Island 

Island 

Island ••• 

Island 

Island .•*. 

Island 

Island •••• 

Island 

Island 

Island 

Island 

Island • 

Island   

Island 

Island 

Island 

Island ••... 

Island 

Island 

Island 

Island 

Island 

Island 

Island 

Island 

'  Island 


LAT. 

2°  28' 

57=  40' 

57°  3G' 

3°  00' 

PIS' 

22°  12' 

18°  12' 

31°  13' 

17°  26' 

28°  25' 

24°  26' 

5°  30' 

9°  23' 

0°10' 

21°  06' 

21°  08' 

21°  17' 

17°  30' 

26°  30' 

25°  42* 

10°  00' 

10°  30* 

10°  25' 

10°  00' 

4°  30' 

25°  03' 

00°  54' 

18°  58' 

floiO' 

10°  30' 

31°  26 

22°  30* 

eoov 

290  58' 

22°  28' 

3°  36' 

1°07' 

3°  00' 

31°  00' 

16°  00' 

2°  50' 

1O30' 

8°  48' 

20  00* 

30°  00' 

29=48' 

260  00* 

21°  18* 

210  00' 

12°  30' 

8°  00' 

8°  03' 

15°  30' 

15°  30' 

16°  25' 

23°  00' 

8°  52' 

6°  00' 

12°  00' 

1O08' 
go  25' 

23°  00' 
26°  32' 


S. 
S. 

s. 

N. 

s. 
s. 
s. 
s, 
s. 

N. 

s. 
s. 
s. 

N. 

s. 
s. 
s. 
s. 

N. 
N. 
S. 
S. 
S. 

s. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

S. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

S. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

S. 

S. 

S. 

S. 

S. 

S. 

S. 

S. 


175°  00'  E. 

80°  26'  W. 

27°  40'  W. 
151°  30'  W. 
159°  45'  W. 
138°  39'  W. 
174°  15'  W. 
128°  54'  W. 
143°  23'  W. 
178°  42'  W. 
124°  37'  W. 
175°  00'  W. 
171°  07'  W. 
174°  12'  E. 
178°  36'  W. 
178°  47'  W. 
159°  40'  W. 
152°  00'  E, 
141°  01'  E. 
131°  13'  E. 
161°  45'  W. 
162°  15'  W. 
160°  45'  W. 
161°  00'  W. 
174°  22'  W. 
167°  40'  W. 
132°  00'  W. 
146°  14'  E. 
136°  00'  W. 
166°  40'  E. 
129°  17'  W. 
124°  30'  W. 
153°  00'  E. 
137°  50'  E. 
177°  05'  E. 
144°  35'  W. 
165°  00'  E. 
144°  22'  E. 
155°  00'  E. 
154°  40'  E. 
153°  50'  E. 
155°  16'  E. 
144°  35'  E. 
150°  00'  E. 
144°  00'  E. 
138°  45'  E. 
146°  00'  E. 
146°  00'  E. 
148°  30'  E. 
154°  00'  E. 
173°  15'  W. 
166°  15'  W. 
161°  12'  W. 
136°  00'  W. 
163°  50'  W. 
177°  15'  W. 
157°  23'  W. 
165°  00'  W. 
138°  55'  W. 
138°  40' W. 
170°  50'  VV. 
157°  48'  W. 
103°  59'  W. 


DISCOVKRED  B? 

Hamburg  Ship,  1836. 
Capt  Brown,  1830. 

Capt  E.  Clark. 
Capt.  Bcechcy,  R,  N. 

Copt  J.  Coffin. 
Capt  Beechey,  R.  N. 


Nantucket  Ship. 
Capt  Smith. 
Capt  Chase. 


Capt  Coffin. 


Capt  J.  Coffin. 
Capt  J.  Coffin. 
Copt  J.  Coffin. 
Capt  J.  Allen. 


Capt  R.  Closly. 
Capt  J.  Mitchell,  1823. 

Capt  R.  Macy. 


Capt  John  Gardner. 
Capt  G.W.Gardner. 

Capt  John  Gardner. 
Capt  6.  W.Gardner. 


Capt  R.  aosely. 
Capt  H.  Bunker,  1823. 

Capt  Macy. 

Capt  Swain. 
Capt.  Ray. 


tVERED  BY 

g  Ship,  1836. 
own,  1830. 

.  Clark, 
ccchcy,  R.  N. 

Coffin, 
ecchey,  R.  N. 


iket  Ship. 

mith. 

)ha8e. 


Ikiffin. 


J.  Coffin. 
J.  Coffin. 
J.  Coffin. 
J.Allen. 


R.  Closly. 

J.  Mitchell,  1823. 

R.Macy. 


ohn  Gardner. 
G.W.Gardner. 

,  John  Gardner. 
G.W.Gardner. 


,  R.  Closely. 
H.  Bunker,  1823. 

.  Macy. 


NEWLY  DISCOVERED  ISLANDS,  &c. 


571 


Island 

Island 

Island 

Island 

Island 

Island 

Island  and  Reef 

Islands 

Jarvis  Island 

Jeflferson's  Island 

Kidd's  Island 

Lagbu's  Shoal 

Lancaster  Reef 

Lincoln's  Island 

Livingston's  Island  . . . . 

Lopcr's  Island 

Lydra  Island 

Macy's  Island 

Magus  Shoal 

Maria's  Island 

Massacre  Islands 

Mitchell's  Group 

MoUer  Island 

Moore's  Island 

Morris  Island 

Ncderlandich  Island  . . . 
New  Discovery  Island . . 
New  Nantucket  Island . 

Parker's  Island 

Parry's  Group 

Pearotuah 

Peel's  Island 

Phillip's  Island 

Phoenix  Island 

Pigeon  Island 

Pilgrim  Island 

Pike's  Island 

Plasket's  Island 

Potter's  Island 

Prince's  Island 

Rambler's  Reef 

Rarotogna 

Reaper's  Island 

Reef 

Reef. 

Reef. 

Reef. 

Reef. 

Reef. 

Reef. 

Reef. 

Reef. 

Reef. 

Reef. 

Reef  and  Shoal 

Rimatara 

Rocky  Island 

Rurutu  Island 

Rutui 

Sherdoff's  Island 

Shoal 

Shoal 

Shoal 


LAT. 

20^  00'  S. 
15=>  20'  S. 
11°  32'  S. 
8=  52'  S. 
59°  00'  S. 
2P  08'  S. 
23=  00'  N. 
2P  00'  N. 
0°  23'  S. 
18'  27'  N. 
26°  32'  N. 
17°  45'  S. 
27°  02'  S. 

1°  50'  S. 

8°  25'  N. 

6°  07'  S. 
11°  56'  S. 
20°  52'  S. 
23°  22'  N. 
21°  45'  S. 

4°  50'  S. 

9°  18'  S. 
17°  14'  S. 

0°  30'  S. 

1°  30'  S. 

7°  10'  S. 
15°  31'  S. 

0°  11'  N. 

1°  19'  S. 
27°  40'  N. 
21°  IT  S. 
27°  12'  N. 
11°  20'  S. 

2°  30'  S. 
26°  50*  N. 
24°  20'  S. 
29°  19'  S. 

9°  18'  S. 
56°  18'  S. 
55°  55'  S. 
23°  29'  N. 
19°  45'  S. 

9°  55'  S. 

2°  40'  N. 

2°  30'  N. 

2°  40'  N. 

1°  00'  N. 
25°  10'  N. 
25°  45'  N. 
22°  40'  N. 
33°  00'  N. 

2°  30'  N. 
32°  .34'  N. 

1°  30'  S. 

1°  45'  S. 
22°  30'  S. 
10°  45'  S. 
22°  40'  S. 
24°  15'  S. 
14°  41'  S. 
13°  .30'  N. 
18°  00'  N. 
14°  30'  N. 


LON. 

lf)P  40  W, 
161  ^  44'  W. 
162^  00'  W. 
157°  23  W. 
91°  00'  W. 
149°  40'  W. 
177=  l.V  W. 
179°  00'  W. 
160°  15'  W. 
11.5°  30'  W. 
141°  18-  E. 
1.12°  00'  E. 
146°  27'  W. 
175°  00'  E. 
150°  22'  E. 
177°  40*  E. 
164°  38'  W. 
178°  47'  W. 
130°  ir  E. 
15.T^  10'  W. 
156°  10'  E. 
179°  45'  E. 
140°  35'  W. 
166°  35'  E. 
166°  35'  E. 
177-  33'  E. 
176°  11'  E, 
176°  20'  W. 
174°  30'  E. 
141°  35'  E. 
159°  40'  W. 
141°  38'  E. 
148°  50'  W. 
170°  30'  W. 
141°  33'  E. 
104°  40'  W. 
105°  16'  W. 
179°  50'  E. 

28°  35'  W. 

27°  53'  W. 
178°  13'  E. 
159°  25'  W. 
152°  40'  W. 
178°  50'  E. 
153°  50'  E. 
178°  50'  E. 
179°  34'  E. 
160°  15'  E. 
152°  50'  E. 
142°  15'  E. 
147°  10'  E. 
157°  40'  E. 
119°  34'  W. 
159°  50'  E. 
153°  45'  E. 
151°  18  W. 
179°  28'  E. 
150°  15'  W. 
148°  00'  W. 
144°  59'  W. 
170°  20'  W. 
169°  55'  W. 
170°  25'  W. 


DISCOTEKKO  IT 


Capt.  Macv,  1827. 
Capt.  K.  Macy. 

Capt.  Joy. 

Capt.  Coffin,  1824. 

Salem  Ship. 


Capt.  Weeks,  1830. 

Capt.  Morrull. 
Nantucket  Ship. 


Capt.  MorrcU. 
Capt  Barrett. 
Capt.  Beechey,  R.  N. 


Capt.  Hunter. 
Nantucket  Ship. 
Capt  Plaskett 


Capt  R.  Macy. 


Capt.  Brown,  1830. 
Capt  Brown,  1830. 
Capt.  Worth. 

Capt  Coffin,  1826. 


Capt  Trask. 

Capt  R.  Weeks. 
Capt  Pease. 
Capt  John  Gardner. 
Capt  Barrett 


\ 


ii:-i 


572 


NEWLY  DISCOVERED  ISLANDS,  &c. 


Skiddy'a  Group 

Skidd/g  Shoal 

Smut-facc  Island 

Sender  Grande 

South  Island 

Spartan  Island 

StPcrfs 

Starbuck's  Group 

Strong's  Island 

Swain's  Island  

Talsam's  Island • . 

Tracy's  Island 

TregoBses  Islets ,. 

Tuck's  Island 

Tuck's  Reef  and  Rocks 

Wcstervelt's  Group 

Willev's  Island 

Winslow's  Island 

Worth's  Island 


LAT. 

6=  04'  N. 

7°  35'  N. 

6=>  16'  S. 
15°  15'  S. 
26°  30'  N. 

1°  10'  N. 
18°  00'  N. 

0°00' 

5"  23'  N. 
59°  30'  N. 

9°  30'  N. 

7°30'S. 
17°  20*  S. 
17°  00'  N. 

6°20' 

7°  05'  N. 
56°  25'  S. 
14°  10'  S. 

8°  45'  N. 


LON. 

153^  21'  E. 
148°  14'  E. 
177°  1!>'  E. 
145°  30'  W. 
141°  25'  E. 
159°  30'  E. 
116°  00'  W. 
174°  30'  E. 
163°  10'  E. 
100°  00'  W. 
166°  45'  £. 
178°  45'  E. 
151°  00'  E. 
155°  00'  E. 
159°  30'  E. 
153°  10'  E. 
27°  43'  W. 
177°  10'  W. 
151°  30'  E. 


UISCOTKRED  BV 

Capt.  Morrell,  1830. 
Capt  Morrell,  1830. 
CapL  Flaakett 


Nantucket  Ship. 

Capt  Swain. 

Nantucket  Skip. 

Capt  Worth. 
Capt  Worth. 
Capt  Morrell. 
Capt  Brown,  1830. 

Capt.  Worth,  1829. 


THE    END. 


,ED  BV 

U,  1830. 
iU,1830. 
etc 


Ship. 

n. 

tSlnp. 

rth. 
Tth. 
rrell. 
,wn,  1830. 

Brth,  1889. 


'    POPULATION  OF  EACH  COUNTY,  &c 

IN  TBS  DIFrBRBRT 

STATES  AND  TERRITORIES  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES, 
IN  THE  YEAR  184a 


MAINE. 


I  Armilnok 
I  Cumberl&iuJ 
Franklin  ■ 
Hincock  ■ 
Kennebec 
Lincoln  • 
Olforil  - 
Pcnobtcot 
PiKAl&quil 
Snmeriei  - 
Wiido     • 

WuhiBftOD 

»ork  -    - 
13  CountiM 


501,193 


NEW  HAMPSHIRE. 


Chnhire  •  . 
Coot  .  .  . 
Gnflnn  -  • 
Hilliborouth 
Merrimack  - 
Rockirighun 
Strafford  ■  - 
Sullivin  .    • 

8  Counties 


'  20.340 

■  9,H» 

■  42,311 

■  26,429 
-  36.233 
.  44,771 
.  61,127 
.  20,340 

'  184,574 


VERMONT. 

Add  inn  • 
Bennington 
Caledonia 
Chittenden 
Euex-  • 
Franklin  ■ 
Grand  lite 
Laiuoile  - 
Orange  - 
Orle.int  • 
Rutland  • 
Waihington 
Windlwn 
Windior  ■ 
14  Counties 


'  29I,94S 


MASSACHUSETTS. 


Barnilabla  -   • 

■    32SI8 

Berkaliire    ■ 

-    41,745 

Briilol     •    •    • 

-    00,164 

Dukee-    •    • 

■      3,958 

E»ex  ■    ■    • 

.    04,9n 

Franklin-    • 

•    28,812 

Hampden    - 

•    37.3Ij6 

Hani|ie'i>re  - 

.    S0,t.«7 

Middli  lez    ■ 

•  106,611 

Nantucket   - 

-     9012 

Norfolk  •    . 

•    53,140 

Plymouth     • 

.    •    47,373 

SulTulk    ■    • 

•    •    95773 

Worceeler    • 

■    •    95313 

14  Counties 

-  737,tie9 

RHODE  IS 

LAND. 

BriHol     ■    - 

•    •     6,476 

Kent        .    . 

•    ■    13.093 

Nairport.    • 

•    ■    10,874 

IVovidence  • 
Waihiuf'ou 

5  CouDtin 


CONNECTICUT. 

49,917 

40,448 
24,tf79 
4I«,6I9 
44,463 
17.955 

-2».a«o 


Fairfield.  • 
Hartford  .  . 
Litchfield  • 
MiddleMi  ■ 
New  Haven 
Neiv  London 
Tolland  -  . 
Windlam    • 


6  Counties 


NEW  YORK 

Albany    .    •    • 

Alleghany    •    . 

Broome  .    >    • 

Cattaraugus-    • 

Ca)u?a   •   -    • 

Chatauqua  -    - 

Cliemung     •    ■ 

Cbeoango    •    ■ 

Clinton  -    •    - 

Columbia    -    - 

Cortland.    •    • 

Delaware     >    * 

Dvtichets-    .    • 

Erie   .... 

Essex      .    .    . 

Franklin  ■    -    ■ 

Fulti.n     •    -    ■ 

Oeoesee  .    .    • 

Uiee'ie    .    .    . 

Ham  I  ton     -    . 

Herbiiuer    •    • 

JrtTe'SOn      .    . 

Kings-    •    -    . 

Lewis-    .    .   ■ 

Livingstoa  .    - 

Madisou  .    .    • 

M'  nrne  ■    •    ■ 

Mout)comsry     ' 

New  York  . 

Nia^ra  -    . 

Oneida     .    - 

Onondaga     . 

Ontario    .    • 

Oiange     ■    . 

Orleans    .    ■ 

(tswei^o  .    . 

Otsego     .    . 

Putnam  -    . 

<)ueens    .    . 

Heouelser   • 

Richmond    . 

Rockland     . 

Saratov  -    - 

>cheiii:clady 

j  Schoharie    - 

I  Sene»     .    . 

;  Si.  Lawrence 

S'eutien   •    - 

Suffolk    •    • 

Sullisan  *    • 

Tio^-    -    - 

ToBiiikini    . 

Ulster.    -    - 


58.073  1 
14324  ' 


108,830 


308,978 


Wirren  -  • 
Wsshingtoa 
Wayne  -  - 
Wcsichester 
Vales  .    ■    . 


18  413  I 
41.080  ' 
42,0S7 
48,686 
20,444 


68,593 

40^75 
22,338 
28,872 
60338 
47,975 
10,732 
40,78i 
28,157 
43,252 
24,e07 
35396 
52  388 
62.466 
23,634 
16.518 
18,049 
59  587 
30,446 
1,807 
37.477 
€0  984 
47,613 
I7,l>30 
36,140 
40,008 
64.902 
35.818 
312,701 
31, IK 
I»,3I0 
67.911 
43  501 
50  739 
25,127 
43,619 
49,628 
12,825 
30,324 
60,259 
I0.9«i 
11,075 
40,553 
17,387 
3i.35S 
24,674 
o6,7C6 
45  138 
32  469 
15,620 
20,  M7 
a7,94« 
45,821 


51  Counties  •    2,428,ftja 

NEW  JERSEY. 

Atlsntie  .... 

8.710 

Bercen    •    .    ■    . 
Burliiigton  ■ 
Cape  May   • 

13,223 

32,831 

6324 

Uumbcrlsnd     *    . 

14.374 

Essex 

44,621 

Dlowester  ■    -    ■ 

25,438 

Hudson   .... 

9,483 

Hunlerdon    >    .    - 

24.7W 

Mercer    .... 

21,502 

»t  id  J  lean    -    .    . 

21,869 

Monmouth  -    •    . 

32,900 

Moiris    -    -    -    . 

25,M4 

Passaic    .... 

16,734 

Salem 

16,624 

Somerset .    .    . 

17,455 

Suisex     .... 

24,770 

Warren  .    -    ■    - 

20366 

18  Counties  - 

373,306 

FENNSYLVA 

NIA. 

Adams    .    -    - 

23.M4 

Alleghany  -    - 

81,235 

Armstrong  .    . 

-    28366 

Beaier     •    •    . 

-    29,368 

Kedford  .    -    - 

29.335 

Berks-    -    -    . 

64,569 

Bradford.    .    . 

>2.769 

Buck 

.    48,107 

Butler.    -    •    - 

■    2*,37» 

Cambria  -    •    - 

11,256 

Centre     -    -    - 

.    20,492 

Chcsier    .    .    . 

■    57,515 

Clrarlield     -    . 

.      7834 

Clinton    .    -    • 

.      8,323 

Columbia     •    • 

■    24.267 

Crawford     .    . 

■    31,724 

Cumle-land     • 

.    30,953 

Dauphin  -    -    • 

.    30,118 

Delaware     -    . 

-    19791 

Erie    .... 

■    31,344 

Faye-te    .    .    ■ 

-    33.574 

Franklin  ■    ■    - 

-    37793 

Greene    .    .    . 

.     19.147 

Huntingdon .    • 

-    35.484 

Indisoa    •    -    - 

■    20,782 

JelTersin-    •    . 

.      7,253 

Juniata    ... 

.    11,080 

Ijincaster     -    - 

•    84,200 

l-ebanon .    •    . 

■    11,872 

Uhigh    .    ■    . 

•  ^'£L 

Luzi-rne  -    •    - 

■    44  006 

Lye  >iiiing    -    - 
»l'KeaD  -    -    - 

-    12.649 

-      2.975 

Mrrcer    -    •    • 

-    32,87a 

Mifltin     .    .    - 

.     13  092 

Monroe  -    -    - 

.      9,879 

Monlsnmery    - 

■    47.241 

Northumberland 

.  lo.or 

Noilhamiilon  - 

.    40,116 

Philadelphia  ■ 

l-oller .     .    •  . 

Pike    •     •     -  - 

Schuylkill   -  - 

Soniersst       -  - 

SusquelAnna  - 

Ti.ga-    -    ■  - 

Colon .     -    -  - 
Venango  •    - 

Warren   •    -  - 

Wsshiiigtoa  - 

Wayne    -     -  - 

Wsslnioreland  ■ 

Vuik  -    -    -  -    

54  Counties  -    l,724,tXB 

DELAWARE. 

Kent 19,872 

Newcastle-    -    -    33 120 
SuMi      -    -    -    .    25,090 

3  Counties     ■    -    78,085 


I7,0M 

158,U37 
3,371 
3831 
29,053 
18,650 
21,1% 
15,498 
22  787 
17,mi 
97;8 
4ljr79 
11,848 
42,690 
47.010 


MARYLA.ND. 


Alleghany  -  - 
Anne  Arundel  - 
Baltimore  -  - 
Calvert  -  -  - 
Caroline  -  -  . 
Carroll  .  .  . 
Cliailes  -  ■  - 
Cecil  -  ■  -  - 
Dorchester  -  . 
Friderick  .  . 
Ilarffinl  -  •  - 
Kent  -  -  -  . 
Wnntgoniery  . 
Prince  rieorge's 
Queen  Anneal  ■ 
Soincnet  -  -  - 
SI.  Mary'i  -  - 
Tall».|  -  -  - 
Worcester  -  - 
VVaal'.iiigion-  - 
20  Counties  ■ 


liMK 

29.5M   i 

134,379   I 

'      9,229  ' 

>  1,806   I 
'  17.241 

■  16,023  I 

-  ITJH    I 

■  I8.IM3   I 

■  36,405   ' 

>  17.120 

■  10>42 

-  15,456 

'  19,539   I 

■  12,863 

■  19,508  I 

■  13.284 
'  12090 

-  18  377 

-  28.860 

-469,232 


DIST.  OF  COLUMBIA. 
Alexandria  -    -    .     9  9V7 
Washington     .    ■    33.745 
I  Counties     •    -    43,712 


ViRGINIA. 


Accomack  >  - 

Albemarle  -  . 

Alleghany  .  . 

Amelia    -  -  • 

Amherst  -  .  . 

Auguita  -  -  - 

Bath  -    -  .  . 

Bedford  ■  -  - 

Berkeley-  -  - 

Botetourt  -  - 

Braxton  -  -  - 

Brooke    -  ■  - 

Brunswick  -  • 

fiuekioghani  * 


-  17,098 

-  22  9J4 

-  2,749 

-  10  310 

•  11,576 

-  I962X 

•  4,300 

-  10.103 

•  109-2 

-  11,«79 

-  1.575 

•  7.948 
.  14,346 

-  19,786 


(i) 


Cabell  •  • 
CimpMI     ■ 

CltoIlM  •     • 

Cl>rk«  •  • 
ChirloCilf 
ClurMt*  - 
I'ticfioBiM  • 
Lulpcpar  • 
Cunibtt  Uad 

UitlMtddit     • 

Kiiuboh  Cilf 
Km«i  •  •  • 
Fairhl  -  - 
Fauquiar 
r*)<iia  •  • 
rinsrd  .  . 
FluTaou  ■ 
Fnoklin-  • 
Frederick  ■ 
Gilca  •  -  • 
Oloucaatar  • 
Oaochland  - 
OrayaoD  ■  • 
Greene  •  - 
Greenbrier  - 
Greenivilla  • 
Halifai  •  • 
Hiuipihirv  - 
Haoof er  •  - 
Hard)t  -  • 
Harnion  ■  - 
Heprico  -  - 
Hanry  •  • 
Itle  o(  Wi|bt 
Jackaiin  •  • 
Jamea  Ciljr  - 
Jeflenoii  >  • 
Kanawha  • 
King  Oaorgfl 
King  William 
King  ft  Quaea 
Lancaaler  - 
Lee  -  ■  - 
Laxria  •  • 
Loan  -  • 
J^^don  '  • 
Loui *  •  ■ 
Lunenburg  • 
Madiaiin  -  ■ 
Muiball  - 
Maaon  •  - 
Mallhewa  • 
Mecklea'juif 
Mercer  •  • 
Middleiei  • 
Monongalia 
Monrtji  •  - 
MnntfDinerF 
Morgin  •  - 
NanKDKiad- 
Nelaon  -  - 
New  Kent  - 
Nicholaa  •  • 
Norfolk  •  • 
Nfifthampton 
Nortbumbarlunl 
Nolloway  • 
Ohio  •  -  • 
Urang*  •  • 
Page  -  •  - 
htrick  •  • 
Pendleton  - 
Piltaylvanit- 
Fncahonlaa  ■ 
Powhatan  • 
Preston  •  - 
Prince  Edward 
Prince  George 
Prince  WillTaa 
Princei  Ann* 
PuUtki  •  • 
Rai<lolph  ■ 
Rappahannoci: 
Richmond  ■ 
Roanoke  •  - 
Rockb'idg*  • 
Rockinglum 
Huseell  •  - 
Scott  ■  .  . 
Shrnandoab  - 
Smytlie  •  ■ 
Suulbamptoa 


i,ia 

2l,nao 

n,ni3 
M^ 

4,794 
U.NM 
17.148 
ll,3M 
lOJH 
21,66)1 

Vo* 

ll,30» 
t,370 

ai.N7 

S.K4 
4,463 

«,8I2 

it.m 

U,M2 

6.307 
I0,7I& 
9,760 
»,0H7 
4,232 
8.flM 

«,!m 
Jim 

22.286 

14,888 

7,«I2 

l7jGe8 

33,078 

7.336 

9,972 

4,690 

37.791 

14,082 

I3S67 

5.927 

9,268 

10,882 

4,828 

8,441 

8,l!il 

4^19 

20,431 

16.433 

11,06.^ 

8,107 

6,937 

4,777 

7,442 

20,724 

2,233 

4,392 

17.388 

8,422 

7.406 

4,263 

10,798 

12,287 

8,230 

2:616 

(1,092 

7,716 

7,9M 

9,719 

13,367 

9,126 

6,194 

8.002 

8,940 

16,388 

2,922 

7,924 

6.S6S 

'4,089 

7,175 

8,144 

7,285 

9,739 

6,208 

9,267 

5,915 

5,499 

14,284 

17,344 

7,878 

7,308 

11,618 

6.M2 

14,985 


<<p<itU|lTa«U    •    •  15,181 

.Stafford    ....  »,464 

Surrjt ts*H) 

Svaei      .    .    ■    ■  |l,22» 

Taiawell      ■    ■    •  8  290 

Trier  .....  6.964 

Warren  .    -    -    .  5,627 
Warwick     .    .    •      lA"* 

Waahlngton      .    ■  13,001 

WealBoreland  •    .  8,019 

Wood 7,913 

Wytb*     ....  9,376 

York  ....    .  4.720 

ll9Counllee  -  1,236,797 
NORTH  CAROLINA. 


Anann     .    * 

-  i5,on 

Aabe  •    -    • 

•     7,467 

Beauhrt  .    . 

-    12,226 

Bertie     •    . 

-    12,175 

badan     .    ■ 

-     8.022 

Brunawirk 

-     5,286 

Buocnnibe   . 

•    10,084 

Burke.    - 

•    16,799 

Cabarraa  ■    . 

-     9,269 

Caniden  • 

•     5,686 

Carteret  . 

-     6,691 

Caiwell  ■ 

-    14,699 

Chaibam- 

•    16.242 

Cherokee     ■ 

-     3,427 

Chowan  •    . 

-     6,690 

Colunibua 

-     3,941 

Craven    . 

•    13.438 

Ciiniberland 

•    15,284 

Currituck 

-     6,703 

Daridaon 

-    14606 

Uarie-    - 

-     7,674 

Duplin     . 

-    11,182 

Edgecombe 

•    1N708 

Franklin 

-    IftTf^ 

Oatca.    ." 

-      8,I(>1 

Onntill* 

-     18,817 

Greene    • 

-      6,696 

Guilford  • 

•    19.175 

Halifai    - 

-    16.863 

Haywood 

-     4,976 

Henderaon 

■     6,129 

Hertford  - 

.     7,494 

Hyde-    • 

-     6,468 

Iredell     • 

-    15,886 

Johnaon  - 

•    10,599 

Jonei  .    - 

■      4.94t 

l.«noir     ■ 

•     7,606 

Lincoln   ■ 

-    36,160 

Macon     ■ 

-     4,869 

Martin     . 

-     7667 

Mecklenburg    • 

-    18,273 

Montgomery    • 

-    10780 

Moon     ■    .    . 

-      7,988 

Naah  .... 

-     9047 

New  Hannrer  - 

-    13,312 

Northampton   • 

-    13,369 

Onalow    ■    .    . 

-     7,527 

Omng*    •    .    . 

-    24,366 

PaHjuoiank  •    ■ 

•      8,614 

Ferquimaoa 

-     7.346 

Penon     -    -    . 

-     9,790 

Pill     .... 

-    ll.>06 

Randolph     ■    ■ 

•    12,876 

Richmond    ■    ■ 

-     8,909 

Robaaon  ■    ■    . 

-    10,370 

Rockingham    • 
Rowan    .    .    • 

:  niVoi 

Rulherlbrd  -    - 

-    19,202 

Sampaoo  ■    •    • 

-    12,157 

Stokea     -    ■    ■ 

-    16265 

Siirry  .... 

-    16.079 

Tyrrell    •    •    - 
Wake     ■    ■    . 

-  4,667 

-  21.119 

Warren  ■    -    ■ 

•    12  919 

Wathington  ■    • 

-     4,625 

Wayne    •    •    . 
Wilkea    -    ■    ■ 

-    10  Ml 

-    12,677 

Tancey    .    .    . 

-     6,962 

SeCounliea  - 

-  763.419 

SOUTH  CAROUNA. 

Abbeeille    ■    •    -    29,351 

Andenon     ■    .    ■    18,493 

Barnwell     ■    .    -    21,471 

Beaufort- 

•    - 

-    36,794 

ACH  COUNl 

rhariaalon   - 

-    -    M.6(t 

theater   .    . 

-    •     17,747 

ClmlerfWId- 

•     -      «,M4 

Colleton  .    . 

•    .    t6,64ll 

Ilsriingtna    . 

-    •     l4tB2 

Cdia*eM     . 
Fafrtrld  .    • 

.    .    12,iiM 

-    -    20,166 

Georgetown  > 

■    •    18,274 

Grtenflll*    ■ 

-  .  i7«e 

Horry.    -    . 
Kerabaw.    ■ 

-    -      5,756 

-    -    19,2111 

Lancaaler     - 

-    •      9,907 

Uureoa  •    • 

•    -    3I.5I>4 

Leiingto*     • 

•    .    12,111 

Marion     •    . 

•   -    I39M 

Marlborougk 

.    -      8,401. 

Newberry    - 

-    •     Ibl^M 

Orangeburg - 

-    -    18,619 

Pickene  •    . 

•    .    14,366 

Richland.    . 

-    •    16,387 

Spartanburg- 

•    .    26,689 

Sumter     -    . 

•    -    27,992 

Union  ■    ■    - 

•    ■    18,936 

Williaouburg 

-    .     10,327 

York  -    .    . 

-    .     I^38^ 

29  Diairicia 

-    -594,398 

OEORi 

DIA. 

Appling  •    - 

-    -     2,063 

Baker  -    -    - 

-    -     4,226 

BaMwin  -    - 

-    -     7,260 

Bibb    .    .    . 

-    •     9,802 

Bryan  -    •    - 

.   .     3,183 

Bulloch    -    • 

-    •     3,102 

Burke-    •    • 

-    -    13,176 

Bnia    •    •    • 

.   .     5,.10» 

Caniden  •    • 

-  -    ejons 

Campbell     • 

•    ■      5,370 

Carrt>ll    •    - 

-    •     5,262 

Caaa    -    •   . 

-    •     9,390 

Cbitbam-    - 

-   -    18,801 

Chattooga    - 

.    .     3,438 

Chenkaa     • 

-    -      6,896 

Clarke     •    - 

•    -    10,622 

Cobb   ■    -    • 

-    -      7,639 

Columbia     - 

-    -    11,366 

Coweta    -    • 

-    •    10,3«4 

Crawford     • 

-    -     7,981 

Dade   •    -    • 

-    -       tMi 

Drcatur   -   • 

■    .      6!872 

UeKalb    •    - 

-    -    l(^4b7 

Dooly-    -   - 

.    .      4,427 

Early-    -    • 

-    •      5,444 

Effingham  • 

-    -      3,076 

Elbert     -    - 

-    .    11,126 

Emanual  -    - 

•    -      3.129 

Fayellt    .    - 

-    -      6,191 

Floyd  -    .    • 

-    •      4,441 

Fo.iyl>)   •    - 

•    -      6,»I9 

Franklin-    - 

-    -     9.888 

Glynn-   -   - 

-    •     6,392 

Oi«ene    .    ■ 

-    -    11,690 

Gwinnett-   - 

-    -    10,^04 

Gilmer    -    - 

•    -     2,.M« 

Habenham  ■ 

-    -     7,961 

Hall    -    ■    - 

-    -      7.876 

Hancock  -   - 

■    -      9,659 

Harrie     •    • 

•    -    19,933 

Heard-    -    - 

•    -      6J29 

HfD'T-     -    - 

Houaton  -    - 

.    -    11,756 

•    -      9.711 

Irwin  -    -    • 

.    •      2,038 

Jackaon    -    - 

-    -      8,5^ 

Ja>uer  -    ■    • 
Jelreraon  •    . 

•    .     II. Ill 
-    •     7,251 

Jone^  ■    -    - 

•    -    10,006 

Lautena  -    • 

6,683 

La*     -    -    - 

-    •      4,620 

Liberty    •    - 

-    ■      7,241 

Lincoln   -    - 

-    -      5,896 

Lowndra-    - 

•    •      5,674 

Lumpkin     - 

-   .      6,671 

Madlann  -    - 

-    -      4,510 

Mackiutoih  - 

-    -      5,380 

Macon     ■    - 

-    -      6,015 

Marion    -    - 

•    •      4,812 

Merri  wether 

-    -    14  192 

Monroe  •    . 

-    -    18,275 

Montgomery 

-    -      1,616 

Morgan    •    ■ 

•  •   ".ISi 

Murray    •    - 

-   -     4,616 

•    ll,66» 

.Mewtn*   ■     .     . 

•    11.816  1 

Oglethorpe  •    • 

-     I0-46 

Paaldiog  ■    -    • 

.    iiM 

Pike    .... 

■     9,176 

Pulaaki    .    •    - 

'     s.am 

Puliam    -    •    • 

■   10.2m 

Rabun     .    .    • 

■      1,912 

Randolph      .    - 

•      f,276 

Hicbmod    •    . 

■     1I.9SI 

Scrtiran    .    .    . 

.      4.794 

Slew  in    .    .    . 

-    12.908 

Sumter    .    -    - 

-      6.1  S» 

Talbot     .    .    . 

-  i.6,en 

Taliaferro    -    - 

-      6.190 

Talnall    -    -    - 

-      2,724 

Telfair     -    -    ■ 

.     hfO 

Tlwmaa  •    .    ■ 

■      8,708 

Troup     .    .    . 

.    16,733 

Twigp   .    .    . 

.      8,422 

Ipaon.    .    .    - 

■      9,408 

Luion .... 

.     3.162 

Walker   .    -    - 

-      6,672 

Walton    -    -    - 

•    10,209 

Ware-    -    .    . 

.      2,328 

Warren  -    -    . 

-      9,789 

Waabing*on 

-    10,506 

Wayne     .    -    - 
Wifke,    .    .    - 

.      1,268 

10,148 

Wilkinaoo    -    - 

6,M2 

93Co<iatica  - 

•691,392 

FLORIDA. 

Alachua  -    -    - 

-     3,182 

Calhouu  -    -    - 

-      1,143 

Columbia     -    - 

-     2,102 

Dade  ■    .    -    . 

446 

Du»a|.    -    -    . 

-      4,W 

Eacanibia     -    - 

-      .'..J 

Franklin  -    -    - 

-      1,000 

Gadiden  -    -    - 

-      6,992 

Hamilton     -    - 

■      I,4ti4 

Hillaboro      -    - 

-         452 

Jackaon    -    -    - 

-      4,681 

Jedcraon  •    -    • 

-      6,713 

Lew 

-    10,713 

M4dl80O    ■     -     - 

•      2,644 

Mnnroe  -    -    - 

«<<S 

MoMjuito      -    - 

73 

Nauau    -    .    - 

-      1,808 

SI.  Jobna-    ■    • 

2,684 

Walion    .    .    . 

-     1,461 

Washington     - 

859 

20  Conntier  • 

-    54,477 

ALABAMA. 

Autauga  -    •    - 

-    14,342 

Baldwin  -    -    - 

-      2,961 

Barbour  -    -    . 

-    12,024 

Benton     •    -    • 

-    14,300 

Bibb    .    -    -    - 

-      8.284 

Blount     -    -    - 

-      5,570 

Butler-    .    .    - 

-     8,685 

Cbanibera     -    - 

-    17933 

Cherokee     -    - 

-      8,773 

Clarke     -    -    • 

-     8,640 

Conecuh  -    -    - 

-      8,197 

Cooaa  -    .    -    - 

-     6995 

Covington    -    - 

-     2,435 

Dale    ...    . 

.      7,397 

Dallaa      ... 

.    26,199 

DeKilb  -    -    - 

•      5.929 

Fayetle    -    .    . 

•      6942 

Franklin-    -    - 

.    14,270 

Greene    -    -    - 

-    24.U24 

Henry     -    -    - 

-     6,787 

Jackaon  -    -    - 

-    10,715 

Jefferaon  -    .    * 

-     7,131 

Lauderdale  .    - 

■    14.485 

Lawrence    -    - 

-    13,313 

Limestone    -    - 

-    14,374 

Lotvndi»  ■    -   - 

-    19.539 

Macon     -    -    . 

-    11,247 

Mailiaon  -    •    - 

-    25,706 

Marengo  .    .    . 

-    17.264 

Alarion    •    .    . 

-      5,847 

Manhall-    -    - 

-      7,553 

Mobile     -    -    - 

•    18,741 

Montgomery     . 

-    24,574 

Monne   .    .    - 

-    10,680 

Morgan  -    -    - 

-     9,841 

(») 


IN   THE   UNITED   STATES. 


IDA. 


Ptrkaa  •    •    ' 

rikt  ■  •  ■  ' 

Hindnlpk     • 

RutMll 

hunilvr     •  • 

SI.  Cliir  •  • 

Hlwlby      ■  - 

TllI'dro  - 

Talla|K.'iM  • 

TlUUl'OMI    • 

Wtlker  ■  . 
WuhiKil'w  ■ 
Wilcui    ■    - 

ttCnunlict 


Misitissipn. 


nfM 

17,118 
10,101 

A.vn 

M.tai 

Mil 
115*7 
«,444 

4,0» 

t,3m 
taa,iu 


AdMIt      ■     •     - 

AmiK-    •    ■    • 
Airali-    ■    ■    ■ 
I  Bnliiru    •    ■    • 
1  CunM     ■    ■    . 
\  Chlckuaw  •    • 
I   ChMlxr-    •    ■ 
CUib  riw     •    • 
Clarkt     -    •    - 
Copiah    •    -    > 
Covinglott    -    • 
DtSuto   •    •    ■ 
rnnklin  •    ■    - 
j  GrMne     >    -    • 
Hancock  •    •    - 
Hindi  ■    ■    ■    ■ 
Hnlmn    <    •    - 
liawamte     -    - 
JackioQ   •    •    - 
Jaiper*    ■    •    - 
Jwenon  •    •    - 
Jooa  .    •    -    • 
Kunpcr  •    -    • 
Koahoma     •    • 
Lafavetle     >    • 
Lauderdale  -    - 
Lawrence    -    ■ 
Leake     -    •    ■ 
Lowndee-    -    • 
Madiwa  -    •    • 
Marion   -    -    - 
Manlall'    •    - 
Monroe    •    -    - 
Naahoba  •    •    • 
Newlofl   •    -    - 
Noiabee  •    •    ■ 
Uklibbeha    •    ' 
Perry  .    -    .    . 
Pike    .   .    .    . 
Pnnola     -    >    • 
Rwtotac  -    •    • 
Rankin    •    •    ■ 
SrotI  .    .    .    . 
Sinpeon  •    • 
Soiith  .    -    • 
Tallahatchie    . 
Tippah   ■    -    ' 
Tiihomii](0 
Tunica    •    • 
Warren  •    • 
Waihington  - 
Wayne    •    • 
Wilkiinon  • 
Wiuion  •    - 
Talabutha    • 
Taaoo  •   •   • 
S6CoiintiM 


LOUISIANl. 
Aiceneion    -    •    • 
AMunplion  •    -    ■ 
A«oyellei     -    •    - 
Baton  Rouge     -    • 

Caddo 

Calcaaiu  •  •  •  • 
Caldwell-  ■  •  - 
Carroll  •  .  •  • 
CatahooU  -  -  ■ 
Claiborne  •  ■  • 
Concordia  •  •  - 
Eaal  Baton  Rouge- 
Eaat  rel'.cju  '.  •  • 
Ibenrille  •    • 


Mil 
4,3a 

I.3H  , 
10,481 
2,9U 

60IQ 

i3,o;a 
2Me 

8,8»4 
2.717 
7,€02 

4,77S 

i.asb 

»,ati 
i9,on 

9,4SS 
6,37s 
l,«66 
3,ai« 
ll,6U 

7,an 

1,290 
•,511 

^Ko 
2,iat 

14,513 

l^5^o 

3,130 

■  I7,8W 

■  &250 

■  ?487 

-  2,S» 

•  9,<7t 

■  4,276 

•  1,809 

•  6,151 

•  4,667 

-  4,491 

-  4,631 

-  1,663 

-  3,380 

•  l,9bl 

•  2,986 

-  9,441 

•  8,681 

821 

•  16,820 

-  7,287 

•  2,190 

-  14,193 

■  4,650 

•  12,248 

-  10,430 

'376,661 


Lafiyelle     ■    •    • 
Utiu(iIo«  ■    ■    ■ 
Madiann  ■    .    .    . 
Na'thii<tiaa     -     ■ 
New  Orleiae    ■    ■ 
Pta^ueiitinee     •    • 
Pmnk  Ct^pe*    •    • 
Rapidr^    .     .     .    . 
M    Heriiard  •     •     - 
SL  Charles    ■    ■    • 
St.  Hclrna    •    •    ' 
M.  John  Baptiil 
St.  Janica*    •    •    ' 
M.  Landry    •    •    ' 
SI.  Marlio'i  •    •    • 
81.  Mar>'a    -    •    . 
M.  Tamniaoy  -    • 
Tarre  Bonne    •    ' 
Vuioii .    .    •    . 
Waihila  ■    -    . 
Waahington  ■    ■ 
W.  Baton  Ro«|« 
W.  relioau    - 
39ranihaa  • 
OHIO. 


Allen  ■ 


Lafourche  lofr. 


8,951 
7,141 
6616 

2,266 
6,282 

2,057 

%<-■! 
4,237 
4,956 
8.186 
9,414 
8,138 
11,893 
4,496 
10.470 
7,309 


Alhem     -    -    ■ 
RelmoQl  •    -    < 
Brown     •    -    ■ 
Butler-    -    • 
Carroll     •    - 
Champaign  -    ' 
riark  -    .    . 
Clernioot     - 
Clinton    •    - 
Columbiana  • 
Coahoctno    • 
Crawford     • 
Cuyahoga     ■ 
Darke-    .    ■ 
Delaware     • 
Erie    •    -    • 
rairfteld  •   - 
Fayette   •    • 
Franklin  •   • 
Gallia-    ■    . 
Geauga    •   • 
Oreeue    -    - 
Ouenuey     - 
Hamilton     ■ 
Hancock-   - 
Hardin     -    - 
Harriaon  -    - 
Henry   •    - 
Hixbland-    - 
HockiH  -    • 
Holoiea    •    • 
Huron  -   •    • 
Jackaon   -    - 
JafTenoa-    - 
Kaoi  -    -    ■ 
Laa  -    -    - 
lAwrence    - 
Licking  -    • 
Lorain     -    • 
Logaa-    •    - 
Luca< •   •    • 
Madiaon  ■    • 
Marion    ■    - 
Medina    •   - 
Meiga  -    -    - 
Mercer    -    - 
Miami     -    - 
Mooroe    •    - 
Manlgomery 
Mornn    -    • 
MualiagVB  - 
Ottawa    -    ■ 
Paulding-    • 
Perry  •    -    - 
Pickaway     - 
Pike    -    -    - 
Portage   -    - 
Pnble-   .   - 
Putnam   •    - 
Richland-    - 
Roai    -    -    - 
baoduaky     - 
Scioto  -   -    - 


7,MI 

>,JI5      ilMby     ■  - 

5.I4J     Mark  '    ■  - 

4,1M  .  Miaamit  -  ■ 

lOl.Iti  I  Tnnibull  ■ 
\(M  ,   liMcarawaa' 

',im  '  Cnmi  .     ■  . 

I4.IM  i  V.a  Wen  - 

Uaneu   *  • 
Waahtngtoil' 

W..i>e     .  . 

Wiliiama  • 
WmJ. 

TlCouatiea 


3,i37 

4,;ou 
aM") 

5,TI« 
8.54* 
15,1133 
8,676 
8.960 
4,596 
4,410 
1X18 


II,  MS 
11.154 
34  10 
«,M0 

3«,iin 

«6.«ll 
K*U 

1,577 

23,141 

«,N3 

a5,MM 

4.446 

6,367 


10,910 
362  411 


I,6l9,4r 
KENTt'CKV. 

Adilr  ■  ■  ■  . 
.,,-.  *"'"  •  •  •  • 
4  «V  i  Abdenon  •  • 
C  609  '  Barren  •  •  • 
4'.«38     2*""    •    ■    ■    ■ 

Biione  ■    ■    -    . 

Bourbon  •    -    < 

Bnwkan  -    -    , 

Hmihill-    -    ■ 

Bierkenridg*   ' 

Billlrit      ■     .     . 
Bu  ler     ■    -    . 
Caldwell-    ■    . 
Callaway     •    • 
Campbell     - 
CarroU     -    - 
i:arter     -    - 
C'laey  •    •    ■ 
Chritliaa-    - 
Clarke     .    - 
Clay    -    -    - 
Clinton    -    • 
CumberUnd  • 
Davieae    -    - 
EdmoneoB    - 
Ea'ill  •    •    • 
Fagreile    -    • 
Fleming  -    • 
Floyd  -    -    - 
Franklin  •    - 
Oallaliu  -    . 
Garrard  -    . 
G  ant  -    -    ■ 
tira>ioo  -    - 
Graeee    -    - 
Greene     •    - 
Greenup  -    • 
Hancock  ■    • 
Hardin     •    - 
Harlan     -    ■ 
Harriaon  •    - 
Hart   •    ■    - 
Henderaon   - 
Henry  ■    -    . 
Hickman-    - 
Hopkioa  ■    - 
Jeffenon  ■    - 
JeiBiniioe     - 
Kenton    ■    - 
Knoi  ■    ■    . 
Laurel     -    - 
Lawrence     - 
Lewi, .    .    ■ 
Lincoln    -    - 
Livinptnn    • 
Logan  •    - 
.Mncrackeo  - 
M.idiinn  -    - 
Muinn    •    - 
Maaiin     -    - 
Meade     ■    - 
,Moigan    •    ■ 
Mercer    •    • 
.Moopie    -    - 
Montgomery 
Mublenbuigh 
Nelaon     •    - 
Nicholaa-    - 
(Jliio   .    .    - 
Oldhin   -    - 

Owen  -     -     • 

Feodlelon  • 

Perry  -    -  . 

Pike    -    -  • 

i  Pulaaki    -  - 


13.183 
9,079 
23,-i4 
19,109 
30,901 
92,715 
2(1,173 
18,108 
16,721 
I6,8)'2 
23,106 
15,719 
40,378 
21.690 
13,152 
26,.'i06 
13,282 
22,060 
I2J99 
31,924 
10,984 
25,049 
13,444 
16,297 
17,528 
'  27,748 
,  80,148 
'      9,986 

■  4,598 

•  20,099 

■  2503 

■  22,268 

■  9,741 

■  18,088 

■  23.933 

•  9,744 
.    25,030 

-  29,579 

-  13,719 

■  9,738 

■  36,096 

-  18,467 

•  14  016 

-  9,382 

-  9,025 

•  14,765 

•  18,352 

-  11,452 

•  9,277 

•  l<>«88 

■  18,521 

-  31,938 

•  20,i<52 

-  38,749 

-  2,148 

-  1,034 

-  19,344 

•  19.725 

•  7,626 

-  22  965 

•  19,482 

■  5,189 

-  44,532 

-  27,46] 

-  I0,IA2 

-  11,192 


RarkcaaUe   ■  • 

RiMeall     ■     .  ■ 

S|«Dcer  -    -  • 

.Smlt    .    .    .  . 

>h>lby     •    •  • 

,S(jnp«D«  .    -  - 

Todd    ■    -    .  . 

Trigg  .     .    .  . 

Tnmkte  ■    •  , 

t'aion      .    .  ■ 

Waim  •    •  • 
Waakiagloa- 
Wayae     ■    - 
M'biiUy  -    • 
Wa>llo,d     ■ 

90  Count  lee 


1,4M 

7,1^9 

6.45ll 
I7.1M 

9,:63 
10,004 
14,478 

7,063 

2,19.') 

8,5)4 

6,344 

3,1198 
10.366 

9,794 

6  214 

3,966 

2,006 

4,909 
15.587 
lO.WS 

4,607 

3><i3 

6,090 

8,331 

2,914 

6,535 
22.194 

•3268 

6,302 

9,420 

4,003 

10,480 

4,192 

4,461 

7,465 

14,212 

6,297 
2,5i>l 

16,357 
3,115 

12.471 

7,031 

'bms  '  McNairy 


3.40O 
4,236 
6J«8 
I3,6» 

17,766 
6487 

•.m 

7,718 
4,480 
6;tn 
15,446 
W,l*6 

'•S 

>      4,873 
.     11,740 

'779^ 


TCNMKdU. 


Aedenna-  • 
BeilMd  ■  • 
Realun  -  - 
Bledioe  -  ■ 
Blount  •  • 
Hndle«  ■  • 
Campbell  • 
CasMm  -  - 
Utroll  -  - 
Carter  -  - 
ClaiboTM  • 
Cixke 

CugTee  •  • 
Uaiidaoa-  - 
DeKalb  -  - 
Ihckaon  •  • 
Dyer  -  •  - 
Fayette  -  • 
Fenlreie  ■  - 
Fraoklin  ■  - 
Gibion  -  ■ 
Giln  -  -  - 
Grainger  •  • 
Greene  ■  . 
Hamilton 
Hardimao  - 
Hardin  -  • 
Hawkiiia  -  - 
Haywood-  - 
Hertdenoa  - 
Henry  •  • 
Hickman  - 
Humphreye  - 
Jackion  -  ■ 
Jcttcnon  -  - 
Johmon 


1,688 

■0546 

4,779 

6,876 

11,745 

7,386 

6,149 

7,198 

12,381 

6,371 

9,474 

6,992 

8.IM 

30,609 

6.W8 

7,074 

4,4!4 

21,501 

3,550 

12,083 

13688 

21,494 

10,572 

16,076 

8.176 

14  563 

8,246 

1.5,088 

'    13,870 

11,875 

14,906 

8,6t8 

'      5.195 

.    12,871 

■    12.076 

2,658 


Kooi I5.4it6 


Lauderdale 
L-twrence 

Lincoln  - 
Madiaon  - 
McMinn  ■ 


9,170 

36.346 

9,:KII 

7,M6 

3,079 
4.730 
6,306 
10,187 
9,0ii 


Roane 


Marion 

Maraball  -  - 

.Maury      -  • 

Meigi-    -  • 

Monroe  •  - 
MonlgoBiery 
Morpn   - 
Ubion  -    - 

Overton   -  - 

Perry  -    •  - 

Polk     •      -  - 


4.74J 
16  385 
11,032 
1.5,719 
5,7H) 
4603 
18,720 
6,526 
9,332 
6.964 
13,637 
8,745 
6,5<)2 


Rotnrrtaon  • 

Ru'hcrford  • 

Sevier-    -  - 
Shelby 


3,436 

7,121 

21,499 

16,530 

12.719 

9J86 

6,070 

14,556 

18,186 

4,794 

12,056 

16,927 

2.660 

4,814 

9,279 

7,419 

3,570 

3,9(4 

10,948 

13,801 

24,280 

6,4a 

14,721 


Smith 21,179 


Stewart 

Sullivan  -  -  - 

Sumner   -  •  • 

Tipton     -  -  - 

Warren   -  -  ■ 

Waihlng^iB  •  ■ 

Ti«i     Wayne    •  ■  - 

J'£j  I  Williamaoo-    - 

3:S? '  «"•"•  •  •  • 

9,810  <      72Counlie<  - 

(HiT 


8.587 

10,736 

22.446 

6,800 

10808 

'     11.751 

7  706 

9,870 

10,747 

27,006 

■    24,480 

,  829,210 


. ,  

— ' 

POPULATION   OF   EACH  COUNTY.  Ac 

. 

MICillOAN.             ;  Putt-    ■    •    • 

.    13.499     Momr-'nery    - 

■      4,490 

Waahinfin*  ■ 

-    •      7.II3 

Ailataa  ■    •    ■ 

\,vn    ?f"f  •  -  -  - 

-      4,»« 

Mo'iaii       -    ■ 

•    I9.M7 

Wayne    ■    ■ 

•    -      3.4fO 

Barry.    .    . 
Bafinu   •    • 

•     l,OTi     E*«    •    •    •    • 

-    0,01 1    ""•' "  ■  ■ 

•      4.7« 

-    9jn 

Fenna  •    •    .    • 

-      3.479 
•      t,li3 

88  Count lei 

•    -  J»3,7ai   1 

Rrawk    ■    ■ 

-      6,7  It 

pnrtfff .    •    .    • 

-      2,362 

Hriy  .    -    .    . 

-     3,282 

AHIUN9A.1.              1  1 

Calhoan  •    . 

■     IO.MO 

rulaakl    ■    -    ■ 

Ml 

F*e    -    •    •    . 

-     11,728 

Arkanma-    ■ 

1  346 

r,tm    ■    ■    • 

•      »,7I0 

Putnam    ■    • 

-     I6.M3 

IM»        •    ■    • 

•      4,094 

Den'oa     .    - 

222* 

Chippewa    • 

104 

R*«l..lp(i     • 

-    I0.6M 

fuiiian   -    -    • 

•      2.131 

Carroll    .    . 

-    '      8,M4 

CIlDlOD     •     . 

■      I,il4 

Ripley     •    • 

■     10,301 

Haadalph     •    - 

-  4944 

-  2,«I0 

1  hicnl      .    . 

-    -      3,M(I   > 

Eakio '    ■    • 

-     S.370 

Huab    -    ■    - 

■     l^4M 

Rock  Itlaad  •    - 

Cfinway  .    ■ 

-    .     2,!t92   ' 

CenaMa  ■    ■ 

•      4JM 

Sell    •    •    • 

-      4242 

Saaffaxton     *    • 

-     14.718 

Clarke     - 

•    ■      2J09 

HilMila-    ■ 

-      7,340 

Shelby     -    • 

-     12.006 

.Schuyler  -    -    - 

•      «,»72 

Cnw»<ad     . 

-    ■      4,263 

iBfham    •    . 

•    •     2.4M 

SnSIph    • 

•  s-s 

Scolt    •    •    -    • 

•     6,215 

CrWieMleB 

■    ■      1561   ' 

lotU  ■    •    - 

•    i,tn 

•      3,426 

Skelby      -    -    • 

-      6663 

Umha-    .    . 

IMt 

JaekK>a    ■    . 

•    13,130 

S'srk   -    -   - 

143 

Staifc   .    -    -    - 

•      1.673 

Fiaiiklin  - 

■    ■      2,68*  1 
•    -       1  V4   ' 

KalamaiBO   ■ 

■    tIsm 

.Meuben   -    • 

-      Ifil* 

.Ht.  Clair  ■    -    • 

•    18,631 

Greene     • 

Kanl   ■    -    • 

•    -      I07 

Sullifaa  •    • 

.      8JI6 

Sephenmn  •    • 

-      8.M)0 

Hempiland 

-    •      4,821    1 
•    -     i.uyr 

lApaar     •    • 

.    .       4,206 

»witaerland 

•      3,920 

Tauwdl      -    - 

•     7,221 

lint  !>p'  lli«l 

Lena  vaa  ■    • 

•  r.wfo 

Tippecanoe - 

-     13,724 

Union  .     •    .    - 

•   5-^ 

Indepe.idence  ■    .     a'na  1 

UvtOgltOD    • 

■     7,430 

I'nioB  •    •    • 

•      *'ill 

Vermillmu  •    - 

-      9,303 

laanf  -    - 

•    •      2,240 
-    -      1,540 

Macomb  ■    . 

■     »,7I« 

Vaoderburg  - 

-      6,»0 

Wibuh  ■    -    - 

•     4.246 

Jarkwa    - 

'   Mackinair    ■ 

923 

Veruiillion   • 

•    •      *^1 

Warrea    •    -    . 

■      ••'^ 

JcBcnon  . 

-    -      2.563 

Moiima    •    ■ 

-  •    t,ai2 

Vifo    •    ■    - 
mbaah   ■    - 

■    12076 

Wiihinrton-    • 

•      i.8IO 

Johnaon    - 

•  -      3,<33 

•  -      2.200 

:   (laklai>d   ■    ■ 

-    -    S3.(>4< 

-    -      2,756 

Wayne     -    •    • 

.     6,133 

Lafayeite- 

i  Ueaana    •    .    ■ 

490 

Wirrcn  •    - 

-    •      6,6^ 

While-    -    .   . 

•     6.91B 

Law  ranee    • 

-    •      8 145 

Oiuwa    ■    ■ 

908 

Warrick  •    • 

•  •    *S' 

Whiieaida    •    • 

-      2,514 

Madiaon  ■ 

•  -     2,775 
-    -      1,324 

•  -      1,410 

1  Saiinaw  •    • 

892 

WMhi»|tan  - 

•    -    15.239 

Will   .    .    .    . 

•    10.167 

Marion    • 

Sbiawaiae*  • 

•     9,103 

Wayne     .    - 
Wei 

Whitley  -    - 
WbiU     -    - 

•    •    *^ 

Williamion-    - 

-      4,157 

MiaiiMippl 

W.  Clair  ■    ■ 
SI.  Jixepb    • 
Van  Ruran   • 

-  4,<0« 
.      7,0Wl 

-  1.910 

-    -      1.881 
.      1,838 

Wiaoebafo-    - 
87  Countiea   • 

Mi!»u>t: 

-      4,609 

Monroe    - 
fhillipa   ■ 
like    ■    - 

•    -         936 

•      3.547 

-    -        969 

-47^I83 

Dl 

Waiblaaaw  ■ 

■    -    23,671 

37  Coiwtiee 

>  68&Ji8 

Hie 

Poiiiiett   • 

•    •      1,330 

Wayne    ■    ■ 

•    24,173 

Audriu  - 

-      1,949 

I'ope    •    - 
■■ulaikl    - 
Randolph 

■    ■      3,850 

32  Coimtiea 

•    -312^ 

lUJN 
Adaai    -   - 

•    14,476 

Barry  -   .    .    . 
Benton     -    .    . 

-      4,796 
•     4,806 

-    -      6,330 
■    -     2,106  1 

INDUtnA. 

Alaiander   ■ 

■    •      3,318 

Booae .    •    .    . 

•    13.501 

Saline-    ■ 

■    -    •      8,061 

Adani    •    - 

•     3,134 

Bond  -    ■    . 

•    .     6,060 

Buchanan     •    - 

-      6,837 

Searcy      - 

•  -      Si 

Allan  .    -    • 

•      6^941 

Boone-    -    - 

>    •      1,706 

Caldwell-    ■    ■ 

•     1,453 

Scoll    -    - 

•    ■      1,694 

BartboloBiaw 

•    ia043 

Brown    -    ■ 

•      4,183 

Callaway     -    . 

•    11,766 

Sevier-    - 

■    ■    •      8,810 

BUckford     ■ 

■      1,223 

Ruieau    -    - 

•      3,037 

Cape  Girardanu 

•     9,359 

St.  Francia 

-    ■      8,493 

Boone      •    • 

-     8,UI 

Calhoun  -    - 

-      1,741 

Camdl    -    -    - 

-     8,483 

Union  ■    • 

•••     81880 

Brawn     •    - 

■   -     7^ 

Carroll    -    - 

•      1083 

Cbarlion-    -   - 

-     V46 

Van  Buren 

■    -      1  618  1 

Carroll     •    • 

C«a    -    •    - 

■    •     8,981 

Clarke    .   -    • 

-      3,846 

Wa>binil03 

■    •    •      7,148  1 

Can    •    ■    ■ 

•    .     6,480 

Cbamp>l(n  - 

■    -      1,476 

Clry    -    -    .    - 

-    8,ni 

White-    ■ 

.    .    .       '(89 

Clark  .    .    . 
Clay    -    .    • 

•    14,696 

■    •      6.667 

Cbriitian     . 
Clark  -    •    . 

-      1,878 
•      7463 

Clinlrm    -    ■    - 
Cole    .    -    -    - 

:  f^ 

33  Countiea  -    -    97,574 

Clinton    •    • 

.     7,608 

Clay    .    -    - 

-     3.128 

Cooper    -    -    ■ 

■    10484 

WISCONSIN. 

Crawford     • 

•      6,282 

Clinton    •    - 

-      3,718 

Crawford     •   - 

-     3,561 

Brown     - 

::  '•iS 

Davieu    •    . 

■    -     6,720 

Colea  -    -    . 

■    •      9,616 

Datlna    -    •    - 

-     8,736 

Calumet  - 

Uearborn     • 

•    •    19^327 

Cooke-    .    . 

-    10,201 

Franklin  -    -    • 

-     7,616 

Crawford 

•    ■      1.608 

Decatur  •    . 

•    12;i7l 

Crawford     - 

-      4^422 

■      6,330 

Dane  -    •   * 

•    •        314 

Da  Kalb  •    • 

•      1,968 

De  Kalb  ■    . 

■     r,fiB7 

Greene    -    -    - 

-     ^378 

Dndn     • 
Grant  -    - 

•    •          67 

Delaware     ■ 

•     8,843 

Dewilt     -    . 

-     3,247 

Howard  •    .    - 

-    13,103 

933 

Duboii     ■    . 

-     3,631 

Dupet*    -    - 

-     3,536 

Jackaon   -    -    - 

•     7,618 

Green-    - 

Elkhart   ■    . 

-      3,660 

Ed(ar-    -   - 

■    •     8^ 

Jeffenon  -    •    - 

-      4,296 

Fond  du  Lae 

133 

rayeile    ■   . 

.     Sk837 

Edward!  ■    - 

•  •    3,or;o 

Johnaon   -    -    • 

-     4,491 

Iowa  -    . 

.    -      3,973  ! 
•    •        914 

Floyd  .    .    . 

■      9^464 

EDIocham    - 

Fayefta    -    - 

•  -     i,tn5 

Lafayette-    -    • 

-     6,816 

Jcilenoii  — 

Fountain  •    ■ 

■    11,818 

-    -     6.128 

Uwii-    -    -    • 

•     6,040 

Manitowoc 

•    -        836 

Franklin-    • 

•    13,349 

Franklin  -   • 

■    •     3,682 

Lincoln  -    -    - 

•     7,448 

Maraueile 
Milwaukee 

-    -           18 

Fulton     •    • 

•      1,993 

Fulton     •    - 

•    •    I3,N2 

Linn   ■    -    .    - 

•     '•IS 

•    •      6.606 

OibwD     -    • 

.     8,977 

Oallalin  •   - 

-    IO,7(iO 

Litinplon    •   ■ 

-     4,326 

Portage    . 
Racine     - 

-  .      1,683 

-  .      3,476 

-    •    •      1 701 

Orant  -    •    ■ 

■      4876 

Greene    •   • 

-    11,951 

Macon     -    -    • 

-     6,034 

Greene    -    . 

■      8,331 

Hamilton     • 

■     3.945 

Madiaon-    •    • 

•     3,395 

Rock   -    - 

Hamilton-    . 

•    •     9,866 

Hancock-    . 

•      9,946 

Markin    -    -    - 

•    Sri 

Sa<.k    -    - 
Sheboyfan 
St.  Croii  - 

.    .    .       'lOl 
.    •        133 

Hancock  -    . 

-     7A16 

Hardin    -    - 

•    -      1,378 

Miller     •    •    • 

.    t,m 

Harrwon-    . 

•    11,469 

Henry     -    . 

-      1,260 

Monroe   -    -    - 

-    9,3a 

•    •    -        803 

Uendricka    • 

•    11.^ 

Iroquola  •    - 
Jackwn  -    • 

-      1,696 

Montgomery     - 

-      4371 

Walworib 

.    -    •     8,611 
•    -        343 

Henn     -    . 

Huiitinidon  • 
Jackwn    -    • 

•    16,118 

•     3,666 

Moraan   -    -    • 

.     4,407 

w  eaa  rr  ^ai  ■  aa 

Waihinrlon 
Wiontbago 

1,679 
■    •     8,981 

Jaiper-    •    • 
JeAnon  -    . 

■  •      1.472 

■  -     6,763 

New  Madrid    ■ 
Ntwion  -    -    - 

-  4.6-14 

-  3.790 

.    -         131 

Juper-    -    . 

-    i,«i 

Jeraey  -    -    - 

■   •     4.636 

Perry  •    •   •    • 

.      6,760 

22  Counlie 

a  -    •    30,946 

Jefremn-   . 

-     3,863 

JoDavicaa    - 

•    •     6,180 

Peitia  -    .    -    - 

■     2,936 

10 

WA. 

.    16,614 

Jobmon  -   ■ 

■    -     3,626 

Pike    •   -    •   . 

-    10,646 

Cedar-    • 
Clayton  ■ 
Clin'on    - 
Delaware 
reamoinee 
Dubuque  - 
Henry-    - 
Jackaon   ■ 
JeBinaon  - 
Johnaon   • 

lIST  - 

Linn   -    • 

Louim     - 

-  .      1,163 

-  •      1,101 

-  .        821 
-    .    .         168 
■    -    .     6,577 
.    -          3^063 
.    .   .      2,7-8 
.    .    .      1,411 
..    -      8,773 
.    .    .      1,491 

.    ■        471 

■  -     6,003 

-  -      1,373 

■  -      1,987 

■  -      1,942 
.    .   .     8,140 
.   .   .     $146 
.    -    -      1,69« 

Jannlnn  •    .    . 

.      8^819 

Kane  •    •    • 

■    .     $501 

Platte-    .    .    - 

■     8,913 

Johnaon  .    .    . 

•      9.338 

Knoi  .    .    . 

■    •     7,060 

Polk    •    •    •    • 

-     8,449 

Knoi  -    -    ■ 

•    10,657 

Uke  -    -    . 

•     8.634 

Fulaaki    -    •    - 

-     6,589 

Koacittiko    ■   • 
LUa ■    ■   .    . 

•  4,170 

•  1,468 

Ijualle    -    . 
Lawrence    • 

•  9,348 

•  7,001 

Randolph     •    • 
Ralla   -    .    .    . 

-     7,199 
•      6,670 

Laporie  •    - 

•      8,184 

Lee     -    -    - 

•     8,03fi 

Bay     .    .    . 

.     6,583 

Uranja-   . 

•     3,664 

LivliifitoD  ■ 

■        769 

Ripley     -    . 

•     8,866 

lAwrenca    - 

-    11,782 

Lopn-   -    . 

'    •     8,333 

RIrm  -   .   ■    . 

-     4,726 

Madinn  -    • 

•     3,874 

Maroo     -   • 

-    3in9 

Saline-   •    •   • 

-     6258 

Marlon    -    ■ 

•    16,030 

Madiaon  -    ■ 

■   •    14,433 

Sco't    -    .    -    . 

•     5,974 

MMtaall  -    ■ 

•      1.661 

Macoupin    • 

•   •     7,816 

Shelby     -   •    • 

-     3036 

Martin     ■   • 

.     3,876 

Marion    .    - 

■    •     4,748 

SI.  Cbariea  -    • 

•     7,911 

Miami     -    • 

•     3^043 

Miraball-    -    ■ 

-      I?849 

SI.Frjncr)U-   ■ 

•     3.211 

Monroe   .    - 

•    10,143 

McDoooiKh      • 

•    im 

Bt.Geoerien 

-     3,148 

MonlgonierT    • 

-    14.438 

McHenry     -    • 

•     8,678 

SI.  Louia  •    ■    - 

-  35,979     Eil.T"""' 

•       SIM      Scott     •     - 

-  teS     Waibingloo 

Morns    -    • 
Moble-    ■    ■ 
Unof*    ■   . 

•  10^741 
■    -     8;70B 

•  3^608 

McLean  .    ■ 
Menard  •    • 
Mercer    -    - 

•     6,666 

-     4,431 
8,393 

Stoddard  -    - 
Taney .    -    .    - 
Van  Buren    •    - 

0»ra-    -   . 

.     8;36« 

Monroe  -    - 

•     4,481 

WariTO  -    -    - 

•     4,253         ISCountia 

a  -    -    43,112 

(IV) 


&c. 


•    - 


7,113 
ARIUNSAA. 


;«>■    .    .    •    • 
!non  .... 

OSffD     .      -      •      . 

iy«IU-  ... 
vrrDC*  -  ■  - 
iitoii  .  -  •  - 
rioii  .  -  -  - 
ninitipi  ■  ■  ■ 
nro«  .  .  -  - 
llip«  •  • 
,« 

IIKCtt     .... 

i!r>ki .... 

ndolph     •    •    " 

line 

irty      .    .    .    • 

111 

tfier 

Francw    -    •    • 

lion 

Lii  Rurtn   •    -    . 
><hini(loa  -    .    - 

hile 

NCouDtln  ■    ■ 
WISCONSIN 


97^74 


l>dp     .    .    .    • 

irani 

iratn-    •    • 
OBd  du  Lac     •    ■ 
owl    .    .    •    "    ' 
rffenon .    .    .    • 

UllllilOWOC  •     •     • 

tlari|iM>l<  •  •  • 
Mllw'ukM  ■  •  ■ 
Pwltfe  .  .  •  • 
Racina     •    •    •    • 

Rock 

hik 

Sheboygan  •  •  • 
SI.  Cmii  -  -  •  • 
Walworth  -  •  • 
Wi>hin(ion-  •  - 
Winnebago  •    •    • 

UCouDiiaa  ■    • 
IOWA. 

Crfar 

CUjrtoB  .   •   •   • 

ClimoD   .   •   -   • 

Delaware     ■    • 

rwooioca    •    - 

Dubuque  ■    "    • 

Hanry.    •    •    • 

Jackwn   •    ■    - 

JaSmon  ■    ■   * 

Jobmon  •   •   • 

Junaa  •    •    •    • 

I  Lea     .    •    •    - 

Lino   .    -    •    - 

1  liouiaa     •    •    ■ 

Muacaiina    ■    ■ 

8coU    ■    -    •    • 

Van  Buna    •   - 

WaikingloQ  .    • 

'      iSCounlla  • 


30,946 

I,1M 

1,101 

821 

168 

6,477 

S,OM 

!!,rj 

1,411 

1,773 

1,491 

471 

8,063 

.      1,373 

.      I,tt7 

.      I,84i 

.     2,140 

.     6,143 

■      1,594 

:  43,11!! 


f 


liv) 


